»

sritertate
ee

"
oF

‘ #5,
we prauids Kats
avelere grey tt
RH SSSR
aN

peas

/
|
as -
. 4
‘ = ¢
4
\ i
4 o
\ 1
\ 3
nied &
Lal es
< {
an 4
Ys
‘ .

SS &

ce - PROCEEDINGS
|
oy
Ae

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1893.

PART “1;

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

JANUARY anv FEBRUARY,

JUNE 1st, 1893.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:

MESSRS: LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
___ PATERNOSTER-ROW.

[Price Twelve Shillings.

=f anwsry 17. 1808,

4 ae Sat

“Repo on ha, Additions w the Society & evapo in Drone ye02 é a

see, ous. * Fenibiged. “of, rice satenpks: <apert “the” “silt ote ann.
r to, be mehybrid: between oe Base and the Hartebeost «.....

PS “¥

a Me. Qidbata 7 bane Pxhipation: of, and’ sea upon; thee” esis of ie
emery, Beans erat erase eae See De 8

< Ay Selar Classification of the ‘emmintdes with » ie Ros inion of ou Dever
uA ae es Somes Masirig Balt Corps, sb esi aa Pie Le :

z Decor ition oftiew 7 Species of {8 Taco ot so Oa #) 8 in ye
gfe British Museuig, witli Notes on Species deseribed ee fo Francis?
.Part..T. Racers: and Beacuronsn. eet Ey De Ausnan,
British ete, (Plates IV. € ao : ‘

S ‘On “ter “pew iieciesoF- Capapods fronds Zaoaitas. . a
pO VED, sec tit sates omens a t S ar

a, Soop ;

of Be ing ot eed
¥ Mactss “ona rare. Sa rcenidao: Bird Kenop

tis albnacla” By L: Scnamane, !
Avg ae ¥, Gor, eores to the © Sey (Plate VIE)
-4 ’ if A 3 3

oa

he. Reoweliy. “Report, on the Aliidongto th je mat

a, : a 9 Sh Bie ta
= Prof=6: B. Howes, F.Z.8,: Bxhibition of, snd reniar
tis gate, rapineaeeegnes Gogh os

ran oe rent!
sont ,

AZ s ¢ Set ae : $ oe eS
a Doe “T, Jefleny Parken D. Sai ERA” “abstract. of ‘a Mounier kee td
3 sme end Phylogeny of the Seow. fu a8 rae: Bie Se

= coats Condooidal Wlomantt Sp Aa Adulé Slots; with "Rams
ta al 3, Avbaxxr, BAG Pa,Be get re ae oes erie

07. geoph. 4Jo¥

P
- be
Tor Aatee ?

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.
LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
PATERNOSTER ROW.

1 cee b

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL,

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1893.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 28, 1893.)

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Se.D., F.R.S., President.

Wurm Baruson, Esq., M.A.

Wim T. Branrorp, Esq.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Boutencer, Esq.

Henry EK. Dresser, Esq.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., Trea-
surer.

Joun P. Gasstor, Esq.

F. Du Cayz Gopmay, Esq.,F.B.S.,
Vice-President.

Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwi-Avsren,
F.R.S.

Dr. Aubert GintHer, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Haminron, Vice-
President.

Prorrssor Grorce B. Howss.

Lr.-Cot. Leonarp H. Irsy.

Tus Lorp Mepway.

Dr. Sr. Gzorez: Mrvart, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

OsBert Satvry, Esq., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

Howarp Saunvers, Esq.

Paine Luriry Scrater, Esq.,
M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Heyry Srszonm, Esq.

‘| Dr. P. H. Pyz-Surra, F.R.S.

JosepH Travers Surru, Esq.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. L. Sctarer, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Frank E. Brpparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.
Mr. A. D. Barrrerr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. F. H. Warernovusz, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. J. Wirxiams, Chief Clerk.

LIST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page
Austen, E. E., Zoological Department, British Museum.

Descriptions of new Species of Dipterous Insects of the
Family Syrphide in the Collection of the British Museum,
with Notes on Species described by the late Francis
Walker.—Part I. Baccnryi and Bracuyorrnt. (Plates IV.
ON) Ee ae TERS ge ee 7 ERS 132

Austen, Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin. See Gopwry-AvsreEn,
Lt.-Col. H. H.

Bateson, WiiiiaM, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s
College, Cambridge.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormal foot of
SRAM cia at ia yo weap ehetete Nos RE ele wd ss py sepnle gS 530

BepparD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

On the Brain of the African Elephant. (Plates XXII.
OI Ue i.” eI Fete cer ere ey 311

On the Atrium and Prostate in the Oligocheta........ 475

On the Geographical Distribution of Earthworms...... 733
az

lv

Page
Bepparp, Franx E., M.A., F.R.S., &c., and Parsons, F. G.,
F.R.C.S.
On certain Points in the Anatomy of Parrots bearing on
their Classification. (Plate XL.) ..........-2-+20--0: 507
Bett, F. Jurrrey, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of
Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London.
On Odontaster and its Allied or Synonymous Genera of
Asteroid Echinoderms .............0.000sseesecoenes 259
Betuune-Baxker, G. T., F.L.S., and Drucs, Hamintron H.,
E.ZS.
A Monograph of the Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis.
Pele eR Vc BVT). ya's wo 0 oes oa 536
Buaavw, F. E., C.M.ZS8.
Letter from, containing remarks upon the breeding of
the Ypecaha Rail and Darwin’s Rhea in confinement .... 531
BuanForD, W. T., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.
On the Scientific Name of a Himalayan Cuckoo ...... 315
On a Stag, Cervus thoroldi, from Tibet, and on the
Mammals of the Tibetan Plateau. (Plate XXXIV.) .... 444
Bovtencnr, Grorce ALBERT, F.Z.S.
Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians obtained
in Borneo by Mr. A. Everett and Mr. C. Hose. (Plates
bi Vi . -01 DF) ea emma aM MES 888.02 25 SRS 522
On a little-known European Viper, Vipera wursinii,
Bonnps, “(Blabe Wi1.) sic a3¢.0.4'2) on/adsiela ae ee eae 596

Abstract of a Memoir on a Nothosaurian Reptile from
the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to Lariosaurus. 616

On Vipera renardi, Christoph. (Plate LXIV.)........ 757

Bourne, Grpert C., M.A.

On two new Species of Copepoda from Zanzibar.

BI el ee ie Ra ene

Burizr, Artuur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On two Collections of Lepidoptera sent by H. H. John-
ston, Esq., C.B., from British Central Africa. (Plate
PRN archi SURI EE Ra ents ft cia co Ae oe ee RY Ee

Drvucz, Hamitton H., F.Z.S., and Burnune-Baxer, G. T.,
F.L.S.

A Monograph of the Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis.
Belson eI Caw IN PERRI Cita cates doa s.s 5 cate ae

Drvcn, Hursert, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera
from Central and South America. (Plates XIX.-XXI.)..

Etwes, Henry J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., and Warren, W.,
M.A. ‘

On new Genera and Species of Moths of the Family
Geometride from India, in the Collection of H. J. Elwes.
(Plates 20k ARR TL rs ae Gileats sp onrdds<«

Everrerr, Atrrep Hast, C.M.Z.S.

A Nominal List of the Mammals inhabiting the Bornean
Group of Islands ........'«.. SEL a series

Forsrs, Hunry O., F.Z.S., F.R.GS.

Observations on the Development of the Rostrum in the
Cetacean Genus Mesoplodon, with Remarks on some of the
Rpiseies ss: CEushOS) ONL IK Wey es cade bse eels als art wales

Gaway, C. J., M.A.

On a Collection of Coleoptera sent by Mr. H. H. John-
ston, C.B., from British Central Africa ................

Page

164

643

536

280

341

492

vi

Gopwin-Avsten, Lt.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

On some new Species of the Land-Molluscan Genus
Alyceus from the Khasi and Naga Hill Country, Assam,
Manipur, and the Ruby Mine District, Upper Burmah;
and on one Species from the Nicobars ........-...-+--

GoruamM, Rey. H.S8., F.ES., F.Z.8., &c.

A List of the Coleoptera of the Family Cleride collected
by Mr. Doherty in Burmah and Northern India, with
Descriptions of new Species; and of some Species from
Borneo, Perak, &c., from the Collection of Alexander Fry,
Acai fisis «cia s-a's) orgies! sa iata aietcigte «9s in oq nigh teeth aay aie

Ginrner, Auprrt C. L. G., M.A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Second Report on the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes
transmitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, O.B., from British
Central Africa. (Plates LITI.—LVII.) ................

Descriptions of the Reptiles and Fishes collected by
Mr. E. Coode-Hore on Lake Tanganyika. (Plate LVIII.).

Howrs, G. B., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant Professor, Royal
College of Science, London.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormal sternum
of the/Common Marmoseti) 0... 28 2 ietecereinslate eo sleet

Notes on Variation and Development of the Vertebral
and Limb-Skeleton of the Amphibia ..............++5-

On the Coracoid of the Terrestrial Vertebrata ........

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of
abnormal Marsipobranch Fishes .............eeeees0e.

Horton, Captain F. W., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S8., Curator of the
Canterbury Museum, New Zealand.

On a Collection of Petrels from the Kermadec Islands.
CP abe FE RaID Si ciayts. cies asclasanoun'e Ov. 0 7 ok eA

Page

592

566

616

628

168

268
585

730

749

Vii

Page
Jounson, G. Linpsay, M.D., F.Z.S.
Observations on the Refraction and Vision of the Seal’s
Ao te ul eis See tier re ah ak s.s c's wee ee ep Pepe if)
LypExknr, Ricard, B.A., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Note on the Coracoidal Element in Adult Sloths, with
Remarks on. its Homolopy, 32.00 aves de oP odiewetvanu <a xe 172

On some Bird-bones from the Miocene of Grive-St.-
Alban, Department of Isére, France. (Plate XLI.) .... 517

Mackay, J. 8.

Letter from, containing remarks upon a youug Snow-
PORTED go's aut he ate Biren cena Sa deus sepa eth sins sacl SE: 692

Masor, Dr. C. I. Forsyru, C.M.Z.S.

On some Miocene Squirrels, with Remarks on the Den-
tition and Classification of the Sciurine. (Plates VIII.—
ATC) POSE IS aie Pala ea ale Saiet «ik WI Shoe bia» 1d 179

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a tooth of an Ant-bear
(Orycteropus) from the Upper Miocene of Maragha (Persia). 239

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a subfossil Lemuroid
slooll front) Madapaecan ii taie im mdb sigle- ste ieco pedicles a eo 06 532

Micnast, A. D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., P.R.M.S., &e.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of a Tick of
the Genus Jwodes, received from Antigua .............. 177

On a new Genus and Species of Acari found in Cornwall.
Eee CDM arora a dcitncaie/g. Fo wis © fap sie, «ies seltele ace. oa 0 262

Mittais, J. G., F.Z.S.
Letter from, containing remarks upon his endeavours to
obtain a White Rhinoceros in Mashonaland ............ 614

Mitnn-Epwarps, AtpHonss, F'.M.Z.S.
Extract of a letter from, concerning the female of Lemur

. . lod
AA CMTAICIL Rien lace rales aCoh 101 ara ni sh,o( 0s sy0) sta ksuee tele nd s) mir fe eh nin eh 177

Vill

Newron, Atrrep, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Professor
of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University
of Cambridge

On anew Species of Drepanis discovered by Mr. R. ©. L.
Retr yy i wee omen ds 10s RS eee

Nicuoxrson, General Sir Loruian, K.C.B.

Letter from, concerning the present condition of the
Barbary Apes on the Rock of Gibraltar............-+--

Parker, Prof. T. Jurrery, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Abstract of a Memoir on the Cranial Osteology, Classifi-

cation, and Phylogeny of the Dinornithide ............

Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., and Bepparp, Frank E., M.A.,

F.RS.
On certain Points in the Anatomy of Parrots bearing on
their Classification. (Plate XL.) ........6+.s.eseeens

Proxuam, G. W., and Peckuam, E. G.

On the Spiders of the Family Attide of the Island of
St. Vincent: (Plates LXI. & LXIL) ~.......5... ose

Ravppg, Dr. Gustav, C.M.Z.S.

On the present Range of the European Bison in the
SO RMCRSEH Hoes coos. < ss sa ietaeie aint eles Sales Slee ee eee

Resp, Epwyn C., C.M.Z.S.
On the Chilian Hymenoptera of the Family Odyneride .

Roruscutip, The Hon. Wattsr, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the egg of the Duck-
bill, the leg-bones of a large species of pyornis, an

Page

690

325

170

507

692

175

685

1x

enlarged photograph of a colony of Albatrosses on Laysan
Island, a series of Lepidoptera from Jamaica, and another
series from the Bolivian Andes

Exhibition of a series of the Parrots of the Genus Cyano-
rhamphus and description of a new Species

SanyaL, Bapu Ram Bramua, C.M.ZS.

Letter from, containing remarks upon a hybrid Monkey
between Semnopithecus phayrei and S. cristatus

SaunpErs, Howangp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

Exhibition of a specimen of the American Stint, 7'’ringa
minutilla, shot in North Devon

eae Ss ow ele a ee 6 00 Ue wie eo

Scrater, Purmre Luriry, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
December 1892

<0) Ate wh ale aie Sle wiele. 28 618. GS. 6.018) Bae 9) quale es a eo

Remarks on a rare Argentine Bird, Xenopsaris albinucha.
(Plate VII.)

ae o 6) ule) Si risial hele die edie 0.6 @.6)R ws «ee, 6 a 6 66 #1 ¢ Chee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
January 1893

S26» Bw UG 6 © eee gia) 6 & Om 40's 6 6.0'e + ogs) 63.5 0

Exhibition of and remarks, on behalf of Mr. R. M. Bar-
rington, upon an example of the Antarctic Sheathbill,
Chionis alba, killed on the Coast of Ireland

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
February 1893

er

On a new African Monkey of the Genus Cercopithecus,
with a List of the known Species. (Plates XVI. & XVII.)

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
March 1895 os «0.0 ste nd oe

eee eee eee eee ee oe eee ese ne

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a variety of
the Pig-tailed Monkey, Macacus nemestrinus

)

Page

178

168

178

237

x
Page

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
CRU Renee rie ase vfawairs si taloel Yuin Oe s..ica cee ON ROM 435

Remarks on the protrusion of a fleshy mass from the
Cloaca occasionally exhibited by the Greater Vasa Parrot.. 435

List of the dates of receipt from the Printers of the
sheets of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ from 1831 to 1859
PREM ae psaienst sore See wala CAME E's % alle osu, 2twlo ape 435

Additional Notes on the Monkeys of the Genus Cerco-
eenemué. Chelate XXXII.) ccs cas os Odgiel oe ae ee 441

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
May, P898),: (Plate: XXX UR.) A oss ats siding alk oes chara 505

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some skins of Mam-
mals from the Shiré Highlands, British Central African
IPRGLCCLOLBEG wants Sie tte ie elsottale de ai 6 Rieu cee 506

On some Horns belonging, apparently, to a new form of
Atrios Rhinoceros. i100 3dihe bss: hi de dele ae o14

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two eggs of the Cape
Coly (Colius capensis) laid in the Society’s Gardens ...... 528
Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in
June, July, August, and September, 1893.............. 612
Remarks on the Zoological Gardens of Stuttgart, Frank-
fortsand Cologne~....:0 cide ooh Suid Sh Seats Carenaemenen 613
Remarks upon the breeding of Monkeys, during the last
ten years, in the Society’s Gardens ..............+-.06- 615
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
ROCEOROE USO D i. oiiiae. oo o's wise dw. org a sacle eninge e 691
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen of
Cercopithecus albigularis from the Leyden Museum ...... 691
On some Specimens of Mammals from Lake Mweru,
British Central Africa, transmitted by Vice-Consul Alfred
PSEA cies cB, Pe TITS P05 oe we af te Ae ee
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
DT OVGUSDGR Sait alg e.cis Ss piece avin» sis pa aie See 729

xi

Page
Sonater, Witi1am Luriery, M.A., F.ZS.

Remarks upon the Zoological Gardens of Antwerp and

Pe mniacemsl 0.2/5 Verh ae te Wrnls WR a ielp s cam Fate ie, eee te 326
Setous, Frepprick Courrenny, C.M.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of an Ante-
lope, believed to be a hybrid between the Sassaby and the
Meare Decale. is 6 liaeages ov Laken ied wail aes We eles so « HN 1

SHarpn, Eminy Mary.

Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies from the

Island of St. Thomas, West Africa...............--+.. 500
Suurporn, C, Davies, and Woopwarp, B. B.

On the Dates of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique’ (Zoo-

DN cyte aie peace IMAM eS a Secale wats ach «ab» 1.0 6.3.0%s 582

SurpLey, Arruur E., M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of Christ’s
College and Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in
the University of Cambridge.

Notes on the Genus Sipunculus. (Plates XXV.-XXVII.) 326

SmirH, Ep@ar A.

On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells trans-
mitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from British Central
Afriea. © (Plate TDK.) aie). sd \eiciwicieye dhinaieis be oiahat os;s) nim niet 632

Descriptions of two new Species of Shells of the Genus
ETIEEM Es Seka a: harden Sal bade ae eg ese pic: 2 we ow NMS Keene 642

Sonsino, Prospuro, M.D., Pisa.
iIBrrefoNotestonrblukespeeiineies: ses ose ess were sete 496

Sowsrgy, Gzoren Brerrinenay, F.L.S., F.Z.8.

Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of Shells of the
- Family Pleurotomide. (Plate XXXVIIL.) .........--. 487

xii
Page
Srirtinc, Epwarp Cuaruss, C.M.G., M.A., F.RB.S., C.M.ZS.

Extract from a letter concerning the discovery of Dipro-
todon and other Mammalian Remains in South Australia .. 473

TrHeErTMEIER, W. B., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a hybrid Grouse.. 616

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some hybrid Pheasants 692

Troms, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, three specimens of the
Bornean Monkey, recently described as Semnopithecus

OLE Tg BOIS Ore Ee ere ie ican 5 3
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Nano-
tragus livingstonianus from Northern Zululand .......... 237
Suggestions for the more definite use of the word
“Type” and its compounds, as denoting Specimens of a
greater or less degree of Authenticity ..............- 241
On some Mammals from Central Peru. (Plates XXVIII.
pS Oe ee ae eee Se 333
On a Second Collection of Mammals sent by Mr. H. H.
Johnston, C.B., from Nyasaland... . . 0. 2s. dis <qieepee 500
THomson, AnrHur, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.
Report on the Insect-house for 1892 ................ 278
Unter, P. R.
A List of the Hemiptera~Heteroptera collected in the
Island of St. Vincent by Mr. Herbert H. Smith; with
Descriptions of new Genera and Species ............-- 705

Warp, Rowranp, F.Z.8.

Exhibition of a skin of Grévy’s Zebra (Equus grevyi)
from Somalisland (022 670620 2 58) 3 iste ee 473

xiii

Page
Warren, W., M.A., and Exwes, Henry J., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.

On new Genera and Species of Moths of the Family
Geometride from India, in the Collection of H. J. Elwes.
“SIT @ @ 9 2.5.29 | Re eee eee erat Ae 341

Warson, Lieut. E. Y., Madras Staff Corps, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

A proposed Classification of the Hespertide, with a

Revision of the Genera. (Plates I-III.) .............. 3
WartrenwyL, C. BRUNNER V.

On the Orthoptera of the Island of Grenada, West

facies. (Ulnte LO pores rere wane ea hs eee dane + Viet 599
‘Woopwarp, A. Smiru, F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural
History).

On the Dentition of a Gigantic Extinct Species of Mylio-
batis from the Lower Tertiary Formation of Egypt. (Plate
MOUNVRUE Yi a tarchin a deaiatann cta dane ee Cos edn eon Win oe 558

On the Cranial Osteology of the Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes,
Lepidotus and Dapedius. (Plates XLIX.& L.).......... 559

Woorwarp, B. B., and Suurzorn, C. Davis.

On the Dates of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique ’ (Zoo-

Wepre stays cies coasts miata a= ad shay ae x wl <'e'e citi = a hn a ino 582

Woopwarp, M. F., Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College
of Science, London.
Further Observations on Variations in the Genitalia of
British Earthworms. (Plate XXIV.) .........-..---- 319

Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—
Part I. On the Development of the Teeth of the Macro-
podide. (Plates KXXXV.-XXXVIL.) ........-...--. 450

cA eee rT. 2s = ee eee

LIST OF PLATES.

1893.
Plate r Page
1 | Strut GIST CIPO rA aa a NE sees ode a 3
HT,
ely Meow. Dprons Easels 5), Wyre duet oes saa 2s 3 OS 152
VI. New Copepoda from Zanzibar .................... 164
WL RENO SOLES BUTIUCHIL. sic Rove ale joie akc, ot hassishace sue Oa oh 166
VUL.
= Miocene and recent Sciurid@............. cc cesenee 179
rab
XII.
XI. 216
XIV Structure ol Mecopladen, vate yee. ela ci hawt yee 216
XV.
VTS CELCOUMMNECUS SCRINIGI «0 o> pieces sic,a)> .ceas uids 243
eV Wg” CERCOPSMNCCUS MOLONEYT— 6 inc vdntde sds i-garviacscs
PE VIDLE, » Denttingulea GIGsDOTGU ep co's cccin a 16 e.0i0. #5 0 bd bee Oe 262
XIX.
xx New South-American Heterocera.................. 280
XXII.
XXII. : :
XXL Brain of Atrican, Ble phants £45. xo 9 troche ve bo aena.o.aices 311
XXIV. Genital Glands of AUolobophora longa .............. 319
AV.
XXVE | SERMCHINS Of MEMUMCHIUA a 3 5 ola ois + -loiescstsiecelnep es 326
XXVIL
EM VITL, Tchthyomiyes stolemanmt 2... 2000.00 e ence cas nens
Figs. 1-6. Ichthyomys stolzemanni ..........4++- 298
XXIX. { Figs. 7-9. Artibeus glaucus .........6..00000 ee. frie
Fig. 10. Nyctinomus kalinowskii ............. se
XXX,
XXXI. New Indian Moths of the Family Geometride ...... B41
XXXII.
DENCE Cercopithecus Orage... 61s ols vv mele on den beans 44]

OMI VC OPeMIR THOT DIET. 6 0.22 o. uae oop csuultthed oka eas ee 444

xvi
Plate Page

XXXV.
XXXVI. } The Dentition of the Macropodide ..........+++++. 450
XXXVII.
XXXVII. New Species of Pleurotomid@ .......-0++s0eeeeeee 487
XXXIX. Female Water-buck and Young (1893) ............ 505
XL. Syringes of Psittact «1.06... eee eee eee rece ee ees 507
XLI. Bird-bones from Grive-St.-Alban............+++--- 517

XLII. Fig. 1. Draco maximus; Fig. 2. D. microlepis ....
XLII. Figs. 1, 2. Rana cavitympanum; Fig. 3. Rana lato-( p59

palmata; Fig. 4. Rana whiteheadi ............
XLIV. Rhacophorus otilophus........ 6 cece e eee e eee eee
XLV.
XLVI. } Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis .......-+..++.4+- 536
XLVII.
XLVI. Myliobatis pentoni ....... 0 cee ce cree e ete e ene 558
aie Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes ..2......-ese+ere+sseers 559
Wile | Vaper a Urstntt 252 eo ae wie 0 oe ole nog ole ialnie os =o iaisi 596
LI. Orthoptera of Grenada ............ceeee se ceaccn 599
PD AOhromis SqUamipennis <1. sfarsysie)- eve) tel eteis) ete eke rel=r= )

LIV. Fig. A. Chromis johnstoni: Fig. B. C. subocularis ; |
Fig. C. C. tetrastigma ......00. es cevceevenes H
LV. Fig. A. Chromis lethrinus; Fig. B. C. callipterus.. > 616
LVI. Fig. A. Chromis kirkii; Fig. B. Hemichromis living- H
stonit; Fig. C. Chromis williamst.......+++++..
LVI. Fig. A. Hemichromis modestus; Fig. B. H. afer .. J
LVIII. Fig. A. Chromis horei; Fig. B. C. diagramma ;

BSR Ce, COURT sw aisieie toys viele = (eee ee 628° |
LIX. Shells from British Central Africa ................ 632
LX. New Butterflies from British Central Africa ........ 643
oe Spiders of the Family Attide from St. Vincent ...... 692
LXE: Gstrelata lencophrys sci. cc cen civ tle vin cvaie 9 = = aleinynlns 749

WOXTV Vipera venardt sss. aeteaies o eeeeie eeae 757

ee a

LIST OF WOODCUTS.

1893.

Page

Head of supposed hybrid Antelope between Bubalis lunata and
TERETE io ly Oe AP A PV a da 2

Sternum of Hapale jacchus, viewed from the inner (dorsal) aspect.
Bie: 1 Normal,:2) Almormial t 4. .0ctectiieec sexes. i ae ater 169

The right side of the pectoral girdle of Bradypus, Dicynodon, and
SETAMATB ON? cc. lake Vat oleh sins ais tamer ida avials iW» «9:0 okies a age 173

Upper surface of the cranium of a very young specimen of Mesoplodon
Mperefe CIMA ME ee weir erc ae Or aRe Sy area w ns alice yk a detae, BOE
Transverse sections of the rostrum of Mesoplodon layardi, Gray .... 228

Head of Nanotragus livingstonianus.......0. 000s eevee eccecccees 23:
Lower molar of Oryeteropus gaudryi ooo. scc ecco cuvececaccees 23

PCH OL COMCHPWNCCUS OF GEEZ ys «can aon ainsi vandsise i decievccacanss 255
Wertebral colamm of Rana esculenta .. 0.5 .0cc cs ceccacccvccovcees 269
So-called atlas of Rana and of Siredon ............ecueaeee 270, 273
' Pelobates fuscus, coccygeal portion of developing vertebral column.. 275
Hind limbs of Salamandra maculosa, adult G ..... eee ee eee 277
RECECUPMCHCCURDOULOUTURNAE © ¢ oo sso < eialv sik wake uct gien 0 s's ond filac ses 442
Ree COREE ENOT ONG ie selkntrein/s.# aie lassie icVabelos atepsidis aide a8 e-Sinty 0 445
Spermiducal glands of various Oligocheta ..........00c0cccceeee 479
Front horns of Holmwood’s Rhinoceros ..............000e00eees 515
Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Upper view ..............00eceeeeee 533
fai) of fossil: Lemuroid. Side view .....02+-02++acecedacenes 534
Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Lower view .............ceceeeeeees 530
Head-bones of Lepidotus latifrons; Oxford Clay, Peterborough .... 561
SR ODS AC ONLOAD AA TTIS Sais o ateatel lls. gtejesaeca(als.ncpyelia’ o's a agetal@ie'ere 589
The blade-bone of Cyclotwrus didactylus 6.0.0.0 c0cecccccecuucces 591
Cercopithecus lalandii (mother and young) ......-....0.e00ee0eee 615
Misp of Southern Nyasaland... 2.2.3 hase cenns otc s estes ecieue sie 617
LAG TALL DESY ESOL LACE Me HOE Ee Te Oe eee 627
Bore RG HeppiON CHA CHCOLOT ov. ls oa) a. 0s aie! «i nceye:Re ssbsate. ssa g BW aote wea ave 629
LSESTEEATEE 0 EA SARS gh NR 631
Ennea (Ptychotrema) bassamensis ......00. 0c ccccccccccuvees 642
Enea (Edentula) longula .. 2.0.5. ccccccccceccenes Sebeters ietstste's 643
Transverse section of the Seal’s eye ...........cccesecececescecs 721

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893. b

_- ‘The Seal’s iris ....... Sess vl SR RRR SP 722,
Skull and horns of Cobus crawshayi ........+ PRE re os - Wet
CUP CAUCASICE 6.06 ee cee cee eee eee e eee en teen neeneenes 730
Fig. La. Petromyzon fluviatilis, 25°5 centim. total length, showing
t vestigial first gill on left side. Fig. 1. The same, dissected
? from beneath. Fig. 2a. P. fluviatilis, 23°5 centim., showing
i absence externally of first gill onright side. Fig. 2. The same,
dissected from beneath ..........0+.-seseccecececcceceess 731 5: 3
Fig. 3. Myzxine glutinosa, dissection from beneath of a specimen a
possessed of a supernumerary gill on the left side ........ puta

731

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS.
1893.
Page Page
Ablepsis (Lep.).......-..........060 36 Hyantiyal (LOD) s<c-.00sssscaccess) =< 415
Actenochroma (Lep.) ..........-- 350 Eubyjodonta (Lep.)............... 416
PACHIMOL) (MEDs)| tacaenaslesscnees sacar 108 Eurypeplodes (Lep.) ............ 382
FAMONIA| (TO), ))a.+ssaveceaanneenesea 12 Eurytaphria (Lep.) ............... 409
Amorphozancle (Lep.) ......... 408
Anoka (Arachn.) .......0....00. 701 Gagitodes (Lep.) ............0.+0 381
Anonychia (Lep.) .........-..0++0 412 Gehenna (Lep.) ............0.0008 108
Aplochlora (Lep.) ..........00+6+ 386 Gelasma (Lep.) ..........s0cse0e 352
Apophyga (Lep.)........0+2+: cess 418 Glypholyeus (Reptilia) ......... 629
PAE ATIS (LOf.) ave ceerssicndsadescats 13 Grynopsis (Lep.)..........000+-++ 42
Argopteron (Lep.) .......+.+++0+ 88
PArriotta (LGD) ancs.ccacs>ovenconvar 81 Hemistola (Lep.) .........s0ss00.+ 353
Anutallacta (Lep.).........02.se+00 365 Heteromiza (Lep.) ..........+.0+ 405
Auzeodes (Lep.) .......:csceseeeee 404 Heterostegania (Lep.)............ 415
Hololoma (Lep.), ...2..s22:<200<00. 395
Bathydema (Rhynch.) ......... 709 Hypoeryptothrix (Lep.) ......... 22
Bungalotis (Lep.) ...-.......00+ 28
Tambrix/(liap,)-n<-cse-cesssereerss 76
Chalyboclydon (Lep.)............ 366 Ichthyomys (Mamm,)............ 337
Chlorodontopera (Lep.) ......... 301 Tsolopar(Whep:)i..csesc<s-st-e<es5<- 345
Chrysoplectrum (Lep.) ......... 24
Cryptoloba (Lep.) ...........+++ 343 Jemadia (Lep.) ...2...2..0.se00e 14
Cybele (Arachn.)............+-000 695
Cydonia (Arachn.) .............. 700 Katreus (Lep.)......22..2..02s00006 115
Cylloceps (Rhynch.) ............ 711 Kedestes (Lep.) .......2....-2200 96
Cyrene (Arachn.)...........-...6++ 698 Koruthaialos (Lep.) .....-....+. 76
Darmistidus (Rhynch.) ......... 706 Lentungula (Arachn.)............ 264
Deinotrichia (Lep.)............... 419 Leptomiza (Lep.).........2...-0006 406
Drephalys (Lep.)............0+006+ 34 Leptostichia (Lep.) .........2...+ 397
Dysethia (Lep.) ......-seeeseeeeee 347 Lipomelia (Lep.) ...........0...00- 359
Lobogonia (Lep.) ........-...0+ 345
Emesopsis (Rhynch.) ............ 718 Lophoides (Lep.) .......20.....600 84
Engraulicypris (Pisces) ......... 626 Loxaspilates (Lep.) .......2...0666 413

Page
PMI UGtIS (AEDs) serena ¥easahantat-<- 13
Microceris (Lep.)........-...+..0+ 15
Microloxia (Lep.) ............++- 304
Motasingha (Lep.) .............+- 73
Murgaria (Lep.) ......000.....-++ 37
Myostoma (Lep.).......000..+000+ 346
Myrioblephara (Lep.) ...........- 428
ihjetowt | (103) 0) Feetnaeeereeeeeeeeeee 12
Nascus (Lep.) ........ .e-0.- esses 28
Neolaurona (Lep.) ............... 292
Neonoma (Lep.) .......--2+-0++0+ 44
Neozatrephes (Lep.) ............ 286
Gchydrus (Lep.)......2..2..00s00 35
Onryza (Lep.)) 6.20501 2.6. 00dc00s 112
Osmodes (Lep.) ...-..ses0ese0ee0 78
Oxypalpus (Lep.)...........s00006 78
Waradros (Tep.) ~......-00-.0n+0- 39
Paralophia (Lep.) ...........+++ 371
Parasynegia (Lep,) .....-...---++- 413
Paricterndes (Lep.) ...........2++- 389
Patlasingha (Lep.) ............... 74
Pedestes (Lep.)..0......-sceeseeeee- 81
Perissolophia (Lep.) ............ 300
Pheenicops (Lep.)...........sseee0- 30
Peecilalcis (Lep.) .............2-000 27
Polythrix: (ep:) 40. 004.2202.34502 19
Porphyrogenes (Lep.)............ 35

xx

Page
Potamanax (Lep.) ...........++.- 5d
Prionodonta (Lep.) ............+6+ 401
Prorhinia’ (Lop.),5-5.-22 c.ce st. 430
Protacanthus (Rhynch.)......... 707
Rsilalcis' (ep:):..--cescetensensccae 430
Psilonaxa (Lep.) .....2.2-.s0.0ss- 343
‘Pteroteinon (ep), <-cuestepestee 124
Pteroxys (ep:)) .:---seeseee- ease
Sarbia (ep:)s.22-2c io eveseronaee 13
Sebastonyma (Lep.)..............- 81
Spheerobius (Rhynch.) ......... 710
Sphagnodela (Lep.)............... 351
Spilopera.(Lep.)). .......0sses+0: 402
Staphylinochrous (Lep.)......... 67
Tanaotrichia (Lep.)..............- 360
Tarsoctenus (Lep.) ............. 21
Teinorhinus (Lep.) ............... 78
Tomopelta (Rhynch.) ............ 708
Typonotus (Rhynch.) ............ 716
Uliocnemis (Lep.)..........2.-0.+0- 355
Xenographia (Lep.) .............. 404
Xenozancla (Lep.) ............... 342
Yanguna(eps) c-ecseac sess 12
Zographetus (Lep.)..... ......... 84

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

~

Tus Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Humeury Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrzus, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal

Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829,

Patroness.
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

Wice-Patron.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G.

COUNCIL.
SIR W. H. FLOWER, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., President,

Witt Bateson, Ese., M.A.

Wits T. Branrorp, Ese.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Boutencsr, Ese.

Henry E. Dresser, Ese.

Caartes Drumawonp, Esa,
Treasurer.

Joun P. Gassrot, Hse.

F, DuCanz Gopmay, Esa., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

Lr.-Con. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten,
F.R.S.

Dr. Atsert GinrHer, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Hamitron, Vice-
President.

Proressor Grorer B. Howzs.

Ly.-Cou, Leonarp H. Irpy.

Tur Lorp Mrepway.

Dr. Sr. Georcr Mivarz, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

Ossert Satviy, Ese, F.RS.,
Vice-President.

Howarp Saunpers, Esa.

Pure Lourtey Scrarer, Ksa.,
M.A., Px.D., F.B.S., Secre-
tary.

Henry SeEsoum, Esa.

Dr. P. H. Pyz-Smrra, F.R.S.

JosrpH Travers Smiru, Ese.

2

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset.

The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications
should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-
days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of
Mr. F. H. Warernouss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M. ;

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35,

Fextows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.

Fettows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the
Saturday Orders are not available if the Frtxow uses his privilege
of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

3

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only
one person, whether child or adult.

Fettows also receive Twenty Free Tickets (Green), each valid
for the admission of one adult any day of the week including
Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of Green
Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one Adult's.
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available
for following years,

The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Fetiows
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the 1st
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this
purpose are supplied on application.

The Wire of a Frettow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.

Fettows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications
on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every
year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must
be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which
the privilege lapses. Frttows are likewise entitled to purchase the
Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.
less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of
25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued
prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fetiows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
Ist July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the
subscription is paid before the 1st of December following.

FrELLows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.

They may also obtain a TransFeRABLE Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

4

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Fertxow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested

to communicate with the undersigned.

PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, London, W..,
April \st, 1894.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
1894.

1804.
Turspay, Aprin .. 3 and 17 Turspay, Junk .... 5 and 19
a May... .—1

The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.

novsE, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturdays to
2r.m. It is closed in the month of September.

LIST OF INSTITUTIONS

. TO WHICIL

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.

AFRICA.
The South-African Museum, Cape Town.

AMERICA, SOUTH.
The Museum of Natural History, Buenos Ayres.
The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.
The Museum of La Plata, La Plata.

AUSTRALASIA.
The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.
The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.
The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.

BELGIUM.
The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.
The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.

BRITISH INDIA.
The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

CANADA (DOMINION OF).

The McGill College, Montreal.
The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
The University of Toronto, Toronto.

2

CHINA.
The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.
The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE.

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons.

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.
The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.

GERMANY.
The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.
The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.
The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.
The Senkenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.
The Zoologischer Garten (Direction of), Frankfort-on-Main.
The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.
The Natural-History Society, Halle.
The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.
The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.
The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.
The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.
The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.

The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.

The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

The Geological Society, Dublin.

The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

The Royal Society, Edinburgh.

The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.
The Atheneum Club, London.

The British Museum of Natural History, London.
The Entomological Society, London.

The Geological Society, ondon.

The King’s College Library, London.

The Linnean Society, London.

The London Institution.

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London.

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History
Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth,

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.
The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.
The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.
The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.
The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.
The Zoological Station, Naples.
The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

RUSSIA.
The Natural-History Society, Dorpat.
The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.
The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.
The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.

The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.
The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

SPAIN.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.

The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.
The Canton de Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.
The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.

The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.

The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.

The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.

The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as
soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-
knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,

in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed
to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be
sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission

through booksellers and in other ways.

By order of the Council,

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Sevuare, Lonpon, W.,
April, 1894.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society's Menagerie during the month of December 1892 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of December was 43, of which 18 were
_ by presentation, 23 by purchase, and 2 on deposit. The total
number of departures during the same period, by death and removals,
was 140.

Mr. F. C. Selous, C.M.Z.S., exhibited the skull of an Antelope
believed to be a hybrid between the Sassaby (Bubalis lunata)
and the Hartebeest (B. caama), which he had transmitted to the
British Museum in 1890, and read the following letter which he
had addressed to Dr. Giinther on the subject, dated Tati River,
Matabeleland, March 23rd, 1890 :—

“T am sending you the skull of a very curious animal which
would puzzle you immensely if I did not tell you what it was. It
is the skull of a male cross-bred animal, between a Tsessebe Antelope
(Bubals lunata) and a Hartebeest (B. cwama), the father probably
being one of the former Antelopes and the mother one of the
latter. This animal was shot a few miles from here, between the
Tati and Shashi rivers, by my old friend Cornelius van Rooyen, the
well-known Boer hunter. You will see that the skull of this animal
closely resembles that of a Hartebeest, whilst the horns are neither
like those of a Hartebeest nor those of a Tsessebe, but partake of
the characters of both, standing nearly straight up from the skull

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1893, No. I. 1

2 MR. F.C. SELOUS ON A HYBRID ANTELOPE. _[Jan. 17,
as in the Hartebeest, but yet being slightly lunate in form and
ringed as in the Tsessebe. As regards the animal itself, van Rooyen
tells me that the colour of its skin on the body, head, and legs was
precisely the same as in an ordinary Tsessebe, but that it had the

Head of supposed hybrid Antelope between Bubalis lunata and B. caama,

comparatively large bushy tail of a Hartebeest. When it ran, it ran
with its tail held out as Hartebeests do, and with the light springy
gallop of those animals. There can,.I think, be no doubt in the
mind of any rational being that this curious animal is a cross
between the Hartebeest and Tsessebe Antelopes. ... . se

“ P.S.—You will notice that the prominent rings on the horns
Tam sending you agree with those which are present just at the
backward turn of the horns of a Hartebeest.”

fi. ————_ -—

PZ.8.1893. Plate I.

ZI

Ve

West, Newman rnp.

Hight del.et hth.

tructure of the Hespertnde.

a
S)

. a
.
i 5 43
F 3 sae
™ = + ms
* apes Sie
* a . ~
| +z ‘4 ete = 5s
St 7 a
| ; *: Ss
a i
Loy
° : AS
a

HKmight del.et hth. West, Newman inzp

Structure of the Hesperude.

PZS$1893:Plate HT.

roe

25.6

H Knight del.et lith. West, Newman imp.
Structure of the Hesperide.

1893.) MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, 3

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited three adult specimens, a male and
two females, of the Bornean Monkey recently described by him
under the name of Semnopithecus cruciger’. These specimens
showed that this Monkey was atter all fully as large as S. chryso-
melas and S. hosei, the adult male having a body 520 mm. and a
tail 700 mm. in length; so that the typical skin must have been
decidedly immature. In the male specimen the coloration was
almost exactly similar to that of the type, but in the two females
the broad black dorsal line was interrupted just below the level
of the shoulders for a distance of two or three inches, the hairs
being here red as on the flanks, but still intermixed with black.
In all three also there was a blackish patch on the postero-internal
side of the lower leg, but this patch varied in its intensity, and
was not visible in the type. The crest in these specimens was
much more developed than in the younger example, the hairs on
the occiput attaining a length of nearly three inches, and being
mixed black and red, owing to the red crown hairs mingling with
the black ones of the anterior end of the dorsal black line.

These specimens had been taken on the Batang Hupar River,
Western Sarawak, in August 1892, by one of Mr. Hose’s collectors ;
and Mr. D. J. 8. Baily, a resident in the neighbourhood, had
informed Mr. Hose that he had often seen black and red Monkeys,
presumably of this form, in the forests of the district.

In spite of the confirmation given by these facts, Mr. Hose
himself was inclined to think that S. eruciger might be only a red
form or “ erythrism ” of S. chrysomelas, the common black and white
Monkey of Sarawak, in the company of which he believed he had
seen the specimen first described by Mr. Thomas. Mr. Hose
pledged himself specially to investigate this most interesting
question on his return to Borneo.

The following papers were read :—

1. A proposed Classification of the Hesperiide, with a
Revision of the Genera. By Lieut. E, Y. Warson,
Madras Staff Corps, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

[Received October 27, 1892.]
(Plates I.-III.)

The arrangement here proposed is based entirely upon the
collection of the British Museum; therefore only the species repre-
sented in the National Collection are referred to their respective
genera, those species of which the types are in the collection being
marked with an asterisk.

As the time at my disposal has been strictly limited, only such
new genera have been described as differ very markedly from those

1 Ann, Mag. N. H. (6) x. p. 475 (1892).

4 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

already established ; so that it will be found that there are many
species noted below for which new genera have not been erected,
but which have been placed in that genus to which they seem most
elosely allied. In addition to the collection of the British Museum,
free access has been afforded me to the valuable collection of
Messrs. Godman and Salvin, to whom my best thanks are due for
their courtesy and kind assistance.

The system of numbering the veins has been adopted in the
descriptions for brevity and clearness, and, as this system is not in
universal use, the veins in the first figure of neuration have been
numbered to exemplify the method.

Before 1874 no serious attempt had been made to arrange the
genera of the Hesperiide in natural groups, but since that time
several arrangements, though in most cases only relating to a limited
fauna, have been proposed.

The only suggested arrangement which seems to be perfectly
natural is that proposed by Scudder in the Bulletin of the Buffalo
Society of Natural Science ', and afterwards worked out more com-
pletely in his ‘ Butterflies of New England.’ Though it is only for
the Hesperiide of New England that this arrangement is fully
worked out, yet, on examination, it has been found, with certain
modifications, applicable to the Hesperiid genera of the world, and
has accordingly been adopted in this paper. In this arrangement
Seudder divides the genera of New England Hesperiide into two
groups, which he names respectively Hesperidi and Pamphilidi.
These two divisions are based to a very large extent on the secondary
sexual characters of the male imago, the egg, larva, and pupa supply-
ing subsidiary characters; these latter, however, are, as pointed out,
of a slight and ill-defined character, and would be inapplicable
generally, since, in the great majority of the genera, little or nothing
is known of the earlier stages. The male characters are, however,
sufficient in themselves to enable the majority of the genera to be
readily assigned to the respective groups, and where no secondary
male characters exist the neuration or habits supply the necessary
indication.

Mabille has further amplified this arrangement of Scudder’s in a
paper* on the Hesperiide in the Brussels Museum, wherein he
further subdivides the main divisions and assigns additional genera
to their respective groups. These further subdivisions have unfor-
tunately been only very partially characterized, owing, as M. Mabille
himself states, to his investigations not being completed.

In the allocation of many genera I have found it necessary to
entirely differ from M. Mabille’s conclusions; for instance, nearly
all those genera which Mabille includes under his subdivisions
“Ismenini” and ‘‘ Tagiadini,” and assigns to the Astyci=s Pamphilidi
(Scudder), should, in my opinion, be transferred to the Hesperidi
(Scudder), with which their habits and neuration better agree, and
Mabille’s “tribe” Pyrrhopygini be erected into a group of equal

Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Se. vol. i. pp. 195-196 (1874).
? Ann, Soc, Ent. Belge, vol, xxi. p. 12 e¢ seg. (1878).

1893.) MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID. 5

importance to Scudder’s Hesperidi and Pamphilidi, this latter being
an alteration already suggested by Scudder himself.

Passing by the arrangement of Plotz, which, being based largely
on the pattern of the wings, has been found quite unworkable, and
that of Distant, which was a tentative one only intended to be applied
to the fauna then under consideration, we come to a valuable paper '
by Speyer on the “Genera of the Hesperiide of the European
Fauna.” In this paper he makes a suggestion which has been found
of the very greatest importance in the classification of the genera ;
this suggestion was to the effect that the position of vein 5 of the
fore wing in relation with veins 6 and 4 would probably prove a
character of value. This surmise has proved to be correct, and the
position of vein 5 has been found of great use in the arrangement of
the Hesperiidee, as it has already proved to be for the division of
the Heterocera into two large groups of families.

In the following arrangement it has been attempted to make
mention of every generic name published prior to 1892, and to point
out its type species, though, where this species has not been acces-
sible, it has not been possible in most cases to assign the genus to
its correct position. This is in great part owing to the very super-
ficial manner in which some, even recent, authors characterize their
genera, in many cases doing no more than specifying the species
they propose as their type, so that when one is not in possession of

that particular species the genus is quite unrecognizable.

' Whenever no particular species has been designated by the author
of a genus as his type of that genus, it has been found most satis-
factory to follow Seudder’s ‘ Historical Sketch of the Genera of
Butterflies,’ published in 1875, as in that work he has investigated
the history of the genera from the earliest authors, and has fixed
the types in accordance with the strictest rules of priority, and there-
fore in the opinion of the writer his decisions should be accepted by
all subsequent authors, who will thus have a sound basis to start
from, and a uniform system would result instead of the chaos which
is caused by each author arbitrarily fixing the type of the genera of
earlier anthors on a system of his own.

The decisions of Mr. Scudder have therefore been accepted for
all genera included in the above-quoted work; while for those
genera which have been described subsequently, when no type has
been specified, that species has been taken which best agrees with the
diagnosis of the genus. In the great majority of genera it has been
found practicable to clear the wings of a specimen of the typical
species, whereby its diagnosis has been considerably facilitated.

In all, 234 generic names have been dealt with, of which 49 are
sunk as synonyms, while 45 new genera have been described, and
at least as many more await description in British collections
alone.

As in the British Museum collection the two genera Megathym-
nus and Afgiale are arranged in the Heterocera, they are not in-
cluded below, though some authors consider they should be treated

1 Stett. ent, Zeit. vol. xl. p, 477 e¢ seg. (1879),

6 MR, BE. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDA. [Jan. 17,

as Hesperiide ; the Australian genus Euschemon, which is furnished
with a frenulum, one of the most distinctive characters of the
Heterocera, has also been omitted; should subsequent authors
consider these three genera are more naturally placed in the
Hesperiidee, it will be necessary to establish two additional sub-
families for their reception.

With regard to the vexed question of the generic importance of
male secondary sexual characters, the conclusion which has been
forced upon me is that, in any particular genus in which male
secondary characters are found, the particular male character (be it
costal fold, discal stigma, or tuft of hairs) may be either present or
absent in different species of that same genus, but is never replaced
by a character of different structure. Of the inconstancy of the
male character in the same genus the following are examples :—
Eudamus, Thorybes, Hesperia, Urbanus, Ismene, Hasora, Kerana,
Padraona, Varactrocera, Chapra, Baoris, Halpe, and many others
might be brought forward; but on the other hand it is difficult to
quote a single genus in which the male character is replaced by
another of similar character, and in a few cases where this is appa-
rently the case in the following paper, it is owing to new genera not
having been erected for the aberrant forms though manifestly
distinct, time not allowing of the critical examination necessary.

On every other occasion when the male secondary character differs
in structure, an accompanying difference will be found in the neura-
tion, antennee, or other point of structure.

The above being the case, the costal fold, discal stigma, or other
structural peculiarity of the male insect, though frequently not a
generic character, is yet of the greatest importance in the formation
of groups or subfamilies, and, as has already been pointed out by
Scudder, all those species which are provided with a costal fold
belong to the Hesperiine, and all those provided with a discal stigma
to the Pamphiline.

Though the above conclusion is not in accordance with the theory
of many authors, yet it will be found that no author can be quoted
who does not adinit it in practice; for instance, Scudder places
bathyllus and pylades in the same genus Thorybes, though the
former is without a costal fold and the latter is provided with one;
Mabille, in his paper above quoted, includes in the genera Thymele,
Eudamus, Aithilla, Ismene, Pamphila, and others species both pro-
vided with and devoid of male secondary characters ; Moore, who is
one of the strongest advocates for the generic importance of male
characters, yet, under the same generic name T'hanaos, describes
indistincta and stigmata, the former of which lacks the discal stigma
of the latter, includes in his own genus Halpe the species radians,
though without the discal band characteristic of the genus, describes
atkinsont, subtestaceus, nilgiriana, and vindhiana, all as belonging
to the genus Isoteinon, though the two former possess a tuft of hairs
on the fore wing which is wanting in the latter, and acts similarly
on several other occasions; while Distant and Trimen in their re-
spective works allow to male characters no generic importance

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. y

whatever. Mr. de Nicéville also informs me that though he would
attach more importance to the male-marks in Hesperiide and
Lyczenide than in other families, yet he considers that each case must
be judged on its merits.

While referring to this subject, it seems worth calling attention
to the very few Old World genera which are provided with a costal
fold on the fore wing, those provided with a discal streak or other
character largely predominating, while in the New World the
numbers of each group seem fairly equal.

The characters which have been found of the greatest value in
dividing the family into groups or subfamilies are (the Pyrrhopygine
being first excluded on their abnormal antennz) firstly the position
of vein 5 of the fore wing, taken in conjunction with the length of
the cell, this vein in the Hesperiine being invariably nearer to 6
than to 4 when the cell of the fore wing is less than two-thirds the
length of costa, and only nearer to 4 when the cell is more than
two-thirds the length of costa; while in the Pamphiline vein 5 of the
fore wing is never nearer to 6 than to 4 except in a few aberrant
Australian genera, and usually is very much nearer to 4, ina few
eases only being practically equidistant between the two veins,
while on the other hand the cell of the fore wing never exceeds two-
thirds of the length of the costa, except in one or two Asiatic genera
of the Ismene group, which are readily distinguished from all
Hesperiine by their peculiar palpi and antenne.

The presence or absence of vein 5 of the hind wing has been
found of no importance as a character for groups of genera, as it
occurs in all stages of development in closely allied genera; it has,
therefore, only been treated as present when it has been fully deve-
loped into a tubular veiu, and in all other cases has been treated as
absent, though it is usually just traceable as a fold or weak vein,
being only absolutely invisible in some genera of Panphzline, chietly
those in which vein 5 of the fore wing is very close to the bottom of
the cell. It is noteworthy that there is no genus of Pamphiline or
the Hesperiine occurring in the New World in which vein 5 of the
hind wing is fully developed into a tubular vein, the only New
World genera in which this vein is developed being the Pyrrhopygine
genera Amenis and Ardaris, the former of which would appear to
be in a transitional state, the development of the vein varying
individually in the same species.

The presence or absence of the tibial epiphysis on the fore legs has
only been found of secondary importance, varying in some cases in
different species of the same genus, and apparently being present
or entirely wanting in different individuals of Abantis tettensis,
Hopff.

On the hind tibiee both terminal and medial pairs of spurs are
almost invariably present, and the absence of the middle pair is
usually of generic importance, though in the genera Cyclopides,
Heteropterus, and Pythonides the absence of this pair of spurs is
only of specific value.

Another character of the greatest importance is the position

8 MR. BE, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

assumed by the species when in a state of complete repose; and it
will be found that all those species which are known to rest with
their wings expanded fall naturally into the Pyrrhopygine or Hes-
periine, and in no single instance into the Pamphiline, and only in
very few instances are species of these two subfamilies known to rest
with their wings raised over their backs.

The only other character which has been found of importance is
the description of secondary male characters found on the upper
side of the fore wing, and this is limited in its value by there being
in many genera no secondary male characters on the fore wing. How-
ever, the costal fold is never found except among the Hesperiine, and
the discal stigma of whatever form never except among the Pam-
philine ; other male characters, such as tufts and patches of modified
scales on the underside of the fore wing, either side of the hind
wing, or on the legs, appear to be shared in common by both
Hesperiine and Pamphiline.

There is little doubt that when more is known of the earlier
stages of the family other characters will be found, but at present it
is quite impracticable to generalize from the few facts known. A
little has been done in this direction by Scudder in the ‘ Butterflies
of New England,’ but only very few genera are referred to, and the
characteristics there given as peculiar to the Hesperiine and Pam-
philine do not seem to hold when applied to the few Old World
species of which it has been found practicable to examine the earlier
stages ; no mention of these stages has therefore been made in the
present paper, pending fuller investigations.

The terms used in the descriptions are as follows :—the antenne
are called ‘ hooked” when the terminal portion of the club is bent
to less than a right angle with the remaining portion of the club,
and “‘sickle-shaped ” when the whole of the club is evenly curved
and not abruptly angled; when the club is abruptly angled but not
“hooked” it is spoken of as simply ‘‘bent.” The palpi are termed
“ porrect” when the third joint is extended horizontally in front of
the face in continuation of the axis of the body, “erect”? when the
third joint is extended perpendicularly in front of the face at right
angles to the axis of the body—in this case the third joint frequently
curves back over the vertex—and “ suberect” when the third joint
of the palpi lies at less than a right angle with the axis of the body.
These terms are only used when the third joint is more or less con-
spicuous and its direction obvious; in the majority of genera the
third joint is very short and inconspicuous, and in describing these
no mention is made of its direction, which is in many cases difficult
to definitely point out, and would render the diagnosis liable to
misconception. In comparing the length of the cell with the length
of the costal margin, the latter is measured in a straight line from
the base of the wing to the apex, and the former from the base of
the wing to the upper angle of the cell. The length of the inner
margin is measured in a straight line from the base of the wing to
the outer angle, and the outer margin in a straight line from the
outer angle to the apex of the wing. The veins are treated as

1893, ] MR. EB, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID2. 9

arising at where they bifureate from the main trunks: 7. e. veins 1
and 12 of the fore wing, and la@ and 14 of the hind wing, are
treated as arising from the base of the wing; veins 2 and 3 of both
wings as arising from their bifurcation with the median; veins 7, 8,
9, 10, 11 of the fore wing and 7 and 8 of the hind wing as arising
from their bifurcation with the subcostal ; veins 6 and 4 of both
wings as arising at the points where they are met by the middle
and lower discocellulars respectively ; and, lastly, vein 5 of both wings
as arising at the junction of the middle and lower discocellulars.
The median from the base of the wing to the lower angle of the
cell is termed the “lower margin of the cell,” and the subcostal
from the base of the wing to the upper angle of the cell the “ upper
margin of the cell.”

In the generic keys to the several sections the more superficial
and readily recognizable characters have been constantly employed ;
the male secondary sexual characters, though used frequently, being
taken only where the same character is found throughout the whole
genus,

It has been found impracticable to arrange the genera in their
natural order in the keys, so the genera of each section are numbered
in the order which seems most natural, and the descriptions are
arranged to accord with these numbers.

The following three subfamilies have been adopted in this arrange-
ment, detailed descriptions of which will be found in the text, while
they may be briefly compared as follows :—

PyrruoryGin&.—This is a well-marked group of closely allied
genera confined entirely to the New World, which can be readily
recognized by the large blunt club to the antenne, which is a con-
stant character. The cell of the fore wing is also invariably very
long, being more than two-thirds the length of the costa. Vein 5
of the fore wing is usually nearer to 4 than to 6. When at rest
they extend all their wings horizontally.

Hespertin&.—This group includes all species with a costal fold in
the male, all species in which vein 5 of the fore wing is nearer to 6
than to 4, and all species which rest with their wings extended hori-
zontally. Some few species rest with their wings raised above the
back, but these are very few and can invariably be recognized by
the costal fold or some other character; also, in a considerable
number of genera in which the cell is more than two-thirds the
length of the costa, vein 5 is usually slightly nearer to 4 than to6;
this is occasioned by the upper angle of the cell being produced, and
the middle discocellular consequently elongated. ‘These genera,
however, are readily recognized by the length of the cell, as in the
Pamphiline, where it is only in a very few well-marked genera that
the cell exceeds two-thirds of the costa.

The antennz, almost without exception, end in a fine point, and
in the few genera in which this is not the case the cell is invariably
short.

PamPHILINa&.—This group includes all species with a discal band
on the fore wing of the male, and all species in which vein 5 of the

10 MR. E. ¥Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

fore wing is nearer to 4 than to 6, with the exception of those noted
above. When ina complete state of repose all the species of this
group rest with their wings raised above their backs; but when only
sunning themselves, in many species the fore wings are elevated
and the hind wings depressed. The cell of the fore wing is almost
invariably less than two-thirds the length of the costa, and the
antennze almost invariably end in a fine point.

Subfamily I. PyRRHOPYGINA.

Antenne: club very thick, ending in a blunt point, usually more
or less bent into a hook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, closely
pressed against the face; third joint naked, minute. Cell of fore
wing always more than two-thirds the length of costa. No costal
fold or other secondary sexual characters on fore wing of male.
Vein 5 of fore wing nearer to 4 than to 6. Vein 5 of hind wing
usually wanting. Hind tibiz usually with two pairs of spurs.

The thick blunt club to the antennz will at once distinguish this
subfamily : a few of the lower genera of Hesperiine and some Aus-
tralian Pamphiling have a somewbat similar club; but in them the
cell of fore wing is invariably less than two-thirds the length of
costa.

This subfamily exactly coincides with the Pyrrhopygini of
Mabille, which he places as a section of his Hesperidi ; however,
its characteristics are so well marked that it has here been treated
as a subfamily of equal value with the Hesperiine and Pamphiline.
Little or nothing is known of the early stages of this subfamily,
but the perfect insect seems in many ways to have affinities to both
Hesperiine and Pamphiline, and its correct position is a matter of
some doubt. According to Westwood and Hewitson, the perfect
insect rests with its wings extended horizontally.

The whole group would also appear to be protected, as a large
number of the species are mimicked very markedly by Hrycides and
its allies and also by some species of Pamphiline.

This subfamily is confined entirely to South and Central America.

Synopsis of Genera of PYRRHOPYGIN.

A. Middle and lower discocellulars of fore wing very oblique.
a. Club of antennze much thickened.
at, Vein 5 of hind wing wanting.
a*, Vein 3 of fore wing less than twice as far from 2 as from 4,
a®, Vein 5 of hind wing from before end of cell.
Pyrruoryce, Hb. Type, hyperici, Hb. (1)
4°. Vein 3 of hind wing from beyond end of cell.
Mysonia, g.n. Type, acastus, Cramer. (2)
}?, Vein 3 of fore wing more than twice as far from 2 as from 4.
a*. Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.
Yanouna, g. nu. Type, spatiosa, Hew. (4)
b*, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.
a‘, Cell of hind wing short, not reaching half across wing.
Mimoniaves, Hb. Type, iphinous, Latr. (9)

1893.] MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDR. 1k

5+, Cell of hind wing long, reaching more than half across wing.
Amenis Tt, g.n. Type, pionia, Hew. (3)
c*, Vein 3 of hind wing from beyond end of cell.
Sarsi, g.n. Type, wanthippe, Latr. (6)
c?, Vein 3 of fore wing more than three times as far from 2 as from 4.
a’, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.
Manortis, g.n. Type, nurscia, Swains. (5)
b®. Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.
JEMADIA, g.n. Type, patrobas, Hew. (8)
b, Vein 5 of hind wing well developed.
Arparis, g.n. Type, evimia, Hew. (7)
4. Club of antennss comparatively slender.
a. Veins 7 and 8 of fore wing anastomosing shortly.
Microceris, g.n. ‘ype, variicolor, Mén. (11)
b, Veins 7 and 8 of fore wing free.
Myscuius, Hb. Type, zodilis, Cram. (12)
B. Middle and lower discocellulars of fore wing almost erect.
Oxynetra, Feld, Type, semihyalina, Feld. (10)

1. Genus PyrruopyGe. (Plates I. fig. 2; III. figs. 1a, b.)

Pyrrhopyge, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 103 (1816).
Type, hyperici, Hibn.
Tamyris, Swainson, Zool, Ill. i. t. 33 (1820-21).
Type, zeleucus, Fabr.
Pachyrhopala, Wallengr. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xv. 81 (1858).
Type, phidias, Linn.
Club of antenne ovoid, very much thickened, bluntly pointed,
usually bent into a hook. Fore wing: no costal fold in male but
costa much thickened ; cell rather more than two-thirds length of
costa; vein 10 nearer to 11 than to 9; veins 6 and 7 from upper
angle of cell ; vein 8 from just before it; upper discocellular minute,
middle one about half as long again as lower; middle and lower
discocellulars inwardly oblique, the middle slightly more oblique
than the lower and rather better developed; vein 5 nearer to
4 than to 6; vein 3 about half as far again from 2 as from end of
cell. Hind wing: cell not reaching to the middle of the wing;
vein 7 well before upper end of cell, about three times as far from
base as from end of cell, rather more remote from base than 2;
discocellulars almost erect, slightly concave outwardly; vein 5
wanting; vein 3 from just before end of cell; vein 2 almost
equidistant from base of wing and from end of cell. Hind wing:
outer margin even or slightly crenulated, produced more or less into
an anal lobe, which in some species is well marked though small.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, the upper pair minute.

hyperici, Hiibn. ...... if | * gazera, Hew. ......... 6.
* arethyrea, Hew. ... 2. papius, Hopff. ..... 6a.
= Oziz0; HOW. “coscances 3h * charybdis, Westw.... 7.
* goratd, Hew. ......... 4, | seylla, Mén. ........- 8.

sergius, Hopff. ...... sy) menecrates, Mab. ... 9.

+ In Amenis vein 5 of the hind wing is sometimes well developed, but the genus
can be readily separated from Ardaris by the hind tibize being provided with two
pairs of spurs, the terminal pair only being present in Ardaris,

12 MR, B. Y. WATSON ON THE HUSPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

zeleucus, Faby. ...... 10. hygieia, Hew. ...... 20,

phidias, Linn. ........ 1. *amrda, Hew. ...0... 21.
ee Fabr. | Josepha, Plota ...... 21a.
* latifascia, Butl. ...... 12. amyclas, Oram. ...... 22.
* fluminis, Butl. ...... 13. * phylleia, Hew. ...... 25.
* passova, Hew........ 14. * hadassa, Hew. ...... 24,
* gortyna, Hew. ...... 15. * telassa, Hew. ......... 25.
jonas, Feld. ...:s0. 16, * martena, Hew. ...... 26.
| eydonia, Druce. | ereond, Druce ...... Die
* 2eredd, TOW. ...cas+ss ie | * galgala, Hew. ...... 28.

chalybed, Be. ......05 18. * maculosa, Hew. ...... 29.
{ esculapius, Staud.... 19. | * araxes, Hew. ......... 30.
| variegaticeps, G. & 8, | * Kelita, Hew. «......+ Si

And three unidentified species.

2. Genns Mysorta, nov.

Type, acastus, Cramer.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing much more elongate ;
costa more than half as long again as inner margin ; cell almost
three-fourths the length of costa. Vein 3 only slightly nearer to
end of-cell than to vein 2; the rest of the neuration much as in
Pyrrhopyge. Wind wing: cell very short; vein 3 well beyond end
of cell, as far beyond as 2 is before it; vein 7 well before end of
cell, slightly longer than vein 2. Hind tibiee with two pairs of
spurs.

acastus, Cramer ......... Ls

venezuele, Scudder ...... 2.
{ barcastus, Sepp. .....+.+. De
| *verbena, Butler.

thasus, Cramer .......,- 4.

3. Genus AMENIS, noy.

Type, pionia, Hew.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: as in Pyrrhopyge, but
vein 3 given out much nearer the end of the cell, more than twice
as far from 2 as from 4. Hind wing: cell reaching rather beyond
the middle of the wing; vein 3 from end of cell, not before it ;
vein 7 just before end of cell. Hind tibize with two psirs of spurs.

ms pionia, Hewiiertoatincs ss le
poninad, T.-B. vies. .0ee 2.

In this genus vein 5 of the hind wing is more or less developed,
and seems to vary individually ; in the single female that I have seen
it was practically absent.

4. Genus YANGUNA, nov.

Type, spatiosa, Hewitson.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: vein 3 more than twice
as far from 2 as from 4, Hind wing: cell not reaching middle of
wing ; vein 7 rather more than twice as far from base as from end
of cell; vein 3 from before end of cell; vein 2 less than twice as

1893.] MR, EB. Y, WATSON ON THE HUSPHRILD A. 13

far from base as from end of cell. Hind tibiee with two pairs of
spurs.

=

* spatiosa, Hew. ...... i: | { rubricollis,Sepp ... 3.
cometes, Cram. ... 2. | * hadora, Hew.
* thelersa, Hew. | { avinas, cen. ry 4,
* 4 ,,
pedaia, Hew.

5. Genus Maworis, nov.

Type, nurscia, Swainson.

Antennz as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: veins 6, 7, and 8 from
upper angle of cell; middle discocellular very oblique, lower disco-
cellular slightly arched; vein 3 three times as far from 2 as from 4.
Hind wing: cell reaching slightly beyond the middle of the wing ;
vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars distinct ; veiu 5 wanting ;
vein 3 from end of cell; vein 7 shorter than 2. Hind tibiee with
only the terminal pair of spurs.

nurscia, Swainson .,,... lf
CRIAG, TOW: Ws. fuer castes ot 2.

6. Genus SARBIA, nov.

Type, xanthippe, Latreille.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge; palpi also similar, but the third joint
even less prominent than in that genus, being almost entirely con-
cealed by the scales of the second joint. Fore wing: much as in
Pyrrhopyge, but vein 3 more than twice as far from 2 as from 4.
Hind wing: cell very short, reaching to considerably less than half
across wing ; vein 3 far beyond end of cell, only about half as long
as vein 2; vein 2 almost equidistant from base of wing and end of
cell; vein 7 well before end of cell, more than three times as far
from base of wing as from vein 6. Hind tibiz with two pairs of
spurs.

avanthippe, Lat. |

SHIT, PLGA) “secrcasse nee la

antias, Feld, - .....0.0..-- 2
FOneki OW youu swedeaas ;

And one unidentified species.

7. Genus ArpAris, noy. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

Type, extmia, Hew.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: middle and lower disco-
cellulars subequal, inwardly oblique and in the same straight line;
vein 2 remote from base of wing, about equidistant from vein 3 and
base of wing; vein 3 twice as far from 2 as from end of cell. Hind
wing: vein 7 well before end of cell ; discocellulars distinct ; vein 5
from their middle; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 rather nearer to
end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibia with only the terminal
pair of spurs.

* eximia, Hew. 11.0005. rors

14 MR. B, ¥Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. [Jan. 17,

8. Genus JeMADIA, nov.

Type, Aospita, Butler.

Antenne as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: vein 3 more than three
times as far from 2 as from end of cell, rest of neuration as in
Pyrrhopyge. ind wing: cell reaching beyond the middle of the
wing; vein 7 about three times as far from base as from end of
cell; vein 3 before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base as
from vein 3. Hind wing produced into a distinct lobe at submedian.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

* hospita, Butl. ......... ile * maseas, Hew. .:..22:.: 6.
{ gnetus, Fabr. ......... 2: f jamina, Butl. ......... Fe
| vuleanus, Cramer. { * ztmra, Hew.

* hewitsonii, Mab. ...... 3%. * \ahira: Hew... svs0.<<+co~ 8.
* patrobas, Hew. ..... 4. | * zonara, Hew. ......s6- jh
TP ALELA, AGW. .sscavs st ses D.

9, Genus Mimoniapves.

Mimoniades, Hibn. Zutr. ii. 27 (1823). Type, iphinous, Latreille.

Antennee and palpi as in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing: vein 2 from
close to base of wings; vein 3 rather more than twice as far from
2 as from end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin slightly crenulate ;
vein 7 just before end of cell; discocellulars outwardly concave ;
vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 nearer end of cell than base of wing.
Hind tibicze with two pairs of spurs.

[ iphinous, Latr. ......... is minthe, G. & S. sesees 5.
1 ocyalus, Hiitbn. eiseld, (Pew. cae cae teee 6.
{ versicolor, Latr. ...... 2, * periphema, Hew. ...... a
| muleifer, Hiibn. *onerid, How: ect. 8.

eupheme, G. & 8. ...... 3. * machaon, Hew. ...... 9.

* pityusd, Hew. ....0.++ de

The last two species are probably not congeneric with iphinous
nor even with each other, but seem less out of place here than in
any other described genus.

10. Genus OxyNETRA.

Oxynetra, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 179 (1862).
Type, semihyalina, Felder.
? Dis, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vol. ix. p. elxxxiv (1889).
Type, annulatus, Mabille.
- Club of antennz more pointed than in Pyrrhopyge. Fore wing :
middle and lower discocellulars almost erect, the middle one the
longer; vein 5 slightly nearer 4 than to 6 ; vein 2 twice as far from
3 as from base of wing; vein 3 only slightly further from 2 than
from end of cell. Hind wing: cell reaching to two-thirds length of
wing ; vein 7 well before end of cell, nearer to margin than to base
of wing ; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3 from beyond end of cell; vein 2
from well before end of cell, considerably nearer to margin than to
base of wing.

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 15

Male with a tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing at base of
submedian nervure.
semihyalina, Felder ...++6....2.05 1
felderi, Pho pies) fais. asedaeese cece 2.
Messrs. Godman and Salvin consider the annulatus of Mabille to
be in all probability the female of a species of Oxynetra.

11. Genus Microceris, noy. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

Type, variicolor, Mén.

Antenne: club rather more pointed than in Pyrrhopyge. Palpi
as in Pyrrhopyge. Middle and lower discocellulars subequal, in-
wardly oblique; veins 7 and 8 stalked, 7. e. anastomosing, for a
short portion of their length; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as
from 4. Hind wing: outer margin crenulated; vein 7 just before
end of cell; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2 consider-
ably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Fore tibize very
short. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs.

varticolor, MEN, ..i..cecdeccctcvecses i

12. Genus Mysce.us.
Myscelus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 110 (1816).
Type, nobilis, Cramer.
Antenne hooked, ending in a blunt point; club comparatively
slender, only about twice as thick as shaft. Outer margin slightly
longer than inner margin. Cell reaching to more than two-thirds
the length of costa. Discocellulars very oblique in the same straight
line. Vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6, Vein 3 from just before end
of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from end of cell. Hind
wing very crenulate, rather squared at anal angle, Hind tibize with
two pairs of spurs, both tibize and femora being densely fringed on
their inner edge.

nobilis, Cramer..........+. il epimachia, H.-S. ......... 5.
*amystis, Hew, ......0.0+ 2. § santhilarius, Laty. ...... 6.
*ethrus, Hew........0.0s000. 3. pardalina, Feld. ......... ise
*phoronis, Hew,.........++ 4, assaricus, Cram. ......... 8

Subfamily II]. Hesperiin x,
Section A.

Antenne : club usually bent into a hook, but sometimes sickle-
shaped, always terminating in a fine point. Third joint of palpi
either minute, or else porrected horizontally in front of the face, as
in section C of the Pamphiline, never curving over the vertex.
Cell of fore wing always more than two thirds the length of costa,
Discocellulars generally very oblique. Vein 5 slightly nearer either
to 4 or to 6, never conspicuously close to either. Hind wing
frequently with a tail or tooth at submedian. Vein 5 never fully
developed except in a few Old-World genera.

The length of the cell of the fore wing will serve to separate this
section.

16 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPHRIID A. (Jan. 17,

Little is known of the habits of this section, and, of those of which
there is any record, some seem to rest with their wings over their
backs, and some with them extended flat.

This section is confined almost entirely to the New World; only
seven of the genera oecur in the Old World, and these are only
represented by one or two species each.

The male is usually provided with a costal fold on the fore wing
and never with a discal stigma, occasionally with a tuft on one of
the wings, and very frequeutly with a tuft of long hairs attached to
the hind tibiee, which are usually, but not invariably, furnished
with two pairs of spurs. The epiphysis on the fore tibiz is invari-
ably present.

Section B.

Antennze seldom hooked, occasionally bluntly pointed. Palpi,
third joint either minute or porrected in front of the face, in the
latter case stout, and not slender as in the Entheus group in Section
A; palpi never curving over the vertex.

Fore wing: cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5
invariably nearer to 6 than to 4. Hind wing frequently lobate, but
never with a distinct tail or tooth at the submedian; vein 5 never
fully developed.

This section can be readily separated by the position of vein 5 of
the fore wing together with the short cell.

All the species of this group of which there is any record (with
the exception of a few species of Hesperia) rest with their wings
extended flat when in a state of complete repose, frequently settling
on the underside of a leaf.

This section occurs throughout both-the New and the Old Worlds,
some of the genera having a very wide range. Most of the New-
World forms and a few of the Old-World ones are provided in the
male with a costal fold on the fore wing, and never with a discal
stigma. <A very large number of the genera are also provided in
the male with a tuft of long hairs attached to the hind tibize or fore
coxe. There are invariably two pairs of spurs on the hind tibiz,
and the epiphysis of the fore tibiee is invariably present, with the
doubtful exception of some individuals of Abantis tettensis.

Synopsis of Genera of HusPERIIN2.

Section A.
a. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs (except in Zarsoctenus * and
Casyapau*).
@, Third joint of palpi minute, bluntly conical.
a, Hind wing conspicuously tailed at vein 1 0.
a, Male with a tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing.
Potyrurix, g.n. Type, mectallescens, Mab. (1)
b°, No tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing in male.
Evpamus, Swains. ‘Type, proteus, Linn. (2)

* The form of the antenn# alone will readily distinguish these two genera
from the remaining genera in this section which have only one pair of spurs on
the hind tibia.

1893.] MR. EB. Y, WATSON ON THH HESPERIID H, 17

4°, Hind wing with no tail, but with a projecting tooth at vein 1 4.
a*, Antenne sickle-shaped, Purusr1a, Mab, Type, staudingeri, Mab. (4)
4°, Antenne more or less hooked (except in some species of Hete-
ropa).
a‘. Hind tibize with only terminal pair of spurs,
Tarsocrunvs, g.n. Type, plutia, Hew. (5)
6", Hind tibize with both pairs of spurs.
@. Lower discocellular of fore wing strongly arched.
Puocipxs, Hiibn, Type, palemon, Cram. (6)
8°. Lower discocellular of fore wing straight.
a, Male with a tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing.
Hyrocryrtorurix,g.n. Type, feutas, Hew. (7)
b°, No tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing in male,
a". No tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing in male.
a°, Apex of fore wing truncate, the outer margin angled
at vein 5.
a, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.
a'°, Vein 3 of hind wing immediately before the
end of cell.
Sparuiurrs, Butl. Type, clonius, Cram, (9)
6°, Vein 3 of hind wing well before end of cell.
Hrareyruvs, Hiibn. Type, tityrus, Fabr. (10)
6°. No costal fold on fore wing of male.
Protnwus, Hiibn. Type, idas, Cram. (11)
6°, The apex of fore wing not truncate, outer margin
not angled at vein 5.
a°®, Hind tarsi set below with two series of very
conspicuous closely set spines.
CurysopLectrum, g.n. ‘Type, otviades, Hew. (12)
6°, No conspicuous rows of spines on hind tarsi,
a‘, No costal fold on fore wing of male.
a, Vein 2 of fore wing almost equidistant from
3 and from the base of wing.
Hereropris, g.u. Type, imitatrix, Mab. (8)
6, Vein 2 of fore wing twice as far from 3 as
from base of wing.
a’*, Antenne: club abruptly robust, crook
very slender, considerably shorter than
rest of club.
Acorastrus, Se. Type, savignyi, Laty. (18)
6, Antenne: club very gradually thickened
and gradually tapering, crook as long as
or longer than the rest of the club.
Tubrconus, Hiibn. Type, anaphus, Cram, (14)
61°, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.
a}, Vein 2 of hind wing far before end of cell.
@*, Terminal portion of club of antenne only
slightly or not at all longer than rest
of club,
a8, Outer margin of fore wing in male only
slightly or not at all longer than inner
margin.
w4, Third joint of palpi horizontal.
a, Vein 3 of hind wing from before
end of cell.
@*, Tooth on hind wing very con-
spicuous.
Gonturvs, Hiibu. Type, celus, Cram. (3)
416, Tooth on hind wing inconspi-
cuous.

Tuymntn, Fabr. Type, mercatus, Fabr. (15)
Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. II. 2

18 MR. E. ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID A. (Jan. 17,

b4, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of
cell.
Truemrapes, Hiibn. Type, avitus, Cram. (16)
b4, Third joint of palpi erect.
Dyscoruvs, Burm. ‘Type, sebaldus, Oram. (17)
b13, Outer margin of fore wing in male very
much longer than inner margin.
Nascus, g.n. Type, phocus, Oram. (18)
+2, Terminal portion of club of antennz more
than twice the length of remainder of
club.
Buneatoris, g.n. Type, midas, Cram. (19)
b\, Vein 2 of hind wing close to end of cell.
Drepua ys, g.n. ‘Type, helivus, Hew. (32)
67, Male with a tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing.
a8, Apex of fore wing acute.
a, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.
TypnepAnus, Butl. Type, zephus, Butl. (33)
2°. Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.
PorPHyroGEnes, g.n. Type, omphale, Butl. (35)
4°, Apex of fore wing truncate.
(cnyprvs, g.n. Type, chersis, H.-S. (54)
ce’, No tail or projecting tooth on hind wing at vein 1 3.
a3, Vein 5 of hind wing fully developed.
a‘, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.
a>, Hind tibie with one pair of spurs.
Casyara, Kirby. Type, corvus, Feld. (21)
b°, Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
Preroxys, g.n. Type, phaneus, Hew. (20)
b+, No costal fold on fore wing of male.
a5, Antennal club very robust.
Puentcors, g.n. Type, beata, Hew. (22)
45, Antennal club comparatively slender.
a®, Male: outer margin of fore wing longer than inner

margin. ...... Oarita, Moore. Type, jayadeva, Moore. (28)
B®, Male: inner margin of fore wing longer than outer
margin.

a’, Male with a tuft of hairs on hind tibiz.
Caxurana, Moore. Type, pieridoides, Moore. (24)
b”, No tuft of hairs on hind tibie e the male.
Pisota, Moore. ‘Type, zennara, Moore. (25)
4°, Vein 5 of hind wing wanting (i.e, not developed into a tubular
vein).
a‘, Antennal club more or less hooked.
a°, No tuft of hairs on hind tibie of the male.
a®, Vein 3 of hind wing from the end of cell,
Cxcrortervs, H.-S. Type, zwrex, Hiibn. (26)
28, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.
a, Hind wing rounded.
a®, Male with a tuft of radiating hairs on upperside of
hind wing. _Coe1a, Butler. Type, Zassan, Butl. (27
5, No -tuft of radiating hairs on upperside of hind
wing in the male.
a, Middle and lower discocellulars of fore wing sub-
erect. Epnyrrapes, Hiibn. Type, ofrews, Cram. (28)
b°, Middle and lower discocellulars of fore wing
oblique.
a, Hind wing produced in the subcostal area,
distance from origin of vein 8 to extremity of
vein 6 greater than the length of vein 1 0.
‘Tnorvsss, Sc. Type, bathyllus, Sm.-Abb. (29)

1893.} MR. B. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDS. 19

5°, Hind wing produced in the submedian area.
Vein 14 longer than the distance from the
origin of vein 8 to the extremity of vein 6.
a, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.
Acuaarus, Se. Type, lycidas, Sm.-Abb. (80)
51, No costal fold on fore wing of male.
Ruasporpes, Se. Type, ce//us, Boisd. (31)
'. Hind wing elongate.
Moreanria, g.n. Type, albociliatus, Mab. (39)
5°, Male with a tuft of hairs on hind tibiz.
a°, Vein 3 of hind wing well before end of cell.
‘Erna, Hew. Type, eleusinia, Hew. (40)
5°. Vein 3 of hind wing immediately before end of cell.
Hanrana, Moore. Type, infernus, Feld. (88)
6*. Club of antenne sickle-shaped.
a°, Male with a costal fold on fore wing, and a tuft of hairs
near base of hind wing on upperside.
Cxcins, Hew. Type, calathana, Hew. (36)
4°, Male with no costal fold on fore wing, but with a tuft of
hair at base of abdominal fold on underside of hind wing.
Axtursis, g.n. Type, vulpinus, Hiibn. (37)
e', Antennal club angled, not hooked or sickle-shaped.
Ancistrocampra, Feld. Type, hiarbas, Cram. (41)
b'. Palpi porrect, divergent ; third joint long, slender, naked.
a*, Outer margin of hind wing crenulated.
Hypravnomts, Butl. Type, ore¢nus, Feld. (42)
*,.Outer margin of hind wing even.
@, Hind wing much elongated.
Parabros, g.n. Type, phenice, Hew. (43
6°, Hind wing not elongated, but with a distinct anal lobe.
a, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.
Lieyostoia, Mab. Type, pemphigargyra, Mab. (44)
b*. Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.
Puanus, Hiibn. Type, vitreus, Cram. (45)
b, Hind tibiz only with terminal pair of spurs.
@, Palpi porrect, divergent ; third joint long, slender, naked.
a, Male with a costal fold on fore wing.
Hyatotuyrvus, Mab. Type, nitocris, Oram. (46)
6°. No costal fold on fore wing of male.
Enxtuevs, Hitbn, Type, pelews, Linn. (47)
b. Palpi, third joint minute, bluntly conical.
a, Hind wing not elongated.
Cazirvs, Hiibn. Type, julettus, Stoll. (48)
6°. Hind wing very conspicuously elongated.
Grynopsis, g.n. Type, cwleste, Westw. (49)

1. Genus Potyrurix, nov.
Type, metallescens, Mabille.
Neuration and antenne as in Hudamus. Differs in having in the
male a tuft of hair at the base of the submedian on the underside
of the fore wing, and in the costa of the hind wing being strongly

arched at base.
metallescens, Mab. .......2...- itp

The characters separating this genus from Zudamus being entirely
of a sexual character, it would probably be more correct to regard it
as a subgenus of Zudamus.

South American only.

o*

20 MR. EB, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID2, (Jan. 17,

2. Genus Evpamus. (Plate III. fig. 3.)

Eudamus, Swainson, Ill. ii. p. 48 (1832-33).

Type, proteus, Linnzus,.

Antenne: club bent into a hook just beyond the thickest part and
tapering to a fine point.

Male with a costal fold except in ewrycles and orion.

Cell of fore wing very long; discocellulars inwardly oblique and
in the same straight line, upper discocellulars reduced to a point ;
vein 9 equidistant from 8 and 10; vein 5 rather nearer to 4 than
to 6: vein 2 from near base of wing; vein 3 more than twice as
far from 2 as from 4; lower branch of veinlet in cell just before
vein 4. Hind wing produced into a tail of varying length; vein
5 wanting; discocellulars hardly traceable; vein 3 just before end
of cell; vein 2 nearer to 3 than to 1; vein 7 well before end

of cell.

proteus, Linn, ......... L; virescens, Mab. ........ fe
*esmeraldus, Butl. ...... 2; Ort0N, OVAM. cssesccseces 18.
santiago, Luc. .....+..+ oe brachius, Hiibn. ......... 19.
Kamisus, Hew. ....001.++0s 4. chalco, Hiibn. ............ 20.
dorantes, Stoll ......... ss) metophis, Latv. ......04. 21.
*yndulatus, Hew. ...... 6. ? hirteus, Butl. c.cccccocese 22.
*aminias, Hew. ......05+ tf Fasine, Hew. ......s.e000 23.
catillus, Cram. ........5 8. ganna, Mosch. .......+. 24,
jethira, Hew. ............ 9; *auginus, Hew. ......+0s 25.
*albofasciatus, Hew. ... 10. nicasius, Pl6tz ......60s 26.
Pulpa, Bt \ecrceneeaieees ll. larius; PlOW scores eased 27.
*alcaus, Hew. ......000++- 12. * corydon, Butl.
simplicius, Stoll ......... 13: trebia, Mosch. .......45 28.
eurycles, Latr, ......... 14. evenus, MEN. ........s00« 29.
latipennis, Mab. ...... 15. ‘ octomaculata, Sepp ... 30.
carmelita, H.-S. ......... 16. A ccieanes, Mab.

And eight unidentified species.
Habitat. Tropical America.

3. Genus GONIURUS.

Goniurus, Hiibner, Verz. p. 104 (1816). Type, cedus, Cramer.

Antenne: club rather slender, bent into a hook, the terminal
portion about as long as rest of club. Palpi: second joint densely
sealed ; third joint short, porrect, obtusely conical. Fore wing :
inner and outer margins subequal; male with a costal fold; cell
more than two-thirds the length of costa; discocellulars very
oblique, the middle one slightly the longer ; vein 3 shortly before the
end of cell; vein 2 close to base of wing. Hind wing with a very
conspicuous tooth or short tail at vein 1 4; vein 7 shortly before the
end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3
immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of
cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie fringed, and with two pairs of

spurs. ;
celus, Cram.
*aurunce, Hew.

Habitat. South America.

1893.] MR, E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 21

4, Genus Puestia. (Plate III. fig. 4.)
Plestia, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, p. 146 (1888).
Type, staudingeri, Mab-
Antenne: club rather flattened, sickle-shaped, the thickening
and tapering very gradual, terminating in a fine joint. Fore wing:
male with a costal fold; cell more than two thirds length of fore
wing ; upper discocellular minute; middle and lower discocellulars
inwardly oblique, the middle the longer ; vein 9 equidistant from 8
and 10; vein 2 from near base of wing; vein 3 about four times as
far from 2 as from 4; vein 5 nearer 6 than 4. Hind wing pro-
duced into a short tail; vein 5 wanting; discocellulars barely
traceable ; vein 3 from just before end of cell; vein 2 rather nearer
to 3 than to base of wing.
dorus, Edwards ......... ihe

Habitat. The Mexican subregion.

5. Genus TarsocTenvs, nov. (Plates I. fig. 6; IIL. fig. 13.)

Type, plutiu, Hewitson.

Allied to Phocides.

Antenne: club moderate, with a slender terminal hook. Palpi:
second joint densely scaled ; third joint naked, more prominent than
in Phocides. Fore wing: male with costal fold; cell considerably
more than two-thirds length of costa ; discocellulars slightly oblique,
middle slightly longer than lower; upper discocellular very short ;
vein 3 about half as far again from 2 as from 4; vein 2 nearer to
base of wing than to vein 3. Hind wing with a distinct lobe at end
of vein 1 4; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars very faint,
slightly outwardly oblique; vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 rather
nearer to end of cell than to vein 2; vein 2 almost equidistant from
base of wing and from end of cell. Hind tibiz in both sexes very short,
with only a terminal pair of spurs. In the male one of these spurs
is much produced, and the proximal end of the tarsus bears beneath
on either side a comb of yellowish bristles which, when the tarsus is
straightened out, enclose the lengthened spur. This character is
less developed in papias than in the other species of the genus.

¥ plutid, HOW, ses<-.000 lp

Be se Cram........+ 2.
pyramus, Cram.

* precia, Hew. ....0.006 3.

* papias, Hew. ...ses00 4,

One species, gaudialis, Hew., also belongs to this genus, but it
is not in the British Museum.
Confined to tropical America.

6. Genus Puocipzs. (Plates I. fig. 5; III. fig, 2.)

Phocides, Hiibn Verz. p. 103 (1816). Type, palemon, Cramer.
Erycides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 110 (1816). Type, pigmalion, Cramer.
Dysenius, Sc. Syst. Rev. p. 46 (1872). Type, albicilla, H.-S.
Antennee: club rather robust, extremity very fine, forming a hook

22 MR. BD, Y. WALSON ON THE WHSPERILD A, (Jan. 17,

with remainder of club. Palpi well separated, thickly scaled,
forming two square projections in front of the face; third joint
hardly visible. Fore wing: male with a costal fold; cell more than
two-thirds length of costa; discocellulars very oblique, middle one
straight, lower strongly arched and much the longer; vein 3 just
before end of cell; vein 2 about twice as far from 3 as from base of
wing. Hind wing much elongated; vein 3 immediately before end
of cell; vein 5 wanting. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

This genus is readily recognized by the unique character of the
lower discocellular of the fore wing.

pigmalion, Cram. ...... 1. yokhara, Butl. ........... if.
batabano, Luc. — ......ase 2. lili, WRORK. cepcs tases ones 8.
* uwrania, Westw. .....-... Bi socius, Butl.
¥ A TOW s. = secsseuceees 4. albicilla, H.-S. :
* charonotis, Hew. .....+... D: palemon, Cram. ......05 sy
* oreades, Hew. ............ 6. | cruentus, Hiibn.

Found throughout tropical America.

7. Genus HypocryrToTHRIx, nov.

Type, teutas, Hew.

Antennz: club moderately robust, bent into a hook. Fore wing:
male with a costal fold ; cell slightly more than two-thirds length of
costa; upper discocellular very short, lower and middle disco-
cellulars inwardly oblique, subequal; veinlet in cell at vein 4; vein
3 close to end of cell, about four times as far from 2 as from 4.
Hind wing slightly lobate; vein 8 arched at base, then bent
abruptly, smuated for its terminal three fourths, and approaching
very close to vein 7; vein 7 from close to the base of wing; disco-
cellulars very faint, strongly outwardly oblique; vein 5 wanting;
vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a tuft of hair on underside of fore wing at base of sub-
median. Allied to Tarsoctenus.

* teutas, Hew. ...0s0.0: ile

Confined to tropical South America.

8. Genus Hretreropta.

Heteropia, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, p. 68 (1889).
Type, imitatriz, Mabille.
Antenne: club moderate, gradually thickened and gradually
tapering to a fine point, bent intoa hook. Palpi as in Thymele.
Fore wing: cell just two-thirds length of costa; veinlet in cell at
vein 4; no costal fold in male; upper discocellular very short, mid-
dle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique, subequal; vein 3 close
to end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 well removed
from base of wing, only slightly nearer to base than to vein 3.
Hind wing slightly angled at vein 14; cell moderate, vein 7 more
than twice as far from base as from end of cell; vein 3 from end of

1893. ] MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA, 23

cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
tmalena, Butl. ....... 1.
imitatrix, Mab.
* bryaris, HOW. .c0re.+0 2.
And two unidentified species. i
Confined to Central and South America.

9. Genus SPATHILEPIA.

Spathilepia, Butler, Ent. Mon. Mag. vii. p. 57 (1870).
Type, clonius, Crainer.
Antenne: club moderate, very gradually thickened, bent into a
hook, the terminal portion not quite as long as rest of club. Palpi
porrect, second joint densely scaled, third joint short. Fore wing :
outer margin longer than inner margin; outer margin angled at vein
5, the upper portion almost at right angles to costa, the lower portion
running obliquely to outer angle ; male with a costal fold ; cell more
than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before
end of cell; upper discocellular minute ; middle and lower disco-
cellulars inwardly oblique, the middle one about twice as long as lower
one; vein 3 three times as far from base as from end of cell; vein 2
three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind
wing toothed at vein 1 4; vein 7 three times as far from 8 as from
6; discocellulars faint, almost erect; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 just
before end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to
base of wing. Hind tibie thickly fringed and with two pairs of
spurs.
clonius, Oram. ....0000 A

Inhabits Central and South America.

10. Genus Eparcyreus. (Plate I. fig. 4.)

Epargyreus, Hiibuer, Verz. p. 105 (1816). Type, tityrus, Fabr.
Epargijreus, Scudder, Butt. N. Engl. vol. i. p. 1399 (1889).
Type, tityrus, Fabr.
Antenne: rather more robust than in Thymele, otherwise very
similar. Palpi densely scaled, third joint almost entirely concealed
by the scales of the second joint. Fore wing: male with a costal
fold ; cell more than two-thirds length of costa; veinlet in cell from
just behind vein 3; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell ;
upper discocellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars inwardly
oblique and in the same straight line; vein 3 less than twice as far
from 2 as from end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from 3 as
from base of wing. Hind wing prominently toothed at vein 14;
vein 7 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell ;
discocellulars hardly traceable, slightly outwardly oblique; vein 5
wanting ; vein 3 well before end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as
from 4; vein 2 slightly further from end of cell than from base of
wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
This genus is closely allied to Proteides, from which it differs

24 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, [Jan. 17,

chiefly in the less truncate apex to the fore wing, and the slightly
different relative positions of the median branches. The male also
is provided with a costal fold, which is wanting in Proteides.

VAY TUS, MAD. .2..c0cereee if exadeus, Cram. ........- 6.
{ clarus, Cram. * qsander, Hew. — ...seses- (i
pseudexadeus, Westw.... 2 * Enispe,, LLGW,) ieesneeeenons 8.
eons, Hubns i.sh2es..32- a: ZE8tO8, TA WD aod eehdesee 9.
* barisses, Hew. .......-++0- 4. talus, OTA. ve csscescene 10,

* antaus, Hew. i......0... 5.

And two unidentified species.
American and West Indian.

11. Genus ProreIpEs.

Proteides, Hiibner, Verz. p. 105 (1816). Type, tdas, Cramer.
Dicranaspis, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xxi. p. 24 (1878).
Type, tdas, Cramer.
Antenne: club abruptly thickened, very robust, bent into a
hook, terminal portion short and gradually tapering. Fore wing:
no costal fold in male; cell very long, almost three-fourths length
of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; vein 10
nearer to 9 than to 11; vein 9 nearer to 8 than to 10; upper disco-
cellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique ;
vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 slightly nearer
to end of cell than to vein 2; vein 2 less than twice as far from
vein 3 as from base of wing. Fore wing much produced at apex,
costa about one and a half times the length of inner margin; outer
margin at almost a right angle with costa from apex to vein 5, then
very oblique to outer angle. Hind wing prominently toothed at
submedian ; cell moderate; vein 7 well before end of cell; disco- -
cellulars very faint; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 well before end of cell ;
vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing, and twice as far
from 3 as 3 is from 4. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs.

tdas, Cramer ...ss.ee00s 1.

And two unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America and the West Indies.

12, Genus CurysopLectrum, nov. (Plate II. fig. 15.)

Type, otriades, Hewitson.

Antenne: club moderate, bent into a hook, terminal portion very
slender, rather more than half as long as remainder of club. Termi-
nal joint of palpi minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing: outer
margin considerably longer than inner margin; male with a costal
fold; cell scarcely two-thirds length of costa; vein 12 reaching
costa before the end of cell; upper discocellular minute, middle dis-
cocellular inwardly oblique, lower almost erect, the middle one the
longer ; vein 3 more than three times as far from base of wing as
from end of cell, twice as far from vein 2 as from 4; veinlet in cell
from just before vein 4, Hind wing strongly arched at base, rather

1893.) MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 95

elongated ; outer margin almost straight in male, slightly more con-
vex in female; a tooth-like lobe at anal angle; vein 7 more than
twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars erect ; vein 3 from
end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from end of
cell. Hind tibize with a long fringe and two pairs of spurs, the ter-
minal pair very long. On the hind tarsi of the male below there are
two series of densely set golden spines.

*otriades, Hew. ......... Us

And two unnamed species.
Confined to South America.

13. Genus Acoxastus.
Polygonus, Hiibner, Exot. Schmett. ii. (1822).
Type, amyntas, Fabr. (nom. preoce.).
Acolastus, Scudder, Syst. Rev. p. 50(1872). Type, savignyi, Latr.
Antennze: club moderate, bent mto a hook, terminal portion very
slender, rather more than half as long as remainder of club ; ter-
minal joint of palpi minute, conical. Fore wing: outer and inner
margins subequal, no costal fold in male; cell considerably more
than two-thirds length of costa ; upper discocellular short ; middle
and lower discocellulars subequal, inwardly oblique, and in the same
straight line ; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell;
vein 3 remote from end of cell, twice as far from base of wing as
from end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from end of cell as
from base of wing; veinlet beyond vein 3, median slightly angled
where it meets it. Hind wing: costa strongly arched at base, outer
margin rounded, a conspicuous tooth-like lobe at anal angle; vein 7
twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars almost erect; vein 5
wanting ; veins 3 and 2 both from shortly before end of cell; vein
3 nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2 considerably further from base of
wing than from end of cell. Hind tibize fringed, and with two pairs
of spurs.

lividus, Hiibn.

CMY MEAS, HADI wn voce since ke
savignyt, Laty.

This genus appears to be closely allied to Proteides.
Habitat. South America and West Indies.

14. Genus TeELEGoNUs.

Telegonus, Hiibner. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 104 (1816).
: Type, anaphus, Cramer.
Antenne: thickening of club slight and very gradual; club bent
usually at about a right angle, occasionally to less, the terminal
portion about as long as rest of club. Palpi: second joint densely
scaled, third joint minute. Fore wing: outer margin much longer
than inner margin; cell just over two-thirds the length of costa ;
no costal fold in male; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of

26 MR, BE, Y. WALSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

cell; upper discocellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars
oblique in the same straight line, the upper slightly the longer ;
vein 3 rather more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of
cell; vein 2 about three times as far from end of cell as from base of
wing ; veinlet in cell shortly before vein 4. Hind wing produced
into a lobe at anal angle, outer margin evenly rounded ; vein 7 well
before end of cell, slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars very
faint, almost erect ; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3 just before end of cell ;
vein 2 rather nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind
tibie fringed, and with two pairs of spurs.

Closely allied to Thymele, differs from it slightly in neuration and
in the absence of the costal fold on the fore wing of the male.

apastus, Cram. ......4.. i: { creteus, Cram. «.........0 6.

anaphus, Oram, ......... 2. parmenides, Cram.

alardus, Stoll ...........- ot * meretriz, Hew. ......-.. 7.

RGEANA, LUG)» vrscsi50's<o0 4, * centrites, Hew. .......-.1++ 8.
* elorus, Hew. ..scccssseee 5D.

And four unidentified species.
Yonfined to tropical America.

15. Genus THYMELE.

Thymele, Fabr. Ill. Mag. vi. p. 287(1807). Type, mereatus, Fabr.

Astraptes, Hiibuer, Verz. p. 103 (1816). Type, aulestes, Cramer.

Euthymele, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xxi. p. 24 (1878).

Type not specified.

Antenne; club slender, gradually thickened and gradually taper-
ing to afine point, abruptly bent into a hook just beyond its thickest
portion. Palpi well separated, third joint minute. Fore wing : male
with a costal fold; cell two-thirds length of costa ; veinlet in cell
just before vein 4; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell ;
upper discocellular minute, lower and middle discocellulars sub-
equal, inwardly oblique, and in the same straight line; vein 3
rather more than twice as far from 2 as from end of cell; vein 2
about one and a half times as far from 3 as from base of wing.
Hind wing much produced in submedian area and slightly toothed
at submedian nervule; cell short, not reaching half across wing ;
vein 4 much longer than the lower margin of the cell; vein 7 rather
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing; discocellulars barely
traceable, almost erect; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 from immediately
before end of cell ; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.
Hind tibie thickly fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

Of the four species included by M. Mabille in his genus Huthy-
mele, two belong to Thymele and two to Telegonus.

fulgerator, Walch. ...... 1. | COLOSSUS HRS. isc. cioaleomes 4.
{ mercatus, Faby. egregius, Butl. ......... 5.
*G00S, TON," aesuntestans ps enotrus, Cram. .iseseves 6.

aulestes, Oram. 11.00.45. 3. *halesius, Hew. ...... Bande te

Confined to tropical America,

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THN HESPERIIDA. 20

16. Genus TELEMIADES.

Telemiades, Hiibner, Verz. p. 106 (1816). Type, avitus, Cramer.

Antenne: club moderate, strongly hooked, terminal portion very
slender and slightly shorter than remainder of the club. Palpi:
second joint densely scaled, third joint short and obtuse. Fore wing:
inner and outer margins subequal; male with a costal fold; cell
two-thirds length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of
cell; upper discocellular minute; middle and lower discocellular
inwardly oblique, the lower the longer ; vein 3 close to end of cell,
three times as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2
nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind wing evenly rounded,
rather produced at anal angle; vein 7 about three times as far
from base of wing as from end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5
barely traceable ; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 about twice as far
from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs
of spurs, upper pair minute.

GUUS) OLAMEN fon susvina sac eece lhe
* DRABIAS; LOW. fovnaceses vices 2.
Kpenidas, HOW. ...csesesesseee 3.
PO2INES; HOWik Sauseoaerncncses 4.

amphion, Hiibn. ...cceeeeene 5.

Confined to South America.

17. Genus Dyscornus. (Plate III. fig. 8.)

Dyscophus, Burmeister, Descr. Rep. Arg. v. p. 291 (1878).
Type, sebaldus, Cramer.
Antenne: club moderate, hooked, terminal portion very fine, as
long as rest of club. Fore wing: male with a costal fold; cell
more than two-thirds length of costa; outer margin longer than
inner margin ; outer end of cell oval ; upper discocellular short but
distinct, outwardly oblique; middle discocellular erect ; lower disco-
cellular inwardly oblique, longer than the middle one; veinlet just
before vein 4; vein 4 opposite vein 8; vein 12 reaching costa before
end of cell; vein 3 about half as far again from 2 as from 4; vein
2 nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind wing produced in
submedian area; outer margin angled at vein 2 and again at vein
16; vein 7 well before end of cell, more than twice as far from
vein 8 as from 6; upper discocellular straight, lower slightly
outwardly oblique; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3 just before end of cell ;
vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of

cell. Hind tibize densely fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

fi sebaldus, Cram, ws... is
| cerameri, Latr.
{ *doriscus, Hew. .... scene 2,

| cecutiens, H.-S.

Confined to South America.

28 MR. DB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPHRIIDH, (Jan. 17,

18. Genus Nascus, noy.

Type, phocus, Cramer.

Antenne: club rather robust, bent into a hook, terminal portion
very slender and rather longer than rest of club. Palpi upturned,
third joint almost concealed. Fore wing: outer margin very
much longer than inner margin, the apex being very conspicuously
produced ; cell more than two-thirds the length of costa; male with
a costal fold; discocellulars very oblique, the lower one slightly the
longer; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 close to base of
wing. Hind wing anally produced, and with an inconspicuous tooth
at vein 14; vein 7 close to end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5
barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before the end of the cell ;
vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind
tibize with a long fringe of coarse hairs and with two pairs of spurs,

[ phocus, Oram. © «........ ik
| *pherenice, Hew. 2.
broteas, Cram. 9 ......... 2.
( euribates, Oram. Q ...... 3.
nicias, Fabr. ¢.
| *hesus, Westw. o.
_*etias, Hew. 9.
*eriopis, Hew. G .......-. 4.
cepio, H.-S. OQ... 5.
cephise, H.-S, § QD ...... 6.

And three unidentified species.
Confined to South America.

19. Genus Buneatoris, nov. (Plate III. fig. 7.)

Type, midas, Cramer.

Antenne: club very gradually thickened and tapering to a fine
point, bent at about a right angle; terminal portion very long, about
twice as long as remainder of club, and about one-fourth of the
whole antenna. Palpi: third joint entirely concealed by the scales of
the second joint. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer
margin, cell more than two-thirds the length of costa; male with a
very prominent costal fold; discocellulars almost erect, subequal ;
vein 3 more than three times as far from base of wing as from end
of cell; vein 2 less than three times as far from end of cell as from
base of wing. Hind wing produced at anal angle, but with no con-
spicuous lobe; vein 7 well before end of cell, less than twice as far
from 8 as from 6 ; discocellulars slightly outwardly oblique ; vein 3
before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from 3 as 3 is from 4, and
twice as far from base of wing asfrom 3. Hind tibize with a rather
loug fringe and two pairs of spurs. The costa of the hind wing in
the male of the type species is black with bluish reflections, a
character which is probably sexual.

midas, Cramer. ¢ ...... 1. | erythus, Cramer. 9 ...... 6.
astylos, Cramer. 9...... 2. *nicephorus, Hew. ¢ ... 7.
*phaselis, Hew. g Q...... 3. | sebrus, Feld. GO ..:...... 8.
poligius, Latr. 2 ......... 4, *pelignus, Hew. ¢.
{ ramusis,Oramer. 9 ... 5, | *gonatus, Hew. Q.
| *astrapeus, Hew. 9. heras, Mab. 6 Qiiscceeee 9,

Confined to South America.

1893. ] MR, FH. ¥. WALSON ON THD HESPERIIDA, 99

20. Genus PreRoxys, nov.

Type, phaneus, Hewitson.

Antenne: club short, rather abruptly thickened and tapering to
a fine point, bent at about a right angle at its thickest part, the
terminal portion longer than the rest of the club; second joint
of palpi densely scaled; the third joint almost entirely concealed.
Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; male with a costal
fold; cell of fore wing three-fifths length of fore wing; vein 12
reaching costa just before end of cell; vein 6 well below end of
cell; upper discocellular short but distinct ; middle and lower disco-
cellulars slightly oblique, the lower rather the longer ; vein 3 shortly
before end of cell, about four times as far from vein 4 as from base
of wing; vein 2 less than twice as far from end of cell as from base
of wing. Hind wing: vein 7 about three times as far from base of
wing as from end of cell; middle discocellular erect, lower outwardly
concave, the lower much the longer ; vein 5 from their angle; vein 3
from end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base as from end of cell ;
outer margin even, lobe inconspicuous. Hind tibiz with two pairs
of spurs and a long tuft of hair from proximal end.

Kphane@us, How. srsessesssrsese 1
*lidderdali, Hlwes ............ 2.

Confined to the Oriental region.

, 21, Genus Casyapa.

Casypa, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn, Lep. p. 576 (1871).

Type, corvus, Felder.

Chetocneme, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss., math.-nat. Cl. vol. xl.
p- 460 (1860) (nom. preoce.).

Antenne long: club moderate, gradually thickened, tapering to a
fine point ; terminal portion bent but not hooked. Tore wing: male
with a costal fold; inner and outer margins subequal ; cell just two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of
cell; vein 8 from upper angle of cell; vein 7 below angle; upper
discocellular short, distinct, almost erect ; middle and lower disco-
cellulars subequal, erect, and in the same straight line; vein 5 equi-
distant from 4 and 6; vein 3 well before end of cell, rather more
than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2
three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind
wing evenly rounded, not produced into a lobe; cell long, extending
more than half across wing ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell, three
times as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars faint, nearly erect ;
vein 5 wanting; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 three times
as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize densely
fringed and with only the terminal pair of spurs.

corvus, Felder ..........0+ Ue
~ erttomedia, Guér, ....0+0 2.
odix, Boisd.

*caristus, Hew.

Confined to the East Indies.

30 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. [Jan. 17,

22. Genus PHa@nicoprs, noy. (Plate IIT. fig. 6.)
Type, beata, Hew.

Antenne: club moderate, gradually thickened and gradually
tapering to a point, bent into a crescent, and not abruptly angled.
Palpi porrect; third joint minute, entirely concealed by scales of
second joint. Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin,
and more or less angled at vein 5; no costal fold on fore wing in
male; cell two-thirds length of costa; upper discocellular short,
middle discocellular almost erect, lower more oblique and slightly
longer; veinlet in cell from just above vein 4; vein 3 close to end
of cell, quite five times as far from base of wing as from end of cell :
vein 2 rather more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of
wing. Hind wing: no anal lobe, outer margin more or less angled at
vein 3; vein 7 more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; upper
discocellular short, erect, lower longer, outwardly concave; vein 5
present; veiulet in cell clearly traceable, the two branches meeting
the upper and lower discocellulars respectively ; vein 3 just before
end of cell; vein 2 almost three times as far from base of wing as
from end of cell. Hind tibiz with only the terminal pair of spurs,
and in the male with a complete fringe of very long hairs.

MGCQLG; TIGWe. wus civ snvceacetse' ile
¥demitzd, Hews vccveccscessees 2.

Confined to the Australian region.

23. Genus CapiLa.

Capila, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 785. Type, yayadeva, Moore.

Antenne: club only slightly thicker than shaft, very gradually
thickening and as gradually tapering to a fine point, evenly curved
into a hook. Palpi: second joint clothed with longish hairs ; third
joint short, porrect. Fore wing: no costal fold in male ; cell three-
fifths of costa; outer margin longer than inner margin; vein 12
reaching costa opposite end of cell ; vein 11 nearly opposite vein 3 ;
vein 10 equidistant from 9 and 11; end of cell broadly truncate ;
upper discocellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars almost
erect and in the same straight line, the lower the longer; veinlet
beyond vein 4; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as from end of
cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind
wing evenly rounded; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; middle
discocellular almost erect, lower angled, the upper part inwardly
oblique, the lower part outwardly oblique ; vein 5 well developed ;
vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 close to end of cell, more than
three times as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind
tibiee with two pairs of spurs, and with a tuft of hairs longer than
the tibia attached to it near its proximal end.

Closely allied to Pisola.

*jayadevd, MOOVe veecerrecers 1,

Confined to the Indian subregion.

1893. | MR, E. Y. WALSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 31

24. Genus CaLLIANA.

Calliana, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 686. Type, piertdoides, Moore.

[Antenne wanting. |

Palpi almost erect, second joint thickly scaled, third joint minute.
Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin; no costal fold
in male; vein 12 reaching costa opposite end of cell; cell two-
thirds length of costa; upper angle of cell rounded; upper disco-
cellular short, outwardly oblique ; middle and lower discocellulars
almost erect, the lower the longer ; vein 3 about twice as far from
2 asfrom end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to
3: veinlet in cell at just before vein 4. Hind wing evenly rounded ;
cell moderate, about half the length of costa; vein 7 shortly before
end of cell, more than four times as far from base as from end of
cell; middle discocellulars slightly outwardly oblique, lower slightly
inwardly oblique, the lower about half as long again as the middle
one ; vein 5 well developed, much nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 just
before end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base as from
end of cell. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs, and also with a
tuft of hair longer than the tibia attached to it near its proximal
end.

The sole species of this genus is péeridoides, Moore, which is not
in the British Museum. The above diagnosis is from the type
specimen kindly lent me for that purpose by Mr. Moore.

Confined to the Oriental region.

25. Genus Pisoxa.
Pisola, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 785. Type, zennara, Moore.
Antenne and palpi much asin Capi/a. Fore wing: inner margin
considerably longer than outer margin; neuration as in Calliana,
from which it differs only in having no tuft on the hind tibie in
the male.

Lemnara, Moore ......versererr L
cerinthus, Felder ...........- 2.

Confined to Asia.

26. Genus CeCROPTERUS.

Cecropterus, Herr.-Schaff. Prodr. Syst. Lep. iii. p. 45 (1869).
Type, zarex, Hiibn.
Antennz: club moderate, bent into a hook, the terminal portion
equal to remainder of club. Palpi porrect, second joint densely
scaled, third joint small. Fore wing: outer margin longer than
inner margin; no costal fold in male; cell long, more than two-
thirds length of fore wing; vein 12 reaching costa before end of
cell; upper discocellular minute, middle discocellular inwardly
oblique, lower more erect; vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3
more than four times as far from base of wing as from end of cell;
vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind
wing much produced in submedian area, but with no distinct lobe

32 MR. B. ¥, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. (Jan. 17,

or tail; vein 7 more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocel-
lulars very faint, outwardly concave ; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 at end
of cell; vein 2 less than twice as far from base of wing as from end
of cell, nearer to base of wing than vein 7. Hind tibize fringed and
with two pairs of spurs.

Pare’, Tubs so. sdesisest lL. Mets TITIDN, cs..feneeseetes 5.

* GUNS, BADE. Wy Srcseacres 2. cineta, ToS. Vavssecerses 6.
bipunctatus, Gmel. ...... 3. *phrynicus, Hew. ......... ide
tiylus, Hiibn. «........+. 4,

And three unidentified species.

27. Genus Coaia.

Cogia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 508 (1870).
Type, Aassan, Butler.

Antenne: club moderate, bent at about a right angle, tapering to
a fine point. Third joint of palpi slightly projecting from the
clothing of second joint. Fore wing: outer margin longer than
inner margin; no costal fold in male; cell more than three-fifths
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of the
cell; middle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique and in the
same straight line, the middle the longer; vein 3 twice as far from
2 as from end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from end of
cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: vein 7 only slightly further
from base of wing than from end of cell; discocellulars erect, faint ;
vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 rather
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.

Male with an erectile tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing,
attached immediately below the origin of the median nervule.

hassany Butler, ccsesesvadees if
{ calchas,HHBicic cuss ween 2.
| terranea, Butl,
And one unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America.

28. Genus EpHyRiADEs.

Ephyriades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 111 (1816). Type, o¢reus, Cramer.
Oileides, Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. ii. (1822-26).
Type, zephodes, Hiibn.
Antenne as in Cogia. Palpi more widely separated, porrect ;
third joint rather conspicuous. Fore wing: inner and outer margins
subequal, or the inner slightly the longer; no costal fold in male ;
cell just over two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching
costa almost opposite to the end of cell; middle and lower disco-
cellulars almost erect, subequal; vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than
to 4; vein 3 very shortly before end of cell, more than three times
as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 more than twice as far from base
of wing as from end of cell. Hind wing: vein 7 close to end of cell,
remote from base of wing; discocellulars faint; vein 5 barely

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID ®, 33

traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 con-
siderably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz
with two pairs of spurs.
Male with the abdominal fold clothed with long hair-like scales.
otreus, Cram, ...... is
| clericus, Fabr.
zephodes, Hibn.
*pekahia, Hew. ... 2s
And five unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America.

29. Genus THORYBES.

Thorybes, Scudder, Syst. Rev. Am. Butt. p. 50 (1872).
Type, bathyllus, Smith-Abb.
Thorybes, Scudder, Butt. East. Un. States, vol. ii. p. 1423 (1889).
Lintneria, Butler, Trans, Ent. Soc. p. 57 (1877) (nom. preoce.),
Type, daunus, Cramer.
Antenne and palpi as in Achalarus. Fore wing: inner and outer
margins subequal ; cell more than two-thirds length of fore wing ;
vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; upper discocellular
minute, middle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique and in the
same straight line, the lower the longer; vein 3 more than three
times as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2 about
three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing; veinlet
in cell at vein 4. Hind wing: vein 7 about twice as far from 8 as
from 6; discocellulars faint, slightly concave outwardly; vein 3
from end of cell; vein 2 rather nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing, nearer to base of wing than vein 7; outer margin evenly
rounded, slightly angled at vein | 6. Hind tibize with two pairs of
spurs.
In this genus the type species, bathyllus, is without a costal fold
in the male, while the second species, pylades, is provided with a fold.

daunus, Cram. ......... 1,
{ bathyllus, Sva.-Abb.
DYNES; BOX Savcncexacas 2.

Confined to America.

30. Genus ACHALARUS.

Achalarus, Scudder, Syst. Rev. Am. Butt. p. 50 (1872).
Type, lycidas, Smith-Abb.
Achalarus, Scudder, Butt. East. Un. States, vol. ii. p. 1412 (1889),
Lobocla, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. liii. pt. 2, p. 51 (1884).
Type, Liliana, Atkinson.
Antennz : club moderate, bent into a hook, the terminal portion
about as long as rest of club. Palpi porrect, second joint densely
sealed, third joint short. Fore wing: inner and outer margins sub-
equal; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; male with a costal
fold ; cell long, more than two-thirds length of costa; upper disco-
cellular minute, middle and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique in
Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. ITI.

34 MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID E. (Jan. 17,

the same straight line, the lower the longer ; veinlet at vein 4; vein 3
more than four times as far from base of wing as from end of cell;
vein 2 about three times as far from end of cell as from base of
wing. Hind wing slightly lobed at anal angle; discocellulars faint,
erect ; vein 5 present, but very faint ; vein 7 three times as far from
8 as from 6; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 almost twice as
far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibie with two
pairs of spurs. :

lycidas, 8m.-Abb. ......+++ ife CUsyapad, MOOVE .s.csseceeee 3.
Liliana, Moore ............+6. 2. bifasciata, Brem.

American and Asian.

31. Genus RHABDOIDES.

Rhabdoides, Scudder, Butt. East. Un. States, vol. iii. p. 1854 (1889).
Type, cellus, Boisduval.
Antenne, palpi, neuration, and legs as in Achalarus, from which

it differs only in the absence of the costal fold in the male.

cellus, Boisd.

And one unidentified species.
Confined to America.

32. Genus DREPHALYsS, nov.

Type, helizus, Hew.

Antenne and palpi as in Typhedanus. Fore wing : outer margin
slightly longer than inner margin; male with a costal fold; cell of
fore wing more than three-fifths the length of costa; vein 12 reaching
costa almost opposite end of cell; discocellulars nearly erect ; vein 3
well before end of cell, considerably nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2
close to base of wing, about three times as far from end of cell as

from base of wing. Hind wing much produced, but not to a point.
Neuration as in 7’yphedanus.

* helivus, Hew.

33. Genus TyPHEDANUs.

Typhedanus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. p. 497 (1870).
Type, zephus, Butler.
Antennz: club moderate, bent inte a hook, the terminal portion
very slender, about half the length of remainder of club. Palpi:
third joint minute, hardly projecting from clothing of second joint.
Fore wing much produced apically, outer margin considerably longer
than inner margin; cell of fore wing more than two-thirds the
length of costa; no costal fold in male; vein 12 reaching costa well
before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, subequal ;
vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell,
about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as far from end
of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing produced to a point at the
anal angle: outer margin very oblique, slightly coucave; vein 7

1893.] MR. H. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDA, 35

well before end of cell, almost equidistant from veins 8 and 6; disco-
cellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 well before end of
cell, equidistant from 2 and 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of
cell than to base of wing. Male with a tuft of long recumbent hairs
lying along the outer edge of the abdominal fold on the upperside of
the hind wing and attached along vein 1 6 near its origin. Hind
tibize with two pairs of spurs.

zephus, Butler.
Inhabits tropical South America,

34. Genus Gicuyprus, nov.

Type, chersis, H.-S.

Autenne: club rather robust, bent into a hook. Palpi porrect ;
second joint long, densely clothed ; third joint short, obtusely conical,
almost concealed. Fore wing: apex very truncate, much as in
Spathilepia ; outer margin considerably longer than inner margin ;
cell two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost
opposite the end of cell; discocellulars slightly inwardly oblique ;
vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 immediately before the end of
cell; vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as trom base of wing.
Hind wing much produced; vein 7 well before end of cell ; disco-
cellulars distinct ; vein 5 very faint ; vein 3 immediately before the
end of cell; vein 2 about three times as far from base of wing as
from end of cell. Hind tibize fringed and with two pairs of spurs,

Male with an erectile tuft of hairs at base of abdominal folds, much
as in Cogia.

{ chersis, H.-8, ... 1.
| evelinda, Butler.
* aziris, Hew. ...... 2.

Confined to tropical America.

35. Genus PORPHYROGENES, nov.
Type, omphale, Butler.

Antenne: club very slender, sickle-shaped, terminating in a fine
point. Palpi: third joint bluntly conical, slightly projecting from
the clothing of the second joint. Fore wing: inner and outer mar-
gins subequal; male with a costal fold; vein 12 reaching costa well
before the end of cell; cell very long, almost three quarters the
length of costa; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the middle slightly
the longer; lower margin of cell between veins 3 and 4 arched
upwards ; vein 3 well before the end of the cell, only slightly farther
from 2 than from 4 ; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to
vein 3. Hind wing: vein 7 shortly before end of cell; disco-
cellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2
more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind
tibiz fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

In the male the inner margin of the fore wing is strongly arched ;
there is a tuft of short hairs on a silvery patch on the upperside of
the hind wing at the origin of vein 8, there being a corresponding

3

36 MR. DB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

silvery patch on the underside of the fore wing, and the abdominal
fold of the hind wing is densely clothed with long hair-like scales.

omphale, Butler ......... Le O[ 7 pausias, Hew. )s.scccecesss 2.

Confined to South America.

36. Genus Cacina.

Cecina, Hewitson, Desc. Hesp. p. 55 (1868).
Type, calathana, Hewitson.

Antennz: club moderate, gradually thickening and gradually
tapering to a point, evenly curved, not abruptly bent. Palpi: second
joint densely scaled; third joint short, porrect, bluntly pointed.
Fore wing: inner margin sinuate, rather longer than outer margin ;
cell two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end
of cell; upper discocellular very short; middle and lower disco-
cellulars subequal, inwardly oblique in the same straight line; vein 3
more than three times as far from base of wing as from end of cell ;
vein 2 about twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.
Hind wing: lobe inconspicuous; vein 7 very shortly before end of
cell ; discocellulars faint, outwardly oblique ; vein 5 wanting ; vein 3
just before end of cell ; vein 2 hardly twice as far from base of wing
as from end of cell. Hind tibize almost naked, with two pairs of
spurs.

The male has a patch of hairs on the upperside of the hind wing,
extending along the upper edge of the subcostal vein from the
divarication of the costal to the forking of the subcostal branch, the
hairs being flattened on the wing and pointing towards the costa.

* calathana, Hew. .......+ Fries * compusd, Hew. «--+ee0e 2.

Confined to tropical America.

37. Genus ABLEPSIS, nov.

Type, vulpinus, Hiibn.

Antenne: club moderate, rather flattened, sickle-shaped. Palpi
suberect ; second joint pressed close against face, third joint minute.
Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; no costal fold in
male; cell of fore wing more than two-thirds the length of costa;
discocellulars inwardly oblique, the lower the longer ; veinlet in cell
immediately before vein 4; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2
about three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing;
lower margin of cell bent upwards at origin of vein 3. Hind wing
evenly rounded ; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars and
vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2 twice as far
from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibie thickly fringed
and with two pairs of spurs.

In the male there is a tuft of long hair-like scales attached to the
submedian at the base of the abdominal fold on the underside.

vulpinus, Hibn,

And one unidentified species.
Confined to South America.

1893.] MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID#, 37

38. Genus Hantana.
Hantana, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 179 (1881).
Type, infernus, Felder.
Antenne: club rather robust, bent at about a right angle. Palpi
suberect ; second joint pressed close against the face, third joint
minute. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell more
than two-thirds the length of costa; no costal fold in male; vein 12
reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly
oblique, the lower the longer ; lower branch of veiulet in cell just
before vein 4; upper branch at vein 5; vein 3 shortly before end
of cell; vein 2 about three times as far from end of cell as from
base of wing. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7 well before the
end of cell; discocellulars distinct, vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3
immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of
wing as from end of cell. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs, and
in the male with a long tuft of hairs attached near the proximal end.
infernus, Felder.
Hahitat, Ceylon.

39. Genus MurGari, nov.

Type, albociliatus, Mab.

Antennz : club gradually thickened and tapering to a fine point,
bent into a hook just beyond the thickest part. Palpi: second joint
densely scaled, slightly inclined forward ; third joint short, porrect.
Fore wing: outer margin slightly longer than inner margiu; male
with a costal fold; cell more than two-thirds length of costa;
vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; vein 10 equidistant
from 9 and 11 ; upper discocellular minute ; middle and lower disco-
cellulars inwardly oblique, in the same straight line, the middle one
the longer; vein 3 twice as far from 2 as from 4, more than three
times as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind wing in-
conspicuously lobed ; vein 7 more than twice as far from 8 as from 6;
discocellulars erect ; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 immediately before end
of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from end of cell and base of wing.
Hind tibize very slightly fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

albociliatus, Mab. ......00. 1.

And an unidentified species.
Tropical America.

40. Genus Hruiuta. (Plates II. fig. 16; III. fig. 5.)
Aithilla, Hewitson, Desc. Hesp. p. 55 (1868).
Type, eleusinia, Hewitson.
? Hurypterus, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 162 (1877).
Type, gigas, Mabille.
Antenne: club hardly at all thickened, bent at about a right
angle ; terminal portion long. Palpi: second joint thickly scaled,
hird joint minute. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal ;
cell two-thirds length of costa; no costal fold in male; vein 12
eaching costa just opposite end of cell; vein 11 opposite vein 3 ;

38 MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERILDE, (Jan. 17,

vein 9 remote from 10, close to end of cell; vein 6 from upper
angle of cell; upper discocellular minute; middle discocellular
erect, lower slightly inwardly oblique, the lower rather the longer ;
vein 3 well before end of cell, about equidistant from 2 and 4, and
twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind wing
triangular, hardly lobed at anal angle; vein 7 three times as far
from 8 as from 6; discocellulars faint, erect; vein 3 well before
end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 slightly nearer to
end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs
and with a long tuft of coarse hairs attached near the proximal end.

E. gigas, Mab., the type of Lurypterus, is not in B. M., but as
the other two species, viz. Javochrea, Butler, and coracina, Butler,
which M. Mabille puts into his genus, are congeneric with eleusinia,
Hewitson, the type of AHthilla, therefore gigas also is presumably
an Aithilla.

* cleusinia, Hew. ......+.000 ul F CORINA, IEW .incabes = 0 sce 4.
coracina, Butl. ............ 2. lavochrea, Butl. ........00. 5,
¥ Gpicra, Hows fiscisowecse-.c 3.

And an unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America.

41. Genus ANCISTROCAMPTA.

Ancistrocampta, Feld, Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 183 (1862).
Type, hiarbas, Cramer.
Antenne: club very slightly thickened, bent at more than a
right angle, tapering to a fine point, the front edge of club fringed
with short widely set bristles. Palpi: third joint almost invisible.
Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; no costal fold in
male; cell well over two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect ;
vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 well before end of cell,
more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 remote from 3,
twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing:
vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars very faint, slightly
inwardly concave; vein 5 just traceable, nearer to 6 than to 4;
vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly nearer to
end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs,
the upper pair minute, and with a tuft of hairs attached near the
proximal end.
hiarbas, Oram, .......+. te
* suthina, Hew. ......... 2.

Confined to tropical South America.

42. Genus Hypr#nomia.
Hydrenomia, Butler, Ent. Mon. Mag. vii. p. 99 (1870).
Type, orcinus, Felder.
Antennz: club modérate, bent into a hook, terminal portion
short. Palpi porreet, divergent ; third joint slender, naked, rather
short. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin, the

1893. ] MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, 39

latter excavated from vein 2 to the outer angle ; cell two-thirds the
length of costa; male with a costal fold; vein 12 reaching costa
well before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect ; vein 5 nearer
to 6 than to 4; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, more than twice
as far from 2 as from 4; vein 3 more than twice as far from end of
cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin crenulated ;
vein 7 well before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely
traceable ; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie slightly
fringed and with two pairs of spurs.
orcinus, Felder.

Confined to tropical South America.

43. Genus PARADROS, nov.

Type, phenice, Hew.

Nearest to Lignyostola, Mab., with which it agrees in neuration,
except that the veinlet in the cell terminates only just beyond vein 3,
and that vein 2 of the fore wing is considerably nearer to the base
of the wing. The antenne are longer and have the club more bent
round. The palpi are similar. The hind wing is quite a different
shape, being much produced in the submedian area, while in Ligny-
ostola it is much produced in the subcostal.area. ‘The anal lobe is
also comparatively inconspicuous, the outer margin not being excised
just before it.

* phenice, Hew. ....+.++ ile alemon, Oram, ......04 3.
FICOUS; MEL OWs “oaecosesoSavose 2.
Confined to South America.

44. Genus Lignyosrora.
Lignyostola, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, p. 221 (1888).
Type, pemphigargyra, Mab.

Antennze: club moderate, bent into an even curve, tapering to a
fine point. Palpi porrect, divergent, third joint slender and naked.
Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell more than two
thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the
end of cell; veinlet in cell just before vein 5; discocellulars in-
wardly oblique, subequal, the middle one slightly convex; vein 3
shortly before end of cell, about three times as far from 2 as from
4; vein 3 twiceas far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind
wing distinctly lobed ; vein 7 well before end of cell, twice as far
from 8 as from 6 ; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3
immediately before end of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of
cell than to base of wing. ’

Male with a costal fold. Hind tibia densely fringed, and with
two pairs of spurs, the upper pair short.

{ lacydus, Druce 1 despecta, Butler .......-.... 3.

| pemphigargyra, Mab. } at formosus, Felder ........-..- An

CHYDISUS | OLATR. | Ween tach enens 2. |

And two unidentified species.

Confined to tropical America.

40 MR. E. ¥Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

45. Genus Puanus. (Plate I. fig. 7.)

Phanus, Hiibner, Verz. p. 114 (1816). Type, vitreus, Cramer.

Antenne: club very gradually curved into a crescent, short,
rather flattened, considerably thicker than shaft, tapering to a fine
point. Palpi: second joint upturned, densely scaled ; third joint
naked, rather conspicuous. Fore wing: inner and outer margins
subequal ; male with a costal fold; cell more than two-thirds the
length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; upper
discocellular short but distinct, outwardly oblique ; middle and lower
discocellulars almost erect, the middle the longer ; vein 3 rather more
than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2
rather more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.
Hind wing prominently lobed at vein] }; vein 7 rather more than
twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars very faint, erect ; vein 5
wanting; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far
from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize fringed and with
two pairs of spurs.

ViErEUS, OVA. ...cccreceeeees 1
momus, Fabr.
marshalli, Kirby ........2++. 2,

And one unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America.

46. Genus HyaLoruyrus.

Hyalothyrus, Mabille, Ann. Ent. Belg. vol. xxi. p. 23 (1878).
Type, nitocris, Cramer.
Antennze rather long ; club very slender, hardly thicker than shaft,
bent into a slight curve. Palpi porrect, divergent ; third joint
long, slender, and naked. Fore wing: inner and outer margins sub-
equal ; male with a costal fold ; cell more than two-thirds the length
of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of the cell; disco-
cellulars inwardly oblique, subequal ; vein 3 shortly before the end
of cell, about three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 three times
as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing well before
the end of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3
immediately before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of
cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with only a terminal pair of
spurs and without a brush. Closely allied to Hntheus.

infernalis, Mosch, ......... ie
MELEUS, WATT meres sicasiadas + ane 2.
priscus, Feld.

Confined to South America.

47. Genus Enrurus. (Plate III. fig. 9.)
Entheus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 114 (1816). Type, peleus, Lian.
Phareas, Westw. Gen. D. L. p. 515 (1852). Types, gentius, Cr.,
and peleus, Linn.
Antenne: club slender, evenly curved into a crescent. Palpi

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THH HESPERIIDZ, 41

porrect, divergent ; third joint long and slender. Fore wing: inner
margin longer than outer margin ; no costal fold in male ; cell two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the
end of cell ; discocellulars suberect; vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than
to 4; vein 3shortly before end of cell, more than three times as far
from 2 as from 4; vein 2 rather more than twice as far from end of
cell as from base of wing Hind wing: vein 7 shortly before end
of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 hardly traceable ; vein 3 just before
eud of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from base of wing and end of
cell. Hind tibize very short, only with terminal pair of spurs,which
are very long.

In the male there is a tuft of hairs attached to the proximal end
of the tibiz, much exceeding the tibie in length, and fitting into a
groove behind the first joint of the tarsi, which is much elongated
and slightly swollen. In the female the hind tibiz are longer than
in the male, and the terminal spurs are shorter.

TOUQUSS ANN yh We sideawages « ks lemma, Bowler c..cc.ce0e. 2.
peleus, Linn. 2. *berytus, Hew. 2.
| GentqUs, Cram. ..cceeceercasve Ge

Confined to South America.

48. Genus Caprrus.

Cabirus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 102 (1816). Type, julettus, Stoll.

Brontiades, Hiibn, Verz. p. 113 (1816). Type, procas, Cram.

Antenne: club very slender, almost filiform, almost straight.
Third joint of palpi short, conical, projecting slightly from the
clothing of the second joint. Fore wing: inner margin slightly
longer than outer margin; no costal fold in male; cell more than
three-fifths the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost
opposite to end of cell; discocellulars almost erect, subequal ; vein 5
slightly nearer to 6 than to 4 ; vein 3 well before end of cell, less than
twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 remote from 3, more than
twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing:
vein 7 well before end of cell ; discocellulars erect, very faint ; vein 5
barely traceable, nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 just before the end
of the cell, nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2 about equidistant from
base of wing and end of cell. Hind tibie with only a single pair
of spurs.

Male with a tuft of hairs affixed at the proximal end of the hind
tibia.

This genus is closely allied to Entheus,

PROCAS ACTA) weesnseoee ssc ie
gulettus, Stoll oi seccoesse.e0e 2.

These two species are almost certainly sexes, procas being the
male.
Confined to tropical South America.

42 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, (Jan. 17,

49. Genus GrRYNOPSIS, nov.

Type, celeste, Westwood.

Antenne rather long ; club slender, hardly thicker than the shaft,
the front edge of shaft fringed with short widely-set bristles. Third
joint of palpi entirely concealed in the clothing of the second joint.
Fore wing: outer margin almost half as long again as inner margin ;
male with acostal fold; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of
cell ; cell very long, considerably more than two-thirds the length of
costa; discocellulars very oblique, subequal; vein 5 slightly nearer
to 4 than to 6; the lower margin of the cell is bent up between
veins 3 and 4, lying almost in the same straight line as the disco-
cellulars; vein 3 well before the end of the cell; vein 2 remote from
3, as far from base of wing as 3 is from end of cell. Hind wing
produced into a broad lobe, extending from vein 3 to the anal angle ;
vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars very faint ; vein 5 barely
traceable, much nearer to vein 4 than to 6; vein 3 from end of cell;
vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. [ind
tibise only with terminal pair of spurs.

Male with the abdominal margin clothed with long hair-like

scales.
caleste, Westwood ......... 1.

Inhabits tropical South America.

Synopsis of Genera of HESPERIINE.

Section B.
a, Antenne: tip acuminate.
a Apex of fore wing not truncate.
v2, Outer margin of both wings even or only slightly sinuate (den-
tate in Hvrites).
u®, Apex of fore wing not faleate.
a‘, Third joint of palpi short and inconspicuous.
a°, Hind wing conspicuously elongated.
a°, Third joint of palpi sharply conical.
Neonoma,g.u. Type, platon, Feld, (1)
b°. Third joint of palpi bluntly conical.
a’, Male with a large patch of sexual scales on outer half
of hind wing on upperside.
Arrrurorsa, Butl., Druce. Type, tractipennis, Butl., Dr. (2)
27, No sexual patch of scales on upperside of hind wing in
male.
a>, Vein 2 of hind wing almost equidistant from base of
wing and end of cell.
Sorursra, Plotz. Type, aristoteles, Westw. (5)
b°. Vein 2, hind wing, twice as far from base of wing as
from end of cell.
Sararura, Moore. ‘Type, gopala, Moore, (4)
}°, Hind wing not at all or only slightly elongated. ‘
a®, No costal fold on fore wing of male.
a’, Lower margin of cell of fore wing not strongly arched
between origin of veins 2 and 3.
a>. No patch of sexual scales on upperside of hind wing
in male.
a’, Hind wing: outer margin sinuate.
a, Third joint of palpi porrected horizontally.

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID A, 43

a'', Vein 7 of hind wing as long as or longer
than vein 2,
Danio, Murr. Type, ‘ethys, Mén. (5)
5, Vein 7 of hind wing shorter than vein 2.
a’*, Outer margin of hind wing rather dentate,
the deepest excision being at vein 5.
Errres, Mab. ‘Type, me/ania, Mab. (6)
b'°, Outer margin of hind wing only slightly
sinuate.
a, Lower margin of cell of fore wing be-
tween veins 2 and 3 slightly arched.
SarancEsa, Moore. ype. purendra, Moore. (7)
5, Lower margin of cell of fore wing be-
tween veins 2 and 3 straight.
CorapEntA, Moore. ‘Type, indvani, Moore. (8)
}'°, Third joint of palpi suberect.
CrLenorruines, Hiibn. Type, e/ivivs, Oram. (9)
b°, Hind wing: outer margin even.
a, Vein 7 of hind wing hardly nearer to 6 than
to 8.
Opina, Mab. Type, chrysomelena, Mab. (10)
4", Vein7 of hind wing considerably near to 6 than
to 8.
a'', Vein 3 of fore wing well before the end of
cell,
a*, Fore wing comparatively elongate.
Paramimvus, Hibn. Type, scurra, Hiibn. (11)
b'*. Fore wing not elongate.
a’°, Inner margin of fore wing considerably
longer than outer margin,
* Pyruonipes, Hiibn. Type, cerialis, Cram. (12)
* Nisonraves, Hiibn. Type, dromius, Stoll. (13)
6°, Inner and outer margins of fore wing
subequal.
* CycuosmmtA, Mab. Type, herennius, Cram. (14)
b', Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before end
of cell.
Acunyopus, Hiibn. Type, /redericus, Hitbn. (15)
b*, Male with a large patch of sexual scales on upper-
side of hind wing.
Tricnosemera, Holl. Type, subolivescens, Holl. (16)
b°. Lower margin of cell of fore wing strongly arched be-
tween origins of veins 2 and 3.
Taciapes, Hiibn. Type, japetus, Cram. (17)
b°. Male with a costal fold.
a. Costal fold large ; apex of fore wing hardly produced,
rounded, Eaaris, Guenée. Type, sabadius, Gray. (18)
b’. Costal fold slight ; apex of fore wing more produced,
acute. Awnasrrus, Hiibn. Type, obscurus, Hiibn. (19)
6‘. Third joint of palpi porrect, conspicuous.
a’. Male with a costal fold, costa of fore wing angled at about
its centre.
CampropLeura, Mab. Type, theramenes, Mab. (20)
2°. No costal fold in male, costa of fore wing not angled.
a®, Antennal club evenly curyed.
PoramAnax, g.n. Type, flavofasciuta, Hew. (21)

* The slight differences in shape of wing between the type species of Pytho-
nides and Nisoniades cannot be expressed in a key. Most probably these two
genera, as well as Cyclosemia, are not really sufliciently distinct to be kept
separate, and it would be more correct to include all three genera under Niso-
niades.

44 MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, [Jan. 17,

b°, Antennal club hooked.
a, Vein 7 of hind wing nearer to 8 than to 6.
Mycreris, Mab. Type, cerzla, Mab. (22)
b7. Vein 7 of hind wing close to 6.
Penuicia, H.-S. Type, dimidiata, H.-S. (23)
2°. Apex of fore wing faleate. Eanris, Boisd. Type, dusiris, Cram. (24)
}*, Outer margin of hind wing with a conspicuous projecting tooth at
vein 7. Anriconus, Hiibn. ‘Type, nearchus, Latr. (25)
c*, Outer margin of hind wing very dentate.
Darra, Moore. Type, anria, Moore. (26)
i', Apex of fore wing broadly truncate (except in Tapena agni),
u*, Male with a tuft of hairs on hind tibiz.
a®, Outer margin of hind wing not angled.
a, Third joint of palpi inconspicuous.
Spronaprs, Hiibn. Type, artenides, Cram. (27)
}*, Third joint of palpi conspicuous.
Anisocuorta, Mab. Type, polysticta, Mab. (28)
Procampra, Holl. Type, vara, Holl. (29)
2®, Outer margin of hind wing angled at veins 7 and 4.
Crexortitum, de N. Type, vasava, Moore. (80)
c*, Outer margin of hind wing angled at vein 3 (except agnz).
Tarena, Moore. Type, thwaitesi, Moore. (31)
6?, No tuft of hair on hind tibize of male.
Nerrocoryne, Feld. Type, repanda, Feld. (82)
b, Antenne, tip blunt.
a‘, Fore wing, apex truncate.
a*, Male with a recumbent tuft of hair on fore coxe.
Oponrortitum, de N. Type, swra, Moore. (33)
6*, Male with a radiating tuft of hair on fore coxe.
Carrona, Wallgr. Type, pillaana, Wallgr. (34)
b+, Fore wing, apex acute.
a. Male with a radiating tuft of hair on fore coxe.
Levucocurtonna, Waller. Type, levubu, Wallgr. (35)
2°, No tuft of hair on fore coxz of male.
a*, Vein 2 of hind wing considerably nearer to end of cell than to
base of wing. Axantis, Hopff. Type. fe‘tensis, Hopff. (56)
b*, Vein 2 of hind wing hardly, if at all, nearer to end of cell than
to base of wing.
a‘, Vein 2 of fore wing considerably nearer to base of wing than
to vein 5.
a’. Fore wing comparatively short and broad.
Puortsora, Se. Type, catullus, Faby. (41)
b°, Fore wing comparatively elongate.
Heviorerss, Billb. Type, arsalte, Linn. (37)
b*. Vein 2 of fore wing hardly nearer to base than to vein 3.
a’. Outer margin of hind wing even.
a°, Antennal club straight.
Gomata, Moore. Type, albofasciata, Moore. (39)
b°, Antenne, club curved.
a*. Club robust. | Hzespnria, Fabr. Type, malve, Linn. (38)
7, Club comparatively slender.
Tuanaos, Boisd. Type, tages, Linn. (42)
+°. Outer margin of hind wing crenulated.
Carcnaropus, Hbn. Type, lavatere, Esp. (40)

1, Genus NEONoMA, nom. nov.
Conognathus, Felder, Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 181 (1862), preoe.
Type, platon, Feld.
Antennz: club rather robust, bent into a hook, terminal portion
short. Palpi widely separated, porrect ; third joiut sharply conical,

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID %. 45

Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin; no costal
fold in male; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein
12 reaching costa shortly before the end of cell; discocellulars
suberect ; vein 5 nearer 6 than 4 ; veinlet from lower discocellular ;
vein 3 well before end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2
twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing much
produced ; vein 7 nearer to base of wing than to end of cell; disco-
cellulars and vein 5 very faint; vein 3 immediately before end of
cell ; vein 2 three times as far from base of wing as from end of
cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
platon, Fabr.

Confined to tropical America.

The genus Garga of Mabille (‘ Le Naturaliste,’ p. 216, 1889),
described for the species olena, is apparently congeneric with cono-
gnathus, and olena is probably identical with platon.

2. Genus ARTEUROTIA.

Arteurotia, Butler & Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 112 (1872).

Type, ¢ractipennis, Butler, Druce.

Antenne: club rather robust, hooked, terminal portion short,
less than half the length of club. Palpi porrect, widely separated ;
third joint obtusely conical. Fore wing: outer margin rather longer
than inner margin ; inner margin convex in its outer half; cell of
fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa ; vein 12 reaching
costa opposite end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the lower the
longer ; veiu 3 shortly before end of cell, twice as far from 2 as
from 4; vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.
Hind wing elongate, outer margin straight ; discocellulars distinct ;
vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell ;
vein 2 hardly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing, Hind
tibize with two pairs of spurs.

The male is without a costal fold, but is provided with a large
silky patch of appressed scales, occupying the apical half of the hind
wing on the upperside.

tractipennis, Butl., Druce.
Confined to tropical America.

3. Genus SopuHisTa.

Sophista, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xl. p. 176 (1879).
Type, avistoteles, Westw.
Antenne: club moderate, bent into a hook, terminal portion very
slender, less than half the length of remainder of club. Palpi
porrect, widely separated ; third joint obtusely conical. Fore wing :
inner and outer margins subequal ; cell of fore wing less than two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite
the end of cell ; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer ; vein 3
shortly before the end of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from
4; vein 2 more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of

46 MR, B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. [Jan. 17,

wing. Hind wing rather elongate, outer margin slightly crenulate ;
discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately before
the end of ceil; vein 2 hardly nearer to the end of cell than to the
base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

There is no costal fold in the male of aristoteles, and a hardly
perceptible one in the male of calendris.

* apistoteles, WestWe ......1..0++ ite
* calendris, Hew. ..1.sscssse0es 2.

Confined to tropical South America.

4, Genus SATARUPA.

Satarupa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 780. Type, gopala, Moore.

Antennze: club slender, bent into a hook, terminal portion long.
Palpi porrect ; third joint short, bluutly conical. Fore wing: outer
margin strongly oblique, inner and outer margins subequal ; cell
less than two-thirds the length of costa; discocellulars inwardly
oblique; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell ; vein 3 shortly
before end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as
far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing much elongated,
outer margin sinuate; vein 7 well before end of cell, twice as far
from 8 as from 6; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2
twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.

In the type species vein 5 of the hind wing is well developed, but
it is barely traceable in the other species of the genus.

Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. In the male the hind tibie
are fringed along their upper edge, and the inner side of the tibize is
clothed with long coarse recumbent hairs.

Closely allied to Daimio, from which it may be separated by the
shape of the wings, especially of the hind wing, by the much greater
length and more decided hook in the terminal portion of the antennal
club, and by the scaling of the hind tibize of the male.

A synopsis of species is appended.

A large transparent spot in cell of fore wing............++: gopala, Moore. 16

No transparent spot in cell of fore wing.
Underside: base of hind wing brown; abdomen

banded with white, extremity brown ..............+ sambara, Moore. 2.
Underside: base of hind wing white; abdomen

entirely White.......:.cssccosscessaccsecesesecenerecenesen *dohertyi, sp. 1. 3.
Underside: base of hind wing white; abdomen

entirely black, occ. sscisccsseectssvencosesenesarscrenscenss affinis, Druce. 4.

Entirely confined to Asia.

SATARUPA DOHERTYI, sp. Noy.

Upperside dark brown. Fore wing with a series of seven trans-
parent spots, three subapical and minute, the remainder in pairs in
echelon to the submedian, there followed by an opaque white streak
on inner margin. Hind wing with a broad white central band,
outwardly bordered by a series of black spots; cilia chequered.
Underside as above, but paler; the white band on hind wing of
much greater extent, occupying the whole of the wing, with the

1893.] MR. DB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPDRIID ®. 47

exception of a marginal band and a short costal streak ; a series of
black spots inside marginal band, and an isolated black spot at costal
bifurcation. Abdomen above entirely white, beneath greyish white.
Palpi dark above, grey below; legs grey.

Hab. Kumaon. Expanse 52 millim.

Closely allied to S. sambara and S. affinis. From the former it
differs in its larger size (52 to 46 millim.), wholly white abdomen,
and white base to hind wing on underside ; from the latter it differs
in the colour of the abdomen and in the lower spot of the central
pair on the disk being nearer than the upper spot to the base of the
wing, while in afinis the lower spot is nearer to the outer margin.

This is probably the species recorded from Kumaon by Mr. Do-
herty, after whom I have much pleasure in naming it.

5. Genus Darmio.
Daimio, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. vol. xi. p. 171 (1875).
Type, tethys, Men.
Antennee: club moderate, terminal crook bent at about right
angles. Palpi porrect ; third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore
wing: outer margin slightly oblique; inner margin longer than
outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect ; vein
3 close to end of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from 4 ; vein
2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing
hardly elongated, outer margin sinuate; vein 7 shortly before end
of cell, more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars very
faint, almost erect; vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 shortly before
end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from end of
cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
Male without costal fold, but with a tuft of hairs attached to the
proximal end of hind tibiz.
A synopsis of the species is given below.
Upperside of hind wing with no discal pale band.......... tethys, Mén. if
Bre sie Garett pot tell of tore a
1 a lar, r aren 1 ing. .
Cilia of hind aie whit 2 a eee at, { wevaer? it ae
Cilia of hind wing dark. ? :
Band on underside of hind wing of large extent,

reaching up to or beyond the costal nervure.
Black spots on upperside of hind wing pro-

TUNG Mea eet aak setae de centescepeaee ease esos nes bhagava, Moore. 3,
Black spots on upperside of hind wing merged
in the marginal band ..........:..0..--000e0 sinica, Felder. 4,
Band on underside of hind wing much restricted, { celebica, Felder. 5
not extending beyond the upper angle of cell. { *permend, Hew.
With a small transparent spot in cell of fore wing,
sometimes absent.
A large transparent spot below cell, below which
are two opaque ones reaching to inner margin.
Band on hind wing broad ............:..0sceeceee narada, Moore. 6,
A large transparent spot below cell, with no opaque
spots below it. Band on hind wing narrow... _phisara, Moore.

Confined to Asia.

48 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THH HESPERIIDX. (Jan. 17,

6. Genus Erires.

Erites, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. Belge, p. Ixxi (1891).
Type, melania, Mab.
Very close to Sarangesa, from which it may be separated by the
more dentate margin to the hind wing, and by the lower margin of
the cell between veins 2 and 3 being straight.

djelele, Wig.

And one unidentified species.

A species closely allied to motozi, Wllgr., had been wrongly
identified as djelele in the British Museum collection. Therefore
all Mr. Butler’s records of delele really apply to this other species,
which is apparently unnamed, and which is in the British Museum
from Aden, Wadelai, Somali, and Abyssinia, the true djelele being
represented only from British Caffraria, Cape of Good Hope,
Transvaal, and Natal.

7. Genus SARANGESA.

Sarangesa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 176 (1881).
Type, purendra, Moore.
Hyda, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr, (6) ix. p. clxxxiii (1889).
Type, micacea, Mab.
Sape, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belge, p. Ixvii (1891).
Type, lucidella, Mab.
Antenne: club moderate, slightly recurved. Palpi porrect ; third
joint short, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than
outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa well before end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the
lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2
nearly three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing; the
lower margin of cell slightly arched between the origins of veins
2and 3. Hind wing: outer margin slightly sinuate; vein 7 very
shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ;
vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 hardly nearer to end
of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs in
some species, with a tuft of hairs attached to the proximal end.

*purendra, Moore fcvgrtsea, ° ELOW.scsse.sseesvnsemes 5.

sati, de Nicéyille ... { micacea, Mab,
dasahara, Moore ... : motozt, WI gr. ......crseovvee 6.
albicilia, Moore ............ : Kobela, Trimen> ........0000 %
| phyllophyla, Trimen ...... 8.

And seven unidentified species.

The genus Sape has been erected by Mabille for motozi and its allies,
but these species all fall into the genus Sarangesa. The species
micacea is one of the many species described by Hewitson which
have been redescribed by Mabille.

Asiatic and African.

1893.] MR. E, ¥, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 49

8. Genus CoLADENIA.

Coladenia, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 180 (1881).
Type, indrani, Moore.
Antenne: club rather robust, recurved at tip. Palpi porrect ;
third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner and outer
margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ;
vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars
suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell ;
vein 2 more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.
Hind wing: outer margin sinuate ; vein 7 very close to end of cell;
discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before
end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs, and in the male with a
very long tuft of hair attached to the proximal end.

indrani, Moore .........44 1 | GON, ADT. ~ cerssevceeee vas 4,
itssa, Moore .....-.00..0.«: 2. } *kehelatha, Hew. ......+-- 5.
meh ACOA, ceeds elie sot « 3.

And one unidentified species.
Asiatic and African.

9. Genus CELZNORRHINUS.

Celenorrhinus, Hibn. Verz. p. 106 (1816). Type, eligivs, Cramer.
Gehlota, Doherty, J. As. Soc. Beng. vol. lviii. pt. 2, p. 131 (1889).
Type, sumitra, Moore.
Antenne: club moderate, recurved at apex. Palpi suberect,
terminal joint minute, second joint pressed close against the face.
Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two
thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite
the end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein
3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from
end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin sinuate;
vein 7 well before the end of cell, about twice as far from vein 8 as
from 6; discocellulars faint, erect; vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3
immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of
wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, and
in the male with a tuft of hairs attached near the proximal end.

eligius, Cramer ......... iF pero, de Nicéyille ......... 14.
*astrigera, Butler ......... 2. | *pulomaya, Moore ......... 15.
Xcynapes, Hew. ....:++.+68 3. pyrrha, de Nicéyille ...... 16.
AQMD, LOW. Yoo008 3.200 oe0 4. maculosa, Felder ......... 17.
SONG TOW? 20.120. vocset co 5). / *biseriata, Butler ... ..... 18.
¥simula, Hew. ........205+ 6. | *maculata, Hampson ...... 19:

spilothyrus, Feld. ......... hs | *meditrina, Hewitson ..... 20.
*fusca, Hampson ......... 8. galenus, Faby. ........--+- 2A

chamunda, Moore ...... 9. *boadicea, Hew. ....01-+-+0. 22.

ambareesa, Moore ...... 10. lugens, Mab. ........+....-- 23.

sumitra, Moore ..........+- oe | proxima, Mab, .......000+- 24
putra, Moore ............ 12. cacus, de Nicéyille ...... 25.

leucocera, Kollar ......... 13. | *asmara, Butler ............ 26.

munda, Moore. { consertus, de Nicéville.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. IV. 4

50 MR. E. ¥. WATSON ON THD HESPERIID ©. (Jan. 17,

GPOD PGE — Secvecsves mchiee 27. | *aurivittata, Moore ...... 29.
dhanada, Moore ........ 28. | mokeezi, Wilgr. ..s0.-+0 30.

This is a cosmopolitan genus, species belonging to it occurring in
Asia, Africa, and South America.

10. Genus OpINA.

Odina, Mabille, C. R. Ent. Soc. Belg. p. exiii (1891).
Type, chrysomelena, Mab.
Antennze moderate, with a slender recurved crook. Palpi: third
joint stout, porrect, rather conspicuous, Fore wing: inner margin
longer than outer margin; cell Jess than two-thirds the length of
costa; vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 close to the end of cell;
vein 2 from close to base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even ;
vein 7 well before end of cell, only slightly nearer to 6 than to 8;
vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of
wing than to end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. No
secondary sexual characters on wings.

| hieroglyphica, Butl. ......... 1.
chrysomelena, Mab,
*decoratus, Hew. ......20006 2s

Confined to the Indian and Malay regions.
The type of this genus is one of the many well-known species
recently redescribed by M. Mabille.

11. Genus PARAMIMUS.

Paramimus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 115 (1816). Type, seurra, Hiibn.

Antenne: club slight, evenly curved. Palpi porrect, widely
separated ; third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing very
elongated ; inner margin very much longer than outer margin ; cell
of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocellulars erect,
the lower the longer ; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell, more
than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as far from end of
cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded ;
vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely
traceable ; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie with two
pairs of spurs, the upper pair minute. No costal fold in male, but
a tuft of hairs attached to the proximal end of hind tibie.

scwrra, FRU. Seesescessncves Fs Stigma, Beld. ....0.0sss0.eae 4,
hemes, Oramas vcccsate scares 2. *empoleus, Westw. ssceeee 5.
Klucarid, HOW. Sescuvseveseroe 3.

And two unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America

1893.} MR. E, ¥Y. WATSON ON "HE HESPERTID®. 51

12. Genus PyrHoniprs.

Pythonides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 111 (1816). Type, cerialis, Cram.

Antenne: club moderate, more or less curved, but not hooked.
Palpi porrect ; third joint short, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner
margin considerably longer than outer margin ; costa in some species
very strongly arched ; outer margin slightly excavated just above
outer angle; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars erect, the lower
the longer ; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 hardly
nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing: outer
margin evenly rounded ; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ;
vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from
base of wing as from end of cell. No costal fold in male.

This genus can be divided into two groups on the characters of
the hind tibiz.

A. Two pairs of spurs on hind tibie, no tuft of hairs in male.

certdlis,, Cram. secersvesese ie geometrina, Feld. ......... iP
ee Fabr. { hadina, Butl. -s.......00: 8.
ONGUS, ELMONG as ssa0chtroeea dhs fiend, ows: Lice. lois: g
festivus, Erich. .....,...0.. 3. | govianus, Hiibn.
*lucuiled, Hew. .......0000 4. satyrind, Feld. .........66 10.
cromion, Feld. © .....:...00. Ds satyrus, Held. .......00066 rt
scintillans, Mab. ...........- 6.

And three unidentified species.

B. Only terminal pair of spurs on hind tibize; male with a tuft
of hairs affixed near proximal end of tibia.

RUCRUNG STEOW.\ 2stvssescsces IF f Jovianus, Cram. .......0.06 6.
LGGEG, TOW) icerabsssahatyee yf pscudojovianus, West.
herennius, Hibn. ......... 3. | pluvius, H.-S.
gladiatus, Butl. .......0.05- 4, { fabric, Kirby ............ it

¥omus, Hew: ....c.c.00ss00- De | jovianus, Fabr.

pyralina, Mosch.
And five unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America.

13. Genus NisonrIADES.

Nisoniades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 108 (1816). Type, dromius, Stoll.

Antenne: club slender, evenly curved. Third joint of palpi
minute, bluntly conical. Fore wing: costa straight, apex rather
acute ; inner margin considerably longer than outer margin ; cell of
fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching
costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocellulars slightly
inwardly oblique; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, more than
three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 more than twice as
far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing evenly
rounded; vein 7 close to end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5
barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2
slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie
fringed, and with two pairs of spurs.

4%

52 MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, [Jan. 17,

This genus appears always to have an ocellated spot at the end
of the cell in fore wing, a character which is more developed in

Cyclosemia.
bromius, Stoll.

And two unidentified species.
Confined to tropical South America.

14. Genus CycLos2MIA.

Cyclosemia, Mab. Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 222 (1878).
Type, herennius, Cramer.
Antenne : club slender, evenly curved. Palpi porrect, third joint
short, bluntly conical. Fore wing short and broad, costa slightly
convex, apex rounded, outer margin very convex; inner and outer
margins subequal ; cell less than two thirds the length of costa;
vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocel-
lulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 1 shortly before end of
cell. more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 less than
twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind wing
evenly rounded ; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars and
vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein
2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz with two
pairs of spurs, and fringed with exceptionally long hairs.

herennius, Cram. ......... 1. { fissimacula, Mab. ...... 6.
anastomosis, Mab. ...... 2. | *falisca, Hew.
*iyrea@a, Wows!) ...stiyesves 3. Kearind, HOw: + .seceee.css fe
Relelea, Hew. devas «ésass 4. albata, Mab. cath eaie: 8.
*lathea, Hew. ...0.:...0+ b:

And two unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America.

15. Genus ACHLYODES.

Achlyodes, Hiibner, Verz. 107 (1816). Type, fredericus, Hibn.

Antenne: club moderate, slightly bent, tapering to a fine point.
Palpi porrect ; terminal joint minute. Fore wing: inner margin
considerably longer than outer margin ; no costal fold on fore wing ;
cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the
lower the longer: vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2
less than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind
wing evenly rounded ; vein 7 shortly before the end of cell ; disco-
cellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 hardly
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiee with two
pairs of spurs.

Sredericus, Hiibn.

And four unnamed species.
Confined to tropical America.

1893. | MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 53

16. Genus TRICHOSEMEIA.

Trichosemeia, Holland, Aun. Nat. Hist. (6) x. p. 294 (1892).
Type, swbolivescens, Holland.

Antennz: club moderate, evenly curved. Palpi porrect ; third
joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than
outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ; vein 12
reaching costa almost opposite end of cell; discocellulars slightly
inwardly oblique, the lower the longer ; vein 3 shortly before end
of cell; vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.
Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7 very close to end of cell ; disco-
cellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 2 immediately before
end of cell; vein 3 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base
of wing.

Male: no costal fold on fore wing, but with a large patch of
appressed scales on the upperside of the hind wing, occupying the
basal half of the wing from the costa to the middle of cell. The
inner margin of the fore wing on the underside is also clothed with
modified scales, presenting a silky appearance, and bearing a tuft
of hairs attached to the submedian near the base. The hind tibice
are flattened, and bear a tuft of hairs attached along their inner
surface.

There are three species of this genus in the British Museum from
W. Africa, two being unidentified, and the third being pu/vina,
Plétz. All these three species present slight modifications in the
extent of the sexual patches on both wings, and in pulvina the hind
tibize are only fringed, and exhibit no trace of the tibial tuft.

17. Genus Tacrapes. (Plates I. fig. 9; III. fig. 11.)

Tagiades, Hiibner, Verz. p. 108 (1816). Type, japetus Cram.

Pterygospidea, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53 (1857).;

Type, flesus, Fabr.

Antennz: club slender, bent at about a right angle, terminal
portion rather long. Palpi porrect, third joint minute. Fore
wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell ;
discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before
end of cell, three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 almost
twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing; lower margin of
cell between origins of veins 2 and 3 strongly arched. Hind wing
evenly rounded ; vein 7 well before the end of cell, about twice as
far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ; vein 3
shortly before end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2
considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize
fringed, and with two pairs of spurs.

It is quite impracticable to separate Pterygospidea from Tagiades,
the only difference being that in flesus the outer margin of the
fore wing is slightly excavated just above the outer angle, which is
not the case in japetus ; when, however, one tries to apply this

54 MR. BH, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

difference to other species it is found to be a vanishing quantity, and
quite valueless as a generic character.

Gos. ADEs. \stsese.cceer ils * clericus, Butler ......... ll.

{ ophion, Drury. * presbyter, Butler .. .....- 12.
insularis, Mab, ......+.- 2. atticus, Moore ......+..++. 13.
PAY, MOOLO «5. 001.%0s0+02° 3 caligana, Distant ......... 14.
khasiana, Moore ......... 4, * menaka, Moore .......+. 15;
*meetand, Moore ......... 5. * pinwilli, Butler ......... 16.
Japetus, Cramer ......... 6 *tabrica, Hew. .....:...+6 7 :
alicd, Moore ......+..005++ 7 pralaya, Moore ........- 18.
obscurus, Mab, ........0++- 8. trichoneura, Felder ...... 19.
distans, Moore ............ Y- * Tavata, Butler .........4. 20.
gand, Moore .........+++++ 10.

And ten unidentified species. There is no doubt that several of the
above species will be found to be identical when better series are
brought together.

Asiatic and African.

18. Genus Eaaris.

Eagris, Guenée, in Maill. Réun. ii. Lép. p. 19 (1863).
Type, sabadius, Gray.
Palpi and neuration of fore wing as in Tagiades. Antenne: club
more robust and terminal portion shorter. Hind wing: vein 7
nearer to end of cell, and vein 2 nearer to base of wing.
Male with a costal fold on fore wing, and with a tuft of hair
attached near the proximal end of hind tibie.
sabadius, Gray ......... Ibs
nottoana, Wallgy. ...... 2.
Confined to Africa.

19. Genus ANASTRUS.

Anastrus, Hbn. Ex. Schmett. ii. 1822-26. Type, obscurus, Hbn.

Antenne: club rather slender, very gradually thickened, bent
into an even curve, tip acuminate. Palpi porrect ; second joint as
seen from above broad, rectangular, closely scaled ; third joint
minute, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner and outer margin sub-
equal ; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa ;
discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer ; vein 3 well before the
end of cell, three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 more than
twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing
evenly rounded, slightly lobate; vein 7 shortly before end of cell ;
discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3-immediately before end of
cell ; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a very slight costal fold, and with a tuft of hair near
the proximal end of hind tibiz.

obscurus, Hiibn. ......... is
petius, Mosch.......... 2.
simplicia, Mosch. ...... 3

And four unidentified species. Corbulo, Cram., has been considered

1893.] MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 55

by authors identical with odseurus, Hiibn., but the former is described
and figured with two transparent apical spots, which are wanting in
obscurus.

Confined to tropical America.

20. Genus CampropLeuRaA. (Plate III. fig. 12.)

Camptopleura, Mab. Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 166 (1877).
Type, theramenes, Mab.
Antenne: club moderate, evenly curved, finely pointed. Palpi
porrect, conspicuous ; third joint stout, bluntly conical. Fore wing:
male with a costal fold; costa angled just beyond the fold; cell
less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa
well before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the
lower the longer; vein 3 very close to end of cell; vein 2 twice as
far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing evenly
rounded ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein
5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2
considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind
tibice with two pairs of spurs, and in the male with a tuft of hairs
attached near the proximal end of the hind tibiz.

theramenes, Mab, ...... if
iphicrates, Mab. ......... 2.
ebenus, Mab. .......004.- 3.
thrasybulus, Faby. ...... 4,

Aud two unidentified species, one of which is Butler’s female type
of Achlyodes nyctineme, his male type of which is a female of the
genus Pellicia.

Confined to tropical South America.

21. Genus PoTAMANAX, nov.

Type; flavofasciata, Hew.

Antenne: club rather robust, slightly flattened, evenly curved.
Palpi porrect, divergent ; third joint rather prominent. Fore wing :
costa much arched, inner margin longer than outer margin; cell of
fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching
costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars erect, the lower the
longer ; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 hardly nearer
to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing evenly rounded ;
vein 7 very close to end of cell ; discocellulars erect and in the same
straight line; vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before
end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as
from end of cell. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs ; no secondary
sexual characters in male.

* flavofasciata, Hew. ... 1.
* thestid, Hew. «.--..00..-- 2.
TE LGLFEQMIAGW. “acct n sea se. 2.
Pui ORMOELOWe | as) eseskees 4,

unifasciata, Feld. ...... 5.

Confined to tropical South America.

56 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

22. Genus Mycreris. (Plate III. fig. 13.)

Mycteris, Mab. Pet. Nouv. p. 114 (1877). Type, cerula, Mab.

Antenne: club moderate, hooked, terminal portion very short.
Palpi very prominent, porrect ; second and third joint taken together
forming an elongated triangle; third joint rapidly tapering, tip
blunt. Fore wing produced at apex; inner and outer margins
subequal ; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa ;
vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; vein 3
shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 very close to base of wing ;
discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer. Hind wing evenly
rounded; vein 7 nearer to 8 than to 6; discocellulars and vein 5
faint ; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end
of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs ;
on costal fold in male, but a short tuft of erectile hairs on upper-
side of hind wing, attached along vein 8; at the bifurcation of
vein 7 the veins at the fork are conspicuously dilated. The position
of vein 7 seems quite unique among the Hesperiid genera.

c@rula, Mab. .....ss.0000006 is
* cambyses, Hew. .......0.08- 2.

And two unnamed species.
Confined to tropical South America.

23. Genus Pewuictra.

Pellicia (Plotz, MS.), H.-S. Corresp.-Bl. zool.-mm. Verein.
Regens. xxiv. p. 159 (1870). Type, dimidiata, H.-S.

Antenne: club moderate, bent into a hook, terminal portion
slender. Palpi porrect ; third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore
wing : inner margin shorter than outer margin; no costal fold in
male; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reach-
ing costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocellulars slightly
inwardly oblique, the lower the longer ; vein 3 close to end of cell ;
vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind
wing slightly elongated, outer margin inconspicuously sinuated ;
cell very short, extending less than half across the wing; vein 7
shortly before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein
3 from end of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from base of wing and
from end of cell. Hind tibiz fringed, and with two pairs of spurs.
Male with a tuft of hairs on upperside of hind wing, attached along
vein 8, and pointing downwards; at the bifurcation of vein 7 that
vein and the upper margin of the cell are distinctly swollen for a
short distance. This character of the swollen veins was pointed out
to me by Mr. Salvin, to whom I am indebted for many valuable
suggestions ; it also obtains in the genus Mycteris, which, however,
can be separated readily by the form of the palpi.

* nyctineme, Butl. ......06 1;
*castolus, Hew. — sacivceesoee 2
dthrana, Butl, .........00% 3.

And three unnamed species.
In spite of its very different colouring, ithrana appears to be quite

1893. ] MR. E. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®, 57

inseparable in structure from nyctineme, and the prehensores of both
species are very similar.

Butler’s male type of nyctineme is a female, his female type being
an unidentified species of the genus Camptopleura ; the true male of
nyctineme does not differ appreciably in markings from the female,
though it differs of course in the secondary sexual characters of the
genus, and also slightly in shape of wings, as in other species of the
genus.

Confined to tropical America.

24. Genus Eantis. (Plates I. fig. 10; II. fig. 14; III. fig. 17.)
Eantis, Boisd. Spec. Gén. pl. 9B (1836). Type, dusiris, Cram.
Antennee: club very slender, hardly thicker than shaft, evenly

curved, terminating in a fine point. Palpi as in Anastrus. Fore
wing: apex conspicuously faleate, outer margin very convex ; inner
margin slightly longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa at about half its length,
considerably before the end of cell; middle discocellular erect,
lower discocellular inwardly oblique, the lower the longer; vein 3
well before end of cell, less than twice as far from vein 2 as from 4;
vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing
much produced in median area, giving a very square appearance to
the wing; cell short; vein 7 shortly before the end of cell; disco-
cellulars barely traceable ; vein 5 almost invisible; vein 3 shortly
before the end of cell, slightly nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2 nearer
to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of
spurs, and in the male with a tuft of hairs attached near the proximal
end.

In the male of dusiris there is also a tuft of short hairs on a black
silky patch of closely appressed scales at the extreme base of the
costal margin on upperside of hind wing, and a precisely similar
patch on underside of fore wing at origin of vein 1. This sexual
character is not found in any other species of the genus.

Gusiris: Cram, ..sccssno ses ile . [ pallida, Felder ............ is
sebaldus, Fabr. | ozotes, Butler.

Ghraso, Edbw. 5.2 <.se0ss- 2. mexicana, Felder ......... 6.
papinianus, Poey......... 3. mithridates, Faby. ..... auiitiie

rossiné, Butler ............

And one unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America.

25. Genus ANTIGONUS.

Antigonus, Hiibn. Verz, p. 108 (1816). Type, nearchus, Latr.
Chetoneura, Feld. Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 185 (1862).

Type, nearchus, Latr.

Antenne: club moderate, more or less bent into a curve, some-

times hooked. Palpi asin Anastrus. Fore wing: inner margin very

concave; outer angle produced into a lobe; outer margin longer

than inner margin ; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length

58 MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID 2. (Jan. 17,

of costa; vein 12 terminating well before end of cell; vein 10 re-
mote from 9; veins 7, 8, 9 all from the same spot; discocellulars
suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before end of cell;
vein 2 close to base of wing. Hind wing produced into a tooth at end
of vein 7; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 imme-
diately before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell
than to base of wing. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs, upper
pair short.
Male with a costal fold, and with a tuft of hair attached near

proximal end of hind tibiz.

f nearchus, Lat. ...... l.

4 ustus, Hiibn.

| hippalus, Feld.

f ervosus, Hiibn. ......... ia

| westermanni, Latr.

Confined to tropical America.

26. Genus DaRPa.

Darpa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 781 (1865).
Type, hanria, Moore.
Antenne: club moderate, rather elongate, with a short terminal
crook; tip sharp. Palpi porrect, third joint almost entirely con-
cealed in clothing of second joint. Fore wing: outer margin very
dentate ; inner margin longer than outer margin; no costal fold in
male; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa;
vein 12 terminating well before the end of cell; discocellulars in-
wardly oblique, the lower much the longer; vein 3 shortly before
end of cell; vein 2 very close to base of wing, quite three times as
far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing slightly
elongate, outer margin strongly dentate; vein 7 very close to end
of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 traceable, but not fully developed ;
vein 3 immediately before end of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to
end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
Hind tibize and femora with very long fringes.
hanria, Moore.

Confined to the Oriental region.

27.

Spionades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 114 (1816). Type, artemides, Cramer.
Antenne : club moderate, crook short, bent at about a right angle;
tip acuminate. Palpi porrect, terminal joint almost entirely con-
cealed in the clothing of the second joint. Fore wing: costa
strongly arched, apex broadly truncate ; inner margin slightly longer
than outer margin ; no costal fold in male; cell of fore wing less
than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well
before the end of cell ; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer ;
vein 3 very close to end of cell ; vein 2 more than twice as far from
end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing elongated; vein 7
well before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ;

Genus SPIONADES.

1893. ] MR, EB, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 59

vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 considerably
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two
pairs of long spurs, and in the male with a tuft of erect hairs
attached near the proximal end.

In the female the fore wing is much more truncate, and the hind
wing is broader, and therefore appears less elongated.

artemides, Cramer.

And an unidentified species. Allied to the Asiatic genus Darpa.
Habitat, Tropical South America.

28. Genus AnisocHortia. (Plates I. fig. 8; III. fig. 10.)

Anisochoria, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) vi. p. 200 (1876).
Type, polysticta, Mab.

Antenne rather short, less than half the length of fore wing ;
club robust, flattened, curved, terminating in a fine point. Palpi
very conspicuous, porrect ; second joint long, densely clothed ; ter-
minal joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: costa convex at
middle, and slightly concave before apex ; apex truncate and slightly
excised ; inner margin concave ; cell less than two-thirds the length
of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; disco-
cellulars slightly inwardly oblique, the lower the longer; vein 3
immediately before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from 3
and from base of wing. Hind wing: outer marginevenly rounded ;
discocellulars very faint ; vein 5 invisible ; vein 3 immediately before
end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a slight costal fold.

albiplaga, Feld. ......... ilk f pedaliodina, Butl. ...... 4,
palpalis, Latr. ........0+.- 2 | polysticta, Mab.

J lemaur, Mésch. ............ 3.

| sublimbata, Mab.

Confined to tropical South America.

29. Genus PRocAMPrTaA.

Procampta, Holland, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) x. p. 293 (1892).
Type, rara, Holland.

“ Allied to Anisoechoria, Mab. Body slender. Palpi moderately
long, slender, porrect, appressed, with the second article heavily
clothed with hairs, and the terminal article slender. Fore wing
rounded at base, convex on middle of costa, and slightly concave
before apex; apex truncate, outer margin straight ; outer angle not
rounded, inner margin straight. Posterior wing subpyriform, and
yery convex on outer margin.” (Holland, |. c.)

This genus agrees exactly with Anisochoria in shape of wings and
form of palpi; the neuration I have had no opportunity to compare.
The two genera are hardly likely to be identical, as one is found
only in South America and the other in Africa,

60 MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID2Z. (Jan. 17,

30. Genus CreNopTiILuM.

Ctenoptilum, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. v.
p- 220 (1890). Type, vasava, Moore,

Antenne : club rather robust, gradually thickened, recurved, finely
pointed. Palpi very conspicuous, porrect ; third joint fairly robust,
long, slightly curving downwards, bluntly pointed. Fore wing:
costa straight, apex “proadly truncate; inner and outer margins
subequal ; “cell almost two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa far before the end of cell; vein 8 usually given
out beyond the end of cell—that i is, veins 7 and § anastomose for a
portion of their basal length (this i is not an invariable character ; the
length of the anastomosis varies in different specimens, and occa-
sionally, though very rarely, veins 7 and 8 are free for their entire
length) ; discocellulars taken together forming a curve, the lower
fee longer; vein 3 shortly behine the end of cell; vein 2 con-
siderably nearer to vein 3 than to base of wing. Hind wing: outer
margin ‘with a tooth-like projection at vein 7 and a second more
prominent one at vein 4; from this latter projection to the anal
angle the margin is perfectly straight, thus giving the wing a
very squared appearance. Neuration of hind wing much as in
Odontoptilum. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, the upper pair
minute. Male with a long tuft of hair attached to the proximal
end of hind tibiz.

VASUVA, MOOLVE ........ee2eeeeeee Us
multigquttata, de Nicéy. ...... 2.

This genus is closely allied to Caprona and Odontoptilum ; the
sharply pointed antennze, however, will at once separate it.
Confined to Asia.

31. Genus TAPENA.

Tapena, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 181 (1881).
Type, thwaitesi, Moore.

Antenne: club moderate, hooked, tip acuminate. Palpi con-
spicuous, porrect ; third joint, short, obtusely conical. Fore wing:
apex broadly truncate; inner and outer margins subequal ; no costal
fold in male; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the
lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2
about twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind
wing: outer margin sinuate, produced at vein 3, giving the wing a
squared appearance; vein 7 well before the end of cell; disco-
cellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 immediately before end of cell ;
vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. Male with a tuft of long hair-
like seales attached along the inner side of the hind tibiz.

The species agni differs from the type in the outer margins of
both wings being even, os agrees with it in all other respects.

1893. | MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 61

This genus appears to be closely allied to the Australian genus
Netrocoryne.
Confined to the Oriental region.

32. Genus NETROCORYNE.

Netrocoryne, Felder, Reise Novara, p. 507 (1867).
Type, repanda, Felder.
Antenne : club rather robust, with a short terminal crook bent at
about right angles, tip acuminate. Palpi porrect, rather conspicuous ;
second joint long, third joint short, bluntly pointed. Fore wing:
apex truncate ; outer margin sinuate, almost half as long again as
inner margin; male with a costal fold; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end
of cell ; discocellulars inwardly oblique and in the same straight line,
the lower considerably the longer; vein 3 well before the end of
cell; vein 2 twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.
Hind wing: outer margin sinuate, produced at vein 3, giving a
squared appearance to the wing; vein 7 shortly before end of cell ;
discocellulars and vein 5 traceable but not developed; vein 3
immediately before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of
wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with a long fringe and with
two pairs of spurs, the upper pair minute.

repanda, Felder.

According to the description and figure in Scott’s ‘ Australian
Lepidoptera’ (vol. ii. pt. 2, 1891), there is a long tuft of hairs
attached to the proximal end of the hind tibize, which are otherwise
almost naked ; this, however, is certainly not the case in some seven
males in the collection of the British Museum, in which there is
no tuft on the hind tibize, but they are clothed with a long fringe
for their entire length; there is, however, a short tuft of hair
attached to the proximal end of the hind femora.

This genus is confined to Australia.

33. Genus ODONTOPTILUM.

Odontoptilum, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. v.
p: 217 (1890). ; Type, sura, Moore.

Antennee less than half the length of costa; club rather robust,
bent at about right angles, tip blunt. Palpi porrect; third joint
short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: costa much arched; apex
truncate ; inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; no costal fold in male ; vein 12 reaching costa
well before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, in the
same straight line, the lower the longer ; vein 3 well before end of
cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind
wing : outer margin with a tooth-like projection between veins 6 and
7; vein 7 well before end of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 distinctly
traceable but not fully developed ; vein 3 immediately before end of

62 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HUSPHRIID 2. (Jan. 17,

cell; vein 2 only slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. Male with a dense recumbent
tuft of hairs attached to the proximal end of the fore coxee.

The species pygela differs from the type in having a second tooth-
like projection at the extremity of vein 4.

f angulata, Felder ... 1.
| swra, Moore.

helias, Felder ......... 2.
*pygela, Hew. ........- 3.

*leptogramma, Hew. . 4.
L 3

Helias, Felder, is a quite distinct species from sua, with which it
has been confused. This genus has little in common with either
Achlyodes or Antigonus, with which it has been associated.

Confined to Asia.

34. Genus Caprona. (Plates I. fig. 12; III. fig. 15.)

Caprona, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 51 (1857).

Type, pillaana, Wallgr.

Abaratha, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 181 (1881).

Type, ransonnetii, Moore.

Antenne less than half the length of costa; club rather robust,
abruptly thickened, and bent at about a right angle, tip blunt.
Palpi porrect ; second joint thickly scaled, third joint short ; almost
concealed. Fore wing: apex slightly truncate; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the
lower the longer, more oblique, and slightly arched; vein 3 shortly
before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly nearer to base of the wing
than to 8. Hind wing: outer margin sinuate, produced at vein 2,
giving the wing a squared appearance; discocellulars and vein 5
barely traceable; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 much
further from base of wing than from end of cell. Hind tibize with
two pairs of spurs. Male with a radiating tuft of hairs attached to
fore coxe.

The species canopus differs considerably from the type, the cell of
fore wing being broader, the discocellulars less oblique, the apex very
truncate, and the outer margin of hind wing much more irregular.
The male also wants the tuft of hair on the fore cox. The Asiatic
species, however, agree entirely with the type.

The genus Abaratha must sink as a synonym of Caprona, there
being no perceptible structural differences between the types.

pillaana, Wallgr. ...... 1. saraya, Doherty ......... 4.
canopus, Trim. ........, Da erosula, Felder .......0e 5.
ransonnetit, Moore ...... 3. syrichthus, Felder ...... 6.

| *potiphera, Hew. |
| taylorti, de Nicéy.
And one unidentified species.

This genus is closely allied to Odontoptilum.
Asiatic and African.

1893. | MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 63

35. Genus LrucocuiTonega.

Leucochitonea, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 52 (1857).

Type, levubu, Wallgr.

Antenne less than half the length of costa; club moderate, less
robust than in Adanéis, recurved, tip blunt. Palpi porrect; second
joint short ; third joint long, slender, bluntly pointed. Fore wing:
inner and outer margins subequal ; no costal fold in male; cell less
than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well
before the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the lower the
longer; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 only slightly
nearer to base of wing than to vein 3; lower margin of cell arched
between veins 2 and 3. Hind wing not conspicuously elongated ;
outer margin slightly sinuate ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell;
discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately before
end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs, the terminal pair con-
siderably the longer. In the male there is a conspicuous tuft of
radiating hairs affixed to the fore coxee. Female with a dense tuft
of closely set hairs at extremity of abdomen.

Trimen considers this genus identical with Aduntis, and that the
differences between the two genera pointed out by him are not
sufficient for generic separation. The type is the only known species
of the genus; the numerous New-World species put in the genus
by various authors in no way belong to it.

levubu, Waller.
Confined to Africa.

36. Genus ABantis. (Plate IIL. fig. 16.)
Abantis, Hopff. Verh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. p. 643 (1835).
Type, tettensis, Hopf.
Sapea, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. vol. xl. p. 177 (1879).
Type, bicolor, Trim.
Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club robust,
sharply recurved, tip blunt. Palpi porrect ; third joint short, obtusely
conical. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; no costal
fold in male ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa well before the end of cell ; discocellulars strongly in-
wardly oblique, the lower the longer ; vein 3 immediately before end
of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell.
Hind wing rather elongated, less conspicuously in the female ; outer
margin slightly excavated at vein 5; vein 7 shortly before end of
cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 traceable but not
fully developed; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie fringed and
with two pairs of spurs, the upper pair minute.

tetiensis, Hopft. ...........006+ He
Rcolors Grim: shoe ctscecct 2.
paradised, Butl, ........00c000s 3

Trimen notes that the epiphysis on the fore tibize appears to be

64 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HOSPERIID 2. (Jan. 17,

occasionally wanting in ¢ettensis. In the only two specimens (both
males) in the British Museum the epiphysis is very small, if not
absent, but it is impossible to say with certainty without “ clearing ”
the fore leg.

Confined to Africa.

37. Genus HELIoperes.
Heliopetes, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820). Type, arsalte, Linn,
Leucoscirtes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 52 (1872).
Type, ericetorum, Boisd.

Antenne: club moderate, blunt, slightly curved. Palpi porrect ;
second joint laxly clothed with long scales; third joint slender,
bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell
of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect,
the lower the longer; vein 3 close to end of cell, more than three
times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 three times as far from end of
cell as from base of wing. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7
shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ; vein
3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing
than to end of cell.

Male with a costal fold and with a tuft of hairs attached near
proximal end of hind tibie.

domicella, Erich. ......... if Jigara, Butler ..........4 {©
*locutia, Hew. <.......006. 2. fe Soenrasy lubes, ceeeness oe 8.
*iaviana, Hew. ........... 3. | | *laginia, Hew.

ericetorum, Boisd. ...... 4, *leucola, Wew , .«cses<ccr 9,

omrina, Butl. ............ i: alamd, Reak.~ ........0+0- 10.
fiarsadcey Ennion soceseene sce 6.

| niveus, Cram.
And three unidentified species.
Confined to tropical America.

38. Genus Hesperia. (Plates I. fig. 11; III. fig. 19.)

Hesperia, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. vol. i. p. 258 (1793).

Type, malve, Linn.

Pyrgus, Hibn. Verz. p. 109 (1816). Type, syrichtus, Fabr.

Scelothriz, Ramb, Cat. Lép. Andal. i. p. 63 (1858).

Type, carthami, Hiibn.

Syrichtus, Boisd. Icones, p. 230 (1832-33). Name sinks, being
derived from species in genus.

Antenne: club robust, arcuate, blunt at the tip, no terminal crook.
Palpi suberect ; second joint laxly clothed with longish scales ; third
joint slender, blunt, almost concealed in scaling of second joint.
Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the
end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3
shortly before end of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from 4;
vein 2 nearer base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing usually
evenly rounded, occasionally slightly crenulate; vein 7 very shortly
before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; vein 3

1893. ] MR, EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID 2. 65

immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearly equidistant from base
of wing and end of cell. Hind tibiew with two pairs of spurs.

This genus may be conveniently divided into groups on the male
secondary sexual characters.

Section A.—Male without costal fold and without tuft of
hairs on hind tibiz.

spto, Linneus ..........0 IF asterodia, Trim, .....0... 7.
sataspes, Trimen ......... 2. } dromus, PlOtz ...,..ceere- 8.
f *zebra, Butler ........... 3. vindex, Oram. ...seerec- 9.
|. hellas, de Nicéville. transvaalie, Trim. ...... 10.
fegalba.Babr. /ic.c.cecccs<s0 4, orbifer, Latr. ....s.c00e0 1
| *swperna, Moore. | f{sao, Bergsty. ...seccceeee 12.
etree a IBUBLOR ar souce 5. | var. therapne, Rbr.
*var, adenensis, Butler, phlomides, H.-S. ......006 13.
diomus, Hopff............. 6. } NGCTOM, Te BP. oocscorercesoee 14.

The above group includes all the African, most of the Asiatic, and
a few of the European species of the genus, and is not found in the
New World.

Section B.—Male with a costal fold; no tuft of hairs on the hind
tibiae, but with these tibize furnished with numerous short spines.
cribrellwm, Evers. ...csscseeee evigdeseane 15.

Section C.—Male with a costal fold, but with no tuft of hairs
on hind tibize.

tessellum, Hitbn. .....064 16, | syrichtus, Faby. ......00+. 22.
GUUS, BLOM, .esssereceseeee Lif. | i. Cram.

MOVIE: GCs -ieccotecausinaes 18. | montivagus, Reak, ...... 23,
Pogger, Wied. ......csecasee. 19, | } tessellata, Seud.

PRGtOy TOSWe ese secueceees: 20. communis, Grote.

americanus, Blanch, ... 21.

This group is confined to the New World, Europe, and Central
Asia. There is a single male of H. poggei in the British Museum
obtained by the writer at Quetta, Biluchistan ; but this is the only
species which ranges into the Indian region. The specimen above
referred to, though agreeing best with poggei on the upperside,
appears nearer to proto in size and in the markings of the underside.

Section D.—Male with a costal fold and with a tuft of hairs
on hind tibiee.

cashmirensis, Moore...... 24, malve, Linn. ......e0000- 3l.
cacali@, Ramb. ........... 25. { ab. taras, Meig.
serratul@, Ramb. ......... 26. cynare, Ramb. .........++- 32.
{ var. cecus, Freyer. carthami, Hiibn. ......++ ou.
alveus, Hiibn. ..........4. 27. yar. meschlert, H.-S.
| yar. onopordi, Ramb. Sty EBPs caneeoueseeerehe-- ot.
yar. carling, Ramb, antonia, Spey. ...s.0seeee 30.
[ yar, ci7sii, Ramb. | *simicus, Butl, ......s0css-e 36.
andromeda, Wallgr....... 28. maculatus, Brem.......... 37.
f centawree, Ramb)......... 29. *bocchoris, Hew. ......+.+++ 38.
| wyandot, Edw. *fulvovittatus, Butl. ...... 39,
hypoleucos, ued. ....+42 30. trisignatus, Mab, ......++. 40.
asychis, Godt, ..... sees 41.

This group occurs in Europe, Asia, and the New World.
Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1893, No. V. 5

66 MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

All the species of this genus in which the male has a tuft of hairs
on the hind tibize also are provided with a ‘‘ pair of scabbard-shaped
scaly and hairy appendages, springing posteriorly from the breast at
the base of the hind legs and about one third the length of the
abdomen.” These appendages will be found to be present in the
males of all genera which are provided with tufts on the hind tibize,
and when the hind legs are drawn up the tuft is inserted between
the appendage and the base of the abdomen.

This is a genus which needs splitting up ; but a further knowledge
of the earlier stages is necessary to do it satisfactorily.

HESPERIA GERON, Sp. nov.

Upperside dark brown, almost black, spotted with white. Fore
wing with a few grey scales at base of wing and along inner margin ;
a longitudinal white spot at base of cell, a broad square spot extending
across the centre of cell, and a crescent-shaped spot closing cell ; an
oval spot on submedian ; a submarginal row of eight white spots
across wing beyond cell, the upper four coalescing, the first three
large, the fourth small, the fifth triangular, equal in size to and
immediately below the fourth, the sixth square, twice the size of the
fifth, nearer the base of the wing, the seventh and eighth rectangular,
almost equal in size, larger and nearer to the base of the wing than
the sixth, the eighth placed immediately below the seventh, which
is immediately below the crescent-shaped spot closing cell; a mar-
ginal row of eight white dots. Hind wing with a large rounded
spot closing cell and three more spots coalescing with it and with
each other extending towards the inner margin as far as the sub-
median ; a small spot at base of cell and a marginal row of six white
dots ; inner margin clothed with long whitish hairs; all above spots
white. Cilia of both wings chequered. Underside: fore wing as
above, the costal margin and apex suffused with greenish white ;
hind wing: ground-colour ochraceous yellow ; spots as above, but
with an additional large spot in the marginal row, situated at the
apex of the wing, and an extra spot in the discal row situated between
the costal and subcostal nervures just above the subcostal bifurcation.
Thorax and abdomen above black ; last few segments of abdomen
whitish. Palpi and abdomen beneath greyish white. Antenne:
shaft grey above, white beneath; club black, tip white.

Expanse 31 millim.

Nearest to H. phlomidis, H.-S., from which it differs in its smaller
size, more extended white markings on the fore wing above, but
chiefly in the colour and markings on the underside of the hind
wing ; in phlomidis the ground-colour is sap-green, in geron ochraceous
yellow: in the former the large spot above the subcostal bifurcation
unites with the discal row and also is broadly diffused above the
costal nervure along the costa to the base; in the latter the large
spot above the subcostal bifurcation is well separated from the spot
at end of cell and does not extend above the costal nervure.

Described from six specimens collected by me at Quetta, Biluch-
istan, in June., There is also a single specimen in the collection

1893.] MR. H, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. 67

of the British Museum from Shahrud, Persia, labelled with the
manuscript name of geron, Zeller, which name I have therefore
adopted.

39. Genus GoMALIA.

Gomalia, Moore, P. Z.S. 1879, p. 114.
Type, albofasciata, Moore.
Antenne and palpi as in Hesperia, except that the club of antennze
is slender and straight. Male with a costal fold. Differs from
Hesperia in neuration only in vein 2 being slightly nearer the base
of the fore wing. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs ; but with no

tuft in the male.
albofasciata, Moore.
{ *Titoralis, Swinhoe.
elma, Trimen.

And one unnamed species. Elma is very close to albofasciata; but
the series in the British Museum is not sufficient to decide whether
they are identical.

Asiatic and African.

40. Genus CARCHARODUS.

[Uréanus, Hiibner, Tentamen, p. | (1806).]
Type, alcece, Esp.
Carcharodus, Hiibner, Verz. p. 110 (1816).
Type, /avatere, Esp.
Spilothyrus, Dup. Pap. France, Diurn. Suppl. p. 415 (1832).
Type, alcee, Esp.
Antenne: club rather robust, straight, with an extremely minute
blunt crook. Palpi suberect ; third joint rather prominent ; second
joint rather laxly scaled. Fore wing: inner and outer margins sub-
equal ; male with a costal fold; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of
cell; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly
before the end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as
far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin
crenulate ; vein 7 more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; disco-
cellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2
distinctly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind tibie
fringed, and with two pairs of spines, the upper pair minute.
This genus can be conveniently divided into two groups, in one of
which the male has a tuft of hairs on the underside of the fore wing
which is wanting in the other.

Section A.—No tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing in male,

lavater@, Esp. ...recsceseeeee ibs | *alcee, var. nostras, Zell. . 2 a.
alcee, Esp. ..... NS Re Pe 2. *alcee, var. australis, Zell. 2 b.
malvarum, Hotfm. Fswimhoet, SP. We ...ceseeseee 3.
malve, Hufn.

malve, Hiibn,

63 MR. EB. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPHRIID E. (Jan. 17,

Section B.—Male with a tuft of hairs at base of fore wing
on underside.

fialihed, AMON, %.:-a2.s.000.00- 4, f althee, vax. beticus, Rbr.. 4a,
| gemina, Led. | althee, var. marrubii, Rbr.
dravira, Moore .........0. 5.

As the publication of the ‘'Tentamen’ is more than doubtful, the
generic name Urbanus is ignored.
Range. Europe, Asia, and Africa.

CARCHARODUS SWINHOKI, sp. nov.

Closely allied to alcee, Esp., of which it is probably a local
race. On the upperside it differs in its much more olive-green
tone, being entirely without the red suffusion which is invariably
present in alcee and its two varieties australis, Zeller, and nostras,
Zeller. On the fore wing the transparent spots are much more
conspicuous, and on the hind wing the pale markings of the under-
side show through much more conspicuously. The dark markings
of the fore wing also show up much less conspicuously, the whole
being more uniform in colour. On the underside the colouring is
considerably colder in tone, lacking the warm-brown suffusion of
alcee and its varieties, being irrorated instead with greenish grey.

Expanse 28 millim.

There are numerous specimens of this species in the British
Museu from Biluchistan, Afghanistan, and Thundiani, N.W. India.

This species has hitherto been identified as althee, Ramb., var.
marvubu, Ramb., which, however, belongs to a different section of
the genus, in which the male is furnished with a tuft of hairs on the
underside of the fore wing. The only other species of the genus
vecurring within Indian Sores is dravira, Moore, which belongs to
the althec group of the genus.

41. Genus PHouisora.
Pholisora, Scudder, Syst. Rey. Am. Butt. p. 51 (1872).
Type, catullus, Fabr.
Pholisora, Scudder, Butt. New England, p. 1514 (1889).
Antenne: club very gradually fect bent at a little more
than a right angle, tip blunt. Palpi porrect ; second joint loosely
scaled; third joint slender, rather conspicuous, bluntly conical.
Fore wing: inner margin considerably longer than outer margin ;
cell less than two-thirds the length of fore wing; male with a costal
fold; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer; vein 3 imme-
diately before the end of cell, many times further from 2 than from
4; vein 2 close to base of wing. Hind wing: vein 7 shortly before
end of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ; vein 3 immediately
before the end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than
to end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
Catlins, Bar sc rereenpetne ik velasguez, LUC. ......e0000s 3:
hayhurstit, Wdw. ......... 2. chlorocephala, Latr. ...... 4.
And seven unidentified species.
Confined to America.

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 69

42. Genus THanaos.
Thanaos, Boisd. Icones, 240 (1832-1833). Type, tages, Linn.

Antenne: club moderate, more or less bent into a curve, bluntly
pointed. Palpi porrect; second joint laxly clothed; third joint
almost concealed, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer
than outer margin; male with a costal fold; cell of fore wing less
than two-thirds the length of costa; discocellulars slightly inwardly
oblique, the lower the longer; vein 3 shortly before the end of
cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell.
Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded ; vein 7 very close to end
of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 immediately before
end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of
wing. Hind tibiee fringed and with two pairs of spines, the upper
pair minute.

This genus as it stands at present includes many species which
are certainly not congeneric. The above description is taken from
the type species.

{ CAGES, WANS aso: csastcgasenees iff | Juvenalis, Fabr. ......... t.
yar. cervantes, Grasl. | fumeralis, Sc. ...cccssesee 8.

Wwetiius, TAN, ...0..d5+++-00 2. Noe ROI a ace eee saei<! oO;
DELBUUS SOS" vndeccsvescecesas (Os nevius; Lint, .......2+00. 10.
MATTIAS, BC. pasverccoseses 4, DTOPETUUUB, SC, c..04.+0-006 Nie
RCCIUS: NNN, pscsaccessctass Os montana, Brem. ......... 12.
iiz0, OIRO, Seeveaseveass sk = 6. emia Butl.

Found in Europe and North America.

Subfamily II]. PamMpHILiIn”.
Section A.

Antenne very varied, never much hooked, and usually sharply
pointed. In all the genera in which the tip of the antennee is blunt
the epiphysis on the fore tibia is wanting, excepting in one or two
Australian forms.

Palpi: third joint usually short and inconspicuous, in some few
genera long and slender ; in these it is also always erect and never
porrected horizontally in front of the face.

Fore wing: cell always less than two-thirds the length of costa ;
vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6, except in some aberrant Aus~-
tralian forms, in which it is slightly nearer to 6. Hind wing never
with a conspicuous tail or tooth, though frequently more or less
lobate ; vein 5 never well developed.

Male never with a costal fold and only comparatively seldom with
a discal stigma on the fore wing; frequently with glandular patches
and tufts of hair on the wings ; never with a tuft on the hind tibiee.

The epiphysis on the fore tibize and the medial pair of spurs on
the hind tibiee are occasionally wanting.

Confined almost entirely to the Old World. As far as is known
the species of this group rest with their wings raised over their backs,
assuming that position immediately on settling.

70 MR. EB, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, [Jan. 17,

Section B.

Antennee very varied, but never hooked ; the club either entirely
without, or with a crook of varying length. Palpi: third joint in
several genera long, slender, and curving over the vertex, a character
never found in the Hesperiine ; in most of the other genera the third
joint is minute, only very rarely being horizontally porrected, and
when this is the case it is always stout.

Fore wing: cell invariably less than two-thirds the length of costa ;
vein 5 curves downwards at its base and consequently arises con-
siderably nearer to 4 than to 6; the middle discocellular being con-
siderably longer than the lower one, frequently more than twice as
long as it. Hind wing usually rather elongate, but never with a
conspicuous tail or tooth; vein 5 very rarely developed.

The male is frequently furnished with a discal stigma on the fore
wing and never with a costal fold. Both pairs of spurs are invariably
present on the hind tibiz, and there is never a tuft of hair on the
tibie in the male. The epiphysis on the fore tibie is invariably
present.

This group is of world-wide distribution ; the South-American
forms, however, are comparatively few.

The majority of the species when sunning on a leaf depress their
hind wings and elevate their fore wings, an attitude peculiar to this
section. When in a complete state of repose both the wings are
raised till they meet over their backs.

Section C.

Antenne: club of varying robustness, always tapering to a fine
point ; occasionally hooked, in which case the terminal portion is
always more than half the length of remainder of club. Palpi:
second joint upturned, pressed closely against the face ; third joint
long, slender, naked, porrect, projecting horizontally in front of the
face. Cell of fore wing ranging from just over one-half to just over
two-thirds the length of costa. Hind wing more or less lobate;
vein 5 of hind wing usually well developed; vein 5 of fore wing
equidistant from 4 and 6 or slightly nearer to 6.

Male never with a costal fold on fore wing, but with various other
secondary sexual characters, both on wings and legs.

As far as is known, all the species rest with their wings raised
above their backs, frequently settling on the underside of leaves.
They are. remarkably crepuscular in their habits, being specially
active only in the very early morning and at dusk. The section is
confined entirely to the Old World.

The palpi of this section are very distinct, and readily separate
them from nearly all other genera. The few genera of Hesperiine
(Phanus, Entheus, and allies) which have somewhat similar palpi
differ in the entirely different form of antenne, in the constant
absence of vein 5 of the hind wing, and in some cases by the presence
of the costal fold of the fore wing.

a
'

—— es ee ee

‘Ve

1893. ] MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 71

Synopsis of Genera of PAMPHILINE.

Section A.
%q, Vein 5 of fore wing slightly nearer to 6 than to 4.
@. Tip of antennz blunt. Morastneua, g.n. Type, dirphia, Hew. (1)
61, Tip of antennz acuminate.
a”. Club of antenne arcuate, with no distinct terminal crook.
Trrxsto, Boisd. Type, perroniz, Latr. (2)
62, Club of antennz with a distinct terminal crook.
a’, Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.
Hesprritia, Hew. Type, ornata, Leach. (3)
23, No discal stigma on fore wing of male.
a‘, Antennal crook short. Ms
PATLASINGHA, g. n. e, phigalia, Hew. (4
4, Antennal crook long. 2 oe 7 oi
Trapezites, Hiibn. Type, symmonus, Hibn. (5)
b. Vein 5 of fore wing not nearer to 6 than to 4, usually distinctly nearer
to 4 than to 6.
@-, Epiphysis on fore tibise present.
a*, Third joint of palpi long, slender, erect, curving over the vertex.
a®, Vein 2 of hind wing considerably nearer to end of cell than to
base of wing.
a‘. Vein 11 of fore wing not touching vein 12.
a’, Vein 3 of fore wing well before the end of cell, and vein 5
of hind wing from before end of cell.
a°, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to base of wing than to end

of cell. Svastus, Moore. Type, gremius, Fabr. (6)
b°, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing. Acumros, Mab. Type, leucopyga, Mab. (7)

b°,. Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before end of cell and
vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.
Iamprix, g.n. Type, sa/sala, Moore. (8)
i*, Vein 11 of fore wing touching vein 12 for a portion of its

length. Korvurnatraos, g.n. Type, hector, sp. n. (9)
28, Vein 2 of hind wing not nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing.

a‘, Fore wing produced apically.
Oxypatrts, g.n. Type, ignita, Mab. (10)
6*. Fore wing not produced apically.
Terroruinus, g.n. Type, watsoni, Holl. (11)
47. Terminal joint of palpi short and inconspicuous.
a®. Vein 11 of fore wing free.
a, Veins 2 and 8 of hind wing not swollen in the male.
a>, Male with an oval glandular patch on upperside of hind
wing. Osmopzs, g.n, Type, laronia, Hew. (12)
b°. No glandular patch on upperside of hind wing in the male.
a®. Costa of fore wing straight, slightly excised before apex.
a”, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.
Butimeta, Kirby. Type, exornatus, Feld. (18)
7, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.
Ampryscirtss, Se. Type, vialis, Edw. (14)
b°. Costa of fore wing not excised before apex.
a’, Vein 2 of fore wing considerably nearer to end of cell
than to base of wing.
a. Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.
a®. No tuft of hairs on underside of fore wing in male.
Arromacuus, de Nicé. Type, stigmata, Moore. (15)
6°, Male with a tuft of hairs on underside of fore
wing. Szpasronyma, g.n. Type, dolopia, Hew. (16)
6°. Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.
PeprstEs, g.n. Type, maswriensis, Moore. (17)

* This group is confined entirely to the Australian region.

ie MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

bo", Vein 2 of fore wing not at all or or only slightly
_ nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.
a°, Small forms. Vein 7 of hind wing considerably
nearer to 6 than to 8.
a, No discal stigma on fore wing of male.

a’, No glandular streaks on upperside of fore
wing in male, and cilia at anal angle of hind
wing of normal length. Antenns moderate.

«'', Fore wing apically produced in male, outer
margin yery oblique, almost equal to inner
margin.

@?, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end
of cell.
a, Third joint of palpi horizontal.
Arnurta,g.n. Type, atkinsoni, Moore. (18)
+, Third joint of palpi erect.
Hyarorts, Moore. Type, adrastus, Cram. (19)
4. Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.
Hyrorzucis, Mab. Type, tripuncta, Mab. (20)

4. Fore wing not produced apically, outer
margin hardly oblique, considerably shorter
than inner margin.

a, Third joint of palpi erect.
Isornrnon, Felder. Type, /amprospilus, Feld. (21)
8°, Third joint of palpi horizontal.
Isma, Distant. Type, obscura, Dist. (22)
b'°, No glandular streaks on upperside of fore
wing in male, but cilia at anal angle of hind
wing very much elongated. Antenne excep-
tionally long.
Loruormns, g.n. Type, iapis, de Nicé. (28)
. Male with two puirs of glandular streaks along
veins at base of fore wing on upperside.
ZoGRAPHETus, g.n. Type, satwa, de Nicé. (24)
b°. Male with a linear discal stigma on fore wing.
Marara, Moore. Type, aria, Moore, (25)
b°, Large forms.. Vein 7 of hind wing almost equi-
distant from 6 and 8.
Erronora, Mab. Type, thrax, Linn. (27)

*, Veins 2 and 3 of the hind wing much swollen in the male.

«a. No discal patch of specialized scales on upperside of fore
wing in male. Ganeara, Moore. Type, thyrsis, Fabr. (28)

°, Male with a discal patch of specialized scales on upper-
side of fore wing. Papua, Dist. Type, /ebadea, Hew. (26)

78. Vein 11 of fore wing touching 12 for a portion of its length,
Sancus, de Nicé. Type, subfasciatus, Moore. (29)
i, No epiphysis on fore tibize.
a’, Antennx moderate, more than half the length of costa.
AncorrEron, g.n. Type, aureipennis, Blanch. (31)
?, Antenne short, less than half the length of costa.
a, Vein 11 of fore wing free.

a‘, Club of antenne arcuate, tip acuminate.

Evnusra, Feld. Type, semiargentea, Feld. (30)
>*. Club of antenne straight, tip blunt.

a. Vein 3 of fore wing well before end of cell, vein 2 nearer
to base of wing than to end of cell.

Hurmrorrervs, Dum. Type, morpheus, Pall. (32)
b°, Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before the end of cell,
vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.
Pampnita, Fabr. Type, palemon, Pall. (83)
4°, Vein 11 of fore wing running into 12.
Cycroriwzs, Hiibn. Type, metis, Linn, (34)

elo

1893. | MR. E. ¥, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID. 73

1. Genus Morastncua, noy. (Plate III. fig. 23.)

Type, dirphia, Hew.

Antenne: club very robust, bent at right angles with shaft, tip
blunt. Palpi as in Telesto. Fore wing: inner margin slightly
longer than outer margin; cell Jess than two-thirds the length of
costa; vein 12 reaching costa shortly before the end of cell; upper
discocellular short but distinct, outwardly oblique, middle and lower
discocellulars inwardly oblique, the former very faint, the latter
well developed; vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3 well
before the end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2
slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing
slightly elongated, outer margin even ; vein 7 far before the end of
cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; veins 1, 2, 3, and 4 all
close together, vein 3 nearer to 4 than to 2; lower margin of cell
angled slightly at vein 2 and more abruptly at vein 3. Hind tibie
with two pair of spurs. The female does not differ from the male
in neuration.

Male with a linear discal stigma lying almost at right angles to the
inner margin, extending from just beyond the lower angle of cell
and just below vein 1.

*dirphia, Hew.
trimaculata, Tepper. ¢.
| quadrimaculata, Tepper. Q.

Confined to Australia,

2. Genus Texesro. (Plates II. fig. 7; III. fig. 22.)

Telesto, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. 164 (1832). Type, perronii, Latr.

Antenne: club rather robust, arcuate, with no terminal crook,
tip acuminate. Palpi porrect; third joint short, obtusely conical.
Fore wing rather pointed at apex; outer margin nearly straight ;
inner margin slightly longer than outer margin; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa ; discocellulars inwardly oblique, subequal ;
vein 5 almost equidistant from 4 and 6, slightly nearer to 6; vein
3 well before end of cell, slightly further from 2 than from 4 ; vein 2
almost equidistant from end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing
slightly elongated, outer margin even; vein 7 equidistant from 6
and 8; discocellulars faint; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close together ;
vein 3 nearer to 4 than to 2; lower margin of cell bent abruptly
upwards at vein 3. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

Male with an oblique linear streak on fore wing, extending from just
beyond the lower cell almost to the inner margin. The female
does not differ perceptibly from the male in neuration.

kochii, Feld,

perronii, Latr,
doclea, Hew.

Confined to Australia.

74 MR. EB, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERILDE. [Jan. 17,

The following Australian species belong to undescribed genera
closely allied to Telesto :—

*flammeata, Butl. Q. ismene, Newm.
*ecclipsis, Butl. ¢. compacta, Butl.
atromacula, Miskin. <Q. *argenteo-ornatus, Hew.

doubledayii, Felder.

There is absolutely no doubt that the flammeata of Butler is the
female of the species described by him as ecelipsis, though the
former has been identified by Miskin as identical with donnysa, Hew.,
a quite distinct species belonging to a different though closely allied
genus.

3. Genus HrspErRiLua.

Hesperilla, Hewitson, Hundred Hesp. p. 37 (1868).
Type, ornata, Leach.

Antenne: club slender, at an angle with the shaft, usually bent
to less than a right angle, tip acuminate. Palpi as in Telesto.
Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ; cell less than
two-thirds the length of costa; discocellulars inwardly oblique ;
vein 5 equidistant from 4 and 6 or slightly nearer to 6 ; vein 3
shortly before end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein
2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind
wing rather elongate in the male, more rounded in the female ;
vein 7 well before the end of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not
traceable ; veins 2, 3, 4 all close together from end of cell; vein 3
twice as far from 2 as from 4; lower margin of cell slightly angled
at vein 2, abruptly at vein 3. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs,
upper pair minute.

Male with a linear discal stigma on the fore wing, lying almost
at right angles to the inner margin, extending from just beyond the
lower angle of cell as far as but not below vein 1.

ornata, Leach...........+. 1.
picid, Teach........0+0+9» 2,

Confined to Australia.

The following Australian species belong to undescribed genera
closely allied to Hesperilla :—

*donnysa, Hew.
*halyzia, Hew.

4. Genus PATLASINGHA, nov.

Type, phigalia, Hew.

Antenne: club rather robust, with a short terminal crook ; tip
acuminate. Palpi as in Telesto. Fore wing: inner margin longer
than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa;
vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars slightly
inwardly oblique ; vein 5 practically equidistant from 4 and 6; vein
3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from base of
wing and end of cell. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7 well
before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; veins

1893.] MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THD HESPERTIDZ. 75

2, 3, and 4 all close together; vein 3 equidistant from 2 and 4;
ower margin of cel] abruptly bent upwards at vein 13. Hind tibize
with two pairs of spurs.

No secondary sexual characters on wings of male.

*phigalia, Hew. ......... ile
*petalia, Hew. ....----- 2.

lutea, Trepper ....:.... 3.
*scepticalis, Rosen. ...... 4.
*maheta, Hew. ........- 5.

Miskin has sunk maheta as a synonym of iacchus, Fabr., a quite
distinct species belonging to a different genus; he has also sunk
lutea as a synonym of petalia, though the two species seem quite
distinct ; and he has further sunk scepficalis as a synonym of com-
pacta, Butl., though it would be difficult to imagine two species
more dissimilar. This genus is confined to Australia.

5. Genus TRAPEZITES.
Trapezites, Hiibn. Verz. p. 112 (1816). Type, symmonus, Hiibn.
Antenne: club robust, elongate, with along slender terminal crook.
Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third joint minute. Fore wing:
inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds length
of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; discocellulars
slightly inwardly oblique ; vein 5 almost equidistant from 4 and 6;
vein 3 well before the end of cell ; vein 2 more than twice as far from
end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even ;
vein 7 well before end of cell, almost equidistant from 6 and 8;
discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close
together, vein 3 almost equidistant from 2 and 4; lower margin of
hind wing bent upwards at vein 2.
symmonus, Hiibn. ...... i
9

{ zacchus, Fabr. .........
*eliena, Hew.

Confined to Australia.

6. Genus Suastus.
Suastus, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 168 (1881).
Type, gremius, Fabr.

Antenne: club moderate, elongate, with a short recurved crook ;
tip acuminate. Palpi erect; third joint long, slender, acuminate,
curving backwards, reaching well above the vertex. Fore wing:
inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds the
length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell ;
discocellulars subequal, the middle one a little the longer; vein 5
slightly nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6; vein 3 well before the end
of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably
nearer to base of wing than to end of cell, in female almost equi-
distant from end of cell and from base of wing. Hind wing: outer
margin evenly rounded; vein 7 shortly before the end of cell
discocellulars very faint ; vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 shortly before
end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base

76 MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. (Jan. 17,

of wing; lower margin of cell not angled at veins 2 or 3. Hind
tibize with two pairs of spurs.

f gremius, Faby. ......... 1. ( swerga, de Nicéy. .... 4.
divodasa, Moore, molleri, Moore.

| subgrisea, Moore. | minuta, Moore ......... 5d.
SHIA, TLONY:: sess ecscagesees 2. | bipunctus, Swinh. ...... 6.

aditus, Moore — ...s...0- 3 |
The male of gremius has been redescribed by Moore as subgrisea.

Confined to Southern Asia.

7. Genus AcLEROs.

Acleros, Mab. Lep. Mad. i. p. 347 (1887).
Type, leucopyga, Mab.
Closely allied to Suastus, with which it agrees in antennee and
palpi; it differs, however, considerably in neuration, vein 2 of the
fore wing being nearer to the end of the cell than to the base of the
wing. In the hind wing also the cell is longer, and vein 3 is well
before the end of the cell instead of immediately before, as in Suastus.

No secondary sexual characters in the male.

Two unidentified species from West Africa.

8. Genus IAmBrrx, noy. (Plate III. fig. 25.)

Type, salsala, Moore.

Antenne rather short; club moderate, gradually thickened, bent
at rather more than a right angle; terminal portion short. Palpi:
second joint densely clothed ; third joint long, naked, slender, and
erect. Wings short and broad; cellshort; middle and lower disco-
cellulars in the same straight line; vein 5 only slightly nearer to 4
than to 6 ; vein3 very close to end of cell ; vein 2 nearer to end of cell
than to base of wing. Hind wing: vein 3 from end of cell; vein 7
from before end of cell ; vein 5 wanting; discocellulars barely trace-
able. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

No secondary sexual! characters in male.

salsala, Moore ......... ile
*stellifer, Butler ......... 2.
sindu, Felder ............ 3

Stellifer is quite distinct from salsala, with which it has been said
to be synonymous. It is smaller and darker, and is entirely without
the golden yellow scales on the upperside which are characteristic
of salsala.

It is apparently confined to Malacca and Burmah, the specimens
recorded from various parts of India being an unmarked and not
uncommon variety of salsala.

Confined to Southern Asia,

9. Genus KoruTnatAos, noy. (Plate II. fig. 8.)

Type, hector, Watson.
Antenne moderate, club hardly thicker than shaft. Palpi similar

1893. } MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDD. Ch

to those of Iambriz, but the third joint is shorter. Shape of wings
much as in Jambrix, but the costa of fore wing is more arched ;
vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from end of
cell and base of wing; vein 5 about equidistant from 4 and 6; upper
discocellular minute; vein 11 starting about halfway between base
of wing and end of cell, almost exactly opposite vein 2, strongly
deflected upwards soon after its origin, and touching vein 12 for a
short distance. Hind wing: vein 3 immediately before end of cell ;
vein 2 about twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell ;
vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars oarely traceable ;
vein 5 wanting.

Male with a bristly tuft of hairs, springing from the base of the
costa of the hind wing; there being also a distinct groove on the
underside of the fore wing helow the subcostal nervure to receive
the tuft of hairs when the wings are closed.

This genus is closely allied to Astictopterus, Iambrix, and Sancus,
in the last of which vein 11 also touches vein 12 for a short distance ;
the only other genus in which at all a similar character obtains is
Cyclopides, but in this genus veins |] and 12 altogether anastomose
and run confluent for the rest of their course.

RECCOR. AMNeirestaasiceavesageseancuccssecccuctss* Le
TOMES BUEN: veces nassocesstsavates toasts 2
butler, Wood-Mason and de Nicéyille ... 3.

And two unnamed species.
Confined to Southern Asia.

KORUTHAIALOS HECTOR, sp. Nov.

Astictopterus xanites auctorum, nec Butler.

Above dark fuscous. Fore wing with an orange-red fascia crossing
the wing at the end of the cell, not reaching either the costal or
inner margins. Hind wing without markings. Wings beneath as
above ; the fascia on the fore wings being broader than above, and
extending from close to the costa up to or slightly beyond the first
median branch.

The fascia on the fore wing varies considerably in extent, especially
on the upperside, but on the underside never reaches the submedian
and is never diffused along the inner margin as in ranites.

Expanse 35 millim. (wanites expands 41 millim.).

Occurs throughout Burmah and Malacca, and also in Java.

This species has hitherto been confused with wxanites, Butler; but
the latter differs considerably on the underside of the fore wing,
the orange fascia extending broadly as far as the outer angle and
spreading along the outer half of the inner margin. Xanites appears
to be a rare species, the only specimens I have seen being the
type from Borneo and a single specimen from Malacca; this is
apparently the species figured by Distant * as gemmifer, the gem-like
spots of the true gemmifer (which is a Kerana) being omitted both
from his figure and description. ‘he species figured by Distant as
wanites is the species here described as hector.

* Rhop. Mal. pl. xxxiv.

~r
io.)

MR. DB. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

10. Genus OxyPALPUS, nov.

Type, ignita, Mab.

Antennee: club moderate, elongate, with a short terminal crook.
Palpi widely separated, third joint very long and slender, erect,
curving over the vertex ; tip acuminate. Fore wing: costa straight ;
apex slightly acute; inner and outer margins subequal; cell less
than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 only slightly nearer to
4 than to 6; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 almost
equidistant from end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing evenly
rounded ; discocellulars and vein 5 not traceable; vein 7 close to end
of cell. In the male vein 3 is given off far beyond the end of cell,
there being a glandular thickening of the median just before the
origin of vein 3; the glandular opening being on the upperside,
where it is partially concealed by a tuft of hairs, attached to the
upper margin of cell and directed outwards; vein 2 almost equi-
distant from base of wing and vein 3. In the female vein 3 of the
hind wing is given out immediately before the end of the cell.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

ignita, Mab. oC.
{ gisgon, Mab, &.

And two unidentified species.
Confined to the African region.

11. Genus TEINORHINUS, nov.

Type, watsoni, Holland.

Antenne : club slender; apical crook short ; tip acuminate. Palpi
widely separated ; third joint very long and slender, erect, curving
over the vertex. Fore wing short and broad; costa convex; outer
margin convex; apex rounded; cell less than two-thirds length of
costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; vein 2
almost equidistant from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing:
outer margin even; vein 7 shortly before the end of cell; disco-
cellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately before the
end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of
wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

No sexual characters on wings of male.

watsoni, Holland.

Confined to the African region.

12. Genus OsMopEs, nov.

Type, laronia, Hew.

Antenne: club elongate, with a short terminal crook. Palpi:
second joint densely clothed, third joint minute. Fore wing slightly
produced apically ; inner and outer margins subequal, inner margin
very convex in the male, straight in the female ; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6;

1893.] MR, B, Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDM. 79

vein 3 shortly before the end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant
from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even ;
vein 7 well before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very
faint ; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as
from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing. In the male there is a conspicuous oval glandular patch on
the disk of the hind wing on the upperside, and there is also a tuft
of hairs on the underside of the fore wing, attached to the basal half
of the inner margin.

laronia, Hew. ........+++- ie
Chora; PIO sisdecccttecese 2.

And two unidentified species.
Confined to Africa.

13. Genus Butueria. (Plate III. fig. 21.)

Butleria, Kirby, Syn. Cat. 624 (1871). Type, valdivianus, Phil.

Antenne: club rather robust, arcuate, tip acuminate. Palpi
porrect ; second joint long, densely clothed ; third joint slender, naked,
obtusely conical. Fore wing; costa arched at base, then straight
to apex, having the appearance of being slightly excised ; inner
margin longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds length
of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of. cell; disco-
cellulars suberect ; vein 6 almost equidistant from 4 and 6; vein 3
well before the end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing
than to end of cell. Hind wing; outer margin even; vein 7 well
before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 shortly
before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from end
of cell. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs (except in sofot and
philippit).

dimidiatus, Feld. ...... 1. { cypselus, Feld. ...........- 17.
¥caicus, Hew. .......0.00 2: *canides, Hew. .......s0+6+ 18.
gelskyt, Ersch .......... 3. bissexguttatus, Phil. ... 19.
Keryonas, Hew. ........00 4. | { valdivianus, Phil. ...... 20.
*diraspes, Hew. ....0..0- 5. exornatus, Feld.

*oxaites, Hew. .........00 6, { flavomaculatus, Blanch. . 21.
Fovages, Hew. .:..s0..c00- 7. polyspilus, Feld

hesperioides, Feld. ...... 8. paniscoides, Blanch. ... 22.
*caracates, Hew. ........- 9. Ce pe tates Reed.
Keburones, Hew. ...seecceees 10. ¥*yicind, Reed .....-..see00» 20e
MUnOrG, Bulbh,, note seeedte iam *fructicolens, Butl. ...... 24.

agathocles, Feld. ......... 12. | srr tractipennis, Butl.
Karsines, Hew. ....0+. +00. 13. *var, quadrinotatus, Butl,
polycrates, Feld. .......4. 14, | *var. pulcher, Butl.

hilina, Butl. ............. 15. *philippii, Butl. ....004 25.
epiphaneus, Feld. ....... 16. FSOCOL, RCH cesacueseoiaccsir 26.

The last two species have only terminal spurs on the hind tibia.
This is a very large genus, confined to the tropical regions of the
New World; it includes forms of which the extremes are very
dissimilar. in coloration, but which grade one into another imper-
ceptibly.

80 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HHSPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

14. Genus AMBLYSCIRTES.

Amblyscirtes, Sc. Syst. Rev. p. 54 (1872). Type, vialis, Edw.
Stomyles, Se. Syst. Rev. p. 55 (1872). Type, teator, Hiibn.
Amblyscirtes, Sc. Butt. New England, vol. ii. p. 1575 (1889).
Antenne rather short; club moderate, with a short terminal
crook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled ; third joint erect, short,
bluntly conical. Fore wing: costa straight, slightly excised before
apex; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 almost
equidistant from 4 and 6; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2
slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing:
outer margin even; vein 7 close to end of cell; discocellulars and
vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 considerably
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz with two
pairs of spurs.
vialis, Hdw. ... 1. comus, Edw. ... 3.
cos, Hdw. — ...... 2. textor, Hiibn. ... 4.

I am unable to point out any structural differences between
vialis and textor, the types of Amblyscirtes and Stomyles respectively.
The generic characters of Stomyles have never been particularized.

Confined to North America.

15. Genus AEROMACHUS.

Aeromachus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v.p. 214
(1890). Type, stigmata, Moore.

Antenne: club rather robust, with a short terminal crook, tip
acuminate. Palpi: second joint pressed close against face ; third
joint porrect, short, obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner margin
longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of
costa ; vein 5 almost equidistant from 4 and 6. In the male of the type
species vein 3 is well before end of cell, vein 2 very close to 3,
lower margin of cell bent upwards at vein 3. In the other species
of the genus, vein 3 is immediately before the end of the cell,
and vein 2 well before the end, but considerably nearer to it than to
base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 well before
the end of cell, both veins at its bifurcation curved outwards in
the male of the type species, but meeting at an acute angle in the
other species of the genus, vein 7 also arising near the end of cell;
discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately
before the end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end. of cell than to base
of wing. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs: Male in the type
species with a short discal stigma on the upperside of the fore wing,
extending from the origin of vein 3 and just below vein 1. There
are no secondary sexual characters on the wings of the other
species.

stigmata, Moore .....+.. if Jhora, de Nicéville ...... 3.
indistincta, Moore ...... 2. kali, de Nicéyille ...... 4

Confined to Southern Asia.

1893.] MR. BE. Y, WATSON ON THD HESPERIID 2. 81

16. Genus SEBASTONYMA, nov.

Type, dolopia, Hew.

Antennee : club elongate, with a short apical crook, tip acuminate.
Palpi: third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner mar-
gin longer than outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of
costa; middle discocellular slightly longer than lower one; vein 5
slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 immediately before end of
cell; vein 2 close to end of cell, twice as far from base of wing as
from end of cell. Hind wing not at all elongated, outer margin
even ; costa strongly arched at base; vein 7 shortly before end of
cell ; discocellulars faint, vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 immediately
before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to
base of wing ; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2, Hind
tibize naked and with two pairs of spurs.

Male with a tuft of hairs affixed at base of the inner margin on
underside of fore wing and pointing upwards.

*dolopia, Hew.

Confined to the Indian region.

17. Genus PEDESTEs, nov.

Type, masuriensis, Moore.

Antenne short ; club robust, areuate with no distinet terminal
crook, tip acuminate. Palpi: third joint entirely concealed in the
clothing of the second joint. Fore wing: inner margin longer than
outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa almost opposite end of cell; discocellulars suberect ;
vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to6; vein 3 close to end of cell,
rather more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 nearer to
end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing not elongate; outer
margin even, inconspicuously excavated at vein 2; vein 7 shortly
before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; vein 3 from
end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from
end of cell. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs. No secondary
sexual characters on wings of male.

masuriensis, Moore ... 1.
pandita, de Nicéville... 2.

This genus is confined to the Indian region.

18. Genus ARNETTA, nov.

Type, atkinsont, Moore.

Antenne : club slender, elongate, with a short terminal crook, tip
acuminate. Palpi porrect ; second joint densely scaled ; third joint
projecting horizontally in front of the face, short, obtusely conical.
Fore wing rather produced apically, less so in female; inner and
outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ;
vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; discocellulars
Suberect ; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 close to end

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. VI. 6

82 MR. E. Y. WADSON ON THD HESPERILDE. (Jan. 17,

of cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 almost equidis-
tant from end of cell and from base of wing. Hind wing evenly
rounded ; vein 7 shortly before eud of cell; discocellulars and vein
5 very indistinct ; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, about twice as
far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than
to base of wing. Hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs.

atkinsoni, Moore ......

*subtestaceus, Moore

vindhiana, Moore ......
nilgiriana, Moore ......

ecole

In the males of atkinsoni and subtestaceus there is attached along
the basal half of the inner margin of the fore wing a tuft of longish
hairs which are turned up and spread out fanwise over the under-
side of the hind wing.

“‘ Tsoteinon’”’ khasianus, Moore, modesta, Moore, and microstictum,
W.-M. and de Nicév., also probably belong to this genus, but there are
no specimens available for examination.

Confined to the Oriental region.

19. Genus Hyaroris.
Hyarotis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 174 (1881).
Type, adrastus, Cramer.

Antenne long; club moderate, elongate, with a short recurved
crook, tip acuminate. Palpi erect ; third jot obtusely conical, short,
almost entirely concealed in the clothing of the second joint. Fore
wing ; inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell;
diseccellulars inwardly oblique, the middle one the longer; vein 5
nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 very close to end of cell; vein 2
slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing rather
elongate in male, more rounded in female, outer margin even; vein
7 well before the end of cell, only slightly nearer to 6 than to 8;
discocellulars faint, outwardly coneave ; vein 5 not traceable; vein 3
immediately before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of
cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

| adrastus, Cram.
praba, Moore.
| *phenicis, Hew.
Allied to Isoteinon.
Confined to Southern Asia.

20. Genus Hyro.eveis.

Hypoleucis, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. lxix (1891).
Type, tripunctata, Mab.

Antenne : club slender, with a short terminal crook. Palpi: second
joint densely scaled; third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore
wing : inner and outer margins ,subequal ; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3
immediately before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from end

1893.) MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THA HESPERIID#E. 83

of cell and base of wing, slightly nearer to base of wing. Hind wing:
outer margin even; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; vein 3 from
end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from
end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

*ophiusa, Hew.

The above diagnosis is taken from ophiusa, Hew., which Mabille
includes in his genus Hypoleucis.
Confined to Africa.

21. Genus Isoreinon.

Isoteinon, Felder, Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 30 (1862).

Type, lamprospilus, Felder.

Antenne: club moderate, elongated, terminal crook short, tip
acuminate. Palpi: second joint densely clothed with short scales ; third
joint erect, reaching well above the vertex of the head, slender,
obtusely conical. Fore wing : inner margin considerably longer than
outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; disco-
cellulars erect ; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein3 close to
end of cell ; vein 2 about equidistant from end of cell and base of wing
in the male, considerably nearer to base of wing in the female. Hind
wing narrow ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and
vein 5 faint, but distinctly traceable; vein 3 immediately before end
of cell. Hind tibize sparsely clothed with hairs and with two pairs
of spurs. No secondary sexual characters on the wings.

{ lamprospilus, Feld.
vitred, Murray,

Many Indian species have been put into this genus ; none of those,
however, which I have been able to examine belong to it, the
direction of the third joint of the palpi alone readily distinguishing
them. ‘This genus appears to be allied to Hyarotis, Moore.

Habitat. China and Japan.

22. Genus Isma.

Isma, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 386 (1886).
Type, obscura, Dist.
Antenne: club slender, elongate, with a short terminal crook, tip
acuminate. Palpi porrect; third joint slender, almost concealed,
.bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer
margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect ;
vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end of
cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from vein 3 and base of wing.
Hind wing: not at all elongated, outer margin even, inconspicuously
excised as vein 2; vein 7 immediately before end of cell, very re-
mote from base of wing; discocellulars faint, strongly outwardly
oblique; vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 close to end of cell; vein 2

more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; lower
6*

84 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

margin of cell not angulated at vein 2 or 3. Hind tibie naked and
with two pairs of spurs. No sexual characters on wings.

MC CUNMLIG. PLB Wa rises casteveseb sass Le

¥ GOnOnU, FLOW: | igiviccecuses esse 2.

“ Hesperia!” cephaloides, de Nicéville, also probably belongs to
this genus.

There is no doubt that cephala and bononia are congeneric, and
Distant puts the latter into his genus Jsma, though, judging from
the plate, the type species obscura appears to differ from bononia
considerably.

Confined to Burma and Malaysia.

23. Genus LorHoIDEs, nov.

Type, iapis, de Nicéville.

Antenne long; club slender, elongated, with a short terminal
crook. Fore wing produced at apex, inner margin slightly longer
than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds length of costa ;
vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars
suberect ; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly
before the end of cell; vein 2 from close to base of wing (in the
female vein 2 will probably be found to be further removed from
the base). Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded; vein 7 well
before the end of cell; discocellulars faint ; vein 5 not traceable ;
vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than
to base of wing. Hind tibize naked and with two pairs of spurs.

Male with an oval glandular patch at extreme base of fore wing,
more conspicuous on the underside, with a tuft of longish hairs,
directed upwards, affixed to the inner margin of the fore wing on
the underside, with a similar tuft of laxly set hairs on the upper-
side of the hind wing near the base of the costal margin, and with a
fringe of long hairs at the anal angle of hind wing.

iapis, de N,

Habitat, Burma.

24. Genus ZoGRAPHETUs, noy.

Type, satwa, de Nicéville.

Antenne: club elongate, witha short apical crook, tip acuminate.
Palpi: third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing: apically
rather produced ; inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less
than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before
the end of cell; discoceliulars suberect, the middle one slightly
longer than the lower; veiu 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6;
vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 very close to base of wing
(in the female vein 2 is about equidistant from base of wing aad
vein 3). Hind wing: outer margin slightly excavated at vein 2 ;
vein 7 well before the end of cell, arising at an acute angle; vein 3
immediately before end of cell; vein 2 very close to vein 3, more
than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; lower

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 85

margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2. Hind tibixe with two pairs
of spurs.

Male with two pairs of linear glandular streaks on the upperside
of the fore wing, the upper pair on either side of vein 2 at its bifur-
cation, the lower two immediately beneath these on either side of
vein 1. These glandular streaks are most developed in satwa, and
least in ogygia.

satwa, de Nicéville ........s0es00e ul
flavipennis, de Nicéville ......... 2,
*ogygid, Hewit8on ....s.csesesrseers 3.

Confined to Southern Asia.

25. Genus Marapa.

Matapa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 163 (1881).
Type, aria, Moore,
Antenne: club robust, elongate, terminal crook moderate. Palpi:
second joint very densely scaled, third joint entirely concealed.
Fore wing: rather produced at apex, inner and outer margins sub-
equal; cell less than two-thirds length of costa; discocellulars
strongly inwardly oblique; vein 5 only slightly nearer to 4 than to
6; vein 3 well before the end of cell, slightly nearer to 4 than to 2;
vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell; lower
margin of cell angled at vein 3. Hind wing: outer margin even,
slightly excised between veins 3 and 14; vein 7 well before the end
of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 obsolete; vein 3 from end of
cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end
of cell. Hind tibiz fringed and with two pairs of spurs.
Male with an oblique linear glandular streak on the upperside of
the fore wing, extending from vein 3 as far as vein 1.

aria, Moore ...ce0re008 Se coaxs tanto iV
GRU, WNOOLE sac saccoseseer curses tes 2
sasivarnd, MOOYVE .........seese000+ 3.
shalgrama, de Nicéville ......... 4.

Yonfined to Southern Asia.

26. Genus PAapDUKA.

Paduka, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 375 (1886).
Type, lebadea, Hewitson (=glandulosa, Dist.).
Antenne and palpi much as in Lrionota. Fore wing: cell less
than two-thirds length of costa; inner margin longer than outer
margin; vein 12 terminating before end of cell; vein 7 before end
of cell; upper discocellular short but distinct, almost parallel with
the costa; middle and lower discocellulars almost erect in the same
straight line, the middle the longer; vein 3 four times as far from
base of wing as from end of cell, and more than twice as far from
2 as from 4; vein 2 almost equidistant from 3, and base of wing
ather nearer the latter. Hind wing: outer margin sinuated ;
ein 7 almost eqnidistant from 8 and 6; discocellulars outwardly

86 MR. EB. ¥, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

oblique ; radial wanting; median bent upwards at vein 2; vein 3
equidistant from 2 and 4 ; vein 2 close to end of cell, very remote
from base of wing. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs, the upper
pair minute.

The above description is from a female of the type species. In
the male vein 3 of the fore wing is further from the end of the cell,
and there are the following secondary sexual characters :—a discal
patch of silky hairs on the upperside of fore wing, a long tuft of
hairs on underside of fore wing at base of submedian, and two
glandular streaks situated on veins 2 and 3 of the hind wing.

Closely allied to Gangara.

“*lehadea, Hew.
\ glandulosa, Dist.
| subfasciata, Moore.

Confined to Southern Asia.

27. Genus Ertonota.

Erivnota, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxi. p. 34 (1878).
Type, thrax, Linn.

Antenne not hooked; club moderate, gradually thickened, ter-
minal portion bent at more than a right angle, and gradually
tapering to a point. Palpi: second joint pressed close against
the face, densely scaled; the third joint entirely concealed. Fore
wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell considerably less
than two-thirds length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before
the end of cell; upper angle of cell acute; upper discocellular
minute, middle and lower discocellulars slightly oblique, the middle
one the longer; vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 hardly twice
as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 almost equidistant from vein 3 and
base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin sinuate, slightly lobed
towards anal angle ; vein 7 nearly equidistant from 6 and 8 ; middle
discocellular erect, lower strongly outwardly oblique; vein 5 want-
ing; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far
from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibiz fringed, but not
densely, and with two pairs of spurs.

Closely allied to Gangara.

HRT A DT hy eRe a PR Pe EM REEES ite
acroleuca, Wood-Mason, de Nicéyville. 2.
4 hiraco, Moore.
| lava, Swinhoe.

28. Genus GANGARA.

Gangara, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 164 (1881).
Type, ¢hyrsis, Fabr.
Antenne and palpi as in Hrionota. Fore wing: inner margin
longer than outer margin; cell not much more than half the
length of costa; vein 12 terminating before the end of cell;
outer end of cell oval; upper discocellular very short, middle and
lower diseocellulars almost erect and in the same straight line, the

ahaa oe

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 87

middle one the longer; vein 3 more than twice as far from 2 as
from 4 ; vein 2 considerably nearer to base of wing than to vein 3,
and about twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind
wing: outer margin sinuate ; middle discocellular very faint, almost
erect, lower well developed, outwardly oblique; vein 5 wanting ;
vein 7 considerably nearer to 6 than to 8; vein 3 just before end of
cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to vein 3. Hind tibie
slightly fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

In the male there is on the fore wing a linear glandular streak
lying above the central portion of vein 1, and a second double streak
lying on both sides of the basal half of vein 2; on the hind wing
the basal half of veins 2 and 3 and the portion of the lower margin
of the cell lying between them are much swollen. On the under-
side of the fore wing also there is a patch of erect hairs extending
from vein 1 to the inner margin, and the hind wing above is thickly
clothed from its base with long hairs which conceal the swollen
veins. Abdomen conspicuously tufted above.

[ighaprses, SHAD. Wess cniverseces's = sees Is
| pandia, Moore.

Confined to Southern Asia.

29. Genus Sancus. (Plate II. fig. 9.)

Sancus, de Nicéville, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Bombay, vol. vi.
no. 3, p. 395 (1891). Type, subfasciatus, Moore.
? Psolos, Mabille, MS. ? Type, pulligo, Mabille.

Antenne : club elongate, tip acuminate, recurved. Palpi: second
joint densely scaled, third joint almost concealed. Palpi and
antenne as in Kerana. Fore wing much elongated. ‘‘ Male with
a curious impressed elongated oval brand placed so immediately
behind as to touch the median nervure.’’ Vein 11 of the fore wing
strongly deflected upwards soon after its origin and touching the
costal nervure for a short distance; vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6;
middle discocellular longer than lower one.

Allied to Kerana, Astictopterus, [ambrix, and Koruthaialos.
From the three former it may be distinguished by the confluence of
veins 11 and 12, and from the latter by the differently formed
palpi.

f pulligo, Mabille ............0:00 1,
\ subfasciatus, Moore.
ulunda, Platz.
leas TICLE. cve-hessaee ewes 2.
celunda, Staud.

There has been some doubt about the correct synonymy of the
species of this genus, chiefly owing to Heer Snellen having stated
that the characteristic “ male mark” of the genus is wanting in
fuseula. The courtesy of the Hon. Walter Rothschild has, how-
ever, enabled me to examine four males and one female of undoubted
fuscula, collected in S.W. Celebes by Mr. Doherty, and I find that
the males have the “ male mark” as in pulligo, though it is much

88 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. (Jan. 17,

less conspicuous, being hardly visible on the upperside, but appear-
ing below as a pale oval streak. This inconspicuous nature of the
male mark in fuscula would doubtless account for its being over-
looked by Heer Snellen, especially if the specimens he examined
were at all worn. This species can be separated from pulligo by
having the underside of the hind wing entirely unmarked, and by
the beautiful plum-like bloom of the upperside. This last character
is only apparent in fresh specimens, those in the Hewitson collection
in the British Museum having faded to a dull brown. Fuseula
seems to be confined to Celebes, while pudligo ranges from Assam
throughout Burma, Malacca, Java, Borneo, Sulu, and Palawan, and
also occurs in Southern India.

30. Genus Eumrsta.

Eumesia, Felder, Reise Novara, p. 504 (1867).
Type, semiargentea, Feld.
Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club stout,
arcuate, tip acuminate. Palpi porrect; third joint very slender,
bluntly pointed. Fore wing: inner margin considerably longer
than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ;
vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; vein 4
slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 well before end of cell, much
curved in its course; vein 3 slightly nearer to base of wing than to
end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded; vein 7
shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable :
vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 3 nearer to end of cell
than to base of wing. No epiphysis on fore tibie. Hind tibize with
terminal pair of spurs only, but beset with numerous short spines
on the lower surface.
semiargentea, Feld.

Confined to tropical South America.

31. Genus ARGOPTERON, nov.

Type, auretpennis, Blanch.

Antenne more than half the length of costa; club moderate,
straight, elongate, tip blunt. Palpi porrect ;second and third joints
slender, clothed to the tip with laxly set scales. Fore wing: costa
very straight, inner margin considerably longer than outer margin ;
cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa
before the end of cell; upper discocellular slightly longer than
lower; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before
the end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from end of cell as
from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin rounded; vein 7
close to end of cell; vein 5 well developed, slightly nearer to 6 than
to 4; vein 3 close to end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer to base of
wing than to end of cell. Fore tibi very long, without epiphysis.
Hind tibie with only terminal pair of spurs. Abdomen reaching
well beyond the anal angle of the hind wings.

aureipennis, Blanch. ...... 1. | puelme, Oaly. ...... 2.

~Ss S

——_— ee ee

, a a ———)

1893.) MR, B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 89

Mabille has recently redescribed what is accepted as the female
of aureipennis under the name Steropes tripunctatus.
Confined to South America.

32. Genus HETEROPTERUS.

Heteropterus, Dum. Zool. Anal. p. 271 (1806).
Type, morpheus, Pall.
Antenne short, less than half the length of costa ; club moderate,
straight, elongated, blunt. Palpi porrect, densely clothed with
laxly set scales, almost concealing the third joint, which is short,
slender, and bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than
outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa before the end of cell; upper discocellular short but
distinct ; middle discocellular longer than lower; vein 5 slightly
nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end of cell; vein 2
more than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing.
Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 well before end of cell;
discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 well before end of
cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 nearer to base
of wing than to end of cell. No epiphysis on fore tibie. Hind
tibize almost naked; in morpheus with two pairs of spurs, in ornatus
only with terminal pair. Abdomen reaching beyond the anal angle
of hind wings.
( monpheus, Pall, ......000..4s0000s ile
| speculum, Rott.
4 steropes, Wien. Verz.
| avacinthus, Faby.
| speculifer, Fourcy.
OPTS, LEM... \cseuguedssunscssne 2.

Morpheus is a European and ornatus a Japanese species.

33. Genus PAMPHILA.

Pamphila, Fabr. Il. Mag. vi. p. 287 (1807).

Type, palemon, Pall,

Steropes, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. p. 167 (1832). Nom. preoc.
Carterocephalus, Wed. Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, ii.
pp. 26, 49. Type, palemon, Pall.
Antenne short, not half the length of costa; club stout, elongate,
blunt. Palpi porrect, densely clothed with laxly set scales almost
concealing the third joint, which is short, slender, and bluntly
conical. Fore wing: inner margin considerably longer than outer
margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa before the end of cell; upper discocellular short but
distinct, outwardly oblique; middle discocellular slightly longer
than lower; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 very
close to end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from base of wing
and end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even; cell very long,
reaching more than half across wing; vein 7 shortly before end of
cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately
before end of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to

90 MR. BE, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDA, (Jan. 17,

base of wing. No epiphysis on fore tibie, Hind tibie slightly
fringed and with only terminal pair of spurs.

palemon, Pall. .....10+ ile MCSUPANO, SC. s.seeeeee oe
paniscus, Fabr. { sylvius, Knoch ......... 4,

brontes, Wien. Verz. sylvicola, Meig.

mandan, Edw. ......++. 2. argyrostigma, Eversm. 5,

Some 600 or 700 species have been described in this genus,
though the above five probably represent all the species which cor-
rectly belong to it. The remainder include species belonging to
almost every described genus.

Distribution. Holaretic.

34. Genus Cyciorrpes. (Plates II. fig. 10; III. fig. 14.)

Cyclopides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 111 (1816). Type, metis, Linn.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club blunt,
oval, without terminal crook. Palpi porrect ; second joint thickly
clothed with lax scales, almost concealing the third joint, which is
slender and obtusely conical. Fore wing short and broad, outer
margin convex, considerably shorter than inner margin; cell less
than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well
before the end of cell; vein 11 very short, running at once into 12;
discocellulars suberect ; vein 5 almost equidistant from 4 and 6,
slightly nearer to 4; vein 3 close to end of cell; vein 2 equidistant
from base of wing and vein 3. Hind wing evenly rounded; disco-
cellulars and vein 5 hardly traceable; vein 2 nearer to 3 than to
base of wing. No epiphysis on fore tibiee, Hind tibize with two
pairs of spurs, except in willemi, in which the upper pair are wanting ;
both pairs are distinct in the other five species here quoted except
in meninaz, in which the upper pair are minute.

UH, LUN age Rosen panne ite ( willemi, Waller. ..........6 4,
J malgacha, Boisd. ............ 2: | *cheles, Hew.
| limpopona, Walley. i mening, Trim: .........06.66. Ds
CUA, NIM. etic thecnesees Oe { argenteostriatus, Plotz,

And one unnamed species.
Yonfined to Africa.

Synopsis of Genera of PAMPHILINE.

Section B.
a. Tip of antennes blunt.
a. Club of antenne forming a hollowed disk.
Taracrrocnra, Butler, Type, m@vius, Fabr, (1)
b', Olub of antennz elongate.
a>, Third joint of palpi horizontal.
a>. Apex of fore wing not produced.
AmprttA, Moore. Type, mazo, Faby, (2)
°, Apex of fore wing produced.
Krpnsrns, g.n. Type, /epenula, Wallgr. (3)
i’, Third joint of palpi erect.
a’, Fore wing very elongate.
Apavstus, Hbn. Type, menes, Cram, (4)

1893. ] MR. E, Y, WATSON ON THD HESPERIIDA. 91

6°, Fore wing not elongate.
a‘, Fore wing: costa evenly arched, making the wing appear
broader. AncytoxyrnA, Feld. Type, numita, Fabr. (5)
*, Fore wing, costa slightly concave.
a. Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing. Cormopns, Speyer. Type, procris, Felder. (6)
°. Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to base of wing than to end of
cell. Avopma, Billb, Type, thawmas, Hufn, (7)

6. Tip of antennx acuminate.
a, Soe crook of antenng minute, never as long as the width of the
club.
a’, Antenne about twice as long as the breadth of thorax, but less
than half as long as the costa.
a*, Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before the end of cell.
a‘. Discal stigma on fore wing of male continuous, followed
beneath by an inconspicuous field of erect scales.
Eryynis, Schrank. Type, comma, Linn. (8)
AnriomMAstER, Se. Type, /eonardus, Harr. (9)
*, Discal stigma on fore wing of male bordered on either side
by a streak of specialized scales, but with no field of erect
scales beneath. Ocntopas, Se. Type, xemorw, Boisd, (10)
ce, Discal stigma of male discontinuous, followed beneath by a
more or Jess conspicuous field of specialized scales. Hind tarsi
longer than middle tarsi.
Tnymeticus, Hbn. Type, vider, Hbn. (11)
d', Discal stigma of male discontinuous, followed beneath by a
very conspicuous field of specialized scales. Hind tarsi not
longer than middle tarsi.
Aratornpus, Se. Type, duron, Edw. (12)
b*, Vein 3 of fore wing well before the end of cell.
Ponires, Se. Type, peckius, Kirby. (15)
}?, Antenne very short, hardly longer than the breadth of the thorax.
a*, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to baso of wing than to end of cell.
Hyurrna, Billb. Type, phyleus, Drury. (14)
°, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.
GuoEnus, Hbn. Type, pygmeus, Hbn. (1%)
6, Terminal crook of antennz short, as long as or slightly longer than
the width of the club.
a*, Club of antennss short and stout.
a®, Vein 2 of fore wing hardly nearer to end of cell than to base of

wing, Canropns, Hbn. ‘Type, ethlius, Oram. (20)
°, Vein 2 of fore wing considerably nearer to end of cell than to
base of wing. Parnara, Moore. Type, guttatus, Brem. (21)

4°, Club of antennz comparatively elongate.
a’. Fore wing: outer margin hardly, if at all, longer than inner
margin.
a‘, Antennse of moderate length.
@, Vein 11 of fore wing not approximating to 12.
a®, Vein 3 of hind wing from before end of cell.
a’, Vein 2 of fore wing in the male nearer to end of cell
than to base of wing.
a*, Male, vein 3 of fore wing immediately before end
of cell. ;
a”, No discal stigma in male.
a’, Vein 3 of fore wing hardly twice as far from
2 as from 4.
Baorts, Moore. Type, occia, Hew. (22
'°, Vein 3 of fore wing many times further from
2 than from 4.
a, Outer margin of fore wing longer than inner
margin,

Lerope, Se. Type, ewfala, Smith-Abb. (23)

92 MR. FE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERTID®, (Jan. 17,

$4, Inner margin of fore wing longer than outer
margin.
Papraona, Moore. Type, mesa, Moore. (15)
°, Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.
PurusopEs, Hbn. Type, pertinar, Cram, (80)
28. Male, vein 3 of fore wing well before the end of cell,
a®, Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.
Trricota, Moore. pe, augias, Linn, (16)
b", No discal stigma on fore wing of male.
OnryzA, g.n. Type, methtila, de N. (85)
7, Vein 2 of fore wing in both sexes nearer to base of wing
than to end of cell.
a*, Male with a circular glandular patch on hind wing
at origin of vein 3.
CurituA, Moore. ‘Type, tympanifera, Moore. (84)
b°. Male with a linear discal stigma on upperside of
fore wing.
a", Hind and middle tibix conspicuously spined.
Limocnorns, 8c. Type, manataagua, Se. (24)
i°, Hind and middle tibiz not spined.
a'°, Vein 3 of hind wing shortly before end of cell,
almost twice as far from 2 as from 4.
Hurnyns, Se. Type, metacome/, Harris. (25)
}!°, Vein 3 of hind wing immediately before end of
cell, many times further from 2 than from 4.
Aversaprs, Hbn. Type, sy/vanus, Esp. (17)
ce, Male with two glandular streaks and a tuft of hair
on underside of fore wing.
Gunenna, g.n. Type, abima, Hew. (27)
d*, No secondary sexual characters on the wings,
a, Club of antenne apart from terminal crook
straight.
a’. Vein 7 of hind wing less than twice as far from
8 as from 6.
a, Vein 2 of hind wing less than twice as far
from base of wing as from end of cell.
Pummiapes, Hbn. Type, phineus, Cram. (18)
), Vein 2 of hind wing more than twice as far
from base of wing as from end of cell.
OxreorrA, Se. Type, maculata, Edw. (26)
b'°, Vein 7 of hind wing more than twice as far
from 8 as from 6,
a1, Vein 2 of hind wing twice as far from base
of wing as from end of cell.
Acrinor, g.n. Type, radians, Moore. (28)
4, Vein 2 of hind wing not twice as far from
base of wing as from end of cell.
ul*, Hind wing produced in the median area,
the distance from base of wing to extremity
of vein 4 considerably greater than the
distance from extremity of vein 8 to
extremity of vein | a.
Upasrgs, Moore. Type, fodus, Cram, (37)
bl, Hind wing not produced in the median
area, the distance from base of wing to
extremity of vein 4 less than the distance
from extremity of yein 8 to extremity of
vein 1 a.
Norocryrra, de N. Type, curvifascia, Feld. (86)
o°, Club of antennee apart from terminal crook
arcuate. Poanus, Se. Type, massasoit, Sc. (31)

1893. ] ME. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA, 93

6°, Vein 3 of hind wing from end of cell.
a. Fore wing short and broad, not apically produced.
Puycanassa, Se. Type, viator, Edw. (32)
67, Fore wing produced apically,
a, Vein 3 of fore wing nearer end of cell than base

of wing. Hatrs, Moore. ‘Type, betwria, Hew. (29)
5°, Vein 3 of fore wing nearer base of wing than end
of cell. Arrytonn, Se. Type, iowa, Se. (88)

6°, Vein 11 of fore wing running very close to 12,
a®, Palpi conspicuous.
Baracus, Moore. Type, vitéatus, Feld. (38)
6°, Palpi inconspicuous.
Asticroprurus, Feld. Type, jama, Feld. (39)
++, Antennz exceptionally long.
a’. Vein 3 of hind wing well before end of cell.
Karan, Dist. Type, armatus, Druce. (40)
4°, Vein 5 of hind wing immediately before end of cell.
a’, Hind tibix thickly set with short spines and with only
terminal pair of spurs.
Karruvs, g.n. Type, johnstonii, Butler. (41)
6°, Hind tibiz not spined and with two pairs of spurs.
a’. Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to base of wing than to
end of cell.
«*, Vein 2 of hind wing almost equidistant from end of
cell and base of wing.
Ancisrroipes, Butl. Type, longicornis, Butl. (42)
6°, Vein 2 of hind wing more than twice as far from
base of wing as from end of cell.
Prrvana, Dist. Type, hyela, Hew. (43)
6’, Vein 2 of fore wing nearer to end of cell than to base
of wing.
a®, Vein 11 of fore wing running very close to 12.
Parpatuopns, Butl. Type, edipus, Crain. (44)
4°, Vein 11 of fore wing not approximating to 12.
Crrarricnra, Butl, Type, nothuvs, Fabr. (45)
6°, Fore wing, outer margin considerably longer than inner margin.
a‘. No secondary sexual characters on fore wing of male,
Puasiinera, Butl. Type, flavescens, Feld. (46)
6, Male with a linear discal stigma on fore wing.
Lurema, Se. Type, accivs, Smith-Abb. (47)
e', Terminal crook of antenne Jong, about twice as long as the breadth
of the club.
a>, Male with a tuft of hairs at base of fore coxx.
Pirmaurta, Moore. Type, inwrdava, Moore. (48)
b*, No tuft of hair on fore cox of male.
a. Hind wing conspicuously elongated, anal angle pointed.
NicontApus, Hbn. ‘Type, wanthaphes, Hbn. (49)
5°, Hind wing only slightly elongate, anal angle rounded.
a*, Vein 3 of fore wing immediately before end of cell, more than
three times as far from 2 as from 4,
a, No discal stigma on fore wing of male,
a°, Kore wing not apically produced, apex not truncate.
a*, Oosta of fore wing evenly arched from base to apex.
Cosauus, Hbn. Type, virbius, Oram. (50)
6". Costa arched at base, then straight to apex.
Lycunucuvus, Hbn. Type, olenus, Hbn. (51)
6°, Kore wing apically produced, apex truncate.
Oarysrus, Hbn. Type, jolus, Cram. (52)
c®, Fore wing apically produced, apex not truncate.
Loronevs, Dist. Type, calathus, Hew. (53)

94 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

b>, Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.
a°. Fore wing apically produced, apex slightly truncate;
discal stigma of male faint.
Turaciwes, Hbn. Type, phidon, Cram. (54)
6°, Fore wing not produced apically, outer margin evenly
convex ; discal stigma of male conspicuous.
Tauipes, Hbn. Type, sergestus, Cram. (55)
b‘. Vein 3 of fore wing well before end of cell, less than twice as
far from 2 as from 4.
a’. Male with a discal stigma on fore wing.
Puricuars, Sc. Type, corydon, Fabr. (56)
°, No discal stigma on fore wing of male.
a°, Vein 5 of hind wing wanting.
a’. Vein 2 of fore wing almost equidistant from end of cell
and base of wing.
Unkana, Dist. Type, batara, Dist. (57)
5°. Vein 2 of fore wing almost equidistant from vein 3 and
base of wing. Hiparr, Dist. Type, irava, Moore. (58)
b°. Vein 5 of hind wing well developed,
Prenoretnon, g.n, Type, laufella, Hew. (59)

1. Genus Taractrocera. (Plate III. fig. 20.)

Taractrocera, Butler, Cat. Lep. Fabr. p. 279 (1869).

Type, mevius, Fabr.

Antenne short; club forming a flattened disk, conspicuously
hollowed out, tip blunt. Palpi: second joint densely scaled ; third
joint long, slender, erect, reaching above the vertex, tip acuminate.
Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less than
two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching’ costa well before
the end of cell; middle discocellular considerably longer than
lower one; vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before end of
cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 slightly nearer to
end of cel] than to base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even;
vein 7 very close to end of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not
traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far
from base of wings as from end of cell. Hind tibiee with two pairs
of spurs.

The only species of those mentioned below in which there is a
stigma in the male is papyria, Boisd., in which there is an ex-
ceptionally long, slightly oblique stigma on the fore wing, extending
from vein 5 as far as vein 1, meeting the latter considerably nearer
the margin than the base of wing.

( mevius, Faby. .....-.00sse00. At | Alavovittata, Latr. .......4. Ds
flaceus, Faby. | papyria, Boisd. ............ 6.
sagara, Moore. nigrolimbatus, Snell. ...... is
col@end.. GOSS co ecateke oak ae's 2, } *nicémilei, BP Ts <seeccvenens 8.

*ardonia, Hew. ..-....00000--- 8 | — *eeramas, Hews .ssrescoeceeees 9.

¥danna, Moore .......0s.<+es- 4, {

And seven unidentified species. The “Pamphila” avonti of de
Nicéville also probably belongs to this genus.

This is a genus of very numerous species, which ranges from India
through the Malay Archipelago to Australia, appearing to reach

to

a ror? a,

1893. MR. B, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA, * 95

its greatest development in the islands of the Archipelago; the
peculiar form of the anteunal club readily distinguishes it.

TARACTROCERA NICEVILLEI, Sp. nov.

Above dark brown, spotted with yellow. Fore wing with a lunate
spot at end of cell; a subapical spot divided into three by veins, a
spot below this and close to the outer margin divided into two, and
a triple spot extending from the upper median branch to as far as
the submedian parallel to the outer margin, but further removed
from it than the double spot above mentioned ; these three spots
form a sort of submarginal band from the costa to the inner
margin, though not reaching either, the middle spot bemg much
nearer the margin than the other two. Hind wing: a lunate spot
at end of cell, and a submarginal series of three spots, the first
small, the second out of line, being nearer the margin of the wing,
and the third double.

Underside markings as above, the whole of the hind wing and
the apex and costa of the fore wing washed with yellow. Cilia above
and below pale yellow.

Expanse 24 millim.

In the British Museum, from Bombay.

This is the species which has been recorded from India by
Col. Swinhoe as coras of Cramer. The true coras of Cramer is,
however, an American species and is the type of the genus Polites,
Scudder.

Nearest allied to 7’. ceramas, Hew., from which it differs in the
much greater prominence of all the yellow markings.

2. Genus AMPITTIA.

Ampittia, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 171 (1881).
Type, maro, Fabr.
Antenne short ; club moderate, straight, tip blunt. Palpi: second
jomt densely clothed with laxly set scales; third joint porrect,
conspicuous, slender, tip bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin
longer than outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of
costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before the end of cell; middle
discocellular longer than lower one; vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than
to 6; vein 3 in the male of the type species well before the end of
cell, nearer to 2 than to 4; vein 3 in the female immediately before
the end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing ;
lower margin of cell curved upwards from base to vein 2, and angled
at vein 3, Hind wing evenly rounded ; vein 7 shortly before end
of cell, curving upwards from its origin, the upper margin of cell
curving downwards, the angle therefore being rounded like a tuning-
fork and not acute; discocellulars very faint ; vein 5 not traceable ;
vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 shortly before end of cell, con-
siderably more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of
cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
Male in the type species with a short glandular streak on the

96 MR, HD, Y. WATSON ON HH HESPERIIDS. (Jan. 17

upperside of fore wing, situated immediately below the origin of vein
2, but not touching either vein 2 or vein 1. This streak is wanting
in the other species of the genus.

anana, Rabree dicsucstsrases see L. rhadama, Boisd. ......0..06 3.
| umes Moore. inornatus, Trim. .......e000- 4.

? dioscorides, Fabr. | pardalina, Butl. ....0.00.+ Db.
MCARIMIE ALOW 2. titicdncusiseene 2. > |

To this genus would also appear to belong mirza, Mab., bernieri,
Boisd., and dispar, Mab. There seems little doubt that the species
described by Fabricius from Tranquebar as dioscorides is the female
of maro; the latter name, however, being so well known has not
been supplanted, as without examination of the type it is impos-
sible to be quite certain that the two species are identical.

This genus appears to be confined to the Asiatic and African
regions.

3. Genus KrpEsTEs, nov.

Type, lepenula, Wallgr.

Thymelicus, Trimen (nec Hiibn), 8. Afric. Butt. vol. iii. p. 299
(1889).

Antenne rather short; club straight, tip blunt. Palpi porreet,
third joint very slender. Fore wing: apex rather pointed, costa
straight, outer margin longer than inner margin ; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end
of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, the middle the longer ;
vein 5 nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 well before the end of cell,
about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 almost equidistant from
end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin even; vein
7 well before the end of cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein
5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein
2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing, Hind tibiee with two
pairs of spurs.

No sexual characters on wings except in capenas, in which there
is a short discal stigma on fore wing of male, running from origin
of vein 2 to about the centre of vein 1; vein 2 also arises slightly
nearer to end of cell in the male of this species ; in the female the
neuration is as in the other species of the genus.

lepenula, Wallgr. ...... 1. CHUCK, PLEIN,» aecees tects 4.
okeean Hew. tucusd, Trim. ......s00000 5.
macomo, Trim. ......46 2. mohozutea, Wall. ...... 6.
*capenas, Hew. © .....000 ay callicles, Hew. — sss.ocees lis

U*derbice, Hew.
This genus is confined to the African region.

4, Genus ApAustus. (Plate ILI. fig. 26.)
Apaustus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 113 (1816). Type, menes, Cramer.
Antenne: club moderate, straight, tip blunt. Palpi: third joint
long, slender, naked, erect, reaching considerably higher than the vertex
of the head. Fore wing elongate, inner margin considerably longer
than outer margin; cell short, hardly more than half the length of

iol

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID ©. 97

costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; upper disco-
cellular short but distinct, almost at right angles with upper margin
of cell; middle discocellular long, inwardly oblique, lower disco-
cellular short, lower margin of cell bent abruptly upwards at vein 3,
the portion between veins 3 and 4 being in the same straight line as
the lower discocellular ; vein 2 close to 3, many times further from
base of wing than from vein 3. Hind wing very narrow, the abdo-
men extending far beyond the anal angle ; outer margineven; vein
7 shortly before the end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint ;
vein 3 shortly before the end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4;
vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of wings. Hind
tibize with two pairs of spurs.

- menes, Cram. ...... if
gracilis, Feld. ... 2.

Confined to tropical South America.

5. Genus ANCYLOXYPHA.

Ancyloxypha, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xii. p. 477
(1862). Type, numitor, Fabr.

Antenne very short; club moderate, straight, bluntly pointed.
Palpi asin Adopea. Fore wing not apically produced, costa and
outer margin convex, inner margin longer than outer margin; cell
less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein t2 very short, reach-
ing costa before the centre; middle discocellular. considerably
longer than lower; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6;
lower margin of cell bent sharply upwards at vein 3, the portion
between veins 3 and 4 lying in the same straight line as the lower
discocellular ; vein 3 consequently from lower angle of cell, about
twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 many times further from base
of wing than from vein 3. Hind wing, outer margin even. Hind
wing: vein 7 immediately before the end of cell; discocellulars
sharply angled, the middle one being erect and the lower outwardly
oblique; vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 shortly before the end of cell,
nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to
base of wings. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. No sexual
characters on wings.

{ numitor, Fabr.
puer, Wiibn,

Habitat. North America.

The Asiatic species “‘ Cyclopides” subvittatus, Moore, also appears
to belong either to this genus or to one closely allied to it, but the
only specimens I have been able to examine have been without
antennz and palpi ; at any rate it does not belong to Cyclopides, from
which the neuration at once separates it.

6. Genus Copzop:s.
Copeodes, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1878, p. 183.
Type, procris, Felder.
Antenne very short ; club robust, straight, apex rounded. Palpi
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. VIL.

98 MR. B. Y, WATSON ON THH HESPHRILDE, (Jan. 17,

as in Adopea. Fore wing: costa straight, outer margin rather
excised for the lower half; inner margin longer than outer margin ;
cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching
costa before end of cell; middle discocellular more than twice
the length of lower; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3
well before end of cell in male, shortly before in female ; vein 2
considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing :
outer margin even; vein 7 well before end of cell, only slightly
nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ;
vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as
far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibiee with two
pairs of spurs. Abdomen slender, extending beyond the anal angle
of hind wings.

Male with a linear stigma, parallel to the costa, running along
the basal third of vein 3 and continued for a short distance imme-
diately below the lower margin of cell; the terminal two-thirds of
vein 3 is much attenuated, the male mark apparently arresting its
full development.

{ *aurantiaca, Hew. .....- ils
procris, Felder.
MOUDUS, EE ADs acats odeaseeye + 2.

Confined to Northern and Central America.

7. Genus Apop#a. (Plate III. fig. 27.)

Adopea, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820). Type, thaumas, Hufn.

Pelion, Kirby, List Brit. Rhop. (1858). | Type, thaumas, Hufn.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club elongate,
straight or slightly arcuate, tip blunt. Palpi: second joint clothed
with laxly-set scales; third joint long, slender, suberect. Fore
wing: inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa; middle discocellular more than twice as
long as lower ; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 close to
end of cell; vein 2 (in both sexes) slightly nearer to base of wing
than to end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even, slightly excised
at vein 2; vein 7 well before end of cell, only slightly nearer to 6 than
to 8; discocellulars very faint, vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 imme-
diately before end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base
of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
Abdomen slender, extending beyond anal angle of hind wings.

Male with a linear discal stigma on the fore wing, in two portions—
the upper portion long, lying below the inner margin of cell, from
the origin of vein 3 to as far as vein 2; the lower portion short, in
continuation of the upper portion, from below vein 2 to not quite as
far as vein 1. ©

‘ thawmas, Wufn. ......... 3 hyrax, Led. .....:-..ss000 3.
linea, Wien. Verz. | act@on, Hsp. .srcerereees 4,
venula, Hiibn. | hylax, Bab. ......0seceeee 5.
lineola, Ochs, © .........60 2. *boeta, Hew. .. ....sseeeeee 6.

\eeegull Hiibn. | wrightti, HAW. ....00.s000 7.

The species wrightii and boeta differ from the type in the more

ia

1393. | MR. BU. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, 99

knobbed antennze, while hylaz differs in the shape of the wings and in
wanting the discal stigma in the male.
Distribution. Holarctic.

8. Genus ErRYNNIS.

Erynnis, Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii. 1, p- 157 (1801).
Type, comma, Linn.
Ocytes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 55 (1872). Type, metea, Scudd.
Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club short,
robust, terminal crook exceedingly minute. Palpi as in Hylephila.
Neuration as in Hylephila except that vein 2 of the fore wing is
much nearer to the base of the wing in the male, and vein 7 of the
hind wing is slightly nearer the base of the wing in both sexes; the
stigma on the fore wing is very similar to that of Hylephila, except
that it entirely fills the angle at the bifurcation of vein 2, while in
Beatle the discal stigma crosses the interspace beyond the origin
of vein 2.

comma, Linn. ......+..... ie DUELEL SCs 1. cc carcop er snes «at 4.
colarado, Sc. ....ccecasse 2. *florinda, Bute .........0+ ‘ap
manitoba, Sc. ..s.cccceece 3.

Distribution. Holarctic.

9. Genus ANTHOMASTER.

Anthomaster, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 57 (1872).
Type, /eonardus, Harr.
This genus does not differ appreciably from Zrynnis in neuration
or the stigma of the male, while the sexual organs show a remark-
able similarity. The differences given by Scudder are very slight,
and as far as the antennz are concerned are absolutely imperceptible,
and if it had not been separated by the greatest living authority
on this group, it would have been unhesitatingly sunk in this paper
as identical with Hrynnis.
leonardus, Harris.

Confined to North America.

10. Genus OcHLopEs.

Ochlodes, Scudd. Syst. Rey. p. 57 (1872). Type, nemorum, Boisd.

Antenne short; club stout, rather elongate, with a minute ter-
minal crook. Palpi as in Hylephila.

Neuration as in Hylephila, except that vein 7 of the hind wing is
nearer to the base of the wing.

Male with a linear discal streak on fore wing, bordered on both
sides with differently formed, loosely compacted scales.

nemorum, Boisd, ......+0+0.. 1.
SOBOUA NOR atndidoss occa esos 2.
agricola, Boisd. ............ 3

Confined to North America.
haa

100 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THD HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

11. Genus TayMeticvs.

Thymelicus, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 113 (1816).

Type, vibew, Hibn.

Hedone, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 58 (1872). Type, drettus, Hiibn.

Pyrrhosidia, Scudd. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 346 (1874).

Type, mystic, Seudd.

Antennze less than half the length of costa; club very robust,
short, crook very short. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third
joint bluntly conical, almost concealed.

Neuration of the fore wing as in Hylephila, aud of the hind wing
very similar except that vein 7 is slightly nearer the end of cell, and
vein 2 rather more remote from end of cell. ‘ Discal stigma of
male unusually variable, but consisting in the main of two separated
slender strigze of dead black scales, that in the middle median inter-
space linear and arcuate, that in the lower subcircular or short
linear, both surrounded and sometimes almost or quite concealed by
overhanging, large and broad, somewhat loosely compacted scales,
and followed beyond by a field of varying size, but generally narrow,
of loosely compacted, erect, dusky, reflecting scales.” (Scudder,
Butt. New Engl. p. 1690.)

wiber, TEAMS! secccsesss0e iL
[-brefits: BOBO. seccssecsees 2.
| wingina, Se.

mystic, Se.

Confined to North America.

12. Genus ATALOPEDEs.

Atalopedes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 57 (1872).
Type, huron, Edw.
Pansydia, Scudd. Syst. Butt. p. 60 (1872).
Type, cunaxa, Hew.
Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club short,
robust, terminal crook very short. Palpi as in Hylephila.
Neuration as in Hylephila. “ Discal stigma in male consisting of,
first, a longitudinal streak at base of middle median interspace, of
shining, black, recurved rods; second, of a semilunar field of dead
black erect rods in the lowest median interspace, overhung above
by long curving scales ; followed below by a short, small striga of
shining black scales, and outside by a large field of erect loosely
compacted seales.”” (Scudder, Butt. New Engl. p. 1657.)

(apron Mpg, aeeensues ssc tes- ifs
mesogramma, Latr. J ......++- 2.
*cunara, Hew. 2

I am unable to point out the slightest structural difference between
huron and mesogramma.

Confined to North America.

1893, ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®, 101

13. Genus Pouires.

Polites, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 57 (1872). Type, peckius, Kirby.

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club short,
robust, terminal crook minute. Palpi as in Hylephila.

Neuration as in Hylephila except that on the fore wing vein 3 is
further from end of cell, being almost equidistant from 2 and 4;
and on the hind wing, that vein 2 is nearer to the end of the cell,
vein 3 being only slightly nearer to 4 than to 2.‘ Discal stigma of
male consisting of an interrupted, gently arcuate or sinuate streak of
dead black retrorse scales or rods edged below, especially in the
middle, with a border of similar but dust-coloured erect rods and
followed beneath by an inconspicuous large area of loosely com-
pacted, erect, dusky scales.” (Scudder, Butt. New Engl. p. 1679.)

f coras, Cram. 9.
peckius, Kirby, 2.
| wamsutta, Harris. o¢.
Confined to North America.

14. Genus HyLepui.a.

Hylephila, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820).
Type, phyleus, Drury.
Luthymus, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 56 (1872).
Type, phyleus, Drury.
Antenne very short, hardly one third the length of costa ; club
short, robust, terminal crook exceedingly minute. Palpi: second
joint densely scaled, third joint minute, suberect, bluntly conical.
Fore wing: inner margin slightly longer than outer margin. Cell
less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to
bottom of cell ; vein 3 very close to end of cell ; vein 2 considerably
nearer to base of wing than to end of cell, in the female this vein is
slightly more remote from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin
even, slightly excised between veins 3 and 10; vein 7 well before
end of cell, almost equidistant from 6 and 8; discocellulars faint ;
vein 5 not traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close together, 3 about’
twice as far from 2 as from 4. Hind tibice with two pairs of spurs.
Male with a linear discal stigma on fore wing, extending from origin
of vein 3 as far as vein 1, and edged exteriorly with an outwardly
diffused streak of raised scales.

phyleus, Drury ...1..00. 1.
Fasciolata, Blanch. ... 2.
fulva, Blanch. ......... 3.

Confined to America.

15. Genus Papraona.
Padraona, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 170 (1881).
Type, mesa, Moore.
Antenne: club moderate, elongate, with a short terminal crook.

Palpi: second joint densely scaled; third joint short, slender, sub-
erect, obtusely conical,

102 MR. BE, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ; cell less than
two-thirds the length of costa; middle discocellular about twice as
long as lower; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3
immediately before end of cell ; vein 2 almost equidistant from end
of cell and base of wing, slightly nearer to end of cell. Hind wing:
outer margin even, slightly excised between veins 2 and 16; vein7
well before the end of cell ; discocellulars very faint, vein 5 wanting ;
vein 3 close to end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2
considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. In the
males of some of the species there is a short and very inconspicuous
glandular streak, situated immediately above the centre of vein 1 on
the upperside of the fore wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

goloides, Moore ............ ils | flava, Murvay...........-+++ lic
OLE MMGONG |. seccsceceescv 2. angustula, H.-S. ......... 8.
{dara, Kollar ..............- De coroller, Boisd ....0:00s+-- Ss}
| mesa, Moore. epictetus, Faby. «...- 2... 10.
pseudomesa, Moore ....... 4. palmarum, Moore ......... ULE
*mesoides, Butler ............ 5. | - prustas, Belden 7. .s..corecs 12,

sunias, Felder ............-.- 6.

And twelve unidentified species.

This genus is apparently confined to the Asiatic and Australian
regions, with the exception of coroller from Madagascar, and
epictetus from tropical America ; these two species are possibly not
correctly assigned to Padraona, though I am unable to point out
how they can be separated from it.

There is an Australian genus closely allied to Padraona which is
represented in the British Museum collection by marnas, Felder,
lascivia, Rosenstock, and four unidentified species. This genus
differs from Padraona in its much broader wings, slightly different
neuration, and in the male in some species being provided with a
linear discal stigma on the fore wing.

16. Genus Texicora.

Astycus, Catal. Frank. p. 185 (1825). Type, augias, Linn.
Telicota, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p- 169 (1881).
Type, augias, Linn.
Antenne: club stout, elongate, terminal crook short. Palpi:
second joint laxly sealed, third joint suberect, bluntly conical. Fore
wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 5 close to bottom of cell. In the
male; vein 3 is well before the end of cell, considerably nearer to vein
2 than to 4, and vein 2 is nearer to the end of the cell than to the
base of the wing. In the female vein 3 is immediately before the
end of the cell, and vein 2 is nearer to the base of the wing than to
the end of the cell. Hind wing: vein 7 well before the end of cell,
the upper margin of cell being bent downwards at its origin ; disco-
cellulars faint; vein 5 not traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close
together ; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as from 4. Hind tibize
with two pairs of spurs. Male with a linear discal stigma on the

1893. ] MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDS, 103

upperside of the fore wing, extending from the base of vein 4 to as
far as the submedian, being twice interrupted at veins 2 and 3.

GUGiAS, VAN. <..2.2cer.--+00 i
bambuse, Moore ......... 2,
augiades, Felder ......... 3.
eurotas, Felder ........+.+ 4.
*moseleyt, Butl, .......- was He

And three unnamed species.

Scott, in his ‘ Australian Lepidoptera,’ has figured what he
identifies as the two sexes of phineus, Cramer; the male figured is
the female of augiades, and the female appears to be a bad figure
of Padraona prusias, Felder. The true phineus, described from
Surinam, is in the British Museum from Ecuador and Bolivia, and
is the type of a distinct genus. Mr. Butler has also wrongly
identified phineus and records it from Amboina.

Hiibner’s name Astycus has not been adopted for this genus, as it
has never been characterized, and was only published in a sale-list
of Frank’s collection ; the twenty-two species enumerated under it
belong to at least thirteen different genera.

This genus ranges from India to Australia.

17. Genus Averapes. (Plate II. fig. 6.)

Augiades, Hiibn. Verz. 112 (1816). Type, sylvanus, Esper.

Antenne: club robust, elongate, terminal crook short. Palpi:
second joint laxly scaled, third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore
wing: inner margin slightly longer than outer margin ; cell less than
two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell;
vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2, in male consider-
ably, in female slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell.
Hind wing: vein 7 well before the end of cell ; discocellulars faint ;
vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 immediately before the end of cell,
many times farther from 2 than from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer
to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with a long fringe
and with two pairs of spurs. Male with a linear discal stigma on
fore wing extending from origin of vein 3 to as far as vein |.

sylvanus, Esper .....s sess 1.
herculea, Butler ...........- 2.
venata, Bremer ....c.s.0.0e 3.

And one unidentified species.

18. Genus PHEMIADEs.

Phemiades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 112 (1816). Type, phinews, Cramer.

Antenne rather long ; club slender, elongated, with a short terminal
erook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third joint minute.
Fore wing very little produced at apex; inner and outer margins
subequal ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa. Fore wing:
vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3 immediately before end of
cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to base of wing than to end of cell,

104 MR. BE, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPPRIIDZ. (Jan. 17,

Hind wing broadly rounded; outer margin very slightly excised
at vein 2; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars faint ;
vein 5 hardly traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell;
vein 2 well before end of cell, nearer to end of cell than to base
of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs and with a long fringe
of coarse hairs. No secondary sexual characters on wings.

phineus, Oramer ......... 1/2
Wats ELCWa t eresesvonede ces 2.

And an unidentified species.
Confined to tropical South America and the West Indies.

19. Genus Gecenes. (Plate III. fig. 30.)

Gegenes, Hiibn. Verz. p. 107 (1816). ‘Type, pygmeus, Hibn.
Philoodus, Ramb. Faune Ent. Andal. ii. p. 308 (1840).
Type, nostrodamus, Fabr.

Antenne very short, hardly a third the length of costa; club
robust, short, terminal crook minute. Palpi: third joint hardly
visible. Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin ; cell
less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom
of cell; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to
end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing rather ejongated ;
outer margin even, slightly excised between veins 2 and 1 6; vein 7
well before the end of cell; discocellulars faint ; vein 5 not trace-
able; veins 2, 3, and 4 very close together; vein 3 about twice as
far from 2 as from 4 ; lower margin of cell angled at vein 2. Hind
tibize with two pairs of spurs. No secondary sexual characters on the
wings of the male except in a single specimen of an unidentified
species in the British Museum from Victoria Nyanza, in which
there is a large ill-defined rounded spot of appressed scales on the
upperside of the fore wing below end of cell.

nostrodamus, Faby. ...... al karsana, Moore ......... 2.
pygmeus, Hiibn. (nec Fabr.). { hottentota, Latr. .........
pumilio, Hoffm. | letterstedti, Waller.

lefebrit, Ramb.

}
And one unidentified species.
Ranges over the Mediterranean region, India, and Africa.

20. Genus CaLropes.

Calpodes, Hiibn. Verz. p. 107 (1816). Type, ethlius, Cram.

Antenne: club stout ; terminal crook rather long, about half the
length of the rest of club. Palpi: second joint densely scaled,
pressed close against the face ; third joint almost entirely concealed.
Fore wing: costa nearly straight; inner margin slightly longer
than outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa;
vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell; middle disco-
cellular inwardly oblique, considerably longer than lower one ; vein
5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end

1893. ] MR, EB. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 105

of cell, curved strongly downwards ; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of
cell than to base of wing. Hind wing conspicuously lobate ; vein 7
well before end of cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique; veins
2, 3, and 4 all close together ; vein 3 nearer to 4 than to 2; lower
margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2, more conspicuously at vein
3. Hind tibice with two pairs of spurs. No secondary sexual charac-
ters on fore wing of male.

ethitus, Oram, .....6.0000. 1. brino, Cram. ..ssecsseee te
Mor, WADI sacdeveasevcees 2. eptius, OFAN. 2 ......0600- 8.
CUA, HANGS ccs sc cenaroe cca oe evadnes, Cram... 9.
nyctelius, Latr, ......+5 4, | @gita, Hew. ..:.000..0. 10.
OPER; WOIMOY: icy cere iss cua 5. Hupetid, ELGWs “soecsavens i ie
ochramus, Oram. ......... 6,

And four unidentified species.
Tropical American.

21. Genus Parnara. (Plate III. fig. 29.)
Parnara, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 166 (1881).
Type, guttatus, Brem.
Chapra, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 169 (1881).
Type, mathias, Fabr.
Antenne: club short and stout, terminal crook very short, tip
acuminate. Palpiasin Baoris, Fore wing: inner margin longer than
outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa well before end of cell; upper discocellular minute,
middle very long, lower very short; vein 5 from close to bottom of
cell; neuration entirely as in Baoris. Hind tibix with two pairs of
spurs. Male in some species with a linear discal streak on the fore
wing, situated obliquely between veins 2 and 1.

Section A.—Male with a discal stigma.

{ mathias, Faby, ......... ie / prominens, Moore ...... 3
mohopaani, Wlgy. j mencia, Moore .........45. 4,
[ *agna, Moore ............ 2,

{ *chaya, Moore.

Section B.—No discal stigma in male.

borbonica, Boisd. ......... 5. bada, Moore ..........0..++ 9,
marchalit, Boisd.......... 6. guittatus, Brem. ......... 10,
poutiert, Boisd,...0.....4.. dis | *mangala, Moore.

* flecilis, Swinhoe ......... 8,

The sole difference between the two genera Chapra and Parnara
is the presence or absence of the sexual streak of the fore wing, a
character which is certainly of no value in this genus, as it would
assign two such closely allied species as borbonica and mathias to
two separate genera. =

This genus is closely allied to Baoris, from which it may be sepa-

rated by the shape of the antennal club.
African and Asiatic,

106 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®, (Jan, 17,

22. Genus Baorts. (Plate III. fig. 28.)

Baoris, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 165 (1881).

Type, oceia, Hewitson.

Parnara auctorum (part.).

Antenne: club moderate, elongate, with a short terminal crook ;
tip acuminate. Palpi: second joint densely sealed, third joint almost
entirely concealed. Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal ;
cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa
well before the end of cell; upper discocellular minute, middle
discocellular very long, lower very short; vein 5 from close to
bottom of cell; vein 3 slightly curved at its base, close to end of
cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to
end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing elongated; outer
margin even; vein 7 well before end of cell ; discocellulars outwardly
oblique; vein 5 not traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all very close
together ; vein 3 twice as far from 2 as from 4; the lower margin
of cell bent upwards at vein 2. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
Male in the type species with a tuft of long hairs on the upperside
of the hind wing, attached along the upper margin of the cell and
directed downwards across the cell. This character is not found in
any other species of the genus.

(*Koceia, Hew. Go vescecsssaee Il pagana, de Nicéyille ...... 10.
sikkima, Swinhoe. ¢ 2. toond, Moore ........++ road A
y scopulifera, Moore. ¢&. *cltala, WOW.) s.tsansessoaanes se 12.
| unicolor, Moore. 3 2. inconspicud, Bert. .......4. 15.
| penicillata, Moore. cf. * jansonensis, Bert. ...10+0+- 14.
| farri, Moore. 9. pellucida, Murray ......... 15.
* kumara, Moore ......:.... 2 * marsend, Hew. ........05++ 16,
* soriatd, MOOT ......6..0+2.6 ny wma, de Nicéville ......... 17.
* moolata, Moore ............ 4, * copmassd, Hew. ....ccseses: 18.
austent, Moore ............ ”. { colaca, Moore ............++- 19.
Fatuellus, Hopft. ............ 6. | ein galensis, Moore.
assamensis, \Wood-Mason, * bevani, Moore’ z.csaceeeesone 20,
de Nicéyille ............... ( wellert, Ved? cee wesasccyesk 21.
narood, Moore............++ 8. * wmbrata, Butl. — ......06606 22,
contigua, Mab. ..............- 9.

African and Asiatic.

23. Genus Leropea.

Lerodea, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 59 (1872). Type, eufala, Edw.

Antenne: club robust, slightly elongate; antennal crook short.
Palpi: second joint densely scaled ; third joint erect, minute, bluntly
conical. Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin ; cell
less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom
of cell; vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 almost
equidistant from end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing: vein 7
shortly before the end of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not
traceable ; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 well before
end of cell, but considerably nearer to it than to the base of the
wing. No secondary sexual characters on fore wing of male. Hind
tibia with two pairs of spurs.

Cufald, WAWs waster eneeeeen:- 1. | /fusea, Grote & Robinson... 2.
Confined to North America.

1893. | MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERTIDE, 107

24. Genus LimMocHoREs.

Limochores, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 59 (1872).
Type, manataaqua, Scudd.

Antenne: club robust, rather elongate; terminal crook short.
Palpi: third joint erect, short, bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner
and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the length of
costa; vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3 immediately before end
of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind
wing: vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars faint ; vein 5
not traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2
well before end of cell, but considerably nearer to it than to base of
wing. Hind tibise with two pairs of spurs, and both middle and hind
tibize conspicuously spined. .

Male with a linear discal stigma on upperside of fore wing from
origin of vein 3 to as far as vein 1.

MANATAAGUA, SC. ...cevree ils { bimacula, Grote & Rob. 4.
cernes, Harris. | acanootus, Se.
OPONONBC. asafacsesccnece oes 2. GPPQ, BOWE? <,.26. 002010000 4,

Confined to North America.

25. Genus Evpnyns.
Euphyes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 69 (1872).
Type, metacomet, Harris.
Antennze: club stout, elongate, with a short terminal crook.
Palpi: second joint clothed with laxly-set scales ; third joint slender,
obtusely conical, projecting well beyond the clothing of the second
joint. Fore wing: costa straight; apex rather produced; inner
margin considerably longer than outer margin; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3
shortly before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to end
of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 well before end
of cell; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 considerably
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiee with two pairs
of spurs. Male witha linear glandular streak on fore wing extending
from base of vein 3 to as far as vein 1.
metacomet, Harris.
Confined to North America.

26. Genus OLicoRIA.

Oligoria, Seudd. Syst. Rev. p. 61 (1872). Type, maculata, Edw.

Antenne: club robust, elongate, with a short terminal crook.
Palpi: third joint minute, obtusely conical, almost entirely concealed.
Fore wing hardly produced at apex ; inner and outer margins sub-
equal ; cell less than two-thirds length of costa; vein 5 from close
to bottom of cell ; vein 3 very close to end of cell; vein 2 nearer to
base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even,
very slightly excised at vein 2; vein 7 well before end of cell, only
slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars and vein 5 barely
traceable ; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 more

108 MR. BE, Y, WATSON ON LHE HESPERIID®, (Jan. 17,

than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibiee
with two pairs of spurs, No sexual characters on the wings.
maculata, Hdw.

Habitat. Southern U.S.

27. Genus GEHENNA, nov.
Type, abima, Hew.

Antenne and palpi as in Halpe. Fore wing: inner and outer
margins subequal, rather produced at apex ; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa ; middle discocellular more than twice the length
of lower one; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well
before end of cell; vein 2 close to base of wing. Hind wing slightly
elongated ; outer margin even; costa very prominently arched at
base ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars faint ; vein 5
not traceable; vein 3 close to end of cell, twice as far from 2 as
from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing ; lower margin of cell not angled at veins 3 or 2. Hind tibiz
with a long fringe and with two pairs of spurs.

Male with two glandular streaks on the underside of fore wing,
the lower along vein 2 at its origin and the upper immediately above
it on the lower margin of cell, and there is alsoa tuft of hairs affixed
to the inner margin at extreme base of the wing and directed upwards.

* abima, Hew.
Habitat. Macassar.

28. Genus ACTINOR, nov.

Type, radians, Moore.

Antenne and palpi as in Halpe. Fore wing: shape and neura-
tion as in Halpe, except that vein 2 of the fore wing is very remote
from 3, being nearer to the base of wing than to the end of cell,
while in Halpe it is considerably nearer the end of cell. Hind
wing: cell extending more than half across wing; vein 7 close to
end of cell, arising at an acute angle; discocellulars faint ; vein 5
distinctly traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2
considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. No secondary

sexual characters on wings; lower margin of cell not angled at
veins 2 or 3.

radians, Moore.

The type came from N.W. Himalayas.

29. Genus Harpe. (Plate II. figs. 3, 4.)
Halpe, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1878, p. 689. Type, beturia, Hew.
Antenne : club moderate, elongate, with a short apical crook, tip
acuminate. Palpi porrect ; third joint minute, obtusely conical.
Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin; cell of fore
wing less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching
costa before the end of cell; upper discocellular about twice the
length of lower; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein

1893. | MR. DB. ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. 109

3 well before end of cell, about equidistant from 2 and from 4;
vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing
evenly rounded; cell very short; vein 7 well before end of cell,
at its origin vein 7 is sharply bent upwards, and the upper margin
of the cell is bent downwards so that the angle is shaped like a
tuning-fork ; discocellulars faint ; vein 5 not traceable ; vein 3 from
end of cell; vein 2 very much nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing ; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2. The above
is the neuration of the male ; in the female vein 3 of the fore wing
is slightly nearer to end of cell, and on the hind wing vein 7 arises
at an acute angle with the upper margin of eell. Hind tibiz slightly
fringed and with two pairs of spurs. In most species the male is
provided with a linear discal stigma on the fore wing, running
obliquely from the origin of vein 3 almost to the inner margin, In
those species in which there is no discal stigma, the neuration of
both wings of the male agrees with that of the female.

*heturia, Hew. ..ss.eree ils gupta, TON. sseseess 8.
FOOTE, BP. NT. ....eeeee 2. OMA, TOW. cccecesceses 9,
*homolea, Hew. ......... 3. brunnea, Moore......... 10.
{ sikkima, Moore. astigmata, Swinhoe ... 11,
*cerata, Hew. .s.....0.00 4. honoret, de N. ......... 12.
varia, Murray ......... 5; | decorata, Moore ...... a

Sitala, do N. ........000- 6. | *masoni, Moore .......+- 14.
ceylonica, Moore ...... fF

Of the above species, astigmata, honorei, and masoni are without
the discal stigma, and it is very short and inconspicuous in decorata.
Similar differences in the neuration of the male and the female
are found in the Asiatic genera Pithauria and Aéromachus, in
both of which the male when it has no discal stigma agrees with
the female in neuration, but when provided with a discal stigma
differs from the female in the position of vein 3 of the fore wing
and in the distortion of the bifurcation of vein 7 of the hind wing.

Confined to Southern Asia and Japan.

HALPE MOORET, sp. nov.

A, beturia auctorum, nec Hewitson.

Above dark brown. Fore wing: male with seven transparent white
spots—two in cell, sometimes united, three subapical, and two on
disk ; the female has an additional opaque white spot at the centre of
submedian. Hind wing with the disk suffused with paler yellowish.
Cilia: fore wing grey, chequered with brown at end of veins; hind
wing uniform greyish. Underside: fore wing with spots as above
and with an additional row of six or seven submarginal greyish-
white spots between the veins, running parallel to the outer margin ;
costa, apex, and greater part of outer margin suffused with yellowish
scales, Hind wing with a conspicuous transverse white band of
spots extending across wing just beyond cell from outer angle as
far as submedian, the spot immediately outside cell considerably the
largest ; a small whitish spot at end of cell, an incomplete sub-
marginal row of whitish spots from anal angle, the two inner ones

110 MR. E. Ye WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

prominent, remainder minute. The whole wing more or less dusted
with yellowish scales. Tip of antenne orange-yellow; club and
shaft black above, yellowish beneath; palpi dark above, greyish
white below.

Expanse, ¢ 34mm., 2 36 mm.

Habitat. India, Burma, Andamans.

This is the species which usually stands in Indian collections as
beturia, Hew. Hewitson, however, included two distinct species
under the name éeturia, one from Celebes and the other from the
Nilgiris ; as the former is the one that agrees with his description, it
must be taken as the typical one.

The true befuria differs from moorei in having only four spots
on the upperside in the male, two discal and two subapical, and the
fringe is unicolorous throughout ; in what appears to be the female
there is an additional minute subapical spot, a minute indistinct
spot at upper angle of cell, and the usual spot peculiar to the female
on the submedian. On the underside of the hind wing all the spots
are much diffused and irrorated with yellow. It is also a considerably
larger insect, the male expanding 42 mm., and the female 43 mm.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Moore,
from whom I have received much assistance in the loan of types
and other specimens.

30. Genus PHLEBODES.

Phlebodes, Hiibn. Verz. p. 107 (1816). | Type, pertinax, Cram.

Antennz: club slender, elongated, terminal crook short. Palpi:
second joint densely scaled ; third joint minute, bluntly conical.
Fore wing: inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell;
vein 3 immediately before the end of cell; vein 2 slightly nearer
to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind wing: vein 7 shortly
before end of cell; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not traceable;
veins 2, 3, 4 all close together ; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as
from 4. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. Male with a linear
glandular streak on upperside of fore wing.

pertinax, Cram.
Confined to South America.

31. Genus Poanes.

Poanes, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 55 (1872).
Poanes, Scudd. Butl. New Engl. vol. ii. p. 1592 (1889).
Type, massasoit, Scudd.
Antenne rather short; club robust, arcuate, tip acuminate.
Palpi: second joint clothed with long laxly-set scales ; third joint
slender, cylindrical, short, bluntly pointed. Fore wing: costa
nearly straight, outer margin convex, slightly shorter than inner
margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa well before end of cell; middle discocellular con-
siderably longer than lower one; vein 5 considerably nearer to

1893. | MR, E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID 2, 111

4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end of cell ; vein 2 almost equi-
distant from end of cell and base of wing. Hind wing: outer
margin even; vein 7 very close to end of cell; discocellulars faint ;
vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 immediately before end of cell:
vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie with
two pairs of rather long spurs. No secondary sexual characters on
wings of male.
massasoit, Se.

32. Genus PHYCANASSA.

Phycanassa, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 56 (1872).
Phycanassa, Scudd. Butl. New Engl. vol. ii. p. 1600 (1889).
Type, viator, Edw.
Antenne short; club straight, with a short terminal crook.
Palpi much as in Poanes, comparatively longer. Neuration of fore
wing as in Poanes, except that vein 2 is perceptibly nearer to base
of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin slightly
excised between veins 3 and 14; vein 7 well before end of cell;
vein 3 from end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell
than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of rather long spurs.
viator, Edw.

Confined to North America.

33. Genus ATRYTONE.

Atrytone, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 56 (1872). Type, iowa, Scudd.

Antenne: club robust, rather elongate, terminal crook short.
Palpi: second joint laxly scaled ; third joint minute, bluntly conical.
Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ; cell less than
two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 from close to bottom of
the cell; vein 3 very close to end of cell; vein 2 considerably
nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing evenly
rounded; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars faint ;
vein 5 not traceable; vein 3 from end of cell ; vein 2 nearer to end
of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs.
No sexual characters on wings.

COWS SCs. Sepa ace cuss on ite | { var. pocahontas, Se.
eae Boisd. ...... 2. | | quadaguina, Se.

hobomok, Monrr. { logan, Hdw, .......-.++ oe
| | delaware, Edw.
And two unidentified species.
Confined to Ametica.

34. Genus CupirHa.
Cupitha, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. pt. ii. 1884, p. 47.
Type, tympanifera, Moore.
Antenne : club moderate, straight, with a short terminal crook, tip
acuminate. Palpi: second joint densely scaled ; third joint minute,
obtusely conical. Fore wing: inner margin [in ¢ | convex towards

112 MR. B, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. (Jan. 17,

the base, subequal to outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the
length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell ;
middle discocellular considerably longer than lower one; vein 5
considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 well before end of cell ;
vein 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind
wing: outer margin even; vein 7 immediately before end of
cell ; discocellulars faint ; vein 5 not traceable. Female: veins 2, 3,
and 4 all close together; vein 3 about equidistant from 2 and 4;
vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.
Male: with a circular glandular patch on hind wing at origin of
vein 2, distorting the lower margin of cell, and altering the relative
positions of veins 2, 3, and 4. The male is also furnished with a
short tuft of hair attached to the underside of the fore wing close
to the origin of vein 1.

{ purveea, Moore.

| tympanifera, Moore.

These two forms occur together in Burma, Sikhim, and the
Nilgiris, and the differences between them appear too slight to
justify their separation.

35. Genus Onryza, nov. (Plate II. fig. 5.)

Type, meiktila, de N.

Antenne and palpi as in Halpe. Fore wing: inner margin con-
siderably longer than outer.margin; cell less than two-thirds the
length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell ; middle
discocellular considerably longer than lower one; vein 5 nearer to
bottom of cell than to vein 6; vein 3 well before end of cell, about
equidistant from 2 and 4; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base
of wing. Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded; vein 7 well
before end of cell, straight, upper margin of cell curving downwards
at the bifurcation; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 not
traceable; veins 2, 3 and 4 all close together, lower margin of cell
bent upwards at vein 2. Hind tibis with two pairs of spurs, the
upper pair minute. Male with a patch of long recumbent hairs on
the upperside of the hind wing, attached along vein 8 from close to
the base of the wing.

° meiktila, de N.
Habitat. Burma.

36. Genus Norocryrta.

Notocrypta, de Nicéville, Jouru. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. iv. p. 188
(1889). Type, curvifascia, Felder.
Plesioneura,Felder, Wien. ent. Monat. vi. p. 29 (1862), nom. preeoe.
Type, curvifascia, Felder.

Antennz: club moderate, with a short terminal crook. Palpi:
second joint densely scaled; third joint almost concealed, bluntly
conical. Fore wing : inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than
two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite

+f ip + aS ips y

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE, 113

end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the middle one considerably
the longer ; vein 5 much nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 close to end
of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to base of wing than to end of
cell. Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 close to end of cell,
more than twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars and vein 5
very faint ; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to
end of cell than to base of wing ; lower margin of cell inconspicuously
angled at vein 2. Hind tibice with two pairs of long spurs.

curvifascia, Felder ...... 1. * albifascia, Moore......... 4.
restricta, Moore ......... 2. * insulata, Butler ......... Sh
feisthamelii, Boisd. ...... 3. * proserpina, Butler ...... 6.
Fagen. Moore. basiflava, de Nicéville... 7.

And two unidentified species.

The curvifascia of Felder has been identified by some authors as
identical with alysos, Moore ; however, this does not seem to be the
case, as in alysos there is an opaque white spot above the transparent
white band on the underside of the fore wing, which is wanting in
typical Chinese specimens of curvifascia. This latter species is
therefore nearer to restricta, Moore, from which it may be distin-
guished by the lowest spot of the discal band being much indented ;
this, however, may be simply varietal, as the true restricta also
oceurs in China, and the spot above referred to is frequently slightly
indented in Indian specimens of that species.

Alysos, Moore, must sink as a synonym of feisthamelii, Boisd.,

of which there are typical specimens in the British Museum which
are absolutely inseparable from Indian specimens of alysos; this
species can be readily identified by the costal opaque spot on the
underside of the fore wing.
, Ficulnea, Hew.=signata, Druce, and tola, Hew., are superficially
very like species of Notocrypta, but their neuration is entirely dif-
ferent, and, as already suggested by Mr. de Nicéville, they require a
separate genus.

Notocrypta is confined to Southern Asia.

37. Genus Upaspss.

Udaspes, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 177 (1881).
Type, folus, Cram.
Antennz: club moderate, with a short terminal crook. Palpi:
second and third joints porrect ; third joint minute, bluntly conical.
Fore wing: inner margin slightly longer than outer margin; cell
less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa
just before end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the middle one
considerably the longer ; vein 5 much nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3
close to end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to base of wing than
to end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even ; vein 7 immediately
before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint; vein 3
immediately before end of cell; vein 2 about twice as far from base
of wing as from end of cell; lower margin of cell inconspicuously

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1893, No. VIII.

1i4 MR, B, Y, WATSON ON THD HESPERILIDE. (Jan. 17,

angled at vein 2. Hind tibize almost naked, with two pairs of spurs.
No secondary sexual characters on wings.
{ folus, Oram,
\ cicero, Faby.
Confined to Southern Asia.

38. Genus Baracus.

Baracus, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 162 (1881).
Type, vitattus, Felder.
Antenne: club moderate, tip recurved, acuminate. Palpi porrect,
conspicuous ; second joint laxly clothed with long scales ; third joint
prominent, acuminate. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer
margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12
reaching costa before end of cell; vein 11 curving upwards and
running very close to, though not quite touching, vein 12; middle
discocellular considerably longer than lower one ; vein 5 much nearer
to 4 than to 6, but not from bottom of cell; vein 3 close to end of
cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 twice as far from base of
wing as from 3, nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind
wing evenly rounded ; vein 7 immediately before end of cell ; vein 5
not traceable ; discocellulars faint ; vein 3 immediately before end of
cell; vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of
cell. Hind tibize fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

vittatus, Felder ......... llr | lepeletiert, Lat. ......00 4,

subditus, Moore ......... 2, tsttd; Trimncses.secet este 44 5.

septentrionum, \Vood- tnornatus, Trim. ....s006 6.
Mason, de Nicéyille... 5.

And four unnamed species.

Trimen puts /epeletieri and its allies into Cyclopides, from which,
however, they may be readily distinguished by veins 11 and 12 of
the fore wing not anastomosing, and by several minor points of
neuration, and also by the formation of their antenne and palpi.

Confined to Africa and the Oriental region.

39. Genus AsricrorreRus.

Astictopterus, Felder, Wien. ent. Monat. iv. p. 401 (1860).
Type, ama, Felder.
Antenne : club slender, tip recurved, acuminate. Palpi perreet ;
third joint short, obtusely conical. Fore wing : iuner margin longer
than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ;
vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell ; vein 11 curving upwards
shortly after its origin and running close to, but not touching,
vein 12; middle discocellular considerably longer than lower
one; vein 5 much nearer to 4 than to 6, but not from close to
bottom of cell; vein 3 well before end of cell, more than twice as
far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 slightly nearer to 3 than to base of
wing. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7 shortly before end of
cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ; vein 3 shortly before end
of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 nearer to end of cell

\
¢

The

ns
“J edt

1893.] MR, EB, ¥. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 115

than to base of wing. Hind tibiee naked and with two pairs of long
spurs.

jamd, Felder ........+++ ue
olivascens, Moore ...... 2.
nubilus, Mab, .........+6 3.

And one unidentified species.

A very heterogeneous collection of species have been described as
belonging to this genus, most of which belong to the genera Kerana,
Sancus, Koruthaialos, Iambrix, and Baracus. Of the remainder,
argenteo-ornatus, Hew., croites, Hew., and eynone, Hew., belong to
Hesperilla or a closely allied genus; dhanada, Moore, aurivittata,
Moore, and Jadana, Butler, belong to Celenorrhinus ; while ornatus,
Brem., and wnicolor, Brem., belong to Heteropterus.

Confined to Southern Asia.

40. Genus Kerana.

Kerana, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 402 (1886). Type, armatus, Druce.

Antenne long; club moderate, recurved at tip. Palpi: second
joint densely scaled ; third joint almost entirely concealed. Fore
wing: inner margin longer than outer; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell;
middle discocellular quite twice the length of lower one ; vein 5 from
close to bottom of cell ; vein 3 well before end of cell ; vein 2 almost
equidistant from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin
evenly rounded; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars
and vein 5 faint, but not fully developed ; vein 5 nearer to 4 than to
6; vein 3 well before end of cell, nearer to 4 than to 2; vein 2
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibiz clothed with
short recumbent scales and with two pairs of spurs.

The male of the type species differs from the other species of the
genus in being provided with a patch of appressed scales occupying
the entire cell of the bind wing on the upperside, and giving it a
velvety appearance, and with a similar ill-defined patch towards the
base of the hind wing on the underside. A somewhat similar male
character is found in the genus Trichosemeia, Holland. The other
species of the genus are without secondary male characters.

armatus, Druce ......45. ik
*gemmifer, Butler ...... 2.
diocles, Moore .......+. 3.

The “ Astictopterus” inornatus of Butler also apparently belongs
to this genus, but the type is in too bad condition to enable the point
to be decided.

Confined to Southern Asia.

41. Genus KatTreus, nov.

Type, johnstonii, Butler.

Antenne very long; club slender, recurved, apex acuminate.
Palpi as in Kerana. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer
margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ; ia = reaching

116 MR. HB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDZ. [Jan. 17,

costa before end of cell; upper margin of cell sharply bent
downwards at vein 8; veins 7 and 6 well below the angle; upper
discocellular considerably longer than lower; vein 5 much nearer
4 than 6, but not from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before
end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 about equidistant
from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing evenly rounded; vein 7
well before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3
immediately before end of cell ; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of
cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize in the male only with terminal
spurs, the ventral surface thickly set with short spines; the dorsal
surface with a long fringe and also a long tuft of hairs attached near
the proximal end.
* johnstonii, Butler.

Allied to Kerana.
Confined to Africa.

42. Genus ANCISTROIDES.

Aneistroides, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 436.
Type, longicornis, Butler.
Antenne very long; club slender, recurved, tip acuminate. Palpi
as in Kerana. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ;
cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa
before end of cell; middle discocellular quite twice as long as
lower one; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 shortly
before end of cell; vein 2 much nearer to base of wing than to vein
3. Hind wing evenly rounded ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell ;
discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately before
end of cell, many times farther from 2 than from 4; veia 2
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie with two
pairs of spurs and slightly clothed with short recumbent scales.
longicornis, Butler ...... Te
* othonias, Hew. 2.

This genus is nearest allied to Aerana, but differs from it
markedly in the position of the median branches of both wings.
Longicornis is from Timor and othonias from Borneo.

43. Genus PrrpDANA.

Pirdana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 376 (1886).
Type, hyela, Hewitson.
Antenne long; club slender, tip recurved, acuminate. Palpi:
second joint densely scaled, third joint minute. Fore wing: inner
and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two thirds the length of
costa: vein 12 reaching costa well before end of ceil ; upper disco-
cellular minute, lower and middle discocellular inwardly oblique, the
middle one considerably the longer; vein 3 very close to end of cell ;
veinlet in cell just beyond vein 3; vein 2 less than twice as far
from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin
even, lobe inconspicuous ; cell short, not reaching half across wing;
vein 7 just before end of cell, more than three times as far from 8 as

1893.] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. gL Lyi

from 6; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 wanting; vein 3
just before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from bas? of wing as from
end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.
*e LUCLA: PLO Wa fur<steseasdejacsae's> if
WSeMe. HOG, cscecccesscasaaens 2.

Confined to Southern Asia.

44, Genus PARDALEODEs.

Pardaleodes, Butl. Ent. Month]. Mag. vii. p. 96 (1870).
Type, edipus, Cram.
Antennee rather long ; club slender, elongate, with a short recurved
crook. Palpi: second joint densely sealed, third joint suberect, short,
bluntly conical. Fore wing: inner margin longer than outer margin ;
cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa
almost opposite the end of cell; vein 11 running very close to but
not actually touching vein 12 for a portion of its length; middle
discocellular half as long again as lower one; vein 5 considerably
nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly before end of cell, about twice
as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than
to base of wing. Hind wing: outer margin evenly rounded; vein
7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 very faint ;
vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base
of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

No secondary sexual characters on the wings.
edipus, Cram. ........++ i esti MAD eee. ..2a05 a5 a,

* sator, Doubl., Hew. ... 2. coanza, Platz

Confined to Africa.

45. Genus Ceratricuta. (Plate IIT. fig. 24.)

Ceratrichia, Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. p. 274 (1869).
Type, nothus, Fabr.
Antenne very long and slender, almost as long as the body; club
slender, elongate, with a short terminal crook, tip acuminate. Palpi:
third joint concealed in the clothing of second joint. Fore wing:
inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end
of cell; middle discocellular about twice the length of lower one;
vein 5 considerably nearer to4 than to 6; vein 3immediately before
end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing.
Hind wing: outer margin even; vein 7 shortly before end of cell;
discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 immediately
before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base of wing as from
end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. No secondary
sexual characters on wings of male.

nothus, Faby. ...... 1. phocion, Fabr. ..... 4,
* aretina, Hew. ...... 2. * flava, Hew. «....0.0 5.

argyrosticta, Plitz. 3. |

And two unidentified species.
This genus is confined to the African region.

118 MR. B. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIID2. (Jan. 17,

46. Genus PLASTINGIA.

Plastingia, Butler, Ent. Mon. Mag. vol. vii. p. 95 (1870).
Type, flavescens, Felder.

Antenne long; club slender, with a recurved terminal crook, tip
acuminate. Palpi well separated, second joint densely scaled,
third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing: outer margin
considerably longer than inner margin; cell less than two-thirds
length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell;
discocellulars inwardly oblique; middle one considerably longer
than lower ; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 well
before end of cell; vein 2 close to base of wing, more than twice
as far from end of cell as from base of wing; lower margin of
cell slightly arched between veins 2 and 3. Hind wing slightly

elongate, outer margin even; vein 7 well before end of cell, only -

slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars faint; vein 5 not
traceable; vein 3 well before end of cell, almost equidistant from
2 and 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base
of wing ; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2. Hind tibixe
with two pairs of spurs. No secondary sexual characters on wings
of male.

flavescens, Felder ...... ite *litrunia, Hew. ...sereee 4,

{ callineura, Felder ...... 2. *vermiculata, Hew. ...... 5.

*latoia, Hew. | *tessellata, Hew. ......++- 6.
helena, Butler ............ 3. | naga, de N.

And one unnamed species. essellata differs considerably in
neuration from the type and only doubtfully belongs to this genus.
Other species of the genus are margherita, Doherty, and noemi,
de Nicéville.
This genus is confined to Southern Asia.

47. Genus LEREMA.

Lerema, Scudd, Syst. Rev. p. 61 (1872).
Type, aceius, Smith-Abb.
Antenne: club robust, elongate, with a short terminal crook ;
second joint of palpi densely scaled; third joint erect, short, obtusely
conical. Fore wing: outer margin considerably longer than inner
margin ; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the length of costa ;
vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite the end of cell; middle
discocellular more than twice as long as lower discocellular ; vein 5
from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before end of cell, about
three times as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to
base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing rather elongate,
outer margin even; vein 7 shortly before end of cell; discocellulars
very faint; vein 5 not traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all close
together; vein 3 about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2
considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing; lower
margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2. Hind tibiz with two pairs
of spurs.

1893. ] MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID 2. 119

Male with a linear glandular streak on upperside of fore wing
extending from the base of vein 3 as far as vein 1,

accius, Sm. Abb.
hianna, Scudd. 2;

Confined to North America.

48. Genus Pirgauria.

Pithauria, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p.689. Type, murdava, Moore.

Pithauriopsis, W.-Mason & de Nicéville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
1886, p. 387. Type, aitchisoni, W. M. & de N.

Antenne: club slender, elongate, with a rather long and very
slender terminal crook. Palpi: second joint pressed close against
face, third joint minute. Fore wing rather produced at apex,
inner and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the
length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa well before end of cell;
upper discocellular minute, middle very long, lower very short ; vein
5 from very close to bottom of cell; vein 3 equidistant from 2 and
4; vein 2 slightly nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind
wing elongated, outer margin even; cell short, not reaching half
across wing ; vein 7 shortly before end of cell, both veins curved at
the bifurcation; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 not
traceable; veins 2, 3, and 4 all very close together, the lower
margin of the cell bent upwards at origin of vein 2. Hind tibie
with two pairs of spurs.

In the male the fore cox are conspicuously tufted. The only
differences between Pithauria and Pithauriopsis are that in the
latter the male is furnished with a pair of glandular spots on the
upperside of the fore wing between veins | and 2, and that at the
bifurcation of vein 7 of the hind wing the veins composing the fork
are more curved; this, however, is a character which for some un-
known reason appears to occur in correlation with glandular patches
or streaks on the fore wing. The female of aitchisoni has not been
described, but will almost certainly be found to have the veins at the
origin of vein 7 of the hind wing straight, so that vein 7 would
arise at an acute angle.

MMT AOUG MOONEE jeocscasacas iconcteet ween tedden >= if
stramineipennis, Wood-Mason, de Nicéyille ...... an
aitchisoni, Wood-Mason, de Nicéville

Confined to the Oriental region.

49. Genus NICONIADES.

Niconiades, Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. ii. (1816
—21). Type, vanthaphes,
Goniloba, Westw. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 512. Hiibn.
(1852).
Antenne rather long; club slender, elongated, with a slender
elongated crook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, pressed close
against the face, third joint erect, minute, bluntly pointed. Fore

120 MR. B. Y, WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA. [Jan. 17,

wing: outer margin longer than inner margin; cell less than two-
thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite
the end of cell; discocellulars inwardly oblique, middle one very
much longer than the lower one; vein 5 very close to bottom of
cell; vein 8 shortly before end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer
to base of wing than to end of cell. Hind wing very elongate ;
vein 7 shortly before end of cell; vein 3 shortly before end
of cell, about twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably
nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind tibize with two
pairs of spurs.

In the male there are three short longitudinal glandular streaks
on the upperside of the fore wing, one in the fork of vein 2, the
second immediately below vein 2, and the third immediately above
vein |.

wanthaphes, Hiibn. ...... Tk
MOY OIG, TOW: ...c0ss0.eeo0n 2,

Confined to tropical America.

50. Genus CoBauus.

Cobalus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 115 (1816). Type, virbius, Cram.

Antenne: club moderate, with a long slender terminal crook.
Palpi: second joint very densely scaled, pressed close against the
face, third joint minute, obtusely conical. Fore wing : inner margin
longer than outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of
costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; middle disco-
cellular inwardly oblique, many times longer than the lower one;
vein 5 close to bottom of cell; vein 3 shortly before end of
cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of wing.
Hind wing rather produced on subcostal area; outer margin
excised between veins 3 and 10; vein 7 well before end of cell ;
veins 2, 3, and 4 all close together, vein 3 about twice as far from
2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base
of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

No secondary sexual characters on wings of male.

virbius, Cram. .....065- Ile
*physcelia, Hew, ........ 2.

And an unidentified species.

Confined to South America.

51. Genus Lycunucavus.

Lychnuchus, Hubner, Zutr. iii. p. 24 (1825). Type, olenus, Hiibn.

Antenne: club moderate, elongate, terminal crook rather long
and slender. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, pressed close
against the face, the third joint entirely concealed. Fore wing:
costa slightly arched at base, then straight to apex; inner and
outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the length of
costa; vein 12 reaching costa shortly before end of cell; middle
discocellular considerably longer than lower one; vein 5 from close
to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2 more

Bian

1893.] MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA, 121

than twice as far from end of cell as from base of wing in the male
of the type species, rather farther removed from base in the female
of the type and in both sexes of the other species. Hind wing: outer
margin excised between veins 3 and 16; vein 7 well before end of
cell, only slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars faint ; vein 5
wanting ; vein 3 close to end of cell, about twice as far from 2 as
from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of
wing ; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2, more con-
spicuously at vein 3. In the male of the type species there are two
linear streaks of modified scales on the upperside of the fore wing
at the origin of vein 2, running for a short distance along vein 2 and
the lower margin of the cell respectively.
olenus, Hiibn, ...... Ns
*ozias, HOW, ....c0e.00s- 2.
The olenus of Hiibner appears to be identical with celsus, Fabr.
Confined to South America.

52. Genus CarysTUus.

Carystus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 114 (1816). Type, jolus, Cram.

Antenne rather short ; club robust, elongate, with a long terminal
crook. Palpi: third joint almost entirely concealed in the clothing
of the second joint. Fore wing produced at apex, inner margin
longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds the length of
costa; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 shortly
before end of cell. Hind wing: outer margin even, excised
between veins 3 and 14; vein 7 well before end of cell; disco-
cellulars faint, vein 5 barely traceable; vein 3 from end of cell ;
vein 2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

POUUSKOVAM: 60000 eke: its | *marpesia, Hew. ..... 4,
claudianus, Latr. ... 2. *bursa, Hew. — .....000- 5,
phorcus, Cram. ...... 3. |

And three unidentified species.
Yonfined to Central and South America.

53. Genus Loroneus.

Lotongus, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 371 (1886). Type, calathus, Hew.

Antenne of moderate length, with a long terminal crook. Fore
wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; middle discocellular considerably longer than
lower one; vein 3 close to end of cell; vein 2 nearer to base of
wing than to end of cell, almost equidistant from vein 3 and base of
wing. Hind wing:. outer margin even; vein 7 well before end
of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 faint; vein 3 immediately before
end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base
of wing. Hind tibice with two pairs of spurs.

*calathus, Hew.
Habitat. Sumatra.

-

122 MR. EB. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID ®, [Jan. 17,

54, Genus THRACIDES.

Thracides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 105 (1816). Type, phidon, Cram.

Antenne: club elongate, with a long slender terminal crook.
Palpi: second joint densely sealed, pressed close against the face ;
third joint almost entirely concealed, bluntly conical. Fore wing:
inner margin longer than outer margin; cell less than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite end
of cell; middle discocellular very oblique, lower very short ; vein 5
from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 shortly before end of cell ;
vein 2 almost equidistant from base of wing and end of cell. Hind
wing rather elongate, anal angle slightly lobate ; vein 7 well before
end of cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique; vein 3 close to end
of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 considerably nearer to
end of cell than to base of wing; upper margin of cell bent down-
wards at vein 7; lower margin of cell slightly angled at vein 2,
more conspicuously at vein 3. Hind tibize with a dense fringe and
two pairs of spurs.

Male with a very inconspicuous linear discal stigma on the upper-
side of fore wing, from just before origin of vein 3 to as far as the
submedian, usually more or less incomplete.

phidon, Cramer ...... Alp *cincia, Hew. ......s-.0. 4.
*cilissa, Hew. .....0++. 2, *bresia, HOW. © ..6...0s-000 bi
*nanea, Hew. ......... 3

There is an undescribed genus closely allied to Thracides, in-
cluding telmela, Hew., cloanthus, Latr., and others, which appear to
mimic species of Pyrrhopyge.

Confined to tropical America.

55. Genus Tauripes.

Talides, Hiibn. Verz. p. 106 (1816). Type, sergestus, Cram.

Antenne and palpi as in Perichares. ..Fore wing differs from
Perichares in not being so much produced apically, in the onter
and inner margins being subequal, and in vein 3 being very much
nearer to the end of the cell. Hind wing as in Perichares but
less elongate, being more produced in the subcostal area. Hind
tibiz and femora less densely fringed than in Perichares, and the
upper pair of spurs are very short. Linear stigma on fore wing of
male as in Perichares.

sergestus, Cram. ...... b | *chiomara, Hew. ...... 4.
sinon, Oram. ......... 2. | *cerymica, Hew. ...... 5.
*eudeqa, Hew. ......... 3.

Confined to tropical America.

56. Genus PerICHAREs.
Perichares, Scudd. Syst. Rev. p. 60 (1872). Type, corydon, Fabr.
Antenne: club robust, elongated, with a long terminal crook ;
second joint of palpi very densely scaled, the third joint almost
entirely concealed. Fore wing produced at apex, outer margin
very much longer than inner margin; cell less than two-thirds the

a Paes 8 ieee ome ae ree

1893. | MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 123
length of costa; vein 5 considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3
well before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant from vein 3 and
base of wing. Hind wing elongate, outer margin even; vein 7
well before end of cell; discocellulars faint, vein 5 not traceable ;
vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from base
of wing as from end of cell; lower margin of cell angled at vein 2.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. There is a very dense fringe
on the hind tibize and femora and also on the middle femora.
Male with a linear discal stigma extending from the base of vein
3 to as far as vein 1.
COPY MON, MADE: exisen ta0escens- iL.
JSulvimargo, Butler............ Ze
Confined to tropical America.

57. Genus UNKANa.

Unkana, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 369 (1886). Type, batara, Dist.

Antenne long; club moderate, elongated, with a long terminal
crook. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third joint almost
concealed. Fore wing produced at apex, outer margin considerably
longer than inner margin; cell of fore wing less than two-thirds the
length of costa; discocellulars inwardly oblique ; vein 5 considerably
nearer to 4 than to 6, but not from close to bottom of cell (except
in elia) ; vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2 almost equidistant
from vein 3 and base of wing. Hind wing produced in the sub-
costal area, outer margin even, conspicuously excised between veins
3 and 10; vein 7 well before end of cell; discocellulars and vein
5 very faint ; vein 3 well before end of cell, about twice as far from
2 as from 4 ; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base
of wing. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

batara, Dist. .......<. uF semamora, Moore ... 4.
*attina, Hew. .....+... 2. watsonit, de Nicéy. ... 5.
MEL PELOWs, zetoes secu 3.

It seems very doubtful if all the above are congeneric. There
are no sexual characters on the wings of batara, attina, or watsonii.
In the male of elia there is a short discal stigma on the upperside
of the fore wing extending from the base of vein 3 to just beyond
vein 2, and there is also a tuft of hairs on the underside of the fore
wing at the origin of vein 1; in semamora there is no discal stigma
but there is a tuft of hairs similarly situated to that of elia. Sema-
mora, watsonii, and elia all differ slightly in neuration from batara,
and the two former also differ in the crook to the antennz being
very short. All these species, however, seem to be conveniently
included under Unkana for the present.

Is Gatara identical with eruda, H.-S.?

Confined to the Oriental region.

i 58. Genus Hrpart.
Hidari, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 395 (1886). ‘Type, trava, Moore.

Antenne long ; club robust, elongated, with a long terminal crook.
Palpi: second joint very densely scaled, third joint almost entirely

124 MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THD HESPERIID®. (Jan. 17,

concealed. Fore wing: outer margin longer than inner margin;
cell less than two-thirds the length of costa ; discocellulars inwardly
oblique; vein 5 from close to bottom of cell; vein 3 well before
end of cell ; vein 2 almost equidistant from end of cell and base of
wing. Hind wing slightly lobate, outer margin even; vein 7 well
before end of cell ; discocellulars and vein 5 faint ; veins 2, 3, and
4 all close together ; vein 3 almost equidistant from 2 and 4; vein
2 more than twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell.
Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, the upper pair short.
trava, Moore.
*hypepa, Hew.

Confined to the Oriental region.

59. Genus PrrEROTEINON, noy.

Tanyptera, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, p. 260 (1877),
nom. przoc. Type, laufella, Hewitson.

Antennze: club rather robust, about one-third the length of
shaft, bent at about a right angle, terminal portion short, about
half the length of remainder of club. Palpi: second joint thickly
sealed, third joint minute. Fore wing: outer margin longer than
inner margin; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; veins 6
and 7 from upper end of cell; upper discocellular non-existent ;
middle discocellular inwardly oblique, angled at its lower end ; lower
discocellular very short, about half the length of middle one; vein 3
near end of cell, about five times as far from base of wing as from
end of cell; vein 2 equidistant from base of wing and from vein 3;
veinlet in cell just before vein 4. Hind wing: lobe inconspicuous ;
vein 7 twice as far from base of wing as from end of cell; disco-
cellulars outwardly oblique; vein 5 well developed; vein 3 just
before end of cell; vein 2 three times as far from base of wing as
from end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs, and with a
double fringe of densely set sete.

*laufella, Hew.

Confined to Africa.

Synopsis of Genera of PAMPHILINA.
Section C,

a, Vein 5 of hind wing well developed.
a', Vein 3 of hind wing immediately before end of cell.
a*, Club of antenne longer than shaft.
IsmEenz, Swainson. Type, adipodea, Swains. (1)
}?, Shaft of antennee longer than club.
a, Vein 1 of fore wing distorted downwards near base,
Hasora, Moore. Type, badra, Moore. (2)
°, Vein | of fore wing not distorted near base. .
Brnasts, Moore. Type, sera, Moore. (8
b'. Vein 3 of hind wing well before end of cell.
BapamiA, Moore. ‘Type, eaclamationis, Fabr. (4)
b, Vein 5 of hind wing wanting.
: Ruoratocampra, Wallgr, Type, forestan, Cram. (5)

sh

1893. ] MR. E. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. 125

1. Genus IsMENE.
(Plates I. figs. 14, 15, 16; II. figs. 11, 12; III. fig. 18.)

Ismene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. vol. i. pl. 16 (1820-21).

Type, edipodea, Swainson.

Antennz: club very robust, about twice as long as shaft, ter-
minal portion tapering to a fine point and curved into a crescent,
never bent into a hook. Palpi as already characterized. Fore
wing: inner and outer margins subequal ; cell slightly more than
half the length of costa; vein’12 reaching costa almost opposite
end of cell; vein 5 equidistant from 4 and 6; upper discocellular
minute, middle and lower discocellulars subequal, almost erect ; vein
3 three times as far from base of wing as from end of cell; vein 2
three times as far from end of cell as from base of wing. Hind wing:
cell very short, only reaching about one-third across wing; vein 7
twice as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars very faint, slightly
outwardly oblique; vein 5 well developed; vein 3 just before end
of cell; outer margin sinuate but not distinctly lobed. Hind tibize
slightly fringed, and with two pairs of spurs. The above diagnosis
is from a Javan female of typical edipodea, and applies to the females
of all other species of the genus.

In the males of all the species the hind tibize are much swollen,
and have a long tuft of hairs affixed near the proximal end on the
upperside, beneath which, along their outer edge, they are clothed
with large rounded scales. This character is most fully developed
in mahintha, and least of all in harisa, the other species showing a
gradual transition between the two.

In typical adipodea the male has a very prominent rounded patch
of appressed scales on the upperside of the fore wing, owing to which
the lower margin of the cell is strongly curved upwards, and vein 3
arises near the base of the wing and very close to vein 2. On the
hind wing vein 8 is very short, and runs upwards to the costa at a
short distance from the base, and, just beyond it, the costal margin
is folded over on the upperside. Vein 7 is much as in the female,
but vein 6 is strongly curved downwards. The folding over of the
costal margin on the upperside gives the wing, as seen from beneath,
the appearance of being strongly arched at base and then cut away
obliquely to just beyond vein 7.

The above characters occur only in males of typical cedipodea from
Java and Borneo. In the Indian species, which has hitherto been
considered to be identical with edipodea and which I propose to
rename ataphus, the veins of the fore wing are distorted as in
cedipodea; but the costa of the hind wing is not folded over, and
the neuration of that wing is much as in the female.

The other species of the genus vary considerably in the male
mark of the fore wing, which is sometimes very prominent and some-
times entirely absent, and there is also considerable variation in the
distortion of the veins of the fore wing. However, the character
of the swollen hind tibie is invariably present and the females are
inseparable, so I have considered it very unadvisable to form new

126 MR. B. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. (Jan. 17,

genera on the male characteristics alone, and subjoin a key to the
species of the genus in the collection of the British Museum.

A. Male, costa of hind wing folded over.

a. Male, conspicuous rounded patch of andro-
conia on the fore wing; vein 3 of fore
wing close to base of cell .........006 +000

B. Male, costa of hind wing not folded over.
a. Male, vein 3 of fore wing close to base of

adipodea, Swains. ...... 1.

cell.
a’, Male, conspicuous rounded patch of an-
droconia on fore wing ......++++ Wecawnene *ataphus, 0. 8p. os... 2.
b'. Male, inconspicuous rounded patch of
androconia on fore Wing .......eeeeeeeeee *amara, Moore ........- 6.

>

. Male, vein 3 of fore wing about equidistant
from end and base of cell.

a’, Male, with a rounded patch of andro-
CONIA OD FOL WING .--.00 0s senseseeeneenes Jaina, Moore ........- o:
fergusonti,deNicéville. 4.

6’, Male, with linear streaks of androconia
along median branches of fore wing ... *striata, Hew. ......... ite

. Male, vein 5 of fore wing close to end of cell.

a'. Male, rounded patch of androconia on

i)

POPC WATE nea Bare tessachss dar aadvetasedsenc-oss *ilusha, Hew. © ....-..0 5.

b'. Male, linear streaks of androconia on
POLO WINES csccieisemecsvas stenedqecneattee == =< mahintha, Moore ...... 8.

e', Male, no patch or streaks of androconia
ONMOLASWID Pere cap ev storseps ekaccarey » Wee *etellia, FLOW. ..s.cssesee 9.
*yasutand, Moore ...... 10.
anadi, de Nicéville ... 11.
harisa, Moore .......+- 12.
gomata, Moore ......... 13.
f aquilina, Speyer ...... 14,

jankowskii, Oberthiir.
| *chryseglia, Butler.

The species are numbered in what would appear to be their most
natural order. The females of all the species have vein 3 of the
fore wing close to the end of the cell, as in the last group of the
males.

This genus is confined to the Oriental region, China and Japan.

IsMENE ATAPHUS, Ni. Sp.

Ismene eedipodea, Moore (nec Swainson), Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 158,
pl. 64. figs. 2, 2a, 26 (1881).

This species is the Indian representative of the Sumatran edipodea,
with which it has hitherto been confounded. The male differs
from that of ceedipodea in the costal margin of the hind wing being
normal, whereas in edipodea the costal margin is folded over and
the costal vein is correlatively distorted. The female has a costal
red streak on the upperside of the fore wing which is entirely absent
in the female of wdipodea. Furthermore, in both sexes of edipodea
the thorax and base of wings are conspicuously clothed with long
silvery greenish-blue scales; in ataphus this clothing is of a duller
green and of less extent, especially on the wings. The cilia of the
hind wings are also much longer and redder in ataphus than in
cedipodea.

rae aaa”

1893.] 3 MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID. 127

The present species is represented in the British Museum from
Ceylon and Silhet, and it also occurs in Hong Kong.

Gédipodea is in the British Museum from Java, Borneo, and
Macassar.

2. Genus Hasora. (Plate II. figs. 1, 2.)

Hasora, Moore, Lep. Cey). vol. i. p. 159 (1881).

Type, badra, Moore.

Parata, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 160 (1881).

Type, chromus, Moore.

Antenne: club thickening rather abruptly and gradually tapering
to a fine point, bent beyond the thickest portion, usually at about a
right angle, but sometimes almost into a hook ; the terminal portion
not quite so long as the remainder of the club. Fore wing: inner
and outer margins subequal; cell less than two-thirds the length of
costa; vein 12 reaching costa almost opposite upper angle of cell
vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; upper discocellular minnte; middle
and lower discocellulars inwardly oblique and in the same straight
line; vein 3 almost equidistant from base of wing and from end of
cell; vein 2 nearer to base of wing than to vein 3; vein 1 distorted
downwards near base. Hind wing produced into a lobe; vein 7
slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars very faint, outwardly
oblique ; vein 5 well developed, much nearer to 6 than to 4; vein 3
from just before end of cell; vein 2 about equidistant from base of
wing and from end of cell. Hind tibiz not very densely fringed,
and with two pairs of spurs.

The female differs in vein 3 of the fore wing being three times as
far from base of wing as from end of cell.

The type-species of Parata differs from the type-species of Hasora
in being provided in the male with an oblique discal stigma on the
fore wing, and also in some slight differences in the outline of the
wings. ‘These two characters, however, exist together only in the
type-species of Parata, and we find other species with the discal
streak of Parata and the outline of Hasora, or vice versd, while the
streak itself appears in every degree of intensity, being sometimes
very prominent and at other times barely traceable or altogether
absent, the females in all the species being structurally inseparable.

The species represented in the British Museum are divided below
into two groups, based on the degree of prominence of the sexual
streak, and are numbered in what appears to be their most natural
order, which it will be seen does not agree at all with the divisions
founded on their sexual brand.

Of atrox, bilunata, and lugubris there are only females in the
British Museum; of these the two former probably have a discal
stigma in the male, and the last seems very possibly to be the female
of celenus.

Other species of the genus are anura, de Nicéville, and hadria,
de Nicéville, both from India, and there are five unidentified species
in the British Museum, most of which are probably undescribed.

128 MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDE. [Jan. 17,

This genus is represented in the British Museum from throughout
India, Malaysia, the Philippines, Fiji, New Guinea, and Australia.

A. Male with sexual streak inconspicuous or absent.

badra, Moore ............ I. discolor, Feld. ...........: ll.
thridas, Boisd. ......... 3: doleschallia, Feld. ...... 14.
WHT DOGS si seeeocr es son 6. | “ITO, TACWe | jensqunesaese 18.
coulteri, de Nicév. ...... i

B. Male with sexual streak conspicuous.

RAPPORT, sins oa se cesses 2. celenus, Cram. .....-... 12.
chromus, Cram. .....-+0 4, lugubris, Boisd. ......... 13.
WUESIR MADE sien scsesss 5: *chuza, Hew. «...--.....: 15.
malayana, Feld. ......... 8. schenherri, Lair. ...... 16.

*bilunata, Butl. .......5. 9. { gentiana, Feld. ......... lf
hurana, Butl. ............ 10. *saida, Hew.

3. Genus Brsasts.

Bibasis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 160 (1881).
Type, sena, Moore.

Antennz much as in Hasora, but the terminal portion of club
usually much more hooked. Fore wing: male without costal fold
or discal stigma; outer margin longer than inner margin ; cell only
slightly more than half the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa
almost opposite upper angle of cell; vein 5 slightly nearer to 6 than
to 4; upper discocellular minute; middle and lower discocellulars
subequal, almost erect, and in the same straight line; vein 3 three
times as far from base of wing as from end of cell, more than twice
as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 three times as far from end of cell
as from base of wing. Hind wing not so broad as in Hasora;
lobe less conspicuous; vein 7 nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars
faint, slightly outwardly oblique, the lower the longer; vein 5 well
developed; vein 3 just before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to end of
cell than to base of wing. Hind tibie not fringed but thickly
sealed above, and with two pairs of spurs.

There is only one described species in this genus, which is recorded
from India, Ceylon, and Java.

*sena, Moore.

4. Genus Bapamia.
Badamia, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 156 (1881).

Type, exclamationis, Fabr.

Antenne short, hardly half the length of costa; club moderate,
usually bent into a hook, sometimes only at right angles, tapering to
a point. Fore wing without discal stigma; outer and inner margins
subequal; cell very long and narrow, more than two-thirds the
length of costa; vein 12 reaching the costa before end of cell;
vein 5 equidistant from 4 and 6; upper discocellular minute, lower

hee

bene Ww

1893.] MR. BE. Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIID®. 129

and middle discocellulars subequal, inwardly oblique, and in the
same straight line; vein 3 three times as far from base of wing
as from end of cell; vein 2 twice as far from 3 as from base of wing.
Hind wing excavated at vein 2 and produced into a prominent
lobe; vein 7 nearer to 6 than to 8; middle discocellular slightly
outwardly oblique, and lower slightly inwardly oblique; vein 5 well
developed ; vein 3 well before end of cell; vein 2 abont equidistant
from end of cell and base of wing. Hind tibize fringed, and with
two pairs of spurs.

The type species, which is the sole representative of the genus, is
of very wide distribution, the series in the British Museum being
from localities ranging from Australia to the N.W. Himalayas.

5. Genus Ruopatocampera. (Plate I. fig. 13.)

Rhopalocampta, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr. p. 47 (1857).
Type, forestan, Cram.
Choaspes, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 158 (1881).
Type, benjamini, Guérin.

Antennz: club moderate, about as long as shaft, crescent-shaped,
not bent into a hook, very similar to those of Ismene, but less robust
and with a longer shaft. Fore wing: no discal brand in male;
inner and outer margins subequal; cell just more than two-thirds
the length of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before end of cell; vein
5 nearer to 6 than to 4; upper discocellular minute; lower and
middle discocellulars almost erect and in the same straight line, the
lower the longer; vein 3 three times as far from base of wing as
from end of cell. Hind wing produced into a lobe; vein 7 twice as
far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars very faint, almost erect; vein
5 wanting ; vein 3 from just before end of cell; vein 2 nearer to
base of wing than to end of cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs,
and furnished in the male with a long tuft of hairs attached close to
the proximal end, and reaching well beyond the distal end of the
tibia.

This genus is confined almost entirely to Africa and the Malay
Archipelago, benjamini alone being found in India, China, and Japan,
while the range of anchises extends to Aden.

benjamini, Guérin ...... ile pisistratus, Fabr. ...... 10.
{ japonica, Murray. { valmaran, Wallgr.
subcaudata, Felder ...... 2 *fervida, Butl. ........0..- 11.
ramanatek, Boisd. ...... 3. keithloa, Wallgr. ...... 12.
libeon, Druce ..........45 4. {seus Trim.
*jucunda, Butler ......... 5. ratek, Boisd. ..........+ 13.
Mpansad, WOW. ...:--.<cecc0s 6 Bigie, UNNI es. sacs deeee 14,
anchises, Gerst, ......... Ze chalybe, West. ......... 15.
borate, Hew. GUO, PIGEZ 152. sd01-adecb os 16.
forestan, Cram. ......... 8. ass Drury) <3 5-.4.709- 17.
- arbagastes, Guén, ...... 9. jupiter, Fabr.
{ *margarita, Butl. hanno, Plota ......0s000 18,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No, IX. 9

130 MR. B, Y. WATSON ON THD HESPERIID A. (Jan. 17,

The following genera, of which the types are not in the British
Museum, I have been unable to identify :—

Airuetus, Hbn. Verz. 109 (1816) .. Type, archytas, Stoll.

Ares, Billb. Enum. Ins. 81 (1820). Type, epitus, Cram.

Avera, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

fruxiv, (ISOL)s si bemaes. yo gile Type, furcata, Mab.
Caturmormus, Sc. Syst. Rev. 53

(DSR poait Jese5 DAL... oe EIN Type, juventus, Se.
Cuorantuus, Sc. Syst. Rev. 58

GRAY Dye os eee Ui ide le Type, radians, Lef.

CuorisToNEuRA, Mab. Bull. Soc.

Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. clvi (1889).... Type, apicalis, Mab.
Caiapes, Hbn. Verz. 106 (1816).. Type, dubius, Cram.
Coroner, Mab. Pet. Nouv. p. 205

Cons ia Sere oe 3 Type, ismenoides, Mab.
Cymanes, Sc. Syst. Rev. 61 (1872). Type, tripuncta, H.-S.
Enosts, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6)

WEES GISGO) oe yn cu ome os gate Type, dognini, Mab.
Exometzca, Meyr. P. Linn. Soe.

N. 8S. W. (2) ii. p. 833 ........ Type, nycteris, Meyr.
Garca, Mab. Le Nat. i. p. 216

RESO ae oe wae wk ok aebaige es os Type, olena, Mab.
Hemirteris, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p.

Tay uly ice be) dee tae Sieg OR morse ees Type, fumida, Mab.
Narca, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

Me eH OUL) wa yt co cee ree ce np Type, chiriquensis, Mab.

Nervuta, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p. 255

CPC GS ye oa rcs see sin rhe ple, Maen PeN una
Nycrus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

PROTO VODA) «. cmine re Smige «ase Type, crinitus, Mab.
OarisMA, Sc. Syst. Rev. p. 54 (1872) Type, poweshiek, Pack.
Praxis, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p. 25

(Uo oo) Lege aS rere ier gee .... Type, quadrata, Mab.
Pacuyneuria, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p.

Bf POOR) ie a aye eS vie sale bee 3 e Type, obscura, Mab.
Piestocera, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent.

Beles previ (1690) oe Type, filipalpis, Mab.
Proerzia, Saal. Mill. Le. Mad. i.

p- 115 (1884) .... Type, amygdalis, Mab.
Sysroue, Mab. Lép. Mad. i. Dp. "330

(1885) “en. - Type, amygdalis, Mab.

Porantuus, Se. Syst. Rev. 54 (1872) Type, omaha, Edw.
Prenes, Sc. Syst. Rev. 60 (1872) .. Type, panoquin, Sc.
SretHotrix, Mab. -Bull. Soc. Ent.

Fr. (6) ix. p. elxxxiv (1889) .... Type, heterogyna, Mab.
Toxrp1, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

ieee Sle) Ses. ae ae Type, thyrrhus, Mab.
Zea, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 377 (1886). Type, mytheca, Hew.
The genus Helias, subsequently renamed Achna, has not been

included above, as its type species is unknown.

1893,]

Fig.

so or

. Tarsoctenus corytas, ¢ (hind leg x
. Kantis busiris, 3 (hind leg x 2), p
x Chrysoplectrum otriades, 3 (bind te X 2), p
. Aithilla eleusinia, g (hind leg X 2), p. 37.

MR. E, Y. WATSON ON THE HESPERIIDA,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puatz I,
. Ardaris eximia (showing veins numbered), p. 13.

. Pyrrhopyge charybdis, p. 11.
. Microceris variicolor, p. 15.

Epargyreus tityrus, p. 23.

. Phocides pigmalion, p. 21.

. Tarsoctenus papias, p. 21.

. Phanus vitreus, p. 40.

. Anisochoria albiplaga, p. 59.

. Tagiades flesus, p. 53.

. Eantis busiris, p. 57.

. Hesperia malve, p. 64.

. Caprona ransonnetii, p. 62.

. Rhopalocampta forestan, p. 129.
. Ismene wdipodea, 3, p.
. Ismene ataphus, 3, p

. Ismene ataphus, 2, p. 125.

125,
. 125,

% Padeenias qigores a p- 108.

. Onryza meiktila, 3; p. 112.

. Augiades sylvanus, 2, p. 103.

. Telesto perronii, 3, p. 73.

. Koruthaialos hector, p. 76.

. Sancus pulligo, 3, p. 87.

. Cyclopides metis, p. 90.

. Ismene mahintha, 6 (hind leg x 2), p. 125.

. Ismene edipodea, do (hind leg x 2), op 125.
2), p.
. oT.

21.

Puate III,

Fig. z % b. Purrhopyge charybdis (antenna and palpi x 2), p

Phocides pigmalion (antenna and palpi X 2), p. of
ELudamus proteus (antenna and palpi X 2), p 20.
Plestia dorus (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 21.
Aithilla eleusinia (antenna and palpi x 2), B. ae
Phenicops beata (antenna and palpi X 2), p
Bungalotis midas (antenna and palpi * 13 5 2
Dyscophus sebaldus (antenna and palpi x 2) p- a7

9a,b. Entheus talaus (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 40
10a, 6. Anisochoria albiplaga (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 59.

Tagiades flesus (antenna and palpi x 2),

12a,6. Camptopleura theramenes (antenna and pa ue 3 2), p. 55.
134,6. Mycteris cerula (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 56.

Cyclopides metis (antenna and palpi x 2), p. YO.
Caprona pillaana (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 62.
Abantis tettensis (antenna and palpi X 2), p. (13.

17.a,b. Eantis busiris (antenna and palpi x 2), p. "BT.
18a,6. Ismene edipodea (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 125.

Hesperia malve (anteona and palpi X 38), p. 64.

Taractrocera mevius (antenna and palpi X 3), p. 94.

Butleria dimidiatus (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 79...
oF

132

MR. E. BE. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

Fig. 22. Telesto perronii (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 73

23. Motasingha dirphia (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 73.
24. Ceratrichia phocion (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 117.
25 a,b. Iambrix salsala (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 76.

26 a,b. Apaustus menes (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 96.

27 a,b. Adopea thaumas (antenna and palpi x 2), p. 98.

28. Baoris oceia (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 106.

29. Parnara mathias (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 105.
30. Gegenes nostrodamus (antenna and palpi X 2), p. 104.

2. Descriptions of New Species of Dipterous Insects of the

Family Syrphide in the Collection of the British
Museum, with Notes on Species described by the
late Francis Walker.—Part I. Baccuin1 and Bracuyo-
pint. By E.E. Austen, Zoological Department, British

Museum.
[Received December 2, 1892.]

(Plates IV. & V.)

The following is intended to be the first of a series of papers on
the Syrphide in the Collection of Diptera in the British Museum.
For some time past I have been engaged in working on these
Insects, and it was my original intention not to publish anything
upon the subject until the re-arrangement of the Family had been
completed. But since it has been urged upon me that a saving
of time is effected by writing about a group while it is fresh in
one’s memory, I have decided to begin the preparation of these
papers at once. This is the reason why I have commenced in the
middle of the Family.

Appended is a list of the species now to be described, with their

habitats.
Ethiopian Region.
Rhingia semi-ce@ruled, Pp. 162 wrecrsersevecreeeeersere Sierra Leone.
Oriental Region.
Baccha nibilipennis, p. 186 .....ccccveeeeseeseneeneees Ceylon.
».. entgnguliferd, p. 138 ....c......cecensccn cone a
| pulchrifrons, P.1d9 ........-...200-.esecoeeons ‘
fe fea ml Ao ere aaee os nsetek tsecessuecescese 4
», amphithoe, p. 142, W1k. (re-described) ... Mulmein, Sarawak,
Ceylon.
Australian Region.
Bacohabicolor yp. VOT evotdsn--cccecconseoosccasssoe Mysol.
5! | TEPUGENS, Ps VOSM ce .sccevscnscenovecosccssscose Bouru.
3) (CURIA, Dele ea enn vne cast voceacessasrevadoeve Sula Is.

P.Z.5.1893. Plate IV.

Berjean. & Highley del et ith. West, Newman imp.

New Species of Syrphidze.

-
*
¥
oe,
Je -
~ =
a!
* Me

.

‘ =

~ 5
=
7
. :
‘ 7
7

as? iF

~ \

e

» Re
at

P.Z.9.1893.Plate V.

Berjeau & Highley del. et Lith. West,Newmanimp.

New Species of Syrphidee.

1893.] MR. E. E. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 133

Neotropical Region.

CUEING s Gy-Ten ye Neti sonusesess te --n4iveso2-4 <a Weace scenes on eeces Jamaica.
IE GCLID SUGT LET SPAR ceencdeat con ncb ssdcbedaa<reoannocet>aesss 7

SHITE) CTS Ae dred ier cet eccnce sets <2 coxasavae-ore Brazil.

» levissima, p. 146 ........... ellen et Re ot ee ee bE “a

yh PPICMCOMIEDLO IT: WEP het. cet adigcccancdsatentqddedusaconscwassss Ae

Fe PLGA ee ES a oe ceoertber Gar Ot Pod pre no CEO 4

PI NELLCEO™ NO a erence nae nae yee eanadae- case aasnc e

Be men CIOLUR COLCA Lie) Meera vans dectaies ctpiaatev ws aanaracanspedasasate=e's =F

PN EQUC TIS, Gl Cri taeee onsen eh Vaile cienescnveds tanexascaaensnuses 2

NTU Pk eets cas ecenensaaesetcancdestotecestsase scene a teee a

GF MER CTOCOV SD UII a, Seer te ar ericsde) <atdde= wiasstaeesastves a

pent CLOCE Ws Neill cedenes cvs cqetcenesd <tébvenwse sec saasdaed 55

Fate LGU ADS LOSE sercas cept donaazesdaasce=satda sence iadees iA
Salpingogaster virgata, Pp. 159....cc0.-secceeeeeseceececeeeeecees is

a TUTEOT Yee i linetenndes aes ceenveneadce seca causesa5< a

Baccutint, Williston.
Synopsis N. Amer. Syrphide, Bull. 31, U.S. Nat. Mus. p. xv.

Ocyrramus, Macq.

OcyYPTAMUS IRIS, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 1, 2.)

Q. Length 73 mm.

Face and cheeks pale yellow ; face with a sharply defined metallic
bronze median stripe, reaching to the oral margin; vertex bluish
purple, front metallic greenish black, pollinose on the sides and in
the middle; pile black. Antenniferous projection yellow in front,
below. Antenne orange-yellow, brown above; third joint oval.
Thorax dull purplish black on the dorsum, steely blue on the sides
and pleure ; scutellum metallic, bluish in front, bronze-green
behind. Abdomen metallic iridescent, with dull velvety black
markings ; first segment magenta, brilliant steel-blue on the sides ;
second segment magenta in front, merging into purplish golden
behind, with a reniform velvety black transverse patch in the
middle, not reaching to the sides; lateral margin of the segment
blue; third segment a mixture of magenta and bronze, with a
quadrate velvety spot on each side in the middle; fourth segment
somewhat darker, golden bronze in front, greenish in the midde,
magenta on the posterior angles, with a quadrate velvety spot on
each side in the middle, more widely separated one from the other
than the previous pair ; fifth segment prune-purple, bluish on the
anterior angles: the sides of the abdomen are fringed with short
pale hairs, the posterior angles of the fifth segment with black
hairs, which project backwards. Legs yellow; posterior tibie
brownish on the inner side; the last four joints of the tarsi
brownish. Wings hyaline, with a conspicuous brown blotch at
the tip, above the third vein; subcostal cell pale yellowish brown ;
third longitudinal vein straight: alule rudimentary.

Cinchona, Jamaica; June: one specimen, collected and pre-
sented by W. Fawcett, Esq.

This species is allied to Ocyptamus (Baccha) coeruleus, Will.

134 MR, E, B, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPrEROUS INsECTS. [Jan. 17,

(Biol. Centr.-Amer., Diptera, iii. 38), from Mexico, and Ocyptamus
(Pipiza) costalis, Walker (Linn. Trans. xvii. 342, 31) from 8.
America; it is, however, distinguished from both by its yellow
face and legs, and by the colour of its abdomen, as also by its
abdomen not being clothed with white, short, curved hairs, by the
wings being without a brown fore-border, by the third longitudinal
vein being straight, and by its smaller size.

Pipiza costalis, Walker, Linn. Trans. xvii. 342, from 8. America,
is an Ocyptamus, allied to O. cwruleus (Baccha cerulea), Will.,
Biol. Centr.-Amer., Diptera, vol. iii. p. 38.

Pipiza pica, W1k., Tr. Ent. Soc. n. ser. iv. 156, from the Valley
of the Amazon, = Ocyptamus (Syrphus) trigonus, Wied.

Pipiza dolosa, Wik., loc. cit., from the Valley of the Amazon, =
Ocyptamus dimidiatus, F'. (3).

Pipiza divisa, Wlk., loc. cit., from Vera Cruz, = Ocyptamus
dimidiatus, F.(@).

Syrphus stolo, Wlk., Dipt. Saunders. 241, from Brazil, is an
Ocyptamus. The type is headless. The wings are apparently
precisely similar to those of the ¢ of O. dimidiatus, F.; but the
specimen is distinguished from this species by the yellowish
markings on the sides of the abdominal segments, as well as by the
yellower colour of the first two pairs of legs.

Syrphus antiphates, W1k., List Dipt. ii. 589, is an Ocyptamus,

Syrphus peas, Wlk., loc. cit. 590, from ? = Ocyptamus
fuscipennis, Say.—The head of Walker’s type, as described by him,
has been stuck on, and does not belong to it.

Syrphus amissas, Wlk., List Dipt. ii. 589, from Georgia, =
Ocyptamus fuscipennis, Say. Syrphus radaca, W1k., List Dipt. iii.
590, from Florida, = Ocyptamus fuscipennis, Say, var. fascipennis,
Macq. Walker's description is drawn from two 9 specimens, and
not froma ¢, as stated by him.

The synonymy of the two last-mentioned species has already
been recognized by Williston, Synopsis, &c., p. 119.

Syrphus tridipennis, Wk. Linn. Trans. xvii. 345, from S§.
America, is an Ocyptamus, closely allied to Ocyptamus funebris,
Macq. It may, indeed, be only a variety of the latter species,
though the semi-hyaline space beneath the apex of the wing in the
latter is much more indistinct in Walker’s species, in which, again,
there is a semi-hyaline streak in the middle of the submarginal,
first posterior, and discal cells. The wings of Walker's type are,
moreover, slightly narrower than those of specimens of O. funebris,
Macq., in the collection.

Syrphus tarsalis, W1k., Linn, Trans. xvii. 345, from S. America,
is an Ocyptamus. There is a narrow pale yellow stripe on each
side of the third abdominal segment, starting from the anterior
angle and extending a little more than half the length of the
segment, and a mark of the same colour shaped like an isosceles
triangle on each side of the fourth segment, extending from the
auterior angle not quite to the middle of the segment. The

1893.] MR. B. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 135

apical fourth of the first joint of the posterior tarsi is yellowish
white like the remaining joints of this pair of tarsi.

Baccua, F.

The genus Baccha seems to me at present to include at Jeast
three distinct groups of species. Of Group I. the European
B. elongata, F., may be taken as a type ; the members of this group,
which are found in both the Old and New Worlds, are species
with pedunculate abdomens, more or less dark in colour, usually
varied with yellow markings, and hyaline or infuscated wings :
the alule may or may not be rudimentary.

Group II. is composed exclusively of Neotropical forms, in
which the abdomen is of a more or less ferruginous or ochra-
ceous colour, marked with a series of continuous longitudinal stripes
of a lighter tint, spatulate posteriorly and more or less contracted
at the base; the dorsum of the thorax is usually covered with
ochraceous pollen, and marked with stripes; the front bears a
pronounced antenniferous projection, marked with a round black
dot; the wings generally have an ochraceous infuscation, and the
alule are of the full size: of this group B. livida, Schin., may be
taken as typical; B. conjuncta, Wied., is an aberrant form.

Group ILI. at present also consists entirely of Neotropical
species, the characteristics of which are a broad, flat abdomen,
which is not contracted basally, but expands regularly to the end of
the fourth segment, and is of a more or less ferruginous or yellowish
colour, which is divided up by brown bands, &c., into broad and
generally notched markings; infuscated wings, with the third
longitudinal vein straight, or somewhat concave posteriorly, and
rudimentary alule ; there is also a small antenniferous process,
marked with a round black dot: the shape and colour of the
abdomen are thus the most striking features of this group, of which
the species described below as Baccha crocata may be taken as a
type. The only previously described species which I can assign to
this group is B. luctuosa, Bigot (Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1883, p. 334),
from Mexico.

Of the species here described, all those from the Oriental and
Australian Regions, as well as B. signifera, levissima, mcompta,
and pumila, from Brazil, and B. sagittifera, from Jamaica, belong
to Group I. B. amphithoe, W1k., from the Oriental Region, and
B. bigoti (nom. nov.), from Brazil, also belong here.

Of Group II. the only species here described is B. silacea, from
Brazil. Specimens of several other species, which are doubtless
new and certainly belong to this group, are in the Collection,
but are not in a sufficiently good condition to describe.

To Group III. belong B. cultrata, flavens, gilva, crocata, and
crocea. B. fervida also belongs here, but has full-sized alule.

I think there is no doubt that the genus Baccha as it pow exists
ought to be split up ; and, while I do not venture to undertake the
task myself at present, I have endeavoured to indicate a way in
which perhaps it might be done. It seems inconsistent to place

186 MR, B, B, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS insEcts. [Jan.17,

species like B. rubricosa, Wied., and B. conjuncta, Wied., in the
same genus as B. elongata, Fab., when, for instance, what Fallén
called Sceva hyalinata is distinguished generically from Syrphus
ribesii, Linn., or when Ocyptamus, Macq., is allowed to retain its
independence.

Group I.

BACCHA NUBILIPENNIS, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs 7,9, ¢ 2, and
Plate V. fig. 14, head of 3.)

3 9. Length: g 123 to 144 mm., 2 122 to 133 mm.

Fuce and cheeks yellow, with yellow pollen and pale yellow pile.
Cheeks in ¢ sometimes narrowly blackish immediately below the
eyes. A prominent, rounded, and sharply-defined facial tubercle,
commencing halfway down the face; sometimes an indistinct
brown stripe between it and theantenne. Antenne orange ; third
joint large, ovate, larger in the Q than in the g. A very pro-
nounced antenniferous process, shining black above, and orange-
yellow immediately above the base of the antenne; the orange-
yellow area is larger in the 9 ; the projection is truncate and
flattened in front, and pilose on the sides only. Front in g
greenish black, with yellow pollen, and vertical triangle black; in
@ shining black, with a narrow triangular area on each side in
front yellow pollinose. Pile on front blackish in ¢, yellowish in
@ , shorter in the latter than in the former. Occiput with a fringe
of pale yellow hairs. Zhorawx shining black; the collar of hair in
front pale yellow; elsewhere nearly bare. Humeri and postalar
callosities brownish ; plewrc with a broad vertical stripe of golden
pollen in front of the suture; the stripe has a reddish ground ;
pleure behind the wings silvery pollinose. Scutellum polished
dark brown on the disc, more or less yellowish, semi-translucent,
behind. General colour of the abdomen metallic black (browner in
2), sometimes with a distinct bluish sheen; the abdomen is
broadest in the fourth segment. The first segment has outstanding
pale yellow hairs on each side ; elsewhere the abdomen is clothed
with very short appressed black pile. First segment black,
browner and with an edging of yellow in the @ ; second segment
with a yellow basal band, notched in the median line behind, and
with an interrupted brownish-yellow band near the tip, the latter
often scarzely visible in the ¢; third seyment with a conspicuous
transverse yellow band, occupying about the middle third of the
segment, but slightly nearer the base; the remaining segments
wholly metallic black ; male genitalia small and concealed. Legs
orange-yellow ; posterior femora slightly darker, dark brown above
and below on the distal half, but orange at the tips ; posterior tibiz
reddish on basal third, then dark brown ; posterior tarsi dark brown
on basal two-thirds of first joint, then whitish yellow. Wings
infuscated, dark brown in the middle, and usually darker in the ¢
than in the 2 ; inthe Q the wings show a faint secondary infusca-
tion at the tips, above the third vein ; an area at the base on the

1893. ] MR. E. BE. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS, 137

inner side nearly hyaline ; third vein gently curved above the base of
the first posterior cell; in the ¢ the wings are narrower and less
rounded at the tips, while the terminal section of the fourth
posterior vein, closing the first posterior cell, is less sinuate and
more oblique than in the 2 : alule long, narrow, posterior margin
straight.

Ceylon (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury). The typical specimens are
from Kandy (circa 1800 ft.), the ¢ collected June 28, 1892, the
Q May 25, 1892. Common in the Central Province; one speci-
men from Baddegama, in the neighbourhood of Galle.

This species is distinguished from any other known to me from
the Oriental Region, by the marking of the abdomen, and the
sharply-defined facial and antenniferous tubercles when viewed in
profile.

BaccHa BICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 6, ¢.)

3. Length 13 mm.

Face and cheeks pale yellow, clothed with yellow pollen; a
small, round, bare, sharply-defined tubercle slightly below the
middle of the face. Antenne yellow. Front brownish, yellowish
pollinose on the sides, clothed with pale yellow pile. Vertical
triangle black. Thorax dull brown, faintly pollinose on the dor-
sum; shoulders and pleure in front pale yellow; a conspicuous
vertical stripe on the pleure below the transverse suture yellowish
white, pollinose ; a similar, but somewhat duller, spot behind and
below the base of the wings. Scwtellwm reddish brown. Abdomen:
first segment vellow, blackish on the sides ; second segment yellow,
brownish in the middle, and brown on the distal fifth; third seg-
ment yellow for rather more than half its length, then metallic
brownish black, with a somewhat V-shaped transverse brown
mark on the yellow portion near the base of the segment, the
apex of the VY being directed forwards and the arms widely
divergent ; the remainder of the abdomen metallic prune-purple ;
external genitalia yellow, not projecting beyond the tifth segment.
The abdomen is spatulate from the commencement of the third
segment, and on the dark portion is clothed with sparse and very
short appressed black pile ; elsewhere the body of this species is
practically bare. The first two pairs of legs yellow ; the posterior
legs, except rather more than the basal half of the femora, which
is yellow, pale brown; on the posterior femora a narrow band at
the commencement of the dark portion is darker brown than the
remainder, and the posterior tibie have the tips and an ill-defined
band in the middle yellowish. Wings brown, paler at the tips,
and with a small area at the base on the inner side nearly hyaline ;
the wings are rounded at the tip and show no angle at the
junction of the costal vein with the hind margin; the second
longitudinal vein bends downwards before joining the costa, so
that the end of the marginal cell is blunt, while the third longi-
tudinal vein bends slightly upwards at its termination, and the
terminal portion of the fourth longitudinal vein is very oblique,

138 MR. E. BE, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INsEcrs. [Jan. 17,

so that the outer extremity of the first posterior cell is wide:
alule rudimentary.

Mysol Is., Malay Archipelago ( Wallace): one specimen.

The type of this species was described by Walker (Journ. Linn.
Soe. vii. p. 212) as being possibly the male of his species Baccha
purpuricola, the type of which isa female. The yellow face and
variegated abdomen of the present species, however, render its
identity with B. purpuricola absolutely impossible. This species
is clearly allied to Baccha moluccana, Doleschall (Natuurk. Tijdschr.
Ned. Ind. xiy. p. 412, tab. iii. fig. 2), from Amboina, the abdomen
of which, as figured by Doleschall, is strikingly similar to that of
the present species; the face of Doleschall’s species is, however,
black in the middle and yellow on the sides, and he expressly states
that the scutellum is black.

BaccHA REFULGENS, sp. nu. (Plate LV. fig. 4, 2.)

2. Length 13 mm.

Front, face, and cheeks metallic dark purple, thinly clothed with
pale pile; facial tubercle not sharply defined. Antenne orange-
yellow ; third joint oval. Thorax and scutellum metallic purplish
violet, nearly bare; postalar callosities brownish. The abdomen
spatulate from the commencement of the third segment, thinly
clothed with short blackish pile; the first two segments metallic
blackish, the remainder brilliant metallic pansy-purple. Legs yellow;
posterior femora with a faint indication of a narrow brownish ring
beyond the middle; distal third of posterior tibiz and posterior
tarsi brown. Wings hyaline, with the costal border to the tip of
the third vein (including the costal, subcostal, and marginal cells)
and a central area, which includes the basal cells, rather less than
the basal half of the submarginal cell, rather less than the basal
third of the first posterior cell and the basal two-thirds of the
discal cell, and faintly extends to the posterior margin at the tip
of the anal cell, brown: alule of full size.

Bouru Is., Malay Archipelago ( Wallace): one specimen.

This species is allied to Baccha purpuricola, Walker (Journ. Linn.
Soe. iii. [iv.] p. 129), from Key Is., but is distinguished at once by
the colour of its thorax.

BAcCHA TRIANGULIFERA, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 5, 3.)

6 2. Length 13 mm. (9 123 mm.).

Front, face, and cheeks yellow, with short pale yellow pile; a
narrow dark brown median stripe extending a little more than
halfway down the face from the antenne. Vertical triangle in
¢ shining black, very long and narrow, extending more than one-
third of the distance between the occiput and antenne. Front of
© with a brownish triangular spot immediately above the antenne ;
very narrow above, metallic black, with parallel sides for one half
its length from the occiput. Occiput dull black, pollinose, with a
fringe of glistening whitish hairs. Antenne orange, third joint

1893.] MR. E, E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSECTS, 139

bluntly oval; arista brown, except the base. Thoraa metallic black,
finely punctate, with very short, silky, yellowish pile; humeri, a
stripe trom them to the suture, a vertical stripe on the pleure in
front of the suture, a large rounded spot below this stripe, an
oblique elongated spot behind the base of the wings, and the
anterior margin of the scutellum pale yellow. Scutellum, except
anterior margin, blackish brown, punctate. Abdomen cylindrical
and very narrow from posterior half of first segment to middle of
third, expanding and spatulate from thence to the tip; general
colour reddish brown, clothed with short, appressed, blackish pile ;
second segment with fine, whitish, erect pile on the sides; @ very
conspicuous translucent yellow spot, occupying distal third (rather
more in 2) of the third segment, and shaped like an equilateral
triangle ; first segment yellow, brown at the tip; second segment
reddish brown, darker at the tip, before which is a narrow indistinct
lighter band ; base of third segment yellowish, posterior margin
brown ; fourth segment polished dark brown, steely on posterior
margin in 6; fifth segment polished dark brown, with a steely
sheen ; external genitals reddish in both sexes, rather prominent
in ¢. Legs luteous, coxe blackish brown ; posterior femora reddish
brown, yellowish at the base ; posterior tibiz pale yellow on basal
third, then dark brown ; first joint of posterior tarsi dark brown,
except at the tip; this and the remaining joints dull yellow.
Wings hyaline, with a brownish tinge along the posterior margin ;
subcostal cell dark brown, and a brownish patch at the distal extre-
mity of the marginal and submarginal cells, terminating sharply
at the third vein; the latter straight; veins dark brown: alule
almost absent.

In the shape of the profile of the face and in the venation of
the wing, this species resembles B. pedicellata, Dol. (according to
Doleschall’s figure), from Java; but the sharply-defined yellow
triangle on the third abdominal segment distinguishes the species
from any other known to me.

Huldamulla, Ceylon; circa 4000 ft. (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury).
A pair taken in copuld, June 10, 1892.

Baccus PULCHRIFRONS, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 10,10%,11, ¢ 2.)

$2. Length: g 10 to 113 mm., 9 93 to 103 mm.

In 6, front, upper part of the face immediately below the an-
tenne, and a broad facial stripe reaching to the oral margin steely.
In 9, front, including whole circumference of antenniferous pro-
jection and a facial stripe, narrower than in the ¢, but reaching
to the oral margin, metallic black, sometimes steely ; sides of face
yellowish pollinose ; cheeks orange-yellow, with a blackish-brown
spot in front, more or less distinctly connected with the facial
stripe, sometimes indistinct in the 9. Front (including vertical
triangle in the ¢ ) and face clothed with pale yellow pile. Frontal
triangle in ¢ dusted with yellowish pollen above; frontin 2, a
little below the middle, with a triangular patch of pale yellow pollen
on each side, the apices of the triangles meeting or narrowly

140 MR. E, E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

separated in the median line. A distinct facial tubercle and
antenniferous process, the latter somewhat more pronounced in
the 2 thanin the ¢. A lunate spot on each side of the antenni-
ferous process metallic violet. Antenne orange-yellow ; third joint
oval; arista brown, yellow at the base. Occiput black, whitish
pollinose, with a fringe of pale hairs. Zhoraw and scutellum: in
¢ metallic bronze-black, clothed with golden pile; in 2 metallic
blue-black, clothed with shorter whitish-yellow pile; in the 3 a
sometimes obscure yellowish vertical stripe on the pleure beneath
the suture; in the 2, humeri and a similar vertical stripe on the
pleure light yellow, the stripe with whitish pile. General colour
of the abdomen bronze-black, with yellow markings ; clothed with
erect and rather long yellowish pile on the sides of the first three
segments, and elsewhere with appressed pile, black on the black
and whitish ou the yellow portions: the sides of the third and
fourth segments in the ¢ areso curled round ventrally as to make
the abdomen at the tip appear not more than double the width of
the second segment at the base; distal half of the abdomen of the
Q spatulate ; first segment reddish yellow, brown on the hind
margin, sometimes wholly brown or bronze-black in the ¢ ; second
segment bronze in the g, sometimes reddish on each side at the
base, with a more or less distinct reddish-yellow transverse band
on the second sixth from the hind margin ; in some specimens the
second segment is wholly bronze-black in the g, except the pos-
terior fifth, which is dull black; second segment in the 2 metallic
black, with a reddish-yellow band on the second fifth from the
hind margin, and sometimes reddish yellow at the base; third
segment in the ¢ bronze on the basal and dull black on the apical
third, with a quadrate yellow spot on each side in the middle ;
third segment in the 2 metallic black, with a yellow, somewhat
triangular spot on each side in the middle, the apices directed out-
wards, and the bases inclined one towards another and sometimes
narrowly meeting in the middle line in front; the posterior side
of each triangle concave; fourth segment in the ¢ bronze-black,
with a quadrate yellow spot on each side at the base, occasionally
somewhat obscure, but when distinct deeply emarginate posteriorly,
so that each spot shows a sharp angle projecting backwards on
each side of the median line; fourth segment in the 2 metallic
black, with a yellow longitudinal stripe on each side of the median
line, starting from the base and running the whole length of the
segment, and a broader yellow elongated spot starting from the
base of the yellow stripe on each side and running obliquely out-
wards, so as almost to cut off a basal angle; in some specimens
the yellow longitudinal stripes become obsolete before reaching the
hind margin of the segment, and in others apparently do not run
more than halfway; fifth segment in the ¢ wholly metallic black ;
genitalia small, metallic black ; fifth segment in the ? metallic
black, with a somewhat confused repetition in miniature of the
yellow markings on the fourth segment. Legs yellow; coxe
blackish brown, and a band on the outer half of the posterior

1893.1 MR. E. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 141

femora, not reaching to the tips, and the distal third of the posterior
tibie brown; there is sometimes an indication of an incomplete
brownish ring round the middle of the posterior tibiae. Wings in
the g sharper at the tip, and with the terminal portion of the
fourth longitudinal vein, closing first posterior cell, more oblique
than in the 9; suffused with brown, usually lighter at the base
on the inner side, darker in the costal and subcostal cells and in the
middle, and with the stigma and an elongated and not sharply-
defined spot at the tip, above the third vein, dark brown; wings
in the 9 hyaline, the subcostal cell brown, and the stigma and an
elongated spot at the tip above the third vein, as in the ¢, dark
brown ; third longitudinal vein gently curved: alule of full size.

Ceylon (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury): twelve specimens. The types
are from the Hot Wells at Trincomali, the ¢ collected on Nov. 2,
1890, and the 2 on March 13, 1892; very common on the Trin-
comali side. Other specimens from Kandy (whence also the
Museum collection contains two collected by Mr. E. E. Green),
Heneratagoda, and Bentota. Apparently the commonest species
of Baccha in Ceylon.

This species is very closely allied to Baccha apicalis, Lw. (Wien.
ent. Monatschr. Bd. 2, p. 106), from Japan, and may, indeed, be
identical with it. Since, however, Loew describes a 2 only, of
which the head was destroyed, and considering the great difference
in the locality of the specimens, it is impossible to be certain of
the identity without comparing Loew’s type, and I have therefore
ventured to consider the present specimens as distinct. In the
markings of the third and fourth segments of the abdomen, B.
pulchrifrons resembles B. dispar, Walker (Journ. Linn. Soe. iii.
[iv.] p. 121), from Macassar, Celebes. The latter species, however,
is at once distinguished by its much greater size and by the brown
band across the centre of the wing.

Besides the specimens mentioned above, Colonel Yerbury obtained
two others, which he bred from an Aphis-infested leaf of the
*“Cambuk” tree, found at Nilavelli on Noy. 16,1890. The flies,
which are ¢ and 9, emerged on Noy. 29 and 30, 1890. The
specimens are somewhat smaller than the majority of those of
B. pulchrifrons (the 2 measures 92 mm. in length; the head of
the ¢ is unfortunately missing), but resemble them in their general
habitus, with the following differences:—the thorax of the ¢ is
more greenish black and less bronze; the yellow markings of the
abdomen in both sexes are much more distinct, sharper, and more
opaque-looking ; those on the third and fourth segments of the
abdomen of the ¢ are larger thanin B. pulchrifrons, and the inner
longitudinal stripes on the fourth segment in the 2 are broader,
and expanded on the hind margin of the segment ; the wings, with
the exception of the subcostal cell, which is brown, are hyaline in
both seaes, with a very faint infuscation at the tip above the third
vein; there is an indication of the metallic violet spot on each
side of the base of the antenniferous process in the 9. As these
specimens are not in a good state of preservation, it is impossible

142 MR. H, H, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

to decide whether they really belong to a new species; I therefore
regard them provisionally as a variety of B. pulchrifrons.

BaccHA FALLAX, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 12, ¢.)

3. Length 11 mm.; wing, length 83? mm, width across the
centre 2? mm. Very closely resembling B. pulchrifrons ; differing
as follows :—front, and broad median facial stripe reaching to the
oral margin, metallic black, not steely ; sides of the face, including
upper portion, and cheeks deep yellow; antenniferous process
considerably smaller, when viewed from above, and no trace of
metallic violet spot on the side ; thoraw and scutellum more bronzed ;
pleural stripe orange, much more conspicuous, and rising higher on
the sides of the dorsum; first segment of the abdomen pure yellow ;
second segment considerably narrower, longer, and wholly bronze-
black, except the basal angles, which are yellow; the yellow markings
on the third and fourth segments entirely resembling those on the
corresponding segments in the 2 of B. pulchrifrons, and not as in
the g of that species; wings longer and narrower; except at the
base, uniformly suffused with brown, not darker in the middle ;
apical spot above the third vein reduced to a mere line, so as to
appear as a simple continuation of the stigma: alule long and
rather narrow, with a straight posterior edge.

Ceylon (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury): two specimens, both males,
The type was collected at Haycock Hill, near Galle, April 27,
1892; the second individual at Kandy, May 30, 1892.

Owing to the deceptive similarity between the markings on the
abdomen of this species and those on the abdomen of B. pulchri-
frons 2, these specimens would certainly be regarded as males of
the latter if regard were not paid to the differences enumerated
above,

BaccHa AMPHITHOE, Walker, List. Dipt. iii. 549. (Plate IV.
fig. 2, 2.)

Walker’s type is from the “East Indies,” 7. e. Mulmein,
according to the Museum register, coll. Archdeacon Clerk. The
Museum collection also contains another specimen from Sarawak,
collected by Wallace (Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. i. 125). Walker’s
type, however, is a mere fragment, the sex of which itis impossible
to determine, and was minus its head when Walker described it.
I therefore avail myself of the opportunity presented by the
acquisition of three specimens from Ceylon, contained in a collection
of Diptera recently brought home by Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury, to
re-describe this species. The specimens from which this re-
description is drawn will be marked and placed in the Museum
collection.

3 @. Length: ¢ 10mm., 2 10tollmm. Fuce and cheeks
yellow. A sharply-defined black median stripe on the face, from
antenne to mouth, becoming somewhat indistinct before reaching
the mouth in the 9; sometimes with a metallic bluish sheen. A
low facial tubercle. Front metallic black in both sexes, and yellow

1893.] | MR. E. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 143

on each side below; yellowish pollinose above in ¢, and witha
triangular patch of yellow pollen on each side in the middle in the
2 , scarcely separated by an indistinct black median line. Antenne
orange-yellow ; third joint oval. Front and face in both sexes
clothed with very short pale yellow pile. Occiput yellowish
pollinose, with a fringe of silvery yellow hair, Thoraa metallic
black, clothed on dorsum with very short appressed golden pile.
Humeri, an elongated spot from thence to the suture, a vertical
stripe and rounded spot below the sutural end of this, and two
oblique elongated spots below the base of the wing, and separated
by a fine line, yellow. Post-alar callosities reddish brown, some-
times darker. Sceutellum wholly yellow, but sometimes semi-trans-
lucent behind, or more or less distinctly brownish on the dise.
Abdomen cylindrical at the base, expanding rapidly and spatulate
(especially in the 9 ) from the base of the third segment: general
colour reddish yellow, polished, with very short pile; third and
fourth segments with conspicuous black hind margins ; first segment
reddish yellow, with erect pale yellow pile on each side; second
segment cylindrical, reddish brown, darker at the distal end, with
a yellowish band occupying the second fifth of its length from the
hind margin ; third segment yellowish at the immediate base, with
a reddish-brown triangular patch on each side (especially distinct
in the @ ) narrowly reaching the hind margin, then yellow, except
the hind margin, which has a sharply defined black band; the
yellow area of the segment is consequently triangular, with its
apex directed forwards; fourth segment yellow, the basal angles,
sides, and a large somewhat triangular area on the hind margin
with its apex directed forwards, black (the sides of this and the
previous segment in the ¢ are usually curled round ventrally, and
to be seen must be looked at from beneath) ; fifth segment yellow,
with a blackish median basal spot, indistinct in the ¢: ¢ genitalia
reddish yellow, projecting. Legs yellow ; coxe blackish at the base;
an ill-defined band on the distal half of the posterior femora, not
reaching to the tip; distal half of the posterior tibia, and base of
first joint of the posterior tarsi, brown. Wings suffused with
brownish ; costal border to the termination of the third vein brown,
darkest in the outer portion of the subcostal cell and at the tip:
alule of about half the normal size.

Ceylon, neighbourhood of Trincomali (Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury) ;
Mulmein (type); Sarawak (Wallace), Colonel Yerbury obtained
five specimens, three of which he has presented to the Museum.
He states that the species is rare. The ¢ which I have described
was taken at Kanthalai, March 8, 1892; the 9 at Kottawa, April
24, 1892: the third specimen presented is a g, also from
Kanthalai, Jan. 31, 1891; the other two individuals obtained
are a ¢ and 9, the former from Bentota, June 6, 1890, and the
latter from Huldamulla, June 10, 1892.

Baccha gratiosa, Big., from Sarawak, and B. vespeformis, Dol.
(Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xiv. p. 411, pl. i. fig. 1), from
Amboina, are allied to this species. The latter resembles it very

144 MR. E. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. ([Jan. 17,

closely, and may be identical, but Doleschall does not mention
the black stripe on the face, while he states that the abdomen of
his species has ¢hree transverse black bands.

BacoHa sunica, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 3, 2.)

Q. Length 9 mm.

Face and cheeks pale yellow pollinose, with a small but sharply-
defined facial tubercle. Front metallic blue, with a pollinose
stripe on each side on the lower two-thirds. Antenne yellow ;
first two joints very small, third joint ovate, large. Thorax
dark brown on the disc and below the base of the wings;
pale yellow on the sides in front, and with a pale yellow
pollinose vertical stripe on the pleure below the suture, and a
similar spot behind the base of the wings. Scutellum yellow.
Abdomen spatulate, but not excessively attenuate at the base:
first segment yellow ; second segment yellow, brown on the distal
fifth and indistinctly brownish in the middle; third segment
yellow for rather more than half its length, then metallic purplish
dark brown, a transverse brown band on the yellow portion ; the
remainder of the abdomen metallic purplish dark brown. With the
exception of a few outstanding pale yellow hairs on each side of
the first abdominal segment, the body of this species is nearly bare.
Legs pale yellow, the posterior tibie and tarsi brownish, and a
narrow brown band on the distal half of the posterior femora,
not reaching to the tips. Wings with a brownish tinge; the sub-
costal cell, from the junction of the auxiliary vein with the costa,
ale brown: the wings are blunt at the tips: alule rudimentary.

Sula Is., Malay Archipelago ( Wallace) : one specimen ; a second
specimen is from Mysol ( Wallace).

In the markings of the abdomen this species somewhat resembles
Baccha moluccana, Doleschall (Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xiv.
p- 412, pl. iii. fig. 2), from Amboina, which, however, is at once
distinguished by its black scutellum, as well as by its greater
size.

I found the type of this species labelled “ sulica” in Walker’s
handwriting, but I cannot discover that it has ever been described.

BACCHA SAGITTIFERA, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 14, 9.)

@. Length 83 mm.

Purplish black, nearly bare, pleure and abdominal markings
yellow ; those on the fourth abdominal segment sagittate. Abdomen
spatulate posteriorly, cylindrical, but stout, to end of third segment.
Wings suffused with brown at the tips ; alule apparently wanting.

Face and cheeks pale opalescent yellow; oral margin brighter
yellow ; a well-marked facial tubercle, below which the face recedes.
Front yellow, with a black median stripe extending from the vertex
to the base of the low antenniferous projection ; the latter brassy,
with a shining black dot in the median line immediately above the
antenne ; antenne orange, very small, short, third joint oval,
darker above. Post-alar callosities pale yellow, pleure brassy

1393.] - MB. BE. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECYS. 145

yellow, pectus and metanotum metallic black. Seutellwm brownish
yellow. Abdomen: the anterior margin and sides of the first
segment pale yellow ; on the second segment a narrow transverse
band, slightly notched in the median line behind and situated just
beyond the middle of the segment; third segment with a cres-
centic band in the middle, narrowly interrupted in the median line,
concave posteriorly, and nearly three times as broad as the band
on the second segment; the sagittate markings are situate on the
anterior half of the fourth segment, and directed anteriorly, they
are narrowly separated in the median line and are truncated in
front by the hind margin of the preceding segment; on the fifth
segment the yellow markings consist of deeply notched bases of
arrow-heads, situated one on each side of the anterior half of the
segment, the whole of the remainder of the arrow-heads being, as
it were, hidden beneath the fourth segment ; the inner angles of
the bases of the arrow-beads are longer than the outer, and the
notches are very much larger than in the case of the arrow-heads
on the previous segment; sixth segment wholly purplish black :
the markings on the fourth and fifth segments are of a deeper
yellow than the others. Legs yellow; the posterior femora and
tibia each with two brown bands, the band near the base of the
femur being more diffuse and less distinct than the others ; similar
bands are faintly indicated on the middle legs. Wings with a
brownish tinge, which becomes concentrated at the tips; distal
half of subcostal cell brown; third longitudinal vein straight ;
distal portion of fourth vein, closing first posterior cell, short,
upright.

Cinchona, Jamaica; June (W. Fawoett, Esq.) : one specimen.

This species of Baccha is distinguished from any other known
. to me, by the shape of the conspicuous yellow markings of the
abdomen.

BAccHA SIGNIFERA, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 8, ¢.)

3. Length 113 mm.

Face and cheeks metallic blue-black, with black pile; face
narrowly shimmering white on the sides above ; facial tubercle
sharply defined, conical; front (including the large antenni-
ferous projection) metallic black, with a dull black quadrate
median area behind. The first two joints of the antenne
black ; the third brown; the arista brown. Thoraa dull velvety
black on the dorsum, with three stripes on each side of the median
line metallic black; the innermost stripe on each side is very
narrow and tapering, and does not reach much more than half-
way ; the intermediate stripe is broader, and also tapers, but fuses
posteriorly with the lateral stripe, which is very broad indeed, and
extends to the scutellum; the two outside stripes are divided by
the transverse suture; the lateral stripe includes the post-alar
callosity ; plewre metallic bronze-black. Scutellum metallic
black; thorax and scutellum clothed with short black pile.
Abdomen dull velvety black, with yellow dots and metallic bands ;

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. X. 10

146 MR, HE. E, AUSLEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

first segment steely, with a tuft of black hairs projecting from the
anterior angles, behind which is a tuft of yellow hairs ; second
segment steely on the anterior third above, on the sides for more
than halfway, and on the hind margin, the remainder of the
segment dull black, with a yellow dot on each side ; third segment
steely on the lateral margins, and with a narrow transverse steely
band in front and behind, elsewhere dull black, with four oval
yellow dots arranged in the form of a quadrilateral, the anterior
pair twice as far apart as the posterior ; fourth and fifth segments
steely on the lateral and postevior margins, elsewhere dull black,
and each with four oval yellow dots arranged as on the third seg-
ment; genitalia small, concealed: the abdomen is broadly spatu-
late, expanding from the base of the third segment to the posterior
margin of the fourth, and contracting thence to the tip; the
second segment is stout and cylindrical, with a fringe of hairs on
each side, yellow in front and black behind; the remainder of the
abdomen is sparsely clothed with short appressed black pile. Legs
black, with short, close-fitting black pile; the tarsi flattened.
Wings suffused with brown, with a darker area at the base, which
is paler towards the posterior margin, and extends a little beyond
the anterior cross-vein on the costal side : alulw well-developed.

Ega, Brazil (Bates): one specimen.

This species is allied to Baccha adspersa, Fab., but is at once
distinguished by the infuscation of the entire wing. The terminal
section of the fourth vein is also much more oblique in this species
than in B. adspersa.

__Baccwa tevissima, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 15, 3.)
3d. Length 104 to 113 mm.; length of wing 63 to 7 mm.

Metallic bronze-black, with dead-black markings on the abdomen ; .

the latter greatly attenuated : wings very short, infuscated ; alule
rudimentary.

Face and cheeks metallic steely black, clothed (except on the
tubercle) with cinereous pollen; facial tubercle prominent. Front
with a pentagonal dead-black patch in the angle of the eyes, on
each side of which, when viewed from behind, is a shimmering
white dot ; front elsewhere and antenniferous process metallic
black, the latter with a flattened rugose area above. Vertical
triangle black; the short pile on the front and vertical triangle
black. Antenne small; the first two joints black, the third
brown, oval; arista blackish brown. Occiput black, with silvery
pollen, and fringed with short whitish hairs. Thorax rather dull,
metallic bronze-black on the dorsum, shining metallic greenish
black on the pleure ; a narrow dead-black median stripe on the
anterior part of the dorsum, not extending beyond the region of
the transverse suture: on either side of this stripe the dorsum in
front is brownish pollinose, when viewed from behind or from
the side. Scutellum metallic black; scutellum and dorsum finely
‘punctate, almost bare. Abdomen: first segment metallic steely ;
second segment steely, with a broad dead-black transverse band,

vA) on

1893.] MR. E, E. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 147

concave posteriorly, on the hinder half of the segment, widely
separated, however, from the posterior margin ; in front of the
black band is a small elongate and somewhat oblique yellow mark
on each side, between which a narrow median dead-black stripe runs
forwards from the cross-band, and bifurcates anteriorly ; third
segment similar to the second, except that the lateral yellow
dots are more quadrate and less oblique, and that the median dead-
black stripe does not bifurcate in front, but has a club-shaped
head, which touches or is narrowly separated from the an-
terior margin of the segment; the fourth segment is shorter
and broader than the third, but is similar to it, except that the
yellow marks, which are duller and not so sharply defined, and
sometimes indistinct, are considerably larger and elongated longi-
tudinally ; fifth segment wholly metallic black; genitalia metallic
bluish black, small. The abdomen is sparsely clothed with very
short black pile. Legs: anterior pair brown, darkest on the tarsi,
which are flattened ; the femora at the extreme base and at the
tip, the tibie at the base and at the extreme tip, yellow; the
femora are also yellowish in the middle on the inside; second and
third pairs of legs blackish brown, the tips of the femora, bases of
the tibize, and extreme tips of the middle tibiz, yellow: the middle
femora have a fringe of dark hairs, the posterior coxe a fringe of
pale yellow hairs beneath. Wings uniformly pale brown, except
the subcostal cell, which is dark brown. Halteres orange.

Brazil, region of the Amazon (Bates): three males.

This species is allied to Baccha brevipennis and B. rugosifrons of
Schiner (Reise ‘Novara’: Diptera, 341) and to B. stenogaster,
Williston (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. 266); it is, however, distin-
guished at once from the two first mentioned by the yellow spots on
the abdomen and by the infuscated wings, as well as by its dark
legs in the case of rugosifrons, and from stenogaster by its infuscated
wings and dark legs.

BaccHA BIGOTI, nom. nov.

Syn. Baccha apicalis, Bigot (nec Loew). Bigot’s species was
described from Brazil (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 6 sér., t. ili. p. 334,
1883); Loew’s from Japan (Wien. ent. Monatschr. Bd. 2,
p- 106, 1858).

The alule are about half the normal size, with a straight pos-
terior edge.

Baccwa incompra, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 13, ¢.)

3. Length 10 mm.

Metallic dark brown, nearly bare: wings hyaline, the costal
and subcostal cells, a somewhat zigzag mark from the first to the
fifth longitudinal veins, crossing the origin of the third vein and
involving the cross-veins at the tip of the posterior basal cell, and a
blotch at the tip of the submarginal cell, slightly overflowing into
the marginal, brown ; alule of the full size.

Face and cheeks metallic steely blue; the former without a

148 MR. E. B, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPreEROvs INsEcTs. [Jan. 17,

vestige of a tubercle, clothed with pale whitish pile, and cinereous
pollinose on the sides. /ront metallic blue at the sides, bronze-
black in the middle, clothed with blackish pile; the apex of the
angle of the eyes and a narrow margin on each side cinereous
pollinose : antenniferous process not prominent. Antenne yellow,
small; third joint somewhat oblong in shape, rounded at the tip,
which, with a rather broad upper margin, is brown. Occiput
cinereous, fringed with silvery hairs. Thorav and _ scutellum
metallic bronze-brown, the latter steely on the hind margin;
pleure bronze anteriorly, pale metallic bluish white behind the
base of the wings; post-alar callosities reddish: thorax sparsely
clothed with very short dark pile, the scutellum with longer
pale pile. Abdomen slender, spatulate, steely on first segment,
elsewhere brown ; the typical specimen has a narrow transverse
faint yellow band, widely divided in the middle, at the base of
the fourth segment; genitalia small, concealed: a tuft of whitish
hairs on each side of the first segment, and the second and third
segments with a fringe of shorter pale hairs on each side; the
abdomen elsewhere nearly bare. Anterior legs yellow, the third
and fourth joints of the tarsi, and the outer side of the femora
towards the base, brownish; second and third pairs of legs brown,
the bases and tips of the femora, the basal third of the posterior
tibie, the whole of the middle tibie, the first two joints of the
middle tarsi, the tip of the first and the whole of the second joint
of the posterior tarsi, pale yellow: the middle femora with a
fringe of rather long pale hairs behind ; the posterior femora with
a similar but shorter fringe of hair on the outer and inner side.
Third longitudinal vein of the wing straight.

Brazil, region of the Amazon (Bates): two specimens, both
males.

This species is not closely allied to any other known to me; in
the markings of the wings it resembles B. bigoti, which, however,
distinguishes itself at once by the reddish colour of the basal half
of the abdomen, as also by the rudimentary condition of its alule.

BaccHA PUMILA, sp.n, (Plate V. fig. 12, g.)

3 Q. Length 63 mm.

Yellow, shining: centre of dorsum of the thorax shining black,
with three cinercous pollinose stripes; abdomen contracted, but yet
stout, at the base, then spatulate; with dark brown cross-bands and
lineate markings. Legs yellow ; posterior femora in the g with
the basal third and a band near the tip, posterior tibia with a fainter
hand near the base, brown; these markings are much fainter in the
2. and in another g the extreme base of the posterior femora is
yellow. Wings hyaline ; subcostal cell brown; alule rudimentary.

Face and cheeks pale opalescent yellow, a narrow shimmering
white border next the eyes, when the face is viewed from above ;
facial tubercle relatively large, at least in the ¢, rounded; in the
¢, frontal triangle and antenniferous projection pale shining
yellow with a black dot above the base of the antenna; vertical

1893.] MR. B. E. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 149

triangle long, narrow, cinereous pollinose. /ront inthe 2, except
the posterior third, which is cinereous pollinose, pale shining yel-
low, with a blackish-brown dot in the centre line above the base
of the antenne, from which a narrow brown median stripe runs
back to the pollinose portion: ocelli remote from the vertex in
both sexes. Antenne yellow, third joint rounded at the tip; arista
black. Occiput cinereous pollinose. The median cinereous polli-
nose stripe on the thorax is much narrower, and also somewhat
longer, than the lateral ones, but all the stripes terminate at a
considerable distance from the scutellum: front portion of the
pleure metallic yellow; pectus, posterior portion of the pleura,
and metanotum steely black. Seutellum yellow; a narrow stripe
along the anterior margin, tapering towards the sides, which it
does not quite reach, black. First segment of the abdomen with a
dark brown posterior border, the lateral protuberances with a tuft
of yellow pile; second segment with the anterior and posterior
thirds (in the typical g rather more than the anterior third) dark
brown, so that the yellow ground-colour is restricted to a band
across the middle; this may appear to be narrowly divided in the
median line; third and fourth segments with the hind margin,
the median third of which is expanded (considerably so in the
typical ¢’), a quadrate area occupying each posterior angle, a some-
what clavate mark projecting inwards and forwards from these, and
a median narrow stripe dark brown ; in the typical 2 the median
stripe does not quite reach the anterior margin of the segment,
while the “ clavate” markings are narrower and less clavate than
in the ¢: ina second ¢ in the collection the median stripe is
much broader, and also does not quite reach the anterior margin ;
on the fifth segment the markings are precisely similar, except
that the brown posterior margin and the quadrate areas in the
posterior angles are almost obsolete, and that (in the typical speci-
mens at least) the median stripe reaches the anterior margin of the
segment in both sexes: sixth segment yellow. Third longitudinal
vein of the wings somewhat sinuate, convex forwards above the
distal half of the first posterior cell; terminal portion of fourth
vein bounding the first posterior cell only slightly oblique ; pos-
terior cross-vein straight.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates); three specimens.

This species is distinguished by its size and markings from any
other known to me.

Group II.

BaccHA SILACEA, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 13, ¢.)

6. Length 10 mm.

Thorax dull, clothed with dense pollen of pale sienna colour, with
narrow leaden stripes ; a somewhat sharply defined median pyriform
area on the pectus greenish bronze ; abdomen flattened, but little con-
tracted basally, rufous ochraceous, with orange-ochraceous stripes ;
front with an obtuse antenniferous projection, marked with a round
black spot: alule of full size,

150 MR. E, B, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

Facial tubercle and oral margin pale orange, the remainder of
the face and cheeks pale yellow, opalescent. ont clothed with
short dark pile, tawny pollinose, anterior face of antenniferous
projection shining; a smaller and fainter black spot in the median
line posteriorly, near the apex of the angle formed by the eyes ;
ocelligerous tubercle black, clothed with short and rather stout
black hairs, which curve forwards. Antenne orange, short, third
joint blunt. Sides of the thorav orange, dull, but becoming brassy
below ; two of the narrow leaden stripes are approximated in the
median line in front, and do not reach more than halfway ; the
other two stripes, which are slightly broader, are lateral in position,
one on each side, and extend almost to the hinder margin ; besides
these there is a faint indication of a fifth stripe, median in position,
starting from between the ends of the median stripes, and running
to the hind margin of the dorsum ; metanotum greenish bronze ;
post-alar callosities orange, shining: the dorsum of the thorax
in front and the anterior portion of the pleure are thinly
clothed with yellow pile, which becomes more orange near the
base of the wings; the dorsum near the transverse suture with
short brown pile. Scutellum ochraceous, with yellow pile below, and
dark brown pile round the margin. First segment of the abdomen
yellowish ochraceous, tumid and pale yellow atthe sides ; the re-
mainder of the abdomen rufous ochraceous, with orange-ochraceous
markings; on the second segment these markings consist of a
narrow and ill-defined transverse band close to the hind margin,
and of a crescent-shaped band on the posterior half of the segment,
conyex anteriorly, widely separated in the middle line, and taper-
ing towards the posterior angles ; the third and following segments
are marked by five continuous longitudinal stripes, of which that
in the median line is very narrow and not sharply defined, while
the intermediate ones are much the broadest and most sharply
defined ; the stripes formed by the ground-colour on each side of
the median line are slightly broader than the intermediate orange-
ochraceous stripes, while those between the latter and the lateral
stripes are much broader than any of the light-coloured stripes ;
on the fifth segment the stripes converge posteriorly. Genitalia
small, concealed. Legs yellow, a band on the distal half of the pos-
terior femora, not reaching to the tip, and the distal half of the pos-
terior tibiz pale brown. Wings uniformly suffused with pale sienna
colour ; the auxiliary and first longitudinal veins, and the bases of
the following veins as far as the fifth, pale orange: third longitu-
dinal vein rather abruptly convex forwards above the distal half
of the first posterior cell.

Brazil, region of the Amazon (Bates): one specimen.

This species is apparently closely allied to Baccha notata, Lw.
(Dipt. Amer. Septent,,Cent. vii. 65), from Cuba, and belongs to the
group of which Baccha livida, Schin. (Reise ‘ Novara,’ 343), Baccha
(Syrphus) flavipennis, Wied. (Auss. zw. Ins. ii. 123), and Baecha
lineata, Macq. (Dipt. Exot. i, Suppl. 139, t. 20. fig. 5), are also
members,

1893.] _ MR. DB, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 151

Group ILI.
BaccHA CULTRATA, sp.n. (Plate V. figs. 8, 9, d 9.)

2. Length 123 mm.; width of second abdominal segment
21 mm., of fourth abdominal segment 3 mm., across the posterior
margin in each case.

Head and thorax yellow, central portion of dorsum of thorax dark
greenish bronze, with three cinercous pollinose stripes ; abdomen very
broad and flat, not contracted basally, but expanding regularly to
beyond the middle of the fourth segment, chestnut coloured, with
ochraceous bands and other markings, a posterior band on the second
to the fourth segments shining burnt-sienna coloured ; first and second
pairs of legs wholly ochraceous ; posterior pair ochraceous rufous, with
an incomplete and ill-defined brownish band near the tips of the
femora, the tibice, except the base and tips, dark brown, and the tarst
whitish yellow. Wings large, broad, strongly suffused with ochraceous,
darkest along the fore-border above and immediately below the second
longitudinal vein, and in the distal third of the submarginal cell
there is also a less dark area on each side of the siwth longitudinal
vein ; second longitudinal vein considerably convea forwards in the
central portion of its course ; third longitudinal vein nearly straight,
terminal portion of fourth vein closing first posterior cell deeply
sinuate, but not very oblique: alule about half the full size, with a
straight posterior edge: knobs of halteres ferruginous.

Face and cheel’s shining opalescent yellow; facial tubercle low,
ochreous. Front orange-ochraceous, dull, the posterior fourth dark
olivaceous; antenniferous tubercle shining yellow on the sides,
with a large quadrate shining black spot above the base of the
antenne; from the ocelli, which are remote from the vertex, a
narrow dark median stripe runs forwards, but becomes faint and
nearly obliterated before reaching the supra-antennal spot. An-
tenne missing ; occiput yellowish pollinose, with a fringe of pale
yellow hairs. Of the three cinereous pollinose stripes on the
thorax, one, which is very narrow, is in the median line, and is
separated by two narrow dark stripes from the other two cinereous
stripes, which are broader; outside these is a very broad dark
bronze stripe on each side, which is divided by the transverse
suture ; the cinereous stripes are abbreviated at about two-thirds
the length of the thorax, leaving the bronze colour to extend to the
scutellum; sides of the dorsum and pleure metallic yellow, the
posterior portion of the pleurse more steely; metanotum shining
bronze. Scutellwm raw-sienna coloured, yellower along the anterior
margin, moderately shining. Abdomen: first segment yellow on
the sides, orange-ochraceous in the centre, with the central portion
of the posterior border dark brown; second segment reddish
ochraceous at the base, and with a narrow and considerably curved
(posteriorly concave) ochraceous band across the middle; this may
appear to be narrowly interrupted in the median line; third seg-
ment narrowly ochreous at the extreme base, and with a broad,
slightly curved (posteriorly concave) ochraceous transverse band,

152 MR. E. E., AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

tapering somewhat towards the sides and narrowly divided in the
median line ; in the median line the band is about three times as
far from the posterior margin of the segment as from the anterior,
and it may appear not quite to reach the lateral margins; on the
fourth segment the ochraceous markings take the shape of a some-
what lunate mark projecting backwards from the anterior margin
on each side of the median line, with a narrow piece projecting
obliquely from the base of each mark towards the lateral margin
on each side; the inner margin of the “‘lunate” marks is convex,
they extend about two-thirds the length of the segment, and are
obliquely truncated anteriorly and posteriorly; the extreme base
of the segment is narrowly ochraceous from each “ lunate ” mark
to the side; on the fifth segment the ochraceous marks are re-
presented by a stripe on each side of the median line, starting
from the anterior and reaching to the posterior margin, with the
inner side of each slanting outwards posteriorly, so that the ground-
colour between them constitutes a small triangle, which is con-
tinued as a narrow median stripe to the anterior margin; the ends
of the two ochraceous stripes are connected by a narrow and
indistinctly defined band near the posterior margin; in addition
to this there is a small ochraceous triangle projecting from the
anterior margin of the segment on each side, between the stripe
and lateral margin, with its base connected with the stripe and its
apex situated at rather more than one-third of the length of the
segment; sixth segment with the median two-fourths of its hinder
margin occupied by a yellowish band, each end of which is
connected with the anterior margin by a short ochraceous stripe.
The lateral prominences of the first abdominal segment bear a tuft
of ochraceous pile, mingled with blackish pile posteriorly ; the
remaining segments are sparsely clothed with very short black pile,
which becomes somewhat longer on the sides, especially in the
case of the fifth segment.

Brazil, Santarem (Bates): one specimen.

There are also two males in the collection which I consider
to belong to this species; but since they are in poor condition, I
have described the 2 at greater length.

6. Length 123 mm.

Leesembling the 2, but differing as follows :—the most striking
difference is presented by the coloration of the wings; these are
uniformly suffused with pale brown, which, though stronger in the
costal and darkest in the subcostal cell, shows only the very faintest
trace of concentration at the tip of the submarginal cell (none at
all in the second specimen in the collection, in which the tint of
the wings is considerably lighter); the wings, therefore, do not
present a blotched appearance; the wings are also considerably
narrower, the second longitudinal vein is straighter, and the
terminal portion of the fourth vein, closing the first posterior cell,
much more oblique: the dark stripe on the thorax, on each side of
the narrow median cinereous one, is broader: the abdomen is
browner, the markings yellower; second segment yellower at the

1893.] MR. E. BE, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 153

base, and with the band across the middle about twice as broad ;
third segment with a distinct narrow ochreous band across the
base, widest in the middle and notched in the median line, tapering
towards the sides (in the second specimen in the collection this
band is merely represented by a faint line, but the specimen may
have been captured very soon after it emerged), and with the main
transverse band much broader ; fourth segment with the “ lunate ”
marks represented by two stripes running straight from the front
to the hind margin ; each of these sends off a narrow oblique mark
from near its base towards the lateral margin, as do the corre-
sponding marks in the 9, and from its extreme base a narrow
line runs to the lateral margin, along the base of the segment ;
fifth segment with a straight stripe running from the front to the
hind margin on each side of the median line, and connected
together posteriorly, but apparently with no trace of the small
basal triangles: the legs are paler yellow, but the brown markings
on the posterior pair and the posterior tarsi just as in the 9.
The antenne are orange, short, the third joint rounded, and the
second and third joints and the tip of the first narrowly dark
brown above ; the arista dark brown; the shining black spot above
the antenne narrower than in the ; the front is clothed with
short dark pile. The alule and the shape of the abdomen as in the
2 ; genitalia ochraceous.
Brazil, Villa Nova and Santarem (Bates): two specimens.

BaccHa FLAVENS, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 10, 2.)

2. Length 124 mm.

Yellow, nearly bare ; dorsum of the thorax, except the sides, shining
orange-rufous, with two abbreviated pale yellow stripes, which are
clothed with shimmering whitish pollen: abdomen deep chrome-yellow,
with narrow shining brown transverse bands and lineate markings ;
broad, flat, not contracted basally, but expanding regularly to the end
of the fourth segment. Legs wholly yellow. Wings with an ochra-
ceous tinge, strongest towards the anterior margin: alule rudimentary.

Face and cheeks pale yellow, shining, except the facial tubercle,
which is dull. Front somewhat deeper yellow, dull, the posterior
fifth dark olivaceous ; the slight antenniferous projection shining,
pale yellow on the sides; a conspicuous shining black dot above
the base of the antennz ; above this is a small brown blotch, from
which a faint rufous median stripe runs back to the vertex. First
two joints of the antenne ochreous; the third is missing. The
yellowish shimmering pollinose stripes of the dorsum of the thorax
only extend about two-thirds of its length, and divide the orange-
rufous area into a median and two lateral stripes, which are all of
equal breadth and coalesce posteriorly ; the sides of the dorsum,
pleure, pectus, and metanotum metallic yellow: scwtellum dull,
tawny ochraceous, orange-ochraceous at the base. Abdomen: first
segment pale yellow, shining, with a narrow faint brownish band
occupying the median two-fourths of the hind border ; second seg-
ment with a straight brown transverse band occupying about the

154 MR. E, H, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS tNsEcrs. [Jan. 17,

posterior fifth; third segment with a similar brown transverse
posterior band, which, however, is concave anteriorly for about a
fourth of the width of the segment on each side of the median
line ; in the median line it is produced into a small angle, from
which a faint brown median stripe extends forwards to within
about one-seventh of the length of the segment from the anterior
margin; fourth segment with the extreme hind margin and three
triangles brown ; two of the triangles are lateral in position, one
in each posterior angle, and extend forwards and inwards to about
the middle of the segment; the third is median, and narrower
than the other two, and is prolonged as a median stripe to the
anterior margin, before reaching which, however, it becomes faint ;
the markings on the fifth segment are similar to those on the
fourth, but narrower, and the lateral triangles are so prolonged
that they are only narrowly separated from the anterior margin ;
the median triangle, too, is here represented by a stripe, which,
while expanding slightly posteriorly, is only about half the width
of the median stripe on the preceding segment, and (in the typical
specimen at least) is separated by about one-eighth of the length
of the segment from the anterior margin; on the short sixth seg-
ment the lateral triangles (here almost reduced to stripes) reach
the anterior margin without becoming indistinct, while the median
triangle is represented by a small, but sharply defined, triangular
spot, with its base in the centre of the anterior margin and its apex
in the middle of the segment. The third longitudinal vein of the
wings is nearly straight, and only slightly concave posteriorly ;
distal half of subcostal cell dark ochraceous; knobs of halteres
ferruginous.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): one specimen.

In the markings of the abdomen this species somewhat resembles
B. gilva, but is at once distinguished by the colour of the dorsum
of the thorax, as well as by the deeper colour of the scutellum and
abdomen, and by its larger size.

BaccHa Ginva, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 7, 3.)

3. Length 9} mm.

Pale yellow: thorax metallic brown in centre of dorsum, abdomen
with brown transverse bands and other markings ; the abdomen is flat,
broad, not contracted at the base, but expanding regularly to the hind
margin of the fourth segment. Wings with a yellowish tinge, especially
towards the base ; veins yellow, the auxiliary and first longitudinal
veins orange: alule rudimentary.

Face and cheeks pale yellow, shining, the low facial tubercle dull,
the face receding. /ront yellow, with a black dot on the anterior
face of the antenniferous projection ; the front clothed with brown
pile, the upper part of the face below the antenne also with
darkish pile ; vertical triangle elongated, though not very narrow,
cinereous pollinose, the ocelli remote from the vertex; occiput
fringed at the sides with golden yellow hairs. Antenne orange,
third joint rounded ; arista brown, yellow at the base. Thorax

1893.] MR. B, E. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 155

metallic yellow on the sides of the dorsum and on the pleure,
metanotum and a faint patch on each side above the middle cox
brown. Seutellwm dull yellow. Abdomen: second segment with a
narrow, posteriorly concave, pale brown transverse band near the
hind margin ; third segment with a brown transverse band which
is very narrow and close to the hind margin in the middle, but at
the sides is broader, reaches to the hind margin, and has a ragged
anterior edge ; fourth segment with the extreme hind margin, a
small median posterior triangle prolonged into a faint median line
which almost reaches to the anterior margin of the segment, and a
quadrate area in each posterior angle, occupying about one-third of
the length of the segment, brown ; the inner anterior angles of the
quadrate areas are considerably prolonged, so that they run like a
sharp thorn into the yellow portion of the segment cn each side ;
fifth segment nearly wholly yellow, a narrow median stripe starting
from the anterior margin of the segment, but becoming obsolete
about halfway, and an ill-defined patch in each posterior angle,
from which a faint and almost obsolete streak runs forwards and
slightly inwards, faintly brown; genitalia brown at the tip: the
abdomen is clothed with very short and sparse appressed black
pile ; the thorax and sentellum almost bare. Legs uniformly pale
yellow ; first joint of posterior tarsi slightly swollen. Wings
rather narrow ; third longitudinal vein concave posteriorly ; sub-
costal cell orange.
Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): one specimen.

Bacowa crocara, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 5, 9 .)

2. Length 73 to 93 mm.

Saffron-yellow ; abdomen with brown bands and indentations,
centre of dorsum of thorax shining brown, with yellowish cinercous
pollinose stripes: wings suffused with saffron-yellow, somewhat
darker on the basal half along the costal side ; alule rudimentary :
legs wholly yellow ; the posterior femora of the smallest specimen have
a narrow incomplete faint brownish band towards the tip.

Face and cheeks pale opalescent yellow, clothed with short pale
pile; face tuberculate, receding. Front saffron-yellow, pollinose,
rather more than the posterior third cinereous-bronze pollinose,
from which a sharply defined brown median stripe runs to the
base of the antenniferous projection ; ina smaller specimen (74 mm.
in length) this stripe is broader and runs right over the anten-
niferous projection to the base of the antenne; immediately
above the antenne is a round black dot. Antenne orange, short,
third joint rounded, arista brown, yellow at the base ; ocelli remote
from the vertex. Occiput fringed with golden-yellow hairs. The
pollinose stripes of the dorsum of the thorax consist of a very fine
median one, and a much broader stripe on either side of this ;
all three are abbreviated before reaching the scutellum, but the
median one is somewhat the longer ; the brown stripe outside each
lateral pollinose one is the broadest and darkest of all, and is
divided by the transverse suture; the sides of the dorsum and

156 MR. E, E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

the pleure are shining metallic; above the middle coxe a faint
brownish opalescent stripe extends upwards and backwards to
the metanotum, which is dark metallic. Scutellwm wholly saffron-
yellow. Abdomen flat, broad, not contracted at the base, but
expanding regularly to the end of the fourth segment; like the
thorax, it is almost bare; first segment pale yellow, with a tuft
of yellow hairs on each side: second segment with rather more
than the basal third brown, narrowly yellowish at the extreme
base, and with a shining reddish-brown band on the hind margin,
in front of which is a narrow dark brown transverse band,
which is slightly concave posteriorly; the yellow area of the
segment therefore takes the shape of a fairly broad transverse
band; the brown basal area is sometimes fainter, and the seg-
ment then appears yellowish at the base also; third segment
shining reddish brown on the posterior margin, in front of which
is a narrow transverse brown band, which projects on each side
into a small angle at about a fifth of the width of the segment
from the lateral margin; from the anterior margin a brown spot
shaped like a spear-head projects backwards in the median line,
and is narrowly connected by an almost obsolete median stripe
with the posterior transverse band ; from the anterior third of the
lateral margin a tongue-shaped brown mark projects inwards on
each side, leaving the actual anterior margin of the segment
yellow ; on the fourth segment the markings are a modified repre-
sentation of those on the third; there is a narrow shining brown
posterior border, which expands into a dull brown quadrate area
on each side, from which a greatly prolonged acute angle projects
forwards and slightly inwards, extending to within one-fourth of
the length of the segment frem the anterior margin; the median
line is occupied by a fairly broad and sharply defined stripe, which
expands at each end, but the tongue-shaped mark which is seen
projecting inwards on each side of the preceding segment in front
is here much reduced and sometimes almost obsolete ; the width
of the yellow marks on this segment varies in different specimens,
and in the typical individual those on either side of the median
stripe extend to the hind margin; the markings on the fifth
segment are arrived at by a still further modification of the fore-
going ; in this case the brown marks take the form of a median
stripe, expanded towards each end, and of a curving piece pro-
jecting forwards from each posterior angle and nearly reaching to
the anterior margin; the lateral margins of the segment are also
narrowly brown; the sixth segment, which is very small, is
brownish on each side, and has a narrow median stripe extending
almost to the hind margin; the brown marks are, however, not
visible in the typical specimen. Third longitudinal vein of the
wings straight, curving downwards at the tip.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): two specimens.

In addition to the above, there is also in the collection a small
male, which I regard as belonging to this species ; it is, however,
too much damaged to describe, and I have therefore made a fem ale

1893.] MR. E. E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 157

the type of the species: the specimen in question is about 8 mm.
in length, and resembles the female in general appearance ; the
face and cheeks are, however, saffron-yellow, instead of pale yellow ;
the frontal triangle has a brownish median stripe extending from
the antenniferous projection nearly to the angle of the eyes: the
abdomen is narrower, and somewhat contracted and cylindrical at
the base ; the first segment is brownish in the centre ; the third
segment has a fairly broad posterior brown band, with the lateral
angles only faintly indicated ; the median brown mark projecting
from the anterior margin is oval in shape, and does not extend
further than one-fifth the length of the segment; the wings are
somewhat browner, and less yellow, but this is also the case in the
smaller of the two females mentioned above; the posterior femora
have a narrow incomplete brownish band beyond the middle.

This specimen is likewise from the region of the Amazons (Bates).

BaccuHa crocus, sp. nu. (Plate V. fig. 6, 3.)

d. Length 8} to 9 mm.

Closely allied to B. crocata ; saffron-yellow ; thorax metallic, very
shining, brown in the centre of the dorsum, with two narrow abbre-
viated yellow stripes; abdomen narrow at the base, but expanding
regularly to the end of the fourth segment, with brown bands and
indentations, but the third segment with no brown at the basal angles ;
wings suffused with pale brown, alule rudimentary ; legs yellow,
posterior femora with a narrow but distinct brownish band beyond
the middle, darkest on the outer side.

The chief differences between this species and crocata appear tn
the front, thorax, and third segment of the abdomen ; the front is
shining yellow, instead of dull orange (the black dot above the
base of the antennz is present); the thorav is very shining, and
the narrow yellow stripes which are situated on either side of the
median line are due to the ground-colour, and not to pollen;
the metanotum is brownish, but there is no dark stripe extending
backwards to it from above the middle coxz ; the first abdominal
segment is brown in the centre, as is the case in the specimen
which I have considered as a male of crocata, but the absence of
brown from the basal angles of the third segment gives that
segment quite a different appearance; there is likewise no brown
in the basal angles of the fourth segment, but this, so far as its
damaged condition permits me to judge, is likewise the case in the
specimen I consider to be a male of crocata ; in other respects the
brown markings of the abdomen are almost precisely similar to
those seen in crocata; the median brown stripe on the fourth
segment stops short of the anterior margin in the typical specimen,
but reaches it in the other example in the collection; the wings
are less infuscated than in the supposed male of crocata, and are
somewhat narrower and longer; the third longitudinal vein is
straighter, and the terminal portion of the fourth vein, closing
the first posterior cell, less sinuate.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): two specimens.

158 MR, H, D. AUSPEN ON NEW DIPLEROUS rNsucrs. |Jan. 17,

BaccHA FERVIDA, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 11, ¢.)

3. Length 10 mm.

General colour orange; abdomen deep dull orange, with metallic
brown posterior borders to the segments, flut, not contracted basally,
but expanding regularly to the end of the fourth segment: wings
suffused with brown, slightly paler towards the tips; alule of
full size.

Face and cheeks pale yellow, thinly clothed with pale yellow
pile; the face receding, with a very small tubercle. Front orange
pollinose, with a brown median stripe from the angle of the eyes
to the upper margin of the very slight antenniferous projection ;
the latter pale orange in front, shining, with a black dot above
the antennz ; the front clothed with brown pile. Antenne orange,
short, third joint rounded at the tip, with the upper margin brown ;
arista brown, yellowish at the base; vertical triangle bronze, black
at the apex, long, narrow ; ocelli remote from the vertex. Dorsum
of thorav metallic orange, somewhat iridescent, not pollinose,
with three narrow faint brown stripes (one median and one
on either side of it), which do not reach more than halfway :
pleure metallic yellow; scutel/um dull saffron-yellow. Abdomen:
first segment brownish orange; second segment with a metallic
transverse band on the anterior as well as the posterior fourth ;
this segment is somewhat shining, especially in the median
line; on the third segment the metallic brown transverse band
on the posterior fourth expands somewhat towards the sides, and
there is a semi-obsolete faint brown median stripe, extending
from the anterior margin to the posterior border; on the fourth
segment the posterior band is only about half the width of
that on the third, but it expands into a median triangle, which
is connected by a faint brown stripe with the anterior margin,
and also into a quadrate area on each side, which occupies rather
more than half the length of the segment; the median stripe is
somewhat clavate at its anterior extremity, and this is also the
case with the similar stripe on the third segment; the fifth segment
is wholly shining, and the brown portion is about equal to
the orange in area; the posterior border is, however, much
narrower, While the median stripe is broader and more sharply
defined than on the previous segments, and that which corresponds
to the brown lateral quadrate areas on the fourth segment is here
represented by an ovate mark on each side, extending nearly to
the anterior margin and situated nearer the middle line, so that
the lateral margin of the segment as far as the posterior border is
orange; the orange portion of the fifth segment on each side of
the median stripe is therefore deeply indented by a brown notch ;
genitalia brown at the tip: with the exception of a tuft of pale
yellow hairs on each side of the first segment, the pile on the
abdomen is black, appressed, and very short and sparse, though it
is somewhat longer on the fifth segment. Legs yellow ; posterior
pair deeper orange, but without bands. Third longitudinal vein

1893.) - MR. B, BE, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTHROUS INSUCIS. 159

straight ; terminal section of fourth vein, closing first posterior cell,
very upright.
Santarem, R. Tapajos, Brazil (Bates): one specimen.

Ascia striata, Wik., Dipt. Saund. 221, from Brazil, is not an
Ascia: it must be placed in a new genus closely allied to Baccha,
which it resembles in every particular except the terminal section
of the fourth vein, closing the first posterior cell, which is straight
and perpendicular.

Baccha tripartita was described by Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe.
y. 285, from Batchian, the typical specimen being a ¢. Subse-
quently (Journ. Liun. Soc. vii. 212) Walker mentioned a second
specimen from Mysol. There is only one specimen in the
collection, a ¢ from Mysol. This is labelled “ tripartita” in
Walker’s handwriting, and may really be the type, as the Mysol
label may have been attached in mistake for a Batchian one. The
specimen agrees with the description.

Baccha dispar, Wk., Journ. Linn. Soe. ii. 121, from Macassar,
Celebes ; length of the type (a ¢) 123 mm.

Baccha basalis, Wik., Journ. Linn, Soe. y. 239, from Dorey,
New Guinea: Walker writes “hind tibie with a piceous sub-
apical band ; ” there is only the faintest trace of such a band on the
tibiez, but a well-marked one on the hind femora, which are
probably what Walker was looking at.

Baccha purpuricola, W1k., Journ. Linn. Soe. iv. 129, from Key L.,
Aru Is.: length of body 6 lines (not 53 as stated by Walker) ; length
of each wing 5 lines.

Syrphus subchalybeus, Wik., Tr. Ent. Soe. n. ser. iv. 157, from
the Valley of the Amazon, is a Baccha belonging to Group II.

Paragus? scutellaris, Wik., Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. 342, from
Sao Paulo, Brazil; Baccha babista, W1k., List. Dipt. iii. 549, from
Georgia ; and Baccha varia, Wlk., List. Dipt. i, 548, from
are all synonyms of Baccha clavata, F.

+)

SALPINGOGASTER, Schin.
SALPINGOGASTER VIRGATA, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 3, 3.)

$ 2. Length 143-174 mm.

Thoraw pale yellow; the dorsum, except the lateral margins,
dark brownish, with a cinereous pollinose stripe on each side of
the median line, and a faint bronze stripe close to the yellow
margin on each side; the pleurwe with a narrow brown stripe running
from the base of the wing to the middle coxa, and a sometimes
broader but interrupted and abbreviated stripe on each side of the
metanotum; metanotum metallic dark brown; seutellum yellow,
with a sharply defined central area dark brown; abdomen ferru-
ginous, that of the g ending in a minute spine, and with processes
beneath the fourth segment; wings with a faint ochraceous tinge,
darker along the fore-border; alule rudimentary ; legs ochre-
yellow, the distal portion of the posterior femora, a fainter and
narrower band on the middle of the posterior tibie, and the

160 MR. EB, B. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. [Jan. 17,

posterior tarsi ochraceous rufous; the femora are grooved below
towards the tips, and the middle ones bear a small angular process
on the posterior side of the groove at the tip; there is a similar
but smaller process on the front femora, which, however, is scarcely
visible in the 9; the middle as well as the posterior femora bear
small spines below; in the case of the middle femora these are
chiefly confined to a line extending backwards on each side of the
groove, but on the posterior pair they are scattered about on the
middle portion of the underside, as well as running along the
ridges bordering the groove.

Face and cheeks pale yellow in the ¢, somewhat deeper yellow
in the 9, the facial tubercle small; front yellow, the vertical
triangle in the ¢ and the posterior portion as far as the ocelli in
the 2 black; the antenniferous process small, but prominent, a
shining black spot above the base of the antenne, and the median
portion of the antenniferous process above black; in the case of
the 2, the front with a median black stripe extending forwards
from the ocelli rather more than two-thirds of the distance
between them and the base of the antenniferous process, expanding
towards and forked at the tip: antenne ochraceous, third joint
rounded at the tip; arista dark brown, pale yellow at the base.
The cinereous pollinose stripe on each side of the median line of the
thorax is very conspicuous; the stripes are only narrowly separated
in front and fuse together posteriorly ; they almost reach the
scutellum ; outside these is a dark brown stripe on each side, and
then comes a pale greenish-bronze stripe, outside which, again, is
a very narrow brown stripe; this is joined behind the transverse
suture by the pleural stripe, which runs to and extends down
the middle coxz ; the stripes outside the cinereous pollinose ones are
divided by the transverse suture; the cinereous pollinose stripes
are carried forward to the anterior margin of the thorax, with a
narrow dark brown border on each side; the remaining stripes
are abbreviated in front. Abdomen: the first segment with a
conspicuous posterior border dark brown, not quite reaching to
the sides ; the remainder of the segment yellow; second segment
yellow in the extreme basal angles, and also with an indistinctly
defined yellowish blotch on each side in the middle ; the posterior
border of the second segment may be narrowly brown; in three
of the specimens in the collection there is an indication of a pale
yellowish mark on each side near the base of the third segment ;
the posterior margin on the underside of the fourth segment of
the ¢ is raised and excavated, and bears two somewhat hammer-
shaped processes, and the anterior margin of the segment on the
underside is also excavated; the sixth segment in the ¢, which
ends in the small spine, is globate; in two specimens in the
collection the abdomen is of a chestnut colour, and blackish towards
the tip, but this is probably due to drying. In the wings the sub-
costal cell is dark tawny, and the infuscation of the fore-border
includes the distal third of the submarginal cell; the central
portion of the marginal cell is more ochreous, and the basal

1893.] MR, BE. B. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 161

portion of the spurious vein is bright ochreous, tinging the ad-
joining portion of the wing; the kink in the third vein is angular,
and situated slightly before the middie of the first posterior cell.

Brazil, region of the Amazons (Bates): five specimens.

This species is closely allied to Salpingogaster pygophora, Schin.,
but differs from it in the colour of the sides of the thorax and in
that of the scutellum. In the colour of the scutellum and the
markings of the dorsum of the thorax it agrees with Salpingo-
gaster nigra, Schin., but differs from that species in the face being
wholly yellow, as also in the colour of the sides of the thorax, of
the femora, and of the tibiw, and in the peculiar shape of the
external genitalia of the g, in which it agrees with S. pygophora.

SALPINGOGASTER MINOR, sp. n. (Plate V. fig. 4, 2.)

2. Length 12 mm.

Thorax ochraceous above, dull, with three dull black stripes ;
pleure shining ochre-yellow, «@ narrow brown stripe running From
the base of the wings to the middle cove, and an indication of a
broader and darker but shorter one on each side of the meta-
notum; the metanotum not infuscated ; scutellum yellow, the disc
brown ; abdomen ochraceous, base of first segment yellow; second
segment with a faint reddish-brown band on the basal third; the
central portion of the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments, aud
of the posterior half of the third, dark brown; the darker area is,
however, not sharply defined, and may be due to drying or to
matter contained in the abdomen. Wings with an ochraceous
tinge, which is deeper in the costal cell; subcostal cell tawny,
the marginal cell, the distal third of the submarginal, the space
between the kink in the third vein and the terminal portion
of the fourth vein closing the first posterior cell, as well as the
space outside this and outside the discal cell, brownish ; the basal
half of the spurious vein ochre-yellow, tinging the adjoining por-
tion of the wing; the kink in the third vein rounder than in S,
virgata, and situated slightly beyond the middle of the first posterior
cell; the posterior cross-vein nearly straight: alule rudimentary.
Legs pale yellow, the posterior femora and tarsi ochraceous ; none
of the femora are grooved beneath, but the posterior pair have a
double row of short thin spines underneath towards the tips ; the
middle femora have no angular process at the typ beneath.

The head is considerably flattened antero-posteriorly ; face and
cheeks wholly pale yellow, shining, facial tubercle small, sharp ;
proboscis ochraceous; antenniferous projection well-marked, shining
black on the sides and above; the posterior third of the front,
including the ocelli, which are remote from the vertex, shining
black; the antenniferous process is connected with this by a
triangular patch, the base of which, resting on the antenniferous
process, as well as a narrow median line, is metallic black, the rest
dead black ; on each side of the front below the ocelli is a narrow
yellow stripe, running into the yellow of the face ; antenne ochra-

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XI. 11

162 MR. B, EB. AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS insects. [Jan.17,

ceous rufous, third joint rather broad (actually larger than in
S. virgata, although the insect itself is smaller), rounded at the tip ;
arista dark brown; the black stripes on the dorsum of the thorax
consist of a very narrow median one, and a broader one on each
side of it; the stripes converge posteriorly, and apparently fuse a
short distance before the scutellum, which they do not reach ;
each of the broader black stripes is separated from the narrow
median one by a stripe of the ground-colour rather broader than
itself ; there is an indication of a faint brown stripe on each side
of the dorsum, with a conspicuous dark brown spot behind the
suture, where it is joined by the brown stripe of the pleure, which
curves round the front of the base of the wing; there is also a
dark brown spot beneath the shiming yellow post-alar callosities.

Brazil, Para (Bates): one specimen.

This species is distinguished, by the markings of the dorsum of the
thorax, from any other Salpingogaster yet described.

BRACHYOPINI, Williston.
Synopsis N. Amer. Syrphide, Bull. 31, U.S. Nat. Mus, p. xxii.

Rutvetra, Scop.
RHINGIA SEMI-CERULEA, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 1, 2, ¢.)

3. Length 113 mm.

Dorsum of thorax deep metallic blue round the sides, greenish bronze
on the central area ; scutellum metallic blue, darkish bronze at the
base in the centre ; pectus and pleure metallic plum-purple, some of
the divisions with ochraceous undertints ; abdomen brassy ochraceous,
pale yellowish at the base, hind margins of the segments narrowly
black ; wings with a very faint ochreous tinge, nearly hyaline, the
subcostal cell not darker; halteres yellow ; legs yellow, the last four
joints of the posterior tarsi brown.

Face, epistoma, and frontal triangle shining ferruginous ; vertical
triangle dark blue; antenne ferruginous, rather more than the
basal half of the arista yellow, the rest brown ; thoraa and scutellum
finely punctate, clothed with short dark pile; post-alar tubercles
ochraceous rufous, with a purplish blotch on the outside. Abdo-
men: first segment pale yellowish, with the black hind-margin
confined to a very narrow streak on each side of the median line,

‘not reaching to the sides; second segment yellowish on the basal
two-thirds, then brassy ochraceous, like the remainder of the
abdomen ; the shining black hind-margins of this and the two
following segments are very sharply defined ; the second segment
has a fringe of pale yellow pile on each side, longer towards the
base ; third and fourth segments thinly clothed with pale yellow
pile, which is longer on the fourth segment.

Sierra Leone (Fowcroft): one specimen.

This species is allied to Rh. cerulescens, Lw. (‘ Dipterenfauna
Siidafrika’s,’ p. 302 [374], from Caffraria, but is distinguished at
once by the colour of the thorax and abdomen.

1893. ] MR. EB, E, AUSTEN ON NEW DIPTEROUS INSECTS. 163

Since Loew’s memoir no addition has been made to the extra-
European species of Zhingia mentioned by him (loc. cit.): these
are Lh. nasica, Say (J. Acad. Phil. iii. 94; Compl. Wr. ii. 81;
Wiedemann, Auss. zw. Ins. ii. 115; Williston, Synopsis N. Amer.
Syrphide, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 31, p. 130), from North
America; Lh. nigra, Macq. (Dipt. Exot. i. Suppl. p. 133, t. 11.
fig. 10), from Colombia; and Rh. laevigata, Lw. (Wien. ent.
Monatschr. Bd. ii. p. 107), from Japan.

From specimens in the Museum Collection I am able to state
that Lycastrirhyncha nitens, Bigot (Plate V. figs. 15, 16) (Rev.
et Mag. Zool. 1859, p. 307), from the Amazons, which Bigot
afterwards (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 6° série, t. i. 1881, p. 373)
thought to be a Rhingia, and identical with Fh. nigra, Macgq., has
nothing whatever to do with Rhingia, but is one of the Lristalini.
The genus Lycastrirhyncha is a perfectly good and very remark-
able one, which is characterized by possessing the body, wings, and
legs of an Eristalis and the head of a Rhingia, with a somewhat
elongated epistoma. ‘he position of the anterior cross-vein of the
wings and the thickened posterior femora are in themselves sufti-
cient to dispose of all doubt as to the true affinities of the genus.

The genus Lycastris of Walker (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser.
vol. iv. p. 155,—founded for a species from India), which Bigot
likewise proposes (loc. cit.) to sink in favour of Rhingia, is allied to
Criorhina! wm clr

Brachyopa rufo-cyanca, Wik. (Ent. Mag. ii. 472), from New
Holland, is a Cyphipelta, Bigot (Rev. et Mag. Zool]. 1859, p. 307),
and = C. conifrons, Bigot, loc. cit. (= Hristalis vesicularis, Erichs.,
—Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1842, 272), which is the type of the genus.
Walker’s species was published in 1834, and therefore his name
has the priority. This species is the only one of the genus hitherto
described. Bigot stated that the genus is most closely allied to
Volucella, but it has been shown by von Réder (Wien. ent. Z. i.
61), who re-described the genus, that its proper position is nearest
Rhingia.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate IV.

Fig. 1. Ocyptamus iris, sp. n., 2, p. 133.
2. Baccha amphithoe, Wik., 2 , p. 142.

3. sulica, sp. n., 9, p. 144.

4. refulgens, sp. n., 2, p. 138.

as triangulifera, sp.n., 3, p. 138.
6. bicolor, sp.n., 3, p. 137.

he nubilipennis, sp. n., 5, p. 136.

8. signiferd, sp. p., d, p. 145.

9. nubilipennis, sp.n., 2, p. 136.

10. pulchrifrons, sp.n., 3, p. 139.

10%. Head of ditto from above, enlarged.
11. Baccha pulchrifrons, G, p. 139.

12. fallax, sp.n., 3, p- 142.

13. —— incompta, sp. un., 3, p. 147.
14. sagittifera, sp. n., 9, p. 144.
}5. levissima, sp. n., 3, p- 146.

11*

164 MR. G. 0. BOURNE ON NEW COPEPODA. [Jan. 17,

Prater V.
Fig. 1. Rhingia semi-cerulea, sp. n., 3, p. 162.

2, —— , head in profile, p. 162.
3. Salpingogaster virgata, sp.n., 3S, p. 159.
4. minor, sp.u-, 2, p. 161.

5. Baccha crocata, sp.n., 2, p. 155.
6. crocea, sp.n., 6, p. 157.
7. —— gilva, sp.n., db, p. 154.
8. —— cultrata, sp.u., g, p. 152.
9. —— SDL.

10. —— flavens, sp.n., 2, p. 153.

11 fervida, sp.n., 3, p. 158

12 pumila, sp.n., 5, p. 148.

13. —— silacea, sp.u., g, p. 149.

14, —— nubilipennis, sp.n., 3, head in profile, p. 136.

15. Lycastrirhyncha nitens, Big., 9, p. 163.
, head in profile, p. 163.

3. On two new Species of Copepoda from Zanzibar.
By Gixpert C. Bourne, M.A.

[Received December 13, 1892.]
(Plate VI.)

So little is known of the Entomostraca of Africa, that I gladly
availed myself of the opportunity of examining a portion of sandy
mud, brought by Mr. Finn, of Brasenose College, Oxford, from the
neighbourhood of Zanzibar, which was kindly supplied to me by
Mr. F. E. Beddard.

The result of my search was rather disappointing, as I only
succeeded in finding a few minute Copepoda, belonging to two
species, which I now describe. Of these one is doubtfully a
new species, being closely allied to Cyclops orientalis, Uljanin,
from Turkestan. The other is a well-marked species of Can-
thocamptus.

In publishing a description of these two forms, I may take the
opportunity of pointing out how much may be done by travellers
and explorers in Africa in the matter of collecting freshwater
Crustacea. These forms are easily collected and preserved, and
from their generally minute size are easily carried. It is probable
that the great lakes of the interior have a peculiar and interesting
Crustacean fauna which would well repay collection. Those who
have read Weismann’s charming essay, ‘Das Thierleben im
Bodensee,’ will recognize what a wide field of study is here open
to the traveller and collector.

Fam. Harpactipz.
CANTHOCAMPTUS FINNI, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 1-7.)

Anterior antenna 9-jointéd, the last joint very small; fourth
joint bearing one long and one modified seta. Inner branch of
2nd antenna well developed, 1-jointed, bearing two terminal and two

Pe Zoe loom enna:

KASS

SS
SS

\

Mintern Bros . imp.

J, Smit lith.,

NEW COPEPODA FROM ZANZIBAR.

1893. | MR. G. C, BOURNE ON NEW COPEPODA. 165

lateral sete. Mandible stout, the palp well developed, the basal
joint produced in a sharp process, the outer joint bearing three
terminal and one lateral seta. First pair of feet having the inner
branch 3-jointed, the proximal and distal joints subequal in length,
the middle joint rather more than half the length of the other two ;
all three joints denticulate on their outer margins. The outer
branch reaches as far as the first third of the distal joint of the
inner branch, and is provided with two terminal geniculate sete and
a stout external spine on each joint. Inner branch of the 2nd,
ard, and 4th swimming-feet 2-jointed, the proximal joint minute ;
outer branch 3-jointed, each joint denticulate along its outer
margin aud bearing a powerful spine. Basal joint of the fifth pair
of feet broad, the inner segment bearing four stout plumose setz.
The second joint ovate, somewhat elongate, bearing three plumose
terminal sete and three external marginal spines, of which the
middle is twice the length of the other two. Posterior margin of
the first abdominal segment strongly denticulate dorsally, the two
succeeding segments denticulate ventrally. Furea short; caudal
set minutely aculeate and half as long as the whole body.

This is a well-marked species, agreeing with C. northwmbricus
and C. trispinosus in the characters of the 2nd, 8rd, and 4th
swimming-feet, which are two-jointed, and in the nine-jointed
first antenne ; but differing from both in the form of the mandible-
palp, in the inner branch of the second antenne, in the proportions
of the first pair of swimming-feet, and in the characters of the
fifth pair of feet of the female.

Fam. Cycnopip2.
CYCLOPS AFRICANUS, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 8-11.)

Cephalothorax ovate, evenly rounded in front. The first and
second free thoracic segments of equal length, the third about two-
thirds the length of the two preceding segments. Abdomen long
and narrow, its length, not including the furca, equal to the
four free thoracic segments. The first abdominal segment in the
female long, equal in length to the three succeeding segments.
The last abdominal segment finely denticulate on its posterior
margin. Furcal segment equal in length to last two abdominal
segments. Of the caudal sete the two outermost are short, the
internal median seta very long, equal in length to the whole
abdomen and the last two thoracic segments.

The first antenne of the female 12-jointed, rather shorter
than the first jot of the cephalothorax. First antenne of the
male 14-jointed, the basal joint equal in length to the next six
joints. Hinge-joints between the 7th and 8th and 12th and 13th
joints; the 9th to the 11th joints inclusive swollen. Mandible-
palp consisting of a well-developed basal piece bearing two long
and one short seta. Maxille, maxillipeds, and swimming-feet as
in C. orientalis. Fifth pair of feet rudimentary, resembling those
of C. orientalis.

166 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON A RARE ARGENTINE BIRD. [Jan. 17,

I have much hesitation in separating this species from C.
orientalis, Uljanin, from which it differs chiefly in the proportions
of the abdominal segments, in the size of the third free thoracie
segment, which is larger than in @. orientalis, and in the size of the
fused head and first thoracic segment, which in C. orientalis is
equal in length to the four free thoracic segments and the first
abdominal segment, while in C. africanus it is much shorter. I
have not been able to find a female carrying ova, but the specimen
from which the description is taken had its ovaries full of ripe ova.

The single male specimen I found was apparently mature. It
differs markedly in the jointing and in the proportions of the
antenne from Uljanin’s figure, which is very probably taken from
an immature speeimen.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Canthocamptus finni, p. 164.

. Lateral view of female.

. First antenna of female.

. Second antenna.

Mandible.

.. First swimming-foot.

Fourth swimming-foot.

. Fifth foot of female.

Fig.

~~

ob

TIS Se

Cyclops africanus, p. 165.
Fig. 8. Female, viewed from above.
9. First antenna of female.
10. First antenna of male.
11. Fifth foot.

4. Remarks on a rare Argentine Bird, Xenopsaris albinucha.
By P. L. Sctater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.
[Received December 22, 1892.}

(Plate VIL)

In 1868 ovr late distinguished Foreign Member, Dr. H. Bur-
meister, of Buenos Ayres, described, in a communication to this
Society on additions to the Argentine Avifauna, a smal! Passerine
bird of which he had obtained specimens in the sedge of the shores
of the Rio de la Plata, near Buenos Ayres, under the name of
Pachyrhamphus albinucha. No specimen accompanied this com-
munication, and the subject appears to have been until quite recently
overlooked by subsequent writers. Although the title of the paper
was given by Mr. Hudson and myself in the Appendix to our
‘Argentine Ornithology’ (op. cit. ii. p. 222), and it is there re-
corded that Pachyrhamphus albinucha was described as new, the
species was unfortunately forgotten in the body of that work. The
same was the ease, I regret to say, in the fourteenth volume of the

J.G Keulemans del.ct lith Mintern Bros . imp.

XENOPSARIS ALBINUCHA.

1893.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A RARD ARGENTINE BIRD. 167

‘Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum,’ in which all reference
to Pachyrhamphus albinucha was unaccountably omitted.

In 1891 Mr. Ridgway discovered a specimen of Pachyrhamphus
albinucha, received from Dr. Burmeister himself, among the trea-
suies of the U.S. National Museum, where it had lain unnoticed for
17 years, and gave an excellent account of it in the ‘ Proceedings
of the U.S. National Museum,’ no. 870, which, according to the list
of the “dates of publication” printed along with the “Contents,”
was published on Oct. 22nd of that year. Mr. Ridgway pointed
out that the bird is not a true Pachyrhamphus, and instituted a
new genus, ‘‘ Xenopsaris,” for its reception, referring it to the
subfamily Lipaugine of the Cotingide.

At about the same date as the rediscovery of this little bird at
Washington, an example of it, transmitted by Herr Fritz Schulz,
appears to have reached another centre of ornithological work,
Berlin, and to have attracted Dr. Cabanis’s attention. Dr. Cabanis
also recognized the necessity of separating this form from Pachy-
rhamphus, and referred it to a new genus of Tyrannide, “ Pros-
potetus,” to be placed near Serphophaga.

On reading these two notices, and knowing that there was no
specimen of this peculiar bird in this country, I wrote to Dr. Carlos
Berg, who had succeeded Dr. Burmeister in the Directorship of
the National Museum of Buenos Ayres, and asked him to procure
me some examples of it. This, in reply, he kindly promised to do
if possible, and in the meantime sends for examination one of the
typical specimens belonging to the Museum of Buenos Ayres, which
I have now the pleasure of exhibiting. As regards the systematic
position of this form I agree very nearly with Mr. Ridgway, and,
in order to render the subject complete, [ append to these remarks
his generic and specific characters of this little-known bird very
slightly moditied.

Genus XENOPSARIS.

Xenopsaris, Ridgway, Bull. U.S. N. Mus. xiv. p. 479 (Oct. 1891).

Prospoietus, Cab. Bericht orn. Gesellsch. Berlin, ix. p. 4 (Nov.
1891).

Char. gen. Similar to Casiornis, Bp., but bill very much smaller,
narrower, and more elevated at the base, with culmen gradually
curved throughout its length; nasal and rictal bristles much less
developed ; tail nearly as long as the wing, emarginate and rounded
(7. e. double-rounded), the feathers rather narrow ; primaries
exceeding secondaries by more than length of bill; the second,
third, and fourth quills nearly equal and longest; first primary
equal to sixth; tarsus about equal to length of bill measured from
the rictus; middle toe considerably shorter than tarsus (slightly
less than exposed culmen); feathers of pileum lengthened and
broad, forming, when erected, a full rounded crest; along each
side of the lower back and rump a conspicuous tuft of pure white
cottony feathers. Colour (both sexes) greyish above, with glossy

168 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON HAPALE JACCHUS. (Feb. 14,

black full-crested pileum, the lower parts, sides of head (below
eyes), nuchal collar, lores, and frontlet white.

XENOPSARIS ALBINUCHA. (Plate VII.)

Pachyrhamphus albinucha, Burm. P.Z.S. 1868, p. 635; Scl. et
Huds. Arg. Orn. ii. p. 222.

Xenopsaris albinucha, Ridgw. Bull. U.S. N. Mus. xiv. p. 479
(Oct. 22, 1891).

Prospoietus albinuchus, Cab. Bericht orn. Gesellsch. Berlin,
Bericht ix. p. 4 (Noy. 30, 1891); id. J. f. O. 1892, p. 126.

Entire pileum (except narrow frontal band) down to the middle
of the eyes glossy black, with a slight bluish lustre ; narrow frontal
band (including nasal tufts), lores, suborbital region, ear-coverts,
and entire under portion of head, neck, and body, white; a rather
narrow greyish-white nuchal collar (immediately below the black
pileum); hind neck and back uniform ash-grey; the secondaries
and rump similar, but browner; wings, tail, and upper tail-coverts
greyish brown, the wing-coverts narrowly and indistinctly margined
with whitish, the tertials distinctly edged with white; tail darker
than wings, especially towards the end, the shafts pale brown
basally ; outer tail-feather broadly edged and margined round end
with white. Upper mandible black, lower greyish; feet dusky
in dried skin.

Whole length 5:0 inches, wing 2°4, tail 2°3, tarsus 0°5.

Hab. Sedge-beds on the shores of the Rio de Ja Plata, near Buenos
Ayres (Burm.).

February 14, 1893.
OsBerr Sanvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of January was 104, of which 31
were by presentation, 3 by exchange, 62 by purchase, 3 by birth,
and 5 on deposit. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 122.

Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., exhibited an abnormal sternum of the
Commen Marmoset (Hapale jacchus), and made the following
remarks thereon :—The specimen was obtained from one of six
adult skeletons’ recently macerated. The mesosternum consisted
of five pairs of ossific elements, the anterior four of which were
repetitionally symmetrical, but disposed alternately, instead of side
by side as is most generally the case with the Mammalia. The
fifth pair were comparatively insignificant and altogether invisible

? All epiphyses united.

1893. ] PROF. G. B. HOWES ON HAPALE JACCHUS. 169

from the ventral aspect owing to the approximation in the ventral
middle line of their parent (seventh pair of) ribs, in the manner
customary for other Mammals. Variability in ossification of the
fully formed mesosternal segments of Mammalia, such as may
bring about irregularities of the sternebre with a more or less
alternate disposition of the lower ends of the opposite sternal ribs,
is no uncommon phenomenon, especially among the Primates ;
but it rarely affects the presternum*. In the case under con-
sideration, the base of that segment was correspondingly asym-
metrical, repeating, in relation to the first mesosternal seginent,

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Sternum of Hapale jacchus, viewed from the inner (dorsal) aspect. 1. Normal.
2. Abnormal. Adults, nat. size.

st’. Presternum. st’. Mesosternum, sé'”’, Post- or xiphisternum.

the relations of this to its fellow next in order of succession
behind. The mesosternum, while retaining, in respect to the inde-
pendence of its constituents, a persistently embryonic condition,
bad so far increased in width during growth that the transverse
diameter of each succeeding sternebra exceeded, at its narrowest
point, that of the expanded base of its normal counterpart.
Comparison with the normal adult (fig. 1) showed that the sternum,
as a whole, had undergone an increase in breadth proportionate
to reduction in length, due allowance being made for the occasional
presence of but four distinct mesosternal segments*, When
viewed from the inner aspect (fig. 2), the extreme regularity of

1 See the skeletons of the Gibbon in the Museum of Natural History, and of

the Orang in the Teaching Collection R. College of Science, South Kensington.
2 Mivart, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 568.

170 PROF. 1, J. PARKER ON THE CRANIAL [Feb. 14,

recurrence of the parts gave the impression that the conditions
met with might have been due to increased tension on the right
side during growth. This was favoured by the fact that the right
tibia and fibula, which were abnormal and angulated, bore traces
of early fracture with subsequent synostosis, and by that of the
non-distortion of the left anterior half of the presternum. It was,
however, rendered the less likely by the fact that the xiphisternum,
together with the posterior (fifth) mesosternal rudiment‘, was but
feebly ossitied ; and by the fact that the former (fig. 1, st’), instead
of being posteriorly expanded as is most frequently the case with
normal adults, was displaced to the left side, keeled along its
left-hand border, and downwardly rotated. Although the depar-
tures from the normal met with in the sternum under consideration
may conceivably have been due to purely mechanical causes, con-
sequent upon the non-union of parts, they suggest the well-
known characteristics * of that of the Anthropomorpha, among
Primates ; and, whatever their determining causes, the regularly
recurring alternation of the mesosternal elements of opposite sides
is especially interesting in this conjunction, as that has been in-
dependently recorded by Parker* and Flower‘ for the (apparently
normal) developing sternum of the Orang.

Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, D.Sc., F.R.S., read a Memoir on the
Cranial Osteology, Classification, and Phylogeny of the Dinornithide,
of which the following is an abstract :—

The author begins by giving a brief account of his material,
amounting altogether to about 120 skulls, most of them in the
Otago University Museum, Dunedin, Canterbury College, Christ-
church, New Zealand, and the British Museum (Natural History).
Two specimens, one of Hmeus, sp. a, in the Dunedin Museum,
and one of Mesopteryx, species /3, in the Wellington Museum, are
quite perfect.

Many of the skulls examined could not be assigned with certainty
to any known species, having been found quite apart from the rest
of the skeletons; they are distinguished in the paper by Greek
letters in order to avoid confusion with certain species designated
by English letters by Mr. Lydekker. Several species are known
only by the crania, and in these cases the determination of the
genus is to some extent conjectural, since the premaxilla and man-
dible afford the most striking and reliable generic characters.

A detailed description of the cranial osteology is given, the
various genera and species being compared point by point. By the

* The investigations of Ruge and Burne forbid our regarding the reduction
of this as necessarily indicative of a persistently embryonic state (cf. Burne,
P. Z.8. 1891, p. 159).

* Viz., increase in breadth, with diminution of length and reduction of the
ensiform process.

° Ray Soc. Monograpk on the Development of the Shoulder-girdle aud

Sternum, pl. xxx. fig. 16,
* Osteology of the Mammalia, ed. 8, p. 93, fig. 32.

1893.] OSTEOLOGY BIC. OF THE DINORNITHIDE. 71

examination of numerous immature specimens the ossification
has been determined, and outline figures are given showing the
boundaries of all the bones and their share in the various ridges,
processes &c., the special characters of which are of classificatory
importance.

Next follows a detailed comparison of the skulls of the Moas
with those of the other Ratite, this section ending with a summary
of cranial characters in the whole subclass.

A table of measurements is then given showing the chief dimen-
sions, in millimetres, of the skull in the more important species
of Dinornithide and in the other genera of Ratite. Care is taken
to define as exactly as possible the precise way in which the
measurements are made. A second table gives the leading
measurements expressed as percentages of the length of the basis
cranii, a series of indices being thus obtained which are frequently
of use in the definition of genera and species.

The author next discusses the bearing of these facts upon the
question of the division of the Dinornithide into genera. He finds
that—judging from the skull alone and taking no cognizance of
the rest of the skeleton—five genera can be distinguished, viz.
Dinornis, Pachyornis, Mesopterya, Anomalopteryx, and Emeus’.
Moreover, Pachyornis, Mesopteryx, and Anomelopteryx are found to
present many points of resemblance with one another, of which the
most obvious is the narrow, pointed beak. ‘The two broad-beaked
genera Dinornisand Emeus, on the other hand, differ strikingly both
from one another and from the narrow-beaked forms. Relying on
cranial characters only, the Dinornithidw may therefore be divided
into three subfamilies as follows :—

Subfamily a. DinorNiTHIn ©,
Genus Dinornis.

Subfamily 6. ANOMALOPTORYGINE.
Genera Pachyornis, Mesopteryx, and Anomaloptery.

Subfamily c. EMEIN 2.
Genus Lmeus.

This section of the paper ends with a summary of the cranial
characters of the subfamilies and genera.

Lastly, the phylogeny of the group is discussed. Mesopteryw is
considered to be the most generalized form, while Dinorms and
Emeus are both highly specialized but in opposite directions. Of
the other Ratite, Apterya comes nearest to the Moas in the struc-
ture of its skull, and strong affinities are shown by both Casuarius
and Dromeus to the New Zealand genera. Struthio and thea, on
the other hand, show no special affinities, as far as the skull is
concerned, either to the Australian forms or to one another.

' No account is taken of Megalapteryx, which is included by Lydekker
among the Dinornithide, as nothing is at present known of its skull.

172 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE CORACOIDAL [Feb. 14,

_ The author’s views as to the phylogeny of the Ratit are shown
in the following diagram :—

DINORNIS
PACHYORNIS ANOMALOPTERYX

\__mesoprervss EMEuS

APTERYX

CASUARIUS.

DROMAUS

STRUTHIO

RHEA »

This Memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Trans-
actions,’ ——

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on the Coracoidal Element in Adult Sloths, with
Remarks on its Homology. By R. Lyprxxer, B.A.,

F.Z.S.
[Received December 28, 1892.]

It has been ascertained by the late Professor Parker that the
coracoidal element in the pectoral girdle of the Sloths ossifies inde-
pendently from the scapula; but I have not seen it recorded that
the division between the two elements can be observed in the
adult condition. That such, however, is sometimes the case is
proved by a mounted skeleton of Bradypus in the Natural History
Museum, of which the right half of the pectoral girdle (exclusive
of the clavicle) is represented in the drawing now exhibited (see
woodcut, p. 173, fig. 1). The suture, although anchylosed, is dis-
tinctly visible, and shows that the coracoidal element forms a small
moiety of the glenoid cavity ; the suture passing from the latter to
the upper border of the coraco-scapular foramen, and being con-
tinued from the lower edge of the latter to the free lower margin
of the compound bone. I have also observed the coracoidal element
perfectly distinct in the skeleton of an immature Sloth in the
Museum.

The large size and the distinctness of the coracoidal element in
the pectoral girdle of the Sloth appear to me to afford consider-
able support to the view that the Edentates form a group of equal
value with the typical Eutheria.

1893.] ELEMENT IN ADULT SLOTHS. 173

The interest of the specimen does not, however, cease here. If the

The right side of the pectoral girdle of Bradypus (1), Dicynodon (2), and
Echidna (8).

sc, scapula; a, acromion of do. ; ¢, coracoid; mc, metacoracoid ; /, coraco-
scapular foramen ; g/, glenoid cavity.

figure of the pectoral girdle of the Sloth be compared with that of the
reptilian Dicynodon (fig. 2), it will be apparent that the elements

174 ON THE CORACOIDAL ELEMENT IN ADULT sLorus. [Feb. 14,

marked ¢ in both are homologous; each articulating with the
lower border of the front of the scapula, from which they are
partially separated by a foramen (f), and each entering into the
formation of the glenoid cavity. Now in the Dicynodont the bone
marked ¢ has usually been identified with the precoracoid. Ac-
cording, however, to Professor Howes’ the latter term should be re-
stricted to a portion of the clavicular arch, and the name epicoracoid
applied to the element under consideration. This emendation, if
properly authenticated, I should of course have been willing to
accept, had it not been for another consideration. Apart from
that consideration, we must call the coracoidal element in the
shoulder-girdle of the Sloth the epicoracoid. This is in harmony
with the conclusion of Professor Howes, who in the paper cited
(p. 404) observes that “the coracoid process of the Marsupialia
and Placentalia is the homologue of the Monotreme’s epicoracoid.”
When, however, he proceeds to add that the exclusion of this
epicoracoid from the glenoid cavity is one of its most charac-
teristic features, I must take leave to differ from him. Itis true that
in the Monotremes (as shown in fig. 3 of the drawing) the so-called
epicoracoid (c)—which all are agreed as representing the epicora-
coid of the Dicynodont—is excluded from the glenoid cavity ;
but this appears to me to be due to its having been pushed for-
wards and bent downwards into the ventral plane of the body.
Both the Dicynodont (in spite of what is urged by Professor
Howes) and the Bradypodine so-called epicoracoid enter to a small
extent into the formation of the glenoid cavity *.

We have it, then, that the human coracoid process is homolo-
gous with the so-called epicoracoid of Bradypus, Dicynodon, and
Echidna ; while the element termed coracoid in the two latter, as
articulating with the sternum, represents the element so named
in the Sauropsida. Here, however, as has been pointed out to me
by my friend Mr. Thomas, a new difficulty arises. The coracoid
element was first named from the coracoid process of man, and
therefore, undoubtedly, the bone which we have called epicoracoid
is the true coracoid; while the element to which the latter term
is applied in the Monotremes and Sauropsida is properly a meta-
coracoid. In spite of the difficulty which will probably arise in
obtaining the adoption of the latter term for the posterior ventral
moiety of the Sauropsidan pectoral girdle, I therefore suggest
that we must for the future term that element the metacoracoid,
and restrict the term coracoid to the coracoid process of the higher
Mammals and the bone which has been termed epicoracoid in
Monotremes and Dicynodonts’.

1 Journ, Anat. Phys. vol. xxvi. p. 403 (1893).

? IT may mention that I am indebted to Professor Howes for pointing out
that I have incorrectly identified the acromion in the scapula of Dieynodon,
the true acromion being the one lettered @ in the accompanying figure.

3 Professor Howes has been good enough to point out to me that Sabatier
has identified a rudiment of the metacoracoid in the human scapula (see
Howes, op. cit. vol. xxi. p. 190).

Ol

1893. ] ON THE RANGE OF THE EUROPEAN BISON. 17:

2. On the present Range of the European Bison in the
Caucasus. By Dr. G. Rappe, C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 2, 1893.]

I have just received correct information as to the range of the
European Bison (Bos bonasus) in the Caucasus. This animal is at
present confined to the district around the sources of the Laba and
Bjellaja on the north side of the Caucasus, and extends east-
wards from the former locality to the springs of the Selentschiik.
The Bison is scarce everywhere, and generally seen in twos and
threes ; only once have the tracks of seven together been noticed,
though occasionally as many as five have been observed. Evidently
the Bison has discontinued its settled habits, and has taken to wan-
dering about in this, its last refuge. Through the ever increasing
encroachments of the settlers, and the consequent dispersal of the
wild animals, and also, in many places, owing to the new supervision
of the forests, the Bison is driven more and more towards the
higher ridges of the mountains, and wanders about in the thick
forests which border the lower portion of the alpine pasturages.

These forests in the lower lying districts are chiefly composed
of Carpinus betulus and Fagus, above which stand lofty Abies
nordmanniana and A, orientalis ; the pine is less plentiful.

The most likely places to find this animal are at present near
the sources of the Little Laba, and especially on its western con-
fluent, the Uruschtem. This river is joined by a small stream,
the Alaus, in the valley of which the Bison is often met with.
It is found from 7000 to 8000 feet above the sea-level. Formerly,
30 or 40 years ago, it was met with much lower down, about 5000
feet, and it was also more common. That the Bison has now
passed over the mountain-range and is wandering southwards is
pretty certain. There was an instance of this in 1874: in that
year an example was killed not far from Romanowskoje, about a
day’s journey from Sotschi (on the coast); the skin of this animal
was sold in Kutais.

Just as the Bison is preserved in the forests of the Government
of Grodno’, so it is under Imperial protection in the Caucasus:
the Grand-Duke Michael Nikolajawitsch gave the necessary
orders in 1860. Nevertheless it is very difficult to keep guard
over these last remaining animals satisfactorily. The whole dis-
trict in which this animal occurs, and where, in the high moun-
tains, the Chamois and Capra caucasica abound, has been for
several years rented by the young Grand-Dukes George and
Sergius Michaelowitsch: it comprises an area of 477,300 des-
jatines*. In the Staniza of Psebai lives Herr Noska, who performs
the functions of Head-keeper. But the task of watching for

1 See P.Z.S. 1848, p. 16.
acres. rds. poles.
? A desjatirne (Russian measure) = 2 2 32

176 ON THE RANGE OF THE EUROPEAN BISON. [Feb. 14,

poachers is a very difficult one for him and his mounted under-
keepers, and one which has not been attended with much success :
one is always hearing the news that individuals of the few re-
maining herds of the Bison have been killed.

As the extirpation of the Bison here in its last retreat in
the Caucasus will undoubtedly soon take place, I had already,
nearly 10 years ago, drawn out a plan, which would not only enable
me to shoot one or two specimens ( d, 2 ), but also to thoroughly
describe the animal both externally and internally, and to record
everything of anatomical importance by illustration and description.
I should also like to add to this an account of its habits, the places
it frequents, discuss the hunting of it, and give all available infor-
mation on the Caucasian Bison. It would likewise be necessary
to compare it with a specimen from Grodno. The skeletons and
skins should be preserved and mounted. Such a monograph as
this would be of great value to the next generation, when the
Bison will be numbered with the extinct animals.

To accomplish this thoroughly an anatomist, with a knowledge
of the construction of the animal, must come and stay on the spot,
as well as a photographer and an artist.

The carrying out of this good idea has unfortunately been put
off from year to year; however, it is probable that in 1893 it
will be accomplished. It is necessary to be on the spot by the
end of August, for in September the animal ascends the mountains
to from 7000 to 8000 feet high, and it being very cold then, there
would be no fear of the flesh decomposing quickly. The anato-
mist should remain on the spot until the animal is dissected, and
everything measured, noted, figured, and observed. The smaller
soft parts could be put in spirit or preserved with salt. When
the work has been so far advanced, it would be advisable to make
a stay in Psebai with the materials. The rough skeleton and skin
could be prepared here and packed ready for transport.

Such an affair as this to be properly managed could not be
undertaken in Tiflis, but only at St. Petersburg. Here, as in
many other things, we are deficient in literature as well as in
material for comparison.

All that is known of the Caucasian Bison previous to 1867 will
be found recorded in a small work of my late father-in-law, Dr. J.
F. Brandt: it was published in Band ii. (Ser. 2) of the ‘ Verhand-
lungen der russisch-kaiserlichen mineralogischen Gesellschaft zu
St. Petersb.’ pp. 101-152, under the heading of ** Dombe-Adombe.”
There is also another article by the same author in the ‘ Bulletin
de la Soc. Imp. d. Nat. de Moscou,’ 1866, No. 1, in which he com-
pares, as far as possible, the Caucasian Bison with that of Grodno.

The example of the Bison which is mounted in our Museum
was presented in 1868 by Count Sumarakow Elston, at that time
Governor of the district of Kuban; there was, however, a young
specimen in the Museum in 1867, but this was very much damaged
and was disposed of after the reception of the secondexample. The
Tiflis specimen is an old bull: it has a very poor mane and the

1893.) MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE GENUS IXODES, 1i7

beard is short, but the hair on the head and between the horns is
thick. There are in the Museum, besides the perfect animal, two
imperfect skulls; in one of them the whole forehead and con-
spicuous frontal bones are missing, and in the other the lower
jaw is absent. In the beginning of 1873 a Bison-calf was sent
alive from the Caucasus to the Zoological Garden at Moscow, but
it soon died. There are also reports of other cases of the capture
of Bisons, upon which I can give you no certain particulars ;
but I have heard that the celebrated hunter Mr. St. George
Littledale killed a Bison in 1887 whilst on a hunting expedition,
in summer, in the above mentioned-district, in pursuit of Capra
caucasica’.

February 28, 1893,

Sir Wiriiam H,. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in

the Chair.

Mr. A. D. Michael, I'.Z.8., exhibited specimens of a Tick of the
genus Jodes, known locally as the “ St. Kitt’s ” or “ Gold Tick,”
received from Mr. C. A. Barber, of the Agricultural Department,
Antigua. These Ticks had become a serious pest in the Leeward
Islands, and there was a tradition there that they had been intro-
duced about 30 years ago from St. Kitt’s along with some Senegal
Cattle. They were unknown in the Leeward Islands up to that
date, and were now unknown in St. Kitt’s. The specimens had
been forwarded to Mr. Michael in order to ascertain whether the
species could be identified, and, if so, whether there was any reason
to suppose that it was of African origin. Mr. Michael observed
that this species was a very well-marked and unmistakable one,
described in 1844 by C. L. Koch, of Regensburg, from a male speci-
men received from Senegal. Koch had named it Amblyomma
venustum, stating that it was one of the most beautiful of all
the Ticks. According to modern classification it would be called
Hyalomma venustum,

An adult female which Mr. Barber had kept in confinement had
laid over 20,000 eggs, most of which were hatched; and Prof.
Leidy, in America, had found that adult female Ticks sometimes
weighed more than a hundred times as much when fully fed than
when fasting.

The following extract from a letter from M. A. Milne-Edwards,
F.M.ZS., to Mr. Sclater, dated Museum d’Histoire Naturelle,
Feb. 18, 1893, was read :—

“Vous avez décrit en 1880, sous le nom de Lemur nigerrimus,

' [Pwo fine specimens (¢ and 2) of the Caucasian Bison, presented by Mr.
Littledale, are to be seen mounted in the gallery of the British Museum. —Ep.]

* [See P. Z.S. 1880, p. 451. The specimen in question, purchased Nov. 5,
1878, died June 18, 1882. A similar specimen, received Oct. 16, 1883, died
April 4, 1885. Both specimens were sent to M. Milne-Edwards for exami-
nation.—Eb. |

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XII, 12

173 - MR. P, L. SCLAPER ON AN ANTARCTIC SHEATHBILL. [Feb. 28,

une nouvelle espéce de Maki, remarquable par son pélage entitre-
ment noir et l’absence de pinceaux aux oreilles. J’ai pu constater
que la femelle du Lemur nigerrimus est dune couleur brune ; cette
forme a été décrite par Gray en 1871" sous le nom de Prosimia
rufipes. Il est intéressant de retrouver pour cette espéce des
différences sexuelles comparables a celles que présente le LZ. macaco, ~
dont le male est noir et la femelle brune (Z. leucomystax). Le
couleur des yeux du Lemur nigerrimus et de sa femelle L. rufipes
est caractéristique : au lieu d’étre d’un brun-jaunatre, iris est d’un
bleu tirant sur le vert. Je yous en envoie un croquis qui intéres-
sera peut-ctre les membres de la Socicté Zoologique. Ces Makis
viennent du Cap d’Ambre au Nord de Madagascar.”

The coloured sketch spoken of in this communication was

exhibited.

Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the
American Stint, Vringa minutilla, Vieillot, shot by Mr. Broughton
Hawley on 22nd August, 1892, at Northam Burrows, North Devon;
being the second example obtained in that locality, and the third
that had occurred in England. (Cf. ‘ Zoologist,’ 1892, p. 411.)

Mr. Sclater placed on the table for inspection, on behalf of
Mr. Richard M. Barrington, the example of the Antarctie Sheath-
bill killed at Carlingford Lighthouse, Co. Down, on the coast of
Treland, in December last, as recorded by Mr. Barrington (see
‘Field, vol. Ixxxi., January 7, 1893, p- 15; ‘ Zoologist, vol. xvi.
drd ser. January 1893, p. 28).

Mr. Sclater observed that from the nearly perfect condition of
the wings and tail it was evident that this bird had not been in
captivity, or .t any rate not within several months from the
date preceding that at which it was shot. It was an undoubted
example of the Yellow-billed Sheathbill (Chionis alba), of which the
nearest previously known localities were the Falkland Islands
(Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 154; Scl. P.Z.S. 1860, p. 386), South
Georgia (Pagenstecher, Ber. Nat. Mus. Hamburg, 1884, p. 12),
and the adjoining Antarctic Seas (Oustalet, Miss. d. Cap Horn,
Zool. vi. p. 288).

As would be seen by reference to the List of Vertebrates,
1883, p. 528, as many as nine specimens of this bird had been
exhibited in the Society’s Gardens between 1865 and 1882.

The following papers were read :—

1 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vii. p. 339.

“epytInto us092 v
‘Tur we MMe 389), pl log 4 » sUVIIOIW

UTLW' PP PremMpoom WD? OM

pom Sead "pu iS ‘TZ

rent

pau et

~~

uted CI

usa °Z en

oO

aul

Te)

aa ip

HIST Fie SSL S Ze

‘Lut Weumayy'ysay

“HpPlINi9Gg JUSSI w VUSdOTW

pu te:

TALI TP PreMpooy W'D2'O' A.

—

Bee “EL

“se ptaniog ZUuUs00L2 0 SUIIOTIW

dar wermayy 4s 94 TETAS APP SKpOC NS ei et

ee Tele Cee L eel

: “Se ptdntoc JUuUs0eL QUIDOL
duit WEUIMS fy SOM ig ; S) 2 IN L “YUVtL Ie PP PSP tty 20 H

IX 9#"1d 68t'S'Z d

1893.) DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 179

1. On some Miocene Squirrels, with Remarks on the Den-
tition and Classification of the Sciwrine. By Dr. C. J.
ForsytuH Masor, C.M.Z.S.

[Received February 14, 1893.]
(Plates VIII.-XI.)

I, Introduction, p. 179.
II. On the Dentition of the Sciuvrine, p. 179.
III. Remarks on the Classification of the Sciuridx, p. 186.
IV. Description of the Fossil Species, p. 190.
V. On the primitive Type of the Sciurine Molar, and of the
Eutherian Molar in general, p. 196.
VI. Explanation of the Plates, p. 214.

I. Introduction.

In order to determine some remains of Squirrels, collected by
myself in the Middle-Miocene deposits of La Grive-Saint-Alban
(Isére), it was necessary to compare them with their actual con-
geners. I have to thank both Dr. A. Giinther and Mr. Oldfield
Thomas for the kindness shown to me in permitting a close exami-
uation of the rich collection of Sciurine skulls in the Zoological
Department of the British Museum ; and I am besides under great
obligations to Mr. Thomas, who is so thoroughly acquainted not
only with every species, but indeed with every specimen of the
collection under his charge, for haying liberally favoured me with
his experience and advice, especially in regard to intricate ques-
tions of synonymy and specific determination.

The investigation of living forms has led me somewhat farther
than I had anticipated; so that before treating of the few fossil
remains, it will be necessary to pass in review the numerous, and,
in several instances, very unexpected forms of Sciurine dentition,
as well as to present some remarks on their classification.

The brachydont teeth of Sciurine presenting a very primitive
type of Rodent molars, I was naturally led to consider them in
the light of the prevailing theory, the so-called tritubercularity,
the rodent molars having been traced, as those of other orders, to a
trituberculate type. This forms the subject of the last part of my
communication.

Il. On the Dentition of the Sciurine.

It is a well-known fact that in various families of the Rodentia
tubercular molars—which as a rule are brachydont—and laminated
molars—which as a rule are hypsodont or rootless—are met
with side by side in closely allied genera and in existing species,
whilst in some other Orders we have to look among fossils for
ne more or less brachydont precursors of the living hypsodont
orms.

It is equally well known, though not always a. to mind,

180 Dk, C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [ Feb. 28,

that the laminated hypsodont molars generally begin tuber-
cular, and the tubercular brachydont molars, when worn, become
laminated. For instance: the unworn upper and lower molars
of Castor fiber show us a somewhat tuberculate crown, in which
at first sight it is not easy to recognize the well-known lami-
nated pattern of the worn tooth of the Beaver; likewise, a much-
worn molar of the brachydont Cricetus presents enamel-folds
and islets, though, owing to the shallower and wider valleys, they
appear less distinct than in the hypsodont molars, whose valleys
are reduced to narrow but deep fissures; so that there is only a
gradational difference between tubercular and laminated teeth.

The molar teeth of Sciuride are generally represented as tuber-
cular. But, in surveying all the known forms, even restricting
ourselves to the subfamily Sciwrine, we meet with all possible
intermediate stages between the decidedly hypsodont molars of
Eupetaurus described by Thomas’ and the utmost degree of
brachydontism as shown by the molars of the Bornean Rhi-
throsciurus or the Myoxine-like teeth of the group of pigmy
Squirrels.

First, as to Brachydontism and Hypsodontism.

The species of Pteromys, in a restricted sense, are on their way
to become hypsodont ; they lead over on the one side to Eupetaurus,
and on the other to the more or less brachydont Seiwropteri
(including Pteromys tephromelas, Giinth., and P. pheomelas, Giinth.,
whose molars are quite similar to each other and agree more with
the Sciuropteri than with Pteromys).

The African Ground-Squirrels (Xervs), as well as the Oriental
Seiurus berdmorei, Bly., present a curious form of semi-hypso-
dontism, inasmuch as the internal moiety of the upperand more
or less the external moiety of the lower molars are more elevated
vertically than the external moiety above and the internal below.
Corresponding to the hypsodont part of the molar, we find on
the inner side of superior molars a stout and elongate root, on
the outer side two smaller and shorter roots.

A small group of Ethiopian Squirrels included in the genus
Sciurus (Sc. palliatus, cepapi, pyrropus, congicus, &e.) present a
similar semi-hypsodonty, whilst the Moroccan Xerus getulus is ina
lesser degree semi-hypsodont.

This greater vertical elevation of the inner side of the crown
in superior, and of the outer side in inferior molars, though more
evident in semi-hypsodont teeth, is, however, by no means
limited to them; we meet with it, although in a lesser degree,
in Sciurus vulgaris and its allies, and even in the still more
brachydont Rhithrosciurus. Ornithorhynchus itself, as shown by
one of the figures published by Stewart*, has the inner side
of the superior teeth more elongate than the outer. This cir-

1 Oldfield Thomas, “On Eupefaurus, a new form of Flying-Squirrel from
Kashmir,” Journ, As. Soc. Bengal, yol. lvii. ii. no, 3, 1888, pp. 256-260.

2 Ch. Stewart, “On a specimen of the true teeth of Ornithorhynchus,” Mier.
Journ. vol. xxxiii, n.s. 1891, pl. viii. @

1893.] DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 181

cumstance is of no small importance, as I shall have to point
out later on.

The Common Squirrel, and many Oriental members of the genus,
as well as some Ethiopian Squirrels (Sc. rufobrachiatus, Waterh.,
annulatus, Desm., shirensis, Gray, punctatus, Temm.), show rela-
tively prominent cusps, and present a transitional stage between
semi-hypsodontism and brachydontism. Still more brachydont are
two other groups which have little affinity with each other—-the
African Se. stangeri, Waterh., Sc. ebi7, Temm., Se. aubinnii, Gr., and
the Oriental Giant Squirrels (Se. bicolor, indicus, macrurus, &c.).

The Oriental Pigmy Squirrels (Sc. eailis, Mill., Sc. melanotis,
Mill. & Schl., Sc. concinnus, Thos. (Plate X. fig. 10, Plate XI.
fig. 7), Se. whiteheadi, Thos.), as well as the pigmy Ethiopian
Se. minutus, Du Chaillu (Plate XI. fig. 6), show a low, oval-shaped
and nearly horizontal crown, slightly concave in the middle, with
transverse ridges. On the whole, their dentition has scarcely any-
thing to do with the Sciuromorphous type of molars, and can only
be compared with that of the Myoxide, Liomys and Graphiurus.

Next we have to consider the pattern of the molars in Sciwrine.
The numerous modifications—almost every species presents some
peculiarity—may be arranged under three heads :—

1. The first type is represented by the most brachydont forms :
some Eocene Squirrels, as Sc. spectabilis, Maj., from Egerkingen,
the Bornean Jthithrosciurus (Plate LX. fig. 2), the Oriental Giant
Squirrels (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 1), the Ethiopian Se. stangert
(Plate VIII. fig. 7, Plate LX. fig. 7) and its allies, Sc. ebii and
Se. aubinnii (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 8).

2. The second type is represented by Se. vulgaris and its ally
Se. syriacus (1 have had no opportunity of examining the dentition
of the Japanese Se. lis), by most of the Oriental middle-sized
Squirrels (Se. prevosti (Plate VIII. fig. 2), Sc. lokroides (Plates
VIII. and IX. fig. 3), &e.), by a small Ethiopian group (Se.
shirensis, Sc. annulatus, Sc. punctatus, Sc. rufobrachiatus), and by
most of the American Squirrels.

3. The third type is represented by several groups of Ethiopian
Squirrels: Xerws (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 10), including the
Moroccan X. getulus (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 9), by Se. cepapi
(Plate VIII. fig. 22, Plate IX. fig. 23), Se. palliatus, Sc. pyrropus
(Plate VIII. figs. 15, 23, Plate IX. figs. 15, 22), Sc. congicus,
Se. lemniscatus, Sc. isabella (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 24), Se.
boehmii ; as well as by some Oriental forms, Se. berdmorei (Plates
VIII. and IX. figs. 16-18), Gray’s genus Rhinosciurus (Plates
VIII. and IX. figs. 11, 12), &e.

I do not consider for the present the African and Oriental
Pigmy Squirrels, as the characters of their dentition depart entirely
from the Sciuromorphan type as a whole.

Brachydontism in itself is quite generally admitted to be the
most generalized condition, and the teeth point in the same
direction as do those of other Orders, viz., towards a still more
primitive type. Besides, we are able to show that the two other

182. DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

types before mentioned—the Sciurus vulgaris and the Xerus types,
as we may call them—are each of them derived from a brachydont
type.

1. Therefore, beginning with the type of the most brachydont
Sciurine molar, as being the most generalized, the various forms
belonging to it have a very flat elongate crown, the inner and outer
sides of which have an almost equal longitudinal extension ; and
a minimum of transverse arrangement of their cusps, which show
a tendency towards a longitudinal disposition.

2. In the upper molars of the Sc.-vulgaris-type a transverse
arrangement is already conspicuous. The cusps have partly
united to form transverse ridges, so that we see here the beginning
of a transition from bunodontism into lophodontism: four more
or less transverse ridges, the two median being the stoutest, with
three intervening valleys. On the outer side are three prominent
cusps, corresponding to the three anterior ridges. A characteristic
feature on the inner side of the upper molars is an apparently
single cusp, which fits into the eup- or basin-shaped hollow of the
inferior molar, somewhat like a pestle ina mortar. In examining,
however, quite unworn teeth (of Sc. vulgaris, e. g.), the inner side of
the upper molar presents itself more elongate and shows a tri-
partite division, the median cusp being the stoutest. Still more
is this seen in the upper molars of most of the middle-sized
Oriental Squirrels, which in other characters (of the skull &e.)
as well as in the dentition approach Se. vulgaris. The molars,
however, are somewhat stouter, and the cusps and ridges more
prominent. In unworn teeth of Oriental forms, e.g. of Se. pre-
vostt (Plate VIII. fig. 2) or Sc. lokroides (Plate VIII. fig. 3),
the inner margin is rather elongate, and shows more distinctly
than does Se. vulgaris the tripartite division with a prominent
medial cusp. When the teeth have become somewhat worn, these
divisions tend to disappear; so that the usual aspect of worn
upper teeth in these Oriental Squirrels is that presented by the
somewhat worn teeth of Sc. vulgaris, viz.,a single broad internal
cusp. The shortening, or, as one might say, the reduction and
simplification of the inner side of the upper molars compared to
the outer side (and, as may be added, of the outer side of inferior
molars compared to their inner side) appears to be a general and
primitive tendency of molar teeth; in fact, we meet with it already
among Cretaceous Mammalia, as well as in the recent Ovnitho-
rhynchus. As to its meaning, we shall have to consider it
afterwards.

In lower molars of the Sciwrus-vulgaris-type, two cusps, the
antero-external and the antero-internal, show a tendency to unite
transversely. Anteriorly to these we have a small transverse
valley, bordered in front by a transverse ridge, which is more
rarely (Sc. palmarum) raised in two cusps. In the premolar there
is generally one cusp only in front.

The hinder part of inferior molars is shaped into a sort of cup,
to receive, as above mentioned, the internal tubercle of the upper

1893.] DR. C, J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENT SQUIRRELS, 183

molars. This is a common form of inferior sciuromorph molar, as
we meet with it, not only amongst most of the species of Seiurus,
but as well in Tamias, Spermophilus, and Arctomys. The cup is
bordered by the two anterior cusps, by two posterior cusps, of
which the internal is generally less developed or suppressed, by a
posterior heel, and sometimes by two secondary cusps between the
two pairs of principal cusps. Sometimes the basin-shaped appear-
ance becomes more evident still by the coalescing of all these cusps,
so that already in quite unworn teeth, e. y. of the interesting Se.
everetti, Thomas (Plate IX. fig. +), the rounded margin of the basin
appears perfectly even.

In the Seiwrus-vulgaris-type, the upper molars also present a
sort of basin, in order to receive the postero-external cusp of the
lower molars. This is the median valley, closed internally by the
largely developed internal cusp, and whose formation appears to
be due to the partial atrophy of a transverse series of cusps, there
having remained only the internal one greatly developed, and
often, as in Se. vulgaris, a very small median cusp on the outer
side. In the Xerus-type, to be mentioned hereafter, we frequently
have the space of this median valley occupied by a transverse ridge,
which brings up to five the number of these transverse ridges in
the upper molars, with, between them, four narrow transverse
depressions instead of three, as is generally the case.

The Sciwropteri come near to the same type, presenting on the
whole a transitional stage between bunodontism and lophodontism,
with the cup-like shape of lower molars, to which corresponds the
formation of a median valley in the upper molars. In these last
we find, moreover, the anterior valley of the crown more fully
developed, than is the case in the members of the Seiwrus-vulgaris-
type, and thus the molars of Sciwroptert often present a more
elongate form. A characteristic feature of Sciuropterine molars is
a delicate wrinkling of the enamel of the valleys, and this, ac-
cording to the different species, extends more or less to the
cusps or crests, which thus appear crenate.

Lower basin-shaped molars are met with as far back as the
Cernaysian fauna of Reims, the lowest known Eocene deposit in
Europe!. This is one of the reasons which makes me agree with
Schlosser? in considering the fossils (Plesiadapis and Protoadapis),
described as Lemurids, to be Rodentia. The same conclusions,
and for the same reason, apply to Plesiesthonyx from the “ Faune
Agéienne” of Reims’, and to some specimens from the Eocene of
Egerkingen, doubtfully referred by Riitimeyer to Plesiadapis *.

1 Lemoine, ‘‘Etude d’ensemble sur les dents des Mammifeéres fossiles des
Nee de Reims,” Bull, Soc. géol, de France, t. xix. 1891, pl. x. figs. 64-68,
76-78.

2 M. Schlosser, “ Ueber die systematische Stellung der Gattungen Plesiadapis,
Protoadapis, Pleuraspidotherium, and Orthaspidotherium,” Neu. Jahrb. fiir
Mineralogie, Geologie und Palxontologie, 1892, Bd. ii. pp. 238-240,

3 Lemoine, /. c. pl. x. fig. 32.

4 LL. Riitimeyer, “Die Eocine Saugethierwelt von Egerkingen,” Abh, d,
schweiz. paliontol. Ges, vol, xviii. 1891, pp. 121-125, pl. viti. figs. 16, 17.

184 DR. C.J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

3. To the Xerus-type belong most of the semi-hypsodont
Sciurine teeth of the groups already mentioned. It is dis-
tinguished from the Setwrus-vulgaris-type by a more complete
lophodontism, the crests running in a transverse direction, and
the valleys being reduced to narrow but deep fissures. The main
difference from Ungulate lophodont molars consists in their having
not two, but four or even five crests, the anterior and posterior
margin of the molar being as much or almost as much raised as
the two medial crests. So that the Xerus-type presents in upper
as well as in lower molars three transverse depressions or fissure-
like valleys (and four in superior molars where there are five
crests). This type forms on the whole a very striking approach
to the hystricomorphan molar.

Twenty years ago I pointed out that two African Squirrels,
Se. congicus and Sc. leucostigma (this last being now considered as
a variety of Sc. pyrropus), approach the Hystricomorpha in a
further development of the characters in which the Ethiopian
Xerus departs from the Sciwrus-vulgaris-type. Again, the Eocene
Sciuroides was shown to resemble in its molars those of the
Hystricomorpha Cercolabes and Lrethizon, whilst, on the other
hand, the Eocene hystricomorphan Trechomys was shown to
approach Sciwroides *.

Twelve years later, Schlosser, working on fossil forms, with
much richer material at his command, confirmed these observations,
showing that a group of Tertiary Rodentia showed characters
intermediate between the Sciuromorpha and Hystricomorpha *.

It is of no little interest that actually living Sciuromorpha show
in their dentition, as well as in the characters of their skull, that
the distinction between Sciuromorpha and Hystricomorpha is less
sharp than is generally admitted. Schlosser seems not to have
examined any recent Ethiopian Squirrels, as he does not mention
the important characters they present. Nor has any other author,
with the exception of Alph. Milne-Edwards, who incidentally
mentions Sciurus pyrropus, F. Cuv., saying that ‘les molaires
offrent une apparence toute particuli¢re, due 4 existence de replis
d’émail qui s’enfoncent profondément dans la dentine, constituant
ainsi de véritables rubans. Je ne connais que cette espcce sur
laquelle on observe ces particularités ; cependant, chez certains
NXerus, on en voit des indications ”*.

The fact is that the majority of Ethiopian Squirrels depart from
the Sciurine type both in their superior and inferior molars,
approaching towards hystricine lophodonty by the uniting of their
cusps in a transverse direction, so that the characteristic cup-like

1 ©. J. Forsyth Major, ‘‘ Nageriiberreste aus Bohnerzen Siiddeutschlands und
der Schweiz. Nebst Beitriigen zu einer vergleichenden Odontographie von
Ungulaten und Unguiculaten,” Palzeontographica, Bd. xxii. 1875, pp. 75-150.

2 “Max Schlosser, “Die Nager des Europiischen Tertiirs ete.,” Palxonto-
graphica, xxxi. 1885, pp. 19-162.

° H. et Alph. Milne-Edwards, “ Recherches pour seryira I’Tistoire Naturelle
des Mammiféres, ete.” (Paris, 1868-1874), p. 166,

1893.] DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 185

shape of inferior molars tends to disappear. The species which
present in a greater or lesser degree this conformation are, besides
NXerus (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 10), including X. getulus, Gesn.
(Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 9), Se. palliatus, Pet., Se. cepapi, Smith
(Plate VIII. fig. 22, Plate IX. fig. 23), Se. pyrropus, F. Cuv.
(Plate VIII. figs. 15, 23, Plate IX. figs. 15, 22), Se. congicus, Kuhl,
Se. lemniscatus, Le Conte, Se. isabella, Gr. (Plates VIIT. and IX.
fie. 24), and Se. boehimi, Reich. At the same time they present in
their skull some resemblance to the Hystricomorpha. They also
approach Anomalurus (Plates VIII. and IX. figs. 18, 14), the
various hystricomorphine characters of which have long ago been
noted, but have, I think, rather been underrated by Alston’.

It thus would appear that we have here a group of Sciuromorpha,
somewhat specialized in the direction of Hystricomorpha, as we
find, too, in several Eocene Rodentia.

But this is not all. The molars of Se. berdmorei, Bly. (Plates
VIII. and IX. figs. 16-18), an Oriental Squirrel, and those of the
Bornean “ Rhinosciurus, Gr.” (Plates VIII. and IX. figs. 11, 12),
agree with those of Yerus and the above-named Ethiopian Squirrels,
not only in their semi-hypsodontism, but likewise in their lopho-
dontism, whilst the less semi-hypsodont Oriental Se. tristriatus,
Waterh., and Se. palmarum, L., tend to connect the Xerus-type with
the Se.-vulgaris-type, in approaching the form of molar of most
of the “ middle-sized” Oriental Squirrels. Two other Oriental
species, Sc. insignis, F. Cuv. (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 6), and
Sc. hosei, Thos.’ (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 5), from Borneo,
though semi-hypsodont, and in other characters agreeing with
the members of the Yervs-group, show a remarkable modification
in the pattern of the molars, the valleys being reduced to mere
superficial cracks, which disappear very early by wear. I think
that we have in the molars of these two forms examples of that
kind of retrogressive evolution of the molars to which attention
has been lately drawn in an important paper by Leche *, who
attributes it to the modification of food. The Macroglossi, Pteropus
scapulatus, and the Epomophori, differing in this respect from
other Pteropi, feed on juicy fruits, whose contents need not be
chewed. Likewise Chiromys madagascariensis, the molars of
which present a similar kind of retrogressive evolution, is known
to feed principally on succulent juices, especially of the sugar-
cane, as well as on wood-boring caterpillars. It now is very
suggestive that Sciwrus insignis, according to Miller and Schlegel *,
is especially fond of juicy and aromatic fruits of different species

1 Edward R. Alston, “On Anomalurus, its structure and position” (Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 94).

? Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. for Sept. 1892, pp. 215, 216.

3 W. Leche, “Studien iiber die Entwicklung des Zahnsystems bei den
Saugethieren,” Morpholog. Jahrbuch, xix. 1892, pp. 543, 544.

+ Sal. Miller & Herm. Schlegel, “Over de tot heden bekende Eekhorens
(Sciwrus) van den Indischen Archipel,” Verhandelingen over de Naturlijke
Seceiedans der Nederlandsche overzeesche Bezittingen,” Leiden, 1839-44,
p- 99.

186 DR, C. J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, [Feb. 28,

of Elettaria (E. mollis, speciosa, and coccinea), as well as of some
kinds of beetles and all sorts of caterpillars. A very similar
food will in all likelihood hereafter prove to be preferred by
Se. hosei’.

The molars of the semi-hypsodont Pteromys (Plates VIII. and
TX. fig. 19) bear the same relation to those of Sciwropterus as the
molars of the Xerus-type do to those of the Sciurus-vulgaris-type.
In both, the valleys appear deepened and narrowed, but in Pteromys
the narrowing is effected by the vertical increase of the wrinkles
referred to in Sciwrepterus molars (Plates VIII. and IX. figs. 20,
21, Plate IX. figs. 2, 5),—the result of which is that the eup of an
inferior molar is filled up by these ramifications of the enamel, and
the crown of both upper and lower molars becomes almost plane.
The Eocene Atluravus from Egerkingen (Switzerland) *, which I
consider to be a Rodent, is in this respect somewhat intermediate
between Pteromys and Sciuropterus.

I have called the Yerus-type of molar a somewhat specialized
one, and am justified in doing so,as the teeth presenting it are
no more brachydont—brachydontism being the primitive con-
dition. The brachydont crown of Sciuromorpha is at the same
time bunodont ; whereas the semi-hy psodont teeth are more or
less, and the hypsodont teeth are completely, lophodont.

Another small group of Ethiopian Squirrels—Sc. stangeri (Plates
VIII. and IX. fig. 7), Sc. ebii, and Se. aubinnii (Plates VIII. and
IX. fig. 8}—deserves the name of brachydont Yeri, as it shows from
what form of brachydont molar the Xerws-type may have origi-
nated. Other characters of this same small group to be mentioned
presently likewise point towards the Hystricomorpha, notwith-
standing their perfect brachydontism.

In concluding these general remarks on the form of the Sciurine
molar, I repeat what has already been stated, viz., that in perfectly
brachydont Sciurine teeth the cusps tend towards a longitudinal
arrangement—two marginal series in the lower molars; two
marginal and one or more, more or less complete, intermediate
series in the upper molars. This circumstance is of importance,
as pointing towards the primitive arrangement of the molar cusps,
and we shall have to revert to it when treating of the original
type of molar.

Ill. Remarks on the Classification of the ScruR1Dz.

We have now to consider some of the bearings of the foregoing
remarks on Sciurine molars on Classification.

Classification was not my original purpose; but some of the
results arrived at seem to me of some interest in this respect too,
so that I think they may be worth mentioning. Nor do I see why

1 Mr. Hose informs me that Sc. hosed is a ground-squirrel like Sc. insignis ;
this fact goes far to strengthen the supposition that the food of both is similar,
2 LL, Riitimeyer, /, ¢, pl. vii. figs. 18, 19,

1893.] DR. 0. J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 187

systematic Zoology should not take into consideration, more than
has been the case hitherto, the characters of the skull and dentition
of Sciuromorpha, which characters have been of such excellent
service for Myomorpha.

My arrangement of the Sciuridew (see the table, p. 189) contains
three subfamilies ;—

1, Seiwrine, including the genera of the subfamily Seiwrine of
authors (with the exception of the Flying-Squirrels and
some pigmy forms), as well as the members of the sub-
family Arctomyine (Cynomys, Arctomys, Spermophilus).

2. Pteromyine, including all the Flying-Squirrels (Sciwropterus,
Pteromys, Eupetaurus).

3. Mannosciwrine, the Oriental Pigmy Squirrels Se. evilis, S.
Miill., Se. melanotis, Miill. & Schleg., Se. concinnus, Thos. *,
Se, whiteheadi, Thos.*, as well as the Ethiopian Pigmy
Squirrel, Sc. minutus, Du Chaillu.

I shall say a few words on the Pteromyine when dealing with
the fossil forms.

As to my subfamily Seiwrine, the inclusion,of the Arctomyine in
the subfamily Sciwrine, which appears at first sight to be a radical
change, will, | am sure, meet with the least opposition. The close
relationships of Spermophilus to Tamias and Sciwrus are generally
recognized ; and my scheme is further justified by the consideration
that several North-American species of the heterogeneous genus
Spermophilus show in their skull and dentition a striking analogy
with Yerus, a circumstance which has been generally overlooked.
Besides, the dentition of the Arctomyine is so decidedly Sciurine
that I do not see why we should any longer keep <Arctomys and
Spermophilus artificially separated from Xerus and Sciurus, for no
other reason than convenience.

As to the minor divisions, it results from the preceding remarks
on the dentition of Sciwine that the Ethiopian Xerus occupies,
with its three species,a much less isolated position than has
hitherto been admitted, inasmuch as numerous species of Ethiopian
Squirrels, as well as some Oriental forms, included in the genus
Sciurus, have close relations to Xerus in characters, which at the
same time approach it to the Hystricomorpha. The characters of
the skull of Xerus and its congeners point in the same direction,
and consist, to express it briefly, in the elongate form of the
cranium in general and the frontals particularly, coupled with the
shortening of the postorbital processes; whereas the remnant of
Sciurine are, on the contrary, characteristic for their broad frontals
and the long postorbital processes. Moreover, a small group of
Ethiopian Squirrels, related to Xerus (Se. stanyeri, Se. ebii, Se.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Noy. 1888, pp. 407,408. Hub. Isabella, Basilan,
Philippines.

* Ann, Mag. Nat, Hist. (5) 1887, xx. p. 127; P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 231. Had,
Borneo.

188 DR. C.J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. ([Feb. 28,

aubinnii), presents a closer approximation towards the hystricine
type in the relatively large infraorbital opening '*.

Again, another group of Ethiopian Squirrels (Sc. rufobrachiatus,
Se. annulatus, Se. punctatus, Sc. shirensis), belonging to the Sciurus-
vulgaris-type by the characters of their dentition, show in the
conformation of their skull some approach towards Nerus; whilst,
on the other hand, a few species, which from the form of their
skull cannot be separated from the Xerus-group, tend by the cha-
racters of their molars somewhat towards the Sciwrus-vulgaris-
type, as, for example, amongst Oriental Squirrels the Sc. tristriatus
and Se. palmarwn.

Lf we try to express by a systematic arrangement these various
relations, two courses appear open to us: either to unite Xerus
with Sciwrus, or to create separate genera for those groups of
species which depart from Sciwrus in approaching Xerus. However,
neither of these two suggestions seems satisfactory. By uniting
Xerus with Sciwrus this last genus would become still more
heterogeneous than it is already—Nerus, sensu stricto, having
besides near relationships with Spermophilus. By splitting up
Sciurus in various genera, the relationships of these last to Xerus
would not be seen in their true light. So that it appeared to me
more rational to adopt a middle course, viz., to detach from Seiurus
a certain number of species, which in their skull and dentition
show Xeroine affinities, and to unite them with Xerus, which last
genus would thus become composed of five subgenera (see the
table on the opposite page).

The genus Sciwrus, distinguished from Xerus by characters
of the skull as well as of the dentition, is divided into three
subgenera, each of which is characterized by cranial and dental
peculiarities.

Subgen. a, Hosciwrus, contains the Oriental Giant Squirrels, which
by all authors on the subject, with the exception of Anderson,
have been recognized to be a distinct group; in 1842 P. Gervais *
pointed out the characters of the skull. As I have already
stated more than once, the molars are perfectly brachydont, with
delicate rugosities of the enamel-covering. Only one superior
premolar.

In the subgenus 6. Sciwrus we have four divisions :—(«) A small
group of Ethiopian Squirrels, characterized by the absence of the
minute superior premolar, and, as a compensation, a very elongate
posterior premolar. On the rest, the dentition is similar to that of
Sciurus vulgaris. I have before described the slight differences in
the molar pattern of division 3, containing the majority of so-called

' Their skull in general, and most of all that of Sc. ebii, is so strikingly
Aerus-like, with the only exception of the jugalia not being depressed, that it
seems not possible to maintain them in the genus Sciwrus if Xerus be
maintained as such.

* P. Gervais, “ Description de l’Ecureuil Delessert, accompagnée de quelques
remar ques sur la famille des Rongeurs sciuriens,” Magasin de Zoologie, 2. iy.
1842, p. 4.

DR, U. J, FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 189

1893. ]

Fam. SCIURID_A.

I. Subfam, SOLURIN A. II. Subfam. PTEROMYIN A. IIT, Subfam. NANNOSCIURIN AE,
1. Genus Rurruroscrurvs. 1. Genus Scruroprnrvs. 1. Genus Nannoscrurus.
Rh. macrotis, Gr. 2. Genus Prnromys. N, evilis, S. Mill; ™.
Genus Xnrus 3. Genus Euprraurus. melanotis, S. Mill. &
a, Subgen. Protowerus. Schleg. ; VV. concinnus,
. stangeri, Waterh. ; X, ebti, Temm. ; X. aubinnii, Gr. Thos.; WV. whiteheadt,
b. Subgen. Xerws. Thos.; N. minutus,
X, rutilus, Cretazschm. ; X. erythopus, Bt, Geoffr. ; X. capensis, Kerr, Du Chaillu.

ce, Subgen. Atlantoxerus.
X. getulus (Gesn.).
d, Subgen. Paraxerus.
X. cepapi, Smith; X. palliatus, Pet.; X. pyrropus, F. Cuv. ;
X. congicus, Kuhl ; ; YX. lemniscatus, Le Conte; X. isabella, Gr. ;
X. bochmi, Reich.
e. Subgen. Howerus.
X, (Rhinoseiurus) laticaudatus, Mill. & Schl. ; X. berdmorei, Bly. ;
X, tristriatus, Charlesw.; X. palmarum, L.; X. insignis, Desm. ;
X. hosei Thos.

3. Genus Sonate’
a. Subgen. Hosciwrws.
Se. indicus, Hrs. ; Sc. bicolor, Sparrm.; Sc. albiceps, Desm.; Se.
macrurus, Penn.
b. Subgen. Seirus.
a, Sc. rufobrachiatus, Waterh. ;
Desm. ; Se. punctatus, Temm.
B. Se. erythraeus, Pall, ; Sc. brookei, Thos. ; ; Se. tenuis, Horsf.; Sc.
atrodorsalis, Gy. ; Sc. rosenbergi, Jent.; Se. caniceps, Gr.; Se.
ferrugineus, F. Cuv.; Sc. lokroides, Hodgs.; Se. prevosti, Desm. ;
Se. stcerei, Giinth.; Sc. jentinki, Thos.; Sc. notatus, Bodd. ;
everetti, Thos., dc.
y. Se. vulgaris, L.; Se. syriacus, Bhy.
6. Se. carolinensis, Gmel. ; Se. griscoflavus, Gr.; Sc. griseogenys, Gr. ;
Se. estuans, L.; Se. deppet, Pet. ; Se. aberti, Woodh., Fe.
c, Subgen. Tamias.
4. Genus Spurmoruinus.
5. Genus Arcroarys.
6, Genus Cynomys.

. shirensis, Gr.; Sc. annulatus,

190 DR. C, Js FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. | Feb, 28,

* middle-sized ” Oriental Squirrels. Division y, with Se. vulgaris
and Se. syriacus, distinguished from each other by slight characters
of the first superior premolar (p'). Division 6 contains most of
the American Squirrels.

The third subgenus c. is Tamias, which I cannot separate from
the genus Sciurus.

The skull of the Pigmy Squirrels is very remarkable, a fact to
which attention has been drawn by Miiller and Schlegel, as well as
by O. Thomas. The anterior zygomatic root is a perfectly vertical
narrow septum, and is placed so much backwards (above the second
molar) that the facial part of the cranium appears very elongate,
whilst the frontal region is broader relatively than in any other
Sciuromorpha. The orbita is formed by an almost circular bony
ring.

The dentition, of which I give the figures (Plate X. fig. 10,
Plate XI. figs. 6, 7) is unique amongst Sciuromorpha, and can, as
I have said before, be compared only with that of some Myowi.
In the upper jaw there are either one or two premolars, and one
in the lower jaw. The posterior upper premolar (p') and the
lower premolar (p,) are of minute size as compared to the homo-
logous teeth in other Sciuromorpha, sometimes scarcely one-third
of the size of the molars. This is another feature they have in
common with certain of the Myoai. The pattern of the crown
differs from that found in the Sciuromorpha generally, in pre-
senting only three complete transverse crests in the upper molars
instead of four, and three in the lower molars. The third crest,
counting from front to back, of Sciuromorphous molars is very
reduced in these pigmy Squirrels, sometimes scarcely more than a
minute cusp. A further peculiarity of these molars is the large
development of the anterior transverse valley of both superior and
inferior molars, as compared to the usual Sciuromorphous type,
sometimes almost equalling that of the posterior valley. This last,
owing to the partial suppression of the third crest (Riitimeyer’s
Nachjoch), occupies the area of the median as well as that of the
posterior transverse valley in the tooth of Sciuromorpha.

These characters of the teeth and the skull of the Pigmy
Squirrels sufficiently justify the creation of a separate subfamily for
them.

IV. Description of the Fossil Species.

The remains of two species of Squirrels are representatives, the
one (1) Sevurus spermophilinus, Dep.’, of the Sciwrus vulgaris-type,
the other (2) Xerus grwensis, n. sp., of the Xerus-type, which both
types have been so fully discussed before, that I need scarcely
enter into further details.

1 Ch. Depéret, “Recherches sur la succession des Faunes de Vertébrés
miocénes de la Vallée du Rhone,” Arch. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. de Lyon, t. v.
4 (Lyon, 1887), pp. 108-110, Ee xiii, figs. 14, 14a.

Id., ‘‘ La Faune de Mammiféres miocénes de la Grive-Saint-Alban (Isére), ete.,”
Aveh, Mus. d’Hist. Nat. de Lyon, t. vy. (Lyon, 1892), pp. 48-50, pl. i. figs. 26-27,

1893.) DR, C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 191

Sc. spermophilinus is represented by a fragment of the left
maxilla (Plate X. fig. 4), carrying the posterior premolar and the
two anterior molars, and by several mandibular rami (Plate X.
figs. 6-9). A minute alveolus for p, is visible in front of the
posterior upper premolar. The inferior molars show the cup- or
basin-shaped conformation, the cusps being arranged laterally.

Depéret is of opinion that the molars of Se. spermophilinus
differ from Sc. vulgaris only in small particulars. I find more
resemblance to some Oriental members of the subgenus Sctwrus ;
the antero-internal cusp of the lower molars being extremely
elevated, whilst the postero-internal cusp is almost suppressed
(Plate X. fig. 9). We meet with exactly the same pattern in the
Oriental Sc. atrodorsalis, Gr., Sc. rosenbergi, Jent., Sc. caniceps, Gr.,
Se. brookei, Thos., and others. The third lower molar is more
elongate than in Sc. vulgaris; this, too, is a character of the
Oriental group of Squirrels mentioned. Besides, both upper and
lower incisors are yertically striated by ridges (Plate X. fig. 5).
Amongst recent Sciurine, only Rhithrosciurus, whose molars, how-
ever, are very different from those of the fossil, presents this
character. It occurs also on lower incisors of some species of
Sciuroides from Cailux, in the British Museum. As the same
striation of incisors is found in the Tillodont Calamodon of the
Lower American’ and Swiss* Eocene, it may prove to be an
inherited character.

Length of m,, m,, p, sup., 6 millim.; length of m,, m,, m,, p.
inf., 7°5 millim.

Xerus grivensis, n. sp. (Plate X. figs. 2, 3)—A left mandibular
ramus, showing the three molars and the alveolus of the pre-
molar. Length of the three molars 6 millim. Incisor without
vertical ridges. The molars present a more advanced stage of
lophodontism than those of Sc. spermophilinus, not only the
anterior cusps uniting transversely, but the postero-external and
postero-internal cusp—the latter more fully developed than in
Se. spermophilinus—showing the same tendency. So that we
have three, instead of two, transverse valleys, the median and
posterior valley being incompletely divided. I could not better
characterize the molars of this fossil than by calling them a
minute and somewhat less semi-hypsodont form of X. berdmorei,
Bly., from Martaban, Tenasserim, Cambodja, and Cochin-China.

Sciuropterus albanensis, n. sp.—The third fossil, a left ramus of
the lower jaw (Plate X. fig. 1, Plate XI. figs. 3-5), is strikingly
similar in the character of the molars and the ramus to some of
the larger species of Sciuropterus, and especially to Pteromys tephro-
melas, Giinth.’ (Plate XI. figs. 1, 2), and Pter. phwomelas, Giinth.,

1 EB. D. Cope, “The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West,”
Book I. 1883 (Rep. Un. States Geol. Surv. of the Territ. vol. iii., Washington,
1884) pp. 188-192, pl. xxiv. c. fig. 1 0.

2 L, Riitimeyer, “ Die Hocine Saugethierwelt von Egerkingen ” (Ziirich, 1891),
pl. viii. figs. 25-27, p. 126.

3 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 413, 1886, p. 53.

192 DR, GC. J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCEND squinnucs, [Feb, 28,

from the Malay region and Borneo, which are both, from the
conformation of their molars, not to be distinguished from
Sciuropteri. I present an enlarged sketch of the fossil molars,
together with the first molar of Sc. tephromelas. The few small
differences shown by the comparison of the fossil with the recent
Species consist in a somewhat larger development of the anterior
valley, and some minor details in the rugosities of the enamel.
The cusps also, bordering the basin-shaped crown, are somewhat
stouter in the fossil.

Length of the four grinders :--m, 4, m, 3°5, m, 3, p, 2°56 millim.

This is the first fossil of Sciwropterus recorded. However, I
am of opinion that Sciurus sansaniensis, Lart., from the Middle
Miocene of Sansan, is but a smaller species of Sciuropterus, judging,
at least, from an enlarged figure of a molar published by Filhol’.

Depéret has described and figured as a species of Sciwroides an
inferior molar from the Lower Pliocene of Roussillon *, which so
much agrees with the homologous molar in some Seiwropteri (cf.
Sc. volans), that I think I am right in considering the Roussillon
tooth a third fossil form of Setwropterus.

But this is not all: under the name of Allomys (Meniscomys),
Marsh * and Cope* have made known remains of Rodentia from
the Miocene of Oregon. Marsh considers them as ‘“ probably
related to the Flying-Squirrels,” adding that the teeth are some-
what like those of Ungulates.

Cope states’ that “the characters of the dentition of this
genus (i.e, Meniscomys) resemble those of the genus Pteromys.”

The figures given by Cope are insufficient for close comparison,
as has already been pointed out by Schlosser: but it would
appear from the description that one of the species, JZ. cavatus,
approaches Sciwropterus and especially Se. pearsoni. The crowns
ot the inferior molars are described as basin-shaped; *“ and
although the enamel is wrinkled in a complicated manner, the
wrinkles are not elevated as in the other species of the genus.
Thus the inferior molars more nearly resemble those of ordinary
Sciuride than do those of the other species of Meniscomys’’*, In
the characters mentioned, these other species would form some
approach to Pteromys.

When comparing the upper teeth of his Allomys nitens with those
of Ungulates, Marsh doubtless refers to the angulate conformation

1 H. Filhol, ‘ Etudes sur les Mammiféres fossiles de Sansan’ (Paris, 1891),
pp. 36, 37, pl. i. fig. 3.

2 Ch. Depéret, “‘ Les animaux pliocénes de Roussillon,” Mém, Soe. Géol. de
France, Paléontologie, t. i. (Paris, 1890), p. 49, pl. vii. figs. 39, 39a, t. iii, 1892,
p- 121, pl. xii. fig. 14, (The text quoted in the last instance refers to an upper
molar figured, but there is no fig. 14 on pl. xii.)

3 0, O, Marsh, ‘‘ Notice of some new Vertebrate Fossils” (Amer. Journ, of
Science and Arts, vol. xiv. 1877, p. 253).

+ E. D. Cope, “The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West,”
Book I. 1883 (Rep. Un. States Geol. Survey of the Territ. vol. iii, Washington,
84),

1895.] DR. C, J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 193

of the outer cusps. A similar shape is shown by the outer cusps
of Sciuropterus pearsoni, and by those of Pseudosciurus, which I
have long ago’ described at length, in drawing the attention to
their various analogies with Ungulates. These analogies are so
deceiving, that the discoverer of Pseudosciwrus, having but isolated
teeth at his command, considered them to be from an Ungulate.

Two lower molars of a Rodent from the Phosphorites of
Mouillac have been described by Schlosser under the name of
Sciurodon*. He compares them with Pteromys, and suggests that
they are nearly related to, and perhaps identical with, the Oregon
Meniscomys *.

In the British Museum are preserved several unpublished isolated
molars of a minute-sized Rodent from the Oligocene Bembridge
Limestone of the Isle of Wight, some of which, likewise, can only
be approximated to Sciwropterus ora nearly related genus. Similar
remarks apply to a molar from the Swiss Eocene of Egerkingen,
lately published by Riitimeyer under the name of Adluravus*, which,
however, is undoubtedly a lower molar of a Rodent, and agrees
most with those of the larger species of Sciwropterus, although, as
stated above, it is somewhat intermediate between Pteromys and
Sciuropterus. Adluravus haying relations to one of the species of
Plesiadapis (Pl. gervaisii, Lem.), from the Lower Eocene of Reims *,
it results that Sciuwropterus-like Rodentia were very abundantly
represented and widely spread during the Tertiary.

I shall hereafter point out more fully the resemblance between
two recent species of Sciwropteri, Sc. horsfieldi and Sc. pearsoni,
with the two Eocene genera Sciwroides and Pseudosciurus.

After this brief reference to fossils showing close analogy with
recent Flying-Squirrels, it remains for me to justify my arranging
these last in a distinct subfamily, the Pteromyine.

Taking the genus Pteromys in a restricted sense, it is a very
homogeneous one, in its dentition as well as in the characters of
the skull. The Sciwropteri, on the contrary—with which I
propose to unite Pteromys tephromelas, Giinth., and Pt. pheomelas,
Gimth.—show on closer examination such a variety in the shape
of their molars, that, if found in a fossil condition, they would
without hesitation have been assigned to four or five genera. All
of them are more or less brachydont, with the exception of
Sciuropterus volans, Li. sp., which leans towards hypsodontism; all
have in common an elegant sculpturing of the enamel, which gives
often a crenate appearance to the cusps orcrests. But, apart from
this, almost every species possesses a peculiar pattern of its molars.

1 «Nageriiberreste aus Bohnerzen Siiddeutschlands und der Schweiz,’ 1873.

* M. Schlosser, ‘Die Nager des europiischen Tertiars,” /.c. pp. 91(73)-
93(75), pl. vii. (ii.) figs. 3, 10.

5 L.c. pp. 91, 146, 154.

+ L. Ritimeyer, “Die EHocine Saugethierwelt yon Egerkingen” (Ziirich,
1891), pp. 94-98, pl. vii. figs. 18, 19.

5 Lemoine, ‘Etude d’ensemble sur les dents des Mammiféres fossiles des
environs de Reims,” Bull. Soc. Géol. France, t. xix. 1891, pl. x. fig. 65,

Proc. Zoo. Soc.--1893, No. XIII. 13

194 DR. C. J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

Similar remarks apply to the skull. As to molar-forms, I draw
attention to two of the most curious in this respect, those of
Sciuropterus horsfieldi, Waterh. (Plates VIII. and LX. fig. 21), and
Sciuropt. pearsoni, Gray (Plates VIII. and IX. fig. 20). The upper
molars of both of these show, on the inner side, two crescents
or cusps, with an intervening depression—a conformation which
in recent adult Sciuromorpha is quite unique, but is met with in
the Eocene genera Sciwroides, Ischyromys, Pseudosciurus. Pseudo-
sciurus, moreover, though being somewhat more brachydont than
Sciuropt. pearsoni, has in common with it the sculpturing of the
enamel, as well as the pattern of the crown in general, there being
six cusps in the upper molars, which in the living species show a
tendency to form crests. Sciwropterus horsfieldi shows other
relations to Sciwroides, besides those already mentioned.

Now, how are we to account for this astonishing variety of
forms, which show this group in a new and unexpected light?
The brachydontism for one thing proves that the Sciwropteri are old
forms, and we have seen that they made their appearance certainly
in the Middle Miocene in a form which has undergone very little
change up to the present day, and that nearly related forms
appear inthe Oligocene of France and England, and in the Miocene
of Oregon. Moreover, the nearest related fossil forms, of two of
the species at least,are Eocene. In stating this, I do not pretend
to say that Sciwroides and Pseudosciurus were Flying-Squirrels,
but only that there is a near relationship between them and the
two Sciwroptert mentioned.

Now, as to the genetic relation of the flying to the ordinary
Squirrels, there are three suppositions possible :—

(1) The most obvious would be to admit that the Flying-
Squirrels have evolved from various species of non-flying Sciuro-
morpha. In favour of this supposition it could be said that,
considering Flying-Squirrels to be more specialized, they have
apparently evolved from less specialized forms, and that the more
favourable conditions in escaping their enemies might account for
the survival of such forms as Sciwropt. horsfieldi and Sc. pearson,
whose nearest relations were largely represented in the older
Tertiaries. In support of a supposed independent evolution of
the species of Sciwropteri from several species of Sciuri, the fact
night be adduced that there exists some similarity in the dentition
of an Oriental Sctwropterus (Sc. jfimbriatus, Gr.) with several
Oriental Sciwri (Se. prevosti, e.g.) ; and the same might be said
with regard to the Nearctie Sciwropterus volucella, Pall. sp., as
compared with several Nearctie Sciw.

(2) A second possible supposition would be the reverse of the
first. For one reason or other, a patagium might have proved
disadvantageous, and the Sc. hudsonius might be the descendant of
such a form as Sciwropt. volucella, as Sciwrus prevosti and other
Oriental Sciwrit might have sprung from some Sciuropterus fimbri-
atus. In favour of this supposition, the fact might be adduced
that the species of Sciwropterit and Pteromys, taken together, are

1893.] DR. C. 5. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MLOCENE SQUIRRELS, 195

inferior in number to the non-flying Sciuromorpha, and have, to all
appearances, greatly diminished from Tertiary times up to the
present, so that their special means of locomotion do not seem to
have proved of more value in the struggle for existence to those
of the non-flying.

(3) One may thirdly suppose that there is no direct connexion
whatever between the Sciwroptert and recent Sciw or Sciuride.
From Tertiary times up to the present, the species of Flying-
Squirrels have been gradually diminishing in number, their
characters having proved inadaptive, whilst the species of Sciuride
have been increasing. The points of similarity in the grinding-
teeth of Sviwrus prevosti and Sciuropterus fimbriatus, on the whole,
are very slight (and so are those between Sciwropterus volucella
and Sciurus hudsonius); with a little practice it is at once possible
to distinguish an isolated tooth of the one from that of the
other. Their skulls, moreover, are very different.

For my part, I rather incline towards the third supposition,
although admitting that the grounds on which it is based may
not be convincing. At any rate, the characters of the cranium as
well as those of the dentition, though greatly varying, give on the
whole a family likeness to all the Flying-Squirrels, so that 1 cannot
but separate them into a distinct subfamily from the Sciurine.

The Pteromys, sensu, strictissimo, have probably evolved from a
single Sciwropterus-like form, and Hupetaurus is apparently the
more specialized descendant of some Pteromys.

The really important characters in which some Seiwri and
Spermophili approach the Sciwroptert, as in the restricted
interorbital region of Colobotis, the general elongation of the
frontals of various Sciuride, the general shape of the grinding-
teeth in Hosciwrus, and in the stronger development of the first
ridge in the upper molars of the Otospermophili, are all such that
they may be considered as ancient inheritances.

Therefore we need not admit any recent connexion between the
Sciuropteri and the above-mentioned members of Sciuride.

Anatomical characters and paleontological evidence point in the
same direction, viz. that the Sciwropteri are the little modified
remnants of a very old and once widely spread group. There is
not sufficient evidence for admitting that they have evolved from
forms of non-flying Squirrels identical with, or very closely allied
to, those actually living; their power of flying may not be a com-
paratively recent character. They are specialized, no doubt,
compared to the remnant of Sciuride ; but the ancestral non-flying
types may neither have been Sciuride nor even Sciuromorpha.

It would be more consistent with these views to place the Flying-
Squirrels in a distinct family ; but for this it will be time enough
when their recent as well as their fossil forms are better known
than is the case at present’.

‘ The present paper was completely finished when I first became partially
acquainted with H. Winge’s “Jordfundne og nulevende Gnavere (Rodentia)
13*

196 = DR. C, J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

V. On the primitive Type of the Sciurine Molar, and of the
Eutherian Molar in general.

In surveying the various modifications of the Sciurine molar-
type, I refrained from entering into the question as to their relation
to the prevailing theory of trituberculism. I proceed now to this
last part of my paper.

The tritubercular theory has been worked out with admirable
acumen by Cope, Osborn, Schlosser, and lastly by Riitimeyer and
Scott, and is so well known that I need not even give a summary
of it. However, as I have to refer in the sequel to some less recent
papers bearing on the argument, I may be allowed to mention
them here as briefly as possible.

In a Memoir, which may be regarded to contain the foundations
of a real comparative Odontography, Riitimeyer was led to consider
as fundamental type of the Ungulate molar the zygodont form, viz.
the upper molars formed by two transverse ridges, parting under
right angles from an outer wall (‘‘ Aussenwand”), with a transverse
valley dividing them, and two simple transverse ridges in the lower
molars’,

fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien. Med Udsigt over Gnavernes ind-
byrtes Slaegtskab” (Aftryk af “EH Museo Lundii,” Kjobenhayn, 1887). I
regret not to have known this important publication before, but shall be obliged
to take it into full consideration on the first opportunity if I succeed in over-
coming the difficulties presented by the language. Meanwhile, at the risk of
not haying in every instance completely grasped the author’s meaning, I cannot
refrain here from a few observations. Winge presents (p. 110) the following
genealogical tree of the Rodentia :—

Myoxide. Muridx.
Bate Pll yf
Dipodide. Hystricid. Saccomyide.
SS
Anomaluride. Sciurida.
Ss as
Haplodontide.
Ischyromyide,
Leporide.

Pseudosciurus and Sciwroides ave included as a distinct subfamily under the
Anomaluride, which last contain, moreover, besides Anomalurus (subf. Anoma-
lurini), the Tertiary Trechomys (Trechomyini), Theridomys, Issiodoromys, Ar-
cheomys (Theridomyini), and the recent Pedetes (Pedetini). Ido not in the
least deny the importance assigned to the masseter (in its relation to the
mechanical action of the teeth), and, as a consequence, to the shape of the
infraorbital foramen. However, the agreement in the molars of Sciwroides with
those of Sciwropterus horsfieldi on the one side, and of Pseudosciwrus with
those of Seiwrepterus pearsoni (and to a lesser extent of Al/omys) on the other,
is such that I do not think it justified to separate so widely these fossil forms
from the Pteromyine. Besides, amongst Sciwrine proper, Pretoxerus, my first
subgenus of Xerus, still presents, in the conformation of the infraorbital
foramen, some approach to the primitive condition.

’ L, Rittimeyer, ‘‘Beitrage zur Kenntniss der fossilen Pferde und zur ver-
gleichenden Odontographie der Hufthiere iiberhaupt,” Verh. d. naturf. Ges. in
Basel, iii. 1868, p. 558, ge.

1893.] DR. C, J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 197

Riitimeyer starts from the assumption that the primitive type
of Mammalian molars had a conical or cylindrical shape (“ home-
odont” type), which simple form became complex in course of
time, so that we must expect to find a more simple type of molars
the more we recede in time. Riitimeyer’s views were supported
by the fact that, in several of the oldest deposits then known, of
Tertiary Mammalia were met with abundantly the Lophiodontide,
showing the zygodont molar in its typical form.

Kowaleysky’ held the same views as Riitimeyer and pointed
out, besides, that a less simply constructed form of molars is met
with in the older Tertiary, especially amongst “primitive Ungulates”’
(e.g. “ Microcherus”)*. But whilst he did not enter upon the
possible relations between such complex sextubercular forms and
the zygodont or lophodont type (as it was called later), Cope had
urged already, in 1874, that a bunodont tooth was the ancestral
form of the modern placental molar, thus tacitly admitting that
the zygodont molar is a secondary, a derived form’. The various
modifications of ungulate molars were traced back by Cope to a
quadritubercular type, and somewhat later he traced the sectorial
type of inferior molars to a quinquetubercular or tuberculosectorial
type*.

The discovery of the Puerco, the oldest known Tertiary Mam-
malian fauna of America, gave opportunity for the recognition
by Cope of a still more primitive type of superior molar, the
tritubercular type, the great majority of the Puerco Mammals
having, according to Cope, their superior molars constructed after
this type*. In the latest review of the Puerco fauna it is stated
that almost all the Placentalia show the tritubercular type in
their superior molars, as, out of 82 Placentalia, only four are
quadrituberculate. The quinquetuberculate or tuberculosectorial
type of inferior molars is equally widely spread, although less
generally so, 64 out of 82 Placentalia possessing it’.

The farther development of the tritubercular theory in these
last years is treated of at length in all the recent Manuals, as the
whole phylogeny of the Mammalia is directly connected with the
question.

Not one paleontologist who has dealt with the argument has

1 \W. Kowalevsky, “Monographie der Gattung Anthracotherium, Cuv.,”
Palexontographica, xxii. 1873, 1874, pp. 210, 268, 264.

2 “Je tiefer wir in die Schichten dringen, je altere Formen wir finden, desto
complicirtere Gestalten tauchen immer auf, .. . ; also kann das als ein Wink
dienen, wie weit wir noch yon der primitiven Form des Zahnes sind” (J. ¢.
p- 280, note 1).

* E. D. Cope, ‘On the Homologies and Origin of the Types of Molar Teeth
of Mammalia Educabilia,” Journal Academy Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia,
new series, vol. viii. part 1 (Philadelphia, April 1874), pp. 71-89.

+ Z.c. and E. D. bine, “On the Trituberculate Type of Molar Tooth in the
Mammalia,” Pal. Bulletin, no. 97, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Dec. 7, 1883 (publ.
Jan. 2, 1884), p. 326.

> “On the Trituberculate Type &e.,” /. c.

® BH. D. Cope, “Synopsis of the Vertebrate Fauna of the Puerco Series,”
Transact. American Philos, Soc., Aug. 1888, p. 299.

198 DR. C.J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCHNH SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

pronounced unfavourably on the theory since it was first brought
forth, and the same is the case, so far as | am aware, with biologists
in general.

The cardinal point established, to use Osborn’s words, is that
“ the antero-external cusp in the lower molars and the antero-internal
cusp in the upper molars of the Mammalia are homologous with the
reptilian cone and with each other”.

Trituberculism, or, as we rather ought to call it, the reptilian-
cone theory, is no more a theory, but has become a dogma. I am
a heretic, and may say that I opposed the theory already in
1873, viz. before it was invented’; since that time I have kept
silent for various reasons.

My intention is not to deal fully with the subject on this
occasion; [ wish only to present a few general remarks on what I
consider to be weak points of the theory, and then to enter on
more particulars so far as the Sciurine type of molars is con-
cerned.

It is but fair to begin with the Puerco fauna, the stronghold of
trituberculism, from the discovery of which dates the establishment
of the theory. In this fauna we have 106 species of Vertebrates’,
the most numerous being the Condylarthra with 23, and the
Creodonta with 50 species’. 1 have already stated that, according
to Cope, amongst 82 Puerco Mammalia only four are quadrituber-
culate, all the rest being trituberculate.

Now it appears to me that the Puerco fauna, as at present
known, does not give us an adequate idea of what must have been
the Mammalian life of that period, the proportion of carnivorous
Mammalia being far too large to be a real one. So that we meet
here with exactly the same mode of argument which years before
had been resorted to with regard to the zygodont type. In the
oldest (then well-known) Tertiary Mammalian faunas the Lophio-
dontide, showing a relatively simple type of molar, were richly
represented ; hence it was concluded that this was the primitive
type of the ungulate molar. Riitimeyer has recently strongly
insisted upon the fact that the Carnivorous Mammalia of the
Egerkingen fauna, the same which has yielded numerous remains
of Lophiodontide, are exceedingly poorly represented, the remains
of Ungulata being more than twenty times in excess of those of
Carnivora’. In the Puerco, on the other hand, where we have
an analogy to the Egerkingen® fauna in regard to primitive types,

1 Osborn and Wortman, “ Fossil Mammals of the Wahsatch and Wind River
Beds, Collection of 1891,” Extr. from Bulletin of the American Museum of
Nat. Hist. iv. no. 1, Oct. 1892, p. 85.

2 Forsyth Major, “ Nageriiberreste aus Bohnerzen Siiddeutschlands und der
Schweiz. Nebst Beitriigen zu einer vergleichenden Odontographie von Ungu-
laten und Unguiculaten,” 1873. Palaontographica, xxii.

% Cope, ‘Synopsis Puerco Fauna,’ p. 300.

4 Td. ib. pp. 504, 305,

5 L. Riitimeyer, “Die Hocine Saugethierwelt von Egerkingen,” Abhand-
lungen d. schweiz. paliontol, Ges. vol. xviii. 1891, p. 93,

® Riitimeyer, 7,

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 199

the proportion is reversed. The Creodonta, with, on the whole,
a simple type of molars, prevailing in the Puerco fauna, this fact
has been considered as conclusive for Cope’s theory, that the
Mammalian molar is derived from a tritubercular type.

Secondly, I cannot acknowledge that many of the Puerco molars
said to be trituberculate, are really such; several species of JJt0-
clenus, for example, showing a rather complex type.

Now, considering the fact that we meet amongst the so-called
trituberculate types with molars which really are septem-, octo-, and
novem-tuberculate, it would have been more correct to speak of a
triangular type, this shape of the outline being the only thing the
molars in question have generally in common. But they are not
all even triangular forms, as those presented by ‘“ Conoryctes”
ditrigonus!, or Periptichus rhabdodon*, show on either side of the
principal inner cusp two secondary cusps, and Riitimeyer has
recorded similar types from Egerkingen.

Moreover, Cope is not consistent with his own theory when he
expounds his views as to the mutual relations of Creodonta®, The
genus Mioclenus, from which all the other Creodonta are said to
be derived, possesses the most complex structure of molar of them
all; whilst Mesonya, whose upper molars present a simple tri-
tubercular type, is placed at the end of a series instead of the
beginning, as the theory would require.

I further find inconsistencies in his diagram showing “ the facts
and hypotheses as to the phylogeny of the Mammalia”’. Here
the Creodonta and Carnivora, as well as all the other placental
Mammalia, with the exception of the Cetacea, are traced back
by Cope to the Condylarthra. The latter, together with the Mar-
supialia, are derived from the Monotremata. This derivation
implies that in the opinion of Prof. Cope the Monotrematous teeth
must have been constructed on a trituberculate or a still more
simple plan; and it may be remembered that when the first figures
of worn teeth of Ornithorhynchus were published, they were pro-
claimed to support the tritubercular theory. But they are now
known to be multituberculate; so I suppose that this being the
case, the argument will probably be considered of no value, the
Ornithorhynchus being an aberrant Protothere. But still the fact
remains, and we must deal with it, that the only prototherian
teeth known to this day are multituberculate to the extreme.

Tf Iam not mistaken, the above views of Cope as to the mutual
relations of the different orders of Mammals,—views which are in
opposition with trituberculism,—show that their author is on his
way, unconsciously perhaps for the present, to become a partisan of
the multitubercular origin of Mammalian teeth, so that support

1 E. D. Cope, ‘The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West.—I.,’
1883, pl. xxiv. d. figs. 2, 4

? Ib. pl. lvii. fig. 1a.

8 ‘Synopsis Puerco Fauna,’ p. 309.

+ B. D. Cope, “ On the Evolution of the Vertebrates, progressive and retro-

gressive,” Amer. Naturalist, February, March, April, 1885 (printed April 13,
1884), p.. 347, f

200 ~=—s DR. ©. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

seems to be coming to me from the very side from which it was
least expected.

Schlosser in his turn has, in his elaborate and valuable Mono-
graphs’, taken trituberculism as his guide for tracing the phylogeny
of various orders of Mammalia. He states his ground to be as
follows :—‘ We have but to start from the perfectly recognized
primitive type and to trace the modifications which it has under-
gone”’*. This perfectly recognized primitive type is, according to
Schlosser, the tritubercular type of upper molars, and the tuber-
culo-sectorial type of lower molars. Accordingly, in the diagram
placed by him at the head of the Monograph of Carnivora’, this form
of molar type is attributed to the supposed first true Carnivore.

In accordance with the theory, Schlosser considers Mesony«
or Sarcothraustes to be the primitive type of Carnivora’. With the
same inexorable logic all Ungulates are derived from carnivorous
Mammalia; the Condylarthra being considered as intermediate
between the Ungulata and Creodonta’.

I have not to deal with Carnivora on this occasion, so that I will
only mention incidentally that, in my eyes, amongst recent Car-
nivora, the Subursi (and, so far as the form of molars is concerned,
Ailurus) approach nearest to the primitive carnivorous Mammalia,
whilst some of the Arctocyonide are the most primitive of Creo-
donta.

Further objections may be made when Schlosser considers with
Cope a rather complicated form of inferior molar—the tuberculo-
sectorial type—to be a primitive form, and when it is assumed that,
whilst the upper molars become further modified by addition, the
lower molars from quinquetubercular become quadritubercular in
progress of time, by the loss of an anterior cusp, the paraconid.
The tuberculosectorial type is, in its turn, derived from a simpler

1 M. Schlosser, “ Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Stammesgeschichte der Huf
thiere und Versuch einer Systematik der Paar- und Unpaarhufer,” Morpholog.
Jahrbuch, xii. 1887, pp. 1-186 ;—id. “Die Affen, Lemuren, Chiropteren, Insecti-
voren, Marsupialier, Creodonten und Carnivoren des europaischen Tertiars
und deren Beziehungen zu ihren lebenden und fossilen aussereuropaischen
Verwandten,” I.-III., Wien, 1887-1890 (Beitrage z. Palaontologie Oesterreich-
Ungarns, Bd. vi.-viii.) ;—id. “ Ueber die Beziehungen der ausgestorbenen Sauge-
thierfaunen und ihr Verhaltniss zur Saugethierfauna der Gegenwart,” Biolog-
- isches Centralblatt, Bd. viii. no. 19, Dec. 1888, pp. 582-631.

2 « Bs handelt sich nur darum, yon dem wohlerkannten Grundtypus auszu-
gehen und alle Veranderungen zu verfolgen, welcher derselbe fahig ist,” Die
Affen, &e. ii. p. 9 (233).

3 Id. ib. p. 4 (228).

' «Wenn wir yon der Voraussetzung ausgehen—und hiezu sind wir auch
vollauf berechtigt— dass der Oberkiefer-Molar der Creodonta urspriinglich den
Trituberculartypus in vollster Reinheit gezeigt habe, so miissen wir Mesonyr
oder Sarcothraustes unbedingt als den Urtypus betrachten, wenigstens fiir jene
Formen, deren obere Molaren mit rundlichen Hockern yersehen sind. Hs
schliessen sich diese Typen mehr an die Raubbeutler als an Didelphiys an,”
Die Affen, Lemuren, ete. i. p. 161.

5 « . . es kann keinem Zweifel unterliegen, dass alle Hufthiere von Fleisch-
fressern abstammen, wobei eben die Condylarthren das Zwischenstadium
reprasentiren ’—M, Schlosser, Ausgestorbene Siiugethierformen, /. c. p. 585,

1893.] DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS, 201

form by the addition of the so-called heel or talon to the original
trigon.

The name of heel or talon is borrowed from the teeth of Car-
niyora, where this part, as the name implies, generally appears
in a reduced form compared with the rest of the tooth. In
other orders the so-called talon is, as a rule, a well-developed
part of the inferior molar, so that it seems « priori highly improb-
able to consider as a later development that part which, in the
majority of Mammalia, constitutes the whole posterior moiety
of the lower molars. What we at present know of the oldest
forms of Perissodactyla, Condylarthra, Rodentia, and even of some
forms of Creodonta, as revealed especially by the Cernaysian fauna
of Reims’, does not in the least justify a similar assumption. On
the contrary, the “talon,” far from showing a tendency to dis-
appear, is in several of these archaic Hutheria very prominent, and
even more distinctly developed than in any later form, not only
in longitudinal extension, but partly even in the elevation of the
cusps, as compared with those of the anterior moiety.

The question of the heel leads us to an objection made by
Fleischmann, who on the whole accepts the tritubercular theory,
but maintains that the cusps of upper molars are not directly
homologous to those of the lower molars; or, in other words, that
not only does the internal side of upper molars correspond to the
external side of lower molars, as admitted by Cope and Osborn,
but that, besides, the anterior part of upper corresponds to the
posterior part of lower molars °.

In reply to Fleischmann, Osborn states that “this objection
would be fatal to a uniform system of nomenclature for the upper
and lower cusps if it could be sustained,” but that it is disproved by
a comprehensive survey of the Mesozoic trituberculates, especially
of the Amblotheriide and Spalacotheriide ’*. Neither Osborn nor
Fleischmann seem to be aware that, if the latter is right, his
objection will be fatal not only tothe homology of upper and lower
cusps, but also to the theory, for the primitive trigon which in-
cludes the protoconid, the supposed homologue of the reptilian cone,
would in that case be found to be formed for the greater part by
the very heel which the theory considers to be a late addition.

There can be no doubt as to the correctness of Fleischmann’s
statement, which is easy to verify. A left upper anterior milk-
tooth of Didelphys, for instance, is at first sight very difficult to
distinguish from one of the right lower series. Even in such
specialized molars as those of modern Ruminants, in holding side
by side a right upper and a left lower molar, or vice versa, what
appear to be the mutual homologies are to be traced out even to

1 Lemoine, “Etude d’ensemble sur les dents des Mamuniféres fossiles des
environs de Reims,” Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, iii® série, t. xix. 1891, pp.
263-289, pls. x., xi.

2 A. Fleischmann, “ Die Grundform der Backziihne bei Siugethieren und die
Homologie der einzelnen Hicker” (Sitzungsber. d. k, Preuss. Akad. d. Wiss.

Berlin, 1891).
% Osborn and Wortman, /. c, pp. 84. 85.

202 DR, C.J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCEND SQuIRRELS. — [ Feb. 28,

very small details. The only inference I wish for the present * to
draw from this fact and its consequences is, that Prof. Fleischmann,
too, is on his way to become an opponent of trituberculism.

It would appear that the Allotheria, the Multituberculata
kar’ é&oxnv, ought to have been a stumbling-block for the theory.
But this is not the case; they have been simply pushed aside on
account of being an aberrant order. Nevertheless, I shall refer to
them later on.

The dentition of Rodentia has as yet not much been dealt with
in relation to the tritubercular theory. Scott was the first to
touch upon the question, when describing the Plesiarctomys sciu-
roides, S. & O., from the Uinta formation’, considered by him to be
*“ one of the oldest, if not the very oldest known form of rodent.”
Owing to the importance which for this reason is attributed to the
fossil, I must dwell upon the subject at some length. Scott has
shown to his own satisfaction and to that of others that the
superior molars of Plesiarctomys sciuroides “ are plainly of the tritu-
bercular pattern,” and that “the inferior molars show the anterior
triangle of three cusps with a talon behind, or what Cope has termed
the tuberculo-sectorial molar.” It might be questioned at once
whether this specimen, the teeth of which are much worn according
to the author’s own assertion * and according to what appears from
the diagram ‘and the figures °, is a proper object from which to draw
such important inferences. I fail to see in its molars anything
else than the usual Sciuromorphine type, which I agree with
Scott in considering as a very old one. I have myself pointed
this out twenty years ago in some fossils (Sciwrus spectabilis) from
the Eocene of Egerkingen °, which are rather older than the Uinta
formation. The Uinta beds are considered by Zittel? to be Lower
Oliogocene, whilst the Bohnerz of Egerkingen has important rela-
tions with the oldest Eocene of Europe (Reims) and America
(Puerco)*. On the other hand, this type is still in existence, and
widely spread among living Sciuromorpha.

1 think that Scott is mistaken in what he considers to be the
homologies, in the lower molars of Plesiarctomys, of the anterior
triangle of Ungulates, Creodonts, and Lemuroids. This anterior
triangle is formed, as clearly shown by unworn molars of most of
the Sciuromorpha, by the antero-external and antero-internal
cusp (the protoconid and metaconid according to Osborn’s no-

1 See also W. B. Scott, ‘‘ The Evolution of the Premolar Teeth in the Mam-
mals” (Proce. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1892, p. 410).

* William B. Scott and Henry Fairfield Osborn, “The Mammalia of the
Uinta Formation” (Trans, Amer, Philos. Soc. n. s. vol. xvi. pt. iii, Aug. 20,
1889, pp. 476-478).

3°. p. 417.

> Plexi le, 1d.

° Forsyth Major, “ Nageriiberreste aus Bohnerzen Siiddeutschlands und der
Schweiz.”

7 «Handbuch der Palaontologie, I. Paliozoologie,’ IV. Band, 1892, p. 66.

* L, Rutimeyer, ‘‘Die Hocine Siugethierwelt von Egerkingen,” Abhandl.
schweiz. palaont, Ges. xviii. 1891.

1893.] DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRETS. 208

menclature)' more or less transversely united, together with
Osborn’s paraconid °, and include between them what I have called
the anterior transverse valley. Owing to the much-worn con-
dition and partly too, perhaps, to the feeble development of this
anterior part—as found in some recent Sciwri and in Arctomys—the
anterior valley has vanished in the fossil molars, though I think that
some traces of it are still visible in the first and third molar of
Scott’s figures °, so that, in order to find out the typical triangle,
Scott has encroached on what trituberculism declares to be a late
addition to the inferior molars, for he considers, as it were, the
postero-internal cusp, Osborn’s evtoconid, of the “ heel” to be the
postero-internal part of the typical triangle. What he calls the
talon behind, is but the median cusp (hypoconulid) of Osborn’s
talon. This hypoconulid is in fact the real “talon,” yiz. that part
which is so generally well developed on the posterior side of third
lower molars, but which in many Sciuromorpha can be distinctly
made out in the anterior molars too, as well as in milk-teeth of
Lepus and Myolagus, and both in milk-teeth and permanent molars
of Lagodus and Titanomys'’.

The conclusions to be drawn from the foregoing analysis are,
lam glad to state, the very same at which Scott has arrived, as
they tend to show, even more unmistakably, “that the Rodents are to
be derived from the same generalized group of primitive placental
Mammals, the Bunotheria, to which we refer the origin of the
Ungulates, Creodonts, and Lemuroids”’. In respect to what Scott
considers plainly to be ‘the tritubercular pattern” of superior molars,
it cannot be denied that there appear three principal cusps, two
external and one internal one, in the upper molars of Plesiarctomys
sciuroides ; but there are other parts to be seen, even in these much-
worn molars, and I have already pointed out that it is dangerous
to draw inferences from worn teeth.

Very similar remarks apply to two papers by Schlosser °, in which
this author endeavours to refer the molars of Rodentia to trituber-
culism. I therefore refrain from discussing them at length, and I
wish only to remark upon the second of the papers quoted. Schlosser
asserts in the most positive manner, what at first sight appears to be
a startling fact, that Plesiadapis and Protoadapis, from the Lower
Eocene of Reims, are Rodentia. Plesiadapis had previously been

1 Cf, e. g., H. F. Osborn and J. L. Wortman, “ Fossil Mammals of the
Wahsatch and Wind River Beds.” Collection of 1891. JL. c. p. 86, figs. 1 & 2.
2 Ib

3 L.c. p. 476, and pl. xi. fig. 1d.

+ See also the inferior molars of “ Plesiadapis” in Lemoine, “ Etude d’en-
semble sur les dents des Mammiféres fossiles des environs de Reims” (Bull, Soc,
Géol. de France, trois. série, t. xix. Mai 1891, pl. x. fig. 65 ¢), and of Decticu-
dapis, ibid. pl. xi, fig. 146 ¢, 146 ss,

' > Scott, Zc. p. 478.

® Max Schlosser, “Die Differenzirung des Siugethiergebisses’’ (Biol. Centra-
blatt, Band x. Nos.8 & 9, Erlangen, 1 & 15 June 1890, pp. 250, 251).—Jd. “ Ueber
die systematische Stellung der Gattungen Plesiadapis, Protoadapis, Pleuraspido-
theritum und Orthaspidotheriwm” (Neues Jahrb. f. Mineralogie, Geologie und
Palaontologie, Jahrgang 1892, Band ii. pp. 259, 240),

204 DR. C, J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

considered by Schlosser himself to be a Lemurid+, and Osborn? had
placed both of them amongst the Pseudolemuride. Whilst fully
agreeing with Schlosser in his main conclusions, for reasons which
I shall discuss elsewhere, I am again at a loss to see what trituber-
culism has to do with the matter *, and would put but one question:
How comes it that both Protoadapis and Plesiadapis, which are
indeed the most ancient types of Rodents hitherto known, show
the so-called heel of inferior molars in such a perfect condition * in
spite of trituberculism, which considers these parts as alate addition
to the original triangle of inferior molars ?

I have declared myself opposed to the tritubercular theory, but
have limited my remarks hitherto merely to criticism, though
occasionally I offered some positive argument in favour of an
hypothesis which is in many points the very reverse of the pre-
vailing theory. It remains now for me to justify the position I
have taken with regard to it; what 1 am going to say is partly a
summing up of preceding remarks, and partly embraces a far wider
field, and will, 1 have no doubt, meet with some opposition.

No better starting-point could be chosen than the “ Sciuride,”

amongst which we meet with the most primitive form of molars of
this low order of Mammalia.
‘ The adherents of trituberculism assert that they have proved
the Mammalian molar to be traced back to a more and more simple
form. I have tried to show that they have failed to do so, and in
my turn assert that the molar of Placentalia can be traced toa
polybunous form, and that the real tritubercular pattern is a more
specialized secondary stage. So that, as a matter of course, the
cardinal point to be established is to show, that the more complex
forms, which in the Lower Eocene as well as in the recent period
are found side by side with the simpler forms, trituberculate or
otherwise, are indeed the primitive, the more generalized type.

To prove my assertion, | start from five assumptions :—

1. Brachydonty is the more primitive, the more generalized condition
of molar form, and so is
2. Bunodonty, as opposed to Lophodonty (or Zygodonty, which is
the same thing).
. The more brachydout a molar is, the more multitubercular it is,
or, let us say, polybunous.
. Lhe transformation, viz., the reduction and simplification, pro-

Oe

He

1 M. Schlosser, “ Die Affen, Lemuren, Chiropteren, Insectivoren etc. des euro-
piischen Tertiars, ete.” Pt. I. Wien, 1887, p. 47.

* Henry Fairfield Osborn, “‘ A Review of the Cernaysian Mammalia ” (Proce,
Phil. Acad, Nat. Sci., May 6th, 1890, pp. 55, 56).

* “ Dass aber dieser Typus (7. ¢. Trituberculartypus) auch den Ausgangspunkt
fiir die oberen Molaren der Nager darstellt, ersehen wir daraus, dass er sich bei
Sciurus sogar noch bis in die Gegenwart ziemlich rein erhalten hat.” (LZ. e,
p. 240.)

* Lemoine, /, ¢. pl. x.

1893,] DR. C.J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCEND SQUIRRELS, 205

ceeds from the inner side outwards in superior, and from the
outer side inwards in inferior molars,

5. The now prevalent transverse arrangement of cusps or lobes is
not the primitive condition, but a specialized pattern of the
crown.

The first two points need no discussion, as no biologist of the
present day denies them. I thirdly maintain that the more brachy-
dont a molar is, the more polybunous tt is; so that change, which in
our case means reduction, simplification, of the molar-crown ele-
ments, goes hand in hand with the gradual progress from brachy-
donty towards hypsodonty.

In the general survey of Sciurine teeth, it has already been shown
that the more the molars are brachydont, the more they are poly-
bunous, so that by this statement alone polybuny is proved to be
the primitive condition.

If we examine the outer parts of upper and the inner parts
of lower molars, we see that they present much less variation
in Brachydontia as compared to Hypsodontia, and in the various
stages of Hypsodontia compared together, than does the rest
of the crown, especially the inner side in upper and the outer
side in lower molars. It therefore at once strikes us, that
the outer side of upper and the inner side of lower molars (viz.,
those parts which, when the jaws are at rest, are protruding
over the corresponding parts of the opposite jaw) have undergone
the least modifications, that they are the more stable elements of
molars. These same sides being generally more complex than the
inner side aboye and the outer below, we may infer from it that
the complex condition is the primary one, and that the reduced,
simplified state of the inner side above and the outer side below is
a specialized condition, the beginning of which we see already in
molars of Cretaceous Mammalia and in those of Ornithorhynchus,

The extreme of this specialized condition is what has been called
trituberculism, and considered to be a primitive pattern of Euthe-
rian molars. It is not more primitive in Ungulata, Condylarthra,
Creodonta, and Lemuroidea than in Sciwrine, the species of which,
when there is only one cusp on the inner side of upper molars,
present an approach to trituberculism.

Now, what is the meaning of this reduction on the inner side
of superior, and the outer side of inferior molars ?

We have seen that in perfectly brachydont teeth the outer
and inner sides of the molars present the least difference from
each other in longitudinal extension, as well as in the number
of their cusps; and that the superior molar becomes shortened
on its inner side, as well as the inferior on its outer side, by the
excessive development of some cusps (generally either one or
three, rarely two, in Sciwrine) at the expense of others, which
are present in such perfectly brachydont teeth as those of Hosciwri
or Rhithrosciurus. The meaning of this process of reduction be-
comes obvious, when we consider that the internal cusps of superior,

206 DR. C. J. FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQuirRuLs. [Feb. 28,

and the external cusps of inferior, molars have to fit into the
hollows or valleys of the opposing teeth. When there is only one
cusp exclusively or prominently developed on the inner side of a
superior molar, as in the so-called tritubercular, or at a lesser
degree in the trigonodont type, this single cusp fits in the more
or less cup-like depression of the posterior moiety of the corre-
sponding inferior molar ; in other words, the protocone,—viz., the
oldest element of upper molars, according to the tritubercular
theory—fits in what the theorists consider to be the most modern
part of inferior molars. And, vice versa, the postero-evternal cusp of
inferior molars, that is the hypoconid of the “heel,” has to fit in the
median valley of superior molars, formed essentially by the three
cusps of what trituberculism considers to be the primitive trigon
of upper molars.

The special development of two inner cusps in superior molars
has been shown to be so yery rare an occurrence in Sciwrine, that
up to the present day it was known only in some fossil forms (Sciu-
roides, Pseudosciurus, Ischyromys), whereas it is the predominant
feature amongst Ungulata. To these two inner cusps correspond
two hollows or valleys of the inferior tooth. The relative develop-
ment of the anterior valley, formed by the so-called primitive trigon
of inferior molars, corresponds to that of the postero-internal
cusp of superior molars,—the hypocone, a later addition according to
the tritubercular theory: when the hypocone is suppressed, as in
the pure tritubercular type, or feebly developed, as in the trigon-
odont type, the anterior valley in the lower molars is atrophied or
insignificant. It is well developed, to receive the hypocone as a
pestle, when this last has the same or almost the same size as the
protocone.

Fourthly, we are able to state that the transformation, viz. the
reduction and simplification, proceeds from the inner side outwards
wn supervor, aud from the outer side mwards in inferior molars.
Here I have to repeat what I said with regard to semi-hypsodont
teeth, viz., that the vertical elevation of the crown, the first stage
towards hypsodonty, always has its starting-point from the inner
side of upper molars. A farther stage of semi-hypsodontism, as
presented by the rooted molars of Miocene Lagomorpha (Lagodus),
shows how hypsodontism gradually extends towards the outer
side, accompanied by a gradual and essential change of the pattern
of the crown. In the same way the inner root, which ultimately
will remain open, gradually extends outwards, increasing in size,
and receives a coating of enamel. This process is so slow, that for
a long time the outer side retains a brachydont as well as a
complex conformation.

The fifth point advanced was stated as follows :—The now pre-
valent transverse arrangement of cusps or lobes is not the primitive
condition, but a specialized pattern of the crown. What, then, was
the primitive condition? The primitive generalized pattern was
the exact reverse, viz., the arrangement of cusps in longitudinal
‘series, separated by longitudinal grooves or valleys. This is, indeed,

1893.) DR. C. J, FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 207

a cardinal point and will, when once generally recognized, appear
to be a simple truth.

Bunodonty, as opposed to lophodonty, is the first step from a
transverse arrangement towards the longitudinal one, and is not
always to be distinguished at once from the second step I am
speaking of, though this last is often characterized by a sort of
asymmetry, or confusion, in a way, as is usually the case in
transitional stages.

First, as to Sciurine. As has already been said, transverse
crests are to be found only in semi-hypsodont types, many of which
tend towards the Hystricomorpha, which for their lack of brachy-
dont molars at once show themselves to be more specialized forms.
With the exception of Myoxine types—and this exception is only
an apparent one—we may say that the more the molars tend
towards brachydonty, the more the crests are broken up into cusps.
Of these cusps there are generally five on the outer side of upper
molars, two or three of which have been prominently developed.
In the middle two intermediate, and on the inner side in the same
manner as on the other side, originally a longitudinal series of
cusps were developed, which very soon, viz., when the tooth ceases
to be perfectly brachydont (as well as in somewhat worn semi-
hypsodont or hypsodont teeth), are reduced in number and tend to
become coalesced, a middle cusp appearing the most developed.
This middle cusp seems to be for the greater part the remnant of
a fifth series which have become partially atrophied, in order to give
place for the median transverse valley; and it is in consequence
of the formation of this valley that the cusps appear arranged
in transverse series, even before being connected as ridges or
crests.

In superior and inferior molars, the most brachydont members
of the family are at the same time those which show a tendency
towards a longitudinal alignment of their cusps. The difference
between superior and inferior molars consisting in the presence in
upper molars of intermediate cusps, in more specialized, viz. less
* brachydont forms, generally reduced to two, as before stated, but
which, as shown by the most brachydont forms, are the remnants
of one or more longitudinal series of cusps or tubercles, inter-
mediate between the outer and the inner series.

The cup- or basin-like shape of inferior Sciuromorphine molars
is but a slight specialization of a primitive type, a disposition of
_ the cusps on the outer and inner margin, with an intervening
longitudinal depression. The slight specialization consists in the
beginning of a transverse arrangement. In the Bornean Lhitho-
sciurus (Plate LX. fig. 2), the whole of the very brachydont inferior
molars consists mainly of two series of marginal cusps, none
specially developed, and with a spacious longitudinal groove dividing
the outer from the inner series; thus pointing significantly to-
wards some primitive mammalian molars remote in time (Micro-
lestes). And so the curious Pseudosciurus, from the Upper Eocene
of Southern Germany, shows the tendency towards, or, as we rathe

208 DR. C. J, FORSYLH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

should say, the traces of, a primitive arrangement of its tubercles
of upper molars in three longitudinal series, there being two rows
in the lower molars.

This paper does not pretend to enter into details as to other
families and orders. But I think it important to state in a few
words that this tendency of older forms towards a longitudinal
arrangement is quite general in Rodents as well as in Creodonts,
Lemuroids, and Ungulates. In Sciuride we have very primitive
forms still existing side by side with those more specialized, so
that the transverse arrangement does not at first sight appear to
be a later transformation. The Lagomorpha are in this respect,
as in others, highly instructive, the molars of the living members
being very specialized. I hope to show fully on another occasion
that the structure of the molar form of Lagomorpha is to be traced
back from the perfect transverse direction presented by their
enamel-ridges to a pelycodoid type of molar, that means, to a
molar approaching closely to those of Pelycodvs, a mammal from
the Lower Eocene of North America and Egerkingen in Switzerland,
which has hitherto been considered to be a Lemuroid. In a some-
what lesser degree, the Lagomorphan molar tends towards Estho-
nya, considered by Cope * to be one of the progenitors of Rodentia.

The intermediate stages are the unworn milk-teeth, premolars
and molars, of young Lepus, the Miocene Palwolagus, Lagomys, the
Pleistocene, Pliocene, and Miocene Myolagus, and the Miocene
Lagodus. The anterior upper and lower premolar of ZLepus, the
second superior and the anterior inferior premolar of Lagomys, the
superior premolars and more or less all the superior molars of
Myolagus, as well as the inferior anterior premolar of the latter,
show, even in adult specimens, a conformation which points
unmistakably towards a longitudinal arrangement of partially
sharp-edged cusps—these cusps being three longitudinal series
separated by two longitudinal grooves in the upper teeth, and two
series with one intermediate longitudinal groove in the lower
molars. The difference between the first lower premolar and the
other grinding-teeth is very striking, especially in Myolagus, for
which I refer to a figure from Filhol’s memoir on the Sansan
fauna”.

As to other Orders, I must be satisfied to give a few instances.
Amongst recent Carnivora, the Subursi, especially Ai/urus, and
partially the Urside themselves, show unmistakably the longitu-
dinal arrangement of their molar cusps. In the same direction
the milk-teeth of several Orders point significantly, even those of
modern Ruminants.

In the Lower Eocene many molars of various Orders tell the
same tale as to their origin, often ina distinct manner. In favour
of my view I refer to the following figures :—First, from Cope’s

| B. D. Cope, “'Lhe Mechanical Causes of the Development of the Hard Parts
of the Mammalia” (Journal of Morphology, vol. iii. Boston, U.S.A. 1889,
p. 268).

2 «Htudes sur les Mammiféres fossiles de Sansan’ (Paris, 1891), pl. i. fig. 8.

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 209

Tertiary Vertebrata: Calamodon'*, Anisonchus*, Ectocium*, Pertpty-
chus carinidens*, ditrigonus®, and rhabdodon*, Palceosyops levidens’,
Phenacodus*, Protogonia®. Secondly, from Lemoine’s ‘ Etude
d’ensemble sur les dents des Mammiféres des environs de Reims’ "*:
Hyenodictis", Dissacus™, Arctocyon™, Lophiodocherus™, Pleura-
spidotherium™, Pachynolophus maldani™, Protodichobune owenit".
Thirdly, from Riitimeyer’s ‘ Eocine Siiugethierwelt von Eger-
kingen’*: Ailuravus™, Pelycodus helveticus*, Hyopsodus™, ** Plesi-
adapis?”*, Acotherulum™, Cebocherus™, Lophiodon parisiense ae
Paloplotherium magnum* ; the last two only so far as their milk-
teeth are concerned.

I wish to answer in advance an objection which will certainly
have occurred to the reader. The extreme of complication is met
with in such highly specialized recent forms as Hydrochwrus,
Phacocherus, and Elephas, and to a lesser extent in semi-rooted
molars, especially amongst Rodentia. As to the supposed more
complex form of these last, it is only apparent. A worn molar
of Hystrix, for instance, seems rather more complex than the rooted
molar of Erethizon, but on examining unworn grinding-teeth of
Hystrix, even the seemingly very complex milk-tooth only presents
five more or less transverse enamel-folds.

The worn molars show a large quantity of enamel-islets, and
thus have a very complex appearance; but this is not the conse-
quence of an augmentation of enamel substance, or additional
cusps, but, on the contrary, of diminution of the enamel, which
diminishes in the proportion that the worn surfaces approach the
roots.

Besides, I have always maintained that in progress of time a
new addition may occasionally have occurred in molars ; but it
would appear that in one instance at least I was mistaken. Con-
trary to Owen”, and all later paleontologists, with the only

1 «The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the West,’ pl. xxiv. e. fig. 22.
2 L. c. pl. xxiv. g. fig. 6.
3 L. e. pl. xxv. e. fig. 12.
4 L. c. pl xxiii. d. figs. 14, 15, pl. xxiv. g. fig. 5.
> L. c. pl. xxiii. g. fig. 12, pl. xxix, d. fig. 2-4.
6 L. c¢. pl. lvi. f. figs. 1 a, 2.4.
Gres U. fo. 3:
8 L. ¢. lvii. b. fig. 1.
® L.c. pl. xxv. e. fig. 13, pl. xxix. f. fig. 1 a, pl. lvii. f. fig. 8.
OST Sut.
i f. ¢. pl. x. fig. 4. 12 Tc, pl. x. fig. 2
13 [.c¢, pl. x. figs. 14, 18, 20, 22, &c. “4 Tc, pl. xi. fig. 129,
15 [. ¢, pl. xi. fig. 87. 16 Tc, pl. xi. figs. 117, 118.
W I. e. pl. xi. fig. 132. LERRESHC:
19 Lc. pl. vii. figs. 18, 19. 20 Lc. pl. viii. fig. 1 (partim).
21 Lc. pl. viii. figs. 7, 8 22 [. c. pl. viii. figs. 16, 17, 21.
23 TL. ¢. pl. iv. figs. 22, 24. % Tc. pl. iv. fig. 30.
2 Lc. pl. i. fig. 8 (d, sup.). 2 Tc. pl. i. fig. 1 (d sup.).

27 Rich. Owen, “ Description of the Cavern of Bruniquel and its Organic Con-
tents. Part II. Equine remains” (Phil. Trans. vol. 159, London, 1870, p. 537).
14

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1893, No. XIV.

210 DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

exception of Kowalevsky, who, in the same 22nd volume of the
‘ Paleontographica,’ had expressed an identical view, I had supposed
that the two inner lobes of upper equine molars are not homo-
logous with those of Anchithertwm, but are a more modern addition
to the tooth. Now ontogeny, according to Klever’, suggests that
Kowalevsky and myself are wrong.

As to the molars of Hydrocherus, Phacocherus, and Elephas, I
leave them to ontogenists ; and, if I am not mistaken, there is
every appearance that we shall not have to wait very long for an
answer.

It may be asked whether the pattern of molars towards which
the types of almost all the Orders of Mammalia represented in
the Lower Eocene tend is nowhere realized.

When I first saw the plates of Marsh’s * Discovery of Cretaceous
Mammalia,” my impression was that the molars figured on plate ii.*
constitute one of the most important discoveries as regards the
ancestry of Placentalia, inasmuch as these figures correspond to
what I considered, and have been expounding just now, to approach
the presumed ancestral torin of Mammalian molars. In going over
the text, I found that Marsh collocates all these multitubercular
teeth in the “ aberrant” Order of Allotheria, and states expressly,
that ‘‘ Carnivores, Rodents, and Ungulates appear to be entirely
wanting in this unique fauna,” and that ‘a still more surprising
fact is the absence of their probable ancestors, unless, indeed, the
insectivorous forms are entitled to this important position: many
known facts point in this direction” *. In Part ILI. of “‘ Discovery
of Cretaceous Mammalia” Marsh again states: ‘These remains are
not transitional between Mesozoic and Tertiary forms, but their
affinities are with the former beyond a doubt ” *.

To me it appears, from what we now know of those important
fossils called Allotheria, we are not entitled to consider the whole
Order as an aberrant one, though there may be, and certainly are,
aberrant genera. But, on the whole, the Allotheria are not more
aberrant than the Myomorpha, for instance.

The discovery of the Laramie mammals led to a controversy
between their discoverer and another eminent American palzonto-
logist ; but this side of the question has not been taken into
consideration, both disputants being agreed in assuming that the
multitubercular teeth in question belong to an aberrant group.
This aprioristic assumption may have prejudiced the impartial
investigation of facts. I cannot enter fully into the question,
especially as it would be rash to pronounce too positively on an

1 Ernst Klever, “Zur Kenntniss der Morphogenese des Equidengebisses ”
(Morphol. Jabrb. xv. 1889, Leipzig, pls. xi—xiii.).

2 QO. C. Marsh, “ Discovery of Cretaceous Mammalia,” American Journal of
Science, vol. xxxvili. July 1889, plate ii.

3 L.c. p. 83.

* “Discovery of Cretaceous Mammalia.-—Part III.,” 7. ¢. vol. xlii. March
1892, p. 250.

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 211

examination of the figures and descriptions without having seen
the originals ; but I wish to offer a few remarks.

Marsh has considered a certain number of isolated molars,
possessing three longitudinal pairs of elevations, to be upper molars,
although the type of Dipriodon robustus, the only molar which is
undoubtedly from the upper jaw, left side, ‘its position being
decided by a portion of the maxillary attached to it,”* appa-
rently has only two longitudinal rows. This circumstance has
given origin to part of Osborn’s criticisms*. The type of Zripri-
odon celatus*, considered by Marsh * as the first upper molar of the
left side, as well as the type of Selenacodon fragilis’, also stated to
be an upper molar (both having three longitudinal rows of cusps),
are declared by Osborn to be respectively a last lower molar of
Meniscoessus, and an anterior lower molar of the same®. In a
subsequent note* Osborn writes as follows :—‘ It remains for the
author to show specifically that the types of Selenacodon and
Tripriodon are maxillary teeth,” adding: “I should myself have
considered them as such but for the fact that the type of Dipriodon
robustus, with two rows of tubercles, was described as a maxillary
tooth, and figured with a supposed fragment of the zygomatic
arch attached to the alveolar border.” With regard to the upper
molars, Marsh asserts, in his latest paper on the subject, that he
has the means of showing what Osborn has objected to: ‘* Although
not found in position in any one specimen, so many have been
secured with portions of the jaw attached, that their place in the
dental series has been ascertained in several forms ;” and he goes
on to state, “‘ that the upper molar teeth may be separated into two
series, the first having three longitudinal rows of elevations on the
crown, and the second series but two rows”*. With the caution
imposed by the fact that I am judging only from the published
figures, I venture to suggest that the type of Dipriodon robustus,
which has the undoubted fragment of the zygomatic arch attached
to the alveolar border, had originally three longitudinal rows of
cusps, the middle one being worn off. Marsh himself states that
its “‘ points are somewhat worn”, and this appears to me clearly
shown in his figure”. If we now assume that where there are
three rows of tubercles above and two below, “ the cusps of the
lower rows fit into the valleys of the upper teeth” (which in my

1 Marsh, /.c. part I. p. 895, pl. ii. figs. 13-15.

2 As stated by Osborn himself in “ A Reply to Professor O. C. Marsh’s ‘ Note
on Mesozoic Mammalia.’” Reprinted with slight alterations from the ‘American
Naturalist,’ September 1891, p. 782.

3 Marsh, l.c. part I. pl. ii. figs. 19-21.

ElieGp: SO.

> Marsh, /. ec. part I. pl. ii. figs. 22-24, p. 86.

8 H. Fairfield Osborn, “A Review of the Cretaceous Mammalia” (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, 1891, p. 128).

7 A Reply to Professor O. C. Marsh’s Note, &c., p. 782.

8 Part ILI. p. 253.

® Part I. p. 85.

0 Lc. pl. ii. figs. 13, 14.
1. Osborn, “ A Review of the Cretaceous Mammalia.”

14*

212 =~ DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

opinion allows only for a movement in the longitudinal direction),
this mechanical action of the jaw would be followed by the wearing
away first of all of the middle row of the upper molars, which rubs
against the inner and outer side respectively of the outer and inner
row of the opposing tooth. Compared with the types of “ Zr
priodon celatus”* and “ caperatus”*, Dipriodon robustus shows its
inner cusps unproportionally extending outwards, and this would
justify the supposition that the remnants of two cusps of the
middle row have united with what remains of the enamel-folds of the
two inner cusps, a mode of coalescence which we often see realized
in worn molars. I therefore fail to find in Marsh’s previous publi-
cations the proofs of the statement made by him ® that one series
of upper molar teeth of Cretaceous Allotheria has but two rows;
although from certain analogies—with the molars of Mus on the
one side, those of Cricetodon on the other—analogies which may
hereafter turn out to be homologies, I am quite willing to admit
that Prof. Marsh may have in his hands the means for proving it.
I cannot admit Osborn to have satisfactorily shown that in this
group of Cretaceous Allotheria there are lower molars with three
rows of cusps. If there were three rows of cusps with two longi-
tudinal grooves in the lower molars, we would have to urge four
rows of cusps with three longitudinal grooves in the upper molars ;
these have not been forthcoming up to the present date. Thus there
seems to be no reason for denying Marsh’s statement that “the lower
molars .... although differing widely in the form and structure
of their crowns, have only two parallel series of crescents or
tubercles, an outer and inner row, with a groove or valley between
them” *.

For my present purpose it may be sufficient to point out, that
both authors agree in stating that there are several forms with
upper molars composed of three longitudinal rows of cusps with
two grooves between them, to which correspond two longitudinal
rows with one groove in the lower molars ; but, as stated before,
they have not furnished sufficient proof for their opinion that
these molars belong to an aberrant Order of Mammalia. In
comparing the teeth in question with those of the Muride and
more particularly of Mus, it becomes evident that the main
differences between them consist in this, that whilst in the
Cretaceous molars the prevailing division is effected by longi-
tudinal grooves, in Mus, on the contrary, the molars are deeply
divided by transverse grooves: the longitudinal grooves in this
genus, of which there are two in the upper, and one in the
lower molars, being relatively shallow. or further particulars on
this argument, as far as it relates to Muride, I refer the reader to
a paper by Hensel on Mus orthodon from the Ossiferous Breccias

1 L.c. part I. pl. ii. figs. 19, 20.
2 L.c. part III. pl. v. fig. 2.

3 L.c. part ITI. p. 253.

* Tb. p. 253.

1893.] DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 213

of Sardinia’, and to a subsequent paper by myself on the same
subject *.

Marsh has recently made the following statement :—*“ One fact is
becoming more and more evident, the near affinity of the early
Primates, Carnivores, Ungulates, and Rodents, with each other
and with the Insectivores, and more remotely with Marsupials.
The key to the mystery lies concealed in the great break between
the Lower Wahsatch, at the base of the Eocene as now known, and
the Laramie beds of the Cretaceous. In the latter, none of the
above placental mammals have been found, but in the early Eocene
occur, side by side, Carnivores, Rodents, and Ungulates ...”*

I have endeavoured to show that the key to the mystery actually
lies for the chief part in Prof. Marsh’s own hand, and I trust that he
himself will before long furnish us with the full proofs that several
at least of the Cretaceous Allotheria, so called, are in the direct

ancestral line of Eutheria.
And, in the meanwhile, I confidently state as follows my

conclusions as to the primitive type of the Eutherian molar :—
(1) The primitive condition of the Eutherian molar is that of

polybuny.

(2) The single tubercles or cusps were arranged in longitudinal
series (Zinotaais), divided by longitudinal grooves or valleys, there
being generally three rows with two grooves in the upper, and two
rows with one groove in the lower molars.

(3) Microlestes nay prove to be a remote ancester of the

Eutheria.

1 R. Hensel, “ Beitriige zur Kenntniss fossiler Siugethiere.—II. Ueberreste
von Mus in der Breccie von Cagliari,” Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geolog. Gesellschaft,
viii. Band, 1856, p. 281. The conformation of the first upper molar of Mus
is described by Hensel as follows :—“ Seine Krone zerfallt durch zwei fast bis
auf den Grund der Krone eindringende Querfurchen in drei Querleisten, yon
welchen die beiden ersten nach vorn convex, nach hinten zu concay erscheinen . .,
Zwei verhaltnissmiissig seichte Liangsfurchen zertheilen wiederum jede Quer-
leiste in drei mehr oder weniger deutliche Hocker ... Das Schema fiir die Back-
euzahne des Unterkiefers (Fig. 114) ist ein wesentlich anderes. Zwar sind
auch hier die Kronen durch zwei Querfurchen in drei Querleisten getheilt.
Allein statt zweier Langsfurcben findet sick nur eine, so dass jede Querleiste in
zwei Hocker, die ganze Zahnkrone also in sechs derselben zerfalJt.” (L. c. p. 282.)

? Forsyth Major, ‘‘ Sulla conformazione dei Molari nel Genere Mus, e sul
Mus meridionalis e Mus orthodon, Hensel,’ Atti Soc. Tose. Sc. Nat. Proc. Verb.
1888, pp. 129-145.—Mr. Oldfield Thomas has lately drawn my attention to his
** Description of a new Genus and Species of Rat from New Guinea,” the Chiru-
romys forbest (Proc. Zool. Soc., April 17, 1888, pp. 237-240, fig. 2, p. 239). In
this paper it is stated that the teeth of Chiruromys “are remarkably compli-
cated, and show a hich degree of specialization, far more than is found in any
other genus at all allied to the present one,” and that “this extreme speciali-
zation both of teeth and tail is especially remarkable in an animal inhabiting
such a refuge for old and little-modified forms as New Guinea.” From what I
have been saying, it is to be inferred, that the teeth in question, far from
showing a high degree of specialization, are, on the contrary, of a very
generalized type, precisely such as we might articipate to meet with in a refuge
for old and little-modified forms.

3 O. C. Marsh, “ A new Order of extinct Eocene Mammals (Mesodactyla),” in
American Journal of Science, yol. xlii. May, 1892, p. 449.

214 =DR.C. 5. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. [Feb. 28,

(4) From the polybunous molar, as characterized before, have
been derived the other types of Placental molars, by a gradual
transformation of the longitudinal arrangement of cusps into a
transverse one (Chiastotaavis), and by a prevailing development of
a few cusps—a sort of Oligarchy—as well as by the fusion and
suppression of others, several of which are, however, maintained
with great persistency in a secondary condition.

(5) In the upper molars two outer cusps and one or two inner
cusps are usually the most developed.

(6) The truly tritubercular molar is but a very specialized stage,
which is often preceded, not followed, by Riitimeyer’s trigonodont
type.

7) The supposition that the so-called heel or talon of inferior
molars is a later development, is an arbitrary one, disproved by
facts.

(8) Which of all the cusps of the primitive polybunous molar
or its derivatives may be “ homologous with the reptilian cone,”
I do not know.

VI. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate VIII.
Right superior molars, much magnified, of :—

. Sciurus (Eosciurus) indicus, Erxl. m,. (B.M. 12034.)

. Se. prevosti, Desm. m,. (B.M. 5836.)

. Se. lokroides, Hodgs. m,. (B.M. 1868/4. 4.3.)

. Se. everetti, Thos. m,. (B.M. 1892/9 . 6.8.)

. Xerus (Hoxerus) hosei, Vhos. p,. (B.M. 1892/7 . 19.2.)

. Xerus (Koxerus) insignis, Fr. Cuy. m,. (B.M. 68 ce.

. Xerus (Protoxerus) stangeri, Waterh. m,. (B.M. 515C.)

. Xerus (Protoxerus) aubinnii, Gr. m,. (B.M. 1875/4. 30.4.)
. Aerus (Atlantoxerus) getuius, Gesn. m,.

. Xerus erythopus, Geoff, m,. (B.M. 1888/11 . 4.4.)

. Xerus (Hoxerus) laticaudatus, Gr. m,. (B.M. 1885/8. 1.272.)

Fig.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12 ” ” Pi: ”

13. Anomalurus fraseri, Waterh. p,. (B.M. 555.)

14. Anomalurus beecrofti, Fras. m,. (B.M. 10666. 1886/1. 5.1.)
15. Xerus (Paraxerus) pyrropus, Fr. Cuy.. m,. (B.M. 897 a.)
16. Xerus (EHoxerus) berdmorei, Bly. (juv.) m,. (B.M. 1878/6 . 17.51.)
We, + 3 (middle age). m,. (B.M. 1878/6. 17.38.)
18. ae 3 (old). m,. (B.M. 1861/4. 12.13.)
19. Pteromys leucogenys, Temm. m,. (B.M. 556 0.)

20. Sciuropterus pearsoni, Gr. m,. (B.M. 1883.)

21. Sciwropterus horsfieldi, Waterh., type. m,. (B.M. 1855/12 . 24.102.)
22. Xerus (Paraxerus) cepapi, Smith. m,. (B.M. 1885/12. 8.2.)

23. Xerus (Paraxerus) pyrropus anerythrus, Thos. m,. . (B.M. 1890/6.

24. Xerus (Parawerus) isabella, Gr. m,. (B,M. 1862/5.9.3.) Cameroons.

Puarte IX.
Right inferior molars, much magnified, of :—
Fig. 1. Sciwrus (Eosctwrus) indicus, Erxl, m,.
2. Rhithrosciurus macrotis, Gr. m,. (B.M, 1888/8 . 13.7.)
. Sciurus lokroides, Hodgs. my.
. Sciwrus everetti, Thos. m,.

Co

1893.]

Hie.6

ld
BOW SOMNISE

bo

OD M9 NW Rohe

—

6.

7.

DR. CO. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON MIOCENE SQUIRRELS. 215

. Aerus (Hoxerus) hosei, Thos. p,.

. Aerus (Hexerus) insignis, Fr. Cuy. ™,.

. Xerus (Protoxerus) stangert, Waterh. mm).
. Xerus (Protoxerus) aubinnii, Gr. ,.

. Xerus (Atlantoxerus) getulus, Gesn. ™,.
. Xerus erythopus, Geoff, m,.
. Xerus (Hoxerus) laticaudatus, Grrepy.

m).

; Anomalurus fraseri, Waterh. Pi

. Anomalurus beecrofti, Fras. m,.

. Xerus (Paraxerus) pyrropus, Fr. Cuy. m,.
. Xerus (Hoxerus) berdmorei, Bly., Juv. m,.

” ” middle age. m,.
” old. m,.

”
. Pteromys leucogenys,Temm. m4.
. Sciuropterus pearsoni, Gr. mW,.

. Seturopterus horsfieldi, Waterh. . type. m,.

2. Xerus (Paraxerus) pyrropus anerythrus, Thos. m,.

. Xerus (Paraxerus) cepapi, Smith. mj.

. Aerus (Paraxerus) isabella, Gr. my.

Pirate X.
. Sciuropterus ease n.sp. (Middle Miocene of Grive-Saint-Alban.)
Upper incisor. a, from the outer, 4, from the inner, ¢, from the

anterior side.

. Xerus (Eowerus) grivensis, n. sp. (Middle Miocene of Grive-Saint-

Alban.) Left mandibular ramus, nat size.

m,, M,, M,, of the same; magn. ¢
, Sciurus spermophilinus, Dep. p,, M,, Mg sup. sin.; magn. ¢

i Sy Anterior view of inf. incisor ; magn.

i fe Left mandibular ramus, inner view, nat,
size.

% z Left mandibular ramus, outer view, nat,
size.

3 3 Diy ay, a m,, inf. sin., upper view ;
magn. §.

The same as fig. 8, inner view; magn, §.

| Nannosciurus concinnus, Thos, (Isabella, Basilan, Philippines), type.

(B.M. 1940 a, 187 6/10. 4.7.) dj), ™M,, M9, m,, inf. sin.; magn. ¢.

Puate XI.

. Sciuropterus tephromelas, Gimth. Malay Peninsula. (B.M. 1885/8.

1.126.) Left mandibular ramus. Nat. size. From the inner side.

. The same. m,; magn. }.
. Sciuropterus albanensis, n. sp. (Middle Miocene of Grive-Saint-Alban.)

Left mandibular ramus, from the inner side; nat. size.

. The same from the outer side ; nat. size.

The grinding-teeth of the same, upper view; magn. §.

Nannosciurus minutus, Du Chaillu. W. Africa. (B.M, 1794 a.
1861/7 . 29.19.) Superior grinding-teeth of the right side (p,, m,, mg,
m,); magn. §.

Nannosciurus concinnus, Thos., juy. Superior grinding-teeth of the right
side (d,, m,,m,,m,); magn. §.

216 MR. H. 0. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

2. Observations on the Development of the Rostrum in the
Cetacean Genus Mesoplodon, with Remarks on some of
the Species. By Henry O. Forsss, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.

[Received January 17, 1893.]
(Plates XIL.—XYV.)

In the course of my duties as Curator of the Canterbury
Museum, Christchurch, N. Z., I had occasion to study the Cetacea
in that collection. In my determination of the species of Meso-
plodon I was necessarily guided by the authoritative papers on this
group by Sir William Flower in the ‘ Transactions’ of this Society,
and by Sir William Turner in his Report on the Cetacea of the
‘Challenger’ Expedition. In his paper in volume x. of our ‘ Trans-
actions, page 422, Sir William Flower observes, in speaking
of a form near to Mesoplodon grayi, Haast :—‘* Making every
allowance for individual variation, it scarcely seems possible that
a rostrum such as that shown in figure 2 [1.e. Mesoplodon grayi:
Plate XIV. fig. 3] could change in the course of growth to that
in figure 3 [i. e. Mesoplodon haasti, Flower: Plate XII. fig. 2}.
If so, most of the determinations of the fossil species based solely
on the form of the rostrum are quite valueless.” The same author,
on an earlier page (page 420) of the same paper, remarks :—
“There is still much to be learned with regard to the mode of
ossification of this cartilage. All the specimens which I have had
an opportunity of examining are either so young that ossification
has not commenced, and the trough of the vomer in the rostrum
proper is completely empty in the dried skull, or so old that the
consolidation of the cartilage and its union with the surrounding
bone has been completed.” In having lived for some time in the
region in which this genus is not uncommon, I have been fortunate
in having had an opportunity of examining several immature crauia
in which the relations of the bones which constitute the rostrum
were such as to enable me to trace some unobserved stages in their
development. These observations I have thought of sufficient
interest to lay before the Society, especially as they bear on some
of the characters by which the various forms of Mesoplodon and
Ziphius, both recent and fossil, have been separated from each
other.

The deductions I have arrived at in this paper are based on a
personal examination and comparison of the following specimens :—

A. A very young (and, according to Haast, a male) skull, with
its mandible,—one of three specimens sent from the Chatham
Islands to Sir Julius von Haast in 1875. It is a co-type of Meso-
plodon (Oulodon) grayi, Haast, described in vol. ix. of the ‘ Transac-
tions’ of the N.Z. Institute. In this specimen the vomerine
trough is quiteempty. It forms part of the collection in the Otago
Museum, Dunedin, N.Z.

Aa. A young specimen in the Otago Museum, Dunedin, in

, Ni
j

i .
fl
{|
i

ee

H.OF & 5. Smit del. J. Smit lth.

=

PMw.s ~-------/

\ : K\-- Sei Cire
N

" \

i ~ piu is

at,

eae ye

Wartern Bros. imp.

STRUCTURE OF MESOPLODON.

laine) suoteoy) Jedi. MAllilil.

{ INES ihe
prue.s. ee | en 1)

} <== - - pia.
fi

-\--=--pmar,

By

ae l
1% CL i
H.C.¥F. &J. Smit. del. J. Smit lith. Mintern Bros

SINGS A GjSUs, (ONS MIB SOlS1b (OND IOMN

. imp.

Fae GeS ols) dell poGhvs

HOF del. J. Smit kth.

STRUCTURE OF MESOPLODON.

peel euve

Ps Act ISOS

Se --pnie oO

oO-

__- pu.

=

re

*

~

Mes

eae ee LL

ois

-V

Mintern Bros . imp.

J Smit del.et lith.

STRUCTURE OF MESOPLODON.

1893. | CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 217

which the first appearance of change in the mesorostral groove is
visible.

B. A damaged cranium, without its mandible, received from the
Chatham Islands, and now exhibited; of unknown sex, and of a
more advanced age than A. The vomerine trough is still empty
and perfectly smooth. It would appear to be about the same age,
being apparently about the same stage of development, as Meso-
plodon grayi, Haast, figured by Van Beneden and Gervais in their
‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés.’

C. Askeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons —
that described and figured by Sir W. Flower as M. grayi, Haast,
in his paper already cited. This is the second of the two Salt
Water Creek skeletons prepared by Sir J. von Haast, and deter-
mined by him to be Oulodon grayi. Its sex is doubtful; but it is
still quite young, as the interior of the vomerine spout (so far as
unconcealed by the rostral integument on the anterior part of the
snout and of the dried cartilage in the canal) is still smooth and
free from ossification.

D. The rostrum of a specimen obtained for me from the
Chatham Islands, and now exhibited. I have no doubt it belongs
to the species Wesoplodon grayi, Haast. Its sex is unknown, but
its age is somewhat greater than any of those already mentioned.
The vomerine trough is partially filled with osseous tissue.

E. The rostrum of a third specimen from the Chatham Islands,
and now on the table, of unknown sex and of astill more advanced
age, but still immature. This specimen, along with B, D, and G,
will be presented to the British Museum.

F. A skull, with its mandible, of an immature (according to
Haast, female) specimen of Mesoplodon (Oulodon) grayi, Haast.
This is the second of the three skulls described by him in the ninth
volume of the ‘ Transactions’ of the New Zealand Institute from the
Chatham Islands, and now in the Otago Museum, Dunedin, N. Z.
It is also a co-type of the genus and species Oulodon grayi.

G. The rostrum of a cranium obtained for me from the Chatham
Islands. It is still immature, as the mesorostral furrow, though
nearly full of ossified tissue, is not yet quite filled up, and the
whole of the bones are still spongy. It belongs undoubtedly to
the species grayi, Haast, of this genus.

H. A complete female skeleton of Mesoplodon (Oulodon) grayi,
Haast, one of four individuals that in December 1876 ran on the
beach near Salt Water Creek, north of Banks Peninsula, N.Z. It
was identified and described as the co-type of Oulodon grayi by
Sir J. von Haast. Of these four specimens two skeletons were
prepared—one (C) being sent to the Royal College of Surgeons,
London, and the present specimen retained in the Canterbury
Museum, where it is now. Though described by Sir J. von Haast
as “a full-grown animal,” it still bears marks of immaturity in its
incompletely filled-up vomerine spout and in the rostral bones
exhibiting none of that petrosal density so characteristic of fully
adult Mesoplodonta.

218 MR. H. O, FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

I. An aged skull, without the mandible (probably a male),
from Kaiapoi beach, Canterbury, N. Z., labelled, under direction
evidently of Sir J. von Haast, as Mesoplodon knowi, Hector, and by
another hand changed into Mesoplodon hectori, Gray. This is the
specimen referred to by Sir James Hector, in the ‘Transactions’
of the N. Zealand Institute, vol. v. page 168, as being in the
Canterbury Museum from Kaiapoi “ without the lower jaw,” which
he considered the adult form of his young Mesoplodon knowi. It
appears also, with little doubt, to be the same specimen of
which Sir J. von Haast, in volume ix. of the same publication,
page 455, makes the following observation, which in the absence
of the mandible I am at a loss to understand, as it seems to be and
to have been, the only specimen from Kaiapoi, or of M. hectori, in
the Museum :—‘‘I wish to add that a comparison of these three
skulls of Oulodon [A, F, I] with the skull of Mesoplodon hectori,
Gray [= MM. knowi, Hector] in the Canterbury Museum, and
which is derived from an aged specimen, shows at a glance the
distinct specific character [7. ¢. teeth at the symphysis of the
mandible}, besides being much smaller in all its proportions.”

The Canterbury Museum specimen, as will be seen from fig. 1,
Plate XIII., differs from Mesoplodon hectori, Gray, as figured in
Sir W. Flower’s paper (Tr. Z. 8. vol. x. pl. lxxi. fig. 4).

J. The skeleton of an adult from Lyall Bay, N. Z., in the
British Museum, described and figured by Sir W. Flower, in
volume x. of the Society’s ‘Transactions,’ as Mesoplodon australis.
It is probably of the male sex.

K. A mutilated skull, with its mandible, of an aged male
Mesoplodon (Oulodon) grayi, Haast. This is the remaining one of
the three Chatham Island crania referred to under specimen A.
It is the type specimen of the genus and species, and is the
individual figured by Von Haast in the ‘ Transactions ’ of the N. Z.
Institute, vol. ix. plate xxvi. fig. 3 (not fig. 1, as erroneously marked
on that plate). Along with its two companions (A and F) it had
remained in the same condition as found and figured in 1875,
enveloped in its integuments, till all three were partly dissected
and partly macerated out by me in July 1890.

L. The specimen described and figured by Sir William Flower
in the paper so often referred to, under the name of Mesoplodon
haasti. This isan old—even aged—individual, nearly of the same
age, in my opinion, as K. It is undoubtedly a male, and is now in
the collection of the Royal College of Surgeons, London.

With these specimens I have compared the published descrip-
tions of Mesoplodon (Oulodon) grayi, Haast, given by Van Beneden
and Gervais on plate Ixii. of their ‘ Ostéographie.’

All the above 13 specimens belong without any doubt to M!eso-
plodon grayi, Haast; indeed no fewer than six of them were recog-
nized by Sir Julius von Haast as belonging to the species which he
had himself established.

M. The skeleton of an aged male of Mesoplodon layardi in the
Canterbury Museum, N. Z.—labelled M. flowert, Haast.

1893. ] CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 219

N. A cranium of an immature example of M. layardi in the
Wellington Museum, N. Z.; sex unknown.

O. A cranium of a young individual of M. layardi, in the Napier
Atheneum, N. Z., in which the vomerine trough is quite empty
and smooth ; sex unknown.

P. A cranium of an aged individual in the British Museum,
evidently a male.

Q. For purposes of comparison with the species of Mesoplodon,
I have examined the skeletons of Ziphius cavirostris (= Hpiodon
chathamensis) in the Canterbury Museum, N. Z.

R. A cranium of a very young individual of Zphius cavirostris,
collected by myself in the Chatham Islands in January last (1892),
and now in the Canterbury Museum, in which the vomerine spout
is quite empty and smooth, except on the bottom of the trough,
where there is a small upgrowth.

S. A skeleton of Ziphius (Epiodon) chathamensis (= Z. cavirostris)
in the British Museum collection.

{T. A cranium of Ziphius cavirostris (the type) in the British
Museum.

U. A younger cranium than T, of Ziphius cavirostris, in the same
collection.

Vy. A skeleton and two crania of Berardius arnuxii, in the
Canterbury Museum, N. Z.

With these I have also compared the various fossil species in
the Geological Department of the British Museum, Mesoplodon
angustus, M. gibbus, Choneziphius planirostris, and C. planus.

For the opportunity of examining one or more of the above
enumerated specimens I am greatly indebted to the kindness of
Dr. Giinther, F.R.S., and Dr. Woodward, F.R.S., of the British
Museum ; to Professor Stewart, P.L.S., Royal College of Surgeons,
Prof. T. J. Parker, F.R.S., Dunedin, N. Z., Sir James Hector,
F.R.S., Wellington, N. Z., and to the authorities of the Hawke’s
Bay Philosophical Society in Napier, N. Z.

From an examination of these specimens I have come to the
conclusion that the species of MMesoplodon, and certainly some of
Ziphius, change very greatly in regard to the form of their rostra
with age and sex ; and from the transverse sections of various rostra
that I exhibit it will be apparent that the contour of each varies
with the amount of ossification and consolidation of the rostral
bones in different sexes at different ages. It will then be seen, I
think, that the species designated Mesoplodon hectori, Gray, by
Hector and Haast, and Mesoplodon australis and Mesoplodon haasti
by Sir W. Flower, are really more or less aged forms of Mesoplodon
grayi, Haast. In his paper in the ‘Transactions’ of the Zoolo-
gical Society already referred to, Sir W. Flower has been careful
to remark :—‘ Under the circumstances it is somewhat difficult to
know what course to pursue with reference to the names by which
these specimens are to be respectively distinguished; but on the
whole it will lead to less confusion if I designate them, provi-
sionally at least, by specific appellations, bearing in mind that it

220 MR. H. 0, FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

is quite possible that further information and more abundant
materials may cause a modification of this view” *.

Sir William Turner, in his paper on Ziphius cavirostris and Meso-
plodon sowerbyi, in the Trans. R. S. Edinburgh, vol. xxvi. p. 768,
says :—“ In my description I have named the dense solid bar in
the middle of the beak the mesorostral bone. This bar corresponds
with the ‘ vomer’ of Cuvier, Gervais, and Gray, with the ‘ anterior
tuberosity of the vomer’ of Fischer, with the ‘continuation of the
pre-frontals forward to near the end of the premaxillaries’ of
Owen, and with the ‘anterior prolongation of the ethmoid’ of
Flower. Whatever name be applied to it, there can be no doubt
that it is an ossification of the anterior end of the long cartila-
ginous bar, which in the Cetacea is prolonged forwards to the
end of the beak, and in relation to the sides and lower surface
of which the spout-like vomer is formed.” And Sir William Flower,
in the paper I have already quoted from, continues :—‘ But
it must be observed that, although the cartilage appears to be
nothing more than a continuation forwards of the ordinary
mesethmoid lamina or septum of the nose, the ossification is
not a simple extension forwards of that which occurs in all
Cetacea (in all Mammalia, in fact) in the hinder or internarial portion
of the septum, but appears to be an independent production,
peculiar to the genera Mesoplodon, Ziphius, and certain allied extinct
forms. It is separated by an interval (which appears to diminish
with age, but of which traces can be seen on the upper surface of
the rostrum near its base) from the true mesethmoid ossification.
It differs from the latter in being intensely hard and compact,
whereas the mesethmoid is, especially at its anterior part, some-
what spongy in texture. It differs also in showing strong
indications of being formed by a pair of lateral ossifications, united
in the middle line, as the upper surface in many parts and the
anterior apex show a marked median groove. I think it will be
well therefore to adopt Prof. Turner’s name of ‘mesorostral’
bone for this solid bar forming the centre of the rostrum, restrict-
ing mesethmoid to the part lying between the nares and a short
distance in front of them, which is ossified in the young animal
aud in all other species of Cetacea”*.

An examination of the sections of young specimens of Meso-
- plodon grayi and M. layardi in the light of what takes place
in Ziphius cavirostris, Berardius arnuxii, and Clymenia, and per-
haps in the fossil genus Choneziphius, will, I think, show satis-
factorily that the mesorostral consolidation is not an ossification
of the mesorhinal or mesorostral cartilage, but is an upgrowth
in the rostral trough, formed by a proliferation of the osseous
tissue of that part of the vomer itself, and perhaps partly of the
premaxillaries, at all events not an ossification of the mesorostral
cartilage pure and simple, as occurs in Clymenia and Berardius.

Before discussing the question of species, I shall trace from

1 Tr. Z. 8. vol. x. p. 419. 2 Tr. Z.S. vol. x. p. 420.

1893. | CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 221

S.0C,.

Upper surface (one fourth the natural size) of the cranium of a very young
specimen (A in the list, p. 216) of Mesoplodon grayi, Haast.
Sections of this rostrum at a and 4 are represented on Plate XIV. figs. 2a, 2
respectively.

maf. and pmxf., the maxillary and premaxillary foramina; gib., gibbosity

of the premaxillaries ; s.oc., supraoccipital; majfl., maxillary flange ;
meth., mesethmoid ; mx., maxillary bone.

222 MR. H, 0. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

their earliest appearance the changes that take place in the rostral
bones.

Commencing with the youngest specimen I have yet examined, that
lettered A above(see fig. 1, p. 221), sections of the rostrum taken at11,
63, and 53 inches from its apex show the following appearances :—
The vomer appears in the most posterior section (7. e. in that at
11 inches) as a more or less uniform semicylindric spout, with a thick
rounded keel, whose sides thin upwards and articulate with a diver-
ticulum of the maxillary (as seen in Clymenia, and more markedly in
Physeter) and the sides of the premaxillaries. The premaxillaries
are roughly rectangular plates dropped into the maxillaries, and they
partly roof-in the trough, their sides entering into the formation
of the rostral groove. In the middle section the upward arms
of the vomer become smaller; the spout is still floored by the
vomer, but its wings are very thin and their walls blend to form a”
continuous smooth surface with those of the premaxillaries, whose
sides also are very thin and stand somewhat more erect (Plate XIV.
fig. 25). On the outside the premaxillaries articulate with the
maxillaries. Still more anteriorly (Plate XIV. fig. 2a) there is a
slight change in the form of the vomerine keel, and the premaxil-
laries appear on the palatal surface, and prevent any articulation
between the maxillaries and the vomer. The vomerine trough in
the macerated skeleton is quite empty and very smooth, and in the
recent state it is filled with cartilage. The mesethmoid only just
enters the posterior end of the groove, between the wings of the
vomer.

The next older specimen (B) I take to be of greater age than that
of the skeleton inthe Royal College of Surgeons, figured by Sir
William Flower, and about equal (judging alone by the figure, plate
Ixii., in his ‘Ostéographie ’) to that of Van Beneden’s specimen. Its
examination showed how much the premaxillaries, and especially the
maxillaries and the vomer in its basal region, had grown in massive-
ness,and with this growth the form of the vomerine canal had become
narrowed. I have unfortunately seen only one specimen of Meso-
plodon (a specimen in the Otago Museum, Aa) in which the very
beginnings of the change are present. In this young specimen
there was an elevation in the mid-line of the bottom of the groove,
but the vomerine trough was otherwise in no way different in
shape and smoothness from that of the young forms already
described. The form and thickness of the premaxillaries and their
general contour were characteristic of the undeformed ziphioid
snout. In a specimen of a very young cranium of Ziphius caviros-
tris (Epiodon chathamensis, Hector), which I was fortunate enough,
during my visit to the Chatham Islands, to examine, changes had
occurred in the rostrum very similar to those which take place in
the genus Mesoplodon, but of a more pronounced character. If we
follow the changes in Ziphius they will, I think, help to explain those
that occur in Mesoplodon. The section (Plate XIV. fig. 1) taken
from the specimen in the Canterbury Museum, “‘a very old female”
according to Von Haast (Tr. N.Z.1. vol. ix. p. 480), will show

1893. ] CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 223

more clearly than words that there has taken place a very great
increase in the maxillaries and in the premaxillaries, which latter
also (as in the young M. grayi just alluded to) come down and
appear on the palatal surface of the rostrum, intervening between
the vomer and the maxillaries. The vomer, it will be seen, has
lost all its usual form by being squeezed; the trough is only
indicated by a small depression between its two thickened arms
(Plate XIV. fig. 1, v.tr). In the British Museum specimen of
the same species, of which there is a complete skeleton, the
vomer is in its upper aspect a sharp, triangular, ridged bar,
very like that in Mesoplodon angulatus, one of the fossil forms
from the Red Crag. There is an enormous thickening of the
premaxillaries, as well as of the vomer. In the older specimens
in which the great prenasal fossa is seen, the vomer forms the
bottom of the fossa and the mesethmoid disappears. Into how
extraordinary a feature this eventually grows up in the aged indi-
vidual is well illustrated by the two crania in the British Museum
collection. The species originally described by Sir James Hector
as Epiodon chathamensis has now been united by Sir W. Turner
to Z. cavirostris, a determination acquiesced in by Hector. The
differences exhibited by the Chatham Island specimen and the
other two crania in the British Museum are so very marked that
it appears difficult for me to conceive how one form can ever grow
into the other. If the identification be correct. and I have no
reason to question it, it will be found that only in the one sex—
probably the male—does this enormous development of the vomer
take place, accompanied or preceded by the formation of the great
prenasal cavity, from which the species derives its name. In
New Zealand both forms occur; and I have examined specimens
in which this prenasal cavity was already deep, but which were
younger (cf. Tr. N. Z. I. vol. v. pl. iv.) than either of the specimens
in the British or the Canterbury Museums, as indicated by the less
advanced stage of the vomerine upgrowth. Sir W. Turner has
remarked on the abrupt manner in which the posterior end of
the mesorostral bone terminates and on the smoothness of the
cavity. This is observable in all the New Zealand forms, and
the appearance suggests that, through some cause or other, absorp-
tion takes place, or disease attacks these bones in the male and
not in the female.

It is to be noted that in many of the specimens of this species the
accretion of materialand the change of form are confined to the vomer,
as is seen in the Canterbury Museum specimen and in that figured
by Van Beneden—at least for some considerable time there is no
deposit of osseous tissue in the premaxillary portion of the spout, to
which the cartilage also extends. If the filling-up of this trough
were the result of ossification alone of the rostral cartilage, it would
proceed, it seems to me, uniformly over the whole surface of the
trough. If we examine also, in connection with this, the anterior
prolongation of the ethmoid as it occurs in Berardius arnuwii,
it may be observed that the ossification proceeds in quite a different

224 MR. H. 0. FORBES ON THB [Feb. 28,

manner; it takes place inside the cartilage, and must, if it were to
coalesce with the vomer and premaxillaries, grow downwards. In
Clymenia the ossification in the ethmoidal cartilage takes place
in the same way, from above downwards, so that it is apparent
that in Mesoplodon the ossification of the rostral elements pro-
ceeds differently. They may obtain material from the mesorostral
cartilage for a time, but at all events when the vomerine ele-
ment has extended above the level of the premaxillaries the
cartilage must have become too attenuated to be able to provide
any longer the material necessary for such a mass of bone as
is developed in the British Museum specimen of Z. cavirostris, in
which the resulting mesorostral bone is far greater in all dimen-
sions than the original cartilage. Sir W. Flower remarks’ that this
* ossification has not hitherto been found wanting in any thoroughly
adult example of any species of Mesoplodon or Ziphius; on the
other hand, it appears never to occur either in Hyperoodon or
Berardius.” This I have found to be true, for in the Berardius
arnuait which I brought from the Chatham Islands there is an
unusually Jong mesorostral ossification extending to nearly three
fourths of the length of the snout; but it is not an ossification ° of
the same character as that in Mesoplodon, though Mesoplodon and
Berardius have such close affinities. The fossilization of such a
specimen of Berardius as this might perhaps result in a form like
Choneziphius *, in which the ossification has apparently proceeded,
as in Berardius, from above downwards.

To return to Mesoplodon gray?, it will be seen from the sections
(Plate XV. figs. 1, 2, 4, v) that the premaxillaries, by growing in
upon the keel of the vomer, have induced a considerable thickening in
that region. It is not improbable that this pressure is the cause of
the proliferation of the osseous tissue in other parts of the vomer.
In some cases the maxillary ingrowth also in this region actually cuts
the bone into two parts, leaving its lower portion,—that emerging
as a bar on the palatal surface between the pterygoids,—as a loose
fragment kept in place by the maxillaries (Plate XV. fig. 5, mai
& V).

In the section it may be seen how shallow and compressed the
outline of the original trough has become; that the sides of the
premaxillaries are no longer horizontal, but perpendicular. The
fragment (meth) seen in Plate XV. fig. 5, fitting into a depres-
sion in the vomerine groove, is exceedingly interesting. It repre-
sents the ossified anterior prolongation of the mesethmoid. It
is complete in its anterior termination, it has never extended

1 L.c. p. 419.

2 It is an ossification of the ethmoidal cartilage.

3 In describing Choneziphius packardi (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxvi. (1870)
p- 503), Prof. Ray Lankester says :—‘‘ Below and posteriorly to this most anterior
part of the rostrum is a cavity } of an inch in diameter, extending axially to
the rostrum (pl. xxxiii. figs. ] & 3, v. c.), the remains of the primitive trough-
like cavity of the vomer, as Prof. Huxley calls it in describing Belemnoziphius,”
This appears to me to imply that the ossification had been proceeding from
above downwards at the time of the death of C. packardi.

1893. ] CELACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 225

further, and moreover it is not ossified to the other bones, and, as
a matter of fact, it remains for a long time separate. It may
become one with the mesorostral bone in very aged animals; even
then the suture remains generally very distinct, wedged in between
the upgrowths of the mesorostral.

A section of the same snout (Plate XV. fig. 3) taken more
anteriorly is also of great interest, for there the thickening and
ingrowth of the premaxillary bones are seen to bisect the vomer
into two parts just below the spout; the growth of premaxillary
ossifications (pm.o) on both sides has compressed and folded to-
gether in the middle the vomerine walls, thickened already by
proliferation of their tissue, the point of union being with some
care observable in the median line.

In a still more anterior section (Plate XV. fig. 4,v) the keel
portion of the vomer below the bisection has increased in growth
and appears as a round rod, part of which shows on the palatal
surface, and has begun to become implicated in the ivory-like ossifi-
cation which has commenced.

In the Chatham Island specimen and in that in the Otago
Museum (G and F respectively in above list) much the same
changes occur. In some cases, as, for instance, in the female speci-
men (H in the above list) in the Canterbury Museum, the filling-
up of the vomerine spout has proceeded more symmetrically, and
we have then greater regularity in the form of the section of the
snout (Plate XIV. fig. 4,a). Fig. 16, Plate XII., represents a
section through the middle of the snout of the type (male) speci-
men of M. grayi in the Canterbury Museum, and how widely it
differs from that of the female of the same species in the same
Museum (Plate XIV. fig. 4«) or of M. australis in the British
Museum (Plate XIII. fig. 2) is at once apparent—yet not greater
than the difference between the three forms of Mesoplodon layardi
shown in the sections a, 6, ¢, fig. 2, p. 228. Fig. 2, Plate XIL., is a
reproduction of the section of M. haasti from Sir W. Flower’s paper
in the Trans. Zool. Soc., so often referred to, and which, as he has
pointed out, differs so much from the section of any other he has
examined that he could not include it in any known species; while
fig. 1a, Plate XIT., is a section made by me of the type specimen of
M. grayi in the Canterbury Museum, somewhat more anterior than
fig. 16, but still in the region where the vomer appears on the
palatal surface, and their similarity will be at once admitted.

I have already quoted Sir W. Flower’s remark that if so great a
change can take place, due to individual variation, as exists between
M. grayi and M., haasti, then most of the fossil species based solely
on the form of the rostrum are quite valueless. If we take, for
instance, the two forms M, angulatus and M. medilineatus, there
exists far less difference between them than between some of the
forms of M. grayi or of M. layardi.

The median lines or sutures on the surface of the mesorostral
bone, which vary so mach, and also the gibbosities of the pre-
maxillaries, are, after studying the sections of immature forms,

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1893, No. XV. 15

226 MR. H. O. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

easy of explanation. The gibbosities, it will be observed, occur
n the rostrum over those regions where the vomer does not
reach the palatal surface. The removal of the wedge gives more
space beneath, causing the premaxillaries to gape, while more
anteriorly, in front of the place where the vomer vanishes, the
premaxillaries stand still more apart. In the regions where the
edges of the premaxillaries are closest the vomer is wedged in on the
palatal surface between the bases of the maxillaries, and there the
rostral bone, as a rule, grows densest and protrudes furthest above
the level of the premaxillaries, and just there often shows no median
line or suture. In the male Z. cavirostris the greatest growth of the
mesorostral occurs where not only the vomer, but also the lower
edges of the premaxillaries, protrude on the palatal surface.

The lines or sutures on the surface of the mesorostral are pro-
duced by various causes, sometimes (as in the specimen, Plate
XIII. figs. 1, 1a, v.s) by the two wings of the vomer meeting in the
centre *, when the suture may persist or may become lost, according
to the amount of squeezing the mesorostral undergoes. Then on
each side of the solidified vomer may appear the sutures of the
premaxillaries (Plate XIII. fig. 1a, pma.s), and very often the
thickenings of the interior surface of the premaxillaries (pmz.o)
grow up between and shoot above the original petrous walls of
these bones, forming another suture, so that there may be as many
as five lines traceable on the surface. There may be more if, as
sometimes occurs, one of these segments becomes crumpled (Plate
XIII. fig. 1, Plate X1V. fig. 5, mr.cr) in the general squeeze of the
parts. Hence, as diagnostic characters (cf. M. medilineatus), the
lines on the mesorostral bone are also quite valueless. In the
most anterior part of the rostrum there is only one median suture
(pmex.s), often very well marked, especially in old individuals, where
the osseous growths on the interior surfaces of the premaxillaries
meet. As has been pointed out both by Sir W. Flower and Sir W.
Turner, a suture, or often a deep depression, between the meseth-
moid and the mesorostral is generally visible (Plate XII. fig. 1,
Plate XIII. fig. 1, meth.s).

On comparing the different specimens which I have had an
opportunity of examining personally, or by their various published
descriptions, the species of the genus Mesoplodon seem to me
to be reducible tc six :—

1. MrEsopLopon BIDENS (Sowerby).
Cf. Flower, Trans. Zool. Soc. x. p. 415 (1878).

2. MusopLopon EUVROPXUS (Gervais).
Cf. Flower, Trans. Zool. Soc. x. p. 416 (1878).

1 “Tt seems probable (as Duvernoy has already pointed out) that the ‘central
area’ indicates the upper extent of the vomer, the only remains of the
primitive trough-like cavity being the median slit above and the large fossa
behind.”—Hualey, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. p. 394 (1864).

1893. } CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON, 227.

3. MEsSopLopon HECTORI (Gray).

Berardius arnuxti, Hector, Trans. N. Z. 1. ii. p. 27 (1870).

Smaller Ziphioid Whale, Knox & Hector, Trans. N. Z. I. iii. p. 125,
pls. xilii_xv. (1871).

Berardius hectori, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. viii.
ip 1171871).

Mesoplodon knoai, Hector, Trans. N. Z. I. vol. vy. p. 167 (1873).

Mesoplodon hectori, Turner, Trans. R. Soc. Edin. vol. xxvi. p. 778
(1872); Flower, Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. x. p. 416 (1878).

Since Sir William Flower’s memoir on the genus Mesoplodon, no
further information has been obtained as to this species, which
differs so markedly from the others occurring in the same region,
in the absence of a basirostral groove and in the position and form
of its mandibular tooth.

The Kaiapoi specimen (Lin the list, p. 218) (Plate XIII. fig. 1) in
the Canterbury Museum, which bears the MS. name of I. hectori
(and has been referred to by Hector as M. hector’), is undoubtedly at
once distinguishable from this species by the presence of a most
distinct basirostral groove. In this paper therefore I have placed
it under M. grayi. It is just possible that the cranium and the
mandible of M. hectori, Gray, figured by Sir W. Flower, may not
belong to each other.

4, MEsoPLODON LAYARDI (Gray).

Ziphius layardi, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 358; Owen, Crag Cet.
p- 12, pl. i. (1870).

Ziphius (Dolichodon) layardi, Gray, Cat. Seals & Whales B. M.
p. 353 (1866).

Dolichodon layardii, Hector, Trans. N. Z. 1. vol. y. p. 166, pl. iii.
(1872).

Mesoplodon longirostris, Krefft, MS.; I. guentheri, Krefft, MS.

Calhodon quentheri, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vii.
p- 368 (1871).

Dolichodon traversii, Gray, Trans. N. Z. I. vol. vi. p. 96 (1874).

Mesoplodon floweri, Haast, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 478; id. Trans. N.
Z. I. vol. ix. p. 442 (1877).

Mesoplodon giintherit, Turner, Trans. R. Soc. Edin. vol. xxvi.
p. 718.

I exhibit a figure of the transverse section ¢ (see fig. 2, p. 228)
of a specimen in the Wellington Museum, N.Z., whose age was not
quite mature (its rostrum, from the maxillary foramen, measured
2 feet 33 inches), in comparison with an example (fig. 16) in the
Canterbury Museum, and another (fig. 1 a) figured in the ‘ Chal-
lenger’ Reports by Sir W. Turner. The Wellington specimen
was in rather a poor condition, being considerably water-worn,
and having lost by accident part of the mesorostral ossification.
The anterior part of the rostral trough was still empty, though
presenting a slight increase in the floor of the premaxillaries ;

‘Coyvmmvaderp <Yysys) ZN ‘UOJTarTJa AA ‘WMosnY [eLUo[OH oy ut ofdurexe 4[npe oyMb you w uO; ‘9 puw f°*7 "NY ‘UUMESN TA,
Lanqaojuvg oyy ur uowpoods ope ev woay ‘9 ¢, UoNtpadxgy , caduaTPeYO , oY} JO BaovzeD YY UO ylodoy,, SI UI LoUANT, “AA AIG Aq oandy v soyye ‘v

“keg ‘ypiohin) uopopdosayy JO wins}s0.1 oy} JO (poonped) SuOTjoes osToASUBAT,

(Feb. 28,

Q

FORBES ON THE

. H. 0.

MR

228

oS

1893. | CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON. 229

the premaxillary thickening was very strongly marked more
posteriorly, and the vomerine upgrowth, it could be seen, had
lain between them and had evidently been squeezed into a very
narrow plate in the centre. It is apparent that the basirostral
groove here was better developed than in more aged individuals.
It commenced posteriorly, as in M. grayi, in a deep blind pit
under the maxillary tubercle and ran forward, well marked, on
the strongly-developed buttress already formed by the pterygoids,
palatines, and maxillaries. It gradually vanished as the maxillary
descended from the upper face of the rostrum. In this indi-
vidual the palatines extended forward for a long way beyond
the extremity of the pterygoids, as well as appeared on their
inner side to within halt an inch of their apices, during which
short space only the pterygoids lay on the maxillaries. In Van
Beneden’s figure, however, in his ‘ Ostéographie,’ the palatines
do not extend forward beyond the extremity of the pterygoids ;
while in the Canterbury Museum specimen, and in the young
example figured by Sir W. Turner, they protrude for 13 inch in
front, as well as extend beyond them all round. It is evident
that in Mesoplodon the relations of the pterygoid and palatine bones
are not so constant as in the Delphinide, and can, therefore, be of
little value as a character for differentiating the species. The an-
terior end of the fossa of the pterygoid in the ‘ Challenger ’ and
British Museum examples, just referred to, extends far forward of
the line through the anterior edge of the maxillary tubercles—a
constant character apparently in M. layardi.

The centre of the tooth in the mandible of the specimen in the
Colonial Museum, Wellington, was situated 2°3 inches anterior to
the posterior edge of the symphysis.

5. MESoPLODON DENSIROSTRIS (Blainville).

Delphinus densirostris, Blainy. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. éd. 2,
t. ix. p. 178 (1817).

Mesodiodon densirostris, Duvern. Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 3, t. xy.
p. 59 (1851).

Ziphius sechellensis, Gray, Zool. E. & T. p. 28 (1846).

Ziphius sechellensis, Krefit, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 426.

Diplodon densirostris, Gervais, Zool. et Pal. francaises, éd. 1,
t. ii. expl. no. 40 (1850); Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 3, t. xiv. p. 16
(1850).

6. MEsoPLopON GRayi (Haast).

Oulodon grayi, Haast, P. Z. 8S. 1876, pp. 7 & 457.
Mesoplodon knowi, juv., Hector, Tr. N.

Z. 168 (1873).
Mesoplodon hectori, Gray, Haast, Tr. N. Z.

Ke

IN:

v. Pp.
ix. p. 455 (1877).
19 (1878).

Mesoplodon australis, Flower, Tr. Z. S8. 419
I. vi. p. 86 (1874);

Mesoplodon hectori, Gray, Hector, Tr.
vii. p. 362 (1875).

Le
if
P-
Z.

230 MR. H. 0, FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

Mesoplodon haasti, Flower, Tr. Z. 8. x. p. 419 (1878).

Oulodon grayi, Haast, Van Beneden & Gervais, Ostéog. des Cét.
p- 516, pl. lxii.

In examining the list of specimens of this species which I have
enumerated above, they fall into three groups :—(1) The young
forms in which the mesorostral groove is empty (A, Aa, B); (2)
those in which the groove is solidly filled up with porcellaneous
ossification (I, J, K, L); and (3) the intermediate forms, in which
what will become the mesorostral bone of Turner is in younger or
more advanced stages of growth (C, D, E, F, G, H),—of these G
and H are approaching maturity.

The table on the opposite page gives the principal dimensions of
all the more complete specimens measured by me which I attribute
to Mesoplodon grayi, Haast.

On comparing these measurements and the photographs of the
erania which I exhibit, it is impossible not to be struck with the
similarity of their general outlines—Mesoplodon haasti (L) with the
type (K); I. australis (Flower) (J) with the Kaiapoi skull (1);
and the skull from the skeleton of the co-type in the Canterbury
Museum (H) with Van Beneden’s figure of MW. grayi, Haast. The
skull of the younger Otago Museum specimen (A) graduates
through the Chatham Island form (D) to the somewhat older
representative in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons (C).
The known female forms have more gracefully attenuated rostra,
the males wanting in this respect somewhat owing to a greater
development of the buttress formed by the maxillaries, palatines,
and pterygoids. The female rostra are also longer than those of
the males, as the measurements show where the sexes have been
determined.

Seen from above.

The form of the rostrum may be observed (fig. 1, p. 221) in the
younger specimens to be wider at the base and less slender
throughout its length than in individuals of greater age. The
maxillary tubercle has a more sloping and less acute-angled
shoulder, and the maxillary bones (mx) are wider, and form, as
they emerge on the rostrum, a more prominent flange (or upper
border) to the basirostral groove on each side, than in older speci-
mens. They run forward on the sides of the rostrum (well seen
in Van Beneden’s figure of M. gray) along the premaxillaries as
broad bands, one on each side, narrowing and descending towards
the inferior surface as they proceed, while with the increasing age
of the animal they become narrower and shorter on the sides of
the rostrum, thus reducing the length and prominence of the basi-
rostral grooves through the disappearance of their superior flanges.
The inferior flanges of the groove are more prominent than the
superior, extending in A for 13 inch more anteriorly than the
superior. In the younger forms the supraoccipital (s.oc) is wide
aud flat behind, and its apex in the vertex expands more ante-

CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON.

care
ne)
for)
ea)
al

Extreme length of cranium........
Length of rostrum from apex of pre-
maxilla to middle of a line drawn
between anteorbital notches
From middle of hinder edge of pa-
late (formed by pterygoids) to apex
of rostrum
Greatest height of cranium from ver-
tex to plerygoids nog Seite aa
Breadth of cranium across middle of
superior margin of orbits .........
Breadth of cranium between zygo-
inatic processes of squamosals ...
Breadth of cranium between ante-
orbital notches .......

see eeeenes seen e ween eene

Breadth of middle of rostrum ......
Fr occipital condyles .........
Premaxille, greatest width’ behind
anterior nares
Premaxille, least width opposite
anterior nares
Premaxille, greatest width in front
of anterior nares
Width through maxillary foramina.
Width of narrowest part of crest ...
From crest of occipital to anterior
end of pmx. crest .....
Width of anterior nares .. “
Length of tympanic bone ............
Greatest breadth of tympanic bone...
Mandible, length of ramus.....

”

length of symphysis ......
greatest vertical height of

One eee e ee ewer ee ee neers ensenees

”
ramus

Centre of tooth from apex of man-
GUD ei irescuewaceusudeste voce tienacmaees

Mesoplodon | M. grayi,
grayi, Haast.| Haast.

Otago Mus, | Paris Mus.

(A). o. | (Van Ben.)
Sex?
[18:60"] 26°60
12°75 17°20
13°75 19:20
8°90 10:00
8:45 9:00
8:95 10:40
5°75 7:00

1-75 1:20-1:40
soso 3°30
4°20 5:00
3°65 3:80
3°90 4:20
5:25 6:00
2°00 1:30
2°05 ence
1-70 1:80
2°00 2:10
1:25 110
18:66 23:80
4°55 8:20
3°55 4:00
4:55 8:20

1 Calculated.

M. grayi,
Haast
R. Coll. Surg.
(C).
Sex ?

30°30

20°20

24°50
10:40
10°50
11-10
7-20
160
3°70
5°10
4:00
4-40
6:80
1:22
2/60
2°10
2:00
1-40
26°00
8-40
4°10

760

[35-4044

M. grayi,
Haast.
Otago Mus.
(F). 9
(Haast).

24-70

26°30
?10:252
11:25
11:85
7:00
165-175

515
4:35

4:50
6°85
140

3°00
1°95
2:05
1:30
30°80
11°30

4:40
10°50

2 Slightly broken.

M. grayi,
Haast.
Cantb Mus.

(H). @.

86°25

26°85
?10°75
11°75
12:00
7°50
1:90-2°50
4°10
5°95
4:45
4:80
7:10
2°25
3.00
2°10

530
13:00

5°10
10:90

3 Apex of tooth eccentric.

M. grayi,
Haast.
Cantb. Mus.
(K). ¢.

(Type.)

[34-001]
23:05

23:40
11:10
11:2
12:00
7-50
1:90

4:75
4:20

4:80
6°60
175

2°95
2:10
2°75
1:30
29°75
10:25

4:35
10:20°

M. grayi,
Haast.
australis, F).

sees

M. grayi,
Haast.
Cantb. Mus.

(Deo.

———————

30°30
20°45

21:00
?10°75?
11:26
12:00
7-40
1:95
4:35
5°15
4:55
4°75
6:50
1:50
3°30
2:00

M. grayi,
Haast.
haasti, Fl.
R. Coll. Surg.

(Dy. oe

23°10

11:20

750
180-1:20

6°80

9:60

232 MR. H. 0. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

riorly. In A a line drawn through the meatus auditorius at right
angles to the length of the rostrum transects it posteriorly to its
crest, while in older specimens such a line falls anterior to the
supraoccipito-frontal suture. The crest of the vertex is wider,
and the bones which meet there (the nasals, frontals, supraocci-
pitals, maxillaries, and premaxillaries) articulate very loosely with
each other. In the youngest form I have examined the nasals lie
vertically between the ends of the premaxillaries, the right nasal
being on, and the left beneath their level in the vertex ; but as these
whales advance in age the nasals sjnk more deeply between the
erest of the premaxillaries, and with the frontals are tightly
squeezed together between the premaxillary, maxillary, and supra-
occipital bones. The nasal ends of the premaxillaries are less
vertical, lower and less everted, and the asymmetry between their
right and left portions in the younger individuals is but slightly
marked, the right side, however, being always a little larger than the
left. The inner borders of the maxillaries are parallel, presenting
a gibbosity (cf. fig. 1, gib) opposite and extending anteriorly to the
maxillary foramina. These gibbosities, which become more marked
with age, are but slightly observable in Van Beneden’s figure and
in A, are already more prominent in the Royal College of Surgeons
example, and still more so in the intermediate specimens. As I
have remarked above, they occur over the intervals in which the
vomer does not show on the palatal surface. The premaxillary
foramina lie behind those of the maxillary, as usual in this species,
and are situated—the right 3 inch and the left 4 of an inch—
anterior to a line joining the anteorbital notches, and also anterior
to the forward termination of the ethmoid bone. A line drawn
thus in the Kaiapoi specimen (1) runs obliquely between the two
pairs of foramina, but nearer to the premaxillary foramina than in
the type. In the Canterbury Museum example (H) it touches the
posterior margins of the right maxillary foramen, and the two
pairs are situated nearer than in the type (which closely resembles
Flower’s haasti in this respect) or in the Kaiapoi specimen, being
in the case of the nearest ‘25 inch distant (as they are unsym-
metrical, the right one of the two is slightly farther apart); in the
type they are 1:90 and in the Kaiapoi specimen 1-25 inch apart.
In the Royal College of Surgeons example of M. gra yt such a line
passes midway between the pairs, while in Flower’s M. australis it
traverses the left premaxillary foramen and comes very near the
anterior margin of the right. In the older Otago Museum speci-
men (F) the right maxillary foramen is ;\; inch more — to
the line than the left, and the pairs are oe the right 1,8, inch
and the left 13 inch. It is evident, therefore, that during cowl
there is a movement of the maxillaries and premaxillaries upon
each other, which may not improbably have something to do with
originating the proliferation of osseous tissue in the premaxillaries
and vomer. In full-grown specimens these foramina are posterior
to such a line and are more nearly opposite the anterior termi-
nation of the mesethmoid. The floor and sides of the mesorostral

1893. ] CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON, 233

groove in the three specimens of the younger group are in their
greater extent formed by the spout-shaped vomer, by a diverticulum
of the maxillary bone (which appears superiorly for a short distance
opposite the premaxillary foramina between the vomer and the
premaxillary lamine), and by the premaxillaries. As the vomer
terminates at 3 inches from the tip of the rostrum, the anterior
portion of the spout is entirely formed by the premaxillaries. The
empty vomerine trough (in the macerated skeleton) shows no signs
of the cartilage, which occupied it in the living state, having been
attached at any point to any of the bones, except the anterior
termination of the ethmoid, which is rough as is usual.

In the previous part of this paper I have shown by sections
what takes place in group 2; how, probably by the vigorous growth
of the maxillary and premaxillary bones surrounding the vomer, a
slight upgrowth, as a ridge-like elevation, appears in the bottom of
the vomerine trough, and a thickening of the sides of the interior
walls of the premaxillaries takes place, which gradually increases
and eventually fills up the mesorostral groove. Where the gibbo-
sities occur, over the regions where the vomer does not protrude on
the palatal surface, this growth has more space and _ better resists
the pressure, while in those parts where the premaxillaries approach
closer together, the increasing vomerine growth indicates by its
varied contortions the effect of the strains to which it has been
subjected. The form, therefore, that the rostrum may eventually
assume in the mature animal varies with the difference in the
strains it undergoes, through the different rate of growth in the
surrounding bones, and in the individual’s vitality, sex, and age.
The various sutures and lines which are seen on the surface of the
solidified rostrum of aged crania have already also been explained.

In none of the three specimens of group 1 has the buttress
(formed by tne maxillaries, palatines, and pterygoids) extended
sufficiently far forward or become prominent enough to appear
externally to the flanges of the basirostral groove. In the oldest
specimen I have examined, that from Kaiapoi (I) (Plate XIU,
fig. 1), the buttress and the lower margin of the basirostral groove
are very prominent, and resemble closely M. australis of Flower,
which is also an adolescent individual. On comparing the whole
series, it is to be seen that the younger the age, the less anteriorly
does the buttress extend, and the less prominent are both it and
the inferior flange of the basirostral groove.

Seen from the side.

The boundaries of the basimaxillary groove are formed by flanges
of the maxillary. Their disposition as seen from the upperside has
uready been described. In the young specimen (A) (fig. 1, p. 221)
in the Otago Museum and in Van Beneden’s figure, the maxillaries
run along the side of the rostrum, in the former to within 2-5
inches, and in the latter to within 3-5 inches of the apex; indeed,
in the latter it appears to be, at 7 inches from the tip, still } of an

Proc, Zoor. Soc.—1893, No. XVI.

234 . MR. H. 0. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 28,

inch wide (measured on the upper surface). In the older specimen
(F) in the Otago Museum the maxillary ceases at 7-65 inches,
and in the type (K) at 9} inches from the apex of the rostrum,
so that the groove practically ceases there. The lower flange
of this groove is generally traceable on the side of the rostrum
much more clearly than the upper, and in older specimens is very
pronounced at the base of the rostrum, decreasing in prominence
as it runs forward, especially in the Kaiapoi specimen (I) and in
M. australis, Flower. The depth of the groove and of its subtu-
bercular pit, and the divergence of its flanges, appear to vary with
age and sex, and would seem to be dependent on the individual
growth of the bones in the neighbourhood, especially the increase
forward of the palatines and pterygoids. In those forms in which
the buttress is strongly developed, a shallow depression or groove
separates the lower fiange from the maxillo-pterygoid swelling.

Szen from the palatal surface.

From this aspect the relations of the palatine and pterygoid bones
in the two Otago Museum specimens (A, F), in the three Canterbury
Museum examples (H, L, K), and in M. grayi of Flower’s paper
in the Society’s Transactions are identically the same. The pala-
tines lie on the outside of the pterygoids, reaching forward as far
as but not extending beyond their pointed ends; the pterygoids,
therefore, articulate directly with the maxillaries. In the V.(Oulo-
don) grayi figured by Van Beneden the palatine bones completely
surround the anterior ends of the pterygoids and extend anteriorly
to them, preventing their coming into contact with the manillaries.
The same differences exist between the specimen in the Canterbury
Museum of Ziphius cavirostris.in which the palatine bones sur-
round the pterygoids, and the figure on plate xxi. bis in the
‘ Ostéographie’ of Van Beneden, in which they do not. The same
differences were also pointed out above in my remarks on specimens
of M. layardi, and are therefore due solely to individual variation.

The relations of the premanillaries, maxillaries, and vomer on
this aspect of the cranium are the same in all these specimens,
the amount which each contributes varying with the age, sex, or
individual.

The number of teeth in the gum of the upper jaw in the examples
I macerated, in one case exceeded by one, in the second case was
less by one, and in the third equalled that given by Sir Julius von
Haast in describing the type species.

The triangular pterygoid im all these examples has the usual
everted lower border and deep fossa, as also the deep notch at the
base of the pterygoid plate, and presents no essential feature by
which the species can be separated one fromanother. The pterygoid
fosse in the three specimens I dissected contained each a large
air-sac opening into the ear-cavity, and communicating with the
mouth by the Eustachian passage. In M. grayi the pterygoid fossa
neyer extends anterior to the level of the maxillary tubercle.

1893. ] CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON, 235

In the youngest Otago specimen the tympanic bone was 12 inch
in length and 1 inch in breadth at its posterior end, and the older
138 inch in length by 13 in width, where it is divided by a deep
groove, as in the species of M. grayi described by Sir W. Flower
and Sir J. von Haast. Except for a slight difference in size these
bones are almost indistinguishable in the different specimens in
which they are present.

Mandible.

The table of measurements, p. 231, gives the data by which the
mandible of the specimen A (the young Otago specimen) may be
compared with that in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons
specimen and with Van Beneden’s figure—all immature ; with that
of F, the older example in the Otago Museum, H, the Canterbury
Museum female, and the type K and other fully adult specimens.
The teeth in the mandible of A are half opposite, half behind the
posterior end of the symphysis. In the specimen H, the centre of
the teeth is 2-1 inches anterior to the hinder end of the symphysis ;
in F it is 10°4 inches from the tip of the mandible, and ‘80 inch in
front of the hinder end of the symphysis, while their posterior
margins are well anterior to the same point. The teeth are erect,
equiangular, and slope outward, with the apex slightly incurved.
The socket is large enough to allow of a slight play of the tooth in it.
The dentary groove bulges out on both sides opposite the tooth
from j,-11 inch. In the type K the centres of the teeth are
opposite to the posterior end of the symphysis.

Summary.

The above observations have, I think, shown that in the genus
Mesoplodon the mesorostral bone is formed, not at all events by the
sole and direct ossification of the mesorostral cartilage, but in
great part by a proliferation of the osseous tissue in the floor and
sides of the vomer, and in the walls of the premaxillaries, caused
probably by the compression of these bones, as a result of the
vigorous growth that seems to arise at an early age in the maxillary
and premaxillary bones surrounding them, and originated perhaps
also by the movement upon each other of the maxillaries and pre-
maxillaries; that the form assumed by the rostrum when viewed
in section varies very greatly with the age and sex of the individual ;
and that the outline of a transverse section of the rostrum can no
longer be considered as a character for separating the species of
the genus. It becomes necessary also to unite, ss I have done in
this paper, the forms described under the names of Mesoplodon
australis, Flower, M. haasti, Flower, M. hectori, Gray (of Hector,
but not of Flower), under the same species Mf. gray:, Haast. It
follows also that a great number of the Crag fossils of the genus
Mesoplodon must be united together as forms of one species, of
different sexes and ages.

236 ON THE CETACEAN GENUS MESOPLODON, [Feb. 28,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XII.

Fig. 1. Upper surface of cranium of Mesoplodon grayi, Haast, type, } nat. size.
1a&1b. Transverse sections of the rostrum of the same at a and d respec-
tively, nat. size.
2. Outline transverse section of M. haasti, Flower, after Flower, for com-
parison with the sections 1a and 14, nat. size,

Puare XIII.

Fig. 1. Upper surface of cranium of Mesoplodon grayi, Haast—the Kaiapoi
skull (I), } nat. size.
la&1b. Transverse sections of the rostrum of the same at a and 6 respec-
tively, nat. size.
2. Outline transverse section of WM. australis, Flower, after Flower, for
comparison with the sections 1a and 14, nat. size.

Puate XIV.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of rostrum of Ziphius cavirostris, 2.

2a & 2b. Transverse sections of the rostrum of a young individual of
Mesoplodon grayi, Haast. Cf. fig. 1, page 221.

3. Outline transverse section of the rostrum of M. grayi, Haast, in the
R. Coll. Surgeons, after Flower.

4a-&4b. Transverse sections of the rostrum of I. grayi, Haast, 9, in
Canterbury Mus., Christchurch, N.Z.

5. Transverse section of the rostrum of M. grayi, Haast, 9, in the Otago
Uniy. Museum, N.Z.

Fig. 1 is 2 nat. size; figs. 2-5 nat. size.

Puate XV.

Figs. 1, 2. Transverse sections of Mesoplodon grayi, Haast—Specimen E in
list above, from the Chatham Islands, nat. size.
3-5. Transverse sections of M. grayi, Haast—G in the list above, from
the Chatham Islands ; fig, 4 is the most anterior and 5 the most pos-
terior section, and all are of the nat, size.

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS.

br.g. Basirostral groove.
butt. Maxillary buttress.
gib. Gibbosity.

mr. Mesorostral bone.

mrs. “ suture.
mr.cr. # crease.
mx. Maxillary bone.
mx.f. 2 foramen.
Mx. x ingrowth.

meth. Mesethmoid bone.
meth.s, Anterior termination of mesethmoid bone.
pmex. Premaxillary bone.

PMZ.s. ay suture.
PMx.0. 3 ossification,
pma.f. #3 foramen.
s.oc. Supraoccipital bone.
v. Vomer.
v.s. Vomerine suture.
v.tr, + trough.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

TuE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the ‘‘ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the ‘‘ Proceedings” by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals described in them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume for
the preceding year.

The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.

The following is a complete list of the publications of
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at
the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),
or through any bookseller.

[June, 1893. ]

2

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 12 vols. and 6 Parts.

Vol I., containing 59 Plates....
” IL, ” 71 ” es
9 IIL, ? 63 »
” IV., ” 77 ”
” V., ” 67
” \ i ” 92 be
” VIL, ” 73 ”
” ue x $i) »
” ce) ” ‘= ”
95

Index, = ols, L xX.
Vol. XI,
’ = 9

NOUOE ela
Pt. 2
Pi3
Pt. 4
Pt. 5
Pt. 6

PROCEEDINGS

containing a Plates...

(1833-35) ....

(1886-41), oe sk
, (1842-49) ....

(1851-62) ....

7) (1862-66) 5.
1866269) 1
* (1869-72) 1...

(IBID 74). ose

1 SET Ty
se MISRTERD), Fo

eee 79). wae
(1880-85) ....

.. (1886-90) ....
aidan SO). ot.
ECAP DN SON) i
ea (Octeg SQ )e =.
.. (Apr.1892)
.. (Feb. 1893)....

. (June 1893)

Price to
Fellows.

8.

Hee |

I
OR POON DANNTORPOrKOFNW OO

OF

THE COMMITTEE OF

Price to the
Public.

Pee OF BS P.O Oe ee
eccoocoocoococoeooecoa

SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols.

Part 21,

”

1830-381,
II. 1882.

1 vol. 8yo.

”

ay

ee

Price to
Fellows.

Price to the
ublie.

6s.
6s.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. and Index.

Price to Price to the

(First Series.)

Price to Price tothe

Fellows. Public. Fellows, Public.

Part I. 1833.1 vol. Svo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.+ | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.+
5 LE les. “ 4s. Gd. .. Gs. yy X. 1842. 1; 4s, 6d. .. 6s.

» AIL. 1835. “6 As! Gilsee.. 108. ” XI. 1843. 3 4s. 6d. .. Gs.
» IV. 1836. a As. 6d. #0 (G8 Flee, 1844) > 4s. Gd. .. 6s.
re V. 1837. 7 As) Otljatesu OS. » XIII. 1845. nf 4s. Gd. .. 6s.

» VI. 1838. = AMO aie: ie » ATV. 1846. 4s. Gd, .. 68.4

» VIL. 1839. 4 4s. 6d. .. 638.4 XV. 1847. ” 4s. Gd. .. 6s.F
» VIII. 1840. 5 4s. Gd. .. 6s.F Index 1830-1847, 5 As. Gd. .. 6s.

8vo. 13 vols. ‘ana Tndex.

Letterpress only.

(Second Series.)

With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public.
8s d. Ses: ~ a.
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. Ohep epee S's LOSS ez 6F
3 XVI. 1849 ee ed. ee ee. 2s 108 1 7 6+
» XAVIIT. 1850. 3 4s. Gd. Geis) wakes 18 6 118 OF
yy SRIEX, 1861: yee 6. Ca a 015 9 Lol OF
% XX.1852. .,. 48. 6d. = epee eas 015 9 1 1 Of
9). SRD EDS, ee een Gn eae 018 0 1 4 OF
6 | XT 195) wor: Gp. SAP, XA 019 6 1 6 OF
oy. ERTTL-1855.° -/. 2) awe Oe, Gate Raitt 18 6 118 Of
MRIV: 1866. 1 a gherrtde 6a. ee oe 10 8 1 7 6+
EC /b. SRV SISR I RUAN ase Gok ihe Beirne page LS 1 7 6
pe MABKVILAIS5B: * » ph oda Oa. a. tee 1ll 6 2 2 OF
» XVII. 1859. - 4s. 6d. Gao esas terehe 1 LEG 2 2 OF
XXVIII. 1860. ES As. Gd. G8, — Aticmereens 1 11 ‘6™.... 2° 2s
Index 1848-1860. Ae Bi Gs,

* No perfect copies in stock.

t Out of print.

3

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public, Fellows, Public, Fellows. Public,
Serer. 49. Gd. 1501 O85 ae eee 9s. Be lt, ye aN ee eee 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
LSC Ve 0 Ro SEE lke orn ats om Oma. - Abas
Renae AR OGe is Sere OS) eo ected 9s. Sretars is Leta ree atiniey OSs: OMS ..1. 0 cx ADS
Series 485 Gi. sles OSE 60's OR: praee ea oee eet es, One. Ads
1865 AB Whe. tl Osa, garth as 9s al a a ae 308. 9d. .... 45s.
1866 Hi Noe 9°7 aes re C3 9s BEA WANG ect ited te Sos. Gal... 458.
Lisi) << Sta forsee Pepa ae 9s. pocee Ae Ses Seen Oe Od ek ADs:
Set hist cess caer Ns tas 9s. pees aes Weise SMGOSILOGI. oc, Ane
EGER Be sidhe's Sle tkarciecs F08 93. Semin Use ee ea te Oe 0. 4582
SAD nS Ha 5 tas ise ch Melee hele de 9s. Added Last ea DOS MOMS. .4: 0 458:
Index, 1861-18708 5 ous deen. cee Ays Gas i... 68:
EMM a So dabis a slteiiee s daccyauers 2 9s. peels nated Gas .:., 45s
EPS ras) ana Sls oxo ase; Stace cre eC a « 9s py Se 30s, Od. .... 458.T
MESHES sore e's shy o ona as doc a 9s 1 gos; Od... 453:
PL laedniaisae erie eke So oa coe 9s ied) ba ye 36s A48s.+
ESO Aes ee toad waves é bo ves 9s shel ee 368 48s
Lisl (2 6 ee ReRE AIR Pe CReee cena aries 9s. Fp le 36s 48s
Miah s 2h cer fel aw wewenee 9s she. 36s 48s
LiBZS). rise ’n BSE eee POI OEE 9s eens bt 368 48s
Wer MMA si cleus race ett cia a ig 9s Bh bee ee 36s. 48s
ESE IS OAR ol dispar oe acs euave.s 9s ls. . 36s, 48s
irnidex, 1871=1880 605 258 es Bek Ga EE 5 5633
| OSE TENG Re EEO ee 9s 5, 12s . 36s, . 48s
MMe ard orace pia thet ie rales s Sure 9s 3s Ds = Oe . 48s
LS | AEE See tee eee 9s nt EL Ge 36s . 48s
SEM ere aloia.a ciFe Glob pata c.0 eine 9s . 12s 3 . 48s.
PARE Sct A rt aiticanaeda eis store plcie 9s. , 2a 36s . 48s.
SSeS ge st tee we re cs oe 9s . 128. 36s . 48s
1 3.7) iP oe C5: ce Ge A roa Sa 9s 5, 2s. 36s . 48s
Liss Sk 28 Me ee oe 9s « 128, 36s . 48s
1933.20 Aes Eee Ser ee 9s. oe eta Eich - BOR . 48s.
LEE). Betas ga een eee 9s. ace Sal 7h en 36s. . 48s,
Index, 1881-1890 ............ 4S. (Gd dliss- 0 OF:
* No perfect copies in stock, + Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or rue GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tat ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.
ee SS Garo oe See OE LRSET GP Tre hee Tae ene ee SOB. ha rereee 48s.
LISS: SENGio a Giclesc-c Lo DESPRE CRCSRICA Ct cy COPE te San a OOS. nas cae 48s
Peel eparimlea( Sano PED ine ache tick a defen rices « wivrcns Os, eee 12s

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.

4

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872. Price 2s.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vyo.
1875. Price 1s.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth,
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.

Tuer ZootocicaL REcoRD.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two
volumes, Price £5 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1887 ; being Volume the Twenty-fourth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. Price10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth
of the Record of Zoological ‘Literature. Edited by Franx E,
Brepparp, M.A., F ZS:,: Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-sixth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-seventh
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1891 ; being Volume the Twenty-eighth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Srarp,
Esq., M.D., F.R.8., F.Z.S. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London,
(F ourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrmry’s Orrice
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.

ade,

Contents (continued).

Perera February 28, 1893.

~

Page

D. Michael, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of a Tick of the

© Mr, A.
ie Genus Ixodes, received from Antigua ......+... Sis miaeetes re athe -phred OSsin ewes 17

aj

: “M. A. Milne-Edwards, F M.Z.S. Extract of a letter from, on the female of Lemur niger -
- ee MUINUR Aeron et eN W's lois Ghee Mine Kah deen Wowie hota pia ele Val C aett date wies Towa ee wear o 8 177

Exhibition of a specimen of the American Stint, Tringa
17

ee i er

Z Mr.-Howard- Saunders, F-.Z:S.
—.-minutilla, shot'in North Devon ...+...s45 .

~ Mr. Sclater.. Exhibition of and remarks on behalf of Mr. R. M. Barrington, upon an
Bs example of the Antarctic Sheathbill, Chzonis alba, killed on the Coast of Ireland .... 178

ee On some Miocene Squirrels, with Remarks on the Dentition and Classification of the
Seiurine. By Dr. O. J. Forsyru Masor, C.M.Z.S. (Plates VIII.-X1.) .... 0.0... 179

be? 2. Observations on the Development of the Rostrum in the Cetacean Genus Mesoplodon,
: marks on some of the Species. By Henry O, Forses, F.Z.S., FR.GS.
. 216

ed

pe with
CPI RILOKV DS fcc oR huss s =

187. OF PLATES Sea.

1893.
PART. I.
Plate Page
I. . : :
II. } Structure of Hesperiidae 2,-2.6. p cece eee te eeee see dnetes gee
Ii, : eae
N 2 ,
Vv } New Dipterous Insects ........+..... Seer hateueone theese aco Low
VI: -New Copepoda from Zanzibar sc a2 os, sere «ses wae ta ee Hs the 164
VE. Xenopsaris albinucha:.\. 3. 00. 600k ace weds once deers et ems 166-0
VIIt. Reha
RR DA Tas oS 3 . ’ : at
x Miocene and recent Sciuridz .......... 0.5. cde cece ecse es 179 :
XI.
XII. .
a Structure oe Mesoplodon ~....-+.. 0... ++eeeees seen teeeee glee a6 *
XY. 3
Plates IV. and V. will be issued with Part TT. “g
2a
; a
=e
oes ag

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are i in four parts, as follows:—

Part I. containing papers read in January nit Feria, on June lst. cn. >
II. 5 ey _,,. Mareh and April, on August Ist. a
Iii. “ Se », May and June, on October Ist. =

Ty. Fe ia ;, November and December, on April Ist.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1893.

PART IT,

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

eo ey
RAL oes 9
AUGUST ist, 1893.

. _. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
cs eee AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND C0.
PATERNOSTER-ROW.

ae [Price Twelve Shillings. |

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART IL—1893.

¢
March 14, 1893.
Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1893 .... 237

Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Nanotragus ving:
stonianus from Northern Zululand - 237

re ee ee ey

Dr. C. J. Forsyth Major. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a tooth of an Ant bene
(Orycteropus) from the Upper Miocene of Maraglia (Persia)....+...++.. ++ s0sees + 239

1. Suggestions for the more definite use of the word “ Type ” and its compounds, as denoting
Specimens of a greater or less degree of Authenticity. By Orprienp THomas, F.Z.8. 241

2, On a new African Monkey of the Genus Cercopithecus, with a List of the known Species.
By P.L. Ropanen M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plates XVI..&
VIL) esses tates Ris eeiatiese Lek ROS oo en ie a telat es wa bho ate Ape ie Saas Tt +... 243

os

. On Odontaster and its Allied or Synonymous Genera of Asteroid Echinoderms. By
F, Jerrrey Bei, M.A., Sec. R.M.S.

4, On a new Genus and Species of Acari found in Cornwall. aes A. D. Micuast, F.LS.,
E.ZS., P.BMS., &e, (Plate XVIII.) -.........0-..

ee eC ey i ie ad

5. Notes on Variation and Development of the Vertebral and Limb-Skeleton of the Amphibia.
By G. B. Howss, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Assistant-Professor of Zoology, R. Coll. Sci. Lond. . 268

March 28, 1893.

Mr. Arthur Thomson. Report on the Insect-house for 1892 ......e+sseeeeeseeeseeeees 278 |

1. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Central and South America.
By Hersert Drvcez, F.LS., F.Z.8., &c. (Plates XIX.—XX1.)

. On the Brain of the African Elephant. By Franx E. Bupparp, M.A,, F.B.S., Prosector
to the Society. (Plates XXII. & XXTIT-) ..-... eee eee ee, SA sais starter

3. On the Scientific Name of a Himalayan Cuckoo. By W. BP. Branrorp, F.R.S. ........ 315

4. Further Observations on Variations in the Genitalia of British Earthworms. By M. F:
Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal re ee of sess es ee Ie (Con bm
municated by Prof. G. B. Howns.) (Plate XXIV.) . 2 Sertly olen . 31 9

Contents continued on page 38 of Wrapper. j 4

1893.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON NANOTRAGUS LIVINGSTONIANUS. 237

March 14, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the
Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of February was 73, of which 43 were by
presentation, 6 by birth, 10 by purchase, 10 received in exchange,
and 4 on deposit. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 91.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to two Terrapins
procured at Okinawa Shima, or Great Loochoo Island, by Mr. P.
A. Holst, and kindly presented by that gentleman. Mr. Holst
writes that Dr. L. Déderlein has stated in a paper read before the
Asiatic Society that he could find no Tortoises whatever on the
Loochoo Islands. Mr. Holst has therefore forwarded these speci-
mens in order to show that Tortoises are certainly found there.

Mr. Boulenger has kindly determined these Tortoises as being
Spengler’s Terrapin, Nicoria spengleri (Boul., Cat. of Chelonians,
1889, p. 120).

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited a specimen of what he believed
to be Nanotragus lwingstonianus, Kirk, which had been obtained
by Mr. A. H. Neumann in Northern Zululandin April 1892. The
species had only previously been known from a very imperfect
scalp and skull obtained by Sir John Kirk at Shupanga on the
Zambesi and described by him in the Proceedings of the Society’.
Although the horns of this Zululand specimen, and also those of
a second example which Mr. Neumann had generously presented
to the National Collection, were stouter and heavier, without being
longer, than those of the type, Mr. Thomas had little hesitation
in referring them to the same spécies, the difference appearing to
be merely one of age.

N. livingstonianus, as evidenced by Mr. Neumann’s two perfect
specimens, differed from its near ally, VV. moschatus, Von Dib.,
the Zanzibar Antelope, in its decidedly larger size and thicker
horns, also in the much greater extension of the bony palate poste-
riorly behind the molars, and in its much brighter and more rufous
colour. In this last respect there was a considerable difference
between the two, the general colour above of IV. moschatus being
dull fawn-grey, while in JW. livingstonianus it was rich rufous
verging on chestnut; the flanks and legs also were far brighter
and more rufous. In the length of the ears and their coloration,
and in the general distribution of the body and limb colours, there
appeared to be a close agreement between the two species ; the
tail of VV. ivingstonianus was, however, much more decidedly black
above than that of NV. moschatus.

1 PZ. 8. 1864, p. 657.
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. X VIL. ats

238 MR. 0. THOMAS ON NANOTRAGUS LIVINGSTONIANUS. [Mar. 14,

The dimensions of Mr. Neumann’s specimen, taken on the stuffed
animal, a fully adult male, were as follows :—

Height at withers 348 mm. (=13°75 inches). Length of head
and body round curves, 596 ; ears from notch, 93; hind foot, with-
out hoof, 170; tail, 76. Length of body (chest to rump in a straight
line), 419.

Skull—basal length, 111 ; greatest length, 124; greatest breadth,
59; gnathion to orbit, 60; muzzle in front of teeth, 32; length of
tooth-series, 38°5; palate, length, 71.

Horns, length 87, circumference at base 50.

Head of Nanotragqus livingstonianus.

In the ‘ Field’ for September last year’ Mr. Neumann had
written an account of the distribution and habits of this Antelope,
and had there stated that its native Zulu name was “ Inhlengane,”
that its ordinary habitat was the bushy parts of the low country
between the coast and the Bombo range, and that the present
specimen, which had been killed on the Umkuzi River, represented
the extreme southerly limit of its range. ‘Further north he had
heard of it in the neighbourhood of the Lower Limpopo and
Komati rivers ; and Mr. Thoinas’s present identification of it with

1 ‘Field, Ixxx. p. 368, Sept. 1892.

1893.] DR. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE TOOTH OF AN ANT-BEAR. 239

NV. lwingstonianus carried its northern range onwards to the
Zambesi.

Mr. Neumann stated that the species had a very strong musky
odour, which presumably came from the suborbital glands, and
also that there were in this species very well marked interdigital
pits.

Dr. C. J. Forsyth Major exhibited a tooth of an Ant-bear
(Orycteropus) from the Upper Miocene of Maragha (Persia), and
made the following remarks :—

“The tooth, of which I present a sketch (see woodcut), forms
part of a small collection of Mammalian remains from Maragha
(Persia), sent to the British Museum, together with remains of
several other interesting Mammals from the same deposit, by
M. R. Damon’.

“As to its belonging to Orycteropus—of which it is apparently an
antepenultimate right lower molar—there cannot be the least doubt,
there being no other Mammal that presents this general form, as
well as the minute structure, which was compared by Cuvier with
the section of a cane, and is produced by the polygonal prisms
of dentine, each of which has a tubular pulp-cavity in its centre.

ao)
3S)
))

>

a)
eh)
ele
NOOSA
eer

60
ys
S)

a

f)

&
mS

zt

9

Lower molar of Orycteropus gaudryi.

a. Top view; 5. Side view; ¢, Part of lower surface, much magnified.

“‘ With regard to the specific determination, up to the present
date only one fossil form of this genus is known, namely Oryec-
teropus gaudryt, Major, from the Upper Miocene of the isle of
Samos. The size of the Maragha tooth is that of the Samos form,
viz. about one fifth smaller than that of the living species. As
the present known fauna of Maragha, which is not numerous, has
not less than 13 species in common with Samos, I feel myself
fairly entitled to apply the same specific name to the fossil from
Maragha.

“ Apart from the size, there are but small differences between the
fossil and the recent species of Orycteropus. The upper profile of
the skull is more horizontal in the fossil form. The lachrymal is
more elongate and absolutely longer in the snialler Miocene form,
the relative proportion in the length of the two being as 23:21°5
millim.; in the recent species this bone is almost square.

1 See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. for May 1886, pp. eee
1

240 DR. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE TOOTH OF AN ANT-BEAR. [Mar. 14,

«The anterior teeth, which O. Thomas‘ has shown to be pre-
molars, are stouter and more numerous in the fossil than in the
adult recent species, there heing four premolars above and below,
and, moreover, in the mandibula an eighth tooth, which, as to its
position and shape, may be considered to be the homologue of a
canine. In the upper jaw the anterior part of the snout is broken,
but there must doubtless have existed a canine too.

“The bones of the pes present no differences from those of the
now living forms, with the exception of the first and fifth meta-
tarsals, which are somewhat stouter in the fossil, a fact which
leads to the supposition that there is in the recent Orycteropus
a tendency towards the reduction of the digits.

“Thus, on the whole, the fossil approaches closely its African
congeners, and gives us no clue as to what might have been the
ancestral form of the genus, which we place amongst the Eden-
tates, there being no suitable place for it anywhere else.

“There was a time when Marsupials, Edentates, Lemuroids, and
Ratite were considered as proofs of the former existence of
an Antarctic continent, from which, their original home, they were
believed to have spread northwards, peopling the various Conti-
nents in which they actually exist. Of late years, however, one
after the other of these groups have been discovered in the Tertiary
deposits of the Northern Hemispheres, in Europe and America.
As regards the Struthionide, I have found in Samos a femur which
can scarcely be distinguished from the same bone of the African
Struthio. Remains of Struthio have, as is well known, likewise
been stated, by A. Milne Edwards and Lydekker, to form part of
the Siwalik fauna; and an egg of Struthio has been found in
Southern Russia (Gouvernement Cherson)*. Therefore a more
natural explanation of the present distribution of the groups above
mentioned is to consider the southern points of the present con-
tinental masses as their last refuges, to which they have been
driven by later invaders from the North *.

“The presence of Orycteropus in the Ethiopian fauna had re-
mained unexplained. The facts adduced this evening show that
during the Upper Miocene representatives of this genus existed as
far north and eastwards as the isle of Samos and Eastern Persia.”

The following papers were read :—

1 Oldfield Thomas, “On the Milk Dentition in Orycteropus,” Proc. Roy.
Soc. London, vol. xlvii. 1890, pp. 246-248.

2 Struthiolithus chersonensis, Brandt.

3 Of, Haacke (Biolog. Centralblatt, vi. p. 363).

1893. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON THE WORD “ TYPE,” 241

1. Suggestions for the more definite use of the word
“Type ” and its compounds, as denoting Specimens of
a greater or less degree of Authenticity. By Ouprieip
Tuomas, F.Z.S.
[Received February 14, 1893.]

As systematic zoology becomes more and more exact and detailed,
the great value of the actual specimens to which specific names
have been applied, 7. ¢. the ‘types,’ has been more and more
appreciated, bat at the same time the word itself has been
applied by different authors so loosely and to specimens of such
very varied degrees of authenticity, that it seems as though an
exact definition of the term were somewhat of a desideratum, and
that at the same time it would be of great convenience to have by
means of compounds of the word ‘‘type” aset of names each applying
definitely to some particular class of specimens. The word “ type”
itself when first introduced was meant to refer to the particular speci-
men (in the singular) originally described, but it soon was naturally
applied to any individual of the original series, if more than one
specimen was examined by the describer. In this there was little
cause for confusion, but more recently it has been applied to any
individual from the collection of the original author, obtained
no matter how much later, and often not even determined by him as
belonging to his species. Of late a still further cause of confusion
has been introduced by certain authors who, obtaining specimens
from the typical locality, have spoken of them as “ typical speci-
mens,” a method of reference which, although due to a praise-
worthy regard for geographical exactness, is yet certainly liable to
give rise to inconvenience and confusion.

But it will be readily admitted that these various classes of
specimens have each a certain value in relation to their respective
species, and, as the best means of obviating the confusion above
referred to, it appears advisable that they should have definite
names showing their greater or less degree of closeness to the true
original type.

Already, as a step towards this end, the word “co-type” has
been introduced’ for any specimen which was one of several
forming the basis of the original description; but, like “ type,” it
has become loosely and vaguely used for different sorts and classes
of specimens, and equally needs definition and pinning down to
one particular class, for which alone it should be used.

So far as regards their original material, species may be described
in one or other of the three following ways :—

I. On a single specimen, no others being seen.
II. On two or more specimens, no one of them being selected as
the “ type.”
11. On a specimen selected out of a series of two or more, and
specially mentioned at the time as the “ type.”

1 Thelieve in the first case by my colleague Mr. C. O. Waterhouse.

242 MR. 0, THOMAS ON THE WORD “ TYPE.” [ Mar. 14,

As to category I. there is or ought to be no confusion whatever.
The one specimen, and that alone, is the “ type,” no matter how
many specimens the original collector may afterwards send home,
or the original author afterwards determine.

In the case of category IL., all the specimens on which the author
based his species, be they many or few (but no specimens received or
named afterwards), would be “ co-types,” there being then no single
“type ” of the species at all, as all the co-types may be supposed
together to form the type. ;

In the case of category IIT., as the author has selected his type,
that, and that alone, would remain as such, but since the other speci-
mens mentioned or enumerated by him in the original description
are of unquestionably great value in a typical sense, they ought also
to have a name and might be called “ para-types ” (or side-types).

Next, to meet the case of specimens collected afterwards at the
same place as the originals, and having thus at least a local claim
to authenticity, the word topo-type (or place-type) might be
suggested, but it should, so far as possible, be restricted to
specimens collected within, say, a few miles of the original typical
locality.

In addition, it may be thought that specimens received from the-
original locality after the first description is published, but verified
as belonging to his own species by the describer of it himself,
should havea peculiar name, and for such there might be suggested
the name “ meta-type” (or after-type). As, however, we know
from experience that it is by no means impossible for the author
of a name to apply it wrongly, such meta-types would be of but
little more value than simple topo-types, especially if determined
long after the first description of the species.

The following are, then, the definitions now suggested for the
different terms :—

A Type is a single specimen either unaccompanied by others at
the time of description, or else deliberately selected as such by the
author out of a series.

A Co-type is one of two or more specimens together forming
the basis of a species, no type having been selected. No species
would have both type and co-types, but either the former, or two
or more of the latter.

A Para-type is a specimen belonging to the original series, but
not the type, in cases where the author has himself selected a type.
It should, however, be one of the specimens mentioned or enume-
rated in the original description.

A Topo-type is a specimen simply collected at the exact locality
where the original type was obtained.

A Meta-type is a specimen received from the original locality
after the description has been published, but determined as be-
longing to his own species by the original describer himself.

N c

J. Smit del.et lith.. Mintern Bros. imp.

CERCOPITHECUS SCHMIDTI.

Virtern Bros . imp.

AxToIMm a

CERCOPITHECUS MOLONEYI.

1893.] ON THE MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 243

2. On a new African Monkey of the Genus Cercopithecus,
with a List of the known Species. By P. L. Scuatzr,
-M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

[Received March 8, 1893.]
(Plates XVI. & XVII.)

Since the Monkeys of the characteristic AZthiopian genus Cerco-
pithecus were reviewed by Martin', Geoffroy St.-Hilaire*, Wagner’,
Gray *, and Schlegel’, many additions have been made to the
series. Having had occasion to look up the recent contribu-
tions to our knowledge of this subject, I have thought that it
might save future workers some trouble if I ask the Society to
accept for publication a new list of the described species, drawn up
while I have been endeavouring to find names for some East-
African members of this group which have lately come under my
notice.

The species of Cercopithecus® are obviously very local in their
distribution, and in many cases apparently confined to narrowly
restricted areas. I have therefore added under the head of each
species a short record of the positively ascertained localities in
which it has been procured. I have also indicated the species of
which we have received living examples in the Society’s Gardens.

I have not included Myopithecus (with the last inferior molar
with three tubercles only) and Cercocebus (with the last inferior
molar with five tubercles) in my list, but only the typical Cerco-
pitheci (with the last inferior molar with four tubercles).

Of this genus as limited by Geoffroy St.-Hilaire some 45 species
have -been described. I will divide these into two categories :—
those of which I have personally examined specimens, and those
which I know only from their published descriptions.

The 31 species known to me may be divided for convenience of
treatment into six sections as follows :—

Species.

Sect. A. Rhinosticti.

With a distinct nose-spot, white, blue, or red... 1-9

1 Martin, ‘General Introduction to the Natural History of Mammiferous
Animals.’ London, 1841.

2 Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, in d’Orb. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 296 (1848).

3 Wagner, Saugeth. v. p. 38 (1855).

4 Gray, Catalogue of Monkeys, &c. p. 20 (1870).

® Schlegel, Mus. d. Pays-Bas, Simie, p. 68 (1876).

8 The generic name Cercopithecus, though used by Ray, Klein, and Brisson,
and in a binomial sense by Erxleben, appears to have been first restricted to
the African group of Monkeys to which itis now universally applied by Martin
in his ‘ Natural History of Mammiferous Animals’ (1841). Cercopithecus is a
good classical term. Martial says (Epigr. xiv. 202) :—

‘Callidus emissas eludere Simius hastas,
“ Si mihi cauda foret, Cercopithecus eram.”

244 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

Species.

Sect. B. Chloronoti.

Above olive-green ; beneath white .......... 10-15
Sect. C. Erythronoti.

Above rufous; beneath white .............. 16, 17
Sect. D. Melanochiri.

Arms, hands, and feet black ..............-- 18-26
Sect. E. Auriculati.

Pars with tome futts eke sis) a5.b pen 27-29
Sect. F. Barbati.

With a long pointed white beard ............ 30, 31

Sect. A. Cercopitheci rhinosticti.

The nine species of the ‘ spot-nosed ” group with which I am
acquainted may be diagnosed as follows :—

A. Naso piloso, albo.
a. Pectore albo,
a'. Cauda non rufescente.
a". Brachiis cinereis.
a'". Genis albis.

Capite/mi proycinctomse- c.c.ee0 xs -<ee dads. Stee ees 1. petaurista,
{ Capite pest. inICOlore) <s-eccecseaccoueddeesbesooe 2. buettikoferi.
Oil, Gonis OlVACIS: vaccrsucee: Soeen= sgaeerct a esseose cance 3. martini.
Bie WTACHUNUPTIN “savs steerer eendene eter ac meertasscasee 4. ludio.
b'. Cauda rufescente.
{ Gens anguste mi griseccassc.-)ostatl- « sendesatesensenae 5. melanogenys.
Gouis Jae nipris\iscccs ses cpcstetececoete beokes abcess 6. schmidti.
Be PECLORCICINCLED 'vavsgceue ceseetere eater coats ttaeeeee cease 7. nictitans.
IB NABODULOSO,ERDIO scrsee, sete cate elec ear eso satie oho eee 8. erythrotis,
O. Naso semi-nudo, cxruleo ........c...0ccc0sccnssaceseces sessece 9. cephus.

1. CBERCOPITHECUS PETAURISTA.

Simia petaurista, Schreb. Siiug. i. p. 103, t. xix. B (1775).

Cercopithecus petaurista, Erxl. Syst. Reg. An. p. 35 (1777);
Martin, M. An. p. 539; Geoffr. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p- 301;
Wagn, Siug. Suppl. vy. p. 50 (1855); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182;
id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 20 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vi. p- 86
(1876); Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 13.

Ascagne (Cerc. ascanius), ¥. Cuv. Mamm. i. pl. 18 (?).

Hab. Gold Coast (Mus. Lugd.).

This is one of the commonest of the Cercopitheci in captivity.
We have always examples of it living in the Gardens. The black
line which passes above the ears and borders the crown behind
serves to distinguish this species from all its allies. The sharply
defined white of the lower surface of the tail is another peculiar
character of C. petaurista.

2, CERCOPITHECUS BUETTIKOFERI.

Cercopithecus buttikofert, Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. viii. p. 56
(1886).

Hab. Liberia (Biittikofer).
This species, described from specimens in the Leyden Museum,

«4

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 245

is closely allied to C. petawrista, but has no black band round the
back of the head. There are two skins, received from Leyden, in
the British Museum.

3. CERCOPITHECUS MARTINI.

Cercopithecus martinii, Waterh. P.Z.S. 1838, p. 58, et 1841,
p- 71; Martin, M. An. p. 542; Wagn. Siug. Suppl. v. p. 50
(1855) (footnote); Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk.
B. M. p. 21 (1870); Sel. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 176, pl. xiv.

Hab. Fernando Po or adjacent coast.

This Monkey is easily distinguishable from C. petaurista by its
greenish cheeks, without any white stripe beneath the ears, the
bluish skin on the face, the greenish colour of the tail above, and the
black hands and feet. We havea fine living specimen (received
Feb. 19, 1884) now in the Society’s Menagerie.

4, CERCOPITHECUS LUDIO.

Cercopithecus ludio, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 8, pl. ix. fig. 1, et
1862, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 21 (1870); Wagn. Siug.
Suppl. v. p. 51 (1855); Sel. List Vert. (1883) p. 13.

Hab. West Africa: Deita of Niger (Baikie); Cameroons
(Crossley).

I have examined the specimens of this species in the British
Museum, including the type which is badly figured (7. s.c.). I
believe it to be a good species, characterized by its black limbs and
rufous rump.

We had a specimen of this Monkey living in the Gardens in
1871, of which there is a coloured sketch by Smit in the Library.
We have since received other individuals, but have not always
distinguished them from the allied species.

5. CERCOPITHECUS MELANOGENYS.

Cercopithecus melanogenys, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvi. p. 212
(1845) ; id. P. Z.S. 1849, p. 7, pl. ix. fig. 2, et 1868, p. 182; id.
Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 21 (1870); Wagner, Siug. Suppl. v. p. 50
(1855); Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 246 ; Monteiro, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 112;
Jent. Notes L. M. x. p. 11 (correct descr.),

Hab. Angola (Monteiro).

The type of this species (badly figured 7. s.c.) is inthe British
Museum. It has the lower cheeks black, a spot between the eye
and ear whitish, and the tail-end rufous.

6. CERCOPITHECUS ScHMIDTI. (Plate XVI.)

Cercopithecus ascanias (?), Scl. P. Z.S. 1887, p. 502.

Cercopithecus schmidti, Matschie, Zool. Anz. p. 161 (1892).

Hab. Int. Eastern Africa; Manyuema, west of Tanganyika
(Schmidt) ; Uganda (Stuhlmann),

A skin of this species has been lately received at the British

246 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THD [Mar. 14,

Museum from Berlin. It is closely allied to C. melanogenys, but
differs in having only a very narrow black streak beneath the con-
spicuous white cheeks, the fur above more punctulated, and a
much brighter rufous tail.

There can be no doubt that the Monkey which I described in
1887 from a specimen formerly living in the Society’s Menagerie,
and referred doubtfully to C. ascanias, belonged to C. schmidti.
I now exhibit a coloured sketch of this individual (Plate X V1.)
taken by Mr. Smit in 1884. This specimen, presented by the
Rey. W. C. Willoughby in December 1883, was originally obtained
in Manyuema. It died in November 1886.

7. CERCOPITHECUS NICTITANS.

Simia nictitans, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 40 (1766).

Cercopithecus nictitans, Erxl. Syst. Regn. An. p. 35 (1777);
Martin, Monk. p. 536; Geoffr. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 301 ;
Waen. Siiug. Suppl. p. 50 (1855); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182;
id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 21 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 89
(1876); Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 12.

Hocheur (Cercopithecus nictitans), FX. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i.
pl. 17 (1825).

Hab. West Africa.

This Monkey is distinguished from all the other species of the
section known to me by the absence of black stripes on the face,
by the grey under surface, and by the peculiar shape of the white
nose-spot, which is narrowed above and broadened below.

It is not uncommon in captivity, and we have had some 10 or 12
specimens of it during the past thirty years, but I know of no
anthentic record of the exact district of West Africa in which it is
found wild.

8. CERCOPITHECUS ERYTHROTIS.

Cercopithecus erythrotis, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1838, p. 59, et 1841,
p- 71; Martin, M. An. p. 535; Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. iv. (1848) ;
Wagn. Siug. Suppl. v. p. 49 (1855); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182;
id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 21 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 70
(1876); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 176.

Hab. Fernando Po (Fraser).

This species is quite unmistakable from its red nose (of which
the upper portion is sparingly covered with red hairs), reddish
ears, and bright ferruginous red tail. We first received a living
specimen of it in 1884, and another in 1885, The former lived
until January 1888. I exhibit its skin.

9, CERCOPITHECUS CHEPHUS.

Simia cephus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 39 (1766).

Moustac (Cercopithecus cephus), I’. Cuy. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i.
pl. 19 (1821).

Cercopithecus cephus, Martin, M. An. p. 532; Wagn. Siiug. Suppl

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 247

v. p. 49 (1855); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk.
B. M. p. 20 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 91 (1876).

Hab. Gaboon and Congo (Mus. Lugd.); Cabonda (Monteiro).

The Moustache Monkey is also readily distinguishable by its
naked blue nose and yellowish cheek-tufts. It is often brought
alive to Europe, and we have had many specimens of it living in
the Monkey-house. Schlegel gives Gaboon and Congoland for
its localities; we have received living examples procured by
Monteiro in Cabonda, just north of the Congo.

Sect. B. Cercopithect chloronoti.

The Green Monkeys known to me are six in number. They
are all more or less of an olivaceous green above and white
beneath. Their arms and legs are greyish, not black. They may
be shortly diagnosed as follows :—

PAE HACIOLCATNOAN accsastoesbacadttatenetatettoboe. sees ts vakecee se 10. cynosurus.
B. Facie nigra.
a. Frontis fascia alba.
a', Ano concolore.

praca elongatis albis : scroto ceruleo... 11. griseo-viridis.
Mystacibus modicis flavidis: seroto viridi .... 12. callitrichus.
b'. Ano rufescente.
OTR ONOMVECOO setae caceeue eta tceee saan omceae oes 13. lalandit.
Dorso flavicanti-olivaceo.........cecsecseceeseeeees 14. pygerythrus.

Op brontisitascia alba nialla— ...0..ccte:s--<0sea-aeerqpest ater 15. erythrarchus.

10. CrRcoPirHEcUs CYNOSURUS.

Simia cynosuros, Scop. Delic. Flor. Faun. Insubr. i. p. 44, t. xix.
(1786).

Malbrouck (Cercopithecus cynosurus), F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm.
i. pl. 24 (1819).

Cercopithecus cynosurus, Martin, M. An. p. 515; Geoffr. Dict.
univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 306; Wagn. Siug. Suppl. v. p. 88 (1855) ;
Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 72 (1876) ; Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 5.

Chlorocebus cynosurus, Gray, Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 26 (1870).

Hab. West Africa: Senegambia? (Schlegel).

The Malbrouck is one of the commonest of this genus of Monkeys
in captivity. During the past ten years we have had at least 25
specimens of it. It is at once recognizable, when alive, by its pale
flesh-coloured face, and the blue scrotum of the male.

Schlegel believes that Senegambia is its true patria, but this is
a point upon which further information is required. I find it
included in Rochebrune’s list (‘ Faune de la Sénégambie,’ Mamm.
p- 33), but I fear his authority is hardly reliable.

11. CurcorrrHEcus GRISEO-VIRIDIS.

Simia sabea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 38 (1766)?

Cercopithecus sabeus, Geoffr. Cat. Prim. p. 22; Schleg. Mus.
P.-B. vii. p. 74 (1876).

Chlorocebus engythithia, Gray, Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 26 (1870).

248 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

Cercopithecus griseo-viridis, Desm. Mamm. p. 61 (1820) ; Martin,
M. An. p. 518; Blanford, Zool. Abyss. Exp. p. 224; Scl. List
Vert. (1883) p. 6.

Grivet (Cerc. griseus), F. Cuv. Mamm. i. pl. 22 (1819).

Hab, East Africa: Abyssinia (Riippell and Blanford); Sennaar
(Clot-Bey).

There is a great difference of opinion as to what the Simia sabea
of Linneus refers to. It is therefore better to reject the name
altogether, and to call this species griseo-viridis. The ‘‘ Grivet” is
also pretty common in captivity, but not so frequently imported as
the Vervet and Green Monkey. Its long white whiskers and the
blue scrotum of the male distinguish it from C. callitrichus, its
West-African representative.

12. CERCOPITHECUS CALLITRICHUS.

Cercopithecus callitrichus, Geofir. Cat. p. 23; Schl. Mus. P.-B.
Simie, p. 73; Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 7.

Callitriche (Cerc. sabeus), F. Cuv. Mamm. i. pl. 21.

Cercopithecus sabeus, Wagn. Siiug. v. p. 40; Martin, M. An.

. 519.
‘i Chlorocebus sabeus, Gray, Cat. Monk. p. 25.

Hab, Senegambia (Mus. Lugd.); Liberia (scarce, Biittikofer).

The Green Monkey is, I think, the commonest of this section in
captivity next, perhaps, to the Vervet. We have generally a good
supply of specimens of both these species, which do well in our
Gardens. The yellow-tinged and shorter whiskers and the green
scrotum of the male distinguish the Green Monkey from the
Grivet.

The Green Monkey has been introduced in some of the West-
Indian islands, and has become an indigenous species there. See
my notes on this subject, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 79. It is said also to
have been introduced into St. Iago—one of the Cape Verd group
(Schl. Mus. P.-B. Simic, p. 74).

13. CERCOPITHECUS LALANDII.

Cercopithecus lalandii, Geoffr. Dict. univ. d’ Hist. nat. iii. p. 305 ;

id. Cat. Prim. p. 21; Wagner, Siiug. v. p. 39 ; Sel. List Vert. (1883)
HG:

: Cercopithecus pygerythrus, Martin, M. An. p. 521; Schl. Mus.

P.-B. Simie, p. 76.

Hab. South Africa, Cape Colony.

“The Vervet is closely allied to the Malbrouck and Grivet, so
that a little care and attention are necessary to enable the observer
to discriminate between them. It differs, however, from both in
having the fur long, and rather coarse, and of a much greyer tint,
the wash of olive being less decided, in the tail being black, nearly
throughout its whole length; and in the superciliary bristles
being very conspicuous. From the Malbrouck it may be distin-
guished by the muzzle being less thick and heavy, and from the

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 249

Grivet by the rust-red hairs on the space below the root of the
tail.” (Martin, op. cit.)

The Vervet is one of the commonest species of this genus
brought to Europe alive.

14. CERCOPITHECUS PYGERYTHRUS.

Vervet (Simia pygerythra), F.Cuy. Mamm. i. pl. 23 (1821).

Cercopithecus pygerythrus, Desm. Mamm. Suppl. p. 534 (1820) ;
Geoffr. Cat. Prim. p. 21; Wagn. Siug. v. p. 39; Peters, Reise
n. Moss., Saug. p. 4 (Zambesia); Thomas, P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 219
(Kilimanjaro).

Cercopithecus rufo-viridis, Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 8; id. P.Z.S.
1860, p. 420.

Hab. East Africa, from Mozambique to Kilimanjaro.

If I am correct in identifying this species with the true C.
pygerythrus it is a very close ally of the Vervet (C. lalandii), and
differs mainly in its yellowish-green colour above. I have until
recently called this species C. rufo-viridis, and am not now quite
clear that it is C. pygerythrus; but I am inclined to think so from
what Wagner says (J. s. c.).

15. CERCOPITHECUS ERYTHRARCHUS.

Cercopithecus erythrarchus, Peters, Reise n. Moas., Siug. p. 1,
pl. 1; Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Sim. p. 77 ; Kirk, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 649
(Zambesi) ; Reuvens, Zool. Gart. xxx. p. 207 (Zambesi) ; Oudemans,
Zooi. Gart. xxxi. p. 267.

Hab. Mozambique (Peters) ; Lower Zambesi (Kirk).

Apparently quite distinct from the preceding species, being
without any white frontal band and having the lower rump
rufous. We have a young living specimen now “ on deposit” in
the Monkey-house which, I suspect, belongs to this species. It
is said to have been obtained on the Congo.

Sect. C. Cercopitheci erythronoti.

Of this section, which is at once recognizable by members of it
being bright rufous above and white beneath, only two species are
known to me, which may be discriminated as follows :-—

A. Supra ruber flavido mixtus; naso nigro ............... 16. patas.
B. Supra ruberrimus; naso albo ..........sseseeeeeeeseee 17. pyrrhonotus.

16. CERCOPITHECUS PATAS.

Simia patas, Schreb. Saug. t. xvi. (1774).

Cercopithecus patas, Erxl. Syst. R. An. p. 34; Schleg. Mus.
P.-B. vii. p. 84 (1876); Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 8.

Simia rubra, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 34 (1788).

Cercopithecus ruber, Geofir. Ann. d. Mus. xix. p. 96 (1812); id.
Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 307; Martin, M. An. p. 509;
Wagn. Saug. Suppl. v. p. 42 (1855); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 664;
id. List Vert. (1883) p. 8.

250 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

Patas (Simia rubra), F, Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. 25
(1820).

Chlorocebus ruber, Gray, Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 25 (1870).

Hab. West Africa: Senegal (Mus. Lugd.).

The Patas is subject to a certain amount of individual variation,
and I was at one time of opinion that it might be possible to
distinguish two forms of this species (cf. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 664).
It is much more common in captivity than the Nisnas.

17. CERCOPITHECUS PYRRHONOTUS.

Cercopithecus pyrrhonotus, Hempr. et Ehr. Symb. Phys. pl. x.;
Geoftr. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 307; Wagn. Siiug. v. p. 42;
Sel. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 623; id. List Vert. (1883) p. 8; Schleg.
Mus. P.-B. Sim. p. 84.

Cercopithecus ruber, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 8.

Nisnas, F. Cuy. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. 27 (1830).

Hab. Kordofan and Darfour (Riippell) ; Somaliland (Soc. Zool.
Viv.).

We have received altogether seven examples of the Nisnas,
which is quite distinct from the Patas when seen alive. A fine
male, presented Sept. 29th, 1882, by Mrs. I’. Dixon, was stated to
have been brought from Somaliland.

Sect. D. Cercopithect melanochiri.

The nine species referred to this section, all of which have
the arms and legs black or dark cinereous, may be diagnosed as
follows :—

A. Pectore albo.

d.getrigamtemoraly alba; asesan.stpa-we-sesemess-hasessce eos vers =n 18. mona.
6, Striga femorali nulla.
Dorso toto concolore; ano rufo ...........2.0eceeeeee es 19. albiqularis.
pass POSHCO CUI ANNO THPTO! J. ste. .ces-nassccnen scenes 20. campbelli.

B. Pectore cinereo.
ec. Maculis auricularibus nullis.

WDOTHOCONCOLONG ccosacvepascosss=s hoe seornsi we. 21. samango.
Dorso postico brunneo .........:....06665 ... 22. moloneyt.

d. Macula utrinque ad aures rubra .-. 23, stairsi.
OdsRechorommbrotwaredeenuseieeseecsec. foie sctk ata. oon. <alioace cee 24. erythrogaster.
D. Pectore nigro.

Striga femorali alba; fronte nigro ..........0...seeeseceee 25. neglectus,
Striga femorali nulla; fronte albo cincta ............... 26. leucampyx.

18. CERCOPITHECUS MONA.

Simia mona, Schreb. Siug. i. p. 97, t. xv. (1775).

Cercopithecus mona, Erxl. Syst. Reg. An. p. 32 (1777); Martin,
M. An. p. 527; Wagn. Saug. Suppl. v. p.47 (1855); Gray, P. Z.8.
1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 22 (1870); Scl. List Vert.
(1883) p. 9; Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 80 (1876).

Mone (Cercopithecus mona), F. Cuy. Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. 15
(1819).

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons (Mus. Lugd.).

The Mona is easily recognized by the white patch on the thighs,
on each side of the tail, and the white band on the forehead. It

1893. MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 251

is not uncommon in captivity ; we have had some 25 specimens of
it since 1860.

19. CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS.

Semnopithecus? albogularis, Sykes, P. Z.S. 1831, p. 106.

Cercopithecus albogularis, Sykes, P.Z.S. 1832, p. 18; Martin,
M. An. p. 512; Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. ii. (1848); Wagn. Siug.
Suppl. v. p. 45 (1855); Gray, P.Z.S. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat.
Monk. B.M. p. 24 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 79 (1876);
Scl. List Vert. (1883) p.9; True, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xv. p. 448
(Kilimanjaro).

Hab. East Africa, Kilimanjaro (Abbott): Gold Coast (Pel).

Sykes’s. Monkey, as this species is commonly called, is also fre-
quently brought alive to this country. We have had some 25
specimens in the Menagerie during the past thirty years.

It belongs to the Mona group, but has no white thigh-patches,
and the rump is more or less rufous.

Schlegel gives the locality of this species as Gold Coast (Pel) ;
but it appears certainly to occur in East Africa, and it would be
desirable that specimens from these countries should be compared.

20. CERCOPITHECUS CAMPBELL.

Cercopithecus campbelli, Waterh. P. Z.S. 1838, p. 61; Fraser,
Zool. Typ. pl. iii. (1848); Martin, M. An. p. 544; Wagn. Siug.
Suppl. v. p. 47 (1855); Gray, P. Z.8. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk.
B. M. p. 24 (1870); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 81 (1876); Sel.
List Vert. (1883) p. 11; Jent. Notes L. M. x. p. 9 (Liberia).

Cercopithecus burnetti, Gray, Ann. N. H. x. p. 256 (1842),

Hab. West Africa: Gold Coast (Pel); Liberia (Bittik.), common.

Campbell’s Monkey is by no means so common in captivity as
the two preceding species. We have had, so far as our modern
registers go, only eight examples of it.

It is easily distinguishable from C. albogularis by the black rump
and outer surface of the thighs. It has a frontal band like the
Mona, but tinged with rufous.

21. CERCOPITHECUS SAMANGO.

Cercopithecus samango, Sundev. Ofvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. i.
p. 160 (1844); Wagn. Siug. v. p. 44(1855); Peters, P. Z. 8. 1865,
p- 400 (Angola); id. Reise n. Moss., Siiug. p. 4 (Inhambane) ;
Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 24 (1870);
Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vi. p. 79 (1876); Scl. P. Z.S. 1888, p. 564.

Hab. Natal (Wahlberg); Mozambique (Peters); Angola (Wel-
witsch).

A single example of this scarce Monkey was acquired by the
Society in 1888 (see P.Z.8./.s.¢.). It died June 4th, 1890. I
now exhibit its skin.

Schlegel has united to this species C. Jabiatus, Geoffr., but I can
see no traces of the white lips in our specimen, and am doubtful
about the identification.

252 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

The Samango Monkey has the whole back of a nearly uniform
colour, the hairs being yellowish olive, annellated with black ;
the lower surface of the base of the tail is dirty white, which colour
extends round the sides of the tail, leaving a broad line on the
upper median surface blackish; the tail-end is black. The outer
surface of the arms is black. The outer surface of the legs is grey ;
the feet are black.

22. CERCOPITHECUS MOLONEYI, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.)

Supraolivaceus,nigricante annellatus, in capiteobscurior; dorso medio
Ferrugineo nigro annellato ; brachiis et manibus nigris ; crwribus
cinereis nigro mixtis ; cauda, nisi ad ipsam basim, nigerrima ;
corpore subtus pallide fulvo nigricante punctulato : long. corp. 28
poll., caude 26 poll.

Hab. British Central Africa, north of Lake Nyasa.

I base this apparently new and distinct species upon a skin
brought home and presented to me by Dr. J. A. Moloney, one of
the surviving members of Stairs’s Expedition to Katanga, to whom
we are also indebted for our living specimen of Cercopithecus stairst.
Dr. Moloney obtained this specimen from Mr. Whyte at the African
Lakes Company’s Station of Karonga, at the north end of Lake
Nyasa, in April 1892. Dr. Moloney informs me that it was pro-
cured by the natives of the surrounding district, which is named
Nkonde’, the people themselves being called the Wa-Nkonde.

The specimen appears to me to indicate, without doubt, a new
species remarkable for its large size, long hairs, and the character-
istic ferruginous broad band which covers the lower back. So
far as I can tell from the single skin, from which the whole of the
bones have been removed, Cercopithecus moloneyi appears to belong
to the group of C. samango and the allied species, amongst which
its large size and red back render it easily distinguishable.

23. CERCOPITHECUS STAIRSI.

Cercopithecus stairsi, Scl. P. Z.S. 1892, p. 580, pl. xl.

Hab. Lower Zambesi.

Stairs’s Monkey, which I place here for the present, is at once
distinguishable from all its allies by the red patches in front of
the ears.

94, CERCOPITHECUS ERYTHROGASTER.

Cercopithecus erythrogaster, Gray, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 169, pl. xvi.,
et 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 128 (1870); Maurie,
P. Z. S. 1866, p. 380 (anatomy); Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 69.

Hab. West Africa.

We have never been so fortunate as to receive a second speci-
men of this remarkable Monkey, which may be at once known
from its congeners by its red chest, white beard and whiskers, and
black frontal band.

1 See ‘ With Captain Stairs to Katanga,’ by J. A. Moloney, p. 264.

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS, 253

There is a single specimen of the same species in the Leyden
Museum, which was formerly living in the Zoological Garden of
Rotterdam.

25. CERCOPITHECUS NEGLECTUS.

Cercopithecus leucocampyx, Gray, Cat. Monk. p. 22.

Cercopithecus neglectus, Schleg. Mus. P.-B, Sim. p. 70.

Hab, White Nile (Petherick).

This is a very distinct species, founded by Schlegel on a single
flat skin in the British Museum from the White Nile, which was
wrongly referred by Gray to C. leucampyx. It is grizzly grey
above, and has the haunch banded something like it is in C. diana,

26. CERCOPITHECUS LEUCAMPYX,

Diane femelle (Cercopithecus diana), F. Cuv. Mamm. i, pl. 16.

Simia leucampyx, Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 20 (1829).

Cercopithecus pluto, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 56, pl. iii., et 1868,
p- 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 23 (1870); Wagn. Siug. Suppl.
v. p. 48; Scl. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 670, 1871, p. 36, et 1892, p. 97
(Nyasaland).

Cercopithecus diadematus, Geoffr. in Bélang. Voy., Zool. p. 51
1834).

; Cercopithecus leucampyx, Martin, M. An. p. 529; Geoffr. Dict,
uniy. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 304; Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 83 (1876) ;
Wagen. Siiug. v. p. 48.

Hab. Angola and Congo (Mus. Lugd.) ; Nyassaland (Sharpe).

We have hitherto been in the habit of calling this well-marked
species of Monkey Cercopithecus pluto. But, as pointed out by
Schlegel, it is certainly entitled to bear the name leucampyx of
Fischer, which was bestowed upon it twenty years previously.
The Pluto or Diadem Monkey is certainly a rare species, although
since 1870, when our first specimen was received, we have had
altogether eight specimens in the Gardens. In October 1887 three
Pluto Monkeys arrived in the Gardens together, along with a
Gorilla, deposited by Cross of Liverpool.

The Pluto Monkey is at once recognizable by its conspicuous
white frontal band; the rest of the head and the whole of the
limbs and tail are black. It is rather difficult to understand how
this very distinct species could ever have been mistaken for the
female of the Diana Monkey.

Sect. E. Cercopithect auriculati,

Of this section of the genus Cercopithecus, which is distinguished
by its long yellowish ear-tufts and the three black lines on the
head, three species, or what may be possibly only local subspecies.
are distinguishable as follows :—

PAP OLEOCOMCGIOTE) |. swat catenuestsccetcoonesecteeaseccecesst 27. eralebeni.

B. Dorso postico nigro.
tae fascia angustiore, definita ...............++. 28. pogonias,
Dorsi fascia latiore, confluente ............s0008 29, nigripes,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893. No. XVIII. 18

254 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

27. CERCOPITHECUS ERXLEBENI,

Cercopithecus erxlebenii, Puch. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1856, p. 96 ;
Dahlb. Zooclog. Stud. p. 109, t. v. (1856); Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868,
p- 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 23 (part.); Scl. P. ZS. 1871,
p- 36; id. List Vert. (1883) p. 10.

Hab. West Africa: Congo (Monteiro).

We received our first specimen of this beautiful species in 1870,
since which date six others have arrived in the Society’s
Menagerie. It is possible, however, that some of these last may
have been referable to two succeeding forms. But the three skins
which I exhibit (received 5/9/82, 17/7/85, and 13/10/87) all belong
to what I call true erxlebeni, which is without the black stripe on
the lower back.

28. CERCOPITHECUS POGONIAS.

Cercopithecus pogonias, Benn. P. Z. 8. 1833, p. 67 ; Wagn. Siiug.
Suppl. v. p. 43 (1855); Gray, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat.
Monk. B. M. p. 23 (1870).

Hab. Fernando Po (Knapp, Thomson, Fraser).

United by Schlegel to C. erxlebeni, but apparently quite distinct,
and at once known by the well-defined black dorsal stripe. Type
and three other specimens in the British Museum.

29, CERCOPITHECUS NIGRIPES.

Cercopithecus nigripes, Du Chaillu, Proc. Bost. N. H. Soe. vii.
p. 360 (1860); Gray, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 182.

Cercopithecus pogonias, Schl. Mus. P.-B. Simie, p. 82.

Hab. Gaboon (Du Chaillu).

Like C. pogonias but darker, and the black dorsal stripe much
broader and less well defined (Mus. Brit.).

Sect. F. Cercopitheci barbati.

This section, the members of which are at once recognizable by
the long beard on the chin, contains only the well-known Diana
Monkey and the recently described C. brazze, which may be dis-
tinguished as follows :—

Nose naked ; frontal crest black and white ... 30. diana.
Nose hairy ; frontal crest red ................0000- 3l. brazze.

30. CERCOPITHECUS DIANA.

Simia diana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 38 (1766).

Cercopithecus diana, Erxleb. Syst. Regn. An. p. 30 (1777);
Martin, M. An. p. 523; Geoffr. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 304;
Wagn. Siiug. Suppl. vy. p. 48 (1855) ; Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 182;
id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 22 (1870); Scl. List Vert. (1883) p. 10;
Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 92 (1876); Jentink, Notes L. M. x.
p. 12 (Liberia).

Hab. Delta of Niger (Fraser); Gold Coast (Pel); Niger
(fraser) ; Liberia (Buttikofer).

1893. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 255

The Diana Monkey is by no means scarce in captivity, and
during the past thirty years we have had at least 25 specimens of
it living in the Society's Monkey-house.

In Gray’s Catalogue of Monkeys (p. 22) a “ var. ignita” of this
species is constituted, as having “ the back edge and inner side of
the thighs bright red-bay.” On May 31st, 1889, we received, as a
present, from Col. Wethered of Great Marlow, a female Monkey
of this form, of which I now exhibit the skin. Besides the
difference above referred to, it will be observed that the white
frontal band is not so well marked in this specimen, and that the
black of the chin is carried down over the upper part of the beard,
which is shorter than in C. diana typicus. I propose to designate
this subspecies C. diana ignitus. Col. Wethered kindly informs
me that the specimen in question was brought from the Congo by
Capt. Moore-Harper in 1886, so that C. diana ignitus is probably
a southern form of C. d. typicus.

31. CERCOPITHECUS BRAZZH.

Cercopithecus brazze, Milne-Edw. Rey. Se. sér. 3, xii. p. 15
(1886).

Hab. French Congoland (Brazza),

I have to thank our Foreign Member M. Alphonse Milne-
Edwards for kindly sending me a stuffed head of this Monkey for

Head of Cercopithecus brazze.

exhibition. It is certainly most remarkable for its elevated red
frontal band, which is composed of short erect hairs. This is
bordered behind by a broad black band, which extends to the ears
on both sides, and in front by a narrow black stripe over each eye.
The upper portion of the nose is black, the lower portion, together
with the cheeks and lips, is covered with short white hairs. The
beard on the chin and throat is long and abundant, formed of white
hairs.

This peculiar Monkey was discovered by M. J acne de Brazza,
1

256 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 14,

who in 1883 was sent out to French Congo on a special mission
to explore the Natural Products of the new French territory
between Gaboon and the river Congo.

Apprnpix.—Indew specierum mihi nondum obviarum.*

1, CERCOPITHECUS BOUTOURLINI.

Cercopithecus boutourlinii, Giglioli, Zool. Anz. x. p. 510 (1887).

Cercopithecus albigularis, Giglioli, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2,
vi. p. 8 (1888).

Hab. Central Africa.

This species was based on a specimen transmitted to the Florence
Museum from Kaffa, N.E. Africa, by Dr. Traversi. It has been
subsequently united to C. albogularis.

2. CERCOPITHECUS FLAVIDUS.
Cercopithecus flavidus, Peters, Reise n. Moss., Siug. p. 3, t. 1. b.

Hab. Mozambique.
“ Allied to C. rufo-viridis and C. albogularis.”—Peters,

3. CERCOPITHECUS GRAYI,

Cercopithecus grayi, Fraser, Cat. Knowsl. Coll. p. 8 (1850);
Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 182; id. Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 22 (1870).

Hab. West Africa (Knowsley Coll.).

This is said to be very closely allied to C. mona, but to differ in
having a yellowish-white spot over each eye, and a black stripe on
each side of the head from eye to ear; up the centre of the
forehead runs a darkish stripe, each hair being annulated with
black and greenish yellow. There are no white spots on the
crupper.

4, CERCOPITHECUS LABIATUS,

Cercopithecus labiatus, Geoffr. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. xv.
p- 1038 (1842) ; id. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 302 ; id. Archiv.
du Mus. ii. p. 555.

Hab. West Africa?
Sometimes considered to be the same as C.samango. Based on
a single menagerie specimen.

5. CERCOPITHECUS MONOIDES.
Cercopithecus monoides, Geoffr. C. R. xv. p. 1038 (1842; deser,

* The following species is no doubt a Cercocebus, allied to C. albigena:—

CERCOPITHECUS ATERRIMUS.

Cercopithecus aterrimus, Oudemans, Zool. Gart. xxxi. p. 267 (1890),
Hab, Central Africa: Stanley Falls on the Congo,

1893.] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 257

nulla); id. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 303 (1843); id. Arch. du
Mus. ii. p. 558, pl. 31.

Hab. Africa.

Described from a menagerie specimen. Allied to C. mona,
perhaps the same as C. albogularis.

6. CERCOPITHECUS PALATINUS,

Cercopithecus roloway, Erxl. Syst. p. 42 (1777); Geoffr. Dict.
uniy. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 304; id. Arch. d. M. ii. p. 558.

Cercopithecus palatinus, Wagn, Siiug. v. p. 47.

Hab. Guinea.

Like C. diana, but with the belly white and the lower back very
dark, nearly black.

7. CERCOPITHECUS PICTURATUS.

Cercopithecus picturatus, Santos, Jorn. Sci. Lisboa, xi. p. 98
(1886).

Hab. West Africa.

This species was based on an individual living in the Zoological
Gardens, Lisbon. It belongs to the Spot-nosed section, and is
allied to C. petaurista, but has the terminal four-fifths of the tail
“ copper-reddish.” It is perhaps=C. melanogenys.

8. CERCOPITHECUS SIGNATUS.

Cercopithecus signatus, Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. viii. p. 55
(1886).

Hab. West Africa ?

This species is based on a specimen formerly living in the
Zoological Garden, Rotterdam. It belongs to the Spot-nosed
group, and is allied to C. petaurista and C. melanogenys.

9, CERCOPITHECUS STAMPFLII,

Cercopithecus melanogenys, Schl. Mus. P.-B. Sim. p. 90 (nec
Gray).

Cercopithecus stampfli, Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. x. p. 10
(1888).

Hab. Liberia.

This species was established on a specimen procured in Liberia
by Biittikofer and Stampfli. It belongs to the White-nosed section,
allied to C. nictitans, but differs from that species in haying the
underparts white.

10. CERCOPITHECUS OCHRACEUS.
Cercopithecus ochraceus, Peters, Reise n. Moss., Siug. p. 2,
t. 1. a.

Hab. Querimba, Mozambique.
Allied to C. ruber and C. pyrrhonotus, but body above yellowish.

258 ON MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. [Mar. 14;

11. CERCOPITHECUS RUFO-VIRIDIS.

Cercopithecus rufo-viridis, Geoffr. Compt. Rend. xv. p. 1038
(1842); id. Dict. univ. d’Hist. nat. iii. p. 8307 (1843); id. Arch.
du Mus. ii. p. 564, t. xxxii.; Wagn. Siug. Suppl. v. p. 40 (1855);
Schleg. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 78.

Chlorocebus rufo-viridis, Gray, Cat. Monk. B. M. p. 25 (1870).

Described from a menagerie specimen, of which the locality
was not known; perhaps=C. erythrarchus,

12. CERCOPITHECUS TANTALUS.

Cercopithecus tantalus, Ogilby, P. Z.8. 1841, p. 33.

Hab. Africa, loc. wn.

Founded on a specimen formerly living in this Society’s Gardens.
“ Most nearly related to C. sabeus and C. pygerythrus.”

13. CERCOPITHECUS TEMMINCEI.

Cercopithecus temmincki, Ogilby, Library of Entertaining Knowl.,
Menageries, p. 345 (1838); Martin, M. An. p. 530.

Hab. Guinea.

This species was based by Ogilby on a specimen formerly in the
Leyden Museum. Dr. Jentink, the present Director of that
Institution, is not able to give me any information about it, stating
that he does not believe that it could have been in that collection
in 1853, when Temminck published his ‘ Esquisses Zoologiques sur
la céte de Guinée,’ as Temminck made no mention of it.

14. CERCOPITHECUS WERNERI.

Cercopithecus wernert, Geoffr. C. R. xxxi. p. 874 (1850); id.
Cat. Prim. p. 23; id. Arch. d. Mus. v. p. 539, pl. xxvii.; Wagn.
Siug. v. p. 42.

Described from living specimens in the Jardin des Plantes. It
belongs to the section of Green Monkeys, but is uniform fulvous
above and white beneath, with a black face and golden-red tail-end.

15. CERCOPITHECUS WOLFI.

Cercopithecus wolfi, Meyer, Notes Leyd. Mus. xii. p. 63 (1891).

Hab. Central West Africa.

Described from a living specimen in the Zoological Garden of
Dresden. It belongs to the “mona” division of Schlegel, but is
distinguished from all the other species by its ferruginous hind
legs, and by the light patches on the inner side of the thighs and
arms.

1893.] PROF. BELL ON ODONTASTER AND THE ALLIED GENERA, 259

3. On Odontaster and the Allied or Synonymous Genera
of Asteroid Echinoderms. By F. Jerrrey Betu, M.A.,
Sec.R.M.S.

[Received February 27, 1893.]

Although I have no intention of pursuing as far as I logically
should an investigation which would carry one deep into the per-
plexities of the classification of the Asteroidea, it seems advisable
to say a few words as to Odontaster.

As defined by Prof. Verrill in 1880*, the characters of this
genus are, perhaps, a little obscure ; Mr. Sladen®* says of it:—‘ I
have great hesitation in placing Odontaster with the Archasteride ;
it may possibly prove to be more closely allied to the Pentagon-
asteridz ; in any case it appears to be an annectant genus between
the two groups.”

An important character in Odontaster is the possession of a
“large, strong, sharp, erect or everted tooth.”

Among the new genera of Pentagonasteride described in the
‘Challenger’ Report, one, Gnathaster, has the ‘ mouth-plates
with a prominent keel, developed aborally into a hyaline spiniform
prolongation ;” but no ground is given for suspecting that there
is any relationship to Odontaster.

In his interesting and instructive Report on the Starfishes of the
Mission to Cape Horn, Prof. Perrier diagnoses a new genus, which
he calls Asterodon ; the “ pieces dentaires ” in species of this genus
carry “chacune un grand piquant vitreux réfléchi en dehors ” or
support “ ensemble un piquant impair, unique, vitreux, interradial”
(op. cit. p. K. 132). This genus, though “with an apparent
resemblance to the Pentagonasteridz, is regarded as, on the whole,
having more affinity with the Archasteride, and reference is made,
on the page cited, to Verrill’s Odontaster. On p. K. 188 of the
same memoir, Prof. Perrier makes some remarks on the genus
Gnathaster, which he finds to be synonymous with, and to have
priority as a name over, Asterodon—unless, he adds, “/les Odontaster
de M. Verrill ne soient des formes génériques identiques, ce qui
parait vraisemblable.”

More fortunate than either Prof. Perrier or Mr. Sladen, I have
been able to make a study of specimens of Odontaster hispidus,
presented to the Trustees of the British Museum by the United
States National Museum and authenticated by its authority. It
soon became obvious that M. Perrier’s supposition was correct,
and the three names, therefore, are synonyms, Odontaster haying
a priority of nine years.

Like the English observer, the French one remarks that the
forms of this genus are “ manifestement des formes de passage.”
But while the former places his genus with the Pentagonasteride,
the latter assigns his to the Archasteride.

1 Amer. Journ. Sci. xx. (1880) p. 402. 7 Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. xxix.

we

260 PROF. F. J. BELL ON [Mar. 14,

How is one less qualified than either of these two observers to
settle a question on which they, with their ample knowledge, are
divided? I, at any rate, pretend to no right or authority, but,
as I have to assign the specimens to a systematic place in a list of
Asteroidea which I am now preparing, it may be permitted to say
why they are to be found with the Archasteride.

If we take the definitions offered us in the Introduction to the
Report on the ‘ Challenger’ collection of Starfishes, we find we
might place Odontaster almost indifferently with either Archasteridz
or Pentagonasteride, though there is a slight balance in favour of
the former. If we take M. Perrier’s latest revision of his scheme
of classification, there can be no doubt that the definition of the
order Paxillose* (op. cit. p. K.71) applies to Odontaster very much
better than does the definition of the Valvulate ; and the Pentagon-
asteride belong to the latter, the Archasteride to the former of
these two orders.

But at this point I must stop or I shall be drawn into a discus-
sion as to the classification of the subdivisions of Asteroids, which
would be far too lengthy for me just now. Only let me point the
moral that the present state of the classification of Asteroids is not
as satisfactory as one would hope to find it after the labours of two
industrious zoologists for five or more years, and that Odontaster
is sufficient to prove that no classification can be satisfactory which
allows of a wide gap between the Archasteride and the Pentagon-
asteridee.

A list of the species of Odontaster with the synonyms may be
useful.

ODONTASTER.

Odontaster, Verrill, Am. J. Sci. xx. (1880) p. 402.

Gnathaster, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 285.

Asterodon, Perrier, Miss. Cap Horn, Echinodermes (1891),
p- K. 132.

1. ODONTASTER BELLI.

Pentagonaster belli, Studer, Anhang zu Abh. k. Akad. Wiss.
Berlin, 1884 (1885), p. 31.

Prof. Perrier thinks this may be a synonym of Odontaster singu-
laris, but the ventral plates of that species are in no way paxilli-
form; the adambulacral spine of 0. belli appears to be specially
modified, and in the distal fourth of the arm the intermediate
actinal plates are wanting, For these reasons separation appears
to be, at present, the safe course.

2. ODONTASTER DILATATUS.

Pentagonaster dilatatus, Perrier, Arch. Zool. expér. v. (1876)
p. 33.
Gnathaster dilatatus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

1 May I take this opportunity of remarking that “paxilli,” and not “ paxille,”
is the correct form of the name of these plates ?

1893.] ODONTASTER AND THE ALLIED GENERA. 261

3. ODONTASTER BLONGATUS.
Gnathaster elongatus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 288.

4, ODONTASTER GRANULOSUS.
Asterodon granulosus, Perrier, Miss. Cap Horn (1890), p. K. 132.

But for its pedicellarie this species is very close to O. singu-
laris.

5. ODONTASTER GRAYI.

Calliderma grayt, Bell, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 95.

Pentagonaster paxillosus, id. (not Gray) t. c. p. 95.

Gnathaster grayt, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

Asterodon pedicellaris (pars), Perrier, Echinod. Miss. Cap Horn
(1891), p. K. 135.

Asterodon gray, id. t.c. p. K. 138.

After a very careful and detailed examination of the descriptions
and the specimens at my disposal, I have come to the conclusion
that :—

(1) What in 1881 I called the young of Pentagonaster pazillosus,
Gray, is not so, for P. paxillosus has two long (? glassy) spines at
each oral angle, while the Magellan specimen has but one.

(2) P. paxillosus, Bell (1881), is clearly the same as those speci-
mens of Asterodon pedicellaris which have not the remarkable “ pedi-
cellarize ” said by M. Perrier to be found in some members of that
species, with regard to which I should be glad of more detailed
examination; and I give, therefore, the synonymy as above.

(3) M. Perrier’s account of his example of “ Calliderma grayi,”
which is larger than the two small specimens in the British Museum,
is sufficient to assure me that we have here to do with one species
under three specific and three generic names !

(4) A comparison of the original of Mr. Edgar Smith’s Penta-
gonaster meridionalis with M. Perrier’s descriptions shows that
there is no reason whatever for regarding it as synonymous with
A. pediellaris. The last-named species appears to me to be
divisible into two; so far as I can forma mental picture of the
“ pedicellariz ” described by Prof. Perrier, their presence or absence
is a point of sufficient importance to justify specific distinction.
With regard to O. meridionalis, Mr. Smith is not affected by the
complaint of M. Perrier that he “ne signale pas” the remarkable
pedicellariz, for they are not present on the specimen which formed
the basis of his description. On the other hand, Mr. Sladen is
quite correct in pointing out that there are no pedicellari# on the
upper surface of the same specimen.

6. ODONTASTER HISPIDUS.
Odontaster hispidus, Verrill, Am. J. Sci. xx. (1880) p. 402.

7. ODONTASTER MERIDIONALIS.

Astrogonium meridionale, E, A. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
xvii. (1876) p. 109,

262 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON A NEW [Mar. 14,

Pentagonaster meridionalis, id. Phil. Trans. 168. (1879) p. 276.
Gnathaster meridionalis, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 287.
Gnathaster pilulatus, id. t. c. p. 292.

8. ODONTASTER MILIARIS.

Astrogonium miliare, Gray, P.Z.S. 1847, p. 79.

Gnathaster miliaris, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

I include this species on Mr. Sladen’s authority ; the only speci-
men of it that I have seen, that described by Dr. Gray, has the
mouth-parts so poorly preserved that I cannot say whether or no
it had the spines which are characteristic of this genus.

9. ODONTASTER PAXILLOSUS.

Astrogonium paxillosum, Gray, P.Z.S. 1847, p. 79.
Gnathaster paxillosus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

10. ODONTASTER PEDICELLARIS.

Asterodon pedicellaris, Perrier, Miss. Cap Horn (1891), p. K. 135.
For the limits of this species, see the remarks under 0. grayi.

11. ODONTASTER SINGULARIS.

Goniodiscus singularis, M. Tr., Arch. f. Nat. 1843, p. 116.

Pentagonaster singularis, Perrier, Arch. Zool. expér. v. (1876)
p- 38.

Gnathaster singularis, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. (1889) p. 750.

Asterodon singularis, Perrier, Miss. Cap Horn (1891), p. K. 134.

Mr. Sladen includes Goniodiscus verrucosus, Phil., under Gnathaster
with a sign of doubt.

4, On a new Genus and Species of Acarz found in
Cornwall. By A. D. Micnazt, F.LS., F.ZS.,
P.R.M.S., &e.

[Received March 11, 1893.]
(Plate XVIII.)

In November 1892 I was staying near the Land’s End, Cornwall:
in one of the small rocky bays which are found along this granite
coast a little stream of fresh water comes down from the cliffs
in the middle of the bay; at the edge of the stream, where it only
trickled, aud near enough to the sea to be within the influence of
wind-carried spray, some considerable patches of the small green
water-weed Cladophora fracta were growing. Amongst this weed I
found examples of several species of Acarina, and was taking the

9

WA
i ao
? WY
: ue
A
)
Mietern Bros . Chromo lth.

a or
\ ° = » at ee Se
SF SE Sa
— ae \ tc St @ Wee Sf
WS <i ~ mms © ) Be

a)

AD Michael adnat del. J. Smit ith.

ied
Oo.

LENTUNGULA ALGIVORANS. WV.

~— fs wll

1893. | ACARUS FOUND IN CORNWALL. 263

opportunity of studying the anatomy of two of these species. For
this purpose I required frequent fresh supplies of the creatures, but,
unfortunately, before I had completed my investigations, a two
days’ storm of violent rain and wind came, and when [I revisited
the stream I found almost all the alga washed away and not an
Acarus left in what remained. Under these circumstances I began
to search for other patches of the Cladophora, and found a largish
quantity growing cn the face of the cliff near the horn of the bay,
in a place somewhat difficult of access, nearer to the sea than the
other, but higher up the cliff; a very thin thread of fresh water
trickled down the cliff here, keeping the alga moist, and the spray
of the sea would dash there in rough weather, and probably more
or less would be carried there whenever the wind was from the
sea, its most frequent direction. It was a warm corner facing
south. The weed was abundant and in good condition, having
been protected from the storm; but, to my surprise, I did not
find in it a single specimen of either of the species which [
was looking for, but, on the other hand, I did find examples of
two other totally distinct species which I had not ever before
found in the Cladophora either at the stream in the middle of the
bay orelsewhere. The first was in great numbers and in all stages ;
it was one of the Halicaride.

More careful examination with a microscope disclosed that there
was also a second and much smaller species present in considerable
numbers ; it is, I believe, unknown, and the object of this paper is
torecord it. The creature, in spite of its minute size, has structural
peculiarities which seem to me to render it particularly interesting.
It belongs to the family Tyroglyphide. I thought at first that I
had a new species of the genus Hericia, and that genus is certainly
its nearest ally ; but it is not possible to include it in that or any
other existing genus. The great and singular difference of the
two front pairs of tarsi and claws, the different position of the
anus, and the absence of the strong sexual dimorphism found in
Hericia, besides other points, distinguish it from that genus.
There is only one recorded species of Hericia, viz. H. robini
(Canestrini ex Robin), a very singular creature of a flattened
diamond-shape (the male especially) which wades in the sap which
exudes from elm-trees where the bark has split. The present
species shares the flattened diamond-shape and the wading habits of
H, robini, although the habitat is so very different.

The great peculiarity and interest of the present species consists
in the tarsi and claws. The Tyroglyphide usually have rather
slender tarsi and from the actual end of each tarsus springs a
single claw either with or without a caruncle : where the caruncle is
present the claw is usually small; where it is absent, as in the
genus Hericia, the claw is usually larger and more powerful.
The claw generally consists of hard colourless chitin, and is a
strongly curved hook with a very short, straight, hard, and solid
peduncle, at the proximal end of which a small ball-like swelling
serves to give attachment to tendons. Hook, peduncle, and ball

264 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON A NEW [ Mar. 14

are all in one piece and quite hard and stiff; all the claws of
Hericia are of this nature. The two hind pairs of legs of the
present species have tarsi and claws fairly similar to those of
Hericia, except that the shaft is a little more bulbous ; the claws
are large, of the ordinary type, and spring from the ends of the tarsi.
The two front pairs of legs have an entirely different termination ;
the tarsi are very powerful, strongly curved downward, particu-
larly at the distal end, and formed of stronger and denser chitin
than the rest of the legs; they end in blunt points, and have the
appearance of the dactylopodite in some Crustaceans. They
form efficient climbing-organs, and the Acarus practically climbs
entirely by their aid. I watched it climbing some dozens of times;
it got the curved ends of its tarsi on to or over the edges of small
pieces of stone or weed, and clinging to these slowly dragged itself
up. From the side, not the end, of each tarsus springs a long,
hyaline, slender peduncle, which projects considerably beyond the
tarsus ; this peduncle is flexible in all directions—not in the sense
that it yields when it touches anything, for in effect it seldom does
touch anything except very lightly, but in the sense that it has
special motion of its own and can be flexed and turned in any
direction at the will of the creature; indeed, it is almost constantly
in motion. The distal end of this peduncle swells suddenly and
forms a bulb, at the end of which is a very minute claw; the bulb
can be turned upward and downward, carrying the claw, but the
claw has not any motion separate from the bulb. This claw and
peduncle are not used in clinging or walking at all; they seem
to have become wholly tactile organs; the creature clings with the
tarsus and then appears to feel about with the claw by turning
and bending its flexible peduncle in all directions until it finds a
suitable place to put the tarsus for the next step, then it moves
the tarsus and the process recommences, being of course done
by opposite legs alternately. I am not aware of anything at
all similar in the structure and habits of any of the Acarina.
I propose calling the genus ‘“ Lentungula,” and the species
L. algworans.

Genus LEntTUNGULA’.

Tyroglyphide without marked sexual dimorphism; with the
body flattened dorso-ventrally ; with the tarsi of the two front
pairs of legs strongly curved, gradually diminished, ending in
points, and used as climbing-organs. The claws of the same pairs
of legs minute and mounted on long flexible peduncles springing
from the sides of the tarsi and capable of being flexed at the will
of the creature. Tarsi of two hind pairs of legs of the ordinary
type, ending in large single claws without caruncles. With terminal
anus formed of two upright plates lying against each other.
Genital aperture in both sexes near the middle of the body
between the coxe of the fourth pair of legs.

1 Lentus, flexible; wngula, a little claw.

1893. ] ACARUS FOUND IN CORNWALL, 265

LENTUNGULA ALGIVORANS. (Plate XVIII.)

Average length without mandible about °38 mm.
Greatest breadth about -20 mm.
Length of legs 1st pair about :13 mm.

” ” 2nd ” ” ‘14 mm.
3 ” ord ” ” *15 mm.
” ” 4th ” ” ‘15 mm.

Oolour.—The actual colour of the creature, if it had been fasting
for a long time, would probably be almost entirely light yellowish,
but as ordinarily seen it is dark olive-brown with very numerous
light yellowish spots and markings. The yellowish colour is chiefly
in spots and spaces surrounded with the olive, but the spots are not
arranged in any definite pattern; although a few spots on the
cephalothorax have a tendency to be permanent, the whole of the
markings are most irregular and varying. The olive-brown colour
greatly predominates, and some specimens are almost wholly of that
tint. Thecolour apparently arises from the diffusion of food material
or products, itis not pigment in the cuticle; this can be demon-
strated by placing a dark specimen in a drop of water ona glass slip
under the microscope and placing a cover-glass over it ; as the water
evaporates the cover will be slowly drawn down, producing
pressure upon the creature; the result of this will be that what
appears like the whole contents of the body are gradually dis-
charged from the anus, and the opaque dark creature becomes
yellowish white and transparent. During life the brown colour
does not, however, look like food-contents, it has every appearance
of being the true colour of the greater part of the body. The
rostrum and legs are always pale pinkish yellow.

Texture polished.

Shape.—This also depends considerably upon whether the creature
‘is fully fed; when it is so the distinctive form is lost, and the
Acarus becomes almost a rell with little shape in it, but when not
quite so fully fed the form is rather striking. The cephalothorax
is slightly broader than the abdomen, but much thinner dorso-
ventrally, so that. where the two join the dorsum of the abdomen
stands high above the cephalothorax. There is a sharp indentation
in the lateral edge of the creature, where cephalothorax and
abdomen join; behind this the abdomen of the female is almost
sack-shaped ; that of the male narrows a little more posteriorly ;
in both sexes the hind margin is indented in the middle, so that
each side forms a rounded lobe.

Cephalothorax.—The rostrum is a smooth tube or collar, long for
the family ; the strong chelate mandibles project considerably ;
each arm of the chela is tridentate (fig. 7). The five-jointed palpi
(fig. 8), of the ordinary type, are adherent to the membranous
maxillary lip, in the centre of and below which is a chitinous
triangular sclerite which might possibly be considered to represent
alabium. The central portion of the cephalothorax, behind the
rostral tube, forms a large, rounded, fleshy lobe which overhangs the

266 MR, A. D. MICHAEL ON A NEW [Mar. 14,

rostrum. The hinder part of the cephalothorax widens greatly,
its edge being the double curve known as the line of beauty.
This edge is formed by a large raised roll; the median portion
of the cephalothorax is also raised, but between the two, in
the hinder part of the cephalothorax, is a large, shallow depres-
sion or dimple. There are a pair of hairs close together near the
anterior edge of the rostral tube. On each side there is a very
long hair near the edge of the body a little in front of the first
leg, a similar hair near the posterior corner of the cephalothorax,
and a shorter one about midway between them, also one pair on
the dorsum of the cephalothorax ; these, and all other hairs on the
creature are simple and setiform.

Abdomen.—The anterior edge (progaster) has a somewhat
exceptional form; the central portion (about half the width)
projects boldly into the cephalothorax, is concave anteriorly, and
runs out laterally so as to form a short horn or point. From the
central projection the line on each side of the body runs back at
an angle, but this portion also is concave anteriorly; it forms a
raised roll with a large shallow depression or dimple behind it
like that on the cephalothorax. When the creature is very fully
fed all these depressions vanish, they also disappear after death.
There are two pairs of hairs on the central projection of the
progaster, the inner pair are the longer. There are also two other
pairs of hairs on the notogaster (the hinder the longer), and two
hairs on each lateral edge (the hinder the longer). The anus
forms a short, median, posterior projecting point when seen from
above, but a long slit when seen from the ventral surface ; it is
formed of two thin blades on edge lying close against each other,
but capable of being separated widely posteriorly.

Underside (figs. 2 and 3).—The sternum is a triangular plate
sending out band-like projections on each side parallel to the edge
of the rostral collar, and a similar but straight piece posteriorly in
the median line; this is longer in the male than the female. The
epimera of the first pair of legs are formed by the lateral pro-
jections of the sternum and a branch arising from the sternum and
passing behind the legs. Those of the second pair of legs are
somewhat Y-shaped sclerites, which in the male are joined at their
posterior ends to the posterior end of the sternum by short cross
pieces. In the female they are wider apart and not attached.
‘The epimera of the third and fourth legs are short right-angled
pieces in the male. The vulva is between the two posterior pairs
of legs ; but advances more forward than the insertion of the legs ;
it is protected anteriorly by a large semi-annular sternite, and has
well-marked chitinous labia. The male organ (fig. 9) lies rather
further back ; it is protected by a slightly elliptical (almost circular)
plate, slightly truncated behind. This plate covers the longish
curved penis (fig. 10) and the somewhat elaborate skeleton which
supports it (fig. 9). This consists of a horseshoe-shaped sclerite
with thick projecting posterior ends joined by a broad band, from
a central projection of which the penis arises; the anterior end of

1893.] ACARUS FOUND IN CORNWALL. - 267

the organ, when at rest, is supported in a notch formed by two
short rods attached to triangular blade-like sclerites on edge.

The legs are short, the posterior pairs not reaching the hind
margin of the body; the two front pairs are almost blade-like, so
that when seen on edge they appear almost linear, but they are
rarely seen in this position; they are usually turned at an angle
so that the side is partly seen, and thus they look very broad; they
are much curved. The only remarkable feature is the tarsus (fig. 5),
which in these two pairs is strongly curved and bluntly pointed,
so that the whole joint forms a great claw, and it is by this that
the creature climbs. It, however, is not the true claw, that
exists in addition ; from the side, not the end, of the claw-like
tarsus springs a fine transparent, flexible tube which projects
considerably beyond the tarsus ; this tube ends distally in a small
hollow ball, from which the very minute, but perfectly distinct,
real claw arises. The tube can be flexed in almost any direction
at the will of the creature; the ball also is capable of separate
articulate motion upon the tube, but the claw does not seem
capable of movement separately from the ball. I have not seen
this apparatus used in clinging, but it is in continual special
movement as the creature moves or feels about. It would seem
to have become a tactile organ or one for collecting food. here
is a short curved spine on the underside of the tarsus, a strong
spike on the underside of the tibia, and some hairs, the
arrangement of which may be seen from the drawings. The two
posterior pairs of legs are quite different from the anterior: they
are ordinary rounded legs, rather small, without any special
feature ; the tarsi are of the ordinary nature, and are terminated
by large, single, curved claws (fig. 6).

Habitat. I found numerous specimens in a patch of green alga
(Cladophora fracta) growing where the fresh water of a small
stream trickled over the face of the granite cliffs within reach of
the spray of the sea, near the Land’s End, Cornwall. I have not
found it elsewhere.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
All the figures represent Lentungula algivorans.

Fig. 1. Adult 2 seen from above, x 150.
2. Adult 2 seen from below, x 150.
3. Adult $ seen from below, x 150.
4. Second left leg (drawn from the 4’, but similar in both sexes), side
view, X 320.
5. Tarsus of Ist left leg, x 320.
6. Claw of 4th leg (drawn from 4, but sexes similar), x 320.
7. Left mandible of 2 seen from the inner side, «320.
8. Maxillary lip, palpi, and (?) labium seen from below, x 320.
9. Penis and penial skeleton and sclerites seen from below, x 820.
10. Penis seen from the side, x 320.

268 PROF. G,B. HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [ Mar. 14,

5. Notes on Variation and Development of the Vertebral
and Limb-Skeleton of the Amphibia. By G. B. Howszs,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant-Professor of Zoology, R. Coll.
Sci. Lond.

{Received March 14, 1893.]

Vertebral Column.—Numerical variation of the vertebre of
Amphibia has been from time to time recorded by various authors,
and in dealing with the living Anura, Adolphi, as the result of a
recent extensive enquiry’, has been enabled to classify the types
of variation met with into three orders, as chiefly determined by
the fusion of adjacent vertebre throughout this or that definitely
restricted region. There has recently come into my possession
the skeleton of an edible Frog (Rana esculenta) in which (fig. 1 a)
the eighth and ninth vertebre were immovably united; and
although this union is in itself an apparently trivial matter, the fact
that Adolphi found but one such case in 212 individuals of the
Toad (Bufo var.) specially examined *, is sufficient testimony to the
rareness of the occurrence to warrant its being placed on record,
So far as I am aware, Adolphi’s example and those herein recorded
are the only ones in which this particular fusion has been yet
described, the majority of recorded variations having chiefly
involved the head of the urostyle and sacrum. Rare as the
fusion of the terminal vertebre of the living Anura would thus
appear to be, it is a remarkable circumstance that Walterstorff,
who has shown * the Tertiary genus Palawobatrachus to be possessed
of a compound sacrum of usually three vertebra, regards the
fusion of these as normal and characteristic of the genus.

On general morphological grounds there is good reason, as need
hardly be pointed out, for associating the compound sacrum and
the fusion of the sacral vertebre together ; and it might therefore
reasonably be expected that in the Frog herein described (figs. 1 a,
15) a second sacral transverse process should appear on one or both
sides. Such, however, was not the case; for the transverse pro-
cesses of the last two vertebre were in no way exceptional either
in disposition or relationship. This is the more remarkable, as
the 8th vertebra of this animal is known to occasionally enter into
the composition of the sacrum on one or both sides, while still
free and independent. In the Toad described by Adolphi*, the
Palzobatrachoid condition was much more nearly realized, as the
fusion had involved the transverse processes of the 8th and 9th

1 Morpholg. Jahrb. Bd. xix. pp. 331-375. As this author's list of refer-
ences is incomplete, the contributions of Sasserno and others having been
apparently overlooked, I am compelled to refer the reader to an earlier paper
of my own (Journ, Anat. & Phys. vol. 24. p. xvi app.) for a full record up to
the time of writing.

2 Loe. cit. p. 351.

8 Jahrb. naturwiss. Vereins, Magdeburg, 1885-86.

* Loc. cit. p. 866, pl. xii. fig. 4.

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA, 269

vertebre on the right side. On searching through an accumulation
of Frogs’ bones in my possession, I found a specimen (fig. 2 b)
which, except for certain subtle and altogether unimportant
differences of an adaptive nature, closely parallels Adolphi’s Toad ;
and I am indebted to my demonstrator, Mr. M. F. Woodward,
for a backbone in which the opposite (left) side, instead of the

er. \X ot
Vertebral column of Rana esculenta.

Fig. 1 a. The vertebral column of an individual in which the last two vertebra
had completely united, ventral aspect. Fig. 1%. The united 8th and 9th
vertebra of the same, dorsal aspect. Fig. 1c. The same, lateral aspect.
Fig. 2a. The correspondingly united 8th and 9th vertebre of another
individual, haying a compound sacrum on the left side. Fig. 25. A
similar case to 2a, but with the compound sacrum on the opposite
side. 2a and 2b, dorsal aspect. All 14 nat. size. RY

J, furrow, denoting the point of fusion of adjacent parts; iv, inter-
vertebral foramen ; #7, transverse process ; x, eminence at the point of
fusion of adjacent vertebral bodies.

right, was similarly modified (fig. 2a). Inhis specimen the 9th trans-
verse process furnished the sacral articulation on the non-affected
side, as with Adolphi’s Toad ; while in my own (fig. 26) the eighth
fulfilled that function.

Except for a relative diminution in the length of its urostyle,
and for the fusion of parts already referred to, the Frog’s backbone
first described (fig. 1 «) was in no respect structurally abnormal.
Its anterior three vertebre were, however, far less freely movable
than is normally the case ; and in this they anticipate as it were the
greater fusion of these bodies so frequently met with in Ceratophrys

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1893, No. XIX. 19

270 PROF, G. B. HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [ Mar. 14,

and certain other genera, and the more regular if not diagnostic
ankylosis of the first two vertebre of the living Pipa, Xenopus,
Pelobates, and others, and of the extinct Paleobatrachus *. The
fact that Ceratophrys and Pelobates, in which this tendency towards
a greater fusion is well marked, are possessed of a relatively short

6

So-called atlas of Rana and Siredon.

Fig. 3. The so-called atlas of Rana macrodon, exceptional. Fig. 4. The so-called
atlas of Rana esculenta: a, normal; , exceptional. Fig. 5. The same in
Rana catesbiana: a, normal; 8, exceptional. Fig. 6. The same in
the Mexican Axolotl, Siredon pisciformis. All from the ventral aspect.
Figs. 3, 4, and 6 enlarged.
m, nerve-aperture for exit of trans-atlantal nerve ; ¢r, transverse pro-
cess; 7, eminence at point of fusion of adjacent vertebral bodies.

urostyle, invests the aforenamed anticipation with an amount of
interest, by way of suggesting that the reduction in length of
the urostyle and the vertebral ankylosis may be associated modi-
fications.

In the majority of Anuran skeletons that I have examined, in
which co-ossification of adjacent vertebre had been effected, all
traces of their original lines of demarcation were Jost on the ventral
surface, the centra passing insensibly into one another. In the
Frog first described this was otherwise, for its vertebral column
when viewed from beneath (fig. 1a) or from the side (fig. 1 ¢),
revealed a couple of eminences (w) at the point of fusion of the
two terminal vertebre.

There is no variation to which the Amphibian vertebral column

1 Gf, Hoffmann, in Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnung. d. Thier-Reichs, ‘‘ Amphi-
bien,” (Bd. vi.) p. 57.

2 Gf. Walterstorff, op. cit., and Adolphi, los, cit. p. 362. I have observed
a similar fusion of the first two vertebre in individuals of Rana guppyi and
R. catesbiana,

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA, 271

is liable at all approximate in interest to that of the occasional
appearance of transverse processes on the first vertebra; but,
with the exception of a casual mention of a case in Rana
esculenta by A. G. Bourne’, it has remained unnoticed. His
Specimen was very abnormal in other respects; but I am in
possession of two backbones of the same species in which, while
the last eight vertebre were perfectly normal, the first one or
“atlas ” bore transverse processes, and, in addition (fig. 46), a
pair of lateral perforations (n of figs. 4b, 10, & 11) disposed
serially with the intervertebral foramina. These specimens reached
me in the dried state; but careful examination of the remains of
the soft parts which lay about one of them revealed the presence
of nerve-fibres within one of the perforations in question, and
thus proved it to have transmitted a nerve.

On seeking for further light upon this variation, I have dis-
sected certain of the larger Ranoids* in vain; but my friend
Prof. Chas. Stewart, of the Royal College of Surgeons, has called
my attention to the existence of the nerve-exits in the only
specimens of Rana catesbiana and R. macrodon which his Museum
possesses (cf. figs. 5b & 9, & 3 & 8), and of powerful transverse
processes in the first species named. Strangely enough, neither the
skeletons in the Natural History Museum, nor the carcases of
these species therein preserved which I have had the opportunity
of dissecting *, reveal the remotest traces of either the one or the
other.

Hyrtl called attention twenty-eight years ago, in his celebrated
Monograph on the Japanese Salaniander (Megalobatrachus [ Crypto-
branchus| japonicus), to the existence of a spinal nerve which per-
forated the arch of the “atlas;” and Humphry, six years later,
described the nerve wore fully * as the “ sub-occipital,”’ tracing it
to a distribution to the “foremost portion of the sub-vertebral
rectus” muscle. Fischer had (in 1864) already described a similar
nerve’ in Menobranchus, believing it to be peculiar to that animal
among Urodeles; and it is interesting to note that he traced it
to a distribution in the “ occipitalis minor” muscle. Hyrtl, in
accordance with the facts of the case, was led to regard the so-
called ‘‘ atlas” of the Amphibia as a product of fusion of the “ atlas
and epistropheus ” of the higher Vertebrata ; but this revolutionary
conception has been almost lost sight of, except for its acceptation by
Hoffmann * and so far as the work of Albrecht’ and Stéhr®, alluded
to below, may bear upon it. Neither it nor any facts concerning

? Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xxiv. p. 86.

* Calyptocephalus grayi, Leptodactylus pentadactylus, and Rana guppyi.

° For permission to do this my best thanks are tendered to Dr, A. Ginther,
F.B.S., and my friend Mr. G. A. Boulenger.

* Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. vi. p. 48 (1870).

° ‘Anat. Abhandlg. u. d. Perennibranchiaten und Derotremen,’ Hft. i. p. 158
(Hamburg, 1864).

® Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi. p. 54.

* Zool. Anz. 1880, p. 477.

* Zeitschr. f, wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxiii. p. 477, and Bd. xxxvi. p. 68.

19*

272 PROF, G. B. HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [ Mar. 14,

it are alluded to in Cope’s recent ‘ Batrachia of North America’’,
except that he refers to the odontoid process of the Urodela
(p. 29) as the “ body of the pro-atlas;” Adolphi is silent on the
topic, assuming the “ sub-occipital” nerve to be absent in all
Anura’*; while Fiirbringer, in a laborious investigation into the
comparative anatomy of the shoulder-muscles, has recorded * his
inability to find a nerve either passing between the skull and the
first vertebra or perforating the arch of the latter, in any Anuran
which he dissected (Pipa excepted).

Not the least interesting feature in the transverse-process
bearing “atlas” of Rana catesbiana (fig. 5b) and R. esculenta
(fig. 4 6) is the presence on the under surface of each of a couple of
eminences, well-nigh indistinguishable from those present in the
specimen herein described (fig. 1 a) at the point of fusion of the
8th and 9th vertebre (w). Rana macrodon reveals no such pecu-
liarity (fig. 3), but in the Axolotl,in which also I find a “sub-
occipital” nerve may be present, a deep lyriform depression occurs
at the corresponding point (a, fig. 6), bounded in front by a
median tuberosity. While, on exclusively anatomical grounds, these
points of similarity support the principle of Hyrtl’s conclusion,
the facts of comparative morphology * that have in recent years
shown the hypoglossus nerve-bearing region to be incorporated
in the occiput of the Amniota, together with those which are
rendering it more and more clear that the os odontoideum of these
animals is a true centrum, and the so-called ‘“‘ body” of their atlas
an intercentrum °, forbid further comparison between the “ atlas ”
of the Amphibia and either the atlas or epistropheus of the higher
Vertebrata.

The nerve passing through the arch of the “atlas” in some
Urodela conforms, so far as is known, to the characters of a true
spinal nerve; as described by Humphry in Megalobatrachus, it has
the relations rather of a ventral than a dorsal ramus of a typical
nerve of the trunk ; while, as described by Fischer for Menobranchus,
the reverse would appear to hold good. Prof. Stewart informs me
that in Rana cateshiana (the “atlas” of which is herein figured)
he traced it to the muscles of the hyoid region.

Stohr has recently shown® that the odontoid process of the
Amphibian (Triton) is a primarily independent derivative of the
cranial notochord; and he lays much stress” upon the conclusion
that the homologues of the hypoglossus and accessorius nerves
of the higher Vertebrata are to be sought in the anterior spinal
nerves of the lower ones. If this be accepted, the known

1 Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 34 (1889).

* Loe. cit. p. 316.

3 Jenaische Zeitschr. Bd. vii. p. 286 (1873), and Bd. viii. p. 180 (cf. v. Ihering,
infra, p. 278).

* For a résumé of these see P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 358.

° Cf. especially Baur, Biolog. Centralbl. Bd. vi. p. 359, and Boulenger, Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ui. p. 140.

6 Zeitschr. f, wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxvi. p. 99.

7 Ibid, Bd. xxxiii. p. 518.

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA, 273

facts of morphology of the occipital and anterior-vertebral regions
of the vertebrate body raise the question whether in the so-called
“atlas” of Amphibians we may not be dealing with the variously
modified homologues of at least a couple of vertebre, the formative
blastema of which has in the Amniota become merged in the
occiput.

Von Ihering has adduced * reason for believing that the nume-
rical reduction of the vertebrae of Pipa to 8 is due to “ excalation ”
of the second vertebra, as normally enumerated in other forms ;
and the facts recorded by Portis* for certain of the Tertiary
Anura go far towards proving that the near ancestors of the

2. Lr

ai 9
So-called atlas of Siredon and Rana.

Fig. 7. The so-called atlas of the Mexican Axolotl, Siredon pisciformis, from
the side. Fig. 8. The same in Rana macrodon, exceptional. Fig. 9.
The same in Rana catesbiana, exceptional. Figs. 10 & 11. The same
in Rana esculenta, showing degrees in the occlusion of the foramen of
exit of the trans-atlantal nerve. Fig. 12. The same in R. esculenta,
normal, Figs. 7, 8, 10-12 enlarged.

References as for figs. 3 to 6,

living Anura possessed more than nine free vertebre. While
in one of the two transverse-process bearing Frogs’ atlases herein
described the nerve foramina (n, fig. 10) were, like those of Prof.
Stewart’s Rana catesbiana (n, fig. 9), widely open, in the other
(fig. 11) they were, as in his &. macrodon (fig. 8), minute and re-
duced almost to occlusion. The differences between the first and
last named and the atlas of the normal or dominant type met with
among Anura (ex. fig. 12) are precisely those which would be
realized during the stages in suppression by fusion of a vertebral
segment; and, in consideration more especially of the greater

1 Morpholog. Jahrb. Bd. vi. p. 297 (1880) ; of, however, Adolphi, Joe. cit,
p- 315.
2 Atti Accad. del. Sci. Torino, yol. xx. p. 1173 (1885).

274 PROF. G. B, HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [Mar. 14,

and more regular development of the trans-atlantal or ‘“ sub-
occipital ” nerve in the Urodela, the facts point most markedly to
the conclusion that the numerical reduction of the vertebre of the
Anura has been effected by something more than a mere shortening
up from behind, as is customarily supposed *.

The only alternative is a belief in a secondary origin of the
occasionally transverse-process bearing half of the so-called “atlas,”
by subdivision of that vertebra; and, in view of Baur’s recent
argument” in favour of an intercalary origin of supernumerary
vertebra, it might be asked whether the extra atlantal vertebra
occasionally present in the Anura might not represent this, in a
completely dismembered form. The difficulties which beset this
belief are so great, and the facts, at any rate in the case before
us, point so very strongly in the opposite direction, that further
discussion would be futile, until we know more than at present of
the detailed nerve-relationships of such exceptional individuals as
are herein dealt with.

The entire question of morphology of the Amphibian “atlas ”
needs to be worked over afresh, in both its anatomical and develop-
mental aspects. As ‘the case now stands, it suggests that that
structure is a compound of at least two vertebra, whose outstanding
processes have disappeared under changes which have effected the
loss of the so-called ‘‘ sub-occipital” nerve and the occlusion of its
exits.

The Urostyle—Some months ago, while dissecting the remains of
an Anuran Tadpole (? Pelobotes), which I acquired from the effects
of the late Prof. W. K. Parker, my attention became arrested by
the detailed relationships of a median rod-like bony centre, lying
within the sheath of the developing urostyle, at a point approxi-
mate to the last two ossifying vertebre (cf. figs. 13 and 14, cc).
The accepted views of the morphology of the Amphibian urostyle
are based upon the researches of Dugés* and Gegenbaur*. These
authors, together with Goette’, have figured and described its
leading developmental stages; and Dugés, referring to the rod
in question as “une épine cylindroide, d’abord cartilagineuse,”

1 Schmidt's recent discovery (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. liv. p. 748) of
rudimentary arches to the caudal “ pleurocentra” (Baur’s “ centra”) of Amia
appears to me to suggest that the remarkable condition of the vertebral skeleton
of that animal, and certain Elasmobranchs (cf. Goette, loc. cit. p. 418, and
Balfour, Comp. Emb, vol. ii. p. 553) among living fishes, is indicative of abbre-
viation and simplification, by reduction of alternate vertebrae with fusion of
the skeletal parts remaining, akin to but more extensive than that which I
herein claim for the Anurous Amphibia.

2 Journal of Morph. vol. iv. p. 331; cf. also Parker, Phil. Trans. vol. 167.
part 2, p. 575 footnote.

3 *Rech. sur l’Ostéoiogie et la Myologie d. Batraciens.’ Paris, 1834.

4 «Untersuchung. z. vergleichend. Anat. d. Wirbelsiule b. Amphibien und
Reptilien.’ Leipzig, 1862.

‘Die Entwickelungsgesch. d. Unke.’ Leipzig, 1875.

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA. 275

has long ago worked out’ its fundamental relationships during
development to the remaining osseous elements entering into the
composition of the adult urostyle.

Pelobates fuscus, coceygeal portion of developing vertebral column.

Fig. 13 in a Tadpole of 92 millim., from beneath.
Fig. 14 in an older Tadpole of 112 millim., from the side.

ce, urostyle; nc, notochord ; v.a. 1x—x1, vertebral arches. 24 times nat. size.

In view of this, and of my tadpole proving to be a Pelobatoid, I
eagerly availed myself of the beautiful preparations of) the larval
skeleton of Pelobates fuscus placed upon the market by Fritsch of
Prague. Great was my delight to find that two of the three
individuals purchased from him showed the ossification in question.
This and certain other genera of living Anura are somewhat
remarkable for the detailed mode of development of their vertebral
bodies ? and especially for the late appearance of their centra, those
structures not being developed until the arches are in an advanced
and directly articulated state. The rod above referred to (cc,
fig. 14), which beyond doubt gives rise to at any rate the main
portion of that which Goette calls* the periosteal component of
the urostyle, arises in the interval of time between the formation
of the ossific neural arches and their corresponding bony centra.
The figures sufficiently show that it first appears beneath the
10th pair of arches as ordinarily enumerated (v.a. x), and that it
elongates in a backward direction with the superaddition of the
11th pair (v.a. x1). There is thus recognizable at this period of
growth a provisional inversion of the order of development of the
parts—the ossific neural arches appearing before their correspond-
ing centra and the ossific body of the urostyle arising prior to the
first deposition of the last (11th) pair of arches, with which it sub-
sequently first unites. In consideration of the conflicting opinions
concerning the morphology of the ‘ hypochordal” constituent of
the urostyle*, and especially of Goette’s refusal to admit this
homologous either with entire vertebre or vertebral bodies ’, this

1 Loe. cit. pp. 108-111.

2 Gf. Balfour's‘ Embryology,’ vol. ii. p. 556.

3 Loe. cit. p. 933, and pl. xi. fig. 196.

* Cf. Gegenbaur, loc. cit. pp. 22-33. 5 Loe. eit. p. 893.

276 ~=PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE [ Mar. 14,

inversion in growth is interesting, as it tends to bring the Am-
phibian “ coccyx” into closer harmony with that of the Mammal,
in which (Homo)* ossification of the vertebral arches, unlike that
which obtains in the pre-sacral region, is effected subsequently to
that of their overlying centra *.

It may be of interest here to recall the similarity in numerical
reduction of the free vertebre met with in the Anurous Amphibia
(Pipa to 7) and the Teleostean Fishes (Ostracion to 14)*. In its
occasionally rod-like character, the Teleostean “ terminal vertebra ”
may so closely approximate to the condition of the Amphibian
urostyle (ex. Molva) as to merit that title; and the enclosure
within it of a cartilaginous urochord (ex. Osmerus) indicates a close
parallelism of modification between the two great groups of Ver-
tebrates, which calls for further investigation.

Cartier has directed attention’ to an apparent similarity in the
primary mode of origin of the vertebral bodies of Urodeles and
Teleosteans ; and the interest of the foregoing consideration is
enhanced by the discovery by Emery ° and Albrecht ° of an odon-
toid vertebra of the Amphibian type in Fierasfer, Pelamys, and
certain other bony fishes’, and by the tendency towards a common
type of fusion of vertebra in the two great groups *.

Pedal Skeleton.—An adult male of the Spotted Salamander
(S. maculosa) has recently come into my hands in which the hind
limb was exceptionally modified (figs. 15 & 16); and as it is the
only one possessed of a reduced pedal skeleton out of some hundreds
which have from time to time come under my notice, I conclude
that the variation of the same is, in this animal, very rare.

The left hind limb (fig. 15) was in every respect normal; but
the right one (fig. 16), when viewed externally, appeared to be
tridactyle. The apparent three digits were less completely dis-
tinct from each other and less freely movable than those of the
normal limb, and the presumed inner one (J, II), which was very
short, and in transverse diameter equal to the other two combined,
was more rigid than the rest of the limb and apparently of little
service in progression. When the limb was brought to the ground,

1 Especially when regarding as coecygeal those so-called sacral vertebr
which take no share in the formation of the iliac articulation.

2 Of. Quain’s ‘ Anatomy,’ ed. 9, pp. 20-22.

3 Ginther, ‘ Introd to Study of Fishes,’ p. 686.

4 Zeitschr, f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxv. (Sup.) p. 73; cf. also Goette, loc. cit.

. 415.
ee Fauna u. Flora d. Golfes von Neapel, Monogr. ii. p. 26 (1880).

8 Loc, cit. p. 472.

7 The analogy, if worth anything, certainly does not bear out Jordan’s recent
suggestion (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. xiv. p. 107) that this numerical reduc-
tion and its associated “ ichthyization,” as he somewhat fantastically terms it,
take place in degree approximate to the approach to the equator.

8 Cf. Schmidt, loc. cit. p. 757.

1893.] VERTEBRAL AND LIMB-SKELETON OF THE AMPHIBIA, 277

it was only possible for this to act as a support under undue
extension of the two remaining digits.

On laying bare the enclosed skeleton, it was observed that mus-
cular elements were largely wanting in relation to this presumed
inner digit, and that that really represented the first and second
digits, bound up in a kind of syndactyly. The second one
(II, fig. 16) was abnormally bent upon itself in an inward direction,
and its terminal phalanx was firmly united to the single one of the
first digit by a powerful ligament (/7) which rendered independent
movement of the parts impossible.

On turning to the rest of the limb-skeleton, the tibia and fibula

Hind limbs of Salamandra maculosa, adult 2.

Fig. 15, Skeleton of left hind limb, ventral aspect. Fig. 16. The same, right
hind limb, dorsal aspect, for comparison with its fellow. The contour-
lines of the undissected limbs are indicated, and the darker areas delineate
centres and degrees of ossification. 3 times nat. size.

ce, centrale; f, fibula; fd, fibulare; 2, intermedium ; /g, ligamentous
fibres; z, tibia; 7b, tibiale; ¢s1-v, tarsalia; I—V, digits.

(t, f) and the metatarsals and phalanges of the three innermost
digits were all normal in their relative sizes and degrees of ossifi-
cation. The fourth digit, however, although possessed of its full
complement of phalanges, instead of being the longest of the series,
as is most generally the case in this species, had undergone an
arrest of growth, whereby it remained much shorter than the
third. The latter digit had, in fact, usurped its function ; and com-
parison of the figures will show that the proportionate relation-
ships between the 3rd and 4th digits of the reduced limb (fig. 16)
were approximately those of the 4th and 5th of the normal one
(fig. 15). There was no trace either of a fifth digit or of its related
tarsale. The tarsal elements of the reduced limb, while fully
represented for the digits present, were remarkable for the complete
co-ossification of the 3rd and 4th tarsalia (ts 111, Iv, fig. 16). On
further comparison with the normal tarsus, it was seen that all

278 MR. A, THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [ Mar. 28,

the elements not directly related to the two digits (III & IV) which
were alone normally functional were in a backwardly developed
state, as though they had been subjected to an arrest in growth.
This was especially the case with the intermedium (7) and centrale
(c). That the departures from the normal here met with admit of
ready explanation on purely physiological grounds is sufficiently
clear ; but the case is none the less interesting morphologically,
as in those Urodeles possessed of numerically reduced digits
both the reduction and fusion of all parts involved are invariably
effected in a progressive manner from the post-axial or outer
side inwards * and accompanied by a diminution in length of the
outermost digit.

Numerical variation of the digits is most marked among the
Amphiumide of all living Urodeles, the individual variations being
such as to have led Cope to the conclusion* that Amphiuma tridactyla
is but a variety of A. means, the digits of the species ranging from
1 to 3 in number in both fore and hind limbs. These facts, taken
in conjunction with the recent discovery of a fleeting vestige of the
pelvic member in one alone among a series of larve of Ichthyophis
glutinosa examined by the cousins Sarasin *, show that individual
variations of the kind herein recorded may realize (admittedly in a
perhaps distorted form at times) the steps by which the reduction
and loss of limbs have been effected in allied genera and species.

March 28, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the
Chair.

Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Head Keeper, exhibited a series of
Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens during
the past year, and read the following Report on the subject:—

Report on the Insect-house for 1892.

Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited

in the Insect-house during the past season :—

Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies.

Indian.
Attacus atlas. Antherea mylitta.
cynthia. Actias selene.
pernyt. Cricula trifenestrata.

royler.

1 Gf. Baur, ‘ Beitr. z. Morphogenie d. Carpus und Tarsus.’ Th. I. Batrachia.
Jena, 1888.

2 Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1886, p. 526. Cf. also Hay, Amer. Nat. 1888,
p. 815; and Cope, Batrachia of N. America, p. 218.

3 Ergebnisse Naturwiss. Forschung. auf Ceylon, Bd. ii. Hft. 2, p. 22. Wies-
baden, 1887

1893.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 279

Japanese.
* Caligula japonica.

Australian.
* Caligula eucalypti.
American.
Samia cecropia. Telea angulifera.
Telea polyphemus. Hypochera io.
promethea. Actias luna.

Diurnal Lepidoptera.

European.
Papilio podalirius. Vanessa atalanta,
machaon. 10.
alexanor. cardut.
Thais polyxena. Argynnis aglaia.
Parnassius apollo, Colias edusa.
Lyceena corydon. Melanargia galathea.
Vanessa levana.
American.
Papilio ajax. Papilio philenor.
asterias. Limenitis disippus.

Nocturnal Lepidoptera.

Smerinthus ocellatus. Cherocampa elpenor.
populi. Macroglossa fuciformis.
* Deidamia inseripta. Saturnia pyri.
*Triptogon modesta. carpini.
* Cressonia juglandis. Eacles regalis.
* Paonias excecatus. imperial.
* Sphinx eremita. * Anisota rubicunda.
ligustri. Clostera anachoreta.
Deilephila euphorbie. Diphthera orion.
galii.

* Exhibited for the first time.

Of the insects which I have the honour to place before the
Meeting this evening the following are exhibited for the first
time, viz.:— Caligula japonica, Caligula eucalypti, Deidamia inseripta,
Triptogon modesta, Cressonia juglandis, Paonias exceecatus, Sphine
erenvita, and Anisota rubicunda.

The cocoons of Caligula eucalypti were sent from Australia
by Mr. Le Souef, of the Zoological Gardens, Melbourne, and I hope
to be able to get more, and to obtain the larve of this beautiful
species.

POF the five species of American Sphingide exhibited for the first
time, the specimens of Triptogon modesta are worthy of notice.

280 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

I exhibit this evening a fine male specimen of Actias mimose.
This specimen emerged from one of three cocoons, deposited this
year (1893) by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., and, although
{ have had the cocoons on one occasion before, this is the first
perfect specimen obtained.

The following papers were read :—

1. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera
from Central and South America. By Hersert
Druce, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &c.

[Received March 28, 1893.]
(Plates XIX.—XX1T.)

The following descriptions of ninety-eight new species of
Heterocera from tropical America represent twelve families, four
subfamilies, and forty genera, two of which are new.

Many of the species of the Dioptide are of considerable interest,
as they very closely resemble some of the butterflies belonging to
the family Danaine from the same localities. All the types are
in my own collection.

Fam. A GERIID &,
ANGERIA, Fabr.
JEGERIA (?) CERAOA, Sp. n.

Primaries dark purplish brown, a streak from the base to the
end of the cell hyaline, beyond the end of the cell a large golden
yellow spot; the fringe dark brown. Secondaries hyaline, with
the veins, outer margin, and fringe dark purplish black. Head
and palpi black, the front of the head white, collar steel-blue ;
thorax dark brown ; abdomen bright orange ; the two anal segments
and the tuft dark blackish brown ; legs bluish black.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River ( Whitely, Mus. Druce).

A fine distinct species quite unlike any other known tome. I
have placed it in the genus @yeria with considerable doubt.

Fam. CASTNIIDA.
CastntA, Fabr.

CASTNIA ENDELECHIA, sp. 0.

Primaries pale brown, almost white along the inner margin, a
short white streak near the base, and a white band crossing the
wing beyond the middle, from the costal to the outer margin ; the
fringe pale brown. Secondaries pure white, the veins near the
outer margin edged with bright red, a lunular-shaped black mark

W Parlass lith . Hanhart imp.

NEW SOUTH AMERICAN HETEROCERA .

NEW SOUTH AMERICAN HETEROCERA .

P25). 1893 Pea:

20 27 Be,

W.Purkiss lth Hanhart imp
NEW SOUTH AMERICAN HETEROCERA |

1893. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 281

at the end of the cell, thickly irrorated with red on the inner side,
a round black spot near the apex, and a submarginal row of elongated
spots edged with red on the inner edge; the outer margin and the
veins black; the fringe pale brown. Underside similar to the
upperside, but paler in colour and entirely without any red round
the black markings. Head, thorax, and legs pale brown ; abdomen
greyish white. Antennz wanting.

Expanse 33 inches.

Hab. Argentine Republic, Corrientes (Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to C. eudesmia, Gray.

Fam. ZYG £NID &.
Avtocutoris, Hiibn.
AUTOCHLORIS ORATHA, sp. n.

Primaries deep black, the basal half of the wing hyaline, beyond
which are square hyaline spots, the first close to the costal margin,
the second below and nearer the anal angle. Secondaries black,
with a round hyaline spot about the middle, and an oval hyaline
spot on the inner margin close to the base. Underside the same
as above, but paler in colour and with the costal margin of the
secondaries from the base to near the apex bright metallic green.
Antenne and palpi black, front of head white. Head, thorax, and
abdomen aboye deep black, the underside of the abdomen white.
Tegule with a bright red spot at the base, and a bright red spot on
each side of the abdomen close to the base.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River (Whitely, Mus. D.).

This species is allied to Autochloris varipes, Walker, but can at
once be distinguished from that species by its larger size, more
hyaline wings, entirely black abdomen, red spots on the tegule
and at the base of the abdomen.

Agyrta, Hiibn.
AGYRTA CHENA, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries hyaline, the costal margin, apex, and inner
margin broadly bordered with deep black, an oval white spot near
the apex; a pale bluish-white streak extends along the inner
margin from the base to the anal angle; the fringe black.
Secondaries hyaline, the costal apex and outer margin broadly
bordered with black, the inner margin bluish white. Underside
very similar to the upperside, but without the bluish-white streak
on the primaries. Antenne and palpi black, front of the head,
underside of the thorax, and abdomen white; legs greyish white
on the upperside ; back of the head and collar bright red ; tegul
black, edged with bluish white; thorax and abdomen dark blue,
with a white line down the middle.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Upper Amazons (Mus. D.).

282 MR, H, DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

AGYRTA PANDEMIA, sp, n.

Male. Primaries black, the veins shot with bright blue near the
base; a wide white band partly crosses the wing beyond the
middle, from the costal margin to near the apex, but not reaching
it. Secondaries hyaline; the costal margin, apex, and outer
margin black shot with blue, the inner margin deep blue. The
underside very similar to the upperside, but paler in colour. The
head, antennz, palpi, and thorax black; abdomen blue-black, the
underside greyish white.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Lower Amazons, Para (Mus. D.).

AGYRTA PHYLLA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries hyaline; the veins black.
Primaries crossed beyond the middle from the costal margin to the
outer margin, above the anal angle, by a wide black band; the
costal margin, apex, outer and inner margins bordered with black,
shot with dark blue. Secondaries bordered with black on the
costal margin, apex, and outer margin ; the fringes of both wings
black. Underside very similar to the upperside, with the costal
margin of both wings edged with white. Antenne black; palpi
black, white on the underside ; front of the head white, the under-
side of the head bright red; thorax and tegule black; abdomen
dark blue, with a narrow white line extending from the base to the
anus; underside of the abdomen and the legs white.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Santa Lucia ( Wolf, Mus. D.).

Allied to A. micilia, Cram., but very distinct.

IcHortA, Butl.
IcHORIA CHALCOMEDUSA, sp. 0.

Primaries deep’ black, slightly shot with green at the base.
Secondaries hyaline; the apex and outer margin edged with black,
the fringes of both wings black. Palpi, thorax, and legs black.
The head and a large spot at the base of the thorax bright metallic
blue. The abdomen greenish black. Antennz black, tipped with
white.

Expanse 1,4; inch.

Hab. 8. Brazil, Porto Real (Mus. D.).

Allied to Ichoria tricincta, H.-S., but very distinct.

ARGYROEIDES, Butl.
ARGYROEIDES (?) ORTONA, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline; the veins brownish
black, excepting at the base of the primaries, where they are pale
yellow. Primaries: the apex, outer and inner margins, bordered
with brownish black, widest at the apex. Secondaries with only
the marginal line black; the fringes of both wings black, the

1893.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA, 283

underside of the secondaries whitish at the base. Head, antenna,
palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the underside of the
abdomen white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

I provisionally place this insect in the genus Argyroeides, Butler,
from which it differs in having rather longer and wider primaries
and longer secondaries; the antenne are also slightly more deeply
pectinated.

Syyrricnura, Butl.
SYNTRICHURA CERES, sp. n.

Male. Primaries hyaline white ; the veins, apex, outer and inner
margins black. Secondaries hyaline, the apex broadly bordered with
black. The head and thorax black, front of head and the collar
white. Antenne and legs black. Abdomen above dark bluish
black, with a row of white spots down the middle from the base to
the anus. The underside of the thorax and abdomen greyish
white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, not nearly allied to those already
described.

Fam. AROTIID&.
Subfam. CHARIDEIN#.
Cuarippa, Dalm.
CHARIDEA ORBONA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries deep black. Primaries streaked
with blue on the costal margin, close to the base. A wide orange
band crosses the wing beyond the middle from the costal margin
to the outer margin above the anal angle. Underside very similar
to the upperside, but the secondaries are shot with dark blue at
the base and on the costal margin ; the fringes of both wings black.
Head, thorax, abdomen, antennz, and legs black. Collar, tegule,
and a narrow line down the middle of the abdomen bright blue.

Female identical with the male.

Expanse, ¢ 9, 12 inch.

Hab. 8.E. Brazil, Santa Catharina (Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to Charidea jynx, Hiibn., from
which it is at once distinguished by entirely wanting the broad
yellow band on the inner margins of the primaries.

AnprocHarmTa, Feld.
ANDROCHARTA LEECHI, sp. n.

Male. Primaries dark brown, with two small metallic blue spots
at the base, a round spot in the cell nearest the costal margin,

284 MR, H., DRUCH ON NEW [Mar. 28,

a spot below the cell, and three spots beyond the end of the
cell all creamy white. Secondaries creamy white, clouded
with brown at the base and partly along the costal margin.
The head, antenne, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown ;
the back of the head and the collar metallic blue; the base of the
tegule creamy white; the three basal segments of the abdomen
above bright red, edged with metallic blue. Underside very similar
to the upperside, but secondaries are dark brown, with only a small
creamy white spot in the middle.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Brazil, Ceard (Leech, Mus. D.).

I am indebted to Mr. Leech for an example of this fine species,
which I have much pleasure in naming after him ; it was captured
by Mr. Leech at Ceara in August 1884,

Subfam. CrenucHin &.
Evaera, Walk.
EUAGRA CERYMICA, sp. 0.

Primaries black, shot with bright blue from the base along the
costal and inner margin; a hyaline spot similar to that in Zuagra
angelica, Butler, but shorter and broader, not reaching almost to
the base of the wing as in that species. Secondaries hyaline;
the costal margin and apex broadly black; the inner margin and
anal angle bright blue. Underside as above, but with no blue on
the wings. Antenne, palpi, and legs black. Head bright red;
abdomen dark blue.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Panama (Boucard, Mus. D.).

This species is allied to Euagra angelica, Butl., from which it is
at once distinguished by the bright red head and much shorter and
wider hyaline spot on the secondaries.

Subfam. ParicoPrn mz.
Moerastatta, Butl.
METASTATIA PAMPA, Sp. n.

Sexes alike. Primaries black, hyaline at the base and a wide
band crossing the wing beyond the middle from the costal margin
to the anal angle ; the costal and inner margin dark bright blue
from the base to about the middle. Secondaries hyaline; the
costal apex and outer margin black; the inner margin deep blue,
Underside similar to the upperside, but paler in colour and without
any blue shade. Antenne, palpi, and legs black; thorax and
abdomen above dark bright blue, on the underside black; the anus
yellowish white.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

Hab. Eeuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to Metastatia saphira, Staudinger.

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 285

MBrTAsTATIA OSSA, Sp. 0.

Sexes alike. Primaries hyaline, the veins black. Costal apex,
outer and inner margin, and a wide band crossing the wing about
the middle black, with a rich blue gloss. Secondaries hyaline ; the
apex and outer margin black, glossed with dark blue. Underside
as above, but without the blue gloss. Antenna, palpi, and legs
black ; the head, thorax, and abdomen deep blue; the underside
of the abdomen greyish white.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Colombia, interior (Wheeler, Mus. D.).

A very beautiful species, allied to W. pampa, Druce.

METASTATIA CHELIDON, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.)

Primaries black, with a rather wide hyaline band crossing the
wing beyond the middle ; the costal margin, the outer edge of the
white band, and the inner margin bright dark blue; the apex
tipped with white, Secondaries hyaline; the costal apex, outer
and inner margins bright dark blue. Underside similar to the
upperside, but browner in colour and with the base of both wings
shot with blue. Antenne, palpi, and legs black; head, thorax,
and abdomen dark blue ; tegule black, edged with blue ; abdomen
with a white line down the middle; underside of the abdomen
white, with a black line down the middle.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Colombia, interior ; Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, not closely allied to any known to me.

Merastatia (?) PALES, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.)

Male. Primaries black, shot with blue at the base, a short streak
close to the base, a wide band crossing the wing about the middle
from near the costal margin to the anal angle, which it does not
quite reach, and a small, apical, oval spot all hyaline. Secondaries
hyaline ; the costal apex and outer margin blue-black; the veins
black. Underside: both wings very similar to the upperside, but
without any blue gloss. Head,antennz, and thorax black. Abdomen
dark blue; the anal segment edged with white; a white line on
each side of the abdomen and one down the middle; the underside
of the abdomen white, of the head and front of the thorax orange-
yellow; legs black, white on the upperside.

Female very similar to the male, but has the hyaline markings
on the primaries rather larger.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, not closely allied to any other known
to me.

Eucyann, Hiibn.

EUCYANE POLIANA, sp. n.
Female. Primaries deep black, crossed beyond the middle from
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XX. 20

286 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [ Mar. 28

the costal margin to the anal angle by a wide white band. Second-
aries brownish black, with a dark blue shade at the base; the
fringes of both wings black. The head, palpi, antenne, thorax,
legs, and underside of the abdomen black; the upperside of the
abdomen blue-black.

Expanse 27 inches.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River (Whitely, Mus. D.).

Not closely allied to any species known to me.

EUCYANE ORTROPHA, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries deep black. Primaries crossed beyond
the middle from the costal margin to the anal angle by a narrow
dark chrome-yellow band, deeply dentated on the outer edge ; the
fringes of both wings black. Underside very similar to the upper-
side, but the yellow band is slightly wider. Head, antenne, thorax,
abdomen, and legs deep black; palpi above black, on the underside
yellow.

Expanse 23 inches.

Hab. Colombia, interior ( Wheeler, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to Z. chislon, Druce.

EvcyANE PHILOMELA, Sp. 0D.

Primaries black, shot with rich dark blue; the cell hyaline; a
wide hyaline band crosses the wing beyond the middle, from the
costal margin almost to the anal angle, beyond which, nearer the
apex, isa small hyaline band; the inner margin, from the base
almost to the anal angle, broadly streaked with bright pale blue;
the fringe black. Secondaries hyaline, shot with dark blue; the
veins, costal, outer and inner margins broadly bordered with black ;
a light blue line extends from the base along the inner margin
almost to the anal angle, but does not quite reach it; the fringe
white. Underside very similar to the upperside, but slightly paler
in colour. Antenne, palpi, head, tegul, and legs black; thorax
and abdomen dark bluish black; a bright blue line extends down
the middle of the abdomen from the base to the anus; the under-
side of the abdomen white.

Expanse 27 inches.

Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. D.).

A distinct and beautiful species, somewhat resembling Phanoptis
cyanomelas, Felder, which is wrongly placed in the genus Isostola
by Kirby in his catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera.

Subfam. PH@GoPpreRIn2.
NEOZATREPHES, gen. nov.

Male. Antenne long, finely pectinated. Palpi short, hairy,
the third joint very minute; thorax and abdomen stout, legs thick.
Primaries long and narrow; the costal margin slightly convex ;
the apex slightly rounded ; the inner margin straight ; the cell very
short, not more than one-third the length of the wing. Secondaries

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA, HETEROCERA. 287

long, the cell short, the costal margin convex, the apex pointed,
the anal angle rounded.
Type: Neozatrephes telesilla.

NEOZATREPHES TELESILLA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 5.)

Male. Primaries pale semihyaline brown, crossed from the costal
to the inner margin by five indistinct bands of orange-yellow spots,
the fourth and fifth very indistinct ; a white line extends from the
apex to the anal angle and then along the inner margin to the base
of the wing; the fringe brown. Secondaries semihyaline pinkish
white, darkest along the costal margin. Head and antenne orange ;
thorax brown. Abdomen on the upperside red, underside yellow,
with the three anal segments white ; anal tuft orange; legs reddish
orange.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

This species is quite distinct from any known to me; the ex-
ceedingly short cell of the primaries at once separates it from all
allied forms.

Evcrrron, Hiibn.
EUCEREON CHALCODON, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 6.)

Primaries dark brown; the veins and several fine lines crossing
the wing from the costal to the inner margin pale fawn-colour,
the first line zigzag near the base, the second about the middle of
the cell, the third beyond, but joining the second line below the
cell and then extending to the inner margin, forming a large brown
spot about the middle of the wing; a marginal row of pale ring-
shaped markings extending from apex to the anal angle ; the
fringe brown and fawn-coloured. Underside dark brown, with a
spot about the middle of the costal margin and a narrow band near
the apex greyish white. Secondaries semihyaline white, with the
apex, outer margin, and anal angle clouded with brown. The head,
thorax, collar, tegulz, and base of the abdomen dark brown; a
large white spot on the base of the thorax; the abdomen bright
red, above the underside and the anal segment brownish black ;
the antenne and fore legs pale greyish fawn-colour ; the hind legs
dark brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. S.E. Brazil, Petropolis (Mus. D.).

Iam indebted to the kindness of Lord Walsingham for the
pleasure of describing this distinct species and for adding the
specimen to my collection.

THYSANOPRYMNA, Butl.
THYSANOPRYMNA CEPIANA, Sp. 0.

Primaries greyish brown, crossed from the costal to the inner
margin by three darker brown bands, the first near the base, the
second, the widest, about the middle, the third submarginal.
Secondaries hyaline, the veins and the outer cea blackish

20

288 MR, He DRUCEH ON NEW [Mar. 28,

brown. Underside similar to the upperside, but the primaries
without the bands crossing the wing; the fringes of both wings
black. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and abdomen black ; abdo-
men with a row of bright red spots on each side the anal tuft, and
a large spot at the base of the abdomen on the underside orange ;
the underside of the thorax red.

Expanse 2 inches. f

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus. D.).

A fine and distinct species, allied to Thysanoprymna pyrrhopyga,
Walker, from Brazil.

Hatisrpora, Hiibn.
HAtiIsIpOTA LAROIPA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries pale fawn-colour, crossed from the costal to the
inner margin with fine zigzag dark brown lines; two spots on the
costal margin, one at the end of the cell, and two on the outer
margin dark brown; the fringe alternately fawn-colour and dark
brown. Secondaries pale yellowish white. Head, antenne, thorax,
abdomen, and legs yellowish fawn-colour.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.); S.E. Brazil
(Mus. D.).

A common species in Ecuador.

HaxistDoTA PANDAMA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 8.)

Female. Primaries citron-yellow, spotted with brown; at the
base a band of brown spots crosses the wing at the end of the cell,
from the costal to the inner margin, beyond which, near the apex,
are several large elongated brown spots; the veins edged with
brown on each side along the outer margin; the fringe yellow.
Secondaries pale yellowish white, clouded with brown on the outer
margin. The head, thorax, and tegule citron-yellow; the collar
and tegul with brown spots ; abdomen above dark yellow, white on
the underside ; antenne brown ; legs brownish white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Malo (Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to H. sesia, Sepp.

Puaeorrera, Boisd.
PH@GOPTERA CHIMERA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries deep black. Secondaries white, broadly bordered
with black from the apex to the anal angle. Antenne, palpi,
thorax, abdomen, and legs black; two spots on the back of the
head, and one on each tegulz, orange-yellow ; abdomen with a
row of orange-yellow spots on each side, and with the four anal
segments banded with yellow.

Expanse 2? inches.

Hab. Paraguay (Mus. D.).

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 289

A fine species allied to P. umber, Cram., and P. almopia, Druce,
from both of which it is at once distinguished by the white second-
aries,

Fam. MnpLAMERID &

Fravinta, Walk.
FLAVINIA (?) CHOANA, sp. n.

Primaries black, with a wide chrome-yellow band, extending
from the base along the inner half of the wing, nearly to the anal
angle, and a wide chrome-yellow band crosses the wing near the
apex, from the costal to the outer margin; the fringe black.
Secondaries black, the inner margin and an oval spot, about the
middle of the outer margin, chrome-yellow; the fringe black.
Underside very similar to the upperside, but with the costal
margin of the secondaries bordered with chrome-yellow. An-
tenn, palpi, head, thorax, and tegule black; tegule edged with
chrome-yellow ; abdomen above black, with a wide chrome-yellow
band on each side; the underside white; legs black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab, East Peru (Mus. D.).

This insect is quite unlike any other species known to me.

Drvara, Walk.

DEvVARA CHARISIA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 7.)

Male. Primaries black, with a white spot at the end of the cell,
extending downwards to near the anal angle ; fringe greyish black.
Secondaries white, bordered with black from the apex to the anal
angle ; the fringe greyish. Underside: both wings very similar to
the upperside, but greyer in colour. Antenne, palpi, head, and
thorax black; abdomen above black on the underside, and the
legs greyish white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to D. subsericea, Feld.

DrvaRa PALLOR, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 9.)

Male. Primaries black, the basal half and oval spot beyond
hyaline white. Secondaries hyaline white, bordered with black
from the apex to the anal angle; the inner margin edged with
black ; the fringes black. Underside like the upperside, excepting
that the costal margin of the secondaries is black. Antenne, head,
thorax, and abdomen above black; the underside of the thorax
yellow, of the abdomen white; the legs greyish black. Female
similar to the male.

Expanse 154, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to D. charisia, Druce.

290 MR, H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

DEVARA CHEPTA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 10.)

Male. Primaries deep black, with a small white streak extending
from the base, about halfway across the wing. Secondaries white,
very broadly bordered with black from the apex to the anal angle ;
the fringes of both wings black. Head, antenna, and palpi black ;
collar white ; abdomen black, spotted with white on each side;
legs greyish black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. D.).

Allied to D. charisia, Druce, and D. subsericea, Keld., but differs
greatly from either of them. c

Neto, Walk.
NELO TOXIORATA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. figs. 11, 12.)

Male. Upperside similar to V. philodamea, Druce, but rather
brighter in colour; on the underside it differs from that species in
having a large orange-yellow spot on the primaries, beyond the
middle ; in all other respects the two species are almost iden-
tical.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Peru (Mus. D.).

Fam. DIOPTIDA.

Lavron, Walk.
LAURON CHOMA, sp. n.

Female. Primaries black, hyaline from the base to about the
middle; the costal margin yellowish at the base; the inner margin
orange-yellow from the base to the anal angle; and two spots on
the outer margin orange-yellow, joining a narrow white band that
crosses the wing from the costal to the outer margin. Secondaries
hyaline ; the veins all black; the apex bordered with black; the
outer margin broadly banded with orange-yellow. The fringes of
both wings greyish black; the underside similar to the upperside,
but without the orange-yellow on the inner margin of the primaries.
Head, palpi, and antenne black; thorax orange-yellow ; abdomen
brownish black, with a bluish-white line down the middle; the
underside greyish white; the legs black.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A distinct species, not closely allied to any known to me.

LAURON OSIBA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 13.)

Male. Primaries black; a wide streak extending from the base
to beyond the middle, whitish hyaline; the costal streaked with
orange-yellow from the base nearly to the apex; part of the inner
margin and the anal angle bordered with orange-yellow; a
narrow white band crosses the wing near the apex, but does not
touch either margin. Secondaries whitish hyaline; the apex and

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 291

outer margin bordered with black. Underside very similar to the
upperside. Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax black; abdomen
greyish blue; legs black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Lavron PapDuA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 16.)

Primaries brownish black, with a large central whitish hyaline
space in the middle of the wing; the veins black; the costal
margin and a wide submarginal band, which extends from the
costal margin to the anal angle, brownish yellow. Secondaries
whitish hyaline; the outer margin bordered with black, with a
rather wide brownish-yellow line extending from the apex to the anal
angle. Underside the same as above. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax,
and abdomen black; abdomen with two bluish-white lines extend-
ing from the base to the anus; the underside of the abdomen
white, with a black line down the middle; the legs black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, very distinct from any other known to me;
it has a great resemblance to Jthomia corena, Hew., from the Ama-
zons and Ecuador.

LAURON BATESI, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 15.)

Male. Primaries black, with two white spots, one at the end of
the cell, and a round one below ; the costal margin streaked with
yellow at the base ; a wide submarginal orange-yellow band crosses
the wing from the costal margin to the anal angle. Secondaries
whitish hyaline ; the outer margin broadly banded with black, and
with a narrow orange-yellow line extending from the apex to the
anal angle. Underside the same as above. Head, antennz, palpi,
thorax, and underside of the abdomen white ; legs black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Amazons, Sao Paulo (Bates, Mus. D.).

A fine species, allied to LZ. padua, Druce.

LavRON (?) CHARIATA, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 14.)

Male. Primaries whitish hyaline, the costal margin, the apical
portion of the wing, and the anal angle chrome-yellow; the inner
margin and inner and outer margins of the chrome-yellow edged
with dark brown, the veins on the hyaline part of the wing black.
Secondaries hyaline white, edged with chrome-yellow from the
apex to the anal angle; the costal margin dark brown ; the fringes
of both wings brown. Underside as above. The head, antenne,
palpi,- thorax, abdomen, and legs black. Abdomen on the upperside
with two white lines extending from the base to the anus; the
underside white ; tegule chrome-yellow.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, not closely allied to any other known to me.

292 MR, H, DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

NEOLAURONA, gen. nov.

Male. Antenne rather long, deeply pectinated. Palpi, the third
joint long. Head small; thorax and abdomen stout, the abdomen
extending beyond the wings ; legs long, slender ; hind tibia with
two pairs of small spurs. Primaries long, narrow; the costal
margin straight; apex rounded. Secondaries long, rounded at the
apex and anal angle.

Female. Antenne simple.

Type: Pericopis hazara, Butl.

This genus is allied to Lauron.

NEOLAURONA OVIA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 17.)

Female. Primaries black, crossed from the costal margin by two
wide cream-coloured bands ; the costal and inner margin near the
base, and two small spots near the anal angle, cream-colour.
Secondaries cream-colour, the veins black; the costal margin, apex,
and outer margin broadly bordered with black; a large cream-
coloured spot close to the apex. Underside the same as the upper-
side, but paler in colour. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and
upperside of the abdomen black ; underside of the abdomen cream-
colour; tegule black, edged with cream-colour ; legs black, greyish
on the underside.

Male. Unknown.

Expanse, 2, 24 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, quite unlike any other known to me.

Diortis, Hiibn.
Diopris CHARILA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 1.)

Male. Primaries black, hyaline at the base and partly along the
inner margin ; a whitish hyaline band crosses the wing beyond the
middle nearest the apex. Secondaries hyaline ; the veins black ; the
costal and outer margins broadly bordered with black. Underside
very similar to the upperside, but the costal margin of both wings
near the base greyish white. Head, antenna, palpi, thorax, and
abdomen black ; the underside of the abdomen, thorax, and legs
greyish white ; the collar yellow.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to D. onega, Bates.

DIopris RORAIMA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 2.)

Male. Primaries hyaline; the costal margin, apex, outer and
inner margin black ; the anal angle and part of the outer margin
streaked with orange-yellow ; a rather large whitish band close to
the apex. Secondaries hyaline; the veins and outer margin black ;
a wide orange-yellow band edged with black on the inner side
extends from the apex to the anal angle. Underside very similar
to the upperside, but with the costal margin of both wings near

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETDROCERA. 293

the base greyish white. The head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and
abdomen black ; tegulz yellow ; a line on each side and one on the
underside of the abdomen white ; legs above black, greyish white
on the underside.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Roraima Mountain ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

A pretty species, allied to D. cyma, Hiibn., and D. trailii, Butl.

Diopris PALLENE, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 3.)

Male. Primaries black, hyaline near the base; a wide semi-
hyaline whitish band crosses the wing beyond the middle from the
costal almost to the outer margin, and an oval whitish spot close
to the anal angle. Secondaries hyaline; the veins, costal and
outer margins black; a submarginal orange-yellow narrow line
extends from the apex to the anal angle. Underside very similar
to the upperside, but with the base of costal margin of the second-
aries greyish white. Head, underside of the thorax, and abdomen
white; antenne, upperside of the thorax, and abdomen black ;
legs greyish white ; tegule yellow.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Diopris CHELEDONTS, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 5.)

Male. Primaries hyaline; the apex, outer margin, and a narrow
band crossing the wing from the costal margin to the anal angle
black ; a wide white band crosses the wing near the apex from the
costal margin nearly to the outer margin, but does not reach it; a
square white spot close to the anal angle; a spot at the apex and
the inner margin orange-yellow. Secondaries hyaline; the veins,
costal and outer margins black; a submarginal line extending from
the apex to the anal angle orange-yellow. Underside very similar
to the upperside, but generally paler in colour. Head, antenne,
palpi, thorax, and abdomen above black. Underside of abdomen
and legs greyish brown ; tegule yellow.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hub, Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, quite unlike any other known to me.

Diorris uGLA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 4.)

Male. Primaries hyaline; the costal and inner margins, apex,
and veins dark blackish brown, crossed beyond the middle by a
broad band of orange-yellow ; a brown band at the end of the cell,
a small spot close to the costal margin, and an oval spot near the
anal angle whitish hyaline. Secondaries hyaline; the veins and
outer margin blackish brown ; a submarginal line extending from
the apex to the anal angle orange-yellow. The underside very
similar to the upperside, but slightly paler in colour. Head,
antenne, palpi, thorax, legs, and the upperside of the abdomen
black; underside of the abdomen greyish white. Female almost

294 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

identical with the male, but with the costal margin of the primaries
orange-yellow to the base.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Amazons, Tunantins (Bates, Mus. D.); Ecuador, Sarayacu
(Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, closely resembling Jthomia egla, Hewitson,
also from Ecuador.

Diopris CHARON, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 6.)

Primaries brownish black, hyaline from the base to the end of
the cell and along the inner margin, crossed beyond the middle
by a whitish semihyaline band, curved slightly inward near the
anal angle. Secondaries hyaline; the veins black, the apex and
outer margin bordered with black; a rather wide submarginal
orange-yellow line extends from the apex to the anal angle. The
head, antennz, palpi, thorax, and abdomen eon the upperside
black ; abdomen on the underside and legs greyish white. The
underside of both wings similar to the upperside.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A distinct species, allied to D. ilerdina, Bates, from which it is
at once distinguished by its clear hyaline wings.

DIOPTIS OTANES, sp. n.

Male. Primaries black ; two small streaks from the base hyaline ;
a square spot at the end of the cell, a round spot close to the anal
angle, and two small spots close to the apex whitish hyaline.
Secondaries hyaline ; the costal and outer margins broadly bordered
with black; the veins black ; an oval-shaped spot at the end of the
cell white. The underside the same as above. Front of head
white ; antennz, head, thorax, and upperside of the abdomen black ;
the underside of the abdomen and legs white; the upperside of
the legs black ; tegule orange-yellow.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Rio Napo (Whitely, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to D. noctiluces, Butler, but with the
secondaries quite distinctly marked.

DIOPris PANDATES, sp. n.

Male. Primaries black, partly hyaline near the base ; a small spot
at the end of the cell, a large oval-shaped spot beyond nearest the
apex, and a small elongated spot close to the anal angle white.
Secondaries hyaline; the veins black; the costal margin, apex,
and outer margin broadly bordered with black. The underside
similar to the upperside. The head, antenna, palpi, thorax,
abdomen, and legs black; tegule orange-yellow.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Colombia, interior (Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to D, onega, Bates, and D. phelina,
Felder.

1893. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 295

DiIopris CHLORIS, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries black, crossed beyond the middle by two small
hyaline bands, neither of which reaches the margin of the wing; a
small hyaline streak extends from the base as far as the end ot the
cell. Secondaries whitish hyaline, broadly bordered with black at
the apex, outer and inner margins. Underside very similar to the
upperside, but the inner margin of the secondaries broadly
bordered with greyish white. Head, antenna, thorax, abdomen,
and legs black; the underside of the abdomen white.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

This species is quite unlike any known to me.

MonocreaGra, Feld.

MonocrEAGRA ORTHYADES, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 7.)

Primaries and secondaries dusky hyaline; the veins of both
wings black. The costal margin, apex, and outer margin of the
primaries bordered with black ; the secondaries the same. Under-
side similar to the upperside. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax,
abdomen, and legs black; the underside of the abdomen greyish
brown.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to M. pheloides, Feld., from which it is at once dis-
tinguished by the entire absence of the white band on the
primaries.

MonocrEaGRa (?) CHARES, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 8.)

Primaries and secondaries hyaline; the veins dark brown.
Primaries crossed at the end of the cell by a brown band, beyond
which a wide orange-yellow band crosses the wing from the costal
to the outer margin, almost reaching the anal angle. Second-
aries with the outer margin shaded with orange-yellow; the
fringes brown. Underside very similar to the upperside. Antenne
black; the head, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown; the
underside of the abdomen brownish white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A fine species, exceedingly distinct from any other known to
me.

Monocrnacra (?) cHoraAx, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 9.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries, the veins, and the apex of the
primaries black ; a small white band crosses the wing beyond the
middle. Secondaries with the costal and outer margins bordered
with black. Underside as above; the fringes of both wings black.
The head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen black ; underside of the
abdomen white.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Not closely allied to any described species.

296 MR, H, DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

Astyocuta, Druce.
ASTYOCHIA PALLENE, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries and secondaries white, very slightly hyaline ;
the veins of both wings pale brown; the fringes white. Head,
thorax, abdomen, and legs white ; antenne dark brown.

Expanse 1,5, inch.

Hab. British Guiana ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

ASTYOCHIA PAULINA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries hyaline grey, crossed about the middle by a
wide whitish hyaline band, beyond which on the costal margin
close to the apex a second band partly crosses the wing. Second-
aries whitish hyaline ; the costal, outer and inner margins broadly
bordered with pale grey. Antenne black ; head, thorax, abdomen,
and legs greyish black.

Expanse 17 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj and Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Potyreres, Druce.
POLYP@TES COLANA, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries dark brown; the veins and a large round spot
at the apex yellow. Secondaries white, broadly bordered with
black from the apex to the anal angle; the inner margin grey.
Underside very similar to the upperside, but the base of the
primaries white. The head, antennx, thorax, abdomen, and legs
black.

Expanse 1,), inch.

Hab. East Peru (Whitely, Mus. D.).
Allied to Polypates erymas, Druce.

POLYP@TES CLETOR, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries black. Primaries crossed about
the middle from the costal to the inner margin by a wide white
band ; the veins and a small spot on the outer margin nearest the
apex yellow; the fringes of both wings black. The head, antenne,
thorax, abdomen, and legs black.

Expanse 17 inch.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to P. deldon, Druce.

Gonora, Walker.

GONORA PAPHIA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 14.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries blue-black, both wings with a
wide submarginal whitish hyaline band, crossed by the black veins ;
the fringes black. Underside the same as above. The head,
antenne, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs black. The front of the
thorax, a small spot at the base of the tegule, and the underside
of the abdomen white.

Expanse 2} inches.

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 297

Hab, East Peru (Whitely, Mus. D.). — :
A very distinct species, allied to G. heliconiata, Walk.

Fam. LAPARID&.
Evonontua, Walk.
EVUCHONTHA CIRIS, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 10.)

Male. Primaries dark brown, the basal half white, the veins
dark brown, a small spot close to the apex and one near the anal
angle white. Secondaries white, broadly bordered with black
from the apex to the anal angle. Underside similar to the upper-
side; the fringes of both wings black. Antenne black. Head,
thorax, abdomen, and legs greyish white.

Expanse 1,%, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj and Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A distinct species, allied to Z. sublactigera, Walk.

Ganussa, Walk.
GENUSSA CLUACA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 17.)

Primaries and secondaries white. Primaries crossed beyond
the middle from the costal to the outer margin with a wide black
band, the apex and outer margin broadly bordered with black.
Secondaries: the apex and outer margin bordered with black.
Antennz black; the head, thorax, and abdomen greyish black.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to G. altaba, Druce, but very distinct.

Eroria, Walk.
ELORIA CISSUSA, sp.n. (Plate XX. figs. 13 g, 15 9.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark brown, semihyaline near
the base of both wings. Primaries crossed beyond the middle by
a wide cream-coloured band, the veins crossing the band dark
brown. Secondaries with a cream-coloured streak nearest the
costal margin, extending from the base to the outer margin; the
fringes of both wings dark brown. Underside similar to the upper-
side, but with the cream-coloured band much extended over the
wing. Secondaries cream-coloured, with the costal and outer
margins broadly bordered with dark brown. Antenne, palpi, head,
thorax, and abdomen dark brown; the collar, underside of the thorax,
abdomen, and legs yellowish brown.

Female. Primaries cream-colour, the costal margin, apex, outer
and inner margins broadly bordered with dark brown. Secondaries
cream-colour bordered with dark brown, the fringes dark brown;
in other respects similar to the male; the underside the same as
the upperside.

Expanse, ¢ 2 inches, 9 24 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to H. ombrea, Druce.

298 MR, H. DRUCH ON NEW [ Mar. 28,

ELORIA CLODIA, sp. ne

Male. Primaries and secondaries semihyaline black. Primaries -

with a large round cream-coloured spot about the middle of the
wing. Secondaries with a few cream-coloured scales at the end of
the cell; the fringe of both wings black. Underside similar to the
upperside, but paler, and the cream-coloured marks more suffused
over the wings. Antenne and palpi black ; head and collar bright
yellow ; thorax and abdomen black ; the underside of the abdomen
yellow ; legs greyish black.

Female. Similar to the male.

Expanse, ¢ 14 inch, 2 2,4, inches.

Hab. Amazons, Santarem (Leech, Mus. D.).

Fam. LASIOCAMPID&.

APATELODES, Pack.
APATELODES PANDARA, sp. 1.

Male. Allied to Apatelodes firmeana, Cr., and very similar in
colour, but not quite so grey. The narrow lines crossing the
primaries are straight, not curved as in that species ; the second
and third line crossing the wing join at the anal angle and form a
V-shaped mark; the lines on the underside of both wings are also
straight ; the reddish-brown mark on the primaries near the apex
is extended further down the outer margin.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

APATELODES CIRNA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries greyish brown, palest along the costal margin.
An indistinct waved whitish line extends from the apex to the
anal angle ; a large dark brown spot edged with white on the inner
margin, close to the base ; asmall black spot at the end of the cell ;
on the inner margin above the anal angle the wing is pale fawn-
colour, crossed by a short reddish-brown band that does not reach
the cell. Secondaries greyish brown, broadly bordered with darker
brown; thefringesof both wings dark brown. Underside: primaries
greyish fawn-colour, the apex and part of the outer margin dark
brown ; secondaries fawn-colour, a spot at the end of the cell and
two waved lines crossing the wing from the costal to the inner
margin dark brown, the second line edged with white on the outer
side, the outer margin broadly bordered with dark brown. The
head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs brownish fawn-colour.

Expanse 2,1, inches.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species.

Tacora, Walk.
TAGORA CORAX, sp. n.

Female. Primaries and secondaries pale greyish fawn-colour,

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 299

palest near the base of both wings ; a brown spot in thecell ; both
wings crossed beyond the middle from the costal to the inner
“margin by a dark brown line, edged on the inner side with a
narrow fawn-coloured line, and with several indistinct waved brown
lines; the outer portion of both wings thickly irrorated with black
scales, the fringes pale brown. “Underside very similar to the
upperside, but without the straight lines crossing the wings, and
with a white spot at the apex of the primaries. Head, antenna,
front of the thorax, and collar black ; a tuft of hair at the base of
the antenne yellow; thorax and tegule greyish fawn-colour;
abdomen yellowish fawn-colour. Legs, the cox and femora
yellowish fawn-colour ; the tibia and tarsus black.

Expanse 47 inches.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo).

I have placed this insect in the genus Zagora with considerable
doubt, and probably when the male is known it will require a new
genus.

Fam. LIMACODID2.

ScopretopEs, Westw.
ScCOPELODES WHITELYI, sp. n.

Primaries silky fawn-colour, the outer half of the wing the
palest, the costal margin brownish at the base. Secondaries
pinkish fawn-colour, the fringes of both wings yellowish brown,
the underside of both wings yellowish fawn-colour. Antenna,
palpi, and front of head dark brown ; head, thorax, and base of the
abdomen yellowish fawn-colour; the abdomen and legs fawn-
colour.

Expanse 232 inches.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

Allied to S. sericea, Butler, from N. India.

Fam. ZERENID&.

Nrprerta, Guen.
NIPTERIA CHTHONIA, sp. 1.

Male. Primaries and secondaries uniform smoky brown. Second-
aries slightly paler at the base. Underside: primaries pale brown,
the costal margin banded with dark brown, a dark brown streak
at the end of the cell, beyond which a cream-coloured line crosses
the wing from the costal to the inner margin ; a submarginal waved
cream-coloured line extends from the apex to the anal angle.
Secondaries pale brown ; the costal margin, a wide streak from the
base along the inner margin, and a large spot near the anal angle
dark brown; a waved creamy-white line crosses the wing beyond
the middle from the costal to the inner margin; the fringes of
both wings pale brown. The head, antenne, tegule, thorax,
abdomen, and legs dark brown.

Expanse 13 inch.

300 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [ Mar. 28,

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.), Loja (Coll. Dognin).
A small species, allied to NV. discoloraria, Herr.-Schiff.

NIPTERIA CISSOESSA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 11.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries pale grey, irrorated with darker
scales along the costal margin and at the apex of the primaries ;
the fringe of both wings alternately black and grey. Underside:
primaries pale brown, darker on the costal margin near the base
and near the apex, the costal margin and the apex irrorated with
white scales, a dark brown streak at the end of the cell. Second-
aries dark brown, irrorated with white scales ; a dark brown spot
at the end of the cell. Antenne black. Head, thorax, and
abdomen gre¥, each segment of the abdomen edged with dark

«brown. Légs blackish brown.
% Expanse 1,5; inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda, Sarayacu, and Intaj (Buckley, Mus.
D.) ; Loja (Coll. Dognin).

A distinct species, not allied to any species known to me.

NIPTERIA PERILLA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark silky brown. Primaries
crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two darker brown
lines, the veins dark brown. Secondaries crossed below the middle
from the apex to the inner margin by a narrow brown line, the
fringes of both wings brown. Underside similar to the upper-
side, but paler in colour, Antenne black ; head, thorax, abdomen,
and legs brown.

Expanse 1$ inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.); E. Peru, Cosnipata
Valley (Whitely, Mus. D.).

Allied to N. tmpunctata, Thierry-Mieg, from which it is at once
distinguished by the dark brown hind wings.

NIPTERIA PHILOMELA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 16.)

Male. Primaries white, the costal margin, the apex, outer and
inner margins bordered with greyish black, very broadly at the apex ;
the costal margin has three white spots, the first and second
nearest the base, the third beyond the middle. Secondaries white,
the outer margins from the apex to the anal angle broadly bordered
with greyish black, the fringe of both wings alternately white and
black. Underside: primaries white, the costal margin, apex, and
outer margin clouded with brown. Secondaries pale brown, the
cell and a spot beyond white. Antenne and palpi black. Head,
thorax, abdomen, and legs brown, the underside of the abdomen
greyish.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.), Loja (Coll. Dognin).

I have four males of this species, which do not show the slightest
variation.

ll

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 301

NIPTERIA CLETAGORA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries pale fawn-colour, slightly hyaline and crossed
from the costal to the inner margin by three very indistinct
brown lines. Secondaries creamy white, the fringe dark fawn-
colour. Underside very similar to the upperside, but the lines
on the primaries are more distinct. Antenne black. Head,
thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fawn-colour.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.), Loja (Coll. Dognin).

A small species allied to VV. diaphanata, Dognin.

NIPTERIA PHOCUSA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline, the veins
black. Primaries: the costal margin, apex, and outer margin
black ; a black line crosses the wing beyond the middle from the
costal to the anal angle. Secondaries bordered with black from
the apex to the anal angle and crossed beyond the middle by
a narrow black line. Antenne black. Head, thorax, abdomen,
and legs greyish black ; tegule greyish white.

Expanse 13? inch.

Hab. 8. Brazil, Porto Real (Mus. D.).

This species is not closely allied to any known to me.

NIPTERIA CLEONA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries slate-colour, crossed about the middle from the
costal to the inner margin by a wide white band. Secondaries
white, broadly bordered from the apex to the anal angle with slate-
colour, the fringe of both wings slate-colour. Underside: primaries
pale brown, the white band very similar to the upperside, the outer
margin from the apex to the anal angle whitish. Secondaries uni-
formly pale brown. Antenne blackish brown. Head, thorax, and
abdomen slate-colour; legs greyish brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Very distinct from any species known to me.

NIPTERIA PANIA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 12.)

Male. Primaries white, the costal margin and the apical half of
the wing black. Secondaries white, the costal, outer and inner
margins broadly bordered with black, the fringes of both wings
black. Underside almost identical with the upperside, excepting
that the primaries have a large white spot at the apex. Antenne,
head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to NV. cleona, Druce.

NIPTERIA PANTHHA, sp. 0.
Male. Primaries white, the apex broadly bordered with blackish
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XXI. 21

302 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

brown. Secondaries white, bordered with blackish brown, the
fringes alternately white and black. Underside: primaries similar
to the upperside, but with a white spot at the apex. Secondaries
white, clouded with brown; the veins dark brown. Antenn®
black ; front of head yellow ; head, thorax, and abdomen greyish
black. Underside of abdomen and legs white.

Expanse 1,5, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A very distinct species, allied to WV. pania, Druce.

NIPTERIA CLYTIA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)

Male. Primaries dusky hyaline ; the costal margin, a wide band
crossing the wing beyond the middle, the apex and inner margin
all black. A wide white band crosses the wing near the apex
from the costal to the outer margin above the analangle. Second-
aries dusky hyaline; the apex, outer and inner margin bordered
with black; the fringes of both wings black. Underside: pri-
maries similar to the upperside, but with the costal margin and
apex reddish brown. Secondaries with the costal margin, apex,
outer and inner margins broadly bordered with reddish brown ;
the veins all black ; a reddish-brown streak extends from the base
through the middle of the cell to the outer margin, and a rather
wide submarginal band of white extends from near the apex
almost to the anal angle, but not quite reaching it. Antenne, palpi,
head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; front of head, collar, and
a spot on each of the tegule white ; the underside of the abdomen
white, with a black line down the middle. The female very similar
to the male.

Expanse, ¢ 9, 23 inches.

Hab, Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A fine species, allied to Nipteria (Genusa) albifascia, Mssn.,
specimens of which are in my collection from Bolivia.

FuLguropEs, Guen.
FULGURODES PANOPEA, Sp. 0.

Male. Primaries white, dusky brown along the costal margin,
and crossed by five waved pale brown lines, the first two near
the base, the third and fourth beyond the middle close together,
the fifth submarginal and does not reach the apex. Secondaries
white; a rather wide pale brown submarginal line extends
from the apex to the anal angle, above which are two short
waved brown lines, partly crossing the wing. The marginal
line of both wings brown; the fringe white; underside similar to
the upperside, but with all the lines very indistinct. Antenne
black, tipped with white; palpi black; head, thorax, and tegule
greyish brown; abdomen white, each segment edged with dark
brown ; legs white.

Expanse 27 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA, 303

FULGURODES CLUACINA, sy. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries creamy white ; the veins, costal
margin, apex, and outer margin brown; an indistinct waved brown
line crosses the wing beyond the middle. Secondaries: a submar-
ginal dark brown line extends from the apex to the inner margin ;
the outer margin clouded with brown. The marginal line of both
wings dark brown; the fringes cream-colour. Underside very
similar to the upperside. Antenne and palpi dark brown. Head,
collar, and tegulz pale brown ; thorax and abdomen white, each seg-
ment of the abdomen broadly edged with black; legs dark brown.

Expanse 23 inches.

Hab. Colombia, Frontano, Antioquia (Salmon, Mus. D.).

Nepnopia, Hiibn.
NEPHODIA PIERIA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries greyish white, both wings with
a greyish spot at the end of the cell, and with a submarginal
brownish-grey line extending from the costal to the inner margin,
the line on the secondaries being fainter than on the primaries,
Underside similar to the upperside, but slightly darker and with
the lines more distinct. Antenne pale brown. Head, thorax,
abdomen, and legs greyish white.

Expanse 1); inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Roraima Mountain ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

A small species, quite distinct from any known to me.

NEPHODIA PERIMEDE, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries pale semihyaline brownish
white, darkest along the costal margin of the primaries. Under-
side very similar to the upperside, but slightly darker. Antenns
dark brown; head, thorax, and abdomen pale greyish brown.

Female almost identical with the male.

Expanse, ¢ 1,4, 9 13 inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Roraima Mountain ( Whitely, Mus. D.).

Allied to WV. pieria, Druce.

NEPHODIA CISSA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline, with a faint
brown shade ; the veins near the outer margin very pale brown.
Primaries crossed from the costal margin near the apex to the
inner margin by a faint greyish-brown line; the marginal line
and the fringe pale brown. Secondaries crossed by two greyish-
brown lines, the first about the middle, the second beyond; the
fringe white. Antenne pale brown; head, thorax, and abdomen
pale brown ; tegul greyish brown ; legs brown.

Expanse 1,1, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

21*

304 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

NEPHODIA CLELIA, sp. n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline; the costal,
outer and inner margins pale fawn-colour. Primaries crossed
from the costal to the inner margin by two zigzag faint brown
lines, the first nearest the base, the second submarginal. Second-
aries with a small spot at the end of the cell, below which a zigzag
line extends from the costal to the inner margin; a second
submarginal line greyish brown; the fringes of both wings pale
fawn-colour. Underside the same as the upperside. Antenne
pale brown; head, thorax, abdomen, and legs yellowish fawn-
colour.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

NEPHODIA PHILYRA, sp..n.

Male. Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline ; the veins and
a faint waved line crossing the wings beyond the middle very pale
brown; the fringes silvery white. Antenne pale brown; head
and tegule yellow; thorax and abdomen white.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to WV. cissa, Druce.

NEPHODIA COLADA, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries and secondaries smoky hyaline black, with all
the veins black. Primaries crossed beyond the middle by a very
indistinct narrow black line; the fringes blackish brown. Under-
side as above. Antenne black ; head, thorax, abdomen, and legs
dark grey.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab, S.E. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Mus. D.)

Fam. LARENTID®.

Herervsia, Hiibn.
HETHRUSIA COMATA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)

Primaries and secondaries dark brown. Primaries with a
yellowish-white, semihyaline, oval-shaped spot edged with yellow
beyond the middle; the fringes of both wings alternately dark
brown and white. Underside: primaries dark brown, thickly
irrorated with yellow scales along the costal margin and at the
apex; the spot is elongated to the costal margin, forming a band
partly crossing the wing. Secondaries dark brown, thickly
irrorated with yellow scales; a grey zigzag submarginal line
extends from the costal to the inner margin above the anal angle ;
the fringe alternately brown and white. The head, antenne,
thorax, tegule, and abdomen dark brown; the segments of the
abdomen banded with yellow; the underside of the abdomen

1893. ] SPECINS OF LEPIDOPTERA. HETEROCERA. 305

yellowish white. The legs above dark brown, on the underside
yellowish white.

Expanse 17 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Very distinct from any species known to me.

HernrvsiA CONNA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.)

Male. Primaries black; the veins at the base yellow, a wide
orange-yellow band crosses the wing beyond the middle from the
costal margin to the anal angle, which it does not quite reach.
Secondaries black, with a large central elongated white spot; the
fringe of both wings black. Underside very similar to the upper-
side, but with more white on the secondaries. Head, antenna,
thorax, abdomen, and legs black.

Female identical with the male.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. D.).

HUrervsiA PLACIDA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 5, 6.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark orange-yellow. Primaries :
the base brown, and crossed from the costal to the immer margin
by three waved black bands, the first two near the base, the third
beyond the middle ; the apex and outer margin broadly bordered
with black. Secondaries: the veins, costal margin, apex, outer
margin, and a submarginal line all black; the fringes of both
wings yellowish brown. Underside: primaries bright yellow; the
costal margin and apex reddish brown, irrorated with grey scales,
' three narrow bands, partly crossing the wing, and the outer margin
black. Secondaries grey, thickly irrorated with small reddish-
brown scales ; a spot on the inner margin and the apical part of the
wing dark brown. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and abdomen
black ; the underside of the abdomen and legs greyish brown.

Expanse 1,5; inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

On the upperside this species slightly resembles S. stoltzman-
naria, Oberth., but on the underside it is very different.

Herervsia COMANA,sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 7.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark orange-brown. Primaries
crossed from the costal to the inner margin by four black bands,
the first and second narrow near the base, the third and fourth wide
and joined together near the anal angle, forming a large U-shaped
mark, from which two short bands extend to the inner margin ; the
outer margin from the apex to the anal angle broadly bordered with
black ; the fringe alternately white and black. Secondaries: the
veins, a submarginal waved line, and the outer margin from the
apex to the anal angle black; the fringe yellow and black.
Underside: primaries bright yellow, with the black lines as above;
the costal margin and the apex greyish brown. Secondaries

306 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [ Mar. 28,

brownish grey, thickly irrorated with brown scales; a row of
dark brown spots crosses the wing about the middle, from the
costal margin to the anal angle ; the apex and outer margin dark
brown. The head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen black ; the legs
grey, banded with brown ; underside of the abdomen greyish brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to S. placida, Druce, from which it is at
once distinguished by the different shape of the bands on the
primaries.

HETERUSIA PIRENE, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 8, 9.)

Primaries and secondaries yellow. Primaries thickly irrorated
with black scales at the base and partly along the inner margin ;
the outer margin broadly bordered with black from the apex to the
anal angle; on the costal margin a large V-shaped black mark
extends over the wing to the black outer margin. Secondaries
thickly irrorated with black scales ; the outer margin and the apex
black; the fringe of both wings alternately black and white.
Underside: primaries pale yellow, with the black markings very
similar to those on the upperside, but thickly irrorated with grey
scales. Secondaries cream-colour, thickly irrorated with dark brown
scales; a broken brown band extends partly over the wing from
the costal margin; the outer margin bordered from the apex
nearly to the anal angle with reddish brown. The head, antenne,
thorax, and abdomen black.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, not allied to any known to me.

HErERUSIA COMBANA, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries and secondaries dark orange-yellow. Pri-
maries: the costal margin black at the base; four black bands
crossing the wing from the costal to the inner margin, the first
and second narrow, close to the base of the wing, the third about
the middle, the fourth beyond, bent outward in the middle; the
outer margin broadly bordered with black, deeply dentated on the
inner edge. Secondaries: the veins, a submarginal waved line,
the apex, and outer margin black; the fringe of both wings
alternately black and yellow. Underside: primaries bright yellow ;
the costal margin greyish brown from the base to the apex; the
black lines as above, but only extending halfway across the wing.
Secondaries greyish brown, thickly irrorated with dark brown
scales: the apex and outer margin almost to the anal angle dark
grey. The head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ; the
underside of the abdomen and legs dark greyish brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to S. comana, Druce.

1893. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 307

HETERUSIA PLACILLA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 10, 11.)

Male. Primaries dark orange-red; the base, inner margin, a
band crossing the wing beyond the middle, and the outer margin
from the apex to the anal angle black. Secondaries black, with a
wide submarginal orange-red band extending from the costal
margin near the apex to the anal angle; the fringe of both wings
orange-red. Underside: primaries very similar to the upperside,
but considerably paler in colour, and with the costal margin and
the apex shaded with reddish brown. Secondaries pale yellow,
crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two bands of
reddish brown ; the outer margin reddish brown ; a row of metallic
silver spots extends round the outer margin from the apex to the
anal angle ; two metallic silver straight lines extend from the base
to the outer margin, the first along the inner margin, the second
right across the middle of the wing. The head, palpi, thorax, and
abdomen black, the anal tuft and underside of the abdomen orange-
red ; legs reddish brown. Antenne on the upperside alternately
black and white, on the underside black.

Expanse 2 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful little species, allied to S. chrysopterata, Snellen,
from Colombia.

HETERUSIA PINARA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 12,13 g,14 9.)

Male. Primaries red ; the base, inner margin, a line crossing the
wing beyond the middle from the costal to the inner margin all
black; the outer margin broadly bordered with black from the
apex to the anal angle. Secondaries red; the base, inner and
outer margin black; the fringe of both wings reddish. Underside:
primaries very similar to the upperside, but paler in colour; the
apex brown. Secondaries brown, crossed about the middle by
two reddish-brown bands. Head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen
black ; underside of abdomen and anus reddish brown; legs brown.

Female. Very similar to the male, but without the black band
crossing the primaries; it is also paler on the underside.

Expanse, ¢ @, 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to S. placilla, Druce, but very distinct on the underside-

HETERUSIA CONON, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 4.)

Primaries and secondaries black, slightly greyish at the base of
both wings. Primaries crossed from the costal margin almost to
the anal angle by a wide white band; the fringe of both wings
black. Underside very similar to the upperside, but very much
greyer in colour. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ;
legs and the underside of the abdomen dark grey.

Expanse 1,}, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to S. dispilata, Snellen.

308 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [Mar. 28,

Fam. ERATEINID&.

Eratiyna, Doubl.

ERATINA PISOA, sp. 1.

Male. Primaries black, partly crossed about the middle by a wide
white band, extending from the end of the cell almost to the anal
angle; two small white streaks on the costal margin. Secondaries
white ; the base, inner margin, and anal angle dark grey; the
apex bordered with black; the fringes black and white. Under-
side: primaries similar to the upperside, but all the black replaced
by greenish yellow. Secondaries white, very thickly irrorated with
greenish yellow. Scales, head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
black ; underside of the abdomen and legs greenish yellow.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Not like any species known to me, but nearest £. masura,
Druce.

ERATINA CORNELIA, sp. n.

Female. Primaries black; the base and inner margin and a
round spot beyond the middle white. Secondaries white, broadly
bordered with black from the apex to the inner margin ; the fringe
of both wings black and white. Underside: primaries, the basal
half of the wing white, the apical half reddish brown, the white spot
as above almost joined from the costal margin by a large V-shaped
white band ; a submarginal fine yellow line extends from the costal
margin near the apex to the anal angle. Secondaries white,
broadly bordered with reddish brown ; a spot on the middle of the
costal margin and two on the inner margin reddish brown; a
submarginal fine yellow line extends from the apex to the anal
angle. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black; palpi white,
with the third joint black; legs greyish brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A yery distinct species, allied to £. tryphosa, Druce.

TrocHtopEs, Guen.

TROCHIODES CERESIA, sp, n.

Male. Primaries black, with a large, semihyaline, white, elongated
spot beyond the middle. Secondaries hyaline white; the base,
apex, outer and inner margins broadly bordered with black.
Underside similar to the upperside. The head, antennz, thorax,
abdomen, and legs black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Antioquia (Salmon, Mus. D.).

TROCHIODES PLAGIA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 15.)

Male. Primaries black, thickly irrorated with white scales near
the base ; a wide white band crosses the wing beyond the middle,

extending from the costal margin almost to the anal angle.
Secondaries white ; the base and inner margin grey ; the apex and

1893. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 309

outer margin bordered with black ; the fringe of both wings black.
Underside very similar to the upperside, but with the base of the
primaries white. The head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and legs
greyish black; underside of the abdomen white.

Female almost identical with the male.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

TROCHIODES CREUSA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 16, 17.)

Male. Primaries and secondaries black; a faint greyish band
extends from the base to the end of the cell, and a narrow yellowish-
white line partly crosses the wing near the apex. Secondaries
slightly greyish near the base; the fringe of both wings black.
Underside : primaries very similar to the upperside, but with the
markings much more distinct. Secondaries white, broadly bor-
dered with black. Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and
legs black ; the collar orange.

Expanse 1; inch.

Hab, Colombia, Antioquia (Salmon, Mus. D.).

TROCHIODES POLYMELA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 18.)

Primaries blackish brown, paler at the base; a wide white band
crosses the wing beyond the middle from the costal margin almost
to the anal angle. Secondaries blackish brown, crossed from the
apex to the inner margin by a wide white band. Underside
similar to the upperside, but much whiter; the fringe of both
wings black. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

Allied to 7. plagia, Druce, but quite distinct.

TROCHIODES CORMASA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. figs. 19, 20.)

Female. Primaries black, with a large oval-shaped creamy white
mark on the inner margin, extending from the base almost to the
anal angle. Secondaries creamy white, bordered with black from
the apex to the anal angle; the fringe of both wings alternately
white and black. Underside: primaries rich purplish brown,
streaked with yellow at the base ; a rather wide, short, white band
partly crosses the wing from about the middle of the costal
margin ; a submarginal waved yellow line extends from near the
apex to the anal angle. Secondaries creamy white, the apex and
outer margin bordered with purplish brown; two small yellow
spots close to the apex. Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax black ;
collar and tegule white; abdomen and legs creamy white.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A beautiful species, very distinct from any other known to me.

TROCHIODES CONIADES, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 21.)
Male. Primaries brownish black, white from the base to beyond
the middle of the inner margin; the fringe black. Secondaries

310 ON NEW SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. [Mar. 28,
white, with the apex broadly bordered with black. Underside
identical with the upperside. Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax
black; tegule and abdomen white; legs black.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

A small species, allied to 7. cormasa, Druce, which it closely
resembles on the upperside, but on the underside it is very
different.

TROCHIODES (?) CORAS, sp. 0.

Male. Primaries brownish black; a rather wide white streak
extends from the base to the middle of the wing, beyond which
and nearer the apex is a round white spot. Secondaries semi-
hyaline white, bordered with brownish black from the apex to the
anal angle; the inner margin greyish; the fringe of both wings
black. Underside almost exactly like the upperside. Head,
antenne, thorax, and abdomen black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).

(Plate XX. fig. 22.)

Male, Primaries black, an angular-shaped large white spot on
the inner margin near the base, an orange-yellow spot on the
outer margin below the apex. Secondaries white, broadly bor-
dered with black; the fringe of both wings black. -Underside
very similar to the upperside, the orange-yellow spot on the outer
margin larger. Antennz, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ;

TROCHIODES (?) PLATA, sp. n.

the underside of the abdomen white.
Female the same as the male.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. D.).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XIX,
Fig. 1. Agyrta phylla, p. 282. Fig. 9. Devara pallor, p. 289.
2. Chenaten See p- 283. 10. chepta, oe 290.
3. Metastatia chelidon, p. 285. 11, 12. Nelo toxicrata, p. 290.
4. —— (?) pales, p. 285. 13. Lauron osiba, p. 290.
5. Neozatrephes telesiila, p. 287. 14. (?) chariata, p. 291.
6. Eucereon chalcodon, p. 287. 15. batesi, p. 291.
7. Devara charisia, p. 289. 16. padua, p. 291.
8. Halisidota panduma, p. 288. 17. Neolawrona ovia, p. 292.
Puatn XX,
Fig. 1. Dioptis charila, p. 292. Fig. 10. Luchontha ciris, p. 297.
2. roraima, p. 292. 11. Nipteria cissoessa, p. 300.
3. —— pallene, p. 293. 12. pania, p. 301.
4, egla, p. 293. 13. Eloria cissusa 8, p. 297.
5. cheledonis, p. 293. 14. Gonora paphia, p. 296.
6. charon, p. 294. ~ 15. Eloria cissusa 2, p. 297.
7. Monocreagra orthyades, p.295. | “16. Nipteria philomela, p. 300.
8. (?) chares, p. 295. AZ. Genussa cluaca, p. 297.
9. —— (?)choraa, p. 295, &. .

PZ. oS 169Serl ee

Mintern Bros. imp.

J. Smit del et lith.

BRAIN OF AFRICAN ELEPHANT.

P ZS 1893) Piece

J. Smit del et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.
BRAIN OF AFRICAN ELEPHANT.

1893. ] ON THE BRAIN OF THE AFRICAN ELEPHANT, 311

Prata XXI.
Fig. 1. Nipteria clytia, p. 302. Fig. 12,13 g¢, 14 9. Heterusia

1

2. Heterusia comata, p. 304. pinara, p. 307

3. conna, p. 305. 15. Trockiodes plagia, p. 308.
4. conon, p. 307. SIGS UT. creusa, p. 309.

5, 6. Haenad latabe . 305. 18. polymela, p- a
7. Heterusia comana, p. B05. | 19, 20. cormasa, p. 309

8, 9. Heterusia pirene, p. 306. 21. coniades, p. 309.
10, 11. placilla, p. 807. 22. —— (?) platea, p. 310.

2. On the Brain of the African Elephant. By Frank E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received February 28, 1893.]
(Plates XXII. & XXIII.)

So far as I am aware the only existing figures and description
of the brain of this animal are to be found in a paper upon the
Carnivorous brain by Dr. Krueg’*. Sir W. Turner, in his account
of the Mammalian brain in general, refers* only to this source of
information. Indeed, the opportunities of dissecting the African
Elephant at all have been very few. Mr. W. A. Forbes, in 1879°,
could enumerate only five observers who had published accounts
of the viscera of that animal. Iam glad, therefore, to be able to
offer to the Society a contribution towards a more complete know-
ledge of the anatomy of Llephas africanus in the description of its
brain which I proceed to give. The brain which I propose to
describe is that of a young male which died in the Society’s Gardens
on January 15th of the present year. The size of the brain
unfortunately prevented its being kept entire for the purposes of
a museum specimen; it was soon found necessary to cut the brain
into four pieces ; the hemispheres were separated by a longitudinal
eut, and the cerebellum was also divided longitudinally into two
halves. When this was done the interior of the brain was found
to be in a rather inferior state of preservation. Later on it became
harder. As, however, the superficial part of the brain has kept
well, I am able to deal satisfactorily enough with the convolutions
of the hemispheres and with the cerebellum; that is, of course,
with regard to the distribution and development of the furrows.
Krueg’s figures* of the brain are merely meant to illustrate those
fissures which bear an importance, according to his views, through
the entire series, the remaining fissures being indicated by dotted
lines. Three views are given by Krueg of the brains of both Asiatic

a “Ueber die Furchen auf der Grosshirnrinde der zonoplacentalen Sauge-
thiere,” Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xxxiii. p. 652.

“ «The Convolutions of the Brain ; a Study in Comparative Anatomy,” Journ,
Anat. & Phys. xxv. p. 105.

3 “On the Anatomy of the African Elephant (Elephas africanus, Blun.),”
P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 420.

4 On pl. xxxviii. of his memoir.

312 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Mar. 28,

and African Elephants. The internal lateral, superficial, and ex-
ternal lateral aspects are figured.
I shall now proceed to describe the brain examined by myself.

DESCRIPTION OF THE BRAIN.

The outlines of the hemispheres (Plate XXII.) are not by any
means exactly as have been depicted by Krueg; the compara-
tively narrow anterior half is, in my specimen, barely so long as
the broader posterior section; the lengths in my specimen were
(rather roughly) 44 and 3 inches respectively. It seems likely,
therefore, that the general form of the hemispheres in this Elephant
may now be fixed with something like certainty, and that the differ-
ences between the outlines of the brain in the Indian and African
Elephants as portrayed in Krueg’s sketches are not real differences,
so far at any rate as concerns the proportions referred to above. I
did not find that the rhinal fissure had so long a visible course upon
the lateral aspect of the brain as it is depicted by Krueg ; this gives
to the brain an altogether peculiar appearance in these drawings,
which do not seem to be a correct expression of the facts as seen
in the brain examined by myself. In my specimen the temporal
lobe was directed much more forwards (see Plate XXIII.) so as
to largely cover the rhinencephalon and conceal a considerable
extent of the rhinal fissure.

The two hemispheres are unsymmetrical as regards their con-
volutions, as is usually the case in complexly folded brains;
accordingly I describe each separately.

=
Right Hemisphere.

The large temporal lobe is directed forwards and is separated from
the parietal lobe by the long and deep Sylvian fissure (Plate XXIII.
fig. 1, Sy), which measures from end to end about 4 inches. From
the upper extremity of the Sylvian fissure two or three small
fissures radiate outwards, joining the inner of the longitudinal
fissures which traverse the temporal lobe. Just before the ex-
tremity of the Sylvian fissure an evidently important (because
deep), though short, fissure runs upwards at right angles, or nearly
so, to the Sylvian fissure ; this fissure just stops short of joming
the conspicuous fissure of Rolando. It is, perhaps, to be compared
to the ascending limb of the Sylvian fissure in other Mammalia.
Anteriorly to this there is a deep fissure which I regard as being
possibly comparable to the fissure of Rolando (Plate XXIII. fig. 1,
F.R). It reaches the Sylvian fissure below, and runs obliquely
upwards, reaching to within about ? of an inch of the median
interhemispheral sulcus. When the brain is viewed from above
this fissure of Rolando, if I am right in so identifying it, is seen to
divide the hemisphere into approximately two halves. The im-
portance of this furrow was unluckily illustrated by the hemi-
sphere breaking into two halves at this point, a result largely due
of course to its great depth and extent. Still in front of this is
another important fissure which divides also into two branches, in
the fashion of the letter Y,and in front of this again a second also

1893. ] BRAIN OF THE AFRICAN ELEPHANT. 313

Y-shaped fissure running at right angles to the longitudinal axis
of the brain; one of these, but I am not sure which, is probably
the pre-Sylvian fissure (Plate XXIII. fig. 1, P.s).

The front aspect of the brain is marked by two principal fissures,
of which the innermost (that nearest the interhemispheral sulcus)
appears to me to be the anterior termination of a more or less
strongly marked furrow running on the dorsal aspect of the hemi-
sphere for more than the anterior half at a distance of rather less
than an inch from the interhemispheral sulcus. The second of the
two fissures observable on the frontal lobe of the brain is almost
as far from the last mentioned as from the Y-shaped fissure referred
to above. This fissure seems also to be the anterior end of another
longitudinal furrow, which curves round posteriorly and is con-
tinuous with the first of the two fissures dividing the temporal
lobe of the brain longitudinally.

The temporal lobe is divided by two furrows, of which the
anterior is approximately equidistant from the anterior margin of
the temporal lobe and from the posterior furrow, into three gyri—an
antero-temporal, a medio-temporal, and a postero-temporal. The
posterior temporal fissure (Plate XXIII. fig. 1, P.t) curves over the
hemisphere and divides off an occipital lobe, becoming continuous
with the sulci of the inner face of the hemisphere. The anterior
temporal furrow bends round and forms the posterior of the three
branches of the Sylvian.

Left Hemisphere.

The left hemisphere of the brain (Plate XXIII. fig. 2) shows
many detailed differences from the right; in more complicated
brains there is of course usually such an asymmetry; the existence
of this asymmetry, however, perhaps enables one to abstract from
a consideration of both halves of the brain a list of the more im-
portant furrows.

On the upper surface of the hemispheres the two longitudinal
furrows are not recognizable anteriorly ; they are lost by the more
marked cross furrowing. Posteriorly, however, the outer of the
two is very deep, and, therefore, conspicuous ; it is continuous, as
on the right side, with the middle temporal fissure. Both the tem-
poral sulci are as pronounced on the left side as on the right. The
fissure of Rolando, however, if I am right in so identifying it, is
by no means so extensive on the left side. It seems to be divided
into two tracts, of which that continuous with the Sylvian is the
deepest; the upper half comes to within about the same distance
of the internal margin of the hemisphere. Anteriorly there are
the same two Y-shaped fissures, of which the first (counting from
behind forwards) is, as on the right hemisphere, the deeper. The
temporal fissures are as on the right side.

Cerebellum.

The cerebellum is neither figured nor described by Krueg. As
shown in the accompanying drawing (Plate XXII.), it has a narrow
median lobe, which is visible in the cerebellum only as seen from

314 ON THB BRAIN OF THE AFRICAN ELEPHANT. [ Mar. 28,

above; when viewed from behind the median lobe is concealed by
the lateral lobes, which completely cover it over. Tach of the
lateral lobes is divided by a number of deep cross-running furrows.
These are placed at irregular intervals, though parallel in direction ;
the cerebellum is thus divided up into a series of flat plates of
varying thicknesses. Some of these fissures, which are all very
deep, are not continuous right round the cerebellum ; the majority
of them, hcwever, are. The two halves of the cerebellum are not
symmetrical as regards the furrows.

The plate-like discs, in which the lateral lobes are cleft, are
about 18-20 in number. The small median lobe of the cerebellum
is in marked contrast to what is to be met with in, at any rate, many
Ungulates and Carnivora.

Remarks upon the principal Sulci.

The preceding is, I believe, so far as it goes, an accurate
description of the principal furrows. It now remains for me to
attempt to determine which are the most important of these.

Krueg indicates five furrows of first-rate importance in the
brains of both African and Indian Elephants :—

(1) Sylvian fissure, divided below into processus anterior and
processus posterior, which join above to form processus acuminis.

(2) Pre-Sylvian fissure.

(3) Posterior supra-Sylvian fissure.

(4) Sutural fissure.

(5) Coronal fissure.

The diagrams do not seem to me to bring out close resemblances
between the Elephantide and the other mammals(Carnwora, Hyrax)
with which they are compared. Dr. Krueg, however, considers
that there are no characters peculiar to the Proboscidian brain, but
that they approach the Carnivora more nearly than they do the
Ungulata.

In the brains of the Carnivora the furrows on the surface of the
brain have an arcuate arrangement round the Sylvian fissure. In
the Ungulata, as in the Rodents, the longitudinal fissures seem to
be straighter and not to present, at any rate in so marked a degree,
an arch-like course.

I admit, however, that the great development of the temporal
lobe in the Elephant is a point of resemblance to the Carniwora
(also of course to the Primates, which rather takes away from its
significance), and that the furrows of the African Elephant’s brain,
as L read them, are more decidedly arcuate than they are represented
to be by Krueg. But it is so extremely difficult to compare the
furrows of a complexly convolute brain with those of a smoother
brain that I refrain from venturing upon a definite opinion as to
the affinities indicated by the study of the Elephant’s brain.

I can identify all the fissures drawn by Krueg, with the exception
of the anterior (or posterior, as the case may be) branch ‘of the
Sylvian. I could not see quite so marked a superficial boundary

1893.] ON THE SCIENTIFIC NAME OF A HIMALAYAN CUCKOO. 315

of the Island of Reil. The direction, too, of the fissure was certainly
not so vertical in the brain examined by myself.

My own observations tend to show that the two species of
Elephant do not diverge so greatly in the course of this fissure as
might be inferred from the diagrams of Krueg.

The lateral fissure is represented as not joining the coronal fis-
sure in the African Elephant; but the two appear to be continuous
in the Indian Elephant. This difference is evidently not one of
importance, since, as I have pointed out above, the lateral fissure
is quite different on the two sides of the brain.

I ought to remark, perhaps, as it may give a little more value to
the statements made in the present paper, that I purposely abstained
from consulting Krueg until I had drawn up a description of the
brain from my own study. Hence I have not, I believe, been
prejudiced in favour of any particular furrows.

In a complex brain like that of the Elephant it is a very difficult
matter to settle the order of importance of the furrows. The
plan I have adopted is to lay most weight upon such furrows as
are common to both sides of the brain; their depth I regard as the
next most important character of those open to me to select from.

I believe, therefore, after taking these points into consideration,
that in addition to the “* Hauptfurchen” allowed by Krueg, we
must add (1) the representative (?) of a fissure of Rolando, (2) a
fissure, which I have called post-temporal, lying behind the supra-
Sylvian and curving forwards to run for a considerable distance
along the upper surface of the brain.

The plates contain faithful copies of the actual convolutions, made
by Mr. P. Smit.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puare XXII.
A superficial view of the brain of the African Elephant.

Piate XXIII.

Fig. 1. Lateral view of the brain of the African Elephant; right side. This
figure is rather more tilted than the next, so that the actual dorsal
surface of the brain is not visible.

2. Ditto, left side.

Sy, Sylvian fissure; P.s, pre-Sylvian fissure; FR, fissure of Rolando ; 4, lon-
gitudinal fissure or dorsal aspect of brain; 4.7, anterior temporal fissure ;
P.t, posterior temporal fissure; fh, rbinal fissure.

3. On the Scientific Name of a Himalayan Cuckoo.
By W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S.

[Received March 28, 1893.]

Four species of true Cuckoo, belonging to the genus Cuculus,
are found in the Himalayas and in some other parts of India. In
Jerdon’s ‘ Birds of India’ these four species were described under
the names of C. canorus, C. himalayanus, C. poliocephalus, and

316 MR. W. T, BLANFORD ON THD [ Mar. 28,

C. micropterus.. Of the two other Indian species of Cuculus
admitted by Jerdon, one called by him C. striatus, Drapiez
(C. affinis, Hay), is now generally admitted not to be distinct
from C. micropterus, whilst the other, C. sonnerati, is, I think,
rightly placed in a separate genus, Penthoceryx, by Cabanis.

About the specific names of three of the four Cuckoos above
enumerated, C. canorus, C. poliocephalus, and C. micropterus, there
has never been any question. But the species described by
Jerdon as the Himalayan Cuckoo, or Cuculus himalayanus, has
been singularly unfortunate in this respect; it has received several
specific names of its own, and yet has always, despite various
changes of nomenclature, appeared in systematic works under a
title that, so far as I can ascertain, does not belong to it. Blyth,
who had in 1846 (J. A. S. B. xv. p. 18) rightly distinguished this
species as C. saturatus, Hodgson, and regarded C. himalayanus,
Vigors, as a synonym of C. poliocephalus, in his Catalogue of the
Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society, published in 1849,
entered the name of the Himalayan Cuckoo (to prevent confusion
I employ Jerdon’s English name) thus: “ C. himalayanus, Vigors,
(nec apud Gould, Century, pl. 54); ” and kept only “ C. himalaya-
nus, apud Gould, Cent.,’ as a synonym of C. poliocephalus,
evidently supposing that the bird described by Vigors, P. Z. 8.
1831, p. 172, belonged to a different species from that figured
in Gould’s ‘Century of Birds from the Himalaya Mountains’
(1832). But Mr. Vigors, at the commencement of his de-
scriptions of new species, including C. himalayanus, expressly
stated (1. c. p. 170) that all the birds described by him belonged
to “the sixth and last portion of the species comprising the
‘Century of Birds from the Himalaya Mountains’ drawn
and lithographed by Mr. and Mrs. Gould,” so that it appears
certain that the actual specimen figured in the ‘ Century’ as
C. himalayanus was also described by Vigors under that name.
In all probability Blyth, who always wrote under great dis-
advantages from want of access to books, had not Vigors’s
paper to refer to, and depended on a copy of the description.
Horsfield and Moore, in their ‘Catalogue of the Birds in the
Museum of the East India Company,’ and Jerdon in the ‘ Birds
of India,’ copied Blyth’s mistake.

In ‘The Ibis’ for 1866, p. 359, in his commentary on Jerdon’s
‘ Birds of India,’ Blyth, following Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Cuculi,
p- 7) adopted the name Cuculus striatus for the Himalayan Cuckoo,
though he expressed his doubts in a footnote whether Drapiez’s
description (Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. iv. p. 570) did not agree
better with C. micropterus. However, from 1866 the name
C. striatus was generally used for the bird by Indian ornitholo-
gists until recently, although Jerdon (Ibis, 1872, p. 12) did not
accept the term.

The various plumages of the three closely allied Cuckoos,
C. canorus, the Himalayan Cuckoo (under the name of C. striatus),
and C. poliocephalus, were first, I think, clearly discriminated by

1893. ] SCIENTIFIC NAME OF A HIMALAYAN CUCKOO. 317

Mr. Oates (Ibis, 1889, p. 355), who carefully guarded himself
by saying that the names used were provisional, as he had
not gone into the question of nomenclature. But in 1890
Mr. Seebohm, in his ‘ Birds of the Japanese Empire,’ p. 170, showed
that neither the name C. himalayanus nor that of C. striatus could
apply to the Himalayan Cuckoo—the first clearly belonging to
the rufous state of C. poliocephalus, whilst the latter, founded
on a Javan specimen 12 French inches (13 English) long, must be
referred to C. canorus. I quite agree in both these determinations,
and I should attach as much weight to the coloration of C. striatus
as to its length, for it is described as having the “ parties supé-
rieures d’un brun cendré, bleuatre,’ which might apply to C. canorus,
but not to the adult Himalayan Cuckoo, in which the upper parts
are not brown at all, but very dark ashy grey. That C. striatus
cannot have been C. micropterus, as was formerly supposed, is,
I think, certain, for there is no mention in Drapiez’s description
of the dark subterminal tail-band characteristic of the latter
species, and the upper parts of C. micropterus could never be
termed ‘ bleuatre.’

Mr. Seebohm, after having disposed of the names by which the
Himalayan Cuckoo had hitherto been known, selected for it
an old term of Vahl’s, C. intermedius, which, if it belonged to the
bird, would certainly be peculiarly appropriate, for the species is
intermediate in size between its two near allies, C. canorus and
C. poliocephalus. The name C. intermedius was adopted by
Captain Shelley in the British Museum Catalogue of Birds
(vol. xix. p. 252), though both Cuculus striatus, Drapiez, and
C. himalayanus, Vigors, are quoted as synonyms, in opposition
to Mr. Seebohm’s opinion.

I very much fear, however, that the name Cuculus intermedius
cannot possibly apply to the middle-sized Himalayan Cuckoo, for
the following reasons. The original description of C. inter-
medius by Vahl (Skriv. af Nat. Selskabet, Kjobenhayn, vol. iv.
p-. 58, 1789) ran thus :— Jntermedius Cuculus cauda rotundata
nigricante albo-maculata, pectore cinereo ferrugineo-tincto, humeris
immuculatis, remigibus fuscis. Hab. Tranquebariz ;” and the species
is said to be distinguished from C. passerinus by being “ dimidio
major,’ and from C. canorus by being “ duplo minor, pennis pecto-
ralibus apice ferrugineis, remigibus in colorem fusewm magis ver-
gentibus, humeris immaculatis, non albis nigro punctatis.” Now the
middle-sized Himalayan Cuckoo cannot be said to be half the size
of OC. canorus, and only half as large again as C. passerinus,
whilst C. poliocephalus exactly fits the description, and the last-
named species occurs in Southern India, whilst to the best of
my belief the Himalayan Cuckoo does not. No notice of its
occurrence in the Indian Peninsula is to be found in Jerdon,
nor has it, so far as I can ascertain, been procured by any
subsequent collector; certainly there is no specimen from any
place west of the Bay of Bengal and south of lat. 26° N. in the
Hume Collection. Nor has it ever been obtained in Ceylon, as it

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XXII. 22

318 THE SCIENTIFIC NAMB OF A HIMALAYAN cucKOo, [Mar. 28,

in all probability would have been had its range extended to
Travancore. There is, however, one mention of its occurrence
in the Wynaad by an excellent and trustworthy observer, the late
Mr. W. Davison (‘ Stray Feathers,’ x. p. 359); but I think this
supposed occurrence may be thus explained. Mr. Davison’s note
is as follows :—‘ Sparingly distributed in the Wynaad. I should
think that it was a permanent resident, as I have heard it calling
late in May.” I infer from this and from the fact that there
is no Wynaad skin in the Hume Collection that Mr. Davison,
who was collecting for Mr. Hume, did not obtain a specimen,
but only heard the call. But a reference to ‘Stray Feathers,’
xi. p. 70, shows that Mr, Hume’s (and consequently, it is reason-
able to conclude, Mr. Davison’s) belief was that the call of the
Himalayan Cuckoo was something like “ Kyphul-pakkha” *, and
the name Kyphil-pakkha is applied by some of the Himalayan
people to a Cuckoo. According to Hutton, however (Blyth,
Cat. B. Mus. As. Soc. p. 71, who is confirmed by Bingham and
Marshall, Ibis, 1584, p. 411), this note is produced by C. miero-
pterus, which doubtless occurs in the Wynaad, and it would be
very difficult to tell the Himalayan Cuckoo from C. micropterus
without shooting the bird. Jerdon (B. I. i. p. 323; Ibis, 1872,
p. 12) has clearly shown that the call of the Himalayan Cuckoo is
quite different, and his account is confirmed by that excellent
observer Col. C. H. T. Marshall.

I came to the above conclusions more than a year ago, but
before publishing them I thought it best to enquire into this ques-
tion thoroughly. I therefore wrote to Mr. Davison, then living
at Singapore, and asked him whether he could remember if he
had ever shot the Himalayan Cuckoo in Southern India or
whether he had only heard the note. He replied to me in a
letter, which is, I regret to say, the last I can ever receive from
one of the very best field-naturalists who have helped in working
out the ornithology of India, and said that he did not procure
a specimen of this Cuckoo when he was collecting for Mr. Hume,
but he thought he obtained one later in a collection he made for
the Madras Museum. I therefore wrote to Dr. Warth, who was
in charge of that Museum, and asked him to ascertain for me
whether the Museum possessed any skin of the Himalayan
Cuckoo. Dr. Warth very kindly took particular pains to ascertain
the facts, and he wrote that not only was there no specimen of
the species in the Museum, but that, to the best of his knowledge
and belief, no specimen had ever been obtained in Southern India.
This was confirmed by Mr. Daly, who has an extensive knowledge
of South Indian birds. I think, after this evidence, it is impossible
to come to any other conclusion than that the Himalayan Cuckoo
does not occur in Southern India, and that Vahl’s C. intermedius
must have been C. poliocephalus.

As none of the names hitherto employed for this Cuckoo apply
to it, the question arises as to the earliest undoubted term. The

1 That is, in Hindastani, the Kyphil (or fruit of the Ky tree) is ripe.

i

P. Z.5.1893. Plate AKIV,

: .
MP Parker hth West,Newman imp

Genital Glamds of Allolobophora lonéa.

1893. ] ON THE GHNITALIA OF BRITISH BARTHWORMS, 319

first synonym on the list after those already cited is 0. canoroides,
S. Miller (Verhandelingen nat. Gesch. Nederland. overz. Bez.,
Land- en Volk. p. 235). It is far from clear that birds belonging
to more than one species are not included, and as the wing is
said to measure 83 inches in some of the specimens, those skins,
as Seebohm has pointed out, must belong to C. canorus. Under
these circumstances the name, which is barbarous, may be safely
ignored, the more so that it is not clearly antecedent to C. saturatus,
a name of Hodgson’s published by Blyth in 1843 (J. A. S. B.
xii. p. 942) and quite unobjectionable. The description given by
Blyth (J. A. S. B. xi. p. 903), who regarded this form at the time
as an old C. micropterus, though brief, was sufficient for its recog-
nition. I propose, therefore, to use the name C, saturatus for the
Himalayan Cuckoo.

4, Further Observations on Variations in the Genitalia of
British Earthworms. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demon-
strator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, London.
(Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howzs.)

[Received March 15, 1893.]
(Plate XXIV.)

In a former communication on this subject, published in the
Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1892 (p. 184), I described an abnormal
Earthworm (Allolobophora, sp. ine.) possessed of six additional pairs
of ovaries, situated one on the segment immediately in front of the
normal pair and the remaining five pairs on the segments behind it.

I have since examined very carefully a large number of Earth-
worms belonging to the genera Lumbricus and Allolobophora, and
now find that the presence of additional pairs of genital glands,
both ovaries and testes, is of by no means rare occurrence.

In order to form some idea as to the proportion of these abnormal
individuals, I took 50 worms at hazard from three localities near
London and comprising five species ', and found 14 specimens, or
28 per cent., in which additional genital glands were present, or,
practically, one worm in every four abnormal. The proportion is,
however, very variable, as is proved by the fact that whilst most
of the abnormal individuals came from one locality, in worms
from other places abnormalities were much rarer.

These variations all involved a repetition of the genital glands,
but the individuals varied among themselves: thus in four speci-
mens there were present additional glands on the mesenteries

* Allolobophora longa, 23 specimens: 17 normal, 6 abnormal.
A. turgida, 13 specimens: 9 normal, 4 abnormal.
A. chloritica, 2 specimens: both normal.
Lumbricus terrestris, 8 specimens: 6 normal, 2 abnormal,
LL. rubellus, 4 specimens: 2 normal, 2 abnormal. Be

320 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON THE [Mar. 28,

numbering 11/12 and 13/14; in five specimens additional glands
were present on 11/12 only; in four on 13/14 only; while in
one example additional glands were present on 13/14, 14/15,
15/16th?. These accessory genital glands were rendered easily
visible on dissecting the specimens under spirit, but their real
nature could only be made out either by means of sections examined
microscopically or, more roughly, by isolating the gland and
clarifying it entire.

One specimen was of such exceptional interest that a detailed
description is necessary. This was a large sexually adult A. longa,
possessing well-developed testes on mesenteries 9/10, 10/11, and
ovaries on mesentery 12/13. In addition to these glands there
were present, on mesenteries 11/12 and 13/14, accessory organs
having all the microscopic structure and detailed relationships of
true genital glands. The anterior and larger pair of these bodies
corresponded in position to the anterior pair of additional ovaries
described in my former paper’, but they differed very much from
these both in appearance and shape, being a flattened fan-shaped
structure with a slightly branched extremity, resembling the normal
testes rather than ovaries (Plate XXIV. fig. 2).

The additional gland of the right side when removed from the
body, stained and clarified entire (fig. 2 @), was seen to present the
following appearance :—Its main mass was composed of a great
number of closely-packed, small, rounded cells, imbedded in a slight
amount of connective tissue.

The cells situated near the base of the gland were slightly larger
and more uniformly diffused than those nearer the middle and free
end, which latter showed a marked tendency to be aggregated into
masses, roughly resembling the acini of a typical gland. The
nuclei of the cells, when seen under a high magnification, present
a very characteristic appearance, owing to the arrangement of the
chromatin round their periphery. ‘This is a stage in nuclear
division which immediately precedes the formation of the nuclear
spindle. The presence of all (or nearly all) the cells in this stage
of division indicates that nuclear division is here extremely rapid
and takes place in most of the cells at the same time; the resting-
stage appears to be slurred over, the nuclei emerging from one
division and passing straight into the early stages of the next
without any marked pause.

If we compare the structure of this body with that of the testes
(Plate XXLYV. fig. 3), we notice at once the very strong resemblance,
in the aggregation of the cells into masses, in the prevalence of this
particular division stage in the nuclei, and in the larger size of
the cells at the base as compared with those at the free end of
the gland.

The only observable differences between the testis and this

1 Three of the nine specimens possessed of additional genital glands on the
11/12 mesentery had testes developed in this situation, while the remaining six
had ovaries.

2 P.Z.8. 1892, p. 184, pl. xiii., ov’.

1893. ] GENITALIA OF BRITISH BARTHWORMS. 321
accessory gland are the presence, in the latter, of several multi-
nucleate masses of protoplasm, whose nuclei are smaller than those
of the surrounding cells and are arranged around the periphery of
this mass of protoplasm (fig. 36). These masses closely resemble
the mulberry stage in the development of the spermatozoa, as seen
in the seminal vesicles. Moreover, one observed two masses of
darkly staining bodies composed of elongated rods (fig. 3 ¢), some-
what bent on themselves, which had all the appearance of nearly
ripe sperm bundles, although, owing to their being buried up
amongst a mass of cells, it was impossible to make out any flagella
in relation to them.

The general structure of this body and the presence in it of
undoubted spermatozoa prove, I think, that it is to be regarded
as an over-developed testis, which, having no seminal vesicles
(receptacula seminis of Beddard*) into which to discharge its
developing spermatozoa, has retained some of them, at any rate,
Within its substance until they have become fully developed.

The presence of a third testis is interesting as, except for a
description of Perrier’s*, no one has, I believe, ever recorded the
presence of additional testes in the Oligocheta °. With regard to
Perrier’s case, one cannot doubt for a moment, on referring to his
figures, that Vejdovsky * is right in saying that “Perrier’s testes
are in reality the seminal vesicles.” If this be the case, then
Allolobophora is the first Oligochete proved to occasionally possess
three pairs of testes. This is not the only specimen having this
peculiarity, as I have since found two other abnormal] forms of
A. longa in which additional testes were present on the posterior
face of the 11/12 mesentery.

Further, when we remember that this testis is developed in
exactly the same place as that in which I have described an undoubted
ovary in another individual (7. c. plate xiii. fig. 1, ov"), we have
further confirmation for the belief that the male and female genital
glands in the Oligocheta, at any rate, are homologous structures
and may be developed from the same tissue and in the same situa-
tion.

Of the left half of the body, longitudinal sections were made so as
to pass through the testes, the accessorygland, the ovary, and the seg-
ments immediately following (Plate XXIV. fig.1). On examining
the accessory gland in section one immediately noticed, in addition
to the general mass of small cells already described, one or two
colossal cells (not all visible in the same section), and several
moderate-sized ones situated on its dorsal surface (fig. 4). Detailed

1 This term is not altogether a happy one, as the older Helminthologists
applied it with perfect justice to the spermathecsw. Its application to the
seminal vesicles, although expressing their undoubted homology with the
receptacula oyorum, is apt to cause confusion.

2 «Recherches p. serv. 4 hist. d. Lumbriciens terrestres,” Nouy. Archiv. d.
Mus. d’'Hist. Nat. Paris, tom. viii., 1872.

° Bergh, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xliv. 1886, p. 308 (footnote), says ‘ abnor-
mally placed additional testes are never found.”

* Syst. d. Oligochaeten, p. 135.

322 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON THD [ Mar. 28,

examination of these under a high power showed them to consist
of a large amount of lightly staining protoplasm, with an enormous
central nucleus, whose chromatin was aggregated into one immense
nucleolus, staining darkly, while the nucleus itself remained prac-
tically unstained.

The general structure of these cells at once suggested ova, and on
a careful comparison with the normal ovum (Plate XXIV. fig. 5 a, 5),
it will be seen that it is impossible to distinguish the large cells of
this accessory gland from ripe ova and the few moderate-sized
cells from developing ones’.

Thus we have in this specimen situated on the 11/12 mesentery,
just above the coiled portion of the vas deferens, on the right side
a body indistinguishable from a testis, and on the left side one
consisting of a ground-mass of testicular tissue, in which are
imbedded a few undoubted ova. In other words, we have here oa
the left side a true hermaphrodite gland, comparable in all its
essentials to the ova-testis of a hermaphrodite mollusk, and, like
that, budding-off sperm mother-cells into the cclom, the ova
remaining adherent to the wall of the gland until fully formed.

In most hermaphrodite invertebrates Known the male and
female genital glands are quite distinct from one another ; in fact
it is only in some Mollusca and a few Crustacea where we find
genuine hermaphrodite glands. Bernard has described such a
condition in Apus *,where spermatozoa were developed in the ovary ;
and Ishikawa’ has discovered the constant presence of ova in the
posterior part of the testis of Gebia. We have now recorded this
condition in a third group of Invertebrata, viz. the Cheetopoda.

Leaving on one side the question as to a probably hermaphro-
ditism of the ancestral worms, we may safely regard the ova and
sperm mother-cells, the ovaries and the testes as a whole, as being
homologous structures among the Oligocheta, for we have seen
that ovaries or testes may either develop indifferently upon
mesentery 11/12 or be replaced by a true hermaphrodite gland.

I have already pointed out (/. c. p. 187) that ovaries may occasion-
ally be developed on the mesenteries 11-18, and now I have only
to record the fact that the presence of additional ovaries is much
more frequent than has been supposed, especially on mesentery
13/14 (figs. 1 and 6, ov*) and not unfrequently on 11/12.

A very curious condition in the development of an ovary is
seen in the specimen under notice, where a mass of ova, mature and
immature, was found in a special cavity surrounded by a thin epi-
theloid capsule, to which the eggs were attached, immediately under

1 There seeméd just a possibility that these large cells might be encysted
Gregarines, and, in order to settle this question, sections were made of the ovary
of an Earthworm which had a number of these parasites encysted within it.
The difference between these cells and the parasites was at once manifest—the
coarsely granular protoplasm and large nucleus with its curiously vacuolated
nucleolus of the parasite contrasting strongly with the almost homogeneous
protoplasm and compact intensely-staining nucleolus of the ovum.

2 «Nature,’ vol. xlii. p. 848.

3 Zool, Anz. xiv. 1891, p. 70.

1893. | GENITALIA OF BRITISH EARTHWORMS. 323

cover of that ventral oblique septum running back from mesentery
12/13 and situated just below the ovary (Plate XXIV. fig. 7). Save
that this capsule was non-vascular and that no opening into the
coelom could be discovered, it was very suggestive of an additional
receptaculum ovorum, the contents especially resembling the con-
dition figured by Beddard for Pericheta*. At first this structure
suggested to my mind the curious relations between the oviduct and
ovary in Eudrilus’; but most careful examination of a complete
series of sections failed to reveal a trace of any exit from the ova,
the cavity of the capsule being closed on all sides. One was thus
forced to the conclusion that the organ was merely a ventral ex-
tension of the germinal epithelium shut off from the rest of the
ovary by the oblique mesentery. The meaning of the special
cavity and capsule surrounding this body I am unable to explain.

One of the most striking facts arising out of the study of these
various specimens is the very marked potentially reproductive
character of the posterior faces of the mesenteric septa, especially
Nos. 9/10-13/14; for we have seen that it is not at all uncommon
to find genital glands developed on all these, and occasionally even
on the next 3 or 4 septa following. As arule, the germinal epi-
thelium is only developed on the anterior wall of each segment
(i.e. on tke oosterior face of the mesentery); but Beddard * has,
in Acanthodrilus, described the ovaries as developed on the posterior
wall of the segment (anterior face of the mesentery).

These facts further accentuate the belief in the inherent power
of the entire ccelomic epithelium and their derivatives to produce
sex-cells.

These varied positions of the genital glands suggest the con-
dition met with in many Polychexte worms, where the genital cells
are developed from a more or less continuous band of tissue, situated
either on the ventral side of the body-cavity, on either side of the
nerve-cords, or close round the ventral blood-vessels*. And it
seems highly probable that the varying distribution of the genital
glands met with in the Oligocheta 1s the outcome of irregular
abbreviation of some such diffuse and possibly hermaphroditic
condition under perfected segmentation, rather than of a condition
in which the glands were already restricted to definitely metameric-
ally arranged centres as in the Planarians.

The development of the genital glands in the Earthworms has
been worked out by Bergh for Lumbricus and by Beddard * for Acan-
thodrilus: the latter author describes the constant presence of four
pairs of gonads in the embryo, the additional pair being situated
on the 12th segment ; this gland, however, never attains any sexual
differentiation and disappears early, so that only three pairs of
gonads are found in the adult. This rudimentary pair of glands

1 Q. J. M. S. vol. xxx. pp. 448, 471, pl. xxix. fig. 12; see also Bergh, Zeitschr.
f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xliv. 1886, p. 318 (footnote)

2 Q. J. M.S. vol. xxx. and vol. xxxiii. p. 514.

3 Cosmovici, Archiy. Zool. Exp. Gén. tom. viii, 1879-80, p. 557.

4Q.J.M.S. vol. xxxiii. p. 497.

324 ON THE GENITALIA OF BRITISH HARTHWORMS. [Mar. 28,

is evidently the homologue of the additional gonads on the 12th
somite described above in the adult Allolobophora and Lumbricus ;
and I believe that when we know more of the development of
other Earthworms, this additional pair of gonads will be found to
be present in most of them at one stage of their existence.

In three very young worms (Z. terrestris?) I found this pair of
gonads present, and I think that Bergh possibly overlooked it in his
account of the development of the genital glands, as, from the
number of adult specimens of Lumbricus and Allolobophora in
which I have found this pair of gonads, I think that it is in all
probability always developed in the embryo, as in Acanthodrilus,
but generally disappearing in the adult.

The receptacula ovorum were in this specimen, and as I have
frequently observed in other Allolobophora, totally disconnected
from the oviduct; in fact, if the development of the former be
studied (as can easily be donein young worms) they may be found
to arise as outgrowths of that portion of the coelomic epithelium
covering the anterior face of mesentery 13/14, dorsal to and quite
independent of the oviducts, whose ciliated epithelium may sub-
sequently extend up to their openings. To represent these recep-
tacula ovorum as outgrowths of the oviducts is, I think, erroneous
and misleading, as they are the homologues of the seminal vesicles ;
and, like them, they arise as hollow outgrowths of the mesenteric
septa, and their connection with the oviducts (when effected) is a
secondary one.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal vertical section of an abnormal A//olobophora longa, X 20.
2°, posterior testis; f, seminal funnels; %, hermaphrodite gland ; ov’,
ov2, ovaries ; ovd, oviduct ; m, mesenteric septa ; s.0, segmental organ ;
m, nephrostome; 0.m, oblique mesentery; ¢.v.d, coiled portion of
vas deferens.
2. Right additional genital gland (testis) from segment 12.
a. Entire gland clarified, x 20.
b. Part of free end, X320: m, mulberry-shaped masses of developing
spermatozoa.
ce. Portion showing bundles of ripe spermatozoa (sp).
. Base and apex of normal testis,x320: s, typical sperm mother-cell
enlarged.
. Hermaphrodite gland from segment 12: ov, ova; sp, young sperm
mother-cells, 320.
. (a) Base of normal ovary, 640; (2) single ripe ovum with archo-
plasm, x 320.
. Additional ovary from segment 14, x 320.
. Mass of ova (? ovary) from below the oblique mesentery (0.2m) of seg-
ment 13: ¢.p, epitheloid capsule, x 110.

AID GH FP

1893.] MR, P. L. SCLATER ON THE GIBRALTAR MONKEYS. 325

April 18, 1893.

Sir W. H. Fiowmr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the
Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of March:—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of March were 107 in number. Of these 58 were acquired
by presentation, 17 by purchase, 5 by exchange, 21 were born in
the Gardens, and 6 were received on deposit. The total number
of departures during the same period, by death and removals,
was 118.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1, Three White-tailed Gnus (Connochetes gnu), from the Trans-
vaa] (a male and two females), obtained by purchase March 7th.

2. Three Spring-boks (Gazella euchore), from South Africa, de-
posited by H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.

Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin of a singular variety of a (female)
Pig-tailed Monkey, Macacus nemestrinus, from the Baram River,
Sarawak, Borneo, which had been deposited in the Society’s
Gardens by Major I’. Day, on the 13th July, 1892, and had died
on the 9th January of the present year. The specimen was
of a dark fulvous above, darker in the mesial line, much paler on
the lower surface, and growing nearly white on the middle of the
chest. Mr. Charles Hose, who was well acquainted with the
specimen, had informed Mr. Sclater that it had been captured by
the natives of the Baram River about five years ago, and had
not grown since it was in captivity. Major Day had obtained it
from the Rajah of the district. Mr. Hose had no doubt of its
being simply a variety of Macacus nemestrinus, in which opinion
Mr. Sclater fully concurred, but thought the specimen worthy of
notice.

Mr. Sclater read a communication from General Sir Lothian
Nicholson, K.C.B., R.E., Governor of Gibraltar, which he had
received during a recent visit to Gibraltar.

In reply to inquiries about the present condition of the Barbary
Apes (Macacus inuus) on the Rock, Sir Lothian stated that they
were now distinctly increasing in numbers. He had himself counted
as many as thirty in one group, and, according to some reports, there
were altogether as many as double that number on the Rock. In
fact they were so numerous and their depredations had become so
serious that a short time ago an agitation had been got up for
their reduction in numbers, and it would perhaps be necessary to
thin them a little, but their extermination was quite out of the
question and would not be thought of.

326 MR, A. H. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS sIPuNCULUS. [Apr. 18,

Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S., made some remarks on the Zoological
Gardens of Antwerp and Amsterdam, which he had lately visited.
In the Antwerp Gardens, amongst other interesting animals, was
an example of the Ounce (felis wucia), which appeared to be in
good health. The female Hippopotamus which had produced the
young male now living in the Society’s Gardens was expected to
give birth to another young one very shortly.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Genus Sipunculus. By Arruur E. Surrey,
M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of Christ’s College and
Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the University
of Cambridge. (Communicated by Frank E. Bepparp,
F.R.S., F.Z.S.)

[Received March 28, 1893.]
(Plates XXV.-XXVILI.)

During his recent expedition to Zanzibar, Mr. F. Finn, F.Z.S.,
collected specimens of two species of Gephyrean worms of the
genus Stpunculus; these were handed to me by my friend Mr.
Beddard, and the following paper contains some notes on the
anatomy and histology of these forms, together with a few obser-
vations on Sipunculids in general. The two species are Sipunculus
indicus and S. cumanensis ; the anatomy of the latter is well known.

SIPUNCULUS INDICUS.

The exterior of this Sipunculid is well shown in Keferstein’s
article in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie’ (1), but.
unfortunately he had only one example at his disposal, and_
could not investigate the internal anatomy of the animal. The
examples which Selenka had to describe for his admirable monograph
on the Sipunculide (2), although externally well preserved, were
so much macerated as to make any investigation of the soft
internal organs impossible; he therefore had to content himself
with adding a couple of lines to Keferstein’s description of the
external appearance of the Gephyrean, which he quotes.

Sipunculus indicus is one of the largest species of the genus.
The length of the four individuals placed in my hands was 18, 173,
17, and 15 inches respectively. Their bodies were very attenuated,
the average diameter being 4 to 2 of an inch, but their posterior
ends were slightly swollen and ended in a truncated cone.

The head of the animal is followed by a short neck (the introvert)
covered with scale-like papilla (Plate XX VI. fig. 4) ; the rest of the
body is very markedly ringed. The rings vary a good deal in
their width, but asa rule they are about the same relative size as

PZ.S.1893. Plate XXV.

*3

West, Newman itp

Structure of Sipunculus.

: MP. Parker hth.

<4

West Newman imp.

Structure of Sipunculis.

MP Parker lith,

7 2 1908 T
Bein leone

PlateXAVIL

ah

MP Parker lith.

Structure of Sipunculus.

West, Newman imp.

1893. ] MR, A. H. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS SIPUNCULUS, 327

those of the Common Earthworm, and their presence gives the
Sipunculus a remarkable resemblance to that animal. The rings
correspond with elevations of the cutis extending over several
bundles of the circular muscles which lie just under the cutis.
On looking at the skin with a hand-lens it is at once seen that
each ring is composed of a number of rectangular oblong areas
(Plate XX VI. fig. 4) side by side. Each of these oblong areas corre-
sponds in width with one of the bundles of longitudinal muscles
which lie within the circular muscles.

The mouth of Sipunculus indicus is situated in the centre of the
anterior end of the body; it is slightly elongated transversely
(Plate XX VI. fig.4). Around the mouth hes a circular ring of ten-
tacles, and between the mouth and the ring of tentacles a number
(7 or 8) of ridges radiate ; probably these correspond with certain
vascular spaces which supply the tentacles.

Viewed from in front the mouth and tentacles are very much
like those of Stephanostoma (Phascolosoma) hanseni as figured by
Danielssen and Koren (4) in their monograph on the northern
Gephyrea.

Owing to the fact that Sipunculids usually die with their in-
trovert inverted, the arrangement of the parts of their head has
been difficult to make out, and with the exception of the figure
given by H. B. Ward (3) it does not seem to me that this part of
the body has been adequately depicted. The genus Sipunculus
differs from many other unarmed Gephyrea in having a ciliated
web or membrane round the mouth, which web has not been
broken up into discrete and independent tentacles. The arrange-
ment of the web is very various even amongst members of the
same species. The simplest form is that presented by Sipunculus
tessellatus (Plate XX VI. fig.7), in which the web cannot be said to
be broken up into tentacles at all, although its free border is very
irregular ; it forms a complete ring around the mouth and is not
incurved at any point. The inner surface of the web bears
numerous ridges and intervening depressions which are lined by
ciliated cells. In the specimen depicted in Plate XXVI. fig. 7, some
of these ridges were especially marked and continued some way
into the mouth. In Stpunculus indicus the membrane has been
much more broken up into tentacles, which appear more or less
aggregated into tufts, and there seems to be a certain relation be~
tween the tufts and the conspicuous radial ridges which run
toward the mouth. In two of the four specimens which I received
from Zanzibar the head was extended: one of them is depicted in
Plate XX VI. fig. 4, and it will be noticed in this one that the tentacles
are rather thicker on one side, the dorsal, than on the other; in
the second specimen with extended head the tentacles were even
more concentrated in this region, and showed a tendency to be
incurved, so that the outline of their base took the form of a
double horse-shoe.

In Sipunculus nudus the membrane has not broken up into
tentacles, but remains as a web witha ciliated internal surface and

328 MR. A, B, SHIPLEY ON THD GENUS SrPuNCULUS. [Apr. 18,

an irregular edge. The extent to which it is developed, however,
varies remarkably ; it may form but a simple ring (Plate XX VI.
fig. 6) as in S. tessellatus, or it may be bent in, thus forming a
double horse-shoe, open in the middle line dorsally, or finally it
may be again bent out as shown in Plate XXVI. fig. 5. This
is the most extreme case I have as yet met with in the arrange-
ment of the ciliated membrane round the mouths of members of
this genus.

In Sipunculus indicus the head is followed by a short neck, from
4 to 3an inch long, which is covered by a number of flattened
seale-like papille, which are bent back, and lie over one another
like tiles on a roof (Plate XXVI. figs.4 &8). Behind the head the
body is conspicuously ringed.

The skin presents the usual layers of tissue. Within it is
clothed by a layer of peritoneal epithelium ; then come the longi-
tudinal bundles of muscle-fibres, 38 to 40 in number (Plate XXV.
fig. 2, and Plate XXVI. fig. 8), but decreasing posteriorly by the
fusion of neighbouring bundles. At the extreme hindermost end
the bundles fuse into a ring, and in this region the cuticle is
thickened and hardened. The circular muscles which lie outside
the longitudinal are very strongly marked; several of them corre-
spond with each of the rings which are so conspicuous on the body.
Neither in the body nor in the neck do they ever fuse into a con-
tinuous sheet. Outside the circular muscle layer is a layer of
connective tissue, which is limited externally by a columnar tailed
epithelium, the epidermis ; outside this is a more or less thick
coating of cuticle. The connective tissue is a gelatinous-looking
tissue with cells scattered through it: prolongations of the body-
cavity make their way between the bundles of muscles into this
layer and in the region of the neck extend into the scale-like
processes (Plate X XVI. fig. 8); these prolongations are seen in the
sections to be circular in outline, and to be lined with a layer of
peritoneal epithelium ; they contain ccelomic fluid, which doubtless
serves to nourish the various parts of the skin.

The papille which are so characteristic of the skin of Sipunculids
are especially common in the scales of the neck of this species.
They are not indeed real papille, as even their mouths do not
project above the ordinary level of the skin. They consist of two
or three enormously enlarged cells, presumably epidermal in origin,
which are crowded with deeply staining granules ; these are appa-
rently poured out from the apices of the cells which are aggre-
gated together near the mouth of the papilla. The cutis is much
thickened in the region of the neck and forms the substance of
the scale-like projections ; over the rest of the body it is thinner,
and in places corresponding with the grooves between the rings it
disappears almost entirely. It is covered by a uniformly thick
cuticle, and numerous papille are scattered through it, though
they are not so abundant as intheneck. The scale-like projections
on the neck seem to be characteristic of the genus Sipunculus ;
no traces of hooks or of the extensile collar, described in Phymosoma,

1893.] MR. A. E. SHIPLEY ON THH GENUS SIPUNCULUS. 329

are to be found. Lach scale is covered externally by a thin layer
of cuticle, and on the upper exposed surface of the scale is a thin
granular layer, outside the cuticle. This also shows faint and
very fine striations. The papillz all open upon this surface and
never upon the under surface, and it has occurred to me that this
outermost layer, confined to the same region of the surface, may be
formed by the excretion of the granular cells of the papille.

Plate XXYV. fig. 1 represents the appearance of one of the four
specimens of S. indicus laid open by an incision a little to the
right of the median line. The alimentary canal is very slender ;
the mouth and cesophagus are lined by cilia; the anus is situated
about the level of the junction of the anterior fifth with the
posterior four-fifths of the total body length when fully extended.
The descending loop of the intestine is much thicker than the
ascending, anteriorly it is prolonged into several short loops.
The coils of the two limbs of the intestine are very loose, and I
did not detect any spindle muscle; the whole alimentary canal
is, however, supported by numerous muscular strands given off
from the longitudinal muscles.

There are two brown tubes, which open to the exterior near
the posterior end of the introvert. Their internal ciliated frilled
opening is at the same level. The diameter of the nephridia is
very uniform, and ‘each is attached closely to the body-wall
throughout its length by a number of muscle-strands, so that the
great inequality of size and position which is frequently noticed in
these organs in other species is scarcely possible in Sipunculus
indicus.

The heart does not extend very far down the esophagus. It
was difficult to make out its exact limit, as this part of the body
was embedded in a caked coagulum of the ccelomic fluid. I did not
succeed in finding any of the branched diverticula of the dorsal
vessel which are not uncommon in other unarmed Gephyrea.
These diverticula are well shown in Sipunculus cumanensis, and a
section through the cesophagus of this form is drawn in Plate
XXVII. fig. 11.

There are four retractor muscles which arise from about the
same level, almost halfway between the mouth and the anus.
The ventral nerve cord is conspicuous ; it gives off very numerous
paired nerves which pass into the skin. At the posterior end of
the body it is swollen into a small lump. I was not able to detect
any traces of generative ridges.

The Projections in the Brain.

The curious finger-like projections on the dorsal surface of the
brain in the various species of Sipunculus have received but little
attention on the part of zoologists. Andree and Ward mention
them, and the former states that they appear to be hollow; this
is, however, not the case.

They are comparatively conspicuous objects, and are easily seen
when the brain of a Stpunculus is examined through a lens: in

330 MR. A. E. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS SrpuNCULUS. [Apr. 18,

Sipunculus nudus they are finger-formed ; in Sipunculus tessellatus
they are fused into a membrane at their base and at their free
ends are somewhat branched. In the last-named species they
bear certain pigmented spots, which are shown in Plate XXV.
fig. 3. They project into the body-cavity between the dorsal
retractor muscles on the dorsal aspect of the brain.

Sections throw but little light on the nature of the structures.
They are covered by a layer of cells continuous with those covering
the brain, and they are not ciliated. They are solid and consist
of a number of connective-tissue cells, and they are rather richly
supplied with nerve-fibres. Beyond the fact that they receive a
somewhat more abundant nervous supply than other organs there
is nothing in their structure to suggest that they are sense-organs,
and Iam quite unable to surmise what their function may be.

Plate X XVII. fig. 13, which was drawn with the view of showing
the position of these structures, is a section near the dorsal middle
line of the fringe-like lophophore of S. nudus. It shows the
relation of the brain to the dorsal blood-vessel, the ventral half of
the central nervous system being bathed by the blood in this tube.
The dorsal blood-vessel is continued on into the lophophore and
breaks up into numerous lacune, which when charged with blood
serve to extend these parts. The same figure shows the attach-
ment of the retractor muscle to the base of the brain, the giant
cells in the latter, and the area where the brain is continuous with
the epidermis, and the ciliated pit leading to this. This latter has
been very accurately and fully described by H. B. Ward under the
name of the cerebral organ.

The Rectal Diverticula.

There are in most members of the genus Sipunculus two
feathery structures attached to the rectum in the immediate
neighbourhood of the anus. These, like the papille on the brain,
project into the ccelom and are bathed on all sides by the coelomic
fluid. If a small piece of these bodies be examined under the
microscope it is seen to have a very branching, frayed appearance,
somewhat resembling a minute sea-weed (Plate XX VII. fig. 12).
The terminal branches are somewhat swollen, and show no trace
of any pore or opening, such as are found in the terminal branches
of the anal ceca of Bonellia and some other armed Gephyrea.

The following description applies to these organs in the species
Sipunculus nudus and tessellatus. In stained specimens the nuclei
are very prominent; they are apt to stand out from the surface of
the structures, and in some cases seem to have absolutely separated
off from the body of their cells. Whether this is really the case
or not I cannot say, as I have not been able to examine fresh
material, and that which I had at my disposal was not well enough
preserved to permit the determination of this point.

The branches gradually collect together and end in one main
trunk, and this opens, not, as I expected to find, into the alimentary

1893.] MR, A, E. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS SIPUNCULTS. 331

canal, but into a well-developed system of lacunar spaces which
lies in the thick walls of the rectum.

Section shows that the whole organ is hollow; the walls of the
finer branches are one cell thick, and these cells seem to be shedding
their nuclei into the surrounding medium. The lumen of the
branches, and more especially of the main trunk, contains a gran-
ular coagulum in which numerous spherical granular corpuscles are
embedded ; these latter have very much the appearance of the
nuclei described above as being given off from the cells of the
branches, and it is quite possible that the latter are not all nuclei,
but some of them may be bodies elaborated in the lumen of the
organ and passing through the walls to the exterior, that is, into
the ccelomic fluid.

The lacunar spaces into which these organs open are well
defined (Plate XX VII. fig. 10); they can be recognized without
the aid of sections, for if the rectum be cut out and examined
under a lens it becomes apparent that it consists of a thick inner
tube surrounded by a thinner, looser tube, which is supported by
four longitudinal mesenteries attached to the body-wall (Plate
XXVI. fig. 9). The space between the outer and inner tubes is
the space into which the rectal diverticula open, and its cavity
contains a coagulum similar to, and continuous with, that in the
cavity of the branching organ. The lacunar spaces do not extend
any great distance along the intestine, but are confined to a short
track about 3 an inch long; they are split up by numerous
strands of connective tissue which run between the outer and inner
walls of the rectum.

Until I came to investigate minutely the structure of the anal
tufts I had always regarded them as homologous with the anal
cxca of Bonellia, &c. Both their appearance and position seemed
to support this view. Closer study, however, shows that the
structures in Sipunculus differ very considerably from those in
Bonellia. In the first place, they do not open into the celom: the
ciliated funnels at the end of the branches in the anal ceca of
armed Gephyrea are well known, nothing of the sort is found in
Sipunculus. Secondly, they do not open into the lumen of the
intestine but into a well-developed system of lacunar spaces in
the wall of the rectum. These differences seem to throw much
doubt on the view that any homology exists between these struc-
tures in the two groups.

if we may make any inference from the structure of the gland
to its function, it appears probable that this branching gland has
somewhat the same functions as the lymphatics and the numerous
glands which in all classes of animals exercise some influence on
the constituents of the circulating medium.

List of Papers referred to.

(1) Kurersrern, W.—* Beitriige zur anatomischen und system-

atischen Kenntniss der Sipunculiden.” Zeitschr. f. wiss.
Zool. Bd. xy.

332

MR. A. EB. SHIPLEY ON THE GENUS sIPuNCULUS. [Apr. 18,

(2 )SnnunxKa, E.—Die Sipunculiden. Eine systematische Mono-

graphie. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, Bd. iv.
Abth. 1.

(3) Warp, H. B.—“ On some Points in the Anatomy and

Histology of Sipunculus nudus, L.” Bulletin of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, vol. xxi.
No. 3.

(4) DanretssEen and KorEn.—Gephyrea. Den Norske Nordhaus-

SnPY.e. MQ ke os

P~]

Digitate process of Brain.
Ventral nerye-cord.

. Dorsal blood-vessel.

. Longitudinal muscles.

. Circular muscles.

. Tentacular fringe.

Expedition. Part iii.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
List of Reference Letters.

Mouth. . Sinuses in the same.
Anus. Scales on the introvert.
Cisophagus. . Papille on scales.
. Intestine. . Rectum.
Nephridia. . Rectal tufts.
Retractor muscles. Ducts of rectal tufts.
Brain. Mesenteries supporting these ducts.

. Sinuses in wall of rectum.
Spindle muscle.

. Czxeum on intestine.

. Diverticula of dorsal vessel.
. Ciliated pit leading to brain.

rnekScSsereBo

Puate XXYV.

Fig. 1. View of a Sipunculus indicus cut open by an incision a little to the

Fig. 4.

9.

right of the dorsal middle line. The introvert is extended and the
viscera are exposed zm sitw. The drawing is 3 the natural size.

A portion of the same in the region of the cesophagus, magnified two
diameters, to show the numerous bands of longitudinal muscles.

Two views, magnified, of the brain of Sipunculus tessellatus. The fig.
to the right shows its position above the cesophagus and between
the dorsal retractors. The fig. to the left is more highly magnified,
to show the character of the digitate processes.

Puats XXVI.

A view of the head of S. indicus. The mouth is shown in the centre,
and between it and the ring of tentacles run several vascular ridges.
To the right are two sketches, more highly magnified, to show the
characters of the scales on the introvert and the square areas in
the trunk.

A dorsal view of the head of S. nudus with the tentacular fringe very
much folded, x 4. The mouth is away from the spectator and the
depression leading to the brain is near him.

A ventral view of another specimen of S. xudus, in which the fringe is
not at all folded, the wall of the cesophagus is bulged forward and
obliterated the oral orifice.

An anterior view of the mouth of S. Zesse/latus.

A longitudinal section through the skin of the introvert of S. indicus,
showing the structure of the scales, the prolongations of the body-
cavity into them, and the ‘ papillee.’

A view of the rectum of S. ¢essel/atus, showing the anal tufts, the
enlargement of the alimentary canal to form the rectum, the spindle
muscle, the muscular stfands:supporting the intestine, the cecum
opening into the latter, ana ‘thé Jongitudinal and circular muscles of
the skin, oo yes ey

x

. duit sf sotg utaqgu TAL

“INNVAUZTIOLS

SAWOAH LHOI

a
Aap

P.Z.S5 .1893. Pl. XXIX.

P. Smit del.et hth.
BLGSS ior ICHTHYOMYS STOLZMANNI.
TSOe ARTIBEUS GLAUCUS.
LO. NYCTINOMUS KALINOWSKII.

1893.] MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. 333

Puatzs XXVIL

Fig. 10. A transverse section through the rectum of S. Zesse//atus, to show the
arrangement of the rectal tufts. On the left are scattered portions
of the tufts surrounding and opening into the main duct, which is
supported by two mesenteries. The section is cut: obliquely, and on
the right it passes beyond the tufts but through the duct, and the
communication of the latter with the lacunar : spaces in the wall of
rectum is shown. The outlines of the skin and of the longitudinal
muscles in section are shown above.

11. A transverse section through the esophagus of S. cwmanensis. Above
the cesophagus is seen the dorsal blood-vessel with diverticula
opening into it, other diverticula crowded with blood-corpuscles are
shown in various planes. The retractor muscles are seen at the side.

12. A branch of the rectal tufts of S. nudus, highly magnified.

13. A section taken through the tentacular fold ih brain of S, nudus.
The ciliated coating of the fold and the numerous blood spaces in
its walls are shown. Below, the latter open into the dorsal blood-
vessel which bathes the ventral surface of the brain. The ciliated
pit leading to the anterior surface of the brain, which is continuous
with the epidermis, is shown, and also the digitate processes which
project into the celom. The mouth and esophagus lie to the left.

2. On some Mammals from Central Peru.
By Otpriextp Tomas.

[Received April 7, 1893.]
(Plates XXVIII & XXIX.)

I owe to the kindness of Dr. Jean Stolzmann, the Director of
the Branicki Museum, Warsaw, the opportunity of working out a
small collection of Mammals obtained in Central Peru by Mons. J.
Kalinowski, which contains examples of several species either new
or of such interest as to deserve a record.

The locality at which most of the specimens were obtained is
Chanchamayo, near Tarma, approximately in lat. 11° 20'S., and
long. 75° 40’ E.; in fact in very nearly the same region as the
specimens collected by Mons. C. Jelski and described by me in
1884*. The altitude of Chanchamayo is about 3000 feet.

The most remarkable of the species to be described is the
interesting fish-eating- Rat, Ichthyomys stolzmannt, which I have
named in honour of the distinguished Polish ornithologist and
collector, to whom I owe the pleasure of working out the speci-
mens. There are also two new Bats.

Mons. Kalinowski is much to be congratulated on the excellent
manner in which he has collected the specimens, the care he has
devoted to the preservation of the skulls, and on the interesting
discoveries he has made in a region evidently very far from worked
out.

Thanks to the kindness of Dr. Stolzmann, the British Museum
has been permitted to acquire, by way of exchange, the majority
of the specimens now described.

1 P. Z. S. 1884, p. 447.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XXIIT. 23

334 MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. [Apr. 18,

1. NYOTIPITHECUS TRIVIRGATUS.
a,b. Ad. sks. ¢ 2. Chanchamayo. 5/9/90.

2. VusPERus Fuscus, P. de Beauv.
a, Ad.al. ¢. Chanchamayo.

3. SACCOPTERYX LEPTURA, Schr.
a. g al. Chanchamayo.

4, SACCOPTERYX BILINEATA, Temm.

a,b. 2 g al. Chanchamayo.

As Dobson has remarked, these two species of Saccopterya seem
to be merely large and small races of a single form, exactly as in
Molossus rufus and M. obscurus. The difference in size, however, is,
in the one case as in the other, so great and so constant as to
make it convenient to treat them all as distinct species so far as
nomenclature is concerned.

5. Monossts opscurus, Geoffr.
a-e. 5inal. Central Peru.

6. NYCTINOMUS KALINOWSEII, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 10.)

Size very small, perhaps the smallest of the genus in the general
bulk of the body. Lips slightly wrinkled. ars not conjoined in
front, but arising from the same point on the muzzle; their
substance very thin and transparent; their inner margin evenly
but faintly convex, without minute horny points ; tip rounded off,
but fairly defined, not lost in the general convexity, as is often the
case; outer margin slightly convex for its upper, concave for its
middle, and convex again for its lower third, but the curves are
very slight and open, and there is practically no antitragus at all,
the notch marking this lobe behind being almost obsolete; as a
general result the line of the conch runs almost evenly from the
tip to the insertion behind the angle of the mouth, a character, I
believe, unique in the genus.

Keel of ear-conch very much reduced, and forming a mere
narrow rim, barely a millimetre broad at its broadest point; its
edge not thickened or bent round in any way. Tragus well
developed, quadrangular, its upper nearly equal to its inner edge.

No trace of a gular sac, at least in the female.

Wing-membrane from the ankle. Fur very short and close,
extending on the upper surface of the wing-membrane only as far
outwards as a line drawn from the middle of the humerus to the
middle of the femur; afew minute scattered hairs behind the
forearm.

Colour pale fawn-grey, rather paler below than above; wing-
membranes black, edged posteriorly with white. Membrane of
ears whitish.

Teeth too much worn down in the type for proper description ;

1893.] - MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. 335

premolars only 3, the anterior one above perhaps lost, and not
really absent normally. Lower incisors 4.

Measurements of the type, an aged female in alcohol :—Forearm
345 mm. (=1°35 in.) ; head and body 46; tail 28; head 18; ear from
notch 14°5; both ears, tip to tip across head, 25°5; tragus 4;
metacarpus of third finger 35, of fifth 22; lower leg 8; hind
foot 7.

Hab. Central Peru.

This interesting little species differs widely from any of the
previously known Neotropical Nyctinomi, and seems to approach
some of the members of the group called Mormopterus by Peters,
notably in the extreme reduction of the keel of the ear-conch, and
in the absence of the upper anterior premolar ; in fact, of all the
known species, the Australian NV. norfolcensis, Gray, appears to
resemble it most nearly, although whether this resemblance really
amounts to relationship, I am not at present prepared to say.

It is with great pleasure that I connect with this new Bat the
name of its discoverer, M. Kalinowski, to whose labours we owe
the valuable collection of small Mammals described in the present

paper.
7. PHYLLOSTOMA HASTATUM, Pall.
a,b. 2ad.al. ¢ 2. Chanchamayo.

8. GLOSSOPHAGA SORICINA, Pall.
a-d. 4in al. Central Peru.

9. ANURA GEOFFROYI, Gray.

Anoura geoffroyi, Gray, Mag. Zool. Bot. ii. p. 490 (1838) (excl.
syn.).
Bi cenaitieris peruana, Tschudi, Faun. Per.. Mamm. p. 71
(1844).

Glossonycteris lasiopyga, Pet. MB. Ak. Berl. 1868, p. 365;
Alston, Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 45 (1879).

Glossonycteris geoffroyt, Dobs. Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 508 (1878).
a. Imm. al. Central Peru.

As the synonymy shows, Dobson and Alston have each thought
it necessary to use a different name for this species, different
both from each other and from that of the original describer,
Gray. Onreviewing the whole case, it appears to me that Dobson
was right in considering the species named geoffroyt sufficiently
characterized by the diagnosis given by Gray under the generic
heading of * Anoura,” A. geoffroyi being the only species. This
being the case, it is also clear that Anura must be used for the
genus, as the name had not been previously used in a generic sense
in zoology. For both genus and species, therefore, I use the
earliest name, verified as the identification is by the existence of
Gray’s type specimen.

The occurrence of this species in Peru confirms the reported
identity of Tschudi’s “ Cheronycteris peruana” with i

336 MR, 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. [Apr. 18’

10. Artrpnus! GLAUCTS, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. figs. 7-9.)

a. 2 al. Chanchamayo. Type.

Dentition as in the restricted subgenus Artibeus, of which the
only known member is the large “‘ A. perspicillatus,” whether that
is or is not subdivided into four or five local “ species.” Size as in
the little A. (Dermanura) cinereus.

Anterior edge of nose-leaf free, its sides without extra lobes, its
upright portion rather narrow and elongated. ars rather short,
their inner edge and tip broadly rounded, their outer edge with
two slight concavities separated by a convexity. Wings to the
end of the metatarsus. Interfemoral membrane emarginate to a
point rather above the level of the middle of the tibia.

Fur above extending on to the proximal half of the foramen and
base of antebrachial membrane, and there is a patch on the meta-
tarsus of the thumb. The wings are covered as far as a line
extending from the elbow to the knee, the interfemoral is thinly
clothed on its basal half, and the legs are covered with fur right
down to the claws. Below there is a sparse covering on the
membrane near the body and on the base of the forearm, but the
interfemoral membrane is almost naked.

Colour uniform cinereous grey, the lower surface scarcely lighter
than the upper. Two faint whitish supraorbital streaks just dis-
tinguishable.

Skull in its general outline almost as elongated as that of A.
bilobatus, and sharing with that species in the less abrupt rise of
the brain-case above the level of the muzzle; but while in A. bilo-
batus it is the muzzle that is raised, in A. glaucus it is the brain-
case which is depressed, so that there is no really close resemblance
between the two. General palatal outline broader and shorter
than in A. bilobatus, but not so much so as in A. cinereus and
quadrivittatus.

Teeth. Upper inner incisors broad, vertical, spatulate, bicuspid,
the inner cusps slightly longer than the outer. Outer incisors
about half the height of the inner. Upper canines and premolars
rather short and thick. No trace of m’, although m* has a slight
and inconspicuous concavity in its posterior edge. Lower incisors
equal, bicuspid ; lower canine and posterior premolar attaining the
same altitude; m? of about the same horizontal length as m'; m?
rounded, minute, its size in cross section only about equal to that
of one of the lower incisors.

Dimensions of the type, a slightly immature female* in spirit :—
Forearm 43 mm.; head and body 51; ear from notch 15:5 ; nose-
leaf, length 11-7, breadth of horizontal part 6-1, of upright part 4;
length of thumb 9°3; tibia 15:2; foot 10; calcar 4-1; depth of
interfemoral in centre 7.

1 There appears to be no reason why this name should not be retained as
originally formed by Leach, or why Agassiz’s derivation of it from dpi and Baw
should be rejected ; Winge’s proposed amendment of it to Artobius (‘ Bats of

Lagoa Santa—E Mus. Lundii,’ p. 38, 1892) is therefore unnecessary.
2 Teeth all up and in use, but epiphyses of limb-bones not fully united.

1893.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. 337

Skull—basal length 17 ; greatest length 20-8 ; zygomatic breadth
12; intertemporal breadth 5:6 ; palate, length 9-5, breadth outside
m’ 8-6, inside m' 4:4; front of canine to back of m* 6:5; ditto in
lower jaw 6°9; horizontal length of m? 2-0, mm? 1°8, m3 0°4.

There is no necessity for any comparison of this species with
its allies, as its dental formula distinguishes it at once from all
except the A. perspicillatus group, of which the smallest member
is of at least three or four times its bulk.

A. glaucus is perhaps Tschudi’s “ Phyllostoma pusillum, Natt.” *,
but has clearly nothing to do with Natterer’s species, which was
placed by Dobson in the genus Chiroderma,and later on transferred
by myself to Vampyrops’.

11. Scrurvs VARIABILIS, Geoff.
a. Ad. sk. ¢. Chanchamayo.

12. Sciurus cHRYsuRUS, Puch.
a. Ad.sk. g. La Gloria, Chanchamayo.

13. RuirHropon pictus, Thos.
a. Ad. sk. San Blas, Cordilleras, 18000 feet. 30/4/90.

14. IcHTHYoMYs sTOLZMANNI, g.& sp.nn. (Plate XXVIII. and
Plate XXIX. figs. 1-6.)

IcHrHYOMYS, g. n.

Form modified for an aquatic piscivorous life.

Head markedly depressed, so as to give its side view a resemblance
to that of a snake. Eyes and ears small. Whiskers long, stout,
and prominent. Fur short and close. Hind feet (Plate XXIX.
fig. 5) very broad; toes partially webbed, broadly and closely
ciliated on each side ; their soles, naked, with five broad low pads.
Tail long, cylindrical, but increased in height vertically by having
its under surface clothed with short elongated bristles.

Cxcum (fig. 6) much reduced in volume, very short, and only
of the same diameter as the rectum. Small intestine of medium
length ; colon and rectum proportionally short.

Skull (figs. 1-4) curiously like that of Hydromys, its dorsal outline
concave over the orbits, flattened and depressed throughout. Supra-
orbital edges smoothly rounded, without any trace of ridges ; supra-
orbital foramina proportionally large, not within the orbit, but upon
the top of the interorbital space. Infraorbital foramen exactly as
in Hydromys, as broad below as above; anterior zygoma-root
very short horizontally, its anterior edge vertical, not projecting
forwards. Zygomata extraordinarily weak, not properly ossified
at the junction of the malar with the maxillary process. Palatine
foramina of medium length.

Teeth. Incisors with their front surfaces so turned in towards

1 Faun. Peruana, p. 63 (1844).
2 Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) iv. p. 170 (1889).

338 MR, 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CHNTRAL PERU. [Apr. 18,

each other that their faces form a V in horizontal section, and
owing to this and to an apparently greater thickness of the enamel
at their outer as compared to their inner margins, their cutting-
edges also form a vertical reversed A, the outer corners projecting
downwards as sharp divergent points, of obvious use in seizing
fish. Molars somewhat of the Habrothria type, but simpler, with
high crowns, and opposite, not alternating, cusps, of which there
are six in the first and four in the second molar both above and
below, although the two most anterior below tend to fuse into one
another. M® above and below subtriangular, of average propor-
tional size.

Type: I. stolzmanni, described below. ‘“ Habrothrix” hydrobates,
Winge, should also be included in the genus.

This remarkable new genus is one of very great and special
interest, on account of the fact that its members are modified, not
merely for an aquatic life, as are many other rodents, but actually
for a predacious piscivorous one, almost unique within the
order. This fact is fortunately proved without question by the
discovery, in the stomach of the Peruvian specimen now before
me, of both scales and fish-bones, which have been identified by
my colleague, Mr. Boulenger, as those of Yetragonopterus alosa,
Giinth., a fish with an average length of about six inches.

That the habits of Ichthyomys were in some way very peculiar
might have been inferred from the striking modification of the upper
incisors, of which the sharp separated points would apparently be
almost useless for the gnawing phytophagous life of most rodents,
whether aquatic or not, while the extreme degree of specialization
in the swimming characters would result in an activity and speed
under water fully capable of rivalling that of fishes or batrachians,
and very different from that of ordinary water-rats. Fiber, however,
and Hydromys, of Myomorph rodents, are also both about equally
endowed with swimming-powers, and although both are primarily
plant-eaters, yet the former certainly occasionally captures and eats
slow-swimming fishes ', and perhaps the latter also will prove to do
so, especially as it has a tendency towards the peculiar double-
pointed character of the upper incisors present in Ichthyomys, and
also a very decided resemblance to it in the general shape and
structure of the skull. At the same time neither of these forms
has the peculiar physiognomy of Ichthyomys, whose general ex-
pression bears a considerable resemblance to that of such exclu-
sively fish-eating mammals as Lutra, Myogale, and Potamogale.

On the whole the balance of evidence appears to be in favour of
Ichthyomys not being a plant-eater at all, but of its living entirely
on fishes, batrachians, crustaceans, or other water animals.

Dr. Winge, in the description of his Habrothrix hydrobates, has
entered into detailed comparisons of it with many water-mammals,
but owing to his specimen having been a skin only, he was unable
to make any investigation as to the character and contents of the
intestines. But, nevertheless, his placing J. hydrobates in the

1 See Merriam. Tr. L. Soc. New York, ii. p. 187 (1884).

1893.] MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU. 339

genus or subgenus Habrothriv appears to me quite unaccountable,
especially as he is one of the authors who consider that the
majority of the different groups of what used to be called
“ Hesperomys” should rank as distinct genera. A short diagnosis
of Habrothrix, based on the typical species, H.longipilis, is given in
P. Z. 8S. 1884, p. 450, and it will be seen that Ichthyomys stolzmanni
and I. hydrobates agree with that diagnosis in scarcely a single
character of importance, even though it was not drawn up with
the idea of any antithesis to such a specialized swimming form as
the present.

The very noticeable resemblance in the structure of the anterior
zygoma-root which Ichthyomys bears to Hydromys is a point well
worthy of remark, for while this resemblance practically amounts
to identity, yet there can be no suspicion that the two have a
common origin, or can be other than a very remarkable case
of parallelism. This case is the more remarkable as the structure
of this region has been used by all the best authorities as a cha-
racter of primary importance in dividing the Myomorph rodents
into smaller groups, so that it will not be readily looked upon as
one of little stability. Nevertheless, in the present instance we
have two Murines, alike in their mode of life but derived from
quite different ancestors, developing independently exactly similar
infraorbital foramina’, The presumed ancestor of each of
the two highly specialized forms under consideration, Xeromys of
Hydromys, and Habrothrix (or seme ally) of Jchthyomys, both
have typically murine infraorbital foramina.

ICHTHYOMYS STOLZMANNI, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII.)

Size and general proportions much as in the common Black Rat
(Mus rattus). Whiskers long, strong, and numerous, silvery white
with the exception of a few of the upper ones, which are brown.
Ears very small and narrow, when laid forward they do not reach
halfway towards the eye. Hands with the fingers quite free and
unwebbed ; pollex with a sort of elongated nail, not long enough
to be called a claw; other digits with sharp curved claws ; third
and fourth fingers subequal, second reaching to the middle of the
second phalanx of the third, fifth to the base of the same phalanx
of the fourth ; palm naked, with the usual five pads. Hind feet
broad, fan-shaped ; unwebbed part of toes broadly ciliated margin-
ally ; soles naked, with five large low rounded pads, the usual
small postero-external pad absent. Tail about as long as the head
and body, thick, cylindrical, its terminal half below with stiff
elongate bristles. Palate-ridges 3—3. Mamme doubtful, owing
to part of the abdominal wall having been cut away, but there is
one pair just behind the axille, and another near the vulva;

1 Dr. Winge (¢. c. p. 22) ingeniously suggests, as the reason of the enlarge-
ment in the lower part of the foramen, the increased size of the nerve which
supplies the prominent whisker-bristles. Although no doubt true so far as it
goes, this explanation does not appear to me quite to cover the case, especially
as Fiber, similar in habits and with nearly equal whisker development, has a
highly typical Murine foramen.

340 MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM CENTRAL PERU, [Apr. 18;

Dr. Winge says of J. hydrobates, that there are ‘“‘at least one pair
on the breast, and two on the belly.”

Fur short, close, and thick, very similar in texture to that of
Holochilus apicalis or squamipes. General colour above mouse-
grey, strongly grizzled with fulvous; upper half of ear-margin
brown, lower white. Chin, chest, and belly dirty white, the hairs
grey basally, dull white terminally. Upper surface of hands and
feet pure white, except that the metacarpals are slightly tinged
with brown; cilia of hind feet also pure white. Tail abruptly .
bicolor, brown above, and pure white below throughout its whole
length.

Skull apparently quite as in J. hydrobates (see figures 1-4,
Plate XXIX.), except that the anterior palatine foramina seem to
es further back, ending exactly opposite the most anterior point
of m,

Dimensions of the type, an adult female in alcohol :—

Head and body 146 mm.; tail 148; hind foot 36; ear, from
notch 9:1, breadth 6-2 ; forearm and hand 33°5.

Skull—basal length 30°5; greatest length 34; greatest breadth
16; nasals, length 11, greatest breadth 4:2 ; intertemporal breadth
5; interparietal length 2°5, breadth 7:1; palate, length 17-3,
breadth outside m’ 6:1, inside m! 3:1; diastema 8°9; palatine
foramina, length 6:5; length of upper molar series 4:4; basi-
facial length 19; basi-cranial length 11:5; lower jaw, condyle to
incisor tips 22.

Hab, Chanchamayo.

This species differs from J. hydrobates in its rather larger size,
its more elongated palatine foramina, and especially in its wholly
bicolor tail, that member in the allied form being brown above and
below, except just at the tip, which is whitish’. J. hydrobates is a
native of the Sierra de Merida, Venezuela, some thirteen or four-
teen hundred miles north of the home of JL. stolzmanni, but,
speaking broadly, upon the same eastern slope of the great Andean
chain.

I have great pleasure in connecting with this handsome animal
the name of Dr. Jean Stolzmann, himself one of the best-known
and most successful Peruvian collectors, the discoverer of many
new Mammals’, through whose kindness I am now enabled to
describe the present interesting set of mammals.

15. Lagipium PALLIPES, Benn.
a. Ad. sk. Q. Incapirca, Zezioro, Junin. 8/5/90.

16. DasyProcra VARInGATA, T'schudi.
a-c. Ad. 2 and 2 yg. sk. Chanchamayo. 5/9/90.

17. CaviIA curLERiI, Benn.
a. Ad.sk. 2. Incapirea, Zezioro, Junin. 20/6/90.

1 This coloration of the tail is again curiously suggestive of Hydromys.
2 See P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 98.

PZS.1893.Plate XXX

HKnight deletlith West Newman chrome.
New Indian Moths of the Farmly Geometride.

7.91893. Plate XXXL.

HKnight del.etlith. West Newman chromo
New Indian Moths of the Family Geometridz.

s,

ue

PZ.S.1893.Plate KX

iva)

Indian Moths of the Family Geometridz.

lith.
New.

HKnight delet li

1893.] ON NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 341

18. Cavia (KERopON) BOLIVIENSIS, Waterh. (?).
a. Ad. sk.

19. DipELPHYs MARSUPIALIS, L.
a. Imm. sk. 2. La Gloria, Chanchamayo. 7/8/90.

20. CHIRONECTES MINIMUS, Zimm.
a, Yg. al. Chanchamayo.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prate XXVIII.
Ichthyomys stolzmanni, natural size.

Puate XXIX.

" Figs. 1-4. Ichthyomys stolemanni. Skull—upper, lateral, palatal, and anterior
aspects.

5. —— Sole of hind foot.

6. —— Czxcum, natural size.

9, Artibeus glaucus. Skull—palatal, anterior, and lateral aspects; en-

larged.
10. Nyctinomus kalinowskii, Head, enlarged.

3. On new Genera and Species of Moths of the Family
Geometride from India, in the Collection of H. J. Elwes.
By W. Warren, M.A. With Notes by H. J. Exwes,

F.Z.S.
[Received April 18, 1893.]

(Plates XXX.-XXXIT.)

[The following descriptions have been written by Mr. Warren,
from specimens selected from my Collection, whilst engaged in
working out and arranging the insects of the family Geometride in
the British Museum. They were intended to have been published
as part of a paper on the Lepidoptera of Sikkim, of which two parts
have already appeared; but as the total number of species is very
large, and the whole of the Indian Heterocera are in course of
revision by Mr. Hampson, and as many of these species of which
specimens were collected by me in 1886 have remained so long
undescribed, I have thought it best not to delay any longer descrip-
tions of the new species.

T may add that, as I have examined the whole of the large col-
lection formed by the late Mr. Atkinson now in the possession of
Dr. Staudinger, and as Mr. Warren has studied the whole of the
Geometride in the collection of te British Museum and of Mr. F.
Moore, there is good reason to believe that few or no synonyms
will be now created.

The notes which I have added will give, as far as possible, the
localities where these species have been taken, though of many of
them, for which I am indebted to the late Otto Moller, Mr. Knyvett,
and Mr. Doherty, we know but little at present.

342 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

I would refer those who wish to know more of the physical
features of the localities in question to my Catalogue of the
Butterflies of Sikkim, in the Transactions of the Entomological
Society for 1888, and to my notes on Mr. Doherty’s collections in
the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1892.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. CGEnocHROMIN #.

XENOZANCLA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa gradually curved from base to apex, but
somewhat flattened just before the middle; apex produced, blunt;
hind margin strongly indented below apex, forming a prominent
blunt projection at the end of the 2nd and 3rd median nervules,
thence running very obliquely inwards; anal angle rather promi-
nently defined. Hind wings with a small point at end of 2nd sub-
costal nervule, and a small indentation below it opposite the cell ;
anal angle squared. Antenne simple, closely laminated, rather
flattened ; palpi short, smooth, horizontally porrect, 3rd joint not
distinctly separable ; tongue invisible (? absent); legs short, stout,
hind tibie rather thick ; spurs excessively short. Abdomen with
slight, oblique dorsal tufts. _Neuration :—Fore wings: 1st median
nervule at ?, 2nd and 3rd close together from lower end of cell;
lower radial from a little above the centre of the discocellular ;
upper radial from upper end of cell; 5 subcostals on a common
stem ; the 5th starting halfway between end of cell and apex, and
running into hind margin below apex; the 4th into costa before
apex; Ist, 2nd, and 3rd at equal distances one after the other.
Hind wing: costal approximated to subcostal briefly near base ;
2 subcostals from upper end of cell; 1st median nervule shortly
before end of cell; 2nd just before end; 3rd from lower angle;
radial from a little above the centre of the discocellular.

Type, Xenozancla versicolor, sp. nov.

The radials both in fore and hind wings are situated much asin
the Geometrine proper, rising above the centre of the discocellular,
and not running parallel to the nervules on either side; but the
genus appears to me referable with more propriety to the @no-
chromine, in which subfamily are other instances of similar
position of the radial of the hind wings.

XENOZANCLA VERSICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 17.)

g. Fore wings, towards the base and along the costa, olive-
ochreous, thickly dusted with transverse fuscous dots and strigz ;
rest of the wing dull mouse-colour, with few irrorations ; 1st line
black, very indistinct, at 3; basal area inside of it, more yellowish,
less dusted with darker, like the apical costal space ; 2nd line repre-
sented on costa and inner margin by a black line, curved outward,
and between these by 4 black spots on the veins. Hind wings
with the 2nd line exactly similar ; the whole basal } mouse-colour
dappled with fuscous and reddish brown; the outer third less
irrorated, and yellowish olive towards the inner angle; fringes

1893. | SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 343

(damaged) mouse-colour with a pink tinge; face deep red-brown ;
head clear, pale ochreous; thorax and abdomen olive-ochreous
mixed with darker ; abdominal crests tinged with red. Underside
dull mouse-colour, dusted with grey, and without distinct markings.
Expanse of wings 24 millim.
Hab. Naga Hills.

Subfam. ORTHOSTIXIN 2.
NAXA ORTHOSTIGIALIS, sp. n.

Fore wings dull whitish, semitransparent, with all the veins
blackish, and the costa smoky grey; basal transverse line marked
by 3 black, lengthened spots lying on the subcostal, median, and
submedian veins; exterior and subterminal lines denoted by
similar spots on all the veins; a larger dark oblong cell-spot, and
dots on the veins below it. Hind wings like fore wings, but
without the basal dots. Underside, with cell-spots and two outer
rows of spots only distinct, but these more so than above.

Expanse of wings, 2 52 millim., ¢ 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Bhotan.

[Taken by me at Darjiling in July.—Z. J. £.)

PSILONAXA, gen. nov.

Orthostixis, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1866, p. 196.

Orthosti«is, 8S. & W. Cat. 2241.

Zerene, de l’Orza, Cat. Lép. Jap. p. 48, no. 113 (1869),

The species of this genus agree with Nava, Wlk., in the shape
of the wings, the scaling, and all points of structure except the
antenne, and herein they agree with Orthostiais, Hiib., which like-
wise has simple antenne in both sexes.

Type, P. taicowmaria, de l’Orza (Zerene).

PSILONAXA OBLITERATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 10.)

@. Like P. taicoumaria, de YOrza, but smaller and feebler; all
the spots reduced to mere dark dots; the two lower ones of the
basal row nearly absent.

Hab. Bhotan; Naga Hills.

Two worn specimens in Mr. Moore’s collection marked Jinteata,
M., may be the same; they are ¢ 9 from Darijiling.

[This was taken at about 7000 feet by Doherty near Mao, Mani-
pur, in August.—H. J. £.}.

CRYPTOLOBA, gen. nov.

Larentia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 654.

Lygranoa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5. vi. p. 228
(1880).

Fore wings with costa convex, hind margin obliquely curved ;
hind wings rounded ; both wings elongate; hind wing in ¢ with
a peculiar chitinous lobe attached to the base of the abdominal
margin. Antenne rather long, strongly pectinated in the ¢,

344 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

shortly, but decidedly pectinated in the 2 ; palpi long, porrected,
both second and terminal joints ending in a rostriform point ; legs
long.

Type, Cryptoloba erate, Moore (Larentia).

CRYPTOLOBA MINOR, Sp. 0.

3 Q. Resembles C. erata, Moore, in general appearance, but
decidedly smaller ; the pale gilded tints of wrata are much less pro-
minent; the broad blackish external shade is entire, and not
interrupted by any pale subcostal streak, such as in wrata runs into
the apex; the cell-dot, which in @rata is small and punctiform, is
here enlarged and diffuse ; the pale subterminal line consists of
yellowish lunular markings, not confluent towards the anal angle,
nor curved outwards as in wrata.

Hab. Sikkim.

This is altogether a duller and more insignificant-looking species
than ewrata, Moore, though undoubtedly closely allied.

[I hardly think that when a series of C. wrata is examined, this
species can be distinguished. I have taken it at from 7000 to 10,000
feet in Sikkim.—H. J. £.|

CRYPTOLOBA SUBUSTA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings pale grey with a slight olive tinge, glossy, without
strige ; basal 4 slightly suffused with fulvous, more so externally,
and bounded by the first line, which is represented by small black
dots on the veins; 2nd line similar, and followed by a distinct olive-
tawny fascia; both lines, as well as the fascie which accompany
them, are bluntly angulated below the costa ; a dark blotch with a
paler centre in the middle of the hind margin, between the outer
fascia and the fringes, which are grey; a small dark discal dot.
Hind wings rather paler grey, with a dark discal dot and a faint,
irregular submarginal darker fascia. Face olive-grey ; thorax
darker ; abdomen cimereous.

Underside: fore wings dull cinereous ; hind wings paler.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

Hab. British Bhotan.

[I took this in very dense forest at about 9000 feet on the
Rishilah, on Aug. 8th. It is a very distinct species.—H. J. E.]

CRYPTOLOBA TRINOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 12.)

3. Fore wing with an ochreous-olive tinge, irregularly dusted
with short black strige ; the 2 cross lines broad, fulvous, indefinite ;
the first at 4, vertically sinuous ; the 2nd at =, curved outwards
below costa, then running parallel to hind margin; each starts
from a black blotch on the costa, the exterior the larger ; beyond
this, a third small costal black blotch ; the inner line is slightly
edged externally, and the outer line internally with black dots ;
basal area more or less suffused with fulvous; on the hind margin
just below the apex is a small blackish spot, and a longer one at

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 345

the anal angle; fringe iron-grey chequered with pale olive.
Hind wings dull whitish, speckled with grey at the base; the
outer half, the inner margin, and a large discal spot dark grey.
Head and thorax olive-ochreous; abdomengrey. Underside pale
straw-colour, which in the fore wing is almost wholly suffused with
iron-grey ; patches along the costa, hind margin, and inner margin
alone remaining pale. ‘he hind wings have a broad dark marginal
band and discal spot.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[The type, which is unique,was taken by Moller’s native collectors
at about 7000 feet.—H. J. E.]

ISOLOBA, gen. nov.

Like Cryptoloba, Warr., but with the 9 antennx not plumose,
but moniliform ; the antennz shorter, with finer and longer lateral
branches ; wings glossy, with two straight brown transverse lines,
and without the silvery metallic spots and streaks that characterize
Cryptoloba.

Type, Isoloba bifasciata, sp. n.

IsOLOBA BIFASCIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 18.)

3 2. Fore wings glossy straw-colour, finely and irregularly
dusted with black atoms ; Ist and 2nd lines at 4 and 3 respectively,
thick, brown, nearly straight, being slightly recurved only towards
the costa ; the 1st immediately followed, in the centre of the wing,
by athicker cluster of black atoms ; the 2nd by a still larger blackish
blotch ; 3 small oblique black dashes on the costa before apex, and
2 black flecks, in an oblique line, from the apex to the black blotch
beyond the 2nd line; fringes straw-colour, broadly chequered with
black at the ends of all the veins. Hind wings duller straw-colour,
scarcely dusted with darker, with the dark chequering of the
fringes much narrower and less conspicuous. Head, palpi, and
thorax the same colour as the brown transverse lines ; the abdomen
mottled straw-colour and brown. Underside of both wings bright
straw, mottled with dark atoms, and with a diffuse dark grey
shade beyond each of the 2 lines on the front wing; the black
chequering of the fringes visible also beneath.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Not rare from Tonglo to Sundukpho on the Nepal frontier,
10,000-12,000 feet.—H. J. E£.]

LopoGonia, gen. nov.

Closely related to Cryptoloba and Isoloba, with which it agrees
in neuration and scaling, but characterized by the angulation in
the hind margin of both wings.

Type, Lobogonia ambusta, sp. n.

346 MR. W. WARREN ON NBW GENERA AND Apr. 18,

LopoGonIA AMBUSTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 21.)

d. Fore wings pale yellowish ochreous, with a very few scattered
fuscous strige; 2 transverse, straight, olive-brown lines, at 3
and 2 respectively, each starting from a darker costal blotch ;
costa itself finely speckled with black; subterminal line in-
dicated by a small blackish costal spot, another on the inner
margin, and a third opposite the cell; an oblong brownish blotch
almost touching the 2nd line in the middle, just beyond it ;
fringes more reddish, edged with black from apex to elbow, and
with 2 black spots below it. Hind wings like fore wings, but with
a single dark line just in the centre, and the fringes less touched
with black. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous ; antenne the
same, but much dusted with darker. Underside fulvous-ochreous,
much irrorated with transverse grey strige, which are massed into
a blotch towards the base of the fore wings; both wings with
distinct dark cell-spot, and central broad dark line ; inner margin
of fore wings clear ochreous, quite without markings.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

[Taken at light by me at about 5000 feet in Sept.—H. J. £.]

MyostoMa, gen, nov.

Fore wings with costa nearly straight, slightly curved only at
base and before apex; apex produced, blunt; hind margin
subfalcate below apex, with an elbow in the middle; the anal
angle rather square; hind wings rather narrow, pear-shaped ;
antenne @ simple, ¢ faintly pubescent; forehead rounded,
smooth; palpi very short indeed, hardly perceptible; tongue
weak. Neuration:—Fore wing: Ist median nervule at $; 2nd and
3rd from the end of cell; lower radial from the centre of the
transverse vein; upper from the upper angle of cell; Ist sub-
costal free; 2nd and 3rd out of 4th shortly before apex, 5th
out of 4th at + from cell. Hind wings, 9: costal and subcostal
nervures strongly convex towards each other, approaching, but
not touching, about middle of cell; 1st subcostal nervule rising
just before end of cell; discocellular bluntly angulated, radial
from the angulation; 1st median nervule at $, 2nd and 3rd from
a point at lower end of cell.

Hind wings, ¢: with the costal and subcostal running more or
less parallel to middle of cell; subcostal nervules from end
of cell; discocellular angulated; the lower end of cell produced
and rounded; Ist median nervule at $, 2nd and 38rd near each
other from the rounded extremity of cell; radial at the same dis-
tance just beyond the 3rd.

Type, M. straminea.

This difference in the neuration in the two sexes is repeated
in the next genus, where the abnormality of neuration in the ¢
is still more noticeable. In Myostoma the wings are longer and
narrower in proportion in the g than inthe 2. I have described

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 347

the ¢ separately, as it differs somewhat from the 2, but I think
it is safely referable here.

MyosToMA STRAMINEA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings very pale straw-colour, shaded with pale olive-
fulvous; the lines darker; 1st line at 4 of the costa, runs
outwards and is angulated below the costa, then runs obliquely
inwards to the inner margin at 4; exterior line at 3, similar to the
inner line; space beyond to hind margin darker than the rest of
the wing; a dark oblique streak from apex to the angulation of
the outer line; a slightly darker shade on the costa before apex ;
both transverse lines more strongly marked at their origin on
costa; an irregular indistinct pale submarginal fascia; base of
fringes brown; fringes themselves pale straw; base of wing and
costal region shaded with fulvous. Hind wings pale straw, with
cell-spot distinct and 2 very indistiuct darker bands towards hind
margin ; underside the same, with the lines more distinct. Head,
thorax, and abdomen straw dusted with fulvous.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

@. Wings dull straw-colour, finely dusted with fuscous ; cross
lines very indistinct, starting from dark brown costal flecks, and only
visible at the veins ; 1st irregularly vertical at 4, 2nd at %, strongly
angulated below the costa and then parallel to the hind margin ;
an indistinct dark costal spot before apex, and a stronger one on
the hind margin below the apex; an indefinite dark discal spot;
hind wings with the discal spot and a narrow submarginal band
darker. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark greyish fulvous;
underside dull ochreous, darker along costa of fore wing; discal
spot of hind wing and subapical spot on fore wing both con-
spicuous.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken at light by me on Aug. 4th at Darjiling.—ZH. J. E.]

DYsETHIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings triangular ; costa straight, convex just before apex,
and faintly concave in the middle; hind margin obliquely curved,
slightly bowed above the anal angle, which is distinctly marked ;
apex of the ¢ somewhat falcate. Hind wings of 2 % as wide as
fore wings, with the hind margin rounded; of ¢ not more than
half as broad as fore wings, with the hind margin straight.
Antenne rather thick, simple in 2, rather strongly ciliated in
the ¢ ; palpi short, horizontally porrect, laxly scaled, the 3rd
joint very minute; tongue present, but weak. Hind tibie of g
not thickened, with two pairs of spurs. Neuration:—Fore wings:
cell half the length of the wing ; discocellular vertical ; 1st median
nervule from 2 of the cell; 2nd and 3rd together from the lower
end, the 3rd straight in the ¢, somewhat arched in the ? ; lower
radial from the middle of the discocellular; upper radial from

348 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

upper angle of cell; 5th subcostal nervule close to the angle,
curved upwards at first, so as nearly to touch the common stem of
the other 4, then running nearly parallel to upper radial into the
hind margin below the apex; common stem of the rest rising at
3 of cell; 1st leaving it just beyond the point where the 5th is
approximated to it; 2nd and 3rd both shortly before apex; 4th
running into apex itself. Hind wings, 2 : with the discocellular
vertical, costal and subcostal approximating at a point not far
from base, the subcostal branches forking as usual from upper
angle of cell, the lower subcostal reaching the hind margin at 4
from interior angle; 1st median nervule only a little before lower
angle of cell, 2nd and 3rd together from the angle; radial from
the centre of the discocellular. ¢: With the cell much broadened,
and somewhat distorted; 2nd subcostal curving strongly down-
wards away from the Ist, and reaching the hind margin well
below the centre; discocellular running obliquely inwards from
the curvature of the 2nd subcostal; 1st median just before, 2nd
and 3rd from the lower end of cell; radial just above the origin of
the last 2; inner margin fringed thickly with long hairs.

Type, Dysethia bicommata, sp. n.

The difference in the neuration of the hind wings of the sexes
is somewhat analogous to that which occurs in the Larentiad
genera Anaitis, &e.

DYSETHIA BICOMMATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1.)

3 Q. Fore wings deep fuscous-brown, sprinkled, especially
towards costa and base, with pale lilac scales ; lines blackish :—1st
at z runs obliquely outwards, and reaches the inner margin not
much before its centre, forming a strongly marked angulation on the
submedian ; 2nd a little before the middle, forms an irregularly
triangular mark on costa only, nearly touching the large oval
blackish discal spot ; 3rd at ? forms a curved, blackish, outwardly
pointed costal spot, then a sinuous, pale-edged line to near the
anal angle; submarginal line denticulate, formed of pale lilac
scales, most distinct towards the costa, where it is preceded by a
dark costal patch; fringe fuscous-brown; basal line of fringes and
all the nervules beyond the middle of the wing yellowish. Hind
wings of 2 as the fore wings, with a dark brown submarginal
curved line; of ¢ dull greyish ochreous, with a diffuse dark shade
in place of the line which is visible in the 9. Head, thorax, and
abdomen concolorous with ground-colour of fore wings. Underside
dull fuscous, with the exterior line and discal spots only darker ;
in the ¢, the underside is rather strongly tinged with tawny,
especially along the costa; the 9, if fresh, would probably show
the same tint; in the ¢, owing to the displacement of the radial,
the dark discal spot, which is very diffuse, is situate almost at the
lower angle of the cell.

Expanse of wings, 9 38 millim., ¢ 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

It is worthy of observation that the pale lilac scales, which are

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 349

sparsely scattered over the upper wings, soon wear off, so that the
insect assumes a dingy appearance.

[Specimens from the Naga Hills taken by Doherty at 5000-
7000 feet agree with those described.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. PsEUDOTERPNIN 2”.

DINDICA M6LLERI, sp. n.

3 Q. Nearly allied to D. crocina, Butler; of the same size,
but differing in the following respects :—The fore wings are much
darker, being largely suffused with brown; the apical white patch
is absent; the submarginal line is represented by a series of
whitish spots. The hind wings have the abdominal half smoky
green, which tint also extends over the thorax and abdomen;
the hind margin of the hind wings is broadly blackish ; and there
are 3 distinct rounded black blotches besides the central one.
Underside with all the black markings more prominent. Possibly
a local form of D. crocina, Butler.

[I have a long series of this species taken at from 5500 to
8000 feet in Sikkim, where it seems to be much commoner than
D. crocina, of which I have only two specimens taken by natives.
It appears quite distinct.—H. J. £.]

TERPNA OPALINA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 14.)

2. Fore wing pale olive-green, thickly sprinkled with transverse
purple strigz, except in the subcostal region, where the ground-
colour becomes pale greenish white ; the two transverse lines pur-
plish, the first forming two blunt teeth, and broadly edged internally
with greenish white ; the whole basal space nearly filled up with the
same tint, except below the median vein, where there is a patch
of mixed olive and purplish scales; 2nd line strongly dentate,
describing an oblique outward curve below the costa, then a
vertical curve beyond the cell-space, and approaching the Ist line
on the submedian fold, where it is followed by a small, pure, pale
greenish-white spot; a large dull purplish-grey, kidney-shaped
spot at the end of the cell; the costal edge of the space between
the two lines, and the whole width of the band below the median
vein thickly strewn with purple strige ; costa between the 2nd
line and apex with a small patch of purplish and olive scales,
surrounded with pale greenish white; rest of the submarginal
space thickly strewn with the purplish strige, which towards the
edge itself are clustered along the veins; submarginal line faintly
indicated in greenish white. Hind wings entirely dull olive-green,
thickly beset with purplish strigz, with an oval, paler-centred
purplish cell-spot; fringes mottled, greenish white and olive, with
a fine dark-purple basal line. Head, face, and thorax pale greenish
white; abdomen mottled with darker. Underside pale opal,
tinged at the extreme base with yellow and along the disk with
purple; the cell-spots purple and distinct.

Expanse of wings 50 millim.

Proc. Zoor, Soc.—1893, No. XXIV. 24

350 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

[I have four specimens of this distinct species taken by native
collectors on the Nepal frontier at 7000-8000 feet.—H. J. £.]

PERISSOLOPHIA, gen. nov.

Akin to Terpna, H.-S., in having the abdominal segments armed
with erect tufts of hair, and with one dense and extraordinarily
long one behind the thorax; differing from all allied genera in
the shape of the wings; fore wings longer in proportion, not so
triangular, with the hind margin curved and denticulated ; hind
wings not prolonged in the direction of the body, with rounded
and denticulate hind margin; densely clothed with long hairs
towards the base. Antenne strongly pectinated nearly to the tip,
the pectinations being longer than in Zerpna; palpi with 2nd
joint hairy beneath; 3rd joint, bluntly rounded, porrected in
front; abdomen beneath and all femora hairy,

Type, P. subrosea, sp. n.

PHRISSOLOPHIA SUBROSHA, Sp. 0.

3. Fore wings dull olive-green, suffused with pink and speckled
with purplish atoms; lines indistinct, purplish; 1st oblique, irre-
gularly angular; 2nd running obliquely outwards towards the
centre of the hind margin, then irregularly dentate, parallel to it;
submarginal line faintly indicated by three white arrow-heads below
the costa; an oblique blackish dash at the end of the cell. Hind
wing towards the base pinkish ochreous ; costal half wholly pink;
hind margin greenish, both flecked with purple. Head and thorax
dull olive-green, like the fore wing; abdomen more ochreous, like
the hind wing. Underside shining ochreous, strongly suffused
with pinkish, especially along the costa; abdomen beneath and
femora of all the legs beset with thick ochreous hairs,

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

[Several specimens of this very distinct species were taken by
native collectors in May and June in the interior of Sikkim.—
Hf, J. E.|

ACTENOCHROMA, gen. nov.

Distinguished from Hypochroma, Guen., by the simple antennze
of the ¢.
Type, A. muscicoloraria, Wlk. (Hypochroma).

ACTENOCHROMA FARINOSA, Sp. 0. .

3. Resembles A. viridaria, Moore, but a little larger and longer-
winged; dull cinereous green, varied with whitish and pale grey ;
all the markings much as in wiridaria, but without the pink spots
so conspicuous in that species. Underside with only a very faint
indication of a darker submarginal band, but with a distinct, large
blackish central spot on each wing.

[A single ¢ specimerm taken in Lahoul, North-west Himalayas,
at 12,300 feet, on Sept. 9, by Capt. Grahame Young. It seems a
distinct species. —H. J. E.]

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 351

SPHAGNODELA, gen. nov.

Fore wings rather lengthened; the costa gradually curved
throughout ; hind margin evenly rounded. Hind wings with hind
margin rounded, the inner angle rather prominent. Forehead
shelving, slightly prominent ; vertex with erect hairs ; thorax and
patagia hairy; abdomen with segmental crests; palpi not long,
porrect, ascending, the third joint inconspicuous ; tongue present ;
antenne of <¢ pectinated, the pectinations short, curved, and
directed slightly forward; legs and underside of thorax hairy,
Neuration: cell half as long as wings; discocellular angulated ;
lower end of cell wedge-shaped ; 1st submedian at $, 2nd at 2, 3rd
from end of cell; lower radial from above the angulation of disco-
cellular; upper from the upper angle; 3rd, 4th, and 5th subcostals
on a common stem; 1st and 2nd the same. Hind wings: costal
running near subcostal for a short distance ; two subcostals on a
short stem ; the rest as in fore wings.

Type, S. lucida, sp. n.

SPHAGNODELA LUCIDA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 13.)

3. Fore wings bright moss-green, varied with paler yellowish
green and thickly dappled with coarse blackish dots ; lines blackish,
denticulate, first at 7, vertical ; second at 3, sinuous, approaching the
first line by a sinus above the inner margin ; submarginal line com-
posed of a curved series of black spots, each followed by some silvery-
white scales ; some irregularly scattered white scales also follow
the second lime, and are dusted over the disc; cell-spot large, dark ;
fringes olive-green, with black spots at the ends of the veins, and
an indistinct dark festooning containing paler scales. Hind wings
yellowish ochreous, tinged with green, especially towards the hind
margin, and thickly mottled with black transverse strige ; fringes
yellowish green. Palpi dark brownish green; face and vertex pale
yellowish green ; thorax and abdomen olive-green ; antennz pale
yellowish, with a white basal joint. Underside pale ochreous,
dappled with fuscous cinereous, the fore wing almost entirely
suffused with cinereous except along the hind margin.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This species differs from usneata, Feld., not only in its smaller size
but in the absence of any definite lines and markings on the
hind wings; it is altogether a much brighter, gayer-looking insect.

[Not an uncommon species on the Nepal frontier of Sikkim,
where I have taken it at from 10,000 to 13,000 feet in July.—
H. J. E.)

Subfam. GEOMETRIN &.

CHLORODONTOPERA, gen. nov.

Odontoptera, Moore, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 621.
Fore wings elongate; costa nearly straight ; apex blunt; hind
margin with 2 deep excavations beneath apex, with a prominent
24*

352 MR..W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

tooth at end of the last subcostal and median nervules ; the upper
half vertical ; the lower very oblique: hind wings broad, strongly
crenulate, with a deeper excavation between the last subcostal and
last median nervules opposite the cell : palpi porrect, extending
beyond face; antenne of ¢ pectinated ; hind tibiw of ¢ rather
swollen, with 4 spurs.

Type, C. chalybeata (Odontoptera), Moore.

As the hind wings possess a distinct radial, this genus must be
transferred to the Geometrine.

CHLORODONTOPERA ERUGINATA, Sp. 0.

3. Fore wings olive-green, with very indistinct markings, which
consist of a rusty discal spot and 2 transverse lines, indicated by a
curved series of whitish spots; the first curved at 4, the second
sinuous, from 2 of the costa to = of the inner margin; the first is
edged outwardly and the second internally by a very faint rusty
shade ; fringes dull rusty; hind wings the same; head, thorax,
and abdomen all dull olive-green. Underside much brighter olive-
green, tinged with rusty yellow; the 2 lines and the discal spot
being rust-red, and the costa for + from the base broadly dull
red; fringes brown-black.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

Much smaller than, and different of aspect from, the typical
species, but structurally congeneric.

[Four males, which agree perfectly, were taken by Doherty at
5000 to 7000 feet in the Naga Hills —H. J. E£.]

GELASMA, gen. nov.

Fore wing with the costa curved and short in proportion to the
breadth of the wing ; apex distinct, but not aculeate ; hind margin
curved. Hind wings with blunt and short tooth, the hind margin
on each side of it curved. Antenne of ¢ with short pectinations,
which only extend to 3 of the length of the shaft; hind tibize
thickened, with 4 short spurs.

Type, G. thetydaria (Lodis), Guen.

GELASMA CONCOLOR, sp. 0.

@. Fore wings dull grass-green ; the costa finely dark purple,
minutely spotted with ochreous ; a fine dark line of the same tint
along the base of the fringes, interrupted by a very minute pale
dot at end of each vein; a distinct and rather large black discal
dot; the usual lines paler; the first indistinct, denoted by pale dots
on the veins ; the second, parallel to the hind margin, is represented
by linear dark dots on the veins, tipped externally with white, the
white spot on the inner margin being much larger and more con-
spicuous than the rest. Hind wings like fore wings; fringes of
both wings concolorous. Head and thorax deep grass-green ;
abdomen above olive-green; antenne and fillet distinctly pale

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 353

ochreous. Underside pale bluish white, with the discal dots visible ;
costa and basal fringe-line distinct, as on the upperside.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

GELASMA GRISEOVIRIDIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 6.)

¢. Fore wings dull sea-green, tinged with grey, with two whitish
undulating lines, the first at 1, oblique outwardly ; the second at #,
parallel to the hind margin; costa faintly and minutely speckled
with yellow and purple; hind wings with the exterior line only ;
both wings with a darker green linear cell-spot: head and thorax
green; abdomen ochreous (? faded). Underside pale silvery green.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.,

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Taken by Doherty at 5000-7000 feet.—Z. J. £.]

HEMITHEA RUBRIPICTA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings pale yellowish green, most probably deeper green
when fresh ; costa brick-red, dotted with black ; discal spot large,
black; 1st line indistinct, partly represented by red spots on the
veins ; 2nd line, parallel to hind margin, represented by linear red
spots on the veins, that on the inner margin swelling out into a
more distinct spot. Hind wings the same; fringes of both wings
concolorous, with no darker basal line. Vertex and thorax con-
colorous with ground-colour of wings ; abdomen brown-red, with
the 2 antepenultimate segments of the wing colour; face, palpi,
and antenne brick-red. Underside pale yellowish, rather glossy,
with the costa reddish ; discal dot of the fore wing alone visible;
legs beneath washed with reddish.

Hab, Sikkim. Also in Mr. Moore’s Collection unnamed.

HEMITHEA NIGROPUNCTATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 4.)

3. Wings pale grass-green, thinly scaled, with two whitish lines,
the exterior the more distinct and edged internally with dark green ;
a small black cell-spot in each wing ; costa of fore wing ochreous,
with dark dustings. Underside pale whitish green, without any
markings.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. East Pegu. [Taken in spring by Doherty.—J. J. E£.]

HEMISTOLA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa weak and gradually curved; apex blunt ;
hind margin slightly oblique, hardly convex; anal angle squared.
Hind wings kite-shaped, with a decided but not acute tooth in the
centre of hind margin. Palpi short, ascending obliquely in front
of forehead, which is slightly prominent; antenne of ¢ distantly
pectinated, the pectinations themselves curved, beginning and
ending short; the apex filiform; hind tibie slightly thickened,
with 4 short spurs; hind tarsi abbreviated ; discocellular strongly

354 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

angulated, especially in fore wings, the radial starting well above
the angulation; in the hind wings the 2 subcostal nervules and
the last 2 median are shortly stalked. Scaling loose and thin, so
that the wings appear semidiaphanous.

Type, Hemistola rubrimargo, sp. nov.

HEMISTOLA RUBRIMARGO, sp.n, (Plate XXXI. fig. 3.)

3. Fore wings pale bluish green, with paler, somewhat ochreous
costa, spotted with reddish, the extreme edge red ; fringes white,
with a distinct red basal line (entirely absent in 1 example), which
is interrupted by a white dot at end of each vein, and with
their apices reddish; transverse lines white, evenly denticulated,
approaching each other on the inner margin. Hind wings like
fore wings, but with the first line hardly expressed. Head, thorax,
antennz, abdomen, and legs dull ochreous (perhaps more bluish
when fresh); middle segments of abdomen reddish above; patagia
pale bluish. Underside pale bluish white, with the base of the
costa reddish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.
A specimen in the Brit. Mus. Collection from Darjiling.

[Several specimens of this very pretty distinct species were taken
by me on Tonglo at 10,000 feet in July. —H. J. £.]

MIcROLOXIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings triangular; costa nearly straight; apex rather pro-
minent, but blunt; hind margin well rounded, not very oblique.
Hind wings with hind margin rounded. Forehead slightly pro-
minent. Palpi short, porrect. Antenne of 2 subdentate; of 3
pectinated for ? of the length. Neuration normal.

Type, M. herbaria, Hiibn.

The genus runs parallel to Nemoria, but is distinguished by the
pectinated antennz of the male.

MIcROLOXIA EFFORMATA. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.)
g. Fore wings pale apple-green, with a broadish white oblique

streak from 2 of the inner margin to + of the costa ; costa and all
the veins picked out with white. Hind wings the same, witha
white curved submarginal fascia. Head, thorax, and abdomen
green. Underside duller paler green, with the veins whitish; the
white streaks of the upperside only showing through ; base of the
costa blackish.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This species may be distinguished at once by the obtusely
produced inner angle of the hind wings.

CoMOsToLA CEHRULEA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 1.)
¢ . Fore wings very pale azure ; costa yellow speckled with purple;

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 355

fringes and extreme hind margin yellow, preceded by a purple
festoon, which runs in a short distance along the inner margin ; at
3 of the costa a funnel-shaped purple marking obliquely curved
outwards to the radial, and reappearing on the inner margin before
anal angle as a small cone-shaped spot. Hind wings similar; but
without any costal markings. Head and palpi reddish ; antennz
yellowish, touched with red; abdomen ochreous, with red dorsal
markings; thorax azure. Underside paler azure, with costa of
fore wings and fringes yellowish.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

[I have only seen two males of this very distinct species, both
taken by natives.—JH. J. E.]

ULIOCNEMIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings broad, triangular ; costa gradually arched throughout ;
apex blunt; hind margin rounded, hardly oblique ; anal angle well
marked. Hind wings broad, with the interior angle rounded and
the anal angle produced and square ; hind margin variously rounded,
sometimes cut off squarely. Palpi porrect, in ¢ quite short, in
2 much longer. Antenne of ¢ with long pectinations, which
are themselves pubescent; in 2 also pectinated, but much less
strongly than in ¢. Fore tibie of g¢ with a tuft of hair under-
neath. Neuration normal. Scaling delicate, fine, and silky.

Type, Uliocnemis cassidara, Guen.

The tuft of hairs on the fore tibiz of the male is often difficult to
be made out, and is liable to be worn off.

ULI0cNEMIS ALBIMARGINATA, Sp. 0.

@. Wings pale grass-green ; fore wings with two white vertical
transverse lines ; the first slightly c surved outwards at +; the second
at 2, sinuous from costa to the 3rd median nervule, then straight
towards the anal angle, before reaching which it is diverted
rectangularly inwards, including at the angle a small brown patch ;
an indistinct, irregularly sinuous, submarginal whitish line; the
green space between the exterior and the submarginal line is
interrupted below the costa by a suffused white patch; nervules
towards the hind margin whitish ; fringes whitish green, a minute
black-brown dot at their base between the nervules ; 2 larger ones
at the anal angle beyond the brown patch; discal dot small, brown.
Hind wings with the discal marking linear, brown; exterior line
indistinctly white, starts from the costa level with the extremity
of the exterior ee of the fore wing, runs vertically to the lower
subcostal, along which it goes nearly to the hind margin, then
curves along the hind margin, widening in its course to above the
anal angle ; space between this line and the hind margin filled up
with black-brown from the costa to the radial; thence white, more
or less tinged with green in the middle. Head, thorax, and abdo-
men (probably) green; underside of abdomen white. Underside

356 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

of wings whitish green, with the dark discal spots and apical
blotches showing through.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Although the example is a 9, there is no doubt about its being
an Ulioenemis, from the great similarity to others of the genus,
especially to a yet undescribed species from Japan in the B. M.
Collection.

[Taken in June by O. Méller—H. J. £.]

ULIOCNEMIS ALBIRADIATA, sp. 1.

. Wings grass-green, with some very faint, paler, transverse
undulations; costa broadly white, becoming greener at the base ;
a white basal blotch ; first line at 2, obliquely curved, delicate; the
discocellular marked by a similar white curve, convex to the Ist
line; all the veins neatly white; the green ground-colour is
concisely bordered at # by a broad whitish-ochreous patch, which
occupies the rest of the wing except the apical third, where the
green ground-colour reappears, traversed by the white veins, and
transversely by an obliquely curved white line, starting from the
costa before the apex, and disappearing where it joins the pale
patch above the centre of the wing; fringes whitish, with darker
dividing lines ; some very minute dark dots between the veins
below the apex, one larger in the middle of the hind margin, and
a black line at the anal angle, before which there is a slight fuscous
discoloration of the pale ochreous blotch. Hind wings like fore
wings, but with the ground-colour restricted to a rhomboidal basal
area, the ochreous pale patch running up along both the costa and
abdominal margins ; towards the 2 angles the fuscous discoloration
of the fore wings is repeated to a still greater extent; 2 or 3
large dark dots before the fringe at the inner angle. Head, thorax,
and abdomen green, underside of abdomen white. Underside of
wings bluish green towards the base, with a broad white border
containing a brown patch at the inner angle of the hind wings,
and at the anal angle and in the centre of the hind margin of the
fore wings.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[A very lovely and distinct species, taken by Doherty at 5000-
7000 feet.—H. J. E.]

ULIOCNEMIS DELINHATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 14.)

3 2. Fore wings pale yellowish green, covered with fine irre-
gularly undulating yellowish strigz ; the costa broadly pale yellow-
ish to the tip; all the veins yellowish ; 1st line straight, oblique,
whitish ; 2nd line, starting at about + of the costa, runs straight
towards the anal angle, stopping short and turning abruptly base-
wards along the 1st median nervule, and then reaching the inner
margin before the angle as a vertical broader blotch; discal dot

1893, ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 307

minute, dark ; fringe green, with pale yellowish basal line, and one
or two minute dark dots above the anal angle. Hind wings similar,
but the second line runs nearer the margin, as in pictipennis,
Butler, forming a short indentation near the middle, and a deeper,
more acute one near the anal angle, which is filled up with pale
pink ; 2 small black dots at base of fringe above anal angle, and some
black scales below the apex. Collar and thorax ochreous like the
costa ; abdomen discoloured, probably greenish ; underside wholly
ale.

: Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have only seen specimens from the interior.—H. J. E.]

ULIOCNEMIS ? SIGNIFERA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 15.)

Q. Fore wings pale apple-green, finely dappled with whitish; 1st
line at 4, sinuous, 2nd line at 3, irregularly sinuous; costa, basal
and marginal areas whitish, the latter mixed with green just
beyond the 2nd line; along the submedian fold a white bidentate
projection runs from the outer white area nearly to touch the basal
portion ; cell-spot round, blackish; fringes white. Hind wings
much more largely green; costa and extreme hind margin white,
the former and the apical } of the latter suffused with grey; a
dark blackish straight dash runs from the costal streak obliquely
inwards for 1 the breadth of the wing ; fringes of both wings with
minute dark dots at base between the veins, and with 3 more
distinct just above the anal angle. Face, antenne, head, thorax,
and abdomen all apparently white. Underside of fore wings
wholly green except the inner margin, which is white tinged
irregularly with fuscous; 2nd line white, slender. Hind wings
pure shining white, with a fine sinuous green line at ¥ and a dark
fuscous cell-spot ; inner angle likewise fuscous-tinged. Legs and
underside of abdomen white; fore legs (apparently) tinged with
fuscous.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Momeit, Burmah.

[Taken by Doherty in June 1890.—Z. J. £.]

BERTA ALBIPLAGA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 5.)

Q. Wings dull olive-green ; first line at 1, represented by whitish
dots on the veins, connected by a very fine white line ; second line
at 3, starts from a white costal spot, forms 2 regular bilobed
outward sinuses, and one between them inward, and reaches the
inner margin AG: far from the first line; at each nervule the line
forms a white spot; subterminal line composed of a series of white
spots ; a larger white spot on costa at the middle above the white
and diffuse cell-spot ; fringe green, with white dots along the base.
Hind wings like fore wings, but with the base and a broad central
band white; space between the white band and base wholly green ;
marginal space green, with a repetition of the two outside lines of

358 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

the fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with
ground-colour. Underside whitish, without any markings.
Expanse of wings 22 millim.
Hab. Naga Hills.
[Taken at about 2000 feet by Doherty in Sept.—Z. J. £.]

Evcuioris (?) OVIFERA, sp. 0.

@. Wings blue-green ; fore wings with costa distinctly yellow ;
first line represented by 2 oval white spots, one on the median, the
other on the submedian; exterior line represented by 6 similar
oval white spots, on the 2 radials, the 3 median nervules, and the
submedian nervure respectively, the lower 3 running obliquely
outward in a straight line, the upper 3 more vertically ; a round
white cell-spot. Hind wings rather paler than fore wings, with
faint indications of the exterior row of pale spots; fringes of both
wings whitish yellow. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs green ;
antenne yellowish white; face red. Underside of the fore wings
grey on the disk, streaked with green, green wholly only towards
apex; hind wings wholly green.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Tonglo, Sikkim.

[Of this very delicate and, when fresh, beautiful species I took
several specimens at 10,000 feet in July.—H. J. E.]

DyYsPreris ASTATICA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8.)

3. Fore wings rather dull bluish green, with 3 white oblique
lines—the first at 2, curved, and towards the inner margin irregularly
sinuous; the second, irregularly dentate, runs obliquely from 3 of
the inner margin, where it is approximated to the first line, to the
costa just before the apex; the submarginal line is finer, and more
regularly dentate, close to the hind margin ; a distinct white cell-
spot. Hind wings white over the whole costal and basal areas,
becoming green only towards the anal angle, where can be dis-
cerned the beginnings of 2 white lines corresponding in position
and width to the exterior and submarginal of the fore wings ; the
veins all marked in green; fringe of both wings whitish green.
Head and thorax dark blue-green ; abdomen paler green, Under-
side like upper, but duller.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I took one on Aug. 4th at light at 7000 feet, and have others
from the interior.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. Inwinz,

PROBLEPSIS CONJUNCTIVA, Sp. 1.
3. Fore wings white; ocellus round the outer rim olive-
ochreous, spotted with metallic silver ; the centre whitish, thickly
dusted with reddish grey ; the lower part between the Ist and

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 359

3rd median neryules filled up with black, the nervules themselves
ochreous ; a cloudy ochreous-brown oblique fascia from its lower
end to the inner margin, and a small cloudy space on the costa above
it; a sinuous, somewhat diffuse, ochreous exterior fascia, and a
subterminal one consisting of interrupted dark grey cloudy spots ;
fringe white. Hind wings with a broad ochreous fuscous fascia,
continued from the fore wings and almost obliterating the dark
ocellus; exterior fascia greyer, broader and less sinuons than in
fore wings. Underside with costa, ocelli, and exterior fascia all
strongly marked, fuscous grey. Head, face, palpi, and vertex
blackish ; thorax and abdomen white ; antennz brownish. Differs
from all other species by the dark markings of the underside.

Expanse of wings 44 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Though the general aspect of this species might lead to its
being mistaken for P. deliaria, it seems very distinct. I have one
specimen only, from the interior.—H. J. £.]

SoMATINA LAPIDATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 7.)

Q. Fore wings pale stone-colour, suffused with darker, and irro-
rated with dark grey atoms and strigz ; a dull oblique basal line, and
a thicker exterior line, bluntly angulated beneath the costa, can be
traced ; cell-spot small, dark ; hind margin broadly dark olive-grey,
with an aggregation of dark transverse strige. Hind wings with
the basal third thickly dappled with dark grey atoms, the outer 2
with dark grey transverse strigz, leaving a narrow pale curved
space between the two darker portions, corresponding to a like paler
space on the fore wings between the exterior line and the sub-
marginal shade; fringes of both wings dark grey, with two paler
lines and a black basal line. Face, palpi, vertex, and collar dull
olive-green; patagia and thorax whitish grey; abdomen stone-
colour mottled with dark grey. Underside pale ochreous, the
veins yellower, with all the markings by contrast darker; a
distinct dark cell-spot in both wings.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills (Doherty).

This species is smaller than, and has a slightly dissimilar facies
from, the others of the genus.

LIPoMELIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa straight from the base, and gradually
convex towards apex, which is bluntly rounded; hind margin
obliquely curved. Hind wings ample, with hind margin rounded
and inner angle square. Antenne of ¢ thick, shortly ciliated ;
head broad ; forehead flattened; palpi short, porrect, or slightly
upturned ; tongue present; hind tibie of ¢ flattened and curved ;
hind tarsi reduced to a short, hardly perceptible point. Neuration
normal. Scaling fine and smooth.

Type, Lipomelia subusta, sp. n.

360 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

LIpoMELIA SUBUSTA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 24.)

3. Fore wings olive-drab, much suffused with tawny and brown ;
the olive-drab ground-colour is limited to the base, the costa, the
apex more broadly, and the hind margin; the basal portion is
edged by an oblique tawny line, starting from the inner margin
close to the base, and running parallel to hind margin, ending in
the middle of the cell; second line red-brown, commencing below
the costa, forms first a large conical projection hindwards, then a
double curve, and a second conical projection above the inner
margin; the space between the two lines filled up with tawny,
except along the costa, with some paler vertical wavy streaks on
the inner margin; subterminal line irregularly dentate, almost
touching hind margin below the centre ; space between it and 2nd
line filled up, in the lower 3, with mahogany-brown; fringes olive-
drab, with a fine tawny dot at end of each vein; discal spot
elongated, white, shining, somewhat raised. Hind wings wholly
tawny, mottled with brown, from base to subterminal line, then
olive-drab; fringes as in fore wings; discal spot constricted in
centre, sometimes divided into two spots. Palpi, face, and antenne
dark brown ; vertex and collar red-brown; thorax and patagia olive-
drab ; abdomen tawny olive. Underside dull olive with a pink
tinge; the inner region of the fore wings and the upper of the
hind wings being suffused irregularly with blackish.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Naga Hills.

RHODOSTROPHIA SUBFLAVIDA, sp. 0.

3g. Fore wings pale cinereous, dusted with darker, and tinged
with ochreous; basal area diffusely darker, costa and hind margin
more distinctly so; parallel to hind margin, and separated from the
darker streak by a narrow pale space, is another oblique dark fascia
of equal width with the dark portion of the hind margin ; cell-spot
dark. Hind wings pale whitish ochreous, with a faint yellowish
tint, tinged with grey towards the anal angle; fringes of both
wings with a distinct darker basal line. Underside of both wings
whitish grey, strongly suffused with yellowish.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Kashmir.

There are several examples, all males, in the B.M. Coll. from
Afghanistan.

Near P. borealis, Swinhoe.

[The type, in my collection, was taken at Sonamurg in Kashmir
by the late Mr, Atkinson.—H. J. £.]

TANAOTRICHIA, gen. Nov.

Fore wings with costa nearly straight, more curved just before
apex; hind margin curved, more obliquely towards anal angle ;
hind wings with hind margin rounded, anal angle rather marked.
Antenne of ¢ beset with long close ciliations; palpi horizontally
porrect, hardly reaching beyond face ; tongue present. Hind tibie

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 361

of $ beset with long pencil of hairs, concealing spurs, if present.
Neuration :—Fore wing : cell barely half the length of wing ; disco-
cellular obliquely curved; 1st median nervule at 2; 2nd and 3rd
from end of cell; lower radial from centre of discocellular ; upper
from top end of cell; areole double; 4th and 5th subcostals from
end of areole, widely diverging; 2nd and 3rd shortly out of 4th.
Hind wings with the two subcostal nervules very shortly stalked ;
the rest as in fore wing.
Type, Lanaotrichia trilineata, sp. n.

TANAOTRICHIA TRILINEATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 2.)

3. Fore wings reddish ochreous or reddish, dusted with fine
deeper red atoms ; basal half of costa blackish ; 3 red-brown trans-
verse lines ; the first fine, at + bent beneath the costa, then vertical ;
the second thicker, oblique, sughtly wavy, from 3 of the costa to § of
inner margin; the third submarginal, straight at first from the
costa and inclined slightly outwards, forms a sinus outwards
towards the anal angle; fringes concolorous with darker red base.
Hind wings like fore wings, but without the basal line; face and
palpi red-brown; vertex whitish ; collar reddish; thorax, patagia,
and abdomen concolorous with wings. Underside paler, without
irrorations ; all the lines visible except the basal; the cell-spot of
the fore wings also shown.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by Mr. Gammie at about 3000-5000 feet.—H. J. E.]

ANISODES ARGENTISPILA, sp. 0.

Q@. Fore wings dull brick-red, with faintly darker markings ; an
indistinct fascia near base; a similar dark discal ocellus, with a
faintly darker shade beneath it; a curyed, slightly denticulate
fascia at 2; a subterminal one between the last and the hind
margin, which appears as if interrupted below the middle; a
marginal series of minute black dots between the veins; fringes
concolorous. Hind wings like fore wings, but with a large irregular
silvery-white discal spot, surrounded with dark grey; palpi and
face brick-red ; vertex whitish ; thorax and abdomen pale pinkish
ochreous. Underside dull pink, without markings.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

PERIXERA OBSCURATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 20.)

3. Wings sandy ochreous, dusted with greyish ochreous and
with all the markings grey; inner, exterior, and subterminal line
all irregularly dentate-sinuous; beyond the subterminal the wings
are suffused with grey ; costa of fore wings dark grey; discal spot
present in both wings. Thorax, abdomen, and antenne all sandy
ochreous. Underside pale straw-colour, with all the markings
dull rosy and a rosy blotch along the centre of the disk.

. Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

362 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Ip@A FALCIPENNIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 11.)

Q. Fore wings stone-colour, almost wholly suffused with cine-
reous, with a broadish, slightly sinuate subterminal fascia of the
pale ground-colour, before and beyond which the grey suffusion is
denser ; a denticulate darker exterior line, a sinuous darker central
shade, and a basal transverse line can just be traced; these are
probably more distinct in other specimens ; fringes pale grey, with
the basal line black, interrupted by each nervule. Hind wings like
fore wings, but with a distinct black cell-spot. Face, antennz, and
thorax stone-colour; abdomen the same, but dusted with grey.
Underside paler, unsuffused, with the lines all distinct.

Hab, Sikkim.

This species may be distinguished by the shape of the wings; the
fore wings having the costa strongly curved throughout, the apex
bluntly falcate, and the hind margin obliquely straight. Hind
wings with hind margin fully rounded, and somewhat broadly
elbowed in the middle. The palpi are excessively minute. It is
very probable that when more specimens, including the ¢, come
to be examined, the species may have to form the type of a
distinct genus.

[Two specimens of this distinct species, taken by O. Moller on
Oct. 12, are in my collection.—H. J. £.]

Jp@A BUTYROSA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings rather bright clay-yellow, with all the markings
indistinctly deeper; a basal curved line, a central curved line just
beyond a diffuse cell-blotch ; an exterior, more denticulated line
and a hardly paler subterminal space; fringes concolorous; a
series of very minute dark dots at the base of fringes between the
veins, most conspicuous towards the apex. Hind wings the same,
with a minute dark cell-spot. Head, thorax, and abdomen all
concolorous. Underside dull ochreous, with the lines only faintly
visible, except the 3rd.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A single specimen was sent by Mr. Gammie from Mongpo,
about 4000 feet.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. ASTHENIN 2.

AMATHIA NIGRONOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 18.)

3g. Fore wings white, crossed by a series of pale grey fascia,
mixed with ochreous, traversed by finely darker sinuous lines,
which towards the inner margin form black dashes on the veins ;
the fascie are 6 in number: two, narrow, near the base; a wider
one before the middle; a still wider one beyond the middle; a
narrow submarginal one, dotted with blackish and with two darker
patches below the costa; and, lastly, a narrow marginal fascia ;
fringe spotted with blackish at the base. Hind wings pure white,

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 363

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous whitish. Underside dull
white, with hardly any trace of markings.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Darjiling. Though taken at the same time and place as
A, rivularis, this can hardly be the same species.

AMATHIA SANGUINIPUNCTATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 17.)

Q. Fore wings dull white; costa ochreous ; basal patch, central
fascia, and hind marginal area crossed by ochreous and fine dark
lines, intermixed with blood-red spots. Hind wings dull white,
without markings; the hind margin before the fringes being slightly
greyer. Head and thorax ochreous. Underside dull greyish white.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim. From Jongri, at 13,000 feet.

AMATHIA RIVULARIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 16.)

@. Fore wings pale yellowish ochreous, crossed by four irregular
dark fasciz, consisting of dark grey lines and streaks :—one basal,
angulated exteriorly ; the second before the middle, thickest in the
costal half; the third beyond the middle; and the fourth sub-
terminal; the first and second are twice bent before the inner
margin; marginal space varied with grey ; the veins blackish before
the fringes. Hind wings ochreous whitish, with ochreous fringes.
Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous. Underside paler and duller,
with the markings all dull grey.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Darjiling. Taken in May and June at an elevation of
7000 feet.

PHTHONOLOBA OLIVACEHA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 20.)

@. Fore wings dull greyish green with a slight olive tinge, with
the basal patch and 4 fascize darker green, traversed by fine darker
lines; an indistinct dark cell-spot; the grey interspaces between
the fasciz are each traversed by a faint, slightly darker grey line.
Hind wings dull grey, without markings. Head, palpi, thorax, and
abdomen dull olive-green. Underside of both wings cinereous,
with scarcely any markings.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Darjiling.

ASTHENA FLAVILINEA, sp. n.

@. Fore wings sandy ochreous, dusted with darker, and traversed
throughout by a succession of fine, much undulating, rusty
ochreous lines running parallel to the hind margin. Hind wings
similar ; fringes sandy ochreous; both wings with a small black
cell-spot. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside
duller, more whitish, with similar markings.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Tonglo.

[A single specimen taken by myself in July at light is the only
one I have seen.—H7. J. E.]}

364 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

ASTHENA (?) RUFIGRISHA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6.)

Q. Fore wings dull ochreous, more or less entirely overrun with
obliquely curved grey fasciz; basal area entirely grey, crossed by
some very faint paler lines; central area ochreous, oblique, twice
as broad on costa as on inner margin, containing a small dark
cell-spot, and margined externally by an ill-defined rust-coloured
line; this is followed by a broad, dark grey fascia which is exter-
nally bluntly lobed; and this again by 2 or 3 grey sinuate lines
which become confused and shadowy towards the anal angle ;
fringes with a black spot at end of all the veins. Hind wings like
fore wings, but the basal grey patch much smaller. Head, face,
and thorax ochreous, tinged with grey; abdomen darker. Under-
side like upper, but much duller.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

ASTHENA OCHRACEA, Warr. P. Z. 8.1888, p. 321. (Plate XXXII.
fig. 10, @.)

[Described as from the Punjab, but taken by me at Shillong on
the Khasia Hills.—H. J. E£.]

HYDRELIA LILACINA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 4.)

@. Fore wings dull pinkish grey, thickly dusted with vinous
atoms, and crossed by indistinctly undulating vinous lines ; 1st line
at 2, brownish purple, running slightly outwards for 7, then inwards
and slightly wavy ; 2nd line at $, brownish purple, thickened to-
wards costa, running parallel to hind margin, except in the middle,
where it forms a bluntly angulated and indented projection out-
wards; fringes paler pink. Hind wings white, with only the
fringes, the extreme hind and inner margin, and the commence-
ment of a line on the latter vinous. Head, face, and abdomen
like ground-colour ; thorax itself brownish purple, like the lines of
the fore wings. Underside of both wings glossy whitish (in the
fore wings suffused with pinkish purple), with the exterior line
distinctly pinkish on both wings.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Tonglo, Sikkim.

[The specimen described is larger, brighter, and has the angu-
lated projection of the outer transverse lines less prominent than
in another specimen also taken by me at about 12,000 feet on the
Nepal frontier.—H. J. £.]

HYDRELIA MARGINEFUNCTATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5.)

Q. Fore wings sandy yellow, with fine darker irrorations, the
lines not denoted except along the costa, where can be counted 7
purplish-brown spots, the last 3 larger than the others ; obliquely
beyond the first 4 are 4 smaller dots on the subcostal; from the
last 3 costal spots may be traced 3 transverse lines running parallel
to the hind margin, and in places denoted by dots on the veins, the
first 2 forming 2 short contiguous lines on the inner margin ; fringes

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 365

sandy yellow, with no basal line, but with a series of purplish-
black spots between the veins. Hind wings the same, but with no
traces of any lines. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous.
Underside pale straw-colour, with the marginal spots distinct ;
fore wings with the costa brownish, the costal spots prolonged
into streaks, and a diffuse discal blotch; hind wings with a small
discal dot, and a costal one above it, black.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Three specimens were taken by me, along with those of the
last species, at 10,000 feet in July.—H. J. E.]

[I have examples of another species, perfectly distinct from both
the last, which I took abundantly at Tonglo in July, and which
Mr. Warren has also marked lilacina and for which I propose the
name of

HYDRELIA SIKKIMENSIS, sp. n.

Fore wings dull pinkish grey, traversed by 5 distinct inner
transverse lines, and 3 double darker outer ones, the two series
separated by a broad pale band including a discal spot. Hind
wing pale grey with a discal spot andthree marginal and one internal
darker transverse lines. Beneath dull pinkish grey, with discal
spot on both wings, with one distinct transverse band and a
marginal line of spots.—H. J. £.|

AUTALLACTA, gen. nov.

Fore wings broad; costa gradually arched throughout; apex
distinct, minutely subfalcate ; hind margin oblique, with a scarcely
perceptible blunt elbow in the middle. Hind wings broad, with a
distinct elbow in middle of hind margin. Palpi very short, not
reaching beyond face ; face rounded, protuberant; antenne in 2
simple, in ¢ subserrate. Neuration as in Asthena.

Type, A. subobliquaria (LTimandra), Moore.

AUTALLACTA LINEATA, sp. 1.

3. Fore wings pale straw-colour, with rust-coloured lines, 4
curved near the base, one straight oblique in the centre, and 3
slightly wavy and irregular towards the hind margin; fringe straw-
colour, with a rusty basal line. Hind wings with only the central
and 3 submarginal lines. Underside rather darker ; the fore wings
with the basal lines not represented; head, abdomen, and legs all
straw-coloured.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This can hardly be an aberrant form of subobliquaria. The fore
wings are decidedly concave from apex to middle of hind margin.

[I have seen only one specimen of this insect, which is very
distinct. Mr. Warren has included under the name of A. subobli-
quaria two other species which [ took at much higher elevations and
believe to be distinct, but I will not now describe them.—Zd. J. £.]

Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1893, No. XXV. 25

366 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

CHALYBOCLYDON, gen. nov.

Fore wings broad ; costa nearly straight, convex only just before
apex, which is square; hind margin almost imperceptibly crenu-
lated, bluntly elbowed in the middle; hind wings with hind margin
similar. Neuration: cell of both wings very short, not more than
1; discocellular very obliquely curved inwards ; fore wings with

the Ist median nervule at 3, 2nd close before, the 3rd at, the end ;°

lower radial from 2 of the discocellular ; upper radial from end of
cell, 5 subcostals on a common stem, the 5th rising not far from
its base, the 4th running into the apex, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd close
together, one after the other. Hind wings with the costal ana-
stomosing with subcostal for 2 of cell; the two subcostals on a
short footstalk; radial from % of the discocellular; medians as
in fore wing. Scaling close and smooth, with faintly metallic
lines.
Type, Chalyboclydon marginata, sp. 0.

CHALYBOCLYDON MARGINATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 16.)

Q. Fore wings pinkish drab, with a slight olive tinge ; the base to
beyond the middle chocolate-brown ; across the centre of the wing
a vertical thick angulated chocolate-brown line, diffusely bordered
on either side with duller brown bands, the inner one expanding
on the costa, both thickly sprinkled with fine lustrous lilac scales ;
shortly before apex, a Y-shaped chocolate-brown line runs obliquely
to the hind margin at the elbow, then bends inwards nearly at
right angles to its former course to above the anal angle, then
vertical ; space between hind margin and this line, and lower 4 of
the apical wedge, dull brown speckled with lilac atoms ; apical 3
lilac-grey ; space between central and outer line traversed by a
broad angulated fascia of lustrous lilac scales interspersed with a
few darker ones; fringe-line chocolate-brown; fringes ochreous
and fuscous mixed. Hind wings with the basal half wholly lilac-
grey, containing a small black cell-spot, followed by 5 undulating
fascie of the ground-colour, alternating with 4 lilac-grey fascie of
exactly equal width ; a submarginal line running close to, but not
touching, the fringe-line, chocolate-brown; base of fringes chocolate-
brown, but finer; space between the two lines lustrous lilac-grey.
Head, face, and fore parts of thorax dark chocolate-brown ; rest of
thorax and abdomen ochreous drab. Underside silvery drab, with
darker diffuse mottling and suffusion; fore wings with one, hind
wings with two, distinct angulated brownish lines; cell-spot of
hind wings distinct.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim ; Momeit, Burmah.

[Seems a very scarce species in Sikkim, where it has only been
taken in the interior by Méller’s collectors, There is a smaller
species of the same genus from the Karen Hills of which I haye
only one specimen.—H. J. #.]

—— ee ee ees

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 367

PoMASIA MONILIATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 9.)

@. Fore wings.fawn-coloured, with all the lines fine, white, very
sinuous, and geminated, the first near the base, the second just
before, the third beyond the middle; the fourth, submarginal,
consists of a series of white-edged black-centred beads, followed
by a blackish shade, and preceded above the inner margin by an
oval blackish spot ; fringes with pale basal line. Hind wings like
fore wings, but without the basal line, and with the second and
third not geminated, and approaching each other; between the
bead-like line and the hind margin is an additional irregular
whitish curved band, which can be faintly traced on the fore wing
also. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale fawn-colour. Underside
dull greyish ochreous, with scarcely any markings.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

Hab, Khasia Hills.

[A single specimen taken by myself at about 5500 feet in
September.—JH. J. E.]

POMASIA DENTICLATHRATA, sp. 0.

$. Fore wings pale ochreous yellow, traversed from base to
margin by a series of closely placed, sinuous, denticulated, pale
liver-coloured lines, the yellower interspaces being more manifest
along the costa and inner margin; the darker suffusion running
across the disk; 14 of these dark lines can be counted. Hind
wings the same, but with only 9 lines. Head, thorax, and
abdomen similarly mottled. Underside yellower, with the markings
dim and fuscous.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Taken by Doherty at about 3000 feet.—Z. J. L.]

Subfam. HypRrioMENiInz.
GLAUCOPTERYX STELLATA, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings fuscous olive, with the markings deeper fuscous,
but indistinct ; the paler interspaces starting as small yellowish
spots on the costa, and being marked in their course across the
wing by bluish-white linear dashes on all the veins, which are
themselves dark fuscous; subterminal line, evenly undulating,
delicate, bluish white; fringes with their basal half dark olive-grey,
the outer half paler, preceded at their base by a thick black line,
which is interrupted at the end of each nervule by a large white
dot. Hind wings glossy grey, with an indistinct discal dot, and
some undefined wavy grey lines towards the hind margin; fringe
ochreous grey, preceded by a black line. Underside—fore wing
almost wholly cinereous, the markings only showing towards the
hind margin ; hind wings showing a succession of alternate pale and
dark undulating lines; veins towards the hind margin standing
out still darker and lighter, where the lines cross them. Head,
palpi, and thorax dark fuscous olive; abdomen pales

368 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Rare along the Nepal frontier at 11,000-13,000 feet, where
it flies in July.—H. J. £.]

GLAUCOPTERYX PUNCTATISSIMA, Sp. n.

36. Fore wings dark ashy grey, with a slight ochreous tinge in
places, with darker, almost blackish markings and suffusions;
central fascia dark grey, its edges denoted by pale dots on the
veins ; a curved basal fascia and another indefinite beyond it;
subterminal line a series of white spots, edged diffusely with
blackish, and preceded by a darker shade; fringes grey, preceded
at base by a broad black line, which is interrupted at end of each
vein by a narrow white streak, and between the veins by a white
squarish spot. Ina second specimen the ground-colour is much
paler, and the markings and suffusion blacker; the veins them-
selves black, picked out with white dots where the paler lines cross
them, which also expand into pale grey blotches along the costa;
discal spot black, distinct ; hind wings dull grey, with dark discal
spot, and dark line at base of fringes. Underside of both wings
dull grey, with the markings indistinct ; fringes pale, with distinct
dark mottlings.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim. :

{Commoner than the last in the same localities from 10,000-
12,000 feet.—Z. J. £.]

GLAUCOPTERYX VIRIDIS, Sp. nl.

6. Fore wings dull green, crossed by darker green and fuscous
wavy lines; basal patch with 3 curved dark fuscous lines and-
darker green lines between them; central fascia with its edges
marked by darker bands of mingled green and fuscous; the centre,
containing a small cell-spot, alone remaining paler; the fascia is
followed by a series of pale dots on each vein; submarginal line
regularly undulated, paler green, almost whitish; space between it
and central fascia dull green, slightly tinged with pinkish, and
with the veins marked with longitudinal black dots; on the costa
are the commencements of 2 or 3 undulating dark lines ; fringes
dark green, preceded by a series of small double black dots. Hind
wings dull fuscous, with faint traces of an undulating pale line
before the margin. Head, thorax,and abdomen greenish. Under-
side greyish white, in fore wings much suffused with grey, with
all the markings shown; hind wings with a central as well as sub-
marginal dark band.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A single specimen only sent by Moller and taken in March,
probably on the Nepal frontier.—Z. J. £.]

1893.) SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 369

PuHoroscorosta, Warr.

Trichopleura, Staud. (nom. przoc.).
Photoscotosia, Warr. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 327.
Lasiogma, Meyr. Tr. E. 8. 1892, p. 70.

Type, P. miniosata, W1k. (Scotosia).

PHOTOSCOTOSIA ATROMARGINATA, Sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.)

6. Fore wing with the ground-colour a mixture of dull olive
and bronzy violet ; a dark, curved, broadish, pale-edged line near the
base; central band dull bronzy red, with the two lines that bound
it black; the first, broad at the costa, concave basewards, but
forming a sharp tooth pointing inwards between the two concavities
on the median nervure ; the second is likewise darker at the costa,
beneath which it forms two small projections, between which a small
tooth of the paler exterior ground-colour runs in; it reaches the
inner margin with 5 small rounded waves, and the band itself is
3 times as broad on the costa as on the inner margin; marginal
third a mixture of olive and dull reddish; an indistinct oblique
blackish apical dash; a distinct black line at base of fringes. Hind
wings white, slightly grey along the inner margin, and with the
inner half of the hind margin narrowly sooty black. Head, thorax,
and abdomen dark fuscous, tinged with olive. Underside of wings
glossy greyish white; the fore wings darker along the disk and
with the fringes much darker ; both wings with a central curved
denticulated dark grey line; hind wings with a distinct blackish
cell-spot.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Distinguished at a glance, independently of its smaller size, by

.the white hind wings with their sooty blotch.

[I took a single specimen of this distinct species at about 12,000

feet on Sundukpho in July.—Z. J. £.]

PHOTOSCOTOSIA MULTILINEA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 10.)

3. Fore wings fawn-colour, varied with grey and reddish brown ;
extreme base reddish grey, followed by a reddish-brown fascia,
succeeded by a mottled grey and white fascia, and this by reddish-
brown lines, which deepen externally into a rich red-brown fascia,
the edge of which is slightly sinuous, and distinctly contrasted
with the paler central space; discal spot dark brown, linear, just
beyond the line; exterior line preceded on costa by a red-brown
patch, forms two sharp teeth below the costa, and crosses the
wing as a series of denticulate sinuations ; it 4 .followed on the
costa and inner margin by a pale grey space crossed by numerous
sinuous dark lines; rest of the wing dull reddish brown or reddish
grey; hind wings smoky fuscous, with costal region whitish.
Underside paler, with dark central costal spot; tuft of hairs black,
with base tawny ; hind wings dull grey.

Expanse of wings 54 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by Méller’s collectors in the interior.—Z. J. #.]

370 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

PHOTOSCOTOSIA FULGURITIS, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 11.)

Q. Fore wings dark fuscous, with a tawny undertone ; 1st line at

3, pale grey, forming a large bidentate process outwards on the
median vein; the basal 1 paler than the central, and crossed by
darker lines shaped just like the pale first line, and by a straight
pale line in the centre ; exterior line at 3, white, very slightly in-
dented below the costa, very slightly wavy to below the median
vein, where it forms a single blunt tooth, then turns inwards
with two curves to the inner margin ; an indistinct, interrupted pale
subterminal line, and a white oblique streak from the apex, crossing
it and all but reaching the exterior line ; fringes fuscous, with
darker base. Hind wings with the costal region broadly whitish ;
the rest of the wing smoky fuscous, darker towards the hind
margin, where there are traces of sinuate pale fascie. Head, thorax,
and abdomen all dark fuscous. Underside of fore wings whitish,
with a thick black line from the costa beyond the middle, and a
broad dark cloud beyond it ; costa yellowish ; apex white ; tuft of
hairs black ; cell-spot dark, linear. Hind wings whitish, much
mottled with cinereous, with dark cell-spot and fuscous median
band.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

[Several specimens were taken by me at 10,000-12,000 feet on
the Nepal frontier in July.—H. J. F.]

Evstroma, Hiib. Verz. p. 335.

Type, Z. reticulata, Schiff.

Distinguished by the long black tuft of hairs along the underside
of the inner margin of the fore wings of the ¢ from Lygris, Hib.,
in which the tuft is short and pale yellow.

EvustRoMA VENIPICTA, sp. n.

$ 2. Fore wings fuscous, with paler, more reddish markings ;
basal patch and central fascia dark fuscous, the former with a paler
line along its centre ; the latter with a darker, paler-edged centre ;
the basal patch is edged with a double dull tawny line; the central
fascia is edged internally by an angulated, irregular tawny fascia;
the space between this and the edging of the basal patch being
filled in with dark fuscous; the median nervure, the 3 median
nervules, and the submedian all strongly tawny, interrupting the
darker markings)? the central fascia is edged externally with a
fascia formed of 3 pale and 2 dark lines, followed by a series of
fuscous blotches, which are broader and wedge-shaped towards the
costa, but gradually decrease towards the inner margin, and are
bordered by a sinuous fine whitish line, which becomes broad and
white above the inner margin; a similar whitish oblique line from
the apex separates a small costal fuscous blotch from a larger tri-
angular subapical one along the hind margin ; fringes fuscous, with

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 371

darker bases. Hind wings cinereous ochreous, with 2 wavy paler
fascize towards the hind margin, and the costal region pale. Head,
thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous. Underside glossy, ochreous
tinged with cinereous ; basal 2 of fore wings darker ; hind wings
with large black cell-spot, and 3 sinuous fasciz.
_ Expanse of wings 46 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

PARALOPHIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa slightly convex at base and before apex ;
scarcely visibly concave in middle, apex blunt; hind margin ob-
liquely curved ; hind wings rounded. Antenne of ¢ subserrate,
shortly ciliated ; of 2 simple; palpi quite short, pointed, hardly
reaching beyond face; tongue developed; neuration normal;
abdomen of ¢ lengthened, with a strong apical tuft, and 3 curved
large lateral tufts on each side of the 3 preceding segments.

Type, Paralophia pustulata, sp. n.

PARALOPHIA PUSTULATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 7.)

6 Q. Fore wings greyish fuscous; basal region and central
fascia darker ; basal patch edged with a pale line, which is denticu-
late on the subcostal and median veins ; inner edge of central fascia
also edged with paler, forming 3 acute teeth on the subcostal, in the
middle of the cell, and on the submedian; space between basal
patch and central fascia filled up with fuscous and ochreous ; outer
edge of central fascia forming 4 irregular lobes in its costal third,
3 broader prominent ones in the middle third, and 3 smaller
blunter ones in the lower third; it is followed by a paler band,
whitish ochreous towards the costa, which is itself traversed by
3 fine fuscous lines, which follow the windings of the edge of the
fascia; this pale band and its lines is interrupted between the
upper and middle third of the central fascia by a white blotch
(less conspicuous in the 9); subterminal line consisting of a
series of whitish or ochreous spots edged on either side with black,
preceded on the costa by 2 or 3 dark fuscous blotches, and in-
terrupted below the costa by an oblique fuscous pale-edged streak
from the apex; the veins beyond the central fascia to the hind
margin yellowish; fringes fuscous, mottled with paler. Hind
wings glossy grey, with a darker line at base of fringes. Under-
side—fore wing dull dark cinereous from base to outer edge of
central fascia; beyond as on the upperside, but duller. Hind
wings with all the markings of the fore wings reproduced dis-
tinctly, especially the central dark line. Head, thorax, and abdo-
men fuscous.

Expanse of wings, 9 28 millim., ¢ 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by myself at Darjiling and Tonglo, where it seems
uncommon. I have other specimens from Moller and Knyvett
which vary somewhat in the outer band.—JH. J. £.]

372 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Amesn, Hiib. Verz. p. 333,
Type, A. bidentata, Hufn.

AM@BE(?) NIVEOPICTA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.)

2. Fore wings fulvous-brown ; the markings black, with silvery-
white edgings; basal region fulvous-brown, whitish along the
inner margin, tinged with black on the costa, followed at 3 by a
broadish black bent fascia, which emits a conical spur just below
the middle; this fascia is edged internally by a narrow, and ex-
ternally by a broader, silvery-white line, the internal white line
being itself edged by a narrow black one; central fascia black,
much broader on the costa than on inner margin; edged on both
sides with silvery-white, more broadly towards the costa, each
silvery-white line edged narrowly with black; the inner edge of
the central fascia emits a blunt tooth towards that on the outer
edge of the basal fascia, the 2 white edges uniting, so enclosing an
almost round fulvous-brown subcostal spot, above which is a small
costal spot of the same colour, and on the inner margin a long
vertical oblong one; the outer edge of the central fascia forms an
acute angle below the costa, and a bilobed projection below the
median vein; in its centre, on the costa, are 2 small divergent
silvery-white streaks; subterminal line fine, black, edged externally
with silvery-white, forms first a large curve from the costa to
below the acute angle of the central fascia, then 3 small curves,
and lastly runs vertically to the inner margin just before the anal
angle; an obliquely curved, white apical streak uniting with the
curve of the subterminal line; above this streak the marginal area
is fulvous-brown; below it to the elbow of the wing black; thence
to the anal angle snowy white, with a few darker clouds above the
angle ; space between central fascia and subterminal line unin-
terruptedly fulvous-brown. Hind wings white, with a greyish-
black border, broadest towards the apex, and with a faint denticu-
lated central grey line; fringes of the hind wings white, chequered
with black, of the fore wings white with a black basal line from
the elbow to the anal angle, above the elbow blackish, mottled with
fulvous and white. Palpi, base of patagia, 3 large spots on thorax,
and most of abdomen blackish ; top edge of palpi, face, front of
thorax, terminal half of patagia, and base of abdomen white.
Underside—fore wings much duller, but with the same markings ;
the costa narrowly fulvous, with the white markings showing
yellow there. Hind wings white, thickly sprinkled all over with
coarse blackish atoms, and with 3 somewhat indistinct blackish
parallel lines.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

An exceedingly handsome and striking insect. I have placed it
in Amebe in consequence of its superficial resemblance to the
European A. bidentata, Hufn. The discovery of the larva will
alone prove whether this position is correct.

a

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 373

[I took one 9 of this beautiful and distinct species at Tonglo,
and have another which agrees.—H. J. E£.]

PoryrHasta, Stph. Ill. iii. p. 230.
Type, P. truncata, Hufn.

POLYPHASIA ALBISHRIATA, sp. 0.

é 2. Fore wings velvety blackish, dusted, especially towards
the hind margin, with very fine golden-yellow scales ; lines irregularly
zigzag, consisting of lilac-grey scales; Ist at 4; 2nd, forming the
inner edge of the central fascia, at +, running in just below the
middle into the fascia; 3rd at ?, limiting the central fascia ex-
ternally, contains 2 more prominent denticulations, one subcostal,
the other at the middle; down the centre of the central fascia,
beginning at the costa, runs a series of contiguous oval white spots,
which does not reach the inner margin; submarginal line slender,
undulating, pale golden; fringes dark fuscous, with a deep black
line at base, interrupted at the end of each vein by a lilac-grey
wedge-shaped spot. Hind wings smooth, fuscous, with the inner
angle including the fringes clear white; rest of the fringes dark
fuscous, preceded by a deep black line; traces of an undulating
submarginal line edged with paler are visible towards the costa.
Head and thorax velvety blackish; abdomen blackish, dusted
with paler scales between the segmental divisions. Underside of
fore wings rather glossy grey, paler towards the costa in the disk,
and with a white apical patch; the line bounding the central
fascia on the outside, and the discal spot, darker. Hind wings
glossy whitish for 3 from base; a distinct dark grey exterior line,
followed by a diffuse, blotched shade, and dark fuscous fringes ;
apex of the wings broadly white.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

In the 9 the series of white spots in the central fascia is
reduced to 3, and the whole submarginal area of both wings on
the underside is whitish.

Hab. Sikkim.

[This distinct species seems common on the Sundukpho range
at about 11,000-12,000 feet. It varies in the size of the white
spots on the fore wing, which are sometimes almost obsolete.—
H. J. E.)

PoLYPHASIA ALBIANGULATA, sp. n.

¢ 2. Fore wings dark fuscous or blackish, interspersed with deep
tawny, the latter tints forming a more or less distinctly expressed
fascia on either side of the central fascia ; basal patch dark, edged in
its lower half, finely but obscurely, with whitish; central fascia edged
with a very strongly-marked, acutely biangulated thick white line,
which in its upper half is internally irregularly dentate, and which
ends on the inner margin with an outward curve ; from the costa,
in the centre of the central fascia runs a thick white line parallel
to the upper arm, and not quite reaching the lower arm of the

374 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

line which edges the fascia ; hind margin blackish, traversed by a
bluntly denticulate, fine, lilac-grey submarginal and subterminal
line ; fringes chequered tawny and dark fuscous. Hind wings dark
grey, with tawny fringes, interrupted with darker. Underside dark
grey, with the white markings indicated.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This is a very striking form, and, so far as the white markings
go, does not, in the specimens which have come under my notice,
appear given to variation. Whether it should be treated as a
distinct species, or only as one of the many varieties of the
Indian branch of P. russata, I must leave to further experience to
decide.

[T'wo specimens were taken by me on the Nepal frontier at
11,000 and 13,000 feet in August, and seem to be a very distinct
species.—H. J. E.]

CIDARIA DENTISTRIGATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 4.)

3. Fore wings dark slate-colour, with a purplish tinge; basal
patch dull rufous, followed by a pale lilac-grey fascia, the outer edge
of which forms a blunt projection below the costa; this fascia is
traversed by 3 fine parallel lines, the first of which is rufous and
the other two purplish-slate colour; central fascia purplish-slate
colour, its inner edge still darker ; its outer half traversed by 3 dark
much denticulated lines, followed by a paler slate-coloured fascia,
down the centre of which runs a fine equally denticulated dark
purple line ; this again is succeeded by a rufous fascia, edged with
darker and spots of lilac-grey ; marginal area uniform rufous slate-
colour, along with the fringes. Hind wings satiny white, smoky
along the inner margin and the hind margin, and with 3 or 4
abbreviated wavy darker lines before the innerangle. Underside:
fore wings wholly cinereous; hind wings whitish, with cinereous
hind margin, both with only a discal spot and central line for
markings. Head, thorax, and abdomen all dark fuscous.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Three males which do not vary were taken by me at 10,000 feet
in July and are the only ones I have seen of this distinct species.—
H. J. £.)

CIDARIA INTERTHXTA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)

3. Fore wings with the darker fasciz dull olive-green, the paler
intervals being pinky drab ; basal patch dull green, with 2 largish
teeth, the upper one near the costa the larger; it is traversed
along its centre by a pale drab line ; the outer edge runs obliquely
outwards for its upper 3, then obliquely inwards for the other § ;
between the basal patch and the central fascia is a similarly in-
dented pale drab fascia, traversed by 3 dull chocolate sinuous lines,
the space between the first 2 of these being filled up with similar
coloured atoms; central fascia olive-green, with 2 pale drab lines,

1893.] SPECTES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 375

and a chocolate mottled central space; its outer edge is marked
by a pale, round lobed, and somewhat dentated line, and it is
partially interrupted below the middle by pale mottlings along the
median nervules ; following the pale line come 3 or 4 dark fuscous
lines separated -by similar paler ones, then a denticulate pale sub-
terminal line ; hind margin wholly olive-green; fringes mottled.
Hind wings dull fuscous, with faint traces of a darker central
fascia. Head, thorax, and abdomen mixed with olive-green and
drab.

Underside of fore wings dull cinereous, with the costa, a large
ocelloid patch beyond the central fascia, and a chain of spots
representing the subterminal line, yellowish. Hind wings yellowish
white, dusted and suffused with fuscous, with traces of 2 dark
lines and a cell-spot.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

CmaRIA EXQUISITA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 2.)

6. Fore wings with the basal third and central fascia rich olive-
brown ; basal patch crossed by a bluish-silvery line and separated
from the central fascia by a narrow rusty-ochreous space, edged
externally by a zigzag bluish silvery line; central fascia edged
externally by a similar line, and with 2 or 3 indistinct silvery lines
down the middle from the costa; a bright fulvous patch beyond
the centre of the central fascia; a costal subapical brown patch;
an oblique bluish line from the apex ; fringes olive-brown, chequered
with bluish. Hind wings wholly dull grey, but with chequered
fringes. Underside dull fuscous ; the hind wings with bluish fascize
and markings ; all the fringes mottled with bluish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab, Sikkim. Taken at Tonglo in July, at 10,000 feet.

Eprreno£, Hiib. Verz. p. 328.

Type, E. biriviata, Borkh.
Male antenne scarcely pubescent.

EPIRRHOE (?) LATIFASCIATA, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings brownish fuscous, with a reddish tinge in certain
lights ; basal patch edged with 2 curved whitish lines close together,
but separated by a brown line of same width; a similar single white
line across its centre ; central fascia broad, edged externally by an
irregularly dentate white line which forms a rather large sinus
inwards above the inner margin; marginal area fuscous, more mixed
with white, so that the white submarginal line is not particularly
distinct ; the hind margin itself with 3 brown blotches—one apical,
one just above the middle, the third above the anal angle; space
on each side of the central one whitish; fringes brownish, with
pale base and a blackish basal line; a rather large, bent, black cell-
spot. Hind wings whitish grey towards base, fuscous beyond,

376 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

with the exterior and submarginal lines represented. Underside
whitish, suffused and mottled with fuscous, with the cell-spots large
and dark; the outer line in both wings dark, denticulate, and
picked out with white; face, head, patagia, thorax, and extreme
base of wings whitish; abdomen fuscous.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

Very much like Zpirrhoé minuta, Butler, but larger and darker.
The two form a group by themselves, being distinguished by the
irregularly elbowed hind margin of both wings.

EPIRRHOE SUBFALCATA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings whitish, dusted with fuscous, and with fuscous
markings; basal patch fuscous, traversed by a narrow paler fascia,
edged with a whitish line, which is angulated on the subcostal ;
central fascia edged internally with a similar white line, which forms
a small sharp tooth on the median ; space between the basal patch
and central fascia whitish, thickly dusted with fuscous grey ;
central fascia nearly twice as broad on the costa as on the
inner margin, traversed by two paler sinuous lines which form a
more or less regular series of curves inwardly concave; space
immediately beyond whitish, running in in the form of small, sharp
teeth along each vein; a dark blotch on costa before apex, con-
sisting of 8 superposed blunt wedge-shaped spots; a dark cloud at
the apex, and 3 dark triangular blotches beneath the apex along
the hind margin; fringes fuscous, with blackish marks along the

‘pase. Hind wings white, tinged with grey, and with faint traces of
3 curved fasciz before the hind margin and an indistinct cell-dot.
Head, thorax, and abdomen all fuscous grey. Underside whitish,
tinged with grey; the fore wings from base to outer edge of central
fascia darker grey ; cell-spot on both wings large, diffuse.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Kulu (Grahame Young).

Distinguished by the slightly produced apex and slightly falcate
fore wings.

XantTHorRHO:, Hiib. Verz. p. 327.

Type, X. montanata, Schiff.
Male antenne pectinated.

XANTHORRHOE OBFUSCATA, Sp. 1.

Fore wings pale grey, dusted with ochreous, and variously
suffused with smoky fuscous; this smoky suffusion generally
embraces the basal 3 or 3 along the costa, the apical region, and
the anal angle; the exterior edge of the central fascia forms 2
rounded projections, each having 3 lobes, the first m the costal
third, the second in the middle of the wing, the lower third of the
central fascia running vertically waved; it is followed by a pale
grey wavy fascia traversed by one or two darker lines, and a
succession of wavy dark and lighter lines can be sometimes traced

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 377

through the basal patch ; the middle of the hind margin is generally
paler, thus separating the dark suffusion at the apex from that
at the anal angle; fringes smoky fuscous, somewhat reddish
tinged towards the anal angle. Hind wings entirely dark smoky
fuscous. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous. Underside
dull grey with some indistinctly waved shades.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Naga Hills.

This is a very indistinct looking and yet variable insect. Some-
times the suffusion only extends to the costal portion, leaving the
inner margin of the wing pale; in others it embraces the greater
part of the wing.

Purizoma, Hiib. Verz. p. 327.

Emmelesia, Stph. Ill. iii. p. 297.
Type, P. albulata.

PHRIZOMA VARIABILIS, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 17.)

Fore wings greyish fuscous, with very indistinct transverse
markings ; basal patch darker, divided in the middle by a paler
band, which is itself traversed by a thread-like line; and followed
by a similar pale band separating it from the central fascia, which
varies in width, and is also followed by a pale band like the other
two; marginal area irregularly darker, in which can be traced an
indistinct submarginal line formed by a series of more or less
distinct white dots or spots; sometimes 3 or 4 in a line from the
costa, and 2 or 3 above the anal angle, but always one more clearly
marked, in the middle, running in towards the base, and wedge-
shaped ; fringes unicolorous ; the outline of the basal patch and
central fascia varies, being sometimes curved, bluntly angulated,
or acutely angulated ; a distinct black cell-spot. In one varietal
form the pale bands are decidedly greenish and more lustrous;
in a second, the costal space beyond the central fascia is dull
tawny ; in a third, the submarginal spots are all distinct and the
central one forms a large round white space. Hind wings of all
the forms pearly-white, with a small dark cell-spot and a dark
basal fringe line, and sometimes a fuscous or grey suffusion near
the anal angle ; some specimens have only faint traces of a central
curved line, others have the line distinct. Underside of both
wings glossy grey, darker or lighter, with the markings of varying
intensity. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous; face sometimes
paler.

Expanse of wings 22-26 millim.

Eight examples, 4 ¢,4 9, all from Tonglo, Sikkim. This variable
species is slightly smaller on the average than P. affinis, Moore,
and may be at once distinguished by the smooth glossy scaling and
the lustrous paler spaces, especially along the inner margin of the
fore wings.

[A common species on the Nepal frontier from 10,000 to 18,000
feet in July.—Z. J. £.]

378 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

PHRIZOMA APIOISTRIGATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 19.)

3 Q. Fore wings with the dark spaces velvety, fuscous; the
basal patch divided bya fine yellowish twice-curved line, and followed
by an irregular yellowish, somewhat denticulated, nearly vertical,
fascia traversed by a fine line; central fascia broadest in centre,
where its outer edge forms two blunt lobes ; followed by a pale fascia
traversed by a fine dark line, the inner half being silvery white,
the outer yellowish ; marginal space occupied by a subquadrate
velvety-fuscous patch throughout the costal half, and becoming
more or less yellowish below, with a fuscous anal blotch, and two
smaller ones above it; submarginal line composed of distinct white
spots, 4 in a line from the costa, a larger one wedge-shaped in the
middle, and 4 smaller ones beneath, one on each of the smaller
fuscous blotches, and 2 on the anal blotch; an oblique silvery-
white apical streak ; fringes fuscous tinged with yellowish. Hind
wings pearly white with a greyish tinge; a dark basal fringe-line,
and traces of the beginning of two dark lines at the anal angle. Face
yellow; head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Hind wings dark
grey, mottled with paler, with the submarginal white spots repro-
duced.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Although so very distinct in appearance, it is quite possible that
this example may be only a remarkable variety of the variable

- P. variabilis, above described.
{As I have four specimens all agreeing and no intermediate

forms among my long series of P. variabilis, I look on this as a:

perfectly good species. It occurs with the last at 10,000-13,000
teet, but seems much less common.—H. J. £.|

PERIZOMA LACTEIGUTTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 16.)

$ Q. Fore wings bronzy fuscous, with the ordinary lines and
markings represented by a series of snow-white spots, one in the
centre near the base of the wing; a curved series of 5, representing
the pale fascia which usually divides the basal patch; a similarly
curved series of 7, representing the outer edge of the basal patch;
an indistinct series of 7, the two costal ones the largest, forms the
inner edge of the central fascia; a more distinct and curved series
of 9 forming its outer edge, the first, third, and ninth being much
larger than the rest ; an irregular submarginal series of spots; and
lastly a series of distinct roundish dots at base of fringes, the
2nd being pear-shaped, the 5th and 6th connected by a quadrate
blotch ; the 8th enlarged upwards into an irregular blotch ; through
the space representing the central fascia runs a series of white dots
of which the 3 top ones alone are distinct ; in the disk a large
irregularly trilobed white spot, with a still larger one below it ;
the costal and inner marginal spots of all the series are the largest ;
fringes brown, chequered with white between the marginal white
spots. The spots are not symmetrical on the right and left wings ;

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 379

the right having the large trilobed discal spot represented only
by 3 small unconnected white dots, and the lower blotch by 2
semi-detached oblong ones ; in the right wing the 3rd costal spot
from the base is reduced in size and tarther from the base; while
in the left wing a small additional double spot has crept in between
the 4th and 5th, which is scarcely perceptible on the right wing.
Hind wings dull grey, with traces of 4 curved whitish fascia, most
distinct on the inner margin, and a marginal row of white spots.
Head, antennz, and thorax bronzy fuscous; vertex with a snow-
white spot; thorax with a pair of white spots in front, and
probably three more behind ; abdomen grey like the hind wings, with
an indistinct row of pale dots along the back. Underside dull
bronzy fuscous, with every one of the white markings of the upper-
side exactly reproduced.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim. A very distinct looking insect, though the mark-
ings follow the pattern of the other allied species of Perizoma.

{Rare on Tonglo in July. I also have two from Miller dated
October.—H. J. £.]

PERIZOMA BICOLOR, sp. n.

3. Fore wings glossy umber with a reddish tinge ; central fascia,
the edges of which are irregularly dentate, and which occupies just
one third of the wing, blackish fuscous; the whole wing also
with a slight olive tinge; a dark line visible close to the base; a
dark linear cell-spot, and a darker sinuate central shade along the

_middle of the central fascia; hind margin deeper tinged; sub-
marginal line composed of a series of slight whitish spots ; fringe
concolorous with black basal line. Hind wings glossy white,
tinged with grey along the hind margin; fringes rufous. Head,
thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside of fore wings
cinereous, fuscous-tinged, whiter towards hind margin; with the
submarginal series of spots whitish; hind wing whitish, dappled
with grey, with no distinct lines.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A single specimen taken by myself at light at about 12,000
feet.—H. J. H.]

PERIZOMA FASCIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 20.)

3 2. Fore wings bronzy fuscous-brown; the central fascia
bounded on either side by a sinuous white fascia, each of which is tra-
versed bya darker line; these two fasciz are most distinct towards
the costa, and the inner is irregularly denticulate outwards in the
middle ; a single sinuate white line across the centre of the basal
patch; submarginal line indicated by a row of varying-shaped
white spots; followed by a similar series of white spots, but
smaller, before the base of the fringes, which is black ; the marginal
area is interrupted in the middle by a roundish white blotch ;
fringes rufous and grey. Hind wings glossy white, darker

380 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

towards the hind margin; fringes yellowish. Head, thorax, and
abdomen concolorous with fore wings. Underside of fore wings
cinereous, with the 2 outermost series of spots and the costal por-
tion of the exterior fascia white; hind wing glossy white, with the
basal area fuscous, and 5 denticulated curved fascize, of which the
2nd and 4th are thickest.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A common species along the Nepal frontier in July, from
10,000 to 12,000 feet.—H. J. E£.]

PHRIZOMA INTERRUPTA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 18.)

©. Fore wings fuscous with slight tawny shades; the central
fascia bounded on either side by a broadish pale fascia, each traversed
by a dark line; the fascia itself traversed by two or three paler lines ;
basal patch traversed by a narrower pale fascia, also divided by a
darker line; marginal area darker fuscous ; submarginal line com-
posed of the usual series of white spots; marginal area interrupted
below the middle by a subquadrate pale whitish blotch; the ex-
terior fascia being likewise interrupted at the same place by a dull
ereyish-fuscous cloud ; fringes fuscous, chequered with paler, with
the basal line broad, black, interrupted by a small pale dot on each
vein. Hind wings whitish grey, with fringe and basal line as in
fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Underside of
fore wings cinereous, with the submarginal series of spots and
costal end of exterior band whitish; hind wings whitish, with a
dark discal spot, and 5 more or less distinct denticulated curved
bands, of which the 2nd and 4th are thickest.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Near P. seriata, Moore, and of the same size.

PERIZOMA (?) ALBIDIVISA, sp. 0.

3. Fore wings dull brownish ; basal patch bounded by a pair of
very fine, parallel, white thread-like lines, curved alittle below the
costa, the outer of the two emitting a small tooth outwards in the
cell and in the space between the median and submedian ; basal
patch itself subdivided in the centre by a single fine thread-like
line ; central fascia thrice as broad on costa as on inner margin,
its outer edge bluntly elbowed in the middle ; followed by a pair
of fine white lines, the inner of which emits 2 teeth inwardly
towards the corresponding teeth of the line between the basal
patch and central fascia; these two lines are followed immediately
by a single, more irregular, whitish line ; subterminal whitish,
consisting of a series of small curves ; the four whitish lines forming
an indistinctly expressed whitish patch below the centre of hind
margin; space above and below this patch, between the subter-
minal and exterior lines, distinctly brown on costa and inner
margin ; fringe brown, preceded by indistinct series of dark spots.
Hind wings cinereous fuscous, with markings visible only at anal

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 381

angle. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Underside
cinereous, tinged with luteous, with the markings faint.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Several specimens taken by Doherty in July agree with the
type.—H. J. E.]

PHRIZOMA CONJUNCTA, sp. n.

3 2. Fore wings white ; the edge of the basal patch represented
by a curved dark brown-black fascia, the costa itself from the base
being suffused with fuscous; central fascia indicated by very
fine grey lines, each marked by a minute black dot on the veins;
discal dot large, black, touching a brown-black quadrate patch,
which occupies the costal portion of the fascia, and contains a
tawny line along the subcostal; the outer edge of the central
fascia has a small angulation below the costa and a bilobed pro-
jection below the middle, beneath which it is suddenly contracted
in width ; hind marginal space a mixture of fuscous tawny, grey,
and white ; the subterminal line appearing as a series of regular
white undulations, preceded immediately by a narrow tawny
fascia ; fringes mottled grey and white, preceded by an irregular
series of black lozenge-shaped spots; between the basal patch and
central fascia and beyond the latter a broad pale band, each
traversed by a fine thread-like line ; the lower part of the central
fascia is slightly darkened with grey, and contains two grey trans-
verse lines, dotted with black on the veins. Hind wings dull
fuscous, with the margin and discal dot darker. The above
description applies to the 2; in the only og examined, the
whole of the central fascia is filled up with brown-black. Face,
vertex, collar, and patagia snow-white ; thorax itself brown-black,
as are the palpi; abdomen greyish ochreous. Underside glossy
grey, dusted with darker, and with all the dark markings of the
upperside denoted.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

Hab. Hast Pegu.

[Taken at 4500 feet in the Karen Hills by Doherty in April.—
H, J. E.)

GAGITODES, gen. noy.

Anticlea, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 273.

Fore wings elongate triangular, bluntly subfalcate; costa
straight, except at extreme base and apex, where it is curved;
hind margin faintly indented below apex, and showing a slight
elbow at end of third median nervule; hind wing rounded. Palpi
rough, shortly porrect ; antenne simple, somewhat thickened and
flattened in 9. Thorax with a double crest of short erect scales
behind. Scaling smooth and fine. Neuration:—Ilst median
nervule at about half the length of cell; 2nd and 3rd from lower
angle; lower radial from middle of the discocellular; upper
radial from below the upper angle; last 4 subcostal nervules from

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XXVI. 26

382 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

a common stem from the upper angle of cell, the 5th starting half-
way ; the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th, one after the other, in the order named.
Hind wings with the cell broad and the discocellular angulated ;
the subcostal nervules on a common stem.

Type, G. schistacea, Moore (Anticlea).

GAGITODES OLIVACEA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 6.)

Q. Fore wings olive, suffused with darker; basal patch small,
velvety black, finely edged with white, not reaching the inner
margin; central fascia interrupted in the middle; costal portion
shaped something like an hour-glass, velvety black, edged with
white; lower portion short, of the ground-colour, toad-stool
shaped, edged with whitish; submarginal line sinuous, irregular,
white, twice interrupted ; fringes olive, with darker dots at end of
veins. Hind wings and fringes dull whitish, with black dots at end
of veins. Head, thorax, andabdomen olive. Underside ashy, with
the basal half of both wings darker.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A pair of this distinct species are all I have seen. I collected
them on Sundukpho at about 12,000 feet in July.—JH. J. £.]

EURYPEPLODES, gen. nov.

Fore wings ample, with costa curved throughout, and with an
indistinct bulge about 4+ from the base; apex blunt; hind margin
evenly and strongly curved. Hind wings broad, rounded; hind
margin slightly elbowed below the middle. Antenne, 2, simple,
slender ; forehead decidedly projecting; tongue present; palpi as
in Iramba, long, rostriform, loosely scaled beneath. Neuration :—
Fore wing: cell half the length of the wing ; discocellular curved
and oblique; 1st median nervule at 2; 2nd shortly before end;
3rd from the end; the median nervure between the 2nd and 3rd
inclined upwards ; lower radial from a little above the centre of
the discocellular ; areole simple but large ; upper radial from just
above its lower angle ; 5th subcostal from just below its upper
angle; 1st subcostal also just before the upper end; 4th from
the upper angle; 2nd and 3rd out of 4th at + and 2 respectively.
Hind wings: cell unusually broad, somewhat contorted ; costal
anastomosing with subcostal to near the end of cell; 2 subcostals
on a common stem; discocellular subangulated ; radial from the
angulation ; median nervules as in fore wings.

Type, Zurypeplodes irambata, sp. n.

The genus seems intermediate between Hydrelia and Eupithecia,
having the shape and markings of the former, with the raised cell-
spot of the latter, and the palpi of Jramba. I have not seena ¢.

EURYPEPLODES IRAMBATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 8.)

3. Fore wings pinkish testaceous, with a succession of darker,
slightly wavy lines, angulated on the subcostal, and darker thence to
the costa ; those forming the edges of the central fascia show as small

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 383

brown streaks on the costa; subterminal line indicated bya series
of whitish dots on the veins ; fringe concolorous ; discal spot small,
black, consisting of raised scales. Hind wings lke fore wings,
but with the base and costal region pale and less marked with
lines; face, thorax, and abdomen concolorous; vertex paler;
palpi dark brownish. Underside duller, almost without markings ;
both wings with cell-spots dark.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[One 2 was taken by myself at about 10,000 feet, and two more
by my collector on the Nepal frontier—H. J. E.]

CALLUGA MODESTA, sp. 0.

¢. Fore wings sandy, more or less suffused with greyish ; more
grey towards the hind margin; margin of basal patch and inner
edge of central fascia indistinctly defined and angulated; external
edge of central fascia denticulated near the costa, where it runs
outwards, then deeply indented, and undulating towards the inner
margin; it is finely margined throughout with whitish, which
forms a wedge-shaped blotch at the indentation ; submarginal line
distinct, finely denticulated, fringes paler at their apices, with a
fine blackish basal line. Hind wings sandy grey, less grey at the
extreme base; basal 2 traversed by 3 or 4 indistinctly expressed,
undulating, darker lines; marginal grey area traversed by a fine
undulating paler line, a pale fascia, with a fine darker central
line, between the grey basal 2 and the marginal area, Head,
thorax, and abdomen sandy ochreous. Underside dull straw-colour,
with the markings grey.

Hab. Darjiling.

[Taken by me at light, the only one I have seen from Sikkim,
but two from East Pegu appear to be the same species.—H. J. E.]

TRAMBA SPISSIDENTATA, sp. 0.

Fore wings fuscous with an olive tint, with very indistinct
markings ; an inner, outer, and subterminal pale fascia, each edged
and traversed by a very much denticulated dark line ; cell-spot
large, dark. Hind wings the same. Head and thorax concolorous.
Underside dull ashy, with the basal 2 rather darker.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

A very obscure-looking species.

EUPITHECIA CosTIPicta, sp. nu. (Plate XXX. fig. 21.)

Q. Fore wings pale whitish grey, with the lines forming on the
costa 4 dark and darker-edged spots, each preceded by a single
small dot; all the lines are angulated below the costa, and then
run parallel to hind margin; marginal space beyond the subter-
minal line slightly darker; fringes concolorous with dark basal
line. Hind wings pale grey, with many wavy indistinct lines,
‘which, as usual, are plainer along the inner margin. Head and

26*

384 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

thorax grey; abdomen darker, tinged with reddish. Underside
pale, with the lines indistinct, but the cell-spots in both wings
expressed.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A single specimen only, in perfect condition, taken by one of my
native collectors at about 8000 feet.—H. J. E.]

EUPITHECIA RUBRINOTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 22.)

Q .-Fore wings dull ochreous green (probably, when fresh, brighter
green), with a basal, angulated second, and curved exterior line,
all blackish and marked more distinctly on the veins ; between the
2nd and 3rd on the costa lies an irregularly triangular brick-red
blotch. Hind wings with a blackish cell-spot and the 2nd and 8rd
lines represented. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous ; the
latter with a broad black band and black dorsal and lateral dots.
Underside paler, with the base of the costa, the cell-spots, and
outer line all broadly black.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

-The specimen above described is not in very good condition.

EUPITHECIA ATROVIRIDIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 19.)

3. Fore wings apple-green, paler at the base and along the costa;
basal line denoted by 3 black spots, one on costa and inner margin,
the central one on the median vein; costa brown-black from base
to the first spot; .2nd line starts as a blackish triangle on the
costa, and, like the basal, is denoted by a small dark spot on the
median, and a longer oblique one on the inner margin ; exterior
line starts as a small triangle on the costa, and is denoted by a curved
series of black dots on the nervules; a blackish, square, apical and
subapical blotch, and a smaller one at the anal angle; subterminal
line pale and sinuous; fringes green. Hind wings green, with
the 2nd and 3rd lines only represented. Head, face, and thorax
pale ochreous flesh-colour; abdomen the same, with a black ring
near the base. Underside glossy, pale, with the markings darker,
the exterior line especially in both wings being broad, blackish,
and elbowed.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Doherty, 7000 feet.—H. J. £.]

EUPITHECIA ALBISPUMATA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 23.)

Q. Fore wings elongated, reddish fawn-colour, crossed by nume-
rous alternate dark and light transverse lines, running parallel to
hind margin, but angulated towards the costa; discal spot large,
black, vertical, preceded by a mixture of grey and whitish scales,
and followed by whitish scales, which stretch along the veins be-
yond the cell towards the hind margin ; submarginal line fine, pale ;
fringes dark grey. Hind wings dull greyish white, much peppered

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 385

with dark grey and blackish along the inner margin. Head and
thorax fawn-colour ; abdomen more mixed with grey. Underside
pale grey, slightly glossy, with alternate light and dark grey
bands ; both wings with black cell-spot.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Subfam. ORTHOLITHIN &.
ORTHOLITHA DUPLICATA, sp. N.

dg. Forewings pale cream-colour; the costa broadly and suffusedly
greyish fuscous; basal patch also greyish fuscous, its outer edge
oblique, darker, not nearly reaching the costa; inner edge of
central fascia represented by a long, curved, dark brown tooth, not
quite reaching the cell-spot, which is linear and dark brown ; outer
edge, by a similar but longer and more curved fascia-form marking,
reaching only to the subcostal; space between them pure cream-
colour ; the narrow pale space between the basal patch and central
fascia traversed by a grey line, thickening upwards; beyond the
central fascia a pale curved fascia of the same width as the dark
exterior margin of the central fascia, traversed by 2 somewhat
geminated brownish lines; hind margin brownish, the inner half
the darker, with a pale line down the middle; fringes fuscous.
Hind wings creamy white, slightly darker towards the fringes.
Head, thorax, and antenne greyish fuscous; abdomen lighter.
Underside ochreous, almost entirely suffused with pinkish grey,
with the upper markings showing through.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Chumbi. ;

[My native collectors brought a few examples of this distinct
species from the Tibet frontier in 1883, and I have since had one
from Moller; I believe it occurs at great elevations.—H. J. E.]

Subfam, URAPTERYGINA.
SIRINOPTERYX RUFILINEATA, sp. 0.

3 2. Larger and brighter than rujivinetata, W1k., and with the
2 transverse lines also reddish like the costa and fringes.

Hab, Khasia and Naga Hills; Sikkim.

[The type specimen of this, which I took in September in the
Khasia Hills, and which agrees with a Naga Hill specimen, is
- distinct enough, but some other Naga and Sikkim specimens show
that the characters on which Mr. Warren has relied are not
very constant, and I am unable at present to confirm his opinion.
—H. J. E.)

SIRINOPTERYX UNDULIFERA, Sp. nl.

¢. Fore wings pale canary-yellow, more or jess thickly strewn
with coarse rusty, or rusty-brown, atoms, which are finer and denser
along the costa, the base of which is brownish; 2 oblique rusty-
brown lines, one from 4 of the inner margin to the costa beyond

386 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

the middle, the other, consisting of a series of small curves, from
2 of inner margin into the apex; cell-spot distinct brown; fringes
rusty, deepest at their base. Hind wings with brown cell-spot,
and one central transverse rusty-brown line. Face, vertex, collar,
thorax, and abdomen yellow; palpi, upper part of face, and front
of thorax rusty-brown. Underside paler.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Four examples of this species were taken in March by Mr.
Knyvett’s native collectors, and agree with a fifth sent by Moller.
It seems a distinct species.—H. J. E.}

Subfam. Dermrniin &.

APLOCHLORA, gen. nov.
Jodis?, Wik. xxii. p. 544.

Fore wings with costa evenly arched from base to apex; hind
margin simply and obliquely curved; hind wings rounded, with a
scarcely perceptible elbow in the centre of hind margin. Palpi
extremely short; antenne in ¢ simple; hind tibie with 4 long
spurs. Neuration as in Bapta. Although the green coloration of
the species suggests an affinity with the Geometrinz, this is merely
superficial ; the hind wings are without a radial.

Type, Aplochlora vivilaca, Wlk. (Iodis).

APLOCHLORA VIRIDIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 7.)

3. Fore wings pale green, without markings ; a small black discal
dot ; costa broadly yellowish ochreous ; fringes yellowish ochreous.
Hind wings with dark discal dot and yellowish fringes. Under-
side whitish. Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy whitish.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[The only specimens I have seen were taken by Médller’s col-
lectors in the interior.—H. J. E.]

BAPTA GRISEOLA, sp. D.

g. Fore wings iridescent white, thickly dusted with dark grey
scales, with 2 dark grey transverse lines, one at 4 outwardly curved
and running vertically to the inner margin; the other at #, also
outwardly curved, and slightly indented above the inner margin ;
extreme costa and fringes yellowish; a large black cell-spot.
Hind wings the same, but without the first line. Head, face, and
thorax white; abdomen white, treckled with grey. Underside
dull iridescent white, without suffusion or markings of any kind.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken at Darjiling in August by me and by Mr. Knyvett in
May.—H. J. £.]

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 387

ORTHOCABERA BRUNNEICEPS, sp.u. (Plate XXXI. fig. 23.)

3 9. Resembles O. sericea, Butler, from Japan, but larger, with
all the markings much more strongly expressed ; head, face, and
palpi all brown.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have this from Messrs. Gammie and Knyvett, taken in spring,
and one from Mr. Dudgeon marked February. Mr. Doherty took
it in the Karen Hillsin March. It seems to occur at about 5000-
7000 feet. It is a very distinct, well-marked species —H. J. E.]

Micronipia (?) suBpuncrata, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 11.)

Q. Fore wings silky white ; costa speckled with brown stria ;
4 transverse pale olive lines ; the second, as usual, the broadest, in
the middle of the wing beyond the cell-spot, which is a distinct
blackish dash ; 4th line olive, parallel to hind margin, broader and
more distinct than in simpliciata; 1st and 3rd very slender, the
olive tints much interrupted, but marked on each vein by a black
dot; the basal line preceded by 2 or 3 transverse dark strie; a
strong black basal line before the fringes, distinctly interrupted on
the veins ; fringes tinged with olive. Hind wings the same, but
without the 1st line; the other 3 meet towards the anal angle,
before which are 2 large black spots ; inner margin also pale olive.
Head and thorax white, tinged with pale olive; abdomen entirely
pale olive. Underside white, with the costal strie and cell-spot
darker, the other markings showing through.

Hab. Sikkim. In these examples the antenneg are subserrate
and ciliated ; it is therefore probable that those of the g will be
found to be pectinated.

[I took one specimen myself at Tonglo and have two others
from the interior, all females.—H. J. £. |

MI0RONIDIA UNIPUNCTA, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings pure creamy white, with 4 straight pale olive-
ochreous streaks. Costa with a few irregularly disposed dark
strie. The first line is nearer the base than in simpliciata, Moore ;
the second, the broadest, is before the middle of the wing, and
includes the cell-spot, which is very faint and lies on the outside
edge of the fascia; the 23rd is straight like the 2nd and not waved
as in simpliciata; all these three run parallel to one another,
slightly inclined outwards; the 4th band is narrower and parallel
to the hind margin, therefore inclined at a slight angle to the
3rd; none of the 4 lines touches the costa; a fine black line at
base of fringes, attenuated at the end of each vein. Hind wings
without 1st line; 2nd and 3rd as in fore wings; 4th, edged
distinctly with brown externally, runs from the extreme apex to
before the anal angle; space beyond it to the hind margin whiter,
containing only 1 black spot above analangle ; fringe-line very fine
and interrupted. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen silky white.
Underside all white, but with the markings of the upperside
showing through.

388 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

1 2 from Darjiling the same size as the ¢ of simpliciata, Moore,
which is smaller than the @.

[The only specimen I have seen was collected by Mr. Knyvett.-—
H. J. E.]

PLULODES TRIANGULARIS, sp. 0.

¢. Very closely allied to P. costatus, Butler, but larger ; the yellow
costal streak decidedly broader, with a much enlarged triangular
central tooth; patch at the anal angle much broader ; basal line
brown at 7, and vanishing in the yellow costal streak before the
first small yellow tooth. (In costatus this line is at 4 and runs up
to the same yellow tooth.) In the hind wing the yellow patch at
the inner angle is separated from the brown ground-colour by a
nearly straight line, while in costatus the same is manifestly
sinuous. Underside of both wings yellow, with a vinous tinge ;
an irregular purplish blotch towards the apex of both wings ; the
fore wings with an oblique purplish bar in the middle. The basal
half of the patagia, as well as the collar, yellow.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Naga Hills.

{Seems rare in Sikkim, where I took one myself at 2300 feet in
May, but is commoner in the Naga Hills.—JZ. J. E.]

ZAMARADA (?) MARGINATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 22.)

3g. Fore wings ochreous, with many fine transverse brown or
greenish strie ; base of fore wing, costa, apex, and hind margin
black-brown, with some chalybeous reflections ; the costal streak
is traversed by pale irregular striz ; a discal, dark-edged, somewhat
sinuous ocellus, darker above, where it touches the costal streak ;
the dark marginal region is bounded by a very indistinct thickish
2nd line, which, starting from the costa at about ?, forms a large
outward curve, nearly touching the hind margin, and an obtuse
projection at anal angle. Hind wings more thickly striated than
fore wings, with a small, dark, discal spot, and the submarginal
line running close to and parallel with the hind margin, the space
between them being black-brown, with the chalybeous reflections
stronger than in fore wings. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen
black-brown, rest of abdomen ochreous. Underside pale greenish
yellow, with a vitreous appearance ; both wings witha broad black-
brown marginal band. ‘The discal spots on both wings distinct ;
the marginal band shows through on the upperside as a brownish
smudge along the inner edge of the narrow dark border.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Doherty sent one specimen only, taken at about 3000 feet in
Sept.—H. J. E.]

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 389

Subfam. ABRAXINA.
OseErpia, W1k. xxiv. p. 1139.
Type, 0. vagipardata, W1k.

OBBIDIA MILLEPUNCTATA, Sp. nl.

g. Fore wings white, yellowish towards the base, with irregular
clusters of small brown-black spots along the first half of the costa,
at the apex, and along the hind margin ; extreme apex and fringes
wholly brown-black ; at the middle of the costa is a large squarish
patch, with 4 oblong smaller blotches below it, one on the median
vein, the other 3 on the 3 median nervyules, just beyond the origin
of each ; below these, on the inner margin, are 2 irregular brown-
black patches. Hind wings white, with the apex and hind margin
irregularly blotched and dotted; an interrupted central fascia,
consisting of a quadrate dark blotch on the costa, and 4 smaller
oval ones, on the submedian and 3 median nervules respectively,
the 2 upper ones being contiguous. Underside the same. Head,
thorax, and abdomen yellow, with the usual black spots.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Males of this species were taken by Méller’s native collectors in
the interior, but I have never seen the insect myself alive.—
ea

OBEIDIA FUMOSA, sp. n.

3 2. Resembles O. libellulalis in size and shape; the costa
varied with yellow for = from the base; a series of irregular
roundish costal spots, an interrupted submarginal row of spots,
the discal spot, and another between it and the base, the hind
margin broadly, and the inner margin more irregularly, smoky grey ;
hind wings the same, but without the basal spot; the spots on the
fore wing often irregularly confluent. Underside the same as
upper; abdomen yellow, with black dots. Distinguished from
O. libellulalis by the absence of the yellow hind margins of the
wings and the duller grey ground-colour of the markings.

Expanse of wings 70 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Seems not uncommon at 5000-6000 feet, where Doherty took
several specimens.—H. J. £.|

PARICTERODES, gen. DOV.

Abraxas?, Moore, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 653.

This new genus is necessary for the reception of Abraxas (?)
tenebraria, Moore, and 3 or 4 other species. It resembles Icterodes,
Butler, superficially, but is distinguished by the structure of the
palpi and the coloration of the abdomen. The latter, instead of
being yellow with black spots, as in the normal Abrazine, is
concolorous with the hind wings. The palpi are porrected

390 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

forwards, slightly decumbent, with the 3rd joint distinct and
pointed, whereas in Jcterodes they are stout, short, and inclined
upwards.

Type, Paricterodes tenebraria, Moore (Abraxas ?).

PARICTHERODES COMMIXTA, sp. nl.

3 9. Fore wings bronzy olive; if carefully examined, however,
the ground-colour will be seen to be dull whitish, so thickly overlaid
with ochreous and dull olive spots and strigz, interspersed with
blackish spots and shades, as to be itself almost obliterated. If
viewed obliquely, the direction of the transverse lines and lighter
spots becomes plainer. The basal § of the wing is more or less
overspread with blackish, especially towards the costa; in the
outer 4 can be seen 3 curved rows of black spots between the
veins, running parallel to the hind margin, and between them,
but fainter, similar rows of pale, slightly shining spots. These
are much plainer in the ¢, especially along the submarginal
line; fringe chequered, light ochreous and dark olive, with a basal
row of black spots between the veins. Hind wings dull glossy
grey, densely irrorated with darker grey, with a dull central spot
and 2 indistinct dark curved lines; fringes dull ochreous, not
chequered. Underside: fore wings blurred cinereous, darker
along the costa, variegated with ochreous towards the hind margin
and along the costa; hind wings of ¢ clear pale ochreous, thickly
dusted with dark grey atoms, with the dark central spot and
central fascia distinct; in the @ dull ochreous white, with the
same markings indistinct. Head, antenne, and thorax dark
bronzy olive, like fore wings; abdomen ochreous, mixed with
cinereous as in the hind wings.

Expanse of wings 56 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[This fine species is not uncommon at high elevations in the
interior. I took it at Sundukpho about 12,000 feet, and my native
plant-collector brought it from Jongri at 13,000-15,000 feet. It
flies in July and August.—H. J. £.]

PARICTERODES LUCIGUTTATA, sp. n.

3 9. Fore wings white, almost entirely suffused with olive-
ochreous, which tint is especially thick along the veins towards the
hind margin; 4 dark brown-black irregular fasciz can be traced
across the wings running parallel to the hind margin ; the space be-
tween is dotted with minute white atoms of the ground-colour, the
submarginal being followed by a more distinct and regular series ;
when viewed obliquely, all these white patches appear silvery
bluish ; costa between the dark lines ochreous, dotted with black ;
fringes chequered, light and dark olive-ochreous. Hind wings
greyish ochreous, minutely dusted with dark atoms, with an
indistinct dark central spot and 2 faint dark curved fasciz ;
fringes chequered, but only darker at end of veins. Underside
dull cinereous ochreous along the costa and hind margin. Hind

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 391

wings clear ochreous or ochreous white, with larger flecks of
darker and with the central spot and middle band plain. Head,
thorax, and abdomen concolorous with fore wings. Underside of
abdomen like hind wings.

Expanse of wings, 2 52 millim., ¢ 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

A smaller and paler species than commivxta, distinguished by
having the fringes of tbe hind wings chequered as in the fore
wings, and by the silvery lustre of the pale spots.

[Not uncommon on the Nepal frontier from 10,000 to 12,000
feet, where I took it in June and July.—Z. J. E.]

PARICTERODES (?) VIOLACEA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 12.)

2. Fore wings olive-tawny, thickly dusted with dark brown atoms,
with 4 transverse black-brown bands, all more or less geminated,
the 1st and 3rd evidently so ; the second includes the dark central
spot; the 4th or submarginal consists of dark wedge-shaped
blotches lying between the veins, each followed by a brighter, pale
spot ; a dark apical and subapical blotch beyond ; fringes chequered
brown or pale tawny, the dark spaces twice as broad as the lighter ;
a row of roundish black spots before the basal line. The transverse
dark fasciz are interrupted across the 3 submedian nervules, along
which a distinetly clearer tawny patch runs from near the base to
the hind margin. When viewed obliquely, the intervals between
the lines and the paler spaces which divide their geminations are
seen to be purplish violet. Hind wings dirty grey, with only a faint
trace of central spot, and still fainter of a curved fascia.
Underside: fore wings blurred cinereous, with only the extreme
costa ochreous, spotted with darker; hind wings clear pale
ochreous, thickly dusted with cinereous, with distinct blackish
central spot and central fascia, this latter decidedly angulated in
the middle. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark, mottled brown and
tawny; the abdomen with less mixture of dark than the head.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Possibly the 2 of Micrabraxas subolivacea described later on.

[Two specimens taken at Sundukpho at about 12,000 feet by me
in July ; others from native collectors.—H. J. E£.]

PERCNIA SUBMISSA, sp. 0.

6. Wings greyish white, with a slight pinkish tinge; spots as
in bellwaria, but reduced in size, and rounder, more dot-like; in the
submarginal row the 3rd and 4th from the costa are nearer each
other than each is to the one above and below ; underside the same ;
abdomen white, with two black spots on each segment.

Expanse of wings 44 millim.

B. M., Dharmsala.

Hab. Sikkim,

[Not uncommon in April and May in the valleys of the interior.—
A. J. BE.)

392 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

PHRCNIA INTERFUSA, Sp. N.

$. Fore wings greyish white, suffused at base, along the costa
and the hind margin, with dark smoky grey; the spots all elon-
gated; the first 3 costal spots enlarged into quadrangular blotches.
Between the discal and submarginal row of spots is a row of
grey wedge-shaped blotches, ending on the inner margin with 2
larger contiguous darker grey blotches ; another and more suffused
series of similar blotches before the hind margin; fringes grey.
Hind wings purer white; the intermediate series of grey blotches
much reduced in intensity ; fringes white. Thorax and abdomen
dark smoky grey, with 2 black spots on each segment ; thorax,
head, and base of fore wings tinged with dull ochreous olive.
Underside like upper, but with less grey suffusion, except along
costa and hiud margin of fore wing, the latter of which is wholly
dark grey.

Expanse of wings 60 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[I have only seen the type of this, which was taken by Doherty
at about 6000 feet in Sept.—H. J. E.]

METABRAXAS REGULARIS, sp. n.

3g. Fore wings dull white, traversed except on the disk by a suc-
cession of series of brown-grey spots and blotches; basal patch
consisting of 3 interrupted lines of grey blotches, tinged with dull
ochreous, followed by a 4th sti!l more interrupted ; cell-spot large,
oval, leaden grey; followed by 6 sinuous series of grey blotches,
more or less parallel to the hind margin; the Ist, 3rd, and 6th
consisting of smaller, more detached spots, lying on the ves; the
2nd, 4th, and 6th of larger, more confluent blotches, lying between
the veins; the 2nd forming a dark double spot on the inner
margin. Hind wings whiter; the spots smaller; the 2nd series
beyond the cell-spot absent. Underside like the upper. Head,
thorax, and abdomen dull yellowish grey, with the usual spots
black.

Expanse of wings 74 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

ABRAXAS METAMORPHA, sp. 0.

3. Wings white; fore wings with basal area yellow, more or
less overrun with cinereous spots, followed at 4 of the wing by a
brownish fascia of irregular width and shape, but generally apo-
copated below the median; a central irregular, brownish fascia,
running nearly parallel to hind margin, composed of confusedly
confluent spots, almost touching on the inner margin the sinuous
submarginal fascia, along the centre of which can be traced for
2 of the distance from the inner margin a pale yellow line;
the submarginal band is recurved backwards just before the costa,
and followed on the costa by an irregular-shaped, somewhat tri-
angular blotch, which at times unites with it a row of round black
spots along the extreme hind margin, the space between these and

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 393

the submarginal band sometimes with only 1 or 2 round spots,
sometimes with several more or less confluent ones. Hind wing
with a central round spot; a row of spots along the abdominal
margin, a fascia-form row of spots beyond the centre, and a series
of spots along the hind margin itself. Head, thorax, and abdomen
yellow, spotted with black.

The distinctness of the markings seems to vary much, more
particularly in the hind wings; it might well be considered a
fixed form of the common A. grossulariata, but the sinuous sub-
marginal fascia with its central yellow streak will well distinguish it.

Hab, Sikkim.

This form, I believe, occurs also in Japan. In Mr. Elwes’s
collection is a single 9, rather larger than the Sikkim specimens,
and with the sinuous submarginal band entirely interrupted for a
short distance just above the centre by the pale ground-colour,
which interruption gives the specimen a decidedly different appear-
ance, but the central yellow line is present as in the Sikkim
insect.

ABRAXAS DIAPHANA, sp. n.

¢$. Fore wings dull pale or dark fuscous, with darker irrorations,
very faintly tinged with yellowish towards the base; an indistinct
dark line near the base, forming in part or wholly the margin of a
basal patch ; a small dark cell-spot and an oblique dark fuscous
line beyond, parallel in the main to the hind margin, but with a
slight bend above the middle. Hind wings the same, but a little
paler. Underside like the upper; abdomen concolorous. Head
and thorax tinged with dull yellowish.

In the Atkinson Collection placed as a variety of irrorata,
Moore.

Hab. Sikkim.

[It is possible that this is only an extreme alpine form of
A, irrorata, Moore, occurring at high elevations. I have 6 speci-
mens, varying considerably in tint, which were taken by my native
plant-collector, Phoolsing, at Jongri, about 13,000 feet, whilst
A, irrorata occurs at about 10,000 feet.—H. J. £.]

ABRAXAS SEMILUGENS, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings white, with a few yellow scales near the base; the
whole wing densely suffused with dark fuscous dots and shading,
which are thickest at the edge of the basal patch and beyond the
2nd line; cell-spot black and distinct. Hind wings rather less
thickly speckled, especially towards the base. Head, thorax, and
abdomen pale yellow, with black markings; the segments of the
abdomen marked with black triangles. Underside like upper, but
still darker in the fore wings; cell-spot of hind wings prominent.

Expanse of wings 35 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I think that this may be a small dark variety of A. picaria,

394 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Moore, though it certainly looks distinct. The latter species varies
considerably, and some of the forms are intermediate between it
and A. semilugens. The type was taken in September.—Z. J. E.]

ABRAXAS ALPESTRIS, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 15.)

¢. Fore wings straw-yellow, slightly deeper yellow at the ex-
treme base, and paler in the centre ; the whole ground-colour almost
obliterated by the density of the fuscous-brown irrorations, which
form two darker shades, one indicating the outside edge of the
basal patch, the other the ordinary 2nd line; touching the Jatter is
a large round dark cell-spot ; fringe chequered brown and yel-
lowish. Hind wings white, for 3 from the base, sparsely sprinkled
with dark dots, and with a central spot; outer third dusted like
the fore wings, and separated from the whiter basal field by a
thick dark fuscous curved line. Abdomen fuscous mixed with
yellowish. Underside like upper, the dark markings more promi-
nent.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

[Four males of this distinct species were brought from Sunduk-
pho, on the Nepal frontier of Sikkim, by one of my native collec-
tors.—H. J. E.|

ABRAXAS NIGRIVENA, Sp. N.

$. Wings shining white, with all the veins delicately traced in
black; fore wings with the extreme costa from base to middle
black ; extreme base orange, with a single black dot at the base,
and 3 on the outside of the orange patch, situated on the subcostal,
median, and submedian veins respectively; fringes white, short ;
top of head and thorax orange; the latter with a small black dot
on each side near the base of the wing and (probably) 4 black dots
on the top. Abdomen pale yellow, with a dorsal and two lateral
rows of black spots, one on each segment ; the underside with an
elongate black dash on each segment, nearly touching the lateral
spots ; antenne blackish. Underside of wings white; in the fore
wing, with the subcostal and discal areas blackish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim ; also in Mr. Moore’s collection.

[Taken by me at Tonglo and on the Nepal frontier from 10,000
to 12,000 feet in July.—H. J. £. |

ABRAXAS TRISHRIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 9.)

$ Q. Wings shining white, but with an ochreous tint; im the
9, towards the costa and base, dull greyish ; all the veins clearly
delineated in black; costa of fore wing narrowly black to beyond
the middle; basal patch pale yellow, with a black spot close to
the base itself, and the outer edge marked with an irregular, dis-
continuous black curved line, preceded by a less distinctly
expressed similar line in the patch; just beyond the middle a
curved blackish shade, and halfway between it and the margin a
fine curved line, both parallel to the hind margin ; the outer of the

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 395

2 lines marked, where it crosses each vein, by a black dot. Hind
wings the same, but without the yellow basal patch ; fringes white,
short. Head and thorax yellow; the latter with black spots.
Abdomen straw-yellow, with dorsal, lateral, and ventral row of
black spots. Amntennz blackish. Underside white, with the cell-
spots conspicuously black, but without the transverse fascie ;
fore wing with costal and subcostal areas blackish. The markings
in the 2 are darker than in the ¢.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken in the interior by Moller’s collectors, probably at a high
elevation.—Z. J. E.|

Subfam. ENnomin 2.
PANISALA OLIVESCENS, sp. 0.

@. Ground-colour pale hoary grey, finely dusted with olive-
brown atoms; a fine oblique straight basal line, parallel to the hind
margin ; median line parallel to it, from before the middle of the
costa to before the middle of the inner margin, followed by a
diffuse, olivescent shade, which fades into the ground-colour
before the 3rd line, which starts from the costa halfway between
the 2nd and the apex, is curved outwards, not inangulated, near
its origin, and then runs back nearly straight, so as almost to
touch the 2nd line on the inner margin; space beyond to the
hind margin olivescent-brown, except below the costa, with a
faintly paler submarginal fascia-form space. Hind wing like fore
wing, but with no basal line, and with the 2nd and 3rd lines not
nearly touching each other on the inner margin. Underside dull
yellowish grey, lighter in the hind wings. Head, thorax, and
abdomen pale whitish grey.

Hab. Sikkim.

Slightly larger than P. truncataria, Moore.

[Though the colour of this species is very different from that of
P. truncataria, the pattern is the same. I have a male taken by
Knyvett in April which matches the type female in colour. All
my specimens of P. truncataria which are dated were taken in July
and August, so this may be the early brood of it.—H. J. £,]

HoLoLoMa, gen. nov.

Distinguished from Panisala, Moore, by the structure of the g
antennz. In Panisala the lateral branches forming the pectination
are simple, thin, long, and projected obliquely forwards; in Holo-
loma they are short and blunt, and stand out nearly at right
angles with the shaft, each having 2 fine short cilia at the apex,
and finely ciliated laterally, these ciliations giving a filmy appear-
ance to the whole pectination. The apex of the hind wing is
either plainly rounded off or very faintly incurved, without the
deep excavation that occurs in Panisala.

396 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

JLOLOLOMA LUCENS, sp. n.

3 2. Ground-colour pale shining grey, sparsely sprinkled with
short transverse brownish strige ; a red-brown, slightly curved, basal
line; a thick, straight, red-brown median line, starting just from
the middle of the costa, and reaching the inner margin before the
middle, running exactly parallel to the hind margin; 3rd line,
starting from costa at ?, is strongly curved outwards opposite the
cell, and then runs straight obliquely inwards, becoming thicker as
it nears the inner margin, where it nearly touches the median
line; marginal region smoky grey, with a dark submarginal line,
consisting of fine lunules between each vein. Hind wing without
basal line, but with the thick red-brown median line, as in the fore
wing, and 2 other red-brown lines beyond the middle, which are
nearer one another at the apex than on the inner margin; a
distinct dark cell-spot on both wings; fringes reddish brown.
Underside bright ochreous, with deeper red-brown strige and
lines; the costa itself pale grey. Head, thorax, and abdomen
above pale grey; underside of abdomen broadly bright reddish
ochreous, as in patularia, Wik. The hind wings are slightly
excised below the apex. Distinguished from patularia, by the
larger size, paler ground-colour, distinct cell-spots, and the pre-
sence of 3 dark lines, instead of 2, in the hind wings.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by Méller’s collectors in June, but I do not know the
exact locality —H. J. E.]

DaIMa INTRICATA, sp. n.

¢. Fore wing pale ochreous, sparsely dusted with very minute
black atoms, the extreme base and base of costa slightly yellowish ;
1st line brown, angulated below the costa, then running obliquely
to the inner margin, rather nearer the base than usual; central
line brown, straight, parallel to hind margin, thickened a little at
its costal end; this line stands just before the middle of the wing ;
beyond it is the small blackish cell-dot; exterior line brown,
thicker on costa, forming an acute angle towards the apex, then
curved inwards to the inner margin at 3, where there are 3 black
spots on its inner side, and 2 smaller beyond it; a black-brown
oblique apical streak nearly touches the angle of the exterior line,
is obsolete for a short distance, and then curves away much more
indistinct to the inner margin before the anal angle ; an indistinct
denticulated subterminal line runs across this ; beneath the oblique
apical streak are 2 or 3 small brown lunules before the base of
the fringes, which are themselves deep brown; the whole hind
margin is slightly discoloured with pale olive. Hind wings
coloured like the fore wings, with a straight brown line before the
middle, followed by the small cell-dot, then a fine line, consisting
of 3 curves convex inwards, and still another indistinct line, which
is straight only before the costa; apex produced in a sort of tail ;
at the base of the fringes above it is one, and below it 2, small

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 397

dark lunules; fringes pale to below the tail, then brownish.
Head, thorax, and abdomen all ochreous. Underside brighter
ochreous, with coarser mottlings, and all the markings rather
plainer, the 3 black spots being merged in one large one.

Expanse of wings 50 millim.

Hab. Bhotan.

[Besides the type, which was taken by Méller’s collectors in
August, I have three specimens from Bernardmyo, Burmah, taken
by Doherty in May at about 6000 feet. They agree perfectly.—
H. J. £.)

LEPTOSsTICHIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa very gradually curved till near apex,
where it becomes strongly convex; apex bluntly produced; hind
margin incurved just below apex, then oblique and straight to
anal angle. Hind wings ample, with very round hind margins.
Antenne, ¢, beset with fascicles of fine cilia. Palpi short, thick,
blunt, the 3rd joint very minute; tongue present. Legs long and
weak ; hind tibize with 2 pairs of spurs. Neuration :—Fore wings :
1st median nervule at 3, 2nd at 3, 3rd from lower end of cell, the
median neryure between the 2nd and 3rd being inclined upwards ;
discocellular curved, starting from the upper radial at a short
distance beyond the point where that nervule leayes the subcostal ;
lower radial from centre of discocellular; 1st subcostal nervule
from the same point as the upper radial; 2nd a little beyond 1st ;
4th and 5th at a similar distance beyond 2nd; 5th running
straight to hind margin below apex; 4th curving into the apex
itself ; 3rd out of 4th shortly before apex. Hind wings: 2 sub-
costal nervules separating just before end of cell, so that the disco-
cellular rises from the 2nd subcostal, as in the fore wings from
the upper radial; median nervules as in fore wings.

Type, Leptostichia latitans, sp. n.

L®ProsticHIA LATITANS, Sp. 0.

3. Fore wings liver-colour, suffused with dull olive, and tinged
in parts with lilac-grey; 1st line indistinct dull olive, slightly
darkened on costa and inner margin, where it is preceded by a few
pale lilac scales ; 2nd line at 4, darker on costa, dull olive, edged
indistinctly with grey, runs first outward, then obliquely inwards,
to a little beyond the centre of the inner margin, where it is
preceded by a round black blotch ; to the inside of this blotch a
central olive shade can be faintly traced from a darker spot in the
middle of the costa; marginal area wholly dull olive, except a
narrow grey space immediately before the fringes; space between
the 2 lines overlaid with slightly paler grey scales. Hind wings
redder, with a curved line at 2, answering to the exterior line of
the fore wings, and between that and the base a broad, straight,
blackish shade. Head, thorax, antenne, and abdomen all con-
colorous. Underside dull tawny-orange, sparsely flecked with
rather coarse fuscous dots, with a larger discal spot in the fore

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XX VII. 27

398 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

wings, and a blackish shade from the inner margin of the hind
wings running $ across the wing. Fringes of both wings, above
and below, chestnut.

Expanse of wings 60 millim.

Hab. Darijiling.

It is more than probable that the black spot on the inner
margin of the fore wings is variable.

[This species, of which I have only the type specimen sent me
by Mr. Knyvett and taken in March, is wonderfully like D. pat-
naria, Moore, in colour, but very different in the shape of the hind
wings.—Z. J. £.]

Gonopontis, Hiib. Verz. p. 287.
Type, G. clelia, Cram.

GoNODONTIS VINOSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 21.)

@. Fore wings vinous-grey, tinged with fulvous towards the
hind margin, and with many small dark brown transverse striz,
especially along the costa; 1st line dark red-brown, angulated
below the costa, then running obliquely to inner margin ; 2nd line
double, thick, indistinct, parallel to the 1st; subterminal line dark
brown-black, starting from the costa at the origin of the 2nd,
running out towards the hind margin below the apex, and then
obliquely to the inner margin, where it again meets the 2nd line;
costal region generally greyer than the rest of the wing, especially
before the apex ; subapical region diffusely overrun with fulvous.
Hind wings darker, more generally reddish ; central line swollen
in the middle, with a narrow lunular spot at end of cell, without
scales. Hind margin still deeper red, with no fulvous suffusion.
Head and thorax ashy grey ; abdomen mixed with red. Underside
pale ashy grey, with darker flecks; the 2nd line of the fore
wings and the central one of the hind wings very distinct, red-
brown as is the lower half of the inner line on the fore wings; the
marginal area of the hind wings and the lower half of that of the
fore wings clouded with reddish grey or brown; 2 small black
blotches below the apex of the fore wings.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Smaller than the other species of the genus, but with the
characteristic excavation in the costa of the hind wings, and
sinuosity in the inner margin of the fore wings.

[Sent by Méller’s collectors without exact indication of locality.
Evidently a rare species.—H. J. £.]

HYPosIDRA ALBIPUNCTATA, sp. 0.

do 2. Fore wing dull purplish cinereous, with a slight olive
tinge ; 1st and 2nd lines and median shade all slightly curved, darker,
and resembling shades, not lines; subterminal area paler grey,
edged by the irregularly sinuous subterminal line ; hind wings like
fore wings with 2 darker bands ; origin of lines on the costa of fore

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 399

wings and end on the inner margin of hind wings marked by minute
white dots, the latter always conspicuous; hind margin of fore
wing below apex occupied by a diffuse bronzy olive suffusion.
Underside purplish grey, with the middle and 2nd lines, the discal
spots, and a shade following darker.

Expanse of wings, 2 56 millim., ¢ 48 millim.

The largest species of the genus.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by Moller in March and May, in the low valleys, where
it seems a rare species.—H. J. £.]

FAscnLLiIna INORNATA, Sp. 1.

¢ . Fore wings dull olive-brown, shaded with dark brown beyond
the 3rd line, and dusted sparsely with dark brown strie towards
the base and inner margin; 1st line dark brown, obliquely sinu-
ous, with some pearly silvery scales, which are plainest on the inner
margin and on the veins; 2nd line thick, sinuous, running in the
main parallel to the 1st line, and to the hind margin; an indis-
tinct, oblique brown blotch from the costa beyond the origin of
the Ist line runs to meet the 2nd line below the costa; 3rd line
brown, sinuous, apparently double, with a pearly silvery thread up
the centre, consisting of a series of curves, concave basewards
between the veins; the line forms a sinus inwards at the centre,
and outwards below the costa, before which it is recurved again
basewards, and is followed on the costa by a silvery blotch ; the
line is followed on the inner margin by a patch of silvery scales,
and some indistinct teeth of the same colour can be made out in
the dark submarginal space; costal space between 2nd and 3rd
lines dull tawny. Hind wings thickly beset with dark transverse
strie at the base, with a nearly straight double brown silvery-
centred middle line, and a less distinct denticulated submarginal
line. Head, thorax, and abdomen above dark olive-brown.
Underside bright fulyous; the basal half of the costa paler; the
hind margin cinereous ; 2nd line deep fulvous from costa halfway
across the wing; 3rd line marked by a diffuse edging of pearly
scales in the upper half, by a fine silvery line in the lower. Hind
wings with 2 curved red-brown lines, which do not approximate.
Underside of abdomen and thorax fulvous.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Akin to /. chromataria, distinguished by the absence of white
spots, and the presence of the dull tawny patch below the costa
towards the apex. The antenne are much more densely and
lengthily ciliated than they usually are in this genus.

[This type is from the Atkinson Collection. I have another like
it from Moller; it is evidently a rare species.—H. J. H.]

FAscELLINA SUBSIGNATA, sp. 0.
3. Fore wings ashy grey, much suffused with dull olivaceous, and

chequered with a few darker strie ; 1st line, dark ee forms an

400 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GHNERA AND [Apr. 18,

acute angle outwards, then runs sinuously inwards parallel to the
hind margin, a pale grey triangular costal space beyond it; 2nd
line, dark olive with a slightly paler edging externally, leaves the
costa at §, forms a large blunt curve nearly touching the hind
margin in the centre, and then runs inward to the inner margin at
=; the costal space beyond it is paler grey; the whole central
area between the 2nd line and the Ist line (except a narrow
paler space just beyond this last) is dark olivaceous, as is the
hind margin. Hind wings with basal half pale grey, flecked
with short dark-olive striz; central line straight, dark olive,
followed by a pale slightly yellowish one; rest of the wing deep
olive; fringes dark olive. Head, face, and thorax dark olive ;
abdomen and apex of the patagia paler. Underside: fore wings
silvery grey, towards the inner margin yellowish, the dark olive
space between the outer line and the central shade (which latter is
not discernible above) represents very accurately the head and neck
of a bird; the hind margin, a triangular costal blotch before the
apex, and a large irregularly rounded blotch above the anal angle,
are also olive-brown ; the latter contains a yellow triangle at the
anal angle, and the top of the bird’s head is yellowish. Hind wings
dull canary-yellow, freckled with black; a strong, thickly-scaled,
double, brown central line, followed by a very slender curved one.
Underside of abdomen and thorax dull yellow.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Nearest to F. plagiata, Wik. =viridis, Moore.

[This also seems a rare species, of which I have only two speci-
mens without exact indication of locality.—H. J. E.]

GARZUS DISCOLOR, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 19.)

6. Fore wings pale fawn-grey, finely dusted with darker atoms,
and tinged in places with dark fulvous; Ist line scarcely darker,
angulated below the costa, and preceded by a slightly paler space ; a
small black dot on the median and submedian veins ; central shade
diffuse, brownish, angulated below the costa, as in the case of the
1st line; a small blackish cell-spot at the extremity of the angula-
tion; exterior line starting from an oblique brown costal blotch,
followed by a clear white one, angulated like the others, and dusted
below the angulation by a row of black dots on the veins; subter-
minal line very indistinct, starting from a whitish subapical blotch
and followed in the centre by a small dark blotch. Hind wings
paler, with similar markings, the central shade being reproduced as
a thickish black basal line, and the 2nd line appearing denticulate,
followed by a darker shade, which renders the subterminal line
more conspicuous ; on the abdominal margin the 2nd line is broadly
black edged with white. Underside silvery grey with the lines
dark ; with the base, the disk, and the hind margin of the fore
wings and the hind margin only of the hind wings suffused with
olive-fuscous. Head, thorax, and abdomen like the ground-colour ;
face and palpi brownish (? with grease).

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 401

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[The type is unique, and was taken by Doherty at about 8000
feet in July.—Z. J. E.]

Tsonatis, WIk. xxvi. p. 1749.
Type, J. incaria, Guen. (Epione).

IsCHALIS COLORATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 26.)

¢. Fore wings pinkish ochreous, but the ground-colour is almost
wholly overrun by a suffusion of tawny, the pale interspaces being
likewise dappled with spots of the same tint; no 1st line ; exterior
line at 4 pale silvery lilac, nearly parallel on the whole to the hind
margin, forming a small sinus outward below the costa, and a
‘similar one inwards above the inner margin; this line is followed
immediately by a dull olive-green fascia, which is succeeded by a
paler, narrower, somewhat interrupted fascia of the ground-colour,
beyond which the whole marginal area is tawny; the nervules
beyond the exterior line are themselves marked with the same tint
of silvery lilac, dotted in places with dark brown ; the whole basal
3 is dark tawny, divided on the costa by a small paler space; a
narrow tawny blotch lies on the costa in the middle; cell-spot
diffuse, roundish, dark brown. Hind wings like fore wings, but
the basal area only dappled sparsely with tawny spots, with the
commencement on the inner margin of an irregular rust-coloured
line. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with tawny.
Underside like upper, but more brightly coloured—the tints of
ochreous, tawny, and green much more brightly contrasted.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Brought by my native plant-collector from Jongri in the inte-
rior, where he took it at 13,000 feet in September. I have seen
one other specimen only.—JH. J. £.]}

PRIONODONTA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa slightly convex at base and before apex,
slightly concave between ; apex subacute; hind margin subden-
tate, with a decided elbow in the middle, beneath which it is
oblique; anal angle distinctly expressed; inner margin visibly
incurved just before it. Hind wings with costa outlined as in
fore wings, shouldered before apex; hind margin dentate, the
teeth at the end of the 2 subcostals and 3rd median most promi-
nent. Forehead slightly protuberant; palpi horizontally porrect ;
2nd joint broad, loosely scaled, 3rd much shorter, smooth, sub-
conical; tongue present. Antenne of ¢ more than half as long
as fore wings, bipectinate, the pectinations themselves short and
stout, pubescent, becoming gradually smaller, so that the apex is
subdentate only. Fore tibie short, with a tuft of hairs beneath ;

402 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

hind tibiz longer, not thickened, with 2 pairs of short, stout, blunt
spurs. Neuration :—Fore wings with cell half the length of wing ;
discocellular oblique, the lower half more so than the upper; Ist
median nervule at 4, 2nd just before lower angle of cell, 3rd from
the angle ; lower radial from the middle, upper radial from near
the top of the discocellular; 3rd, 4th, and 5th subcostals on a
common stem from upper angle of cell; 5th leaving at 3, 3rd at 3,
4th into apex; Ist and 2nd subcostals free. Hind wings with
upper half of discocellular vertical, lower oblique ; 1st median at 3,
2nd at 4, 3rd from lower end of cell, which is wedge-shaped; 2
subcostals branching just before the discocellular; costal and sub-
costal veins near the base, running for a short distance, closely
approximate.
Type, Prionodonta amethystina, sp. 0.

PRIONODONTA AMETHYSTINA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 13.)

3. Fore wings pale green and dull amethyst, with darker trans-
verse flecks; basal patch dark brownish amethyst, its outer edge
distinctly angulated in middle and edged with darker; the extreme
base of the costa green ; central space pale green, broadening along
the costa and inner margin, constricted in middle opposite the
angle of the basal patch, containing between the veins sundry small,
irregular, semitransparent whitish patches; marginal area dull
amethyst, edged internally by an irregularly dentate darker shade,
which represents the 2nd line and curves outwards towards the
anal angle, and containing a thick blackish oblique line from the
anal angle to the greenish spot which occupies the apical region ;
all the veins, where they traverse the green spaces, deeper green.
Hind wings similar, but with the central green space restricted
and not reaching the inner margin; fringes concolorous with the
green and amethyst sections of the wing. Head, face, and collar
greenish ; thorax and abdomen mixed fuscous and amethyst;
antenne, anal tuft, tibie, and tarsi ochreous, dotted with darker ;
femora and underside of abdomen mottled with fuscous and
amethyst. Underside of wings the counterpart of upper.

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

Hab. Darijiling.

[I took two males of this fine species at Darjiling in July.—
H. J. £.)

SPILOPERA, gen. Nov.

Fore wings ample, costa gradually curved from base to apex;
apex bluntly rounded; hind margin with slight elbow above middle
at end of 3rd submedian, vertically straight above, obliquely below.
Hind wings with rounded hind margins, with a scarcely perceptible
projection at end of 3rd median. Palpi porrect, upcurved, reaching
well in front of face ; tongue present ; antenne laminated, thickened
in ¢; hind tibie of ¢ not thickened, with two pairs of strong
spurs.

— Spilopera debilis, Butler.

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 403

SPILOPERA UMBRATA, sp. n.

3. Ground-colour pale straw, dusted with dark atoms; an irre-
gular, curved, basal line, only distinct towards the costa, and not
reaching the inner margin ; a blackish costal blotch just beyond the
middle; 2nd line starts just before the apex as a red-brown spot,
forms another smaller one just below, and is just discernible as a
faint curved brownish-grey shade, which vanishes before the inner
margin ; it is followed by another similar submarginal shade ; fringe
from apex to the central angle dark brown, preceded by a red-
brown patch ; a minute blackish cell-spot; hind wing with dark
cell-spot, and 2 faint greyish parallel fasciz beyond centre. Under-
side brighter straw-colour, with larger, stronger, reddish-brown
freckles ; distinct black cell-spots and strong submarginal fascie,
the inner of the two broadly bright reddish brown. Abdomen
straw-colour; face darker; collar and base of costa pale brownish.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

[A single male taken at Margarita in Upper Assam by Doherty
in May.—H. J. £.]

OPISTHOGRAPTIS MOLLERI, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 12.)

g. Wings straw-yellow, with a pale brownish line from before
the apex of fore wing to the middle of the inner margin of the hind
wing ; on the costa itself this is dark brown, and is followed by a
small brown spot at the extreme apex itself; a large semicircular
chestnut-brown blotch on the discocellular, dark-edged internally
on the convex edge, and externally emitting a fine brown spike
along the radial; a red-brown quadrate costal blotch above it
touching the top ; 3 small brown dots on the costa near the base ;
a small brown dot at the end of the 2nd and 3rd median and 2nd
subcostal nervules. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fringes all straw-
yellow. Underside rather duller, with the markings reproduced ;
the hind wings with traces of a second dentate line towards the
hind margin.

Expanse of wings 54 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

The palpi in this species and in O. ablunata, Guen., are shorter
than in the rest, and these insects will perhaps have to be removed
to a separate genus.

[I have only seen two males of this fine and very distinct species,
which my collectors brought from the interior.—Z. J. £.]

OPISTHOGRAPTIS LONGIPENNIS, sp. 0.

¢$. Fore wings canary-yellow, faintly suffused with tawny, and
with 2 oblique, parallel, reddish-tawny lines, one from 4 of the inner
margin to 7 of the costa, the other from $ of the inner margin to
the apex; fringes yellow. Hind wings very pale lemon-yellow,
with a small dark cell-spot and faint traces of a curved submar-
ginal fascia. Head and thorax canary-yellow ; face and abdomen
lemon. Underside yellowish straw-colour, mottled with tawny-
brown spots; costal region of fore wings at base and 2nd line

404 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

rusty brown. In the hind wings the fascia is more distinct, and
forms a single larger dark brown spot.

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

The species is somewhat abnormal in appearance, and comes
nearest to O. ablunata, Guen.

[A single specimen only, taken at a high elevation in the inte-
rior.—H. J. E.]

XENOGRAPHIA, gen. nov.

Fore wing with costa uniformly convex from base to apex ; apex
prominent, but not acute; hind margin curved; anal angle
rounded ; hind wings well rounded. Antenne of 9 filiform, of
3 laminated, laterally flattened; palpi stout, short, upcurved in
front of face; scaling smooth and fine.

Type, X. lignataria, sp. nov.

XBNOGRAPHIA LIGNATARIA, sp.n.

3 2. Fore wings straw-colour, with very fine darker freckles,
the basal and submarginal areas suffused with pale brownish ; 1st
line brown, curved ; a small dark cell-spot; exterior line dark brown,
doubled, the inner running obliquely straight, the outer in a series
of curves, concave outwards; towards the costa the two diverge,
but are both recurved basewards to the costa; a broad oblique
blackish-brown or brown streak from the apex, indistinctly pro-
duced as a finer line to the inner margin just beyond the other 2;
a row of distinct round spots between the veins some distance
before the hind margin. Hind wings straw-colour, with a dark
cell-spot ; 2 parallel, brown, slightly curved central lines; a row
of spots as in fore wings; and a faint submarginal curved line
before them. Underside straw-colour, much peppered with
brownish, with all the lines distinct. Head, thorax, and abdomen
all pale straw-colour.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 28, 2 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by myself at Tonglo and at other places by Méller’s
collectors from June to October.—H. J. E.}

AUZEODES, gen. nov.

Fore wings broad, triangular; costa convex in basal half, and
again before apex, concave between; apex produced, bluntly
falcate; hind margin gibbous, indented just below apex; anal
angle square. Hind wings triangular, with the anal angle square,
the inner angle rounded; hind margin almost straight. Palpi
smooth, subascending ; third joint very small, not reaching vertex;
tongue present ; antennz (¢) setaceous, simple. Neuration :—
Fore wing with cell broad ; median nervules rising at 2, 4, and from
the end of cell respectively ; lower radial from the centre of the
discocellular, upper radial from, the upper angle of cell, whence
also the 5th subcostal, which runs at first upwards close to the

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. - 405
common stem of the other 4 for 3 of its length, then runs parallel
to the upper radial to the hind margin some distance below the
apex; the 4th, from just before the end of the cell, runs into the
apex itself, the other 3 leaving it one after the other shortly before
apex. Hind wings with ordinary neuration.

Type, Auzeodes nigroseriata, sp. n.

The only species of the genus strongly resembles, both in shape
and scaling, the species of Auzea, Wlk.; but the absence of the
radial to the hind wings distinguishes it from the (Enochromine.

AUZEODES NIGROSERIATA, Sp. n.

3. Fore wings shining wood-colour, thickly dusted with dull
rusty scales, more especially along the inner and hind margins ;
costa slightly dotted with blackish; the only visible markings are an
exterior series of 4 black spots, arranged in a slight curve from
the centre to the inner margin at +, having above them (towards
the costa) 2 more, pale grey, with darker centres, very indistinctly
visible ; immediately before the apex an irregular oblique black
dash from the costa, with some pale grey scales on either side.
Hind wings the same. Head, thorax, and abdomen all unicolorous.
Underside without markings, entirely suffused with smoky
brown.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Hab. Pegu.

HETEROMIZA, gen. nov.

Cimicodes, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 616.
Pseudomiza, Butler, Ill. Lep. Het. vii. p. 100.

Fore wings with costa gradually curved ; apex produced shortly
and pointed; hind margin concave just below apex, then broadly
convex. Hind wings rounded, at the anal angle nearly square.
Palpi not upcurved as in Omiza, but with the 2nd joint rising;
the 3rd porrected forward, in a plane with the forehead, which is
produced in front. Antenne simple in both sexes. Hind tibie
of ¢ thickened, and armed with expansible tufts of hairs.

Type, H. castanearia, Moore (Cimicodes).

HETEROMIZA CERVINA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8.)

3. Fore wings fawn-colour with an olive tinge, with the costa and
the space beyond the acutely-angled 2nd line paler and somewhat
silvery ; the rest rather tinged with brown; the whole wing finely
dusted with dark atoms; Ist line fine, brown, internally pale-
edged, subangulated below the costa, then running straight to the
inner margin ; a large, round, black-brown central spot; 2nd line
fine, brown, starting from 2 of inner margin, running straight
towards the apex and nearly touching the hind margin below
it, thence, at a very acute angle, running back straight to the
costa at 3: this line is externally edged finely with paler; subter-
minal line indicated only by some small blackish dots on the veins ;
fringes dark brown like the central field. Hind wings like fore

406 . MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

wings, but without the basal line. Underside ochreous-grey, with
a reddish tinge, dusted with dark grey, and with the central spots
and lines indistinctly darker. Head, thorax, and abdomen fawn-
coloured.

Expanse of wings 30-34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Very much like H. castanearia, Moore, but smaller and paler.

[One ¢ taken by Mr. Gammie near Mongpo, and a much larger
female by Mr. Knyvett in June; evidently a rare species.—
H. J. E.)

Lupromiza, gen. noy.

Fore wing: costa convex; apex slightly falcate; hind margin
elbowed at the end of the 3rd median nervule, the lower half
straight, oblique ; the upper simply concave or with an intermediate
tooth. Hind wings rounded with an elbow, as in fore wings.
Male antenne simple; palpi porrect, the terminal joint conical,
drooping. Neuration normal. Hind tibie of ¢ not thickened.

Type, Leptomiza calcearia, Wik. (Hyperythra).

LEPTOMIZA (?) ANOMALA, sp. Nn.

Q. Fore wings dark ashy grey, tinged with chocolate and dusted
with irregular dark atoms; basal line indistinct, consisting of several
black dots, forming an angulated line ; 2nd line brown-black, starts
from ? of the inner margin, runs straight towards the apex, before
which it forms a blunt angle, and is recurved on to the costa;
throughout its course it is finely edged with paler; above the inner
margin it is preceded by a roundish and followed by an irregular-
shaped blackish-brown blotch ; a dark-edged, whitish-centred ocellus
at end of the cell, and a dark spot on the costa beyond it; submar-
ginal space, from apex to elbow, chocolate-tinged ; below, ashy ;
above anal angle, an indistinct fulvous patch. Hind wings like
fore wings; the cell-spot smaller, and the pale edging of the 2nd
line paler. Underside of both wings fulvous, towards the inner
margin whitish, coarsely variegated with black strie ; central spots
large ; lines indistinct, but the subterminal line shown by a row of
black dots. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous, the latter
paler beneath.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. East Pegu, 4500 feet, April (Doherty).

LEPTOMIZA STRAMINAA, sp. n.

2. Fore wings pale yellowish, dusted irregularly with tawny and
fuscous atoms ; 1st line very indistinct, brownish, running obliquely
outwards to the subcostal, where it is angulated obliquely, then
inwards to inner margin, forming a small brown dot on each vein;
2nd line from 4 of inner margin, double, runs obliquely to apex ;
the outer edge nearly straight to just before apex, where it is
acutely deflexed to costa; inner edge, more irregular, forms a slight
tooth on the 2nd and 3rd median neryules, opposite which the

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 407

included space is broader ; likewise deflected to the costa before
the outer arm, the inner deflection being twice as long as the
outer ; a brown-edged round ocellus in the disk; the 2 edges of
the 2nd line are dark brown, and the included space deep tawny ;
hind margin shaded with fulvous. Hind wings like fore wings,
with a straight, brown-edged, tawny band, broader, and with its
outer edge angulated towards the costa. Underside more thickly
and coarsely dusted with fuscous dots, and showing on both wings
an irregularly zigzag submarginal row of black dots on the veins,
which towards the costa of the fore wings develop into a sinuous
submarginal line. Head, thorax, and abdomen sandy yellow.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim; Bhotan.

The ¢ being at present unknown, the reference of the species
to Leptomiza is only doubtful.

[A male taken by myself at Cherra Punji in the Khasias in Sep-
tember, and another from the Karen Hills, show that Mr. Warren’s
generic determination is correct. The species, though so wide-
ranging, seems rare in all localities.—H. J. £.]

LpproMiza FUSCOMARGINATA, Sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings rather bright yellowish ochreous, irrorated with
coarse fuscous atoms; basal line dark brown, bent on the sub-
costal, thence vertical; cell-spot round, diffuse, brown, with a
minute pale centre; 2nd line black-brown from close to apex to
before the anal angle, finely edged externally: with lilac-white, and
preceded by a dark-brown shade, the inner edge of which is irre-
gularly scalloped ; 2 small dark brown costal spots before it; mar-
ginal area wholly blackish-brown, with a slightly paler patch below
the elbow; fringes brown-black, with faintly paler interspaces.
Hind wings like fore wings, but with no basal line. Head, thorax,
and abdomen yellowish straw-colour, dusted with darker ; the seg-
ments of the abdomen with pairs of dark dots. Underside duller
throughout, the lilac outer line dotted with blackish on the veins.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.
Hab. Darjiling.
[Taken in July by myself at 7000 feet.—H. J. E.]

OMIZA MUSCICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 25.)

Q. Fore wings pale mouse-colour, slightly tinged with ochreous
olive; no actual lines, their places being taken by mere change of
tint; 1st very indistinct at 4, parallel to hind margin to just
before the costa, where it is recurved basewards; 2nd, from # of
inner margin, runs obliquely and slightly wavy towards apex,
before which it appears to be, like the Ist, retracted basewards ;
space between the lines filled up with ochreous olive, and with a
darker, slightly tawny shade beyond the discoidal spot, which is
paler; space beyond 2nd line paler, somewhat pinkish, with an
olive shade down the centre; fringes also olive. Hind wings a
little paler than fore wings, and sparsely sprinkled with black

408 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

atoms; a darker fascia across the middle of the wing, olive-
ochreous, followed by a paler space edged with pinkish and black.
Underside pinky ochreous, speckled with black atoms; the inner
margin of the fore wings, the apex, and the edge of the 2nd line
pinky grey. Hind wings rather richer ochreous, with a yellowish
fascia beyond the centre, which between the Ist and 2nd and
2nd and 8rd median nervules contains a semitransparent oval white
ocellus strongly edged with deep brown. Head, antenne, thorax,
and abdomen all pinky mouse-coloured.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

[A single 2 from the Karen Hills, taken by Doherty in April at
about 4500 feet.—H. J. £.]

AMORPHOZANCLE, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa rather strongly arched throughout ; apex
rounded, blunt ; hind margin below the broadly rounded apex oblique
and slightly concave, anal angle well marked. Hind wings trian-
gular, with both angles bluntly rounded off and hind margin nearly
straight. Palpi minute, slender, not projecting beyond face ;
tongue present; antenne of ¢ broadly pectinated. Neuration :—
Discocellular of fore wing angulated; radial from the angulation ;
last subcostal from upper end of the cell (one of the subcostals
appears to be missing).

Type, A. discata, sp. n.

AMORPHOZANCLE DISCATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 23.)

Fore wing pale liver-colour, darker at base and along costa, with
sparingly scattered black scales, which form a black costal blotch
at about 3; an oblong-oval whitish discal blotch, beyond which
there comes a trace of a faintly darker shade; fringe short, vinous.
Hind wings yellow ochreous, with black dusting. Head, thorax, and
abdomen liver-colour, with darker atoms. Underside with all the
tints brighter and more distinct.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One male from Naga Hills.

PLAGODIS RETICULATA, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings pale ochreous, traversed from base to hind margin
by fine, interlacing, vertical, brown lines; costa brown from base
to middle ; a linear brown vertical cell-spot; inner margin rather
paler, but dusted sparsely with rather large black shining scales.
Hind wings with the costa pale, unstreaked; the anal angle
darker, otherwise like the fore wings ; no trace of lines or shades.
Head, thorax, and abdomen straw-colour, with browner mottlings.
Underside like upper, with both cell-spots clearer.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab, Sikkim. Also in Mr. Moore’s collection.

[Taken by Moller in October at about 7500 feet,and by Knyvett
in June. It seems, however, a local species in Sikkim, as I have
never seen it myself.—Z. J. £.]

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 409

ACHROSIS QUADRARIA, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings yellowish ochreous, tinged with fulvous ; towards
the base and apex with traces of 2 blackish transverse lines, which
are each represented by a blackish blotch on the costa, and 2 round
blackish spots on the inner margin placed obliquely one over the
other; below the first costal blotch is a smaller blackish dot.
Hind wings tawny yellow, with a composite blackish blotch at the
anal angle and a blackish spot in the angle of the hind margin.
Head absent; thorax and abdomen concolorous. Underside
fulvous yellow, without markings.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Bhotan.

[A very fresh ¢ from Sikkim, sent by Miller, agrees exactly in
the markings, but has the colour of fore wings brighter.—H. J. E.]

PRIONIA OBLIQUILINEATA, Sp. 0.

d. Fore wings pale liver-colour, tinged with olive. towards the
base and irrorated throughout with reddish-brown atoms ; 1st line at
4 starts from the costa as a reddish-brown, outwardly oblique, short
blotch, then runs obliquely inwards with an irregularly sinuous
course; 2nd line, also red-brown, runs straight from the inner
margin, shortly before anal angle, to the apex, just before reaching
which it is deflected and forms a curved, oblique, costal blotch ;
extreme apex with a small blackish blotch and another shortly
before it on the costa. Hind wings as in squalidaria, Hiib. Head,
thorax, abdomen, and antenne concolorous. Underside wholly
dull orange-tawny, with a small blackish costal dash before the
apex of both wings, and a distinct blackish cell-spot on the fore
wings.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills. Distinguished from its allies by the straight,
distinct, second line.

[Doherty sent only one male of this, which was taken at about
4000 feet.—H. J. £.]

EURYTAPHRIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings ample ; costa curved at base and before apex, which is
distinct ; hind margin entire, obliquely curved. Hind wings ample,
with well-rounded hind margin, faintly indented opposite the cell.
Palpi shortly rostriform ; tongue present. Antenne of @ simple,
of g pectinated; the pectinations fine, distant, and nearly at right
angles with the shaft; legs moderate, hind tibie not thickened,
with two pairs of spurs. Neuration:—Fore wing: first subcostal
nervule anastomosing with the costal; the other 4 subcostal
nervules on a common stem, which starts at ? of the cell, at which
point the subcostal itself is bluntly angulated; the 4th subcostal
nervule runs into the apex, the 2nd and 3rd being given off from
it at 2 and 3 respectively, the 5th at 4; the first median nervule
starts at 3, the second just before the lower end of cell where the
median vein is inclined upwards, the third from the end; lower

410 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

radial from above the middle of the discocellular ; upper radial from
the end of cell; as a result of the ends of the subcostal and median
nervules being inclined towards one another, the cell is very dis-
tinctly wider at # than at its extremity. Hind wings with the
discocellular angulated, the upper half vertical, the lower oblique ;
the two subcostal nervules separating shortly before the end of the
cell.
Type, Lurytaphria undilineata, sp. nu.

EURYTAPHRIA UNDILINEATA, sp. n.

3 2. Wings dark pinky grey, more or less suffused with pale
tawny, and dusted with fuscous and black atoms. No distinct first
line ; the second line starts at 4 of the costa, runs outwardly oblique
to the upper radial, where it forms a minute tooth, then describes a
large sinus parallel to the hind margin, and curves inwards to the
inner margin shortly before the anal angle; the sinus is connected
with the hind margin by 2 wedge-shaped streaks, and the lower
part of the line above the anal angle appears to be geminated ;
a small blackish cell-spot; disk suffused with pale tawny ; costa
and hind margin most thickly sprinkled with fuscous strige.
Hind wings like fore wings, with black discal spot and an indistinct
denticulated black line halfway between it and hind margin;
fringes concolorous, with a blackish basal line.

The above description is taken from a ¢ ; in the 2 there is no
tawny suffusion ; the mottlings are black instead of fuscous, and
the second line only visible towards the anal angle; the basal line
of the fringes is represented by a series of black spots and dashes,
and the cell-spots on both wings are black and therefore more
distinct. Underside of both wings paler grey, mottled with darker,
with the cell-spots and outer line showing through.

Expanse of wings, 2 36, ¢ 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Subfam. SELIDOSEMIN#.

ANAGOGE (?) ALBIPICTA, sp. n.

@. Fore wings dark fuscous, with a few indistinct, scattered,
ochreous, transverse strige; basal line darker, edged internally
with paler; a dark discal spot; exterior line darker, interrupted
in the centre and edged externally by a rather distinct pale ochreous
line; submarginal line indistinct, except in the centre opposite to
the interrupted portion of the 2nd line, where it is indicated by a
pale blotch ; extreme hind margin with pale vertical strige ; fringes
brown. Hind wings like fore wings, but somewhat duller; the
exterior line without the whitish edges. Underside duller, with
all the markings reproduced. Abdomen cinereous. Head wanting.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

The hind margin of fore wings is regularly curved, not bent
above the anal angle.

[Taken at Jongri, 13,000 feet, by my native collectors —H. J. £.]

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 411

ANAGOGH (?) CONCINNA, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings whitish ochreous, which ground-colour, however,
is almost wholly hidden by a suffusion of tawny and brown and a
chequering of narrow, transverse, olive-fuscous striz; basal line
darker, curved, broadly blackish on the costa, slightly edged with
paler internally ; exterior line blackish sinuous, followed by a pale
costal spot and paler points on the veins; an elongate black cell-
spot, with a black costal spot above it ; submarginal line indistinct,
sinuous, followed towards the inner margin by an irregular double
blotch of the pale ground-colour ; fringe clearly chequered light
and dark, and preceded by a very clear, pale, basal line; the space
between the cell-dot and the submarginal line is most deeply suf-
fused with tawny fuscous. Hind wings dull straw-colour, very
thickly mottled with cinereous, with a dark grey central dot and an
indistinct dark grey subdenticulate line at 3; fringes as in fore
wings. Head, face, antennsx, and collar brown-black ; thorax and
abdomen mottled with fuscous, as the fore wings. Underside
tawny ochreous-red, mottled with cinereous ; the fore wings
greyer than the hind wings; cell-spots and the transverse lines
distinct, that on the hind wings especially dark, much clearer than
on the upperside.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Darjiling.

This species will probably have to be separated and form the
type of a distinct genus. The ¢ will throw light upon it. In
the @ the palpi are remarkably short; the hind margin of the
fore wing is not scalloped, but distinctly bent in the middle.

ANAGOGE (?) COSTINOTATA, Sp. n.

¢. Fore wings fawn-coloured, darker on the disk, greyer towards
the hind margin; a small, pale, yellowish, triangular blotch on the
costa at 2; costa itself with dark minute strige; fringes darker ;
a small dark cell-spot. Hind wings paler, with dark cell-spot and
indistinct, curved, dark submarginal line. Head, thorax, and
abdomen concolorous. Underside paler, with the cell-spots dark.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Bhotan.

[Taken by Méller’s collectors in September only.—Z. J. £.]

ANAGOGE LIGNICOLOR, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings ochreous, suffused with yellowish and tawny
brown, and thickly strewed with transverse black striz ; 1st line at 3
indistinct, indicated on costa by a dark spot ; 2nd line at $ irregu-
larly dentate, with three prominent teeth, one subcostal, and a
pair in the centre; this line is preceded by a dark tawny suffusion
and followed by a paler tawny one, which reaches to the sub-
marginal shade, which is irregularly sinuous and whitish ; fringe
chequered dark and light tawny, with distinct yellow basal line;
costa with yellowish patches. Hind wings like fore wings, but
duller, and with only a faint repetition of the 2nd line; in both

412 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

wings a blackish discal spot. Head, thorax, and abdomen mottled,
tawny and grey. Underside pale straw-colour, mottled with yellow,
with the discal spots and lines darker and distinct.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by me in August at about 7000 feet.—H. J. E.]

ANAGOGE RUFA, sp. n.

2. Fore wings dull reddish testaceous, with three dark fuscous
transverse lines, all running parallel to the hind margin; 1st at 4,
indistinct, wavy ; 2nd a little before 3, wavy, diffuse, followed in
one example by a broadish, diffuse, fuscous shade; 3rd subterminal,
more sinuous, consisting of a series of subcontiguous dark blotches ;
fringes concolorous, with a series of small, inconspicuous, dark
dots at base; a large fuscous cell-spot. Hind wings whitish
testaceous, with dark cell-spot and 2 faint dark lines towards the
hind margin ; fringes as in fore wings. Head and thorax reddish;
abdomen like hind wings. Underside of fore wings like upperside
of hind wings, except towards the apex where they are like the
upperside ; underside of hind wings like upperside of fore wings,
with all the markings much clearer than above.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

ANONYOHIA, gen. nov.

Nadagara, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 172.

Onychia, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 279.

Cidaria, Warr. P. Z. S. 1888, p. 330.

Type, A. grisea, Butler (Nadagara grisea, Butl.).

Under the generic term Onychia, Hiibner in the ‘ Verzeichniss’,
p- 331, placed together the two species maniata, Scop., and peri-
bolata, Hib., both of which belong to the subfamily Hydriomenine.
Mr. Moore, in his Deser. Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 279, employs Onychia
for his two new species, lativitta and violacea, which are, as he
states, congeneric with Mr. Butler’s so-called Nadagara grisea.
All three belong, not to the subfamily Hydriomenine at all, but to
the very different subfamily Selidosemine, in which there is no true
radial to the hind wing, and are closely allied to the genus Anagoge,
Hiibn.

For this group I propose to slightly alter the name employed
first by Hiibner, and misapplied by Moore.

It is only fair to add that in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ 1888,
I myself wrongly referred one of the species of this genus to
Cidaria, Tr.

ANONYCHIA ROSTRIFERA. (Plate XXXII. fig. 3.)

Cidaria rostrifera, Warr. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 330; Swinh. Cat.
No. 3868 a.

CHIASMIA STRIGATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 22.)

$ 2. Fore wings whitish ochreous, thickly sprinkled with short,

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 413

dark, transverse striz ; discal spot dark fuscous, large, diffuse ; costa
with 3 indistinct dark blotches ; the first near the base, representing
the origin of the first line ; the second above the discal spot; the
third halfway between the second and the submarginal line; from
this a curved series of small blotches can be traced, curving in
beneath the discal spot; these blotches represent the 2nd line;
submarginal line represented by a series of dark fuscous blotches,
more or less wedge-shaped externally, and interrupted between the
2nd and 3rd median nervules; opposite these blotches, except
at the extreme apex, the hind margin itself is likewise blotched
with fuscous; fringes dark fuscous, chequered with paler and
broadly pale opposite to the interruption of the submarginal line ;
a row of shallow, dark fuscous crescents at base of fringes. Hind
wings slightly tinged with yellowish, with same markings as fore
wings, but with a small discal spot; the fringes paler. Underside
like upper, but somewhat duller. Head, thorax, and abdomen
ochreous, dusted with darker. Antenne fuscous.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 26, 2 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim ; Naga Hills.

LoxasSPILATES, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate ; costa gradually arched; apex produced,
pointed, especially in the ¢ ; hind margin obliquely curved. Hind
wings rather short, with rounded hind margin. Antenne simple
in both sexes; palpi short, porrect; tongue present. Neuration as
in Aspilates ; transverse lines parallel to hind margin.

Type, L. obliquaria, Moore (Aspilates).

LOXASPILATES DISPAR, sp. nu. (Plate XXX. fig. 14.)

Q . Fore wings light wood-brown, with the 3 markings dark brown;
Ist line at 3, slightly dentate ; 2nd a little before 2, also slightly
dentate ; both parallel to hind margin ; a dark discal spot between
them ; subterminal line more irregular, forming 2 slight curves ;
fringes concolorous with wings. Hind wings pale dull grey, with
a testaceous tinge; an indistinct dark cell-spot, and traces of
2 darker lines on the inner margin. Underside rusty ochreous ;
the fore wings with the lines indistinct, with a darker brown sub-
apical costal blotch ; hind wings with 2 distinct curved dark fascia :
both wings with the cell-spot distinct. Head and thorax concolorous
with fore wings, abdomen with hind wings.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

PARASYNEGIA, gen. nov.

The insects of this genus have hitherto been confounded with
those of Anisodes, Guen., to which they have a considerable
superficial resemblance. They have, however, no radial in the
hind wings, and are closely related to Syneyia, Guen., and Hudassa,
Butler. From both of these genera Parasynegia is separated by

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XXVIII. 28

414 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

the male antennw, which are amply pectinated, whereas in Synegia
the pectinations are very fine and short: and in Hadassa, though
longer, yet stiff and straight. The neuration is the same as in
those genera, and equally strongly marked.

Type, P. pluristriaria, W1k. (Anisodes),

PARASYNEGIA COMPLICATA, Sp. Nn.

3d. Fore wings yellow, with rusty specklings; first line dull
brownish, acutely angulated before the discal spot, and more bluntly
above the inner margin ; basal region brownish ; from 3 of the inner
margin a brown line runs obliquely outwards, followed by another
finer and more irregular one, the two curving round to the costa
at +; a fine brown subterminal line runs near the hind margin,
parallel to it from the inner margin to the middle, where it stops
short at a horizontal brown blotch from the exterior line to the
hind margin ; a similar subcostal blotch occurs higher up, which
throws off an oblique darker streak into the apex. Hind wings
similar, but with 5 transverse lines; one thick, red-brown, close to the
base ; a second, finer, just before the small dark discal spot ; a third,
like the second, beyond the spot; the fifth, thick and dark, from
the inner angle to the anal angle, throwing off a dark blotch in the
middle ; these 4 all parallel to one another; the fourth is only a rusty,
irregularly-undulating line, brown only at its origin at the costa,
where it is followed by a brown spot. Face and collar red;
antenne and fillet white ; front of thorax rusty ; thorax and patagia,
as well as abdomen, yellow. Underside pale straw-colour, with
the markings dull brownish.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

PARASYNEGIA SUFFUSA, Sp. 0.

3. Fore wings yellow, thickly irrorated and suffused with rusty
confluent atoms; an indistinct, angulated first line; a double,
thick, grey-brown, oblique line from the middle of the inner
margin to the apex, beyond which is a curved series of paler,
sometimes clear yellow spots: sometimes the oblique lines are
lost, and the discal space is more or less entirely overrun with
leaden grey; a grey horizontal blotch to the hind margin in the
centre, and another below the apex. Hind wings similar, with 4
irregularly-margined, parallel, leaden grey lines, the space immedi-
ately beyond the first line, which is close to the base, paler; in
one case the first 3 lines of the hind wings are wholly obsolete ;
both wings have a distinct black cell-spot. Face, palpi, and
collar deep rust-colour ; antennz and fillet yellowish; thorax and
abdomen yellow, tinged with rusty. Underside pale straw-colour,
with the dark markings reproduced, dull brown.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

[Seems fairly common at low elevations in the Naga Hills—
H. J. E.)

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 415

ERINNYS, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa straight, hardly convex before apex,
which is slightly subfalcate ; hind margin indistinctly crenulate,
more oblique below the centre than above; hind wings sub-
crenulate, with a slightly more prominent tooth at end of 1st
subcostal and 1st median nervules. Antenne simple in_ both
sexes, slightly thickened in g towards base; palpi obliquely
ascending, 3rd joint shorter than 2nd, horizontally porrect ; tongue
present. Hind tibie of ¢ thickened and flattened laterally, with
2 pairs of short, stout, spurs. Hind wings of ¢ with a small
fovea close to base in the cell, which is visible above as a small
dark raised patch.

Type, Erinnys combusta, sp. n.

ERINNYS COMBUSTA, Sp. 0.

$. Fore wings ochreous, suffused with yellow and tawny and
thickly sprinkled with black atoms; inner line indicated by 2
small black-brown blotches, one below, the other above the median ;
a small black-brown cell-spot ; exterior line sinuous, black-brown
at 4, more or less parallel to hind margin; marginal area dark
fulvous brown, except a slightly paler patch above the anal angle;
fringes yellowish straw, dotted with black at end of all the veins,
and entirely black opposite the cell. Hind wings in the main
similar, but the basal half suffused with fulvous, and bounded,
before the middle, by an irregularly dentate dark line, beyond which
the wing is strikingly whitish. Head, thorax, and abdomen straw-
colour mixed with tawny. Underside like upper, but brighter ;
the light and dark tints more contrasted.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Superficially reminding one of Garcus.

HETEROSTHGANIA, gen. Nov,

Anisodes, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 250.

Stegania, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 260.

Allied to Stegania; but easily distinguished. Fore wings longer ;
costa slightly arched, apex obtuse; hind margin oblique, curved ;
hind wings rounded, slightly protuberant in the middle of the
hind margin, and with the anal angle square. Antenns in 9
simple, filiform; in ¢ thickened, slightly pubescent; palpi short,
horizontally porrect.

Type, H. lunulosa, Moore (Anisodes).

HBTEROSTEGANIA NIGROFUSA, sp. nl.

$. Fore wings wood-colour suffused with tawny, and sparsely
dusted with coarse black atoms, a broad central fascia filled up
with pale tawny, with a still paler patch just below the median ;
the inner edge of this fascia consists of a series of goal curves

416 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

concave basewards, the outer of a similar series of curves concave
outwards, and forming a sharp tooth below the costa, and a
bilobed projection on the 1st and 2nd median nervules, containing
a black blotch; discal spot small, blackish; a sinuous short
blackish streak from the apex, its base connected with the tooth
of the outer edge of the central fascia by a longitudinal tawny
stripe; the costa from the base to the central fascia, a small
blotch near the base on the inner margin, and some irregular
clouds along the hind margin tawny. Hind wings the same, but
with a small dark blotch on the inner edge of the central fascia,
and none at all on the outer; discal dot hardly visible; no apical
streak. Underside like upper, but duller. Head, thorax, and
abdomen concolorous.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

[I have only seen a single male, which was taken in the interior
by Moller’s collectors.—H. J. £.]

Subfam. Evpys1nz.
Fam. Amphidasyde, Guen. Phal. i. p. 191.

EUBYJODONTA, gen. nov.

Allied to Zubyja, Hiibn., but differing in the outline of the wings
and in the structure of the g antenne. These are stoutly
pectinated for 3, then simple; each pectination is stiff and bristly,
nearly at right angles with the shaft and finely ciliated along its
whole length, giving a filmy appearance to the whole antenna.
Tongue weak ; palpi hardly visible. Fore wings elongate, narrow ;
the costa being nearly twice as long as the inner margin; costa
itself nearly straight, curving only just before apex; apex rounded,
broadly blunt; hind margin very oblique, twice concave, with a
slight prominence between the 2 concavities between the ends of
the 2nd and 3rd median nervules. Hind wings with 2 concavities,
the intervening prominence being greater and rounded.

Type, Hubyjodonta falcata, sp. n.

EUBYJODONTA FALCATA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings white with an ochreous tint, thickly sprinkled
with irregular black flecks which in parts become confluent into
blotches; the lines indicated by olive-tawny blotches; basal line
represented by a curved tawny fascia broad on the inner margin,
and not reaching the costa, followed on costa and inner margin by
a black blotch ; 2nd line, at 4, parallel to hind margin, represented
by a thin, irregularly-blotched olive-tawny fascia, preceded on
costa and inner margin by a blackish blotch, and followed by an
interrupted series of irregular black blotches, that extends from
costa to inner margin; hind margin occupied by 5 or 6 irregular-
sized olive blotches, that below the apex being far the largest; a
deep black cell-spot. Hind wings like fore wings but with less

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 417

dense dark freckling; no basal line, and the largest marginal
olive blotch in the central prominence. Face and forehead white ;
thorax white with strong black markings; abdomen the same.
Underside an exact reproduction of upper.

Expanse of wings 60 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have two males of this very striking species, one of which I
took at light at Darjiling in July, the other from Méller’s col-
lection. It must be very rare.—H. J. E.]

Subfam. Ascorrn z.
Fam. Boarmide, Guen. Phal, i. p. 213, part.

MEDASINA QUADRINOTATA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings light wood-colour, dusted with fine brown trans-
verse striz, and with all the markings black-brown ; costa broadly
and densely shaded and mottled with brown-black; beneath this
costal suffused dark streak, a pale broad streak of the ground-colour,
without any admixture of darker, runs from the base of the inner
margin to the hind margin below the apex ; it is bounded towards
the inner margin by a curved black-brown line running obliquely
outwards, and forming the lower half of the basal line; beyond it
and a little beyond the middle of the inner margin, a black doubly
curved line rises vertically and nearly touches the end of the first
line, where it disappears at the edge of the pale streak; it is
followed by a narrow pale space and then a deep black blotch ;
submarginal line pale ochreous, rather glossy, forming 2 or 3
undulations near the costa where it crosses the pale space, and
then running with one slight indentation, parallel to hind margin ;
space beyond it pale ochreous, with distinct black transverse striz ;
fringes darker, preceded by a row of shallow black lunules ; the
submarginal line below the pale space is broadly edged internally
with blackish brown, and the whole space between the sub-
marginal line and the pale space, forming altogether an obtuse-
angled triangle, is diffusely shaded with blackish brown ; cell-spot
black, somewhat lost in the costal suffusion; some indistinct
traces of the two lines can be detected on the costa. Hind wings
with the extreme base whitish ochreous, the whole basal half
beyond being brown-black, gradually shading off towards the centre
of the wing to the ground-colour and containing a large black
cell-spot ; just beyond the centre is a black line, slightly curved
for $ from the inner margin, then forming 2 largish teeth on the
subcostal veins; this line is followed by a broadish brown-black
shade ; submarginal line pale, distinct, irregularly wavy, bordered
with darker brown on its inner side; submarginal space as
in fore wings; fringes paler. Head, palpi, face, and collar
dark; thorax and base of abdomen lighter; abdomen dark
brown, with a distinct slender black ring at its base. Underside
cinereous brown with a reddish tinge, with a broad dark brown

418 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

marginal fascia, preceded in the hind wings by the distinct brown
central line ; apex of both wings broadly creamy white.

Expanse of wings 62 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Akin to M. strixaria.

[I have a pair only of this species from Moller. It seems quite
distinct and must be very rare. The female differs only in greater
size and the simple antenne.—Z. J. E.]

APOPHYGA, gen. Nov.

Akin to Medasina, but distinguished by the structure of the
6 antenne, which resemble those of Hubyjodonta and Buzura ;
the pectinations being stiff and straight, nearly at right angles to
the shaft, and themselves with long silky pubescence which extends
beyond the apex of each ; the palpi are still more acutely pointed
and drooping; and the hind wings are rounded, without any trace
of a central point. Hind margin of both wings finely scalloped.
Scaling fine and glossy.

Type, Apophyga sericea, sp. n.

APOPHYGA SERIOHA, sp. n.

¢. Fore wings pale wood-colour, very finely dusted with brown
atoms; extreme base of costa brown; in the centre of the inner
margin a brown-black triangular blotch, the outer edge of which
is concave outwards, the apex pointing to the apex of the wing;
the basal side of the triangle runs parallel to the costa, and after
interruption by a pale fascia of the ground-colour is continued
towards the submarginal line; this is situated near the hind
margin, is irregularly sinuous, broadly shaded internally with
brown, and forms 2 contiguous white spots in the centre; sub-
marginal area cinereous brown, paler at apex and anal angle;
fringes brown. Hind wings whitish, somewhat glossy, mottled
towards the base, and inner margin, and suffused along the hind
margin with grey, with 3 brown-grey diffuse lines, running from
the inner margin as far as the centre of the wing; the 3rd, which
is submarginal, really being a brown shade which forms the inner
edging of a pale submarginal line. Head and collar brown-black ;
thorax glossy pale ochreous ; abdomen brown, with a broad blackish
ring at the base. Underside whitish straw-colour; fore wings
with the base towards the costa, the triangle on the inner margin,
and a broad marginal fascia cinereous-brown, all three connected
by a brown streak along the centre of the wing, the two white
spots visible, and the apex and anal angle paler, as on the upper-
side. Hind wings with the 2 lines blackish and the hind margin
brown; a distinct cell-spot on each wing, which is only visible
above on the hind wing.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have several males sent by Moller dated May, September, and
October, but I do not know at what elevation they were taken, A

1893.] SPHCIDS OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 419

worn specimen, which seems to be a female, has similar markings
ae less pectinated antenne. It is a perfectly distinct species.—
wd. £.)

DEINOTRICHIA, gen. Noy.

Fore wings with costa slightly convex; apex bluntly rounded ;
hind margin obliquely curved; hind wings rounded, slightly
scalloped. Forehead prominent, rounded; palpi short, rough,
horizontal; the terminal joint hardly distinguishable, slightly
pointing downwards. Antenne in the Q filiform; in the g very
strongly plumose, the lateral branches themselves beset with fine
down, and with a tendency to recurve; the extreme tip free.
Head and thorax woolly ; legs rather long and slender. Neuration
normal,

Type, Deinotrichia scotosiaria, sp. n.

DEINOTRICHIA CERVINA, sp. 0.

3. Wings fawn-coloured with a reddish tinge, with numerous
scattered dark transverse strie; the lines distinct and thick only
on the costa; basal line gradually curved ; exterior line irregularly
denticulated and sinuous, somewhat interrupted ; subterminal
line pale, sinuous, darker internally, with a rather deep sinus about
the centre, above and below which the line is darker; space
between the last two lines more reddish; a row of black lunules
before the fringes. Hind wings with a small central spot, a
dentate central line, and traces of an irregular submarginal line as
in the fore wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous.
Underside dull ochreous, varied with greyish; the lines and
central spots distinctly darker; the subterminal broadly dark
internally.

Expanse of wings 52 millim.

[The type has lost its label, but I remember that the specimen
was sent me by the late O. Miller, and was certainly taken in
Sikkim or West Bhotan.—H. J. £.]

DnINOTRICHIA LIVIDA, sp. 0.

¢. Wings dark slate tinged with purple, and at the centre of
the inner margin of fore wings with rusty-brown ; fore wings with
4 velvety blackish transverse lines ; the first, at 4 from the base,
forms 3 or 4 strong curves outwards, and is twice as near the base
on the inner margin as on the costa; it is preceded by a fainter
dark line; space included towards base paler slate-colour; 2nd
line distinct only at the costa, runs outwards at first, then at rather
a sharp angle, turns and runs parallel to bind margin as a nearly
straight, ill-defined dark shade; 3rd line strongly denticulated,
blackish, followed by a fine pale slate-coloured lime, equally den-
ticulated, which is itself edged again with dark ; space between basal
and 3rd lines darker than the basal area, and becoming bronzy-
brown on the inner margin ; submarginal line cloudy, consisting of
dark blackish blotches between the veins; a row of dark lunules

420 MR, W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

along the base of the fringes; the apex of the wing is paler slate,
like the base; a small dark central dot. Hind wings with a
central spot and the second and third lines reproduced. Under-
side dull cinereous, with the apex whitish; the central dot and
central fascia in both wings showing indistinctly darker. Head,
antenne, thorax, and abdomen all dark slate-colour.

Expanse of wings, 52 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[I have never taken this fine species myself, but Moller’s
collectors brought several males and one female from the interior
in June.—H. J. £.)

DEINOTRICHIA SCOTOSIARIA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 9.)

¢ 9. Cinereous-olive, dusted with numerous blackish trans-
verse strige, with 3 blackish transverse lines, all thicker on the
costa ; the first with a paler line inside ; the exterior with the paler
one externally, this line is bent inwards from the costa, then
angulated outwards for a short distance, again running straight in
the original direction along the middle of the wing, and reaching
the inner margin with 3 or 4 short curves; submarginal lines
formed of black blotches between the veins, with a paler line
beyond, which forms a small abrupt sinus in the centre of the
wing; a row of black lunules before the fringe, which is darker
and slightly scalloped; a black central spot, with a black costal
blotch above it. Hind wings with a regularly denticulated, exter-
nally pale-edged central line, and an irregular fainter submarginal
one ; black lunules and fringe, as in the fore wings. Underside
dull ochreous cinereous, paler along the hind margins. Head and
abdomen the same.

Expanse of wings 30-56 millim.

The lines are often very indistinct, and the size is particularly
variable.

Hab. Sikkim.

The species might easily be taken for a Scotosia.

[This was not very rare on Tonglo at 10,000 feetin July. There
was a female in Mr. Moore’s collection unnamed, from Dalhousie.
A much smaller form, which I should have considered distinct on
account of the obscure markings of the fore wing and much paler
hind wing, was taken at the same time and extends up to 13,000
feet on the Nepal frontier. Itis a well-marked variety.—JZ. J. £.]

Dryocatis, Hib. Verz. p. 316.

Astacuda, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 244.
Pseudangerona, Moore, Ceylon, ili. p. 414.
Serraca, Moore, Ceyl. iii. p. 416.

Type, D. roboraria, Schiff.
DRYOC@TIS NIGRESCENS, sp. n.

2. Wings dark smoky brown, slightly tinged with purplish, with
faint indications of two darker denticulated transverse lines running

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 497

parallel to the hind margin, one in the centre, the other halfway
to the hind margin; central spot indistinct, absorbed by the
central line; underside brownish cinereous, with the 2 lines dis-
tinct. Head, thorax, and abdomen smoky brown.

One 9, rather smaller than P. separata.

Hab. Upper Assam.

I was at first inclined to refer this to P. separata as a dark variety,
but the differences, especially on the underside, appear too great.

[A single specimen from Margarita, Upper Assam, was taken
by Doherty in May.—ZH. J. E.]

ALCIS NIGRALBATA, sp. 0.

go Q. Fore wings white, thickly dusted with irregular dark
grey atoms, which become confluent towards the base and hind
margin, and render those parts altogether dark ; a dark blackish
linear cell-spot with a darkish costal blotch above it, sometimes
uniting with it ; subterminal line whitish, denticulated, traversing
the dark field of the hind margin, and edged internally by a blackish
denticulated line; no other line visible. Hind wings the same,
with the base scarcely darker, with the subterminal line similar,
and a trace along the abdominal margin of the commencement of
a geminated dark central band. Underside like upper, but gene-
rally duller. Head, thorax, and abdomen cinereous.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

This species comes near A. granitaria, Moore, but the ground-
colour is whiter and the shading darker; it also approaches admis-
saria, Guen., but is without any of the brownish and ochreous
tints of that species, besides being much paler.

[Taken by myself at Tonglo in July and as high as 12,000 feet
on the Nepal frontier of Sikkim.—H. J. £.]

ALOIS SUBNITIDA, sp. n.

Q. Fore wings glossy, pale grey, dusted with darker grey and
ochreous scales ; transverse lines indistinctly expressed, being more
or less interrupted ; base, costa, inner and hind margins darker,
more diffused with dark grey; disk paler; basal line hardly dis-
tinguishable ; in middle of costa a blackish blotch enclosing the
dark cell-spot, a double dark spot obliquely below it, and a similar
one on the inner margin, the three representing a central shade,
running parallel to the hind margin; a denticulated blackish outer
line, more distinct on the inner margin, where it is edged with
ochreous scales ; space beyond to the hind margin dark grey, with
an irregularly sinuous pale subterminal line; fringes mottled light
and dark grey, with a row of black spots at the base between the
veins. Hind wings like fore wings, with a dark transverse line
near base, distinct only on inner margin; a small black cell-spot
followed by two dark denticulated lines, the latter clearly edged
with pale grey, Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous grey,

422 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Underside pale whitish grey, with darker suffusions; the lines
indistinctly expressed.

Expanse of wings 50 millim.

Hab. Tonglo, Sikkim.

[I also took a male at the same place and have received the
species from my native collectors in the Chumbi valley of Tibet.
—H. J. E.)

ALCIS SUBRUFARIA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings reddish grey, with numerous dark grey transverse
strie, and, except in the central area, suffused with a darker,
fuscous shade; 1st line distinct, blackish, regularly curved ; central
shade black, forming 2 angulations exteriorly, the first of which
encloses the long black cell-spot, so forming a kind of ocellus ;
space beyond paler, traversed by a series of black dots, rising
from a dark costal spot; exterior line black, thick, denticulate,
placed nearer the hind margin than usual; space beyond it more
or less completely filled up with dark reddish fuscous ; a row of
black lunules with pale bases before the fringes, which are blackish
brown. Hind wings similarly marked, with hind margin strongly
scalloped. Head, thorax, and abdomen all reddish grey. Under-
side clearer, more yellow, with a broad dark border on both wings,
and a large dark blotch in the fore wing round the cell-spot; the
whole basal half of the fore wings also dark freckled.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.
[I have only seen the type, which was sent without locality by
O. Moller.—H. J. E.)

ALCIS TENERA, sp. 1.

3 Q. Fore wings pale greyish ochreous, dusted with darker
grey flecks, and suffused beyond the exterior line with yellowish
ochreous in the ¢, and brownish grey in the @ ; Ist line, basal,
blackish brown, simply curved, plainest on the costa; 2nd line of
the same colour, also plainest on the costa, forms 2 slight sinuses,
one below the costa, the other just before the inner margin; central
dot black, in the 2 with a costal black spot above it, with which
it unites; in the ¢ this spot is much fainter and at times absent ;
subterminal line irregularly and indistinctly sinuous, paler. In
the ¢ all the lines and the cell-spot are followed by a diffuse
yellowish band, and the inner margin is more or less tinged with
yellowish; in the @ the basal half of the wing is more thickly
dusted with grey, and beyond the 2nd line suffused irregularly with
brownish black and ochreous, and the subterminal line is edged on
both sides with darker; a row of distinct black spots before the
fringes, which are chequered. Hind wings paler grey, with darker
dusting; with a faint cell-spot, an indistinct central curved line,
and traces of another towards the anal angle. Head, thorax, and
abdomen mottled grey, the latter with the first segment distinctly

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 423

paler, sometimes quite whitish. Underside pale grey clouded with
darker, the @ very much more so than the ¢, especially at the
apex of the fore wings ; with the central spot and 2nd line of both
wings distinct, dark grey, much more strongly marked than on the
upper surface ; the front wings also showing the basal line, but
not so distinct as the other.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 30, 2 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

Rather a fragile species, and easily distinguished by the decidedly
different coloration of the sexes.

[I have a long series of this species, which varies a good deal,
and seems common in July and August at elevations of 7000 to
11,000 or 12,000 feet in Sikkim.—Z. J. £.)

ARICHANNA BIQUADRATA, Sp. nl.

3. Fore wings olivaceous grey, mottled with dark-brown trans-
verse strige ; markings brownish black, interrupted throughout by
the veins, which are distinctly paler than the ground-colour ; 1st
line broad, double, forming a small costal blotch, 2 small blotches
near the base of the cell, the inner one rounded, the outer quadrate ;
2 oblong blotches between the median and submedian and 2 small
quadrate blotches between the latter and the inner margin ; cell-
spot large, subquadrate, conspicuous; 2nd line very broad, double,
forming a small dark blotch on the costa; 2, contiguous, immediately
beneath it, and a large subquadrate blotch beyond and almost
touching the cell-spot, becoming broken up and more indistinct
towards the inner margin ; its outer edge is followed by indistinct
and interrupted whitish strigz ; subterminal line interrupted, fine,
whitish, most distinct beneath the costa, where it is preceded by a
somewhat ill-defined blackish blotch ; fringes mottled dark and
light olive, with a pale basal line, preceded by a row of black
flattened spots between the veins. Hind wings whitish grey, with
a dark discal spot, and faint indications of darker bands (one
discal, the other submarginal) and a row of dark spots before the
fringes, which are paler. Head, thorax, and abdomen dull dark
olive. Underside: fore wings dull grey, with scarcely any markings;
hind wings more ochreous, with distinct fuscous mottlings and
dark discal spot and central band.

Resembles plagifera, Moore, but duller in colour ; distinguished
at once by the absence of the pale oblique apical streak in the fore
wings, and the large dark discal blotch.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken by myself on Tonglo in July.—H. J. £.]

ARICHANNA MARGINATA, sp. 0.

¢. Fore wings whitish ochreous, shining; dusted with darker
atoms, and largely suffused with olive fasciz; a dark olive trans-
verse streak near the base; basal area bounded by a fine curved
silvery line, followed by a broad curved olive fascia, containing

424 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

2 darker blotches at its outside on the costa and inner margin,
and 2 dark dots on the median vein; exterior line starting from
costa at +, blackish, denticulate, forming a series of curves
concave to the hind margin, and curving in so as to reach the
inner margin about the middle; central area between this line
and the first olive fascia silvery ochreous, with an olive thread-like
line down the centre, starting from a black costal spot; cell-spot
brownish, standing in the middle of a circular olive patch; ex-
terior line followed by a broad olive fascia like the first, containing
a series of oblong darker spots on the veins; subterminal line
whitish, denticulated, and apparently double ; in the space between
the two, opposite the cell, 2 oval dark-brown spots one upon the
other ; a slightly paler oblique subapical patch ; fringes chequered,
their base preceded by a row of black separate lunules; hind wings
dull ochreous white, slightly dusted with darker, with a distinct
dark cell-spot, an undulating dark grey central line, and a broad
dark grey submarginal band, which is narrower towards the anal
angle, and paler towards the fringes, which are straw-colour, un-
chequered, preceded by a row of black lunules. Head, thorax,
and abdomen pale ochreous olive. Underside pale straw-colour,
mottled with dark grey, with the cell-dots large and dark; a dark
blotch on the fore wings representing the two oval spots in the sub-
marginal line on the upperside, and a vertical dark-grey blotch
between this and the cell-spot.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. British Bhotan.

This and subalbida are wonderfully alike, but they may be dis-
tinguished by the distance of the exterior line from the hind
margin. In marginata this is nearly in the centre of the wing;
in subalbida decidedly beyond the centre.

[One male was taken by myself at light at Rikisum at 7000 feet
on August 18. This is a halting-place on the upper road to
Bhotan.

I have seen a female which agrees with it in Knyvett’s col-
lection.—H. J. E.]

ARICHANNA RUBRIVENA, sp. n. (Plate XXX, fig. 13.)

@. Fore wings whitish, almost entirely overlaid with olive-
fuscous and ochreous scales, giving the wing a mossy appearance ;
first line thick, diffuse, dark olive fuscous, at 3, interrupted in the
middle and edged internally with paler; exterior line double, each
half thick, also dark olive fuscous, slightly sinuous, and interrupted
in mid wing, followed by a paler, clearer white space; a diffuse
quadrate fuscous-olive blotch on the costa before apex, indistinctly
edged with paler; hind margin irregularly suffused with fuscous-
olive scaling ; fringes mottled, light and dark, preceded by a series
of rather large black spots between the veins; a large, squarish
dark cell-spot. All the veins well marked in rust-colour. Hind
wings rather glossy, dull grey, with the mottlings of the underside
showing through ; cell-spot small, black. Head, thorax, and abdo-

1893.] SPECIHS OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 425

men mottled fuscous andtawny. Antennzrust-coloured. Under-
side dull cinereous, with darker markings showing through; hind
wings thickly mottled with rather large darker grey speckles.

Expanse of wings 46 millim.

Hab, Sikkim.

{I have only seen the type, which was from Moller’s collection.—
Hi. J. £.)

ARICHANNA SUBALBIDA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 15.)

3. Fore wings olive-green, dusted with darker, extreme base
dark; basal line blackish, curved, preceded by a darker fascia, and
starting from a black costal spot ; central shade fine, undulating,
also starting from a black spot on the costa ; cell-spot dark, but in-
distinct, being apparently lost inside the central shade; exterior
line starting at # of the costa, finely denticulate, nearly touching
the central line above the inner margin; submarginal line irregular,
blackish from the costa, beyond the cell followed by a blackish
blotch, and preceded by 2 white spots; above the inner margin
preceded by a large semicircular white blotch, and followed by 3
smaller ones; a pale oblique subapical space; fringes slightly
chequered, preceded by a dark festoon-shaped line. Hind wings
dull whitish ; with 2 indistinctly marked dark lines, one central,
the other submarginal; fringes white, their basal line scalloped,
with a dark dot between each vein. Head, face, thorax, and
abdomen all olive-green; shaft of antenne dotted with black.
Underside: fore wings whitish ochreous, the inner half whitish
and unspotted, towards the costa and apex irregularly dark-speckled ;
hind wings ochreous, freckled sparsely with darker.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Several specimens, which agree, were taken by Méller’s collec-
tors, and I have one from the Naga Hills.—4H. J. £.]

ARICHANNA TRANSFASCIATA, Sp. 0.

36. Fore wings dark olive-green, peppered with darker atoms ; a
dark brown spot at the base; basal line creamy-white, slightly
sinuous, rather oblique, darker edged on both sides ; exterior line
creamy-white, evenly but slightly curved outwards, with dark fus-
cous atoms on its inside edge; a large dark ocelloid cell-spot, and
between it and the exterior white fascia a black bluntly-denticu-
lated transverse line. Submarginal line irregularly sinuous, white,
internally dark-edged; an oblique white streak from the apex,
crossing the submarginal line to the exterior line; from the base
of the wing a fine white longitudinal line rises, becoming broader
beyond the basal white line, and running right through along the
median vein into the fringes, which are preceded by black lozenge-
shaped spots. Hind wings yellowish-ochreous, with a dark grey
cell-spot, a dark central curved line, paler edged externally; hind
margin tinged with dark grey, and traversed by an indistinct paler
submarginal line. Head, palpi, face, and collar pale ochreous

426 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

yellow; thorax and abdomen olive. Underside ochreous, thickly
mottled all over with cinereous olive, with all the markings shown,
but less strikingly than above. ©

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills; Sikkim.

Nearest to A. tramesata, Moore.

[Specimens from Sikkim of both sexes agree exactly with the
type in markings, though they vary considerably in size.—H. J. £.]

ARICHANNA (?) SUBENESCENS, sp. 0.

@. Fore wings fuscous, witha slight bronzy tinge, divided into 3
nearly equal parts by the inner and outer lines, which are narrowly
pale ; the inner, at 3, runs irregularly oblique ; the outer, at 2, is
irregularly protuberant and nearer the inner on the inner
margin than on the costa; the outer third is paler fuscous
with a pinkish tinge, thickly sprinkled with dark transverse
striw, and with some irregular dark blotches, of which one on the
costa beyond the 2nd line, and a suffused blotch obliquely below
it, are most conspicuous; the pale scales of the 2nd line run in
along the 4 lower veins into the darker middle band ; fringes in-
distinctly mottled, darker than the outer third. Hind wings with
the basal 3 dull bronzy fuscous ; the outer 3 dull orange, chequered
with grey striz, most thickly at the anal angle ; fringe more visibly
mottled, dark and light. Head, thorax, and abdomen all dark bronzy
fuscous. Underside like upper, but much duller; both wings with
basal } cinereous ; this space in the hind wings concisely edged with
a darker line, which is denticulated at each vein ; in the fore wings
the dark space is not margined, but the black costal spot beyond it
and 2 or 3 smaller ones below it on the veins are very distinct ;
outer 3 of both wings ochreous yellow, dappled with grey.

Expanse of wings 50 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Two other females taken by me on the Nepal frontier in July ;
the style of coloration and pattern do not agree with other species
of the genus.—ZH. J. E.]

MIcRABRAXAS (?) SUBOLIVACEA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings dull olive-fuscous, with darker fuscous markings,
and patches of lilac-blue scales in places, lines all very indistinctly
expressed; 2 curved dark shades at end of the basal field; a nearly
straight fascia before the discal spot, which is dark but indistinct ;
and another interrupted one beyond it; subterminal line consisting
of a series of interrupted blotches, preceded and followed by lilac-
blue scales ; a series of rather large black spots along base of fringes,
which are olive. Hind wings dull grey, with a slight bluish sheen
without any markings. Underside cinereous; fore wings undotted,
with the discal dot distinct and the markings showing only along
the costa ; hind wings paler, mottled with darker atoms ; a distinct
dark discal dot, and a central dark subangulated line. Head, thorax,
and abdomen dull olive-fuscous.

_1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 427

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Taken at Sundukpho, about 12,000 feet, by my native collectors
in July.—Z. J. £.}

MIcRABRAXAS (?) INCOLORATA, Sp. 0.

. Fore wings white, densely dusted with a profusion of dark
grey atoms, which are congregated more thickly in places, so as to
form indistinct transverse fascia-form blotches; one close to the
base, the second curved, representing the first line; the third, also
curved and slightly sinuous, beyond the discal spot, which is large
and black; subterminal line more distinct as a line, forming a
double black blotch at the costa, and opposite the cell; hind margin
crenulate, edged with black, and with a large black drop at each
vein; fringes whitish, Hind wings dull whitish, with faint
cinereous atoms. ace white, thorax and abdomen mottled black
and white; antenne white at base, irregularly white and black
along the shaft. Underside cinereous, mottled with darker ; the
hind wings rather paler than fore wings.

Expanse of wings 48 millim.

Hab. Sikkim. In the absence of the dg, the location of this
species must be considered provisional only.

[I only have this from my native collectors, but specimens from
Gnatong on the Thibet frontier, at 12,000 feet, are in Knyvett’s
collection.—H. J. E£.}

PECILALCIS, gen. nov.

Cleora, Guen. Phal. i. p. 232; Moore, P. Z, 8. 1867, p. 629.

Selidosema, Wk. xxiv. p. 1029,

Gnophos, W1k. xxxy. p. 1597.

Scotosia, W1k. xxxv. p. 1687.

Boarmia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 631.

Arichanna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 658.

Pseucdocoremia, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 241.

Type, P. ngridorsaria, Guen. (Cleora).

The genus Pseudocoremia was formed by Mr. Butler (Cist. Ent.
i. p. 496; P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 394) for a small group of New
Zealand insects, one of the characteristics of which is an excessive
proneness to variation. Misled by a superficial resemblance,
Mr. Moore referred a group of E. Indian forms to the same genus.
But the constituents of this group do not vary inter se, and are
otherwise separable from the New Zealand genus. The margins
of both wings are scalloped, whereas in Psewdocoremia they are
without exception simple.

PQCILALCIS (?) LATIFASCIATA, sp. 0.

@. Fore wings whitish ochreous, tinged with tawny, and thickly
dusted with dark brown short strige; basal half of the wing
almost wholly covered with confluent dark fuscous atoms, which
are densest at the edge, where they include the blackish central

428 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND (Apr. 18,

spot; the curved basal line can just be seen through the
centre of this patch; submarginal line thick, black, wavy,
finely edged with paler, immediately preceded by a tawny shade,
the central area between this shade and the basal patch being
paler, whitish ochreous, only dusted with dark grey along the
costa, at the centre, and slightly along the inner margin;
submarginal area tawny, more or less filled up with dark fuscous,
of which there is one large patch below the apex, and another
above the anal angle; a marginal row of black lunules before the
fringes, which are mottled light and dark. Hind wings dull pale
ochreous, dusted with grey strigw, especially towards the base and
hind margin, with a dark grey cell-spot; a row of narrow dark
lunules before the pale fringes. Head, thorax, and abdomen
mottled fuscous and olive. Underside yellowish ochreous, mottled
with grey, with the basal half and submarginal area of the fore
wings suffused with dull grey; the central fascia showing de-
cidedly paler, and unmottled except along the costa; cell-spots
large and distinct on both wings.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A common species at 7000 to 10,000 feet in the rainy season.—
H. J. £.)

MYRIOBLEPHARA, gen. nov.

Scotosia, W1k. xxxv. p. 1685.

Cleora, Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 239.

Arichanna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 659.

Type, M. rubrifusa, sp. n.

Fore wings with costa very slightly convex ; apex blunt; hind
margin obliquely curved, slightly scalloped. Hind wings rounded.
Palpi shortly porrect, the terminal joint pointed, somewhat
drooping; 2 antenna simple, ¢ curling, with dense long cilia,
which also have a tendency to curl.

Allied to Pecilalcis, but distinguished at once by the ¢ antenna,

MyYRI0BLEPHARA ALBIPUNOTATA, Sp. nN.

Fore wings (3) greyish fawn-colour, finely dusted with darker ;
lines dark grey ; first at 7, slightly curved; second at 3, sinuous,
approaching first on inner margin, and nearly touching an indis-
tinct dark central line, which forms an outward bend round the
blackish linear discoidal spot ; subterminal line evenly and bluntly
denticulate, preceded by a broad grey edging, and interrupted in
the middle by a pale white triangular blotch; fringes greyish
ochreous, with a row of black dots at their base between the veins.
Hind wings like fore wings, but with a fulvous suffusion along the
middle; the extreme base white; the first line thick, black, pre-
ceded by blackish scales ; the second distinct, blackish, angulated
in the middle, near the first, and enclosing the discal dot. Head,
thorax, and abdomen whitish, tinged with grey and ochreous.

1893. ] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA, 429

Underside dull pearly, with the lines and discal spots distinct.
Wings in 2 whitish, dusted with ochreous grey, with all the lines
and markings subdued and indistinct ; underside asin <¢.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 26, 2 24 millim.

Hab. Sikkim ; Naga Hills.

At first sight the @ might be supposed to belong to another
species; owing to the white ground-colour, the white triangle
which so conspicuously interrupts the subterminal line in the middle
is hardly noticeable ; but the similarity of the underside, with its
fine scaling and pearly gloss, is conclusive as to their identity.

[Taken in May and June by Miller in Sikkim and in the Naga
and Karen Hills by Doherty, but seems to be scarce in Sikkim.—
H. J. E.)

MyYrroBLePHARA ENORMIS, sp. n.

3S 9. Fore wings greenish testaceous, with a fulvous tinge,
dusted with fuscous, and with olive-fuscous blotches ; a small one
on the inner margin near base; a curved fuscous !ascia beyond; a
sinuous fuscous fascia representing 2nd line; submarginal line
consisting of blotches, one on the costa, another below, extending
to hind margin; discal spot black, distinct, with a small costal dot
above it ; fringes mottled, pale olive-tawny and fuscous, preceded
by a series of blackish lunules. In the ¢ the whole wing is more
or less entirely suffused with fuscous, only the submarginal line
showing distinct. Hind wings dull whitish grey, in the 2 yellow
tinged, with the spot and a faint line beyond it darker, but
indistinct; some dark fuscous mottling along the hind margin
and the inner margin. Head, thorax, and abdomen olive-tawny.
Underside duller ; fore wings with the outer third darker; hind
wings with central line distinct.

Expanse of wings, 2 30, ¢ 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

(Taken in September by Doherty at about 6000 feet.—Z. J. H. |

MYRIOBLEPHARA RUBRIFUSA, sp. n.

3 Q. Fore wings pinkish grey, suffused with deeper pink; all
the lines darker pink, thicker on the costa, the 1st forming an angle
outwards on the costal vein, the 2nd one beyond the cell ; no cell-
spot, but a red costal spot above; subterminal line bluntly den-
ticulate ; a row of pinkish dots at base of the fringes. Hind wings
with a basal, a geminated central, and a sinuous subterminal line
dark pink. In the ¢ the basal and marginal areas in both wings
are suffused with deeper pink or brick-red, so as more or less to
obscure the lines, and leaving the central fascia on each wing
paler. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside dull
pinky, with only the 2nd line distinct; this is pinky brown and
much straighter than on the upperside.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[A rare species, which I took only once on Tonglo at light at
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXIX. . 29

430 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

10,000 feet. I have seen one or two other specimens from
Méller’s collection.—H. J. E.]

PRORHINIA, gen. nov.

Near to Myrioblephara, from which it may be distinguished by
the shortness of the cell, which is scarcely Jonger than + of the
fore wing, the oblique discocellular of the fore wing, and the
angulated one of the hind wing, but more especially by the quite
differently shaped palpi; in Myrioblephara these are horizontally
porrect, the second joint broad, hairy, the third small, button-
shaped; in Prorhinia they are much longer, rostriform, drooping,
the third joint acute.

Type, Prorhinia pingasoides, sp. n.

PRORHINIA PINGASOIDES, sp. .

3. Fore wings suffused in part, and also slightly dusted, with
mouse-colour ; lines dark fuscous ; first double, curved, with a slight
angulation below the middle; discal spot linear, black, followed
by an indistinct fuscous central line; second line thick, straight
in its costal 1, then slightly wavy and inclined inwards, ending in
a large curve, concave outwards, above the inner margin; sub-
marginal line fuscous, denticulate, followed by 2 darker blotches
on the hind margin at 3 and 3 from the costa ; fringes white, with a
row of contiguous blackish lunules at their base: opposite the 2
dark fuscous blotches of the hind margin the fringes are flecked
themselves with fuscous ; the spaces between the 2 branches of the
first line and between the second and subterminal line are suffused
with mouse-colour, as well as the inner marginal portion of the
central space. Hind wings the same. Head, face, and thorax
whitish; palpi, top of collar, and patagia blackish; abdomen
mouse-colour. Underside of both wings pearly white, with a broad
mouse-colour marginal band, which is interrupted by white spaces
before the fringes and by a larger white spot at anal angle; discal
spots distinct, lying in a short mouse-colour shade.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Naga Hills.

At first sight this insect recalls a small Pingasa.

[The type was the only one received, and is very distinct in
coloration ; taken by Doherty at about 3000 feet.—H. J. E.|

PSILALCIs, gen. nov.

Tephrosia, Wik. xxxy. p. 1590.

Narapa, Moore, Ceyl. ii. p. 411, part; Swinhoe, P. Z. 8.
1889, p. 426.

Type, Psilaleis inceptaria, W1k.

The type of Narapa, Moore, has pectinated antenne in the ¢
like Alcis, and will, I think, have to be placed in that genus. A
few species, however, which in markings and general aspect

1893.] SPECIES OF MOLHS FROM INDIA. 431

resemble Alcis, have simple ¢ antenne, and for these I propose
the generic name Psilalevs.

PSILALCIS ATRIFASCIATA, Sp. Nn.

3. Fore wings testaceous grey, with fulvous suffusion and very
finely dusted with dark atoms ; Ist line blackish, very much
curved outwardly, with slight denticulations on the veins; 2nd
line thick, black, denticulate outwardly, and forming a very
decided angulation just above the centre of the wing; space
between the lines filled up with purplish black, with a darker
deuticulate central shade in the middle ; submarginal line more or
less regularly cuneiform, preceded and followed by fulvous, dusted
with greyish silvery; costal space between 2nd and submarginal
lines diffusely fuscous; a diffuse dark fuscous blotch from the
angulation of the 2nd line runs obliquely to the hind margin ;
inner margin, from base to anal angle, pale fulvous; fringes
chequered, preceded by a row of shallow black lunules. Hind
wings much paler, with very indistinct markings, but with distinct
discal spot. Head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen (greasy) fuscous.
Underside as above, but much duller.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Hab. Sikkim.

[Ihave seen only two males of this rare species, taken by Méller’s
collectors.—H. J. L.|

PSILALCIS DENTILINEA, sp. n.

3. Fore wings whitish ochreous, sparsely dusted with irregular
fuscous atoms, with a longitudinal yellowish stripe elong the
median, extending to the fringes ; Ist line fuscous, indistinct,
interrupted, forming 2 curves concave basewards and 38 tecth
pointing to the base on the subcostal, median, and submedian veins ;
this line is edged internally by spaces of pale ground-colour,
entirely without dark atoms, most broadly in the 2 curves; 2nd
line, which is twice as far from the Ist on the costa as on the
inner margin, also denticulate outwards on the veins, and forming
a series of small curves between them and one larger one above
the inner margin, approaching the lower of the two curves of the
1st line; discal spot dark fuscous; space between the 2 lines
much dusted with fuscous, especially towards costa and inner
margin, and sometimes almost suffused with fuscous; the
2nd line is followed by a series of pale spaces similar to those
before the lst line; submarginal line formed of interrupted
fuscous blotches, wedge-shaped externally, and followed by an
interrupted pale denticulate line; hind margin itself fuscous in
places ; fringes chequered, fuscous and ochreous. Hind wings like
fore wings, but with the central band almost obsolete; the discal
spot distinct, with a broad fuscous marginin the g ,and almost white
in the @. Face pale ochreous ; antenne and thorax dark fuscous ;
abdomen ochreous, suffused with fuscous, palerin 2 thanin ¢.

432 MR. W. WARREN ON NEW GENERA AND [Apr. 18,

Underside like upper, but with the darker tints stronger, especially
in the ¢.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Hab, Sikkim ; Naga Hills.

[One male taken by myself at light at the Rangbi bungalow
near Darjiling, about 5500 feet elevation, on June 7th, and one
3 by Doherty in September at 3000 feet.—J//. J. E.|

Subfam. ScoropreRYGIN &.
Fam. Boarmide, Guen. Phal. i. p. 213, part.

ScOTOPTERIX PERMUSCOSA, sp. n.

3. Fore wing greyish ochreous, with a pinkish tinge, slightly
dusted with darker, and suffused with pale brick-red and olive-
brown ; basal line blackish, thicker on the costa, forming an obtuse
subcostal angulation and a rounded sinus above the inner margin,
preceded by a more indistinct brownish line ; basal area irregularly
suffused with darker; exterior line blackish, fine, forming a
largish curve outwards beyond the cell, then running obliquely to
the inner margin with one or two slight inequalities ; it is followed
immediately by an interrupted reddish-grey shade ; cell-spot dark,
with a dark costal blotch above it; subterminal line indistinctly
paler, forming 2 prominent wedge-shaped markings, filled up with
blackish, below the costa and above the inner margin; base of the
fringes convexly scalloped; the veins before the fringes blackish ;
the whole costa is finely, and the hind margin broadly, darker than
the rest of the wing. Hind wings with the exterior line and hind
margin as in the fore wings ; the basal half paler, without markings.
Underside clear pale ochreous, with distinct dark cell-spots and a
broad submarginal brownish fascia, paler towards the fringes.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Hab. Bhotan.

[Specimens from Sikkim are smaller than the type. I have it
also from the Naga Hills and East Pegu— AH. J. £.]

ScoWOPTHRIX ALBISTELLARIA, sp. n.

3 2. Wings dull leaden grey, pleutifully irrorated with reddish
scales; the central fascia is preceded and followed by a narrow
band of the ground-colour; the central fascia is darkened by
blackish scales, and contains a whitish, black-ringed ocellus;
beyond the central fascia are two narrow undulating fascie of
mingled red and blackish scales, followed by a third paler fascia
of the ground-colour, which is itself succeeded by an interrupted
reddish fascia ; fringes leaden grey, with a series of dark spots at
base. Hind wings similar. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark grey,
tinged with reddish. Underside pale glossy grey, with hardly
any markings.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

[Taken by me in September at about 6000 feet.-—H. J. £.)

1893.] SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. 433

ELPHOS PREUMBRATA, sp. 0.

Q. Fore wings straw-colour, with a yellow suffusion, sprinkled
pretty thickly with round dark atoms; Ist and 2nd lines black,
exactly like those of EL. hymenaria; ocelloid cell-spot obsolete
above, with a vertical black costal spot exactly above it, whereas
in EL. hymenaria this spot is obliquely nearer the base; a dark
blackish smoky suffusion occupies the whole apical portion of the
wing, except the extreme apex itself; the edge of the suffusion
running obliquely from the costa at the origin of the 2nd line to
the hind margin shortly above the anal angle. Hind wings like
fore wings, with the apical portion only slightly and diffusely
smoky. ‘The whole of the wing-surface much clearer yellow, and
not dusted and suffused with smoky bluish-grey atoms and shades
as in H. hymenaria. Underside clear white, with dark grey
mottlings, and the smoky apical suffusion of the upperside exactly
reproduced in black. (In hymenaria the disk of both wings is
suffused with cinereous, and the margins have a broad black
fascia.) Head and thorax dark mottled; abdomen yellowish, with
blackish markings above on each segment; clear yellowish below.

Expanse of wings 80 millim.

Hab. Perak.

[A single specimen only of this very fine species was taken by
Doherty.—H. J. E.|

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLate XXX.

. Photoscotosia atromarginata, 3, p. 369.

. Cidaria exquisita, 3, p. 375.
intertexta, GO, p. 374.

dentistrigata, 3, p. 374.

. Amebe niveopicta, 2, p. 372.

. Gagitodes olivacea, 9, p. 332.

. Paralophia pustulata, 2, p. 371.

. Eurypeplodes trambata, 2, p. 382.
9. Deinotrichia scotosiaria, 3, p. 420.

10. Photoscotosia multilinea, 3, p. 36%.

: fulquritis, 3, p. 370.

12. Paricterodes (?) violacca, 9, p. 391.
13. Arichanna rubrivena, 3, p. 424.
14. Loxaspilates dispar, 2, p. 413.

15. Abraxas alpestris, 3, p. 394.

16. Perizoma lacteiguttata, 3, p. 378.

Fig.

OID Ope toe

ye variabilis, 2, p. 377.
18. interrupta, 2, p. 880.
19. apicistrigata, 3, p. 378.
20. fasciata, 2, p. 379.

21. Eupithecia costipicta, 2, p. 383.
22. -—— rubrinotata, 3, p. 384.
albispumata, 2, p. 384.

Prats XXXI.

Fig. 1. Comostola cerulea, 3, p. 304.
2. Microloxia efformata, 3, p. 354.
3. Hemistola rubrimargo. 3, p. dd4.

434

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF MOTHS FROM INDIA. [Apr. 18,

Fig.

DAA Sue CN

Hemithea nigropunctata, 3, p. 353.

. Berta albiplaga, 3, p. 357.

Gelasma griseoviridis, 9, p. 353.
Aplochlora viridis, 3, p. 386.

. Dyspteris asiatica, 3, p. 358.

. Abraxas triseriata, 2, p. 894.

. Psilonaxa obliterata, 2, p. 343.

. Micronidia subpunctata, 3, p. 387.

Opisthograptis mélleri, 3, p. 403.

. Prionodonta amethystina, 3, p. 402.
. Ulioenemis delineata, g, p. 356.

. — signifera, Q, p. 357.

. Amathia rivularis, 2, p. 363.

. —— sanguinipunctata, 2, p. 363.

nigronotata, 3, p. 362.

. Eupithecia atroviridis, 3, p. 384.

. Phthonoloba olivacea, 2, p. 363.

. Lobogonia ambusta, 3, p. 346.

. Chiasmia strigata, 3, p. 412.

. Orthocabera brunneiceps, g, p. 387.

Puare XXXII.

. Dysethia bicommata, 3, p. 348.
. Tanaotrichia trilineata, g, p. 361.

Anonychia rostrifera, 2, p. 412.
Hydrelia lilacina, g. p. 364.
marginepunctata, 2, p. 364.

. Asthena rufigrisea, 2, p. 364.

. Somatina lapidata, 2, p. 859.

. Heteromiza cervina, 5, p. 405.

. Pomasia moniliata, 2, p. 367.

. Asthena ochracea, 2, p. 364.

. Idea falcipennis, 2, p. 362.

. Cryptoloba trinotata, 3, p. 344.

. Sphagnodela lucida, 3, p. 351.

. Terpna opalina, 2, p. 349.

. Avichanna subalbida, g, p. 425.

. Chalyboclydon marginata, 3, p. 366.
. Xenozancla versicolor, 6, p. d42.

. Isoloba bifasviata, GS, p. 845.

. Gareus discolor, 2, p. 400.

. Perixera obscurata, 3, p. 361.

. Gonodontis vinosa, 9, p. 398.

. Zamarada (?) marginaia, 3, p. 388.
3. Amorphozancle discata, g. p. 408.
. Lipomelia subusta, 3, p. 360.

. Omiza muscicolor, 2, p. 407.

3. Ischalis colorata, g, p. 401.

1893.] DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’ 435

May 2, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the
Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of April was 130, of which 58 were by
presentation, 18 by birth, 24 by purchase, 18 were received in
exchange, and 12 on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 99.

Amongst these special attention may be called to :—

1. A young male Orang (Simia satyrus) brought home from
Singapore, and presented April 19th by Thomas Workman, Esq.,
of Belfast and Singapore.

2. A White-bellied Hedgehog (Zrinaceus albiventer), from Somali-
land, presented by H. W. Seton-Kerr, Esq., ¥.Z.8., April 24th.
This species is new to the Collection.

3. A female Gibbon, brought home from North Borneo, and
presented by Leicester P. Beaufort, Esq., April 25th. This Gibbon
is generally of a dark ashy colour with a black patch on the crown,
and blackish on the lower surface and inner sides of the limbs. 1
am inclined to refer it to one of the varieties of Hylobates muelleri,
Martin. It has been placed along with the male Hainan Gibbon
(Hylobates hainanus), received Noy. Ist, 1892 (see P. Z. 8. 1892,
p- 541), and they agree well together.

Mr. Sclater called attention to the protrusion of a fleshy mass
from the cloaca occasionally exhibited by the Greater Vasa Parrot
(Coracopsis vasa), as recorded by him, P. Z. 8. 1884, pp. 410, 562 ;
and stated that, owing to the kindness of the Hon. Henry 8.
Littleton, of 22 Rutland Gate, he had himself lately had an
opportunity of observing another case of this curious phenomenon.

A bird of this species, for several years in that gentleman’s
possession, was stated to be in the habit of exhibiting this appear-
ance every spring, and did so for some time in Mr. Sclater’s
presence on the 28th ult. Mr. Sclater was able to make a careful
examination of the bird, and had convinced himself that the
strange appearance was caused by the protrusion of the inner
membrane of the lower portion of the cloaca, which was abnormally
swollen at this time of year, and could be protruded and withdrawn
at the will of the bird. Mr. Sclater was able to effect its partial
protrusion after withdrawal by pressure on the cloaca. He had
no doubt the bird was a female, as in the other cases previously
observed. The extraordinary point was that no exactly similar
phenomenon was known to occur in any other species of bird.

Mr. Sclater laid on the table the following List of the dates of
the receipt from the printers of the sheets of the Society’s ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ from 1831 to 1859 inclusive, which had been drawn up

(ae) as

436 DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘PROCEEDINGS.’ [May 2,

from the records kept by Messrs. Taylor and Francis, the Society’s
printers. Several applications had been made to ascertain these
dates, and it was now proposed to publish the list in the Society’s
‘ Proceedings’ for future reference.

List of the Dates of Delivery of the Sheets of the ‘ Proceedings’ of
the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement m
1830 to 1859 inclusive.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRESPONDENCE
OF THE ZOOLOGICAL Soctery OF LONDON,

|
7 Date of |... é Date of jy...
No. Pages. Delivery. Year. No. Pages. Delivery: Year.
Part I. (1830-81). Part 1. (1832).

is 1-16 | Jan. 6 | 1831 xv, 1-24 | Mar. 29 | 1832
ii. 17-24 (Reims; xvi. 25-48 Apr: 21 3
iil. 25-36 Mar. 2 xvii. 49-76 | June 5| ,,
iv. 37-44 Apr. 6 + XVili. 77-108 | July 31 33
v. 45-60 May 6 3s xix. | 109-120 perce:

vi. 61-72 June 4] ,, xe 121-132 } ng 4
vil. 73-88 July 8 a Xxi. 133-140 | |
ait 89-108 | Aug. 5 | ,, Soi) I41c1nS ina 2 ,,
ix. 169-112 | Sept. 1 x Xxiil. 149-172

x. 113-128 | Oct 25 = xxiv. | 173-188 | Jan, 14 | 1833
xi. 129-136 | Oct. 31 £ xxv. | 189-215 |- Mar. 13] ,,
xil. 137-148 Dec. 6 ¥;
xiii. 149-164 | Jan. 16 | 1832

xiv. 165-182 Mar. 2

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL Society oF LONDON.

| Date of D |
D: ane 7 ate of |
No | Pages. Delivery. see No. Pages. Delivery. fees
H)_ |
Parr I. (1833). Part IT. (1834).
i-ili. 1-44 | May 17 | 1883 xiii. 1-8 | May 14 | 1834
iv. | 45-56 May 24 ara xiv. 9-16 May 22] ,,
v. | 57-64 Jay a, xv. | 17-24 | Junel7| ,,
vi. | 65-80 Sept. 20} ,, || xvi. | 25-32 June 19, ,,
vii. | 81-96 Sept. 8] ., | xvii. | 33-44 July 29) |: =;
vil. | 97-104] Oct. 10|.,, | xviii. | 45-56 Sept. 26 .,
ix. | 105-112 | Nor 18 xix. | 57-84 Nov. 25 | 4 -
x. | 113-116 ; al xx. | 85-104 | Oct. 25 | _,,
xi. 117-132 | Mar. 12 | 1834 xxi, | 105-112 | Feb. 3 | 1835
xii. | 188-148 | Apr. 161 ,, | xxii, | 113-120 | Feb. 6] ,,
xxiii. |.121-140 | Mar. 20! ,,

xxiy, | 141-158 | Apr. 3/ ,,

a>

o

ConTENTS (continued).

April 18, 1893.
: > Pago
- The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1893 ........ 325

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of,and remarks upon, a skin of a yariety of the Pig-tailed Monkey,
PULGOROUS TUCRTEROT NUS: 0 dha oa 2.= GoM a fwio se Wor etia ron t POE t's! wiusaete POR ak woh bee att Nea Dk he 82d

. General Sir Lothian Nicholson, K.C.B. Letter from, concerning the present condition of
A the Barbary Apes on the Rock of Gibraltar 325

ie cr err ae)

Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S. Remarks upon the Zoologieal Gardens of Antwerp and Amsterdam. 326

1, Notes on the Genus Sipunculus. By Artnur E. Suiprey, M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of
_* Christ’s College and Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the University of
_ Cambridge. (Communicated by Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S., F.Z.8.) (Plates XXV.-
XXVIL) ses... des aie hay facet oe EI PEO Be ayn ee oo oae peice daisy a 4 OO

: 2. On some Mammals from Central Peru. By Oprrerp Tuomas. (Plates XXVIII. & XXIX,) 333

% 3. On new Genera and Species of Moths of the Family Geometride from India, in the
Collection of H. J. Elwes. By W. Warnes, M.A. With Notes by H. J. Exwes,
_ -F.ZS, (Plates XXX.-XXXII) 341

Wi ae
fant

May 2, 1893.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1893......... 435

wo ts

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the protrusion of a fleshy mass from the Cloaca occasionally
exhibited by the Greater Vasa Parrot

“Mr. Sclater. List of the dates of receipt from the Printers of the sheets of the Society’s
- __* Proceedings’ from 1831 to 1859 inclusive............ PRT py Pa ee 435

LIST OF PLATES.

1893. eae
PART -HT.
- Plate » Page
XVI... Cercopithecus schmidti: sve. ls. cena ie ve eee euuen \ 243°
XVII. Cercopithecus moloneyi ~..4:...0....20. tvs eken eae wea Se
XVIII. Lentungula algivorans ....... Reeee as Wester Airs a ee 262
XIX. 5 = ae
XX, | New South-American Heterocera .:......+ SE eens oF 280-25
a : See eae
aie = Brain of Afeiean , Elephant Pee U oat SineasaS ace SASSO | 311
XXIV.” Genital Glands of Allolobophora longa .. +... ..++.¢++.+.+4+ 319 é
XXY, . sg be oe
XXVI. } Structure of Sipunculus ......s.0e+e. 008 Sieavasteoe awe OO
XXVIL. a gaeas
XXVIII. Ichthyomys stolazmanni...:.,.....+..4: BS nes a eaters teats
: Figs. 1-6, Ichthyomys stolamanni .. ++ .++. 6... +.4sse ete 333
XXIX. + Figs. 7-9. Artibeus glaucus....eseescee spe ece wees cece | 4
‘Fig. 10. Nyctinomus kalinowskii 2... s+ 0... 4eeerene es )
XXXII. | New Indian Moths of the Family Geometride............+, S41.
XXXII. gee Gs
Plates IV. and V. (Belonging to Part I.) are issued with this Part, ¥ Meee oy a
-- NOTICE.
The ‘ Proceedin gs’areissued in four parts, as follows:—
Part. I. containing papers read in January and February, on J une Ist.
II. 5 i » March and April, on August Ist, - Re
Til. = % 5» May and June, on October lat.

TV. 3 » November and December, on April Ast.

&
PROCEEDINGS —

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1893.

PART III.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MAY anp JUNE.

OCTOBER 2nd, 1893.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
ea ; PATERNOSTER-ROW.

_ FPrice Twelve Shillings.) ae ‘

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART II.—1898.

May 2, 1893.

- Page
1. Additional Notes on the Monkeys of the Genus Cercopithecus, By P. L. Scuarzr, M.A,,
Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plate XXXTIL.) 2.0.2.0... 00... 0005 oes 441
23 On a Stag, Cervus thoroldi, from Tibet, and on the Mammals of the Tibetan Platau.- By
W. T. Branrorp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (Plate XXXIV.).......... SEA ES ee Se 444
8. Contributions to the. Study of Mammalian Dentition—Part I. On the Development of the
Teeth of the Macropodide. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal
College of Science, London. (Communicated pes Prof. Howszs.) (Plates XXXV.- }
XXXVIL.) 2 eevee ee Betis eee oid ocean Medtehe Bas ate Reicha sek wey ake Maiteaa eee rare 450
May 16, 1893, _
Mr. Rowland Ward, F.Z.S, Exhibition of a skin of Geers Zebra Ce grevyty from
Sonialr lands cncjiscicte seis etsrea tie eheayn’s BS ate F skis Ne e8OS Tepes wt Ce ele Re konto an atels eve 473
Prof. E. ©. Stirling, M.D., 0.M.Z.8. Extract from a letter concerning the discovery of
Diprotodon and other Mammalian Remains in South Australia. .......seereee +0 473
1. On the Atrium and Prostate in the Oligocheta. By Frank EH. Bupparp, MsA,, es ©
Prosector to the Society... 10.006. seeece neces eeceteeesuceseeas Re ares ate af
2. Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of Shells oe the Family Plewrotomide. By G. B.
Sowersy, F.LS. (Plate XXXVIII.) - occ ee ee eee eevee ce ee eres cates
3. A Nominal List of the Mammals inhabiting the Bornean Group of Islands. By A. H.
Pye ney, sO: MeN. cokes) Vekee een owe Ce tach es eaeeta awa Bia Hotes otis ate 492
4, Brief Notes on Flukes. By Prosrnro Sonstno, M.D., Pisa. (Communicated by Prof. F.
JEFFREY BELL.) ..eseees seen ces Ae Pak ye etake oki a WESTIN, are ay eae sreseSasih Se ee eevee 496

5. On a Second Collection of Mammals serit by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C. B, from Nyaealand
By OLDFIELD THOMAS 1.0 ccc ree nett eee cee eee ne te ee eee ge ce eee nn ee a

June 6, 1893.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Se Menagerie in May 1893. Nee oie ;
XXXIX.)

a a er ie ee ee te i see ay

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the egg of the Duck-
bill, the leg-bones of a large species of Apyornis, an enlarged photograph of a colony
of Albatrosses on Laysan Island, a series of Lepidoptera from Jamaica, and another
series from the Bolivian Andes w+. ++ e6..sseecee tee eetreeeeccercs Wiiahae eb iate ,

. 505

Mr, Selater, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some skins of Mammals obtained in the Shiré
Highlands, British Central African Protectorate... 0.5. sss 2+eeceee scenes ees 506

Contents continued on page 3. of Wrapper.

1893.) DATES OF DELLVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’ 437
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (continued).
Date of |y,..| Date of
No, Pages. Telars. Year./ = No. Pages. Delivery. Year.
|
Part ITT. (1835). Part VI. (continued).
|
XXY. 1-12 | Apr. 3 |1835) Ixviii. | 85-110
xxvi.| 13-28 | Apr. 16| ,, | Wir, | 111116 } Feb. ieee
XXVil. 29-48 June 1 3 lxx. | 117-148
xxvili. | 49-60 duly 17.) ,, lxxi. | 149-166 | } May -
xxix. | 61-76 Sept. 2] ,, Ixxii. | 167-170
xxx. | 77-96 Sept. 25 | ,,
xxx. | S/—LIDi rOct..79 |, ,,
xxxii. | 113-124 | Oct. 20] ,, | .
xxxiii, | 125-1481 Oct. 31] | | Parr VII. (1839).
xxxiy. | 149-168 | Feb. 12 | 1836 Ixxiii. 1-20
xxxv. | 169-184 | Feb. 24 oy lxxiy. | 21-48 i 1 1839
xxxvi. | 185-214 Apr. 8| ,, Ixxv. | 49-56 a
| Ixxvi. | 57-62 J
: ‘ Ixxvii. | 63-92 Oct. Fr
Parr IV. (1836). Ixxviii. | 93-110 | Nov.
XXXVIi. 1-8 Apr. 9 { 1836) Ixxix. | 111-118 | Dee. ”
XXxxviii. 9-24 May 24] ,, | Ixxx.
xxxix. | 25-40 June 9] ,, Ixxxi. | 119-138 | Jan. 7 | 1840
xl. | 41-48 July 19} ,, lxxxii. | 139-168 AMardh
xli. | 49-58 | Sept.13| ,, || Ixxxiii. | 169-174 a ”
xlii. | 59-68 Oct. 18 Ixxxiv. | 175-185 | June ns
xliii. | 69-74 ; 2704
xliv. | 75-78
Jan. 16 | 1837
aly. | 77-86 | Parr VIII. (1840).
xlvi, 87-106 FE b 20 |
avai. | WG ff Been 10° p) 5 1840
xlviii. | 127-149 | June 27 | ,, Ixxxvi. | 11-24 :
Ixxxvii. | 25-32 Aug. ss
| Ixxxviil.
Parr V. (1837). a 33-58 | Jan. | 1841
xlix. 1-14 Oct. 3 {1837 | xe. | 59-82 March ys
1. 15-32 xei, | 85-104 | April .
li. | 33-38 | Nov. a xeii. | 105-118 | May -
lii. | 39-48 7) ee xeiii. | 119-130
lili. | 49-50 7 # xciv. | 131-166 | | July i
liv. | 51-66 Dec. 20 | ,, xey. | 167-188
lv. | 67-78 Jan. 22 | 1838
lvi. | 79-84
ee Feb. 13
lvii. | 85-90 } ¥ ;
Iviii. | 91-106 | May 25 | ,, Parr IX. (1841).
lix. | 107-134 | June 14] ,, xevi. 1-8
Ix. | 135-165 | Dee. 5) 3, xevii. | 9-20 } sept. Wee
xeviii. | 21-26 | \
xclx. 27-40 ||
Part VI. (1838). | c. | 41-48 | SOct. .
lxi. | 1-16 | ci. | 49-54 | |
Ixii. | 17-24 ci. | 55-62 |)
lxiii. | 25-46 cili. ie
Ixiv.} 47-56 |$July | 1838 civ. | 69-78
Ixv. | 57-70 eve) 7a Lire arate a (tee
Ixvi. | 71-78 evi. | 89-96
Ixvii. | 79-84 evii. | 97-132 |” May i
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXX. 30

438

DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’

[May 2,

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (continued).

z Date of - D f
No. Pages. Welivery. Year. No. Pages. Way Year.
Part X. (1842). Parr XIV. (1846).
eviil 1-14 June 1842 clv. 16
cix. | 15-46 clvi. 7-22 May 1846
ex. | 47-50 Nov. elvii. | 23-36
exi. | 51-56 ss bets 37-50 Jul
exill = ec. ” Ixi. | 51-66 Aug. ”
exiv 91-106 clsii, 67-78 Oct o
exy. | 107-116 | } Jan. 1843 elxiii. | 79-84
oe PD elxiv. | 85-98 | f Nov-
exvii. | 131- elxy. | 99-108 |
exviii. | 147-176 | | Feb. det, | 109-127 | | Jam. 26 | 1847
exix. | 177-210 |_ .
Parr XI. (1843). Parr XV. (1847).
xx. 1-14 ‘ elxvii, 14
cai | 1528 }s uly = | 18431. clsviii. | 5-12 } Mar, 20 ABST
exxii. | 29-46 elxix. | 13-26 Apr. 13 | ,,
exxiili. | 47-54 } Oct. ” elxx. | 27-34 Apr. 27] ,,
exxiv. | 55-74 | Nov. = ees ae May i ”
exxy. | 75-96 Chxxil. ee ay ”
CxXVi. | 97-192 Dec. $3 elxxili. | 59-66 June 22] ,,
exxvil. a clxxiv. ef i June 30] ,,
exxviii. | 123-134 clxxy. 3-9: July 20] ,,
Gxxix. | 195-146 | March 1844 elxxvi. | 99-106 | Aug. 5] ,,
exxx. | 147-226 | June es es Noy..10) }25;
P elxxvill. | 123-219 | Noy.
Parr XII. (1844). clxxix. | 220-242 | Mar. 29 | 1848
SSE | ts [fay 1s Pant XVI. (1848).
pase eSNG ame ge clxxx,} 1-16 | Apr, 18 )1848
<a 81-94 elxxxi1. | 17-32 Aug. 2
eee ae \ Oct. : clxxxii. | 33-48 | Nov. 14] ,,
exxxvii, | 109-122 elxxxili. | 49-56 Deo. 25). 5;
oxxxviii. | 123-144 ‘Dee. | , | Cpe: | P0722 |\ gan. 30 |1889
exxxix. | 145-152 pee
exl. | 153-162 ane oe Thee
exli. | 163-166 || Feb. = | 1845) Govvi | 4 Apr. 25| ,,
Ee ie ta ctx. | Tipe |” use!
Part XIII. (1845).
exliti. | 1-412 Part XVII. (1849).
exliv. | 13-16 April 1845 exe. 1-16 Dec. 11 | 1849
exlyv. 17-20 exci. | 17-32 Dec. 14 | ,,
exlvi. 21-42 Aug. 9 excii. | 33-48 Dec. 17 | ,,
exlvii. 43-70 Sept. es excili. | 49-64 ios 20s 55
pec i pet } Oct exciy. | 65-80
exlix. — : : excy. | 81-96
cl. | 85-90 exevi. | 97-112 | :
cli. | 91-92 }dan. (1886) evi ery Lieb ae
elii. | 93-122 excviii. 129-144 |
cliii. 123-136 | + Feb. 93 excix. | 145-160 |
cliv. | 137-150 | ee. | 161-179

_ Terepnone: Cenrrar 5191,

: From
TAYLOR & FRANCIS Mortis 19.03
(R. T. FRANCIS) $s
T
Printers & Publishers, 40 eed? PO Apo

RED LION Courr, FLEET STREET, E.C.

areca we nnn ag nelly Pecan nsw een na snewanwwnnn act de dk Dee acnecneneeennneeecenseeneeereseeenneneeees

1893.] DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’ 439
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (continued).
Date of = Date of
No, Pages. Delivery. Year. No. Pages. | 5 piivery: Year.
Part XVIII. (1850). ‘Part XXT. (1853).
cci. 1-16 |\ eexlviii. 1-16 June 27 | 1854
ecii. | 17-32 || eexlix. | 17-32 July 13}
cciii. | 33-48 | $ Noy. 12 | 1850 ecl. | 33-48
cciv 49-64 | | ecli. | 49-64
cey.| 65-80 |) eclii. | 65-80 July 25} »
cevi 81-96 | Mar. 14 | 1851 ecliii. | 81-96
eevii. | 97-112 ecliv. | 97-112
ceviii. | 113-128 |} Feb. 24] ,, ecly. | 113-128
ecix. | 129-144 eclvi. | 129-144 |} Nov. 14] ,,
ecex. | 145-160 eclyii. | 145-160
ecxi. | 161-176 Feb. 28 eclviii. | 161-176 | Dec. 15] ,,
eexii. | 177-192 as eclix. | 177-401 | May 16 | 1855
cexili. | 193-208
cexiv. | 209-224
cory. | 225-240 || 5. 94 | 1259 Part XXII. (1854)
cexvi, | 241-256 | (°97 = eclx.| 1-16 | Dec. 30 | 1854
cexvii. | 257-272 | eclxi. | 17-32
cexvili. | 273-295 ? a eclxit. | 33-48 Jan. 10 | 1855
eclxiii. | 49-64 Be tag
eclxiv. | 65-80 eb. ”
Parr XIX. (1851). eclxy. | 81-96 | Apr. 11] ,,
ccxix. 1-16 ceelxvi. | 97-112} Apr. 5] ,,
ecxx. | 17-32 celxvii. | 113-128 | Apr. 7| »
cexxi, | 33-48 Oct. 28 | 1852 eelxviii. | 129-144 \ Mee TU
cexxii. | 49-64 | | eclxix. | 145-160 | f “P "
ecxxili 65-80 |) ceelxx. | 161-176
cexxiv. | 81-96 }p al ® eclxxi. | 177-192 | Mar. 16 | ,,
cexxv. | 97-112 : 2 eelxxii. | 193-208
eexxvi. | 113-128 | Apr. 29 | 1853 ecelxxiii. | 209-224 | Mar. 27] ,,
cexxvii. | 129-144 June 29 . eclxxiv. | 225-240} Mar. 16] ,,
eexxviii. | 145-160 gr ange 4 eclxxy. | 241-256 | Apr. 11] ,,
cexxix. | 161-176 $27 26) + eelxxvi. | 257-272 | Apr. 24] ,,
ecxxx. | 177-192. Jan. 28 | ,, ceelxxvii. | 273-288
ecxxxi. | 193-208 | June 29 | ,, ceelxxviii. | 289-304 |>May 8] ,,
eexxxii. | 209-224 | June 30] ,, celxxix. | 305-320 i
ecxxxiii 25-240 } July 26 eclxxx. | 321-336
cexxxiy. | 241-256 x * || eelsxxi. | 337-352 || yea 16
CCEXXY. nga Dec. 7| » || cclxxxii. 5-368 oY v
eexxxvi. | 273-288 eclxxxiii. | 369-394
conmrit, | 280-308 | } Tune 14 vet
Part XXIII. (1855).
Pant XX. (1852). colxxxiv. | 1-16 | Mar. 27 | 1855
CexXxviil. 1-16 $ ccelxxxv. 17-82 Apr. 11 fe
coxxxix. | 17-32 } Nov. 14 |1853}) Gemvi| 3348 |) >
cexl. | 33-48 Dee. 13 | ,, eclxxxvii. | 49-64 May 16] ,,
eexli. | 49-64 Mar. 22 | 1854 || cclxxxviii. | 65-72
cexlii 65-80 eclxxxix. | 73-88 June 26] ,,
cexliii 81-96 May 23 cexe. | 89-104 | July 23] ,,
eexliv. | 97-112 we lal] a eexci. | 105-120 | Aug. 13] ,,
eexly. | 113-128 eexcii. | 121-186 | Dec. 1] |
eexlvi. | 129-144 eexctii. | 137-152
cexlvii, | 145-165 }s Cae alia ecxeiv. | 158-168 } Dee. |

30*

440

DATES OF DELIVERY OF THE ‘ PROCEEDINGS.’

[May 2,

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (continued).

No.

Pages. Delivery.

Date of iter!

No.

Part XXIII. (continued).
169-184 | Jan. 5 [1856

cexey.
eexcvi.
ceexcvii.
eexeviil.
ecxcix.
cece.

185-200 | Jan. 22
201-216 E
217-232 } Feb. s
233-248 | Feb. 23
249-255 | Feb. 26

Part XXIV. (1856).

ecci.
eccii.
ecciii.
ecciv.
ecev.
eccvi.
eccvii.
eceviii.
eccix.
ecex.

ccexi.

ecexii.
ccexili.
ecexiv.
ecexv.
CCCXVi.
ecexvii.
ecexviil.
eeexix.
CCexXx.
ecexxi.
ecexXli.
cCCXxxill.
ecexxly.
ecexxv.
CCCXXxVi.

1-16

17-82 |

33-48

49-64

65-80 | soy 30
81-96

97-112
113-198 |; 4u8- 18
129-144 |" Aug. 15
145-160

161-176
177-192 Dec. 11
193-208 | Jan. 7
209-224 |)
225-240 | |
241-256 *
957-272 Jan. 26
273-288

289-304

305-320

321-336 }
397-352
353-368
369-384 | (May 8
385-400
401-435 |" July 14

Mar. 10

Part XXV. (1857).

ecexxvii.
ecexxviii.
CCCXXiX.
eCCxxx.
eeCxx3i.
ecexxxii.
ccexxxill.
eCCxxxiv.
CCCXXXV.
ecCxxxvl.
eCCXXXVii.
COCXXXViil.

1-16 May 26
17-82

ggua |}June 6
49-64

65-80 |\July 14
81-96

97-112 || Aug. 15
113-128 | Sept. 28
129-144
145-160
161-176
177-192

Oct. 21

”

cece] xxxi.

ecclxxxii.

- eeelxxxiii.
!

CCCXXXIX.
ecexl.
ecexli.
ecexlii.
ecexliii.
ecexliv.
ecexlv.
ecexlyi.

ecexlvii.
ecexlviii.
ecexlix.
eecl.
eccli,
ecclii.
eccliii.
eccliv.
ecclv.
ecclvi.
ecelvii.
ecelviii.
ecclix.
ecelx.
ecclxi.
ecelxii.
ecelxiii.
ecelxiv.
ecclxyv.
ecclxvi.
ecelxvii.
ecelxviii.
ecclxix.
ecelxx.
ecelxxi.
ecelxxii.
ecelxxiii.
. ecclxxiv.
ecclxxv.
ecelxxvi.
eccl xxvii.
ecclxxviii.
ecclxxix.
| ecclxxx.
}

Pages.

Date of

Delivery. be

193-208
209-224
225-240
241-256
257-272
273-288
289-304
305-308

1-16
17-82
33-48
49-64
65-80
81-96
97-112

113-128
129-144
145-160
161-176
177-192
193-208
209-224
225-240
241-256
257-272
273-288
289-

305-380
321-336
337-392
353-368
369-384
385-400
401-416
417-482
433-448
449-464
465-480
481-496
497-512
513-528
529-544
545-560
561-576
577-593

Part XXYV. (continued).

Nov. 1] | 1857
Jan. 12 | 1858

Jan. 28 |

}
| Feb. 23

Part XXVI. (1858).

Mar. 9 | 1858
Apr. 13 “
Apr. 26] ,
apr. 27] ,,
rf May 13 3
} July A
a 135|\ Gas
|
i ve Oa ans
)
| ne ee
|
Jan to
May 1859

oJ). Smit del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

CEBCOPITHE CUS BRAZ ZA.

. Beau

1893.] ON THE MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS, 441

The following papers were read :—

1. Additional Notes on the Monkeys of the Genus Cercopi-
thecus.. By P._L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D.,, F.B.S.,
Secretary to the Society.

[Received April 26, 1893.]
(Plate X XXIII.)

Since I communicated to the Society my list of the species of
Cercopithecus, at our meeting on March 14th (see above, p. 243), I
have paid a visit to the Zoological Museum at Florence, under the
care of Prof. Giglioli, and have had an opportunity of seeing
specimens of Cercopithecus boutourlinti (see above, p. 256) belonging
to that Institution,—one of the species of which I had not pre-
viously been able to examine examples. Prof. Giglioli has lately
been persuaded by his friends to reunite this species to C. albo-
gularis, Sykes’; but after examining the typical specimen and
another one subsequently received, 1 have come to the conclusion
that C. boutourlinii is quite distinct from C. albogularis.

The original specimen of C. bowtourlinit was a female, received
from Dr. Traversi in 1887, and stated to have been obtained in
Kaffa (a province of Abyssinia to the south of Shoa) in 1885,
It is in very imperfect condition, as will be seen on inspection of
the photographs which I now exhibit.

The second specimen is a male, obtained by Dr. Traversi at
Abugifar in Gimma?’ in 1887 and received at Florence in 1889.
From these specimens I have drawn up the following description
of this species.

CERCOPITHECUS BOUTOURLINII.

Cercopithecus boutourlinii, Gigl. Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 509; Sel.
P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 256.

Cercopithecus albigularis, Gigl. Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genov. ser. 2,
vol. vi. p. 8 (err.).

3. Body-hairs long and rough ; upper surface black, with pale
fulyous annellations, except on a line between the shoulders which
is nearly black; ears nearly nude, with an inner hairy pencil ;
nose, upper lip, chin, and throat white; rest of under surface and
limbs and tail black, except the base of the tail, which has annel-
lated hairs like the back all round. ‘Total length of body about 21
inches, tail 24 inches, together 45 inches.

Q. Smaller, nearly similar, but less annellated on the back and
the head.

Hab. Southern Abyssinia, Province of Kaffa.

This species, no doubt, resembles C. albogularis, and may be

1 See “ Vertebrati dello Scioa,” in Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, vol. yi. p. 8.
2.Gimma is in Central Abyssinia to the south of the Province of Gojan,
between latitudes 9° and 10°.

442 MR. P. L, SOCLATER ON THE [May 2,

referred to the same group, but is easily distinguished from it by
several characters. In the first place the pure white nose and
upper lips, which are very noticeable in the male specimen last
received (see figure), separate it at once from C. albogularis, in
which, as will be seen by the skin now exhibited, there is no

Cercopithecus boutourlinii, trom a photograph of the stuffed specimen
received in 1889.

trace whatever of this colour. This feature is so prominent
that it would almost justify the removal of the species to the
“‘Spot-nosed” group of my arrangement (see above p. 244). But
in most respects C. boutourlinit agrees better with C. albogularis
and the other species of my section D, MnnaNnocurrt.

Another point in which C. boutourlinii differs from C. albogu-
laris is the black belly and much blacker limbs. In C. albogularis
the belly is pale grey, and the external surface of the limbs is of a
dark grey, more or less annellated. Again, C. albogularis is a short-

1893. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS, 445

and smooth-haired species, but C. boutourlinii is long- and rough-
haired, which indicates existence in a much colder climate.

Another Monkey in the Florence Museum which attracted my
attention was a stuffed specimen of Cercopithecus brazze, Milne-
Edwards, labelled “2 Congo, 1888,” the gift of Count G. Brazza-
Savorgnan. Monsieur Milne-Edwards has also kindly forwarded
to me from Paris a flat skin of another individual of the same
species which I now exhibit. As no full description of this
remarkable Monkey has yet been published, the following descrip-
tion taken from these specimens may be useful :—

CERCOPITHECUS BRAZZE. (Plate XXXIII.)

Cercopithecus brazze, Milne-Edwards, Rev. Sc. sér. 3, xii. p. 15
(1886); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 255.

Above pale fulvous, densely annellated with black ; frontal band
of dense erect hairs chestnut, with slight white tips; this is
bordered behind by a broad black band which extends between the
ears ; ears naked or nearly so; upper part of nose and narrow
line above the eyes, in front of the rufous band, black; lower nose
and upper lips white; chin and throat furnished with long whit
hairs, which are much elongated in the middle line and form a
long white beard ; belly like the back, but darker; hands and feet
black ; inner side of thighs, anus, and a line along the middle of the
thighs outside, white ; tail black, except just at the base, where it
is like the back. Length of body 21 inches, tail 22 inches. 3

Hab. French Congo-land.

The erect frontal band, which is very prominent, and the long
white beard, which is not so pointed as in C. diana and extends
some way down the middle of the throat, render this species of
Cercopithecus very remarkable. The white band which extends
from the anus across the haunches on each side and down the
outside of the thighs somewhat resembles that found in C. diana.

There can be no doubt that C. brazze is a close ally of C. neg-
lectus, and-it is even possible that the two species may be the same.
But on comparing the present skin of C. brazze with the flat and
imperfect skin of C. neglectus in the British Museum, I find the
general colour of C. neglectus much more brownish, and the band
on the hind legs across the haunches yellowish instead of white.
The front part of the face-skin of the specimen of C. neglectus
having been cut away, it is impossible to say whether it ever
possessed the erect red fruntal band of C. brazze, but there are some
indications of the band left on the skin. In other respects the two
skins are much alike, and had they been from the same locality I
should have been inclined to refer them to the same species.

I have also to announce that we have lately lost our unique living
specimen of Cercopithecus stairsi (P. Z. 8S. 1892, p. 580). I now
exhibit its skin, which it is proposed to transfer to the Naticnal
Collection. The figure and description already given are sufficient
for the recognition of this remarkable species, which, as previously

444 MR, W. T. BLANFORD ON A [May 2,

stated, is at once recognizable by the bright chestnut bands, which
commence on each side of the forehead and are carried over the
head behind the ears. I may also remark that the lower part of
the back and upper surface of the tail are stained with red, which
is not shown in my original figure of this Monkey (P. Z. 8. 1892,
pl. xl.).

2. On a Stag, Cervus thoroldi, from Tibet, and on the Mam-
mals of the Tibetan Plateau. By W. T. Buanrorp,
F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received May 2, 1893.]
(Plate XXXIV.)

In the course of Captain Bower and Dr. W. G. Thorold’s
adventurous journey across the Tibetan plateau from west to east,
two specimens of a Stag were shot by the latter at a spot about
200 miles N.E. of Lhassa’. These animals were killed in the snow
amongst brushwood just above the forest, at an elevation of about
13,500 feet above the sea. Of one individual a complete skin,
skull, and horns have been brought to England, and are now in
the Natural History Museum ; of the other, the head with the skin
and horns has been preserved and has been lett by Dr. Thorold
in London, so that I have been able to examine both.

Last February I received a letter from Dr. Thorold in which he
asked me to look at the specimens and let him know to what
species I thought they belonged. Some time before this I had
heard from Mr. Oldfield Thomas that the complete specimen had
been received by the Museum but had been sent away to be stuffed.
I, however, saw the head, which had been mounted, and although I
did not like to come to any decided conclusion without having an
opportunity of seeing the skin also, J. was disposed to believe that
the Deer was probably the same as that to an immature horn of
which the name of Cervus nariyanus was given by Hodgson in 1851,
and was clearly identical with the species of which the head was
described and figured by Mr. W. L. Sclater in 1889 (J. A. 8. B.
lviii. pt. 2, p. 186, pl. xi.), and which was shown to be allied to the
Mantchurian C. dybowskii.

For the last two months the skin has been in the hands of the
taxidermists, but I have at length, by permission of Dr. Giinther,
been able to examine it; and I have now no hesitation in saying
that I believe the Stag obtained by Dr. Thorold must be regarded
as an additional peculiar species of the extraordinarily specialized
mammalian fauna inhabiting the Tibetan plateau. The following
are the principal characters :—

The animal is about the size of a Red Deer, C. elaphus. The

1 T am indebted to Captain Bower for several of the details. The approxi-
mate position is in lat. 31° 40'N., and long. 95° 30’ E.

aaron alse aiell OOCINy

J. Smit del, et lith.

Mintern Bros. imp,

CERVUS THOROLDI.

1893.] NEW STAG FROM TIBET. 445

height at the shoulder must have been about 4 feet, that measure-
ment on the body over the curves to the withers having been re-
corded by Dr. Thoroldas 4 ft. 5 in., and the length from the insertion
of the tail to the nose 6 ft. 14 in. The tail (with hair probably)
measured only 4inches. The ears are of moderate size and pointed,
and measure outside in the mounted skin 93 inches from the
head.

Head of Cervus thoroldi.

The horns are distinguished at once by the want of the bez tine
characteristic of the Elapnine group and found in the other Tibetan
Stag C. affinis. There are five points on each horn (except one,
which has only 4), and there can be very little doubt that this is
the number characteristic of the adult. The beam is angularly
bent at the insertion of the second tine (corresponding in position
to the tres tine of C. elaphus), and above this is gradually curved
back and presents the peculiarity that the upper four points and
the upper part of the beam are nearly in a flat plane. Another
conspicuous character is that (except in one horn which is slightly
abnormal) the third tine exceeds all the others in length. The
corresponding tine (4th) is generally the longest in the Wapiti,

446 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON A [May 2,

and the upper part of each horn in the present animal much re-
sembles that of C. canadensis in shape.

Each horn measures round the curve outside 38 inches, none of
the four differing more than a quarter of an inch more or less.
The girth above the burr is 5-25. The following are the measure-
ments of the different tines on one horn in inches :—

Lowest or brow tine .... 7°5
rach Ga rae.) | a 10°25
1 este 4 >See ski
AG ener ere on 4
Wey Ae Be 2:5

The coloration of the skin is very uniform brown, minutely
speckled, scarcely paler on the lower parts, but much paler and
ochreous buff on the small pygal disk which completely surrounds
the tail, this latter being also pale rufous throughout. Ear whitish
within. The muzzle, chin, and under surface of lower jaw white.
The hairs of the body are stiff, long, and very coarse, and some-
what resemble those of the Musk-deer, being filled inside with a
cellular pith-like tissue and having very small roots*. The hair of
the body is long, dark brown, except at the base which is whitish,
and at the tips which are buff. The pale tips are wanting around
the caudal disk, so that the latter appears to be surrounded by a
dark band. The hair along the spine is directed forward from
above the hips asfar as the wither, where the anterior direction
ceases abruptly. This character is quite peculiar.

The muffle or rhinarium occupies the whole area between the
nostrils, and a rather narrower portion extends to the upper lip.

The skull presents a few peculiar characters, the most important
of which have been already noticed by Mr. W. L. Sclater. As a
whole the skull is short when compared with other skulls of Ela-
phine Deer ; the muzzle is especially short, but broad. The hinder
part of the skull is distinctly lower and flatter than that of C.
elaphus, the forehead continuing the line formed by the nasals and
not curving upwards into a ridge between the horns. In this
respect the present specimen shows some resemblance to Rusine
and Pseudaxine skulls, but the evidence of affinity is small. The
termination of the bony palate in the middle above the opening
of the posterior nares is between the last molars, whereas in all
other Deer of which I have examined the skull the opening is
farther back.

But by far the most peculiar character, as already noticed by
Mr. Sclater, is the form of the nasals. These, a little way from
the posterior termination, are fully twice as broad as they are in
front, each bearing on the outer side a large rounded lobe-like
expansion, 80 as to cover over the greater part of the lachrymal
vacuity, which is much narrower than in Elaphine or Rusine deer.

? Iam indebted to Mr. E. Gerrard for calling my attention to the very
peculiar structure of the hair.

1893.] NEW STAG FROM TIBET, 447

The following are measurements in inches :—
Basal length of skull, from anterior border of foramen

magnum to anterior end of premaxillaries ........ 13:4
Length from posterior border of occipital condyles

ee UDO Ms eae es CYR ol! ud hetnerd npist hah nor 14:3
Breadth across posterior edges of orbits ............ 6°8
Breadth across premaxillaries just above canines .... 2°9
DONEC OL TAAL DOMES | oe wiih, wha macyniph - saciegsis Clo mim o°85
Greatest breadth of nasals between lachrymal

WS UDO 7 or 8 asia aro a 2 Ba aie le fabolarld Gye hs (seams <ucih « bis 3°0
Breadth of nasals in front at suture between maxil-

TREY: SATA TCIM ake mais ast Sain x orale diry = 1:45
Length of row of upper molars and premolars ...... 43

Length of upper three molars alone

On the whole I can see no very close affinity between this and
any known species of Cervus ; the present species approaches some
forms of the Elaphine group quite as much as any other Cervine
type, perhaps more. I can see no evidence of Pseudaxine affinity,
such as the horns might perhaps suggest. On the whole the
species is probably as near to C. cashmirianus and C. affinis as to
any other, though perfectly distinct from both.

As regards the name of the present species, some little difficulty
arises. As already mentioned, it is most probable that the horn
to which the name Cervus nariyanus was given by Hodgson (J. A.
8. B. xx. 1851, p. 292, pl. viii.) belonged to a younger individual
of the same species. This horn was said to have been brought
from Ladak, it was 34 inches in length, and had four points, the
two lower being more than 4 inches apart, so there was no bez tine.
Judging by the figure’, the horn was more massive than would be
expected in a young specimen of Thorold’s Stag. Mr. Hodgson
remarked that “the Bhotiahs who brought this horn say it be-
longed to a very young animal, and that the species, which is proper
to Gnari or Western Tibet, is larger than the Shou” (C. affinis).
The Stag obtained by Dr. Thorold is considerably smaller than
the Shou; there is, so far as is known, no Stag in Western Tibet,
C. cashmirvanus being limited to the Kashmir valley, at all events
on the north and east of its range, and, as is well known, young
examples of C. elaphus, and I believe of the Wapiti also, frequently
want the bez tine; so that it is by no means impossible that the
Ladak horn may have belonged to a young C. cashmirianus from
Kashmir, to C. yarkandensis from Eastern Turkestan, or even to C,
eustephanus (C. canadensis, var.) from the Thian Shan, Ladak being
connected with all these regions by trade routes. The Bhotiah
story was probably pure fiction.

There is, moreover, one very strong reason for not using the name

1 The original specimen cannot be found in the British Museum, though
Mr. Oldfield Thomas has searched for it. As no mention of it is to be found in
the published catalogue of Mr. Hodgson’s collections, it was perhaps not included
in them.

448 MR, W. T. BLANFORD ON A [May 2,

C. nariyanus for the present animal even if, as is highly probable,
it was the species that furnished the horn described and figured
by Hodgson. The name was taken from Nari, the Western (or
rather perhaps the South-western) province of Tibet, often called
Gnéri or Nari-Khorsum, a tract, as represented on maps, of no
great breadth from north to south, but extending along the north
of the Himalayas from the western extremity of Tibet proper near
Rudok to between long. 80° and 85° E. This region, part of which
is known as Hundes, is on the frontier of our own territory, and has
been visited at several points by British sportsmen. If any Stag
inhabited the region, it is incredible that nothing should have been
heard of it ; moreover, the whole of the upper valleys of the Sutlej
and Yarotsiénpo or Brahmaputra, of which the area consists, is a
barren, treeless, almost bushless waste, differing essentially from
the country inhabited, so far as is known, by any species of Cervus.
I think it extremely improbable that any Stag inhabits Nari; and
under these circumstances it is not desirable to apply the name
nariyanus to a species which does not occur there.

Whilst Mr. Sclater pointed out the similarity of the head which
had been purchased in the Darjiling bazaar, and was described by
him, to that of Cervus dybowskii, he was careful to avoid identi-
fying the two. It is clear that he was perfectly right in sup-
posing that the head, the skin of which was dried on, had come
from Tibet. Now that we have the whole skin and dimensions,
it is evident that the species is distinct from C. dybowskii (P. Z. 8.
1876, p. 123, woodcut of head and horns, p. 124), which is a much
smaller form, spotted at all seasons, although the spots in winter
are described as indistinct and confined to the posterior part of the
body. So far as is known the horns in the adult of C. dybowsku
only bear 4 points each, and the shape of the beam is different,
being more regularly curved.

As therefore the Tibetan species requires a name, I think it
impossible to do better than to call it Cervus thoroldi, after its
discoverer. The following are the principal characters :—

Cervus magnitudine ad ©. elaphum prowime accedens ; fuscus,
immaculatus, ared pygali circum caudam porrectd pallide rufa
ornatus; pilis hirtis crassis longiusculis, in medio dorso ab
uropygio usque ad humeros antice versis, indutus ; cornibus
singulis valde curvatis, ramos ad quinque gerentibus ; ramo
secundo a primo vel basali multo distante, tertio longiusculo.

Plate XXXIV. represents the stuffed specimen in the British
Museum, the type of the species; the cut (p. 445) is taken from
the head of the other specimen, still belonging to Dr. Thorold.

About a year ago, when discussing the geological age of the
Central Asiatic highlands’, I had occasion to call attention to the
remarkable specialization of the mammalian fauna inhabiting the
Tibetan plateau. The Stag now described adds another to the

1 Geological Magazine, April 1892, (iii.) ix. p. 164.

1893.] NEW STAG FROM TIBET. 449

species peculiar to this tract of elevated country, and the list of
these Mammals as amended may be of interest to Zoologists. It

is therefore added here.

MAMMALIA OF THE TIBETAN PLATHAU.

INSECTIVORA.

Crocidura aranea.
tNectogale elegans.

CARNIVORA.

Felis manul.
F. lynx.
F. uncia.
*Paradoxurus laniger.
Canis lupus, var. laniger.

Vulpes alopex, var. flavescens.

*7. ferrilatus.
Cyon deccanensis, var.
Mustela foina, var.
*Putorius larvatus.
*P. canigula.
P. alpinus, var. temon.
P. erminia.
* Meles leucura.
. *M. albogularis?
t+Aluropus melanoleucus.
* Ursus pruinosus.

RopeEnTIA.

+Eupetaurus cinereus.
* Arctomys himalayanus.
*A, robustus.

RopentrA—continued.

* Mus sublimis.

* Microtus (Arvicola) blythi.

*M. strauchi.

*M. (Eremiomys) przevalskit.
Siphneus fontanieri.

xLagomys curzonie.

*L. rutilus.

«L. erythrotis.

+I. melanostomus.

*L. ladacensis.

*Lepus oiostolus.

«#L, hypsibius.

Unautata.

Equus hemionus, var. kiang.

* Bos grunniens.
* Ovis hodgsont.
O. vignet, var.
*0O. nahura.

Capra sibirica.
tPantholops hodgsont.
+Budorcas taxicolor ?
*Gazella picticaudata.
*Cervus affinis.

*C. thoroldi.
Moschus moschiferus.

In this list * signifies a peculiar species, t a peculiar genus; that

is, a species or genus not known to exist out of Tibet.

This is a list of the mammals known to inhabit the plateau
north of the Himalayas and south of the Kuenlun, Altyn Tag, and
Nanshan, at elevations exceeding 12,000 feet. Many of the forms
named only inhabit small portions of the area, and whilst Bos
grunniens, Ovis hodgsoni, Pantholops hodgsoni, and Gazella picti-
caudata, with several rodents, appear to be peculiar to the high
plateaus above 14,000 feet, the two species of Cervus are probably
found in brushwood at a rather lower elevation in the more broken
regions of Eastern Tibet, where the rainfall is heavier and the
vegetation more abundant.

As was pointed out in the paper in the ‘ Geological Magazine,’
there is, so far as I am aware, no equally peculiar mammalian fauna
to be found in any continental area of equal extent, and for a
parallel it is necessary to turn to some island like Celebes, that
has long been isolated from all surrounding lands.

450 MR. M.F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

3. Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—
Part I. On the Development of the Teeth of the Macro-
podide. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology,
Royal College of Science, London. (Communicated by
Prof. Howss.)

[Received May 2, 1893.]
(Plates XXXV.-XXXVILI.)

CoNTENTS.

I. Historical Review, p. 450.
II. Observations on the Specimens, p. 451.
III. General Considerations, p. 465.
IV. List of References, p. 471.
Y. Explanation of the Plates, p. 472.

Early in 1892 I had placed at my disposal, through the kindness
of Prof. Howes, a number of fetal mammals of various kinds,
which were for the most part derived from the late Prof. W. K.
Parker’s collection. I have been for some time past investigating
these specimens and now submit a few of my results in this
contribution.

I.— Historicat REVIEW.

Since Kiikenthal (4) published his preliminary observations
on the development of the teeth of the Cetacea and of Didelphys,
an entire revision of the science of Odontology has been necessi-
tated. This has been taken up eagerly by many Continental
observers, notably Leche, Rose, and Taecher, so that notwithstand-
ing the newness of the study there is already springing up a rapidly
increasing literature.

Most, however, of these observers have confined their attention
to a few isolated examples, and no systematic examination and
comparison of the tooth relationships in the various orders of
Mammals, such as that commenced by Pouchet and Chabrys (9),
has been attempted.

In dealing with the Marsupials these observers have mainly
studied the tooth relationships of Didelphys, Kiikenthal (5) and
Rose (9) having made most exhaustive investigations of this genus.

Rése has further published some interesting but largely theo-
retical views of the tooth development in Aerobates, Dasyurus,
Phalangista, and Macropus; while Leche (6) has published pre-
liminary accounts of that of Phascolarctos, Perumeles, Myrmecobius,
and Trichosurus.

The only investigation which treats of the facts dealt with in
this paper is that of Rise (9) on Macropus; he, however, only
devotes a few lines to his observations, which were based on

P Z.9:1893. Plate KKKV

ewman trap

Me

West,

P.2.5.1893 .PlateXXXV1.

The Dentition of the Macropodidee.

_ MFWoodward dal
MP Parker Lith.

P.Z.8.1893. Plate XXXVI.

LY

e\Z

The Dentition of the Macropodidas.

i

~*

‘
=
a oae

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 451

specimens in which the teeth were already cutting the gum and
far too old, taken alone, to determine the true tooth relationships.
His principal conclusion is that the 3rd incisor, on account of its
lateness in cutting the gum, must belong to the 2nd dentition;
this, as I shall show later, is quite erroneous.

II.— OBSERVATIONS ON THE SPECIMENS.

Having a very fine series of Macropid embryos at my disposal,
some from Prof. Parker’s collection and others received through
the kindness of Mr. Fletcher of Sydney and Dr. Symington of
Edinburgh, I propose to commence my tooth studies with that
group, as being one of which I can give the most complete
account.

The following forms have been investigated :—

Macropus giganteus, 9 specimens,

eS bennettii, 1 specimen.
f eugentt, 2 specimens.
vs brachyurus, 2 specimens.

Petrogale penicillata?, 6 specimens.
a sp. inc., 2 specimens.

Bettongia lesueuri, 1 specimen.

Aipyprymnus rufescens, 2 specimens.

Unfortunately, in the case of the Petrogales I am somewhat
uncertain about the species, as the embryos collected by Mr.
Fletcher of Sydney seem according to his account to be P.
pencillata, while the same name was given me by Dr. Symington
for his specimen ; nevertheless, I have no hesitation in saying that
they are two distinct species, both, however, being Rock- Wallabies.
As a rule, the exact species would not perhaps matter very much,
but in this case it is a very vital matter, as the P. penicillata of
Mr. Fletcher was the most interesting and least specialized of all
Macropids with regard to its tooth arrangement, so much so that
I shall commence my observations on that form.

Before proceeding to the detail observations, I should wish to
enforce the importance of Prof. Huxley’s method of observation
by dissection under cloye-oil, given in my previous paper (P. Z. 8.
1892, p. 40). This method, employed side by side with examination
by means of serial sections, I hold to be very important and assists
one materially in interpreting the latter, although taken alone it may
be very misleading. One may simply clarify and sketch the jaw
before decalcifying and sectioning, and in this way gain a good idea
as to what teeth, especially vestigial ones, are present. Or, better
still, where one can afford to utilize both halves of the head of the
foetus, one can carefully dissect one half in oil of cloves and so
obtain a complete model of the developing teeth (generally con-
sisting at this stage of enamel organs only), both in relation to
the gum and to the maxilla and premaxilla, while one obtains a
complete series of sections of the other half.

452 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

PETROGALE PENICILLATA.

Examined 4 embryos, either by clarification or sections, or both.
Specimens examined measured from snout to tip of tail respectively
8°5, 9°5, 11:5, 14°5 centims.

D. f. of adult according to Thomas (12), I. rm = o» igh es
M. (ria

Fig. 1, Plate XXXYV., represents the entire jaw clarified with the
teeth in situ.

At this stage it will be seen that there are present in the upper
jaw in all 10 teeth, 6 being in the premaxilla and 4 in the
maxilla, while in the lower jaw there are only 6 teeth. In the
upper jaw, only three out of the 10 were calcified, viz., 7’, 2°, ?,
fig. 1, all being situated in the premaxilla; from thejr minute size
and advanced calcification these are obviously vestigial structures,
the three functional incisors of the adult being at present
represented only by their enamel-organs, of which the first two are
very large (t' and 7°).

In the maxilla the germs of 4 teeth are present, the Ist, from its
proximity to the premaxillo-maxillary suture and the large
diastema which separates it from the remaining teeth, evidently
represents the canine, while the others represent the 3rd and 4th
premolars and the 1st molar.

In the mandible we find the large functional incisor (7,) of the
adult slightly calcified, and on either side of this a small rudi-
mentary but well-calcified functionless tooth (¢, and 2,); behind
these we find the 3rd and 4th premolars and the germ of the 1st
molar.

The Incisors.

The most striking feature in this Petrogale is the presence of
three additional vestigial incisors in the upper jaw and two in the
mandible,—a fact not hitherto recorded. The presence of these
teeth naturally enables us to homologize the functional incisors of
the adult with those of the Polyprotodont Marsupials.

Here I would direct attention to a source of error which might
creep in through the examination of clarified preparations of the
jaw only, for it will be seen that the 1st rudimentary upper
incisor is apparently situated in front of the 1st functional one;
and it was only by means of a very carefully prepared series of
sections taken at right angles to the premaxilla, starting parallel
with the premaxillary suture and changing the plane of the
sections as one passed outwardly, so that the plane of the last
section was at right angles to that of the first, that one was
enabled finally to determine which of these teeth was really the
1st incisor.

Fig. 2 is a wax model constructed from a series of sections by
His’s method; this shows that the enamel-organ of the 1st large
and at present undifferentiated tooth is connected with the gum
nearer to the premaxillary suture than that of the small rudi-

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 453

mentary calcified tooth, which, although actually in front of the
former, is nevertheless morphologically and in point of origin
posterior to it. The lst incisor of the adult is therefore the
morphological 1st incisor, and in the younger of the specimens its
enamel-organ only as yet is differentiated and appears as a great
pear-shaped swelling of the dental lamina (enamel-ridge, “ Zahn-
leiste”). In an older one measuring 11:5 cm. there was present
on the inner side of the enamel-organ a slight club-shaped down-
growth, such as that described by Kiikenthal and others in
Didelphys as representing the permanent or replacing tooth
(“« Ersatzzahn ”).

The morphological 2nd incisor is a very minute calcified rudi-
mentary (or rather vestigial) tooth measuring ‘25 mm. by ‘14 mm. ;
its enamel-organ (fig. 2, i*) is only slightly developed and appa-
rently, although possessing an enamel-epithelium, does not secrete
any enamel; it shows a distinct but small downgrowth on its
inner side (<”’) obviously representing the ventral continuation of
the dental lamina and the undeveloped permanent tooth of Kiiken-
thal, Rose, and Leche, and according to the interpretations of these
observers this small calcified tooth must be a vestigial milk-tooth.
The tooth itself consists of dentine and possesses an irregular
contour and a variable pulp-cavity ; the relation of the odontoblasts
suggest that they are concerned more in absorption than in forma-
tion of tooth-substance.

The dental lamina, after giving rise to these two teeth, disappears
for a few sections, but soon reappears and swells out again to form
the 2nd functional tooth, which I at first took to be the 3rd incisor.
However, on investigating carefully the relation of the extremely
reduced 2nd rudimentary tooth (fig. 3, 7”), it was obvious that the
enamel-organ of the latter was connected with the gum slightly
anterior and external to that of the former, although, owing to the
large size and swollen nature of the enamel-organ of the 2nd
functional incisor, part of this tooth appears in sections anterior
to the rudimentary one; but the only important point to be ascer-
tained in determining the morphological relation of teeth is not
which tooth is anterior to the other, but which enamel-organ
arises in front of the other from the dental lamina.

This 2nd rudimentary tooth is then the morphological 3rd
incisor, the 2nd functional one being the 4th.

The 8rd incisor is, like the 2nd, a vestigial structure only present
in the embryo and although possessed of an enamel-organ it has
no enamel ; its body, consisting of dentine, is very irregular and is
obviously being reabsorbed. It is smaller and still more vestigial
even than the 2nd incisor and shows no trace of any downgrowth
from its enamel-organ, but from its resemblance to the 2nd
incisor I conclude that it also belongs to the 1st dentition.

The remaining incisors are very interesting and present such
striking relationships that they call for a very careful examination,
especially in the light of Rése’s statement regarding the 3rd adult
incisor.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XXXI. 31

454 MR. M, F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTINION. [May 2

The enamel-organ of the 2nd functional incisor (morphological
4th) soon loses its connection with the gum, and the dental
lamina from which it is developed does not again obtain any
connection with the gum in the incisor region. The enamel-organ
of this tooth is too young to show any trace of the successional
tooth, although the examination of other forms (J. giganteus and
brachyurus) show that it is undoubtedly to be referred to the 1st
dentition.

The dental lamina, after giving rise to this tooth, is continued
back as a slightly thickened lamina (club-shaped in section) into
that backward prolongation of the premaxilla which is situated
internally to the maxilla (fig. 29) and in which the 3rd incisor of
the adult is developed; in this region it becomes once more
swollen (fig. 4, 7°) to give rise to the latter tooth, which is, however,
developed very late in life and therefore hardly shows at this
early stage. Halfway between these two teeth and attached to the
external (adamantine) face of the dental lamina is situated a very
perfectly formed small, pointed tooth ; this is the 3rd rudimentary
tooth above referred to (fig. 1, 2°). In section this tooth is seen
to be well developed, possessing the most highly differentiated
enamel-organ, which secretes a thick layer of enamel, internal to
which is a well-developed mass of dentine surrounding the pulp-
cavity. The entire tooth measured ‘4 mm. long by ‘25 mm. broad.
Its general structure, however, suggests that it is fully formed,
and its ultimate fate is probably that of the two anterior vestigial
teeth, viz., it is reabsorbed.

A very important question now arises, Do these two teeth belong
to the 1st or the 2nd dentition, and also what is their numerical
position amongst the incisors? In attempting to solve this point
it will be well to bear in mind Rése’s suggestion, viz., that the
3rd functional incisor of the adult (i°) belongs to the second
dentition and is not preceded by a deciduous tooth.

Fig. 4 represents a wax model reconstructed from the sections
by means of a camera lucida. An examination of this shows that
the enamel-organ of this small calcified tooth (*) is situated
external to the 2nd and 3rd functional incisors (¢* and 7°) and
connected with the dental lamina by a long neck; its external
position certainly suggests that of a milk-tooth, but on the other
hand it is no more nearly related to the 3rd than to the 2nd
functional incisor, being situated just about halfway between the
two, so that supposing it were a milk-tooth it would be nearly im-
possible to say to which tooth it is related. Further, if it belonged
to the 1st dentition its enamel-organ should be attached to the
dental lamina nearer to the point of origin of the latter from the
gum; whereas in the specimen under consideration these three
teeth (2’, 7, 2°) all arise from the dental lamina at the same level,
which suggests that they belong to the same series aud not to two
dentitions distinct from one another in point of time, for in that
case the one belonging to the 1st dentition would arise from the
dental lamina superficially to the corresponding tooth in the 2nd
dentition.

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 455

If I am right in concluding that these three teeth belong to the
same dentition, then the 2nd functional incisor of the adult is in
reality the 4th incisor, this small calcified tooth is the 5th, and the
3rd adult incisor must consequently represent a 6th incisor.
Unfortunately, although possessing several specimens of this
interesting form they were all too young to show the further develop-
ment of these three last incisors, and in order to completely settle
the question as to the relation between these teeth I was obliged
to refer to other Macropids of which I possessed older examples.

In both Macropus giganteus and M. brachyurus the second adult
incisor shows a fairly well-marked rudiment of the replacing tooth
in the form of a cellular downgrowth from the inner side of the
neck of its enamel-organ, thus showing that this tooth itself
belongs to the 1st dentition. A similar condition is observable in the
3rd functional incisor of VW. giganteus and of M. eugenii (figs. 5 and
6, 2°’), which must also be referred to the 1st dentition, and not, as
Rose believes, tothe 2nd. In both these forms the small calcified
incisor (7) is present and situated between the two larger ones ;
in M. giganteus' it is extremely vestigial and only to be recognized
with difficulty ; but in MW. eugenii it is, on the contrary, very large
and well developed. In no case, however, did it show any indi-
cation of a replacing tooth as seen in the 1st rudimentary incisor
of Petrogale; so that it is impossible to say for certain to which
dentition it was to be referred, but, judging from its analogy with
the other vestigial teeth, it should belong to the 1st dentition.

We find therefore in the upper jaw of Petrogale penicillata 6
incisurs, three of which are very small and obviously disappearing,
and three which we recognize as the incisors of the adult: these
teeth are all referable to the 1st (or milk) dentition, the 1st, 2nd,
4th, and 6th all possessing at some period in their development,
either in Petrogale or in some other allied Macropid, rudiments of
the 2nd or replacing teeth.

The adult incisors are the 1st, 4th, and 6th, the 2nd, 3rd, and
5th being in a vestigial condition and completely reabsorbed
almost before the former become calcified.

Rése’s suggestion concerning the relation of the 3rd adult incisor
(#®) is not borne out by the study of its development, fig. 5
distinctly showing that in M. giganteus this tooth belongs to
the 1st dentition, and not to the 2nd as he stated for that species.
His conclusions were based solely on the fact that the 3rd incisor
cuts the gum so much later in life than the anterior teeth. The
explanation of this arrangement becomes self-evident when one
compares the young skull (fig. 29) with that of the adult: it will
be seen at once that the premaxilla is very small in the former in
proportion to the teeth, and is consequently far too short to
accommodate the three large incisors of the adult at the same time,
the teeth being extra large for a foetus owing to the fact that they
are the adult teeth and are not replaced by a second set as in most

1 T have since cut a younger W. giganteus, and find this tooth is very large;
so that in the specimen aboye mentioned it must haye been largely eee
31

456 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

animals. As may be seen (fig. 29) the 3rd incisor (7°) develops in a
backward prolongation of the premaxilla situated on the palatal
side of the maxilla and side by side with the canine, and only attains
its true position in very advanced pouch-specimens.

The overcrowded state of the jaw will further explain the
complete atrophy of the already reduced 2nd, 3rd, and 5th incisors.
And to the same cause we may, I think, ascribe the abnormal
position of these teeth having become displaced by the larger ones
till they have assumed a position with regard to the latter which
suggests the relation between teeth belonging to the 1st dentition
and their successors in the 2nd dentition.

The true reason for the small size of these teeth is probably to
be found in their disuse together with an early enlargement of the
Ist and 4th incisors, This last character would according to
Cope’s mechanical theory (2) be enough to account for their entire
disappearance; he suggests that the enlargement of any organ
causes the abstraction of the growth-energy and material from
some adjacent structure, as in the case of the enlarged canines
of the Wart-hog causing a reduction of the upper incisors. In
trying to account for these reductions in the number of teeth every
feature which can possibly bear on the case should be taken into
consideration, as it is more probable that a number of factors
have acted together to bring about these results, rather than
they can be accounted for by one only. It is interesting to
note in the light of Cope’s suggestion that in this Petrogale, where
we find a greater number of these vestigial teeth than in any other
Macropid which I have examined (except MW. giganteus), the adult
incisors are of a much slighter nature than in the latter forms,
where some of these vestigial teeth have either completely dis-
appeared or if present have become much reduced. 1 think that
the presence of these additional teeth is to be explained rather on
the above grounds, than on the supposition that Petrogale penicillata
is an extremely primitive form.

The presence of the remains of six pairs of upper incisors is
altogether unexpected and rather unfortunate, for one would hardly
expect to find in so specialized a family as the Macropodide more
incisors than are present in the least specialized Polyprotodonts.
In these latter forms with their 5 upper incisors, however, the
premaxilla in the foetus is very much crowded, more so than in
Macropus. As the teeth in the former all develop at the same
time, whereas in the latter, as we have seen, they develop progres-
sively from before (backwardly), this may perhaps account for the
suppression of the 6th incisor. Judging from the condition of the
adult in Perameles, I should imagine that the first incisor to
disappear was number 5, as there is a large diastema in the adult
between the 4th and Sth incisors. This suggestion was further
strengthened by the study of a series of sections through the jaw
of a young Perameles, while the premaxilla was still short and
consequently crowded with teeth: at this stage a slight but definite
thickening of the dental lamina (fig. 28) was observable between

1893.) MR, M. F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 457

incisors 4 and 5, in the position of the rudimentary incisor 5 of
Petrogaleand of the large diastema in the adult Perameles, and this
possibly represents a 6th incisor. From this I conclude that the
Marsupials originally possessed 6 pairs of incisors in the upper jaw,
the first of which to disappear being no. 5 in the Polyprotodonts,
while in the Macropodide nos. 2, 3, and 5 are wanting ; here,
however, no. 5 is less reduced than nos. 2 and 3, this being due to
the fact that the large functional incisors nos. 1 and 4 develop
early and consequently cause a corresponding early absorption of
nos. 2 and 3, while owing to the late development of no. 6 the
small no. 5 persists for a considerable period.

The Lower Incisors.

In the adult Petrogale and in all the Macropodide there is but
one incisor in either half of the lower jaw, which tooth according
to Thomas is to be identified either with no. 1 or 2 of the Poly-
protodonts.

In the young Petrogale there are, however, no less than three
teeth situated close on either side of the mandibular symphysis.
Fig. 1 shows one set of these teeth in situ: it will be seen
that two of them (7, and 7,) are very small although fully
calcified, consisting even at this early period of both enamel and
dentine. The remaining one is very large and may be shown to
be the developing single incisor of the adult. The position of the
two minute teeth close the tip of the large incisor (7,) shows the
former to be undoubted incisors.

The examination of a series of sections through the mandible
showed that the most anterior of these three teeth is the minute
tooth 7,, fig. 9, and we may call this tooth provisionally the first
lower incisor. This tooth is so well calcified that, in spite of its
small size, we must conclude that it is fully formed, and from an
examination of a series of stages I have come to the conclusion
that it does not cut the gum but is probably reabsorbed. One of
the most interesting points in connection with this tooth is the fact
that from the posterior or internal side of its enamel-organ there
arises a long cord-like downgrowth with an enlargement on its
deep-seated extremity (figs. 9 and 10, i,), which at a later stage
becomes slightly indented below, and has all the relations of an
undeveloped permanent tooth. This simall vestigial incisor (7,) is
thus proved to belong to the 1st dentition; and this fact further
clears up any doubt which might exist as to its relation to the
functional incisor (7,), to which it is very closely approximated,
but to which it is in no way related.

Judging from the analogy of the other incisors, I should conclude
that the functional incisor also belongs to the 1st dentition, but I
have not been able to trace any very definite downgrowth from
the inner side of its enamel-organ in this species.

The 2nd small tooth (¢,) (? morphological 3rd incisor) is more
vestigial than the first, and shows no trace of a successionalt ooth,

458 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

so that one can only suggest by acomparison with the 1st of these
teeth that it is to be referred to the 1st dentition.

The Canines.

Owen (p. 291) and Flower have already pointed out the
existence, in the mammary foetus and the adults of some
Kangaroos, of vestigial upper canines, so that their presence
here in all the Macropodide (save M. brachyurus) which I have
examined calls for no special comment.

The dental sac of this tooth is of considerable size and situated
close to the premaxillo-maxillary suture, a considerable space
intervening between it and the premolars behind.

In the dried skull (7 em. long) of an advanced mammary foetus
of Petrogale wanthopus the canine was present on either side as an
exceedingly minute pointed tooth in a distinct alveolus (fig. 29, ¢)*.
It seems probable that this tooth is shed, not reabsorbed, being
pushed out of the gum by the development of the enormous 3rd
incisor which is situated immediately internal to it.

There is no trace of a lower canine in any Macropid which I
have examined.

The Premolars.

The dental lamina is more or less continuous between the
canine and the most anterior upper premolar (pm*), but at the
same time it is very irregular, showing several curious swellings
(fig. 12) ; these, however, are so irregular that L hesitate in ascribing
any importance to them, but it is just possible they may represent
the missing 1st and 2nd premolars.

The 3rd premolar (fig. 1, pm*) shows as a fair-sized dental sac
with a well-developed enamel-organ and pulp, but at present there
is no trace of calcification, its enamel-organ remains attached to the
small dental lamina whose free end projects slightly into the
surrounding tissue (fig. 15); this structure, which might possibly
be interpreted as a rudimentary successional tooth, disappears as
we trace this tooth backwards in the sections, and soon also does
the swollen portion of the enamel-organ of the 3rd premolar itself,
but in its place, and directly continuous with it, we find a strongly
developed club-shaped mass of cells which run in form of a lamina
between the 3rd and 4th premolars, connecting their enamel-organs
and bearing a definite swelling in the middle (fig. 19. ppm). A
section through this region shows (fig. 16) that we are dealing
with an incipient enamel-organ, the centre of which is already
differentiated into the typical stellate tissue.

The 4th premolar, which is very large though not calcified, is
still connected by the dental lamina with the gum, but shows no
trace of a successional tooth unless the small process of the enamel-
organ (fig. 18, ») be interpreted as such.

In a slightly older embryo the same condition was observed, but
owing to the development of the 3rd and 4th premolars, especially

‘ In fig. 29 the canine is represented as lying in the suture between the pre-
maxilla and the maxilla, in reality it ig surrounded by a thin layer of the latter,

/

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 459

of the latter, they somewhat overlap the lamina connecting the two
and it in consequence becomes displaced to the inner side of these
structures. So much does the 4th premolar grow forward with age
that it appears as if this lamina was a downgrowth from the inner
side of the enamel-organ of pm*; this, however, is really not the
case, the lamina is morphologically in front of that tooth and only
attains a secondary connection with it.

A careful examination of the swollen part of this lamina (fig. 16,4)
at this more advanced age shows that we are undoubtedly dealing
with a developing tooth. Now the only tooth which develops in
this situation is the one successional or replacing premolar of the
Marsupials, and this is usually regarded as being the derivative of
the 4th premolar, which latter, as far as I have observed, in Petrogale
never develops a successional tooth at any time. The successional
tooth is here developed from a dental lamina situated between pm*
and pm*, but may afterwards attain a secondary connection with
the latter tooth, but does not represent its true successor. The facts
appear to me to strongly suggest that this tooth represents a
premolar belonging to the same series as pm* and pm* which has
been retarded in its development and in consequence does not cut
the gum until long after the others. The further consideration of
this point I shall leave till I have described the condition in the
other Macropids here dealt with.

The condition in the lower jaw is the same as that in the upper.

The Molars.

While investigating the condition of the developing molars in
the Kangaroos I naturally sought to confirm Kiikenthal’s sugges-
tion that the molars belonged to the first dentition ; this, however,
I have been unable to do. In fact, if any reliance is to be placed
on these downgrowths from the enamel-organs of the developing
teeth or from the dental lamina, then I must assert that the 1st
and 2nd molars of the Macropodide belong to the 2nd dentition,
and that therefore Kiikenthal’s original suggestion does not hold
good for the Marsupials in general.

The great difficulty which we find in connection with the interpre-
tation of the molars arises from the shortness of the jaws, so that
according to the age we find the most posterior molar as yet
formed developing side by side with the penultimate one. This led
Kiikenthal into a mistake, which he has since pointed out to me,
In his paper (no. 5) he figures the 2nd molar of Didelphys
with a rudimentary successional tooth ; this is really, as he now
believes, the rudimentary 3rd molar developing side by side with
the 2nd. He, however, describes what he believes to be a trace
of a successional tooth in connection with the Ist molar, but
unfortunately he does not figure this structure. I have found no
trace of any such structure either in Didelphys or in Macropodide,
and therefore see no reason to believe that the molars are in any
sense referable to the 1st dentition.

On the other hand, sections taken across the jaw of Petrogale,

460 MR. M, F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

through the region of the 1st molar at two stages, show (fig. 25)
that there is present on the outer side of the enamel-organ a
conspicuous outgrowth of its cells extending down into the gum at
right angles to the swollen portion of the dental lamina. This mass
takes its origin from the dental lamina nearer to the surface of the
gum than the point of origin of the molar tooth, which condition is
apparently just the reverse to that which we have seen in the incisor
region, where, if there was a rudiment of a second set of teeth, it
was situated internal to, and deeper than, the functional one, and
represented a replacing dentition. Here in the molar region, on
the other hand, we can only interpret these appearances on the
grounds that the functional molars belong to the 2nd or replacing
dentition, and that this downgrowth on their outer sides represents
the rudimentary, or rather vestigial, milk or 1st dentition. I may
perhaps mention here that I have found what appears to be a
similiar condition in Putorivs and Cavia, while in Lepus and Talpa,
where there is a suggestion of the reverse condition, we are in
reality dealing with the dental lamina itself and not a downgrowth
from it, as may be seen when the more posterior sections are
examined.

The second species of Petrogale, which was evidently the more
advanced embryo of a smaller form, showed only two vestigial
upper incisors, these having the relation of 2° and 7°, and one only

; : ESET 3
in the lower jaw, viz. 7,; it may be that were already reabsorbed.

MAcROPUS BRACHYURUS.

Two specimens examined, measuring respectively 100 mm. and
135 mm.

These specimens, although so small, were very much older than
the Petrogales described above, Macropus brachyurus being one
of the smallest Wallabies; the teeth were in consequence much
more highly developed.

Only two vestigial teeth were present in each premaxilla,
corresponding in position with 7? and 7°; the former was of
considerable size and so close to the surface of the gum that it is
just possible that it is shed in this form; the latter was, on the
other hand, very small and already partially absorbed.

The three functional incisors (2’, ¢*, and 2°) all exhibit slight but
distinct downgrowths from the inner side of their enamel-organs
representing rudiments of the successional teeth, according to
Kikenthal’s theory, and are therefore, as in all Macropids, referable
to the 1st dentition.

In the lower jaw there are present 2 pairs of incisors represent-
ing 7, and 2. The first being a vestigial tooth but of fair size and
well calcified; the second is the large incisor of the adult and
shows an epitheloid cord on its inner side representing the
successional tooth.

No trace of a canine was visible in either jaw of this specimen,
the anterior premolar, which is here very large, coming close behind

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 461

the premaxillo-maxillary suture (incisor fissure), The condition of
the premolars is very interesting. In the younger of the two
specimens examined, the rudiment of the successional tooth is
developed very much as in Petrogale, that is in the interspace
between pm? and pm’, but it is much closer to the former, with
which it is connected, and has no connection whatever at this stage
with the latter ; the difference may be, however, due to the fact
that this is a slightly older stage than that described for Petrogale.
In the second stage this rudiment of the successional premolar is
much more differentiated, and owing to the development of pm’,
which is here very large, it comes to be under the posterior end
and on the inner side of this tooth, with which we have seen it is
undoubtedly connected.

One thing we may say for certain, that in MW. brachywrus the
solitary successional tooth is not developed in connection with pm’,
but either represents a tooth in between pm‘ and pm’ or else is
the successor to the penultimate premolar (pm’).

The relation of the premolars in the lower jaw is the same as
that in the upper.

MACROPUS EUGENII.

Two specimens, 125 mm. long.

In this species there are present in the upper jaw 5 pairs of in-
cisors, corresponding with 7’, 2”, 2*, 7°, and «° of Petrogale penicillata ;
and, as in that form, 2’, 74, and 7° are the functional adult teeth,
while 7 and 7 are vestigial structures. No trace of that very
rudimentary tooth 7° could be found. Of the rudimentary teeth 2”
is very small, this being in all probability due to the fact that the
first functional incisor here early attains a large size, and has
consequently further dwarfed the disappearing 7*. On the other
hand, 2’ is a very prominent and well-developed tooth (fig. 5), and
in conformity with this we find that 7° is at present very slightly
developed and quite uncalcified.

A transverse section across the jaw and passing through 2’ and
? is shown in fig. 5, and it will be seen there is a well-developed
downgrowth from the inner side of the enamel-organ of 2,
showing that this latter tooth, like 7’ and 7, belongs to the 1st
dentition, the downgrowth (7) representing the rudimentary per-
manent tooth. The small tooth 7 is therefore quite an inde-
pendent tooth, and probably represents the 5th incisor of the first
dentition.

Of the first lower incisor (7,) no trace was observed in this
species ; the second and functional incisor was large and calcified,
and exhibited a large and definite rudiment of its successional
tooth in the form of a thick cord-like downgrowth from the inner
side of its enamel-organ, this rudiment being more definite here
than in any other form I have examined.

The upper canine is a small tooth situated in the maxilla and
close to the last incisor; it shows no indication of a successional
tooth, nor in any form which I have examined can one say

462 MR. M. F. WOODWARD OF MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

definitely to which dentition this tooth is to be referred. Between
the canine and the premolar the dental lamina branches out in a
most curious way, in some sections exhibiting three or four down-
growths from its adamantine face (fig. 13). Whether these repre-
sent modifications of the missing premolars 1 and 2 I am unable to
say, but it is interesting to note that a somewhat similar condition
of the dental lamina was observed in Petrogale in the same region.

The anterior premolar (3rd) is present in the form of a long
tooth-germ, which does not as yet show the formation of any
dentine or enamel. A careful examination of a complete series
of transverse sections revealed on the inner side of this tooth a
long cord of epithelium whose neck was anteriorly and superficially
connected with the dental lamina at the point of origin of the
3rd premolar (fig. 23, ppm), while posteriorly its deeper-seated
extremity or bulb was swollen and situated rather behind and
deeper in the gum than this tooth. This structure entirely dis-
appears from the sections before the 4th premolar is reached, thus
showing that it is situated anteriorly to the latter, with which it at
no time shows any connection.

The same condition holds for the lower jaw save that the
bulbous portion of this epitheloid cord (ppm) grows backward
from its point of origin into the space between the two premolars
and eventually attains a situation by the side of the 4th premolar,
but it never has any connection with the latter, and its posterior
position as compared with the same structure in the upper jaw
is probably due to the backward extension of the great lower
incisor, which takes up all the room under the 3rd premolar, so that
this developing premolar is backwardly displaced until it attains a
position under the 4th premolar.

The 4th premolar is a very large and well-developed tooth, the
largest in either jaw at the stage, and possessing well-developed
calcified cusps. It shows no signs of a vertical successor at either
of the two stages which I have examined in this species.

The molars were in both specimens too advanced to show the
vestiges of the other dentition, so I was unable to determine to
which set they should be refered.

MACROPUS GIGANTEUS.

Material consisted of 8 pouch-specimens, a very complete series,
youngest about 155 mm. long (this specimen was a little older than
the largest Petrogale examined).

In the youngest specimen there were three rudimentary incisors
present corresponding to those in Petrogale, but in all the older ones
® had disappeared and both 2? and @’, which were very large to begin
with, had now become through absorption very much reduced.
These three teeth have precisely the same relation and origin as in
Petrogale, and so call for no further description. All three func-
tional incisors, viz. 7’, 24, 7°, show at one stage rudiments of their
representatives in the second dentition (figs. 6, 7,8). The first

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 463

lower incisor is present as in Petrogale with a rudimentary suc-
cessor, the functional incisor being 7,, and shows a distinct indica-
tion of its successor in the second dentition (fig. 11, 2°’); no trace
of 7, was observed.

The canine is large and late to calcify, being uncalcified in the
largest specimen examined, of which the head measured 83 mm.

In the diastema between the canine and the 3rd premolar, the
dental lamina presents numerous small enlargements and irregu-
larities, some of which possibly represent the missing premolars.
In the lower jaw, however, there is a very distinct vestige of a
tooth in the form of an irregular enamel-organ with enamel-
epithelium and pulp (fig. 14). This, from its proximity to the 3rd
premolar, must represent pm.

The one functional successional premolar in the youngest speci-
men examined is developed as an enlargement of the dental lamina
between pm’ and pm‘ (fig. 21), being continuous with the slight
downgrowth developed on the inner sides of those teeth (figs. 20
and 22). In this respect it differs slightly in origin from that of
Petrogale, where it was directly continuous with the enamel-organs
themselves, and not with any internal lamina; this may be due to the
specimen under consideration being older than the Petrogale, as even
in that form this tooth subsequently takes on this internal position.

These two slight downgrowths (figs. 20 and 22) may perhaps
represent rudimentary permanent teeth, in which case the two
functional premolars must both be regarded as belonging to the
first dentition.

In the older specimens the successional premolar subsequently
takes on a position internal to the posterior end of pm’, and loses
its connection with pm‘, with which its connection was at the best
very slight.

In the youngest specimen the 1st molar above and below was
just formed, and while the lower one showed no indication of any
accessory tooth rudiment, the upper one (fig. 26) had exactly the
same relationas seen in Petrogale; that is, a downgrowth of epithe-
loid cells from the dental lamina external to and nearer the gum
than the molar itself. This, as I have before pointed out, must be
regarded as a vestige of the 1st dentition, and the molar teeth, at
any rate the 1st, must be regarded as belonging to the 2nd dentition.

MAcROPUS BENNETTII (RUFICOLLIS).

One very badly preserved head. This, when clarified, showed
that there were present in the premaxilla 5 incisors, the three func-
tional being 7, 7', and 7°, and the two vestigial ones being @ and 7,

The dried skull of a very advanced pouch foetus showed that
the canine was very large for a Macropus and calcified, and I
should think in all probability cuts the gum and is shed, not
reabsorbed. The first specimen was too much macerated to make
out any detailed tooth relationships, and I only mention it here to
show how constant is the presence of at least two of these
yestigial incisors (viz. i and @).

464 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

JAEPYPRYMNUS RUFESCENS.

Two specimens, measuring 125 mm. and 195 mm. long respec-
tively.

In this Kangaroo-Rat no trace of the reduced incisors was
observed, the three functional ones being well developed, the first
and the Jast showing traces of an internal downgrowth from the
dental lanima similar to that seen in the true Kangaroos.

The jaw is here very short, so that the last incisor, the canine,
and the anterior end of the first premolar appear in the same
section. The last-mentioned tooth is very large and extends
through a great number of sections ; towards its posterior end,
and just as the 4th premolar is appearing on its external side
" (fig. 24), a mass of cells is noticed lying above it ; this mass of cells
is connected with a long epitheloid cord which is applied to the
inner side of the dental sac of the 3rd premolar’, the two having
very much the same relation as that seen between the dental sac
of a milk-tooth and its so-called permanent successor.

The condition seen in the lower jaw is very similar to that in the
upper, except that the swollen portion of the germ of the so-called
successional tooth is situated rather farther back, as in most other
Macropids, owing to the backward extension of the large incisor.

If one was able to study the development of the functional
successional tooth in this form only, one could not help concluding
that it was developed side by side with the 3rd premolar, and that
it really represented the successor of that tooth and not that of the
4th premolar as has generally been believed hitherto.

BErTONGIA LESUEURI.

One embryo, about 180 mm. long.

The teeth of this foetus were in an advanced stage of calci-
fication and no traces of the supposed rudimentary successional
teeth were to be observed.

There were four pairs of incisors present in the upper jaw,
viz. 7, i, 2, and 7°; of these the first two and the last were very
large, while #° was minute, somewhat irregular, and undergoing
absorption. All traces of 7’ and ¢* had disappeared. No trace of
additional incisors was observed in the lower jaw.

The upper canine in these Kangaroo-Rats persists in the adult
as a large tooth, and in conformity with this we find that in the
embryo this tooth is larger than in the true Kangaroos and well
calcified. The 3rd premolar is very large, and already shows its
characteristic shape, it overlaps the canine in front and nearly
reaches the 4th premolar behind. The one successional tooth is of
considerable size and slightly calcified; its enamel-organ is con-
nected by a long strand of epithelium with the extreme posterior

1 In the figure the cord of epithelium connected with the developing premolar
(ppm) is represented as coming into too intimate connection with the enamel-
organ of the 3rd premolar; it should in reality be only applied to the side of
that structure, and not fused with it as appears from the drawing.

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 465

end of pm’, the tooth itself being situated above the anterior end
of pm’, but is in no way connected with the latter. The specimen
was, however, too old to show the true origin of this tooth.

The molars were too advanced to show any indication of their
lost predecessors or otherwise. Of course the most posterior
molar in the jaw was still very young, but as a matter of fact no
traces either of predecessors or of successors have been observed
to any but the 1st molar, the rest seemingly being too much
modified.

III.—GayeraL ConsIDERATIONS.

We have seen from the above that many of the Macropodide
possess vestiges of the five upper incisors of the Polyprotodonts,
and that in two cases, viz. Petrogale penicillata and Macropus
giganteus, there are traces of no less than six of these teeth, the
full upper incisor formula being, 1.2.3.4.5.6, That the three
adult incisors are the Ist, 4th, and 6th; this conclusion is at
variance with that of Oldfield Thomas (11, pp. 454 and 457), who
shows, in a diagram illustrating the relations between the teeth of
the Polyprotodonts and Diprotodonts, that he believes the
reduction in the number of the incisors in the latter to have
been brought about by a suppression of the two posterior teeth of
the former. This interpretation I have shown, by the discovery
of vestigial teeth, to be erroneous, the teeth which disappear being
incisors nos. 2, 3, and 5.

The discovery of 6 pairs of incisors, although an absolute fact,
is in many respects an unfortunate one, as we know of no adult
Mammal with so many, and even amongst Reptiles many Lizards
and Crocodiles have the number of teeth in each premaxilla
restricted to five. I can only suggest in explanation that in
Petrogale, where the 3 adult incisors are so slight, and where there
is in consequence more room in the premaxilla, the additional
incisor, which is only apparently lost in the Polyprotodonts (see
ante, p. 456), has reappeared as a calcified tooth owing to the
greater amount of room in the jaw and the lesser abstraction of
growth-energy on account both of the smaller size of the adult
teeth and of the very late development of the most posterior
incisor.

In Macropus giganteus only the late calcification of the func-
tional teeth can be supposed to account for the presence of so
many vestiges, and as a fact we notice, directly these adult teeth
begin to calcify, the vestigial ones become reabsorbed.

The incisor which I regard as wanting in the Polyprotodonts is
the 5th incisor of Petrogale, for I have found what appears to be
an undeveloped enamel-organ in Perameles, between incisors 4 and
5 of that form, and corresponding in position with the large
diastema of the adult. On one side of the upper jaw of an adult
Perameles in the Teaching Collection of the Royal College of
Science there is a curiously elongated tooth, occupying a position
intermediate between incisors 4 and 5, both of which are wanting ;

466 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

this tooth (fig. 27, i*, 7°, 7°) shows indications of at least three fangs,
and is obviously a fusion of these teeth. It seems to me probable
that the partial calcification of this missing incisor might cause the
fusion of these two teeth, which are only separated by a slight
interval in the foetus.

The comparatively large size of the vestigial 5th incisor in the
Macropodide is obviously accounted for by the late development of
the 3rd adult incisor, whereas the 2nd and 8rd, which are functional
teeth in the Polyprotodonts, have been dwarfed by the early
development and large size of the Ist and 4th incisors. The
commencing enlargement of the Ist incisor is well shown in
Didelphys. ;

With regard to the lower incisors, evidence is wanting to show
which of the Polyprotodont’s teeth these represent. The close
approximating of the four lower incisors of Didelphys does not prove
necessarily that the missing tooth is the 5th incisor, for we have
seen that in the upper jaw of Macropus no diastemata remain to
show where the suppressed teeth were situated. Nevertheless,
we may provisionally allow that this is the case, and regard the
three lower incisors of Petrogale as representing the 1st, 2nd, and
3rd, the 1st and 3rd being vestigial. The great functional lower
incisors of the Macropodide are therefore the over-developed 2nd
incisors.

Cope (2) has shown that in all probability this is also the
condition in the Rodentia, there being strong evidence to believe
that the single pair of large lower incisors are the 2nd; the 1st and
3rd have first become reduced as in Hsthonywx, then the 3rd have
disappeared, and the Ist is smaller than the second, as in Psitta-
cotherium or in Calamodon, where the 1st has disappeared, which
form Cope regards as the ancestor of the Rodentia.

From the study of the development of the incisors we have seen
that in connection with the Ist, 2nd, 4th, and 6th above, and the
1st and 2nd below, rudimentary successional teeth (“ Ersatzziihne’’)
are to be found at one stage, thus proving that the teeth enu-
merated above are present in some form or other in both
dentitions, and that the three incisors above and the one below in
the adult, belong to the 1st, or milk dentition. This is in perfect
accord with Kiikenthal’s (5) observations on the incisors of
Didelphys, all of which he shows to belong to the 1st dentition.
In no case have I been able to determine as to which dentition
the canine is to be referred. In Didelphys, however, Kiikenthal
saw something which he considered to represent a rudimentary
successional tooth, but it was evidently, from his description, very
slight.

Only in Macropus giganteus have I been able to find any certain
trace of the missing premolars ; in this case the tooth found was
probably pm,. In the other forms the dental lamina was invariably
present in this region, and often presented irregular swellings but
nothing definite. This appears to me to be strange, as in Petrogale
there is a large diastema, even in the young animal, between the

1893.] MB. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION, 467

canine and the third premolar, so that one might reasonably expect
to find some trace of these teeth ; in M. brachyuwrus and M. eugenii,
however, the anterior premolar (pm,) was much more advanced in
its development and consequently the diastema was much smaller.

I account for the absence of these teeth by the early enlarge-
ment of pm, before the maxilla is elongated, and in consequence
this tooth overshadows the region of the Ist and 2nd premolars
and abstracts the matter and power of growth which would
otherwise fall to their share.

Kiikenthal, in his description of the premolars of Didelphys,
describes what he considers to be a rudiment of the successional
tooth as attached to the enamel-organ of the 1st premolar, but he
found no trace of the missing premolar, nor any rudiment of a
successional tooth to the 3rd premolar, while he describes the
functional successional tooth as being developed from the enamel-
organ of the 4th premolar. Now my investigations among the
Kangaroos show that in them the one functional successional
tooth is never by any chance developed from the 4th premolar,
and although it displaces that tooth along with the third, it is
not the representative of the same (the 4th pm.) in the 2nd
dentition. If this is the case, then the conclusions of Owen, Gervais,
Flower, and Thomas break down as far as the Macropodide are
concerned.

Having shown that this tooth is not the successor to the 4th
premolar, it remains to decide if possible what its real significance
is. Judging from its relation as seen in Zpyprymnus alone,
I should have concluded that it really represented the successor
of the 3rd premolar ; but the embryos of this form and also those
of the various species of Macropus which I have examined were
all too old to show the actual origin of this replacing tooth.

The only form in which I could observe the first origin of this
so-called successional tooth was in Petrogale, and here, as 1 have
described above, this tooth arises independently of the 3rd and 4th
premolars from the dental ridge connecting these two teeth. Its
position there certainly suggested that it represented a tooth
intermediate between the 3rd and 4th premolars, and belonged
to the same series as themselves, owing its subsequent position
internal to and deeper in the gum than these teeth to the more
rapid growth and earlier development of the latter, whereby this
intermediate tooth is displaced and retarded, so that it assumes
all the relations of a tooth of the second dentition. The first
stage in this change is well seen in the youngest embryo of
M. guganteus.

This tooth often takes on a secondary connection with the
adjacent premolars ; thus in Petrogale it becomes connected with
the 4th premolar, while in Macropus and Apyprymnus it is related
to the 3rd.

It is interesting to note that m Perameles the large supposed
successional tooth is quite distinct in origin from the small 4th
premolar which is shed; it is in fact formed from the dental

468 MR, M. F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

lamina situated immediately behind pm. 3, and morphologically
in front of the 4th premolar. Further, if a skull be examined
in which the tooth-change is taking place, it will be seen that
the supposed successor of the 4th premolar cuts the gum in front
of that tooth to which it is believed to be its milk predecessor
(fig. 27). This would be quite an anomalous condition, for if we
study the relations of a milk-tooth to its permanent successor in
a typical placental mammal, we find that the latter is invariably
developed behind the former, and either cuts the gum internal
to it, as in the case of the incisors, or else comes up underneath
it, but at the same time slightly internal and posterior. But in
no case (unless the present instance in the Marsupials be one)
does the permanent tooth develop and cut the gum in front of its
milk predecessor.

Kiikenthal, it is true, figures what he regarded as the developing
functional successional tooth as arising from the 4th premolar.
If this structure really has the significance which he ascribes to it,
then I should suggest that he is probably dealing with one of
those modified conditions seen in the later stages of Petrogale,
in which the successional tooth has acquired a secondary con-
nection with the tooth behind it (pm 4), as I think it unlikely
that these two forms should possess such striking differences in
the development of their teeth.

Unfortunately the specimens of Didelphys which I have at
present examined have been too old to show the earliest stage in
the formation of this tooth.

The fact that the successional tooth does actually replace the
4th premolar in these two forms is of course a strong argument
in favour of the older view that these two teeth represent the
milk and permanent stages of the 4th premolar; but still I think
the facts of development as described above, which suggest that the
older view is erroneous, cannot beignored. Until, however, further
proof is forthcoming as to the development of these teeth in the
Polyprotodonts, it will not be wise to express too definite an
opinion on the matter; but I nevertheless think the true explana-
tion of the condition of these teeth in the Macropodide is that
this so-called successional tooth is not a successional tooth at all,
or at any rate to the 3rd and 4th premolar, but a tooth of the same
series intermediate in position between the two.

Assuming the belief in the disappearance of the first two pre-
molars in the Macropodide to be the correct one, then we must be
here dealing with an animal possessing five teeth of the so-called
premolar series, the tooth which is generally regarded as the
successor to the 4th being itself the true 4th premolar, and the
so-called 4th premolar being in reality the 5th, or else the 1st
molar, which seems possible when we cowpare its form with that
of the true molars. ‘The presence of five premolars, considered in
the light of the dentition of the higher Mammalia, may seem to
be open to question. But should we not rather seek for an
explanation of order and succession of the Marsupials’ teeth

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 469

amongst those most lowly animals the Mesozoic Mammalia, rather
than amongst the highly modified Placentalia?

If we turn to the published accounts of these old mammals, we
find that many of them possessed a large number of cheek-teeth,
which were in some cases divisible into two series: thus, in
Amphilestes, where there were 12 or 13, the anterior six can
be separated from the posterior ones by their simplified structure.
In many cases, however, no sharp line can be drawn, as the
anterior teeth become gradually more complicated as we pass
backward. It is important to note that in the reduction in the
number of these teeth which takes place in some (as in Phas-
colotherium), it is obvious that this has not occurred so much at the
posterior end of the series, but rather that certain teeth in the
middle have been either completely suppressed or retarded, thus
reducing the number of teeth, especially in the premolar region.

Supposing the cheek-teeth in the Marsupials all belong to the
same set, either the Ist or 2nd dentition, then the only difference
between the molars and premolars comes to be one of form; and I
see no reason why we should restrict the number of the latter to
four, when in so many of these fossils and even amongst the
living forms, viz. Myrmecobius (where no replacing tooth is
known), we find that there may be 5 or 6 of the anterior cheek-
teeth of simpler character than those behind. The so-called
successor to the 4th premolar I regard as one of these anterior
teeth (possibly the 4th or the 6th) which has been retarded in its
development, and, by the backward growth of the tooth in front
and the forward growth of the tooth behind, has assumed a
position underneath these teeth, and has consequently to displace
one of them in order to reach the surface. Thomas has shown
the presence of this tooth in Zriconodon under the 4th cheek-
tooth, and has on this account restricted the number of the pre-
molars to four in these early Marsupials; but this form possesses
a dentition in which the number of teeth is already greatly
reduced, only possessing 7 or 8 cheek-teeth, and consequently
differing very little from the least modified Marsupials such as
Phascologale. There is, I believe, no evidence to show that this
condition had been acquired by forms like Amphilestes, with
numerous cheek-teeth, unless what appears to be a retardation of
the 5th cheek-tooth in forms like Amphitylus and Dryolestes is
to be interpreted in this light. This tooth, however, is regarded
as the Ist molar in these forms.

As I have already pointed out, the evidence adduced for the
development of the premolars is not decisive enough to settle
definitely to which dentition these teeth are to be referred,
M. giganteus being the only one which shows anything lke rudi-
ments of a second set. If they belong, as Kiikenthal suggests, to
the 1st dentition, then I should be inclined to think that Baume’s
(1) theory as to the formation of the permanent teeth was not so far
wrong after all (of course I leave out of consideration the Cetacea,
for which Kiikenthal has definitely proved the contrary). May

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXXII. 32

470 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

not this retardation of the 4th premolar as seen in the Macro-
podidz be the first step in the formation of the permanent set’,
which may afterwards take on a secondary connection with the
teeth of the 1st dentition? In Amphilestes there are 12 or 13
cheek-teeth present, and no evidence of the presence of two
sets of teeth. May not the five posterior ones represent the five
molars (Bettongia), while the first 8 might be supposed to give rise
to the 8 premolars (4 milk and 4 permanent), and by the retar-
dation of each alternate one the condition in the Placentalia might
be brought about, the 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 8th being retarded and
displaced to form a second or replacing set, whilst the 1st, 3rd,
5th, and 7th develop early and are replaced by the former? These
teeth, which were originally distinct, may have acquired a secon-
dary connection with the tooth in front, as seems to have been the
case with the 3rd premolar of the Kangaroos and the one replac-
ing tooth, this latter in those forms displacing both the 3rd and
so-called 4th premolar. In others it, however, only displaces the
so-called 4th premolar, owing to the latter having, through its
enlargement, acquired a connection with the replacing tooth, as
in Didelphys; or, owing to the reduction in size of the 4th
premolar, as in Perameles and Thylacinus, the supposed replacing
tooth is able to cut the gum in its more normal position and
displaces the reduced tooth behind.

If these various and often minute cord-like downgrowths of
the dental lamina are to be interpreted as representing rudi-
ments of teeth, as seems probable from comparison with the
known rudiments of the 1st or 2nd dentition in other mammals,
then we find that in the Kangaroos the incisor teeth all belong to
the Ist dentition, that the relations of the canine are uncertain,
that the premolars probably belong to the 1st dentition, whereas
the molars, or at any rate the 1st, belong to the 2nd dentition.

This last statement is a reversion to older ideas as to the
relation of these teeth, held by all odontologists prior to the
appearance of Kiikenthal’s paper, wherein he formulated the theory
that the molars belonged to the 1st dentition. As I have already
pointed out, he has retracted part of his statements on this point,
and I have been unable to confirm his views as to the lst molar
in Didelphys, while in the Macropodide I have apparently found
exactly the reverse condition®.

I should suggest by way of explanation as to the presence of
the permanent molars in a dentition which was otherwise entirely
composed of milk-teeth, that owing to the shortness of the jaws
the molars were formed very late, and owing to the inability to
find room for two sets of what are naturally large teeth, the Ist or
milk dentition, as the least important, became suppressed, and is
only seen as a slight rudiment attached to the least modified molar,

1 Similar to the condition seen in the Monitor amongst Reptiles.

* For the present I leave out of consideration Leche’s (6) account of the con-
dition and homology of the molars of Erinaceus, as I have not yet finished my
observations on the molars of the Placentalia.

1893.] MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 471

viz.m. 1. One of the most important factors in the modifica-
tions which we meet with in the Mammalian dentition is the
shortening of the jaws, often accompanied by an enlargement of
some of the teeth, thus causing a reduction and finally a suppres-
sion of some of the series. These missing teeth can be sometimes
discovered through the study of Paleontology, sometimes through
the study of Abnormalities, but the surest method when possible
is by the study of their development.

The great variability of the anterior premolar of the living
Placentalia and the insignificance of our knowledge concerning it,
as to which dentition it is to be referred, alone show how futile
are our attempts to homologize the dentitions of the leading
orders of living Mammalia. And, reflecting upon the facts which
I have herein recorded, I believe that our greatest desideratum at
present is the further study of the development of the teeth of
these animals, especially in its bearing upon the probable discovery
and determination of vestigial teeth.

My thanks are due to Prof. Howes for much valuable advice,
and to Mr. Fletcher of Sydney, Dr. Symington, and Mr. Oldfield
Thomas for gifts of much valuable material.

IV.—List or REFERENCES.
1. Baume.—Versuch einer Entwicklungsg. d. Gebisses. Leipzig,
1882.
2. Corn.‘ The Mechanical Cause of the Development of the
hard parts of the Mammalia.” Jour. Morph. vol. iii. 1889.
3. Frowrr, Sir W. H.—* On the Development and Succession
of the Teeth in the Marsupialia.” Phil. Trans. vol. 157.
p- 631 (1867).
4. Kiixenruat, W.—‘<‘Einige Bermerkungen ib. d. Siugetier-
Bezahnung.” Anat. Anz. 1891, p. 364.
5. Koxentuar, W.—* Das Gebiss vy. Didelphys.” Anat. Anz.
1891, p. 658.
These two papers are translated in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, ix. pp. 279, 285 (1892).
6. Lecun.—< Studien iiber d. Entwick. d. Zahnsystems b. d.
Saugethieren.” M. J. xix. 1893, p. 502.
7. Ownn.—Art. “ Teeth” in Todd’s Cyclop.
Owrn.—Mesozoic Mammals. Pal. Soc.
8. Poucunr et Cuapry.— Cont. 4 ’Odontologie d. Mammif.”
J. Anat. et Physiol. 1884.
9. Rése.— Ueber d. Zahnentwicklung d. Beuteltiere.” Anat.
Anz. 1892, p. 693.
10. Tuomas, O.—* On Dr. Kiikenthal’s discoveries in Mammalian
Dentition.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, ix. p. 308 (1892).
11. THomas, O.—‘‘On the Homologies and Succession of the
Teeth in the Dasyvride, with an attempt to trace the
history of the evolution of the Mammalian Teeth m
general.” Phil Trans. vol. 178. pp. 443-462 (1887).
12. Tuomas, O.——Catalogue of Marsupials Brit. Mus. 1888.

32%

=!

472

MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 2,

V.—EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXV.-XXXVII.

In all cases the teeth represented are from the left side, and when shown in
section are looked at from the front, so that the left of the Plate represents the
inner side of the jaw.

Fig. 1.

13.
14.

15.
16.

Jaws of Petrogale (113 mm. long), clarified, and showing the tooth-
germs in situ. 7'-7°, the 6 upper incisors; 7,-7,, the 3 lower incisors ;
ce, canine; pm°, pm*, pm,, pm,, the upper and lower premolars
m, m,, the lst upper and lower molar; pms, the premaxillo-maxil-
lary suture.

. Wax model of the enamel-organs of the Ist and 2nd upper incisors ;

lettering as above. d./, dental lamina ; 2*', rudiment of successional
tooth.

. Transverse section of the enamel-organs of the 38rd and 4th upper

incisors of Petrogale.

. A wax model showing the relation of the 4th upper incisor (74) to the

5th (2°) and 6th (7°). Petrogale.

. Transverse section through the 5th (2”) and 6th (2°) incisors of Macropus

eugenti. 7°’, rudimentary successional tooth.

. Transverse section through the upper 4th and 6th incisors (7 and 7°)

with the rudimentary successor to the latter (7°’). The vestigial 5th
incisor (7°) is dotted in to show its relative position. MM. giganteus.

. Transyerse section through the developing Ist incisor of M. giganteus.

a“, successional tooth.

. Transverse section through the enamel-organ of the 4th incisor and its

rudimentary successor, 74’. MM. giganteus.

. Section taken parallel with the median plane of the head, but transverse

to the dental lamina, passing through the lst and 2nd lower incisors
(i, and 7 Petrogale (95 em.).

NE
. Enlarged drawing of the Ist lower incisor (7,), showing its advanced

calcification and its rudimentary successor 7,'._ Petrogale (11 em.).

. Transverse section through the 2nd lower incisor of MM. giganteus.

z,', rudimentary successor.

. Section through the dental lamina between the canine and 3rd premolar,

showing a slight differentiation, possibly representing one of the
missing premolars. Petrogale.

Ditto. M. eugenii.

Section in front of the 3rd lower premolar, M. giganfeus, showing the
missing 2nd premolar.

Section through the enamel-organ of the 3rd premolar. Petroga/e.

Section showing the earliest indication of the so-called 4th successional
premolar (ppm). Petrogale (9:5 em.).

16. Section through the same region as 16a in an older embryo. 11 cm.

17.
18.

Section showing the character of the dental lamina between figs. 15 and
16 or 16 and 18. Petrogale.

Enamel-organ of the 4th premolar ; p possibly represents the last trace
of a successional tooth. Petrogale.

. A drawing of a wax model showing the relation between pm and pm*

and the permanent premolar (ppm). Petrogale.

. Section through the enamel-organ of the 3rd premolar of M. giganteus.
. The dental lamina between pm’ and pm’, already slightly swollen, the

earliest appearance of the successional tooth (ppm). M. giganteus.

. The enamel-organ of the 4th premolar. MM. giganteus.
. Section through the 3rd premolar and the germ of the so-called 4th

successional tooth (ppm). M. eugenit.

. Ditto, ditto. pyprymnus rufescens. Showing the relation of the

hitherto supposed successor (ppm) to the 4th premolar to pm, and
pm,.

1 1
. a,b. The developing germs of a of Petrogale. a , the milk-rudiments ;
1

qni! 1
a the germs of the functional and permanent teeth.
|

1893. ] PROF. E, C. STIRLING ON DIPROTODON-REMAINS. 473

Fig. 26. The germ of the Ist upper molar of M. giganteus. m', germ of 2nd
dentition ; m1, rudiment of Ist.

27. Premolars, canine, and abnormal incisors of Perameles (i, and 7,
fused).

28. Section through the dental lamina of Perameles between incisors 4 and
5 of the upper jaw, showing enlargement supposed to represent the
true 5th incisor, Z

29. Palatal aspect of the premaxilla of a young Petrogale xanthopus,
showing the three adult incisors in relation to the jaw and the
vestigial canine. S, premaxillo-maxillary suture.

May 16, 1893.
OsBErt Savin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary exhibited on behalf of Mr. Rowland Ward, F.Z.S.,
a complete skin of Grévy’s Zebra (Equus grevyi), from a specimen
recently shot by Col. Arthur Paget in Somali-land.

The following extracts from a letter, from Professor E. OC.
Stirling, M.D., C.M.Z.S., to Professor Newton, dated “ Adelaide,
April 10th, 1893”*, were read :—

“. ,..lLam writing now to give you early information of a great
‘ find’ of Diprotodon remains which I have recently been exploiting,
and the results will clear up the remaining points of doubt about
this great beast. Some months ago I received information that
large bones were visible in a watercourse in a large dry salt lagoon
called Lake Mulligan, situated some 20 or 30 miles to the north
of a still larger dry salt lagoon which you will find marked as
Lake Frome on any good map of South Australia. The accounts
were so favourable that I sent upa good man to inspect and report.
His accounts were also favourable, and I induced our Museum
people to institute a systematic search—and we sent up four men
with a complete outfit under the charge of a man who had some
considerable experience of the kind of work. This party has been
at work for nearly three months with very gratifying results from
the reports I got. According to them there are hundreds of skele-
tons available and accessible, and many of them have already been
excavated. Several nearly complete skeletons have been exhumed,
and all the bones of the body have been found... . It appears that
the animal had five well-developed toes, the five terminal phalanges
of which are almost equal in size. The carpal and metacarpal
bones have also been found, though I am not specially informed
whether the digits of the manus are also five in number. This,
however, is implied from the enclosed sketch which Iam able to send

ou.
“There is a tail of 9 vertebrae, which in one instance was 1 foot
1 N.B.—Professor Stirling's telegram to Professor Newton published in ‘The

Times’ of 25th April and ‘ Nature’ of 27th April (vol. xlvii. p. 606) is of later
date.

474 PROF. BE, C. STIRLING ON DIPROTODON-REMAINS. [May 16,

23 inches long, and I am informed that the marsupial bones have
also been found. We have also several distinct impressions of
the skin of the fore foot.

“Several skeletons of a large Wombat about the size of a bullock
have been also unearthed—probably Phascolomys gigas ; aad by the
last advices the discovery has been made of a frail, tenderly-built
animal about the size of a sheep, of which the nature is as yet
unknown.

“The above account will give you some idea of the extent of
this deposit of bones, which I think will undoubtedly prove to be
one of the most important of its kind yet made in Australia. I
am in hope that we shall be able to continue the search for some
two or three months longer, by which time we shall have reaped
a very rich harvest.

**T ought to mention that the locality is about 600 miles north
of Adelaide, in a very inhospitable country, and 180 miles from
the railway. In this season of drought all carting and travelling
has to be done by Camels, and the temperature averages 110° F.
in the shade, occasionally rising to over 120°. Myriads of flies and
frequent sand-storms are other trifling difficulties which have to be
undergone by the party.

“‘So far my engagements have not permitted me to get to the
spot ; but I hope to do so shortly. In any case it will be some
time before we can get the bones down to town, as Camels are
the only means of communication. When we do get the material
to work upon we ought to have something interesting to say, but
in the meantime I think you will be glad to have this preliminary
report, however fragmentary ....I send you herewith a rough
sketch of one of the specimens in situ which will better explain
some of the points I have mentioned, more especially with regard
to the feet. Photographs of others have been taken, but I have
not yet received copies ; and indeed the impurity and scarcity of
the water available has been so far a great hindrance to the
development of the plates. The last advices I have received are
nearly a month old, owing to the difficulties of access to the place,
and I expect a good deal has been done since then.

“Tn writing to Sir W. Flower some weeks ago I was only able
to mention that we had dropped into what seemed to be a good
‘ find,’ but I was unable to give him any details. Perhaps, if you
see him yon will let him know how we are getting on.

**. , . This is avery hurried letter, but I only received to-day my
last advices about the Diprotodon, and the mail which I wish to catch
goes to-morrow. Pray, therefore, excuse my imperfect sketch, which
I only send as it is because I know: you will be interested, and
because I should like you to be the first to receive the information
such as it is.

“ Addendum. Professor Tate informs me that the geological
formation of this salt-lake district of South Central Australia must
be considered Pliocene. Lake Mulligan is, like Lake Eyre, Lake
Frome, and other neighbouring lakes marked in the map, a vast

1893.] ON THE ATRIUM AND PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHETA. 475

level expanse of salt-encrusted, black mud, only becoming filled
after very heavy rains, which are not of very frequent occurrence.
Lake Mulligan is relatively small, being only about 8 miles across,
and the Diprotodon remains are somewhere about midway between
the east and westedges. Usually the salt crust is not firm enough
for bullock-traffic, and I may safely say that thousands of bullocks
have at different times been bogged in crossing or attempting to
cross .... The bones, as will be seen, lie close to the surface, that
is two or three feet [beneath]... . It would appear that an im-
mense herd of these and other animals had got bogged, probably in
seeking water in a dry season, justas cattle do now in the North by
hundreds. here is every indication that all this region of South
Central Australia was formerly occupied by freshwater lakes.
We have, for instance, remains of Alligators or Crocodiles from a
district not far off, and other evidence of freshwater-life. Of
course we are on the look-out for Thylacoleo; but, so far, it does
not appear to have been met with; but I am quite hopeful that if
we can manage to prosecute the search, that this and perhaps other
remains will be met with.

“This is about all the information I can give you at present.
Again excuse its unsystematic and fragmentary character, but I
am writing far into the night so as to catch the mail to-morrow.

eH, O82”

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Atrium and Prostate in the Oligocheta. By
Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.
[Received May 2, 1893.]

The structures termed “atrium” and “prostate” in the
Oligochzta have given rise to considerable differences of opinion as
to their nature.

The word ‘atrium ” has been generally used for the dilated
chamber into which the sperm-duct opens in the Tubificide and
Lumbriculide ; “prostate” has been the term usually applied to
the glandular structures in Earthworms which are appended to the
male duct. The latter term was first applied by Vaillant (1, who
first described a worm with the glands in question, viz. Pericheta
posthuma), who remarked concerning the gland : “ faut il y voir une
vésicule séminale accessoire ou une glande annexe comparable a
une prostate?” The word “atrium” appears to have been first
used by Claparéde (2, p. 21) in the case of Tubifew. Vaillant was
of opinion that the glands, which he described for the first time,
in Pericheta were sui generis and not comparable to any structures
in other Oligocheta. Vejdovsky is the first writer who has
attempted any comparison between the structures in question

476 MR. F, BE, BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

throughout the Oligocheta (3, p. 143). The following is a brief
epitome of what he has said upon the subject: he considers that
the glands described by Perrier in Pericheta, Acanthodrilus, and
Digaster are possibly the equivalents of what he (Vejdovsky) terms
the “ Cement-Driise ” in the Tubificide ; that the glandular tube
in Eudrilus which Perrier called “ vesicula seminalis” is to be
looked upon as the homologue of the atrium in the aquatic
Oligocheeta ; so also is the gland in Pontodrilus.

The next contribution to the subject is by myself; I pointed out
(4) that the genus Moniligaster—an earthworm according to the
definition of most naturalists—has a terminal gland connected with
the sperm-ducts which agrees in all essentials with the atrium of
the aquatic genera. In a further contribution (5) I dealt with the
prostates of Earthworms in general, giving reasons for regarding
them as the homologues of the atria of the lower Oligocheta.

Among Earthworms there are two principal forms of “ prostate ”
met with. In <Acanthodrilus, Pontodrilus, and other genera the
glands are represented by long tubular bodies ; in Pericheta &e.
there are a pair of lobulate bodies often occupying the same position
with regard to the ends of the sperm-ducts. One question to be
decided was whether these two kinds of glands were related to each
other; the next question was whether these glands were homologous
with any structure in the lower Oligocheta. As to the first ques-
tion, the tubular gland of Acanthodrilus was shown to differ only
from the branched gland of Pericheta by the fact that the glandular
cells of which it is largely composed are in the latter segregated
into masses instead of forming a continuous coating. The answer
to the second question is rendered easier by a consideration of the
structure of the gland appended to the sperm-duct in Ludrilus.
Perrier’s account of the structure and relations of this gland were
not, as I myself showed (6), quite accurate; the sperm-ducts open
into the interior of the gland at about its middle. In this feature
the gland of Ludrilus differs from that of Acanthodrilus, which is
quite independent of the sperm-duct, or from that of Pontodrilus,
where the sperm-duct only opens into the gland near to its external
aperture. The identity of minute structure, however, appears to
favour a comparison of the glands in Eudrilus and Pontodrilus ;
the only difference concerns the thick muscular coat of the gland
in Ludrilus; but I pointed out that the genus Zrigaster of Benham
seews to be an intermediate form in this respect. ‘The iden-
tity of structure,” I remarked, “between the glandular bodies
appended to the termination of the vas deferens in Ludrilus,
Typhous, &c., leads to the inference that they are homologous ;
while the relations of the vas deferens to this body in Hudrilus
clearly favours the supposition that it corresponds to the atrium
in the ‘ Limicole.’” The comparison of the gland of Perichata
to the prostates of the Tubificide seemed to me to be rendered
impossible by reason of the fact that in the former the cells which
it was sought to compare were covered by the peritoneum, while in
the Limicolw (I did not particularly mention Tubifex) and in the

1893. ] PROSTATE IN. THE OLIGOCH ETA. 477

genus Moniligaster “the prostates are formed by a metamorphosis
of certain peritoneal cells.” The real equivalent therefore of the
“ prostates ” in the Limicole and in Moniligaster are to be found
in the peritoneum of <Acanthodrilus, Pericheta, &e. ‘In Earth-
worms therefore,” I concluded, “ there are two organs which have
been termed prostates—(1) the atrium of Acanthodrilus, Pericheta,
&c.; (2) the atrium + prostate of Moniligaster.”

These opinions were upheld with slight modifications in a subse-
quent paper (5, p. 117 &¢c.). One important difference between
the atria of the higher and those of the lower Oligochzta 1 sought
to explain by the primitive position of the atrial pores. Assuming
that they originally were developed as invaginations of the clitellar
region, it would follow that the lining membrane would consist, as
does the clitellum, of two layers of cells; the resemblance of the
cellular lining of the atrium in <Acanthodrilus &e. to the clitellar
epithelium has been commented upon by others as well as by
myself. In the lower Oligocheta, on the other hand, the clitellar
epithelium is one-layered; hence the lining membrane of the
atrium is one-layered also. My later discovery, made since the
paper to which I am now referring was written, that Monzligaster
has a clitellum like that of the lower Olhigocheta, still further con-
firms this way of looking at the facts. In the lower Oligochzta
the atrial epithelium is ciliated—another difference as I then thought
it ; L have, however, lately found that in Hudriloides brunneus (n. sp.)
the same ciliation at any rate partially occurs. I need not therefore
recapitulate my attempt to explain what is now not a difference
between the lower and higher genera of Oligocheta. Other points
in this paper will be referred to again.

The views expressed in my papers were controverted by Benham
(10). He points out in the first place a confusion of terms of
which I was guilty. Mr. Benham writes :—‘ Beddard takes up a
rather curious position in regard to the prostate of Monaligaster.
For him the peritoneal coat, outside the muscular wall of the
atrium, is the ‘prostate’ and is homologous with the ‘* Cement-
Driise” (or prostate) of Tubifew. Now this prostate in Tubifex
has been shown by Vejdovsky to be formed by a proliferation and
outgrowth of the atrial epithelium at a certain point, which bursts
through the muscular wall of the atrium and projects into the
body -cavity. The atrial epithelium is derived from the epidermis,
so that the ‘ Cement-Driise’ is epiblastic ; whereas the glandular
covering of the ‘ atrium’ of Monilgaster, Stylaria, Rhynchelmis, &e.
is mesoblastic,—it is in reality a modification of the peritoneal
cells. Hence Beddard would regard the epiblastic ‘ prostate’
(Cement-Driise) of Tubifevr as the homologue of the mesoblastic
covering of the atrium in Moniligaster!” I did make this compa-
rison at first; and it seemed to me to be justified by the curious
fact that in Tubifex the Cement-Driise was not covered by peri-
toneum, the rest of the atrium being covered; the disappearance
of the peritoneum at this particular point appeared to me to indicate
that possibly the data of Vejdovsky were not perfectly accurate.

478 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

In my fuller paper upon the subject I did not insist upon this
comparison, which, however, I shall here again bring forward,
though for different reasons.

Benham in his paper retains the name prostate for the glandular
appendices of Acanthodrilus, Pericheta, &c., allowing, however,
that the terminal part of these glands, which in Pericheta receive
the sperm-duct, may be compared with the atrium of the lower
Oligocheta. If this view is to be pushed to its logical conclusion,
we are brought face to face with the somewhat puzzling conclusion
that in Hudrilus half of the atrium is atrium and the rest prostate ;
that is to say, two parts of a continuous tube which are perfectly
identical in structure are morphologically different.

A careful comparison of the various structures which have been
called atrium by myself throughout the Oligocheta seems to me to
prove their identity beyond the possibility of a doubt; an attempt
to distinguish between the atria of different families would lead to
the enunciation of somewhat impossible conclusions. Before com-
paring in some detail the atria of different forms, a few preliminary
points may be disposed of. I have urged, as already mentioned, the
similarity in structure between the atrium and the clitellum ; this
resemblance seems now to me to be without the significance which
I have attempted to attach to it. The atrium is, as far as we know,
an involuted region of epidermis; in many regions of the epidermis,
not only in the clitellar region, there are unicellular gland-cells
developed ; the most prominent of these perhaps are the some-
times quite large glands which are associated with the genital
papillz in the genus Pericheta. I regard the glandular layer
of the atrium as simply a thick layer of such unicellular glands ;
and the fact that we find every possible stage between a single mass
of such gland-cells (Zubifex) attached to a portion of the atrium
and a complete layer (Acanthodrilus) seems to justify this couclu-
sion. The resemblance to the clitellum is then simply due to the
fact that in both sections of the epidermis there are glandular cells
present in great quantity.

In comparing the atria of the different families of the Oligocheta
I shall commence with the higher groups. The tubular atria of
the Eudrilidz must be comparable to the somewhat similar atria of
the Acanthodrilide &e. In Pontodrilus the sperm-ducts open into
the atria at the junction of the muscular and glandular parts ; in
the Eudrilide into the glandular part itself. As, however, there
are sO many variations as to the exact place at which the sperm-
duct does communicate with the atrium, this can hardly be regarded
as a difference of more than trifling importance.

It will, I think, be generally allowed that the tubular glands of
Acanthodrilus, Pontodrilus, &c., are homologous with the compli-
cated lobate glands of Pericheta, Cryptodrilus &e. On a priori
grounds only it seems impossible to distinguish glands which occur
in such nearly related forms as Cryptodrilus and Megascolides.
Perhaps if we had only to deal with Acanthodrilus and Pericheta
the a priori grounds would not be so strong. Fortunately, how-

479

is

CO a
Meer REDEDOS OP UCeRROSSCGOOR CECCDELEEEEORNEEsoZrrsaEctReCSeCe Ute

Bi :
SS
= <= as

PROSTATH IN THE OLIGOCH ATA.
Spermiducal glands of various Oligochezta,

1893.1

:
S
s
~
Sar
ae
AS
a
Se
Ee)
roi
ns
Ss
a's
3g
SF
Se
Ss
a
Sas)
aa
A pj
3
S
DQ
<

v,d, Sperm-duct ; p, peritoneum ; m, muscular layer; a, glandular layer ;
6, lining epithelium ; sp, spermatozoa.

480 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

ever, there are stronger arguments than those to be derived from
considerations of this kind. I have pointed out that in Megascolex
newcombei the atria have the compact appearance of the corre-
sponding organs of Acanthodrilus, to which also they show some
slight approximation in outward form ; this is further shown in the
slight branching of the lumen of the gland. A better instance
still has lately come under my observation. In the remarkable
genus Diplocardia* of Garman (11) the atria appear on a dissection
to resemble those of other Acanthodrilide ; they are Jong tubular
structures terminating in a short muscular duct. They have, how-
ever, a curious spotty appearance, small white rounded masses
being imbedded in a darker ground-substance. They are also not
quite so regularly tubular as they are in all other Acanthodrilide
which I have dissected ; towards the junction with the muscular
duct the tubes are wider, and everywhere the margin is slightly
crenate. In transverse sections the reason for these divergences
from the normal Acanthodrilid structure was apparent: the white
spots are aggregations of the pear-shaped glandular cells, which no
longer form a regular investment of the lining epithelium of the
tube; and here and there the lumen has inconspicuous diverticula
into which the pear-shaped cells pour their secretion. The whole
gland in fact shows a commencement of that branching which is
so characteristic a feature of the atrium in the Perichetide. A little
more development of the tendency to the aggregation of the pear-
shaped cells and we should have an atrium exactly like that of the
Perichetide.

If it be reasonable on a@ priori grounds alone to regard the
glandular appendices of the sperm-ducts in the Megascolicide as
homologous throughout, it is at least equally reasonable to seek
for detailed resemblances in the atria in the different genera which
make up the family of the Tubificide. At first sight there seem
to be considerable differences. In Tubifex itself, and Limnodrilus
and some other genera identical with Tubifex in these particu-
lars, the atrium is long and has the well-known “ Cement-Driise ”
attached to it; this gland is limited in extent, though varying
somewhat in different genera, and is superadded to the lining
epithelium of the atrium; Vejdovsky (3) has shown that it is
developed from the lining epithelium. In Telmatodrilus (12)
there is a series of these outgrowths of the atrial epithelium, which
deck the entire atrium, being symmetrically arranged. Finally, in
my genus Branchiura (7) the atrium is closely invested by a thick
layer of pear-shaped cells, which are separated from the lining
epithelium by a muscular coat of circular fibres. I/yodrilus appears
to possess an atrium of the same kind but minus the muscular
fibres. In Tubifew the muscular coat exists but itis less developed
than in Branchiura; it is, moreover, deficient at the point where
the ‘‘Cement-Driise ” is grafted on to the atrium. The only re-
maining genus of Tubificid which shows any differences from these

? I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Benham for the opportunity of
examining this worm.

1893. ] PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHETA. 481

types is Bothrioneuron (13), where the ‘‘ Cement-Driise ” is attached
to the summit of a short diverticulum of the atrium.

It seems to me impossible to resist the conviction that we have
here a series of stages in the production of a limited “ Cement-Driise”
out of a continuous glandular investment of the atrium. In Monili-
gaster, whose atrium as regards the points under discussion is so
like that of Branchiura, the glandular cells which invest it ex-
ternally perforate the muscular layer to reach the inner epithelium ;
I imagine that this will be found to be the case with Branchiura
too. A reduction of this investing layer to a restricted region of
the atrium brings about the Cement-Driise of Tubifew; a greater
separation between the masses of glandular cells would produce
the state of affairs ciaracteristic of Telmatodrilus. It is noticeable
that the absence of peritoneum upon the atrium of Branchiura is
seen in Tubifer in the region of the Cement-Driise; why this
should be I cannot suggest; but that it is so is a further reason
for the justice of my comparisons.

In the family Lumbriculide there are indications of a similar
series of stages in the conversion of a complete glandular covering
of the atrium intoa more partial one; but the stages are fewer
than in the Tubificide, in fact there are only, so far as our present
knowledge of the group goes, two such stages. The more usual
condition is seen in the majority; in Rhynchelmis, for example,
the atrium is lined by a layer of cells, outside which are masses of
pear-shaped cells which are aggregated to some extent into separate
masses; the after all rather slight indications of discontinuity
between the masses of cells which clothe the atrium in Rhyn-
chelmis are still further emphasized in Sutroa. In this Annelid (8)
the atrium is invested by very distinctly separate masses of
glandular pear-shaped cells; the entire atrium is covered by a thin
muscular layer which might be regarded as the peritoneal in-
vestment ; between this supposed peritoneum and the glandular
coat of the atrium lie masses of developing sperm; the structure
therefore, whatever be its morphological nature, is, in function, a
sperm-sac.

It seems to me that the two families Tubificide and Lumbriculide
are nearly allied, in any case no one has disputed the morphological
identity of the organs termed atria in both; it is therefore reason-
able, at least pending further information, to assume that the atria
correspond in detail, and in this case the Lumbriculide, like the
Tubificid genus Branchiura, have an atrium which is frequently
devoid of peritoneum. The intermediate condition between the
atrium in the Lumbriculide and that in the higher Oligocheta is
afforded by the Moniligastride. Moniligaster itself has an atrium
which seems to be identical in all essentials with that of Branchwura
and the Lumbriculide ; it has two layers of cells which are sepa-
rated by a well-developed muscular layer. JI have shown (9) that
the outer layer of cells sends processes through the muscular layer,
which therefore are in a position to void their contents into the
lumen of the atrium. I myself have only seen this arrangement

482 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

in one specimen of a species recently described by me (9) as Mon-
iligaster bahamensis ; in the other species investigated there was
no trace of any perforation of the muscular layer by the outer
layer of cells of the atrium: I imagine, however, that these pro-
longations of the cells were originally overlooked, owing to their
inconspicuous character; they were especially obvious in the
species Moniligaster bahamensis on account of the ducts being
filled with granules of secretion, which were deeply stained by
borax carmine. I compared this atrium with that of the Lumbri-
culide and various other aquatic Oligocheta, considering that the
outer glandular layer of cells in both was the modified peritoneum.
Benham, in the paper to which I have referred, agreed with me in
this matter, but held that the cells, from the very fact that they were
peritoneal, could not exert a glandular function; he doubted
whether there was any known case of ‘‘ ccelomic epithelium being
converted into a gland which pours its secretion to the exterior.”
This doubt appears to me to be quite justified, but then there is
the undoubted fact that the processes of the cells in question do
pour their secretion on to the exterior through the lumen of the
atrium. The explanation of the difficulty seems to be that I was
wrong in regarding this glandular epithelium as mesoblastic at all ;
I have never seen it myself, but Mr. Benham has shown me
sections through the atrium of Moniligaster in which there was a
distinct, though thin layer of peritoneum outside the glandular
cells. The presence of this does not, however, invalidate my com-
parisons, though it puts them in a different light, for Benham
remarked apropos of Rhynchelmis that he could “ detect in sections
a delicate membrane surrounding the pear-shaped cells which is
no doubt the true ccelomic epithelium.”

The structure of the atrium in Moniligaster has also been
studied by Rosa, who is disinclined to favour any “ limicoline ”
affinities in that genus; he principally uses the characters of a new
Moniligastrid, Desmogaster (14), to strengthen his position. In
Desmogaster the atria have the following structure :—They are
tubular glands slightly coiled in an S-shape; the lumen is much
restricted, and is floored by a layer of cylindrical cells ; outside
this, the walls of the atrium are mainly muscular, the fibres being
disposed centrally in a circular direction and longitudinally outside :
among the external bundles of fibres are groups of gland-cells which
by means of long ducts (formed merely by a prolongation of their
own substance) reach the lumen of the atrium; but these groups
of cells are not exposed at the surface of the atrium on account of
the longitudinal muscular fibres; the entire organ is covered
externally by a delicate layer of peritoneum. As Rosa points out,
this seems to indicate a gradual moving outwards of the pear-
shaped cells from their primitive position as lining the lumen of
the atrium. My own criticism of this paper (as concerns the facts
about the atria), published three years ago, need not here be referred
to, as the data upon which it rested are not sufficient. I am now
quite of opinion that Rosa was perfectly right in looking upon the

— eye

1893.] PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHETA. 483

atria of Desmogaster as offering an intermediate stage between
Moniligaster and the higher Oligocheta. In the Oligocheta we
have an atrium consisting of two layers of epithelium, covered
either by a simple thin peritoneum only, or (in the Eudrilide)
consisting of thick muscular layers themselves covered with the
peritoneal epithelium. In a few simplified genera of Megasco-
licide the lining of the atrium is reduced to the inner layer of
epithelium only : these are Ocnerodrilus, Gordiodrilus, Pygmeodri-
lus, and Kerria (an Acanthodrilid). It is, 1 imagine, fairly probable
that these forms are really, so far as concerns the atrium, degenerate
in character; they show no real resemblance to the “ Limicole ”
as I was at first inclined to believe; for as I now show that the
same constituents are present in the atrium of the lower as of the
higher Oligochzta, the single layer of cells is a difference from both.

At one time the family Geoscolicide was defined by having no
atria like other families such as the Megascolicide ; many genera,
however, do possess organs connected with the external pores of
the sperm-ducts which seem to be referable to this category.
Rosa, however, in an account of the minute anatomy of these
organs in Kynotus (15), is disposed to regard them as morphv-
logically different from the atria of the Megascolicide. Unfor-
tunately the description of the structure of the organs in question
in Kynotus is unaccompanied by any illustrations, so that it is a
little difficult to follow. The terminal male apparatus consists of
a muscular bulb (‘ bursa propulsatoria ”) attached to the walls of
the segment, on to which it opens by a retractor muscle; from this
muscular sac arises a glandular tube of some length ; the muscular
sac is divided into two chambers by a transverse septum ; from
the dorsal one of these is given off the glandular appendix; the
appendix is at first lined by a single layer of cells, and it is into
this part of it that the sperm-duct opens; further back the lining
epithelium is composed of two layers, the outer one being a mass
of pyriform glandular cells. Rosa is of opinion that this structure
is not the homologue of the atria of the Megascolicide ; its
resemblances, he thinks, are superficial and, such as they are, are due
to convergence. The main reascns which Rosa gives for this opinion
are three :—(1) The fact that these “ pseudoprostates ” are found
only in a much specialized group of the Geoscolicide; (2) their
difference in structure from the true “ prostates ” of the Megasco-
licide ; (3) the great resemblance which they show to the sacs
accompanying the copulatory sete of the same worms. The
second reason is further expanded into the actual points of
difference ; these are the following :—the presence of a retractor,
the complicated structure of the terminal sac, the mode of con-
nection of the sperm-ducts with the glandular appendix, and the
disposition of the glandular part.

It appears to me that the differences are not so great as Rosa
would have us believe; it is true that if we compare, as he
suggests, Pontodrilus with Kynotus, the differences are more
striking than the resemblances. I, however, decline to regard the

484 MR. F, EB, BEDDARD ON THE ATRIUM AND [May 16,

genera Pontodrilus, Microscolex, &c. as the lowest forms of the
Cryptodrilide except in the sense that they are degenerate forms ;
it seems to me that it is the Eudrilide which present, as regards
the atria, the most obvious likeness to the Geoscolicidez. In them,
as in the Geoscolicide, the atrium opens into a terminal “ bulbus”
which may even, as in Eudrilus, possess a pad developed out of its
lining epithelium apparently not unlike the “scudo ovale” described
by Rosa; the glandular appendix which in the Eudrilide opens into
this is sometimes (as in Heliodrilus) hardly differentiated, as it is in
many others, into a muscular and a glandular portion. In Eudrilids
the position of the pore of the sperm-duct into the “‘ appendix” is
so variable that there is no difficulty in comparing the two families
in respect of the fact that in both the sperm-duct opens into the
glandular appendix. Even among the other subfamilies of the
Megascolicidee (I am here following Rosa’s classification) there
are not wanting indications of a close approximation between the
atria and those of these Geoscolicids : in some species of the genus
Pericheta, for example, the atria open into a sac variable in size,
which itself opens on to the exterior; it appears to me that this
sac is the equivalent of the terminal sac in the Geoscolicide. As
to the presence of a retractor, which Rosa thinks distinguishes the
atrium of the Geoscolicide, many Megascolicide have bands of
muscles which appear to me to be perfectly comparable; for
instance, in my genus Octochetus (9) among the Acanthodrilids
there are bands of muscles which, though perhaps not exactly
inserted on to the atria, are attached to the body-wall in their
immediate neighbourhood. A better example still is furnished by
two species of Hudriloides lately examined by me; in these there
are a series of muscular strands actually inserted on to the
muscular termination of the two atria. To assert that these are
in their nature different from those of the Geoscolicids seems to be
too strong.

It seems therefore that the facts allow of no other view save
that the various structures termed atrium by inyself are homo-
logous. The extremes are united by too complete a series of
intermediade forms to permit of any doubt upon the point. There
are, however, as has been pointed out, differences in detail between
the atria of different groups; these amount to so much in the
entire series that the complex gland of Hudrilus, or Pericheta,
would perhaps unhesitatingly be regarded as different from the
simple atrium of Stylodrilus, were there no intermediate stages.
Though there would appear to be no great difficulty in deriving
the atrium of one family from that of another, it is not so apparent
which are the ancestral and which are the derived forms. To
determine or attempt to determine this, opens up the whole
question of the classification of these Annelids ; and in my opinion
a consideration of the facts relating to the atria confirms for the
most part the scheme of classification adopted by myself. In
order to determine which form of atrium is most primitive, it is
necessary to enquire into the origin of the atrium.

13893. | PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHATA. 485

Rosa’s view appears to me the most probable; but this, how-
ever, he restricts to the Geoscolicide. In certain Geoscolicide,
for example in Microcheta benhami, there are a series of paired
glands in the neighbourhood of the male pores ; in some species, for
example in Aynotus michaelsenii, sete are associated with these
glands which are in all respects similar to the penial sete of other
Harthworms. His view is that one pair of the glands have become
converted into the ‘“ pseudoprostates” of other Geoscolicide,
which I regard, as already pointed out, as identical with the atria
of other Oligocheta. These glands are identical in structure with
atria, and theoretical considerations also favour their homology.
There are many instances among segmented animals of the re-
duction or concentration of metamerically repeated organs; we are
more likely to be correct in assuming in such cases a reduction than
a multiplication. It is easy on this assumption to understand the
complete independence in the Acanthodrilidee of the sperm-ducts and
the atria ; and, furthermore, the remains of additional glands such as
occur in Dichogaster damonis; in this worm there are three pairs
of tubular glands of which one only is connected with the sperm-
duct. It is even possible that the glands (which I have called
*‘ capsulogenous”) of the Pericheztide are referable to the same
category ; and it may be pointed out that the papille upon which
they open are sometimes regularly paired and correspond more or
less accurately in position to the male pores. On this hypothesis
of the original development of the atria out of copulatory glands,
it is clear that those of the higher Oligocheta are nearer to the
primitive form of these glands than the lower; and, furthermore,
that the retention of more than one pair and their independence
of the sperm-ducts are so far primitive characters. The Acantho-
drilidee come obviously very near to the base of the series, though
a little further off then certain of the Geoscolicide. The Peri-
chetide and the Cryptodrilide can readily be derived from the
Acanthodrilide, and it must be remembered that some of the
former have tubular atria aud may therefore be nearer to the
ground form. I do not propose in fact to discuss the relative
positions of the different families, as I should have to take other
characters into consideration with which this paper does not deal.

The question of terminology has now to be considered; it
evidently stands in need of reyision. Are we to retain the terms
“atrium ” and “ prostate,” or one or neither? They have been
used in so many senses that it will lead to misunderstanding if
they are again used without careful definition. The use of the
term atrium has the objections that Mr. Benham has urged ; for in
Acanthodrilus, for example, the atrium is not a chamber leading
into any other chamber or duct; on the other hand, to speak of
the “atrium” of Tubifew as a “ prostate” would give a wrong
impression, for the idea of a prostate is a glandular appendix to
the male ducts. To speak of the sac itself as an atrium and of
the coating of pear-shaped cells as the prostate is disadvantageous ;
for, excepting in Tubifex, the two parts of the terminal apparatus

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXXITI, 33

486 ON THE ATRIUM AND PROSTATE IN THE OLIGOCHATA. [May 16,

of the male ducts are combined into one structure. And in
Tubifex their separation is more apparent than real. It is, in fact,
far easier to object to current terms than to invent suitable new
ones. In considering this question the origin of the so-called
atria must be borne in mind; there are, as has been pointed out,
strong reasons for believing them to have been produced by a
reduction of glandular sacs often furnished with modified sete
found in the neighbourhood of the male pores and of the sperma-
tothece ; primarily, we are to suppose, they have no connection
with the male pores ; it would, however, be inconvenient to speak
of them when limited to a single pair into which the sperm-ducts
open as “copulatory glands,” for by doing so their specialized
condition would be lost sight of ; it would be the same thing as
calling the sperm-ducts nephridia. The various difficulties will
perhaps be obviated if we speak of them in those cases where they
have a clear relation to the sperm-ducts as “ spermiducal glands.”
This term has the advantage that it has not been before used in
the group and hence has no preconceived meaning attached to it ;
it is also to a considerable extent actually descriptive of the
structures in question.

Last oF LITERATURE REFERRED TO.

1. Varrtant, L.—‘ Note sur l’Anatomie de deux Espéces du
genre Pericheta, &e.” Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) x. p. 225.

2. Cuaparzpn, E.—‘ Recherches anatomiques sur les Oligo-

chétes.” Mém. Soc. Phys. Géneve, t. xvi. 2me partie.

3. Vespovsky, I’.—System und Morphologie der Oligochaeten.

Prag, 1884.
4. Bupparp, F. E.—“ Note on the Reproductive Organs of
Moniligaster.” Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 678.
5. Bupparp, I’. E.—*‘ On the Structure of three new Species of
Earthworms, with Remarks on certain Points in the
Morphology of the Oligocheta.” Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sci. vol. xxix. p. 101.
. Bepparp, F. E.—* Contributions to the Anatomy of Earth-
worms: Nos. L, I., III.” P. Z. 8, 1887, p. 372.
. Bepparp, F. E.—‘“ A new Branchiate Oligochete, Branchiwra
sowerbii.” Quart. Journ, Micr. Sci. vol. xxxiii. p. 1.
. Buepparp, F. E.—*“ A Contribution to the Anatomy of Sutroa.”
Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. xxxvii.
. Bepparp, F. E.—* On some new Species of Earthworms
from various parts of the World.” P. Z. 8S. 1892, p. 666.
10. Benuam, W. B.—<‘‘ Atrium” or “ Prostate”? Zool. Anz.
1890, p. 368.

11. Garman, H.—‘‘ On the Anatomy and Histology of a new
Earthworm (Diplocardia communis, gen. et sp. nov.).”
Bull. Illinois State Lab. vol. iii. p. 47.

12. E1tsen, G.—* Oligochetological Researches.” Rep. Comm.
Fisheries for 1883, p. 879 (1885).

o ao ~F OH

P Z.S .1893, Pl. XXXVI.

J. Green. del. et Lith. Mintern Bros. Chromo.

NEW SPECIES OF PLEUROTOMIDA.

1893. ] ON NEW SPECIES OF PLEUROTOMID %. 487

13. Srozc, A.— Monografie Ceskych Tubificidu.” Abh. bohm.
Ges. 1888.

14. Rosa, D.— Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania e regioni
vicine. XXV. Moniligastridi, Geoscolecidi ed Eudrilidi.”
Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2 a) ix. p. 368.

15. Rosa, D.— Kynotus michaelsenii, n. sp. (Contributo alla
Morfologia dei Geoscolicidi).” Boll. Mus. Torino, vol. vii.
No, 119.

2. Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of Shells of the
Family Pleurotomide. By G. B. Sowersy, F.LS.

[Received April 28, 1893.]
(Plate XXXVIIL.)

PLEUROTOMA WALCOTS, n.sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 7, 8.)

Testa turrita, breviuscula, rugosa, pallida, antice zona pallide
purpurea cincta ; spwra turrita, acuta, gradata, sutura imcon-
spicua ; anfractus 8, ubique spiraliter striati, supra medium
angulati, infra angulum convewt, longitudinaliter costati (costes
in anfr. ult, circ. 12), spiraliter livati (liris in anfr. penult. 4) ;
anfractus ultimus spiram subequans, infra angulum leviter
CONVELUS, basin versus subcontractus, vie rostratus ; apertura
latiuscula, fauce purpureo-grisea ; canali brevissimo, leviter
recurvo ; columella rectiuscula; labrum acutum, erenulatum,
superne sinu profundo latiusculo enargimatum.

Long. 20, maj. diam. 10 mallim.

Hab. Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia.

The shell is of the typical form of the section Driliia, The
purple-grey zone on the lower part of the body-whorl seems
characteristic. The type specimen, belonging to the South Aus-
tralian Museum, has been kindly lent me for description and
figuring by W. T. Bednall, Esq.

PLEUROTOMA HUBERTI, n. sp. (Plate XXX VIII. figs. 11, 12.)

Testa turrita, acuminata, rugosa, fusca, albo-costata, zona albida
cincta ; spira elata, acuta; sutura view impressa ; anfractus 10,
convexr, obtusissime angulati, ubique spiraliter striati, longitu-
dinaliter costati (costis in anfr. ult. circ. 12), infra angulum
spiraliter Uirati; anfractus ultimus spiram paulo brevior, zona
albida cinctus, infra medium contractus, breviter rostratus ;
apertura latiuscula ; canal breviusculo, leviter recurvo ; labrum
incrassatum, superne angulatum, ad angulum late et sub-
profunde sinuatum.

Long. 16, maj. diam. 8 millim.

Hab. Cape Grenville, N.E. Australia.

Of the typical form of the section Drillia, the sinus forming a

33

488 MR. G. B, SOWERBY ON [May 16,

broad channel in the wing-like expansion of the lip. The longi-
tudinal ribs are nearly white, between which the brown colouring
is partly disposed in transverse linear streaks.

PLEUROTOMA ALBOVARICOSA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIIL. figs. 9, 10.)

Testa elongato-fusiformis, glabra, fusca, albo interruptim strigata ;
spira elongata, turrita, acutissima ; anfractus 8, convexi, longi-
tudinaliter costati, costis rotundatis, albidis, zona fusca trans-
meatis ; sutura callosa, albida; anfractus ultimus elongatus,
costis 6 munitus, fusco bifasciatus, infra medium constrictus,
spiraliter striatus, longirostratus ; wpertura elongata ; columella
Fere recta ; labrum tenue, superne mediocriter sinuatum, canali
longiusculo.

Long. 22, maj. diam. 6 millim.

Hab. East Africa? (ex coll. Keen).

A prettily painted shell, with a smooth shining surface. The
ribs are whitish, crossed on the upper whorls with one and on the
body-whorl with two brown zones; the interstices between the
ribs are entirely brown. The suture is covered with a whitish
callosity.

It may be doubted whether this species is rightly placed in the
section or subgenus Surcula, but to judge only from the shell, and
to propose a new section for it, would be only to add to the already
far too numerous ill-defined subdivisions.

PLEUROTOMA EDITHH, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 3, 4.)

Testa subfusiformis, sordide albida, fusco zonata ; spira elongata,
acuta ; anfractus 10, levigati, superne leviter concavi, obtuse
angulati, infra angulum costati, costis elevatis, obtusis, latius-
cults ; sutura callosa ; anfractus ultimus zona lata fusca cinctus,
supra medium obtuse angulatus, supra angulum concavus, infra
leviter convewus, basin versus attenuatus, spiraliter obscure
hratus ; apertura oblonga, fauce fusco-tincta ; labrum acutum,
superne angulatum, ad angulum late et profunde sinuatum ;
columella arcuata, supra callosa, canali brevissimo.

Long. 18, maj. diam. 7 millum.

Hab. Hong Kong.

A shell of simple character. I place it provisionally, but with

some doubt, in the section Clavus, which may or may not prove to
be clearly separable from Drillia.

PLEUROTOMA INCLINATA, n. sp. (Plates XX XVIII. figs. 25, 26.)

Testa subfusiformis, solidiuscula, luteo-albida fusco-strigata et
halteata; spira elongata turrita, acuta, leviter inclinata ; an-
Fractus 10, convexiuseuli, costis numerosis acutiusculis leviter
obliquis muniti, spiraliter minutissime striati ; anfractus ultimus
spiram via wquans, superne leviter concavus deinde convexus,
prope marginem costa crassa instructus, ad basim attenuatus

1893.] NEW SPECIES OF PLEUROTOMIDZ, 489

haud rostratus, spiraliter liratus ; apertura oblonga, latwseula ;
columella callosa ; labrum acutum, late et profunde sinuatum.

Long. 20, maj. diam. 8 millim.

Hab. Mauritius.

This species belongs to the Clavus group. It has been placed
in various collections as P. albicostata, Sowerby, with which I find,
however, it has little affinity. It comes rather nearer to P. obli-
quata, Reeve.

PLEUROTOMA KHENI, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 13, 14.)

Testa turrita, solida, pallide fusca, nigro-fusco strigata, albo
granulata ; spira acuminata (apice?); anfractus obtuse angu-
lati, costis numerosis confertis, longitudinalibus subobliquis
biseriatim granulatis muniti ; interstitiis nigro-fusco strigatis ;
anfractus ultimus supra angulum leviter concavus, infra angu-
lum convexiusculus, infra medium leviter attenuatus, haud
rostratus ; apertura oblonga; columella callosa, alba, polita ;
labrum fere rectum, supra angulum mediocriter sinuatum,

Long. 24, maj. diam. 5 millim.

Hab. ? (ex coll. Keen).

A species of somewhat remarkable character, apparently belong-
ing to the section Crassispira. The ribs are beaded with white
granules and bordered with dark brown streaks. The specimen
has lost several whorls of the spire.

PLEUROTOMA HUNGHRFORDI, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 1, 2.)

Testa anguste turrita, grisea, ad apicem fusca ; spira elongata,
acuta ; anfractus 8, leves, supra medium leviter concavi, infra
costis paucis levigatis muniti ; anfractus ultimus breviusculus,
supra medium obtuse angulatus, inferne levissime attenuatus,
haud rostratus ; apertura oblonga, latiuscula ; labrum acutum,
sinus profundiusculus, mediocriter latus.

Long. 123, maj. diam. 4 millim.

Hab. Hong Kong.

A very simple shell, without sculpture, and with but few smooth
longitudinal ribs. It is hardly possible to say in which section
this species should be placed, whether it is a Drilla or a modifi-
cation of Clavus.

PLEUROTOMA INFRAFUSCA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 5, 6.)

Testa acuminata, albida, antice rufo-fusca ; spira turrita, acu-
tissima; anfractus 10, primi 2-3 leves, sequentes angulati,
supra angulum concavi, infra viw convewi, costis numerosis
rotundatis, ad angulum elevatis muniti, maculis minutis fuscis ad
angulum picti ; anfr. ultimus spiram subequaliter longus, multo
latior, basin versus leviter attenuatus, haud rostratus ; apertura
latiuscula ; labrum acutum, via sinuatum, canali brevissimo.

Long. 19, maj. diam. 7 maillim.

Hab. Mauritius ? (ex coll. Sir D. Barclay).

The most striking character of this species is its bright reddish-

490 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON [May 16,

brown base. It will probably come into the section Clavus. The
specimen is now in the collection of General Tripe.

DaPHNELLA FUSCO-PICTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 15, 16.)

Testa angusta, fusiformis, albida, nigro-fusco conspicue flammu-
lata ; spira elongata, ad apicem acuta; anfractus 9-10, conveai,
undique eximie cancellati ; sutura angustissime canaliculata ;
anfractus ultimus oblongus, spiram leviter superans, vie infla-
tus, inferne leviter attenuatus, haud rostratus, flammulis longi-
tudinalibus albo bifasciatum interruptis pictus; apertura oblonga,
utringue attenuata; labrum leviter crenulatum, sinu profun-
diusculo emarginato, canali brevissimo.

Long. 17, maj. diam. 53 ; apertura longa 73, lata 2 millim.

Hab. Hong Kong.

A prettily marked and delicately sculptured shell, minutely
cancellated throughout. It somewhat resembles D. flammea
(Hinds), but differs considerably from that species in sculpture
(fine close-set longitudinal strie crossing the spiral ones). In
sculpture it closely resembles D. diluta (Gould), which species is
very different from it inform. Another allied species is P. deli-
catia (Reeve), from which it differs both in form and sculpture.

DAPHNELLA SPENCERE, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 17, 18.)

Testa acuminato-fusiformis, albida, fusco maculata ; spira acumi-
nata, acuta; anfractus 8, convexiusculi, supremr longitu-
dinaliter plicati, undique spiraliter striati; maculis fuscis
conspicuis ornati ; anfractus ultimus spiram superans, leviter
inflatus, maculis fuscis reqularibus rotundatis biseriatim
dispositis pictus ; apertura oblonga ; labrum arcuatum, acutum,
sinu profundiusculo angustiusculo emarginato, canalt brevissimo.

Long. 10, maj. diam. 4 ; apertura longa 4, lata 2 millim.

Hab. Hong Kong.

A beautiful little shell, of which I have only seen a single
specimen. It is finely spirally striated throughout, the upper
whorls being longitudinally plicated. The colouring consists of
conspicuous rounded brown blotches, which upon the body-whorl

are disposed in two rows, one above and one below the middle
of the whorl.

DAPHNELLA ELATA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 19, 20.)

Testa turrita, luteo-albida, maculis pallide fuscis promiscue
conspersa; spira perelongata, acutissima; anfractus 10,
primi 2 fuscr leves, sequentes leviter angulati, liris spiralibus
numerosis acutis cingulati, longitudinaliter minute interplicati ;
anfractus ultimus spiram vie equans, leviter convexus, infra
medium constrictus ; apertura oblonga, parva; labrum extus
crenulatum, sinu breviusculo emarginato, canali brevissimo.

Long. 15, maj. diam. 4; apertura longa 5, lat. 13 millim.

Hab. Mauritius.

This species has a much longer spire than others of the group ;

1893. | NEW SPECIES OF PLEUROTOMID#. 491

in sculpture it resembles D. lactea, but the spiral ridges are closer;
in form it approaches D. flammea and D. subula.

DEFRANCIA INFRACINCTA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 21, 22.)

Testa oblonga, solida, carnea; spira mediocriter elata, ad apicem
acuta; anfractus 8, convear, linea fusca tenuissima ornati,
spiraliter lirati, longitudinaliter costati, costis numerosis,
rotundatis ; anfractus ultimus viv inflatus, fra medium leviter
constrictus, fascia fusca conspicua pictus ; apertura breviuscula ;
labrum extus incrassatum, imtus serratum, superne profunde
stnuatum, canali brevissimo.

Long. 10, maj. diam. 4 millim.

Hab. Mauritius.

A rather rough shell, with numerous rounded ribs, crossed

by close-set raised ridges. The conspicuous band near the base
surmounted by a thin brown line seems characteristic.

DEFRANCIA MAURITIANA, n.sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 23, 24.)

Testa turrita, albida, maculis fuscis promiscuis picta, undique
costis numerosis confertis granulatis sculpta ; spira elata, leviter
convera, ad apicem acuta; anfractus 9, gradati, levissume
convert; sutura impressa; anfractus ultimus spiram vie
equans, haud inflatus, rectiusculus, ad basim constrictus ;
apertura parviuscula, oblonga; labrum crenulatum, imeras-
satum, superne sinu profundo emarginato, inferne abrupte
constrictum, canali brevissimo.

Long. 10, maj. diam. 3 millim.

Hab. Mauritius.

A conspicuously painted species, with a strongly granulated

surface ; the constriction of the base is peculiar.

CYTHARA GUENTHERI, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 27, 28.)

Testa solidiuscula, utrinque acuminata, albida, pallide fusco tincta
et vittata, postice purpureo tincta; spira elato-conica, gradata ;
anfractus 10, angulati, undique spiraliter striati, longitu-
dinaliter costati ; anfractus ultimus spiram superans, convex-
iusculus, basin versus attenuatus ; apertura elongata, angusta ;
columella levissime curvata, albo-callosa ; labrum extus ineras-
satum, ad marginem acutum.

Long. 25, maj. diam. 11; apertura longa 15, lat. 3 millim.

Hab. Holothuria Banks, N.W. Australia, 38 fathoms.

A beautiful delicately sculptured shell, hitherto without name, 1n

the British Museum Collection.

CYTHARA RINGENS, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 29, 30.)

Testa abbreviata, angulata, utringue acuminata, alba; spira
conica, ad apicem acuta ; anfractus 7, angulati, longitudinaliter
costati, spiraliter subtilissime striati ; sutura anguste canali-
culata ; anfractus ultumus spiram superans, angulatus, supra
angulum leviter concavus, deinde vie convexus, basin versus

492 MR. A. H. EVERETT ON THE [May 16,

requlariter attenuatus ; costis longitudinalibus circ. 8 ; apertura
elongata, angusta, columella granulata et plicata; labrum
incrassatum, intus serratum, supra angulum leviter sinuatum.
Long. 7, maj. diam. 3 millim.
Hab. Hong Kong.
Of the typical form of Cythara. The serrated lip and columella
present the appearance of two rows of teeth, almost like those of
the Cypree.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.
Figs. 1, 2. Plewrotoma hungerfordi, p. 489.
8.

3, 4. edithe, p. 48

5, 6. —— infrafusca, p. 489.
7, 8 walcote, p. 487.

9, 10. albovaricosa, p. 488.
11, 12 huberti, p. 487,
13, 14 keeni, p. 489.

15, 16. Daphnella fusco-picta, p. 490.

17, 18 spencere, Ean.
19, 20. elata, p. 490.

21, 22. Defrancia infracineta, p. 491.
mauritiana, p. 491.

25, 26. Plewrotoma inclinata, p. 488.
27, 28. Cythara guentheri, p. 491.

29, 30. ringens, p. 491.

3. A Nominal List of the Mammals inhabiting the
Bornean Group of Islands. By A. H. Everert, C.M.Z.S.

[Received May 2, 1893. ]

As no complete catalogue of the Mammals of Borneo and
Palawan appears to be available for the use of Oriental Zoo-
geographers, whilst a considerable number of new species have
been recorded of recent years, the notices of which are scattered
among various scientific serials, it is hoped that the present list,
although a. merely nominal one, may not be without its use.

I have elsewhere’ detailed the evidence which seems to render
it necessary that Palawan should be treated as forming an integral
part zoologically of the Bornean group of islands. The area of
the Bornean group as a whole may be defined, therefore, for the
purpose otf the present list, by the same limits as those which I
have adopted in a list of the Birds of Borneo and Palawan’, viz.,
by a line which starts from a point immediately to the west of
St. Julian I. in the Tambelan Archipelago, and, being drawn south
of the Great Natuna (Bungoran I.), passes northward of Labuan
and thence follows the 100-fathom line so as to embrace Balabac,
Palawan (Paragua), the Calamianes, and the Cuyo Islands, and,
returning along the same line of soundings on the southern side of

1 P. Z.8. 1889, p. 220.
* Journ, Straits Branch R, As. Society, xx. p. 92 (1889),

1893.] MAMMALS OF THE BORNEAN ISLANDS. 493

Palawan, is drawn immediately to the eastward of the islands of
Cagayan Sulu and Sibutu,—whence it is continued through the
Macassar Straits south of the Paternoster, Lauriot (Laset Ketjil),
and Solombo islets, and in a north-westerly direction through the
Karimata Strait back to the island of St. Julian.

In attempting thus to define the area within which the neigh-
bouring smaller islands may be regarded as being affiliated zoo-
logically to Borneo, there exists no guide in many cases beyond
their greater proximity to the latter island than to the other large
masses of land by which they are more or less closely environed,
supplemented by the evidence (often very imperfect) afforded by the
soundings shown on our Admiralty charts. The limits adopted above
must therefore be looked upon as being in some degree approxi-
mate. Nevertheless, as there are not any islands of considerable
size of which the fauna is wholly unknown bordering upon the line
of delimitation, it is not probable that material extensions or
contractions of the boundary here assumed for the Bornean group
as a whole will be necessitated by the result of future field-work.

Turning to the accompanying list, it may be remarked that no
family of Mammals is peculiar to the group and that only three
genera are so, viz. Nasalis, Trichys, and Rhithrosciurus, which, so
far as we know at present, are all confined exclusively to the
island of Borneo itself. Peculiar species, however, are fairly
numerous, and they are indicated in the lst by the prefix of a
single or double asterisk in accordance with their being confined to
Borneo or to the Palawan Sub-group respectively. Although the
general facies of the mammalian fauna of the Sub-group is clearly
Bornean, it is to be noted that no species appears to be peculiar to
the group as a whole, a fact which suggests the inference that,
closely connected as Borneo has undoubtedly been with Balabac
and Palawan, and isolated as they have been together from the
mainland of Asia, there has also been much isolation of Borneo
and Palawan inter se.

A few of the species enumerated have been no doubt introduced
by man. Such are the Common Mouse and the Black and Brown
Rat, with the Buffalo; and it seems probable that the Javan
Sambur (Cervus hippelaphus) and the Elephant owe their presence
to the sameagency. A few other species which have been credited
to Borneo will be found to have been omitted below. Thus Hylo-
bates concolor, Harlan, is almost certainly identical with H. muelleri,
Martin. Macacus mawrus, F. Cuv., long believed to inhabit Borneo,
has been shown’, to be restricted to the southern peninsula of
Celebes and to the neighbouring island of Bouton. There is a
stuffed specimen of Canis aureus, Linn., in the Leyden Museum
which is labelled as having been collected by Diard in Borneo, but it
is more than doubtful whether the locality is correct?. The Javan
Rhinoceros (2. sondaicus) has been supposed to exist in Borneo, but
my inquiries on the subject have failed to elicit any reliable evidence

> Weber, Zool. Ergebn. Niederl. Ost-Ind., Leiden, 1890, p. 103.
* Blanford, Faun. Brit. India, Mammalia, i. p. 141.

494 MR. A. H, EVERETT ON THE [May 16,

that thisis the case; but the discovery of some subfossil molars in
Sarawak, which have been identified as belonging to this species on
good authority *, render it probable that it may yet be discovered in
the comparatively unexplored interior. It is remarkable, in this
connexion, how extremely rare the remains of Pleistocene or Quater-
nary mammals appear to be in Borneo, and this scarcity must be
real, taking into account the extensive surface-mining which has
long been practised in Western and South-eastern Borneo, and the
value which natives set on such objects as fossil teeth for use as
charms, medicine, &e.

Notwithstanding the numerous additions made in recent years
to the list of the Mammals of Borneo and Palawan by Mr. John
Whitehead and of Borneo by Mr. Charles Hose, many species
doubtless await discovery, especially among the smaller mammals
and the Cetacea, of which latter our knowledge remains at present
practically a blank. Among the Chiroptera particularly, it may
be expected that a number of species already known in the neigh-
bouring countries will be detected as ranging into some part of the
Bornean group, such, for instance, as Afiniopterus schreibersi,
Kerivoula picta, Vespertilio hasselti, Vesperugo abramus, V. noctula,
V. pachypus, Hipposiderus speoris, Xantharpyia ampleaicaudata, &e.

In concluding these brief remarks I wish to express my best
thanks to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, of the British Museum, to whose
courtesy and assistance I have been frequently indebted both in
the identification of species and in various other ways.

PRIMATES. CHIROPTERA.
Fam, Srp. Fam. Preropopip&.
Simia satyrus, Linn. Pteropus edulis, Geoffr.
—— morio, Owen’. hypomelanus, Zemm.
Hylobates leuciscus, Schreb. xCynopterus spadiceus, Thos.

marginatus, Geoffr.
Fam. CrrcoritHEcip2. nari Se oe
Semnopithecus maurus, Schreb. 3 :
* maculatus, Thos.

muelleri, Martin.

*

ape

: be Pa eee Si Honycteris speleea, Dobson.
i Tite. Carponycteris minimus, Geoffr.

*— everetti, Thos. Fam. RuInoLoPHiIps.

*—— rubicundus, Mii//. Rhinolophus luctus, Temm.

* frontatus, Miii/. — trifoliatus, Tem.

«Nasalis larvatus, Wurmb. aflinis, Horsf.
Macacus arctoides, Geoffr.* — minor, Horsf.
—— nemestrinus, Linn. Hipposiderus diadema, Geoff,

— cynomolgus, Linn. galerita, Cantor,
cervinus, Gould.

Fam. Lemuripz. _ : * doris, Peters.
Nycticebus tardigradus, Linn. bicolor, Temm.

Fam. Tarstip&. Fam. NycrEripz&.
Tarsius spectrum, Pallas. Megaderma spasma, Linn.

1 Busk, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 409.

2 Doubfully distinct from S. satyrus. Said to occur in Northern Sumatra.
8 Both doubtfully distinct from 8, femoralis, Horsf.

+ Gimther, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 425.

1893.]

Fam. VusPuRTILIoNIDz.
*Vesperugo stenopterus, Dodson.
imbricatus, Horsf,
—— tenuis, Temm.

x—— tylopus, Dobson.

* dorize, Peters.
Scotophilus kuhli, Leach.
Harpiocephalus suillus, Temm.
Vespertilio adversus, Horsf.

muricola, Hodgson.

Kerivoula papillosa, Temm.

hardwickei, Horsf.

Fam. EMBALLONURIDA.

Emballonura semicaudata, Peale,
monticola, Temm.
Taphozous melanopogon, Temm.
—— longimauus, Hardw.
affinis, Dobson.

Chiromeles torquatus, Horsf.

Nyctinomus plicatus, Buch. Ham.

INSECTIVORA.

Fam, Soricip2,
Chimarrogale himalayica, Gray.
Crocidura fuliginosa, Blyth.
foetida, Peters.
doris, Peters.
Pachyura indica, Geoffr.
—— hosei, Thos.

*
*

Fam, Erinaceip 2,
Gymuura rafilesi, /Zgors.
Hylomys suillus, Mii.
Fam, Tora.
Ptilocercus lowi, Gray.
Dendrogale murina, Mill,
Tupaia javanica, Horsf.
* minor, Giinth,
*—— melanura, Thos,
—— ferruginea, Raffles,
*— splendidula, Gray.
tana, Raffles.
* chrysura, Giinth.
* dorsalis, Schleq.
*—— picta, Thos.
*——— montana, Thos.

Fam. GALEOPITHECID.
Galeopithecus volans, Linn,

CARNIVORA,

Fam, Musreiipa,
Putorius nudipes, F. Cu,
Mustela flavigula, Bodd.
Mydaus meliceps, F’. Cu.
¥%*——— marchei, Huet}.
Lutra sumatrana, Gray.
cinerea, Liliger.

MAMMALS OF THE BORNEAN ISLANDS.

495

Fam. Ursip2.
Ursus malayanus, Raffles.

Fam. OANIp&.
? Cyon rutilans, Mitiil,

Fam. VIVERRIDE.

Herpestes brachyurus, Gray.
*—— semitorquatus, Gray.
Cynogale bennetti, Gray.
Arctictis binturong, Raffles.
Hemigale hardwickei, Gray.

*—— hosei, Thos.
Arctogale leucotis, Blyth.
Paradoxurus leucomystax, Gray.
hermaphroditus, Padlas.
philippinensis, Jowrdan,
Linsang gracilis, Mi/l.
Viverra tangalunga, Gray.

Fam. Fevip2.
Felis planiceps, )ig. & Horsf.
*—— badia, Gray.
—— temmincki, Vig. § Hors/.
—— bengalensis, Kerr,
marmorata, Martin.
nebulosa, Griffith.

RODENTIA.

Fam. Hystricip2£.

*Trichys guentheri, Tos.

xHystrix crassispinis, Giinth.

*t—— pumila, Giinth.
muelleri, Jent,
Fam. Murip2.
Mus rattus, Linn.

decumanus, Pallas.

*—— infraluteus, Thos.
—— muelleri, Jent.
*—— sabanus, Thos.

—— hellwaldi, Jent.
jerdoni, Blyth.

*—— alticola, Thos,
musschenbroecki, Jentz,

—— ephippium, Jent.

—— musculus, Linn.
*—— margarette, Thos.
*xChiropodomys major, Thos.
* pusillus, Zhos,

Fam. Scrurip&.
Sciuropterus pulverulentus,
Gimth.
— horsfieldi, Waterh.,
setosus, Temm.
—— genibarbis, Horsf.

¥*%—— nigripes, Thos,
Pteromys nitidus, Desm.
*—— pheomelas, Gimth.

+Rhithrosciurus macrotis, Gray.

1 Huet, Le Naturaliste, 1887, p. 149.

496 DR. P. SONSINO ON DISTOMES. [May 16,

Sciurus bicolor, Sparrm. | Fam. Tragunrip.
—— ephippium, Mil. Tragulus napu, F. Cu.
prevosti, Desm. *K nigricans,

—— hippurus, Geoffr.
*—— pryeri, Thos.

javanicus, Gel.
Fam, Surp2.

* brooke ee Sus vittatus, Wi/.
ae orsf. verrucosus, Miill.
2 Ue, ki “Tho. *—— barbatus, Miill.
er ee B id. —— longirostris, Nehring.
notatus, Bodd. ¥K aheenobarbus, Huwef '.
—— insignis, Desm.
*—— hosei, Thos.
*x—— eyeretti, Thos.
ek steerei, Giinth. CETACEA.
—— laticaudatus, Wiill. |
— soricinus, Mill. § Sch. Fam. DELPHINIDz.
— exilis, Will. Delphinus sp. inc.
*—— whiteheadi, Thos. Orcella brevirostris, Owen.
| Fam. BALznw2.
Fam. E Poee erro Balznoptera sp. inc.
am, HLEPH ID, M 4 ?
Elephas indicus, Linn. ane
Fam. Ru1nocEROTID.
Rhinoceros sumatrensis, Cu,
Fam. TAPIRIDE. SIRENIA.
Tapirus indicus, Cu. Fam. Haticoripa.
Fam. Bovip2. Halicore dugong, Era.

Bos sondaicus, Miil/.
buffelus, Blwmenb.

Fam. CERVID2. EDENTATA.
Cervus equinus, Cuwv.
hippelaphus, Cuv. Fam, Manip2.
sp. ine. Manis javanica, Desi.
Cervulus muntjac, Linn. —— sp. ine.?

4. Brief Notes on Flukes. By Prosrzro Sonsino, M.D.,
Pisa. (Communicated by Prof. F. Jerrrey Bex.)

[Received May 16, 1893.]
DIsTOMUM TRIGONOCEPHALUM, R.

In the collection of Worms in the British Museum (Natural
History), which, through the kindness of Dr. Giinther and Prof.
Jeffrey Bell, I was enabled to examine in 1891 while attending the
International Hygienic Congress, my attention was attracted to a
bottle containing a worm which was labelled “ Ophistomum mucro-
natum, R.,” but which, some days previous to my visit, my friend
Prof. Blanchard, after a cursory examination, had decided to be
a Distomum. Prof. Blanchard had not sufficient time to examine
the anterior end of the single specimen, which was lying upon
the dorsal side of the body, and so he failed to perceive that this

1 Huet, Le Naturaliste, 1888, p. 5.
2 Marche, Lucon et Palaouan. 1887, p. 302.

1893.] DR. P. SONSINO ON DISTOMES. 497

Distome belongs to the subgenus Echinostomum, Dujardin, the oral
sucker being surrounded by a disk bordered by a circle of spines.
Dr. L. Orley, who some years ago published an account of the
Nematodes from the collection of Prof. Siebold in the Museum *,
has not mentioned there the supposed Ophiostomum, therefore we
may fairly infer that he had not examined it.

In the unique specimen of the worm in question, notwithstanding
its rather bad condition, the following characters may be verified :—
Body flat, elongated, rather narrowed behind; length 7 millim.,
breadth 2 millim., with the greatest diameter corresponding to the
ventral sucker, which is larger than the oral sucker. The latter
surrounded by a triangular disk, bordered by spines. The number
of these latter appeared to me to be 24, comprising the 4 lateral
and inferior larger. A darker spot behind the ventral sucker is
due to the oviduct being full of eggs, which are of large size and
not less than 100 micromillim. in length. Yolk-glands rather
voluminous from the ventral sucker to the posterior end. Two
oval testes at the beginning of the posterior half of the body, one
behind the other. Ovarium anterior to the testes.

With such characters I suspected that the Trematode was D.
trigonocephalum, the ordinary Echinostomum found in mammals ;
but before pronouncing myself definitely, I wished to compare the
characters of the specimen in question with those of D. trigono-
cephalum. My short visit to the British Museum not allowing me
to make this comparison there, I made it when I returned home.
I found in the collection of the Zoological Museum of Pisa no less
than four bottles containing D. trigonocephalum obtained from three
different species of Mammals, viz. Mustela foina, M. putorius,
and Meles europaeus. Thus I had plenty of material to give me a
clear notion of the characters and different appearances of D.
trigonocephalum from various sources. Iam now able to say that
the specimen of the Trematode of Plecotus communis in the collec-
tion of the British Museum is, both as regards size and confor-
mation of the body, as well as the disposition of the spines around
the oral sucker, much like D. trigonocephalum. There is also a
similarity in the eggs. Only the testes of the Echinostomum in
the British Museum appear to be situated rather more behind;
but I do not attach much importance to this. Indeed the number
of the spines round the head given by von Linstow’ and verified
in many specimens by myself is 26 instead of 24. But it is
possible that I mistook the number when examining the specimen.
I think, therefore, that the specimen in the British Museum is
nothing else but D. trigonocephalum. In his ‘Compendium,’
Linstow does not make mention of such a Trematode as parasitic
in any Bat. But D. trigonocephalum has been found in Erinaceus
ewropeus, and it is rather interesting to know that it may also be
parasitic in a Bat. Thus it is found in animals belonging to no

' Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 301 (1882).
? Troschel’s Archiv, i. p. 106 (1873).

498 DR. P. SONSINO ON DISTOMES. [May 16,

less than three different orders of Mammals, undoubtedly on
account of the food that they may partake of in common.

DistomuM ovyo-caupAtuM, Vulpian.

Distomum ovo-caudatum, both of Rana esculenta and of R. tempo-
varia, has been described since 1859, by Vulpian, as living in the
mouths of these animals. Vulpian gave an interesting account of
this worm and has not failed to put in evidence the important
character of the presence of a basal filament in the egg,—a character
very rarely to be seen in the digenetic Trematodes, but frequently
observed in monogenetic or ectoparasitic Trematodes. Recently
Creutzburg has published an interesting study of the life-history
of the same worm, which according to him in its larval form is the
famous Cercaria cystophora, Wagener, which was once referred by
Willemoes-Suhm to D. lanceolatum, Mehlis. According to Creutz-
burg, the intermediary host of D. ovo-caudatum, a Planorbis, would
become infested not by active introduction of the embryo into its
body, the embryo being unable to swim in water, but by eating the
eggs with the contained embryo, which eggs are found in the feces
of frogs. In a similar way the final host would be infested by
eating C.cystophora contained in its nurse within the tissues of the
mollusk. But as yet Creutzburg has not succeeded in rearing the
adult worm in the mouth of a frog, by introducing the tissues
of Planorbis contaming C. cystophora.

I am certainly not prepared to criticise Creutzburg’s work, which
is only preliminary ; but I wish to point out some facts observed
by myself, which are not in accordance with those noticed either
by Creutzburg or Vulpian, respecting the worm in question. I
have had good opportunities to observe and study D. ovo-caudatum,
which I have found rather frequent in both Rana esculenta and
R. temporaria in the neighbourhood of Pisa. I may now draw the
following conclusions as to the result of my observations, of
which I gaye a full account in the ‘Monitore Zoologico’ of last
April :—(1) D. ovo-caudatwm takes up its abode not only in the
mouth, but also in the stomach and the upper part of the intes-
tines. It is perhaps more frequent in the stomach than in the
mouth, and it is possible that its occurrence in the mouth is merely
accidental, and the result of an emigration, occasioned by the
distressed condition of the worm on the death of the host. (2) The
basal filament is from 4 to 6 times as long, or even longer, than
the length of the body of the egg. If previous observers have
given a shorter length, it is probably in consequence of their
having seen only a truncated filament, or of not having properly
focussed the microscope so as to see the entire length of the
filament, which gradually thins towards the end. (3) The embryo
is not only armed with a crown of spines (bdtonmets) on its anterior
extremity, but evidently possesses even cilia. Whether these cilia
aid it to swim in water when it issues from the egg, spontaneously
and completely mature, or are simply for locomotion in the intes-
tines of Planorbis, I am not prepared to say, not having seen the

1893. ] DR. P. SONSINO ON DISTOMES. 499

embryo alive and swimming in water, but only the embryo coming
out from the shell by pressure. In this case the embryo has
always died and has often presented the body spoiled and without
the ciliar tegument, so that I was only once able to observe a
specimen with the cilia in motion.

Fiuxns oF Exoric SNAKES.

In a bottle in the collection of parasitic worms in the Museum
of Pisa I found, in 1890, a Distomum obtained from the renal
pelvis of Python molurus. I described it under the name of Dis-
tomum simile’, regarding it as a new species, resembling in size and
structure D. lanceolatum, with the exception that the two testes,
instead of being anterior to the ovary, were situated behind
that organ. Other examples of a similar Distome, obtained from
the liver of an animal of the same species, I thought, but could
not be certain, owing to decomposition of the specimens, might also
be Distomum simile. At the time I could not compare Distomum
simile with the Distomwm horridum of Leidy, because I had not
access to Leidy’s description. But lately, through the kindness of
Dr. Stiles, I have received a specimen of Leidy’s Distomum hor-
ridum (obtained from a Boa Constrictor), and from this I have
been able to satisfy myself of the identity of D. simile and D. hor-
ridum. I have since read Leidy’s paper’ describing the parasite,
and although in some respects his description is somewhat in-
correct, as he speaks of four testes instead of two, and of vitellaria
as ovaria, I can recognize in it the identity of Distomum simile
with Distomum horridum.

Another species which appears very similar to D. horridum is
the D. sawromatis, described as new by M. J. Poirier. The prin-
cipal difference between D. simile and D. horridum on the one hand,
and D. sauromatis on the other, is that in the latter the two testes
are lobate instead of being round as in the former. This variation
is so slight that it may merely depend on the diverse habitats of
the individuals and not on difference of species. I cannot, how-
ever, definitely pronounce on this point, not having at hand a
specimen of Poirier’s Distomum, which lives in the lungs of Elaphis
sauromates. But the identity of Distomum simile with D. horridum
is very interesting, as it shows that the same species of Distomum
lives in two different species of Snakes inhabiting different
countries.

DIsTOMUM BARALDII.

Distomum baraldii is a parasite which I have lately described as
a new species found in Zamenis viridiflavus*, and which I have

1 See ‘ Processi verbali della Societa Toscana di scienze naturali residente in
Pisa,’ Adun, 4 Maggio, 1890.

? Journal Acad. Natur. Sciences, series 2, i. p. 303 (Philadelphia).

° D. baraldii, given by me as a new species, may prove to be identical with
Distomum nigrovenosum, Bellingham, found in Tropidonotus natrix. At least
my lew species much resembles the description and figure given by my friend
Dr. Monticelli of Bellingham’s fluke in an unpublished paper with which I have
made acquaintance by the author’s kindness,

500 MR.O, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. [May 16,

often obtained in Pisa from the mouth and gullet of the Snake
referred to. The colour of this small Distome is quite characteristic,
being white in the anterior and black in the posterior half. But
the most interesting point in connection with this Distome is that
I often found in Zamenis viridiflavus an imperfectly developed
Distome encysted in the submucosa of the mouth, in the peri-
cardium, and in the mesenteriam; and as I obtained the cysts
sometimes empty, sometimes full, and as the full cysts when placed
in water rupture quickly and allow the young Distome to escape,
and there is some resemblance between this young Distome and
D. baraldii, I suspect that the encysted and the mature Distomes
belong to the same species, and that, contrary to the usual course
in the evolution of the Distomes, the same animal plays the part
both of intermediary and final host to this parasite.

5. On a Second Collection of Mammals sent by Mr. H. H.
Johnston, C.B., from Nyasaland. By OuprieLtp Tuomas.

[Received May 16, 1893. ]

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for last year’ I had the
honour of giving an account of a fine collection of Mammals pre-
sented to the National Museum by Mr. H, H. Johnston, Consul-
General for Mozambique, and H.M. Commissioner for Nyasa-
land. ‘That distinguished explorer has now sent home a second
series, collected, like the first, by Mr. Alexander Whyte, at Zomba
and Milanji. Of these, by the kindness of our Secretary, I am
now permitted to give a list, supplementary to the former one,
and carrying on a little further our knowledge of the Nyasaland
fauna, to the study of which Mr. Johnston and Mr. Whyte have
rendered such material aid.

The present collection contains between 70 and 80 specimens,
belonging to 30 species, of which a large number are additional to
those previously sent. As with the previous set, the great interest
of the collection lies in its having been made so near to the localities
where Dr. Peters obtained the material on which his classical
work on the Mammals of Mozambique was founded. Such a
collection as this, therefore, although containing no novelties, is,
aud will always continue to be, of the greatest service to English
naturalists, as giving them the means of accurately comparing
specimens from other parts of Africa with examples certainly
corresponding with those described by Peters.

With regard to the interesting questions as to the seasonal
changes of fur, which so sorely need investigation, it unfortunately
happens that the present collection was almost entirely formed in
the months of October and November, the very same months when
the previous series were obtained. It would therefore be very
desirable for Mr. Whyte to try and collect specimens of all the

| P.Z.S. 1892, p. 546.

1893.] MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. 501

species now and previously sent at other times of the year.
Seasonal variation has been but little studied in African mammals,
and specimens obtained by so able a collector all from the same
place and at different seasons would have the utmost value as
enabling us to form a comprehensive idea as to the general influence
that the changes of such a climate as that of Nyasaland have on its
Mammalian inhabitants.

Pending the formation of such a supplementary collection, the
present series, full as it is of rarities from a Museum point of
view, demands for publication little more than a nominal list of
the species sent.

1, OroGaLE KIRKII, Gray.

a. Ad.sk. Nmasi. 9/92.

This skin is not in a good state, and the fur appears to be in
process of change. There seems, however, to be little doubt that
it represents O. kirkii, whether that does or does not prove in the
end to be a valid species,

2. PETRODROMUS THETRADACTYLUS, Pet.
Ad.al. 9. Milanji. 10/92.

. CROCIDURA sp. inc.
. Ad.al. Milanji. 10/92.

. CROCIDURA sp. inc.
. Ad.al. Milanji. 10/92.

5. Hmrprstes GRACILIS, Riipp.

a,b. 2ad. sks. Zomba. 11/92.

These specimens evidently belong to the 8.-African type of the
species, and show that Peters’s H. ornatus should be referred to
that form rather than to the typical variety, to which I assigned it
in 1882.

6. CROSSARCHUS FASCIATUS (Desm.).

a,b. Ad. sks. Tschiromo, junction of Rivers Ruo and Shiré.
9/92.

C. fasciatus is recorded from Mt. Kilimanjaro by Mr. True under
the name of C. mungo, Gmel.’ That name is evidently taken from
the synonymy of the species as given in my monograph of the
African Mungooses*, Mr. True rightly ignoring my plea for the
retention of the name fasciatus merely as being classical, well-
known, and appropriate. He does not, however, seem to be aware
that the name mungo, originally given to a mixture of the common
Indian Mungoose and the S.-African striped one, has been revived
by Mr. Blanford® as the appellation of the former, in spite of my

1 P. U.S. Nat. Mus. xv. p. 453 (1892).

2 P.Z.S. 1882, p. 90.
3 P.Z.S. 1887, p. 631; Mamm. Brit. Ind. p. 123 (1888).

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XXXIV. 34

sk § WO S

502 MR, 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND, [May 16,

own argument in favour of Herpestes griseus’. ven if, therefore,
this barbarous name has to be used, it clearly cannot be applied to
two species; and since Schreber’s description of “ Die Manguste—
Viverra ichneumon B,” * on which Viverra mungo * was founded, has
much more reference to the Indian than to the African animal,
T am now of opinion, with Mr. Blanford, that the name of mungo
should be used for the former, and, for more valid reasons than in
1882, Crossarchus fasciatus (Desm.) for the latter.

7. CANIS sp. ine,
a. Yg.sk. Upper Shiré. 11/92.
Too young for determination.

8. ScruRUS MUTABILIS, Pet.

a-e. 5 ad. sks. Zomba. 10/92.

Pending the arrival of specimens collected at other times of the
year, I shall not express any opinion as to the cause of the con-

siderable variation in colour existing among the present series of
this Squirrel.

9. GURBILLUS AFER, Gray.
a,b, 2ad:sks. Fort Johnston. 11/92.

10. Oromys IRRORATUS, Bts.
a. Ad. sk. Upper Shiré. 11/92.

11. GoLuNDA FALLAX, Pet.
a-e. 5 sks. Zomba. 10/92.

12. Mus (Dasymys) rncom7vs, Sund.
a,b. Ad. sks. Upper Shiré.

This rare species has been hitherto only obtained in Natal,
although a closely allied and possibly identical form (Mus nudipes,
Peters) has been described from Angola *.

13. Mus RATTUS, var.
a. Ad. sk. Upper Shiré.
b-d. 3 yg. sks. Zomba. 10/92.

14. Mus poticuvrvs, Smuts.

a. Ad. sk. Tschiromo. 9/92.
b. Ad. sk. Zomba. 10/92.

15. Mus natatmnsis, A. Sm.
a. Ad. sk. Tschiromo. 9/92.
b. Ad. sk. Zomba. 10/92.
c-e. 3ad.al. Milanji. 10/92.

1 P. Z.S. 1886, p. 56 (ftnote).

? Schr, Saug. iii. p. 480 (1777).

3 Gmel. Linn. §, N. i. p. 84 (1788).

* See Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) x. p. 180 (1892).

1893.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. 503

16. Mus muscutts, L.

a,b. Ad. sks. Zomba. 10/92.
c. Ad.al. Milanji. 10/92.

17. Mus (Lzaeapa) mrinutorpgs, A. Sm.
a-c. Ad. sks. Zomba. 10/92.

18. CriceroMys GAMBIANUS, Waterh.
a. Ad.sk. Zomba. 10/92.

19. Saccostomus campestris’, Pet.

a. Ad.sk. Upper Shiré. 11/92.
b-f. Ad. &imm. al. Fort Johnston. 11/92.

20, STEATOMYS PRATENSIS ', Pet.

a-c. Ad.sks. Zomba. 10/92.

d. Ad.al. g. Milanji. 10/92.

These rare and peculiar short-tailed African Muridx, with their
doubtful affinities, are of the greatest interest, and it is probable that
a clue to some of the most difficult problems of Murine phylogeny
will be gained by a study of their teeth. For these reasons
specimens of Saccostomus and Steatomys are most acceptable, and
it is to be hoped that Mr. Whyte will also come across examples
of the still rarer Malacothria and Mystromys, approximately similar
in size and proportions, but with very different teeth.

Although similar to each other superficially, these four last-
named genera appear to belong to three different subfamilies—
Mystromys seeming to be strictly Cricetine ; Steatomys, as Alston
has stated *, being closely allied to Dendromys, as also are Malacothrix
and Dendromys; while Lophuromys, Saccostomus, and Cricetomys
ought, I believe, all to be placed in the restricted subfamily Murine.
Of these last three the first was placed by Alston in the Dendro-
myinz and the other two in the Cricetine.

21. Dmenpromys MrsomMmELAS, Bis.

a. Ad. sk. Zomba. 10/92.

b-f. Sinal. Milanji.

These specimens, although I place them provisionally under the
oldest name, D. mesomelas, certainly seem to differ constantly from
the ordinary form of that species in being entirely without the
black dorsal line and in being considerably smaller. In these
respects they agree with two out of the previous collection,
while two others are of the usual large-striped character. They thus
correspond with Wagner’s D. pumilio, described in 1841’, but after-
wards * considered by him as a synonym of D. mesomelas. Larger
series from different localities are, however, needed before one can

1 For nomenclature see Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) x. p. 264 (1892).
2 PZ, 8. 1876, p. 82.

3 Minch. Gelehrt. Anzeiger, xii. p. 437.

4 Schr. Saug. Supp. iii. p. 464 (1848). aan

504 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASALAND. [May 16,

be certain as to whether the absence of the black stripe is due to
old age (as said by Smith), youth (as said by Wagner), season, or
locality.

22. MyoscaLoPs ARGENTEO-CINEREUS, Pet.
aj. 10 ad. &imm. sks. Zomba. 10/92.

23. PoraMocH@RUS LARVATUS, F. Cuy.

a. Ad. sk. & skull. Zomba.
b,c. 2yg.sks. Zomba. 11/92.

24. BUBALIS LICHTENSTEINI, Pet.

a. Ad. sk. & skull. Zomba.

This specimen, equally with that mentioned in the previous
paper (p. 553), has the whitish rump referred to by Dr. Matschie
as characteristic of his B. lewcoprymnus*, Since both individuals
were obtained, however, at quite a short distance from the typical
localities (Tette and Sena on the Zambesi) of Peters’s species, there
can be no doubt that they represent the true lichtensteini. What-
ever therefore may be the differences in the horns between “ lich-
tensteini” and “ leucoprymnus,” it is clear that the whiteness of the
rump in the northern form cannot be used as a distinguishing
character.

25. OREAS CANNA, H. Sm.
a. Ad. skull. 2. Zomba.

26. Hrpporraeus niger, Harr.
a, b. 2 ad. skulls. Zomba.

27. TRAGELAPHUS SCRIPTUS ROUALEYNI, Gord.-Cumm.

a-f. 6 skins. Zomba.

These specimens belong clearly to the Lower Zambesi form,
their white markings, although very variable, being far less developed
than in the Chobe River Bush-buck, assigned in 1891 to the
true 7. scriptus typicus, Pall.”

28. NaNoTRaGus scoparius, Schr.

a, Ad. sk. g¢. Zomba.

29, CoBUS ELLIPSIPRYMNUS.
a—d. 4 skulls. Zomba.

30. CEPHALOLOPHUS GRIMMIvS, L.
a. Ad. sk. & skull. Zomba.

1 SB. Ges, nat. Fr. 1892, p. 137.
2 P.Z.S, 1891, p. 380.

‘(€68T)‘ONNOA ¥ MONG-UAIVM AIVNAA

‘chat * soag usequyy “UAT 32 "TP

“XIXXX Id “€68I'S'°Z ad

1893.] HON. W. ROTHSCHILD ON EGG OF DUCK-BILL, ETC. 505

June 6, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the
Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of May was 165, of which 61 were by
presentation, 8 by birth, 54 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 40
on deposit. The total number of departures during the same
period, by death and remoyals, was 104.

Amongst the additions I may invite special attention to the
following :—

A young female Water-buck (Cobus ellipsiprymnus), born in the
Menagerie May 4, 1893, being, so far as is known, the first Antelope
of this species that has been bred in captivity.

For our pair of this beautiful species we are indebted to the
liberality of Mr. G. 8. Mackenzie, F.Z.8. The male was received
June 30, 1890 (see P. Z.S. 1890, p. 589), and the female on
May 26, 1891 (see P. Z.S. 1891, p. 326). Both of these animals
were obtained in the territory of the British East African Company,
where the species appears to be abundant (see Willoughby’s ‘ Hast
Africa and its Big Game,’ page 288).

I exhibit a water-colour drawing by Smit (Plate XX XIX.) of
this interesting young animal, which generally resembles the adult,
though perhaps rather more rufous in colour.

The Council have resolved to present to Mr. G. S. Mackenzie
the Silver Medal of the Society in recognition of this successful
addition to the list of acclimatizable Antelopes. ¢

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.8., exhibited and made remarks
upon the following objects :—

1. A specimen of the egg of the Duck-bill (Ornithorhynchus
anatinus), stated to have been taken out of the pouch of the mother
in Queensland.

2. The leg-bones of a large species of M®pyornis from South-
western Madagascar, together with a perfect egg of the same extinct
bird.

3. An enlarged photograph, by Mr. Williams of Honolulu,
representing an enormous colony of Albatrosses on Laysan Island,
in the North Pacific. The Albatross portrayed was the new
species, Diomedeu immutabilis, lately described by Mr. Rothschild,
Bull. B. O. C. no. ix p. xlviii. The breeding-colony of this species
was stated to occupy an area of nearly four square miles in Laysan
Island. Another area of about two square miles in the same island
was occupied by Diomedea brachyura.

4. A series of Lepidoptera from Jamaica, with their accompany-

506 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON SKINS OF MAMMALS. [June 6,

ing larve. They were remarkable for their good preservation and
excellent mounting.

5. A series of Diurnal Lepidoptera obtained by Herr Garlepp
at a height of 17,000 feet on the Bolivian Andes.

Mr. Selater exhibited some skins of Mammals obtained by
Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., F.Z.S., Lieut. B. L. Sclater, R.E.,
Messrs. Buchanan, Bros., and Mr. A. Whyte, F.Z.8., in the
Shiré Highlands, British Central African Protectorate, and made
the following remarks :—

1. CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS.

Two flat skins of this Monkey obtained by Mr. B. L. Sclater
from the natives near Blantyre, where the species was said to be
common. We have also received several living examples of this
species from Mombasa‘, and Mr. True has recorded its occurrence
in the Kilimanjaro District (see my remarks above, p. 251). It
is therefore certainly an East-African species, and I can hardly
believe that the specimens from the Gold Coast referred to this
species by Schlegel (Mus. des Pays-Bas, vii. p. 79) and Jentink
(op. cit. xi. p. 20) can have been correctly determined.

2, HIpPporRAGUS NIGER.

A flat skin of an adult specimen of the Sable Antelope, which
Mr. Johnston writes to me (Zomba, July 29, 1892) was shot in the
plain between Zomba and Lake Shirwa.

My son also has brought home a fine head of this Antelope, which
was obtained on the Portuguese bank of the Ruo, opposite Zoa.
He also met with it in the plains between Zomba and Milanji, at
an altitude of about 1800 feet.

3. BUBALIS LICHTENSTEINI.

The Hartebeest, my son tells me, is found all over the Shiré
Highlands, and is very abundant in some localities. It frequents
the open grassy plains at all altitudes. It is often to be seen in
company with the Zebra (Equus burchelli). I exhibit the head of
an adult male.

4. CoBUSs ELLIPSIPRYMNUS.

This Antelope, of which I exhibit several heads, is, as my son
tells me, the most numerous of the tribe on all the lower plains.
It is very abundant in the Elephant-Marsh between Chiromo and
Katunga, and often ascends the lower hills. It is also common on
the Upper Shiré, and on the Shirwa and Tochila plains, generally

not far from water, but does not usually penetrate the higher
hills.

‘ One from Mr. T, E. C. Remington, of Mombasa, received May 20, 1893,
and others previously.

P. Z.S.1808, 5. Abe

J. Smit del.et lith.
SYRINGES OF PSITT#EL,

1893.] ON THE ANATOMY OF PARROTS. 507

5, CONNOCHETES TAURINA.

The Gnu is stated by the natives to have been formerly plentiful
on the plains between Milanji and Zomba. It is now very scarce,
but Mr. B. L. Sclater saw it once on the Tochila plains, and ob-
tained a tail of it from the natives in that district.

6. TRAGELAPHUS SCRIPTUS ROUALEYNI.

Three flat skins of this Bush-bok belonging to the subspecies, as
described by Mr. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 389.

My son informs me that this is one of the commonest Antelopes
in the Shiré Highlands, being found in all parts of the country.
It is excellent eating.

7. TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI.

A flat skin of a female of this species obtained on the Moanza
River, Lower Shiré, and presented to Mr. Johnston by Messrs.
Buchanan, Bros.

I have already recorded the occurrence of this Antelope on the
Moanza, from a skin procured by Mr. Sharpe (see P. Z. 8. 1892,
p- 98), but it is interesting to have confirmation of it.

Mr. B. L. Sclater, who was on the Moanza in September 1892,
learned that the females of this Antelope (the “ Bo” of the natives)
congregate in large herds on the hilly country to the south of the
river, while the males go about singly and are not easily met
with.

8. TAUROPRAGUS OREAS LIVINGSTONII.

The Striped Eland, my son tells me, is still common all over
Southern Nyasaland, occurring in small herds of from 4 to 8,
principally in the hills, but descending to the rivers to drink at
early morning and eyening. I exhibit two imperfect skins of it,
which, like all those observed, are distinctly striped on the neck
and withers.

The following papers were read :—

1. On certain Points in the Anatomy of Parrots bearing on
their Classification. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A.,
F.R.S., and F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S.

[Received June 6, 1893.]
(Plate XL.)

In the present paper we desire to direct the attention of the
Society to certain points in the structure of the Parrots to which
either little or no attention was paid by Garrod in his well-known
essay on the systematic arrangement of this group’. Garrod

1 P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 586.

508 MESSRS. BEDDARD AND PARSONS ON [June 6,

studied chiefly the ambiens muscle, the carotids, the gall-bladder,
and the condition of the oil-gland ; with the help of the variations
afforded by the structures he propounded a scheme of classification
of the group differing in many important particulars from the
classifications in use before: he did not discuss, in the paper to
which we now refer, the relations of the Parrots to other groups of
birds ; in this respect we shall follow his example and confine
ourselves to an attempt to indicate affinities between different
members of the group in the light of the facts which we record
here for the first time. We prefer, however, rather to lay stress
upon the new anatomical facts than to insist too much upon the
accuracy of the grouping of the birds to which they appear to lead.
It is very remarkable that Garrod should in this particular case
have ignored the characters afforded by the syrinx, an organ which
he was very fond of studying and using as a help to decide vexed
questions of affinity: thanks chiefly to his interest in this organ
we have been able to examine a very large series of syringes of
many of the principal genera, which he collected together during
his tenure of the Prosectorship of this Society ; to these a few were
doubtless added by Forbes, and we have carefully preserved those
of such birds as happened to die during the course of the present
research ; so that on the whole we can claim to have seen a fair
number of illustrative genera ; the organ, too, in our opinion shows
useful, because easily definable, characters for systematic purposes.
We shall commence by giving some account of the syrinx in a
number of illustrative genera.

§ Syrine.

The syrinx of the Psittaci seems to show two main varieties.
a. In the following species there is a syrinx of the type which
is illustrated in Plate XL. figs. 4, 5 (Cacatua cristata) :—

Cacatua cristata.

triton.
philippinarun.
Microglossa aterrima.
Calyptorhynchus bankst.
Stringops habroptilus.

The syrinx is in these species remarkable for the fact that the
first semirings of the bronchi are weak and cartilaginous and
are usually separated from each other by considerable tracts of
membrane. Cacatua itself represents the most extreme type; im
Cacatua cristata, for example (see Plate XL. fig. 4), when the syrinx
is seen cn a lateral view the membrane occupies a great deal of the
outer lateral region of the commencement of the bronchus.

The figure to which we have just referred exhibits the syrinx
with the intrinsic muscles cleaned away, but the point of attach-
ment of the muscie is indicated by the circle (a in the figure); 1
will be seen from an inspection of that figure that the semirings of

1893. ] THE ANATOMY OF PARROTS. 509

the bronchus are at first very small and do not extend across the
side of the bronchus; they gradually increase in length, until at the
sixth or seventh they come to extend right across the syrinx. In
Microglossa aterrima the syrinx is in certain respects less abnormal ;
the rings are still feeble, but on a lateral view of the organ they
extend completely across, and there is on such a view no bare
tract of membrane such as we have figured in Cacatua.

Calyptorhynchus banksi is intermediate between the two extremes ;
the first semiring only is incomplete, inasmuch as it does not
reach from one side of the syrinx to the other—or rather we
should say from the anterior to the posterior side,

Stringops habroptilus (fig. 3) has the same weak cartilaginous
bronchial semirings ; but on a lateral view of the syrinx they are
seen to extend right across.

6. The second group contains, so far as we can say from first-
hand knowledge, the following genera :

Chrysotis. Tanygnathus.
Pyrrhulopsis. Eos.
Trichoglossus. Polyteles.
Lorius. Platycercus.
Pionus. Peocephalus.
Psittacus.

These genera, of several of which we have examined more than
one species, are differentiated from those of the first division by the
fact that the bronchial semirings are as a rule ossified and are
frequently more or less fused together ; at the same time the first
ring is commonly concave upwards, whereas in the Parrots of the
first mentioned group the bronchial semirings are straight.

The most extreme type is perhaps offered by Chrysotis ; of this
genus we have seen the following species :—

Chrysotis versicolor.
erythrura.
leucocephala.
bodin.
viridigenalis.
levaillanti.

In all these species (Plate XL. fig. 7) the first two rings of the
bronchus are closely fused together and form a bowed piece of bone
forming with the last tracheal ring a semicircular outline ; the space
between the two is of course occupied by membrane. In Chrysotis
levaillanti for instance, and there is no great difference in the
other species, the double character of the apparently single first
bronchial semiring is only to be seen at the two ends. In a
number of other Parrots the first bronchial semiring is larger than
that which follows though not fused with it; this is the case
with J'richoglossus, Pyrrhulopsis, and Chalcopsitta; the genera Kos
(figs. 1, 2), Polyteles, Platycercus, and Tanygnathus have syringes
which are constructed on the same plan. In Conwrus there is a

510 MESSRS, BEDDARD AND PARSONS ON [June 6,

little difference; here the first two rings of the bronchus are
equi-sized; this at any rate applies to the two species Conurus
aureus and Conurus cruentatus, which are the only two that we have
examined from this point of view. The genus Ara (species Ara
leari (fig. 6), Ara militaris) agrees with Conurus, Psittacus (fig. 8)
is like these genera; but Pionus (fig. 9) agrees more closely with
Chrysotis.

It will be obvious from what we have said and from the illus-
trations of the syrinx which accompany this paper that no hard-
and-fast line can really be drawn between the two groups into
which we divide the Parrots ; if it were thought desirable to draw
such a line it would be between the genus Cacatua on the one
hand and all the remaining Parrots on the other. Cacatua alone
has a syrinx in which the first bronchial semirings are incomplete
leaving a bare tract laterally which is easily visible when the syrinx
is viewed from the side: but in this genus there is another
peculiarity which we have not yet referred to—the intrinsic muscle
of the syrinx (fig. 5, m) ends in a very narrow point which passes
into a fine tendon of attachment; in Chrysotis, Eos (fig. 2, m), &e.,
the muscle is comparatively broad down to its actual attachment.
In this particular Microglossa and Stringops agree with Cacatua,
although they do not show the incomplete rings that have been
mentioned as characteristic of the iatter genus. These genera in
fact are to this extent intermediate between Cacatua and the more
normal (at any rate more usual) form of syrinx in the Parrots;
the rings are still, however, soft and cartilaginous, thus different
from Conurus, which is a further step in the direction of Chrysotis;
Chrysotis seems to represent the opposite extreme to Cacatua.
Ara is a genus which is also intermediate in the characters of
its syrinx, it has weakish and straight rings, as in Stringops for
instance ; but the muscles are as in the second group of Parrots,
and the general aspect of the syrinx is more in accord with this
placing of it.

§ Myology.

We find that the Parrots are very much alike in their myology;
there are, however, a few points in which they show differences
and which may be useful for the purposes of classification. In the
first place, the arrangement of the tendons of the tensor patagii
varies considerably. Speaking generally (see Fiirbringer, Morph.
v. Syst. d. Vogel, Taf. xxii. figs. 4,5, 6: Sittace, Psittacus, Cacatua)
this muscle ends in a broad aponeurosis which lies between the
two layers of skin of the patagium, and in this aponeurosis are
three thickened bands which run down to the forearm to join the
tendon of the exteusor longus at right angles; from the lower
margin of this transverse tendon another slip runs down to the
ulna, having the same course as the patagial tendons, but not being
necessarily in the same line with any of them. The anterior
patagial tendon usually curves forwards near its lower attachment
and the posterior slightly backwards; in addition to this the

1893.] THE ANATOMY OF PARROTS, 511

anterior and middle tendons are usually fused in the upper part
of their course.

Another point which we noticed about the tensor patagii was
that in some cases it completely covered the posterior deltoid
muscle and in others left it more or less exposed.

In addition to the amount of exposure of the posterior part of
the deltoid, we found that the two parts of that muscle varied in
their relative sizes to one another.

The last point that we noticed in the myology of the arm was
the presence or absence of the lower head of the anconeus; when
this was found it was attached to the shaft of the humerus either
in front of or very slightly above the insertion of the latissimus
dorsi and altogether below the tubercle for the attachment of the
pectoralis minor.

The lower head of the anconeus is present in the following six
genera—Cacatua, Nestor, Stringops, Pyrrhulopsis, Ara, and Calypto-
rhynchus ; while in the following twenty-one it is absent—Chrysotis,
Deroptyus, Psittacula, Aprosmictus, Pococephalus, Caica, Tanygnathus,
Eos, Eclectus, Lathamus, Paleornis, Loriculus, Psephotus, Lorius,
Conurus, Coracopsis, Cyanorhamphus, Pionopsitta, Bolborhynchus,
Platycercus, and Psittacus.

In all the genera in which we have found a lower head to the
anconeus, the posterior deltoid was only partially covered by the
posterior edge of the tensor patagii; while among those in which
the lower head was not found, the deltoid was completely covered,
with the following exceptions—Eelectus, Coracopsis, Pionopsitta, and
Bolborhynchus. In the latter, however, the muscle only just
appeared behind the edge of the tensor patagii. In the five genera
in which the lower head of the anconeus was found, the posterior
deltoid was larger than the anterior with the exception of Pyrrhu-
lopsis, in which also the lower head of the anconeus was but
slightly marked.

In the genera in which no lower head was found to the anconeus
the rule seems to be that the anterior deltoid is larger than the
posterior; the following are exceptions :—Coracopsis, in which
the posterior is the larger; and Peocephalus, Eclectus, and Bolbo-
rhynchus, in which the two deltoids are of equal size.

The arrangement of the tendons of the tensor patagii is very
much the same in Nestor, Stringops, and Calyptorhynchus ; in all
three the tendons are relatively very long when compared with
the fleshy part of the muscle, and they are all close to one another,
so as to give the appearance in Stringops of one tendon. In
Calyptorhynchus the anterior tendon leaves the others in the lower
partof the patagium andruns forwards after its usual fashion, so that
the main distinctive point of these three genera, as far as the tensor
patagii goes, is that the middle and posterior tendons are close
together. In Coracopsis these tendons are separated by a slight
interval, but closely correspond to the arrangement in the birds
last named.

Eos, Lorius, Poocephalus, and Caica have a characteristic and

512 MESSRS, BEDDARD AND PARSONS ON [June 6,

almost uniform arrangement of the patagial tendons. In them
the three tendons are very difficult to distinguish because the
fibrous membrane between them, of which they are only specialized
parts, is as thick as they are. The result is that in these birds the
patagial muscle seems to be inserted by a broad, short, membra-
nous-looking tendon.

Conurus shows a transitional stage between these last genera
and the typical arrangement; the three tendons are more distinct,
but they are equally short and show the same mode of attachment
to the fleshy part of the muscle.

Lathamus is remarkable for having the anterior tendon separate
in its whole length from the middle one, instead of being fused
with it in the upper part of its course.

Chrysotis and Bolborhynchus have a small extra tendon between
the middle and posterior ones: in C. qguildingi this was only
present on one side, but in C. leucocephala it was found on
both.

Psittacus has three tendons which are completely separate in
the whole of their course, and in this respect it corresponds to
Lathamus. We are, however, inclined to look upon the anterior
tendon as representing the fused anterior and middle tendons of
Lathamus, and to regard the middle tendon as an extra one as in
Chrysotis. Our reasons for this are that there is a considerable
interval between the two tendons, and that they do not diverge as
in all other cases. If this view is correct, the patagial tendons of
Psittacus closely resemble those of Chrysotis, while they also agree
in having the anterior deltoid larger than the posterior, in the
absence of a lower head to the anconeus, and in having the deltoid
completely covered by the tensor patagil.

Tibialis anticus.—The tibialis anticus in almost all the genera
which we examined was inserted by a single tendon except in
Chrysotis (of which two species were examined), where this tendon
was double. The only genus which resembled Chrysotis was
Psittacus,in which the tendon was really double ; but the two parts,
although easily separable, were slightly connected together. In
several other genera we detected a slight line of demarcation in the
tendon, but it was not sufficiently definite for us to regard it as
of any classificatory value.

Peroneals.—The peroneus longus and brevis are, as far as we
have observed, always present in Parrots, but the origin of the
former differs somewhat in different genera.

In Stringops and Nestor the peroneus longus rises from the
front of the bony fbula and its membranous continuation for about
the upper half of the leg. The muscular belly overlaps that of the
peroneus brevis very much near its origin, and the muscle is large
and well marked.

In Chrysotis, on the other hand, the peroneus longus is very
small and only rises from the membranous continuation of the
fibula in the lower part of the leg; it is so small that it does not
overlap the peroneus brevis at all but lies behind it.

1893.] THE ANATOMY OF PARROWS. 513

Gadow’ describes the peroneus longus as apparently absent in
Chrysotis.

In the other genera examined the muscle is intermediate between
Stringops and Chrysotis; it rises from about the middle third of
the leg as high as the tip of the bony fibula, and only slightly
overlaps the peroneus brevis. The insertion of the peroneus
longus is always into a strong fibro-cartilaginous ring which sur-
rounds the deep flexor tendons opposite the ankle-joint and is
attached to the base of the tarso-metatarsus.

The peroneus brevis varies very little; it rises from the outer
surface of the tibio-tarsus. and is inserted into the outer part of
the posterior surface of the base of the tarso-metatarsus. In
Chrysotis, where the peroneus longus is so small, it is larger than
usual.

We do not propose to produce as a result of the above notes a
complete scheme of classification of the Psittact: in the first place
we have been unable to see a good many types which ought to be
studied before a general scheme should be propounded ; and in
the second place we have only called attention to certain points in
the anatomy of the group. It may, however, be pointed out that
the material which we have gathered together in this paper, com-
bined with what we know through the researches of the late
Professor Garrod, bring up our knowledge of the anatomy of the
Parrots to a higher level than that of many other groups of birds ;
the facts accumulated in the papers referred to will at any rate
serve some one who can supplement them by the observation of
other genera with a mass of information upon which a definite
scheme can be made out. In the meantime, however, we may
indicate a few questions of affinity as to which our investigations
appear to throw some light. In the first place, there is the remark-
able genus Stringops: there is no doubt that its purely terrestrial
habits have led to some degeneration; it has, for example, a flat
sternum ; but degeneration of this kind would hardly be expected
to affect such organs as are treated of here with the exception, of
course, of the muscles of the pataginm. Itis perhaps a noteworthy
point that on the whole the musculature of the arm as far as
we have studied it is like that of Nestor, a Parrot which of course
occurs in the same part of the world; the agreement as to these
muscles also extends to Calyptorhynchus, in which genus the syrinx
also is fashioned after the plan characteristic of Stringops: this is
also of importance ; these two genera are, from our point of view,
the nearest allies of Stringops, which does not, in so far as the facts
treated of here have weight, occupy nearly so isolated a position
in the system as has been assigned to it by others’.

To a great extent, therefore, our results bear out Prof. Garrod’s

1 Bronn’s Klassen u. Ordn. d. Thierreichs, Aves, p. 18.

2 #.g.in Mr. Sclater’s classification used in the “ List of Animals.” Fiir-
bringer (J. f. O. (4) xxxvii. p. 241) puts Stringops down as a primitive, if not the
most primitive, Parrot.

514 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A [June 6,

views upon the position of Stringops. He regards it, it is true, as
a member of a subfamily (Stringopine) distinct from the Cacatuine;
but both these subfamilies are within one family, Paleornithide.
We quite agree with Prof. Garrod’s remark about Stringops (P. Z. 8.
1874, p. 596) that “asa Parrot it is not so strikingly peculiar as
many seem to think. Its wings are useless, and the carina sterni
is correspondingly reduced, it is true; but as points of classifica-
tional importance, I regard these as insignificant.”

The association of Cacatua with Microglossa and Calyptorhynchus
is confirmed, though Cacatua is perhaps farther off either of these
two than they are from each other.

Ara, too, we find to be rather nearer than some have thought it
to certain of the Old World genera, such as Nestor, Stringops, and
Calyptorhynchus. Considering the superficial resemblance which
the Macaws bear to the Cockatoos, this result is of not a little
interest.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL.
Syrinezs or Parrots.
Fig. # Eos reticulata.
3. Stringops habroptilus.
5. Cacatua cristata.

6. Ara leari.

7. Chrysotis erythrura,
8. Psittacus temneh.

9. Pionus violaceus.

In figs. 2 & 3 only the intrinsic muscle (m) is shown.

2. On some Horns belonging, apparently, to a new Form of
African Rhinoceros. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D.,
F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

[Received June 2, 1893.]

My friend Mr. Frederick Holmwood, C.B., C.M.Z.S., H.B.M.
Consul-General at Smyrna, has kindly lent me for examination two
. very remarkable horns of an African Rhinoceros, which he obtained
at Zanzibar, when Consul-General there a few years ago. Mr.
Holmwood gives me the following account of them :—

** From a very careful description of the country I gathered that
they came from the country of ‘ Udulia,’ situated at the N.E.
point of Usukuma, 50 miles S. of Speke Gulf. The native traveller
whom I bought them of thougbt, however, that the district, which
is a jungle interspersed with grassy plains, might form part of
the large pastoral country to the W. of Udulia, called by various
names, but known generally by caravans as ‘ Uturu.’ He said it
was the only district where this Rhinoceros was known. It is only
inhabited by hunters whom he described as dwarfs, but I do not
take this for granted.”

1893.] NEW FORM OF AFRICAN RHINOCEROS. 515

Fig. 1.

Front horns of Holmwood’s Rhinoceros.

-

516 ON A NEW FORM OF AFRICAN RHINOCEROS. [June 6,

The question is to what species of Rhinoceros these two horns
(which I now exhibit) are to be referred. It will be seen that
they are remarkable for their length, thinness, and especially for
their comparative roundness and their small size at the base.

Since the publication of Mr. F. C. Selous’s excellent paper on
the African Rhinoceroses (P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 725), it has been gene-
rally agreed by naturalists that there are only two known species
of this genus in Africa—the Black Rhinoceros (2. bicornis) and the
White Rhinoceros (2. simus). Of the Black Rhinoceros a fine
series of horns has been figured by Mr. Selous (J. s.c.), showing
the variations that exist in the comparative length of the anterior
and posterior horns. The anterior horn of the Black Rhinoceros,
though, save in very exceptional cases, always longer than the
posterior horn, seldom reaches more than 24 inches in length,
though occasionally longer’. On the other hand, the front horn
of R. simus grows, as is well known, to an extraordinary length,
varying from 18 to 48 inches, and reaching even 57 inches in
abnormal specimens. This horn is, however, of great thickness at
the base and much more compressed laterally than is the case with
the specimens now in question, and in fact of quite a different
character. Moreover &. simus, now almost extinct”, has never been
known to occur north of the Zambesi. It is not possible, therefore,
to refer Mr. Holmwood’s specimens to 2. simus, There remains
the question whether they can belong to abnormal individuals of
R. bicornis, to which form of Rhinoceros they would appear from
general characters to be most nearly related. Before considering
the question I will shortly describe the specimens.

a (fig. 1) is 42 inches in length from the base of the thickened
pedicel along the curve to the top of the horn. The pedicel is
nearly circular, about 5 inches across on its lower surface. It is
rounded, not flattened in front. At about 53 inches from the base
the true horn emerges from the pedicel; here it is ovate in shape,
about 2°5 from front to back and 2:1 from side to side. It is
nearly straight at the base, but curved gently backwards in the
last third of its length. It is very smooth and of a uniform dark
brownish black in colour.

b (fig. 2) is generally similar, but not quite so long (41 inches),
thicker at the base, where the horn emerges from the pedicel, and
much more rapidly curved backwards. It is also much paler in
colour.

On comparing these horns with anterior horns of the Black
Rhinoceros (two pairs of which Mr. Selous has kindly lent me for
the purpose), it will readily be seen that they are at once recog-

1 There are two horns in the British Museum, referred to this species (1520 /
re 15207), 42 and 40 inches in length respectively. See Hand-l. Edent. p. 52
(1873).

2 A recent letter, addressed to the ‘Field’ by Mr. Selous (Field, vol. 80,
p- 803, Nov. 26th, 1892), shows that the White Rhinoceros still exists in Northern
Mashonaland, a herd of six having been met with by Messrs. Eyres and Coryn-
don about 100 miles N.W. of Salisbury.

—
Ajit.

+e
ww

3. Pla

” Z.5.189

rrve -St-Aiban.

fm
—s

from

Bird-pones

~

1893.] ON BIRD-BONES FROM THE MIOCENE OF ISERE. 517

nizable by their great length, their thinness, and the small size of
the pedicel.

I am told that these peculiar horns are well known as articles
of trade at Zanzibar, where they are brought by the caravans from
the interior. I do not propose to found a new species on them,
because it is possible that they may be abnormal horns of the
female Black Rhinoceros, which we know is found all through
Eastern Africa up to the White Nile and plains of Upper Nubia.
But it is highly probable that they belong to a different animal,
of which we may hope some day to receive perfect specimens.
In the meantime they may be provisionally named Holmwood’s
Rhinoceros, Rhinoceros bicornis holmwoodi.

3. On some Bird-bones from the Miocene of Grive-St.-
Alban, Department of Isére, France. By R. LypexKer.

[Received May 17, 1893.]
(Plate X LI.)

For the second time I am indebted to my friend Dr. C. J.
Forsyth Major for the opportunity of adding something to our
knowledge of the fossil birds of Europe—the small collection
which he has on this occasion confided to my care having been
obtained from the Miocene beds of Grive-St.-Alban, in the Isére.
Those beds belong to the middle division of the Miocene period,
and probably correspond approximately in age to those of Sansan
in the Gers. So far as I am aware, the only bird-remains hitherto
recorded from the Grive-St.-Aiban deposits are a few described by
Dr. C. Depéret®. These remains, which are but few in number,
were regarded as indicating the existence of an undetermined
Accipitrine of the size of the Common Buzzard; of a peculiar
species of Woodpecker (Picus gaudryi) ; of a Pheasant, identified
with a species (Phasianus altus) described by M. A. Milne-
Edwards from the Sansan deposits ; of a smaller representative of
the same genus; of a Gallinaceous bird referred to the Lower
Miocene genus Palwortyw, under the name of P. edwardsi; of a
Crane, provisionally identified with Grus pentelicit of the Pikermi
beds; and of an undetermined Anserine. The collection of
specimens obtained by Dr. Forsyth Major is far more numerous,
and contains several bones in a perfect state. Others, however,
are very fragmentary and difficult of identification; and I have
accordingly thought it well to refer in most cases only to such
specimens as I have been able to identify with a fair amount of
certainty. As I have had occasion to mention previously, our
collections of Avian osteology are at present in such an unsatis-
factory condition that the determination of complete (not to say

1 See Baker, ‘ Nile-Tributaries,’ p. 246 (1872).
2 Arch. Mus. Lyon, vol. iv. pp. 282-288 (1887).

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XXXY. 35

518 MR, R. LYDEKKER ON SOME [June 6,

of imperfect) bones is frequently a matter of extreme difficulty, if
not of actual impossibility.

STRIX SANCTI-ALBANI, n. sp. (Plate XLI. figs. 1-4.)

In the British Museum Catalogue of Fossil Birds I took the
family Strigide to include all the members of the nocturnal birds
of prey, but I have since seen reason to adopt the subdivision of
the group into the families Strigide and Bubonide. And I am
the more confirmed in this latter view from the circumstance that
the specimens under consideration show an osteological distinction
between the members of those two families which I have not
observed recorded in the works with which I am familiar.

Of all the birds represented in the collection the one of which
the remains are most numerous is a species of Owl belonging to
the genus Striv—no less than eleven more or less imperfect
bones being referable to this form. From these specimens I have
selected four for illustration (see Plate XLI.)—those represented
in figures 1 and 2 being the distal portions of the right tibia,
while those in figures 3 and 4 are respectively the proximal and
distal halves of the left tarso-metatarsus. The Strigine affinities
of these specimens are amply demonstrated by the form of the
lower end of the tibia, in which the condyles are remarkably
prominent, while there is no bridge over the extensor groove on
the anterior aspect; and likewise by the highly convex arch
formed by the distal trochlee of the tarso-metatarsus, and the
general form and prominence of the crest on the hinder part of
the hypotarsus. Although I am not aware that any sharply
defined distinction can be drawn between the tibia of the Bubonide
and Strigide, I find that Stria differs from all the members of the
former that I have been able to examine in the absence of the
bony bridge over the extensor depression of the upper part of the
anterior face of the tarso-metatarsus. As this bridge is wanting
in the specimens before us (fig. 3), and as they agree otherwise in
general form and size with the corresponding bones of the Barn-
Owl, I opine that they must be referred to the genus Strw.
Agreeing in size with the corresponding elements in S. flammea,
they are distinguished by the grooves between the distal condyles
of the tibia being somewhat less deep ; while the tarso-metatarsus
has a deeper posterior groove and a smaller crest to the hypotarsus.
The only fossil representative of the genus which, so far as I am
aware, has received a distinct name is S. melitensis’, founded on a
femur from the Pleistocene of Malta, which differs from that of
S. flammea in its more slender proportions. As there are no
indications of a similar slenderness in the bones under considera-
tion, I think I shall be justified in assigning them to a new species,
under the name of S. sancti-albanz. ‘The specimens do not,
however, admit of defining the species more exactly than by the
above-mentioned features in which it differs from S. flammea.

1 Lydekker, Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus. p. 13 (1891).

1893. ] BIRD-BONES FROM THE MIOCENE OF ISERE. 519

PHastanus autus, Milne-Edwards. (Plate XLI. figs. 5-8.)

As already mentioned, Dr. Depéret has referred to this species
certain remains from St. Alban, and four specimens in the present
collection seem to fully justify this determination. The bones
on which this species was originally founded were but very
imperfect, and our knowledgé of its osteology was advanced by
those described by Dr. Depéret, which included the lower end of
the tibia, the upper extremity of the tarso-metatarsus, a part of
the upper end of the femur, and some fragments of the meta-
carpus. The specimens in the present collection comprise the
proximal part of the left tarso-metatarsus (Plate XLI. figs. 5, 5 a),
the distal end of the left humerus (fig. 6), the entire left ulna
(fig. 7), and the complete left metacarpus (fig. 8). From their all
pertaining to the left side it seems not improbable that all the four
are portions of a single bird.

These bones agree with those previously described in indicating
a bird of considerably larger size than the Common Pheasant, being
in fact intermediate in size between that species and the Peacock.
They also decisively confirm the reference of the species to the
genus to which it is assigned’. For instance the intermetacarpal
bar of the metacarpus (which of itself sufficiently indicates the
gallinaceous nature of that bone) is far smaller than in Pavo, and
comes nearest in this respect to Phasianus; while the proximal
part of the tarso-metatarsus has the same narrow shape as in the
latter, with a deeper groove and one more ridge on its posterior
surface than in Pavo. Other characteristic features of Phasianus
are the single and prominent tubercle for the insertion of the
tibialis anticus, the opening of the two superior perforations on
the same horizontal line, the large size of the tibial cups and the
comparatively small tubercle between them, and also the single
tube and two shallow grooves in the hypotarsus. The diameter of
the proximal extremity of this specimen is 0,017 mm., against
0,016 mm. in the one described by Dr. Depéret; while both in his
and the present specimen of the metacarpus the diameter of the
proximal extremity is 0,015. Beyond stating that the length of
the ulna is 0,094 mm., while the transverse diameter of the distal
end of the humerus is 0,0205 mm., the other specimens do not call
for further mention.

PaL#ZorTYx EDWARDSI, Depéret. (Plate XLI. figs. 9, 10.)

The Gallinaceous birds from the Upper Eocene of Paris and the
Lower Miocene of the Allier described by M. Milne-Edwards
under the name of Paleortyx are easily recognized, among other
characteristics, by the large size of the tricipital fossa of the
humerus, which extends for aconsiderable distance under the head.
In this feature these birds resemble to a certain extent the living

1 I may mention that, as is frequently my custom, I determined the genus of
these bones before referring to the description of the birds previously recorded
from the formation whence they were obtained.

35*

520 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON SOME [June 6,

Ammoperdia, Ortyx, and Coturnix, while they are totally different
from COaccabis, Perdiw, Phasianus, and most other members of the
group. Probably the extinct Palwoperdix, of the Sansan beds,
had a similar type of humerus, but the tarso-metatarsus is of a
less flattened type. To the genus Palaortyx, Dr. Depéret has
referred two imperfect humeri trom Grive-St.-Alban, with which a
complete specimen in the present collection agrees; and as the
associated specimens of the tarso-metatarsus appear to present the
characters distinctive of that genus, I am disposed to accept his
determination.

The right humerus (represented in figs. 9,9 of Plate XLI.)agrees
precisely with the distal half of the corresponding bone figured by
Dr. Depéret in pl. xii. fig. 51 of vol. iv. of the Arch. Mus. Lyon,
as one of the types of Palwortyw edwardsi; while its proximal
portion appears to correspond with that portion of another right
humerus depicted in fig. 52 of the above-cited plate. In total
length the humerus here figured measures 0,055 mm., or some-
what more than the corresponding bone of P. blanchardi, Milne-
Edwards, from the Allier Miocene, in which the length is 0,047.
According to Dr. Depéret the humerus of P. edwardsi differs from
that of the last-named species not only in its superior size, but
likewise in the absence of a distinct prominence on the outer side of
the head. Compared with the corresponding bones of Ammoperdia
and Ortya, the present specimen, although much larger, is generally
very similar, although there are certain differences which are
evidently of generic value. The large size of the tricipital fossa
differentiates the specimen from the existing Oriental Cryptonyz,
and the extinct Palwocryptony« from the Pliocene of Roussillon *.

The right tarso-metatarsus (represented in fig. 10), of which the
proximal extremity is imperfect, is evidently that of a partridge-
like gallinaceous bird, and as it agrees approximately in relative
size with the humerus, it may be tentatively assigned to the same
distinctive species. Since it appears to present all the characters
of Paleortyx rather than of Paleoperdia*, it confirms Dr. Depéret’s
reference of the species under consideration to the former rather
than to the latter genus.

PaLHORTYX MAXIMA, n.sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 11.)

The slightly imperfect right coracoid of a gallinaceous bird
(represented in fig. 11), being of too large dimensions to have
belonged to the same species as the humerus above mentioned 3,
while it agrees in all essential characters with the corresponding
bone of Paleortyx, Ammoperdix, and Ortyw, may be taken to
indicate a second species of the first-named genus, distinguished
from all the others by its superior size. The length of this coracoid

1 Depéret, Comptes Rendus, vol. exiv. p. 691 (1892).

2 See Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus. p. 137.

8 In P. gallica, of which the humerus measures 0,042, or 0,005 less than the
corresponding bone of P. blanchardi, the length of the assigned coracoid is
only 0,025.

1893. ] BIRD-BONES FROM THE MIOCENE OF ISERE. 521

is upwards of 0,050 mm.; and this must for the present serve as
the distinctive feature of this species.

PALHORTYX GRIVENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 12.)

The right humerus (represented in fig. 12) indicates a species
of the size of the Common Quail, and somewhat inferior in
this respect to P. brevipes, which is the smallest of the Allier
representatives of the genus. Thus, whereas in the present speci-
men the length is 0,0337 mm., in the corresponding bone of
P. brevipes it is 0,0357 mm. On account of this inferiority of size,
coupled with its much higher geological horizon, I am disposed to
regard the present specimen as indicating a distinct species, which
I assign to Palwortyx, with the name of P. grivensis. Compared
with the nearly equal-sized humerus of Coturnix, this specimen
exhibits very clearly the distinctive features between the two
genera, Thus whereas in the Quail the subtrochanteriec fossa is
much larger than the shallow tricipital fossa, and extends beneath
it, in Palwortyx the latter is much the larger of the two, and is
of such a depth as to prevent the former from extending beneath it
towards the outer side of the bone.

PaLmortyx, sp. inc. (Plate XLI. fig, 13.)

Seeing that in the Common Quail the humerus is of almost
exactly the same length as the corresponding bone of P. grivensis,
while the tarso-metatarsus measures only 0,027 mm. in length, it
would seem impossible that the tarso-metatarsus now exhibited
(see fig. 13), of which the length is 0,032 mm., can belong
to the species last named. I accordingly regard it as probably
indicating yet another species of the genus from La Grive, nearly
of the same size as P. brevipes of Allier, but to which I do
not consider it advisable to assign a distinct name. In its com-
parative flatness, as well as in the straightness of the hypotarsus
and the depth of the external posterior groove, this bone exhibits
all the features characteristic of Palewortyx as distinct from
Paleoperdix.

ToraNUS MAJORI, n. sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 14.)

From the presence of a distinct triangular ectepicondylar process,
the small left humerus (represented in fig. 14) is clearly referable
to the Gavi, Limicole, or Tubinares. From the corresponding
bone of the more typical Laride it is readily distinguished
by the smaller size of the tricipital fossa; while it differs from
that of Sterna in the larger size of the ectepicondylar process.
Compared with a skeleton of the Yellow-footed Sandpiper (otanus
flavipes), it is found to agree so closely with the humerus that
there can be little hesitation in referring it to a member of the
same genus. The total length is 0,037 mm., or about one-fourth less
than that of the corresponding bone of the species above-named.
A small species of Totanus from the Allier Miocene has been named
T. lartetianus by Milne-Edwards; but as the higher geological

522 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON NEW [June 6,

horizon of the present specimen may be taken as an almost certain
indication of its distinctness from that form, I propose to regard
it as representing a new species, under the name of 7. majori. In
the absence of a specimen of the humerus of 7’. lartetianus available
for comparison, I am, however, unable to point out the distinctive
differences of the present bone.

UNDETERMINED SPECIMENS.

Among the undetermined specimens there are several complete
bones undoubtedly referable to small Passerines, although the
materials available to me do not admit of any satisfactory attempts
at their generic discrimination. In figure 15 of Plate XLI. I have,
however, figured a left humerus which may be Picarian, in the
hope that some one better acquainted with the osteology of these
groups of birds may be able to determine its affinities.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.

Fig. 1. Strix sancti-albani. Back view of distal half of the right tibia.
2. Strix sancti-albani. Front view of the distal portion of the right tibia.
8, 3a. Strix sancti-albani. Front and back views of proximal half of the
left tarso-metatarsus.
4, 4a. Strix sancti-albani. Front and lower views of the distal portion
of the left tarso-metatarsus.
5, 5a. Phasianus altus. Anterior and inner aspects of proximal portion
of the left tarso-metatarsus.
6. Phasianus altus. Palmar aspect of distal extremity of the left humerus.
7. Phasianus altus. The lett ulna.
8. Phasianus altus. The left metacarpus.
9,9a. Paleortyx edwardsi. Palmar and posterior aspects of right
humerus. 2, tricipital fossa.
10. Palgortyx edwardsi. Anterior aspect of the imperfect right tarso-
metatarsus.
1l. Palegortyx maxima. Anterior aspect of the slightly imperfect right
eoracoid.
12. Paleortyx grivensis. Posterior aspect of the right humerus.
18. Palgortyx, sp. ine. Front view of the left tarso-metatarsus.
14. Totanus majori. Posterior aspect of the left humerus. 2, tricipital
fossa.
15. Posterior aspect of the left humerus of an undetermined (? Picarian) bird,

All the specimens were obtained from the Middle Miocene of Grive-St.-
Alban, and are drawn of the natural size.

4. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians obtained
in Borneo by Mr. A. Everett and Mr. C. Hose. By
G. A. BouLenceEr.

[Received June 2, 1893.]
(Plates XLII.-XLIV.)

Draco Maximus. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)

Head small; snout as long as the diameter of the orbit; nostril
directed upwards, perfectly vertical; tympanum covered with

Mintern Bros. imp.

2.DRACO MICROLEPIS.

RMintern delet lith.

1.DRACO MAXIMUS.

PZ.) So eeEes 2a Ine

au
P. Smit del. et Lith. Mmtern Bros. imp.
2,2.RANA CAVITYMPANUM.3.BANA LATOPALMATA.
4 RANA WHITEHEADI.

-~
/
: re j
é = 4
\ s a oe Tr
1 - e <
— " :

a
;
1
- ¢ <= 1%,
_ we oa

P Zin 1893) Eerie

P Smit delet lth. 7 Mintern Bros. imp.
REAACOPRORU Ss OfiwOrnUS-

.
4
*
4
|
‘ ~
- M
2 ae
i
“a .
+
~
ive
oa '
oa a

1893. ] REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 523

scales ; head-scales very small; ten granular scales across middle
of interorbital region, sixteen or seventeen across supraocular
region; a A-shaped series of enlarged scales on the forehead ;
fourteen upper labials. The male’s gular appendage once and a
half the length of the head, with moderate-sized scales on its
distal portion.. A slight nuchal fold, but no crest. Dorsal scales
equal, keeled, a little smaller than ventrals ; four widely separated,
enlarged, erect, keeled scales on each side of the back. The fore
limb extends beyond the tip of the snout, the hind limb to the
axilla. Greyish above, head speckled with black ; wing-membranes
black above with light longitudinal streaks, colourless beneath ;
throat blackish, with round white spots.

millim
AST Pe 2, Sl 365
(Head ees tan fe A =o rece 25
Width:othend” |. 5: ... 2.0. br
RO es Se asain face ats alah eras 115
Hore tml? oaks oe we sees 58
Mimdvlinb. "eis. spe yale coset 70
SL RRR ee San a SSemee tae DAC RG Se PONS

A single male specimen from Mt. Dulit, 2000 feet (Hose).

Draco microneris. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.)

Head small; snout slightly shorter than the diameter of the
orbit; nostril directed upwards, perfectly vertical; tympanum
naked, smaller than the eye-opening ; head-scales very small ; six
or seven scales across middle of interorbital region, fourteen or
fifteen across supraocular region; scales on upper surface of snout
subequal ; fourteen upper labials. The male’s gular appendage as
long as the head, with moderate-sized scales. No nuchal fold or
erest. Dorsal scales equal, keeled, a little smaller than ventrals ;
a few widely separated, enlarged, keeled scales on each side. The
fore limb reaches with the whole hand beyond the tip of the snout,
the hind limb to the shoulder. Pale grey-brown above, with dark
spots and marblings; wing-membranes above with black marblings
forming five rather ill-defined transverse bands, beneath colourless ;
base of gular appendage and inner surface of lateral wattles
purplish red; a large black spot on each side of the gular ap-
pendage in the male.

millim
Dotad length. 432 we ids Aer Oete 218
Nea elie or WS ot 3 icicysih) ee oad as
Widthiot heads, 0.04 iemaeceies 9
(3 oe re eee eet 63
‘Horeslim cts os era ener hates ease 38
EDIT lI Dies Acad hase cee ak eo < AT
1 eS ron ee eee ee 140

Two specimens, male and female, from Merabah, North Borneo
(Lrerett).

~

524 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON NEW (June 6, ~

SIMOTES ANNULIFER.

Nasal divided; portion of rostral seen from above slightly
shorter than its distance from the frontal; suture between
the internasals slightly shorter than that between the pre-
frontals ; frontal as broad as long, longer than its distance from
the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; a small loreal ;
one pre- and two postoculars; temporals 142; seven upper
labials, third and fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in
contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the
posterior. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 153; anal entire; sub-
caudals 49. Brown above, with 26 black annuli on the back,
enclosing large oval yellowish-brown spots; sides black-spotted,
with vertical and oblique yellowish lines; head yellowish brown
above, with a dark brown transverse bar across the forehead,
passing through the eye, a large A-shaped marking from the
frontal shield to the nape, and an oblique bar on the temple ;
labials, chin, and throat black-spotted ; lower parts white, with a
series of small black spots on each side.

Total length 160 millim. ; tail 30.

A single young specimen from North Borneo (£verett).

OLIGODON EVERETTI.

Nasal divided; portion of rostral seen from above slightly
shorter than its distance from the frontal; suture between the
internasals shorter than that between the prefrontals ; frontal
longer than its distance from the end of the snout, slightly shorter
than the parietals ; loreal very small, longer than deep ; one pre-
and two postoculars ; temporals 1+2; seven upper labials, third
and fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with
the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the posterior.
Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 154; anal entire; subcaudals 46.
Slaty grey above, with three blackish-brown stripes, the middle
one three scales wide and enclosing a series of small yellowish-
brown rhomboidal spots; head brown above, with two chevron-
shaped black bands, the anterior passing through the eyes, the
posterior with the point on the frontal shield; uniform coral-red
beneath, the outer ends of the ventral shields black.

Total length 370 millim. ; tail 70.

A single female specimen from Mt. Kina Balu (Averett).

CALAMARIA BALUENSIS.

Rostral a little broader than deep, visible from above ; frontal
nearly twice as long as broad, not twice as broad as the supra-
ocular, as long as the parietals; eye rather large, its diameter
much greater than its distance from the mouth; one pre-and
one postocular ; five upper labials, third and fourth entering the
eye; symphysial in contact with the anterior chin-shields ; both
pairs of chin-shields in contact with each other, 13 rows of
scaies. Ventrals 175; anal entire; subcaudals 28. Tail ending

~ 1893.) REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 525

in a point. Brown above, with small black spots ; an interrupted
black streak along each side of the head and neck, passing through
the eye; upper lip and lower parts white; belly with three
longitudinal series of small black spots; a black line along the
lower surface of the tail.

Total length 340 millim. ; tail 33.

A single male specimen from Mt. Kina Balu (Hverett).

QOALAMARIA EVERETTI.

Rostral broader than deep, well visible from above; frontal
once and a half as long as broad, not twice as broad as the supra-
ocular, shorter than the parietals; one pre-and one postocular ;
eye rather large, its diameter much greater than its distance from
the mouth ; five upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye ;
two pairs of chin-shields in contact with each other; first lower
labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial. Scales in
13 rows. Ventrals 144; anal entire; subcaudals 23. Tail
ending ina point. Coloration quite similar to that of C. sumatrana,
Edeling. Brown above with longitudinal series of darker spots,
forming two lines along each side ; each scale of the outer row
white in the middle, dark brown on the borders ; nape dark hrown,
followed by a yellow collar; upper surface of head brown, spotted
with darker; lower parts uniform yellowish, with a dark line
along the middle of the tail.

Total length 100 millim. ; tail 10.

A single young specimen from Sarawak (Zverett).

Rana CavirymMpanuM. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique transverse groups
between the choane ; latter of moderate size. Head moderate, as
long as broad ; snout short, rounded, not projecting, with angular
canthus rostralis and deeply concave loreal region ; nostril slightly
nearer the eye than the tip of the snout; interorbital space
narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, deeply sunk,
three-fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first
extending slightly beyond second ; toes moderate, entirely webbed ;
disks well developed, about half the diameter of the tympanum ;
subarticular tubercles rather small ; a very small, oval inner meta-
tarsal tubercle, not quite one third the length of the inner toe.
Hind limb very long, as in &. whitcheadi; tibia two-thirds length
of head and body. Skin smooth; no glandular lateral fold. Pale
grey-brown above, a broad dorsal area blackish brown, sharply
defined on the sides ; a dark bar between the eyes; a black streak
from the lip to the shoulder, passing through the nostril and eye
and above the tympanum ; lips with black spots; limbs with narrow
dark brown cross-bars ; lower parts white. Male with an external
vocal sac on each side of the throat, below the commissure of the
jaws ; no humeral gland; inner finger thickened at the base.

From snout to vent 45 millim.

A single male specimen from Kina Balu (Zverett).

526 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON NEW [June 6,

I am glad to be able to supplement this description of the adult
with an account of the very remarkable larval characters furnished
by a specimen, undoubtedly of the same species, at the close of the
larval period, obtained by Mr. Everett at Bongon, N. Borneo.

The breast is covered with a large sucking-disk, free on its
borders, truncate in front. The lips are much developed, not
fringed, and armed with numerous series of horny teeth forming
3 uninterrupted and 8 paired rows on the upper lip, and 4 uninter-
rupted and | interrupted rows in the lower lip, disposed as shown
in the figure. The horny beak is formed of an upper anda lower
mandible, both of which are angular, smooth, and very finely
denticulate at the edge. The larva is so far advanced that I am
unable to say anything of the other larval characters. But in the
important points of the structure of the mouth and ventral disk
it shows the greatest resemblance to some hitherto undetermined
larve from Bantam, Java, which I described and figured in 1882
(Cat. Batr. Ecaud. p. 89). At that time the onlv Frog known to
inhabit Java that possessed fully webbed toes dilated into large
disks, as shown by one of the larve, was Rhacophorus reinwardti ;
and I therefore referred them “ provisionally, not without doubt,”
to that species. That this reserve was warranted, is shown by
the discovery in Java soon after of a Frog, Rana masonii, Blgr.
(=jerboa, Gthr.), agreeing in the above points with the larve in
question, which I have now no doubt belong to it. Numerous larve
of an allied species, R. whiteheadi, Blgr., at all stages of deve-
lopment, hence easily determinable, were collected by Mr. Everett
in mountain-streams flowing into the Sarawak and Baram Rivers
and at Bongon. They differ, however, from the larva above described
in having both upper and lower mandible formed of two pieces,
separated in the middle line by a considerable interspace; these
horny pieces differ besides in being ribbed and strongly toothed.
Somewhat similar larve, but with the lower mandible formed of
a single piece, have been recently described and figured by Mocquard
(Nouv. Arch. du Mus. 3, ii. 1890, p. 154, pl. xi. fig. 4) in his paper
on the Reptiles and Batrachians of Kina Balu and referred by
him, rightly I think, to his Jwalus nubilus (= Rana natatria,
Gthr.). Another larva with ventral disk, and agreeing very closely
in the buccal characters with that of R. jerboa and cavitympanum,
- was obtained by M. Fea in the Kakhien hills, Upper Burma, and
referred by me to Rana latopalmata, Blgr. (afghana, Gthr.). I
have since found three specimens of the latter larva, from Dar-
jeeling, in the late Mr. Day’s collection. We are therefore now
acquainted with five species with a ventral disk in the larval stage,
and all five belong to species of the genus Rana in which the
toes are fully webbed and the digits strongly dilated. They may
be distinguished by means of the following synopsis :—

1893.] - _ REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 527

A. Beak formed of two pieces, an upper and a lower, feebly denticulate, not
ribbed ; lower lip not fringed.
1

a. Series of labial teeth ; : Seances nates 3 R. jerbou.
3
3 Pa
6. Series of labial teeth : ; A ee eee Once R. latopalmata.
2 -
3
e. Series of labial teeth : pasendeancetdaiacas meanest R. cavitympanum.
4

B. Beak formed of three or four pieces, toothed, ribbed on its outer surface ;
lower lip with a fringe of papille.

a, Lower mandible formed of a single piece............... R. natatrix.
4. Lower mandible formed of two pieces, like the
UPPOL, -desiadisedsdcdansareuse cade suaasedge decker ad seteen =e R. whiteheadi.

RaacopHorvs orropuus. (Plate XLIV.)

Vomerine teeth in two small oblique series close to the inner
anterior angle of the choanz, which are exceedingly large. Head
much depressed, large, a little broader than long; supratemporal
region roofed over by rugose dermo-ossitication ; frontoparietals
rugose; a strong, spinose, bony crest above the tympanum; a
spine at the angle of the jaws ; snout pointed, a little longer than
the diameter of the orbit; nostrils close to the tip of the snout ;
canthus rostralis sharp, loreal region deeply concave ; forehead
concave ; interorbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid ;
tympanum nearly as large as the eye. Fingers long, with rudi-
mentary web, the tips dilated into rather large disks; toes two-
thirds webbed, disks smaller than those of fingers. The tibio-tarsal
articulation reaches between the eye and the nostril. Skin of back
finely, of belly and lower surface of thighs coarsely granulate ;
heel with a small triangular dermal appendage. Pale olive above,
with dark grey spots and longitudinal streaks, much as in the
quadrilineatus-vaniety of R. leucomystax ; hind limbs with dark
cross-bars, which are of an intense black and close together on the
concealed surfaces of the hind limb. Male with internal vocal
sacs.

From snout to vent 80 millim.

A single male specimen from Bongon, N. Borneo (Everett).

This is a most remarkable form, allied to R. lewcomystaw but
with the cranial dermo-ossification carried considerably farther,
and reproducing pretty nearly the stage reached in the genus
Bufo by B. typhonius, in the genus Hyla by H. lichenata, in the
genus Nototrema by JN. oviferum.

Iam fortunately again able to supplement the description of a
new Frog with that of its larva, several specimens at all the middle
and later stages of development having been collected by Mr.
Everett in the same Jocality as the adult.

Length of body once and a half to once and two-thirds its width,

528 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE EGGS OF COLIUS CAPENSIS. [June 20,

three-fifths to four-fifths the length of the tail. Nostrils nearer
the end of the snout than to the eyes; latter lateral, visible from
above and from below, equidistant from the spiraculum and the
end of the snout or a little nearer the former; distance between
the eyes twice and a half to three times that between the nostrils,
and twice and one-fourth to twice and one-third the width of the
mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed upwards and back-
wards, equidistant from the end of the snout andthe anus. Anus
opening on the right side, close to the body and above the lower
edge of the tail, as in Hyla. Tail twice and one-third to thrice as
long as deep, acutely pointed ; the depth of the muscular portion
about three-fifths the total depth.

Mouth as in a typical Rana. Beak black; sides and lower edge
of the lip fringed with papille; upper lip with a long series of
fine horny teeth, followed on each side by three series ; three un-
interrupted series of teeth on the lower lip.

Total length of largest specimen 80 millim.; body 29; width
of body 21; length of tail 51 ; depth of tail 17.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate XLII.

Fig. 1. Draco maximus, p. 522.
Fig. 2. Draco microlepis, p. 523.
a, Side view of head of male.

Puate XLII.

Fig. 1. Rana cavitympanum, p. 525.
a. Vomerine teeth.
2. Larva of Rana cavitympanum, p. 526.
a. Mouth. x 3.
Fig. 3. Mouth of larva of Rana latopalmata, p. 526. x 4.
Fig. 4. Larva of Rana whiteheadi, p. 526.
a, Mouth. x 5.

Fig.

Puate XLIV.

Rhacophorus otilophus, p. 527.
a. Side view of head; 6. Vomerine teeth ; c. Larva; d. Mouth. x6.

June 20, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the
Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited two eggs of the Cape Coly (Colius capensis)
laid in the Society’s Gardens, and made the following remarks :—

For some time past we have had three examples of this Coly in
one of the large cages in the Parrot House. As they showed a
disposition to build, a basket-nest was placed in the cage, to which
the birds made additions from materials supplied to them. The

1893.] HON. W. ROTHSCHILD ON THE GENUS CYANORHAMPHUS. 529

result was that an open shallow nest was constructed, in which
altogether nine eggs have been deposited. We believe that the
birds are all females and have all laid eggs in the same nest. They
have occasionally sat upon them, but not in a regular manner.

The eggs are of a dull white colour, with rather a rough texture,
and without spots of any kind. Referring to Layard and Sharpe’s
‘Birds of South Africa,’ p. 552, I find it stated that the eggs
of this Coly are sometimes streaked, but those laid in the Gardens
are perfectly uniform, as will be seen on inspection.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild exhibited a series of the Parrots of
the genus Cyanorhamphus, and made the following remarks :—

In vol. xx. of the ‘ Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum’
Count Salvadori enumerates fourteen species of this genus and
mentions a fifteenth species, C. hochstettert (Reisch.).

Having avery fair series of most of these birds, and finding them
terribly confused in many of the larger collections, I have thought it
might be interesting to exhibit examples of a rare species alive and
a good series of those others of which I possess skins. I also have
to describe a new form which has hitherto been confounded with
C. auriceps (Kuhl). This form differs, it is true, in most respects
very slightly from the typical C. auriceps of New Zealand ;
but in this genus the birds from the different islands are always
constant forms, and therefore I feel justified in separating the
Chatham Island bird, and I have much pleasure in naming it after
my friend Mr. H. O. Forbes.

CYANORHAMPHUS FORBESI, sp. Nov.

Similar to C. auriceps (Kuhl), but larger and with the crimson
band in front of the yellow crown much narrower. The band of
crimson in C. auriceps also reaches the eye, and in some specimens
there is also a crimson patch behind the eye, while in my new
species there is always a clear space between the crimson band and
the eye.

Hab. Chatham Islands.

Types in Mus. W. Rothschild.

From the large number of specimens I have from the Auckland
Islands, the Chatham Islands, and both the North and South Islands
of New Zealand, I have come to the conclusion that Cyanorhamphus
aucklandicus, Bp., and C. rowleyi (Buller), are only synonyms
of C. nove zealandie (Sparrm.); for the specimens from all parts
vary in size so much that no two can be found entirely identical in
measurements, and no constant differences in colour can be detected.

Of doubtful species there still remain C. hochstettert and C.
erythrotis, which I think Mr. Forbes was quite right in provisionally
uniting under the name of C. erythrotis, for, except the two
in the British Museum, we have as yet no authentic specimens
from the Macquaries. The material from Antipodes Island, I
think, is not sufficient to settle the point finally; and therefore

530 MR. W. BATESON ON AN ABNORMAL FOOT OF A CALF. [June 20,

I consider that for the present the following species only can stand
as distinct :—

. Cyanorhamphus ulietanus (Gm.). Society Islands.

. erythronotus (Kuhl). Society Islands.

. unicolor (Vig.). Antipodes Island.

nove zealandie (Sparrm.). New Zealand, Chathams,
Auckland I.

cooki (G. R. Gray). Norfolk Island.

subflavescens, Salvad. Lord Howe Island.

erythrotis (Wagl.). Macquarie Is. and Antipodes I.
. saisseti (Verr. & Des Murs). New Caledonia.

. cyanurus, Salvad. Kermadec Islands.

. duriceps (Kuhl). New Zealand.

11. C. malherbei, Souancé. South Island, New Zealand.
12. C. forbesi, Rothsch. Chatham Islands.

pe eae

OTD ON
aRgasaaae aaa

Mr. W. Bateson exhibited an abnormal foot of a calf, which
had been forwarded to him for examination by the kindness of
Mr. W. L. Sclater.

The specimen was a right fore foot, bearing three digits disposed
almost symmetrically with regard to the axis of the limb. Of the
carpus only the distal row remained, consisting of the usual two
elements, a trapezoido-magnum and an unciform. External to the
unciform the small rudiment, considered as representing the fifth
digit, was of the usual size and proportions. The upper end of the
metacarpal bone presented no peculiarity. Peripherally, however,
instead of the usual two articular surfaces the metacarpal in this
limb had three articular surfaces, all standing in the same plane as
those of a normal limb. Each articular surface is well formed and
has a large trochlear ridge. The central articular surface differs a
little from the other two, being slightly crowded against the
external one. In it also the trochlear ridge does not exactly divide
the articular surface, but is rather nearer to the external side.
With each of the three surfaces articulates a digit containing three
phalanges of full length. Over each articulation isa pair of normal
sesamoids, three pairs in all, instead of two pairs.

Each digit bears a hoof. The hoof of the middle digit is conver
on both sides, but each of the lateral hoofs is convex on its outer
side and concave on the side turned towards the hoof of the middle
digit. The small avcessory hoofs, the ergots of French writers, are
normal and stand in their usual positions with regard to the limb,
one being above and slightly external to the metacarpo-phalangeal
articulation of each of the outer digits. The limb is almost
exactly symmetrical about a line taken through the centre of the

oa et eee

middle toe. Each of the toes had well-formed flexor and extensor ~

tendons.

In the normal metacarpus of the Ox there is in the peripheral
third a median groove of some depth, indicating the line of
demarcation between the metacarpals III. and IV. It is in this

1893. ] MR. F. E. BLAAUW ON ARAMIDES YPECAHA. 531

groove that the foramen for the nutrient artery is placed on the
posterior surface of the limb. In the abnormal specimen there is
no median groove, but on either side of the middle digit there is
such a groove, indicating the lines of demarcation between the
parts of the metacarpus belonging to each of the three digits. The
groove between the middle and external digit is very slightly the
deeper of the two, and in it is placed the foramen for the nutrient
artery on the posterior surface.

The specimen was an old one and no particulars as to parentage
or to the condition of the other limbs were to be had. It was
mentioned that this case differed from that of the three-toed Cow
described by Neville Goodman, ‘ Journ. Anat. and Phys.’ 1868, in
that there was in the present example an almost perfect symmetry
about the middle axis of the foot.

The following extracts from a letter addressed to the Secretary
by Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.Z.S., of ’sGraveland, Hilversum,
Holland, were read :-—

“ Last autumn I obtained a pair of Aramides ypecaha. I kept the
birds indoors during the winter and turned them out in spring into
an out-of-door aviary, in which is a small rockery that served formerly
for Hyrax capensis. In the first days of May I observed that the
male bird collected straw, hay, and bundles of grass that he uprooted
with his strong bill, and brought it all to the very top of the
rockery, where in a depression between the stones he made a flat
nest of the said materials. As the female did not appear to take
much notice of the exertions of the male, I was a little doubtful
as to the result, but as the birds were extremely noisy at that time
I retained some hopes. On the 16th I observed the female sitting
on the nest, and on the 17th the keeper informed me that there was
an egg in the nest. As the birds were very much excited and the
male bird attacked furiously everybody he could reach, the number
of eggs laid was not then ascertained for fear of disturbing the
birds, but it was afterwards found that the number was four. As
soon as the eggs were laid the birds began to incubate, the female
mostly during the night and the male during the day, and the birds
sat so loosely that the slightest thing would disturb them. Ifa
person approached the nest or the aviary when the male was sitting,
it would come down directly to attack the intruder. Ifthe female
happened to be on the nest she would keep motionless and wait
till you turned your eyes from her, when she would vanish like a
shadow. If you happened to turn your eyes on her before she had
had time to get quite clear away, she would stop in the position she
was in, sometimes with a leg half stretched out, and keep quite
motionless till you again turned your eyes from her, when she
would take care to be quite away before you looked round again.

“As incubation advanced the birds began to sit closer and were
not so easily tempted to abandon their task, and on the 21st day of
incubation the head of a young bird was seen peeping from under

532 = DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A LEMUROID SKULL. [June 20,

the breast of its parent. Early in the morning of the 22nd day
the keeper found the whole family, consisting of the two parents
and four young ones, on the ground basking in the sun.

“The young birds had beautiful glossy chocolate-brown down,
which became almost black on the back and lighter on the head.
The legs and beak were short and jet-black.

“The little birds were wonderfully active and strong, and in the
evening they all managed to get up te the nest on the stones,
where they passed the night under one of the parent birds. The
mother bird was very anxious about the safety of her young, and if
anybody approached the aviary a sharp noise she made would
quickly send them away to hide between the stones. If one kept
motionless at some distance, the same note but a little softer
would call them to the light again. Both parents fed the young
in exactly the same way as Cranes do, bringing them ants’ eggs,
flies, worms, or anything they thought fit, in their bills, which the
young would take from them. The little birds, now twelve days
old, grow very rapidly ; the legs and neck especially have lengthened
considerably, so that they begin to resemble their parents in form
- very much.

“They also have already acquired the habit of jerking their little

tails, which of course are nothing but down. The old birds, which

were very noisy at all times, even while incubating, and could sing
the most wonderful duets, have become perfectly silent since the
young were hatched.

“The eggs were of a greyish yellow, with dark red and brown
spots and lines.”

Mr. Blaauw also stated that one of his female Darwin’s Rheas
(Rhea darwini) had laid ten eggs, and that the male, after sitting
thirty-nine days on seven of them, had hatched three young ones.

Dr. C. J. Forsyth Major exhibited a specimen of a subfossil
Lemuroid skull from Madagascar, and spoke as follows :—

Very recently I have described‘ a strange gigantic Lemuroid
skull (Megaladapis madagascariensis, Maj.), discovered by Mr. Last
in a subfossil condition, together with remains of pyornis,
Testudo grandidieri, Vaill., Hippopotamus, &ec., in a marsh on the
south-west coast of Madagascar.

The skull exhibited on the present occasion, found by the same
collector in a similar condition in the neighbourhood of Nossi- Vey
(S.W. Madagascar), is in several respects not less strange, though
in a very different way. Owing to its incomplete state—the whole
facial portion being wanting, as well as the right occipital region
and basis cranii, and the greater part of the zygomatic arches—it
is not possible to enter into many details.

The Lemuroid nature of the specimen is at once demonstrated
by the great elongation and downward bending of the postorbital
frontal processes, the left one of which has preserved the suture
for the orbital process of the malar, thus showing that the osseous

1 Proc. Roy. Soe. liii. no. 326.

“_

| ao

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A LEMUROID SKULL. 533

ring of the orbit was complete. By the fact of the orbital and
temporal fossze communicating freely under the postorbital bar, it
is shown that we have not here to do with a member of the
Anthropoidea.

Unusual for a Lemuroid is the very strong postorbital con-
striction of the frontals, and the globose form of the very broad
and elevated cranial portion. As to the first character, however, we
meet with it in the Tertiary Adapis (A. parisiensis, Cuy., and
A. magnus, Filh.), and to a much less degree in the existing
African Otogale and Malagasy Hapalemur *.

Fig. 1.

Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Upper view, two-thirds nat. size.

It is with this last genus of the subfamily Lemurine that there
appear to be the most affinities. And first of all in the voluminous
cranial portion, the fossil being proportionally broader still than
Hapalemur simus. This last has a very short facial portion ; from
the aspect of the side view it appears that in the Malagasy fossil
the anterior portion of the frontals slopes down abruptly, stili
more so than in Hapalemur. This is indicative of a small facial
cranium in the former too; though it may partly be a juvenile
character, as the distinctness of all the sutures and the aspect of
the bones show the fossil to be a somewhat young specimen, in
which part of the milk-dentition may have been present.

The upper profile of Hapal. simus, as seen in the side view, is
more rounded off posteriorly, the sloping down towards the occiput
beginning anteriorly to a line which would unite the anterion

1 #, A. Jentink, “On some rare and interesting Mammals” (‘ Notes from the
Leyden Museum,’ note vii. 1885, pl. i. fig. 1, Hapalemur simus, Gray).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XXXVI. 36

‘ 4 a . hh

534 DR. O. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A LEMUROID SKULL. [June 20,

margins of the right and left external auditory meatus across the
upper surface of the skull. In the fossil this part of the superior
outline of the skull is nearly horizontal, so that the anterior portion
of the interparietal appears almost on the same level with the
highest region of the parietals. The flattened posterior moiety of
the interparietal slopes suddenly down to the occipital crest ; the
occiput proper is almost vertically truncated, much as in the skull of
Mycetes. On the other hand, in Hapalemur, as in existing Lemuroids

Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Side view, two-thirds nat. size.

generally, the occipital crest has a more oblique direction, its
inferior edge being considerably more in advance of the upper one ;
and the whole occiput partakes partly of this same direction.

The inferior margin of the postorbital frontal processes is
cuttingly sharp in the Malagasy fossil; this is also characteristic
of Hapalemur (both H. simus and H. griseus). In the former the
frontals extend laterally somewhat farther backwards than in
the latter; and the postero-superior margins of the postorbital
processes continue backwards in the shape of two sharp crests,
which unite at the coronal suture. No sagittal crest is visible on
the median line of the parietals, which are as yet separated ; but
it appears obvious that this would be the case in a more aged
specimen. In Hapalemur, even in adult specimens, no such
elevated frontal crests are developed, and instead of a sagittal
crest there are two temporal ridges remaining low and separated
anteriorly, although near the interparietal they converge to form
a feeble median crest.

The interorbital region is absolutely broader in Hapal. simus, and
is, besides, vaulted from before backwards and from right to left,
owing to underlying frontal sinuses. These last are not entirely
absent in the fossil, as seen in the inferior broken portion; they
extend even partly into the postorbital processes.

The olfactory fossa appears very large in the fossil, as is the
case in Lemuroids generally. The anterior end of the cribriform
plate is but slightly more elevated than the posterior ; this is the

1893.] DR. 0. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A LEMUROID SKULL, 535

case in Hapal. simus too, and is obviously in relation to the
downward bending of the facial portion.

Owing to the incomplete condition of the fossil, only a few
measurements can be given :—

millim.
Length of the fossil skull, from the occipital crest to
anterior portion of frontals as far as preserved ........ 92-7
Same distance in Hapalenwr simus, Gray (Br. Mus, 1884/10.
A Ree Tae e May's EEN, 6 olan ee halen Vern timgen eee 64:0
Greatest breadth of the brain-capsule between the two
parieto-squamosal sutures, in the fossil .............. 64:8
Ditto in: Hepalomap. sume oso (iid g deb a oak press plone 36°2

Skull of fossil Lemuroid. Lower view, two-thirds nat. size.

a, frontal sinuses ; 0, cribriform plate.

It thus appears that, whilst the fossil skull, in its part preserved,
was about one-third longer than Hapal. simus, the breadth of its
cranial capsule was almost double that of the last’.

The foregoing short description gives all the important cha-
racters of this interesting fossil, which in my opinion clearly
assign its systematic position to be within the suofamily of
Lemurine, and would besides justify the establishment of a new
genus, having closer relation to Hapalemur than to any other
members of the subfamily. LI retrain, however, for the present, from
giving a name to it, as there is some probability that more complete
and more adult specimens may before long come to hand.

! The skull of Hapal. simus figured by Jeutink (/. ¢.) is somewhat broader
than the one at my disposal.
36*

536 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G, T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

The following papers were read :-—

1. A Monograph of the Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis.
By Hamitron H. Drvcez, F.Z.S., and G. T. BerHune-
Baker, F.L.S."

[Received June 20, 1893.]
(Plates XLV.-XLVII.).
THYSONOTIS.

Thysonotis, Hiibn.. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 20 (1816); Feld.
Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 244 (1860).

Danis, Fabr. Ll. Mag. vi. p. 286 (1807) (nom. preoc.) ; Westw.
Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 497 (1852).

Damis, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 67 (1832).

Plebeius, Cupido, Lycena, Authors (part.).

Danis, Butl. Cat. Fab. Lep. p. 161 (1869) (part.).

Danis, Miskin, Ann. Queens. Mus. no. 1, p. 49 (1891).

** General characters of Lycena ; but with the wings generally
broadly fasciated with white, not ocellated beneath, but the hind
ones marked beneath with a submarginal row of black spots. Eyes
hirsute. Antenne terminated by a long, gradually formed club.
Labial palpi long, first two joints clothed with scaly hairs. Fore
wings with the post-costal vein three-branched ; the third branch
arising at a considerable distance beyond the discoidal cell ; middle
and lower discocellular veins very slender; upper one short, distinct.
Hind wings entire, or scolloped, and with a short tail at the
extremity of the first branch of the median vein. Fore legs of the
female short. Basal joint of the tarsi much thicker than the rest
and elongate, spined at the tips of the joints.”— Westw. loc. cit.

“‘T am unable to give a satisfactory detailed character of this
genus, having only been able to examine a very imperfect female
in the collection of the Linnean Society, from which the accom-
panying figure was taken. It appears very (perhaps too) close to
Lycena, D, hylas resembling the tailed Indian species of that genus.
The blue colour of the upperside is particularly brilliant, and the
species inhabit the Moluccas, New Guinea and the adjacent
islands.”— Westw. ibid.

On reference to the accompanying plate it will be seen that
the genus Thysonotis can at once be distinguished from Lycena by the
anastomosing of the costal nervure with the first subcostal nervule.
It is also remarkable for the length of the termikal joint of the
palpi of the female.

In 1779” Cramer described a butterfly and figured it under the
name Papilio danis.

In 1804 Herbst referred to and refigured the same insect under

1 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker is responsible for the descriptions and drawings
of the genitalia of the various species, whilst I am responsible for thesynonymy
and notes concerning the species.—H. H. D.

2 1775 according to Mr. Kirby, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 278.

imp

H anh art

PZ Ss lees evar

W. Purkiss lith . Hanhart imp.

BUI S: OF With CRN Satis ON OiLS

‘PATS. 80a; Plexaile

Hanhart imp.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS.

a a

. :
. Cae ae 5
beer me .

il eae a

1893. ] THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 537

the name Papilio damis. Fabricius in 1807 (Llliger’s Mag. vi.
p- 286) described the genus Danis, .but did not mention his type.
Westwood, in 1852, was apparently the first author to associate
the Fabrician genus with Cramer’s insect, but upon what grounds
is not clear. But by the rules of nomenclature a generic name
must not be one which has been used as a specific name, conse-
quently Danis cannot stand. Now, to make matters still more
complicated, Boisduval in 1832 (Voy. Ast., Lep.) uses Dams as a
generic name, but by the same law this is inadmissible.

Westwood in 1852 characterized the genus, at the same: time
expressing his doubts whether it showed sufficient distinctness to
allow of its separation from Lycena. But why he allowed the
Fabrician name to stand for the genus, when Cramer’s insect had
received it as a specific name some 28 years before seems
inexplicable.

So far as Boisduval is concerned, I think there can be no doubt
that he meant Danis when he wrote Damis on p. 67 (Voy. Astr.,
Lép.), as on p. 69 he writes Z. damis, Godt., and P. damis, Cr., both
of which should be spelt danis.

The question now is what generic name should be used, as it is
not right that Cramer’s name should be only a synonym when his
insect was described for so long a time before Boisduval’s.

The next name to deal with is Thysonotis, proposed by Hiibner
in 1816, which has been used by Semper and others for these
insects ; and bad as we think is the practice of doing away with
well-known generic names for others which may be older but
which their authors have employed without characterizing, in
this case we can see no help for it, as it affects the specific name
of the type of the genus.

Dr. Felder at one time (1859) used Danis when describing an
insect of the group, afterwards (in 1860) T'hysonotis, and then
seems to have considered Lyccna sufticient.

Ina note by Mr. W. Doherty published by Mr. de Niceville
(Butt. India, iii. p. 261), he speaks of an Arhopala mimicking the
danis group of Cyaniris, but as the type of that genus has the
costal nervure of the fore wing free, and as after examining a
large number of the group we have not found one which at all
approaches it in that respect, we do not think, in spite of Mr. de
Nicéville’s remarks about C. transpectus, Moore (Butt. India, iti.
p- 92), that they can be placed together under the same generic
name. It is evident such a course would alter the synonymy con-
siderably, and we venture to think uselessly, as we have here a
group of Butterflies which, although they cannot be perhaps struc-
turally defined, present in their markings an easily recognized
division in the family.

We have divided the genus into 5 divisions as follows, a short
account of which is given under their respective headings :—

A. The danis group. D. The taygetus group.
B. The wallacei group. E. The cyanea group.
C. The schaeffera group.

538 MESSRS, H, H. DRUCE AND G.'T. BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

The Butterflies of this genus are entirely,—with the exception
of T. schaeffera, which occurs in the Oriental region,—confined to
the Indo-Australian region, and the genus is apparently most
highly developed in New Guinea and the adjacent islands and the
northern parts of Queensland, and is inclined to diminish both in
size and in brilliancy more towards the Western limits of its range
than towards the Eastern.

The dams and wallacei groups are found only in what may be
called the headquarters, the schacffera group occurring on the
Eastern and Western limits only ; the taygetus group occupies the
whole range of islands and N. Australia; whilst the cyanea group,
again, is best represented at headquarters.

The following Table is intended to show the various localities
from which each species has been recorded :—

Archipelago.

Palawan.
Borneo.

| Celebes.
Gilolo.
Ternate.
Waigiou.
Salwatti.

| Mysol.
Ceram.

ouisiade
| New Treland.
| Solomon Is.

Sula Is.
| New Caledonia.

| New Guinea.
| Queensland.

| Dorey.
| N. Australia.

| Tenimber Is.
| Fiji Is.

| Philippine Is.
| Wetter.

| Amboina.
| L

| Batehian.

THysonotis.

A. serapis ...... aso airs vaie| 0s | as tae [cece Mista Bere Pasa cop olec ct = [tell aah eh | amet igs pasa trmereeadll cell ed] ta
Ganisiztace.<s sae B= eased aie t] cea leeal awa osa bene) site = oli Mell Sele de besalemalienaheealss al lecese tec Iecelame ber
Sp VAT KRU AAs a eeloge ome |oce| sual eee|sclsealaias [ene]
VTS, eee cae see leee| Seopa | eal ee ape lionel eat eset seel coe laeelooe let olo tees leice een tase tnt tee fee ee *
apollonius ...... at atcrel ome oe ul eee been Ieee] ce aloe eee tae ll bc |v cc Ree ake’ Merc eae ine
Saas VAT PASE OMB alae | oe [aaa =re sheer] eee |snclevd| ee Vee leaalls <a ece|acc| ie

philostratus ...|...)...J...[...]...] * | | |
B. wallacei ....... Bo ec] bon bool Bers Geel eel esc oe fa he
HeCHT OW aCel SeeSeel BPs ess Prac PB fog Heed eel ose Pee ced tort eel ore eel eel (ee ee
perpheres ...... bad Beel bee bes reel bice\ ise Ms-liseel Pee) ac ||ee el Oba! nel iste) be eee ore
C. schaeffera ...... eae ee ee
caledonica ...... Hl Pee oc Ree Walia satel <atltiee lawtal ose | Ses |ieee|airg loaaleealscelaee cide
cepheis ......... éc-|haslboe He 3a Bel Bec] Hic Sad] boe| kos Al oa bey] Boe del nel Abel bee | amily oie
D. taygetus ......... seston dense. bac bal ac) [od] acy fae) eae bool ioe ceafeceleee[ose[ene[ece] coe [recfeceloee] % | % [#?
macleayi......... Bes Be bag Ae stil declccdlag dl eeleeels« plait] sas] ointe| dealows|sem] see] aren| team) er eeel eee] Ae
bY Mehis eS ee ews| eel ep eee sc leee nee Bea hed ke ~~
KOTLON g rccese cae | >a |s-0 les eae a.ste| aie sisalicts fare | siay|emel eins ete |(3E
brownii ......... sles) ts'| veal aris} epetaccbanclcsalseoleealss alsa] eae) coal sacl eontanel oes kee
Coolie: 9.25.55.
eudocia ......... Bee Bec eee Seas Kt
HEPES {o005s|eeelcnslene|
ae sa chennas elvan le cohs tele) ae See | eid wal eee| sec eneline [ae laa tscl ied laa ae
KE. cyanea ......... cea) nell ees |cea| sea) asl cientaes [eo Cas| eel pial 3
epicoritus ...... socloce|oee|ocelReeleed{eaaleoe] K leosleoeloes|eceleoefoec[occlonn| ¥
BLING ae. ny deste ontcna|nce| won| Set emel eat ee 4|nanleee| feel smelesalenel scl aac lose lata aeaeee
smaragdus ...... neal eer lseelapalace hr] 51/95 | Fed 04] pce cea bee eel pee fe
sperchius ...... pinta [Biclea |S lane ota |laen| wot'| ced ]s/dl sian] caalispal owe se slasc| des *
1b DE epee bed piel eel baelletallete ere | OF) call soal| nol aie] vos sie Ine [eset erl AE
chromia ......... coals age

1893. ] THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 539

A. The DANIS group.

In this group the males are more or less metallic blue, and both
sexes have a white band common to both wings. The species are
best distinguished by the presence or otherwise of the metallic
blue on the upperside of the females. In 7’. serapis this character
seems at its best, as the hind wing is suffused all over, and the
base of the fore wing very strongly, with metallic green scales.
T. danis and var. karpaia have the metallic scales along the costal
margin only, whilst 7. philostratus, T. apollonius, and 7’. regina
are absolutely without any metallic scales on the upperside.

T. syrius and 7’, ribbet we have not seen, but from Mr. Miskin’s
note concerning his species the female has apparently some blue on
the upperside.

The females of all the species of this group have the outer
marginal band of the hind wings beneath broader, and the blue
more extensive, than the males.

THYSONOTIS SERAPIS. (Plate XLV. figs. 1, 2.)

Dans serapis, Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. no 1, p. 49 (1891).

Hab. Cardwell, Cairns, Queensland (Miskin); Herbert River,
W. Queensland (Mus. Staud.); N. Queensland (Mus. D.).

This is perhaps the easiest species of the group to distinguish,
as it is the only one in which the hind wings of the female are
suffused with metallic scales. We have in our collection a number
of specimens collected by Mr. Gervas Mathew, R.N., in Queensland,
but the precise locality is not noted. They vary considerably in
size and also somewhat in the width of the metallic fascia on the
underside of the hind wings. The extent of blue and also of
white on the upperside of the male seems to be quite constant.

THYSONOTIS DANIS. (Plate XLVII. figs. 1, 1a, 14.)

Papilio danis, Cr. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 70. ff. E, F (1779).

Papilio damis, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. xi. t. 321. ff. 10, 11
(1804).

Erycina danis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 577 (1819).

Cupido damis, Pagens. Lep. Fauna Amb. (1884); Schmett. Amb.
p- 10 (1888).

Plebeius damis, Ribbe, Iris, ii. p. 249 (1889).

Damis sebe, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 68 (1832); Guér. Voy.
Coquill. p. 275, Atlas, ii. t. 18. f. 12; Blanchard in Hombron et
Jacquinot, Voy. Péle Sud, Lépid. pl. 3. ff. 1, 2 (1853),

Danis sebe, Westw. Gen. D. Lep. p. 497, pl. 77. f. 4 (1852).

Danis danis, Semper, J. Mus. Godeff. xiv. p. 154 (1878).

Danis sebe, Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. no. 1, p. 49 (1891).

Hab. Amboina; Ceram; Cardwell to C. York.

Although Cramer gives “ Indes Occidentales” as the locality of
this well-known species, there can be no doubt from an exam-
ination of his figure that he delineates an Amboinese example.
My authority for giving Ceram is a pair (¢ 2) in Messrs.

" * ae -
— 7

540 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G.'T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

Godman and Salvin’s collection labelled ‘‘ Ceram, Wallace,” which
are undoubtedly true danis.

Weare obliged to place the Australian specimens under this name
as the males are identical, but although there are a considerable
number of specimens in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s possession
from Somerset, C. York, and also in the British Museum and in
our own collection, unfortunately there is not a single female
amongst them ; and, so far as we have been able to ascertain, those
writers who have remarked on this species have not stated whether
the female possesses any metallic blue above or not.

From a note of Mr. Miskin’s (loc. cit.) under D. (= 7.) serapis,
“specimens from Cape York and New Guinea of D. sebe I have
found to be tolerably stable in their appearance,” one is inclined
to think there is not, as no New Guinea female specimens have
blue above, but, on the other hand, New Guinea males have con-
siderably larger white disks to the fore wing. This is a point
which requires looking further into when more material is
available.

Dr. Haase has described and figured some of the scales of this
insect in his paper on the “ Scent-apparatus of Indo-Australian
Butterflies ” (Iris, i. pp. 106, 317, pl. iu. f. 12, 1886, 1888).

Herr Semper writes (loc. cit.) :—‘‘ The females from the Aru Is.
and Australia have no blue on the upperside such as the illustra-
tions of Cramer’s and the examples from Ceram show.” If this
is the case, the Australian insect will probably come under the
species named 7’. apollonius by Dr. Felder.

Guérin-Méneville (Voy. Coq.), in describing the male, writes :—
“Le male est plus petit (45 mill. d’enverg.), entiérement noir en
dessus, avec les ailes antérieures arrondies au bout ;” which is °
of course incorrect.

Genitalia. Clasps longish, moderately slender, fork arising from
near base, rather short. Tegumen fairly developed, of Lycena
shape, but with saddle-backed hood reduced into a mere ridge and
thrown back (i. ¢. towards head of insect); hooks very long and
slender.

Penis most unusually stout, but not long; apical joint having a
sort of hinged cover at top apparently capable of closing over the
lower portion ; the apex or tip probably has the power of being
withdrawn into the main tube of organ. (Plate XLVII. figs. 1, 1a.)

The above description is taken from a male obtained from C.
York.

Var. KARPAIA, nov. (Plate XLV. figs. 3, 4.)

3. Upperside allied to 7. danis, but rather lighter blue ; fore
wing with the white disk larger and more distinct ; hind wing with
the white considerably broader and with the blue extending farther
towards the anal angle. Underside as in 7. danis, but with the
outer marginal border of hind wing which contains the blue
lunules much narrower, while the lunules are the same size,
consequently the white area is much enlarged.

_

1893. ] THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. d41

Q. Upperside asin 7. danis, but the black borders narrower
and more evenly defined. Underside asin ¢.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7. danis.

Expanse, ¢ 1,4—-2 inches, 2 2 inches.

Hab. Ceram.

This form occurs only in Ceram and does not appear to vary.
The types are in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, and
specimens are also contained in the British Museum.

The cilia of both sexes are alternately black and white, but not so
markedly as in 7’. danis (typical).

THYSONOTIS SYRIUS.

Danis syrius, Misk. P. L. Soc. N. 8. W. ser. 2, v. p.34 (1890) ';
Ann. Queensl. Mus. no. 1, p. 49 (1891) ”.

Hab. N. Queensland’; C. York’.

We have not seen this species, the male of which is described as
light greyish blue above, with the fringes of both wings alternately
black and white below.

Mr. Miskin notes: “ This is near to sebe and the markings are
similar to that species, but the decidedly different tint of blue, the
absence of metallic sheen, and the somewhat larger size seem to
distinguish it.” He says of the female, ‘‘ As in male, except that
the blue is much less pronounced, the upperside being almost black.”

It is notable as being the only species which has non-metallic

blue.

THYSONOTIS APOLLONIUS. (Plates XLV. figs. 5, 6, XLVII.
figs. 2, 2a.)

Lycena apollonius, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 265, t. 33. f. 3
(1865).

Plebeius danis, Ribbe, Iris, i. p. 84, 1885 (nec Cramer).

Cupido danis, Oberthiir, Mus. Gen. xv. p. 522 (1880) (nec
Cramer); Kirsch, Beitr. Lep.-Faun. von Neu-Guinea, p. 126
(1877) (nec Cramer).

$. Allied to 7. danis, g. Generally larger. Upperside
somewhat lighter blue with less sheen; the white disk of fore
wing larger and more clearly defined and the outer-marginal black
border gradually widening towards the anal angle. Hind wing—
outer half black, covered with greyish-blue scales, thickest towards
the apex. Underside as in 7. danis, but the black borders
considerably wider, more especially in the hind wing, in which the
white band becomes straighter, much narrower, and is placed
before the middle. Cilia alternately black and white on both
surfaces.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7’. danas.

Expanse, ¢ 14-21 inches, 9 12-21 inches.

Hab. Central New Guinea (D’Albertis) ; Islands in N. Geelvink
Bay (Kirsch); Port Moresby (Goldie) (Mus. G. g¢ S.); New
Guinea (Mus. Staud.); Waigiou, Soron (Oberthir) ; Jobi (Kirsch) ;
Mysol ( Wallace) ; Waigiou (Platen) ; Aru ( Wallace).

542 MESSRS, H. H. DRUCE AND G.'T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

Female specimens from Mysol and one in Dr. Staudinger’s
collection from Waigiou agree best with Dr. Felder’s figure, but
a female in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s possession has a rather
less extensive blue band on hind wing beneath. These gentlemen
also possess a female from Aru Islands, which does not differ from
the New Guinea female except in its smaller size (12 inch).

This is a somewhat puzzling species on account of the exceptional
difference in the widths of the blue bands on underside of hind
wings of the two sexes and also the varying width of this band
in the female, no two specimens, even from the same locality,
being identical.

Judging from the arrangement in the British Museum, Mr. Butler
appears to think that Boisduval’s name (sebe) should be used for
the Aru Islands form, but I am unable to distinguish it from
T. apollonius and think it is quite evident from the context of
Boisduval’s description that he was simply redescribing Cramer’s
insect.

Probably the specimen Godart described from Rawak (Encyel.
Meéth. p. 578) was a representative of 7’. apollonius.

Genatalia very closely allied to those of T.danis, but hooks shorter.
Penis with hinged cover longer than lower portion. (Plate XLVII.
figs. 2, 2a.)

The drawing is from a New Guinea example.

Var. supotus, nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 7.)

“ Lycena danis, Cr., var. supous, Ribbe,” Staud. MS.

Hab. Wammo Dobbo, Aru Is. (C. Rible) (Mus. Staud.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent us a female with the above MS. name,
which, in the absence of more material and without seeing the male,
we prefer to treat as a variety. On the upperside it is quite
typical, but beneath it differs from Dr. Felder’s figure in the hind
wing haying a somewhat wider white band and considerably less
blue.

THYSONOTIS REGINA.

Thysonotis regina, Kirby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 163
(1889).

Hab. Normanby I., Louisiade Archipelago.

This species may be distinguished from the preceding principally
by having the disks of the fore wing in the male almost completely
covered with blue. The only specimens we have seen are the types
in the British Museum, which do not vary. They were collected
by Mr. Basil Thomson in 1888, and are the most easterly examples
of this group at present known.

Mr. Kirby (loc. cit. p. 164) writes of this insect: “ Size of 7. sebe,
West., but the male more resembles 7’. danis, Cr. :” but Westwood
in his description clearly only dealt with Cramer’s species, so that
the meaning of this remark is not quite apparent.

1893. | THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 543

THYSONOTIS RIBBEI.

Plebeius ribbei, Rober, lris, i. p. 52, pl. iv. f. 2, ¢ (1886)'.

Hab, N.W. New Guinea, Sekar.

This species seems to differ from all others by having a narrow
metallic line between the usual broad fascia and the margin on the
hind wing below. It is known to us only from the figure.

The female is undescribed.

THYSONOTIS PHILOsTRATUS. (Plates XLV. fig. 8, XLVIL. figs. 3,
3a.)

Lycena philostratus, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 264, t. 33.
ff. 1, 2 (1865).

Cupido philostratus, Kirby, Syst. Cat. p. 346 (1871) ; Oberthiir,
Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 522 (1880).

3. Upperside much like 7. apollonius 3, but of a more vio-
laceous shade of blue.

Underside as 2 , but white central band, as is usual, rather wider.

Hab. Gilolo (Felder) (Platen in Mus. Staud.) (Wallace in Mus.
G. § S.); Batchian (Platen); Waigiou (Mus. G. § S.); Batchian
(Doherty) (Mus. D.) ; Ternate (Oberthiir).

This is an easily distinguished species and does not appear to
vary except in size—a small female from Batchian in Messrs.
Godman and Salvin’s collection measuring only 12 inches, a large
one from Waigiou 2 inches.

Genitalia, Clasps somewhat bottle-shaped, but rounded at the
base, and the neck (continuing the simile) thick, the apices being
bluntly toothed. Tegumen with sides fully developed; hooks of
moderate length and rather slender.

Penis decidedly short, very stout, similar in shape to T. apol-
lonius. (Plate XLVLII. figs. 3, 3a.)

B. The WALLACE! group.

This is a small group which contains insects of somewhat less
robust appearance than the preceding and which have the cilia of
both sexes pure white, not alternately black and white as in danis
and allies.

_ Unfortunately very little is known of them, as very few are con-
tained in collections. They are certainly some of the most beautiful
of the genus.

THYSONOTIS WALLACEI.

Lycena wallacei, Feld. Reise Noy., Lep. ii. p. 265, ff. 8-10
(1865) }.

Cupido wallacei, Kirsch, Beitr. Lep.-Faun. von Neu-Guinea,
p. 126 (1877)?.

Hab. Waigiou’*; Mysol (Wallace) (Mus. G. § S.); N. Guinea,
Ansus, Kordo, Rubi ”.'

The specimens from Mysol are rather smaller than Dr. Felder’s
figures, and the male has rather less white on the disks.

a

544 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G,'T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

Dr. Staudinger possesses a male from Mysol, formerly in the
Atkinson collection, in which the white on the disks has entirely
disappeared.

THYSONOTIS MELIMNOS, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 2.)

Q. Allied to 7. wallacei, Feld. Rather larger. Upperside—
fore wing with the apex of the discal white band not produced
towards the outer margin as in 7’. wallacei. Hind wing with the
basal white area wider and more evenly defined. Cilia of both
wings pure white.

Underside—fore wing with the black outer marginal border and
the metallic blue marginal line extending right down to the inner
margin. Hind wing with the white band broader and the blue
marginal band gradually narrowing towards each extremity.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7’. wallacet.

Expanse 1;°, inch.

Hab. Dutch New Guinea, Jobi I. (A. B. Meyer) (Mus.
Staudinger).

An interesting species, which will, we think, prove quite distinct
from 7. wallacei. The male is unknown and the type is contained
in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.

THYSONOTIS PERPHERES, sp. n. (Plate XLV. figs. 9, 10.)

g. Allied to 7. wallacet, Feld. Upperside considerably darker
blue, no white band across the hind wing, which has rather more
black at the anal angle. Cilia of fore wing white, of hind wing
white spotted with black. Underside much more metallic than in
T’. wallacet, that on fore wing set farther inwards at the apex;
black outer-marginal border containing metallic lunules for more
than half the wing, consequently the white band is very narrow.

@. Upperside with white band as in 7’. wallacei 2, but much
narrower and very indistinct ; cilia of both wings pure white. ~

Underside as ¢.

Antenne black, apparently tipped with white.

Head, thorax, and abdomen as in 7’. wallacei.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 1,% inch.

Hab. Dorey, N. Guinea (Hew. Coll. B. M.).

The only specimens we have seen of this lovely insect are the
pair from which the figures are taken, and which were placed by
Hewitson under the name apollonius.

C. The SCHAEFFERA group.

This group contains females which have a whitish discal streak
on the fore wing only, the hind wing being black.

There are three easily recognized species: 7’. schaeffera has a
3 with the disk only of the fore wing bluish ; 7. caledonica both
wings rich dark purple-blue, with black borders and dark gold
beneath; TZ. cepheis lighter blue, with narrower borders and
metallic green below.

1893. | THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 545

THYSONOTIS SCHAEFFERA. (Plate XLVII. figs. 4, 4a.)

Lycena schaeffera, Esch. Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 216, t. 5. £. 25,
a, b (1821).

Cupido scheffera, Druce, P. Z.8. 1873, p. 3487.

Cupido schaeffera, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 524
(1880) *.

Thysonotis schaeffera, G. Semper, Reise Phil., Rhop. p. 167,
t. xxxii. ff. 1-3 (1859).

Lycena schaeffera, Staud. Iris, ii. p. 94 (1889) °.

Dans absyrtus, Feld. Wien. ent, Mon. iii. p. 270 (1859).

Hab. Philippine Is.—Luzon, Bohol,Camotes and 8.W. Mindanao’;
Borneo’; Palawan*; Ternate*; Batchian (Doherty) (Mus. D.);
Taganac Is. (Mus. D.).

A well-known species which appears to be very common in the
Philippine Is., and, so far as we are aware, does not show any
appreciable variation.

Genitalia. Somewhat allied to 7. danis and T, apollonius, but front
apex of tegumen more produced and hooks stouter. Penis about
a third as stout and longer, with the hinged cover, which is pro-
duced very much beyond the lower apex and is upturned at the
extremity. Taken from a specimen from the Philippine Islands.
(Plate XLVII. figs. 4, 4 a.)

THYSONOTIS CALEDONICA. (Plate XLVI. fig. 1.)

Lyceena caledonica, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 267, t. 33.f. 7, 2
(1865).

Thysonotis caledonica, H. H. Druce, P. Z.8. 1892, p. 441.

3. Upperside dark purple-blue, with the costal margin of fore
wing very narrowly and the outer margin narrowly black. Hind
wing with the anal and outer margins black, widest at the anal
angle and gradually decreasing towards the apex; costal margin
black near the base, whitish before the apex.

Underside as 9°.

Hab. New Caledonia (Mus. D. & B. M.).

As I have before pointed out (P. Z. 8S. 1891, p. 365), Dr. Felder’s
figure does not give an adequate idea of the brilliancy of this insect.
He described the female only and remarked that it was a local
form of L. scheffera.

M. Kirsch (Beitr. Lep.-Faun. von Neu-Guinea, p. 126) records
this species from Jobi I., but we think he has probably confounded
it with some other.

THYSONOTIS CEPHEIS.

Thysonotis cepheis, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1891, pl. xxxii. ff. 1, 2.
Hab. Guadaleanar I., Solomon Is.

D. The tayveutus group.

The insects included in this group are somewhat more slender,
and have females with a white band common to both wings, with,

546 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G. T, BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

so far as is at present known, one exception, 7’. kruera, which has a
blue female. A slight difference occurs in the venation of the
fore wing, the fourth subcostal nervule terminating just before
the apex, not at the apex as in the danis group.

Tuysonoris TaycEtus. (Plate XLVII. figs. 5, 5a, 55.)

Lycena taygetus, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 266, t. 33. ff. 19-
21 (1865).

Cupido taygetus, Kirby, Cat. Diur. Lep. p. 347 (1871) ; Semper,
Mus. Godef., Lep. xiv. p. 155 (1878).

Danis taygetus, Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. no. 1, p. 50 (1891).

Danis salamandri, Macleay, P. Ent. Soc. N. S. W. p. 54
(1866).

_ Hab. Somerset, C. York ; Rockhampton ; C. Bowen ; Cooktown ;
Port Denison ; Moreton Bay ; Brisbane ; Sydney. Fiji Is. (Felder).

This is a common insect in Queensland and is well known to
vary considerably—some males having the hind wings almost
entirely blue and some females being entirely without the metallic
blue scales near the anal angle of the hind wings.

D. salamandri, Macleay, as has already been pointed out by
Mr. Miskin and others, undoubtedly equals this species. Macleay
writes :— This beautiful little species is scarcely half the size of
D. sebe, and may be readily distinguished from it by its scarcely
having any black on the upper surface, while on the lower there
is a distinct gap between the black anterior and exterior margins
of the upper wings. Cape York. Presented to the Museum by
Mr. Moore of H.M.S. ‘ Salamander.’ ”

Dr. Felder has recorded this species from the Fiji Is., but
amongst the large numbers of Lycanide. we have examined from
those islands we have not seen a single specimen and are inclined
to think it is incorrect.

Genitalia. Clasps unusually broad, reminding somewhat of a
flitch of bacon with the top extremity produced upwards into a
hooked tip, the apex of which is pointed and has three distinct
teeth ; fork short, stout, with the division very short indeed.

Tegumen: arms broadly developed, the saddle-hood reduced into
insignificance, with hooks short and stout and terminating in a sharp
curved point. Penis very large and stout, though not long, some-
what barrel-shaped and flatter on the lower margin, end joint or
tip with the lower portion produced into a long sharp spout (as
of a jug) and without the hinged cover. (Plate XLVII. figs. 5, 5 a.)

THYSONOTIS MACLEAYI.

Danis macleayi, Semper, Mus. Godef., Lep. xiv. p. 155 (1878)* ;
Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. no. 1, p. 51 (1891).

Hab. C. York’ ; Somerset, C. York (D’ Albertis) (Mus. G. & S.).

Herr Semper describes this as differing slightly (from taygetus)
in the spotted fringes, also in the female by a projecting tooth in
the white disk in the fore wing and the very indistinct blue dust

ll

1893.] THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 547

on the bases of the wings; and the male as being of a much less
intense blue.

The only specimen we have seen is a male in Messrs. Godman and
Salvin’s collection, which agrees with this description. The blue
is certainly paler and of a more lavender shade; and the cilia of
both wings pure white, spotted with brown at the extremity of
each nervule.

It is difficult to say whether this species is distinct from 7’. taygetus,
and this is a point which can only be satisfactorily decided by
some entomologist in its native habitat. Mr. Miskin seems to be
unacquainted with it.

THYSONOTIS HYMETUS.

Thysonotis hymetus, Feld. Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat.
Cl. xl. p. 459 (1860).

Lycena hymetus, Feld. Reise Novy., Lep. ii. p. 266, t. 33. ff. 22-
24 (1865).

Cupido hymetus, Kirby, Cat. Diur. Lep. p. 347 (1871).

Plebeius hymetus, Ribbe, Iris, i. p. 205 (1887) ; ii. p. 250 (1889) *.

Cupido hymctus, Pagens. Lep.-Fauna Amboina, p. 44 (1884).

Cupido hymetus, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 523
(1880) *.

Hab. Amboina; Ceram’; Batchian ; Gilolo ( Wallace) (Mus. G.
§ S., 5). Soran, New Guinea’.

The single male in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection is
considerably smaller than Felder’s figure, but the female agrees
exactly.

Dr. Staudinger possesses a male labelled ‘‘ Celebes ” with a MS.
name, ‘‘ Danis ceramica, Bd.,” attached, which is undoubtedly 7’. Ay-
metus and is probably incorrectly localized.

THYSONOTIS KORION, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 3.)

3. Allied to 7. hymetus. Upperside violaceous blue, narrowly
black-bordered ; cilia of both wings distinctly alternately black
and white spotted. Underside with the blue costal streak of fore
wing extending evenly almost to the apex. Hind wing with the
outer marginal black border more regularly defined inwardly and
the blue marginal spots more quadrate. Cilia as on upperside.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7’. hymetus.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. Kei Is. (Semper) (Mus. Staudinger).

Distinguished by the broad blue costal streak on underside of
fore wing and by the spotted cilia.

THYSONOTIS BROWNII, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 8.)

3. Upperside dull violaceous blue, costal and outer margins of
fore wing very narrowly blackish brown; of hind wing, apex
blackish brown, increasing gradually towards the anal angle, where
it is broadest. Underside most like that of 7. hymetus, but with
much less blue at the bases and with the black border to outer

548 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G.'T. BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

margin of hind wings inwardly more evenly defined and the
marginal blue lunules much less distinct ; a broken metallic blue
line running along the black outer marginal border of fore wing
from apex to outer angle.

Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish brown. Antennx black
above, white-spotted beneath.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. New Ireland (Brown) (Mus. G. & S.).

The type specimen in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection is
the only one we have seen. It is distinguished from all others by
the blue line on underside of fore wing.

THYSONOTIS C@LIUS.

Thysonotis celius, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 245 (1860)".

Lycena celius, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 265, t. 33. ff. 11, 12
(1865).

Cupido celius, Kirby, Cat. Diur. Lep. p. 347 (1571) ; Oberthiir.
Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 523 (1880)*; Kirsch, Beitr. Lep.-Faun.
von Neu-Guinea, p. 127 (1877).

Hab. Aru Is.'; Dorey; Port Moresby, New Guinea; Sula Is.
( Wallace) (Mus. G. & S.); Gilolo*; Mysol (B. M.); Kaiser Wil-
helm’s Land, New Guinea (Hichorn) (Mus. Staud.).

We have not seen the female of this species, but specimens have
been received by M. Oberthiir from Gilolo.

THYSONOTIS EUDOCIA, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 4.)

3. Allied to 7. calius. Upperside duller blue; fore wing with
the outer margin rather more broadly bordered with brown ; hind
wing with the costal margin greyish brown, not white as in 7.
celius. The border to the outer margin and anal angle twice as
broad. Underside with all the borders, especially that on the
costa of fore wing, considerably broader and the blue metallic
streaks and lunules very much decreased. A distinct light yellow
streak stretching along the costal nervure at the base of the fore
wing.

fea thorax, abdomen, and legs as in 7’. celius. Antenne black
above, spotted with white below. Cilia of both surfaces brown,

Expanse 1,,—12 inch.

Hab. Batchian (Wallace, Mus. G. & S.); (Platen, Mus. Staud-
inger) ; (Doherty, Mus. Druce, type).

Although there is before us a good series of this species there is
not a single female amongst them. We have compared it to
T. coelius, but it is perhaps nearer to the next species, 7’. piepersit,
Sn., as possessing the yellow basal streak on underside of fore
wing. Its position is intermediate between the two.

THYSONOTIS PIEPERSII. (Plate XLVI. fig. 9.)
Cupido piepersii, Snellen, Tijds. Entom. xxi. p. 16, pl. 1. f. 3

(1878).
@. Upperside dull blackish brown, with an indistinctly defined

" any

1893. | THE BULTERFLINS OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 549

white band common to both wings. Underside as in male, but with
the yellowish basal streak on the costal margin more prominent.
Cilia of both surfaces brown.

Hab. Celebes : Minahassa (Platen, Mus. Staud.); Tongubu (Mus.
G. §& S.); S. Celebes (W. Doherty, Mus. D.).

The male of this species is well figured by Herr Snellen, and the
figure here given of the female is from a specimenin Dr. Staudinger’s
collection.

Mr. W. Doherty obtained a number of this insect in 8. Celebes
in August and September.

The white disks below are often more or less covered with light
sulphur-yellow.

THYSONOTIS KRUERA,

Thysonotis Ieruera, H. H. Druce, P. Z.S. 1891, p. 364, pl. xxx.
HAG lhe

Hab. Solomon Is.

So far as we know this is the only species of the group which
has a blue female.

The type specimens are the only ones we have seen.

E. The CYANEA group.

The insects I have placed in this group may be recognized by
the short linear tail to the lower median nervule of hind wings.
There are several easily distinguished forms.

Tuysonoris cyanua. (Plate XLVII. fig. 6.)

Papilio cyanea, Cram. Pap. Ex. i. t. 76, C, D (1779).

Papilio cyanus, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 116 (1781); Herbst, Pap.
tab. 297.

Polyomm. cyanus, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 642 (1823).

Danis cyanea, Butl. B. M. Cat. Fabr. Lep. p. 162 (1869).

Cupido cyanea, Semper, Mus. Godeff., Lep. xiv. p. 155 (1878).

Plebeius cyanea, Ribbe, Iris, ii. p. 250 (1889)".

Cupido cyanea, Pagens. Schmett. Amb. p. 10 (1888); Oberthiir,
Ann. Mus. Genova, xv. p. 524 (1880).

Hab. Amboina (Doherty, Mus. D.); Ceram’.

We possess a number of specimens from Amboina which do not
vary and which agree well with Cramer’s figures and whence his
type was probably obtained. The locality he gives is “ Indes Occi-
dentales.” His figure shows two tails to the hind wings, which is
of course incorrect, but it is in other respects a good one.

As has been already pointed out by Herr Semper (Mus. Godef.
xiv. p. 155), this form shows considerable differences from its
Australian representative which has been described under the name
Cupido arinia by M. C. Oberthiir: in the male by the black band
on the hind wing below being very much narrower and consequently
allowing a much greater extent of white, and in the female by the

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XX XVII. 37

550 MESSRS. H. H. DRUCE AND G. T. BETHUNE-BAKER ON [June 20,

black borders being much narrower on both surfaces and also by
having less metallic blue at the bases of the wings above.
(Plate XLVI. fig. 6, penis.)

THYSONOTIS EPICORITUS. (Plate XLVI. fig. 10.)

Damis epicoritus, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lep. p. 67 (1832).

Hab. New Guinea; Port Moresby (Goldie), Waigiou ( Wallace,
Mus. G. & S.), (Mus. Staud.).

This insect has apparently never been recognized since it was
described by Boisduval. Messrs. Kirby and Miskin in their Cata-
logues place it as a synonym of 7’. cyanea, Cr., but a reference to the
figure here given, which is taken from a specimen in Messrs.
Godman and Salvin’s collection from Port Moresby, obtained by
Goldie, will at once show that it presents considerable differences
from that species. The female is unknown.

_ THysonoris aRINrA. (Plates XLVI. figs. 6,7; XLVI. figs.7,7a.)

Cupida arinia, Oberth. Ann. Mus. Gen. xii. p. 465 (1878), xv.
p- 523 (1880).

? Damis albastola, Lucas, T. P., P. R. Soc. Queensl. p. 156, ff. 3, 4
(1889).

Hab. Queensland, N. Australia.

Through the kindness of M. C. Oberthiir I have been able to
examine the type of this species, which is from Queensland.

The figure of the male here given is froma specimen in our own
collection from N. Australia, which agrees exactly with the type,
and that of the female is one of several received with it. I place
Mr. Lucas’s species somewhat doubtfully as a synonym, as I have
not been able to examine his description and figures.

Mr. Miskin, to whom 7. arinia was unknown, has placed D. (= 7.)
albastola under Cramer’s name 7’. cyanea (Ann. Queensl. Mus.
no. 1, p. 50, 1891).

Genitalia. Clasp broad, united at each lower extremity from the
apical lower end to the tip; the margin is crescent-shaped and is
strongly serrated, the apex itself being produced upwards and
terminating in a square tip. Fork long, slender, and deeply
divided. Tegumen arms narrow. Penis with inner base bladder-
shaped for 4 length, when it suddenly narrows for another 3 and
at the apical third expands again into a swollen joint, whence it
tapers to tip. (Plate XLVII. figs. 7, 7a.)

The description is taken from a specimen received from N.
Australia.

THYSONOTIS SMARAGDUS, sp.n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 5.)

g. Allied to 7. arinia. Upperside much the same but with a
small white dot at the end of the cell of the fore wing in place of
the whitish patch in 7’. arinia, and an indistinct white blotch in the
cell of hind wing. Underside: borders blacker and more distinctly
defined ; outer marginal border of fore wing narrower than in

1893. | THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. 551

T. arinia towards the anal angle; the white submarginal line also
narrower. Hind wing: the black streak rather longer, the black
submarginal band containing the metallic green lunules, which are
considerably smaller than in 7’. arinia, differently situated, the
inner edge commencing at the apex and running in a straighter
though somewhat broken line to the anal margin, which it reaches
decidedly lower down. ‘The shape of the wings is also different
from 7’. arinia, the apices of both being more produced and the
outer margins considerably straighter.

A short, black, linear, white-tipped tail to the lower median
nervule.

Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings ; legs black
and white; antennz black above, spotted with white below.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Wetter I. (W. Doherty, Mus. D.); (Holy, Mus. Staud.).

This species, which is the local representative of 7’. arinia, is
distinguished by the form of the wings and by the difference in the
position of the band on the underside of the hind wings.

Taken by Mr. Doherty in May.

THYSONOTIS SPERCHIUS.

Thysonotis sperchius, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 245, t. 3. f. 4
(1860)'.

Cupido sperchius, Oberthiir, Ann, Mus. Gen. xv. p. 523 (1880) *;
Kirsch, Beitr. Lep.-Faun. von Neu-Guinea, p. 127 (1877) *.

Hab. New Guinea’; Soron, Salwatti*; Mysore Is.’.

We have not seen this species, but the position of the white
band on the underside of the hind wing and the broken border on
the outer margin of fore wing below seem to distinguish it from
the following species, 7’. pindus, to which it is closely allied, although
M. Oberthiir in his Lép. Océan. (Ann. Mus. Gen. xv.) places two
other species between them.

TuHysonoris PinpDuS. (Plate XLVI. fig. 11.)

Lycena pindus, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 267, t.33. ff. 17-18, 2
1865)’.

; Cupido pindus, Oberth. Ann. Mus. Gen. xy. p. 523 (1880) ’.

Hab. Ternate ( Wallace)’; New Guinea, Salwatti, Andai*; Bat-
chian (Platen) (Mus. Staud.), (Wallace) (Mus. G. & S.).

The specimens before us from Batchian agree well with Dr.
Felder’s figure. The male on the upperside is scarcely distinguish-
able from that sex of 7’. arinia.

THYSONOTIS CHROMIA.
Thysonotis chroma, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 365, pl. xxxii.
ier coe
Hab. Solomon Is.
Allied to the two preceding species, but has much narrower black

borders on the upperside, besides differences below.
37*

552 = - ON THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS THYSONOTIS. [June 20,

THYSONOTIS ILLUSTRIS.

Plebeius illustris, Rober, Iris, i. p. 53, t. iv. £. 6 (1885).

Hab. Key Is.

We have not seen a specimen of this species. The male only is
described, and seems to differ from that sex of 7. pindus in the
hind wing possessing a submarginal row of lunules which are
entirely absent in that species. Although Herr Rober’s figure
does not show any tail, we feel sure that it should do so and
consequently place it in this group. His figures are photographs,
and this one appears to show signs of having been repaired near
the anal angle.

THYSONOTIS (?) MIRACULUM, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 12.)

Q. Upperside uniform dull brown; a few whitish scales on
fore wing just above the submedian nervure; hind wing with a
small irregular whitish patch rather before the middle of the costal
margin extending slightly into the cell; basal half of anal margin
whitish. Cilia of fore wing brown, whitish at anal angle, of hind
wing alternately brown and whitish. Underside—both wings
brown as above but rather darker, fore wing with a costal border
of metallic bluish green consisting of streaks of scales between the
nervules from their bases almost to the costal margin, thickest and
most prominent at the base of the wing and terminating gradually
rather before the apex ; outer margin with a border consisting of a
row of distinct metallic bluish-green crescent-shaped lunules placed
between the nervules and extending from the apex to the anal
angle. Inner margin creamy white from base almost to anal angle,
slightly extending into the wing towards the middle. Hind wing
margined with a row of irregular metallic spots from the apex,
where is the largest, to the anal angle, the two spots following the
large one at the apex very small but distinct.

Head, thorax, and abdomen brown above, brownish white below;
front of head black, with a distinct metallic blue streak on the
inner side of each eye. Palpi white, tipped with black. Antenne
brown above, spotted with white towards the base below. Legs
wanting.

Expanse 1,9, inch.

Hab. Waigiou (Platen).

The type specimen of this curious species, which is in Dr. Stau-
dinger’s collection, is the only example we have seen. . Another
genus will have to be erected for it, as the first subcostal nervule of
the fore wing is entirely separate from the costal nervure and the
fourth subcostal is emitted much higher up the third than in
typical Thysonotis, but without seeing the male we do not care to
propose a new generic name and have placed it provisionally in
Thysonotis.

Lycena aleuas, Felder, and its allies, which have been placed in
Danis by various authors, are not included here, as in our opinion
they are not congeneric and are better placed in Lamprdes,

Ad ~~
gall 5

1893.] ON BUPTERFLIES FROM THE ISLAND OF ST, THOMAS. 553

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Piate XLY.
Fig. 1. Thysonotis serapis, 3, p. 539.
2. Php. Boo.
- 3. —— danis, var. karpaia, &, p. 540.
———— ; , 2, p. 540.
5. apollonius, ¢, p. 541.
6. — » 9, p. 541,
7. — , Var. supous, nov., 9, p. 542.
8. —— philostratus, 3, p. 543.
3b perpheres, 3, p. 544.
10, —— , 2, p. O44.
Prats XLVI.

Fig. 1. Thysonotis caledonica, 3, p. 545.
melimnos, 9, p. 544.
3. —— korion, g, p. 547.

4. eudocia, 3, p. 548.

oD: smaragdus, 3, p. 550

6. arinia, 3, p. 550.

7. -— ip. O50:

8. —— brownii, 3, p. 547.

9. —— piepersii, 2, p. 548
10. —— epicoritus, 3, p. 550.
gir, pindus, 3, p. 5d1.
12. (?) miraculum, 2, p. 552.

Pruate XLVII. or

Figs. 1, la, 1b. Thysonotis danis, p, 589.
2, 2a. apollonius, p. 542.

3, 3a. —— philostratus, p. 543,
4, da. schaffera, p. 545.

5, 5a, 50. taygetus, p. 546.

6. cyanea, p. 549.

7, 7a arinia, p. 550.

2. Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies from the
Island of St. Thomas, West Africa. By Emity
Mary Suarpe.

[Received June 2, 1893.]

The Butterflies which I have the pleasure of describing in the
present paper have been submitted to me by Prof. Barboza du
Bocage, the Director of the Lisbon Museum. They were obtained
in the island of St. Thomas by Senhor Francesco Newton.

Fam. NYMPHALID &,
Subfam. Danatna.
DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS.
Danais chrysippus (Linn.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 6.

504 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON NEW [June 20,

Subfam. Saryrin 2,
MEeELANITIS LEDA.

Melanitis leda (Linn.); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 43.

Subfam. ACR#INE.
ACREA ZETES.

Acrea zetes (Linn.); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 131.
ACR#A NIOBE, sp. 0.

General colour brownish black, with large spots on both wings,
being very distinctly pronounced and of a velvety black appear-
ance.

Fore wing. Costa and inner margin brown, apex and hind margin
darker, as also the base of wing ; discoidal cell from base to apical
portion transparent grey, including the discal area and extending
below the first median nervule. Between the latter and the sub-
median neryure are two black spots, one near the base and the
second one near the hind margin; above the first median nervule
is a third spot, close to the discoidal cell, followed by a fourth
one between the second and third median nervules. Immediately
above this third median nervule follow three black spots very close
together, but all situated between the above-mentioned nervule
and the second and first discoidal or radial nervules. There is
a large black spot at the end of the cell, with a second one about
halfway from the base of the wing.

Hind wing. Brownish black with darker border on hind margin,
rather inclined to become transparent across the disk. Base of
wing very thickly spotted with black, the spots becoming more
separated and more distinct towards the disk. As in the fore
wing, there is a large black spot at the end of the cell. From the
costal nervure to below the submedian nervure is a submarginal
row of black spots, but each spot distinctly between each nervule.

Underside. Both wings much lighter brown than on the upper-
side, with the borders and all the spots very distinctly indicated.

Thorax and body black; abdomen deep red, with a little red also
between the head and thorax.

Expanse 23 inches.

My friend Dr. Staudinger has had an example of this species in
his collection for some time under the MS. name of A. niobe. He
has kindly sent me over his type for comparison, and I have had
much pleasure in describing the species under the name which he
had given to it.

ACRHA NEWTONI, sp. n.

Similar to A. peneleos, Ward, but at once distinguished by the
absence of any bright colour on the fore wing.

Fore wing. Entirely black with three transparent grey spaces,
just prevented from representing one large patch by the black
lines of the second and third discoidal neryules. This grey patch

1893.] | BUTTERFLIES FROM THE ISLAND OF ST. THOMAS. 505

occupies the apical portion of the wing; one large transparent
spot is distinctly marked between the first and second median
nervules.

Hind wing black, with a well-defined band of orange-red
crossing the discal portion from the costal margin to the inner
margin ; this is followed by a black border along the hind margin.
Base of wing with a few indistinctly marked black spots.

Underside.—Fore wing. Similar in colour and markings to the
upperside, but lighter.

Hind wing. Similar to the upper surface but much paler, the
black spots at the base of the wing being much more forcibly
indicated. The red band much more subdued in tint.

Hab. St. Nicolau.

Expanse 2 inches.

ACR.EA INSULARIS, sp. 0D.

Allied to A. bonasia, Fabr., but easily distinguished by the
colour of the fore wing.

Fore wing. General colour brownish black, relieved by spots of
orange-red. This species has two small red spots near the apex in
place of the large oval patch of A. bonasia. Near the end of the
discoidal cell is a spot, followed by a larger one between the first
and second median nervules; directly under the latter nervule,
while somewhat nearer to the hind margin, is a small triangular-
shaped spot of red. The middle of the cell has a small ovate spot
of orange somewhat paler in tint.

Hind wing. With a broad brownish-black border on the hind
margin extending along the costa and occupying the base of the
wing. The whole of the central portion of the wing orange-red,
becoming pale yellow below the first median nervule. This
portion of the wing has several small black spots, with a larger
one marking the middle of the discoidal cell; there is one spot
between the submedian nervule and the first median nervule,
followed by two minute spots placed one above the other below
the first-named nervule. At the end of the cell are three spots
varying in size between the third median, radial, and second sub-
costal nervules, and just above the middle spot there is another
situated in the fork of the radial and the first discocellular
nervule.

Underside. Very similar to that of A. newtoni, the markings of
the upper surface being plainly indicated on the underside.

Hab. St. Nicolau.

Expanse 2 inches.

Subfam. NyMPHALIN#.

JUNONIA SINUATA.
Precis sinuvata, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 477 (1880).

wa eS

556 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON NEW [June 20,

HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.
Hypolimnas misippus (Linn.); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid.
O25.

HYPOLIMNAS DUBIUS.

Hypolimnas dubius (Beauy.); Kirby, Syn. Gat. Diurn. Lepid.
p- 226.

CRENIS NATALENSIS,

Crenis natalensis, Boisd., Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt. i. p. 250 (1887).

Subfam. LisyrH x1 x.
LIBYTHEA LABDACA,
Libythea labdaca, Westw., Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 282.

CHARAXES MONTEIRI.
Charaxes monteiri, Staudinger, Ex. Schm. p. 170, Taf. 59. fig. 1.

Fam. Lyc £#NID&.
HYPOLYCENA RAVA.

Hypolycena rava, Holland, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. x. p. 286
(1892).

TARUCUS PULCHRA.

Tarucus pulchra, Murr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524, pl. 10.
figs. 7, 8.

HYREUS LINGEUS.
Cupido lingeus (Cram.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 350.

ZIZERA KNYSNA.
Zizera knysna, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 255 (1862-66).

CaTOCHRYSOPS SANCTI-THOM 4, Sp. 0.

Allied to C. ella, Butl., but rather larger. The male is more
brownish violet on the upperside.

The underside differs considerably, being of a uniform brown
with darker markings edged on both sides with pale drab or white.
The hind wing has three ocelli, black encircled by orange and the
lower half of the ocelli edged with metallic green.

The female has a very brilliant patch of metallic blue on the
fore wing, with a very broad border of dark brown on the costa
and hind margin.

Hind wing also witha blue patch at the base, but not so bright in
colour. The border on the costa and hind margin brown, with an
indistinct spot of black just above the tail.

1893.] BUTTERFLIES FROM THE ISLAND OF ST, THOMAS. 587

Underside similar to the male, though somewhat more plainly

marked.
Hab. St. Nicolau.
Exp. of male 1:3 inch ; female 1-2 inch.

Subfam. Prrrinz.
MYLOTHRIS BERNICE.
Tachyris bernice (Hew.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 464.

NYCHITONA NUPDA.
Nychitona nupta, Butl. Cistula Entomologica, i. p. 175 (1878).

TERIAS SENEGALENSIS.
Terias senegalensis, Boisd. Hist. Nat. Spec. Gén. Lépid. p. 672
(1836).
Fam. PAPILIONID&.
Subfam. Paprironin 2.
PAPILIO DEMOLEUS.
Papilio demoleus (Linn.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 548.

PAPILIO BROMIUS.
Papilio bromius (Doubl.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 562.

Fam. HESPERID &.

RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN,
Ismene forestan (Cram.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 581.

RHOPALOCAMPTA BOCAGHI, sp. n.

The under surface is similar to that of R. keithloa, Wallgr.
(2. stella, Trimen), but is at once distinguished by the blue upper-
side.

Fore wing metallic violet-blue with black indentations along
the hind margin, which has a broad black border extending also
along the costa, but not quite to the base of the wing.

Hind wing similar to the fore wing, but the black border is
much broader at the apex and extends also along the inner margin,
though somewhat lighter in tint.

Underside. Fore wing entirely brown, with a slight lustre of

metallic blue, becoming rather greener near the base.

Hind wing brown, but relieved by a somewhat triangular-
shaped spot of bright orange-red, with three large black spots in
the centre of the orange patch between each of the following
nervules. The first spot between the submedian nervure and the
first median nervule, a second between the last-named nervule and
the second nervule, and a third spot between the third median
and second subcostal nervules. There is a small patch of bright
orange colour just below this larger patch, with a narrow band

558 ON A GIGANTIC EXTINCT SPECIES OF MYLIOBATIS. (June 20,

connecting the two. A broad streak of orange colour extends
along the inner margin.

The underside of the body is similar to R. keithloa, but on the
upper surface the head and thorax are a bright blue-green, with the
body dark brown.

Hab. Angolares.

Expanse 23 inches.

PTERYGOSPIDEA FLESUS.
Tagiades flesus (Fabr.); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 635.

PARNARA NISO.
Parnara viso (Linn.) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p, 597.

3. On the Dentition of a Gigantic Extinct Species of
Myliobatis from the Lower Tertiary Formation of
Egypt. By A. Smira Woopwarp, F.Z.S8.

[Received June 20, 1893.]
(Plate XLVIIL.)

The Skates of the family of Myliobatide are well known to
attain a great size, but few examples even of the dentition of the
largest specimens are preserved in museums. It is therefore of
much interest to record that the British Museum has lately
received from Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton a good example of
the jaws of one of the most gigantic extinct species of Myliobatis,
discovered in the Lower Tertiary Limestone of the Mokattam
Hills, near Cairo, Egypt. So far as the present writer is aware,
this is the largest specimen of the dentition of Myliobatis that has
hitherto reached any museum.

Each jaw is in a separate piece of limestone, but the two portions
are known to have been found in association ; and, as usual in the
Myliobatide, one dentition (lower) is flat, while the other (upper)
is much bent from front to back. Of the lower jaw, partly shown
in the figure (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2), about 17 series of plates are
preserved, 10 being worn; while of the upper jaw (fig. |) only 6
series remain. The unworn teeth are almost smooth, being marked
only by short feeble longitudinal striz or rugs. In both jaws the
oral surface is arched from side to side, very gently in the lower,
more strongly in the upper jaw, as well shown in the sections
figs. 1a, 2a. The principal teeth are very slightly arcuated and
not strongly reflexed at the extremities; and the narrow lateral
teeth have their long axes directly antero-posterior, not oblique.
As an abnormality, it is also interesting to note in the upper den-
tition that the two. outer lateral series are fused together on one
side, while the two inner lateral series are similarly fused on the
other side.

1D , ~

EZ. S 1693-2 ie

inter Bros. imp.

.M Michael del, et lith.
MYLIOBATIS PENTONE.

ae [Fas ol ga ee eee

ee ‘ s ples CONES

PZ: 18932 AL ee

FH. Michael del. et hth. intern Bros. imp.

MESO ZOLe IGANGLD PIlStie se

P. Zio ees ila

: ‘db. oce.
be.c.

FH Michael del. et, Kth Mintern Bros. wap.
MESOZOIC GANOID FISHES:
1,2, LF PIDOTUS. 3,4, DAPEDIUS.

1893.] ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF LEPIDOTUS AND DAPEDIUS. 559

The following is a table of measurements :—

Upper Dentition. Lower Duntirion.

m. m. Yo. m.
Width of median dental plates. . 0-13 to 0-135 0-12 to 0:13
Length i 0-18 0-014 to 0-016
Maximum width of three lateral
series of plates .........- 0-02 0-02

From these measurements it is evident that the principal teeth
in the lower jaw are about eight times, those of the upper jaw
about seven and a half times as broad as long; while the maximum
thickness of the same teeth in both jaws equals nearly one-quarter
of their breadth. These characters, taken in conjunction with the
form and proportions of the lateral teeth, suffice to distinguish the
Mokattam specimen from the dentition of all known species of
Myliobatis ; and it may therefore be named MJ. pentoni in honour
of its discoverer. In determining such specimens it is, of course,
necessary to tuke into account the mode of growth of the teeth and
their change in proportions with age; but it does not appear
possible, in accordance with the ordinary laws of growth, for any
known type of dentition to develop by increase of size into the
one now described. The form of the lateral teeth and the trans-
verse section of the median teeth seem to be nearly constant at all
stages of growth in any one species.

Materials for comparison are unfortunately insufficient to form
any certain estimate of the size of Myliobatis pentoni; but if the
few small examples of the recent Myliobatis aquila in the British
Museum are at all similar in proportions, the maximum width of
the disk of the extinct species cannot have been much less than
five metres.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVIII.

Fig. 1. Myliobatis pentoni, sp. nov. ; portion of upper dentition, two-thirds nat.
size. Lower Tertiary, Mokattam Hills, Cairo. 1a. Transverse sec-
tion of crown of median tooth.

2. Ditto; portion of lower dentition of same fish, two-thirds nat. size.
2a, Transverse section of crown of median tooth.
The origina] specimen was presented to the British Museum by Surgeon-

Captain R. H. Penton, June 1893.

4. On the Cranial Osteology of the Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes,

Lepidotus and Dapedius. By A. Smira Woopwarp,

F.Z8.
[Received June 20, 1893.]

(Plates XLIX. & L.)

One of the earliest attempts to describe the skeleton of a Lower
Mesozoic fish was based upon Lepidotus', and the same genus
still affords the most satisfactory material for determining the

1 BF. A. Quenstedt, ‘ Ueber Lepidotus im Lias Wiirttembergs.’ 4to, Tubingen,
1847.

560 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THE [June 20,

essential features in the osteology of the group to which it belongs.
The exoskeleton is so robust that it is usually well preserved,
and the internal bones also exhibit a high degree of ossification.
As found in the Oxford Clay of Northamptonshire and in the
Wealden of Sussex, the remains are in an especially good con-
dition ; and the discoveries of Messrs. Alfred N. Leeds and Samuel
H. Beckles respectively render it possible to obtain information
concerning nearly all the more important characters of the skeleton.
In the case of one Oxfordian specimen from the Leeds collection
in the British Museum (no. P. 6841"), all the bones are isolated as
if carefully macerated; in others the display of the various
elements depends upon accidents in fracture. It is the object of
the present communication to describe these specimens so far as
they add to our knowledge of the cranial osteology of Lepidotus ;
and finally to compare with the skull of this genus that of the
closely related Liassic fish, Dapedius.

J. On THe Cranian, Factan, AnD OprRcuLAR Bonzs OF
Lepidotus.

The basicranial axis in Lepidotus is straight, and the cranium
itself is well ossified. The basioccipital element, known only from a
laterally compressed specimen (Plate XLIX. figs. 1a, 14), is highest
behind and exhibits on its posterior face a very deep conical fossa
for the notochord (n.f.). Towards the postero-inferior angle of each
side there is a small acuminate tubercle or process (x); and the
inferior aspect of the bone exhibits a broad longitudinal groove,
with a flattened rim on each margin, evidently indicating the back-
ward extension of the basicranial canal (for the recti muscles of
the eye) as far as the occiput. There is some appearance also of
one vertebral ring (v.) being fused with the basioccipital on its
hinder face. The exoceipital (fig. 1) forms a considerable part of
the lateral wall of the brain-case, and is perforated as usual by a
large, transversely oval foramen (f.) for the exit of the vagus nerve.
The pro-otie (fig. 2) has a still larger extent than the exoccipital,
and exhibits a deep, oblique notch (f.) at its anterior margin for
the passage of the fifth nerve. In the iterorbital septum there is
as yet no evidence of ossification, and particulars are similarly
wanting as to the nature of the pterotic and opisthotic bones. Of
the rostral region it can only be said that the ethmoids are
arranged in such a manner that the olfactory nerves must have
passed through a pair of long, closed canals, well shown in a
Wealden fossil in the British Museum (Plate XLIX. fig. 4, eth.).

1 This is the type specimen of a new species, Lepidotus latifrons, diagnosed
in the forthcoming Catal. Foss. Fishes, Brit. Mus. pt. iii. Its principal
distinctive characters are:—LExternal head- and opercular bones ornamented
with conspicuous tuberculations; all the teeth with much elevated crowns.
Premaxilla with six teeth. Each frontal bone twice as long as its maximum
breadth ; operculum three times as deep as broad.

UT te on |

| a ee

1893. ] _ OSTEOLOGY OF LEPIDOTUS AND DAPEDIUS. * 561

The membrane-bones of the cranial roof do not extend backwards
quite so far as the occipital border, the narrow space thus left
being covered by the supratemporal plates. There are two prin-
cipal pairs of bones, the short parietals (Plate XLIX. fig. 1, pa.)
behind, and the longer frontals (fr.) forwards, not bilaterally
symmetrical, and uniting in all directions by very irregular an-
gulated sutures. More anteriorly there would be the nasals, but

Head-bones of Lepidotus latifrons; Oxford Clay, Peterborough.
One half nat. size.

1. Exoccipital. 2. Pro-otic. 8. Parasphenoid, inferior aspect. 3a. Para-
sphenoid, superior aspect. 4+. Right quadrate, inner aspect. 5, Left
quadrate, outer aspect. 6. Metapterygoid.

bpt., basipterygoid process; f., foramen; p., process.

these are not satisfactorily known. The long and narrow squa-
mosal element (sq.) on each side reaches as far forwards as the
anterior extremity of the parietals, but not so far backwards as
the hinder margin of these bones. It is considerably overlapped
behind by the supratemporal series of plates, and on the inner

562 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THE [June 20,

aspect there is an undetermined amount of connection with some
of the ossified otic elements. The surface for articulation with
the upper extremity of the hyomandibular is clear, and a triangular
walled area at the binder end of its inner face denotes the bound-
aries of the small temporal fossa. Postfrontal and prefrontal
membrane-bones are not differentiated from the circumorbital
ring, and the cheek-plates are irregularly subdivided, being often
different even on the two sides of the same head. The general
plan of the cheek-plates, however, is distinct, there being a complete
cireumorbital ring, a semicircle of postorbitals, and a short, deep
series of preorbitals flanking the ethmoid region’. The mazilla
(Plate XLIX. fig. 2) is a very delicate bone, deepest behind,
tapering forwards, and terminating in front in an inwardly-directed
process for articulation with the palatine; its oral margin is
provided with a series of styliform teeth. The premawilla (Plate
XLIX. figs. 1c, 3) is a smailer, stouter bone, also with a single
series of styliform teeth, and bearing at its inner extremity a very
large ascending process which fits in a groove on the inferior
aspect of the frontal bones.

The base of the cranium is sheathed by a great parasphenoid
bone and by the coalesced dentigerous vomers. The parasphenoid
(fig. 3) is narrowest at the origin of the large, fan-shaped basi-
pterygoid processes (bpt.), expanding much behind and exhibiting
a deep cleft in its hinder margin. 1t is pierced mesially by a
foramen (f.) for the passage of the internal carotids, which appears
single on the lower face but double on emerging above; the
superior or attached face (fig. 3 a) also shows the deep excavation
forming the floor of the basicranial canal. The vomer is a stout
thickened bone with crushing teeth, showing cavities in which the
germ-teeth are formed (Plate XLIX. fig. 4); and the dentigerous
bones of the palato-pterygoid arcade, closely connected with the
vomer in front, exhibit a similar thickening.

The hyomandibular (Plate L. fig. 2) is an elongated, laterally
compressed bone, with its long axis slightly bent at the origin of
the process of support for the operculum (p.). It is somewhat
strengthened by longitudinal ridges on the outer face, and the
surface for attachment with the cranium is much extended. The
bone is not pierced by any foramen. The symplectic element
remains unknown, but the hinder border of the quadrate exhibits
an inner surface evidently for union with it. The quadrate (figs.
4 and 5) is slender for a fish with so powerful a dentition, and in
the fine example of Lepidotus latifrons from the Oxford Clay this
element is of much interest as exhibiting a very different degree of
ossification on the two sides. The metapterygoid bone (fig. 6) is
also comparatively delicate, but it shows a broad facette on its
upward and anteriorly directed process, which may have articulated
with some lateral element of the cranium.

The hinder portion of Meckel’s cartilage is ossified as a robust

) See figures by Quenstedt, op. cit.

ell oa : el

1893.] OSTEOLOGY OF LEPIDOTUS AND DAPEDIUS, 563

articular bone, and to its outer face there is apposed a large plate,
probably to be interpreted as angular (Plate XLIX. fig. 1 d, ag.).
The coronoid region of the mandible is very deep, and the summit
of the elevation is completed by a very smal] surangular bone, shown
in a Wealden specimen of ZL. mantelli (Brit. Mus. no. P. 6342).
The dentary bone (d.), very deep in the coronoid region, becomes
much narrower in its tooth-bearing portion ; and its anterior half
curves rapidly inwards to meet its fellow of the opposite side in a
somewhat deepened symphysis. To the inner side of the dentary
bone the robust splenial is articulated by a roughened face, and it
also enters the mandibular symphysis ; whereas the dentary exhibits
only one regular series of teeth, this element has several irregular
series of a more tritoral character.

The ceratohyal (Plate XLIX. fig. le) exhibits its ordinary
hourglass-shaped form, and is deepest behind. The hypohyals
are a pair of very small triangular bones (seen in Brit. Mus.
no. P. 6341); and no evidence of an ossified glossohyal has hitherto
been observed.

The opercular apparatus is complete, and there is a good series
of branchiostegal rays, the uppermost very broad; but no indica-
tions of a gular plate have yet been discovered in Lepidotus. The
last-named fact is all the more remarkable, since in closely allied
genera (e.g., Dapedius) the gular plate is relatively large and
robust. The preoperculum (Plate L. fig. 1, p.op.) is a long narrow
bone, exposed throughout its length and much bent forwards below.
The operculum (op.) exhibits a sharp elevation on its inner face for
articulation with the hyomandibular process; its upper border is
overlapped by the supratemporal plates, and its lower border
deeply overlaps the swhoperculum. The latter element (s.op.) is
almost sickle-shaped, with a very large upwardly-directed process
at its antero-superior angle, and abruptly truncated in front for
union with the large elongate-triangular interoperculum (t.op.)

The supratemporal plates vary much in arrangement in different
species of Lepidotus, but they always overlap both the cranial roof-
bones and the most anterior dorsal scales. In Z. latifrons (Plate
XLIX. fig. 1, st.) there is one not quite symmetrical pair of outer
plates, occupying the space between the operculum, squamosal,
and parietal on each side; and there are three symmetrically
arranged plates no larger than ordinary scales apposed to the
hinder margin of the parietals. In Z. mantelli the supratemporals
are in three pairs, the two outer ones corresponding to the single
outer pair in ZL. latifrons. In L. elvensis, as already described by
Quenstedt, the supratemporal series consists of a single pair of
large plates, as in Amia.

II. On tHE Cranium oF Dapedius.

The Liassic genus Dapedius is so closely related to Lepidotus,
that it is interesting to compare the characters of the skull in these
two fishes. So far as the external bones are concerned, the restora-

564 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THD [June 20,

tion of Dapedius already published by Dr. Traquair ' suffices for
the purpose ; but the cranium itself is shown only in one specimen
from Lyme Regis (Brit. Mus. no. P. 3541), which seems worthy
of description as an appendix to the foregoing account of Lepidotus.

As seen in side view (Plate L. fig. 3), the basicranial axis of
Dapedius is sharply bent upwards in front of the otic region—an
arrangement perhaps correlated with the deepened form of the
fish. As in Lepidotus, the cranial cartilage is well ossified, and
there seems to have been a complete, or nearly complete, interorbital
septum. The basioccipital element (b.0cc.) is deep, much exca-
vated behind for the notochord (n.f.), and longitudinally grooved
below for the basicranial canal (bc.c.). The divisions between the
elements of the cranium and the situation of the foramina for the
nerves are unfortunately not distinguishable ; but it is clear that
there was an ossified supraoccipital (s.occ.), with a vertical median
ridge behind, and there are robust ossifications in the prefrontal and
postfrontal regions. The ethmoidal region (e.) terminates in front
in a small blunt process, pierced transversely by a large foramen ;
and it expands on each side, in advance of and below the pre-
frontal, into a great mass that would be sheathed by the vomer.
The olfactory nerve evidently passed through a foramen (f.)
between the prefrontal and ethmoid, there being no elongation of
this foramen into a canal. Of the membrane-bones of the cranial
roof, the parietals, frontals, and sqguamosals are fused into a continuous
plate (pfs.); while, as in Lepidotus, a narrow rim of the cranium
projects behind the covering thus formed. Viewed from behind -
(Plate L. fig. 3 a, m.), there is seen to be a small cavity on each
side between the cranium and the squamosal portion of the roof,
this being evidently the reduced temporal fossa.

III. Concxrusion.

From the observations now recorded it would be premature to
make any very general deductions, the characters of the skull
having yet to be discovered in the majority of the Mesozoic fishes.
The new facts, however, are interesting as tending to confirm a
conclusion that must have impressed everyone who has deeply
studied these extinct fishes, namely, that it is impossible in Jurassic
and early Cretaceous formations to recognize any absolute sub-
division of the so-called Ganoids into ‘“ Lepidosteoidei” and
“ Amioidei.” The skulls of Lepidosteus and Dapedius differ from
those of existing ‘‘ ganoids” in exhibiting the backward extension
of the basicranial canal ; and the cartilaginous cranium of Dapedius
is remarkably similar in every respect to that of the modern salmon
(Salmo), except somewhat more ossified. Both ZLepidotus and
Dapedius agree with Lepidosteus and Amica in the fact that the
membrane-bones of the roof do not extend quite to the occipital

. R. H. Traquair, “On the Structure and Affinities of the Platysomide,”
Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxix. (1879) pl. vi. fig. 13.

1§93.] OSTEOLOGY OF LEPIDOTUS AND DAPEDIUS. 565

border of the cranium ; but Dapedius at least is distinguished from
Amia and approximated to Lepidosteus by the course of the
olfactory nerves across the orbital cavity, while Lepidotus is
paralleled only by the last-named genus in the absence of a gular
plate. On the other hand, the superficial bones of the two extinct
genera differ greatly from those of Lepidosteus and closely resemble
those of Amia; the peculiar attachment of the premaxilla in
Lepidotus, for example, being reproduced almost in detail in the
last-named genus.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pruate XLIX.

Fig. 1. Lepidotus latifrons, sp. noy.; cranial roof, upper aspect, one half natural
size. Oxford Clay; Peterborough. [B.M., no. P. 6841.]
¢.0., circumorbital; fr., frontal; pa., parietal; sg., squamosal ;
st., supratemporal.
la, b. Basioccipital, lateral and posterior aspects.
a, surface of attachment for lateral bones of cranium ; 4c.c., basi-
cranial canal; 7.f., notochordal fossa; v., supposed vertebra ;
x, lateral process.
le. Right premaxilla, showing base of ascending process.
1d. Portion of left mandibular ramus, outer aspect.
ag., angular; d., dentary.
le. Ceratohyal.
2. Ditto; right maxilla. Ibid. [B.M., no. P. 6838.]
3. Lepidotus minor, Ag.; right premaxilla. Purbeck Formation; Swanage.
[B.M., no. 48371.]
4. Lepidotus mantelli, Ag.; transverse section of snout. [B.M., no.
P. 6342.
eth., NG through ethmoid bones; p., palato-pterygoid arcade ;
v., vomer.

Puate L.

Fig. 1. Lepidotus latifrons, sp. nov.; opercular apparatus of left side, one half
natural size. Oxford Clay ; Peterborough. [B.M., no. P. 6841]
br., branchiostegal ray; ¢.op., interoperculum ; op., operculum ;
p.op., preoperculum ; s.op., suboperculum.
2. Ditto; hyomandibular, one half natural size. Ibid. [B.M., no.
P. 6840.]
p-, process for operculum.
3. Dapedius, sp.; cranium from the lateral, posterior (3 @), and anterior
(3 5) aspects. Lower Lias; Lyme Regis. [B.M., no. P.3541.]
b.oce., basieceipital ; bc.c., basicranial canal ; ¢., ethmoidal region ;
f., foramen for olfactory nerve; m., temporal fossa; 7.f., noto-
chordal fossa; pfs., parieto-fronto-squamosal shield; s.occ.,
supra-occipital.
4. Dapedius granulatus, Ag.; premaxille (pmz.) and ethmoidal dermal
plate (eth.), anterior aspect. Lower Lias; Lyme Regis. ([B.M.,
no. P. 3538. ]

B.M.=British Museum. Unless otherwise stated the figures are of the
natural size.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. XX XVIII. 38

566 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [June 20,

5. A List of the Coleoptera, of the Family Cleride, collected
by Mr. Doherty in Burmah and Northern India, with
Descriptions of new Species ; and of some Species from
Borneo, Perak, &c., from the Collection of Alexander
Fry, Esq. By Rev. H. S. Gornam, F.E.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Received June 17, 1893.]

The present paper is to some extent a sequel to one published
by me in the ‘Annals’ of the Genoa Museum in 1892, on the
Cleride collected by Signor L. Fea.

The great number of new species met with by Mr. Doherty in
the same genera shows how rich the north-east frontier district
must be in the beautiful and interesting family here treated of.

For general remarks on the genera I must refer to the account
of Mr. Fea’s collection, the subject matter being so very similar.

Twenty-eight species are now described as new.

CALLIMERUS DULCIS.

Clerus dulcis, Westw. P. Z. S. 1852, p. 40, t. 24. f. 6.

Callimerus dulcis, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 64; Ann. Mus.
Gen. ser. 2, xii. p. 722. )

Burmah, Momeit.

CALLIMERUS AMABILIS.

Callimerus amabilis, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 66; Ann. Mus.
Gen. 2, xii. p. 723.
Assam, Naga Hills.

CALLIMERUS MIRANDUS.

Callimerus mirandus, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 65.
Perak.
A very beautiful species. Five specimens.

CALLIMERUS SUAVIS.

Callimerus suavis, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Gen. 2, xii, p. 722.
N. India, Manipur.

CALLIMERUS ELEGANS.

Callimerus elegans, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 720.
Assam, Naga Hills. One specimen, in bad condition.

CALLIMERUS GRACILIS.

Callimerus gracilis, Gorh. Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 724.
Burmah, Momeit. Two examples.

1893. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERID®. 567

CALLIMERUS LATESIGNATUS.
Caullimerus latescqnatus, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 728.
Assam, Naga Hills. Two examples.

CALLIMERUS RUSTICTUS.

Callimerus rusticus, Gorh. Notes from Leyden Mus. v. p. 252
(1883).

Borneo, Labuan; Perak. Five examples.

CALLIMERUS LATIFRONS.
Callimerus latifrons, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 67.
Borneo, Pengaron; Perak. One example from each locality.

CALLIMERUS INSOLATOUS.

Lemidia insolata, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. i. p. 48.
Callimerus insolatus, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 67.
Assam, Patkai Mountains, Perak.

TILLUS BIRMANICUS.
Tillus birmanicus, Gorh. Ann. Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 729.
Assam, Sudiya.

TILLUS NOTATUS.

Tillus notatus, Klug, Mon. Abhand. Berl. Acad. 1842, p. 276.

Burmah, Ruby Mines; Assam, Sudiya.

Var. Prothorace elytrisque nigris, his fasciis duabus apiceque
albidis.

Burmah, Karen Mountains.

CLADISCUS SANGUINICOLLIS.

Tillus sanguinicollis, Spinola, Mon. Clérites, i. p. 125, tab. xv.
f. 7; nec Cladiscus sanguinicollis, Lac. Gen. des. Col. tab. 45. f. 4.

Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty); Andaman Islands (Roep-
storff); Burmah, Karen Mountains (/%q).

This is the insect referred to by me as C. strangulatus, Chevr.
(Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 2, xii. p. 730); considerable confusion has
occurred from M. Chevrolat having quoted 7. sanguwinicollis as a
synonym of his C. strangulatus, Lacordaire having figured what
is presumably that species under the name of Cladiscus sanguini-
collis. They are obviously quite distinct from the species figured
by Spinola. Although it is but a mutilated specimen that Spinola
had seen, enough is shown to prove that his insect had simply
serrate antenne.

TILLIOHRA JAVANICA.
Tillicera javanica, Spin. Mon. i. p. 160, t.12. f. 2; Gorh. Ann.
Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 731.

Burmah, Ruby Mines ; Assam, Sudiya; India, Manipur.
38*

568 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [June 20,

HEMITRACHYS BIZONATUS.

Hemitrachys bizonatus, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 92.
Perak (Doherty). One example.

I have not seen any other specimens of this insect, since I
described it from a pair obtained by Wallace.

Stiemarium. (The species of Stigmatium are exceedingly
obscure and will need further revision.)

STIGMATIUM CICINDELOIDES.

Stigmatium cicindeloides, Gray in Griffith’s Anim. Kingd. i.
p- 376, t. 43. f. 2; Spin. Mon. i. p. 176, t. 13. f. 4.

The identification of these insufficiently described species must
necessarily be problematical. There is little doubt, however, that
the insect figured by Spinola is the species of which I have seen
many specimens from Malacca, Java, and the neighbouring islands.
The blue or green tint on the thorax shown by Spinola is not

constant, but is characteristic of the species when it occurs.
Perak.

STIGMATIUM RUFIVENTRE.

Stigmatium rufiventre, White, Cat. of Cleride in Brit. Maus.
p- 54 (1849); Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 45, t. 26. f. 5
(“ Clerus rufiventris”).

Very close to S. cicindeloides, larger and with the metasternum
and abdomen and base of the legs red: the original description is
White's. Possibly only a large form of a widely distributed
species.

Assam (Doherty).

STIGMATIUM MUTILL COLOR.

Tillicera mutillecolor, White, Cat. of Cleride, p. 51.

Stigmatium dimadiatum, Chev. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1874, p. 63.

Styymatium mutilleeolor, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 72; Ann.
Mus. Gen. 2, xii. p. 740.

Burmah, Momeit.

STIGMATIUM BASIPENNE.

Stigmatium basipenne, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1874, p. 64.

Stigmatium humerale (ined.), coll. W. W. Saunders.

Perak (Doherty); many specimens.

Singapore ( Wallace).

The general colour of this insect is deep black; the middle of
the body beneath is vaguely brownish red ; the front of the head,
basal half of the antenne, the reflexed margin of the base of the
thorax, the base of the elytra (the shoulders more widely), the
scutellum, the front tarsi, the tips of the middle and posterior
tarsi, and the trochanters are rusty red. The elytra are striated
nearly to the apex, becoming granulose there; and the interstices

1893. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERIDA. 569

are granulose, or rather are broken by the coarse punctures of the
striz in the basal half.

I have possessed this species for many years, under the name
humerale. M. Chevrolat’s description is not very accurate, as in
a very long series of examples I do not find any with two linear
grey fascie. The legs are black, with the exceptions which I have
pointed out; the femora are not more stout than is usual in the
smaller species of this genus. The application of the name
humerale came about by a reprehensible system of so labelling
species which it was intended to describe ; my specimens were pro-
bably so named by White for the late Mr. W. W. Saunders, and it
is well that that name should now drop for that of M. Chevrolat.
It is common apparently at Singapore and Perak.

STIGMATIUM TAPETUM.

Stigmatium tapetum, Gorh. Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 95.

Omadius nebulosus, Klug ?, Spin. Mon. ii. p. 183, t. 15. f. 6.

I have already (J. c. p. 101) suggested that these may be, and
probably are, synonyms, but in such an obscure genus I cannot
affirm that they are so.

Perak.

CLADISCUS DISTORTUS, N. sp.

Niger, prothorace obscure rufo ; capite crebre, thorace parcius, elytris
crebre cribrato-punctatis, apice levi; antennis articulis 3°-10™
ramulis longis a basi exorientibus, apicali subulato ; tebus antices
compressis, medio subincrassatis. Long. 95 millim.

Hab. Camboja.

Black with a slight brown tint, and clothed with long upright
hairs ; only the thorax is rufous, and the mandibles and two basal
joints of the antenne pitchy red. The thorax is not so conically*
contracted as in C. sanguinicollis, Spin. (to which I refer the
species from the Andaman Isles), but the sides are subparallel
till they are rounded in to the strangulation. Its disk is very
smooth and sparsely impressed with a few distinct points ; it is a
little depressed in the middle, but with no constricted line in front.
The antenne are remarkable for the mode in which the rami
spring from the base of each joint; each ramus is as long as three
joints, and the apical joint widens from its base to near the middle,
and from thence is awl-shaped. The basal node of the thorax is
black and has the usual double tumidity; the front tibie are
compressed, widened in the middle, and somewhat distorted.

One specimen in Mr. Fry’s collection.

CLADISCUS ATTENUATUS, N. Sp.

Fere filiformis, niger, antennis quam caput cum prothorace SEsqui=
longioribus, articulis 3°-10” leviter serratis, elytris cribrato-
striatis apice levioribus, callo humeralirufo. Long. 6-63 nullim.

Var. 2? antennis brevioribus, prothorace obscure rufo.

Hab. Burmah, Ruby Mines : Manipur (Doherty).

Oe
; a iat “ a)

570 REV. H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 20,

Very narrow, the elytra scarcely wider than the front of the
thorax, the latter and the bead both thickly and obsoletely
punctured, brownish black inclining to rusty red at the constricted
part. The antenne with the joints 3 to 10 nearly three times
as long as wide, the apical joint rather longer than those
preceding it; palpi black. Elytra black, excepting the extreme
humeral angle which is dull red, and a little shining. Legs and
body black.

Allied to the species recently described by Mr. G. Lewis from
Japan as C. obeliscus, but apparently differmg by the longer
antenne, black scutellum and breast, and by the red shoulder-spot.
The specimens which seem to have shorter antenne, and which
may be females, have also often the thorax red excepting the basal
nodule.

CrADISCUS RUFICORNIS, 0. sp.

Elongatus, sanguineo-rufus, elytris et corpore nigris ; nitidus, capite
prothoraceque parcissime minute punctatis, antennis his brevi-
oribus leviter serratis. Long. 8-9 millim.

Hab. Manipur (Doherty).

Very shining and smooth, the head rather large, and with the
base of the thorax of about the width of the elytra, sparingly
punctured; the thorax much narrowed to the strangulate part,
and with a distinct curved impressed line in front.

The antenne are rather wide, entirely clear red; the joints
(after the third) scarcely longer than wide, serrate, their length
is not greater than that of the thorax alone. Elytra with series
of elongate square punctures terminating at quite a third from
the apex ; the apex round, a little dehiscent.

Two specimens.

CALLIMERUS DECORATUS, D. sp.

C. dulci proxime affinis: nigro-ceruleus, nitidus ; prothoracis
maculis quatuor et lateribus, scutello, elytrorum maculis quatuor
in singulis, a sutura eque distantibus, tertia reniforme ;
corporisque lateribus albo-squamosis ; ore, antennis, palpis pedi-
busque pallidis. Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Assam, Naga Hills (Doherty).

This insect is very nearly allied to C. dulcis, Westw., in size,
form, punctuation, and also in marking, so that it will be sufficient
to point out the following points of difference :—In C. dulcis
there are two large, round, white spots (one on each elytron) rather
near their base, in C. decoratus the corresponding spots are rather
further removed ; in C. dulcis two small spots nearer the margin
follow, in C. decoratus these are absent; in C. dulcis the pair of
spots before the apical spots are clearly double, sometimes not
confluent, in C. decératus the same pair are at most reniform.
The hind femora are not dark at their apex in the three specimens
of C. decoratus now before me.:

1893. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERID2. 571

CaLLIMERUS MYSTICUS, 0. sp.

C. amabili, Gorh., proxime affinis: nigro-ceruleus, griseo-
squamosus ; prothorace, linea mediana et lobis lateralibus denu-
datis, levibus ; elytris nigris, griseo-squamosis, macula elongata
suturali communi, lateribus maculis quasi quatuor prebentibus
nigris, prima ad punctum parvulum jucta scutellum producta,
tertia in fasciam integram ad suturam angustam provectam,
quarta retrorsum obliqua. Pedibus flavis, femoribus posticis
apicibus extus nigris. Long. 11 milli.

Hab. Borneo, Pengaron (Doherty).

It will be sufficient to compare this insect with C. amabilis,
Gorh. The prothorax is smooth, not punctured. The scales of
the upperside are more greenish grey ; the pattern is very different,
very difficult to describe. The base of the elytra, a plagia running
obliquely outward from the scutellum, and a fascia-like spot form
by their union an intricate device in the basal half; while an
oblique fascia, triangular in shape, and a sutural line, widening at
the apex, form a sort of 7 on the left elytron, reversed of course,
on the right, somewhat similar to the mark in C. amabilis and
C. fee, but with the head more oblique. The single specimen
appears to be a male, and has the apical dorsal segment formed of
two wide laciniz of fulvous colour.

CALLIMERUS BELLUS, 0. sp.

Nigro-ceruleus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capitis
fronte, prothoracis margine antico et postico, elytrorum basi,
lunula humerum cingente, fascia pone medium cum lunula per
lineam rectam conjuncta, sutura postice in fasciam obliquam
desinente, albo-squamosis. Capite crebre obsolete, prothorace
fortiter parcius, elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis, Long. 8
millim.

Hab. Borneo, Pengaron (Doherty).

The pattern of this Callimerus is difficult to describe, but very
neatly defined. The thorax is widely margined with white scales
before and behind, leaving the middle and the sides denuded and
shining, but the bands of scales nearly meet round the sides ; the
colour of the parts not covered with scales is dark steel-blue ; on
the elytra are eight aree thus denuded, viz. two humeral, then three
oblong arez in a row transversely, two of them being lateral and
one common on the suture, then two lateral, then a small round
apical spot. These are all neatly defined by the white lines of
scales. The elytra in some examples appear nearly black; the
punctures are large, the rows not very distinct, and quite confused
at the sides and near the apex. ‘The underside is clothed in the
manner usual in this section of the genus, densely at the sides,
with white scales.

This is a very beautiful species; it is allied to the following
(C. niveus), and both remind me of C. ornatus, from Sumatra
(Notes from Leyden Mus. iv. 110).

572 RLV. H. 8. GORUAM ON [June 20,

CALLIMERUS NIVEUS, 0. sp.

Nigro-ceruleus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque pallide testaceis ;
capitis fronte, prothorace antice et postice, scutello, elytrisque
albo-squamosis, his areolis quinque fascia subapicali, apiceque
denudatis. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

This species is punctured as C. bellus, but is more densely clothed
with white scales, only the base of the head and the disk and a
narrow transverse band of the thorax are denuded, and the elytra
have a very elegant pattern, the bare parts being a subhumeral
spot on each, a common sutural one, then two lateral spots, a
rather wide and not very regular fascia, it being widest on the
margins, and an apical spot. The elytra have silvery-white hairs
over the whole surface ; they are distinctly obliquely truncate, and
their punctuation is distinctly in rows, almost striate. I cannot
discover any trace of the small tooth on the hind tibiz of this or
the preceding species.

Four specimens.

CALLIMERUS DOHERTYANUS, 0. sp.

Niger ; capite prothoraceque subceruleis, hoc antice et postice, illo
fronte parce albo-squamosis ; elytris singulis lituris duabus, una
humerum cingente, wrregulari, postice interrupta, altera ante
apicem, albis, sutura bast metallico-fulvo; antennis, palpis
pedibusque pallide testaceis. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

CALLIMERUS PICTUS, Nl. Sp.

Niger ; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capitis fronte, pro-
thoracis margine antico et postico, elytrorum basi, punctis duobus
lateralibus, gutta suturali, cum macula basali plerumque conneva,
fascia subapicali apiceque albo-squamosis. Prothoracis disco
obsolete, haud profunde, lateribus rugose, elytris fortiter irregu-
lariter punctatis. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

The head in both this and the following species (C. albosparsus)
is wider than the thorax, the eyes being large and prominent; it
is very finely punctured at the base, and finely wrinkled longitu-
dinally near the eyes in both. The thorax is rather suddenly widened
below the anterior constriction, and then compressed before the
base, the margin of which is distinctly reflexed. The elytra are
thickly and deeply punctate, but there is no sign of series or
striation; they are very obsoletely costate, and obliquely truncate.
‘The usual lateral parts beneath are covered with white scales.

Two specimens.

CALLIMERUS ALBOSPARSUS, n. sp.

C. picto affinis, statura et elytrorum pictura similis ; nitidior,
niger, antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis, prothoracis elytror-

1893.] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERIDE. 573

umque pictura ut in C. picto, attamen paulo latius disposita, et
fascia subapicali e maculis duabus oblique positis, interiore
majore et basi propiore formata. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. India, Manipur (Doherty).

The points which chiefly distinguish this species from C. pictus
are its rather smaller size, the head and thorax, the latter especially,
more sparsely and more distinctly punctured, and hence more
shining. The punctures of the elytra exhibit a little serial
arrangement in the middle. The apices are very distinctly truncate,
a small mucro being present at the exterior angle. The pattern
of the elytra, though very similar, presents a specific difference, and
gives the appearance of consisting of three sutural rather large
spots,—one basal, the second not united with it, but sometimes
united by a few scales to the third (which is the interior spot of
the oblique subapical fascia),—tnree lateral spots (the first two
corresponding to those in C. pictus, and the third usually but not
always united with the third sutural one), and an apical spot.

Four examples from Manipur agree so closely in possessing
these differences, that I think this is more than a local form of
C. pictus.

In both these species the small tooth near the apex of the
hinder tibiz is present.

CALLIMERUS BENEDICTUS, Nn. sp.

Niger, nitidus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capitis fronte
densissime, prothoracis bast parce, elytrorum basi tenuiter, puncto,
suturali fasciusque duabus subarcuatis, nec suturam nec marginem
attingentibus, apiceque albo-squamosis ; capitis basi parcissime,
prothorace fortiter fere grosse, elytris fortiter profunde seriatim
punetatis, Long. 85 millum.

Hab, Assam (Doherty).

The thorax in this species is longer than in C. pictus and its
allies, and hence does not appear so much widened in front ; it is
much more coarsely punctured, and in the three specimens before
me has only a few white scales in the fossa on the sides formed
by their compression behind the middle. The scales are of course
lable to be worn off ; the head in one of the specimens is so densely
clothed in front that the whole of that part is white and shining
as if painted, while in the other two they are sparser. The elytra
are black and shining, with about five rows of large punctures on
each, the punctures, however, becoming confused towards the
apex and at the sides, they would form in all eight series ; in one
specimen they are inclined to be pitchy brown at the base. The
white markings are very much reduced; besides the usual basal
scales there are three spots on each elytron, two of which are placed
along the suture, the third a little higher than the second sutural
one, so forming (if united) an arcuate fascia, then a curved oblique
fascia, and an apical spot (sometimes wanting). Hind thighs
toothed. Apex subtruncate.

oe Ee’ aie eg es

: oe Ae die wae pall
—

574 REY. H. S. GORHAM ON [June 20,

C ALLIMERUS ARCUATUS, 0. sp.

Niger ; palpis (apicibus exceptis) pedibusque basi obscure testaceis ;
capite, prothorace elytrisque apicibus cinereo-tomentosis ; scutello,
elytrorum basi, linea obliqua cum hoe conjuncta, fascia intus
abbreviata, arcua communi, et fascia subapicali recta albo-
squamosis ; elytris basi fortiter, lateribus et versus apicem crebrius
minus fortiter punctatis. Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Burmah, Karen Mountains (Doherty).

The head and thorax in this species are almost entirely covered
with ashy-grey close hairs, resembling scales, and perhaps in part
really these are scales ; the thorax is very even, scarcely constricted in
front, and with the posterior part very gently rounded to the base,
the margin is there raised and polished in the middle, and there is
a small denuded mark in the centre of the base, before the margin
slightly impressed. It is half as long again as wide. The pattern
of the elytra is very elegant, but hard to express in words. The
basal scales and first oblique mark form an «, with the top straight,
then almost united to this is a mark like —y—, the y being
common to the two elytra; then a straight and entire tascia at
about one third from the apex, slightly thickened on the suture,
and the apex itself ashy, and the ashy scales joining the fascia.
Legs black, except the trochanters and extreme base of the thighs.

Four specimens.

CALLIMERUS HYDNOCEROIDES, N. sp.

Nigro-ceruleus, nitidus ; ore, antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ;
elytris nigris, dimidio basali intus aureo-testaceo, sutura postice
punetisque nonnullis albo-squamosis ; capite prothoraceque parce
et profunde, elytris cbsoletius crebre punctatis. Long. 85-9
millim.

Hab. Burmab, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Head blue-black, with white scales in front, very sparingly
punctured and shining; thorax strongly constricted, and widely
lobed at the sides, an impression on each lobe, and one in the
middle of the base which is smooth and polished ; there are a few
white scales on each side in the anterior constriction, the colour is
blue-black, the punctuation strong and distinct. The elytra are
depressed at their base, black or brownish, this colour extending
up the margin to the base, but of a sordid yellow within (the
suture narrowly dark) and almost to their apices. The white
scales border the suture sometimes in the apical half. In the
basal half there are normally six white spots, four in pairs near
the suture and between them, one nearer the margin on each
elytron on the black part, and there is one lateral subapical spot,
sometimes joined with the sutural scales, forming the 7 mark so
common in this genus. But these spots are feebly scaled and
liable to be worn off, and the central pair may be absorbed in the
sutural line. Scutellum white. The hind thighs have the small
tooth near their apices. The underside is blue-black, with the

1893. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERID#. 5790

usual lateral white scales. The wide head, lobed sides of the thorax,
and form of the elytra, depressed at the base and narrowing to
their apex, give this species much the appearance of a large
Hydnocera.

XxEnortTHRIUS, Gorham (Ann. del Mus. Ciy. Gen. xii.
p. 733, 1892).

Xenorthrius is proposed by me, in my descriptions of the Cleridw
collected by L. Fea in Burmah, for a genus of that family of
which I have long had a few exponents obtained by Wallace in the
East. They are allied to Opilo and to my genus Orthrius; from
the former the conical apical joint of the maxillary palpi, from
the latter the eyes distinctly cut out afford sufficient distinction.
X. mouhoti, from Laos and Burmah, the type of the genus, Y. sub-
fasciatus, from Pegu, and X. balteatus, Burmah, described in the
publication quoted, have the elytra entire ; I have now to add two
species of this section, and one in which the elytra are truncate
with a distinct mucro, the genus thus resembling Priocera.

XENORTHRIUS EPHIPPIATUS, 0. sp.

Pallide piceo-brunneus, breviter dense brunneo-pilosus ; palpis,
pedibus, elytrorum fascia communi undata ad suturam latiore
apiceque pallide flavis; prothorace antice et lateraliter vie
punctato, disco postice obsolete, erebre subrugose, elytris basi et
lateribus granulose punctatis, fascia et apice sublevibus. Long.
8-9 millin.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

The general colour of this insect is pitchy brown, the elytral
fascia and the apex being very pale, almost white, and the brown
of the parts margining these is more suffused indeterminately ; the
puncturing is similar to that of X. mouhoti, viz. the head is
nearly smooth, as well as the front part and rather tumid sides of
the thorax ; these parts are separated from the disk by the anterior
constriction and an impressed line on each side, and the disk is
thickly, not deeply or strongly, punctured: as this structure seems
usual in the genus, it will not be referred to again except where
modified in other species. The elytra have also a normal sculpture,
viz. strie with rasp-like puncturing, the interstices being flat-
tened in thé middle and from thence on each side of the suture to
the apex, and the punctures obliterated. The punctures are only
distinct in the basal third; they become obsolete and only leave
small rasp-like edges behind, and in that part the alternate inter-
stices are raised lines, hardly amounting to coste.

Three specimens.

XENORTHRIUS GENICULATUS, D. sp.

Brunneus ; pedibus pallidioribus, geniculis nigris, tarsis brunneis,
capite prothoraceque nitidis, hoc disco crebre obsoletius punctato ;

576 REY. H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 20,

elytris obsolete punctato-striatis, strus dorso obliteratis. Long.
13-16 millim.

Hab. Manipur (Doherty).

The larger size and plain brown colour will distinguish this
species from any other yet described. The antenne are long and
thin, the three last joints hardly wider than those preceding them ;
the head and thorax smooth and shining, with the punctuation
very fine ; the anterior constriction very plain on the sides, and a
fovea on each side below it. The elytra are very plain; though the
usual sculpture is present it is all reduced, the flat sutural smooth
space being but little emphasized. The legs are paler, with the
knees just tipped with black. Although plain this is a fine species,
reminding one of certain Cymatodere.

Five specimens.

XENORTHRIUS WALLACEI, n. sp.

Nigro-piceus ; antennis, palpis, pedibusque basi teslaceis, elytris
pallide variegatis, prothorace inequali, nitidiore vage punctulato,
basi in medio tuberculo parvo, elytris basi et lateraliter subrugose
punctato-striatis. Long. 8°5 millim.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak ( Wallace).

Nearly allied to X. ephippiatus and differing from it as follows :
the colour is darker, the thorax is more shining and more uneven
and its disk less thickly and more vaguely punctured, on each
side of a basal median tubercle are two sulci, thus making three
raised tumid spaces; the elytra are more coarsely punctured and
the yellow markings not so clearly defined, the apical one being an
undulate fascia, and the apex being dark, like the rest of the ground-
colour.

One specimen.

T have had this insect for many years and have never been able
satisfactorily to classify it. It was unknown to the late M.
Chevrolat, to whom I sent it.

XENORTHRIUS TRUNCATUS, 0. Sp.

Rufo-piceus, nitidus ; pedibus et fascia elytrorum haud bene disereta
pallidioribus, elytris truncatis et mucronatis. Long. 12 millim.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

This species is longer though not much wider than the largest
specimen of X. ephippiatus ; the antenne are much longer, all the
joints, and especially the three terminal ones, being longer; the
thorax is more shining, the posterior part more sparingly and
obsoletely punctured. The elytra have the flattened space not so
wide, the third row of punctures persisting further towards the
apex ; their fascia is not so well marked nor so white, being very
little paler than the ground-colour. The apex is cleanly cut out
in an arcuate way, with a distinct mucro at the outer angle of this
excision. The legs are long, pale, with the knees and tarsi a little
darker.

One example.

1893.] BEETLES OF THY FAMILY CLERID 2%. Oni

Orturivus, Gorham (Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 74).

Orthrius was proposed by me for an Australian species (0.
cylindricus), a smooth cylindrical insect with only the labial palpi
hatchet-shaped at the tip, and the eyes coarse, scarcely cut out. I
have since then recognized that many Eastern species placed in
various genera should be united with it, though not often so
cylindrical. Clerus subfasciatus, Westwood, Thanasimus sellatus,
Westwood, Opilo sinensis, Gorh., and probably some others cannot
be retained in those genera, but will form a homogeneous group
under this name.

ORTHRIUS BRACHTALIS, n. sp.

O. tarsali, Gorh., affinis et summa similitudine, ferrugineus,
nitidus, tibiis geniculisque nigris, elytris substriatis perobsolete
punctatis. Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Assam, Sudiya, Naga Hills, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

Very closely allied to 0. tar salis, described by me in the ‘ Annals’
of the Genoa Museum of Natural History for 1892, a species
from Burmah, and only differing from it in having merely the tips of
the femora and the tibie black, whereas in O. tarsalis the femora
and breast are also black.

The striation and punctuation of the elytra are a little more
distinct. The specimen from the Nagas has the antenne a little
more infuscate, and in both it and the other specimens the tarsi
have their uppersides dark. A single example from Patkai is not
well developed and has the tibie red, being, in fact, ferruginous all
over, but does not, I think, represent another species.

The femora in this species and its allies are subincrassate,
especially the front pair.

THANASIMUS CARBONARIUS, 0. Sp.

Ater ; antennarum articulo ultimo, femorumque basi albo-testaceis,
prothorace tuberculoso-inequali, elytris basi granulatis tuber-
culisque nonnullis seriatim instructis, dimidio apicali sublevi,

versus apicem fascia argenteo-pubescente, ad suturam wmterrupta.
Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Manipur (Doherty).

Coal-black, a little shining; eyes finely granulated, aoe and
angularly excised ; antenne longer than the head and thorax, dull
and pubescent, compressed, the three basal joints pitchy, the
apical joint acuminate, nearly white, and the one preceding pale,
the second joint very short, the third as long as the two basal
joints, those following gradually i increasing in width, not serrate.
The thorax longer than wide, very rugose and uneven, haying
several tubercles, one of which before the middle of the base is
round and shining. Elytra not much wider than the thorax, their
basal third very rough, with two rows of elongate sharp tubercles
on each, very irregular and often coalescing, the apex smooth, with
an oblique fascia-like band of silvery hairs at about a quarter
from the apex ; a f2w scattered hairs are found all over the elytra,

578 REV. H. 8, GORHAM ON [June 20,

the apex is subpubescent, but smooth and shining. The meso-
sternum is strongly punctured; metasternum and episterna clothed
with short pubescence, but very thinly. Abdomen shining. The
palpi are pitchy, the maxillary ones paler at their tips, which are
sharply acuminate.

I have some doubts as to what genus this insect is best placed in.
Thanasimus, as it now stands, is a complete magazine. Comparing
this insect with 7. formicarius, the antenn are rather long, and
are in the middle wider and flatter, the apical joint rather larger and
less cultriform; the head, trophi, eyes, thorax, form of the elytra,
&c. agree fairly well; the femora and tarsi appear to me also to
agree sufficiently well.

Two specimens were obtained.

Nerouypnvs, Gorham (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, xii. 1892,
p- 742).

NEOHYDNUS BASALIS, 0. sp.

Niger ; elytris basi, pedibus basi, tibiarum apicibus tarsisque, ore,
antennis, palpisque testaceis, prothorace postice fortiter contracto,
antice transversim constricto, elytris creberrime et confluenter
punctatis. Long. 3 millim.

Hab. Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

The head in this little species is wider than the thorax and
thickly clothed with silvery shining hairs; the eyes are large and
oval and finely faceted, with numerous setose hairs; the antennee
are very short, reaching scarcely to the middle of the eyes, almost
white. The thorax is wide in front, with a deeply impressed
transverse line just behind the front margin, the sides strongly
lobed immediately behind this line ; the lobes with a small fossa on
each, then much contracted to the constricted base. The elytra are
about the same width as the head, parallel, almost variolose, the
small callus, and a variable spot nearer the scutellum, often the
whole base, is indeterminately white; the rest dull black, thickly
clothed with short shining hairs. The legs are rather variable;
the tibie except at the apex, the femora except at the bases, are
dark pitchy ; but the hind femora are sometimes quite testaceous,
the tarsi are short. This species differs from WN. despectus in the
form of the thorax and with the following species will probably
ultimately be separated generically ; at present the points of re-
semblance—the structure of the antenne and head—justify its
association with it.

Several specimens.

NEOHYDNUS RELUCENS, 0. sp.

Niger, nitidus ; pedibus basi tibvisque apicibus testaceis ; prothorace
postice valde contracto, brevi; elytris profunde ac distincte
punctatis, pube brevi pruinosa relucente. Long. 4 millim.

Hab. Siam, Renong (Doherty).

Allied to WV. basalis, but larger and broader, the thorax not so

1893. | BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERIDE. 579

suddenly contracted, with a double fossa in each lobe; the elytra
more distinctly punctured, but the punctures often confluent
transversely, no trace of a pale mark, and their tips smooth ; the
legs more widely black and the tarsi brown.

One specimen.

NEOHYDNUS CINBRASCENS, Nl. sp.

Niger, subritidus ; tibiarum apicibus tarsisque testaceis ; antennis
palpisque brunneis ; prothorace postice angustato, antice, haud
profunde, constricto, basi transversim wmpresso, disco perobsolete
punctato ; elytris crebre, distincte, confluenter punctatis, fascia
cinerea ¢ pube formata haud bene discreta. Long. 3-4 millim.

Hab. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Doherty).

The thorax in this species is rather longer than in ‘WV. basalis .
and with the head is more shining; it shows evident but very
obsolete traces of punctuation. The sides are not clearly lobed ;
they have indistinct oblique impressions, but these and the con-
stricted lines are not well defined. The hairs composing the
fascia on the elytra are so small as not easily to be seen separately,
but are very bright and reflect silvery light (reminding one
of the fascia in Clerus mollisfascia and some South-American
Hydnoceras).

A small series of specimens were obtained.

NEOHYDNUS LUGUBRIS, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus; antennarum articulis duobus primis, tibiarum
apwibus intermediis et posticis testaceis ; prothorace postice
contracto, lobis lateralibus impressis, disco nitido ; elytris crebre
distincte punctatis. Long. 4°5 millim.

Hab. Manipur (Doherty).

Very nearly the same size and form as NV. cinerascens ; black, with
the exception of the two basal joints of the antenne and the
other parts of the mouth, which are, however, obscure, and the
tips of the four hinder tibie; the tarsi are obscurely pallid.
In one specimen there is on each elytron near the apex a depressed
flat oval areolet, which seems to be clothed with brown hairs: I am
not able to say whether this may not be an accidental character ;
I do not think it is sexual.

NEOHYDNUS SORDIDUS, Nn. Sp.

Piceo-brunneus vel piceus; ore, palpis, pedibus elytrorumque
plagia communi suturali testacers. Long. 4-5 mallim.

Hab. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Doherty).

This is evidently a variable species in colour ; in all the examples
I have seen the elytra are brownish yellow along the suture, this
colour widening out at the base, and at the apex shading off into
the blacker tint of the margins. The thorax, puncturing, and other
charaeters are generally those of NV. cinerascens.

580 REY. H. 8. GORHAM ON [June 20,

PELONIUM (?) NIGRO-ENEUM, 0. sp.

Nigrum, superne eneo-nitens ; capite prothoraceque crebre subtiliter
punctatis, nitidis; elytris quam prothorax duplo latioribus
creberrime incequaliter punctatis, punctis ubique confluentibus,
pube grisea tenui dense vestitis; abdominis apice pallescente,
antennarum articulo primo subtus testaceo. Long. 7-12 millim.

Hab, Assam, Patkai Mountains (Doherty).

Antenne with the basal joint stout, slightly curved ; second joint
short, bead-shaped; third elongate, compressed ; fourth to eighth
gradually shorter, the seventh and eighth being transverse, the
latter especially being very short and smaller than the seventh ;
the ninth and tenth joints large, triangular, subequal, the apical
one more oval; the palpi have their apical joints oblong and
truncate, wider than the preceding joints, in both pairs. The
eyes are reniform, moderately strongly faceted, deeply excised,
with a short ridge, beneath which the antenne take their origin.
The thorax has the sides evenly rounded ; it is a little more
narrowed in front than behind, the constrictions are obsolete ; it,
as well as the head, legs, and sides of the elytra, has a rather long
but fine grey pubescence. The punctuation of the elytra is thick
and irregular ; the punctures are broken, 7. ¢. the larger ones seem
formed of groups of confluent smaller ones; towards the apex the
larger pits gradually disappear. The legs are black, but not deeply
so, the body beneath and the trochanters tending to be pitchy.

Three specimens were obtained by Doherty, one much smaller
than the other two, and having the last three joints of the
antenne much longer and thinner than in those examples.

SISYRNOPHORUS.

Sisyrnophorus, C. Waterhouse, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiii. (1876)
p- 125.

This singular genus was detected by myself among the Cocci-
nellide at the British Museum—the typical species, S. maculatus,
at first sight roughly resembling some species of that family. Two
species were characterized by the author—S. maculatus from the
Philippine Islands and S. bowringi from Penang. I do not at
present see that there was sufficient ground for separating it
from Allochotes, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, p. 241. But
anyhow that name appears too close to Allocotus (Fieber), Puton
(Hemiptera), Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 146 (1874).

Westwood describes (loc. cit.) seven species.

Choresine, Pascoe, to which he compares the genus, belongs to the
Melyride.

SISYRNOPHORUS BIRMANICUS, N. sp.

Lete ferrugineus ; elytris metallico-viridibus, nitidis, crebre sub-
tiliter punctatis. Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Burmah, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Head and thorax rich rusty—aimost blood—red, very finely,

1893. } BEETLES OF THE FAMILY CLERID&, 581

scarcely visibly punctate, with a very fine and short blackish pile.
Antenne paler than the thorax, but the legs and body beneath
entirely of the same colour as they are; the scutellum also red.
The thorax has the base finely margined, the sides are quite merged
in the same curve as the base. The elytra are brilliant, of a dark
metallic green, evenly punctured, with very fine and very short
blackish pubescence.

This insect appears to be allied to Allochotes bicolor, Westw.; it
seems to differ from it in being larger, in the antenne being
inserted closer to the eyes (in Westwood’s figure, t. ix. f. 1 a, they
are shown as inserted well in front of the excision), in the thorax not
being “ fulvo-setosus,” and in the elytra not being “ nigro-viridia.”

Two specimens.

SIsYRNOPHORUS CHRYSOMELINUS.

Allochotes chrysomelina, Westw. Ent. Mo. Mag. xiii. p. 242.

A single specimen from the Ruby Mines, Burmah, may pertain
to this New-Guinea species, but it seems hardly likely that it
would; but the brief diagnosis, six words, in addition to the size,
24 lines, apply quite well to it, as they might to many other species.
We cannot be always going to Oxford to see types.

SISYRNOPHORUS FRYI.

Niger, densius subpruinoso-pubescens ; capite, antennis, pedibus
(femoribus preetermissis), prothoracis basi, elytrorumque fasciis
duabus, externe abbreviatis, posteriore lato, fulvis; elytris
creberrime et subtilissime punctatis. Long. 6°5 millim.

Hab. Burmah, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Head entirely pale rasty red, shining; eyes not large; the
antenne as long as the head and thorax, the third and fourth
joints elongate, the fifth to the tenth quadrate but gradually
shortening, the apical joint short.

TENERUS DOHERTYANUS, Nl. Sp.

T. chalybxo proaimus et valde affinis ; cyaneus, nitidus ; palpis ad
basin, epistomate punctoque capitis flavis, antennis ngris, elytris
unicostatis. Long. 7 millim.

Hab. Perak (Doherty).

This species is so very much like 7. chalybeus, Gorb. (Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 405), that it will be sufficient to point out the
differences. The elytra appear to be rather longer, and have each
a fine costa nearer to the suture than to the shoulder, terminating
about a third from the apex. The elytra are even more closely
punctured. The presence of a yellow spot on the head recalls a
specimen of 7’. chalybeus mentioned (oc. cit.)

Ihave not hitherto had any reason to doubt that ccstation of
the elytra is a specific character in this genus. It is, however,
so very difficult to ascertain the sex, that this supposition must be
taken with some reserve.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XX XIX. 39

582 MUESSRS. C, D. SHERBORN AND B. B. WOODWARD ON [June 20,

6. On the Dates of the ‘Encyclopédie Méthodique’ (Zoology) .
By C. Davies Suersorn and B. B. Woopwarp.

[Received June 15, 1893.]

The exact dates of publication of the separate parts of this
remarkable Encyclopedia, which first began to appear in 1782, and
was not completed until almost the middle of this century, have
been a constant source of trouble to zoologists. The most diligent
search has failed to bring to light particulars of the original parts
and their contents, and only now and then can any such facts be
established. or instance, the 50th livraison was published on the
23rd July, 1792, but we are by no means certain of its contents.
The following determinations are the results of a search extended
over many months, of a careful consideration of the views of others,
and of a personal page by page observation by Mr. Sherborn while
compiling his ‘ Index Gen. et Spec.’

In arriving at these conclusions we have been indebted to the
writings or communications of the following authors :—Moquin-
Tandon, G. Dollfus, H. E. Dresser, A. Newton, R. Bowdler Sharpe,
Salvadori, F. H. Waterhouse, Edgar Smith, W. F. Kirby, and others.

We have decided to arrange the ‘ Encyclopédie’ according to
the method employed in the General Library of the British Museum
(Natural History), as that has been found most convenient.

Considerable confusion has been caused by writers who have
treated portions of this book as separate publications and have quoted
them as such. We refer to Desmarest’s ‘Mammalogie,’ Bonna-
terre’s ‘ Cctologie,’ ‘ Erpétologie,’ etc., and Bonnaterre and Vieillot’s
‘Ornithologie.’ In order to avoid such confusion in the future,
we would suggest the following as a satisfactory method of
quotation :—

A. G. Desmarest, Enc. Méth. (Mamm.) (1), 1820, p. —.
G. P. Deshayes, Enc. Méth. (Vers) ii. (2), 1831, p. —.

The following is the result of our investigations :—

ZooLoGy.— Text.

Tom. I. Hist. Nat. des Animaux. By Daubenton, edited from

Buffon: pp. i-xcii, 1-230. 1782.

Ornithologie, by Mauduyt: pp. 231-691. 1782.
Tom. II. Ornithologie, by Mauduyt: pp. 1-544. 1784.
Anim. Quad. ovipares, et les Serpens, by Daubenton :

pp- 545-712. 1784.

Tom. III. Poissons, by Daubenton: pp. i-lx, 1-435. 1787.

[ Note.—To the “ Animaux” and ‘‘ Oiseaux” no specific
names are appended; to the “Quad. ovip.,” the
“‘Serpens,” and the “ Poissons” the genera and species
of earlier authors are appended, but no new names are
given and precedence is given to the French version. ]

a

1893.] THE DATES OF THE ‘ ENCYCLOPEDIN METHODIQUE.’ 583

Tom. IV. Insectes. Five “discourses préliminaires” (pp. i-
eclxxxviii and i-ccclxxiii) by Mauduyt are prefixed:

(Guéneau de Montbeillard, who had been entrusted with

the work, died before he could carry out his mission).

Mauduyt also contributed some of the articles, which he

signed. Olivier took up the systematic portion of the

work from the beginning (pp. 1-322). 1789.

Tom. V. Insectes, by Olivier: pp. 1-794. 1790.
Tom. VI. Insectes, by Olivier: pp. 1-704. 1791.
Tom. VII. Insectes, by Olivier: pp. 1-828. 1792.

[ Wote.—‘“* M. Olivier, obligé de s’absenter pendant
plusieurs années pour remplir dans le Levant une mission
de Gouvernement, reprend ici la rédaction de ce Diction-
naire, qui avoit été confiée 4 d’autres personnes depuis la
lettre L.” That is to say, from vol. vi. p. 601 to vol. viii.
p- 45 (on which page is the note quoted). As B. E.
Manuel signed the last page of vol. vil. and the article
so signed was not completed, it is probable that he was
the chief person to whom the work was entrusted. ]

Tom. VIII. Insectes. By Olivier [and Latreille|: pp. 1-722.
Pt. 1, pp. 1-464. 1811.
Pt. 2, pp. 465-722. [? 1814 *.]

[Wote.—On p. 468 we find the following :— Nous
avons engagé M. Latreille,. . . 4 se charger dorénavant
de quelques articles qui seront souscrits des trois pre-
micres lettres de son nom.” |

Tom. 1X. Insectes, by Latreille and Godart.
Pt. 1, pp. 1-328. 1819.
Pt. 2, pp. 329-828. [? 1823 or 1824.]

[Mr. W. F. Kirby possesses copies of these 2 parts as
issued: the second is undated?. In vol. 2 of ‘‘ Musique” ®
an advertisement states that the 87th livr. by Latreille
was about to appear [1818] and would contain “ Papil-
lons”; this part was, however, written by Godart (see
preface to vol. ix.).]

Tom. X. Insectes, by Latreille, Le Peletier de St.-Fargeau, Serville,
and Guérin [-Ménéville]: pp. 1-832. 1825.
Histoire Naturelle des Vers. By Bruguicre.
Tom. i. pt. 1, pp. 1-344. 1789.
» pt. 2, pp. 345-758. 1792.
Ibid. Tom. ii. By Bruguiére, Lamarck, and Deshayes.
Pt. 1, pp. 1-256. 1830.
Pt. 2, pp. 1-594. 1831.

[ Note.—Bruguicre and Lamarck had nothing whatever
to do with this volume; it was entirely by Deshayes,
except the article Conus, which was written by Hwass. ]

: Thid. Tom. iii. By Deshayes: pp.595-1152. 1832.
1 Quoted by Lamarck in his Anim. s. Vert. vol. iii., which was published in

August 1816. :
2 Quoy & Gaimard in Freycinet, Voyage Uranie, etc., 1824, quote pt. 2.
3 British Museum (Nat. Hist.), General Library. R
39

584 THE DATES OF THE ‘ ENCYCLOPE£DIE METHODIQUE. [June 20,

Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes. By Lamouroux, pak es de St. Vin-
cent, and Eudes-Deslongchamps :
p. 1-448..° > 1824.
pp. 449-819. 1825.

Zootoey.—Plates (with Explanations and Appendices).

Mammalogie. By Desmarest.
Pt. 1, pp. 1-276. 1820.
Pt. 2 (& Suppl.), pp. 277-556. 1822.

Tableau Eneyclopédique et Méthodique des Trois Régnes de la
Nature.

Cétologie. By Bonnaterre, pp. xli, 28: 12 pls. 1789.
Ophiologie. By Bonnaterre, pp. xliv, 76: 26 pls. 1790.

Erpétologie. By Bonnaterre, pp. xxviii, 70: 43 pls. 1789.
Ornithologie. By Bonnaterre and Vieillot: 247 pls.
pp. 1-152. By Bonnaterre. 1790.

pp- 153-320. 1791.
pp. 321-528. By Vieillot. 1820.
pp. 529-848. A 1822.
pp. 849-1460. 1823.

Ichthyologie. By Bonnaterre, pp. lvi, 215: 102 pls. 1788.
Crustacés, Arachnides et Insectes. By Latreille, pp. 1-142,
1-38 : pls. 1-268, 269-397.

[The plates 1-268 were engraved under the supervision
of Bonnaterre, and may have been issued in 1797; the
explanation io them was furnished by Guérin in 1818.
The author of the last 38 pages of explanation, which
refer to pls. 269-397, was probably Latreille, and this por-
tion is of later date. ]

Vers, Coquilles, Mollusques et Polypiers, pp. viii, 180: 488
Is.
i Vers Infusoires. By Bruguiére, pp. 1-83: 28 pls.
1791.

[Is a translation of F. O. Miiller’s “ Anim. Infus.,”
with 4 new spp. added. |

Vers Intestins. By Bory de St. Vincent, pp. 84-180:

pls. 29-61. 1824.

[Pp. 85-132 we consider to be by Bruguiére, since
the leaf, pp. 83, 84, signed. by Bory, is obviously an
insertion. |

Livr, 1, pls. 1-189. 1791.

Livr. 2, pls. 190-286. 1797.

Livr. 3, pls. 287-390. 1798 (An. vi.).

Livr. 4, pls. 391-488. 1816. [The 3rd and 4th livraisons
were issued under the supervision of Lamarck; and
the fourth part, accompanied by a “ Liste des objets

représentés dans les planches’ de cette livraison,” was by
him. |

1893.] ON THE CORACOID OF THE TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATA. 585

7. On the Coracoid of the Terrestrial Vertebrata. By G. B.
Howss, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology,
Roy. Coll. Sci. Lond.

[Received June 20, 1893.]

I. As to Terminology.

It is now generally conceded that some of the Anomodont
reptiles, which in many respects so closely approximate towards
the Mammalia in their skeletal anatomy, were possessed of an
expanded epicoracoid of the Monotreme type. Professor Seeley,
to whom we are chiefly indebted for the discoveries which have
rendered this conclusion clear, discards the Cuvierian term “ epi-
coracoid” and persistently applies the term precoracoid to the
element in question in both reptiles and mammals '.

In this he is followed by Mr. Hulke*. Mr. Lydekker, however,
in a recent communication to this Society °, has proposed to abolish
the term epicoracoid altogether, in association with a discovery of my
own * that the element to which in the Monotreme the term ‘ epi-
coracoid ’ was first applied is the serial homologue of the coracoid
process of the higher mammals, to which, in the long run, the
term ‘coracoid’ was originally given.

The term precoracoid (procoracoid of Gegenbaur) is well known
to be used in two or more totally distinct senses (sometimes by the
same observer in the same paper’). It is for the most part either
applied to a mere process of the coracoid, most variable in its
relationships when present and in no sense originally distinct,
or restricted to that bar which underlies the clavicle® and (some

? Cf. Phil. Trans. 1888, B. pp. 490-492, 1889, B. pp. 255 and 275, and
P. R. 8. vol. li. p. 119.

2 P. RB. S. vol. li. p. 233.

3 See P. Z. S. 1893, p. 172.

* Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol xxi. p. 192.

5 Cf. Hulke, loc. cit. description of figs. 4,6, 7, and 9.

° Goette, as is well known, confirmed Rathke’s discovery of this “ Anlage” in
the young lizard. The contradictory arguments which have been based upon
its supposed distinctuess or non-distinctness in this or that animal lose their
force to-day in the tendency of recent research to demonstrate, more and more
clearly, that the three great elements of both the pectoral and pelvic girdles
are at first independently differentiated. (Cf. especially the papers of Miss
Lindsay in P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 692, and of Mebnert in Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xiii.
p: 293, & Bd. xv. p. 110),

There can, I think, be little doubt that the Rathke-Parker conclusion that the
dermo-clavicular elements are in the Chelonia represented by the ecto- and ento-
plastra is correct. It appears to me highly probable that in these animals the
claviculo-coracoid apparatus has undergone a kind of analysis into its consti-
tuent elements, and that the precoracoid (in the non-differentiation of a distinct
endosteal centre within its substance, such as Gegenbaur first described for
man himseif) has become ossified by an extension of the acromial tract. Baur
has lately proposed to term this apparent acromion a‘ proscapula’ (cf. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci, Philad. 1891, p. 424), a by no means inappropriate term, if a
new one be necessary. ,

586 PROF, G. B. HOWES ON THE CORACOID [June 20,

Edentates alone excepted) either abuts against or is confluent
with the scapular element, and its acromion when differentiated’. It
is thus seen that the same term has been applied to a localized
outgrowth of the coracoid element most variable in its differentia-
tion, and to a distinct element of invariable relationships. The
different usages of the term epicoracoid have been productive of a
precisely similar confusion, as I have elsewhere pointed out*. If,
as is most desirable in the progress of anatomical science, distinct
substantive names are to be applied to distinct structures, the
terms precoracoid and coracoid must in the future be used to
distinguish a portion of the ventral half of the shoulder-girdle
which is from one which is not related to the clavicle. Upon
this principle the term epicoracoid can only apply to the Mam-
malia, and those Anomodontia * in which the coracoid is segmented
into two perfectly distinct parts which ossify independently.

In commenting upon my proposal to restrict the term epicoracoid
to the element so named by Cuvier in the Monotremes and its
serial homologue, and the term precoracoid to the cartilaginous
clavicular bar and its representative, Mr. Lydekker remarks that
“this emendation, if properly authenticated,” he would have been
willing to accept. I presume that by “ properly authenticated ”
he means tenable upon the accepted rules of priority in nomencla-
ture? If so, 1 would ask what would be the outcome of the
application of these, with their rigid restrictions, to the terminology
ot, say, the elements of the carpus and tarsus, or the muscles of
the limbs, so variable in both their characters and detailed
relationships? Confusion worse confounded, ‘ progress’ but not
scientific advancement, would, I venture to think, ensue.

Having proposed to reject the term epicoracoid, and to restrict
the term coracoid to the element thus left nameless, Mr. Lydekker
suggests the term ‘metacoracoid’ for the Cuvierian coracoid of
Monotremes, and the ‘ coracoid epiphysis’ of the higher mammals
which I have claimed as its homologue. J would no less gladly
accept his proposals than he would my own, but for the following
very grave consideration. The observations of Goette and others
leave no doubt that the coracoid and epicoracoid of the Mammal
on the one hand, and the single so-called coracoid of the Amphibia,
living Reptilia, and Birds, on the other, are derivatives of that

1 Tt is interesting to note that Bradypus tridactylus, in the adult of which the
clavicle is par excellence attached to the coracoid, is the very mammal in the
young of which Hoffmann has detected the primary continuity between the pre-
coracoid and acromion. (Niederl. Arch. f. Zool. Bd. y. p. 37.)

2 Loe. cit. pp. 196, 197.

3 With the possible exception of the Ichthyosauria and Nothosauria, in
accordance with Seeley’s recent observations. My friends in the Natural History
Museum have accorded me the privilege of examining Prof. Secley’s specimens,
and I entirely agree that an unossified ventro-dorsal continuation of the
Ichthyosaurian coracoid was present in the region in which he believes it to
have been. It seems to me, however, that the notion that a separate (distinctly
segmented) epicoracoid existed must remain in abeyance, until at least its
impress shall have been discovered in the matrix.

1893.] OF THE TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATA. 587

portion of the coracoidal skeleton not involved in the clavicular
apparatus, and to its homologue the term coracoid is applied in all
the lower Vertebrata, whether it be ossified or not. What, then,
are we to term this, if Mr. Lydekker’s system is to endure? The
context of his paper suggests coracoido-metacoracoid as a likely
term ; but before that could be introduced it ought to be shown
that the single ‘ coracoid’ of living Lizards, which is coincident
in area with the conjoint coracoidal elements of Anomodonts and
Mammals, is the product of fusion of these. No one has yet
demonstrated the remotest trace of more than a single centre of
ossification in the Lacertilian coracoid; while, on the other hand,
its double ossification in the Mammalia, in its non-abbreviated
form (Ornithorhynchus), is preceded by its segmentation while still
cartilaginous. Mr. Lydekker’s proposals might perhaps be accepted
were the Mammalia and Anomodontia alone concerned. Anatomical
terminology, however, unlike nomenclature in systematics, must
needs be applicable to all classes of this or that sub-kingdom ; and
it has therefore to cover a very wide range of structural variation.
These considerations, together with those which I have already
raised, appear to me fatal to the acceptation of Mr. Lydekker’s
terms, which seem no more tenable than the application of the
human anatomists’ term ‘scapula’ to the coraco-scapular ‘ blade-
bone,’ into which he lapses in his final footnote on p. 174, and
which, on grounds of sheer priority, should be adhered to. We are
dealing with a common (coracoidal) cartilage, which is in some
animals replaced by a couple of osseous elements, and in others
by but one. Setting aside the precoracoid and clavicle, the
ultimate homologies of which are by no means yet fully worked
out, our present requirements may be met by the retention of the
universal term coracoid for the entire set of structures (i.e. the
cartilaginous ‘coracoid’ bar and its derivatives), with the introduc-
tion of, say, the terms unicoracoidal and bicoracoidal for its diversely
modified types, and the retention of Cuvier’s epicoracoid for its
anterior and Lydekker’s metacoracoid for its posterior segment in
the latter one. Upon this basis, the sum of our knowledge of the
eoracoid of Amphibia and Amniota may be formulated asfollows :—

Coracoid.
i. unicoracoidal. Amphibia, all living Reptilia, Aves.
ii. bicoracoidal. Some Anomodontia, Mammalia, Ich-
thyosauria and Nothosauria (?).

A simple alternative would be the description of the common
coracoid as either uni- or bi-segmented; but this, for obvious
reasons, would be insufficient. The arrangement which I here
propose admits of the retention of the human anatomists’ term
‘coracoid process’ as all-sufficient for the requirements of the
systematic mammalogist, who, except for his concern with the
Monotremes, deals with the vexed element only in its most abbre-
viated and vestigial conditions.

or
On
oo

PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE CORACOID [June 20,

IL. As to the Mammalian Coracoid.

A leading feature in Mr. Lydekker’s paper is the presumed
demonstration that in Bradypus the “ so-called epicoracoid enters
to a small extent into the formation of the glenoid cavity.” He
urges this, in forcible opposition to an assertion of my own that
“the exclusion of this element from the glenoid facet is one of its
most characteristic features ;”’ and from the context of his paper the
reader would be prone to conclude that I had laid this down as a
condition characteristic of all Mammals. In my original paper, to
which the assertion he transcribes is but a casual allusion, I
expressly stated’ that in the higher Placentalia the so-called epi-
coracoid ‘‘ comes to enter into the formation of the glenoid facet in
proportion as the coracoid bar is suppressed, ” adding that ‘‘ the
latter structure retires from the scene as the ‘coracoid epiphysis’
of human anatomists.”’

Mr. Lydekker asserts that in both the Dicynodont and the
Bradypodine the ‘so-called epicoracoid enters to a small extent
into the formation of the glenoid cavity;” but while his figure of
the former depicts it as contributing an altogether insiguificant
share in the cavity, that of the latter represents it as contri-
buting wellnigh one linear half of it. There is an incongruity
here; and in proceeding to deal with it I incorporate some
observations upon the Mammalian coracoid which have accrued
since my former paper was written.

My friend Mr. Oldfield Thomas has generously allowed me to
examine the materia] which passed through Mr. Lydekker’s hands.
The latter gentleman infers that the coracoid of Sloths consists of
but one element (his so-called coracoid, Co’, see figs. 1 d, 1 e), therein
implying that that element which I have claimed as the homologue
of the Monotreme’s coracoid (his metacoracoid) is in them absent.

There is in our National Collection a blade-bone of Cholepus
didactylus (fig. 1 e) in which both coracoidal elements are well
represented; and it will be noted that the epicoracoid (Co’) is
completely excluded from any share in the glenoid facet, like that
of both the Monotreme and the Rabbit, on comparison of which I
originally sought to reduce the pectoral girdle of all Mammals toa
uniform plan of structure. I find the metacoracoid (Co''), which
effects this exclusion, represented in a very young Bradypus
cuculliger by 2 feebly constituted fragment of bone (Co", fig. 1 d)
wedged in between the epicoracoid and scapula. The epicoracoid
in this specimen is remote trom the actual glenoid border, there
being present at this period of growth a considerable tract of
cartilage (the dotted area of fig. 1 d), into which the epi- and meta-
coracoidal centres are alike free to extend.

The condition of this specimen is very nearly that of the Rabbit
(fig. 1 a) when first the metacoracoid (Co) appears. The
period of independent duration of this bone is, in the Placentalia,

* Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. xxi. p. 193.

1893. ] OF THE TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATA. 589

exceedingly brief (from two to three weeks in Lepus) ; it arises late,
extends rapidly, and first ankyloses, no less summarily, with either
the scapula or epicoracoid. It is therefore a difficult structure to
detect, unless we examine a large series of specimens of all ages.
In view of these facts, the further study of the Bradypodine girdle
can alone show what is the actual share of the coracoid centres in the
adult glenoid cavity of that animal ; but, be the outcome of this what

The Coracoid Apparatus.

la. Lepus, one month after birth ; 14. Lepus,7 weeks, both x 13. le. Sciurus
vulgaris, juv. ; 1d. Bradypus cuculliger, juv., both x 2. Le. Cholepus
didactylus, half-grown, nat. size. 1/f. Tamandua tetradactyla, front
view, adult, x 14. 1g. Tatusia novemcincta, inner aspect, X13. Lh.
Ateles marginatus, X14. 1%. Cebus sp., X 13. 1%. Homo, 14-15
years, modified from Sabatier, 4 nat. size.

ae. Acromion. Co', Epicoracoid. Co'’. Metacoracoid. Se. Seapula. ep. Seapu-
lar epiphysis. fo. Coraco-scapular foramen.

it may, the condition of the Choleepine girdle (as here figured) shows
that the interpretation of Lydekker cannot hold good for the
Sloths as a series. In justice to myself, I am therefore compelled
to add that, so far as the point immediately at issue is concerned, the
ground traversed by Mr. Lydekker has been already covered in my
earlier communication, and I regret that in my later one, which he
cites, I did not add, after the words ‘‘ most characteristic features,”
at any rate in its non-reduced form.

I have observed the existence of a distinct metacoracoid in the

590 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE CORACOID [June 20,

young of members of six orders of Placental Mammals (see the list
given below). I give figures of some of my specimens, and it
will be noticed that there is evidence of independent parallelism
of reduction of the bone named. The conditions suggest that
the differences between the Cholepus and Bradypus figured may
be akin to those between Cebus and Homo, Lepus and Sctuwrus, and
that the Edentata may be on a variational equality with other
orders in respect to the reduction in question.

To turn finally to the well-known overgrowth of the Edentate
epicoracoid and scapula, for enclosure of the so-called coraco-
scapular foramen. Lydekker merely alludes to the similarity in this
respect between the Edentates and Dicynodonts. So far as I
am aware, this peculiarity is invariable only in certain Edentata
and Cebide’, among living Mammals, and a similar condition is
well known to occasionally occur in Man. Prof. Bland Sutton
has instituted comparisons? between the human blade-bone thus
modified and that of the Sloth, and in so doing he has remarked®
“T am disposed to the view that the transverse ligament in Man
is the fibrous representative of this bony bridge constant in Sloths,
and that the occasional occurrence of a complete osseous foramen in
this situation is not to be regarded as an ossification of the transverse
ligament, but as a reversion to a former condition.” The known
facts of morphology lend no support whatever to this view. Were
it tenable, the embryonic scapula of Man should bear an expanded
if not an actually perforated prescapular lamina, which it does not *.
The entire absence of the prescapular lamina in the Monotremes
and Anomodontia, and the fact of its known increase of expansion
during development in Man and in some few other Placentalia, go
far towards proving that its overgrowth to meet the epicoracoid must
be in all cases secondary ; and they testify to an independent paral-
lelism of modification in the two great classes of animals. The
condition occasionally met with in Man may be closely paralleled
by the Tapir among placental quadrupeds.

The Bradypodines are remarkable for the secondary association
of the clavicle with the coracoid (see above, p. 586). In the Choloe-
pines the apex of the acromion becomes inwardly rotated, and,
together with the clavicle and coracoid, bound up in a dense fibro-
cartilaginous mass*. In Cycloturus the scapula differs from that
of all other Edentata but some Armadillos (ex. Dasypus minutus)
in the inward rotation of its antero-ventral border. As viewed from
the front (see fig. 26, p.591), this is very conspicuous. I find, on
examination, that this peculiarity is associated with the presence of
a very powerful ligament (/g.) which passes between the body of the
adult acromion and the scapula, enclosing a foramen above. In

1 In Ateles marginatus (fig. 1h) (not in A. melanochir), Brachyteles, and
Lagothriz.

» «Ligaments, their Nature and Morphology.’ London, 1887.

3 Op. cit. p. 6.

4 Cf. Parker's Ray Soc. Monogr. pl. xxx. figs. 9 and 12,

5 Cf. Parker, op. cit. pl. xxi. figs. 10 and 22.

1893.] OF THE TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATA. 591

my own specimen this ligament is superficially calcified, and the
acromion is vertically enlarged at its point of origin, in a manner
suggestive of a tendency on the part of this.bar to fulfil the
function of the overgrown epicoracoid of Cholepus, Bradypus, and
other genera. In Cholepus the two conditions coexist. I have
long desired to work out the detailed anatomy of the Edentate
axilla in its bearings on these facts, but the necessary fresh
material has not been obtainable. I cannot help thinking, how-
ever, that they point to the conclusion that the condition of the
coraco-scapular apparatus in Bradypus which Mr. Lydekker has
described is due to one of a series of adaptive changes which that
of the Edentata has undergone in relation to the modification of
their fore limb and pronounced peculiarities of life. Certain it

The blade-bone of Cycloturus didactylus. 2a, from the
side; 20, from the front. x 14.

ac. Acromion. co. Coracoid process. /g. Acromio-scapular ligament.

is, that, except for the joint possession of a bicoracoid, the re-
semblances between the Edentate and Dicynodont blade-bones are
indicative of nothing but a parallelism of adaptive change; and it
is interesting to meet with this in two great groups of animals
the ancestors of which we to-day seek independently among the
lower Anomodontia.

I append a list of those Placentaliain which I have observed the
metacoracoid, and have much pleasure in tendering my thanks to
Mr. Oldfield Thomas, of the Natural History Museum, and to
Prof. ©. Stewart and Mr. R. H. Burne, of the Royal College of
Surgeons, for permission to examine the collections under their
charge.

Epenrata. Bradypus cuculliger, Myrmecophaga, Tamandua
tetradactyla, Tatusia novemcincta—Uneutata. Cervulus reevesi,
Equus.—Ropvuyt1a. Celogenys paca, Lepus cuniculus, L. timidus,

592 LIBUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON NEW [June 20,

Sciurus vulgaris.—SiRENIA. Manatus americanus, Halicore aus-
tralis(?)—CARNIVORA VERA. Arctictis binturong, Cercoleptes:caudivol-
vulus, Felis lynx, Lutra vulgaris, Viverra malaccensis.— PRIMATES.
Ateles melanochir, A. sp., Brachyteles sp., Cebus sp., Chiromus, Cyno-
cephalus babuin, C. maimon, Homo, Lagothrix sp., Lemur macaco,
Macacus cynomolyus, M. silenus, Mycetes auratus, Semnopithecus
maurus, S. schistaceus.

I find that one extreme term in the series of modifications to
which the Mammalian coracoid is susceptible is reached in the
Edentata (Tamandua, fig. 1 f, and Tatusia fig. 1 g, p. 589), viz.
the complete exclusion of the scapula from the fully-formed glenoid
facet, by the fusion and joint extension of the metacoracoid and
scapular epiphyses (Co” and ep., figs. 1 f, g, h). I have only observed
this peculiarity in Ateles marginatus and Lutra vulgaris among the
higher forms which I have examined. Its independent assumption
in them appears, by analogy, to lend additional support to the
belief that the overgrowth of the epicoracoid and scapula to enclose
the so-called coraco-scapular foramen (fo., figs. 1 d, e, A) is a
secondary and independently acquired character.

8. On some new Species of the Land-Molluscan Genus
Alyceus from the Khasi and Naga Hill Country,
Assam, Munipur, and the Ruby Mine District, Upper
Burmah; and on one Species from the Nicobars.
By Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten, F.R.S., F.Z.S8., &e.

[Received June 20, 1893.]

The present paper is to a great extent a continuation of one I
read before the Society last year’ describing the Diplommatine
from the Assam Hill Ranges which Mr. Doherty’s excellent
collecting had accumulated.

The Alycei now described include those which Mr. Doherty
obtained in North Burmah, one species which I discovered myself in
Munipur, and another of which examples have lately been sent to
me by Colonel Beddome, who received them from Mr. Muspratt,
au officer now stationed in the Naga Hill Country. I also take
this opportunity to describe a new species of the same genus of
which an example, found by Mr. Busby at the Nicobars, was in
Dr. Hungerford’s fine collection.

In 1871 (J. A. 8S. B. 1871, pl. iv. fig. 3) I figured an Alyceus
from the Naga Hills as “A. ingrami, var.” A comparison of it
with typical specimens of A. ingrami now shows me that it is quite
distinct, and | therefore name it A. distinctus. I referred to the
same species again in 1874 (J. A. S. B. 1874, p. 150) and gave
the many localities where I had subsequently obtained it. I have
lately received from Col. Beddome, also from the N aga Hills,

1 See P. Z.S. 1892, p. 509.

aa

1893.] SPECIES OF THE LAND-MOLLUSCAN GENUS ALYCEUS. 593

examples of the same shell, which have led me to recompare the
two forms.

1. ALYCEUS BI-RUGOSUS, n. sp.

Locality. Khasi Hills and Munipur (in coll. Godwin-Austen).

Shell globosely turbinate, rather openly umbilicated ; sculpture
smooth on upper whorls, regular close ribbing on the swell of the
last; colour pale ochraceous or ruddy brown; spire conoid,
rounded at apex; suture impressed; whorls 4, the last not
swollen, contracted in front of the rather short sutural tube,
then enlarging again into two parallel ridges, which adjoin the
aperture ; aperture ovate, angular above and below, rounded on
the inner margin.

Operculum pale in colour, smooth in front.

Size: maj. diam. 3:0; alt. axis 1:25 mm.

The specimens were found in the Khasi Hills, but the exact
locality is not recorded. One specimen I obtained south of the
Barak River on the road from the Naga Hills to Munipur.
Although this shell, in size and most of its characters, is like
A. multirugosus, G.-A., of the Naga Hills, it differs materially, more
especially in the form of the aperture and in the ridges on the
expanded portion of the last whorl.

2. ALYCHUS SUBCULMEN, nD. sp.

Locality. Naga Hills (W. Doherty, in coll. Aldrich).

Shell globosely turbinate, solid, closely perforate; sculpture,
smooth on all the upper whorls and polished, close-set ribbing on
the swell of the last whorl ; colour dark ochraceous ; spire conical,
apex rounded, blunt; suture impressed; whorls 4, round, the
last swollen, contracted at base of a short sutural tube, then
rising into a depressed ridge, thence expanding and spreading to
the aperture; aperture circular, subvertical; peristome double,
much thickened, simple, continuous.

Size: maj. diam. 2°75; alt. axis 1°5 mm.

This is a very distinct species; in the solid rounded peristome
it approaches A. conicus from Jaintia and A. vestitis from the
Arakan Hills.

3. ALycxuS (DIORYX) GRANUM, 0. sp.

Locality. Margarita, foot of Eastern Naga Hills (W. Doherty,
in coll. Aldrich).

Shell perforate, globose; sculpture fine regular ribbing, closely
arranged and extending to the peristome; colour ruddy ochre;
spire subconical; suture well impressed; whorls 4, rounded, a
slight constriction in front of the short sutural tube; aperture
suboblique, circular; peristome double, the outer reflected
slightly.

Size: maj. diam. 2°25; alt. axis 2:0 mm.

This species is only half the size of its nearest ally, a variety of

594 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON NEW [June 20,

A, otiphorus from the wooded slopes of the North Jaintia Hills.
This variety was figured and described by me in the J. A. 8. B.
1871 (p. 93, pl. v. fig. 6). From Mr. Aldrich I have received
three specimens of it all fully grown, and as it is so much smaller
than the typical A. otiphorus from Sikkim (which is as much as
4-25 mm. in maj. diam.), I consider it necessary to give it a
distinct title. It is also more depressed and has fewer whorls,
and the umbilical area is more open than in the Darjiling form.
The form of the Jaintia Hill shell is again so very distinct from
that of the type species that I think it will be better to distinguish
it as A. granum, var. major.

4, ALYCEHUS MAGNUS, 0. sp.

Locality. Naga Hills, 150 miles eastward of Kohima (Muspratt,
in coll. Col. Beddome).

Shell globosely turbinate, rather closely umbilicated, thick ;
sculpture fine regular costulation next the sutural tube, becoming
finer and more irregular on the apical whorls ; colour, specimen
bleached ; spire conoid, rounded, apex blunt ; suture moderately
impressed, the sutural tube long and well developed ; whorls 5,
the last much swollen, the constriction near the base of the
sutural tube slightly swelling towards the aperture; aperture
oblique, circular, with a slight angulation above; peristome
double, continuous, strong, slightly expanded and reflected, the
inner with a flange on the umbilical margin.

Size: maj. diam. 11-0, min. diam. 8°8 ; alt. axis. 5°25 mm.

Two specimens of this shell have been submitted to me by
Col. Beddome, neither of them in the best state of preservation.
It is a giant, yet modified, form of A. nagaensis, from Asalu, but it
is more closely umbilicated and the costulation, for its greater
size, is much finer; it is also more globose and more rounded at
the apex.

5. ALYCEHUS RUBINUS, 0. sp.

Locality. Ruby Mines District, Upper Burmah (W. Doherty,
in coll. Aldrich).

Shell globosely turbinate, closely umbilicated, of thin texture,
the last whorl not much swollen ; sculpture very fine close ribbing
adjacent to the sutural tube, rest of shell smooth, with distant
fine strie ; colour olivaceous ochre; spire conic, sides rounded ;
suture impressed ; whorls 4, sides rounded, slightly constricted in
front of the sutural tube, which is fine and moderately long;
aperture oblique, circular ; peristome thin, reflected, the double lips
being scarcely perceptible, a slight nick on the inner upper margin.

Size: maj. diam. 6°0; alt. axis 5°0 mm.

6. ALYCHUS OCHRACEUS, 0. sp.

Locality. Ruby Mines District, Upper Burmah (W. Doherty, in
coll. Aldrich).

Shell sub-depressedly turbinate ; sculpture rather strong ribbing

7 =—7

1893.] SPECIES OF THE LAND-MOLLUSCAN GENUS ALYCXUS. 595

on the swollen part of the last whorl, on the apical whorls it is
close and fine; colour ochre; spire somewhat flattened, apex
blunt ; suture deep; whorls 4, the last moderately swollen ; sharp
constriction in front of sutural tube, followed by a strong ridge
which is contiguous to the crenulate peristome ; aperture circular,
suboblique ; peristome strongly crenulated, double; operculum
horny, a large central excavated circular space, surrounded by a pale
ring, well marked, rising above to the marginal portion.

Size: maj. diam. 45; alt. axis 15 mm.

The nearest known species allied to this is A. crenatus, of the
Khasi Hills, but the ridge behind the aperture in this last lies
further back with a short interval; the peristome is not so
strongly crenulate. A. plectocheilus of Darjiling is a much
smaller form.

7. ALYCEUS DOHERTYI, n. sp.

Locality. Momeit, Burmah (W. Doherty, in coll. Aldrich).

Shell globosely turbinate, solid, not umbilicated; sculpture
regular distant sharp costulation, closer and fine near the sutural
tube; colour stone, with pink apex; spire rather high, conoid,
rounded, apex blunt; suture impressed, the tube fine, rather long ;
whorls 43, the last swollen, constricted with a ronnded ridge
midway between the sutural tube and the peristome; aperture
expanded, ovate; peristome double, fine sharp crenulations on the
outer margin, rounded on the inner.

Size: maj. diam. 3°25; alt. axis 2°8 mm.

This is quite a new form, partaking in the constriction and
peristome of the characters of A. plectocheilus, crenatus, &e. Momeit
lies N.N.E. of Mandalay, about midway between it and Bhamo
and further east than Mogok in the Ruby Mine District.

8. ALYCEUS BUSBYI, n. sp.

Locality. Nicobars (G. Busby, in coll. Dr. Hungerford).

Shell turbinate, of tumid form, widely umbilicated ; sculpture
smooth, fine ribbing near the sutural tube and still finer below;
colour pale ochraceous ; spire moderately high, apex blunt ; suture
deep, the sutural tube short and thick; whorls 43, very rounded,
the last much swollen and compressed within the umbilical cavity,
constriction simple, slight; aperture oblique circular; peristome
double, the outer lip flat and expanding at right-angles to the
whorl.

Size: maj. diam. 7°5; alt. axis 3°0 mm.

This is the largest species as yet known from the Nicobar
Islands. I name it after its discoverer, who gave the specimen to
Dr. Hungerford ; its exact locality has not been recorded.

596 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON A [June 20,

9. On a little-known European Viper, Vipera ursinii, Bonap.
By G. A. Bourenerr, F.Z.8.

[Received June 16, 1893.]
(Plate LI.)

About a year ago I received from my friend Dr. F. Werner, of
Vienna, a remarkable Viper from Laxenburg, which differed very
considerably from Vipera berus in its smaller eye, the small number
of rows of scales and of ventral and caudal shields, the shape of
the head, and the coloration. I requested my esteemed corre-
spondent to procure further specimens from the same locality, and
he was so kind as to send me five more, which showed clearly that
the differences by which I was struck were not individual. Quite
recently I received from Hr. Henkel, of Vienna, numerous
specimens from Laxenburg, which removed all my doubts as to
the specific distinction of this form from V. berus. Almost at the
same time the number of the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger’ for May 29th
came into my hands, containing the description of it by Prof. von
Méhely as a new variety of V. berus, from Rakos, on the left bank
of the Danube, near Budapest, which he names var. rakosiensis.
This name I therefore at once adopted, regarding the snake, how-
ever, as a distinct species, not as a variety’. In fact Prof. von
Méhely seems to me to singularly underrate the taxonomic value
of its characters in placing it as a variety between the typical form
and the var. prester, which is merely a melanism of the former. It
is true, however, that he appears to have overlooked two of the most
important characters of the new form, viz. the small eye and the
low number of ventral shields, although he draws attention to the
number and shape of the dorsal scales.

I will now proceed to the description of this remarkable Viper,
which should be called

VIPERA URSINII.

Pehas chersea vel ursinti, Bonap. Icon. Faun. Ital. (1835).

Pelias berus, part., Bonap. Amph. Eur., Mem. Acc. Tor. (2) ii.
1839, p. 440.

Pelias berus, var. wrsinii, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1859, p. 342.

1 On searching through the literature I soon after became convinced of the
identity of this V. rakosiensis with the “ Marasso alpino” of Bonaparte, a
species described from young specimens obtained by Signor Orsini in the
Abruzzi, near the province Ascoli. I am confirmed in this conclusion by my
friend Count Peracea, who has very kindly examined at my request the two
specimens from the Gran Sasso preserved in the Museum of the University of
Turin, and mentioned by Camerano under J. berus. These, he informs me,
have the eye very small, 19 rows of scales, 124 and 128 ventrals, 30 and 28
subcaudals. Bonaparte’s specimens, one of which is preserved in the Museum
of the Academy of Philadelphia, are stated to have 18 scales, 124-126 ventrals,
and 28-80 subcaudals.—July 27, 1893.

AWS retey Was lEkonon

UAT 92 ISP UO TUT

“dit 'sorg uzeTurl

at te EGsl, (G2

EE ——————————

1893.] LITTLE-KNOWN EUROPEAN VIPER. 597

Vipera berus, part., Camerano, Mon. Ofid. Vip. Ital., Mem. Acc.
Tor. (2) xxxix. 1888, p. 35, pl. i. figs. 16-18.

Vipera berus, var. rakosiensis, Méhely, Zool. Anz. 1893, p. 190.

Eye very small, its horizontal diameter not exceeding its
distance from the nostril, its vertical diameter not exceeding its
distance from the oral margin.

The shape of the head, which is smaller in proportion than in
V. berus, is remarkable for the somewhat pointed snout with its
very obtuse, although sometimes slightly raised, canthus. The
sincipital shields are constantly well developed, the frontal being
longer than usual in V. berus, its length considerably exceeding its
width, at least equalling its distance from the rostral, and usually
exceeding the length of the parietals; the frontal is usually sepa-
rated from the supraocular by a narrow shield or a series of small
shields ; rostral as broad as deep, or slightly deeper than broad, its
tip in contact with a single small (apical) shield, very rarely with
two; two canthal shields; upper preocular usually in contact with
the nasal; a single series of scales between the eye and the upper
labials; six to nine upper labials, usually seven or eight, third,
fourth, third and fourth, or fourth “and fifth below the eye;
usually only one labial, third or fourth, below the eye; six to ten
scales round the eye, usually eight or nine.

Scales in 19 rows, exceptionally 21 (21, exceptionally 19 or 23,
in V. berus), the dorsals narrower and more strongly keeled than
in V. berus; outer row perfectly smooth.

Ventrals 120 to 135 in males, 125 to 142 in females. On 70
specimens of V. berus I find 187 to 148 yentrals in males, 135
to 155 in females.

Subcandals 30 to 37 in males, 23 to 28 in females. In V. berus
I find 33 to 41 shields in males, 26 to 35 in females.

Length of tail 7 to 8 times in the total length in males, 94 to
11 times in females.

The following are the measurements, in millimetres, and records
of the numbers of scales and shields in 40 specimens from

Laxenburg :—

/ |
| |
Sex. igen! ae of | Seales. | Ventrals. | Caudals. |
3 20 55 19 135° pees
a] 400 50 19 130 | oo
4 370 50 19 ie ipa
i 370 ee ai yogi. facts 32 |
= 350 ie Ble 129 32
is 350 45 19 G20 tau oe
; 330 Fag KC T2120
“ 320 40 197 los 451 30
: 295 43 19; 132 | 34
255 BT) | 1S he a 86
‘ 240 Soe al wats 132 37
rf 220 )] . 30),|, 2 19+ {Se ee 36
| } | Oils

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XL. 40

598 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A [June 20,

TABLE (continued).

Sex. Tenth. iene mk of } Scales. | Ventrals. | Oaudals.
fe} 500 50 19 134 27
3 455 45 19 134 24
2 450 45 19 136 24
2 450 45 19 142 24
: 440 Atenas 19 136 27
ie 440 APE Sage SY. 18H 25
: 430 45 19) 6+ 2138 23
< 430 45 19 135 24
* 430 40 | mek 133 26
; 420 Ae iy vio 137 23
$ 420 AG | O1 | S185 22
> 410 49 9 134 25
3 400 | 40 9.4 37 2 |
A 400 40 19 133 25 /
. 400 2005 4.) 19 136 25
. 390 40 19 136 28
3 380 40 19° Seo R80 26
375 37 19 137 25
re 365 35 19 136 24 |
m 320 35 19 132 26
a 290 28 19 13, 24 |
f 225 30 19 135 25
5 275 30 19 135 26
; 275 ? 20 125 ?
is 250 27 19 139 25
% 205 23 19 126 25
38 195 20 19 134 24
is 190 20 19 132 24 |

As regards the coloration, which has been very well described
by Prof. v. Méhely, I must observe that Vipers generally vary so
much, both individually and according to localities, that little
reliance is to be placed, for specific distinction, on that character.
V. ursinit resembles more in colour V. renardi, Christoph’, from
the Kirghiz Steppes and Turkestan, than the true JV. berus;
it further agrees with this Russian species in showing no marked
sexual differences of colour. A series of large, dark brown,
black-edged, transverse, oval or rhomboidal spots, which may or
may not be confluent into a zigzag band, extends along the

1 Vipera renardi (Pelias renardi, Christoph, Bull. Mose. xxxiv. 1861, ii. p. 599)
further agrees with V. wrstnit and differs from JV. derus in the pointed
snout, the single apical shield in contact with the rostral, and the upper pre-
ocular usually in contact with the nasal. In J. berws there are normally two
so-called apical shields; in the whole of my material I find only 7 specimens
(or 10°/,) with a single one. The diameter of the eye exceeds its distance from
the nostril ; the canthus rostralis is angular and raised, rendering the upper
surface of the snout concave; the sincipital shields usually well developed, the
frontal narrow and longer than the parietals; 8 or 9 upper labials, fourth or
fourth and fifth below the eye. The scales are in 21 rows, strongly keeled, the
outer row smooth or faintly keeled. Ventrals: ¢, 130-144; 92 187-150.
Subcaudals: ¢ 32-86; 9 27-84.

_— .e
oa
Ti

1893.] LITTLE-KNOWN EUROPEAN VIPER. 599

spine and is relieved by the pale olive-grey or yellowish colour of
the dorsal area; the sides are darker, brown, with longitudinal
series of small dark brown spots; head with the usual black
markings; lips uniform yellowish; lower parts black, spotted with
white, or grey, spotted or chequered with black and white; tail
but rarely tipped with yellow; throat yellowish white in both
sexes.

Herr L. von Kirchroth, of Médling, who has collected large
numbers of this Viper, kindly supplies me with the following
information respecting its occurrence near Vienna :—

This Viper is distributed from Laxenburg westwards as far
as the eastern slope of the Anninger Hills, southwards as far
as Traiskirchen and Tribuswinkel. Its chief habitat is in the
immediate vicinity of Laxenburg, where it is found in extraor-
dinary numbers. The intendant of the Imperial Castle pays a
premium for the destruction of Vipers, and in the course of last
year more than 1000 specimens were brought to him. These
snakes are found principally, though not exclusively,in the marshy
meadows around the park ; but few occur in the park itself. They
feed chiefly on Lacerta agilis and also on mice. The largest male
examined by Herr v. Kirchroth measured 410 millim., the largest
female 450.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI,
Vipera ursinii, female, with enlarged upper and side views of head.

wt alee
‘A voters

Pigg

¢ a
Saws be aveote }

ae le
Si or * a
<> Lye he See t&
oe Ve oo) *y e

ContTENTs (continued).

June 6, 1893 (continued).

Page
a o

1. On certain Points in the Anatomy of Parrots bearing on their Classification. By Frank
H, Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., and F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S, (Plate XL.) .......-.... 507

2. On some Horns belonging, apparently, to a new Form of African Rhinoceros. By P. L.
Scratrer, M.A., Ph.D, F.R.S., Secretary to the Society -. 1... 1s. eee e ceca cece en 514

3, On sori Bird-bones from the Miocene of Grive-St.-Alban, Department of Isére, France.
By R. LivpeKger. (Plate XLT.) -... cee cece ee cece e ee deere reece re teen eens 517

4. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians obtained in Borneo by Mr. A. Everett and

Mr. C. Hose. By G. A, Boutencrr. (Plates XLIT-XLIV.) ......-....... 0 eee. §22

June 20, 1893.

Mr, Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two eggs of the Oape Coly (Colius capensis)

laid in the Society’s Gardens ........+-. DPaseisa We’ eleislelsareis eS Selpieaietieesniatees ia: 528
The Hon. Walter Rothschild. Exhibition of a series of the Parrots of the Genus Cyano-

rhamphus and Description of a new Species ...... 6600s. eteeee eee Pomp k.cs cores iets 529
Mr. W. Bateson. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormal foot of a Calf .......... 530

Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.Z.S8. Extracts from a letter addressed to the Secretary, containing
remarks upon the breeding of the Ypecaha Rail and Darwin's Rhea in confinement ..

Dr. C. J. Forsyth Major. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a subfossil Lemuroid skull from

Madagascar... 3s: cesvessccs veces Raia Daa bs gk G Re aTOTR nye Fin pinks ole wipe eta bea 3 58

1A Monogra: h of the Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis. By Hamruron H. Drvcs, F.Z.S.,
and G. T. Buraunz-Baxur, F.L.S. (Plates XLV.-XLVIL.) wseseeee see reece eeee

- 2. Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies from the Island of St. Thomas, West Africa.
By Emmy Mary Suarre...... alsin bias be Baia anes a ecsishd dtbcaiy ai tetea y) vhs gk sre DRA Bi nttel aoe

_ 8. On the Dentition of a Gigantic Extinct Species of Myliobatis from the Lower Tertiary
Formation of Egypt. By A. Suita Woopwarp, F.Z.S. (Plate XLVIIL) ........

4, On the Cranial Osteology of the Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes, Lepidotus and Dapedius. By
A. Smita Woopwarp, F.Z.S, (Plates XLIX. G&L.) 60... 0. cece cece ee ee ees

5. A List of the Coleoptera, of the Family Cleride, collected by Mr. Doherty in Burmah
and Northern India, with Descriptions of new Species; and of some Species from
Borneo, Perak; &c:, from the Collection of Alexander Fry, Esq. By Rev. H. S.

Goruam, F.ES., F.Z.8., &. ....00..- Peete ee beaten ence tenes scebersereneee es
6. On the Dates of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique’ (Zoology). By C. Davies Suersorn and
Fy EE A OUI RRR se yp cance cde ose oe piel a Non wah wins epiepeaetm Cie vie! aac ee pate a antes
7. On the Coracoid of the Terrestrial Vertebrata. By G.B. Howns, F.Z.S.,F.L.8:, Assistant
Professor of Zoology, Roy. Coll. Sci. Lond..........:++-4+05- Ves te Oke ate nis he ao

8. On some new Species of the Land-Molluscan Genus Alyceus from the Khasi and Naga
Hill Country, Assam, Munipur, and the Ruby Mine District, Upper Burmah ; and on
one Species from the Nicobars, By Lt.-Col. H, H. Gopwin-Ausren, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

te]

. Ona little-known European Viper, Vipera ursinii, Bonap. By G. A. Bovunnncsr, F.Z.8.
(Plate: EE) Yee sincias crce alse neine ae ene Ree ian Outen hee ere ts

eee beers

531

536

553

558

566

582

585

592

. 596

LIST OF PLATES.

1893.
PART III.

Plate Page
XXXIIT. Cercopithecus brazze ......... CLR NaS Wei pe igre cvie, 441
XXXTV. Cervus thoroldi-:..... ras FLEES SO Se Ee Cee CE TOR 444

XXXYV;

XXXVI. | The Dentition of the Macropodide ........ Sete as whee 450
XXXVII : :
XXXVIII. New Species of Pleurotomide. ..-.....s ess. EAs pes AST
XXXIX. Female Water-buck and Young (1898) ....++-s0+see+0+:+ 505 -
XL. Syringes of Psittaci. ©. ...-........4. picts eit Sa ea | Pinedo Sees
XLI. Bird-bones from Grive-St.-Alban ....00.-.ccceeveeeeeee IT
XLII. Fig. 1. Draco maximus ;. Fig. 2. D. ‘uieh fais Seek Seo bat

XLII: 1,2. Rana cavitympanum; 3. Rana latopalmata. 4. Bane | ;

whitshondit7i wc hap ae Se oe

XEIY.. Rhacophorus otilophus «2.2.6.6 .. ees eee nee Se J

XLY. : ‘
XLVI, | Butterflies of the Genus Thysonotis «.....-.++ aa 1 536
XLVII. 2 : : em
XLVIII. Myliobatis pentoni. ......0..:se.00e eee: aia ea ewan 558
eo | Mesozoic Ganoid Fishes’ -.....+-¢22..: ER ave eee 559
LI. Vipera ursinii ....... Lia kien mae te ae oe sy shets cele wits Bi. Seen
NOTICE.

The ‘Proceedings’ are issued in fowr parts, as Bins shtes

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.
i = %; » March and April, on August Ist.
it. = e: ,, May and June, on October Ist...
IV. = > ». November and December, on April Ist,

ry A eg Re TP) "ee
a hi ‘ Rf nie us ‘ = é
Sie $ & Mo pe
ha EY ‘ 1s 3
Ge

t
{ e 4 f

PROCEEDINGS

ve

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1893.

PART IV.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

NOVEMBER anp DECEMBER.

APRIL 2nd, 1894.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
PATERNOSTER-ROW. |

[Price Twelve Shillings. } mg

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART IV.—1893. :

June 20, 1893 (continued).
Page
10. On the Orthoptera of the Island of Grenada, West Indies. By C. Brunner vy. WaATT-
NW peel lates bil Lehi arcs te GOSS oe See uty Ras dg SS Bina LS he wcen one eT 599

November 7, 1893.

The Secretary. Report on the ey to ai Boniety: 8 Managers 3 in June, J ee AER
and September, 1893". BSS hi gore von

~ OL

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the Zoological Gardens of Stuttgart, Frankfort, and Cologne... 613

Mr. J. G. Millais, F-Z.S.. Letter from, containing remarks upon his endeavours to obtain a
White Rhinoceros in Mashonaland

Babu Ram Bramha Sinyél, C.M.Z.8. Letter from, containing remarks upon a hybrid Monkey

between Semnopithecus es WT EL AEO2S ACHISLULUS ia vrei ow tiaiagsline'g, MEET OS Ca Ook eevee 615
Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon the breeding of Monkeys, during the last rons years, in the

Society NS AFGrdGMR. «TR oS Pee Re ee FS Ea OS DERE, tas ogee . 615
Mr. Tegetmeier. Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a hybrid Crate ae tee Seat Se3 616
Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Abstract of a Memoir on a Nothosaurian Reptile from the Trias of

Lombardy, apparently referable to Lariosaurus oc. cece ee cece ee asec eens tussnees 616

1. Second Report on the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes transmitted by Mr, H. H. John—
ston, O.B., from British Central. Africa. By Dr. A. Ginrnor, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8. ¢
(Plates TEVA oS ars sige Satay ee, Sed we GUIS Seen Oeics gee ae. 616

2. Descriptions of the Reptiles and Fishes collected by Mr, E. Coode-Hore on Lake Tan- ;
; ganyika. By Dr. A. Gintner, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (Plate LVIIL.).......+0.+....... 628

3. On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells transmitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, 0.B.;
from British Central Africa. By Epear A. Suitu. (Plate LIX.) :....... Perey he tS)

4. Descriptions of two new Species of Shells of the Genus Ennea.: By Evear A. ‘Swrru « . 642

5. On two Collections of Lepidoptera sent by H..H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.; from British ae
Central Africa. By Arrnur G. Borzer, PhD. FLS, EZS, &e. (Plate LX) .. 643

mt

6, On the Chilian Hymenoptera of the Family Odyneride. By Epwyn ©. Reep, C.M.Z.S.. 685 ——

7. On anew Species of Drepanis discovered by Mr. R. OC. L. Perkins... By Aurrep Newron, —
F.Z.S8. (Communicated on behalf of the joint Committee, appointed by the Royal —
Society and the British Association, for the Zoological Exploration of the Sandwich
Islands.)

ee ee ek era | er ee

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PZS.1893.PL. LL

Redtenbacher del ThBannwarth lith.et imp Vienna.

OpDTrR A ATTO,RTATIUA

JIRTHOPTERA OF GRENADA.

\ TPIT

1893.] LITTLE-KNOWN EUROPEAN VIPER. 599

spine and is relieved by the pale olive-grey or yellowish colour of
the dorsal area; the sides are darker, brown, with longitudinal
series of small dark brown spots; head with the usual black
markings; lips uniform yellowish; lower parts black, spotted with
white, or grey, spotted or chequered with black and white; tail
but rarely tipped with yellow; throat yellowish white in both
sexes.

Herr L. von Kirchroth, of Médling, who has collected large
numbers of this Viper, kindly supplies me with the following
information respecting its occurrence near Vienna :—

This Viper is distributed from Laxenburg westwards as far
as the eastern slope of the Anninger Hills, southwards as far
as Traiskirchen and Tribuswinkel. Its chief habitat is in the
immediate vicinity of Laxenburg, where it is found in extraor-
dinary numbers. The intendant of the Imperial Castle pays a
premium for the destruction of Vipers, and in the course of last
year more than 1000 specimens were brought to him. These
snakes are found principally, though not exclusively, in the marshy
meadows around the park ; but few occur in the park itself. They
feed chiefly on Lacerta agilis and also on mice. The largest male
examined by Herr vy. Kirchroth measured 410 millim., the largest
female 450.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.
Vipera ursinii, female, with enlarged upper and side views of head.

10. On the Orthoptera of the Island of Grenada, West Indies.
By C. Brunner v. Wattenwy .!

[Received May 27, 1893.]
(Plate LIL.)

[The Society published last year (P. Z.S. 1892, p. 196) a memoir
by Hofrath C. Brunner v. Wattenwyl and Professor J. Redten-
bacher on the Orthoptera of the island of St. Vincent which those
distinguished entomologists had been so good as to prepare at the
request of the Joint Committee appointed by the Royal Society
and the British Association to investigate the Fauna and Flora
of the West Indian Islands.

I have now, on behalf of the same Committee, the pleasure of
offering to the Society a paper by Herr Brunner v. Wattenwyl
enumerating the Orthoptera of the neighbouring island of Grenada.
Fifty-five species have been obtained there, nineteen of which were
not met with in St. Vincent, eight of the number being described as
new species. Of this order St. Vincent, on the other hand, possesses
62 species, 27 of which have not been found in Grenada.

It would at first sight appear from these facts that there is a

1 [Communicated by D. Snare, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on behalf of the Committee
for investigating the Fauna and Flora of the West Indian Islands. }

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XLI. 4]

~ en ee ee
;

600 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF [June 20,

very considerable difference between the Faunas of these two
islands so far as Orthoptera are concerned, but I think the
apparent great diversity may probably be found to be due to
some extent to differences in the collecting that has been carried
on in the two islands. The same collector, Mr. H. H. Smith,
formed the collection from both islands, but it is understood
that the one he procured while in St. Vincent is more complete
than that which he formed in Grenada. If so, on the hypothesis
that other of the St. Vincent species remain to be found in
Grenada, the difference between the two islands may possibly be
found to consist of the fact that Grenada has a richer Orthopterous
fauna than St. Vincent possesses. Whether this really be the
case, and if so, whether it be due to the much greater proximity
of Grenada to the mainland cannot, however, be satisfactorily
discussed until the data shall be much more complete than they
are at present.

List of such of the Orthoptera of Grenada as have not been found in
St. Vincent, with notes on their geographical distribution.
DERMAPTERA.

Psalis americana, Pal. St. Domingo.
. Spongophora, sp. n.

ei

BLaTToODEA.

. Anaplecta lateralis, Burm. 8S. America.

Chorisoneura mysteca, Sauss. Centr. and S. America.

Phyllodromia notata, sp. nu.

. Pseudophyllodromia albinervis, sp. n.

Ischnoptera occidentalis, Sauss. St. Domingo, Centr. and
S. America.

. Pelmatosilpha marginalis, sp. n.

. Periplaneta australasie, Fabr. Wide distribution.

. Latindia castanea, sp. 0.

. Peraspheria rufipes, sp. n.

HOOD NOR o

ee

ACRIDIODEA.

. Osmilia celestis, Burm. Centr. and 8. America.
. Anaulacomera antillarum, sp. n.

et ee
G bo

GRYLLODEA.

. Nemobius cubensis, Sauss. Cuba and Centr. America.

. Paragryllus rex, Sauss. Brazil.

. Pareécanthus sp. (immature).

. Podoscirtus modestus, sp. n.

. Metrypus claudicans, sp. n. :

heros, sp. n. (D.S.)]

fet pad peek fe ed
OOO ST > OV

1893.] THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 601

List of Orthoptera of the Island of Grenada, W. I., by C. BRUNNER
v. WarTEenwyL, March, 1893.
Fam. DERMAPTERA.
(Determinata a Doct. A. DE BoRMANS.)

Genus Psauis, Serv.
1. P. ampricana, Palisot de Beauvois.

Forf. americana, Pal. de Beauy. 1805, Ins. rec. en Afrique et Am.
p- 165, Orth. tab. xix. fig. 1.

Patria: Balthazar, Grand Etang.—Occurrit in. St. Domingo
(Pal. de Beaww., Serv., Se.)

Genus Lapra, Leach.
1. L. arcuata, Scudd.
Patria: Balthazar, Grand Etang, Chantilly.—Occurrit etiam in
ns. St. Vincent et alibi.
2. L. BRUNNEA, Scudd.

Patria: Chantilly, Mount Gay, St. John’s River.—Occurrit
etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Genus SponecorHora, Serv.
1. Sp. sp. nov.
Patria: Grand Etang.

Fam. BLATTODBA.
Tribus Eoropiip®.

Genus AnapLzcra, Burm.
1. A. LATERALIS, Burm.
A, lateralis, Burm.; Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 65.

Patria: Chantilly Estate——Occurrit etiam in Colombia, Costa
Rica, Buenos Aires (coll. Br.).

Genus CHorisonnuRA, Br.
1. C. mysruca, Sauss.
Ch. mysteca, Sauss; Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 258.

Patria: Mirabeau Estate (windward side).—Occurrit etiam in
Mexico (Sauss.), Bogota (coll. Br.).

Tribus PHYLLODROMIID &.
Genus PHYLLODROMIA, Serv.
1. P. apspERSIcoLtis, Stal.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in insulis St. Vincent et
Cuba (Bol.), in Brasilia et Mexico (Stal, coll. Br.).
41*

602 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF [June 20,

2. P. DELICATULA, Guér.

Patria: Balthazar.—Ocecurrit etiam in insulis St. Vincent et
Cuba (@uérin).

3. P. NoraTa, sp. n. (Plate LII. figs. 1 a, 6.)

Caput atrum, fronte pallide testaceo, lineola fusca inter oculos
signato, antennis fuscis. Pronotum marginibus lateralibus sat
deflewis, margine postico leviter rotundato, disco fusco, antice et
latere testaceo-circumdatum, ante marginem posticum vitta trans-
versa testacea ornatum. FElytra fusco-ferruginea, margine antico
toto testaceo-pellucido. Ale infumate, vena spuria valde cur-
vata, vena ulnari antica bi- vel uniramosa, campo apicali
triangulari distincto. Pedes pallide testacei. Abdomen superne
fuscum, pallide marginatum, subtus pallidum, utrinque vitta
lonontudinali fusca, in 3 in puncta soluta, ornatum. Segmentum
abdominale dorsale septimum ¢& sine impressione. Lamina
supraanalis 3 transversa, medio leviter emarginata. Lamina
subgenitalis g ampla, haud compressa, stylo wnico instructa.

Cerci fusci. SO.

do.
Long. corporis ...... 9°5 millim.
a5. prodobi Jee j523 2:5
Lat. daaet-, UGS RRRN eas 3°5
Long. elytrorum .... 10

Patria: St. George’s (lee side), Balthazar (windward side).

Genus PsEUDOPHYLLODROMIA, Br.
1. P. ALBINERVIS, sp. n.

Caput latum, pronotum valde superans, castaneum, fascia pallida
inter oculos signatum. Antenne castanece. Pronotum valde
transversum, marginibus lateralibus hyalino-testaceis, margine
antico albido, disco elliptico castaneo, medio vittis duabus longi-
tudinalibus albidis ornato, margine postico anguste albido.
Elytra castanea, venis albidis, margine antico hyalino-testaceo.
Ale flavo-hyaline, venis ferrugineis, vitta fusca pone marginem
anticum extensa, vena ulnari antica wniramosa, campo apical
triangulari plicato. Pedes pallide testacei, unicolores. Abdo-
men ferrugineum. Cerci ferrugine. Lamina supraanalis Q
transversa. Lamina subgenitalis triangulariter emarginata. 9 .

OF
Long: ‘corporis’... 7 millim.
= proupbiy: {a2 a8
Lat. peven! A RA. 2°8

Long. elytrorum ...... 7:5

Patria: Mount Gay Estate (leeward side).

Species multiplices hujus generis ex America meridionali pro-
venientes facile distinguuntur coloratione et pictura pronoti
elytrorumque.

7

1893.] THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 603

Genus IscHNoprpra, Burm.
1. I. occrpnyTatis, Sauss.

I. occidentalis, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p- 141.
Patria: Mount Gay Estate, Balthazar (windward side).—Oc-
currit etiam in Mexico, St. Domingo, Peru (coll. Br.).

Hoe genus, abundans speciebus imperfecte descriptis, revidendum
est.

Tribus EPrLAMPRID®,

Genus Epiuampra, Burm.
1, E. Brevis, Br.

, brevis, Brunner, Orth. of the Island of St. Vincent (Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond., March 1892, p. 203, tab. xv. fig. 3).

Patria: Balthazar (windward side).—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.
Vincent.

Nonnulle larve ex eodem loco proyenientes, huic speciei attri-
buende, differunt corpore castaneo, pronoto et metanoto castaneis,
marginibus lateralibus testaceis.

Tribus PeRIPLANETID ©.
Genus PrnMatosinpHa, Dohrn.
1. P. Mar@inaLis, sp.n. (Plate LIL. fig. 2.)

Caput magnum, a pronoto totum absconditum, atrum, nitidum,
fascia ferruginea arcuata inter oculos ornatum. Pronotum
parabolicum, postice truncatum, atrum, nitidum, utrinque fascia
longitudinal, intramarginali ferruginea signatum. Elytra ab-
breviata, rotundata, in o segmentum sextum abdominale vig
superantia, fusco-castanea, cornea, venis viv distinctis. Alc
elytris parum breviores, castaneew. Femora ferruginea, margine
antico necnon apice fusco-picta. Tibie et tarsi atri. Lamina
supraanahs 3 transversa, trapezoidea, margine postico levissime
emarginata. Lamina subgenitalis g transversa, rotundata -et
lenter emarginata, utringue styls instructa. Ceres longi,
atrt. .

Long. corporis.... 18-22 millim.
» pronoti .... 6-7

(LT ihe ane ea 7:8-8'5

Long. elytrorum.. 9°5-10°5

Long. fem. post... 5-6°5

Patria: Balthazar (windward side).

Genera Eurycotis, Stal, et Pelmatosilpha, Dohrn, in “ Révision du
Syst. des Orth.” (Ann. del Museo civico hist. nat. di Genova, s. 2,
vol. xiii. 1893, p. 34), in ordinem redacta, comprehendunt species
Americanas, olim generibus Polyzosterie et Periplanete adjunctas.
Stylopyga antillarwm, Br. (Orth. of the Island of St. Vincent,
p- 204), in genus Zurycotim locanda.

604 HERR ©. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTHRA OF [June 20,

Genus PrrIPLaAnera, Burm.
1. P. AuUsTRALASI®, Fabr.

P. australasie, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 233.
Patria: Balthazar.

Tribus PANCHLORID®.
Genus Pancntora, Burm.
1. P. viripis, Burm. ?
P. viridis, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 273.
Patria: Mount Gay Estate (leeward side).—Occurrit etiam in
ins. St. Vincent, Cuba, et alibi.

Genus LeucopHma, Br.
1. L, surtvamensis, L.

L. surinamensis, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 278.
Patria: Grenada.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.
Genus NavpHoéta, Burm.

1. N. pavieata, Pal.
NV. levigata, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blatt. p. 278.
Patria: Grenada.

Tribus CorypIIp”.
Genus Latinptia, Stal.
1. L. CASTANEA, sp. n.

Unicolor, opaca, castanea, tota holosericea. Pronotum angulis
posticis rotundatis. Llytra angusta, abdomen superantia,
venis parum distinctis. Pedes graciles, testacei. 9°.

Long. corporis...... 4-5 millim.
a: PYOBOUE orion. « 15
Lat. 99 see eae 1:3

Long. elytrorum .... 5
Patria: Balthazar.

Tribus PERIsPHZRILDZ.

Genus PrrasPHm@RiA, Br.
1. P. RUFIPES, sp.n. (Plate LILI. fig. 3.)

Elongata, valde convexa, atra, nitida, impresso-punctata. Caput
atrum, fronte lata, valde depressa ; antennis, labro et palpis rufo-
Serrugineis. Pronotum parabolicum, disco inequali, marginibus
antico et lateralibus anguste limbatis, margine postico truncato.
Elytra lobiformaa, lateralia mesonotum haud superantia, profunde
punctata, latere externo limbato. Pedes breves, rufo-ferruginet.
Cerct minimi, rufi, apice nigri. Q.

ih as A

>

1893. | THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 605
Long. corporis...... 28 millim.
sy LOR c's a's 8°5
Lat. ey islets tek 9°5
Long. elytra........ 4
o TeM. Poste: oc .4

Patria: Balthazar.

Fam. MANTODBA.
Tribus Manvip 2.
Genus Musonia, Stal.
1. M. surinaMA, Sauss.

Patria: Balthazar, St. George’s Riv., Mount Gay Estate.—Oc-
currit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Tribus VAariID&.

Genus PaRAsTAGMATOPTERA, Sauss.
1. P. nopreges, Redt. (Plate LIL. fig. 4.)
P. lobipes, Redt. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 206, tab. xv. fig. 8.

Femina, in loco citato haud descripta, differt a mure pronoto denti-
culis marginalibus fortioribus, necnon disco tuberculis minimis
ornato, elytris opacis viridibus, campo deflexo valde dilatato,
pone medium latissimo, campo dorsali stigmate albido, macula
minima fusca apposita instructo, alis fluvo-tessellatis, femoribus
intermediis et posticis apice magis infuscatis et lobo majore
instructis, tarsis fuscis.

Long. corporis...... 45 millim.
qorpronott ..i 240 165
» elytrorum .... 25
» femor.ant,.... 13

a ae, so DONb- a kee

Patria: Mount Gay Estate, Granville (windward side).—Occurrit
etiam in ins. St. Vincent.
Mares et feminz occurrunt interdum femoribus totis viridibus.

Fam. PHASMODBEA.
Tribus BacuNcULIDZ.
Genus CLoNIsTRia, Stal.

1. C. neyEaRis, Drury (?).
Patria : Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent.

606 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF [June 20,

Tribus BAcTERIID.
Genus Bacteria, Latr.
1. B. cypuus, Westw.
Pairia: Caliveny Estate (windward side).—Occurrit etiam in
ins. St. Vincent.
Genus D1apHpropEs, Gay.

1. D. e1e@as, Drury.
Patria: Grenada.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Fam. ACRIDIODBA,
Tribus TETriGIp®.
Genus Terrrx, Charp.
1. T. qguapRiunDULATUs, Redt.
T. quadriundulatus, Redt. P. Z.S8. 1892, p. 208, tab. xvi. fig. 10.

Patria: Mount Gay Estate, Caliveny Estate, Balthazar.—Oc-
currit etiam in insula St. Vincent.

Tribus TRYXALID 2.
Genus OrpPHuLA, Stal.
1. O. puncrata, De Geer.
Patria: Balthazar, Mount Gay Estate.—Occurrit etiam in ins.
St. Vincent et alibi.
Tribus ACRIDIID.
Genus ViLErNa, Stal.
1. V. =NxEO-octLATA, De Geer.
Patria: Lake Antoine Estate, Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins.
St. Vincent et alibi.
Genus Caeres, Redt.
1. C. aprerus, Redt,
C. apterus, Redt. P. Z.S8. 1892, p. 210, tab. xvi. fig. 11.
Patria: Balthazar—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent.

Genus Scuistocerca, Stal.
1. 8S. conumerna, Thunb.

Patria: Mount Gay Estate, Caliveny Estate.—Occurrit etiam in
insula St. Vincent et alibi.

Genus Osmitia, Stil.
1. O. canzstis, Burm.
Acridium celestre, Burmeister, 1839, Handb. ii. p. 634.

Patria: Balthazar, Chantilly Estate, Mount Gay Estate— Oc-
currit etiam in Honduras, Peru, Brasilia (coll. Br.).

1893. ] THH ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 607

Fam. LOCUSTODBEA.

Tribus PHANEROPTERID®.
Genus ANAULACOMERA, Stil.

1. A. ANTILLARUM, sp. n.
Vicina A. harpaginis, Br.

Frons rotundata. Fastigium verticis superne tuberculatum, sul-
catum. Fastigvum frontis obtusum. Pronotum lobis defleais
aque altis ac longis, margine inferiore rotundato. Elytra
pallide viridia, ramo radiali medio oriente, ante medium furcato.
Femora antica et intermedia subtus submutica. Femora
postica subtus, margine externo a medio, margine interno
apice spinulosa. Segmentum abdominale ultimum § am-
plum, truncatum. Cerci g longi, fleauosi, apice compressi,
acuminati, im quarta parte basali ramo interno valde
deplanato, apice attenuato et incurvo instructi, necnon medio
denticulati et in quarta parte apicali altero ramulo depresso,
acuminato, apice incurvo ornati. Lamina subgenitahs 3 apice
angustata, emarginata. Ovipositor longiusculus, medio parum
dilatatus. SQ.

d- s
Long. corporis...... 15 18 millim.
3) = pronotie. 65'e. 4 4
» @lytrorum .. 29 31
Lat. » medio 55 6
Long. femorum post. 16 16°5
» OVipositoris .. 9°3

Patria: Balthazar, St. George’s (leeward side), Mount Gay,
Grand Ance.
Genus STinpNocHLoRA, Stal.
1. S. MARGINELLA, Serv.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent necnon
in tota America meridionali.

Genus Microcentrum, Scudd.
1. M. patiipum, Br.

Patria: Balthazar, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.
Vincent, Cuba, Martinique, necnon in Colombia.

Tribus PSEUDOPHYLLID &.
Genus Brrastas, Stal.
1. B. supmreus, Redt.

Bl. superbus, Redt. P. Z.S8. 1892, p. 211, tab. xvi. fig. 12.

Patria: Balthazar, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.
Vincent.

= eS a. Se
=, ~~ ¥

608 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF [June 20,

2. B. strionata, Redt.
B. striolata, Redt. P. Z.8. 1892, p. 212, tab. xvi. fig. 13.
Patria: Balthazar.—Oceurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent.

Tribus CoNOCEPHALID 2,

Genus ConocEePHatus, Thunb.
1. C. eurrarus, Serv.
Patria: Chantilly Estate—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent,
necnon in Mexico, et alibi.

2. C. muticus, Redt.

C. muticus, Redt. 1891, Monogr. d. Conocephal. (Verh. d. k. k.
zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, p. 393).

Patria: Mount Gay Estate-—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent
et Cuba (Redz.).

3. C. MAXILLosus, Serv.
Patria: Mount Gay.—Occutrrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, Cuba,
St. Domingo, necnon in Guyana, Brasilia, et alibi (Zedt.).

4, C. myFuscarus, Scudd.
Patria: Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, Cuba,
et in Panama, et alibi (#edt.).

5. C. puncripgs, Redt.
Putria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent.

6. C. suRINAMENSIS, Redt.
Patria: Caliveny Estate-—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et
in Guyana.
Genus XIPHIDIUM, Sery.

1. X. sanrator, Sauss.

Patria: St. George’s, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.
Vincent et Cuba, necnon in Panama, Colombia, Venezuela, Guyana,
Brasilia, Uruguay (Redt.).

X. fascuatum De Geer (Redt. 1. c. p. 506), certe cum hac specie
congruit.

2. X. ProprInguuM, Redt.

Patria: Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, nec-
non in Guatemala, Venezuela, et alibi (Redt.).

Tribus SreNoPELMATID ®.

Genus Prurrerts, Br.
1. P. cupensis, De Haan.

Patria : Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, Cuba,
Haiti et in Brasilia (Brunner).

1893. ] THE ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 609

Fam.GRYLLODBA.
Tribus GRYLLOTALPID 2.

Genus GryLioraLpa, Latr.

1. G. HExaDacTYLA, Perty.
Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Genus Tripacryius, Oliv.

1. T. muyutus, Scudd.

Patria: St. John’s River (leeward side), St. George’s, Mount
Gay Estate-—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, necnon in Texas,
Illinois (coll. Br.).

Tribus GRYLLIDZ.
Genus Nemostus, Serv.

1. N. cupnnsts, Sauss.

N. cubensis, Sauss. 1870, Mission sc. au Mexique, p. 384, tab. vi.
fig. 5.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba, Mexico (Sauss.),
Costa Rica, New-Orleans (coll. Br.).

Genus Grryuuus, L.

1. G. assmriis, Fabr.
Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent et alibi.

Tribus MyRMECOPHILID 2.
Genus Eorapoprrts, Guer.

1. E. anvintarum, Redt.

E. antillarum, Redt. Orth. of St. Vincent, p. 218, tab. xvu.
fig. 16.

Patria: St. George’s, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St.
Vincent.

Tribus CEcaNnTHID &.

Genus PaRaGRYLLUus, Sauss.

1. P. REx, Sauss.
P. rex, Sauss. 1877, Mél. Orth. fase. vi. p. 553, tab. 16.
fig. xli. 1.

Patria: Black Forest Estate.— Occurrit etiam in Brasilia
(Sauss.).

610 HERR C. BRUNNER ON THE ORTHOPTHRA OF [June 20,

Tribus TRIGONIDIID#.
Genus Cyrroxrpuus, Br.
1. C. virratrus, Bolivar.

C. vittatus, Bolivar, 1888, Orth. de l’Ile de Cuba (Mém. Soe.
ent. de France, i. p. 44).

Patria: Balthazar, St. George’s, Mount Gay.—Occurrit etiam in
ns. St. Vincent et Cuba.

Tribus ENEOPTERID#.
Genus Paroncantuvs, Sauss.
1. P. sp.inc. Larva.
Patria: Balthazar.

Genus Orocnaris, Uhl.
1. O. eryttopss, Pallas.

Patria: Balthazar.—Occurrit etiam in ins. St. Vincent, in
Texas, Mexico, St. Domingo, et alibi.

Genus Poposcrrros, Serv.
1. P. MODESTUS, sp. n.

Parvus, valde affinis P. cicuri, Sauss., et rufidulo, Sauss., ex
insulis Philippinis et Nova-Caledonia provenientibus. Fulvo-
testaceus. Antenne fulue. Elytra unicoloria, in longitudinem
venosa, quadrato-reticulata, vena mediastina 4-ramosa, Ale
breviter caudate. Pedes unicolores. Metatarsus posticus mar-
gine eaterno 4-spinulato, margine interno 2-spinulato. Ovipositor
valvis apicalibus nigris, obtusis. 2.

Long. corporis ...... 8 millim.
ght PLonOta: Sesh 2
» elytrorum.... 10
», femorum post.. 6°5
» Ovipositoris .. 55

Patria: St. George’s.

Genus Merryprvs, Br.
1. M. cuavproans, sp. n. (Plate LIT. figs. 5a, 6.)

Fulvo-testaceus, holosericeus. Ocellus anticus vie perspicuus.
Palporum articulus ultimus ovatus, infundibuliformis. Elytra
venis fuscis, campo laterali haud reticulato, vena mediastina
7-ramosa, campo dorsali in longitudinem venosa, inter venas
irregulariter reticulato. Femora antica dilatata, marge
supertore arcuato. Femora postica apice parum attenuata.
Tibie postice crasse, superne deplanate, dense spinulose,

ix

1893. ] THD ISLAND OF GRENADA, WEST INDIES. 611

spims majoribus raris. Tarsi postici brevissimi, subobliterati,
metatarso tantum apice utrinque unispinato. Ovipositor apice
acuminato, valuula superiore margine externo subtilissime ser-
rulato, valuula inferiore apice truncato, margine externo 5-6
dentato, margine interno levi. 9.

Long. corporis ..... . 20 millim.
ae TPEOMGUE ys Seat ere ae
oy CLYUPORUEE. «(stabs 15
35.) remor., post.’ 25... 125
Pe posts” *, Aaetees 12°5
fae ONEDOSs 6 secre sts 11

Patria: St. George’s.

Hee species distinguitur campo dorsali elytrorum irregulariter

2. M. HEROS, sp. n. (Plate LIL. fig. 6.)

reticulato, et precipue tibiis posticis et tarsis deformibus.

Magnus, fulvus, holosericeus. Ocellus anticus distinctissimus.

Palporum articulus ultimus ovatus, infundibuliformis, Elytra
vers parum fuscioribus, campo laterali quadrato-reticulato,
vena mediastina 9-ramosa, campo dorsali in longitudinem venoso,
inter venas irregulariter reticulato. Femora antica parum
dilatata. Femora postica crassa. Tibie postice utrinque
confertim spinate, spimis majoribus 4-5 wmterpositis. Meta-
tarsus posticus superne margine externo 4-spinato, margine in-
terno unispinato. Ovipositor apice breviter truncato, valvula
superore margine externo subtilissime serrulato, valvula inferiore
margine externo dentato. ©.

Long. corporis ...... 35 millim.
VU EOUMEee ies ctet , OO
49 CLV TEOERIM, chess» 30

49 ALOMOL PGR Hep alas 21.
» tibiarum post... 165
59) ON OS atara) Seiets:< = 16

Species magnitudine insignis.
Patria: Balthazar.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Fig. 1a. Phyllodromia notata (p. 602), 3.
1. Ejusdem ala dextra.
2. Pelmatosilpha marginalis (p.603), 3.
3. Perispheria rufipes (p. 604), 2.
4. Parastagmatoptera lobipes (p. 605), 2.
5a. Metrypus claudicans (p. 610), 2
55. Hjusdem tibia postica sinistra.
6. Metrypus heros (p. 611), 2.

612 HH SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THR MENAGERIB. ([Noy. 7,

November 7, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the
Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Societys Menagerie during the months of June, July,
August, and September, 1893 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of June were 146, of which 71 were by presentation, 24 by
purchase, 24 by birth, and 27 were received on deposit. The
total number of departures during the same period by death and
removals was 106.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. Four South Island Robins (Miro albifrons) from New Zealand,
presented by Captain Edgar J. Evans, June 6th, being the first
examples of these interesting Antipodean representatives of the
European Robin that have reached us.

2. An adult male of Stairs’s Monkey, Cercopithecus stairsi, pre-
sented by Mr. F. Hintz on June 7th.

It is of great interest to receive a second specimen of this well-
marked Monkey, which I have lately described from a specimen
living in the Society’s Gardens (see P. Z.S. 1892, p. 580, pl. xl.).

In reply to inquiries, Mr. Hintz informs me that the Monkey
was brought by his brother from Mozambique about eight years
ago. When first obtained it was quite young and only about 20
inches in length; it is now obviously quite adult and agrees
generally with the figure above referred to. It measures in length
of body about 18 inches, tail only 7 inches, the apical portion
of the tail being absent: in colour it nearly resembles the
first specimen, having the same characteristic rufous bands on
each side of the head; but it also shows a patch of rufous on
the rump, just above the tail, which was not noticeable in that
specimen.

The arms outside are black-grey, the hands quite black; the
legs outside are grey ; the feet are not quite so black as the hands ;
the back of the shoulders is dark grey, the back itself, especially
the lower part, of a yellowish grey; the anal region and about 3
inches at the base of the tail are rufous; the scrotum is very dark
blue (indigo): the inner side of the limbs and the belly are milky
white; the face is black. There are two patches of chestnut-
coloured hair on the forehead, next the ears, as in the former
example. The whole of the hair of the upper parts is minutely
grizzled.

Compared with the young female figured P. Z.S. 1892, pl. x1.,
the present animal is more darkly coloured. It has not the
yellowish back such as the young female had.

3. A family of six European Beavers, consisting of a male, a
female, and four young ones, from the Lower Rhone, purchased
(of Mr. Vergnier Cantarel, of Toulouse, and received) June 29.

I am not aware that specimens of the European Beaver (Castor

oe . oe

1893.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES. 613

jiber) have been previously exhibited in the Society’s Gardens.
In general appearance these animals are certainly easily distinguish-
able from the American form, of which we have several specimens,
being much browner in colour.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 165 in number ; of these 58 were acquired by
presentation, 44 by purchase, 44 by birth, and 19 were received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period
by death and removals was 115.

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the
month of August were 208; of these 130 were acquired by presen-
tation, 13 by purchase, 14 by birth, 1 by exchange, and 51 were
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the
same period by death and removals was 137.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of September were 96 ; of these 54 were acquired by presen-
tation, 21 by purchase, 8 were bred in the Gardens, and 13 were
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the
same period by death and removals was 108.

Amongst the additions I may invite special attention to the
following :—

1. A young Corean Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus branickii), obtained
direct from Corea by the authorities of the Zoological Gardens of
Hamburg, and purchased from them Sept. 21st. The example is
very small in size, but is apparently a young male of this species.
(Cf. Bolau, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 173.)

2. A fine specimen of the Great Grebe of Antarctic America
(4chmophorus major) in full plumage, new to the Collection,
obtained by purchase. I exhibit a coloured drawing of this bird,
which is the first specimen of the species that I have seen alive,

Ialso take this opportunity of exhibiting a living example of
the Goliath Beetle (Goliathus druryi), which was presented to the
Society by Mr. Frederic W. Marshall, of Reed Vale, Teignmouth.
Mr. Marshall informs me that he received this insect alive, but
weak, on the 16th May last. It was brought to him from Eastern
Akim, some 4 or 5 days’ journey from Accra.

It seems to do well in our Insect House, and feeds readily on
melon. It has also eaten grapes and very ripe pears, but prefers
melon to any other food. It drinks tea and cocoa.

The Beetle is of course well known, but, so far as | am aware,
no living specimen has previously been brought to England. The
present example has been figured in the ‘ Field,’ Oct. 21, 1893, p. 607.

Mr. Sclater offered a few remarks on the Zoological Gardens
of Stuttgart, Frankfort, and Cologne, which he had visited during
the past summer.

In Herr Nill’s little garden at Stuttgart were observed good
examples of Struthio molybdophanes from Somaliland, and a fine
and very tame pair of the Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata).

In the Zoological Garden of Frankfort, where Dr. Seitz had

614 MR. J. G. MILLAIS ON RHINOCEROS SIMUS. [Nov. 7,

lately become Director, there were a pair of the Black-tailed Gnu
(Connochetes gorgan), a male and two females of Cobus sing-sing,
and examples of Galidia elegans and Bucorax abyssinicus. The
series of German native birds was large and contained a specimen
of Melanocorypha yeltoniensis, and of several other species rarely
seen in captivity.

In the Zoological Garden of Cologne there were many fine
Antelopes—Hippotragus equinus, Cobus sing-sing, Oryx leucoryx
(3,2,et Qjr.), and Bubahs mauritanica (3,2 ,2, 2 jr.),—besides
examples of such scarce mammals as Bassaris astuta (3g et 2),
Ursus ornatus, and Microcebus myoxinus. Amongst the birds
Mr. Sclater had noticed specimens of Geophaps plumifera, Crax
albini, Plectropterus niger, Anas andamanensis, Haliaétus branickia,
and Chunga burmeisteri.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to Mr.
Sclater by Mr. J. G. Millais, F.Z.S., dated “ Kroonstad, Orange
Free State, September 19, 1893 ” :—

** T have been all this year far in the heart of Eastern Mashona-
land, searching for that much-desired creature the White Rhino-
ceros (Rhinoceros simus), and, though I did not get one, I found
what was most undoubtedly its spoor and droppings. I do not at
present wish to particularize the place too exactly, but it lies in
the most horrible thirst-land on the earth, and it was only with
considerable difficulty that I managed to get back to one of the
big rivers, having nearly died of thirst. I took a small wagon,
which I and our old Dutch hunter had constructed out of
wheels and logs, and this we found the donkeys could hardly pull
through the dense bush, which must be passed through to get to
this unholy country. On arriving at the pan where a biack hunter
had told me the animals drank, we found that it was dry, and
though the spot was still damp we could do nothing but make all
possible haste back to the mountains, to obtain water for ourselves
and our emaciated beasts. To make matters worse, my companion
was seized with dysentery. Moreover, a lion came in the night
into a native village and killed three of my best donkeys. Thus
we got stuck a week without being able to move, having a real
bad time with the natives, who saw our condition and would have
stolen everything of value if they could.

‘“* Tam quite sure the Rhinoceroses could be obtained, from what I
learnt from the natives, but the country would have to be ap-
proached from an entirely different direction and with pack-
donkeys.

‘*« The natives know and describe the two species of Rhinoceros
quite correctly. One, the white, which they call m’combo, they say
feeds only on grass, has a square mouth, and the females drive
their calves in front. The black is much more savage, feeds on
bushes, has a long lip, and the calves follow the mother. This
shows that they know the animal well, although they admit that
it is scarce.”

1893. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERCOPITHECUS LALANDII. 615

The Secretary read the following extract of a letter addressed to
him by Babu Ram Bramha Sanyal, C.M.Z.S., dated Zoological
Garden, Caleutta, July 27, 1893 :—

“T am not aware whether closely allied species of Semnopitheer
have ever interbred anywhere. They are rather exclusive in their
ideas in respect to matrimonial relationship. Anyhow, such an
event has just happened in this Garden. The Phayre’s Leaf Monkey
(Semnopithecus phayrei, Blyth) has given birth to a young one—a
lovely little babe, of a delicate light orange colour. As there has
been no other male in the same cage except the S. cristatus, there is
no doubt of the young one being a hybrid between these two species.
These Monkeys have been living together since 1880, and although
they agreed very well, they were never observed to be over friendly.
Even now the male does not appear to take any interest in the
offspring.”

A drawing of the mother, and young one at two weeks old, was
exhibited.

In the course of some remarks on the preceding communication,

Cercopithecus lalandii (mother and young).

Mr. Sclater stated that during the past ten years five Monkeys of the
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. XLII. 42

616 REPTILES ELC. FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [Nov.7,

genera Macacus and Cercopithecus had been born in the Society’s
gardens, namely : —

Macacus sinicus, April 2, 1885.

Macacus rhesus, April 6, 1887.

Cercopithecus callitrichus, Feb. 22, 1890.

Macacus rhesus, March 31, 1890.

Cercopithecus lalandii, June 11, 1893.

Concerning the last birth a curious fact had been observed and

reported by the keepers—that the young monkey, which lived about

two months, had been in the habit of sucking both of the mother’s
teats at once, as shown in the sketch taken by Mr. Holding (see
p- 615), who had himself witnessed the act.

Mr. Tegetmeier exhibited a mounted specimen of a Grouse from
Scotland, supposed to be a hybrid between Tetrao tetriv and
Lagopus scoticus.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, I’.Z.S., read a paper ‘‘ On a Nothosaurian
Reptile from the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to
Larwsaurus.” His description was based on a small, nearly perfect
specimen from Perledo, showing the ventral aspect, belonging to
the Senckenberg Museum in Frankfort-on-Main, which had been
intrusted to him by the Directors of that institution and was
exhibited before the Meeting. The author pointed out the presence
of a series of minute teeth on the pterygoid bones, and of an
entepicondylar (ulnar) foramen in the humerus. The number of
phalanges was 2,3,4,4,3 in the manus, and 2, 3, 4,5, 4 in the
pes ; the terminal phalanx was flattened and obtusely pointed, not
claw-sbaped. In discussing the affinities of this reptile the author
stated that the Lariosaurus described by Diecke did not appear to
be generically distinguishable from the Neusticosaurus of Seeley,
which he referred to the Lariosauride, regarding that family as
intermediate between the Mesosauride and the Nothosauride,
though nearer the latter. The Mesosauride, in his opinion,
formed one suborder, the Lariosauride and Nothosauride together
a second suborder, of the order Plesiosauria.

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Second Report on the Reptiles, Batrachians, and -Fishes
transmitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from British
Central Africa. By Dr. A. Ginrusr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received November 7, 1893.]
(Plates LIII.—LVIL.)

Since the publication of my first Report on this subject (see
P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 555) two more consignments have been received

tS 12 fe gaia eal laegewr i

rogers

Mintern Bros. imp.

R.Mintern. & J.G, del. et hith.

CHROMIS ~SQ@QUAMIPINNIS.

ee

RMintern &J.G del. et lth.

A. CH. JOHNSTONI

PLZ, Sle sere esas

Mintern Bros. imp.

CHROMIS.
iS, Cll SOS OC My MEWS (Cx (Cie WMS Mey S Mlle IAL a

EEN

Pog i lees,

imp .

Mintern Bros.

R. Mintern & J.G. del, et lith.

is) IGieVSVOIMUNSy (NE Msti als OST

ZX CINE UOIMONS) Ia RUS BS IN Ors

P. 2.8 1683 220 ow

GF

CAA ins

OO ae
és Mad

e

RMintern & J. G del.et hth. cf Mirtern Bros. imp.
AS CEE O@OMiS Khris B. HEMICHROMIS LIVINGSTONII.

C. CHROMIS WILLIAMSI

ig
“Hav SINOUHDINGH A SNLSHAOW SINOYMHOINAH V
% i HT PSP 9 Pe MeTYL

‘dust ' soag w2ze FUT

TAT teh SGeb Seed

PART OF

‘NYASA LAND

Séale 1° 2.000000

ENGLISH MILES
- 19 oO

30

AUK ioan

i

Hann”

"

masa

Sig gga ai OES

FE. S.Weller.
Mar or Soutnern NYASATAND.

618 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, AND [Nov. 7,

from Mr. Johnston through Mr. Sclater. The Reptiles and Batra-
chians, having been collected in nearly the same localities as those
of the first consigument, represent the same species which were
described in the first Report, but with the addition of several
others new to the Nyasa district. They will be enumerated
below.

The most important portion, however, of this consignment
consists of Fishes from Lake Nyasa. Since the year 1864, when
I described the skins collected and prepared by Livingstone’s
companion, Sir J. Kirk (see P. Z. S. 1864, p. 303), nothing has
been done to advance our knowledge of the Fish Fauna of this
Lake. The only specimens which have reached me were collected
in 1891 by the Rev. J. A. Williams, who kindly presented them to
the British Museum; they are noticed in the present report.
The specimens collected by Mr. Whyte, the naturalist attached to
Mr. Johnston’s staft!, are unfortunately of small, many of very small
size ; but they reveal the remarkable fact, which has also been
observed in much smaller freshwater areas, like Lake Tiberias, that
the genera Chromis and Hemichromis are represented in the same
river-basin not by one or two, but by a considerable number of
species closely allied to, but readily distinguishable from, each other.
T’o judge from the manner in which these fishes were distributed
in the collecting-jars, the various species inhabit the same localities.

To the list of species already given in my former report the
following have to be added :—-

CHELONIANS: Cycloderma frenatum (Ptrs.) ; Sternotherus sinu-
atus (Smith).

Lizarps: Lygosoma sundevalli (Smith); Gerrhosaurus flavi-
gularis (Wiegm.); Hemidactylus mabouia (Moreau); Chameleon
dilepis (Gray); Chameleon melleri (Gray).

Snakes: Coronella olivacea, var. dumerilit (Gthr.) ; Dasypeltis
scabra (L.); Psammophis sibilans (L.) ; Psammophis sibilans,
var. intermedia (Fisch.); <Ahetulla neglecta (Ptrs.); Dryiophis
oatestt (Gthr.) ; Naja nigricollis (Rnhdt.) ; Causus rhombeatus (L.) ;
Clotho rhinoceros (Schleg.).

Barracuians: Rana johnstoni, sp. n.; Cassina senegalensis

1 [Mr. Alexander Whyte, F.Z.S., who fills the post of Naturalist and Horti-
eulturist urder Mr. Johnston in the Central African Adininistration, is resident
at Zomba, the seat of the Administration, which is situated on the south-east
slope of Mount Zomba, close to the Mlungusi Stream, and is therefore in the
watershed of Lake Shirwa, not in that of the Zambesi (see the article on
Routes and Districts in Southern Nyasaland by Lieut. B. L. Sclater, R.E., in
the ‘ Geographical Journal, vol. ii. p. 419, Nov. 1893). In November 1892,
Mr. Whyte accompanied H.B.M. Commissioner in a journey to Fort Johnston,
which is situated on the east bank of the Upper Shiré, about two miles below
its exit from Lake Nyasa. It was upon this occasion that the collection of
Fishes described by Dr. Giinther in the present paper was made, as I find by
reference to his letters. Fort Johnston, Zomba, and most of the other localities
from which Mr. Johnston’s various collections have been received are shown in
the map (p. 617), which has been reprinted (with emendations) from that in the
* Geographical Journal’ for 1893, p. 249.—P. L. 8.]

1893. ] FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 619

(Smith) ; Arthroleptis macrodactyla (Blgr.); Rappia cinctiventris
(Cope, = citrina, Gthr.); Rappia nasuta (Gthr.).

Fisuis: Chromis squamipinnis (Gthr.); Chromis subocularis,
sp. n.; Chromis johnstoni, sp. n.; Chromis lethrinus, sp. n.;
Chromis tetrastigma, sp. n.; Chromis callipterus, sp. n.'; Chromis
kirki, sp. n.; Chromis williamsi, sp. n.'; Hemichromis intermedius
(Gthr.); Hemichromis modestus, sp. n.; Hemichromis livingstonu,
sp. n.; Hemichromis afer, sp. n.; Hemichromis longiceps (Gthr.) ;
Bagrus meridionalis, sp. n.; Synodontis zambesensis (Ptrs.)* ;
Alestes imberi (Ptrs.) ; Mormyrus discorhynchus (Ptrs.)*; Mormy-
rops zambanenje (Ptrs.)'; Haplochilus johnstoni, sp. un. ; Laheo
mesops, Gthr.*; Barbus trimaculatus (Ptrs.)°; Engraulicypris
pinguis (g. et sp. n.)*.

This addition raises the number of species of fishes now known
from Lake Nyasa and the Shiré River to thirty-three, but the
number actually inhabiting these waters may be safely estimated
at thrice that figure at the very least.

I subjoin descriptions of the new species, with some notes on
others previously known.

RHAMPHOLEON BRACHYURUS, Gthr. P. Z.8. 1892, p. 557.

This species was described in the first report from a female ;
Mr. Johnston has now sent a male, which does not essentially
differ from the opposite sex.

RHAMPHOLEON PLATYCEPS, Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 556.

This species was also described in the first report from a female,
which, besides, was mutilated. The male now sent shows that the
tail is really as short as represented (in outline) in the figere given
of this species. The male has a very small skinny lobe at the end
of the snout, and about six distant and inconspicuous tubercular
projections along the median ridge of the back. It was obtained
at Tshiromo.

Rhampholeo boettgeri, Pfeffer, Zool. Ergebn. Reise Stuhlmann,
1893 ; Rept. p. 8, Taf. i. figs. 6 and 7, may prove to be the same
species.

PsAMMOPHYLAX VARIABILIS, Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 557.

This Snake must be very useful as a destroyer of mice ; two had
examples of Mus dolichurus in their stomachs,

DASYPELTIS SCABRA, L.

Common. The series of scales vary from 23 to 27. I doubt
the specific distinctness of D. palmarum.

1 Obtained by the Rev. J. A. Williams.

2 Caught in the Upper Shiré River.

3 This species hasa distinct, unserrated, osseous spine, much stronger than
the rays and stronger than is figured by Peters, who had one specimen only
from the Lower Zambesi.

620 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, AND [ Nov. 7
b} > 3

AHATULLA NEGLECTA (Ptrs.).

Specimens were collected at Zomba and Milanji. Two of them
showed broad irregular brown cross-bands on the anterior fourth
of the trunk. The ovary contained only five eggs, ready for
exclusion. Feeds on frogs.

Nasa niericoniis, Rnhrdt.

This species would seem to show an extraordinary range in the
number of rows of scales counted somewhat before the middle of
the trunk. Peters mentions the number of 27; I myself have
counted 25, 23 (twice), 21, 19 ; and now a large specimen obtained
by Mr. Crawshay at Lake Mweru, of which he preserved the skin,
has only 17 of these rows. It is black above, but shows the black
cross-band on the hinder part of the throat. The temporal scute
is divided by suture from the adjoining labial, as is characteristic
for NV. nigricollis and NV. tripudians. The posterior pair of inter-
mentalia are entirely separated from each other by intervening
scales. I propose for this remarkable variety (if it be not regarded
as a species) the name of crawshayt.

CLorHo RHINOCEROS, Schleg.

Skin of a young River-jack from Lake Mweru, collected by
Mr. Crawshay.

RANA JOHNSLONI, sp. D.

Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique short series, extending to
behind the level of the posterior margin of the choane. Head
rather broad, with the snout obtusely rounded and rather short ;
canthus rostralis indistinct ; interorbital space rather broader than
the upper eyelid ; tympanum indistinct, one third the size of the
eye. Fingers moderate, the first not extending beyond the second ;
toes moderate, almost entirely webbed; a single very small inner
metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches to between
the eye and the end of the snout. Skin smooth. Upper parts
either uniform blackish, or olive coloured and marbled with black ;
lower parts dusky, throat marbled with brown.

Distance of snout from vent 45 millimetres; distance of the
angles of the mouth 16 millimetres; length of hind limb 80
millimetres ; length of foot, including metatarsus, 35 millimetres ;
length of fourth toe 24 millimetres.

Two specimens, obtained at Tshiromo in the month of No-
vember.

ARTHROLEPTIS MACRODACTYLA, Bler.

The single specimen is not in a good state of preservation, and
its reference to this Gaboon species therefore requires further
confirmation.

Raprra Nasura, Gthr.
The type came from Angola, but there cannot be any doubt

1893. ] FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 621

about its identity with a well-preserved example in the Nyasa
collection.

Curomis squamrprnnis. (Plate LILI. ad. et jr.)

Chromis squamipinnis, Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 311.
D. ae A. . L. lat. 33. L. transv. ee
Teeth very small, notched, brown at the tip, with the inner cusp
longest ; in young specimens about thirty-four, in old ones about
forty cn each side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales
below the eye in two series; those of the body smooth and not
ciliated. Forehead broad, flattish, its width being much more than
the diameter of the eye. In old specimens the horizontal width
of the prworbital equals the diameter of the eye, but is much less
in young ones. The scaly part of the cheek is narrow, much
narrower than the orbit. The two limbs of the praoperculum
meet at aright angle. The height of the body is two fifths of the
total length without caudal, the length of the head one third. The
length of the longest dorsal spine equal to that of the postorbital
portion of the head. Pectoral fin long, sometimes extending
beyond the middle of the anal. Caudal densely covered with
minute scales, which are visible even in young specimens. Greenish,
shining silvery, with six or seven irregular black cross-bands, the
foremost in the middle of the neck, the last on the free portion of
the tail ; the band below the origin of the soft dorsal is frequently
continued into a spot on that fin.
This species seems to be the most common. I first described it
from skins collected by Sir John Kirk, of which the largest was
12 inches long ; Mr. Whyte now sends some specimens from 3 to
4 inches long.
The figure of the adult specimen is reduced to § the natural size.

CHRoMIs suBocuLARIs. (Plate LIV. fig. B.)

DG. A. % Lelat. 80. .L. transy., 7.

Teeth deeply bicuspid, with the inner cusp longest; brown at
the tip in a specimen 42 inches long ; twenty-three on each side of
the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the eye in three
series. The diameter of the eye exceeds the width of the preorbital
and the width of the interorbital space, which is flat, but is nearly
equal to the depth of the scaly portion of the cheek. The two
limbs of the preoperculum meet at nearly a right angle. The
height of the body is nearly equal to the length of the head and
one third of the total without caudal; the longest dorsal spine is
the last, and less than one half of the length of the head. Pectoral
fin extending to the origin of the anal. Scalessmooth. Body with
seven blackish cross-bands, which are rather irregular and do not
descend to the lower half of the body; the first is in front of the
dorsal and the last two on the caudal peduncle; a short black

622 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, AND [Noy.7,

streak from the eye to the angle of the mouth; the soft dorsal and
caudal with alternate darker and lighter spots between the rays ;
anal not coloured.

Very young specimens, from 2 to 33 inches long, have the body
of uniform coloration, but the suborbital band is present.

The largest specimen is 44 inches long.

CHROMIS JOHNSTONI, sp. n. (Plate LIV. fig. A.)

1 Sele ao L. lat. 30. L. transy. =.

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, with the inner cusp longest, brown at
the tip in a specimen 4? inches long; thirty on each side of the
outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the eye in three series.
The diameter of the eye equals the width of the preorbital and the
depth of the scaly portion of the cheek, but exceeds the width of
the interorbital space, which is convex. The angle formed by the
preopercular limbs is very obtuse. The height of the body is
nearly equal to the length of the head and one third of the total.
The longest dorsal spine is the last, and less than one half of the
length of the head. Pectoral fin extending to the origin of the
anal. Scales smooth. Body with six blackish cross-bands, which
descend to the lower half of the body; the first is in front of the
dorsal, the fifth below the end of the dorsal, and the last on the
caudal peduncle; a short black streak from the eye to the angle of
the mouth; dorsal and caudal fins chequered with darker and
lighter spots.

Only one specimen is sent, 42 inches long,

CHROMIS LETHRINUS, sp. n. (Plate LV. fig. A.)
D. % A. 3 L.lat.33. LL. transv. 7.

Teeth very small, each with two short, subequal, brownish
cusps; thirty-seven on each side of the outer series of the upper
jaw. Scales below the eye in three series. The diameter of the
eye is less than the width of the preorbital and equal to the depth
of the scaly portion of the cheek and to the width of the inter-
orbital space, which is flat. The angle formed by the preopercular
limbs is nearly a right one. The height of the body is nearly equal
to the length of the head and rather more than one third of the
total (without caudal). The longest dorsal spine is the last and
less than one half of the length of the head. Pectoral fin ex-
tending a little beyond the origin of the anal. Caudal covered
with minute scales. Scales smooth. Body with a straight blackish
longitudinal band running from the eye above the caudal portion
of the lateral line; back with transverse blackish spots; dorsal
fin with oblique blackish bands ; caudal and anal without orna-
mentation.

Only one specimen is sent, 52 inches long.

v

1893. | FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 623

CHROMIS TETRASTIGMA, sp. n. (Plate LIV. fig. C.)
D. i A. 5. L. lat..30. L. transyv. .
Teeth distinctly bicuspid, brown at the tip, the inner cusps
being larger than the outer ; from twenty-eight to thirty-two on
each side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the
eye in three series. Ina specimen 43 inches long the diameter
of the eye exceeds the width of the przorbital, the depth of the
scaly portion of the cheek, and the width of the interorbital space,
which is flat. The angle formed by the preopercular limbs is
nearly a right one. The height of the body is rather more than
the length of the head, which is one third of the total (without
caudal). The length of the last dorsal spine is two fifths of that of
the head. Pectoral fin extending to the origin of the anal. The
upper and lower caudal rays covered with scales. Scales smooth.
A series of four large black spots on the body—the first on the
operculum, the second on the lateral line opposite to the ninth and
tenth dorsal spines, the third on the beginning of the lower lateral
line, the fourth on the root of the caudal fin. Vertical and ventral
fins blackish, the dorsal with numerous ocelli.
Several specimens, of which the largest is 43 inches long, are
sent from Zomba and from Fort Johnston.

CHROMIS CALLIPTERUS, sp.n. (Plate LV. fig. B.)
Dp: >. AG 2. L. lat. 27-28. L. transy. =

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, the cusps being short, subequal, and
brownish ; from twenty-seven to thirty-two (in very young speci-
mens twenty-two) teeth on each side of the outer series of the
upper jaw. Scales below the eye in three series. In a specimen
53 inches long the diameter of the eye equals the width of the
preorbital and of the interorbital space, but is a little less than
the depth of the scaly portion of the cheek. The angle formed
by the preopercular limbs is a right one. The height of the
body is rather more than the length of the head, which is one
third of the total (without caudal). The longest dorsal spine is
the last and rather less than one half of the length of the head.
Pectoral tin extending to the origin of the anal; caudal more or
less scaleless. Scales roughened, with minute projections on the
margin. Body dark-coloured, with the vertical fins blackish, the
anal being ornamented by a series of large milky-white ocelli from
two to four in number; in our largest specimen also the dorsal
fin is ornamented with round light-coloured spots. A black band
running from the eye to the angle of the mouth seems to be
constant.

The largest specimen is 53 inches long, and was sent by the
Rev. J. A. Williams; smaller specimens from Zomba are in the
Johnston collection.

624 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, AND [Novy. 7,

CHROMIS KIRKII, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. A.)
D. 2. As : L. lat. 29. L. transy. 2.

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, each with two subequal brownish
cusps, from seventeen to nineteen on each side of the outer series
of the upper jaw. Scales below the eye very thin, in three
rather irregular series. In a specimen 43 inches long the diameter
of the eye is rather more than the width of the preorbital or than
the depth of the scaly portion of the cheek, but equal to the width
of the interorbital space, which is flat. The angle formed by the
preopercular limbs is an obtuse cne. The height of the body is
two fifths the length of the head, one third of the total (without
caudal). The longest dorsal spine is not quite one half of the
length of the head. Pectoral fin extending to, or a little beyond,
the origin of the anal fin. Caudal fin covered with minute scales.
Scales rough, with minute projections on the margin. A rather
narrow straight black stripe runs from the opercular spot to the
end of the lateral line ; another similar band, but broken up into
spots, ruus along the side of the back, and is absent in very young
individuals. The soft dorsal with oblique, alternate, lighter and
darker bands. No band across the preorbital.

Several specimens, the largest being 44 inches in length.

CHROMIS WILLIAMSI, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. C.)
‘D. = A. . L. lat. 28. L. transv. a

Teeth deeply bicuspid, brown at the tip, the inner cusps being
much larger than the outer; twenty-six or twenty-seven on each
side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the eve in
four series ; the scales on the neck between the anterior dorsal
spines and the beginning of the lateral line are remarkably small.
In a specimen 43 inches long the diameter of the eye exceeds the
width of the preeorbital, is equal to the depth of the scaly portion
of the cheek and less than the width of the interorbital space,
which is rather convex. The angle formed by the preopercular
limbs is a right one. The height of the body is a little more than
the length of the head, which is one third of the total (without
caudal). The length of the last dorsal spine is less than one half
of that of the head. Pectoral fin not quite reaching the vent;
caudal fin covered with scales. Scales rough, without spines on
the margin. Body nearly uniform dark-coloured, with a black
spot on the end of the operculum, and another at the root of the
caudal fin; vertical fins blackish, the dorsal with a broad black
margin and the anal with a small milky-white spot between the
fifth and sixth rays.

A single specimen, 43 inches long, obtained by the Rey. J. A.
Williams.

1893. | FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 625

HEMICHROMIS MODESTUS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. fig. A.)
Di s A..;- L. lat. 29. L. transv. =

All the teeth are conical, only one or two showing traces of an
_ additional cusp, thirty-four on each side of the outer series of the
upper jaw. Scales below the eye in four rather irregular series ;
scales on the neck and below the anterior dorsal spines much
smaller than those of the body. In a specimen 6 inches long the
diameter of the eye equals the width of the prorbital and the depth
of the scaly portion of the cheek, but is less than the width of the
interorbital space, which is convex. . The angle formed by the
preopercular limbs is a right one. Snout considerably produced,
with the lower jaw strongly projecting beyond the upper, rather
longer than the postorbital portion of the head. The height of
the body is less than one third, the length of the head considerably
more than one third of the total length (without caudal). Dorsal
spines rather short, of moderate strength, the longest being one
third of the length of the head. Pectoral fin reaching to the vent.
Body uniform brownish black, fins black.

Some of the gill-rakers are T- or hammer-shaped.

A single specimen, 6 inches long, was obtained by the Rey. J. A.
Wilhams.

HEMICHROMIS LIVINGS'tONII, sp.n. (Plate LVI. fig. B.)

D; ie A. = L. lat. 32. L. transv. ;5-

Teeth conical, but a few show traces of an additional cusp,
twenty-six on each side of the outer series of the upper jaw.
Scales below the eye very thin, in five rather irregular series ;
those on the neck and anterior part of the back much smaller than
those of the body. In a specimen 5 inches long the diameter of
the eye is less than the depth of the scaly portion of the cheek, but
equals the width of the preorbital and of the interorbital space,
which is convex. The angle formed by the preopercular limbs is
aright one. Snout moderately produced, equal to the postorbital
portion of the head, the lower jaw projecting but little beyond the
upper. The height of the body is a little less than the length of
the head, which is nearly one third of the total (without caudal).
Dorsal spines of moderate strength and length, the longest being
two fifths of the length of the head. Pectoral fin reaching to the
anal. Body largely and irregularly marbled with black and silvery ;
head ornamented with several black bands, one from the eye to
the angle of the mouth, merging into the black coloration of the
lower parts, another band from the eye over the operculum, a
third across the forehead, and a fourth across the foremost part
of the neck; dorsal and caudal marbled with lighter and darker,
ventral and anal black.

None of the gill-rakers are hammer-shaped.

A single specimen, 5 inches long, is in the Johnston col-
lection. ’

626 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES, BATRACHTANS, AND [Noy. 7,

HEMICHROMIS AFER, sp.n. (Plate LVII. fig. B.)
D.3- A. 3 L.lat.30. L. tranay. 5,

Teeth conical, eighteen on each side of the outer series of the
upper jaw. Scales below the eye in four rather irregular series;
those on the neck and anterior part of the back much smaller than
those of the body. In a specimen 4 inches long the diameter
of the eye equals the width of the preorbital and the depth of the
scaly portion of the cheek, but is less than the width of the inter-
orbital space, which is convex. The angle formed by the pre-
~ opercular limbs is aright one. Snout short and obtuse, shorter than
the postorbital portion of the head, the lower jaw not projecting
beyond the upper. The height of the body is somewhat more than
the length of the head and equal to one third of the total (without
caudal). Dorsal spines of moderate strength and length, the longest
being about two fifths of the length of the eye. Pectoral fin
reaching to the vent. Body uniform more or less dark brown, a
spot on the end of the opercie and all the fins deep black.

Gill-rakers short, some of them T- or hammer-shaped.

Two specimens, the longer 4 inches long, were collected by
the Rev. J. A. Williams.

Baerus MERIDIONALIS, sp. 0.

This species is closely allied to B. bayad, agreeing with this
Nilotic form in the shape and configuration of the head and the
number of fin-rays, but the dorsal and pectoral spines are much
weaker, scarcely stronger than the rays; the maxillary barbels are
shorter, only about as long as the head; and the adipose fin
occupies a much shorter space of the back, its distance from the
dorsal fin being equal to the length of the latter.

The dry skin of a specimen 223 inches long has been sent by
Mr. Johnston from the Upper Shiré River; of course, it would
occur also in the Lake itself, and it probably reaches to a very
considerable size, like its congeners.

ENGRAULICYPRIS, g. n. Cyprin.

Shape of the head and body elongated, cylindrical like that of an
Anchovy. Scales of moderate size, deciduous. Lateral line?
Dorsal fin short, with less than nine branched rays, opposite to the
commencement of the anal. Anal fin with about fourteen rays.
Snout compressed, with the mouth of moderate width, lateral; the
upper jaw almost entirely hidden below the large przorbital. Sub-
orbitals covering nearly the entire cheek. Gill-rakers very slender.
Pharyngeal teeth in a double series, pointed.

ENGRAULICYPRIS PINGUIS, sp. n.

D. 11. <A.14. L. transv. 9 or 10.

Body very low, subeylindrical, its depth being one seventh or
one eighth of the total length without caudal; the length of the

1893.] FISHES FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 627

head is contained four times and one third in it. Eye large,
shorter than the snout, and one fourth of the length of the head,
occupying a position somewhat anterior to the middle of the head,
The snout is pointed, with the mouth resembling that of a Clupeoid,
the jaws having sharp margins, but being toothless ; lower jaw not
projecting when the mouth is closed, but provided with a short ©
symphysial hook ; bones of the suborbital ring, and particularly the
preorbital, dilated. Head flat above; interorbital space rather

Engraulicypris pinguis,

narrower than the orbit. All the fins are short and feeble. The
ventrals inserted somewhat nearer to the root of the caudal fin than
to the end of the snout. ‘he first dorsal ray is somewhat in
advance of the first anal ray and nearer to the root of the caudal
than to the gill-opening. Caudal emarginate.

All the scales are lost, but from the impressions of the skin it
would appear that there are nine or ten scales in a transverse
series below the origin of the dorsal fin.

Back dark bluish green, this colour being sharply defined from
the silvery of the sides and lower parts; sides of the head bright
silvery. The middle of the caudal fin is blackish with whitish
centre.

Two specimens, 4 inches long, in bad condition, are sent by
the Rev. J. A. Williams. I cannot help thinking that this fish,
if it occurs in any great numbers and is easy of capture, might be
preserved in a way similar to Anchovies and would form a useful
addition to the food of the European community.

HAPLOCHILUS JOHNSTONI, sp. 0.
Die, Aes) Ue lat.29. Le transye 7.

The height of the body is one fourth or one fifth of the total
length, without caudal; the length of the head a little less than
one fourth. Head compressed; snout somewhat depressed ;
lower jaw projecting beyond the upper. The width of the inter-
orbital space is less than one half of the length of the head. The
diameter of the eye equals the length of the snout, and is a little
less than one third of the length of the head. The origin of the
dorsal fin is twice as distant from the eye as from the root of the
caudal, and corresponds to the seventeenth scale of the lateral line
or to the ninth anal ray. Pectoral fin extending beyond the root
of the ventral. None of the fins elongate. Coloration of speci-
mens in spirit uniform reddish olive; a fine bluish line runs along
the scales of the lateral line.

628 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [Nov. 7,

Several specimens are sent from Fort Johnston; they were
collected in November ; their length is from 18 to 20 lines.

Allied to Haplochilus petersi (Sauvage), but differing in various
particulars.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate LITT.

Chromis squamipinnis, p. 621.

Prats LIV.

Fig. A. Chromis johnstoni, p. 622.
B. Chromis subocularis, p. 621.
C. Chromis tetrastigma, p. 623.

Puate LY.

Fig. A. Chromis lethrinus, p. 622.
B. Chromis callipterus, p. 623.

Prats LVI.
. A. Chromis kirki, p. 624.
B. Hemichromis livingstonii, p. 625.
C. Chromis williamsi, p. 624.

Prater LVI.

Fig. A. Hemichromis modestus, p. 625.
B. Hemichromis afer, p. 626.

2. Descriptions of the Reptiles and Fishes collected by
Mr. E. Coode-Hore on Lake Tanganyika. By Dr. A.
Gctnruer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received November 7, 1893.]
(Plate LVIII.)

Mr. Coode-Hore, who was resident for several years on the
shores of Lake Tanganyika, brought home in 1889 a small collec-
tion of Snakes and Fishes. The specimens had greatly suffered
during the long voyage to England, but some of them were in a
sufficiently good state of preservation to be acquired for the
British Museum and to be described here. I have deferred an
account of them in the hope of seeing them supplemented by sub-
sequent collections; but as it seems desirable to work them out
in comparison with those from Lake Nyasa and other parts of
Eastern Equatorial Africa, I will not allow the present occasion
to pass without giving an account of them.

The discovery of two species of Mastacembelus, connecting the
Asiatic species with the West African, is only one of the interest-
ing facts which a more extended investigation of the Fish-fauna
of this remarkable lake is sure to reveal.

P.2.S:..1@93. Pip Eas

RMintern & J.G.del.et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

CHROMIS.
A.CH.HOREI. B.CH. DIAGRAMMA. C.CH.BURTONI.

1893. ] FISHES FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA. 629

GiypHotycvs, g. n. Lycodont.

Allied to Boodon, but with the dentition of Lamprophis, the
maxillary teeth (about eighteen in number) being placed in a con-
tinuous series, and the anterior and middle ones being longer and
stronger than the posterior; anterior mandibulary teeth stronger
than the following. Sides of the head with a deep longitudinal
groove or fold which separates the series of upper labials from the
shields above. Head rather small and depressed; eyes small,
with round pupil; body not compressed ; scales smooth, in twenty-
one or twenty-three rows; anal entire; subcaudals in two rows ;
nasal semi-divided ; one loreal ; anterior frontals pointed in front.

GLYPHOLYCUS BICOLOR, sp. n.

Vertical shield rather small, not much larger than the supra-
ocular; occipital as long as the vertical and posterior frontal
together ; eight upper labial shields, of which the fourth enters the
orbit ; rostral shield reaching the upper surface of the head ;
loreal elongate, one anterior ocular not reaching the upper surface

Fig. 1.

Head of Glypholycus bicolor,

of the head; two posterior oculars; temporals 1+2+485,; ventrals
163; subcaudals 56-72. Upper parts uniform brownish lead-
coloured ; lower parts and the two outer series of scales whitish ;
a brownish line along the meeting edges of the subcaudals.

Several specimens, of which one measures 26 inches, the tail
taking 54.

MASTACEMBELUS TANGANICA, Sp. n.

D. 33/56. ©.12. A. 2/61.

Trunk and tail short and compressed, its greatest depth being
contained twice and a fourth in the length of the head. Rostral
appendage very short. Vertical fins continuous, the length of the
tail being but little more than two fifths of that of the head and
trunk together. ;

Dorsal spines short, the distance of the foremost from the
operculum being scarcely half the length of the head. Length of

630 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [Nov. 7,

the head one third of that of the trunk. Coloration either uni-
form brownish, or light coloured with numerous narrow brown
cross-bands.

Several specimens, not in a good state of preservation, of which
the largest is 63 inches long.

MASTACEMBELUS OPHIDIUM, sp. n.
D. 31-32/103. C. 7. A. 1/116.

Body exceedingly slender, subcylindrical, its depth being one
third of the length of the head. Rostral appendage very short.
Vertical fins continuous, the vent being much nearer to the
end of the snout than to the caudal fin. Dorsal spines short and
feeble, the distance of the foremost from the operculum being only
half the length of the head. Length of the head one third of that
of the trunk. Scales minute. Coloration apparently uniform
brownish.

Several specimens, not in a good state preservation, of which
the largest 1s 114 inches long.

CHROMIS HOREI, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. A.)
D.¥. A.3. L. lat, 28. L. transv. =

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, the cusps being subequal and slightly
tinged with brown ; from twenty-eight to thirty-one on each side
of the outer series of the upper jaw. Cheeks naked or only with
a few extremely thin scales. In a specimen nearly 5 inches long
the diameter of the eye is nearly equal to the depth of the soft
part of the cheek and a little less than the width of the przorbital
and of the interorbital space, which is flat. The angle formed by
the przopercular limbs is a right one. The height of the body is
somewhat less than the length of the head and one third of the
total (without caudal). The longest dorsal spine is the last and is
two fifths of the length of the head. Pectoral fin extending to,
or nearly to, the origin of the anal. Caudal scaleless. Scales rough,
some with the margins ciliated. Body light greenish, with more
or less conspicuous incomplete brownish cross-bands on the upper
part of the body. The largest specimen has the cheek and snout
ornamented with irregular deep brown spots; the soft dorsal and
the caudal fin with scattered ocelli; a milky-white spot between
the last two anal rays.

Three specimens, the largest 43 inches long.

CHROMIS TANGANICA, sp. n.

D. a A. gay L. Jat. 32. L. transv.

Allied to C. squamipinnis. ;

Teeth small, with an obliquely dilated and notched apex ; thirty
on each side of the outer series of the upper jaw ; scales below the
eye in three series; in a specimen nearly 4 inches long the dia-
meter of the eye exceeds the width of the preorbital and the depth

6& z small ones.

1893. ] FISHES FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA, 631

of the scaly portion of the cheek, but is less than the width of the
- interorbital space, which is nearly flat. The two limbs of the
preoperculum meet at aright angle; the height of the body is
contained twice and a fourth in the total (without caudal), the
length of the head twice and four fifths ; the longest dorsal spine

Chromis tanganice,

is less than one half of the length of the head. Caudal scaleless.
Pectoral fin extending beyond the origin of the anal. Scales
with concentric rough undulating ridges. Coloration uniform
greenish with silvery reflections.

Three specimens.

1

CHROMIS BURTONT, sp.n. (Plate LVIIL. fig. C.)
D. G- A. @. LL. lat. 27. L. transy.

Teeth small, each with a small outer cusp, twenty-eight on
each side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the
eye in four or five series. In a specimen nearly 4 inches long the
diameter of the eye equals the width of the prexorbital and of the
interorbital space, which is slightly convex transversely, but has a
concave longitudinal profile; the depth of the scaly portion of the
cheek is distinctly more than the width of the orbit. The angle
formed by the preopercular limbs is a right one. The height
of the body is rather more than the length of the head, which is
one third of the total (without caudal). The length of the last
dorsal spine is two fifths of that of the head; caudal with convex

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLIII, 43

|S

632 MR. E. A. SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER _ [ Nov. 7,

posterior margin ; pectoral fin extending to the origin of the anal.
Scales rough, apparently uniform greenish, with a blackish spot on
the end of the operculum; two narrow blackish bars across the
upper surface of the snout; the soft dorsal with a row of rounded
darker spots behind each ray.

One specimen.

CHROMIS DIAGRAMMA, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fig. B.)
D. a A. . L. lat. 30. LL. transv. peavey a

mall ones.

This species has the upper profile of the head descending in a
curve, reminding one of Diagramma. ‘Teeth bicuspid, the inner
cusp being the longer and brown; twenty-eight on each side of
the outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the eye in four
series. In a specimen 37 inches long the diameter of the eye equals
the width of the preorbital and the depth of the scaly portion of
the cheek, but is less than the width of the interorbital space, which
is convex. ‘The angle formed by the preopercular limbs is a right
one. The height of the body is rather more, and the length of the
head less, than one third of the total (without caudal). The length
of the last dorsal spine is two fifths of that of the head; caudal
scaleless, with vertical posterior margin ; pectoral fin extending to
or nearly to the origin of the anal. Scales rough, with minute
spines on the margin. The coloration seems to be uniform
greenish, in the smaller specimens with indistinct narrow darker
cross-bands.

Three specimens, the largest of which is 3? inches long.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LYVIII.

Fig. A. Chromis horei, p. 630.
B. Chromis diagramma, p. 632.
C. Chromis burtoni, p. 631.

3. On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells trans-
mitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from British
Central Africa. By Epear A. Suira.

[Received August 28, 1893.]
(Plate LIX.)

The specimens coniprised in this collection were obtained partly
by Mr. ht. Crawshay at; Lake Mweru, Lake Tanganyika, and on the
northern part of Lake Nyasa, and partly by Mr. A. Whyte at the
southern end of the last-mentioned lake. They have been pre-
sented to the British Museum by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.,
H.M. Commissioner in British Central Africa, to whom that insti-

P. ZYo . 1693) sea

_J. Green del, et Lith. Mintern Bros. imp.
SEP eho PRONE BRITS t CEIN GRAAL APRICA:

1893. ] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CHNTRAL AFRICA, 633

tution has been indebted on previous eeBbion for valuable collec-
tions from the Cameroons and the neig rhood of Mount Kilima-
njaro.

ihe most interesting specimens of the present collection are
those obtained at Lake Mweru, a locality from which no Mollusca
have as yet been recorded. This lake lies to the south-west of
Lake Tanganyika, with which, however, it has no connection, as
would be presumed by the difference of the Molluscan faunas so
far as they are at present known. All the species from Lake
Mweru are undescribed with one exception, and this appears to be
a dead worn example of Lanistes ovum. The other species in-
clude two forms of Viviparus, two Cleopatre, three Melanie, a
very remarkable winged Unio, and examples of two or three other
species of that genus, but represented by specimens too young or
too worn to be determined.

Forms of all these genera occur in Tanganyika, and one of the
species belongs to that group of Viviparus which, characterized
by the aperture being somewhat effuse anteriorly and the outer
lip sinuated, was described by the writer in these ‘ Proceedings’
for 1880 as a new genus from Tanganyika, under the name of
Neothauma.

1. Eynna sonystoni. (Plate LIX. fig. 1.)

Testa elongata, cylindracea, crassiuscula, rimata, flavo-viridis,
parum mtida ; anfractus 6, conveviusculi, oblique fortiter striati,
supertores quatuor requlariter crescentes, ultimus et penultimus
longe majores, ultimus elongatus, supra aperturam levior et sub-
complanatus, primo peroblique descendens, sed ad labrum breviter
ascendens ; spira obtusissima; sutura mediocriter profunda ;
apertura subovata, intus sordide albida, longit. totius 3 paulo
superans, cdenticulo unico parietali munita; peristoma album,
incrassatum, anguste reflecum, marginibus callo crassiusculo
junctis,

Longit. 20 millim., diam. 10; apertura 8 longa, 52 lata.

Hab. Fort Johnston, Upper Shiré River (4A. Whyte).

This interesting shell is quite unlike any other known species,
but recalls the form of some of the Mauritian Gonospira, e.g.
G. modiolus, Férussac, although the relative proportion of the whorls
is quite different. The oblique striz are distinct and thread-like,
but less observable upon the body-whorl above the aperture, where
the surface has a faintly flattened appearance. With this species
I have associated the name of H. H. Johnston, Esq., the spirited
Commissioner of this Country in British Central Africa, and the
donor to the Museum of the specimens.

2. HNNHA KARONGANA. (Plate LIX. fig. 2.)

Testa cylindracea, rimata, alba, nitida 3 anfractus 7, lente aceres-
centes, leves, leviter conveaiusculi, sutura profunda vie obliqua
sejuncti; spira cylindrica, ad apicem obtuse conica; anfr. ul-
timus antice haud descendens vel ascendens, pone dali profunde

4

634 MR. B. A. SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER _[ Nov. 7,

indentatus ; apertura wregularis, longit. totius 3, subequans,
dentibus quinque albis (uno parietali lamelliformi valde promi-
nente, uno columellart crasso eque prominente, tertio infra colu-
mellarem minimo, quarto et quinto intra labrum sitis, quinto
bidentato) munita ; peristoma album, leviter expansum et incras-
satum.

Longit. 82 millim., diam. 4; apertura 24 longa.

Hab. Karonga, west shore of Lake Nyasa (22. Crawshay).

This species exhibits scarcely any trace of sculpture. The in-
dentation on the body-whorl behind the lip indicates the position
of the labral teeth. The upper one of these is planted somewhat
obliquely and is distinctly bipartite. The parietal lamella is thin,
hollowed out or concave on the right side or towards the labrum,
which it practically touches at the upper extremity.

3. Hurrx (PEuLA) wHyter. (Plate LIX. figs. 3, 4.)

Testa depresse globosa, anguste perforata, tenuis, flavo-virescens,
superne viv nitida, infra polita; anfractus 53, subceleriter
crescentes, convear, lineis incrementi oblique arcuatis sculpti ;
spira brevis, conica, ad apicem subobtusa; anfr. ultimus
magnus, ad peripheriam rotundatus; apertura late lunaris,
parum obliqua ; sutura mediocriter profunda, anguste marginata ;
peristoma undique tenue, supra umbilicum breviter reflewum.

Diam. maj. 20 millim., min. 164; alt. 13.

Hab. Fort Johnston, Upper Shiré River. (Collected by Mr. A.
Whyte.)

Allied to Pella arnotti, Benson, but more globose and without
the minute spiral striation on the upper surface.

All the specimens, about thirty, have been collected without the
living animal, and in this condition most of them have the spire
more or less bleached. In addition to the lines of growth, occa-
sionally a few spiral lineations are observable, and a few small
malleations or indentations make the upper surface more or less
uneven.

4, LivinHacta ninotica, Pfeiffer.

Hab. Angoni-Land, south-west of Lake Nyasa (A. Whyte):
Itawa, west of Lake Tanganyika (2. Orawshay).

This species has a wide range, extending from the White Nile
district along the lake-region as far south as the southern end of
Nyasa, a distance of from fifteen to eighteen hundred miles. It
varies considerably in form.

5. Bunrminus (Racuis) srrorus, Martens.

Hab. Angoni-Land (A. Whyte). Tette, Mozambique (JMJartens).
A single typical example.

6. LIMICOLARIA MARTENSIANA, Smith.
Hab. Sumbu, Itawa, 8.W. of Tanganyika (R. Crawshay).

iat:

1893.] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 635

7. ACHATINA sp. ine.

Hab. Angoni-Land (A. Whyte).

A number of specimens of two species of Achatina occur in the
collection ; they are all, however, in too bad a condition for identi-
fication. One is very like A. tavaresiana, Morelet, from Angola ;
the other is considerably larger and rather like the form of Reeve’s
figure of A, fulica (Conch. Icon. pl. 2. f. 8).

8. AMPULLARIA ovata, Olivier.

Hab. Sumbu, Itawa, 8.W. side of Lake Tanganyika (2.Crawshay).
This Nilotic species has already been recorded from the lake
(P. Z. S. 1880, p. 348).

9, Lanisres sonipus, Smith.

Hab. Karonga, west shore of Lake Nyasa (2. Crawshay).
One dead specimen.

10. LANISTES AFFINIS, Smith.

Hab. With the preceding (Crawshay); Angoni-Land (Whyte).
In dead condition from Karonga. The large number of speci-
mens from Angoni-Land are all small or only half-grown.

11. Lanistus nyassanus, Dohrn.

Hab, Angoni-Land, south-west end of Lake Nyasa (A. Whyte).
The eight specimens of this fine species are all in a worn con-
dition and were evidently picked up dead upon the shore.

12. Lanyistes ovum (Peters MS., Troschel).

Hab. Kabwiri, Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay).

This species was originally described from Mozambique, and
although quoted from Lake Nyasa I have not yet seen specimens
from there myself.

13, VIVIPARUS TANGANYICENSIS (Smith).

Hab. Sumbu, Itawa, 8.W. end of Lake Tanganyika (2. Craw-
shay).

Some of the specimens from this locality are remarkably tabu-
lated, as in Bourguignat’s figure (Ann. Sci. Nat. 1890, vol. x.
pl. iii. fig. 1), and the body-whorl is even more strongly keeled at
the periphery. The eight so-called species of Meothawma figured
by Bourguignat must be regarded as varieties of this variable
form.

The nomenclature of this genus has been fully discussed of late
by Mr. Dall’, but his conclusions, to my mind, are open to
objection. In the first place, I would point out that Martini was
not a binomial author, excepting in occasional or chance instances,
and therefore that such chance names as he may have given can-
not be accepted.

* Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philad, 1892, vol. iii. pt. 2, pp. 882-335.

636 MR. E. A, SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER — [Noy, 7,

Mr. Dall observes, “ If it were not for Martini’s name it is very
likely that the name Bulimus, Scopoli, would have to be adopted
for this genus.” This appears to me an entirely wrong conclusion,
for Scopoli at the reference cited (Introd. Hist. Nat. p. 392)
neither described ner referred to any species of the genus in ques-
tion, and the figure in Swammerdam’s work (Bib. Nat. tab. ix.
fic. 4) does not represent Vivipara fasciata as stated by Dall (he
cannot have seen the work), but is a fairly characteristic represen-
tation of a Limnea, apparently L. stagnalis.

I do not for a moment believe that Scopoli intended that
Bulimus was to be regarded either as distinct from or an emen-
dation of Adanson’s Bulinus. I regard it as merely an oversight in
’ the spelling, or a printer’s error. If he considered it distinct, surely
he would not have put Adanson’s name after it; moreover he
clearly tells us (Delic. Flor. et Faun. Insub. 1786, p. 67) that,
following Adanson, he calls certain shells “ Bulimos.” I think the
preceding remarks fairly answer Mr. Dall’s question as to “ how
we can avoid retaining Scopoli’s name Bulimus for the species Helia
tentaculata, Linné,’ now classified under Gray’s genus Bythinia,
for, if we take the figure of Swammerdam as his type, Bulimus
would then replace Limnea, and if we select the first species he
quotes (Helix putris) it would take the place of Succinea.

The objection raised by Mr. Dall against using Viviparus on
the grounds that there is an impropriety in making the “ bearer of
living young” a male, is of little importance. Perhaps it would
have been fortunate had Montfort used the feminine termination ;
but as he did not, I, for one, prefer to let the genus remain
Viviparus as originally published.

14, VIvIPARUS MWERUENSIS. (Plate LIX. figs. 5, 6.)

Testa umbilicata, conica, in medio carinata, tenuis, subpellucida,
pallida, epidermide fugact tenui olivacea induta; anfractus 6,
subceleriter accrescentes, oblique tabulati, superne obtuse angulati,
striis spiralibus plus minus punctatis tenuissimis confertis, lineis
incrementi obliquis decussatis sculpti, ultimus ad peripheriam
conspicue et subacute carinatus, inferne concentrice punctato-
striatus; spwa conica, turrita, ad apwem acuta; apertura
angulatim rotundata, longit. totius 3 haud equans, antice
subacuminata, paulo effusa ; peristoma tenue, margine dextro
obliquo, ad carinam angulato, late sinuato, columellart arcuato,
anguste expanso et reflexo.

Longit. 37 millim., diam. 30 ; apertura 17 longa, 16 lata.

Var. PAGopIFoRMIS. (Plate LIX. fig. 7.) Testa sub epidermide
tenui plus minus rosacea, anfractibus planiusculis, inferne ad
suturam forte carinatis, pagodiformibus, et apertura in medio
labri acute angulata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (&. Crawshay).

This is one of the most interesting shells in the collection, and

belongs to that group of the genus Viviparus which I at one time
considered distinet, and described under the name Neothawna,

1893. ] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 637

A subsequent examination of the animal has apparently proved
that there is not sufficient reason for separating it. The present
species is remarkabie for its conical spire, the conspicuous . keel
around the middle of the body-whorl, and its somewhat wide
umbilicus. In shells belonging to the variety, the whorls are
almost flat and without the shouldering at the upper part observ-
able in typical examples, and the peripheral keel winds up, the
spire above the suture, producing a decided pagoda-like appearance.
The operculum is thin, concentrically striated as usual, and also
exhibits (especially upon the inner glossy surface) some more or
less distinct radiating strie.

15. VIVIPARUS CRAWSHAYI. (Plate LIX. fig. 8.)

Testa ovata, conica, rimata, carinata, cornea, epidermide tenui,
olivacea, spiraliter et oblique striata, induta, versus apicem rubro
purpurea ; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, ultimus ad peripheriam
forte carinatus ; apertura angulatim rotundata, longit. totius 4
haud equans ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari arcuato,
anguste reflexo, albo-ceruleo. Operculum normale.

. Longit. 183 millim., diam. 13; apertura 9 longa.
Hab, Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay). .
This species resembles V. wnicolor, Olivier, V. robertsoni, Frauen-
feld, and a few others, but may be distinguished by its much more
pronounced keel and conspicuous spiral striz.

16. VivIPaRUS CAPILLAcHUS, Frauenfeld.
Hab. Angoni-Land, south end of Lake Nyasa (A. Whyte).

17. CLEOPATRA JoHNsronr, (Plate LIX. fig. 9.)

Testa ovato-conica, viv rimata, epidermide olivacea induta, carinata ;
spira conica, ad apicem evosa 3; -anfractus 7, plani, inferne ad
suturam carinati, lines incrementi curvatis tenuibus sculpti,
ultimus in medio carinatus, infra carinam convexiusculus, in-
terdum carina secunda minus conspicua prope medium cinctus ;
apertura ovata, superne et infra leviter acuminata, longit. totius
3 fere equans, sordide vel ceruleo-albida ; peristoma continuum,
margine externo tenui, superne haud profunde sinuato, cotu-
mellari arcuato leviter incrassato et reflewo. Operculum primo
paucispirale, exinde concentricum.

Longit. 17 millim., diam. 10; apertura 8 longa, 6 lata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay).

This is a very interesting species and recalls the general aspect
of some of the North-American Plewroceride. Two of the three
specimens at hand have the second feebler keel upon the body-
whorl, and it is situated just below the peripheral carination.
The operculum agrees precisely with that of C. bulimoides from
the Nile. Named in honour of H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.

18. CLEOPATRA MWERUENSIS. (Plate LIX. fig. 10.)
Testa ovato-acuminata, anguste perforata, subtenuis, sordide

638 MR. B, A. SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER _[ Nov. 7,

flavida, epidermide tenui induta, liris paucis nigris vel saturate
rufis ornata ; anfractus circiter 7, convewiusculi, superiores liris
spiralibus tribus cineti et zona nigra infra suturam picti,
ultimus liris quinque equalibus duobusque basalibus circa rimam
instructus, inter liris lineis incrementi conspicuis fortiter sculptus,
zona suturali nigra alteraque circa basim ornatus ; apertura
ovalis, superne et infra paulo acuminata, longit. totius 3 vie
equans ; peristoma tenue, marginibus callo tenwi junctis, colu-
mellari subreflexo.

Longit. 15 millim., diam. 8; apertura 63 longa, 4 lata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay).

This species is of the same character as Cleopatra emini, Smith
(P. Z.S. 1888, p. 54), from the Albert Nyanza, It is somewhat
larger, has less angular whorls, more keels or lire, and a narrower
basal rimation. The longitudinal sculpture or lines of growth are
considerably more conspicuous.

19. Menania TuBercuLATA, Miller.

Hab. Angoni-Land (A. Whyte).
This species occurs in Tanganyika, Oukéréwé, the Albert Nyanza,
and has previously been recorded from Nyasa.

20. MELanta Nopicrncta, Dohrn.

Hab. Angoni-Land (A. Whyte).
The single specimen which I assign to this species is, in some
respects, intermediate between it and M. tuberculata.

21. MELANIA TURRITOSPIRA, Smith.

Hab, Angoni-Land (A. Whyte).

The specimen from this locality is twice as long as those figured
in these ‘ Proceedings’ for 1877, pl. xxv. figs. 14,15. Those figures
represent the surface too nodose. This species belongs to the so-
called genus Micronyassia of Bourguignat.

22. Mpnanta woopwarpi. (Plate LIX. fig. 11.)

Testa brevis, turrita, mgro-fusca, infra suturam pallidior ;
anfractus circiter 8, via convewiusculi, costis obliquis crassis
11-12 sulcisque transversis angustis paucis (in anfr. superioribus
2-3, in ultimo circiter 10) ornati, ultimus costis versus medium
sensim obsoletis; apertura ovata, superne acuminata, longit.
tottus + paulo superans; columella arcuata, alba, incrassata,
reflexa.

Longit. 19 millim., diam. 8; apertura 63 longa.

Hab. Lake Nyasa.

The single specimen here described was presented to the
Museum by Mr. B. B. Woodward, after whom the species has
been named. It is quite distinct from any of the other Nyasa
forms. It is a short stumpy shell, of a very dark colour, with
oblique coarsely nodose ribs, the nodules being produced by the
spiral sulci cutting through the cost.

1893. ] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 639

23. MELANIA MWERUENSIS. (Plate LIX. fig. 12.)

Testa elongata, acuminata, albida, punctis rufis, im seriebus
transversis dispositis, ornata, epidermide tenuissima pallide oli-
vacea induta ; spira elongata, acuminata ; anfractus circiter 10,
Sere plant, inferne ad suturam leviter constricti vel canaliculati,
plicis obliquis sulcis spiralibus decussatis instructi, infra suturam
crasse marginati vel balteati, ultimus plicis prope medium
obsoletis, inferne transversim sulcatus ; sutura parum obliqua ;
apertura acuminato-ovalis, superne angustata, longit. totius 3
paulo superans ; labrum tenue, superne late et subprofunde
sinuatum ; columella curvata, alba, incrassata.

Longit. 22 millim., diam. 8; apertura 7 longa, 43 lata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (ft. Crawshay).

This species, although spotted like MW. tuberculata, is sufficiently
distinct from that form. The plice are coarser, the whorls flatter,
and the lip more sinuated. The spiral sulci are four in number on
the upper whorls and about eight on the body-whorl; they cut
through the oblique folds, giving them a more or less nodose
appearance. The red dots, which are sometimes produced into
short transverse lines, fall upon the ridges between the sulci, and
never in the grooves themselves. In some specimens the oblique
coste are almost obsolete, especially upon the last and penultimate
whorl,

24, Menanta imitatrix. (Plate LIX. fig. 13.)

Testa elongata, acuminata, epidermide luteo-olivacea amicta, punctis
rufis paucis sparsis picta; anfractus 8-9, fere planiusculr,
costis oblique arcuatis 16-18, quadriseriatum granosis, imstructi,
ultimus infra medium transversim sulcatus; apertura ovata,
superne acuminata, longit. totius 3 adequans ; labrum supra
late sinuatum, antice prominens ; columella imferne arcuata,
inerassata, alba, reflexa.

Longit. 21 millip., diam. 8; apertura 7 longa.

Hab. Lake M (2. Crawshay).

This specie like M. tuberculata, but has less coarse whorls,

more distinct ribbing and granulation.

25. MELANIA cRAWSHAYI. (Plate LIX. fig. 14.)

Testa angusta, elongata, albida, epidermide pallide olivacea induta ;
anfractus 9, infra sutwram serie conspicua, obliqua, conferta
tuberculorum cincti, infra nodulos constricti, deinde convexius-
culi, lirisque tribus, quarum suprema nodosa, spiraliter instructi,
ultimus liris circiter 9 cinctus; apertura anguste ovata; labrum
tenue ; columella arcuata, alba, incrassata.

Longit. 17 millim., diam. 5% ; apertura 53 longa, 33 lata.

Hab. Lake Mweru (R. Crawshay).

The row of tubercles bordering the suture is prominent and very

remarkable. Beneath comes a broad constriction, below which are
three transverse ridges, of which the uppermost is ornamented

640 MR, B. A. SMITH ON LAND AND FRESHWATER ~—[Nov. 7

with nodules, but much smaller than the sutural series. It is a
remarkable-looking shell, and probably peculiar to the lake.

26. Puysa NYASANA, Smith.

Hab. Karonga, west shore but towards the northern end of
Lake Nyasa (#. Crawshay).

The original specimens (described P. Z.S. 1877, p. 717, pl. Ixxv.
figs. 16, 17) were obtained at the southern part of the lake.

27. PHysa KARONGENSIS. (Plate LIX. fig. 15.)

Testa ovata, angusta, perforata, pallide fuscescens ; anfractus 33,
celeriter crescentes, convexi, infra suturam plus minus distinete
marginati, liners incrementi sculpti, ultimus oblique descendens ;
spira brevis, obtusa; apertura angusta, elongata, longit. totius ¥
paulo superans ; columella contorta, refleca; labrum tenue,
intus leviter mcrassatum.

Longit. 72 millim., diam. 54 ; apertura 53 longa, 25 lata.

Hab. Karonga.

This species is narrower than P. nyasana, has the spire more
elevated, the last whorl obliquely descending and the aperture
consequently shorter. This is the third species now known from
Nyasa.

28. PLANORBIS (PLANORBULA) ALEXANDRINA, var.

Hab. Karonga, Lake Nyasa.

This is the first record of the genus from the lake. The single
specimen is a link between those from Tanganyika (figured by me
P. Z. 8. 1881, pl. xxxiv. figs. 30-306) and the typical form from
Eeypt. M. Bourguignat (Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. vol. x. 1890, p. 23)
has considered this variety a distinct species under the name of
Planorbula tanganikana.

29. Unto NYASSAENSIS, Lea. (Plate LIX. figs. 16, 17.)

Hab, Angoni-Land, south end of lake Nyasa (A. Whyte).

This species is very variable in form and sculpture and offers a
fine field for the manufacture of so-called species. Lea described
three forms of it under as many names, and M. Bourguignat * has
given a name to a variety which was figured by me in the Society’s
Proceedings, 1881, pl. xxxiv. fig. 34.

30. Unto (MEraprera) JOHNSTONI. (Plate LIX. figs. 18-20.)

Testa compressa, transversa, elongata, antice nasuta, postice
acuminata, ad marginem dorsalem sursum acute alata, tenuis,
pallida, epidermide dilute virescente postice obscure radiata
induta, versus umbones margaritacea, inequivalvis, valde
inequilateralis, utrinque angustissime hians; valve striis
incrementi tenuibus sculpte, supra umbones tenuiter corrugate ;
margo dorsi incurvatus, ventralis late excurvatus, posticus inter
alam dorsalem et extremitatem posteriorem valde sinuatus ; pagina

1 Bull. Soe. malacol. France, 1889, vol. vi. p. 38.

1893. ] SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 641

interna pulcherrime margaritacea, wridescens, interdum pallide
rosacea; dens cardinalis anticus valve sinistre elongatus, leviter
corrugatus, v. deatre duplex, dens posticus unicus v. devtre
elongatus, rectus, tenuis, prominens, v. sinistre duplew.

Longit. 53 millim., alt. 30, diam. 93.

Hab. Lake Mweru (2. Crawshay).

The shells here described are probably only small representatives
of this species. The species is quite unlike any other known form
from Africa. It recalls the Unio delphinus, Gruner, from Malacca,
on account of the dorsal wing, and agrees with it also exactly in the
hinge-dentition and the ligament. In form it even more closely
resembles Hyria elongata, Swainson, from British Guiana (Exotic
Conch. p. 29, pl. xxiv.).

31. Priopon speKknt (Woodward).

Hab. Sumbu, 8.E. Tanganyika (2. Crawshay).

Only one species of this genus from Lake Tanganyika has come
under the writer’s observation, although as many as twenty-six
so-called species are enumerated by Bourguignat ’.

Like many of the “ species” from the Central African lakes
described by that author, they are of little or no value.

32. Morena (SPATHA) NYASSAENSIS, Lea.

Hab. Nyasa (A. Whyte).

The specimens in the present collection are considerably larger
than Lea’s type, being 3? inches long, 2} high, and 17 in diameter.
Besides being more oval than S. rubens, as pointed out by Lea,
this species is more inequilateral, the beaks being situated much
more anteriorly and less prominent. The impression of the
visceral-sac attachment near the anterior adductor scar is smaller
also.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIX.

Fig. 1. Ennea johnstoni, p. 633.
2. —— karongana, p. 633.

3, 4. Helix (Pella) whytei, p. 634.
5, 6. Viviparus mweruensis, p. 636.
ie , var, pagodiformis, p. 636.
8. —— crawshayi, p. 637.
9. Cleopatra johnstoni, p. 637.
10. mweruensis, p. 637.
ll. Melania woodwardi, p. 638.
12. —— mweruensis, p. 639.
13. —— imitatriz, p. 639.
14, crawshayi, p. 639.

15. Physa karongensis, p. 640.
16, 17. Unio nyassaensis, p. 640.
18, 19, 20. Jjohnstoni, p. 640.

1 Nouveautés Malacol., I. Unionide et Iridinide du lac Tanganika, 1886,
pp. 66-93 ; Tconogr, Malacol. Tanganika, 1888, pls. xxxi.—xxxv.

642 MR. B, A, SMITH ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF ENNEA. [Nov. 7,

4, Descriptions of two new Species of Shells of the Genus
Ennea. By Enear A. Suita,

[Received August 28, 1893.]

ENNEA (PryCHOTREMA) BASSAMENSIS. (Woodcut, fig. 1.)

Testa elongata, pupiformis, albida ; anfractus 8-9, convexiusculi,
sutura profunda paulo obliqua sejuncti, costulis confertis fili-
formibus obliquis instructt, ultimus postice ad basin bi-scrobicu-
latus, prope labrum breviter ascendens ; apertura alba, rotunde
quadrata, longit. totius 4 adequans, plicis et denticulis
inequalibus ringens, plica parietal valida lamelliformi intrante,
denticulis tribus columellaribus, unico basali minimo, liris
inceequalibus quatuor, lamella unica et denticulo intra labrum
munita ; peristoma leviter incrassatum, reflecum, album, nitens,
marginibus callo tenwi junctis.

Longit. 15 millim., diam. 5; apertura 4% longa, 34 lata.

Hab. Abidjean, Grand Bassam, West Africa.

The first four whorls are rather more convex than the rest,

almost smooth, and destitute of the fine oblique lire which orna-

Fig. 1.

Ennea (Ptychotrema) bassamensis.

ment the rest of the shell. The upper edge of these whorls has a
narrow pellucid margination and appears crenulated. The denti-
tion of the aperture is best explained by means of a figure (fig. 10).
Ennea cyathostoma, Pfr., from Old Calabar, is closely allied to this
species, but differs in its superior size and the dentition of the
aperture.
Fig. le represents the young state of this species, in which

the armature of the aperture is quite different from that of the
adult form.

P.Z.8.1893.PlateLX

Yest, Newman chramo.

ritish Central Africa

¥

FWFrohawk del.et lith

B

New Butterflhes from

1893.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 643

ENNEA (EDENTULINA) LONGULA. (Woodcut, fig. 2.)

Testa elongata, pupiformis, rumata, albo-cornea ; anfractus 8, con-
vexiusculi, sutura leviter obliqua et profunda discreti, tenutter,
confertim et oblique lirati, ultimus supra aperturam levior, haud
liratus, antice ad labrum breviter ascendens ; apertura inverse
subauriformis, longit. totius + equans ; peristoma leviter incras-
satum, anguste reflecum, margine columellari dilatato, reflexo,
intus oblique subtorto, dextro arcuato.

Longit. 16 millim., diam. 6; apertura 5 longa, 33 lata.

Hab. Mayotte (ex coll. Emile Eudel).

This species is more elongate than most of the forms of Hdentu-

lina and bears a general resemblance to Elma swinhoei of H. Adams.

Fig. 2.

Ennea (Edentula) longula.

The outer lip, however, is not deeply sinuated as in that section of
the genus Ennea.

The types of this and the preceding species have been presented
to the British Museum by Mr. H. Fulton.

5. On two Collections of Lepidoptera sent by H. H. Johnston,
Esq., C.B., from British Central Africa. By Arrnur
G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received September 20, 1893.]
(Plate LX.)

The collections, of which the following is an account, were made
by Mr. R. Crawshay and Mr. A. Whyte respectively; the first
principally at Lake Mweru in 1891 and 1892, the second at Zomba
between July 1892 and January 1893. Of the two series the
former is in by far the better condition, and the latter considerably
more numerous both in species and individuals. So many of the
species in the two series are identical that I have thought it better
to combine them in one paper: together they represent no less
than 216 species, the majority of which belong to the South
African fauna. Thirty-one species are described as new to
science.

644 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

RHOPALOCERA.
1. AMAURIS OCHLBA.

Danais ochlea, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 589 (1847).
Zomba, Jan. 1893.

2. AMAURIS LOBENGULA.

Nebroda lobengula, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. vi. p. 346 (1890).

3d. Near to A. albimaculata of Natal, considerably larger and
with the costal margin of the primaries comparatively longer (even
more so than in A. hanningtonii); the ‘spot in the cell much
larger, the latter and the subquadrate spot at centre of the lower
median interspace of a less pure white; the ochreous belt on the
secondaries brighter and of fully double the width; submarginal
spots nearly as in A. echeria. Expanse of wings 90 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

Our largest male example of A. albimaculata measures 72
millim. in expanse.

3. AMAURIS WHYTEI, sp. n.

3 Q. Near to A. echeria; larger, the primaries with white
spots very slightly tinted with ochre and formed as in A. hanning-
tonit; the secondaries with the ochreous belt paler and duller,
resembling the under-surface colouring in A. echeria, quite half as
wide again as in that species, and with a less acutely angled outer.
edge: from the preceding species it differs in its inferior size, less
produced primaries with yellower spots, the narrower, duller, and
paler ochreous belt on the secondaries, and consequently broader
black outer border. Expanse of wings 85 millim.

Zomba, December 1892.

I had hoped to find that this was the A. stechkeri of Kheil, the
label of which remained a blank in the collection ; but, on looking
up the description and figure, I find that A. steckeri is typical
A. echeria and has been compared with A. albimaculata under the
impression that the latter represented Stoll’s species. A. whytei
is nearer to A. jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, but perfectly distinct.

4, LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).
3 2, Zomba, July 1892; 9, Lake Mweru.

4a. LIMNAS KLUGII.

Timnas klugii, Butler, P. Z.8. 1885, p. 758, n. 2.

@, Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 11, 1892.

4b, LIMNAS DORIPPUS,.

Euplea dovippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. figs. 1-4.
9, Lake Mweru.
I did not find Z. alcippus in the collection ; but as Hypolimnas

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 645

alcippoides was in the Zomba series, it is only reasonable to suppose
that L. alcippus also occurs there.

5. MELANITIS SOLANDRA.

Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500, n. 244 (1775).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

This is one of the forms of M. leda which is not found in India.
As already stated, I think the Indian type is, to all intents and
purposes, a species distinct from the rufescent form named by
Linnzeus: when two variable and allied species exhibit similarity
without identity in one of their many sports, they must still be
considered distinct.

6. MELANITIS LIBYA.

Melanitis libya, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x.
p- 405 (1882).

2, Zomba, January 1893.

The colouring of the under surface evidently differs from that
of the type; but, in a genus in which both the colouring and
pattern of that surface vary indefinitely, this is unimportant.

7. GNOPHODES DIVERSA.

Gnophodes diversa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.
p- 333 (1880).

Zomba, July 1892.

8. Mycanusis (MonorricuTIs) RHACOTTS.

Mycalesis rhacotis, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii., Wye. pl. 8. fig. 50
(1866).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July 1892, January 1893.

9. Mycaxesis (MonorricHTls) EUSIRUS.

Mycalesis cusirus, Hopfier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p- 641,
n. 13.

Lake Mweru ; Zomba, July 1892, January 1893.

I think it doubtful whether this is more than a form of the
preceding species, which, however, it would of course supersede
if not distinct.

10. Mycatzsis (Monorricuris) MIRIAM.

Papilio miriam, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 242, n. 754 (1793),

Zomba, July and December 1892.

This species varies considerably in size and the greater or less
regularity of the outer line of the central belt; examples from the
West Coast of Africa in the Museum Collection show a more
dentate-sinuate character in this line, especially on the primaries,
than those in the present series; but in all other details they
correspond.

646 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

11. SAMANTA PERSPICUA.

Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1873,
p- 104, pl. 1. fig. 3.

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

This species varies in depth of colour and in the width of the
pale outer border to the central belt on the under surface; some
examples incline to grey and others to ochreous on this surface.

Nxocayyra, Butl.

Mr. Trimen (P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 62) sinks this genus as a synonym of
Pseudonympha, W llgr., stating that all the characters which I have
given to distinguish it from Cenyra are such as occur in Pseudo-
nympha; he fails to notice that the palpi and antenne correspond
(as stated in my diagnosis) with those of Canyra. In Pseudo-
nympha, on the other hand, the palpi are clothed with much longer
hairs, and the antenne have a flattened spatulate club. As regards
the type (V. dupleaw), which Mr. Trimen sinks as a probable
synonym of Ypthima bera, Hewits., it is not only not nearly allied to
the latter, but it has a totally different appearance, all the red
markings being entirely unrepresented in Hewitson’s species. I
quite agree with my friend in disliking imperfectly characterized
genera; but when, after careful comparison with all allied genera,
I find it necessary to found a new one, it somewhat surprises
me to be informed that it is synonymous with one of the very
genera mentioned in the original description as differing in struc-
ture.

12. NEoc@NYRA YPTHIMOIDES, sp. 0.

. Allied to WV. bera, slightly larger and much darker, the deeper
coloration being especially noticeable on the under surface :
primaries above with the paler patch enclosing the ocellus ex-
tended to inner margin and confined throughout its length by a
sinuated dusky postmedian line and a blackish feebly undulated
submarginal line ; a second small ocellus frequently present on the
lower median interspace: in the secondaries the submarginal line
is almost regular, not zigzag towards apex as in JV. bera; the ocelli
vary in number from five to six, that nearest the costa being either
large, small, or absent, that on the lower radial interspace either
small or absent, the two on the median interspaces largest, as in
IV. bera, and the two nearest anal angle small and confluent; the
pale area enclosing the ocelli is bounded internally by a widely
zigzag dusky postmedian line: markings below as above, but some-
times more sharply defined. Expanse of wings 40-48 millim.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

This appears to be a common species, of which the collection
contained a long series: I have compared eleven of them with
Hewitson’s four examples of WV. bera and find the differences
absolutely constant.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 647

13. YPTHIMA ITONIA.

Ypthima itonia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 287,
n. 11, pl. 18. fig. 13 (1865).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The white areas below vary a little in intensity and the ocelli in
size; but in other respects this species seems to be wonderfully
constant.

14, YPrHIMA SIMPLICIA.

Ypthima simplicia, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.
Xviii. p. 481 (1876).
Lake Mweru; Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

15. PurIPLYsIA JOHNSTONI, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 1.)

Wings above cream-coloured ; the transverse striations of the
under surface showing more or less distinctly through the wings :
primaries with the swollen part of the subcostal vein ochreous ;
costal border to subcostal vein, an apical patch continuous with
it and extending downwards to first median branch, outer border
in the male, and a-broad internal border regularly excised near the
external angle, blackish; four or five more or less distinct blind
black ocelli with orange irides in a straight line across the disk to
second or first median branch, three regular parallel submarginal
and marginal black stripes: secondaries with the costa and external
border in the male broadly blackish, the latter partly enclosing a
submarginal series of black spots; the three black stripes or lines
as in the primaries, but more or less distinctly interlined with white
(as in all the wings of the female); female with the costal area
more or less smoky grey; a blackish diffused submarginal band,
sometimes with excised external sinuations, enclosing a series of
more or less distinct ocelli with dull orange irides. Body above
black, below cream-coloured, with black striz and three lines on
outer border as above; a series of orange ocelli with metallic
leaden pupils, five on the primaries and seven on the secondaries
(the last two confluent); the central area in the male widely
devoid of striation, but in the female the clear space is only repre-
sented by an ill-defined fusiform transverse patch or band bounding
the ocelli internally. Expanse of wings 37-40 millim.

Zomba, January, July, and December 1892.

This pretty little species is evidently not uncommon ; itis a link
between P. leda and. P. panda, the under surface of the female
being very similar to that of the latter species, only with more
sharply defined black striations.

16. CHARAXES SATURNUS.

3. Charawes saturnus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 624, n. 5, pl. 36.
fig. 1; 2.Lep. Exot. i. p. 5, pl. 2. fig. 2 (1869).

Sulim bin Najimb, Konde, Jan. 22, 1893 (2. Crawshay).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLIV. 44

648 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [ Nov. 7

17. CHARAXES JOCASTR,

3. Charawes jocaste, Butler, P. ZS. 1865, p- 628, n. 21.

2. Charaxes achemenes, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446,
n. 729, pl. 59. figs. 6, 7 (1867).

Zomba, July 1892.

I do not see why the name C. jocaste should be ignored, since
thousands of descriptions applicable to half a dozen species coming
from the same locality are allowed to stand. My description
characterized four species, of two of which the locality was estab-
lished, one being from India and the other from Senegal; both
species were well known under the names C. fubius, Fabr., and
C. jocaste, Boisd., MS. In the absence of any other known African
species, C’. jocaste from Senegal was perfectly recognizable by my
description ; therefore it seems to me that, as a matter of fact, it
was sufficiently characterized and the name C. jocaste (as a matter
of principle) should supersede that of C. achemenes. The object of
a description is not to glorify the author of it, but to render a
new species recognizable, and it is on this account that good
figures of new species (when named), although unaccompanied by
any description whatever, are recognized as claiming priority over
subsequent descriptions of the same species. It is immaterial
by what name a species is known, provided that the oldest name
by which it was recognized is retained.

18. CHARAXES GUDEPRIANA.

3. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf.
Halle, 1879, p. 200, pl. 2. fig. 18.

3d, December 1892; g 9, January 1893; 6, Mipa Stream,
Mofwi, August 3, 1892 (BR. C.).

The female approaches that sex of O. kirkii, being crossed above
by a buff band which on the primaries is broken up, above the
first median branch, into two series of spots divergent on the
costal area; the bluish-white discoidal spot of the male is also
represented by a buff spot.

19. CHARAXES ALDADINIS.

2. Charaxes alladinis, Butler, Cist, Ent. i. p. 5, n. 3 (1869) ;
Lep. Exot. i. pl. 10. fig. 2 (1870).

g. Above very near to C. hollandii (the Sierra Leone repre-
sentative of C. ethalion), but in outline of wing even more quadrate
than C. ethalion itself, the primaries having a much less arched
outer margin and the secondaries being shorter. Above blue-
black: primaries with the costa, basal fourth, apex, and outer
margin bronze green; two subapical obliquely placed unequal
greenish-white spots: secondaries with the costal area purplish
brown, the abdominal area, including the greater part of the
discoidal cell, clothed with brown hair; external area and veins
greenish; a shining bronze-green lunulated stripe halfway be-
tween the cell and outer margin, only the last four sinuations

1893. | BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 649

or lunules being well defined; a submarginal series of small blue
spots edged internally with white ; an irregular marginal border,
the first three divisions of which are brick-red and the remainder
golden-bronze, shading into white on centre of tails; extreme
margin steel-black with scarcely perceptible white fringe. Below
the usual markings prevail, but the ground-colour has the rufous
character of that of the female. Expanse of wings 73 millim.
Ngama’s, Kakoma, Aug. 5, 1892 (#. C.); Zomba, Jan. 1893.

20. CHARAXES WHYTEI, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 2.)

3. Belongs to the C. ethalion group, but is very distinct, more
nearly approaching C. talaguge, Holland, in pattern than any
other species. Above blue-black, with a submarginal slightly
sinuous series of seven greenish-grey spots, tapering from inner
margin to last subcostal branch near the outer margin: second-
aries with costa greyish ; an opaline bluish-white belt changing in
certain lights to grey or pale green, narrow at costa, gradually
widening to third median branch, nearly of uniform width to just
below first median branch, and then abruptly narrowed to inner
margin; this belt leaves a rather narrow black outer border,
enclosing a submarginal series of small white dashes, touched with
blue near anal angle, and a marginal grey-greenish irregular stripe,
streaked with dull golden buff and brick-red; extreme margin
black. Body as usual; under surface having the usual character,
somewhat reddish and sericeous, with a straight white transverse
central band bounding the outer series of black lines forming the
limit of the almost central belt, and which in this species are
united into one almost unbroken line; the ordinary discal lunules
united into an irregular, internally black-edged band of greenish,
shading into clay-reddish. Expanse of wings 61 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

21, CHARAXES BOHEMANI,

Charaxes bohemani, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. 1859, p. 321,
pl. 6. fig. 3. Oo

Ngama’s, August 5, 1892 (R. C.).

22. CHARAXES PITHODORIS.

Charaxes pithodoris, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v., Churawes, pl. iv.
figs. 18, 19 (1876).

Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 12, 1892.

23. CHARAXES CITHERON.

Charaxes citheron, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. ii. p. 308,
pl. 8. figs. 2,3 (1859).

9, Zomba, January 1893.

94, CHARAXES TIRIDATES.
Papilio tiridates, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 11, n. 43.

6, Lake Mweru.
44%

650 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

25, CHARAXES NHANTHES.

Nymphalis neanthes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt., Nymphalis, pl. 1.
figs. 2, 3 (1854).

3, Lake Mweru.

26. PALLA VARANES.
Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. clx. D, E (1879).
Lake Mweru; Zomba, January 1893.

27. HyYPoLIMNAS MISIPPUS.
Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
3, Zomba, January 1893; 92, July 1892.

27a. HYPOLIMNAS ALCIPPOIDES.

Hypolimnas aleippoides, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. xii. p. 102, n. 2 (1883).

3 2, Zomba, July 1892; ¢, Lake Mweru.

27 b. HYPoLIMNAS INARIA.

Papilio inaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. eexiv. A, B (1782).

2, Lake Mweru.

The form H. alcippoides is generally smaller, and H. inaria
larger, than the type form.

28. PANOPEA BXPANSA.

Panopea expansa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii.
p- 177 (1878).

Lake Mweru.

The type of this species was received from Masasi.

29. JUNONIA ARTAXIA.

Junonia artaxia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. 1. fig. 6
(1864).
Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893 ; Lake Mweru.

30. JUNONIA NACHTIGALII.

Precis nachtigalii, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle,
1879, p. 194, pl. 1. fig. 16.

Zomba, July 1892.

I can see no sufficient reason for distinguishing Precis from
Junonia ; the length of the palpi is a slightly variable character
and, taken collectively, the difference in length between those
of Precis as compared with Junonia appears to me extremely
doubtful: as to the different form of wing, if strictly adhered
to, that character would necessitate still further subdivision of
the genus.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 651

31. JUNONIA NATALICA.

Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr iv. p. 106, n. 65
(1860).
Zomba, July 1892, January 1893.

32. JUNONIA CHAPUNGA.

Junonia chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. 1. figs. 2, 3
(1864).

Zomba, January 1893.

Varieties also occur (taken in July 1892 and January 1893)
which are intermediate in character between J. chapunga and
J. pelasgis, the ocellated spots being united into an ochreous band
and continuous with the short oblique band beyond the cell of
primaries, which is also ochreous; Hewitson has an example
of this variety in his series of J. chapunga.

33. JUNONIA CERYNE.
Salamis ceryne, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 592 (1847).
dg, Lake Mweru; ¢ 2, Zomba, January 1893.

34. JUNONIA GALAMI.
Vanessa galami, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 46 (1833).
Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

35. JUNONIA AURORINA, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 3.)

Allied to J. sinuata, Plétz (=serena, Weymar), and very similar to
both in pattern and in coloration, but the primaries almost of the
same form as J. galami; the subapical angle is, however, a little
more prominent, the outer margin less inarched, and the posterior
angle less prominent : the secondaries are of the same form as in
J. sinuata ; below the central area is yellower and the outer borders
washed with lilac. Expanse of wings, ¢ 57 millim., 92 60
millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

36. JUNONIA TRIMENTI, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 4.)

Near to J. micromera, which it much resembles on the upper
surface ; it is, however, larger, and has a pinky-whitish diffused
band in front of the series of black spots in the male; the
central and double black band has two very acute angles, the
black spots of the discal series are smaller, and the brown area at
base of secondaries is restricted and followed by one or two black
spots at the end of the cell; on the under surface all the dark
markings on basal area are represented by irregular black spots
qiite clearly defined. Expanse of wings, ¢ 52 millim., 9 56
millim.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

This appears to be a much commoner species than J. micromera,
and is quite constant in all its characters.

652 DR. A. &. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM Nov. 7,

37. JUNONIA MICROMERA.

Junonia micromera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xviii. p. 482 (1876).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July and December 1892, J: anuary 1893.

38. JUNONIA CALESCENS, sp. n.
Precis octavia, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 38. fig. 4.
omba, July 1892.

‘This species is commonly regarded as a variety of ./. octavia,
but there is not a particle of evidence in support of this opinion ;
in the present collection it is common and constant enough to
justify its separation from Cramer's species. It differs as follows :—
It is considerably larger (60-65 millim. in expanse), is of a bright
rosy red colour, paler in the centre of the disk; all the black
markings are less heavy in character, the bar at end of cell in
primaries isolated, whereas in J. pctavia it forms part of a broader
and angular band which crosses the wing, and the marginal lunules
on the under surface are bluish, instead of chalk-white. It isa
constant local representative of C. octavia, which does not occur in
the present collection.

39. JUNONIA ELGIVA.

Junoma elgiva, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iti, Jun. pl. 1. fig. 1
(1864).

Lake Mweru ; Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

40. JUNONIA CUAMA.

Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. 1. figs. 4, 5
(1864).

Zomba, December 1892.

41. JUNONIA CLOANTHA.

Papilio cloantha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxxviii. A, B
(1782).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, December 1892.

42, JUNONIA ACTIA.

Precis actia, Distant, P. Z,S. 1880, p. 185, pl. 19. fig. 7.
Lake Mweru.

43. JUNONIA SESAMUS.

Precis sesamus, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pl. iv. fig. 3
(1887).
Lake Mweru.

44, JUNONIA BOOPIS.

Junonia boopis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.
3 2, Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 12, 1892.

1893.1] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 653

45. JUNONIA CLELIA,
Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1779).
Lake Mweru; Zomba, January 1893.

46. JUNONIA CEBRENE.
Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353.
Lake Mweru; Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

47. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.
Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276, n. 1054 (1761).
Lake Mweru.

48, PROTOGONIOMORPHA DEFINITA.

6. Salamis definita, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. iv. p. 230 (1879).

9. Like a white form of P. nebulosa, but with the base of the
wings above grey. Expanse of wings 76 millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

The male was described from Madagascar: we must therefore
conclude either that three wide-ranging allied species exist, or that
they represent one widely distributed and very variable species ;
the latter seems to me the more probable solution of the difficulty.
In this case the present species would stand as P. aglatonice, Godt.
(specimens of which we have received previously from Central
Africa), and as var. definita 2; P. nebulosa would also have to be
ranked as an extreme form of the same species.

AQ, PROTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDII,

Papilio anacardii, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764).
Zomba, July 1892.

50. CyMoTHOE THEOBENE.

Harma theobene, Doubleday, Westwood & Hewitson, Gen.
Diurn. Lep. i. pl. 40. fig. 3 (1850).

Lake Mweru.

51. HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS.

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482, n. 174 (1775).

Lake Mweru ; Zomba, July 1892.

52, NEPTIS AGATHA.
Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexxvii. A, B (1782).
Lake Mweru; Zomba, July 1892.

53. ATELLA COLUMBINA.

Papilio colwmbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexxxvili. A, B,
iv. pl. ecexxxvii. D, H (1782).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

654 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

54, CRENIS NATALENSIS.
Crenis natalensis, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 592 (1847).
Zomba, January 1893.

The single example is rather darker than the specimens in the
Museum series, but differs in no other respect.

55. CRENIS ORAWSHAYI, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 5.)

Greyish blue, the whole centre suffused with rosy lavender ; the
base and costa of primaries, and the body above, slightly greenish ;
wings with slightly smuated black outer margins and delicate white
fringes ; veins black externally; disk of wings crossed by three
series of black spots beyond the middle, the innermost series
angulated and very oblique on the primaries, almost obliterated on
the secondaries, the first two spots of the series cuneiform, the
others rounded; second series double towards costa, the first three
spots being preceded by elongate blackish streaks ; a minute white
dash between the first pair, which would otherwise be lost in the
black veins, of which they form a mere thickening ; the spot on
interno-median area divided ; submarginal series formed of more
or less lunate spots; costa of secondaries and hairs on abdominal
area somewhat brownish. Underside most like that of OC. rosa, but
deeper in colour, the primaries with two complete series of black
spots towards outer margin, the first of the inner series and the
first two of the outer series enclosed by a pale silvery blue apical
costal streak, the three following pairs united by longitudinal
streaks of the same colour, the fourth pair by a few blue scales ;
all the spots of the outer series united to pale blue marginal spots ;
extreme margin blackish, with white fringe: secondaries having
the general aspect of those of ©. rosa, but entirely different in
details ; costa broadly pale blue, with a black interrupted longi-
tudinal line above the costal vein ; a black spot below it at centre
of costa and a cuneiform orange spot enclosing the precostal
veinlet ; a broad almost triangular blue patch nearly covering the
cell, within which are black irregular characters similar to those of
Argynnis or Euthalia; a blue streak runs down the abdominal
border, and a second, enclosing the submedian vein, unites with it
to form a large anal patch, which encloses a slender black sub-
marginal line and the last two spots of the discal series ; from the
submedian streak a curved series of triangular blue spots, termi-
nating externally in blackish angular markings, runs across to the
cell, with the large patch on which the triangular spots are fused ;
two series of black spots parallel to the outer margin enclosed in
clavate longitudinal pale blue streaks, the outer series submarginal.
Body below bluish white. Expanse of wings 65 millim.

Lake Mweru.

A strikingly distinct new species.

56. EHURYTELA DRYOPE.

Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxviii. E, F (1779).
Zomba, January 1893,

1893.) BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 655

57. HYPANIS ACHBELOIA.

Hypanis acheloia, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 29 (1857).

Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 11, 1892; Zomba, July and
December 1892.

58. ACRMA VINIDIA.

Acrea vinidia, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 130 (1874);
Exot. Butt. v., Acrea, pl. 7. figs. 45, 46 (1875).
Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 12, 1892.

59. ACR#A CABIRA.

Acrea cabira, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berlin, 1855, p. 640,
n.7; Peters’s Reise nach Mossambique, p. 378, pl. 23. figs. 14, 15
(1862).

Zomba, July 1892, January 1893.

60. ACRHA BXCELSIOR.

Acrea excelsior, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 192, pl. xvii.
fig. 3.
2, Zomba, January 1893.

61. ACRHA VENTURA.

Acrea ventura, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 51 (1877).

@. Above quite like a large reddish female of A. eponina’;
primaries below with wider and comparatively paler apical area :
the secondaries with three large vermilion spots in the macular
central angulated band; the markings of the external border
somewhat as in A. cabira, but only outlined in black, the zigzag
line having much larger marginal triangular spots. Expanse of
wings 60 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

62. ACRHA TERPSICHORE.

Papilio terpsichore, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 222 (1764).

Papilio eponina 9, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. celxviii. C, D
(1782).

Zomba, July 1892.

My view (Fabr. Cat. p. 1383) that P. terpsichore was Acrea

1 According to Dr. Holland, who has gone carefully into the synonymy of
the A. serena group (Ann. & Mag. N. H., October 1893), this is the typical
A. bonasia of Fabricius, and Cramer’s female the same as A. serena, Fabr. The
only difficulty is that, in the absence of the Fabrician type of A. serena, his
description is insufficient for the certain identification of the species, the only
clue being ‘“ Parvus, affinis Terpsichori.” In looking up the description of
P. terpsichore, Linn., I find a reference to a figure by Petiver, which is clearly a
bad representation of Acrea viole; the Linnexan description “ Apices fusci
lunula in medio” corresponds much better with Cramer’s female of 4. eponina,
which I believe to be A. erpsichore, Linn. Aurivillius, in his important paper
on the species described by Linnzeus, says: “ fortasse ad Acrea serena, Fabr.,
optime referri posset, nisi alze postics: saturatiores essent.”

656 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

horta is rightly opposed by Aurivillius; his hesitation to regard it
as A. serena, Fabr.,=eponina 2, Cramer, seems to be based solely
on the words “ posticis saturatioribus,” and is, I think, hyper-
critical: the question as to whether A. serena is the insect which
it is generally supposed to be, in the absence of any mention by
Fabricius of the oblique spot on the black at apex, is, I think, far
more doubtful. My remark (Joc. cit.) that the Linnean description
“is applicable to A. rahira 2” appears on more mature reflection
to be untenable.

63. ACRUA PERRUPTA.

Lelchinia perrupta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. xii. p. 102, n. 4 (1883).
Lake Mweru; Zomba, July 1892.

64, ACR#A LYCIA.

Papilio lycia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 464, n. 94 (1775).

Lake Mweru.

A. adrasta, Weymar (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1892, p. 85), is the allied
A. cecilia.

65. ACRHA DOUBLEDAYI.

Acrea doubledayi, Guérin, Lefebvre’s Voy. en Abyss. vi. p. 378
(1847).

Acrea oncea, Hopffer, Peters’s Reise, v. pl. 24. figs. 5-8 (1862).

9, Lake Mweru; ¢ 9, Zomba, July 1892.

I believe A. abadina, Ribbe, to be this species.

66. ACR@A EMPUSA, sp. n. (? local race of A. asema, Hewits.)

Allied to A. doubledayi, with the aspect of A. punctatissima.
Sexes nearly alike, semitransparent, tawny ; the primaries greyer
than the secondaries, with diffused black apical patch ; the spots
nearly as in A, doubledayi, but the primaries with three additional
spots in an oblique series below apex; secondaries with marginal
tawny spots on the black border. Primaries below with three more
or less distinct yellowish-white apical marginal spots on a diffused
grey apical nebula; four spots instead of three in the oblique
series beyond the cell; no white subapical band in the female, the
three additional black spots as above: secondaries with the black
spots wider apart, larger and less numerous ; rose-colour and spots
at base similar, no spot on upper radial interspace, the dot at base
of lower radial interspace wanting, and the large spot placed nearer
to the base; only one spot on abdominal margin. Expanse of
wings, ¢ 46 millim., 9 47 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

One crippled male example has an expanse of 50 millim.

A similar but distinct species is described by Rogenhofer under
the name of A. marnois.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 657

67. ACREA PERIPHANES.

Acrea periphanes, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Entom. livr. xvii. p. 20,
pl. 2. fig. 23 (1893).

One example, Lake Mweru.

Our example is better marked than that of M. Oberthiir, all the
spots of the under surface of primaries being strongly defined on
the upper surface; the secondaries below more distinctly marked
with rosy vermilion on abdominal border, where there is one
additional black spot. There can be no question whatever that
these differences are due to simple individual variation.

In the same livraison M. Oberthiir has described a number of
species as new upon which Dr. Holland has recently commented
in his paper in the ‘Annals of Natural History.’ I quite agree
with him in his statement that all the varieties of A. proteina
and A. kilimandjara are sports of A. johnstoni, Godman. I also
consider A. cappadow to be=A. bonasia, A. strattipocles 3 =
sambave, Ward; A. conradti=probably a variety of A. fornax,
Butl.; A. serena-melas a melanism of A. bonasia; A. cheribula=
n. sp. near to A. caldarena; A. masaris 9 =A. monteironis, Butl.
A. regalis is allied to, but distinct from, A. bresia, Godm. We
have the species represented in the Museum collection.

Of other Acreas recently described to which attention should be
drawn are A. albomaculata, Weymar, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1892, p. 82,
which is=A. ligus, Druce, and A. ombria, Weymar, 1. ¢., which
is =A. caldarena, Hew.

68. ACRMA CALDARENA.

Aerea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877).

Acrea nelusca, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. iii. p. 25, pl. 2. figs. 2, 3
1878).
ue amphimalla, Westwood in Oates’s ‘Matabele-Land, pl. E.
figs. 1, 2 (1881).

Acrea ombria, Weymar, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1892, p. 82.

3 2, Zomba, July 1892; 3g, Lake Mweru.

I cannot agree with Trimen in referring A. nelusca to A.
doubledayi: in the first place the male, although with a slightly
smaller black apical patch than usual to the primaries, also lacks
the longitudinal grey streaks on the internervular folds, which are
very characteristic of A. doubledayi 3 ; the female, moreover, is
quite typical, and, as Trimen says, in it “ there is no trace whatever
of the subapical whitish bar of doubledayi 2.” In the present
collection one female corresponds with Oberthiir’s figure, whilst
another is smoky grey, with the central third of the primaries
occupied by a broad oblique snow-white belt.

69. ACRHA ACRITA.

Acrea acrita, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i1., Acr. pl. 3. fig. 18 (1865),
3, Lake Mweru.

658 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPTDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

70. ACRHA GUILLEMEL.

3. Acrea guillemei, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xvii. p. 19, pl. 1.
fig. 1 (1893).

Q. Smoky grey, with black borders and spots as in the male.

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

This species, with its dusky female, is rather strikingly distinct ;
it does not appear to be rare.

71. AOCRHA NATALICA.
Acrea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. p. 590, n. 57 (1847).
3 2, Zomba, July 1892; Lake Mweru.

72. AORHA ARCTICINOTA.

Acrea arcticincta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p- 103 (1883).

Acrea anemosa, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 33. fig. 1.

Zomba, July 1892.

As I pointed out in my description, the black border of the
secondaries in this Acrea is only half the width of that in
A. anemosa; the black oblique streak at the end of the cell of
primaries is also narrower ; it is a well-marked representative form,
between which and the species named by Hewitson I have seen
no links.

73. ACREA ARECA,

Acrea areca, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1888 ; Nov. Lep.
p- 100, pl. xiv. p. 5 (1893).

Acrea khara, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. iii. p. 128 (1889) ; Rhop. Exot., Aer. pl. 2. figs. 1, 2 (1889).

3, Zomba, July 1892; 9, December 1892.

The female has a pale subapical white patch immediately beyond
the black oblique bar after end of cell of primaries.

74. ACRHA ACARA.

Acrea acara, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Aer. pl. 3. figs. 19, 20
(1865).

Q. Var. Acrea pseudolycia, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 213 (1874),

3 2, Zomba, July 1892.

A, pseudolycia is a rare albino form of the female.

75. PLANEMA JOHNSTONI.

3. Acrea johnstoni, Godman, P. Z.8. 1885, p. 537.

2. Acrea (Planema) johnstoni, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 91.

2 2, Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

As already stated, Dr. Holland has given the full synonymy of
this species, which is more variable in colouring than any other
Planema. I have seen examples in various collections corr spond-
ing with most of those figured by M. Oberthiir.

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 659

76, ALZNA NYASSA,

Alena nyassa, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 6 (1877).

Q. Alena major, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xii. p. 7, pl. 2. fig. 5
(1888),

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

It is a singular thing that, at the time when M. Oberthiir
described and figured his A. hauttecewri and A. major and made
the observation,—“ Jusqu’a présent on ne connaissait d’autre espece
du genre Alena que l’Amazoula, Bdyv., de Natal,”—one of these
species had already been describedeleven years, as A.nyassa, and the
other five years, as A. imterposita: one does not wish to be severe,
but it looks almost as though this author had not gone over his
‘Zoological Records’ with any great care.

76a. ALENA NYASSA, var. OCHRACHA.

Similar in pattern to the type, but the belt across the centre of
the wings buff-coloured in the male and wider than in the typical
form ; that of the female cream-coloured, wider on costa than in
the typical female, and less inarched ; wings below suffused with
buff. Expanse of wings, ¢ 31-36 millim, 2 35-36 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

It is just possible that this may prove to be distinct from
A. nyassa, but I am rather inclined to believe it to be a dimorphic
form corresponding with the ochreous male of A. interposita,
figured by M. Oberthiir as the male of his A. hautteceeurt.

77. ALUMNA AMAZOULA.

Alena amazoula, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 591 (1849).
Zomba, July 1892.

78. TINGRA AMENAIDA.

Pentila amenaida, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v., Pent. & Lipt. pl. 2.
figs. 4-7 (1873).
- Zomba, July 1892.

Var. Base of primaries dusky; secondaries smoky brown, with

black spots and borders as usual.
Zomba, July and December 1892.

79. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS.

Hesperia bibulus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 307, n. 163
(1793).

Zomba, July and December 1892.

This species varies considerably in size.

80. HyRnus LINGEUS.
Papilio tingeus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccclxxix. F', G (1782),
Zomba, July 1892.

660 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

81. ZizBRA GAIKA,

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 403
(1862).
Zomba, July 1892.

82. LYCENESTHES BUBASTUS.

Papilio bubastus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecelxii. G, H (1782).
Zomba, July 1892.

83. LYCENESTHES ADHERBAL ?

2 . Lycena adherbal, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France 1877, p. 217.

Zomba, July and December 1892.

This species is nearest to L. princeps, Butl.; the description is
imperfect, having been made from a damaged female example ;
there can therefore be no absolute certainty in its identification
excepting by a comparison with the type. The male of the species
before me is less brilliantly coloured than the female: shining
lavender biue above ; the apical area and outer border of primaries
dark brown, as also the costal area and sometimes a marginal border
on the secondaries; the orange-zoned ocelli are slightly smaller
than in the female.

84. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS.

Lycena osiris, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1885, p. 642,
n. 21; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 409, pl. 26. figs. 11, 12
(1862).

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

85. CATOCHRYSOPS ASOPUS.

Lycena asopus, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642,
n. 22; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 410, pl. 26. figs. 13-15
(1862).

Zomba, July 1892.

86. CasTaLIUs HYPOLEUCUS, sp. 0.

3. Pale smoky grey, with darker veins and undulated sub-
marginal line: primaries with transverse narrow dusky discocellu-
lar bar; an arched or angulated discal series of spots showing
through the wing; a blackish marginal line: secondaries with
discoidal and discal spots visible through the wing; a marginal
series of ocelloid spots, bounded internally by the undulated line;
the last but one distinct, blackish, crossed by a few bluish scales ;
the last or subanal ocellus double, sometimes blackish, but not
invariably ; all the others indistinct ; margin black, preceded near
anal angle by a slender white line; body blackish. Under surface
chalky or creamy white, with greyish veins; a slender marginal
black line, fringe brown, tipped with white: primaries with a short
black bar on the discocellulars, an arched or angulated series of five
brown or black spots across the disk from fourth subcostal to first

1893. } BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 661

median branch; a submarginal series of almost confluent olive-
brown dashes ; secondaries with three rounded black equidistant
spots across the basal area, a black discocellular bar and a double
arched series of eight black spots across the disk; a submarginal
undulated line, the first four divisions of which are olive-brown and
the remainder saffron-yellow ; beyond this line is a series of more
or less defined pale yellow spots, succeeded near anal angle by a
single black spot crossed by a metallic blue crescent, a double black
spot sprinkled with metallic blue scales, anda black dot in the angle
itself ; body below white. Expanse of wings 40-43 millim.

?. Larger than the male, the basal area sometimes to beyond
the middle suffused with lilac; a large black spot at the end of
the discoidal cell of primaries ; primaries below with an additional
black discal spot ; in other respects like the male excepting that
the female from Zomba has the discocellular bar and the spots at
centre of discal series on the secondaries well-defined in black on
the upper surface. Expanse of wings 47-54 millim.

3 3, Forests of Tiveta and Wasin in coll. B.M. © 9, Victoria
Nyanza and Zomba; the former in the Museum, the latter in the
present series.

I have long hesitated to describe this very distinct species on
account of the more or less dgmaged condition of all the specimens,
and I had hoped Mr. Grose Smith would long since have relieved
me from the necessity of doing so, but this I cannot discover that
he has done. The species appears to me to come nearest to C. azureus
from Madagascar, of which it is possible that C. lewcon, Mab., may
be the female, in spite of the extraordinary difference of pattern
on the under surface of the primaries.

87. AZANUS NATALENSIS.

cena natalensis, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. ii. p. 77, n. 158
(1887) P

Zomba, July 1892.

88. TaRuUcUS PULCHER.

Lycena pulchra, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524, pl. 10.
figs. 7, 8.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

89. TATURA PHILIPPUS.

Hesperia philippus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 283, n. 87
(1793).

@ , Zomba, January 1893.

90, TaTURA CHCULUS.

Tolaus ceculus, Hopfier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642,
n. 17; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 402, pl. 25. figs. 12-14
(1862).

2, Zomba, January 1893.

662 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

91. VrmacHoLA ANTA.

Lycena anta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 402
(1862).

3, Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

92. SPINDASIS NYASSH.

Aphneus nyasse, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xx. p. 250 (1884).

2, Zomba, December 1892. :

A much damaged example, but corresponding exactly in under-
surface pattern with the male.

93. SPINDASIS HOMEYERI.

Aphneeus homeyeri, Dewitz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxx. p. 429,
pl. 2. figs. 5 a-c (1886).

Zomba, December 1892.

In the plate the coloration of the upper surface is a little too
florid ; in fact, the upper surface is not unlike that of Spindasis
natalensis ; the pattern of the under surface at once fixes the species.

94. AXIOCERSES AMANGA.

Zeritis amanga, Westwood in Oates’s ‘ Matabele-Land,’ p. 351,
n. 62 (1881).
Lake Mweru; Zomba, July 1892.

95. AXIOCERSES HARPAX.

Papilio harpax, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. App. p. 829, n. 327-8
(1775).
Lake Mweru ; Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

96. AXIOCERSES PERION.

Papilia perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxxix. B, C (1782).

Zomba, July and December 1892.

It appears to me that Hiibner has as much claim to the genus
Awiocerses as Felder has to the majority .of the genera indicated
by him in the ‘ Reise der Novara.’

97. MYLOTHRIS AGATHINA.

Papilio agathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cexxxvii. D, E(1782).

3 2, Lake Mweru; 9, Zomba, December 1892 and January
1893.

As I have explained elsewhere, the genus Mylothris is readily
separable from Belenois, not only by its slightly longer wings, but
as having only four branches to the subcostal vein of primaries.
When describing Belenois welwitschii, Herr Rogenhofer recognizes
the fact, mentioning “ die gegabelte Apicalader ” as a distinguish-
ing character of the genus Belenois ; nevertheless, in the same paper
(Ann. Nat. Hofmuseums, Wien, 1889, pl. xxiii.), he has figured
Belenois ianthe under the new name of Mylothris agylla, Rgh., and
Phrissura phaola as also a Mylothris. His B. welwitschii comes

1893.] BRITISH CHNTRAL AFRICA, 663

near to B. calypso and might almost be a hybrid between that
species and B. sabrata=thysa, var. ; the description is based upon
two examples, both of them males.

98. MYLoTHRIS RUPPHLLI.
Pieris riippellix, Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 88 (1865).
2, Zomba, January 1893.

99. NYOHITONA ALCHSTA.
Papilio alcesta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxxix. A (1782).
Lake Mweru.

100. Comtas BDUSA.
Papilio edusa, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 23, n. 240 (1787).
2, Zomba, December 1892.

101. TeRrAs zon.

Terias zoe, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 640,
n. 5; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 369, pl. 23. figs. 10, 11
(1862).

2, Zomba, January 1893.

102, THRIAs REGULARIS.

Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.
p. 486 (1876).
3 2, Zomba, July and December 1892.

103. TERIAS ORIENTIS.

Terias orientis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 71, n. 87.

Terias butleri, Trimen, Afr. Butt. iii. p. 23, n. 244 (1889).

3, Lake Mweru; 2, Zomba, July 1892.

Ihad suspected the identity of 7’. orientis and T. butleri ever since
reading the description of the latter, and in 1891 Mr. C. Barker
kindly gave us a typical example of 7. butlert from Palapye,
Kama’s country, Mashonaland, enabling me to prove the fact
beyond question.

104, THRACOLUS RHODESINUS, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 6.)

3. Intermediate in character between 7’. vesta and T. catochry-
sops. Upper surface creamy buff, with white basal third and blue-
grey basal scaling: primaries with slender black costal margin ;
discocellular spot large and black as in 7. mutans; the external
border nearly as in 7’. doubledayi, only the veins are not black beyond
the bisinuated inner band of the black-brown external area: second-
aries with the inner band or edging of the external area very
narrow and almost obliterated below the third median branch, the
outer border also narrow asin 7’. doubledayi, but more sharply
defined ; the enclosed spots consequently are longer than usual.
Below like 7’. vesta, but the primaries with the bisinuated 3-band
narrower and the secondaries of a more lively sulphur-yellow tint,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLV. 45

664 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

with saffron-yellow veins on basal area. Expanse of wings
45 millim.

Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, October 17, 1892.

105, TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.

Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 431, pl. 25.
figs. 3, 3a (1865).

3, Salim bin Najimb, Konde, January 18, 1893 (2. C.).

106. TERACOLUS ANAX.

Callosune anax, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. iii. p. 125 (1889) ; Rhop. Exot. i., Call. pl. 1. figs. 5-8 (1889).

2, Lake Mweru.

107. TERACOLUS THEOGONE.

Anthocharis theogone, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 575, n. 23
(1836).

3 2, Lake Mweru.

108. TERACOLUS SUBVENOSUS.

Teracolus subvenosus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol, xii. p. 105, n. 10 (1883).

3, Zomba, July 1892.

109. TERACOLUS OMPHALE.
Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122, n, 12 (1819).
o, Lake Mweru.

110. Caropsimmia FLORELLA.
Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479, n. 159 (1775).
2, Zomba, July 1892.

111. CaroPsiIniA PYRENE.
Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. i. pl. 51 (1820-21),
3 2, Zomba, July and December 1892.

112. BELENOIS SEVERINA.

Papilio severina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexxxviii. G, H
(1782).

2, Rhodesia, Lake Mwernu, June 13, 1892.

113. BELENOIS AGRIPPINA.

Pieris agrippina, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 173, n. 159
(1865).

3, Lake Mweru; 2, Zomba, July 1892.

Personally I have no doubt that Felder’s Pieris agrippina is
the large African representative of B. mesentina, with blackish-
brown veins on under surface of secondaries. My friend Trimen’s
attempt to convince us that it is a varietal form of B. severina
seems to me to be a work of supererogation: we have an abundant

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 665

African species, which agrees with Felder’s description closely
enough (I should have imagined) to satisfy anyone; but, probably
because the base of the front wings on the under surface is said to
be tinted with sulphur (a character only faintly indicated at the
base of the costal border in the males), it is regarded as a variety
of B. severina. Felder, comparing his Pieris agrippina with the
latter species, rightly observes that it has the costal margius of the
wings longer and the cells longer and narrower; he also notes
that the white spots on the black apical area of the primaries are
tolerably large, the inner edge of the outer border of the second-
aries squamose, and the veins on the under surface of the same
wings violaceous brownish, none of which characters are found in
typical B. severina, nor have I ever met with a variety of that
species possessing them. B. lordaca is, as Trimen observes,
doubtless the same species as B. mesentina ; but as to B. auriginea
being the spring brood, Col. Yerbury’s collection rather tended to
show that it prevailed in the autumn, if I remember rightly.

114. BELENOIS GIpIca.

Pieris gidica, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 131, n. 37 (1819).
2, Lake Mweru.

115. BELENOIS CRAWSHAYI, sp. n.

¢. Allied to B. zochalia. Above greenish white: primaries with
silvery sericeous base; costal margin slenderly edged with black;
the exteraal border formed as in B. calypso,but rather more
decided and without the apical white streak between the first and
second spots; the five spots which remain quite white, the
first, third, and fifth small and sagittate, the second larger and
pyriform, the fourth minute and squamose; a very conspicuous
black spot on the lower discocellular veinlet: secondaries with
weil-defined marginal black spots. Primaries below with the
apical area pale sulphur-yellow, crossed by olive-brown veins
and edged internally from costa to lower radial vein by an
irregular narrow band of the same colour, below this by a grey
lunule which connects it with a triangular black spot on second
median interspace ; black discocellular spot as above: secondaries
creamy sulphur, with basal third of costal margin and a short
iuterno-median basal streak of saffron- or cadmium-yellow ; the
ve*ns, a forked marking in the cell, an oblique bar on the lower
discocellulars, two or three squamose streaks across the base of
the interno-median and first median areas, a partly disconnected
zigzag submarginal stripe, and a series of broadly triangular
marginal spots pale olive-brown ; fringe white, spotted with grey
and tipped with black at the extremities of the median branches :
body below creamy whitish, the palpi pure white. Expanse of wings
63 millim.

Lake Mweru.

We have two males of this species in the Museum from Lake
Tanganyika.

45*

666 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM (Nov. 7,

116. BetEyors prminva, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 7.)

?. Allied to the preceding species; considerably smaller; the
white spots on apical area enlarged, almost confluent, so as to divide
it into an inner irregular oblique black band; a quadrate black spot
on second median interspace and a dentated grey-brown external
border, widest at apex; the black discocellular spot rather smaller
than in B, crawshayi and the silvery basal area of wider extent:
secondaries immaculate, the fringe slightly brownish: apical area
below testaceous, the oblique band and quadrate spot of the upper
surface represented in brownish grey, but the outer border oblite-
rated: secondaries dull creamy stramineous, whiter on the veins; a
faintly indicated testaceous spot on the lower discocellular and two
or three very indistinct testaceous A-shaped markings representing

the submarginal line of the preceding species. Expanse of wings
50 millim.

Lake Mweru.

I should have preferred to regard B. diminutaas the female of
B. crawshayi, but females in this genus are usually as large as or
larger than males and always have better defined markings ; that
there should be a solitary exception to this rule seems in the
highest degree improbable.

117. Hurpania BRIPHIA.

Pieris eriphia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 157, n. 184 (1819).

Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 12, 1892.

118. GLUTOPHRISSA SABA.

Papilio saba, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 46, n. 199 (1781).

3 9, Lake Mweru.

119. NEPHERONIA THALASSINA.

Piers thalassina, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. i. p. 443, n. 8 (1836).
3, Lake Mweru.

120. ERontra LEDA.

Eronia leda, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. i. p. 65 (1847).
3, Lake Mweru.

121. ERoONIA CLEODORA.

Eronia cleodora, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 130
(1816-36).

Lake Mweru.

Herr Weymar (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1892) has redescribed my Z.
dilatata under the name of Z. cleodora, var. marginata.

122, PaPILio LURLINUS.

Papilio lurlinus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p. 106, n. 12 (1883),

Mipa stream, Mofwi, August 3, 1892 (R. C.).

The type of this species was received from the Victoria Nyanza.

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 667

123. PAPILIO LHONIDAS.
Papilio leonidas, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 35, n. 103 (1793).
Zomba, December 1892.

124, Paprnio CORINNEUS.

Papilio corinneus, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bologna, 1849, p. 9,
pl. 1. figs. 1-3.
Zomba, July 1892.

125. PAPILIo NIVINOX, sp. 0.

Black-brown, with semitransparent snow-white markings above ;
general character of markings similar to those of P. corinneus,
excepting that the large spot near the end of the celland the small
one beyond it are so much enlarged that an oblique black line alone
divides them, that the oval spot above the third median branch is
lengthened and widened so as to form an oblique belt with the
above-mentioned discoidal spots, from which it is only separated by
the black median vein; that the large patch in the lower (first)
median interspace is represented by a large or small oval patch
occupying the centre af the interspace ; the two subapical spots
are rounded and well separated, and, as already mentioned, all the
white markings are snow-white, whereas in P. corinneus they are
greenish white : on tha under surface the crimson in the cell is deeper
and only occupies the basal half, the outer half of the cell being jet-
black; the apical area is deep rufous-brown ; the abdominal area
of the secondaries is deep crimson to the first median branch;
the ochreous spot is obliquely truncated internally ; the external
area extends inwards so as to fill the second median interspace,
and within the cell it extends upwards along the base of the second
subcostal branch ; instead of being ochreous with a reddish clay-
coloured band from the ochreous anal spot, it is reddish clay-coloured
with a black band; as above also the markings are snow-white
instead of greenish. Expanse of wings 85 millim.

Two examples, Lake Mweru.

This is a far more beautiful species than P. corinneus, the con-
trasts of colouring on both surfaces being much more defined and
tasteful; in point of form it differs in the slightly less inarched
outer margin of the primaries and more regularly rounded outer
margin of the secondaries.

126. PAPILIO DEMOLEUS.

Papilio demoleus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ul. p. 214 (1764).
Lake Mweru ; Zomba, December 1892.

127. PAPILIO OPHIDICEPHALUS.
Papilio ophidicephalus, Oberthir, Etudes, iii. p. 13 (1878).
Lake Mweru. Pp

668 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

128. PAPILIO CONSTANTINUS.

Papilio constantinus, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag. viii. p. 84 (1871);
Afr. Lep. p. 1, pl. 1. figs. 1, 2 (1873).
Lake Mweru.

129. PAPILIo MEROPE.
Papilio merope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cli. A, B (1779).
3, Rhodesia, Lake Mweru, June 11, 1892.

130. PAPILIO ERINUS.
Papilio erinus, Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M.i. p. 35, n. 127 (1865).
Lake Mweru ; Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The Husprrip# in the collection are numerous, and so many
species have been described of late years, especially by Herr Plotz
and Monsieur Mabille, that it has been no light task to work
carefully through the accumulation of literature and decide what
species are new to science. That the descriptions of Plotz are not
easy to follow is a fact, I think, pretty generally admitted, and
those who have attempted to recognize his species have not always
succeeded in making them evident to their successors. For
instance, Herr Ribbe (‘ Isis,’ 1889, p. 261), after quoting the descrip-
tion of Pamphila ahrendti, observes :—“ It is very difficult, from
this short description of Plitz’s, to identify P. ahrendti. I have
therefore had the species figured, by which figure the identifica-
tion can be gained with certainty.” Unbappily, this is far from
being a fact, as the figure is a blotchy photolithograph, and
might stand for any Hesperiid of the same size; in short, it is
utterly useless as an aid to identification. It isa pity that so
little work equal to that of Prof. Aurivillius has been produced
in Germany, and so little as lucid as that of the late Monsieur
Guenée in France. One of the chief difficulties in the identifica-
tion of Mabille’s Hesperiide consists in the fact that his new
species are frequently placed in the wrong genera.

131. TaGIADES FLESUS.

Hesperia flesus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 135, n. 621 (1781).
Zomba, December 1592 and January 1893.

132. SARANGESA MOTOZI.

Pterygospidea motozi, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, p. 53.

Lake Mweru; Zomba, January 1893.

133. SARANGESA MOTOZOIDES ?

Sarangesa motozoides, Holland, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. x. p. 288, n. 9 (1892).

Lake Mweru.

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 669

134. SARANGESA ASTRIGERA, sp. n.

Black-brown, with a faint cupreous gloss; fringes spotted with
greyish white ; a submarginal series of snow-white dots; indica-
tions of a discal series of smaller dots, best defined on the primaries ;
a minute spot in each discoidal cell; primaries also with two widely
separated white points on interno-median area and three small
spots in the form of a < beyond the cell: abdomen above black ;
antenne black, ringed with white. Wings below more distinctly
shot with cupreous than above, in some lights varying to bronzy
green; the white dots on primaries nearly as above, but those on
secondaries better defined and forming four imperfect series, con-
sisting respectively of two, five, seven, and eight or nine white
dots ; fringes spotted as above: palpi white below ; body greyish.
Expanse of wings 33 millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

135. CAPRONA PILLAANA.

Caprona pillaana, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, p. 51; Trimen, South Afr. Butt. pl. xii. figs. 6, 6 a
(1889).

Zomba, January 1893.

136. CAPRONA JAMESONI.
Antigonus jamesoni, EH. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, vol. vi. p. 348 (1890).
Pterygospidea jamesoni, Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 106, pl. ix.
fig. 25.
Mipa stream, Mofwi, August 3, 1892 (R. C.).
137. HesPERIA DROMUS.
Pyrgus dromus, Plotz, Mitth. naturw. Vereins, 1884, p. 6, n. 13.
Lake Mweru; Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

138. ACLEROS PHILANDER.

Pamphila philander, Hopffer, Monatsber. Kon. Akad. Wiss.
Berlin, 1855, p. 643; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 416,
pl. 27. figs. 1, 2 (1862).

Zomba, July 1892.

139. ACLEROS PLACIDUS.
Apaustus placidus, Plitz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 360.
Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

140. OXYPALPUS RUSO.

Pamphila ruso, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. ent. Belge, 1891,
elxxxiil.

Zomba, December 1892.

The description of the upper surface of primaries seems rather

670 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

vague, but I think, from the striking character of the under-
surface markings, there can be little doubt that this is Mabille’s
species ; the upper surface appears to be not much unlike the
Pamphila gisgon of the same author.

141, OsmMopES RANOHA.

Pamphila ranoha, Westwood in Oates’s ‘ Matabele-Land,’ p. 353
(1881).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The Hewitson collection contains two specimens unnamed,
labelled “ Zanzibar ” and “ Nyassa” respectively.

142. Hermroprervs FoRMOSUS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 8.)

Black-brown, with an angular ochreous subapical band, con-
stricted or divided at third median branch, and a small spot of the
same colour near external angle; secondaries with six submarginal
ochreous spots, the fringe usually varied with the same colour ; the
head and thorax more or less clothed with dull ochraceous hairs :
primaries below dark cupreous brown, almost black ; costal margin
sprinkled with pale yellowish scales; a subcostal longitudinal
streak, followed below origin of first subcostal branch by a spot ;
a shorter streak in the cell; a minute transverse spot at end of
cell ; the angular band and spot of upper surface bright ochreous ;
internervular folds terminating in a marginal series of more or
less triangular pale yellow spots; outer edge of fringe slightly
varied with yellow at apex: secondaries milk-whitish, the sub-
median interspace pale sordid yellow, traversed towards anal
angle by a looped blackish line from submedian vein; all the
veins black; a large subbasal oblong spot linking the costal and
subcostal veins, an irregular central band from second subcostal
branch to submedian vein, and a submarginal macular band,
consisting of seven divisions, bright ochreous, edged with black ;
fringe black, almost wholly tipped with ochreous: palpi below
black at base, their fringes at first whitish, then reddish ochreous,
faintly tipped with black; pectus and legs clothed with ochreous
hair ; venter black, with ochreous spots at the sides, creamy white
in the centre. Expanse of wings 33-36 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

Evidently this beautiful species is not rare.

143. CYCLOPIDES QUADRISIGNATUS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 9.)

Intermediate between C. metis and egipan; purplish brown ;
a sinuous transverse spot at end of cell, two obliquely placed
trifid subapical spots and a larger bifid spot cut by the second
median branch, ochreous ; a few very short ochreous bristles below
the median vein: secondaries with a few fine ochreous hairs in the
cell; a bifid spot at end of cell, a smaller squamous spot below
apex and another in first median interspace ochreous: body
blackish ; antenne ringed with white, club more or less ochreous,

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 671

Wings below cupreous brown; primaries with the ochreous spots
larger and brighter than above, that of end of cell deeply incised
internally ; secondaries immaculate. Expanse of wings 31-35
millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

Two somewhat damaged specimens of this distinct species,
which at the first casual examination I mistook for C. malgacha,
from which, however, they are abundantly distinct.

144, CYCLOPIDES MIDAS, sp. n.

Allied to C. metis, chiefly differing above in the much greater
size and more golden orange colouring of all the spots; there is,
however, a well-defined short orange streak below the costa near
the base, a nearly complete belt of subbasal spots crossing the
wings obliquely ; below all the spots are as well defined as above
but rather paler, whereas in C. metis the under surface of the
secondaries is almost immaculate in the female and quite so in the
male. Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

In the Hewitson collection a specimen from Nyasa is asso-
ciated with C. metis, and in the Museum collection is a second
specimen, from Victoria Nyanza.

145, PADRAONA WATSONT, sp. n.

Resembles Telicota bambusew of Moore; decidedly larger and
rather brighter in colouring; the oblique black band on the
primaries with its outer edge acutely produced at first median
branch, as in some other species of Padraona, though this band
does not run inwards to the base; the inner branch of the furca
also carried forwards to costa; the outer border, however, has
an irregularly zigzag inner edge; the base is greyish green, with
a black spot, ill-defined in the male, near the base of the cell,
and the male has basal black streaks on costal and internal borders ;
the ground-colouring of the female is much yellower than that of
the male: the pattern of the under surface, but especially on the
secondaries, is very similar to that of Telicota bambuse, but the
costal border of the primaries is bright yellow, with the differences
in the darker markings mentioned as occurring on the upper
surface ; the secondaries are bright yellow, with the greyish areas
of 7. bambuse replaced by greenish ; the blackish anal patch well-
defined inthe male, subquadrate, bounded internally and atanalangle
by golden orange; the blackish submarginal spot well-defined and
continued to costa; the short greyish central band spotted with
blackish, and several smaller spots across the basal area; costa
greyish. Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Zomba, ¢ July 1892, 9 January 1893.

It seems to me that generic distinctions employed for species
bearing so close a resemblance to one another as the present
insect and Telicota bambuse are somewhat arbitrary and not
altogether satisfactory ; but the Hesperiide are such a difficult

672 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 75

family that any characters which will divide the groups of species
are welcome.

146. GuGENES LETTERSTEDTI.

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, p. 49, n. 3.
Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

147. Baoris FATUELLUS.

Pamphila fatuellus, Hopffer, Monatsber. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
1855, p. 643, n. 25; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. vy. p. 417, pl. 27.
figs. 3, 4 (1862).

Lake Mweru; Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

148. Baoris INCONSPICUA.
| Hesperia inconspicua, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bol. 1849, p. 15.
Pamphila inconspicua, ‘Hopffer, Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb.
y. p. 418 (1862).
Zomba, July 1892.

149. Baoris AMADHU ?

Pamphila amadhu, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soe. ent. Belge,
p. xxviii (1891).

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

I believe I have correctly identified this species.

150. HAaLPE NIGERRIMA, sp. n.

Black-brown; the primaries with strong bronze reflections ;
eight hyaline white spots as follows—two small, fusiform, super-
posed in the cell, a large quadrate spot below them on first median
interspace, two small “spots on succeeding interspaces placed
obliquely, and two still smaller divided by the fifth subcostal
branch, a minute spot at centre of interno-median interspace; a
streak of yellowish appressed hair-scales on inner margin ; fringe
tipped with white at external angle: secondaries with a transverse
series of four small cream-coloured spots beyond the cell; fringe
tipped with white, most widely at anal angle: abdomen tipped
with white; head bright golden-green. Under surface dark
cupreous brown with bronze-green and purple reflections: pri-
maries with hyaline spots as above, but the small interno-median
spot extended forward and forked ; an additional white subcostal
streak towards the base: secondaries with a white spot, shot with
lavender, at centre of interno-median interspace, and adjoining it,
beyond the cell, a zigzag series of five lavender spots forming a
large W-shaped pattern; fringe as above: body below white,
venter barred with black. Expanse of wings 39 millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

Several of M. Mabille’s species seem allied to this, but I have
been unable to find one of his descriptions which characterizes it.
H, malthina, Hewits., seems to be also allied.

=

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAT AFRICA. 673

151. Happ LUGENS.

Pamphila lugens, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 648,
n. 26; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. y. p. 418, pl. 27. figs. 5, 6
(1862).

Zomba, July 1892.

152. BaRAOUS FENESTRATUS, sp. n.

Above almost exactly like Jsoteinon lamprospilus, but slightly
smaller and with the hyaline spots a little smaller; the grey-
greenish hairy clothing of the secondaries extending over a much
wider area ; ground-colouring below like B. septentrionum, Wood-
Mason, the primaries black with costal and apical areas broadly
argillaceous, shading into dust-grey; fringe of the latter colour
tipped with white; hyaline spots as above: secondaries golden
argillaceous ; a longitudinal greyish streak immediately below and
bounding the subcostal vein; abdominal area dust-greyish; two
small whitish spots on centre of median interspaces ; fringe white.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 31 millim., 2 35 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

153. CERATRICHIA STELLATA.

Ceratrichia stellata, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. ent. Belge,
1891; p. xx.

Zomba, December 1892.

154. AEROMACHUS ? JOHNSTONI, sp. n.’

¢. Bronze-brown: primaries with two unequal hyaline white
dots within the end of the cell and a small subquadrate spot below
the lower of them on first median interspace ; a dot at basal third
of second median interspace, and above it, towards costa, two un-
equal white dots placed slightly obliquely ; base of costa and centre
of inner margin slightly dusted with yellowish; posterior two-
fifths of fringe tipped with sordid white : secondaries with yellowish
hair scales in cell and interno-median interspace ; fringe, excepting
at apex, sordid white: head, collar, and patagia golden brownish ;
front of thorax glossed with green; abdomen greyish. Primaries
below grey, the apical area and costa lilacine, clouded with black-
ish ; hyaline spots as above; a white diffused streak at base of cell
and a small spot across centre of interno-median area: secondaries
lilacine-greyish along submedian vein; a dark brown irregular
>-shaped band from apex across the disk: fringe of second joint
_ of palpi and anterior femora long and bright yellow; venter greyish
white. Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Mipa stream, Mofwi, August 3, 1892.

1 T have placed this species at the end of the Hesperiidz because it does not
appear to me quite to agree with any of the genera indicated in Lieut. Watson’s
Revision of the family ; from Acromachus, which it most nearly approaches, it
differs in the longer terminal joint of the palpi.

P.S.—I find that by some inexplicable oversight the slip of Rhopalocampta
forestan, Cram. (which was represented in both collections), has dropped out
of the MS.

674 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

HETEROCHRA.

None of these were obtained by Mr. Crawshay, but Mr. Whyte’s
collection contained a fair series.

155. CEPHONODES HYLAS.
Sphinx hylas, Linneus, Mant. i. p. 539 (1771).
Zomba, January 1893.

156. AELLOPUS HIRUNDO.

Macroglossa hirundo, Gersticker, Arch. Nat. xxxvii. p. 360 (1871).
Zomba, December 1892.

157. CHEROCAMPA OSIRIS,
Deilephila osiris, Dalman, Analecta Entom. p. 48, n. 21 (1828).
Zomba, July 1892.

158. NEPHELE FUNEBRIS.
Sphinw funebris, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 371, n. 47 (1793).
Zomba, January 1893.

159. ALGocnRA MENETA.
Voctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. lxx. D (1775).
Zomba, July and December 1892 and January 1893.

160. ALGOCERA FERVIDA.

Aigocera fervida, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 57, n. 4 (1854) 5
Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. i. p. 12, pl. 5. fig. 1 (1877).

Zomba, December 1892.

A single worn example, with the outer border of the secondaries
of half the usual width and tapering to anal angle.

161. CHARILINA AMABILIS.
Noctua amabilis, Drury, Il. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. 13. fig. 3 (1778).
Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The outer border of the secondaries slightly narrower than
usual.

162. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPERBA.

Eusemia superba, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv.
p. 141, pl. 13. fig. 3 (1875).

Zomba, July 1892.

163. SYNTOMIS CHRES.

Syntomis ceres, Oberthiir, Etudes, iii. p. 38, pl. 3. fig. 5 (1878).

Zomba, July 1892.

Evidently a common species: it differs from S. kuhlweinii in its
larger hyaline spots; this distinction, though apparently un-
important, seems to be quite constant.

1893. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 675

164, DIosPAGE SCINTILLANS, sp. n. (Plate LX. figs. 12, 13.)

Allied to D. rhebus, Cramer, and D. triplaw, Plétz: above black,
the primaries brilliantly shot with emerald-green; a broad streak
occupying the basal fourth of costa, and three spots beyond it,
glittering metallic golden green shaded with golden cupreous; a
large oval patch of glittermg magenta, varying to purple and edged
with fiery copper; five nearly equidistant semihyaline opaline
white spots, arranged as follows—one within the end of the cell,
one beyond the cell, and three submarginal, the central one of
which is largest and crosses the second median branch: secondaries
brilliantly shot with prussian blue; a small opaline white spot
within extremity of discoidal cell and a larger subanal spot ;
abdominal border clothed with black hairs: head steel-blue ;
antenne black; thorax greenish black, the collar, patagia, and two
transverse bands at back of thorax glittering metallic golden green,
varying on the patagia to fiery copper ; abdomen indigo, imperfectly
banded with scattered metallic green scales. Wings below bril-
liantly shot with prussian blue, which shades into green on apical
area of primaries and costa of secondaries; discoidal cell of
primaries shaded with purple; costa spotted with metallic pale
blue-greenish ; all white spots as above: palpi black, legs blue-
black; all the tibie with a conspicuous white patch; the pectus
almost entirely covered with metallic steel-green ; abdomen crossed
by imperfect bands of the same colour. LExpanse of wings 42
millim.

Var. Primaries almost as blue as the secondaries; the three
golden-green costal spots, which in the typical form follow the
basal streak, wanting ; the large metallic patch from median vein
to inner margin subquadrate, with a central projecting tooth from
its outer margin ; in colouring also it differs in being of a fiery
copper colour, edged with golden copper ; the subapical white spot
and the spot near external angle wholly absent ; secondaries with
the costa purplish, no white spot in the cell, and the subanal spot
smaller. Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

After seeing this magnificent species I am quite satisfied that
Cramer’s D. rhebus is African (not East Indian, as Mr. Kirby has
concluded, Syn. Cat. p. 169). Cramer says it was received from
Coromandel and the coast of Africa; his first locality, not his
second, being unquestionably erroneous.

I should undoubtedly have regarded the variety described above
as a distinct species, had there not fortunately been an example
intermediate between the two forms in the collection. It is
probable, I think, that D. triplaw of Plétz, which is described as
having only three hyaline white spots on the primaries, may also
vary in a similar manner ; it evidently does not possess the large
metallic purplish or cupreous patch, or the smaller metallic golden-
green streaks and spots of D. scintillans, in which respect the
latter is more nearly allied to D. rhebus. A fourth species,

676 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [ Nov. 7,

probably referable to Diospage, is Glaucopis iridea, Mabille; but
Sphinx auratus (Stoll), Cramer, does not belong to the genus.

165. NEUROSYMPLOCA PROCRIOIDES, sp. n.

Primaries smoky grey or semitransparent sooty black; second-
aries darker, with bright blue gloss : body black ; patagia ochreous ;
venter ochreous with black anal segment. Expanse of wings 32
millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

166. ANOMOTES NIGRIVENOSUS, sp. n. (Plate LX. fig. 10.)

Allied to A. tenella, Holland; orange-tawny ; semitransparent
primaries, with the veins black ; the costa, apex, and a narrow
decreasing external border diffused grey ; neuration distorted ; the
second and third subcostal branches on a very short footstalk ;
upper discocellular continued transversely across the upper radial
and uniting close below it with the lower radial, which is thrown
forward from the third median branch at an oblique angle; the
normal lower discocellular thrown backwards as a forked recurrent
vein, its lower furca uniting with the median vein just beyond the
second branch: secondaries wider than in A. tenella, the outer
border narrowly grey ; in the type the right-hand wing has partly
developed an upper radial vein between the second subcostal
branch and the ordinary radial: body tawny ochreous; legs
brownish. Expanse of wings 31 millim.

Zomba, July 1892.

In low types of Lepidoptera like the Phaudine, the neuration
seems to be very variable; so that characters which in some groups
would be of the utmost importance for generic purposes are seen
to be utterly unreliable: in all the most important features of its
neuration A. rigrivenosus agrees with typical Anomeotes.

STAPHYLINOCHROUS, gen. nov.

Nearest to Boradia: primaries elongate triangular; costal vein
throwing off three perpendicular veinlets to the margin before the
regular branches; first and second branches emitted from a foot-
stalk before the end of the cell and united by an oblique veinlet to
the third above its separation from the fifth ; the third, fourth, and
fifth emitted from a footstalk which throws off the fifth branch
halfway between the cell and the furca formed by the third and
fourth branches ; anterior part of the cell projecting prominently
forwards ; lower radial and third median branch emitted together
from a short footstalk: secondaries with neuration as in Anomeotes,
but the anterior part of the cell projecting more prominently
forwards: body as in Boradia, with similar antenne. Type
S. whytei.

167. SraAPHYLINOCHROUS WHYTEI, sp.n. (Plate LX. fig. 11.)

Orange-tawny ; apical two-sevenths of primaries occupied by a
belt of smoky grey, regularly tapering from costa to external angle ;

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 677

secondaries with a narrow decreasing external border of the same
colour from apex to submedian vein; antenne® dark brown; body
tawny ferruginous, abdomen tipped with blackish, extremity of
tarsi also blackish. Expanse of wings 37 millim.

Zomba, January 1893.

The most Geometriform genus of Phaudine that I have hitherto
seen.

168. Lepista TRIMENTI.

Dyphlebia trimenii, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iv. pl. evi.
fig. 32,

Zomba, July 1892.

169. DEIOPEIA PULCHELDA.

Tinea pulchella, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 534, n. 238 (1758).
Zomba, July 1892.

170, ARGINA LEONINA.
Argina leonina, Walker, Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 262 (1864).
Zomba, July 1892.

171. ARGINA AMANDA,

Euchelia amanda, Boisduval, Deleg. Voy. ii. p. 597, n. 133
(1847).

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

172. RHANIDOPHORA PHEDONIA.
Bombyx phedonia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexlvii. © (1782).
Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

173. CANOPUS RUBRIPES.
Amerila rubripes, Walker, Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 304 (1864).
Zomba, July 1892.

174, LAacIPA BIZONOIDES, sp. n.

Nearest to L. gracilis, but differing from all its allies in the
absence of black spots from the primaries ; these wings sericeous
pure white; a spot at the base and two rather broad parallel
straight stripes which divide the wing into three equal parts golden
orange; outer half of fringe slightly golden: secondaries and
abdomen cream-coloured: head buff-coloured; collar and patagia
orange, the latter with white fringes; anus blackish; under sur-
face sordid buff-whitish. Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Zomba, January 1893,

175, ARTAXA OCHRACHATA.
2. Aroa ochraceata, Walker, Lep. Het. xxxii. p. 327 (1865).
Zomba, January 1893.

The male of this species seems to be rare, only females having
come to hand.

678 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

176. OLAPA FULVINOTATA, sp. n.

3. Closely allied to O. adspersa, Herr.-Sch. ; larger, the pri-
maries and body yellower; the spots on the primaries bright
orange instead of black and more conspicuous. Expanse of wings
40-47 millim.

3, Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

The genus Olapa is nearly allied to Lelia, but may readily be
distinguished from the fact that the second and third median
branches of the secondaries (veins 3 and 4) are widely separated at
their origins, whereas in Lelia they are emitted close together;
on the other hand, the third median and radial in Olapa are closer
together than in Lelia.

177. AROA DISCALIS,
Aroa discalis, Walker, Lep. Het. iv. p. 792, n. 1 (1855 ).
3, Zomba, January 1893.

178. LuProsoMA LEUCONOE.

Nyctemera leuconoe, Hopffer, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1857,
p. 422; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 174, pl. 28. fig. 3
(1862).

Zomba, July and December 1892.

179. ANTHEUA SIMPLEX.
Antheua simplex, Walker, Lep. Het. iii. p. 687, n. 1 (1855).
Zomba, July 1892.

180, PHIALA CosTIPUNCTA ?

Heteromorpha costipuncta, Herrich-Schiiffer, Aus. Schmett. i.
fig. 375 (1855).

2?, Zomba, July 1892.

181. PsEUDAPHBLIA APOLLINARIS.
Saturnia apollinaris, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 601 (1847).
Zomba, January 1893.

182. Buns EPITHYRENA.

Buncea epithyrena, Maassen & Werning, Beitr. Schmett. figs. 86,
87 (1886).
Zomba, July 1892.

183. GYNANISA MATA.

Saturma maia, Klug, Neue Schmett. pl. 5. fig. 1 (1836).

Zomba, January 1893.

The single example obtained is somewhat aberrant; but the
differences from the typical form are not of such a nature that
they may not be simply the result of individual variation ; I have,
therefore, not felt justified in regarding it as a distinct species.

1893. | BRITISH CENTRAL AFRIOA, 679

Although the Noctue are tolerably well represented in the present
collection, all the species obtained belong to the ‘“ quadrifid ”

type.
184. AIDIA DULCISTRIGA.

Anophia dulcistriga, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1811 (1858).
Zomba, December 1892.

185. PoLyDESMA UMBRICOLA,

Polydesma umbricola, Boisduyal, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 108,
n. 1, pl. 13. fig. 5.

Zomba, July 1892.

This species seems to be common throughout Africa.

186. CaLLIODES RIVULIGHRA, sp. n.

Umber-brown, suffused, but especially towards external border,
with olivaceous greenish and towards base with slaty greyish ;
crossed by numerous irregular black stripes, some of which are
partly shot with dull blue, but the two following the ocellus on
primaries with shining leaden grey ; the first four stripes on the
primaries irregularly angulated, the fifth falciform, bounding the
outer edge of the ocellus, becoming leaden towards costa; sixth
stripe arched and undulated ; seventh parallel to the sixth, macu-
lar ; the eighth slender, submarginal, undulated, not reaching the
costa; the ninth slender, slightly undulated, marginal; fringe
traversed by an indistinct central pale line ; ocellus with the
~ -shaped part bronze-green shaded with olive-brown, edged with
pale brown, bordered below with black, the lobe of the ~ broadly
black externally and crossed by three equidistant metallic leaden
bars; the tail of the ~ enclosing a perpendicular metallic leaden
streak; the V-shaped portion of the ocellus, enclosed by the
comma, shining leaden grey, interrupted by longitudinal bars of the
ground-colour and bounded on both sides by pure white, more or
less triangular spots: secondaries without basal bands; a short
bar crossing the cell, followed by two parallel irregularly denticu-
lated angulated bands, then three tolerably regular parallel zigzag
stripes, a series of subconfluent diamond-shaped spots, a sub-
marginal zigzag stripe; marginal line and fringe as on primaries :
body normal, but darker than in C. apollina. Under surface pale
prick-red ; primaries greyish at external border, which is bounded
internally by a blackish zigzag line, interrupted by blackish veins,
encloses a series of blackish spots, and is edged externally by a
black marginal line ; fringe as above ; across the disk is a second
indistinct interrupted zigzag or lunulated line, interrupted in the
middle by two conspicuous superposed black spots; a blackish
looped character represents the reniform spot, and on the interno-
median interspace there is a blackish longitudinal streak: second-
aries with a black discocellular spot; a black lunulated discal
stripe, a black dentate-sinuate submarginal ine connected with

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLVI. 46

680 DR, A. G, BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7

the black outer margin by black veins, between which is a series of
black spots; fringe as above. Expanse of wings 44-53 millim.

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.

The minimum measurement is taken from an example in the
Museum from Delagoa Bay. The species, if my memory serves,
is nearly allied to C. pretiosissima, Holland (Ent. Suppl. 1892,
p- 94).

187. CALLIODES GLAUCESCENS, sp. n.

General tint above layender-greyish ; the basal and costal areas
of primaries shot with sericeous lavender; the area below and
beyond the ocellus bronzy greenish, shaded with yellowish and with
golden brown; a belt enclosed by the second to fifth lines pale
brownish glossed with pink; outer border greenish grey, fringe
grey-brownish ; one slender black line, which in certain lights
changes to leaden grey and becomes inconspicuous, across basal
two-sevenths ; all the other lines undulated, beyond the ocellus—
the first, which bounds the ocellus externally, sepia-brown, varying
to steel-bluish towards costa; second line parallel to the first,
glossed throughout with steel-blue; third line abbreviated towards
costa, glossed with steel-blue; fourth brown, straight towards
inner margin, abbreviated towards costa; the submarginal and
marginal lines slender and black ; ocellus somewhat similar to that
of the preceding species; the ~ -shaped portion bounded exter-
nally by a black stripe edged on both sides with yellowish, the
lobe black externally, the inner half of the black patch glossed with
metallic leaden and edged with white ; leaden marking in the tail of
the ~ also white-edged; V-shaped area shot with sericeous lavender
aud edged with white: secondaries rufescent, slaty greyish towards
inner margin and greenish on external border, the fringe of
abdominal border brick-red; a small black spot at end of cell,
followed by a straight black band, immediately beyond which
is a blackish stripe; from this point the veins are shot with
steel-blue ; three regular parallel dentate-sinuate blackish
stripes, glossed with steel-blue, excepting on the internervular
folds; a brown dentate-sinuate stripe parallel to the others ;
submarginal and marginal sinuated black lines: head dark
brown, with a red lime between the antenne; collar dark
brown, red at the sides; body smoky mouse-grey; abdomen
rose-red at the sides, Underside of wings bright opaque reddish
orange; black spots at end of discoidal cells, followed by two
parallel angulated discal series of spots, black and distinct on the
secondaries ; a third series of indistinct grey dots, followed on the
primaries by a series of grey lunules; a submarginal series of spots,
very minute on the primaries, and a marginal series of dots, black:
body below rose-red ; palpi black externally, tibiz and tarsi black.
Expanse of wings 53-57 millim. :

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

This lovely species has very much of the general pattern of the
allied genus Spirama.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRIOA. 681

188. CYLIGRAMMA RUDILINEA.

Cyligramma rudilinea, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1811, n. 5
(1857).

3, Zomba, July 1892.
189. CYyLIGRAMMA LATONA.
; ee (Noctua) latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pl. xiii. B
(1779).
Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.
190. CYLIGRAMMA LIMACINA.

Cyligramma limacina, Guérin, Icon. Régne Anim., Ins, pl. 89.
fig. 2, texte, p. 520.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.
191. MAxvLa CAPENSIS.

: Hypopyra capensis, Herrich-Schiffer, Auss. Schmett. figs. 121,
22.

Zomba, 2 July 1892, g January 1893.

192. ENTOMOGRAMMA PARDUS.

Entomogramma pardus, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 205, n. 1606 (1852).
Zomba, January 1893.

193. ENTOMOGRAMMA NIGRICEPS.

Renodes ? nigriceps, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1595, n. 6 (1858).
Zomba, January 1893.

194. DysGoNIA ALGIRA.

Phalena-Noctua algira, Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2547,
n. 98.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.
195. DysGonrIa DEROGANS.
Ophiusa derogans, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1832 (1858).
Zomba, January 1893.
196. GRAMMODES GHOMETRICA.
Phalena-Noctua geometrica, Rossi, Faun. Etr. ii. p. 179.
Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.
197. TRIGONODES HYPPASIA.

Phalena-Noctua hyppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 99, pl. ecl.
(1782).

Zomba, January 1893.

198. DrasTERIA JUDICANS.

Ophiusa judicans, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1831 (1858).

Zomba, July 1892 and January 1893.
46*

682 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [Nov. 7,

199. PLECOPTERA, sp. inc.

Allied to P. resistans, but the two examples obtained are not in
good enough condition to describe, though there is little question
as to their representing a species new to science.

Zomba, January 1893.

200. AZAZIA RUBRICANS.

Ophiusa rubricans, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 106,
n. 11;'pl.) 163iee ae

Zomba, January 1893.

201. REMIGIA MUTUARIA.

Remigia mutuaria, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1506, n. 7 (1857).
Zomba, January 1893.
The type was from the Cape of Good Hope.

202. REMIGIA ARCHESIA.

Phalena-Noctua archesia, Oramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 145,
pl. eclxxiii.
Zomba,»December 1892 and January 1893.

203. REMIGIA REPANDA.

Noctua repanda, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ui. 2, p. 49, n. 133
(1798).
Zomba, December 1892.

204, LACERA CAPELLA.

Lacera capella, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 337, n. 1802 (1852).
Zomba, January 1893.

205. OPHIODES CROCEIPENNIS.

Ophisma crocetpennis, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1377, n. 19
(1857).

Zomba, January 1893.

206. Deva comMoDA.

Plusiodonta commoda, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl. ii. p. 844
(1865).

Zomba, January 1893.

207. PLUSIA ERIOSOMA.
He ertosoma, Doubleday in Dieffenbach’s ‘ New Zealand, i.
p. 285.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

__ This is one of the most widely distributed of the species of
Plusia.

1893.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 683

208. HyPENA ABYSSINIALIS.

Hypena abyssinialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 39, n. 44.
Zomba, December 1892.

209. GoNODELA BRONGUSARIA.

Epione ? brongusaria, Walker, Lep. Het. xx. p, 123, n. 14
(1860).
Zomba, January 1893.

210. GoNoDELA KILIMANJARENSIS.
Gonodela kilimanjarensis, Holland, Ent. Suppl. 1892, p. 95.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

Moeschler’s Semiothisa largificaria (Abhandl. Senck. nat. Ges.
xv. p. 95, fig. 20, 1887) seems nearly allied to this species. One
of our examples also nearly resembles G. maligna from Japan.

211. GoNoDELA ZOMBINA, sp. 0.

Not unlike the preceding species; granite-grey, with black
discocellular spots ; the inner oblique angulated line of primaries
ill-defined; the transverse dark grey mottling better defined; the
external area from the second line considerably darker than the
remainder of the wing-surface, but this difference is less pronounced
in a tapering patch immediately beyond the line and extending
upwards from inner margin of both wings and on the external
border of the secondaries ; the outer line of primaries more oblique
than in G. kilimanjarensis, and continuous with the inner line of
secondaries; the outer line of the latter wings slightly nearer to
outer margin: wings below white, coarsely mottled with dark
grey, the two transverse lines of the upper surface reproduced,
the inner one in grey mottling; external area grey-brown, slightly
reddish towards apex of primaries, with white nebula towards the
middle, the secondaries also with a squamose apical spot ; veins of
all wings ochreous ; costa of primaries buff: body below cream-
coloured, speckled with dark grey ; legs slightly yellower. Expanse
of wings 40 millim.

Zomba, July and December 1892, January 1893.

Compared with G. kilimanjarensis, this species has the costal
margin of the primaries longer and the outer margin consequently
more oblique; the angle of the secondaries is also slightly more
defined.

212, TEPHRINA JOHNSTONI, sp. 0.

Greyish white, mottled with fuliginous grey ; discocellular spots
black, almost obliterated by the dark transverse lines ; the primaries
crossed obliquely by four lines, the first three angulated towards
costa, the first near the base, the second crossing the end of the
cell, slightly diverging from the first, but parallel to the third,
which is blackish, undulated, its angle almost filled in by an
irregular perpendicular dark grey spur from lower radial to sub-

684 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [Nov. 7,

costal vein; fourth line submarginal, angulated near the inner
margin, sinuous and running outwards to apex above the angle;
between the third and fourth lines a grey nebulous streak runs
perpendicularly to the costa, leaving a triangular patch of white
at apex; a slightly lunulated black marginal line; fringe traversed
by a fuliginous grey line and spotted at the extremities of the
veins: secondaries crossed by three blackish lines, the first sub-
angulated, crossing the end of the cell, the second arched and
undulated, the third greyer than the others, slightly undulated,
running from apex to anal angle, the area enclosed by the second
and third lines clouded with grey: head and collar brown, vertex
whitish ; abdomen sericeous brownish. Wings below purer white,
with all the markings more sharply defined, the veins rufous-brown,
yellowish towards the base; the costa of primaries testaceous:
pectus white ; legs mottled with fuliginous grey; vertex brassy
yellowish at the sides. Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Zomba, December 1892 and January 1893.

We have an example of this species in the Museum from Natal ;
it does not appear to be very closely allied to any known species,
but in some respects approaches 7’. observata.

213. STEMORRHAGES SHRICEA,
Phalena Pyralis sericea, Drury, Il. Ex. Ent. ii. p. 9, pl. 6. fig. 1.
Zomba, December 1892.

214. HARITALODES MULTILINEALIS.
’ Botys multilinealis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 337, n. 380.
Zomba, January 1893.

215. LYGROPIA MUSCERDALIS.
Botys muscerdalis, Zeller, Lep. Caffr. p. 48.
Zomba, January 1893.

216. CADORENA SINUATA.
Phalena sinuata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 208, n. 295 (1798).

Zomba, January 1893.
The four preceding Pyrales are the only representatives in the
collection of the so-called Micro-Lepidoptera.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LX.

Fig. 1. Periplysia johnstoni, 3, p. 647.

2. Charaxes whytei, 3, p. 649.

3. Junonia aurorina, 3, p. 651.

4, Junonia trimenii, 3, p. 651.

5. Crenis crawshayi, 3, p. 654.

6. Teracolus rhodesinus, 3, p. 663.

7. Belenois diminuta, 9, p. 666.

8. Heteropterus formosus, 3, p. 670.

9. Cyclopides quadrisignatus, 3, p. 670.
10. Anomeotes nigrivenosus, 9, p. 676.
11. Staphylinochrous whytet, 3, p. 676.
12, 13. Diospage scintillans, 9 2, p. 675,

1893.] | ON HYMENOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ODYNERIDZ. 685

6. On the Chilian Hymenoptera of the Family Odyneride.
By Epwyn C. Reep, C.M.ZS8.

[Received July 26, 1893.]

A fairly large number of Hymenoptera of the family Odyneridze
exist in Chile, but I have always found a difficulty in determining
them on account of the very careless way in which they have been
described by Spinola and De Saussure, in Gay’s ‘ Historia Fisica y
Politica de Chile.’ Many of the species are described from one
sex only, often from single specimens, and several species are
described twice over.

As I intend shortly to publish a Synopsis of the group, in the
‘ Anales de la Universidad de Chile,’ I have drawn up the following
list of the Chilian species.

GazmELLa, Spin. in Gay, vi. p. 328.
Spinola placed this genus among the Crabronide, probably on

account of its abnormal venation, the second and third cubital
cell each receiving a recurrent vein.

GAZELLA EUMENOIDES, Spin.

This species is very local and far from common. Occurs in the
central provinces.

ZETHUS DICOMBODA.

Epipona dicomboda, Spin. in Gay, vi. p. 250 (1851).

This species isnot common. Occurs near Valparaiso and at the
Canquenes Baths.

LABUS SICHELIANUS.

Labus sichelianus, Sauss. Am. Wasps (Smithsonian Misc. Coll.
xiv.), p. 56, pl. iv. fig. 20 (1875).

This species does not exist in any collection in Chile.

DISCOELIUS MERULA.

Discoelius merula, Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soe. xvii. p. 325 (1834).

Epipona chilensis, Spin. |. ¢. p. 248 (1851).

Discoelius spinole, Sauss. Vesp. i. p. 25 (1852).

The male of this species is unknown. It is very rare; I have
found only two specimens in the 25 years that I have collected in
Chile.

MonoBiA CYANIPENNIS.
Odynerus cyanipennis, Guérin, Voy. Coq., Ins. p. 264, pl. ix. fig. 5,
3 (1830).

T once saw a specimen of this species caught in Peru, and I am
convinced that it does not occur in Chile to the south of Atacama.
It probably occurs, however, in the northern provinces annexed
from Peru.

686 MR. B. C, REED ON CHILIAN [Nov. 7,

ODYNERUS AMBIGUUS.

2. Odynerus ambiguus, Spin. |. ¢. p. 264 (1851).

3. Odynerus bustillosii, Sauss. in Gay, vi. Supp. p. 567 (1852).

This and the two following species belong to Wesmael’s sub-
genus Ancistrocerus. O. ambiguus is probably a common and
variable species, of which I have many specimens and varieties, but
no specimens that I have seen agree fully with the description.

ODYNERUS SCABRIUSCULUS.

Odynerus scabriusculus, Spin. |. c. p. 262 (1851).

The original description of this species in Gay’s work is so
thoroughly bad, like many other descriptions in that work, that in
the Latin diagnosis a male is described as the female, and the
Spanish part is full of absurd errors.

De Saussure afterwards published a fair description from the
type that exists in the Paris Museum.

This species is local, but not uncommon in Colchagua.

ODYNERUS VICINUS, sp. nov.

Allied to 0. scabriusculus, but larger, less coarsely punctured, and
with a yellow band on the scutellum.

@. Slender, head and thorax strongly punctured, 1st and 2nd
segments of the abdomen finely punctured; anterior margin of
prothorax recurved, angles rounded. Suture on 1st abdominal
segment well defined, angular in the middle. Black, shining, head
and thorax densely covered with short reddish hairs; antennz
reddish beneath ; legs pitchy, tarsi and knees reddish. A small
spot behind the eyes, anterior margin of prothorax, tegule, a spot
near root of wing, the posterior margin of the scutellum, posterior
margin of the first two abdominal segments, yellow.

A small but distinct tubercle exists beneath the 1st abdominal
segment ; 2nd segment not tuberculated, but thickened anteriorly,
the elevation forming a ridge. The tooth on posterior margin of
the metathorax is very distinct, but hardly so large as in O. sca-
briusculus.

Length 11 millim., wing 6 millim.

One specimen caught near Valparaiso.

ODYNERUS EXCIPIENDUS.

Eumenes excipiendus, Spin. |. c. p. 266 (1851).

Odynerus arcuatus, Sauss. Vesp. i. p. 160 (1852).

This species, according to the original description by Spinola, has
the terminal joints of the male antenne red, as in my specimens.
But Saussure, in his ‘American Wasps,’ makes his O. colocolo, with
terminal jvints black and a tubercle on the upper side of the 2nd
abdominal segment, to be the true O. excipiendus.

IT have never seen 0. colocolo, so cannot say whether it is a good
species or not, but my specimens of O. eacipiendus, Spin., fully
agree with Spinola’s description and with the description of
O. arcuatus,

1893.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ODYNERIDE. 687

ODYNERUS COLOCOLO.

Odynerus colocolo, Sauss. in Gay, p. 566 (1852).
This must be a notable species if specimens agree with the
description.

ODYNERUS SUBPETIOLATUS.

Odynerus subpetiolatus, Sauss. Vesp. i. p. 162 (1852),

Odynerus coarctatus, Sauss. in Gay, p. 565 (1852).

De Saussure published two descriptions of this species almost
simultaneously, but he states that the name of O. petiolatus was
published first.

This species is common in Central Chile. It is very much like
O. labiatus, but smaller and has no tubercle beneath the second
abdominal segment.

ODYNERUS TUBERCULATUS.

Odynerus tuberculatus, Sauss. in Gay, p. 564 (1852).

Allied to O. humeralis, but smaller, with a small tubercle on the
upper surface of the first abdominal segment; differs also in the
form of the metathorax and in colours.

This species must be very rare, as I have looked for it for many
years and have obtained only one specimen, which I caught near
Valparaiso.

ODYNERUS TUBERCULIVENTRIS.

Eumenes tuberculiventris, Spin. 1. c. p. 267 (1851).

This common little species is easily recognized by its large
tubercle on the underside of the second abdominal segment in
both sexes, and by the yellow cox of the males.

ODYNERUS MOLIN#.

Odynerus moline, Sauss. in Gay, p. 562 (1852).

Odynerus molinius, Sauss. Vesp. ili. p. 251 (1854).

Described from a single specimen, female, said to exist in the
Paris Museum. From the description it would appear to be
allied to O. labiatus, perhaps a variety.

ODYNERUS LABIATUS.

Odynerus labiatus, Haliday, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. p. 323 (1837).
Odynerus lachesis, St.-Farg. Hym. ii. p. 667 (1841).

Odynerus marginicollis, Spin. 1. c. p. 256 (1851).

One of the most common Chilian species.

ODYNERUS CAUPOLICANDS, sp. nov.

Allied to O. labiatus, but with yellow tegule and yellow markings
on scutellum, postscutellum, and metathorax.

3. Head and thorax coarsely punctured, clothed with short,
reddish hairs, dull black; abdomen finely punctured, velvety.
Antenne and legs ferruginous, tarsi and coxe darker. Post-

688 MR. B. ©. REED ON CHILIAN [Nov. 7,

scutellum elevated, metathorax rounded at the sides and not
higher at any part than the base of the postscutellum. Pronotum,
except its posterior angles, tegul#, a spot under root of wing, two
spots on the scutellum, two on the postscutellum, two on either
side of metathorax, extremity of the first three abdominal segments,
sulphur-yellow. The 2nd and 3rd abdominal rings are continued
beneath, but interrupted in the middle.

Terminal joint of antenne long, blunt, curved, the apex being
thus rather spiral than hooked.

Length 13 millim., wing 10 millim.

Caught at the Canquenes Baths.

ODYNERUS VESTITUS.

Odynerus vestitus, Sauss. Vesp. ili. p. 252 (1854).
I have never seen this species.

ODYNERUS HUMERALIS.
Odynerus humeralis, Haliday, Trans Linn. Soc. xvii. p. 324
(1837).

Odynerus chilensis, St.-Farg. Hym. ii. p. 643 (1841); Gay, 1. ¢.
p. 235 (1851).

The largest Chilian species. Very common.

ODYNERUS VILLOSUS.

Odynerus villosus, Sauss. in Gay, p. 563 (1852).

Described from a female specimen. Appears to be like O. vespi-
formis. It does not exist in any collection in Chile.

ODYNERUS OBSCURIPENNIS.

Odynerus obscuripennis, Spin. 1. c. p. 259 (1851).

Odynerus coquimbensis, Sauss. in Gay, p. 561 (1852).

I unite these two descriptions on the authority of De Saussure.
Gay’s description was drawn up from an incomplete specimen.
Probably De Saussure’s was taken from the same fragment, which
might have been a var. of O. humeralis.

ODYNERUS ANTUCO.

Odynerus antuco, Sauss. in Gay, vi. p. 562 (1851).

Odynerus antucensis, Sauss. Vesp. iii. p. 228 (1854).

Said to be the only Chilian species with a single abdominal belt.

It is a pity it has nota single name also. I do not know the
species.

ODYNERUS CHILIOTUS.

Odynerus chiliotus, Sauss. in Gay, vi. p. 566 (1852).

Described from a single male specimen. Unknown in Chilian
collections.

1893.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ODYNERIDS. 689

ODYNERUS MAYPINTUS.
Odynerus maypinus, Sauss. in Gay, p. 564 (1852).

Also described from a single male specimen. May possibly be
the male of 0. antuco.

ODYNERUS RUFICOLLIS.
Odynerus ruficollis, Spin. 1. ¢. p. 259 (1851).
Described from a single female specimen.

ODYNERUS VESPIFORMIS.

Odynerus vespiformis, Haliday, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. p. 323
(1837).
Odynerus hirsutus, Spin. 1. ¢. p. 257 (1851).

A very common and distinct species.

ODYNERUS GAYI.
Odynerus gayi, Spin. 1. ce. p. 260 (1851).
A northern species ; commoner in Copiapo than to the south.

ODYNERUS SOTOI, sp. nov.

Allied to O. gayi, but larger, stouter, and with the last joint of
antenne in male recurved, forming a hook.

. Head finely and closely, thorax thickly and roughly, punc-
tured. Abdomen finely and distantly punctured. Head and
thorax dull, abdomen shining, black. Antenne, legs, and clypeus
rust-red. A spotabove the insertion of the antenna, a line behind
the eyes, anterior $ of pronotum, tegulz, spot at root of wings, two
squarish spots on scutellum, a line on postscutellum, posterior
margins of metathorax, extremity of the first three abdominal
segments, reddish yellow. Coxe black, intermediate pair reddish
anteriorly.

Clypeus hexagonal, very wide above; legs stout; apex of tibie
and tarsi with short spiny hairs.

Length 15 millim., wing 11 millim.

I received specimens of this species, from Copiapo, in alcohol,
which may account for the reddish tint of its markings; these are
probably yellow during life. I have only one male, not in good
condition, so that I cannot describe it at length.

ODYNERUS ARAUCANUS.

Odynerus araucanus, Sauss. Reise Novara, Hym. p. 14, pl. 1.
fig. 8 (1868).

I do not know this species.

ALASTOR ANGULICOLLIS.

Odynerus angulicollis, Spin. 1. c. p. 261 (1851).

Very rare. I have one male specimen.

690 PROF. NEWTON ON A NEW SPECIES OF DREPANIS. [Noyv. 7,

CTENOCHILUS PILIPALPUS.

Epipona pilipalpa, Spin. |. ¢. p. 252 (1851).

This species was based on a single female specimen. I have
never seen it.

7. On a new Species of Drepanis discovered by Mr. R. C. L.
Perkins. By Aurrep Newton, F.Z.S. (Communicated
on behalf of the Joint Committee, appointed by the
Royal Society and the British Association, for the
Zoological Exploration of the Sandwich Islands.)

[Received November 7, 1893.]

The severe labours undergone by Mr. Perkins, who has for some
months past been exploring Molokai, one of the Sandwich Islands,
have met with a suitable reward in the unexpected discovery of a
new species of Drepanis, of which he has sent home several speci-
mens; and, in describing it at his request, I feel bound to express
the satisfaction of the Joint Committee under whose direction he
has been working, coupled with my own regret that his modesty
hinders him from introducing his discovery to the world. Its
sombre plumage and the sad fate that too probably awaits the
species induce me to propose for it the name of

DREPANIS FUNEREA.

Diagn.—Atra, remigibus manualibus externé grisei-limbatis, rostro

valdé decurvato, maxillé mandibulam multo transeunte.

Long. tot. 8; ale 4; caud. 2°75; rostri culminis 25; tarsi 1-25
unee.

Hab. in montibus sylvestribus insule Molokai.

The sexes are outwardly alike. Mr. Perkins states that the nasal
opercula and the base of the bill between the nostrils are yellow,
especially in the young; the irides “ pale yellowish-brown.”

It would be easy to point out characters that in the eyes of
some writers would justify the foundation of a new genus for this
bird. At first sight the configuration of its bill naturally suggests
the genus Hemignathus ; but closer inspection shows that in its
breadth and height at the base it wholly agrees with Drepanis,
as restricted by modern authors, only differing therefrom in its
exaggerated maxilla. Some inequality i in the length of the man-
dibles is, however, exhibited by D. pacifica, and the examples of the
new species sent by Mr. Perkins show no little variability in this
respect. For the rest it is distinct enough, its almost lustreless
black plumage not being relieved by any yellow feathers, though
the patch of that colour at the base of the maxilla must bea
conspicuous feature in life.

1893.] MB. P. L. SCLATER ON CERCOPITHEOCUS ALBIGULARIS. 691

November 21, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frowne, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the
Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of October :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of October were 121, of which 57 were by presentation, 27
by purchase, 3 by birth, and 34 were received on deposit. The
number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 106.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. An example of the Goliath Beetle (Goliathus druryi), one of
the largest of known Coleoptera, obtained near Accra, Gold Coast,
and presented Oct. 5th by F. W. Marshall, Esq.

2. An adult female and a young of the Manatee (Manatus
americanus), captured in Manatee Bay, Jamaica, and most kindly
sent home for the Society’s Collection by Sir Henry A. Blake,
K.C.M.G. Unfortunately they reached the Gardens in a very
exhausted condition, and died soon after their arrival.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a mounted specimen of an African Monkey
‘(Cercopithecus albigularis) irom the Leyden Museum, and made
the following remarks :—

Dr. Jentink has kindly sent to me from the Leyden Museum
for comparison a West-African example of Cercopithecus albigularis,
which I now exhibit. It was obtained by Pel on the Gold
Coast, and therefore there can be no doubt as to its locality
In my paper on the Monkeys of this genus, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 251,
I commented upon the strange fact that this Monkey, which
we commonly receive from Mozambique and various ports in
East Africa, should also occur in West Africa, and suggested
that specimens from the two countries should be compared. I
have placed the present specimen side by side with the original
type of Sykes (described P. Z.S. 1831, p. 106), now in the
British Museum, and must admit that I can find no grounds for
specific distinction. Sykes’s specimen was originally living in the
Society’s Gardens, and its locality (given by Sykes as Mada-
gascar) is absolutely uncertain ; but of two East-African specimens
obtained on the Rufiji River opposite Zanzibar, 8° S. lat., by Capt.
Wharton, R.N., F.R.S., and now in the British Museum, one
agrees very well with the present specimen, though, as a general
rule, East-African specimens (of which we have two now living
in the Gardens) have a strong rufous tinge round the anus under
the tail, which is not apparent in the present example. On the
whole, however, I am not at present prepared to say that Hast
and West African specimens of this Monkey can be properly
distinguished.

692 MESSRS. G. W. AND B. G. PEOKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

An extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary
by Mr. J. 8S. Mackay, dated Dunbar House, Kullu, Punjaub, 10th
June, 1893, relating to a young Snow-Leopard, then about one
year old, which had been sent to Mrs. Mackay as a present from
Thakur Debi Chand, of Gundla, in Lahaul, when quite small.
Mr. Mackay wrote :—“ The animal is well over six feet now. He
is kept tied to a thin long cord during the day on the tennis-
court in the shade, where he gambols and plays with the dogs.
At night he is let loose inside the house and sleeps on my wife’s
bed. Ihave never known or heard of anyone exercising such a
peculiar fascination over any animal as my wife does over this
Snow-Leopard. He follows her about like a dog, and if he misses
her a moment he simply screams for her.”

Several photographs representing this animal were exhibited.

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited some hybrid Pheasants
supposed to be crosses between the Common Pheasant (Phasianus
colchicus) and the Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta), and between
the first-named bird and the Silver Pheasant (Wycthemerus
argentatus).

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Spiders of the Family Attide of the Island of
St. Vincent. By G. W. and E. G. PeckHam.’

[Received October 24, 1893.]
(Plates LXI. & LXI1.)

The Spiders of the family Attide described in the following
paper were collected on the Island of St. Vincent by Mr. Herbert
H. Smith, the collector sent out by Mr. F. DuCane Godman to
assist the Committee for the Exploration of the Fauna and Flora
of the West Indian Islands, appointed by the British Association
and by the Royal Society.

The Committee has agreed to place a full series of these Spiders
in the British Museum.

We had expected to have made this collection the basis of a dis-
cussion of the relations of the Spiders of the West Indian Islands
to those of the mainland, but the material in our hands is too
scanty to warrant any important conclusions. We hope, before
long, to receive enough material to make the discussion desirable.

In making the measurements we have used the metric system.

SYNEMOSYNA SMITHI, sp. nov. . (Plate LXI. figs. 1-1 6.)
g and 9. Length 4-2. Length of cephalothorax 1:8; width
of cephalothorax 9. é

1 Communicated by D. Suarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S8., on behalf of the Oommittee for
Investigating the Flora and Fauna of the West Indian Islands.

al yi’
ie | Ny
i “al \,. \

- \ Ri Ny \
aN ee DE W

le

y i

y le

aii
4)

ye \)

a ye)
ih wy)
ny

Edwin Wilson Cambridge.

SPIDERS OF THE FAMILY ATTIDA FROM ST. VINCENT.

P Z.8. 1894 Pl. LXxll

; AL in|

; (oe 6 an
{ \, sth

10a. Edwin Wilson. Cambridge.

SPIDERS OF THE FAMILY ATTIDA FROM ST. VINCENT.

.

1893. ] SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 693

‘ Legs, ¢ and 9, 4,3,1, 2. The femur of the fourth leg is
enlarged, especially in the male.

The cephalothorax is narrow and long—twice as long as wide.
The sides are nearly paratlel until the posterior quarter of the
thoracic part, where the cephalothorax grows abruptly narrower.
The cephalic part is on a higher plane than the thoracic and has
its sides inclined inwards. The thoracic part is rounded in its
anterior three-fourths, the posterior end, where it joins the abdo-
men, being flattened. There is a constriction at a little distance
behind the dorsal eyes. The quadrangle of the eyes is nearly
equally wide and long, is wider behind than in front, and occupies
about one-third of the cephalothorax. The first row of eyes is
strongly bent; the eyes are close together, the middle being twice
and a half as large as the lateral. The second row is nearer the
first than the third row. The dorsal eyes are larger than the
lateral and form a row which is as wide as the cephalothorax at
that place. The clypeus is narrow. The labium is wider than
long. The sternum is Jong and narrow. The abdomen is very
long and has a constriction in the middle; it is narrowest in front,
tapering gradually toward the anterior end. The integument of
the anterior part is slightly hardened above, on the sides, and below.
The falces are moderately stout and long and are vertical.

The cephalic plate and the anterior thoracic part are yellow,
with the eyes on black spots; there are some white hairs on the
antezior part; between the dorsal eyes are two fine dark lines ;
the rest of the upper surface is brown, darkening toward the pos-
terior end, with a thin covering of white hairs, and having white
bands around the two constrictions. The spinnerets are light-
coloured. The legs are white or light brown, excepting the femoral
joints of the third and fourth pairs, which are rufous. The falces
are reddish. The palpi, mouth-parts, and coxe are white. The
sternum and venter are yellowish, the venter being blotched with
white.

K2YSERLINGELLA MINUTA, sp. Ov.

@. Length 3. Length of cephalothorax 1:3; width of cephalo-
thorax °8.

Legs 4,3, 1, 2, all slender.

The cephalothorax is rather short, with a slight constriction just
behind the dorsal eyes. The cephalic part is flat, and is on a higher
plane than the thoracic which is rounded, and falls quite steeply
from the ridge behind the constriction. The sides are parallel,
The abdomen is rounded, and is widest behind the middle and

-narrow at both ends. The clypeus is narrow. The quadrangle of
the eyes is one-fourth wider than long, is wider behind than in
front, and occupies about one-half of the’ cephalothorax. The first
row is curved; the eyes are close together, the middle twice as
large as the lateral. The second row is halfway between the first
and the third. The dorsal eyes are larger than the lateral and are
on the sides of the head. The sternum-is-wide and is truncated

694 MESSRS, G. W. AND BH. G. PEOKHAM ON [Noy. 21,

in front. The maxille are twice as long as the labium. The
labium is as wide as long.

The cephalothorax is dark rufous. In alcohol the abdomen
is transversely banded with dark and pale rufous, with a wide dark
band near the posterior end. When dried the anterior half is
rufovs with two transverse curved bands of white hairs; behind
the second of these is a wide blackish band and between this and
the spinnerets the colour is rufous. The palpi are pale. The legs
are light ‘rufous, the first pair unmarked, the second, third, and
fourth with a black line running along the anterior face.

This spider is immature, but seems to belong to the genus Key-
serlingella.

DYNAMIUS METALLIOUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXI. figs. 2-2.)

d. Length 6:8. Length of cephalothorax 3; width of cephalo-
thorax 2-4,

Legs 3, 4, 2, 1, nearly equal in length ; the first three pairs stouter
than the fourth.

The cephalothorax is high and conyex. The cephalic part is
inclined forward and has the sides nearly vertical and parallel.
The thoracic part has a nearly plane semicircular plate behind the
dorsal eyes, from which it rounds downward on the sides and behind ;
it is very mnch narrower on the upper surface than below, the sides
being concave. The quadrangle of the eyes is a little wider in
front than behind, is one-fourth wider than long, and occupies not
quite two-fifths of the cephalothorax. The eyes are all large.
The first row is plainly curved with the eyes a little separated, the
middle being less than twice as large as the lateral. The second
row is halfway between the first and third rows. The dorsal eyes
are a little smaller than the lateral and form a row which is not
quite so wide as the cephalothorax, although it is as wide as the
upper surface. The clypeus is two-thirds as high as the middle
eyes of the first row. ‘The falces are slightly retreating, short and
not very stout. The sternum is wide and is truncated in front
and behind. The maxille are short and are widely separated.
The labium is fully as wide as long.

The whole appearance of this spider is big, black, and burly.
The cephalothorax is ornamented with a pair of snow-white spots
on the cephalic andanother on the thoracic part, while the sides
are encircled by a wide white band. On the black abdomen is a
pattern in yellowish white with a tinge of red, consisting of an
encircling band, a central, longitudinal, dorsal band, which in the
posterior half is broken up into spots, anda curved transverse band
on each side of the dorsum behind tue middle. The palpus has the
femur and the proximal end of the patella covered with white hairs.
The first two pairs of legs have the joints much enlarged and
rounded ; in the third pair they are also enlarged but are lengthened
out; the first, second, and third pairs have fringes of white hairs,
and have all the joints, excepting the tarsi, iridescent, with bril-
liant violet reflections. Some of this iridescence is also seen on

1893. | SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 695

ae eupee surface of the cephalic part. ‘The under surface is
ack.

CYBELE, gen. nov.

The cephalothorax is rounded, convex and rather high, highest
at the dorsal eyes; the cephalic part is plainly inclined. The
quadrangle of the eyes is slightly wider in front than behind, is one-
fourth wider than long, and occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax.
The middle eyes of the first row project beyond the lateral and
almost touch each other; the lateral are a little separated from the
middle (more widely in vincenti than in obscura); they are un-
usually large, almost two-thirds as large as the middle eyes. The
second row of eyes is nearer the third than the first row.

Cybele bears some resemblance to Amycus, but its general appear-
ance is not so rounded, its sides are more nearly parallel, and the
eyes of the first row are more nearly of a size, the middle ones of
this row in Amycus being twice as large as the lateral. It also
recalls Hasarius, but in this latter genus the eyes of the first row
are much smaller and the thoracic part is flatter.

CYBELE OBSCURA, sp. nov. (Plate LXI. figs. 3-3c.)

¢. Length 7. Length of cephalothorax 3; width of cephalo-
thorax 2.

2. Length 7. Length of cephalothorax 2°8; width of cephalo-
thorax 2.

Legs, ¢ 1,3,4,2, 2 3,4,1,2, allnearly equally long. The first
and second are a little the stoutest.

The cephalothorax has its sides nearly vertical in front, but in
the thoracic part they are rounded out, more plainly than in vin-
centi; its widest point is a little behind the dorsal eyes. The
thoracie part falls a very little in the first third of its length and
then slants steeply. The first row of eyes is straight. The
dorsal eyes are a little smaller than the lateral and are placed on
the sides of the cephalothorax, which, however, is wider than this
row below. The clypeus is half as high as the middle eyes of the
first row. The falces in both sexes are vertical, parallel, and
rather long and stout, with short fangs. The maxille are consider-
ably longer than the labium and are widened at the extremities.
The sternum is not much longer than wide, but is not so nearly
round as in vincenti.

In colour and marking O. obscura is a good deal like vincenti.
The cephalothorax is bright red, with a white band on each side and
a third in the central thoracic region. The abdomen is covered
with white and red hairs, giving it a tawny look; the anterior
end is black and has two pairs of white bars, one above the other,
and a bunch of black hairs projecting toward the cephalothorax. A
line of fine white chevrons formed of hairs is faintly visible down
the central line of the dorsum. ‘The legs are brown, mottled and
barred with red, white, and black. The tarsus and proximal end of
the metatarsus of the first are not pale as in vincenti, and there is

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. XLVII. 47

696 MESSRS. G. W. AND B, G. PECKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

no fringe of hairs on the underside. The spinnerets are long and
pale, the outer ones having a dark line along the external side.

A common species.

The two species of Cybele may be distinguished from each other
by the following points:—In C. vincenti the thoracic part slants
steeply from the dorsal eyes, while in C. obscwra it falls gradually at
first; in C. vincenti the falces of the male are oblique and diverging,
in C. obscura vertical and parallel; and in C. vincenti the palpus of
the male has the tarsus twice as long as the tibia and not much
longer than wide, while in C. obscura it is three times as long as
the tibia and twice as long as wide, projecting for some distance

beyond the bulb.

CYBELE VINCENTI, sp. nov. (Plate LXI. figs, 44d.)

3. Length 6. Length of cephalothorax 28; width of cephalo-
thorax 2.

2. Length 6:5. Length of cephalothorax 2°5; width of cephalo-
thorax 1°8.

Legs, g 1, 4,3,2, 9 4,3,1,2. The first leg is stouter than the
others and, in the male, is longer than the second by the meta-
tarsus and tarsus.

The cephalothorax has its sides nearly vertical in front and
slightly rounded out in the thoracic part; it is widest, as well as
highest, at the dorsal eyes, and from this point it falls quite
steeply, the slope being slightly rounded out. The first row of
eyes is a little curved ; the lateral eyes of this row are relatively
a little smaller than those of obscura, The dorsal eyes are a little
larger than the lateral and are placed on the sides of the cephalo-
thorax, forming a row that is as wide as the cephalothorax at that
place. The clypeus is one-fourth as high as the middle eyes of the
first row. The patella and tibia of the male palpus are of the same
length, and taken together are shorter than the tarsus, which is
twice as long as wide ; the palpal tube is very long. The falces of
the male diverge widely and have long fangs; they are vertical
and rather stout; those of the female are short,’ parallel, vertical,
and rather stout, with short fangs. The maxille are not much
longer than the labium. The sternum is almost round.

The markings vary considerably in different spiders of this
species, and some are much darker coloured than others. The
cephalothorax in the male is covered with brilliant red hair and
has a snowy white band on each side and another in the central
thoracic part. The abdomen is covered with a mixture of grey,
red, and tawny hairs ; around the anterior end is a curved white
band, and from this a central, longitudinal, white band extends
backward to about the middle of the dorsum. Sometimes a central
band of white figures appears on the posterior half, with two dark
rufous spots on each side. The clypeus has a fringe of white hairs
on the lower edge. The falces are brown. The legs are banded
with lighter and darker brown, the first and second being
somewhat darker than the third and fourth. The first leg has

1893. ] SPIDERS FROM ST, VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 697

the tarsus and the proximal end of the metatarsus pale, and has
fringes of black hair under the femur and the tibia. The spines
are black.

In the female the whole spider is lighter coloured, the integu-
ment being brown, and there is less of the bright red than in the
male. The ground-colour of the abdomen is a soft velvety reddish
brown. The markings are like those of the male, and are equally
variable. In both sexes the spinnerets are rather short, the
external ones being covered with brown and the middle ones with
white hairs.

A common species.

4 ea rk OCTO-PUNOTATUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXI. figs.
—5 i.)

3. Length 5:5. Length of cephalothorax 2°5; width of
cephalothorax 2. Some males are considerably smaller, having a
total length of about 3:5.

@. Length 44. Length of cephalothorax 2; width of
cephalothorax 1°8.

Legs, g 1,4, 2,3; the first is stouter than the others and,
especially in the larger variety, is much the longest, exceeding the
second by the tarsus, metatarsus, and nearly all of the tibia; the
others are nearly equal. 9 4,1,2,3; the first is a little the
stoutest.

The cephalothorax is scarcely longer than wide; the sides are
curved, the widest point being behind the dorsal eyes. It is high,
the highest point being at the dorsal eyes, the cephalic part falling
slightly toward the first row of eyes, while the thoracic part
rounds backward and downward quite abruptly in its first third
and then falls still more steeply. The whole of the upper surface is
rounded. The quadrangle of the eyes is one-third wider than long,
is wider behind than in front, and occupies a little more than two-
fifths of the cephalothorax. The first row of eyes is a little
curved; the middle eyes are separated slightly from each other
and more widely from the lateral eyes. The lateral are a very
little more than one-half as large as the middle eyes. The second
row of eyes is nearer the first than the third row. The third row
is plainly not so wide as the cephalothorax at that place. The
clypeus is narrow. The falces of the male are stout, rather long,
with long strong fangs, diverging and somewhat obliquely directed
forward, so that they are sometimes visible from above; those of
the female are rather stout and long, parallel, and vertical. The
sternum is oval. The maxille are fully twice as long as the labium
and are rounded. The labium is longer than wide.

In the male the integument is of a rich dark brown colour.
The upper surface of both cephalothorax and abdomen seems to
have been covered with yellow hairs or scales. There are two
wide snow-white bands on the sides of the cephalothorax, and a
curved white band around the anterior end and the sides of the
abdomen. On the dorsum are eight dark spots on a ie ground,

698 MESSRS. G. W. AND B. G, PECKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

four in a transverse row across the anterior part and two on each
side, farther back. The two middle spots of the transverse band
are frequently joined together. There are some red hairs around
the eyes of the first row, and the front faces of the first legs; the
palpi and the falces are all covered with snow-white rice-like
scales, so that the spider presents a very showy appearance from
in front. The legs are brown with a good many white scales, the
first pair being darker coloured than the others.

The female has the integument of the cephalothorax dark brown,
while that of the abdomen is commonly yellowish. The whole
surface is covered with white scale-like hairs, excepting that on the
abdomen there are eight black spots, four in a transverse row
across the middle of the dorsum and two on each side, farther
back. The legs are yellowish. The clypeus is covered with rather
long white hairs, which hang down a little way over the falces.

The general appearance of this species is much like that of
Dendryphantes cupitatus, Hentz. It seems to be very common in
St. Vincent.

HASARIUS PAYKULLI, Aud. in Say. Deser. de Egypte, 2° édit.
b-0. <a Pat b/p-F

A cosmopolitan species.

CYREND, gen. noy.

The cephalothorax is only moderately high; from its highest
point, at the dorsal eyes, it falls forward to the first row of eyes
and backward for about two-thirds of the length of the thoracic
part, the forward inclination being a little more pronounced than
the backward. The final fall to the posterior border is steep.
The sides are nearly vertical and parallel in the cephalic part, but
are a good deal rounded out in the thoracic, the widest point being
considerably behind the dorsal eyes. The quadrangle of the eyes
is equally wide in front and behind, is barely one-fourth widér
than long, and occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax. The first
row of eyes is straight, the middle eyes being about twice as large
as the lateral and close together, while the lateral are a little
separated from them. The second row is halfway between the
first and the third row. The dorsal eyes are about as large as the
lateral, and form a row which is nearly as wide as the cephalothorax
at that place.

This genus is close to Mvia, but the cephalothorax has a more
rectangular appearance, the lower edge being almost straight.

CYRENE DECORATA, sp. nov. (Plate LXIL. figs. 6-6 8.)

Q. Length 5:8. Length of cephalothorax 2:2; width of
cephalothorax 1-4, ror
. Legs 4,3, 1,2, nearly equally stout, the femoral joints of the
first and second being a little thickened.

The clypeus is one-fourth as high as the middle eyes of the first
row. The falces are moderately long and stout, vertical and

1893.] SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES, 699

parallel. The sternum is narrowed and truncated in front and
rounded behind. The maxille are twice as long as the labium,
which is short, wide, and squarely truncated. The abdomen is
widest in the middle.

The cephalic part is bright red. There is a wide white band on
each side and a central white band on the thorax ; the rest of the
thoracic part is darker than the cephalic, but is decidedly reddish.
The abdomen has a black curved band around the anterior end,
and above this a snow-white band. The upper surface is bright
red, with two longitudinal black bands from the middle of the
dorsum to the spinnerets, between which the surface is bronzed,
and a number of snow-white spots which form a handsome and
effective pattern (see drawing). Two of these are in the middle
of the abdomen just in front of the bronze region; two more
appear at the edge of the bronze region on each side; and two
larger spots, also snow-white, are found on each side of the
abdomen in the red region.

The middle spinnerets are pale, the external ones black. The
legs are light coloured, irregularly dotted with black. The clypeus
is covered with long white hairs. The falces and mouth-parts are
dark reddish brown. The sternum is light brown. The venter is
covered with white hairs and is dotted with black.

A single specimen.

We have examples of this species in the Smith collection from
Santarem, the Brazilian variety being larger. It has a general
resemblance to Huophrys coronigera of C. Koch.

Evorurys (?) PULCHELLA, sp. nov. (Plate LXII. figs. 7, 7 a.)

3. Length 3. Length of cephalothorax 1:5; width of cephalo-
thorax 1.

Legs 4, 3, 1, 2.

The cephalothorax is high and looks rather long and heavy
compared to the abdomen. The sides are neariy parallel and
vertical, but widen out a little at the posterior end. The highest
point is at the dorsal eyes. The cephalic part is gently inclined,
and the anterior two-thirds of the thoracic part falls a little more
abruptly. The final slope of the thoracic part to the margin is
steep. The four anterior eyes are close together in a curved row ;
the lateral are two-thirds as large as the middle eyes. The second
row is a little nearer the third than the first row. The third row
is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place, the eyes being nearly
as large as the lateral eyes of the firstrow. The clypeus is narrow.
The falces are short, vertical, and parallel. The sternum is wide,
slightly rounded in front and pointed behind. The maxille are
widely separated and are truncated at the extremities. The labium
is very small and is as wide as long.'

Our single specimen of this species is so badly rubbed that the
colour can only be guessed at. The cephalothorax is dark brown
with a black line around the lower margin, and seems to have
been pretty well covered with white hairs. The abdomen is lighter

700 MESSRS. G. W. AND E, G, PECKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

brown, with a pale herring-bone stripe down the middle of the
dorsum and a good many white hairs on the sides, The legs and
palpi are light brown, the legs having some dark rings. The
falces are dark brown. The under surface is light brown.

This spider is immature. It is not a very good Euophrys, but
as it is near that genus we put it there provisionally.

CYDONIA, gen. nov.

The cephalothorax is low and is almost flat above. The
cephalic part is very slightly inclined, and the thoracic part falls
scarcely at all in the anterior half and then slopes abruptly to the
margin. The sides are narrowest in front; they widen a little
just behind the dorsal eyes and then contract gradually as they
pass backward; in the cephalic part they slant inward, but
in the thoracic part they are gently rounded. The quadrangle
of the eyes is wider behind than in front, is one-fifth wider
than long, and occupies one-half of the cephalothorax. The
four anterior eyes are placed close together in a straight row,
the middle being nearly twice as large as the lateral. The second
row is nearer the first than the third row. The dorsal eyes are
fully as large as the lateral eyes of the first row and are placed on
the margin of the cephalothorax. The labium is longer than
wide.

Cydoma is somewhat like Hpiblemum, but differs from that
genus in that the quadrangle of the eyes is wider behind than in
front and occupies one half of the cephalothorax.

CYDONIA LUTEOLA, sp. noy. (Plate LXII. figs. 8-8 ¢.)

3d. Length 38. Length of cephalothorax 1:5 ; width of cephalo-
thorax 1.

2. Length 3°8. Length of cephalothorax 1:5; width of cephalo-
thorax 1.

Legs, ¢ 2, 4,1,3,2. The first pair is much the stoutest in
both sexes, all the joints excepting the metatarsus and tarsus being
thickened.

The clypeus is narrow. The falces are only moderately long
and stout; in the male they diverge and are directed obliquely
forward, the fang being as long as the falx ; in the female they are
vertical and parallel with the fang, short. The sternum is oblong.
The maxille are rounded and are less than twice as long as
the labium. The abdomen is long in proportion to the cephalo-
thorax and is about twice as long as wide.

The cephalothorax is black in the cephalic region, shading into
rufous behind; the upper surface is covered with bright yellow
hairs and there is a band of white hairs on each side. The
abdomen is light brown covered with silvery down, and on each
side is a longitudinal white band. Touching these lateral bands
are two pairs of short white bands or spots, the first pair near the
middle and the second near the spinnerets. The first leg has the

1893.] SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 701

femur, tibia, and a ring at the distal end of the metatarsus rufous,
the remainder being pale ; in the female the rufous is not so dark
as in the male, The other legs are pale. The palpus of the male
is black covered with white hairs, excepting the tarsus, which is
pale. The palpus of the female isall pale. In both sexes the falces
are dark rufous and glossy.

Marprosa MELANOGNATHA, H. Lucas, Webb and Berthelot’s
Hist. Nat. des Iles Canaries, tome ii. p. 29, pl. vii. fig. 4.

A cosmopolitan species.

ANOKA, gen. nov.

The cephalothorax is not high and is not much longer than
wide ; the sides widen out gradually from the lateral eyes to their
widest point, which is behind the dorsal eyes ; they slant outward
more widely in the thoracic than in the cephalic part. The
cephalic part is inclined forward; the thoracic is level for two-
thirds of its length and then falls rather steeply. The quadrangle
of the eyes is one-third wider than long, is a little wider behind
than in front, and occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax. The
first row of eyes is straight, with the middle eyes subtouching and
less than twice as large as the lateral, which are a little separated
from them. The second row is about halfway between the first
and third rows. The third row is narrower than the cephalothorax
at that place, the eyes being a little farther from each other than
from the lateral borders. Abdomen long and slender.

We have species of Anoka from various parts of the United
States, from Jamaica, St. Vincent, Barbados, and New Granada.
They all resemble each other very strongly, even the patterns and
colours being often reproduced. The relative length of the legs is
1, 4, 2,3 or 1,4, 3,2 in both sexes. The males are more slender
than the females and have the first legs much longer and stouter
than the others and, usually, dark coloured, the other legs being pale.
The males also, in all the species except A. mitrata and an unpub-
lished species from Jamaica, have the falces long and horizontal ;
in the Jamaica species they are oblique, and mitrata has the falces
vertical and the first legs pale. The mouth-parts are always dark
coloured.

Anoka is related to Icius and Menemerus, but in Icius the eyes
of the first row are larger, the cephalothorax has the sides more
nearly parallel and the thoracic part differently shaped (see
drawing), and the abdomen is not so long and slender. In Menemerus
the sides dilate suddenly behind the third row of eyes, the thoracic
part slants more steeply from the dorsal eyes and is wider behind,
although not so wide as in I¢ius, and the cephalic part is more
steeply inclined.

ANOKA VERNALIS, sp. noy. (Plate LXII. figs. 9-9 d.)

g. Length 4:8. Length of cephalothoraxs 1:8; width of
cephalothorax 1:5.

702 MESSRS. G. W. AND E. G. PECKHAM ON [Nov. 21,

2. Length 5. Length of cephalothorax 2:1. Width of
cephalothorax 1°8.

Legs, ¢ 9,1,4,3, 2; first pair much the stoutest and longest,
especially in the male.

The falces of the male are long, longer in some specimens than
in others, and horizontal. Their inner edges are parallel for about
one-half their length and then diverge; at this point is a tooth,
which points forward and crosses the one on the opposite falx.
The fang is. long and slender and is slightly curved at the
extremity. Those of the female are vertical, parallel, and mode-
rately long and stout. The sternum is rather long, and is widest
in the middle. The maxille are nearly twice as long as the
labium. The labium is longer than wide.

The colour of the male is bronze-brown. A snow-white band
on each side extends throughout the whole length of the cephalo-
thorax and abdomen, the cephalothorax having a dark line around
the lower margin. The eyes of the first row are surrounded by
white hairs. The falces are bronze, slightly rugose above, with a
band of white hairs along the outer side of each. The fangs are
black. The first legs are bronze above and blackish below, and
are thinly covered with white hairs. The other legs are light
yellowish brown.

The female has the cephalothorax and abdomen thickly covered
with a mixture of white, red, and yellow hairs. On the anterior
part of the abdomen are two pairs of black dots, and across the
posterior part, halfway between the middle point and the spinnerets,
is a transverse black band. The legs are yellowish brown, the first
pair being the darkest and haying some short white hairs.

PROSTHECLINA PYGMA@A, Sp. nov. (Plate LXII. figs. 10-10.)

3g. Length 3. Length of cephalothorax 1°5; width of cephalo-
thorax 1.

9. Length 3°7. Length of cephalothorax 1°7; width of cephalo-
thorax 1:3.

Legs, ¢ 1, 4,3, 2, 9 3, 4,1,2; almost equally stout in both
sexes.

The cephalothorax is high, the highest point being at the dorsal
eyes ; it is widest in front. The cephalic part is strongly
inclined forward and projects over the lower margin, the sides and
clypeus slanting inward. The thoracic part falls a little in the
anterior two-thirds and then drops abruptly behind; the lateral
slopes of this part are slightly rounded out. The quadrangle of
the eyes is one-fourth wider than long, is plainly wider in front
than behind, and occupies a little less than one-half of the cephalo-
thorax. The four anterior eyes are close together and form a
curved row ; they are not very unequal in size, the lateral being
about two-thirds as large as the middle eyes. The front face of
the cephalothorax is so inclined that the eyes of this row look
downward. The second row is plainly nearer the third than the
first row, and the eyes are placed on the sides of the cephalothorax.

1893.] SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 703

The sternum is large and almost round. The maxille are short and
broad. The labium is very small and about as wide as long. The
clypeus is about one-fourth as high as the middle eyes of the first
row. ‘The falces are moderately long and stout; they are parallel
and are inclined backward.

This spider is black, ornamented with a handsome pattern in
white. The cephalothorax of the male has white bands encircling
the sides, a white band across the cephalothorax above the first
row of eyes, another passing down the middle of the thorax, and
a shorter curved band on each side, which passes ‘up from the
lateral band between the eyes of the second and third rows, and
then divides, joining the band across the cephalic part in front
and the thoracic band behind. The abdomen has also a number of
white bands. There is a central one down the middle; a curved
band on each side which joins the central one before and behind ;
and a transverse bar a little behind the middle, joining the central
to the lateral bands, and thus dividing the dorsal surface of
the abdomen into two posterior and two larger anterior black
spots, surrounded by white. The legs are of rather a bright
rufous. In the male the anterior~taces of the tibial joints of
the third pair are covered with black hairs. In the female
all the femoral joints are blackish. The tibia of the palpus is
covered with snow-white hairs, and there is a fringe of white
hairs on the edge of the clypeus. The white band above the first
row of eyes is also visible from the front, so that the face view is
very striking. In the female the general colouring is like that of
the male, excepting that the white band above the anterior row of
eyes is lacking.

NEON POMPATUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXII. figs. 11-11 ¢.)

3. Length 2:5, Length of cephalothorax 1:2; width of cephalo-
thorax 1.

Q@. Length 3:2. Length of cephalothorax 1-2; width of cephalo-
thorax °8.

Legs, ¢ 1,4,3,2, 9 4,1,3, 2; first pair a little the stoutest.

The cephalothorax is high, with the cephalic part inclined
forward, and the thorax falling but slightly for a very short
distance behind the dorsal eyes, and then more steeply, in a long
slant, to the posterior border. The quadrangle of the eyes is
about equally wide in front and behind, is one-fifth wider than
long, and occupies a little more than one-half of the cephalothorax.
The first row of eyes is straight; the eyes are all close together
and are all small, the middle being less than twice as large as the
lateral. The dorsal eyes are larger than the lateral, and form a
row which is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place. The eyes
of the second row are nearer the dorsal than the lateral eyes.
The clypeus is very narrow. The falces are short, weak, parallel
and vertical. The labinm is as wide as long. The sternum is
nearly round. In the female the abdomen looks wide and heavy
when compared with the cephalothorax.

704 ON SPIDERS FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. [Noy. 21.

The cephalothorax is black in the cephalic and brown in the
thoracic part, sometimes thinly covered with white hairs, and
haying some white and rosy hairs around the eyes of the first row;
around the lower border is a black line and above this is a white
line. The cephalothorax seems to have been entirely covered with
very brilliant iridescent scales of a rosy-golden colour, and has
two white spots on each side and one just in front of the spin-
nerets. The legs are medium brown, the first one, in the male,
being blackish on the under surface.

This is a very small spider. It does not altogether agree with
the genus Neon, the dorsal eyes being not very large, and the
slope from the dorsal eyes being less abrupt.

LyssoMANES, sp. inc.

This is an immature specimen of the subgenus Jelskia. The
species cannot be determined. The relative length of the legs is
1, 2,3,4,; the first lee is long and spined. The colour was
probably grass-green in life, but has faded to pale yellow.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats LXI,

Fig. 1. Synemosyna smithi (p. 692), dorsal view of male; 1a, dorsal view of
female; 1 4, epigynum.

2. Dynamius metallicus (p. 694), dorsal view of male; 2 a, face and falces ;
2, side view of cephalothorax ; 2c, palpus.

3, Cybele obscwra (p. 695), dorsal view of male; 3a, face and falces; 34,
side view of cephalothorax; 3c, palpus.

4. Cybele vincenti (p. 696), dorsal view of male ; 4 a, abdomen of a variety
of the male; 40, dorsal view of young female; 4c, epigynum ;
4d, palpus.

5. Dendryphantes octo-punctatus (p. 697), dorsal view of female ; 5, dorsal
view of variety of female; 5 6, dorsal view of male; 5c, dorsal
view of variety of male; 5d, face and falces ; 5 ¢, side view of cepha-
lothorax; 5/, epigynum; 5g, variety of epigynum; 5h, palpus;
54, variety of palpus.

Puats LXII.

Fig. 6. Cyrene decorata (p. 698), dorsal view of female ; 6a, face and falces ;

6 8, side view of cephalothorax.

7. Euophrys (?) pulchella (p. 699), dorsal view of male; 7 a, palpus.

8. Cydonia luteola (p.'700), dorsal view of female; 8a, dorsal view of
male; 8b, face; 8c, side view of cephalothorax; 8d, epigynum ;
8 e, palpus.

9. Anoka vernalis (p. 701), dorsal view of female; 9 @, abdomen of variety
of female; 9 6, dorsal view of male; 9c, epigynum ; 9d, palpus.

10. Prostheclina pygmea (p. 702), dorsal view of female; 10a, dorsal view
of young male; 106, face and falces; 10, side view of cephalo-
thorax ; 10d, epigynum; 10¢, palpus.

11. Neon pompatus (p. 703), dorsal view of female; 11a, dorsal view of
male; 11, epigynum; 11 ¢, palpus,

1893.]

ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA FROM ST, VINCENT.

705

2. A List of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera collected in the
Island of St. Vincent by Mr. Herbert H. Smith; with

Descriptions of New Genera

P. R. User.’

and Species. By

[Received October 23, 1893.]

A. List of Species of which specimens were obtained.

Diolcus boscii, Fab., f 2. (Uncoloured
state.)

Sphyrocoris obliquus, Germ.

Symphylus deplanatus, H.-Schf.

Thyreocoris pulicarius, Germ.

Pangeeus serripes, Hope.

Pangeeus sp.

Amnestus subferrugineus, Hope.

Mormidea ypsilon (Zinn.). Small var.

Euschistus bifibulus, Pal. Beauv.

Proxys victor, Fab.

Arvelius albopunctatus, De Geer.

Piezodorus guildingii, Westw.

Thyanta perditor, Fad.

casta, S7dl,

Nezara viridula, Linn.

Edersa cornuta, Burm.

Spartocera diffusa, Say.

fusea, Thunb.

Anasa bellator, Fab.

scorbutica, Fab.

Acanthocerus tuberculatus, H.-Schf.

Hyalymenus louespictae, Sidi.

Alydus pallescens, S7a/.

Leptocorisa filiformis, Fad.

Leptoglossus balteatus, Linn.

Zicca teniola, Dallas,

Catorhintha mendica, Sai, var.

Darmistidus maculatus, sp. noy.

Harmostes serratus, Fab.

Speer zide, Fab. (var. C. pictipes,
Stal

Ochrimnus collaris, Fad.
Oncopeltus cingulifer, Sta/.
—— fasciatus, Dallas.
varicolor, Fab.
Myodocha unispinosa, Stal.
Pamera serripes, Fad.
Sphezrobius gracilis, sp. nov.
Tomopelta munda, sp. nov.

Clerada apicicornis, Signoret.
large.)
Pachygrontha longiceps, S#é@. (Large

(Very

Gonatas divergens, Dist.

Blissus leucopterus, Say.
dwarf.)

Ptochiomerus dohrnii, Guérin.

Ozophora pallescens (Dist.).

—— sp. ine.

—— burmeisteri, Guérin.

Geocoris lividipennis, S¢@ (var.).

Pamera bilobata, Say.

vineta, Say.

Nysius providus, sp. noy. (vars.).

Cymus virescens, Fab.

Ninus notabilis, Dist.

Ptochiomera oblonga (S¢@/).

sp. ine. (soiled).

Bathydema socia, sp. nov.

Plinthisus sp. ine. (damaged)..

Iscbnorhynchus championi, Dist.

Protacanthus decorus, sp. nov.

Dysdercus annuliger, Uh/er.

Trigonotylus pulcher, Reuter,

Megaccelum rubrinerve, Dist.

Lygus prasinus, Reuter.

— obtusus, sp. nov.

Fulyius albomaculatus, Dist.

Melinna minuta, sp. nov.

sp. inc.

Engytatus geniculatus, Reuter.

Collaria explicata, Uhler.

Phytocoris eximius; Reuter.

Mala decoloris, Dist. (damaged).

Cyrtocapsus caligineus, Std/.

Eccritotarsus atratus, Dist.

Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus, Guérin.

Cylloceps pellicia, Uhler.

Macrolophus separatus, Uhiler.

(One

1 [Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, F.R.S., on behalf of the W. India Islands
Committee.

N.B.—The specimens dealt with in this memoir were collected by Mr. H. H.
Smith, who was sent to the islands for the assistance of the Committee by
F. D. Godman, Esq., F.R.S. Prof. Uhler is at present engaged in working out
the larger collection formed by Mr. H. H. Smith and Mr. Summers in the
neighbouring island of Grenada, and reserves remarks on the distribution of
the species until the larger work is complete.—D, 8.]

706 PROF, P, R. UHLER ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA [Noy. 21,

List of Species (continued).

Fundanius rubens, sp. noy. Emesopsis nubilus, Uh/er, sp. nov.

Pceciloscytus obscurus, sp. nov. Salda humilis, Say.

Agalliastes simplex, Uhler. humilis, var. Large size.

Corythuca sp.? Allied to C. gossypii, | Pelogonus marginatus, Latr. Two
Fab.

varieties.

Typonotus planaris, Uh/er, sp. nov. Limnometra marginata, Guérin.
Teleonemia sacchari, Fad. Brachymetra albinervis, Amyot.
Phymata annulata, Uhler. Microvelia pulchella, Westw. Un-
Coriscus capsiformis, Reuter. winged.

roripes, Reuter. capitata, Guérin. Dark coloured
Saica recurvata, Fad, form.
Stenopoda culiciformis, Fab, marginata, Uhler. New sp.
Narvesus carolinensis, Std. Mesovelia bisignata, Uhler.
Henicocephalus flavicollis, Reuter. Rhagovelia obesa, Uhler.
Emesa angulata, Uh/er, sp. noy. elegans, sp. nov.
Luteva gundlachii, Guérin. Zaitha anura, H.-Schf.
Westermannia tenerrima, Dohrn. Anisops elegans, Feder.

sp. ?, immature. —— pallipes, Falr. Immature.
Cerascopus ? larva. Plea striola, Feber.

There are also in the collection representatives of about 9 species
of the family Anthocoride and of about 8 species of Ceratocombide.

B. Descriptions of New Genera and Species.
Fam. CoREnIp a.
Sect. Alydina.

DARMISTIDUS, gen. nov.

Form shorter than usual, almost flat above, the basal division of
pronotum less sloping than usual. Head large and long, fully as
long and a little wider than [the pronotum, much wider than deep,
gradually narrowing behind the eyes; the ocelli large, placed
behind the line of the eyes and wide apart, but not far from the
eyes; the eyes globular, moderately prominent laterally; the
tylus narrow and gently sloping, enlarged at tip and a little bent
down towards the base of rostrum. Antenne slender, short, the
basal joint thick, short, and not extending much beyond the tip of
tylus ; the second and third joints long, nearly equal, more slender
than the others ; the apical joint much thicker, scarcely as longas the
third, contracted and a little bent at tip. Rostrum slender, reaching
between the posterior coxe ; the bucculz slender, waved in front and
not enclosing the base of the first joint, the first joiat shorter than
the throat. Pronotum trapeziform, almost as long as wide, with the
disk convex each side of the deep longitudinal groove, the apex con-
tracted by a narrow collum, which is followed behind by a transverse
curved series of slender callosities; the lateral margins bluntly cari-
nate, oblique and feebly sinuated; the posterior margin is callous
each side, and has lamellar lobes between the callosities and the
humeral tubercle. Scutellum long and narrow, with the submargin
carinate to near the acute tip. Tip of corium short, a little
blunt, and not protracted backwards as in Alydus and next related
genera; membrane long, charged with numerous, chiefly simple

1893.] FROM 8. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 707

and almost straight veins, the one next the outer apex forked.
Posterior femora bent, stout, projecting about one-fourth of their
length beyond the end of venter, armed beneath with series of
short and longer teeth, which are set closer and arranged in a
double series on the apical half.

DaRMISTIDUS MACULATUS, sp. nov.

Pale testaceous, shaded and flecked with fuscous. Closely
related to Stachyoenemis, but with a longer head and less robust
figure, and destitute of the pilous covering of the head and pro-
notum. Head obsoletely punctate, minutely pubescent, with the
longitudinal middle line slender and faintly defined ; the crown
and the surface at the ocelli marked with fuscous; throat pale
testaceous ; antenne pale fulvous, the basal joint darker; rostrum
piceous at tip and along the middle line. Pronotum either testa-
ceous or- pale fulvous, marked with dark brown dots, minutely,
remotely pubescent, closely punctate and somewhat granulate, with
the central line pale and the callosities dark brown; the humeral
prominences and the posterior submargin usually brown, with
the edge paler; the sternum pale and the pleural pieces darker
and punctate. Legs sprinkled with reddish brown; the tibie pale
testaceous, banded with a few dark brown, slender lines; tarsi
with the last joint, nails, and tip of the long basal joint blackish.
Scutellum remotely punctate, granulate, fuscous at base, and white
on the apex and subapical carinate border. Hemelytra thin,
translucent, greenish white, or pale fulvo-testaceous, with the
veins interruptedly rufo-castaneous, and the thick end of the
medial vein, apex of the clavus, and border at tips of corium
piceous black; membrane whitish, with the veins minutely and
faintly marked with rufous. Tergum with a broad black stripe
along the middle, which grows narrower towards the tip; venter
pale, smooth, minutely, transversely wrinkled, a little punctate on
the middle and at base.

Length to tip of venter 64-7 millim. ; width of base of pronotum
12-2 millim.

Four specimens, one without a head.

Fam. BERYTID&
PROTACANTHUS, gen. nov. )

Form of Metacanthus, Fieb., with the same tumidly convex head
and conically produced clypeus. Eyes subspherical, set laterally
and below the line of the vertex ; ocelli placed far behind the eyes
on a collum-like distinct lobe. Antenne long and slender, the
basal joint longest, not quite so long as the posterior femur, but
longer than the two following joints united, minutely clavate at
tip; the second and third joints subequal, still more slender; the
apical joint shorter than the third, slender, fusiform. Rostrum
slender, reaching to the posterior coxe, with the basal joint not
quite so long as the head. Pronotum short and stout, scarcely

708 PROF. P. RB. UHLER ON HEMIPTHRA-HETHROPTERA [Noy. 21,

wider anteriorly than the base of head, the anterior margin form-
ing a collum, which is armed each side with an obliquely directed
spine; posterior lobe wide and convex, carinate on the middle line,
the posterior border deflexed, with the edge reflexed. Scutellum
armed with a long, erect, curved spine. Corium long, impunctate,
carried far along the border of the membrane, tender and trans-
lucent ; veins of membrane few, long, curved, not connected by
cross-veins. Legs long and slender, the middle and posterior
femora a little thickened towards the tip. Abdomen long, a little
shorter than the wing-covers, subcylindric, contracted at base,
tapering from the middle to the tip.

PROTACANTHUS DECORUS, Sp. NOY.

Pale tawny yellow, with the head black and highly polished,
the collum of the pronotum white, the spines pale testaceous, and
the abdomen greenish testaceous, polished and impunctate.
Antenne yellowish, with the basal joints and tips of the following
ones darker, the apical joint fuscous; rostrum pale yellow, darker
at tip. Pronotum coarsely punctate, with the surface a little tumid
behind on each side of the middle line; pleure also punctate.
Legs pale honey-yellow, a little darker on tips of femora, the tibie
annulated with black. Wing-covers whitish, translucent, the
membrane hyaline.

Length to tip of wing-covers 4 millim.; width of pronotum 2
millim.

Two specimens of this interesting species were collected by
Mr. H. H. Smith on low swampy land, in an open place, near sea
at the south end of the island, September 27.

Fam. Ly¢ ZIDZ.
TOMOPELTA, gen. nov.

Robust, oval, with both ends narrowed, opaque and pubescent
above. Head short, set in as far as to the eyes, small, narrow,
acutely triangular above; antenne stout, about as long as the
head, pronotum, and scutellum united, the basal joint longer than
the head, the second joint a little longer than the third and sub-
equal to the fourth, all conspicuously pubescent; throat flat; the
rostrum reaching between the middle coxe, basal joint as long as
the throat. Pronotum distinctly bilobate, broad, the anterior lobe
much wider than the head, longer than the posterior lobe, collar-
like, one grade narrower and lower than the basal one, both arched,
and with their lateral margin reflexed concurrently with the curve
of each ; prosternum with an uneven longitudinal ridge on each
side of the middle line; the pleural pieces coarsely punctate,
polished. ‘The anterior femora fusiform, compressed. Scutellum
longer than wide, abruptly acute at tip. Hemelytra coarsely punc-
tate, pubescent, dull, the costal margins almost straight and
parallel, a little sinuated on the middle; the costal area wide and
grooved ; membrane with the veins long and curved.

1893.] FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 709

TOMOPELTA MUNDA, sp. Nov.

Reddish chestnut-brown, pubescent, punctate all over the upper
surface and beneath upon the pectus. Head dull blackish ; an-
tennz fuscous, sometimes piceous or fulvous at base, the apical
joint whitish excepting at base, tips of all the joints generally
whitish ; rostrum fulyous, sometimes darker at base and tip.
Pronotum rufo-castaneous on the front lobe, which is also less dis-
tinctly punctate than the other and has the lateral margin almost
straight; the posterior lobe is dark brown, coarsely punctate, and
has four short, yellow, longitudinal stripes; the humeral angles
prominent, a little rounded, the transverse line separating the lobes
deep, indented at the outer ends, and with a minute pit in the
middle. Scutellum reddish brown, marked with a yellowish Y-
shaped figure, which is continued on the apical carina to the tip,
the hollow space each side of tip dark brown. Beneath dark ferru-
ginous, polished, especially on the venter. Legs pale yellow, hairy,
punctate, a little brownish on the coxe, base and tips of femora
and tarsi. Hemelytra pale testaceous, minutely pubescent, remotely
punctate with rufous or brown, middle of the costa with a small
brown point ; the inner apex of the corium has an irregular brown
spot, which connects with the margin and runs out to a smaller
spot on the extreme tip ; membrane clouded with brown, the outer
border thick and pale; venter fulvous, or soiled yellow, feebly
polished, the sutures blackish.

Length to tip of abdomen about 2 millim.; width of base of
pronotum 2 millim.

Several specimens of this bright little insect were captured by
Mr. H. H. Smith while they were flying at sunset, in the forest,
in April, at an altitude of 1000 feet above the sea. This insect
bears some resemblance to the genus Drymus, Fieb., but it is much
narrower than D. silvaticus, Fab., of Europe.

BatTHYDEMA, gen. nov.

Elliptical, body deep, thicker and wider than in Peritrechus,
Fieb., minutely pubescent, dull, polished only on the venter.
Head short, broad, inserted against the eyes, the eyes projecting a
little beyond the side of the front of pronotum. Antenne long,
reaching almost to the tip of scutellum, the basal joint a little
shorter than the head, the second longer, nearly equal to the third,
the fourth much thicker, fusiform, about equal to the second in
length ; rostrum reaching between the anterior coxe, not much
thicker at base, the basal joint a little shorter than the throat.
Pronotum trapeziform, thick, strongly sloping forwards, the lateral
margin carinate through to the callous humeri; callosities pro-
minent, long, placed obliquely ; stricture separating the lobes conspi-
cuous only on the sides ; surface punctate, dull, Underside of head,
propleura and mesopleura coarsely punctate. Anterior femora
moderately thick. Scutellum small, simple, a little longer than
wide, longitudinally callous at tip. Corium dull, wide, minutely

710 PROF. P, R. UHLER ON HEMIPTHRA-HUTHROPTHRA [Noy. 21,

pubescent, with the veins thick and prominent, the costal margin
almost straight, alittle curved at tip; membrane wide, with a large,
closed cell at the inner angle from which two veins run curving
towards the tip.

BATHYDEMA SOCIA, sp. nov.

Robust, blackish piceous, yellowish pubescent. Head tinged
with brown, not polished, punctate above and below; antenne
closely pubescent, pale fulvous or piceo-testaceous, with the basal
joint darker above, and the thick apical joint fuscous, the apex of
the second joint and base of the third sometimes with a narrow
dark band; rostrum fulvyo-testaceous, hairy, piceous at base and
tip. Pronotum dull blackish, coarsely punctate, the anterior lobe
interruptedly margined with yellow, the posterior lobe feebly sinu-
ated behind, with a testaceous are next the humeri and a dot of
the same colour on the middle of the margin, the lateral margin
pale castaneous behind; pleure dull piceous, punctate, pubescent,
bordered with pale castaneous. Coxe pale castaneous ; legs yellow,
tinged with fulvous. Scutellum dull fuscous, transversely convex
at base, obsoletely punctate, pubescent, compressed and testaceous
at tip. Corium and clavus testaceous, crossed in common by a
dark brown broad band at tip, which includes two short yellow
streaks and a dot; membrane brownish, with a pale dot at tip,
Venter dull piceous.

Length to tip of membrane 2 millim. ; width of base of pronotum
? millim.

This interesting little insect approaches nearer to Peritrechus,
Fieb., than to any other genus with which I am acquainted. But
the characters here given will, it seems to me, serve full well to
separate it from that genus.

Four specimens were secured on the Soufriére volcano, in April,
distributed in the moss, at altitudes of 2000 and 3000 feet above
sea-level.

SPHEROBIUS, gen. nov.

Form similar to that of Herwus, Stal, but differs most conspicu-
ously in haying the anterior lobe of pronotum globose and as wide
as the very short posterior lobe. The head is conico-ovoid, acute
at tip, the tylus projecting prominently in front of the clypeus,
with the two adjoining lobes of the cheeks short and feebly pro-
minent ; eyes placed on or below the line of the vertex; basal joint of
rostrum thick and shorter than the throat. Antenne moderately
long, gradually thickening towards the tip, the basal joint much
shorter than the head, the third joint a little shorter than the second,
the apical joint longest and much thicker than the third; the buccule
short and restricted to the tip. Collum of the pronotum wide below,
narrow above; the anterior lobe of the pronotum fully as wide as
the very short, transverse posterior lobe, separated by a deep stric-
ture, coarsely punctate, with the posterior margin sinuated and
the humeral angles callous. Anterior femora very thick, fusiform,

1893.] FROM S8T. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. Fill)

armed beneath with about four long spines, which have shorter
spines between them throughout the greater part of the length.
Scutellum long, compressed and acute at tip. Wing-covers narrow,
the costal margin almost straight, a little curved at tip; veins of
the corium distinctly prominent. Connexivum strongly elevated
along the margin of the abdomen.

SPHEROBIUS GRACILIS, sp. Nov.

Coal-black, polished beneath and on the anterior lobe of the
pronotum, invested with erect hairs on most parts of the surface,
both above and below. Head dull black, set with remote bristly
hairs, remotely punctate, scabrous especially on the clypeus, the
throat coarsely punctate; antennz fulvo-piceous, with the apical
joint and tips of the others fuscous ; rostrum piceous, paler on the
middle, reaching between the anterior cox. Pronotum jet-black,
with the posterior lobe rufo-piceous, coarsely and evenly punctate,
pubescent, the anterior lobe set with bristly hairs, obsoletely
punctate in remote lines, a few series of more distinct punctures
upon the lower part of the sides. Legs piceous black, paler on the
tibiz, the tarsi chiefly testaceous, the anterior tibia of the left side
(possibly of both sides) armed with a long curved spine. Scutellum
pubescent, coarsely, remotely punctate, paler at tip. Corium
whitish testaceous, coarsely punctate with brown in longitudinal
series, the posterior half blackish brown, with a subquadrate pale
spot exteriorly before the tip, the base also brown; membrane
short, incomplete, blackish, pale at base. Abdomen black,
polished.

Length to tip of venter 43 millim.; width of base of pronotum
1 millim.

One specimen only was captured, on the leeward side of the
islaid. As it is closely glued to the slip of card the underside and
femora of the right side cannot be studied.

The presence of the spur on the anterior femur adds a new
element of structure to this remarkable insect. It bears much
resemblance to an ant, and is much narrower than the other species
described as Herceus insignis, Uhler.

Fam. Capsip #.
CYLLOCEPS, gen. nov.

Long elliptical, blunt at both extremities, almost flat above,
polished, with the hemelytra thin, pellucid. Head very short,
vertical, the sides enclosed by the vertical eyes; tylus very short,
projecting a little before the line of the eyes; vertex transverse,
cylindrico-convex on the middle, scarcely higher than the low-placed
upper line of the eyes; buccule wide apart, narrow; rostrum
slender, the basal joint longer than the head; gula constricted;
lobe behind the eye in contact with the pronotum. Pronotum
transverse, trapezoidal, feebly sloping, almost flat, destitute of a
collum, the sides oblique, bordered with a linear callous margin

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. XLVIIL. 48

712 PROF, P. R. UHLER ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA { Nov. 21,

from the humeri to near the bluntly rounded anterior angle; the
surface polished, with the callosities large, smooth, almost con-
tiguous, the suture behind them faintly defined, the humeri acutely
tubercular, the anterior margin slightly excavated across to the
middle of the eyes, aud the posterior margin feebly sinuated.
Scutellum of medium size, about as wide as long, prominently
convex. Legs of medium size, the posterior femora long, curved,
compressed ; unguiculi long, slender, widely spreading apart.
Hemelytra complete, much longer than the abdomen, bluntly
rounded at tip, almost parallel-sided, the costal margin only a
little curved, abruptly reflexed, the discoidal vein well defined, and
the membrane almost as long as the corium. Abdomen ample, not
contracted at base, blunt at tip in the female, but tapering towards
tip in the male.

CYLLOCEPS PELLICIA, sp. nov.

Pale testaceous, long elliptical, polished, minutely pubescent.
Head yellow, black along the middle line, including the tylus,
sometimes with a black band between the lower line of the eyes;
buccale blackish; rostrum yellowish, piceous at tip, reaching
behind the middle coxe. Antenne long, gradually decreasing
towards the tip, the basal and second joints stout, the second much
the longest, obscure yellowish, the third a little shorter than the
second, and the fourth still shorter, the basal one shortest, a little
longer than the head, black excepting at base and tip. Pronotum
moderately polished, dull yellow, obscured by brown posteriorly
and towards the sides, the surface a little scabrous, transversely
wrinkled, remotely punctate, minutely pubescent, the sides beneath
more or less infuscated and a little scabrous; sternal segments
polished, mostly yellow, those of the mesosternum more or less
dusky. Coxz and legs pale yellow, the femora usually a little
darker at base and with the immediate tip piceous, the nails and
tip of tarsi piceous. Scutellum dark brown, obsoletely carinate on
the middle line, polished, not distinctly punctate. Hemelytra
pellicular, translucent, pale testaceous, obsoletely fuscous on the
inner border of the clavus and corium, the coarse bounding vein at
basal angle of membrane piceous, the vein on middle of corium is
also dusky in some specimens; veins of membrane usually a little
brownish. Venter yellow, more or less dusky on the middle, with
the sides tinged with rufous or orange and the ovipositor piceous.

Length to end of yenter 23 millim., to tip of membrane 3 millim. ;
width of base of pronotum barely 1 millim.

Several specimens of both sexes, collected by Dr. Gundlach in
Cuba, were submitted to me for examination, and others are in the
collection from the island of St. Vincent, which were captured by
Mr. Herbert H. Smith in the month of May. I have also seen a
specimen from Southern Florida and others from the island of San
Domingo.

Not having specimens for dissection, I have been unable to
ascertain a few points necessary to establish the precise relations

1893.] FROM Si. VINCENT, WEST INDIES, 713

of this genus. It seems to be closely related to Agalliastes, but it
is without the saltatorial hind femora, and it differs from that
genus in the details given above. In a few specimens the pro-
notum has simply a narrow black band across the base.

Genus Mutinna, Uhler.
MELINNA MINUTA, sp. nov.

Narrower than usual, with the sides parallel, the surface highly
polished, dull dark horn-brown, relieved with pale yellowish
testaceous. Head particularly convex, very highly polished, with
a few obsolete punctures on the crown, dull pale yellowish, with
the middle broadly piceous and the tylus dusky; the occiput con-
tracted, narrower than the collum of the pronotum, but the space
between the eyes wider than the front of the pronotum ; eyes brown,
large, most prominent laterally, almost spherical. Antenne
moderately stout, horn-brown, the second joint pale at base,
reaching from the front of eye to basal angle of pronotum,
becoming gradually a little thicker towards the outer end, the
third joint abruptly thinner and with the fourth continuing of the
same thickness throughout ; both of these joints pale yellow, hairy ;
rostrum slender, yellowish white, reaching behind the anterior
coxe. Pronotum transverse, moderately convex, obsoletely
punctate, with the lateral margins very oblique, a little sinuated,
with the edge moderately acute, but not carinated, and the humeral
angles prominent, the posterior margin hardly sinuated, the border
a little rolled and turned down. Scutellum minutely, obsoletely
punctate, concolorous with the thorax and hemelytra, and polished
like them, convex, pinched at the tip. Legs, coxe, and ovipositor
ivory-white. Hemelytra polished like the pronotum, minutely
golden pubescent, minutely obsoletely punctate; the costal border
straight, honey-yellow; the incisure of the cuneus and inner edge
of the same pale ; membrane a little dusky, darker at base. Venter
chestnut-brown, polished, a little paler at tip. ~

Length to tip of venter 12-2 millim.; width of pronotum ¢ of a
millim.

Similar to 1M. elongata, Uhl., but with a nick behind the eyes.
Two specimens are present in the collection and a fragment of a
third adheres to the card of another pin. Two specimens were
obtained in the wooded country at an altitude of 1000 teet above
sea-level, and a third was beaten from bushes in the Petit Bordelle
Valley at an altitude of 1600 feet above the sea.

Another small species, coarsely punctate, apparently belonging
to this same genus, was obtained, but the only specimen present is
too imperfect for description.

Genus Lyevs, auctor.

LYGUS OBTUSUS, sp. Noy.

Soiled pale green, polished, minutely pubescent, with the head
short and blunt as seen from above and closely pressed against the
48

714 PROF, P, R. UHLER ON HEMIPTHRA-HETHROPTERA [Noyv. 21,

pronotum, with the eyes large and prominent outwards; the face
triangular, convex on middle, highly polished, obsoletely punctate,
with a punctate impressed line on the middle of the vertex ; tylus
prominent, a little discoloured, with the cheeks each side callously
prominent ; antennz moderately long, the second joint rod-shaped,
as long as the width of the pronotum, third and fourth more
slender, tinged with fuscous ; rostrum pale greenish, reaching
upon the middle cox. Pronotum short, strongly convex, minutely
pubescent, highly polished, unevenly punctate in wavy transverse
series, the posterior margin feebly sinuated, the lateral part of this
margin widely rounded, with the edge acute and pale, terminating
exteriorly in an acute tubercle ; pleura with a dark stripe extending
to the end of the posterior segment; legs pale green, a little
obscured at end of femora, the posterior femora with the common
oblique pair of brown bands near the tip; tibial spine fuscous.
Beneath whitish. Hemelytra closely pale pubescent, unevenly
punctate, with the disk infuscated, the outer border broadly pale
and the cuneus equally pale, the apical extremity of the inner
border of corium pale piceous, the clavus coarsely punctate like the
convex scutellum ; the membrane brown, especially at base.

Length to tip of venter 3-3; millim.; width of pronotum
13 millim.

Two specimens, a male and a female, were obtained on the
leeward side of the island.

The scutellum may be faintly pale along the middle line and a
little obscured each side near the tip.

Genus Funpantivs, Dist.
FUNDANIUS RUBENS, sp. nov.

Cinnabar-rufous, tinged with orange. Form normal, the upper
surface roughly punctate, excepting the head. The head highly
polished, less distinctly punctate, with the face vertical, deeply
sunken and grooved on the middle; the eyes prominent, dark brown.
Antenne brownish black, stout, stouter in the male; third joint
short, abruptly slender ; the fourth a little shorter and more slender
than the third ; the second joint rod-shaped, not tapering, a little
shorter than the width of the pronotum. Rostrum slender, yellow,
reaching between the middle coxe. Pronotum strongly, broadly
constricted behind the hood of anterior lobe, most coarsely
punctate on the posterior lobe, and the disk occupied behind by a
large trapezoidal black spot which touches the posterior margin,
anterior part of the middle line carinated; propleura and sternum
bright orange, the meso- and metapleure soiled orange or pale
brown, but brighter on the sternum. Legs and coxe pale dull
testaceous, soiled brownish on the apices of femora and tibiz, the
tarsi and nails piceous. Scutellum blackish brown, coarsely
punctate, deeply sunken and grooved on the middle line, the margin
prominently elevated, callous,smooth. Hemelytra black along the
entire length including the membrane, the outer border broadly

1893. ] FROM ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 715

orange, and this colour covers the entire cuneus, the outer border
and cuneus less coarsely punctate than the clavus. Venter
blackish, with the disk basally dull orange.

Length to end of venter 23-3 millim., to tip of membrane
4-41 millim.; width of pronotum 13-1} millim.

Three mature specimens, a male and two females, and two larve
were secured. These were met with on both sides of the island,
and the larve were obtained at the roots of grass on the marsh
500 feet above the level of the sea.

This genus belongs to the division Clivinemaria of Reuter, and
this species, together with the two other hooded species of
Mr. Distant, may eventually be found to belong to the genus
Clivinema, Reuter. In this genus there is lack of uniformity in
the proportions of the antennsw, not only in the two sexes, but also
among individuals of the same species.

Genus Pa@ormosoytus, Fieber.
PECILOSCYTUS OBSCURUS, sp. Nov.

Closely related to P. basalis, Reuter. Dark chestnut-brown,
oblong-ovate, spread with close fine golden pubescence; female
broader than the male. Head long, acutely triangular, dull, not
distinctly punctate, polished when denuded; face convex, surface
around the eyes, a slender streak on the middle, and the cheeks
each side of tylus more or less yellowish ; the tylus, bucculz, and
base, tip, and middle of rostrum dark brown, the rostrum mostly
yellowish and reaching behind the posterior coxe; the transverse
carina at base of head prominent, piceous, polished. Antenne of
medium thickness, as long as from front of eye to tip of cuneus ;
the joints either dark brown or pale with brown ends, excepting
the apical ones which are pale fuscous and nearly setaceous ; the
second joint is about as long as the base of pronotum. ‘The
pronotum is moderately convex, obsoletely punctate, and covered
with the same prostrate golden pubescence as the head, scutellum,
and hemelytra; the collum is generally testaceous or white, and
back of its middle is a short yellow double spot or band, against
each anterior angle there is usually a velvet-black round spot, the
posterior margin is a little sinuated and usually pale ; the sternum,
posterior border of pleural segments, and coxw are usually pale
testaceous. Legs dark brown in full-coloured specimens, but pale
yellowish brown in others, paler on the tibie, and having the
posterior femora marked near the tip by the usual two darker
bands. Scutellum moderately convex, obsoletely wrinkled and
punctate, bordered with testaceous near the tip. Corium, clavus,
and cuneus finely but distinctly punctate, the embolium and costa
with a testaceous spot at base, the fracture and tip of cuneus and
vein of membrane dull testaceous; the membrane dark fuliginous.
Venter black-piceous or sometimes pale chestnut-brown on the
middle, spread with silvery pubescence and with the edge of the
genital valves testaceous.

716 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA [ Noy. 2],

Length to end of venter 23 millim., to tip of membrane 23-3
millim. ; width of base of pronotum 7-1} millim.

Numerous specimens, including some of both sexes, were collected
in various parts of the island. This species is also common in Cuba,
and I have swept specimens of it from weeds in the department of
the Grand Anse, Hayti. Other specimens have also been seen by
me, which were collected in Southern Florida, Mexico, Jamaica, and
Brazil. This form will illustrate the variation which occurs in the
joints of the antenne, some specimens having the antenne tapering,
while in others the apical joints are abruptly setaceous.

Fam. TINGITIDS.

TYPONOTUS, gen. nov.

Form similar to Gargaphia, Stal, but lacking the transverse
carina at the end of the mesosternum. The pronotal hood pro-
tracted long in front of the head, acutely compressed at tip and
curved downwards, opaque, carinate on the middle line, with two
longitudinal series of sunken areoles, followed beneath at base by
a shorter series of smaller ones, with the lower border strongly
reflexed. Carina of the mesonotum high, indistinctly areolate,
arched and sinuated. Wing-covers ‘almost flat, subquadrangular,
narrowing posteriorly, the costal area ampliated about the middle,
with the border strongly reflexed ; the basal division of the area is
occupied by two imperfect series of areoles, which are followed
towards the tip by a single series of much larger ones. Sternal
carine high, set wide apart, and curving on the metasternum.
Throat enclosed by an elevated border of the prostethium. The
antenn# slender, of medium length, with the apical joint short,
clavate. Pronotal lobes subtriangular, widely extended, protracted
in a narrow lobe anteriorly, reflexed, set with curving series of
nearly circular, large areoles. Legs slender.

TYPONOTUS PLANARIS, Sp. NOY.

Oblong, milk-white, opaque, contracted at the base of wing-
covers and narrowing obliquely behind the middle, marked with
brown across the sunken middle of the pronotum and in the
grooves each side of the hood. Hood long and narrow, acutely
compressed at tip. Scutellum with an obscure spot each side.
Veins of the wing-covers a little dusky in patches, sometimes
tinged with yellow, the discoidal area with a dusky spot at base
and tip, the costal area usually with a brown crescent near the
base and one or two spots near the tip; veins of the membrane
marked with fuscous so as to form a broad, double, transverse loop
next the tip : this dark area encloses cells of a larger size and more
transparent colour than those of the corium. Underside black,
with the buccule, margins of the pleural pieces, and sternal carine
whitish. Legs pale fulvous, darker at the ends of femora, tibiz,
and tarsi, Antenne pale, the clavate apical joint dusky.

1893.] FROM Sf. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 717

Length to end of abdomen 1-3 millim., to tip of wing-covers
3 millim.; width across lobes of pronotum 2 millim.

The less mature individuals of this species are paler and almost
translucent in the meshes of the wing-covers, while the fully
mature ones are tinged with yellow and more opaque.

About one dozen specimens were collected by Mr. Herbert
H. Smith.

Genus Corytuuca, Stal.

Examples of a species of this genus, approaching C. gossypii,
Fabr., were taken on the island by Mr. Smith, but the few specimens
are either immature or not in condition for accurate identification.

Fam. EMESID&.
Genus Emesa, Fabr.

EMESA ANGULATA, sp. nov.

Body and members more robust than in L. longipes, De G.,
and the other normal species. Obscure fulvo-testaceous, un-
polished, with the sides of the head and thorax broadly blackish
piceous, Head stout and deep, remotely punctate in patches,
obsoletely scabrous, minutely pubescent, the division behind the
stricture longer than the one before it, base of tylus armed with
a short curved spur. Rostrum reaching the anterior coxe, the
basal joint stout ; the second a little longer and thicker, tapering
towards the tip; the third pale testaceous, tapering at base,
swollen, growing quite slender, longer than the first and second
united. Antenne slender, filiform, of medium length, fuscous, pale
at base, and sometimes with an obscure band on this paler
portion, the basal joint equal to the thorax in length, the second
much shorter. Middle and posterior legs filiform ; the tibiz more
slender than the femora, black at base and banded with black, in
four spots upon the femora and three upon the tibie; anterior
femora thick, subcylindric, compressed, obscurely banded with
fuscous, set with two sizes of teeth from before the middle to the
tip, the inner tooth much longer than the others ; the tibize fuscous
with a pale band, the tarsal nail not quite reaching to the inner
tooth. Pronotum obsoletely scabrous and almost flat above,
faintly marked with a longitudinal impressed line, the anterior
half a little swollen, back of this the lobe is a little con-
tracted, while the posterior lobe is quite small, and elevated into
two transverse toothed callosities, anterior angles tubercular.
Mesonotum taperingly contracted from the middle forwards, so
as to be much narrower than the pronotum, while the basal
pertion swells to nearly the width of the pronotum, the middle
line has a slender carina which runs back through the grooved
metanotum ; the metanotum is much shorter than the mesonotum
and has carinated sides. The underside, including the venter, is
smooth, somewhat glossy on the sternum, with the venter dusky
and dull. The abdomen is thick and gradually widens posteriorly,
the; posterior end being obliquely truncated in the female, but

>

718 ON HEMIPTERA-HETEROPIPRA FROM st. VINCENT. [ Nov. 21,

rounded and with a curved spur above in the male; the outer
angle of the dorsal sezments is more or less toothed.

Length to end of abdomen 18-19 millim.; width of front of
pronotum 1 millim.; width of last segment of abdomen 13-13
millim.

Several specimens of both sexes were secured at various places
on the island. Only unwinged ones were found, and three or
four of these are in the younger stages. These nymphs are
essentially like the adult and differ more in size than in the
elements of structure. The form of pronotum and abdomen with
the accompanying teeth is nearly the same as in the full-grown
specimens. One specimen was found on the leeward side of the
island, in September, at an altitude of 2000 feet, and others were
captured under logs on the Richmond estate, leeward, in an open
valley near sea-level, on October 31. In my collection there are
specimens from the vicinity of Panama.

EMESOPSIS, gen. nov.

Form similar to that of Ploiaria, Scop., agreeing therewith
especially in the form of the head, but differing in the venation
of the hemelytra. Head wide and short, tumidly convex behind,
the transverse stricture crossing between the eyes; the throat
unarmed. Rostrum reaching between the anterior cox ; the basal
joint stout, extending behind the line of the eyes; the second
shorter, tumid; the third slender throughout, shorter than the
basal one. Antenne almost setaceous, the basal joint a little
stouter, about as long as the head and pronotum united; the
second and third shorter, subequal. The eyes subglobular, placed
below the level of the vertex. Anterior tibiw and tarsi together
scarcely shorter than the femora, the femora apparently armed
with fine spines throughout nearly the entire length. Pronotum
short, the posterior lobe more than twice as long as the anterior
one, tumidly convex behind ; the anterior lobe very short, elevated
into a callosity each side. Scutellum small, distinct, conical at
base, constricted behind, the narrowed portion evenly cylindrical to
the tip. Hemelytra membranous throughout, gradually widening
towards the tip, the costal margin straight to beyond the middle ;
veins of the corium sharply distinct, the transverse ones few,
crossing at nearly right angles, the cells growing larger posteriorly,
the apex with a triangular narrow cell at both the outer and inner
angle ; cells of the membrane large, the basal one longest, ending
in a protracted narrow loop, which sends off a vein to the tip.
Abdomen moderately flat, widened towards the middle.

EMESOPSIS NUBILUS, sp. nov.

Pale fulvo-testaceous, elongate, but not linear, smooth above,
pilose over most of the surface. Head obsoletely, minutely
punctate, the transverse impressed line and a small spot on the
middle brown. Antenne setaceous, the last joint infuscated ;
eyes fuscous. Legs pilose, the intermediate and posterior femora

4

1893. ] DR. G. L, JOHNSON ON THE SHAL’S EYE. 719

banded with pale fuscous, the anterior legs a little clouded with
fuscous. Pronotum smooth, obsoletely, minutely punctate on the
posterior lobe. Hemelytra longer than the abdomen, the veins
and a series of spots at the apex of the membrane fuscous. Outer
margin of the abdomen piceous.

Length to end of abdomen 4 millim., to tip of membrane 43
millim.; width of base of pronotum ? millim.

One specimen is in the collection from this island.

This species seems to be not rare in Cuba. Several specimens
have been sent to me from that island by Dr. Gundlach, and others
are in his collection.

Fam. VELIID2.
Genus Microveria, Westw.
MICROVELIA MARGINATA, sp. nov.

Dull black, nearly wedge-shaped, minutely pubescent, and
obsoletely punctate, with the breast orange and the pronotum
bordered with orange. Head rather blunt, convex between the
eyes, a little compressed and. produced at the end of the clypeus,
the underside pale testaceous. Antenne stout, closely hairy,
black ; third and fourth joints longer than the others, the fourth
longest, acutely tapering at tip; the basal joint thicker than the
others, much longer than the second, pale beneath. Rostrum
stout and swollen at base, reaching behind the anterior coxe, pale
testaceous, piceous at tip. Pronotum broad, moderately convex,
with the humeral angles bluntly ronnded, and not prominent as
in MW, capitata, Guér. Pectus broadly yellow, dusky on the middle
and posteriorly. Coxz and legs pale testaceous; the posterior
legs dusky above, and fulvous on the middle of the tibie. Scu-
tellum dusky, mostly concealed by the pronotum. Wing-covers
black, bluntly rounded at tip. Abdomen black above, tinged with
lead-colour and a little sericeous beneath, the lateral margins
broadly fulvous; the venter has sometimes a row of fulvous dots
ach side.

Length to tip of abdomen 132-2 millim., to end of wing-coyers
23 millim. ; width of pronotum 2 millim.

Several specimens, both winged and unwinged, were collected
by Mr. Smith in the pools of cool water at various localities on
the island.

3. Observations on the Refraction and Vision of the Seal’s
Eye. By G. Linpsay Jounson, M.D., F.Z.S.

[Received November 21, 1893.]

In the course of my investigations on the vision of the Mam-
malia, I was particularly struck with certain peculiarities in the
eye of Phoca vitulina, the Scotch Seal, so frequently met with off
our northern coasts. The eye, as everyone must haye observed, is

720 DR. G. L, JOHNSON ON THH SHAL’S EYE, [Nov. 21,

particularly large for the size of the animal, being slightly larger
than our own. The sclerotic is chalky white, almost entirely free
from blood-vessels, and the cornea very large, round, and of great
convexity. This latter point is very remarkable for a reason
which I will point to later on.

The iris is of a rich yellow-brown colour and contracts rapidly
to light. The eye is capable of being partly retracted into the
orbit and is protected by a well-developed membrana nictitans. I
have repeatedly amused myself by making experiments to ascertain
how far the m. nictitans can be drawn over the eye of the Seal,
but I could never get it to extend over more than a third of the
distance across the cornea of its own accord, although I have
tried, by pinching the conjunctiva or by placing hairs and other
foreign bodies on the cornea, to stimulate it to further action ; but
this always failed to have any effect, as, contrary to what we find
in most text-books, the membrana nictitans is never used for
brushing away foreign bodies as in birds’. I hope in a future
paper to discuss the action and purpose of the membrana nictitans
in various families of the Mammalia, but space compels me to
confine myself in this paper to the apparatus more immediately
concerned in vision. t

Before going further I will, with your permission, pass a few
remarks on the nature of vision in ourselves. The human eye, as
we are all aware, is a nearly spherical expansion of the optic
nerve and its connective-tissue coverings. The posterior half
is lined with the light-sensitive retina, while the anterior
portion, together with the contents of the globe, form a dioptric
apparatus for the convergence of rays on its surface. This dioptric
system is made up of four distinct media : the cornea, the aqueous
humour, the lens, and the vitreous body. This optical system
consists then of the transparent media and the refracting surfaces
which separate them from the air and from each other. Now if
we examine their refractive indices, we shall find that, excepting
the lens, all the media have the same refractive index, viz. 1:3365.
But this is the refractive index of sea-water, so that if we plunge
our heads under the waves our dioptric apparatus becomes at once
simplified down to a single lens in front of a sensitive surface
(the retina). We shall thus, under water, be quite unable to see
anything around us distinctly, and that for a very simple reason.
We know that in a state of rest parallel rays come to a focus on
the retina of a normal eye. Now in a state of rest the crystalline
lens has in aqueous humour (or, what amounts to the same thing,
in sea-water) a mean focal distance of 50°61 mm.=1:994 inches.
Since the distance between the optical centre of the lens and the
retina amounts to 15-62 mm., it is clear the image for parallel rays
must lie 50°61 mm.—15-6 mm., or 35 mm., behind the retina; in
other words, we need the addition of a convex lens of something

* Exceptions to this rule occur in the Ungulata and certain other grass-
feeding animals,

fod

1893. ] DR. G. L, JOMNSON ON THD SHAL’S BYE, 721

like 13 in. focus in air to see with under water. But this cannot be
made of glass, since the latter has nearly the same refractive index
as water. To meet this difficulty Dr. Dudgeon some years ago
had a pair of spectacles made consisting of portions of two hemi-
spheres of plain glass with parallel surfaces, mounted in a brass ring
with their convex surfaces nearly touching one another. . I have
brought the original pair to show you. In air they produce no
effect, neither magnifying nor reducing; but in water the biconcave
air-lens, for such it is, becomes a biconvex one, the convex sur-
faces of the water in this case forming the lens. Dr. Dudgeon, who
has the credit of entirely solving this problem, made a number
of sketches under water, one of which I have reproduced. Were
it not for the distortion and astigmatism everything could be seen ;
even the date on a coin can be made out.

os le Gay

Fig. 2.

Transverse section of the Seal’s eye; natural size. (Diagrammatic.)

Big. 1 shows the path of light-rays in the eye when uncorrected under water.
Fig. 2 shows the path of rays when the eye is corrected for air.

In the Seal’s case the problem is rather more complicated,
for the Seal has to see under four conditions. He has to see
out of water when out of water, in water when under water, out
of water when under the water, and in water when out of the
water. The first two conditions alone need be considered, as the
two latter follow by necessity.

Now the Seal’s eye is very much the same shape as our own,
excepting that the cornea is larger and more convex and the
anterior chamber very deep. This convexity of the cornea is very
curious, as one would expect to find it nearly flat as in the fish—
since the flatter the cornea and the nearer the lens to it, the less

722 DR. G. I, JOHNSON ON THE SEAL’S EYE, [Nov. 21,

would be the thickness of the media to be neutralized by the water.
In most fishes’ eyes (as we are aware) the lens almost touches the
cornea and is nearly spherical.

On taking the refraction of the living Seal’s eye out of water, I
was surprised to find that he possessed a myopia of 4 diopters or
10 in. in the vertical meridian and 13 diopters or about 3 in. in
the horizontal,—the difference between these two curvatures
producing an astigmatism of 9 D, an amount altogether incom-
patible with even useful sight and rarely if ever met with among
human beings even in disease.

On applying a solution of atropine to the eye, I had an oppor-
tunity of ascertaining how the iris overcame this error. It is
well known to oculists that high grades of astigmatism may be
almost entirely neutralized by an opaque diaphragm in the centre
of which is a narrow stenopaic slit placed at right angles to the
error of curvature.

I noticed the Seal’s pupil contracted up to this shape, varying
from a vertical slit 13 mm. long by 3 mm. broad, to one 33 mm.

The Seal’s iris.

Fig. 3 shows the Seal’s iris with its narrow, vertical. slit-like pupil as seen out of
water.

Fig. 4 shows the pupil in a state of extreme contraction.

Fig. 5 shows the pupil widely dilated by atropine and when under water.

long and barely 1 mm. broad. By careful estimation of the
refraction in the two opposite meridians by the direct method with
the ophthalmoscope and by retinoscopy, I ascertained both eyes to
have the same refraction in the two meridians and the meridian of
greater myopia to be the horizontal, which could be corrected by
a stenopaic slit in the vertical meridian.

How does this extraordinary amount of astigmatism help the
animal to see? The difference between vision in air and in water,
viz. 26 D or 27 D, may be corrected to a large extent by powerful
accommodation, and the 13 D of myopia may correct half the
amount of error in the horizontal meridian. On the other hand,
the vertical meridian will only be corrected to the extent of 4 D,
which is only a sixth or a seventh of the total.

Moreover, I find that the Seal’s iris dilates to the full in water

1893.] ON MAMMALS FROM BRITISH OBNTRAL AFRICA. 723

and closes more or less in air, because the correction for the
astigmatism is evidently made for air and not for water. Now our
iris dilates when the accommodation is relaxed, and contracts when
it is called into play; and if in the Seal the accommodating
mechanism be the same as ours, the above-mentioned changes
would obviously only make matters worse.

But here again the question is beset with difficulties, for this
myopia could only be of service if it were due to the lens, since any
curvatures of the cornea would be neutralized by the water.

At present my observations go to prove that the iris is to some
extent at least under the control of the animal’s will, since in one
Seal, at any rate, I observed the pupil moving out of all proportion
to the accommodation, while, on the other hand, I induced accom-
modation by approaching a piece of fish without any alteration in
the pupil.

I hope in a future paper to be able to give some explanation for
this extraordinary amount of astigmatism, and although I have a
theory I would rather reserve any further attempts at an explanation
until I have verified all the facts which bear on the question and
examined all objections which can be urged against it.

4, On some Specimens of Mammals from Lake Mweru,
British Central Africa, transmitted by Vice-Consul
Alfred Sharpe. By P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary to the Society.

[Received November 16, 1893.]

Mr. Alfred Sharpe, H.B.M. Vice-Consul in Southern Nyasaland,
has kindly sent me some specimens of the larger Mammals which
he obtained during his recent journey from the north end of Lake
Nyasa to Lake Mweru and the Luapula', together with a number
of flat native skins procured from the natives at Mweru. These
I have now the pleasure of exhibiting.

In a letter written from Blantyre (28th March, 1893) after his
return, Mr. Sharpe gives the following interesting account of the
animals met with on his route :—

*« On the road from Nyasa to Tanganyika almost no game is seen
until the Saisi is reached [this river, rising in the Mambwe
Country, flows N.E. and E. to Lake Hikwa]. There, for the first
time on this route from the sea to Tanganyika, one finds the
Cobus vardont, also the Impala (pyceros melampus), Roan Ante-
lope (Hippotragus equinus), Lichtenstein’s Hartebeest (Bubahs
lichtensteint), Eland, Zebra, &c. After leaving the Saisi flats little
game is seen on the road thence to the south end of Tanganyika.

“T doubt if game can, anywhere in Central Africa, be more

1 See Mr. Sharpe’s paper on this subject, Geogr. Journ. i. p. 524 (1898), and
the accompanying map.

724 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON MAMMALS (Nov. 21,

plentiful than in the Mweru and Luapula Countries, though there
may be districts which have a greater variety. Cobus vardoni and
C. lechee run in enormous herds. Buffaloes and Zebras are also
there in vast quantities. The two first-named Antelopes are
frequently found together, are much alike in appearance, and are
both known by the natives as‘ Nswala.’ (The Impala is also
called ‘ Vswala’ by them.) The horns of the Letchwé have a
much larger spread than those of Vardon’s Antelope, but at a
distance it is difficult to distinguish between the two. The
Letchwé has a little black stripe on the fore legs which is not
found in Vardon’s Antelope. A noticeable feature about the male
Letchwé is that when he runs he puts his head down, laying back
the horns. Vardon’s Antelope does not do this.

‘Near the north-east end of Lake Mweru I met with a
species of Waterbuck quite different from those inhabiting Nyasa-
land. The whole skin is of a darker—“ bluer”—colour. The white
marks on the buttocks are not so distinct, and the beast is some-
what smaller in size than that Antelope. I forward you, through
Mr. H. H. Johnston, a skin of one of these Mweru Waterbucks,
which was shot by Mr. John Kydd (who accompanied me on my
journey). Mr. Crawshay has obtained several of them. I also
forward you skins and horns of the Cobus vardoni and C. lechee;
also the horns of male and female Roan Antelope, and a quantity
of skins of small mammals, monkeys, cats, &c., all from Mweru.

“One skin which I send is of a diminutive little Antelope from
Mweru. I never saw it alive myself, but bought the skin froma
native, who told me that it has very small, short, straight horns.
My ‘ boys’ from Nyasaland do not know it.

«The ‘Situtunga’* frequents the Great Mweru Marsh, and
many of the swamps north, east, and south of Mweru Lake.
Mr. Crawshay saw one, and obtained the horns of two, but neither
he nor I succeeded in shooting a specimen; they live almost in
the water.

“The African Cattle-plague has created terrible havoc among the
wild game on the Lower Luapula (near its entrance into Lake
Mweru); also, to a less degree, in Itawa, Ulungu, and Unyam-
wanga. All the dying beasts that I saw had a more or less copious
discharge from the nose. Buffalo, Vardon’s Antelope, and the
Letchwé seem to have suffered most.

“ Around Lake Mweru, both the ‘ Njiri’ (Wart-hog) and the
‘Guruyi’ (which, if I am not mistaken, is one of the River-hogs),
are very plentiful. I send you heads of each, with the tusks in ;
you will see how different they are.

‘On the southern shores of Lake Mweru Lions are more plentiful
than I have seen them elsewhere in British Central Africa, and I
had some lively times with some of them. Iam able to confirm
the fact that Lions do occasionally climb trees. Isaw one, on one
occasion, high up in a large bushy tree, he was more than fifteen
feet from the ground. On seeing us, he came down to the ground,

1 Tragelaphus spekii, I believe.—P. L. 8.

1893.] FROM BRITISH CHNTRAL AFRICA. 725

crashing through the branches, having (I think) lost his hold and
fallen. I shot him as he bounded off. He was a male, three-
quarters grown. ‘The trunk of the tree was rather sloping and
not difficult to climb.

“‘The extensive marshes through which the Luapula runs imme-
diately before entering the south end of Mweru are the refuge
of many Elephants, and this is one of the few spots in the southern
portion of Equatorial Africa where they are still plentiful. The
cattle-plague has not touched them.

“ Rhinoceroses (of the Black species) are scarce throughout the
Mweru and Luapula Countries. I saw none on my last journey,
and only once came across their spoor. Buffalo and Burchell’s
Zebra are to be seen in vast herds in the country east of Mweru
Lake, on the borders of the Great Mweru Swamp. I have seen
them in herds of many hundreds. Throughout Itawa, Zebras are
constantly met with.

“‘ Buffaloes are numerous on the banks of the Luapula; Roan
Antelopes throughout the country from Tanganyika west and
south. Reedbucks and Bushbucks are found everywhere. Hlands,
Sable Antelopes, and Hartebeests are also seen throughout the
countries that I have mentioned, but are not so plentiful.”

I now proceed to give a list of the species represented in
Mr. Sharpe’s collection, so faras I can distinguish them. ‘To make
the list ot the Mammals of this district as complete as possible I
have added the names of some species represented in a series of
skins and horns from Lake Mweru transmitted home by Mr. R.
Crawshay (who was lately Resident at the Station called Khodesia,
at the N.E. corner of Lake Mweru) along with Mr. Johnston’s
collections.

1, CHRCOPITHECUS OPISTHOSTICTUS, sp. nov.

Two flat skins, which appear to have been used as dresses. So
far as I can tell, they belong to a Cercopithecus allied to C. samango
(see above, p. 251), but distinguished by the blackish under surface,
the black upper back, and the two small rufous patches on each
side of the tail. The species may be diagnosed as follows :—

Supra pallide cinereo et nigro confertim annellatus, capite obscu-

riore ; cervice postica, humeris cum manibus et pedibus eatus et
cauda (nisi ad basin) nigris ; plaga parva ad latus dorsi posticr
utrinque castanea: subtus nigrescens. Long. corp. 24 poll.,
caude 25 poll.

Hab. Africa Centr. Britann. ad Lacum Mweru.

2, Faris servat, Erxl.; Hlliot, Mon. Fel. pl. xxvi.

One flat skin, apparently of this Cat, or of a nearly allied
species.

3. Fuuis CAFFRA, Desm.; Elliot, Mon. pl. xxxi.

One fiat skin of a Cat of this group, which is widely spread over
Africa. ss

726 MR. P. L. SCLATBR ON MAMMALS [ Nov. 21,

4, GENETTA TIGRINA (Schreb.).

Sixteen flat skins of a Genet which may probably be referred
to this species. They vary much in the amount of spotting on
the back, some being thickly spotted with rusty red here, whilst
others are quite without these markings. But there are inter-
mediate specimens.

5. VivurRa civerra, Schreb.
Three flat skins of this widely-spread species.

6. Hurpxstes GALERA(Erxl.); Thomas, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 72.
One flat skin.

7. CoBUS CRAWSHAYI, sp. nov.

Similis C. ellipsiprymno, sed colore, precipue in dorso, saturatiore,
et disco anali albo: fascia uropygiali alba nulla, et statura
paulo minore diversus.

Mr. Sharpe sends a single flat skin of the Mweru Waterbuck,
and Mr. Crawshay’s collection contains 2 heads and 3 flat skins of
the same animal. I think there can be no question of its being
distinct from C. ellipsiprymnus, and I propose to attach to it the
name of Mr. Crawshay, who has done such good work on the
Antelopes of Nyasaland’.

The fur of Crawshay’s Waterbuck, as will be seen from the
skin which I now exhibit, generally resembles that of C. ellipsi-
prymnus, the animal being covered with the same harsh, lengthened,
thinly spread hairs. But the colour is considerably darker, being of
a dark iron-grey on the dorsal surface, which passes into blackish
on the back of the neck, upper portion of the limbs, and tail.
This colour gets gradually lighter and more greyish on the flanks,
and passes on each side into whitish on the belly. There is no
sign of the distinct rump-band which is so clearly marked on
C. ellipsiprymnus, where it is bordered on each side by dark grey ;
but in the present species the whole anal disk is white, separated
on the dorsal line by the dark medial streak which passes into the
short black bushy tail. The whole length of the flat skin in the
present example is about 56 inches, the length of the tail about
15 inches.

The horns of Crawshay’s Waterbuck, of which I exhibit a fine
pair obtained by Mr. Crawshay near Rhodesia, the British Central
African Station on Lake Mweru, can hardly be distinguished from
those of C. ellipsiprymnus. The present pair measure about 24
inches in length along the curve. They are strongly ringed to
near their extremities. The points are about 11-5 inches apart.

Assuming the validity of the species just described, I am ac-
quainted with four species of the peculiar group of the genus
Cobus, commonly called Waterbucks, and distinguished by their
rough and elongated hairs, which are longer and divergent on the
neck, the tufted tail, and the large, heavy, strongly-ringed horns,

1 See his article, P. Z.S. 1890, p. 648,

1893.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA, 727

which are lyrate in shape and bend forward at the apex. These
four species are as follows :—

1. C. ellipsiprymnus*, which extends from South Africa up the
Eastern coast to Somaliland and the While Nile, and may be at
once recognized by the elliptical white ring on the rump near the
base of the tail.

2. C. crawshayi, similar to the preceding, but of a much darker
brown, and without the ring ontherump. At present known only
from Lake Mweru.

3. C. defassa.—This is the Antilope defassa (Ruepp. Neue Wir-

Skull and horns of Cobus crawshayt.

belth. Siug. p. 9, t. ili.), so-called from its Abyssinian vernacular
name “ Defassa,” which must therefore not be altered into defassus
as has been attempted by some authors. Herr Matschie (Sitzungsb.
Ges. naturf. Freund. Berlin, 1892, p. 134) has lately pointed out
the differences between this Abyssinian form and the next, nearly
allied, West-African species. There are fine mounted specimens
of this Antelope in the gallery of the British Museum.

4, C. unctuosus.—The allied West-African form, of which we
frequently have examples living in the Society’s Gardens and at
the present time have a single female specimen, has been generally

1 See P. Z. S. 1893, p. 505, pl. xxxix., for remarks on this species breeding
in our Gardens.

Proc. Zoo. Soo.—1893, No. XLIX, 49

728 ON MAMMALS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [Noy. 21,

known to us as the Sing-Sing (C. sing-sing), from the vernacular
name bestowed upon it by Mr. Bennett in 1832 (see Rep. Comm.
Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 5). This name was adopted and published by
Dr. Gray in 1843 (List Mamm. p. 159), but no description appears
to have been attached to the name till 1850, when it was fully
described in ‘Gleanings from the Knowsley Menagerie,’ p. 15.
In the meantime, however, the name of Antilope wnctuosa had been
given to it by Laurillard (D’Orbigny’s Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Nat. i.
p- 622) in 1847. I think, therefore, that this species will have to
be called Cobus wnctuosus.

The Sing-Sing does well in captivity, and I have seen many
specimeus of it in the Continental gardens, where it has frequently
bred. A certain locality for it is the River Gambia, where the
Knowsley specimens were obtained for the Derby Menagerie by
Whitfield.

8. CoBus LECHER.

One flat skin, very like those of C. vardoni, but at once recog-
nizable by the black stripes on the front legs and the more widely
spread horns.

9. Conus VaRDONI (Livingst.); Sclater, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 98.

Three flat skins and two pairs of horns of this species, con-
cerning which and C. lechee see Mr. Sharpe’s notes.

10, CERVICAPRA ARUNDINUM (Bodd.).

A skull in Mr. Crawshay’s series must be referred to C. arun-
dinum or a nearly allied form.

11. AAPYCHROS MELAMPUS.

In Mr. Crawshay’s series are a skull and askin of this Antelope,
which, according to Mr. Sharpe, is often confounded with the
Lechee and Vardon’s Antelope under the common name “ Mswala.”

12. HiProTRaGuUs EQUINTS.

Five heads and horns (4 male, 1 female) of the Roan Antelope,
which was not included by Mr. Crawshay in his list of the
Antelopes of Nyasaland, but certainly occurs in several localities
within the Protectorate. Mr. Crawshay also sends a skin of a
young male.

In the Shiré Highlands Mr. B. L. Sclater tells me the Roan is
equally common with the Sable Antelope. He saw them both on
the Trochila plains between Blantyre and Milangi (see Geogr.
Journ. i. p. 414), and Mr. Steblecki, a planter on the Chola
plateau, told him both were common there.

13. TRAGELAPHUS SORIPTUS ROUALEYNI.

A flat skin of a foetal specimen, probably of this species. See
P. Z, S. 1893, p. 507.

1893.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 729

14, TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI, Gray.

Mr. Crawshay sends a skull of this species, which extends its
range still further northward. See P. Z.8. 1892, p. 98.

15, TRAGELAPHUS SPEKII, Scl.

A frontlet of this Antelope is in Mr. Crawshay’s series. Mr.
Sharpe (above) speaks of its occurrence in the swamps of Mweru.

16. PoraMocH@RvUs AFRICANUS (Schreb.).

Both Mr. Sharpe and Mr. Crawshay have sent home heads,
apparently of this species, from the Mweru district.

17, PHACOCH@RUS ZTHIOPIOUS (Pall.).

The Wart-hog, Mr. Sharpe tells us, is plentiful round Lake
Mweru. He sends two skulls and Mr. Crawshay also sends one.

December 5, 1893.

Sir W. H. Frowzr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the
Chair,

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1893 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of November was 71, of which 44 were by
presentation, 4 were by birth, 10 by purchase, and 13 received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,
by death and removals, was 99.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. A Cunning Bassaris (Bassaris astuta), purchased November
15th. No example of this interesting carnivorous animal has been
exhibited in the Society’s collection for many years. The only
individual previously received was in the Gardens in 1853, and was
the subject of one of Mr. Wolf’s Zoological Sketches. (See Wolf
and Scl., Zoological Sketches, vol. i. pl. xiv.).

2. Two Jerboas, presented by Capt. R. A. Ogilby, F.ZS.,
November 17th, and believed to be referable to one of the Persian
Jerboas (Alactaga decumana), but the locality of these specimens is
not quite certain.

3. A fine advlt female of the Caucasian Goat (Capra caucasica),
presented by H. H. P. Deasy, Hsq., 16th Queen’s Lancers, Noy.
20th. Mr. Deasy informs me that he obtained a pair of these
animals (the “Tur” of the Caucasus) at a village called Ruzbef
on the river Backsan, lat. 48° 20’ 0" N., long. 20° 43’ 35" E., and
had every reason to believe that they were caught on the neigh-
bouring mountains.

Unfortunately the male died on the passage home.
49*

730 PROF, G. B, HOWES ON THE RESPIRATORY [Dee. 5,

This, so far as I know, is the first example of this most interest-
ing species of Wild Goat that has reached Europe alive’.

Capra caucasica, 2.

Prof. G. B. Howes exhibited the heads of two Lampreys and a
Hag showing some remarkable variations of the respiratory organs,
and made the following statements concerning them :—

Huxley in 1876 demonstrated* the existence in the adult
Lamprey of “a depression behind each of the pharyngeal vela” ...
which he conceived “ to be the remains of the hyoidean cleft which
opens externally in the Ammoceete ;” Scott*®, Dohrn*, Parker °,
and Shipley * have confirmed this, except that they have confessed
themselves unable to detect the presence of its alleged external
orifice. Parker in 1883 recorded, on the authority of Prof.
Weldon’, the observation of “seven pairs of pouches” in indi-

* On this species and its allies, Capra cylindricornis and C. severtzowi, see
Dr. Menzbier’s remarks, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 618.

? Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. x. p. 420.

® Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vii. p. 142.

4 Naples Mittheilungen, Bd. vi. p. 56.

° Phil. Tr. 1883, part ii. p. 446.

* Q. J. M.S. vol. xxvii. p. 349.

7 Loc. cit. p. 384. My friend Prof. Weldon informs me that his specimen
‘had seyen complete gills on the right side and seven plus a ductus on the left.”

It has been lost, but a figure and description of it are to appear in Mr. W.
Bateson’s fortheoming work on Variation.—G. B. H.

1893.] ORGANS OF LAMPREYS AND HAG. 731

viduals of Myzxine glutinosa, and it is well known that Johannes
Miiller’s substitution ' of the generic name Bdellostoma for Duméril’s
«“ Heptatrema” was directly expressive of numerical variation of the
branchiz. In knowledge of these facts he (Prof. Howes) had lost
no opportunity of seeking for additional evidence of variation of
the parts in question, and the condition of the heads now exhibited
appeared to him sufficiently interesting to warrant the publication
of his results.

Petromyzon flwiatilis—He exhibited two specimens (both
“females ”}*. In the larger of them the first branchial aperture of
the left side (fig. 1 @ [which was visible only under a hand-lens])
was but one-third the size of its fellows and longitudinally instead
of vertically disposed. Its free border was uniformly fimbriated and
bounded, not an orifice, but a shallow cutaneous depression (67. iT

ES
Fig. 1a. Petromyzon fluviatilis, 25°5 centim. total length, showing vestigial
first gill on left side. Fig. 1. Thesame, dissected from beneath. Fig. 2a.
P. fluviatilis, 23°5 centim., showing absence externally of first gill on
right side. Fig. 26. The same dissected from beneath. Fig. 3. Myxine
glutinosa, dissection from beneath of a specimen possessed of a super-
numerary gill on the left side.
la, 2a, nat. size. 16,26 X14. 3 X 1}.

Reference letters—br., branchie ; br.s., supernumerary branchia; ce., peri-
branchial blood-lymph sinuses; d.@., cesophago-cutaneous duct; fi,
tegumental furrows; ph., pharynx laid open from beneath; s., inter-
branchial septum.

fig. 16) which was closed internally. On dissection, the ventral
aorta was found to give off six branches on the left side and seven
on the right; and, in accordance with this reduction, the gill
corresponding to the vestigial orifice was entirely absent, its place
being occupied by an extensive blood-lymph sinus (cc.) homologous
with those of the normal peribranchial series. In the second
specimen, the opposite (right) side was somewhat similarly affected
in the corresponding region. Viewed externally (fig. 2a) the
1 (“Myxinoiden”) Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1834, p. 79.

2 Beard has recently discovered the presence of ova in the testis of P. planeri,
Brit. Assoc. Rep., Edinburgh, 1892, p. 790, and Anat, Anz. vol. viii. p. 60,

J
732 ON RESPIRATORY ORGANS OF LAMPREYS AND HAG. [Dec. 5,

first gill-perforation was seen to be wholly unrepresented ; the
area of its occurrence was crossed by the anterior of a recurrent
series of vertical furrows (f) coincident in position with the
branchial apertures, but these, together with a depression of the
entire branchial region, appeared to be the mere effects of shrinkage
during pveservation. On dissection (fig. 26), the ventral aorta
was found to give off seven symmetrically disposed pairs of afferent
branchial vessels ; but, this notwithstanding, the right anterior gill-
sac (br. 1) was a feebly developed one, ending blindly some little
distance from the integument, and, but for the possessidn of gill-
folios, it recalled the condition of Huxley’s vestigial ‘‘hyoidean cleft”
as observed by subsequent investigators. The suppression of the
parts was thus seen to be of the opposite order in the two examples,
i. €. that possessed of the tegumental pit lacked the true gill and
vice versa; and the gills of the opposite side were in each case
normal in every detail. The facts appeared to him to show that,
although (in view of the well-known existence of more than five
pairs of branchial arches and clefts in the living Sharks Notidanus —
and Chlamydoselachus*, of the partial development of a sixth bran-
cehial cleft in Raja and Torpedo”, and of a sixth branchial arch in
Protopterus, and of the alleged presence in Bdellostoma polytrema of
13 or 14° gill-apertures, and in B. bischoffit of 10*) reduction of the
branchial apparatus in both the Marsipobranchii and the true Pisces
would appear to be the outcome of suppression postero-anteriorly,
there was now before the Society evidence of a tendency on the
part of the living Petromyzontide towards numerical reduction of
the precisely opposite order—i. e. antero-posteriorly. With respect
to this, as to certain salient features in their organization °, the
Marsipobranchii exhibit modification the precise converse of that of
the gnathostomatous Vertebrata.

Myzxine glutinosa.—One specimen exhibited, for the discovery
of which Prof. Howes was indebted to his pupil Mr. H. B. Lacy.
Externally it bore (fig. 3) two respiratory orifices on its left side,
instead of one, viz. a smaller anterior one (4r.s.) which gave exit
to the collective series of branchial passages, and a larger posterior
one (d.@.) alone related to the cesophago-cutaneous duct. This
unique feature of the specimen was accompanied by the presence
of a seventh gill (dr.s.), as indicated in the accompanying figure ;
special interest attaches to this, on account of Parker’s suggestion
that the ductus csophago-cutaneus is “a sort of abortive gill-cleft
. . . the morphology of which is self-evident,” and as it furnishes us
with a variation in the Common Hag closely akin to that of the
Pe i heterotrema” of Joh. Miiller (cf. Myxinoiden, pl. vii.

g. 3).

? Cf. Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Camb. Mass, vol. xii. no. i., and Giinther,
‘Challenger ’ vols. ‘Zoology’, vol. xxii. p. 2.

? Wyman; Beard, cf Q. J. M. §. vol. xxvi. pp. 108, 109 (1886).

° Cf. Giinther, Brit. Mus. Oat. Fishes, vol. viii. p. 512, and Schneider,

Wiegmann’s Archiy f. Naturgesch, Bd. xlvi. p. 115.
* Schneider, Joc. cit.

*° Of. Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soe. vol. vi. p. 141. ° Loe, cit. p. 384.

1893.] THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF BARTHWORMS. 733

On careful dissection the supernumerary gill (47.s.) was seen to
be externally confluent with the prolonged lip of that in front
of it (the normal sixth one), while internally its orifice approxi-
mated most nearly to that of the cesophago-cutaneous duct. Asa
whole, it was disposed transversely, instead of obliquely backwards
as are the normal gills; its presence had slightly disturbed the
symmetry of the fifth and sixth pairs of gills and the cesophago-
cutaneous duct, and its relations were such that it might well
have been derived from either that structure or the sixth gill.
Unfortunately, the ventral aorta had been so far dissected before
the specimen came into Prof. Howes’s hands, that it was impossible
to follow out the clue which the afferent branchial vessels might
perhaps haye given to the origin of this extra gill. On minute
examination, the external prolongation of this was found to
contribute the major share to the adjacent exhalant passage, and
to receive rather than merely unite with the gill-passages in front.
In this it resembled the ductus esophago-cutaneus, There can
now be little doubt that in Giinther’s Bdellostoma cirrhatum we
are dealing with a species in which the gills are individually
variable from 6 to 7 on either side; and in view of the undoubt-
edly less specialized condition of the branchial apparatus of this
genus than that of Myzine, there was reason for suspecting that
the appearance of a seventh gill on the right side in the latter
might be a reversional variation, and if so, that the supernumerary
gill of the left side might be of a similar nature, and the cesophago-
cutaneous duct sui generis distinct from it, if not from the true
gills in general. To this view he himself inclined.

The specimens exhibited were the only ones out of at least a
hundred of both species examined in which the branchie were thus
aberrant.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Geographical Distribution of Earthworms. By
Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.
[Received November 21, 1893.]

In my forthcoming Monograph of the Oligocheta I propose to
attempt a general survey of the distribution of the terrestrial
forms; the present communication is an abstract of the chapter on
that subject.

Tallow 69 genera of Earthworms, which are distributed as
follows :—

PALZARCTIC REGION.

(Fam. LumpBricip#.)
Lumbricus.
Allolobophora.
Allurus.
Tetragonurus.

734 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL

(Fam. Guosconicip2.)
Hormogaster.
Criodrilus.
Sparganophilus.

(Fam. CryproprinipZ.)
Pontodrilus.
Microscolex.

NEARCTIC REGION.
(Fam. Lumpricrp2.)
Inmbricus.
Allolobophora.
Allurus.
Tetragonurus.

(Fam. CRYPTODRILIDZ.)
Ocnerodrilus.

Plutellus (? included in Megascolides).

(Fam. ACANTHODRILID2.)
Diplocardia.
Benhamia.

Kerria.

ORIENTAL REGION.

(Fam. LuMBRIcIDz.)

LInmbricus.
Allolobophora.

(Fam. GEoscoLici&.)
Glyphidrilus.
Annadrilus.
Pontoscolex.
Bilimba.

(Fam. CryProDRILID2.)
Deodrilus.
Typheus.
Microdrilus.

(Fam. Moniic¢astrip2.)
Desmogaster.
Moniligaster.

(Fam. .ACANTHODRILID 2. )
Benhamia.

(Fam. EvpR111p2.)
Eudrilus.

(Fam. Purich £2.)
Pericheta.

Megascolex.
Perionyx.

[Dec. 5,

1893.] DISTRIBUTION OF BARTHWORMS.

AUSTRALIAN REGION.

(Fam. LUMBRICID2.)
LIumbricus.
Allolobophora.
Allurus.

(Fam. GHoscoLicip 2.)
Pontoscolex.

(Fam. CRYProDRILID 2.)
Cryptodrilus.
Megascolides.
Digaster.
Pontodrilus.
Dichogaster.
Trinephrus.
Fletcherodrilus.
Microscolex.

(Fam. ACANTHODRILID 2. )
Acanthodrilus.
Octochetus.
Deinodrilus.
Plagrocheta.

(Fam. EvpRinip2.)
Eudrilus.

(Fam. PuricH #r1p 2.)
Pericheta.
Megascolex.
Diporocheta.

NEOTROPICAL REGION.

(Fam. Lumsricipz.)
Lumbricus,
Allolobophora.

(Fam. Guoscoxicrp a.)
Geoscolex.
Anteus.
Rhinodrilus.
Tykonus.
Urobenus.
Pontoscolex.
Onychocheeta.
Diacheta,

(Fam. CryProDRILID#.)
Ocnerodrilus.
Gordiodrilus.
Ponitodrilus.
Cryptodrilus (2).
Microscolex.

735

736 MR. F. BH. BEDDARD ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL [Dee. 5,

(Fam. AOCANTHODRILID2.)
Trigaster.
Benhamia.
Kerria.
Acanthodrilus.

(Fam. EvpRILID#.)
Eudrilus.

(Fam. PrRicHZTIDZ.)
Pericheta.

ETHIOPIAN REGION.

(Fam. LuMBricin2.)
Allolobophora.
Allurus.

(Fam. GEOscOLICID &. )
Llyogenia.
Kynotus.
Microcheta.
Siphonogaster.
Callidrilus.

(Fam. CrYPToDRILID#.)
Gordiodrilus.
Pygmcodrilus.
Dichogaster (?).

(Fam. ACANTHODRILID Z. )
Benhamia.
Acanthodrilus.

(Fam. EvpriLip2.)
Eudrilus.
Pareudrilus.
Teleudrilus.
Stuhlmannia.
Polytoreutus.
Heliodrilus,
Hyperwdrilus.
Lybiodrilus.
Nemertodrilus.
Preussia.
Eudriloides.
Megacheta.
Notykus.
Platydrilus.
Paradrilus.
Alvania.
Reithrodrilus.
Metadrilus.

(Fam. PrricH £TIDz.)
Megascolex.
Perionyx.

Pericheta.

1893. ] DISTRIBUTION OF HARTHWORMS. 737

Before commenting upon the facts rendered apparent in this
list, it will be necessary to correct it in one or two parti-
culars. In the first place, it will be noticed that the genera
Inmbricus and Allolobophora, and also, though to a less extent,
Allurus, are nearly world-wide in range. I believe that this ex-
tensive range is accidental, and due to the interference of man.
This opinion is based upon the following facts. In such countries
as Australia the presumably indigenous fauna (Cryptodrilus, Mega-
scolides &c.) is met with only at some distance from towns; the
gardens of the latter contain Lumbricids only’. In no ease is a
member of this family from any country outside the territories
covered by the Palearctic and Nearctic regions specifically different
from forms living within those two regions. If the exotic Lwmbri-
cide were indigenous to such countries as New Zealand and South
America, it might be fairly expected that they would show at the
very least varietal differences; but they do not. So, too, with the
few Perichetide found in Europe; they are identical with exotic
forms, and have not been included in the above list.

The same argument cannot perhaps be applied to the North-
American Continent; although the majority of species belonging
to this family that occur there are the same as European forms,
there are a few which are peculiar. It seems to me to be exceed-
ingly possible that the same line of argument can be applied to the
genera Hudrilus and Pontoscolex. ‘The latter genus has three
species; one of these, which was the earliest to be described, viz.
Pontoscolex corethrurus, is fourd in many widely separated parts of
the world. Individuals from Queensland show precisely the same
characters as others from British Guiana. Without stronger
proof than we have at present to the contrary, I should be dis-
posed to consider the genus to be American (Neotropical), and to
have been transferred accidentally to other couniries. I may
mention that in gatherings of Harthworms which have been acci-
dentally brought to the Royal Gardens, Kew, in Wardian cases,
this species is about the commonest form. The same line of argu-
ment applies to Eudrilus eugeniw; but in this case I should look
upon tropical Africa as the real home of the species, common
though it is in tropical America.

The above table, being, I hope, a complete list of the distribution
of the genera of Earthworms, does not bring out into relief the
characteristic features of the several regions; for instance, Pericheta
and Megascolea and also Perionyx are rare in tropical Africa.
Cryptodrilus is only known from the Neotropical region by one
species doubtfully referable to the genus. ‘Taking those genera
which are abundant in species and in individuals and leaving aside
genera which are rare and only known by a single species, the
following list of the Earthworm-faunas of Mr. Sclater’s Regions
may be drawn up :—

PALHARCTIC REGION.—Lumbricus, Allolobophora, Allurus, Crio-

drilus.

Nrarctic Becion.—Lumbricus, Allolobophora.

1 I am indebted for this interesting fact to Prof. Spencer of Melbourne.

_ 738 GHOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF EARTHWORMS. [Dec. 5,

ORIENTAL REGION.—Pericheta, Megascolew, Perionya, Typheus.

AUSTRALIAN RuGION.—Megascolex, Diporocheta, Acanthodrilus,
Digaster, Cryptodrilus, Megascolides.

NEOTROPICAL REGION.—Anteus, Rhinodrilus, Urobenus, Pontosco-
lex, Diacheta, Ocnerodrilus, Kerria, Acanthodrilus, Pericheta.

ErHtorP1an REGION.—Microcheta, Kynotus, Siphonogaster, Gordio-
drilus, Pygmeodrilus, Benhamia, and Eudrilide.

It is clear from this abbreviated list that the Ethiopian and Neo-
tropical regions are the richest in abundant peculiar genera ; that
there is the closest resemblance between the Nearctic and the Pale-
arctic regions ; that there is a less close resemblance between the
Oriental and the Australian regions, in that both are characterized
especially by Perichetide and Cryptodrilide ; but it appears to me
that the Australian region of Mr. Sclater does not express the facts
of the distribution of Earthworms. New Zealand is so different.
There we have Acanthodrilide (belonging to four genera) forming
the characteristic fauna and a very few Cryptodrilide and Periche-
tide; in Australia, on the other hand, we have the two families
Cryptodrilide andPerichetide extremely abundant and varied and
the merest trace of the family Acanthodrilide (three species only).
The Earthworm-fauna of New Zealand in fact is less like that
of the Australian continent than it is like Patagonia and some of
the intervening islands; from Patagonia, the Falkland Islands,
Kerguelen and Marion Islands the only Earthworms that are known
belong to the genus Acanthodrilus. The amount of information on
this subject is not large, but it can hardly be an accidental cireum-
stance that the four or five collections of worms examined from
these different parts of the world should have consisted only of
members of the genus Acanthodrilus; it must at least indicate
that that genus is the prevalent form.

I should therefore propose an Antarctic region to comprehend the
tract of continent and islands just mentioned. With this exception
and possibly with the exception of the Nearctic and Palearctic,
which ought perhaps, from the point of view of Earthworms, to be
fused into one cireumpolar region, I think that the facts in the dis-
tribution of the Earthworms confirm the justice of distinguishing
the rest of Mr. Sclater’s regions, viz. Oriental, Neotropical, and
Ethiopian. North of the Sahara the Earthworms, so far as we
know them, belong to European genera. I should not, however,
in every case make the boundaries of these regions along exactly
the same lines as those usually adopted. Japan, for example,
which possesses a good many Perichetide, ought, I believe, to be
referred to the Oriental region: perhaps the Australian region
should be limited to the continent of Australia ; such worms as I
have seen from Borneo conform to the Oriental rather than to the
Australian type. On various points of this kind information is
greatly wanted ; it is an easy thing to collect these animals, and
they can be readily preserved by killing them in very weak spirit

and then preserving them in strong spirit, which should be changed
once or twice. :

1893.] ON COLEOPTERA FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 739

2. On a Collection of Coleoptera sent by Mr. H. H.
Johnston, C.B., from British Central Africa. By C.J.
Ganan, M.A.

[Received November 16, 1893.]

This collection includes altogether examples of about 90 species
of Coleoptera, some of which, especially amongst the Cetoniide, are
represented by good series. Of many of the species there are
unfortunately only a few specimens, and these are as a rule not in
a very good state of preservation. It has been possible, however,
to identify the great majority of the species; and eight of those
which are believed to be new are here described. Occasion has
also been taken to describe a few new forms which have been
investigated in the course of working out this collection, but
which are not included in it.

These Coleoptera were all collected at Zomba by Mr. Alexander
Whyte, F.Z.8., Mr. Johnston’s Naturalist, so that, when not
otherwise stated in the text, this locality is to be understood as the
habitat of the species. Few of the species call for special remark.
Goliathus albosignatus, Bohem., and Ceratorhina princeps, Oberth.,
not hitherto represented in the British Museum collection, are
amongst the finer species taken. EHpicauta nyassensisand Diacantha
conifera must, judging from the numbers sent over, be very abun-
dant in this region. The Longicorns are poorly represented, though
the number of new forms is proportionally large.

CARABIDA.
1, ANTHIA FORNASINI, Bertol.

STAPHYLINIDS.
2. STAPHYLINUS PROCERUS, sp. 0.

Niger ; capite prothoraceque supra violaceo-cuprascentibus, cre-
berrime reticulatim punctatis, punctis setigeris, linea media
pronoti leviore & nitidiore ; elytris crebre minutiusque punc-
tatis, atro-tomentosis, griseo-plagiatis ; abdomine supra atro-
tomentoso, segmentis 2°, 3°, 6°, 7° utrinque griseo-plagiatis ;
corpore subtus leviter pubescente, nitidiore, segmentis abdominis
utrinque griséo-sericeo maculatis ; tarsis anterioribus et tibiis
apice nonnihil fulvo-setosis ; antennis nigris, basi subtus plus
minusve testacets. Long. 27, lat. 6 mm.

One female was taken at Zomba.

Four examples, including two males and two females, of what

I consider to be this species are amongst the Coleoptera collected
by Emin Pasha at Karagué. These differ from the Zomba speci-
men in that the greyish or somewhat fulvous-grey pubescence
extends over a greater surface on the elytra, and leaves only a few
small patches black. In the Zomba specimen the entire posterior
third of the elytra as well as small patches anteriorly are black.
The somewhat silvery-grey spots on the underside of the abdomen

740 MR. 0. J. GAHAN ON COLEOPTERA [Dec. 5,

seem to form two series on each side in the female, one series on
each side in the male. The latter sex is also characterized by a
rather deep incision in the last ventral segment, and by the
presence of a small tuft of hairs lodged in a slight depression near
the middle of the penultimate ventral segment.

SCARABAID A.
3. TROX MELANOCHOLICUS, Fahr.

4, TROOHALUS, sp.
5. ANOMALA, sp.
6. Poprntia sERDNA, Har.

A number of specimens varying considerably in colour seem to
be referable to this species. The shades of colour occurring in.
different individuals include leaf-green, dark blue, and bluish green ;
while a few even present coppery or slightly brassy tints. No
difference of structure or punctuation accompanies these varia-
tions of colour, so that all the specimens doubtless belong to the
same species.

7. POPILLIA DISTINGUENDA, Fairm.

Two examples of this form were taken at Zomba which with
difficulty only could be distinguished from a variety of the Chinese
species Popillia castanoptera, Hope. They differ from the de-
scribed type of P. distinguenda, Fairm., in having a dark band along
the outer margin of each elytron.

8. GOLIATHUS ALBOSIGNATUS, Bohem.

One example. Recent authorities seem agreed in considering
this species distinct from G. kirkianus, Gray. Its presence as
far north as Zomba shows, however, that it has a wider distribu-
tion than has been previously attributed to it, and that it occurs in
practically the same locality as Gray’s species.

9, RANZANIA PETHRSIANA, Klug.
10. NeprunipEs PorycHRovs, Thoms.
11. CrRATORHINA PRINCEPS, Oberth.

Ceratorhina princeps, Oberth. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1880, p. cxix ;
Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag. xviii. p. 156.

This species is barely more than named by Oberthiir in the
work cited. The characters of the male are described by Bates.
In the majority of the specimens taken at Zomba, forming a
tolerably complete series, two somewhat evanescent greenish spots
are to be seen on the pronotum.

12, H»erprorHina pLonGata, Bates.

Heterorlina elongata, Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag. xviii. p. 157.
One example.

13, GENYODONTA QUADRICORNIS, O. Janson.

1893.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 741

14, Czronia impRrEssa, Goldfuss.

15. Ruapporvs avxica, Oliv.

16. DrPLogNATHA HEBRZA, Oliv.

17. DiptoenatHa siiicna, McLeay.

18. PseupocLinTeria rinFuscata, Gory & Perch.

19. OxyYTHYREA VITTICOLLIS, Bohem., var.

Vitta nigra pronoti medio late interrupta, elytris viridescentibus,
Two examples.

BUPRESTID®.
20. STERNOCERA FUNEBRIS, Bohem.

21. Pstmoprpra PROXIMA, Klug.
22. Pstnoprpra amicra, Fahr.
23. PSILOPTERA, sp.

24, PsILOPTERA, sp.

Lycipaz.
25. Lycus, sp.

One female example.

TENEBRIONIDA.
26. TRACHYNOTUS SORDIDUS, Gerst.

27. ANCHOPHTHALMUS SILPHOIDES, Gerst.

28. CaTAMERUS RUGOSUS, sp. 0.

Oblongo-ovatus, viridi-niger wut niger, prothorace sat dense punctu-
lato, viridescente aut nigro aut coeruleo-nigro ; elytris longitudi-
naliter striatis, interstituis elevatis et rugosis. Long. 19-21, lat.
7-9 mm. 3 Q.

Colour varying from a greenish black or black to a dark blue on
the thorax, and from a very dark green to black on the head and
elytra. Legs and underside bluish black or black, and more glossy
than the upperside. Prothorax finely punctured, convex, with its
lateral margins almost regularly rounded in some examples, in
others presenting a slight irregularity or nearly obsolete crenation.
Elytra longitudinally striate, with the intervals raised and irre-
gularly punctured and wrinkled, so that they have a somewhat
roughly granular appearance throughout almost their whole extent.
Posteriorly the elytra are strongly declivous or subvertical.

In the male the elytra are somewhat narrower relatively to the
prothorax than in the female. The sexes may further be easily
distinguished by the much thicker anterior femora of the male,
which are armed also with a stronger and somewhat curved spine.

Three species of the genus Catamerus have been hitherto de-
scribed, viz. :—

742 MR. C. J, GAHAN ON COLEOPTERA [Dec. 5,

C. revoili, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 290, pl. 2. fig. 12.
Mpwapwa, E. Africa.
C. transvaalensis, Pering. Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc. vi. 2, p. 12.

Transvaal.
C. fairmairei, Alluaud, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, p. ccxxxix.
? Zanzibar.

The last two are possibly identical, the descriptions agreeing
tolerably well. All agree in having the intervals between the
strie of the elytra smooth and convex, and are therefore quite
distinct from the species just described.

A fifth species ', however, is known to me in which this differ-
ence is not so strongly marked, the characters of its elytra giving
it a place intermediate between C. revoili and C. rugosus.

CANTHARIDA.
29. Mytapris Dicrncra, Bertol.
30. MYLABRIS BIHUMEROSA, Mars.
31. MYLABRIS TRISTIGMA, Gerst. ?

32. EPICAUTA NYASSENSIS.

Lytta nyassensis, Haag, Deut. ent. Zeitsch. 1880, p. 62.
Epicauta dichrocera, Gerst. Jahrb. Hamb. Anst. i. p. 58.

From the number of examples taken, this species appears to be
common in the Nyasa region.

33. EPICAUTA, sp.

One example. The species seems to come near F. bilineata,
Haag.

34. CORYNA APICIPUSTULATA, Mars.

CURCULIONIDA.
35. LIxus, sp.

36, SPHADASMUS CAMELUS, Gyll.
37. ATTELABUS (PLEUROLABUS), sp.

CERAMBYCIDA.
38. MECASPIS WHYTEI, sp. n. i
3. Chalybeato-violacea, supra subtiliter atro-velutina ; antennis
pedibusque nigris, tarsis anticis mediisque supra griseis, tarsis
posticis argenteo-sericeis ; scutello elongato, postice valde atten-
uato, supra transverse rugoso ; corpore subtus tenuiter argenteo-

} OATAMERUS INTERMEDIUS, sp. 0.

Niger ; elytris eneo-viridibus, punctato-striatis, intervallis elevatis, remote
punctatis, et in guibusdam locis (precipue versus latera) fortius transverseque
punctatis vel rugosis. Long. 20-21 mm.

Hab. Zambesi (Brit. Mus. collection).

1893.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 743

sericeo, metasterni abdominisque medio subglabro, Long. 28,
lat. 9 mm. ; long. seutelli 3 mm.

Violet-coloured, with the legs and antenne black. Pronotum
and elytra covered with a dark velvety pile, scarcely dense enough
to obscure the dark-blue and violet colour of the derm except
near the base of the elytra and on the middle of the pronotum, with
a narrow glabrous and sparsely punctured band extending for some
distance along the middle of each elytron between the horizontal
sutural region and the more oblique lateral portion. The disk of
the prothorax may be observed in places, where the pile is rubbed
away, to be transversely wrinkled. ‘The scutellum is rather
elongated, much attenuated behind, and transversely rugose above.
The prosternal process is very feebly and obtusely tubercled
behind. The fifth and sixth ventral segments of the abdomen in
the male are somewhat arcuately emarginate behind. The inter-
mediate femora each bear a blunt tooth or rather tubercle on the
underside near the apex ; on the anterior femora the apical tooth
is still more obsolete. The male antenne are a little longer than
the body.

39. PHILEMATIUM NITIDIPENNE, Gahan.

Philematium nitidipenne, Gahan, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1890,
p- 307.

One example in a fragmentary condition.

40, ANUBIS FRONTALIS, sp. 0.

Linearis, chalybeato-cyaneus ; capitis fronte supra dense punctata,
epistomo (a fronte linea transversa diviso) sparsius punctato ;
prothorace sat fortiter denseque punctato; elytris subtilius con-
Jluenter punctatis, utrisque plagis tribus flavis—una humerali,
secunda ante medium, tertia pone medium; pygidio apice sat
late rotundato, medio obsolete emarginato ; antennis versus
apicem modice incrassatis. Long. 15-17 mm. 3g Q.

From A. clavicornis, Fabr., and allied forms the present species
is chiefly to be distinguished by its less incrassated antenne and
by the punctuation of the head and prothorax. The front of
the head bears a tolerably distinct transverse line across the
middle, which divides it into an upper more thickly punctured
portion, and a lower more sparsely punctured epistomal region ;
the vertex also between the eyes is very sparingly punctured. The
punctures of the prothorax are close and somewhat confluent on
the lateral portions of the disk; but those along the middle of the
disk and on the sides of the prothorax are less closely placed and
have distinct intervals between them.

In clavicornis, Fabr., and scalaris, Pasc., the head and prothorax
are more closely and somewhat more strongly punctured. The
lower or epistomal portion of the front of the head is almost or
quite as thickly punctured as the upper portion, and there is as a
rule no distinct impressed line separating the two. The prothorax
is very closely and pretty uniformly punctured.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1893, No. L. 50

744 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON COLEOPTERA | Dee. 5

Following his description of Anubis dissitus (Cist. Ent. ii. p. 412)
Bates remarks that “A. clavicornis (= sexmaculatus, White),
dissitus and scalaris, Pasc., are distinguishable from each other by
the form of the pygidium. In clavicornis it is sinuated or notched
at the apex, in scalaris abruptly narrowed and subacute, in dissitus
rounded.” This statement coming from so eminent and careful
an authority is likely to create confusion. In but a single speci-
men of clavicornis out of several that I have examined (including
the Fabrician type) did I find the pygidium to be sinuate, and in
that one it was only slightly so; in all the others it was rounded.
In scalaris, Pasc., also, the pygidium is rounded. Bates probably
mistook for the latter an undescribed species (A. bohemannt,
White MS.) in which the pygidium is rather sharply pointed and
slightly curved outwards at the apex. In this species also the fifth
ventral segment is rather strongly emarginate behind. In markings
it resembles A. scalaris, Pase.

41, LOPHOPTERA ASPHRULA, White.
42, TRAGOCEPHALA VARIEGATA, Bertol.
43. CHROPLESIS CAFFER, Thunb.

44, CYMATURA BIFASCIATA, Gerst., var. NIGRIPENNIs.

Llytris omnino nigris.

This variety is only to be distinguished from the form described
and figured by Gerstaecker by its wanting the two ochreous
transverse bands of the elytra which are present in that form.
The elytra and the pubescence that covers them are entirely black.

45. NITOORIS SIMILIS, sp. n.

Q. N. abdominali (Fahr.) supra sat similis sed paullo major ;
metathorace utringue nigro-plagiato ; abdomine nigro, subtiliter
atro-pubescen.e, segmentis 1°, 2°que utringue triangulariter
fulvo-sericeo-plagiatis, segmento 4° transversim fulvo-sericeo-
Fasciato ; segmenio ultimo medio late subdepresso et dense nigro-
tomentoso ; pedibus flavo-testaceis, tarsis omnibus supra et tibiis
posticis nigris. Long. 23-28 mm.

This species closely enough resembles V. abdominalis when seen
from above, but may be distinguished by the characters of the
underside. There is a black transverse or oblique patch, of
greater or less extent, on each side of the hind part of the meta-
thorax ; the first abdominal segment has a large triangular fulvous
sericeous spot on each side, the anterior and posterior margins of
the segment being also narrowly fulvous; the second has also a
triangular fulvous spot on each side (in some examples a very
small fulvous spot appears at the postero-lateral angle of the third
segment); the fourth has a narrower transverse spot on each side,
the two spots of this segment forming together a transverse
band slightly interrupted in the middle; the last segment is
somewhat broadly depressed in the middle of its ventral surface,

1893. ] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 745

and the depression, which is narrower anteriorly and widens out
in a somewhat arcuate manner posteriorly, is closely covered with
a black tomentum.

Some female examples from Mamboia and from Delagoa Bay
agree with the example from Zomba in presenting the characters
detailed above.

In a male example from Natal, which in all probability belongs
to this species, the following sexual differences may be noted :—
The first abdominal segment is entirely of a pale yellowish-white
colour ; the last ventral segment is flattened or slightly concave from
side to side along the middle, and is only very faintly pubescent.

CHRYSOMELIDA.

46. SaGRA JOHNSTONI, sp. n.

Cyanea, elytris viridibus subnitidis leviter cwpreo-tinctis.

g¢. Femoribus posticis basi intus fulvo-tomentosis, prope apicem

subtus bidentatis, dente postica paullo majore ; femorrhus inter-
mediis subtus obtuse dentatis vel tuberculatis ; segmento basalt
abdominis medio longitudinaliter subdepresso, crebre punctulato,
et fulvo-pubescente. Long. 14, lat. 53 mm.

This species seems to be most nearly allied to S. bicolor, Lac.
(= festiva, Gerst.), of which it has the general form. The oblique
depression at the base of each elytron just above the shoulder is,
however, more strongly marked ; the elytra are more nitid and are
greenish rather than purplish in colour; and the hind femora are
each armed underneath near the apex with two small teeth on the
outer edge, the distal tooth being only slightly larger than the
proximal one.

47. CoRYNODES DEJEANI, Bertol.
One example.

48. CoRYNODES ZOMB4, sp. 0.

Supra obscure viridis, elytris interdum violaceo plus minusve tinctis;
pronoto sat dense punctato, interstitiis minutius punctulatis ;
elytris crebre punctatis, subrugulosis, interstitiis minute punctu-
latis ; corpore subtus cyanco-violaceo, pedibus cyaneis ; articulis
quinque ultimis antennarum sat fortiter dilatatis. Long. 12mm.

Upperside of a rather dark greenish colour, with the elytra in
some examples more or less strongly tinged with violet or purple.
Pronotum with some larger and less thickly distributed punctures,
the intervals between which are thickly and minutely punctulate.
Elytra closely punctured, with many of the punctures drawn out
in a transverse direction so as to give to the elytra a slightly
rugulose appearance, and with the interstices between the punctures
very minutely punctulate.

In general form this species resembles C. compresstcornis, Fabr.,
but differs in having the distal five joints of the antenne a little
more strongly dilated, and the pronotum and elytra more thickly
punctured.

50*

746 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON COLEOPTERA [ Dec. 5,

It is very difficult to decide the limits of a species in this genus,
inasmuch as the colours not only vary to a considerable extent,
but the punctuation also is by no means constant. As, however,
I have not seen examples of the form described above from any
other locality, I have thought it well to give it a name.

49, CoLASPOSOMA CYANEHOCUPREUM, Fairm.

Colasposoma cyaneocwpreum, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vii.
(1887) p. 352.
Two examples.

50. CoLAsPOsoMA, sp.

51, CERALCHS FERRUGINEUS, Gerst.
52. CERALCES NATALENSIS, Baly.
53. ATECHNA CLARKI, Baly.

54, ODES COLLARIS, Baly.

55. DIACANTHA DISTINOTA, sp. n.

Capite prothoraceque fulvescentibus ; elytris crebre punctatis,
cyaners (tuberculis ad basin in mare fulvis, exceptis) ; antennis
(bast eaceptis) pedibusque nigris ; corpore subtus nigro, segmento
ultimo fulvo. Long. 9-10 mm.

Hab. Zomba, Moimba ?, and Zambesi.

The basal tubercles of the male elytra resemble those of D.
conifera, Fairm., but are not quite so strong and prominent. Very
close to the hind margin of the pronotum there are, in the male,
two small lunate pits or depressions—one on each side of the
middle line nearly opposite the elytral tubercles. At the middle
of the hind margin the pronotum does not send back a distinct
process to overlap part of the scutellum, as happens in the
males of some species of this genus. These characters of the male,
together with the close and rather strong punctuation of the
elytra in both sexes, will suffice to distinguish the species.

One male example only was in the collection made by Mr. Whyte
at Mount Zomba; a male and two females ticketed “‘ Moimba ”
and a male from Zambesi are also in the British Museum collection.

56. DIAcANTHA CONIFERA, Fairm.

ri a conifera, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvi. (1882)
p. lvi.

Numerous examples, most of which have arrived in a very bad
condition, are in the collection from Zomba. The species is also
well represented in the British Museum collection by specimens
from “ Moimba” and Mamboia (Baly Coll.) and from Lake
Ngami.

It is doubtful whether it is to this species or to the one which I

1893. ] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 747

characterwze below’ that Gerstaecker’s description and figure of
D. divisa better apply. His species was founded upon one female
specimen taken at Tette.

57. OorHEoA, sp. inc.

This species appears to be new; but the specimens are not ina
sufficiently satisfactory condition to admit of detailed description.

58. Pachyroma GiganTEa, Illig.

This has a very wide distribution in Africa. It appears to be
abundant at Zomba.

59, CassIDA HYBRIDA, Bohem.
60. Casstpa PARUMMAOULATA, Bohem.
CoccrInzELLID A.
61. Cyponia LuNATA, Fabr.
62. EPILacHNA PAYKULLI, Muls.
63. EprnacHNa ateta, Thunb.
64, EpILacHNA DREGEI, Muls.
P.S., December 27th, 1893.—Since this communication was read

examples of the following species, also collected at Zomba and
preserved in alcohol, have come to hand :—

CICINDELID2.
65, CICINDELA CLATHRATA, Dej.
CARABIDA.
66. GRAPHIPTERUS SALIN2, Bertol.

67. ScARITHS SUPERCILIOSUS, Klug.

1 DIACANTHA MUTICA, Sp. 0.

? D. divisa, Gerst. (Galleruca).

D. conifer similis, sed differt antennis crassioribus et paullo brevioribus,
margine postica pronoti in utroque sexu arcuato-rotundata ; scutello nigro ;
elytris densius punctatis, minus nitidis, utrisque in mare juxta scutellum
leviter foveolatis, haud tuberculatis.

Hab. Natal.

Head, prothorax, abdomen, the two basal joints of the antenne, and rather
more than the anterior third of the elytra fulvous; the rest black. Pronotum
with a foveolate depression on each side near the middle of its length, and in
the male with two very small foves not widely separated and placed close to the
hind margin; the latter somewhat rounded in both sexes, but a little less
obtuse in the male. Elytra rather thickly punctured and subnitid; each in
the male with a small pit placed close by the side of the scutellum. The outer
edge of this pit is slightly raised and is all that represents the strong and
prominent tubercle occupying a similar position in D. conifera and other
species of the genus.

All the examples I have seen are from Natal,

748

68.
69.
70.
3

72.

84.

85,

86.
87.
88.

89.
90,

ON COLEOPTERA FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA.

TEFFLUS VIOLACEUS, Klug.
TEFFLUS DELEGORGUEI, Guér.
CYCLOSOMUS, sp.

RHATHYMUS MELANARIUS, Klug.

GYRINIDA.
ORECTOCHILUS BICOSTATUS, Boh.

ScARABAID A,
ANACHALCOS CONVEXUS, Bohem.

CATHARSIUS PLATYCERUS, Klug ?

. HELrocopris Japetus, Klug.

ONTHOPHAGUS BICALLOSUS, Klug.

Lepipiora LEPIpoTA, Klug.

. ADORETTS, sp.

CYPHONISTES VALLATUS, Wied.

BUPRESTID#.
AGRILUS GRANDIS, L. & G.

TENEBRIONID &.
ZOPHOSIS AGABOTDES, Gerst.

RHYTIDONOTA GRACILIS, Gerst.

PSAMMODES DIMIDIATUS, Haag. ?

CANTHARIDS.
EPICAUTA C@LESTINA, Haag.

CURCULIONID®.
BLosyrvs CaRINATUS, Bohem.

_ CERAMBYCIDA.
PHRISSOMA GIGANTEUM, Guér.

PHRYNETA SPINATOR, Fabr.

APOMECYNA LATEFASCIATA, Qued.

CHRYSOMELID A,
CrRALcEs ornarta, Baly.

CassIDA, sp.

(Dee. 5,

“SAHA GOONWPVLV IMLS to

‘dun soag ruse pay “YUH [2p suwmuemey’ pr

TXT Id S68T SZ d

1893.] ON PETRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 749

3. On a Collection of Petrels from the Kermadec Islands.
By Captain F. W. Horvron, F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Curator
of the Canterbury Museum, New Zealand.

[Received June 22, 1893.]
(Plate LXIII.)

Mr. T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.S., Curator of the Auckland Museum,
very kindly sent me early in this year a collection of Petrels made
in the Kermadec Islands at various times between 1887 and 1891,
which contains examples of a species apparently new to science,
and is of considerable interest in other respects. The information
which I possess is, however, tantulizing, as it suggests several
questions on the variation of species without giving full answers
to them. These questions, which will be mentioned presently,
could probably be answered if we knew with certainty (1) whether
the two parents are always of the same colour; (2) whether the
young bird always resembles its parents in plumage or whether
there is considerable variation between parents and offspring ;
and (3) whether unicolour parents ever produce bicolour young
or vice versd.

In the descriptions which follow the length of the bill is that of
the chord of the culmen, as used by Dr. Coues, and the length of
the middle toe does not include the nail. It seems to me that
these are the most accurate measurements that can be taken of
the bill and toe.

PUFFINUS CHLORORHYNCHUS.

P. chlororhynchus, Lesson ; Salvin, Ibis, 1888, p. 352; Buller,
Birds of N. Z. 2nd ed. vol. ii. p. 235.

P. sphenurus, Gould.

P. carneipes, Cheeseman (fide Buller), Trans. N. Z. Inst.
vol. xxiii. p. 226, not of Gould.

There are five specimens in the collection, all of which are larger
than those from any other locality which I can find recorded, as
the following measurements will show. Length 18°5 inches,
wing 12°75, tail 6-5, bill 1-65, tarsus 1-9, mid toe 2-2.

Called the “‘ Black Burrower” by the settlers. ‘It arrives in
the month of October in ech year, often in very large numbers.
It digs out burrows, often several feet in length, on the edges of
the cliffs, or on the margins of inland terraces” (Cheeseman). I
have seen no specimen of this species from New Zealand.

PUFFINUS TENUIROSTRIS.

P. tenuirostris, Temm.; Buller, Birds of N. Z. 2nd ed. vol. ii. p 230.

Nectris brevicaudus, Bonap.

One specimen. Length 15 inches, wing 10°75, tail 4-25, bill
1:2, tarsus 1-9, mid toe 2:1.

In addition to the slender bill and short tail, this species can be

750 CAPT. F., W. HUTTON ON A COLLECTION OF [ Dee. 5,

readily distinguished by the under wing-coverts, which are greyish
brown and considerably lighter than the upper wing-coverts ;
while in P, chlororhynchus the upper and lower wing-coverts are
of the same tint, and in P. griseus (Gm.) the under wing-coverts
are rather paler grey. In P. tenuirostris the lower mandible is said
to be paler in colour than the upper, but this does not show in the
dried. skin.

This species is not uncommon in the North Island of New
Zealand, but I have never seen a specimen from the South Island.
P. griseus, on the contrary, is extremely abundant at Stewart
Island and Foveaux Straits, and gets rare further north.

PUFFINUS ASSIMILIS.

P. assimilis, Gould; Buller, Birds of N. Z. 2nd ed. vol. ii.
p- 239; Cheeseman, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiii. p. 226.

One specimen. Length 11 inches, wing 7-5, tail 3, bill 1,
tarsus 1:5, mid toe 1°5.

It seems that the Kermadec Island birds are smaller than those
from New Zealand, for Sir W. Buller remarks that the bird in the
British Museum obtained by Mr. John Macgillivray on Raoul
Island (= Sunday Island) is somewhat smaller than the New
Zealand birds, thus agreeing with the present specimen. In New
Zealand this species is common in the Hauraki Gulf, but I have
not seen it south of Auckland. In the south it is replaced by the
larger species P. gavia (Forst.), which is most abundant about
Cook’s Strait and diminishes in numbers both to the north and to
the south. Sir W. Buller, in his ‘ Birds of New Zealand,’ 2nd ed.
vol. ii. p. 236, considers the bird from the Great Barrier Island
which I called P. assimilis (Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. i. p. 161) to be
P. gavia, but this is not correct. The mistake, however, is my fault,
for when in my ‘Catalogue of the Birds of New Zealand’ (Wel-
lington, 1872, p. 79) I showed that P. gavia of Forster—which
had up till then been thought to be an Cstrelata—was a species
of Puffinus, I confused it with P. assimilis, allhough the species
appear to be distinct.

Of this species Mr. Cheeseman says that great numbers were
breeding on Meyer Island in August 1887. They dig out burrows
for their nests, often of considerable length.

(EsTRELATA NIGRIPENNIS, Rothschild, Bull. Orn. Club, i. p. lvii
(1893).

@. cookvi, Cheeseman (fide Buller), Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol.
xxlil. p. 224; not of Gray.

I have to thank Mr. O. Salvin for this determination.

Five specimens, all alike, from Kermadec and Curtis Islands.
Length 12 inches, wing 9°1, tail 4:5, bill 0-9, tarsus 1:1, mid
toe 1:2.

These birds are rather larger than @. defilippiana, Salvad., but
they agree with it very well in colour and proportions. In New
Zealand this species has been confounded with G. cooki, from

1893.] PETRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 751

which it differs much in the stoutness of the bill and in the
colours of the feet, as well as in the plumage. From @. leuco-
ptera it differs in being lighter in colour and in the outer tail-
feathers having the inner web white at the base and speckled with
grey at the tip.

“ Not uncommon during the summer months, arriving about
the beginning of November and leaving again at the end of April.
It breeds on Meyer Island and more sparingly on Sunday Island,
generally in company with P. assimilis. It constructs a burrow
sometimes over a yard in length, depositing a single pure white
egg at the extremity.” (Cheeseman.)

(EsTRELATA CERVICALIS, Salvin, Ibis, 1891, p. 192.

Gstrelata, sp., Cheeseman, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiii. p. 224.

Two specimens from Sunday Island, one adult, the other with
down still remaining. Length 18 inches, wing 12°5, tail 6, bill 1-5,
tarsus 1°6, mid toe 1°7.

Crown of the head, occiput, and below the eyes rusty black, the
feathers of the posterior part of the forehead white with a black
spot in the centre. Front, lores, chin, throat, malar and auricular
regions, neck all round, breast, abdomen, and crissum pure white.
Under wing-coverts white, with a dark patch inside the wrist-
joint. Back sooty black; between the shoulders the feathers are
largely tipped with grey, which gets less and less and disappears
on the uropygium. The anterior part of the back is entirely grey,
and this colour extends slightly on to the breast on each side, but
not below the wings when folded. Some of the feathers of the
flanks are tipped with grey or blackish. Upper tail-coverts
brownish grey. Tail-feathers brownish grey, white at the base;
the outer feathers with the inner webs white. Upper wing-
coverts sooty black, the greater coverts very narrowly margined
with grey. Primaries sooty black, the inner web of the first
white at the base only. The wings when folded reach to about
the end of the tail. Bill strong, black. Tarsi, the first and
greater part of the second joint of the inner toe, the first joint
of the middle toe, and the web between them yellow. Distal
portion of the feet black.

Nestling—The down still on the back of the head, back, flanks,
and crissum. The colours of the plumage resemble those of the
adult but are lighter. The feathers of the back are more broadly
margined with light grey, as also are those of the uropygium.
The upper wing-coverts, both greater and median, are margined
with grey, and the feathers of the wings and tail are lighter than
in the adult. On the other hand the yellow of the feet and tarsi
ismuch darker. The measurements of the two are much the same.

T have to thank Mr. O. Salvin for identifying this bird. Ihave
not seen his description in ‘ The Ibis.’

“Tt arrives about the end of September and remains until the
end of June, being one of the last Petrels to leave the island. It
is solitary in its habits, and very seldom can two nests be found in

752 CAPT. F. W. HUTTON ON A COLLECTION OF [Dec. 5,

the same locality. Its breeding-place is usually near the mountain-
top, in some dark gully filled with palms and fern-trees, and
generally its burrow is made at the roots of the latter. It is
purely nocturnal in its habits, and rarely leaves its burrow during
the daytime. An egg sent to me by Mr. Bell measured 2°5
inches in length by 1:9 in breadth, and is pure white in colour.”
(Cheeseman.)

CESTRELATA LEUCOPHRYS, sp. nov. (Plate LXIII.)

@. mollis, albino, Buller, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiv. p. 85; not
of Gould.

Two specimens from Sunday Island. Length 17 inches, wing
12, tail 5, bill 12, tarsus 1-5, mid toe 1°75.

Specimen no. 1 (type).—Head, neck, and whole of the under
surface pure white, the feathers of the front and crown with very
pale brown centres. Back, uropygium, tail, and all the upper
surface of the wings pale ashy brown. Under surface of the
wings white, the axillary feathers tinged with ash-grey towards
the tips, as also are the outer under tail-coverts. Primaries
brownish ash, the inner web white, which colour extends nearer
to the tip than in @. neglecta. Odater tail-feathers with the inner
web white at the base only. Bill black. Trsus, inner toe, first
and half the second joint of the middle toe, first joint of the
outer toe, and the web between them, pale; the distal portion
of the foot black.

Specimen no. 2 (young ?).—Like the last, but darke~. Back,
uropygium, tail, and upper surface of wings darx< brown; under
wing-coverts and axillary feathers brown. Feet with the first
joint only of all the toes, and the web between them, pale; the
rest black.

In both specimens the wings, when folded, reach to about the
end of the tail. The dark colour of the feet makes me think that
the darker-coloured bird is the younger of the two. Judgirg from
the general colour of the plumage it may possibly be the same as
P. alba of Gmelin, of which I have not the original description ;
but that name has been applied to so many different species as to
lead me to believe that the description is very vague, and if so the
name had better be dropped. It differs from @. lessoni in not
having a black band through the eye. It was thought by Sir W.
Buller to be a variety of the next species; but, in addition to iis
colours, it is easily distinguished by the white on the inner webs
of the primaries, by its larger size, and by the wings not reaching
beyond the tail. The type is in the Auckland Museum.

Mr. Bell, who lived on Sunday Island and collected many of the
birds, told Mr. Cheeseman that he had seen very few individuals
of this species, but that they had the same breeding-habits as ihe
Kermadec Mutton-birds (@, incerta) and consorted with them.

CESTRELATA NUGLECTA,

Procellaria neglecta, Schlegel.
. neglecta, Coues, Proc. Phil. Acad. 1866, p. 170.

1893. ] PETRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS, 753

@. mollis, Cheeseman (fide Buller), Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiii.
p- 225; Buller, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiv. p. 85; not of Gould.

Two adults and one nestling from Sunday Island. Length 15:5
inches, wing 11°75, tail 4°5, bill 1-2, tarsus 1:5, mid toe 1-7.

Forehead, top of the head, neck, and breast pale greyish brown,
the feathers of the forehead with a darker middle spot. A patch
in front of and below the eye, as well as a streak below the man-
dible, darker. Lores, chin, throat, and abdomen white. Back, upper
surface of wings, and tail dark brown. Under surface of wings,
flanks, and under tail-coverts greyish brown. Crissum white
washed with grey. Primaries dark brown, the inner web white,
this colour not reaching so near the tip as in @. leucophrys, and
being narrowly pointed distally, and not reaching the shaft for
some distance down. Bill black. Tarsi, first joint of inner and
middle toes, and the webs between them pale ; the distal portion of
the teet black. The wings when folded extend about an inch
beyond the tail.

Nestling.—Sunday Island, Nov. 1890. The down is still on the
axillary and flank feathers and the primaries are not fully grown,
not reaching within an inch of the end of the tail. The bill and
feet are as large as in the adult. The colours generally are those
of the adult, but the lores are grey, the feathers of the forehead
have no dark central spot, and the tint of the breast is greyer.
The legs and feet are much the same as in the adult. It is pos-
sible that this may be the young of the next species.

In both specimens the line of junction of the feathers with the
base of the bill descends perpendicularly from the base of the
nasal tubes nearly to the commissure and then suddenly turns
backward.

This bird was considered by Sir W. Buller to be @. mollis, but
that species is smaller, has the whole of the inner web of the
primaries dark, and the outer tail-feathers white speckled with
grey. I doubt whether @. mollis has ever been found in the New
Zealand seas. Dr. Finsch certainly identified a bird taken by
the ‘Novara’ Expedition as @. mollis, but as he also considered
G. affinis (Buller) to be the same, it is evident that, at the time, he
did not know the true mollis. Q. affinis has the inner half only
of the inner web of the primaries white, and it has been identified
by Mr. O. Salvin with @. gularis (Peale). It seems to me that
Procellaria inexpectata (Forster) is the same, although it has been
identified with @. mollis by Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe.

Mr. Cheeseman informs me that @. neglecta is certainly the
winter Mutton-bird of the Kermadec settlers, which is said to breed
only on Meyer Island and other outlying rocks during the winter
months, the young being ready to depart when the true Mutton-
birds arrive at the end of August Mr. Cheeseman says that at
the time of his visit (August 1887) the slopes of Meyer Island
were crowded with nearly full-grown fledglings sitting at the roots
of the trees. At his approach they uttered hoarse cries and en-
deavoured to escape by rolling down the hill, the old birds circling

754 CAPT. F, W. HUTION ON A COLLECTION OF [Dec. 5,

about among the trees above his head. The true Mutton-bird had
not yet commenced to lay. Mr. Cheeseman also informs me that
none of the young birds were dark-coloured, but closely resembled
the old ones in plumage. Mr. Bell says that the winter Mutton-
bird breeds from May to September and that its egg is rather
larger and rounder than that of the true Kermadec Mutton-bird.

As all the specimens sent to me were labelled Sunday Island,
the species must occur there too, and some of them may breed later
with the next variety, which is the summer Mutton-bird. Indeed
this must be the case if the nestling just described really belongs
to @. neglecta.

CEsTRELATA NUGLECTA, variety.

One adult from Sunday Island, August 1888. Length 15°5
inches, wing 11-25, tail 4-5, bill 1:2, tarsus 1°5, mid toe 1°8.

The whole of the head, neck, breast, and flanks brownish grey ;
darker on the back, wings, and tail. Abdomen and crissum white.
Under wing-coverts brownish grey. Bill, legs, and feet as in
i. neglecta. The wings when folded extend about an inch beyond
the tail.

This variety is very closely allied to the typical @. neglecta ;
but, in addition to the colours, it may be distinguished from it by
the contour of the line of junction of the feathers with the base of
the bill, which runs from the base of the nasal tubes obliquely
backward to the gape, and does not descend as in the typical
@. neglecta. If this character is constant there can be no hesitation
in admitting it as an incipient species ; but, unfortunately, I have
only one specimen.

This variety appears to be the true Mutton-bird of the settlers,
which is said “ to arrive in immense numbers at the end of August
or early in September, and to breed all over the main island, but
most abundantly towards the tops of the hills. Unlike most of
the other Petrels it makes no burrow, but lays its single egg in a
hollow at the root of a tree or even anywhere on the bare ground”
(Cheeseman). However, it would seem, as already mentioned, that
some individuals of the typical form also breed on the main island
in September with the variety, for Mr. Bell sent skins of both
kinds to Mr. Cheeseman, who understood him to say that both
belonged to the summer Mutton-birds; but as he also sent at the
same time specimens of @. phillipi, there is considerable doubt
as to what he meant. Mr. Cheeseman himself says, “I find but
little difference between the two kinds (winter and summer Mutton-
birds), save that this (winter Mutton-bird) has a more distinct dark
band across the breast.”

It seems probable that we have here a very interesting example
of the evolution of a new species by isolation due to an alteration
in the time of breeding of certain individuals of @. neglecta. This
seems to be a better explanation of the facts, as they are at present
known, than the supposition that we have here merely individual

1893.] PHTRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 755

variations ; for it seems to be certain that no individuals of the
variety occur on Meyer Island when the winter Mutton-bird is
breeding.

CEsTRELATA PHILLIPI, Gray.

Norfolk Island Petrel, Phillip’s Voyage to Botany Bay, p. 161
(London, 1789).

Procellaria phillipii, G. R. Gray, Ibis, 1862, p. 246.

G. mollis, dark variety, Buller, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiv.
p. 85.

Three specimens from Sunday Island. Length 16 inches,
wing 11°5, tail 4°75, bill 1°2, tarsus 1°5, mid toe 1°8.

Upper surface sooty black, the feathers on the forehead and on
the back (in one specimen only) margined with brown. Under
surface grey, washed with brown on the abdomen. Sometimes
some light feathers on the lores and chin, and a dark mark in
front of the eye. Bases of all the contour feathers white.
Primaries white on the inner webs for the greater part of their
length, the white terminating bluntly and reaching the shaft
some distance outside of the tips of the lower wing-coverts.
Outer tail-feathers brown, with white at the inner bases only.
Bill black. Tarsi, first joint of inner and middle toes, and the
web between them, brownish ; the distal parts of the foot black.
The wings when folded exceed the tail by more than an inch.

I have little doubt but that this bird is the same species as the
Norfolk Island Petrel of Governor Phillips. It approaches the
last species, but can be distinguished by the shape of the white
on the inner web of the primaries as well as by its colours.
Having examined three specimens which, although varying slightly
in colour, are constant in this respect, 1 have no hesitation in
admitting it as distinct.

It is this bird, probably, when flying on the New Zealand coast,
that I formerly mistook for Pterodroma atlantica (Gould), of
which there is no authentic record of its having been taken near
New Zealand.

Mr. Cheeseman informs me that he did not see this species at
the Kermadecs and knows nothing about its breeding-habits; but
that Mr. Bell sent him specimens with the summer Mutton-birds,
so that it probably breeds with them from September to November.
The Norfolk Island Petrel is said to form burrows in the sand.

It is a remarkable fact that in the genus G@strelata there are
three bicolour species each closely related toa unicolour species—
viz. G. neglecta to G. solandri, @. armingoniana to G. trin-
tatis, and @. mollis to @. brevirostris—the two forms appearing
in all three cases to breed near together on the same islands. I
am not aware of the same thing occurring in any other genus of

1 This species has been identified with Procellaria fuliginosa, Forster, but it
is not the @strelata fuliginosa of Buller’s ‘ Birds of New Zealand,’ which appears
to be the larger species Pterodroma macroptera (Smith).

756 ON PETRELS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. _[Dee. 5,

Petrels unless it be the somewhat similar relation in colour between
Diomedea regia and Diomedea exulans; but these two closely
related species are said to breed on different islands and at slightly
different times’, Macgillivray was the first to call attention to
this peculiarity in the birds of the Kermadec Islands (Zoologist,
1860, p. 7133), where he found incubating birds in both phases of
plumage. More recently Mr. Osbert Salvin has discussed the
question in Rowley’s ‘ Ornithological Miscellany,’ vol. i. p. 254.
He says that the colouring is not dependent either on sex or on
age, and that the colouring of the first plumage is retained through
life, both of which statements the present paper tends to confirm.
He considers, however, that ihe two phases of plumage do not
indicaie different species, or even different varieties, but he thinks
they are probably due to a kind of dimorphism. The word
dimorphism has been used in zoology in several different senses,
but it always denotes that the two forms are related to each other
either as twin brothers and sisters, or else that there is an alter-
nation of generations between them. As Petrels lay only one egg
in a season, the first relation cannot hold here, so that—if it is
really a case of dimorphism—eggs laid by bicolour parents should
sometimes hatch out unicolour offspring and vice versd, of which
there is no evidence at present. Also, if it be truly a case of
dimorph’sm, there ought to be no intermediate varieties between
the two torms, whereas these intermediate varieties seem to be
sufficiently common to have led some ornithologists to the opinion
that the two forms are merely adult and young of the same species.
If we reject the idea of dimorphism as improbable, and that of
changes due to age as disproved, we have three different hypotheses
to choose from to explain the facts :—

1. Two distinct species, sometimes producing hybrids.

2. One excessively variable species, one form producing, or
partially producing in an irregular way, the other.

3. Two species developed by ordinary variation going on for a
long time, while the intermediate forms have not become
extinct.

An examination of the breeding-ground would probably enable
us to decide which of these hypotheses is the correct one. If the
first is correct, the young should always either closely resemble the
parents, or be a distinct hybrid two parents of which had different
styles of plumage. If the secoad is correct, then any variety
might produce any other and the offspring should generally be
different from the parents. While if it be the third hypothesis
which is true, then each form should produce young very like
themselves, and the two parents should always resemble each
other. For my part I strongly incline to the last hypothesis,
which is more in accordance with what we know in other cases

* Buller, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol, xxiii. p. 230 and vol. xxiv. p. 68.

BL Zo S16 Soe ave

RMmtern & J. G.del.et lth. b.
Wr ERASE BNA EL Ie) hi -

Mintern Bros. mmp.

1893.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON VIPERA RENARDI. 757

and, as I think, offers the best explanation of the facts as at
present known. For I cannot but think that @. neglecta and
@. phillipi are two closely related species, while @. neglecta,
var., 18 an incipient species which, perhaps, does not always
breed quite true. It seems to me that we have in the Kermadec
Islands a manufactory of species in full swing, but unfortunately
our information is not sufficient to tell us exactly by what process
the species are made.

4, On Vipera renardi, Christoph. By G. A. BouLeNncER.
[Received November 25, 1893.]
(Plate LXIV.)

When recently describing Vipera wrsinii, Bonap.', I briefly
alluded to another European species, V. renardi, described in
1861, but since forgotten or confounded with V. berus. My
friend Dr. F. Miiller, of Basle, having been so good as to send me
specimens from Sarepta, the original locality whence the species
was described by Christoph, and the British Museum having
received further specimens from the St. Petersburg Museum,
through the kindness of Dr. Herzenstein, I have no reason to
further delay the description of this species, of which I have now
17 specimens before me, viz. :—

1,2. ¢ & 2, from Sarepta, received from Dr. F. Miiller, one of
which he has allowed me to retain for the British Museum.

3. ¢&, from Saratov, received from the St. Petersburg Museum.

4. 3, from Ourkatsch, district of Tourgaisk, Kirghiz Steppes,
received from M. Nazarow.

5. ¢, from the River Emba, Kirghiz Steppes, received, as well
as the following, from the St. Petersburg Museum.

6. Young, from the Kirghiz Steppes.

7. &, from Smeinogorsk, Government of Tomsk.

8-12. Five specimens, ¢, 9, and young, from Chinas,
Turkestan.

13. Young, from Kunges, River Ili, Eastern Turkestan.

14,15. g & 2, Wernensky Ujesd, district of Varnoe, Eastern
Turkestan.

16,17. 3, from Kuldja, Eastern Turkestan.

‘In the last part of these ‘Proceedings,’ above, p. 596. Since my note
appeared I have received further information respecting that species. ' First,
Mr. A. Erwin Brown has kindly examined Bonaparte’s type specimen in Phila-
delphia, and the notes he has forwarded me substantiate my conclusions,
Secondly, I have been able to extend the known range of this Viper to France,
having received a specimen from the Basses-Alpes, through M. Honnorat, on
which I have reported in the ‘ Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes,’ xxiv. 1893,
p. 8. And lastly, I am informed by Prof. O. Boettger and Dr. F. Werner that
they have received specimens from the mointains of Bosnia, which agree in
all essential respects with those from Laxenburg.

758 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON VIPERA RENABDI, | Dec. 5,

VIPERA RENARDI. (Plate LXIV.)

Pelias renardi, Christoph, Bull. Mose. xxxiv. 1861, ii. p. 599.

Vipera berus, part., Strauch, Syn. Viper. p. 32 (1869) ; and Schl.
Russ. R. p. 206 (1873).

Vipera renardi, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 598.

Snout obtusely pointed, as in V. wrsinii; canthus rostralis
angular and raised, the upper surface of the snout thereby
concave. Horizontal diameter of the eye equal to its distance
from the centre or the anierior border of the nostril ; its vertical
diameter equal to or a little less than its distance from the oral
border. Nostril pierced in the lower half of the nasal shield, which
is not larger than the eye. The three sincipital shields usually
well developed; in two specimens (from Chinas and Kunges)
the parietals are broken up into scales, and in a third (from Kuldja)
the frontal is besides small and irregular, being separated from
the right supraocular by two series of scales; it is therefore
probable that, as in V. berus, specimens will be found with
the vertex covered with small scales. But when the shields
are well developed they differ from those of V. berus and
agree better with those of V. ursinii. The frontal is once and
two-thirds to twice and one-third as long as broad, usually longer
than the parietals ; its length at least equals, usually exceeds, its
distance from the end of the snout; it is separated from the
supraocular by an eongate shield or by two or three small
shields. The rostral is as broad as deep or a little deeper than
broad and its tip is in contact with a single apical shield, which,
together with the two canthals on each side, forms the raised upper
border of the snout; two to six prefrontal scales within the
latter; the upper preocular is usually in contact with the nasal ;
either a single series of scales between the eye and the labials, or
two series except under the centre of the eye, which is separated
from the fourth labial by a single scale; nine or ten upper labials,
fourth or fourth and fifth below the eye; nine or ten (in one
specimen eleven) scales round the eye.

The scales on the body form 21 longitudinal series, exceptionally
19, as in V. berus, strongly keeled, the outer smooth or feebly
keeled. According to the numbers given by Strauch (Schl. Russ.
R. p. 279, specs. 1019-1027), the ventrals vary from 138 to 150,
the subcaudals from 27 to 34. Christoph describes the male as
with 141 ventrals and 36 subcaudals, the female with 139 ventrals
and 34 subcaudals. My specimens have 130 to 148 ventrals and
31 to 36 subcaudals in the males, 137 to 142 ventrals and 24 to
30 subcaudals in the females‘, as shown in the following table :—

* (P.S. 23-1-94).—I have now counted the shields in 52 specimens (154,
37 2) of V. ursinii, and 118 (56 g, 62 2) of V. berus. The variation in the
former species is 120-135 v., 80-37 ¢. in ¢, 125-142 y., 20-28 ¢. in 2 ; in the
latter, 134-150 y., 33-46 c. in ¢, 1385-158 v., 26-36 c. in 9.—G. A. B,

1893.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON VIPERA RENARDI. 759

Sex.| Locality. | Total length. | Length of tail. | Scales.| Ventrals.|Caudals,
o | Ourkatsch. 585 millim.| 70 millim. 21 144 35's}
» | Chinas. 460 ,, er 21 136 32
» | Sarepta, 450 ,, Seas 21 142 34
» | Saratov. 450s, GOP 21 142 36
», | Himba. EDD» i ies eae aha 21 148 36
», | Smeinogorsk.| 420 ,, De ot 21 142 35
» | Chinas. 400 ,, BO it 21 137 36
» | Kuldja. LO ts DOS) 53 21 133 34
», | Varnoe. o20r- |, 43; \, 21 134 3l
» | Kuldja. s00"* 40 , 21 138 82
» | Kirghiz. JAD + *,, 32) os, 21 145 35
» | Chinas. 180) =, DAL ns 21 130 36
2 | Varnoe. OOH ise 40 , 21 141 27
», | Sarepta. 380 —Si,, oar 4's) 21 142 24
», | Obinas. S00" ts S/he tay 21 137 30
zs “5 iY (iyems sey 20: ;; 21 139 30
» | Kunges. WS Dat) ons 19 130 30

The length of the tail is contained 73 to 83 times in the total
in males, 8 to 10 times in females.

One of the principal characters which induced Christoph to
separate this Snake from V. berus is the absence of sexual
differences of colour, a peculiarity which it shares with V. ursinit.
The same author further observes that the sinuous or zigzag
dorsal band is nearly always broken up into spots, at least on a
considerable portion of the body. The latter statement is verified
on the male from Sarepta before me, but the female, on the other
hand, has an uninterrupted zigzag band. Strauch (Syn. Viper.
p. 37) also observes :—‘ Although it is now well known that the
numerous colour-varieties of this Snake [V. berus| are by no
means restricted to particular localities, and therefore cannot be
regarded as geographical races, I must nevertheless remark that
most of the Transcaspian specimens before me are very light,
almost sand-coloured, and usually have a longitudinal row of
roundish or transverse light chestnut-brown blotches instead of
the dorsal band.”

In coloration the Sarepta specimens are very similar to
V. ursinii, but they differ in having the labial shields markedly
dark-edged. The dorsal band or series of spots is dark brown,
edged with blackish ; the ground-colour of the middle of the back
and of the scales of the two outer rows on each side is yellowish,
of the sides (four rows of scales) greyish-brown with two series of
dark brown spots; the markings on the head as in V. berus and
V. ursinit. The lower parts are whitish or pale greyish, with
blackish dots, of which there is a series of larger ones along each
side of the belly.

The specimens from Chinas and the Kirghiz Steppes agree with
Strauch’s description in being of a pale yellowish sand-colour, with
a brown, darker-edged dorsal zigzag band or series of spots and

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. LI. 51

760 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON VIPERA RENABDI. [Dee. 5.

two series of small spots on the sides; belly whitish, dotted or
spotted with black. Those from Varnoe are intermediate between
the latter and the Sarepta ones ; whilst two specimens, both males,
from Saratov and Smeinogorsk are dark brown above with a
darker zigzag band, the one from the latter locality being further
remarkable in having the underparts uniform blackish, as in
V. berus. In all the specimens examined by me the labials and
the rostral are spotted, speckled, or margined with black or brown ;
a well-marked dark postocular streak, extending or not to the
side of the neck, and one or two A-shaped markings on the back
of the head are present. ‘The tip of the tail is never yellow.

Christoph found V. renardi common in the bare steppe around
Sarepta; only on one occasion did he come across a specimen in
a locality overgrown with willows and small shrubs. ‘The following
sketch of its distribution is taken from Strauch’s ‘Synopsis der
Viperiden,’ p. 53 :—

** The Viper occurs also in the district of Uralsk, apparently in
abundance, as our collection has received, through Count A.
Keyserling, numerous examples from the vicinity of that town;
and it is, according to Becker (Bull. Mosc. 1855, i. p. 473), very
common in the steppe around Sarepta, where Christoph obtained
the variety described by him as Pelias renardi...........0005
The first record of its occurrence in the Kirghiz Steppes we owe
to the elder Gmelin (Reise d. Sibir. iv. p. 318), who met with
great numbers on the T'schebarkul Lake, in the little Kirghiz
Horde; it was afterwards found in the Emba Steppes by the late
Dr. Lehmann, and in the steppes between the Emba and Temir
by Dr. Moritz; more recently a specimen was captured by Dr.
Severzow on the Issembai, an affluent of the Lek. We know
nothing of its occurrence in the Middle Kirghiz, but numerous .
specimens were caught about 1840 by Dr. v. Schrenck in the steppes
near the Alatau, on the borders of the Urdshar, and in Tarbagatai, in
the Semipolatinsk district, whence Pallas (Reise, ii. p. 493)
recorded it from the Semijarskaja Stanija.”

In concluding I beg to express my thanks to Dr. Herzenstein
and Dr. F. Miller for their assistance in procuring the material
on which these notes are based.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIV.
Vipera renardi, from Sarepta. a-c. Male. d-f. Female.

APPENDIX.

LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

Jan.

m ow

iu

12.
14.

16,
17.

DURING THE YEAR

1893.

baer ee Mice (Mus barbarus). Presented by Lord Lilford,
S

. 4 Bearded Titmice (Panurus biarmicus),23,29. Purchased.

4 Anis (Crotophaga ani). Purchased.

. 6 Hog-nosed Snakes (Heterodon platyrhinos). Purchased.

1 Striped Snake (Zropidonotus sirtalis). Purchased.
1 Pied Snake (Pituophis melanoleucus). Purchased.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 29. Presented by Mr. We
10.

Stutely.

Ll Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Mr. F, Skinner.

11 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). From Stephen’s
Island, Cook’s Strait, New Zealaud. Presented by Capt. E.
A. Findlay (Lieut. R.N.R.).

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Presented by
G.S. Streeter, Esq.

1 Stanleyan Chevrotain (Tragulus stanleyanus), §. Deposited.

1 Sanderling (Calidris arenaria). Purchased.

1 PuttAdder (Vipera arietans), Presented by the Court of
Directors of the British E. Africa Co.

1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), §. Born in the Menagerie,

2 Brown Capuchins (Cebus fatuellus), $ 2. Purchased.

1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). Purchased.

7 White-faced Ibises (Plegadis guarauna). Purchased,

1 Brown Milvago (Milvago chimango). Purchased.

4 Barn-Owls (Strix flammea). Purchased.

1 Ypecaha Rail (Aramides ypecaha). Purchased.

1 Chilian Pintail (Dajila spinicauda). Purchased.

1 Geoffroy’s Terrapin (Platemys geoffroyana). Purchased.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa), g. Deposited.

1 Straw-necked Ibis (Carphibis spinicollis). Purchased.

1 Meadow-Bunting (Emberiza cia), $. Received in Exchange.

2 Shaw’s Gerbilles (Gerbillus shawz), Born in the Menagerie.

2 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Mr. W.
H, Purvis,

51*

762

Jan.

APPENDIX.

19. 1 Triton Cockatoo (Cacatua triton). Presented by Arthur
Harter, Esq.
20. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
A. Sandbach, Esq.
6 Wild Ducks (Anas boschas),3¢,39. Purchased.
1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by F. W. Ward, Esq.
21. 2 Wanderoo Monkeys (Macacus silenus), ¢ 2. Purchased.
4 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis). Purchased.
23. 2 Mouflons (Ovis musimon), 6 2. Received in Exchange.
25. 1 Virginian Hagle-Owl (Bubo virginianus). Deposited.
1 Rough Terrapin (Clemmys punctularia). From Guiana, Pre-
sented by J. J. Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
26. 7 Azara’s Opossum (Didelphys azare), 2 et jv. From the
Argentine Republic. Presented by Mr. Hill.
28. 1 American Milk-Snake (Coluber eximius). From Tennessee.
Presented by Miss Winifred M. Middleton.
30, 1 Aithiopian Wart-Hog (Phacocherus ethiopicus), g. From
Matabeleland, S. Africa. Presented by B. B. Weil, Esq.,
E.Z.8.
1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by
Lady Fleming.
14 Prairie Marmots ( Cynomys ludovicianus),6 3,82. Purchased.

Feb. 1. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Presented by the Executor

of the late Mrs. Bolaffe.
2 Rufous Tinamous (Rhynchotus rufescens). Purchased.
5 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). Purchased.
2. 1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by
H. H. Dobree, Esq.
3. 1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata), $. Presented
by Wilberforce Bryant, Esq.
2 Black-striped Wallabies (Halmaturus dorsalis),22. Presented
by Wilberforce Bryant, Esq.
3 Great Cyclodus (Cyclodus gigas). Received in Exchange.
3 Diamond Snakes (Morelia spilotes). Received in Exchange.
1 Short Death-Adder (Hoplocephalus curtus). Received in
Exchange.
1 Purple Death-Adder (Pseudechis porphyriaca). Received in
Exchange.
1 North-Australian Banded Snake (Pseudonaia nuchalis). Re-
ceived in Exchange.
1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). Purchased.

* 4, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Capt. U. Cooke.
1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasyurus maugei). Presented by Robert

Hoare, Esq.
2 Chukar Partridges (Caccabis chukar), 62. Presented by
Major Ingoldsby Smythe.

6. 3 European Pond-Tortoises (Emys europea). Deposited.

7. 1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by Adolphus

Brucker, Esq.
1 Egyptian Cobra (Nata haje). From Victoria West, Cape
olony. Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, O.M.ZS.
2 Hoary Snakes (Coronella cana). From Victoria West, Cape
Colony. Presented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
9. 9 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis). Presented by Mr.

T. E. Gunn.

Feb, 10,

23,

ADDITIONS TO THD MENAGERIE. 763

1 Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris), §. Presented by B. L. Rose,

Esq.
2 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), 292. Presented by Miss
Forster.

. 1 King Snake (Coluber getuius). Received in Exchange.
. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 6. Presented by

Walter Neall, Esq.

2 Red-and-Yellow Macaws (Ara chloroptera). Presented by
Henry Goschen, Esq.

2 Whooper Swans (Cygnus musicus). Purchased.

. 4 Barbary Mice (Mus barbarus). Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by W. R. Gal-

braith, Esq,

1 Bar-breasted Finch (Munia nisoria). Presented by S. D.
Birch, Esq,

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 9. Born in the
Menagerie.

. 2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus), Presented by J. 8. Wil-

liams, Esq.
1 Ariel Toucan (Ramphastos ariel). Presented by Ellis Ed-
wards, Esq.

q
. 1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). From the Lower Danube.

Presented by Commander E. G. Rason, R.N.

2 Spengler’s Terrapins (Wicorta spenglert), 6 2. From Oki-
nawa Shima, Loochoo Islands, Presented by P. Aug.
Holst, Esq. See P.Z.S, 1893, p. 237.

2 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Capt.
Worster.

1 Spiny-tailed Mastigure (Uromastix acanthinurus). From
Biskra, Algeria. Presented by Miss Rigby.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. From

Mombasa, E. Africa. Presented by KR. Hughes, Esq.
1 Cuming’s Octodon (Octodon cumingi), ¢. Deposited.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by W.

Yeoman, Esq.

. 1 Eland (Oreas canna), 6. Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Black-faced Spider-Monkey (Ateles ater). Preseuted by Miss

Gertrude Farman.

. 1 Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua). From Switzerland.

Presented by Albert Stevens, Esq.

1 Four-horned Antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis), g. Pur-
chased.

6 Indian Wild Swine (Sus cristatus). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Badgers (Meles taxus). Born in the Menagerie.

. | Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Frank Phillips.

. 1 Grey Plover (Squatarola helvetica). Purchased.
. 8 White-tailed Gnus (Connochetes gnu), 1 3, 22. Purchased.

See P.Z.8. 1893, p. 325.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis). Presented by
Philip Egerton, Esq., Lieut. R.N.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by Miss Amy M. Dundas.

1 Salvin’s Amazon (Chrysotis salvint). Purchased,

8, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

G, J. Sheppard, Esq.

764

28.

. 1 Burchell’s
. 1 Long-fronted Gerbille (Gerbillus longifrons), 9. Presented

APPENDIX,

. 1 Black Tanager (Zachyphonus melaleucus). Presented by

Miss Trelawney. ; ’
4 Magellanic Geese (Bernicla magellanica),4 g. Received in
Exchange.

. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus), g. From Kismayu, E. Africa.

Presented by J. Rose Todd, Esq.
6 Vulturine Guinea-Fowls (Nwmida vulturina). Presented by
R. J. D. MacAllister, Esq.
1 Side-striped Squirrel (Tamias lateralis). Presented by Mr.
A. N. Pacey.
4 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie.
Gabe (Equus burcheli), 29. Purchased.

by Allen D. Graham, Esq.

. 3 Barbary Mice (Mus barbarus). Born in the Menagerie.

4 Shaw’s Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons), Born in the Men-
erie.

ag
. 1 Magellanic Goose (Bernicla magellanica), 9. Received in

Exchange.
1 Stanley Parrakeet (Platycercus icterotis). Deposited.

. 11 Orbicular Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma orbiculare). From

San Diego, California. Presented by Willson Chamberlain,
E

sq.
. 1 Wandering Albatross (Diomedea erulans). Captured at sea,

off Cape Horn. Purchased.

. 1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), $. Bred in the Menagerie.
. 8 Common Peafowls (Pavo cristatus),2 ¢,19. Presented by

W. Murphy Grimshaw, Esq.

. 1 Double-banded Sand-Grouse (Pterocles bicinctus), 3 . Presented

by H. H. Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 6. Presented by

Mr. J. W. Jones.
1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), . Born in the Menagerie.
1 Hawfinch (Coccothraustes vulgaris), §. Purchased.
4 Bramblings (Fringilla montifringilla). Purchased.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. From

Zanzibar. Presented by C. E. Reynolds, jr., Esq.

10 Guppy’s Cyprinodons (Giradinus guppyi). From Trinidad.
Presented by the Marquis of Hamilton.

Bl ae (Myopotamus coypus). Presented by Arthur Hunt,
8
27.

3 ee ee Snakes (Psammophylax rhombeatus). Pre-
sented by Messrs. H. M. & C. Beddington.

1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana, jr.). Presented by Messrs.
H. M. & C. Beddington.

2 Silver-backed Foxes (Canis chama). Purchased.

1 Cape Bucephalus (Bucephalus capensis). Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by J.
Pitcher, Esq.

. 3 Common Peafowls (Pavo cristatus),1 $,2 9. Presented by

T. Guy Paget, Esq.

1 Bengalese Cat (Felis bengalensis). From Manila, Philippine
Islands. Presented by D. M. Forbes, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by
Mrs. W. Everett Smith.

. 3 Spring-boks (Gazella euchore). Deposited by H.R.H. The

rince of Wales, Seo P, Z. S. 1893, p. 325.

Mar. 30.

April 1.

10.

mM

12.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 765

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Deposited.

1 Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Deposited.

1 Puma (Felis concolor) §. Purchased.

5 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Presented by the
Rey. E. Mitchell.

1 Common Gull (Larus canus). Presented by the Rev. E.
Mitchell.

1 Short Death-Adder (Hoplocephalus curtus). Received in
Exchange.
4 Great Oyclodus (Cyclodus gigas). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited.

1 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinixys belliana). Purchased.
1 Home’s Cinixys (Cinixys homeana). Purchased.

. 2 Black Rats (Mus rattus). Presented by Sydney Wedlock,
pod 5

Esq.

eopard (Felis pardus). Fyrom India. Presented by Admiral

W. R. Kennedy, R.N., F.Z.S.

3 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Giiemanbee Tree-Snake (Chrysopelea ornata). Presented by
Mr. W. Jamrach.

. 1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). From

British Guiana. Presented by Mrs. Mackey.

1 Mute Swan (Cygnus olor), 2. Received in Exchange.

1 Common Pintail (Dafila acuta). Purchased.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Emys europea). Presented by
Master J. F. Harden.

. 1 Common Squirrel (Sciurus vulgaris). Presented by Miss

Edith Mackenzie.

2 Red Oven-birds (Furnarius rufus). From the Argentine
Republic. Purchased.

1 Melancholy Tyrant (Tyrannus melancholicus). From the
Argentine Republic. Purchased.

1 Fork-tailed Tyrant (Milvulus tyrannus). From the Argentine
Republic. Purchased.

1 Banded-tailed Tree-Snake (Ahetulla liocerca). From Trini-
dad. Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Cenchoa Snake (Dipsas cenchoa). From Trinidad. Presented
by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Banded-tailed Tree-Snake (Ahetulla liocerca). From Trini-
dad. Deposited.

1 Black-bellied Weaver-bird (Euplectes afer). Presented by
Miss Herring.

1 Pin-tailed Whydah-bird (Vidua principalis). Presented by
Miss Herring.

2 Amaduvade Finches (Estrelda amandava), Presented by
Miss Herring.

1 Orange-cheeked Waxbill (Estrelda melpoda). Presented by
Miss Herring.

1 Common Waxbill (Estrelda cinerea). Presented by Miss
Herring.

2 Indian Silver-bills (Munia malabarica). Presented by Miss

*Herring.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by H. H. Forsayth, Esq.

6 Edible Frogs (Rana esculenta), Purchased.

2 Japanese Teal (Querquedula formosa), 5 2. Purchased.

766

APPENDIX.

Apr. 13. 1 Gayal (Bibos frontalis), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.

6 Green Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by the Rev.
Clifford D. Fothergill. 4
1 Moorish Toad (Bufo mauritanica). Deposited.

14, 2 Red-backed Buzzards (Buteo erythronotus). From the Falk-

15.

25.

land Islands, Presented by Dr. Dale.

2 Red-backed Buzzards (Buteo erythronotus). From the Falk-
land Islands. Presented by Vere Packe, Esq.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Thomas
Owen ae

83 Magellanic Geese (Bernicla magellanica),1 3,2 92. Pre-
sented by Sir Roger T. Goldsworthy.

1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Palgornis alerandri), 2. Presented by
Mr. S. Hulme.

. 1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by the Old
Hawking Club. . :
1 Panama Amazon (Chrysotis panamensis), Received in
Exchange.

4 Barbary Mice (Mus barbarus). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Greek Tortoise (Testudo greca). Presented by Mrs. Alcock.
. 6 Indian Wild Swine (Sus cristatus). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Orang-Outang (Simia satyrus), 3. Presented by Thomas

Workman, Esq. See P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 435.
. 1 Raven (Corvus coraz). Presented by Lady Rose.
1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis). Presented by
ady Blake.
. 3 Spotted-sided Finches (Amadina lathami). Purchased.

. 1 Martineta Tinamou (Calodromas elegans). Purchased.
. 1 Hedgehog (Erinaceus sp. nov.). From Somaliland. Pre-

sented by H. W. Seton-Karr, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1893,
p. 435.
1 Festive Amazon (Chrysotis festiva). Presented by Mrs.
ill

1 Chinese Lark (Melanocorypha mongolica). Presented by
Mrs, Pollard.

1 Poé Honey-eater (Prosthemadera nove-zealandie). Deposited.

1 Malabar Green Bulbul (Phyllornis aurifrons). Deposited.

1 Red-eared Bulbul (Pyenonotus jocosus). Deposited.

1 Cape Coly (Colius capensis). Deposited.

2 American Blue Birds (Sialia wilsoni). Deposited.

2 Serin Finches (Serinus hortulanus). From Spain. Presented
by J. A. Crawford, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Bornean Gibbon (Hylobates muelleri), 9. From Borneo. Pre-
sented by Leicester P. Beaufort, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1898,

. 435.

2 Midasaeeae Love-birds (Agapornis cana), 6 2. Purchased.

1 Red-sided Eclectus (Eelectus pectoralis). Purchased.

1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus). Pre-
sented by Master W. D. Savory.

2 Derbian Zonures (Zonurus derbianus). Deposited.

26. 1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 3. Received in Exchange.

1 Boe Wallaroo (Macropus robustus), g. Received in Ex-
change.

6 Satin Bower-birds (Ptilonorhynchus violaceus). Received in
Exchange,

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus), Presented by Briton Riviére,
Ksq., F.Z.8,

Apr. 27.

May 1.

ADDITIONS TO THD MENAGERIE, 767

5 Weasels (Mustela vulgaris). Presented by George Long,
E

Sq.
2 Hog neuen (Coccothraustes vulgaris). Presented by Mr. H.
sz.
2 Maugé’s Dasyures (Dasyurus mauget), 2 g. Received in
Exchange.
1 Satin Bower-bird (Piilonorhynchus violaceus), §. Received in
Exchange.
1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus), 9. Received in
Exchange.
2 Diamond Snakes (Morelia spilotus). Received in Exchange.
1 Lesueur’s Water-Lizard (Physignathus lesueuri), Received
in Exchange.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by H. P. Ramsay, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 2 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis), § 2. Purchased.

2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Deposited.

1 Magpie Tanager (Cissopis leveriana). Presented by H. A.
Astlett, Esq.

2 Great Cyclodus (Cyclodus gigas). Presented by Capt. Clarke.

. | Bengalese Cat (Felis bengalensis). Presented by Capt. F.

Whistler, H.L.I.

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), g. Born in the
Menagerie.

1 Angora Goat (Capra hircus, var.),$. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Indian Buffalo (Bubalus buffelus),2. Presented by H.H. The
Maharaja of Bhavnagar.

1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria). Presented by
Lady Theodora Guest.

2 Egyptian Mastigures (Uromastix spinipes). Presented by
Edmund Lamb, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 9. Pre-
sented by Miss Maud Parkinson.

1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

7 Green Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by the Rev. C.
D. Fothergill.

20 Green Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Deposited.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

F, Byfield, Esq.

1 Common Crowned Pigeon (Goura coronata). Received in
Exchange.

3 Cat-fish (Amiurus catus). Purchased.

. 1 Water-Buck (Cobus ellipsiprymnus), 9. Born in the Mena-

gerie. See P. Z.S. 1893, p. 505, pl. xxxix.

1 Common Hedgehog (Erinaceus europeus). Presented by Mrs.
E. Austen-Leigh.

2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by W. H.
Aplin, Esq.

. 1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Deposited.

1 Moorish Tortoise (Testudo mauritanica). Presented by T, W.
Bayley, Esq.

. 1Slender Gibbon (Hylobates agilis). From Malacca. Deposited.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-
sented by Arthur James, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Miss G,
Lloyd.

10.
10

12,

18.
15.

16.

17.

18.
19;

23.
24,

APPENDIX.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by R.
Hughes, Esq.

2 Amherst Pheasants (Thawmalea amherstia),2 9. Purchased.

1 Swinhoe’s Pheasant (Euplocamus swinhoii), 3. Purchased.

. 1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur vanthomystax), §. Purchased.

1 Changeable Lizard (Calotes versicolor). Presented by H. L.
Gibbs, Esq.

11 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Purchased.

1 Triangular-marked Water-Snake (Hydrops triangularis),
From Demerara. Presented by Samuel Bollers, Esq.

1 Ducorps’s Cockatoo (Cacatua ducorpsi). Presented by R.
Armitage, Esq.

1 Senegal Touracou (Corythaix persa). Received in Exchange.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Red-winged Parrakeets (Aprosmictus erythropterus), 2 9.
Presented by H. Goodchild, Esq.

2 Ravens (Corvus corax). Presented by Philip A. Wilkins,
Esq.

il Werck Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), 2. Deposited.

1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), g. Deposited.

1 Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Red-crested Finches (Coryphosphingus cristatus), 2. Pur-
chased.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), S. Presented by
Fred. Vaughan Kirby, Esq.

1 Lion (Fels leo), 2. Presented by Fred. Vaughan Kirby, Esq.

1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Purchased.

12 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Purchased.

4 Sociable Marsh-Hawks (Rostrhamus sociabilis). Presented
by William Brown, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Mrs.
Vaughan Holberton.

2 Mexican Guans (Penelope purpurascens). Deposited.

1 Wattled Guan (Adurria carunculata). Deposited.

2 Madagascar Weaver-birds (Foudia madagascariensis). Pre-
sented by Mr. Ginn.

1 Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Presented by B, Smith,
Esq.

4 ae (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Presented by Charles T.
Milburn, Esq.

1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana),?. Presented by Surg.-
Major 8. J. Flood.

1) apanes Deer (Cervus sika), §. Presented by C. J. Lucas,

sq.

1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by W.H.
Brett, Esq.

1 White-lipped Peceary (Dicotyles labiatus), 3. Purchased.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), d. Pre-

sented by Lewis Atkinson, Esq.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), ¢. From Mom-
ee E. Africa. Presented by Thomas E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnetti). From Mombasa, E. Africa.
Presented by Thomas E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Common Hedgehog (Erinaceus europeus, white variety).
Presented by R. T. Hermon-Hodge, Esq.

1 Jaguar (Felis onca), 9. Purchased.

1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis), g. - Purchased.

May 24,

25.

26,

27.
29.

30.

31.

8.

ADDITIONS TO THH MENAGERIE. 769

1 Guillemot (Lomvia troile), Presented by H. B. Hewetson,
Esq., F.Z.5,

2 Ring-hals Snakes (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by the
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.

1 Aurora Snake (Lamprophis aurora). Presented by T. H.
Goodall, Esq.

2 Schlagintweit’s Frogs (Rana cyanophlyctis). From Ceylon,
Presented by H. L. Gibbs, Esq.

1 Tigrine Frog (Rana tigrina). From Ceylon. Presented by
i. L. Gibbs, Esq.

1 Ruddy Tchneumon (Herypestes smithi). Presented by Maurice
Walsh, Esq.

1 Leyaillant’s Amazon (Chrysotis levaillanti). Deposited.

1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virginianus). Deposited.

1 Rose-breasted Grosbeak (Hedymeles ludovictanus). Deposited,

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.

12 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Purchased.

2 Striped Hyzenas (Hyena striata). Purchased.

1 Barbary Ape (Macacus innus), 2. Presented by A. G. F.
Dashwood, Esq.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), Q. Deposited.

1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Presented by L. V. Har-
court, Esq.

1 Leucoryx (Oryx leucoryx), 2. Deposited.

2 Brazilian Cariamas (Cariama cristata). Purchased.

3 Chinese Quails (Coturnix chinensis),1 3,22. Presented by
W. J. Ingram, Esq.

1 Mexican Deer (Cariacus mexicanus), 3. Deposited.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Deposited.

2 Derbian Zonures ( Zonurus derbianus). Deposited.

1 Harlequin Snake (Elaps fulvius). From Florida. Presented
by C. Ernest Brewerton, Esq.

4 Black-tailed Godwits (Zimosa egocephala). Purchased.

1 Barbary Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), §. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 9. Born in the Mena-
gerie.

2 Kinefishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by Mr. A. K. Dixon.

. 4 Flamingoes (Phenicopterus antiquorum). Purchased.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Angora Goat (Capra hircus, var.), 2. Born in the Menagerie

. 1 Malayan Tapir (Zapirus indicus), §. Deposited.

2 Common Cassowaries (Casuarius galeatus, jr.). Deposited.

1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by
Harland Coates, Esq.

4 Tuberculated Iguanas (Iguana tuberculata). Deposited.

2 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Deposited.

. 1 Red-handed Tamarin (Midas rufimanus). Deposited.

1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), 3. Presented by Capt.
Michael Hughes, 2nd Life Guards.

4 South Island Robins (Miro albifrons). From New Zealand.
Presented by Capt. Edgar J. Evans. See P. Z. 5. 1893, p. 612.

. 1 Stairs’s Monkey (Cercopithecus stairst), §. From Mozambique.

Presented by Mr, F. Hintze. See P.Z.S. 1893, p. 612.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 3.
Deposited.

770

APPENDIX.

June 8. 12 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Deposited.

9, 2 Malbrouck Monkeys (Cercopithecus cynosurus), Purchased.
4 Bronze-wing Pigeons (Phaps chalcoptera), 23,29. Pur-
chased.

10.

11.
12.

14,

15.

16,
18.

19.

2 Australian Sheldrakes (Zadorna tadornoides), 6 2. Pur-
chased.

2 Carrion-Crows (Corvus corone), Presented by the Hon. Wm.
Edwardes.

4 Green Waxbills (Estrelda formosa), Purchased.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis), Presented by
J. B. Sutherland, Esq.

2 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Mr.
A. E. Jamrach.

4 Barbary Mice (Mus barbarus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasywrus maugei), 2. Presented by Mr.
Robert Hoade.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Miss M. A.
Croxford.

1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus). Presented by Mr. Alan F.

Crossman.

1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Mr. Alan F,
Crossman.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), Born in the Mena-

erie.

2 eaten (Hydrocherus capybara). Purchased.

1 Derbian Wallaby (Halmaturus derbianus), 2. Born in the
Menagerie.

3 Peba Armadillos (Tatusia peba), 25,1 9. Presented by
Woodbine Parish, Esq.

5 Spotted-billed Ducks (Anas pecilorhyncha), 4 $,1Q. Pre-
sented by Sir E. C. Buck, C.M.Z.S,

1 Guillemot (Zomvia troile). Presented by T. A. Cotton, Esq.,
F.Z.8

2 Chiffchaffs (Phylloscopus rufus). Presented by Miss McGill.

2 Yellow Wagtails (Motacilla flava). Presented by Miss McGill.

1 Small-lobed Chameleon (Chameleon parvilobus). From Bar-
berton, Transvaal. Presented by Dr. Percy Rendall, F.Z.S.

1 Naked-necked Iguana (Iguana delicatissima). From Caicos
Islands, W. Indies. Presented by Lady Blake.

2 Brazilian Cariamas (Cariama cristata). From Paraguay.
Presented by A. E. Macalister-Hadwen, Esq.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Born in the Mena-

gerie.
1 English Wild Bull (Bos taurus, var.). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

4 Hybrid Finches (between Carduelis elegans-$ and Chloris
kawarahibi 2). Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Yellow-legged Herring-Gulls (Larus cachinnans). Bred in
the Ba EE (c

1 Mozambique Monke ercopithecus erythrus), 6. Pre-
sented oy J. B. Homa Esq. ee :

2 aR (Lama peruana), 6 2. Presented by Lady Meux,

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatwa moluccensis). Presented by
Mrs. Bason.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita), Pre-
sented by Lewis Bailey, Esq.

ADDITIONS TO THN MBNAGERIN. ti

June 19. 1 Martineta Tinamou (Calodromas elegans). Hatched in the

20.

21.

23.

28.
29,

30.

Menagerie.

2 Brazilian Tortoises (Testudo tabulata). From Trinidad, W. I.
Presented by J. S. Toppin, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), . From
Zanzibar. Presented by B. J. Travers, Esq.

1 Ocellated Skink (Seps ocellatus). From Malta. Presented by
Col. C. H. Rooke.

1 Cinereous Waxbill (Estrelda cerulescens). Presented by
W. L. Jeffery, Esq.

1 Amaduvade Finch (Estrelda amandava). Presented by W.L.
Jeffery, Esq.

2 Hooded Finches (Spermestes cucullata). Presented by W. L.
Jeffery, Esq.

2Nutmeg Finches (Munia punctularia), Presented by W. L.
Jeffery, se

1 Black-headed Finch (Munia malacca). Presented by W. L.
Jeffery, Esq.

1 Grenadier Weaver-bird (Euplectes oryx). Presented by W. L.
Jeffery, Esq.

2 Emus (Dromeus nove-hollandiz). Deposited.

2 Infernal Snakes (Boodon infernalis, jr.). Presented by the
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the
Menagerie.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), $. Born in the Mena-
gerie.

2 Greater Spotted Woodpeckers (Dendrocopus major). Pre-
sented by Miss Miriam A. Birch Reynardson.

. 2 Alexandrine Parrakeets (Palzornis alexandri), ¢ Q. Pre-
26.

sented by Wyndham Gibbes, Esq.

2 Wild Swine (Sus scrofa), $2. Presented by Jasper A.
Mathews, Esq.

2 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Bred in the Mena-
gerie.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by
Mr

. W. Henegan.
1 Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea). Presented by R. Heywood,
Es

2 Rufescent Teguexins (Tupinambis rufescens). Deposited.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),Q. Presented by J. H.
Brown, Esq.

6 European Beavers (Castor fiber). From the River Rhone,
France. Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1893, p. 612.

1 Even Bear (Ursus arctos), 2. Presented by F. Collier, Esq.,

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by
Mrs. Anna Margaret Hills,

1 Guilding’s Amazon (Chrysotis guildingi). Presented by the
Hon. Sir. Walter Hely-Hutchinson, K.C.M.G.

2 Cooke’s Tree-Boas (Corallus cookii), From Grenada, W.I.
Presented by the Hon. Sir Walter Hely- Hutchinson,
K.C.M.G.

3 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Hope
Gibson, Esq.

1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), 6. Born in the Menagerie. -

772

July 1.

10.

MH

12,

13.

APPENDIX.

1 Brazilian Cariama (Cariama cristata). Presented by Howard
C. Wolfe, Esq.

1 Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Howard C. Wolfe,
Esq.

1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Presented by Howard C.
Wolfe, Esq.

1 Grey Buzzard-Hawk (Asturina plagiata). Presented by
Howard C. Wolfe, Esq.

1 Illiger’s Macaw (dra maracana). Deposited. ‘

2 Yellow-headed Conures (Conurus jendaya). Deposited.

8 Garganey Teal (Querquedula circia), 4 $,4 2. Purchased.

6 Common Teal ( Querquedula crecca), 3 ¢,3 2. Purchased.

. 1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virginianus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
2 Australian Crows (Corvus australis), § 2. Purchased.

. 1 American Black Bear (Ursus americanus). Presented by

J oseph Politzer, Esq.
1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Presented by C.
Melhado, Esq.

. 2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Deposited.

1 Triangular-spotted Pigeon (Columba guinea). Bred in the
Menagerie.

2 Hybrid Wagtails (between Motacilla lugubris g and Mota-
cilla melanope 2). Bred in the Menagerie.

4 Prairie Marmots (Cynomys ludovicianus). Presented by G. B.
Coleman, Esq.

4 Orbicular Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma orbiculare). Presented
by G. B. Coleman.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Presented by Capt. Currie.

1 Striped Hyena (Hyena striata). Presented by Capt. Currie.

1 Harnessed Antelope (Tragelaphus scriptus), $. Presented by
A. L. Jones, Esq.

2 African Tantalus (Pseudotantalus ibis). Purchased.

2 Common Rheas (Rhea americana), § 9. Purchased.

1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Purchased.

3 Demoiselle Cranes (Grus virgo), Purchased.

2 Cabot’s Tragopans (Ceriornis caboti), ¢ 2. Purchased.

4 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes), Purchased.

1 Australian Cassowary (Caswarius australis). Deposited.

2 Blyth’s Tragopans (Certornis blythi), § 2. Deposited.

4 Galapagan Doves (Zenaida galapagensis). Presented by Capt.
Hedworth Lambton, R.N,

1 Auriculated Dove (Zenaida auriculata). Presented by Capt.
Hedworth Lambton, R.N.

1 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis), $. Born in the Menagerie,

1 Martineta Tinamou (Calodromas elegans), Bred in the
Menagerie.

7 Summer Ducks (42x sponsa). Bred in the Menagerie.

7 Mandarin Ducks (42x galericulata). Bred in the Mena-

gerie,

6 Magellanic Geese (Bernicla magellanica). Bred in the
Menagerie.

3 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa), Bred in the
Menagerie.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented b
Capt. R. D. Arnold. gk t

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 773

July 13. 1 Guilding’s Amazon (Chrysotis guildingi). From St. Vincent,

14,

IVE
18.

19,

20.
24,

26.

27.

W.1I. Presented by the Hon. Sir Walter F. Hely-Hutchin-
son, K.C.M.G,

8 Boddaert’s Snakes (Coluber boddaerti). From Grenada, W. 1.
Presented by the Hon. Sir Walter F, Hely-Hutchinson,
K.C,.M.G.

3 Carinated Snakes (Herpetodryas carinatus). From Grenada,
W.I. Presented by the Hon. Sir Walter F. Hely-Hutch- _
inson, K.C.M.G.

2 Red-tailed Buzzards (Buteo borealis). From Jamaica. Pre-
sented by Charles B. Taylor, Esq.

6 Moorish Tortoises (Testudo mauritanica). Purchased.

1 Malayan Bear (Ursus malayanus). Presented by M. O. N.
Rees- Webbe, Esq.

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Deposited.

3 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinquis). Bred in the
Menagerie.

3 Cheer Pheasants (Phasianus wallichii). Bred in the Mena-
gerie.

6 Gold Pheasants (Thawmalea picta). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Mandarin Duck (4x galericulata), §. Purchased.

2 Dominican Gulls (Larus dominicanus). Bred in the Mena-
gerie.

1 Black Ape (Cynopithecus niger), 2. Purchased.

2 Black-headed Mynahs (Temenuchus pagodarum). Purchased.

2 Manyar Weaver-birds (Ploceus manyar), 6 2. Purchased.

2 Red-headed Buntings (Emberiza luteola), § 2. Purchased. -

1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus). Deposited.

2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Presented by Lord
Hill.

2 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius) (white varieties).
From the Pescadores Islands. Presented by T. A. W. Hance,
Esq., C.M.Z.S. _

3 Giant Toads (Bufo agua). Presented by — Adamson, Esq.

1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystax). Deposited.

1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus). From Scotland. Pre-
sented by Hugh Cameron Ross, Esq.

4 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans), From Belgium. Pre-
sented by Prof. Gustave Gilson,

. 1 American Tapir (Zapirus americanus), 9. From British

Guiana. Deposited.

1 American Jabiru (Mycterta americana). Deposited.

2 Common Foxes (Canis vulpes). Presented by Reginald
Chandos Pole, Esq.

1 Red-bellied Tanager (Tanagrella velia). Presented by Sir
Wn. Ingram, Bt., M.P.

1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivorus). Deposited.

1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by
Mrs. Oswald Walmsley.

2 oe Foxes (Canis azare). Presented by Lord Lilford,

1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus), Presented by
Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

1 Australian Cassowary (Casuarius australis). Deposited.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Zmys europea). Presented by
Mdlle. Lajeunesse.

. 1 Wild Cat (Felis catus). Deposited.

APPENDIX.

a aes Deer (Cervus elaphus), 9. Presented by C. J. H. Tower,
sq. F.Z.S.
18 otted Eagle (Aquila clanga). Presented by Lord Lilford,

2 Blue-crowned Conures (Conurus hemorrhous). Deposited.
. 1 Yaguarundi Cat (Felis yaguarundi, jy.). From Maceio,
Brazil. Presented by J. E. Wolfe, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Brazilian Hare (Lepus brasiliensis). From Maceio, Brazil.
Presented by J. E. Wolfe, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catia), 3. Deposited.
1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by
Capt. W. St. George Ord.

. | Imperial Eagle (Aguila tmperialis), Presented by Charles
Clifton Dicconson, Hsq., F.Z.S.

2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Presented by Charles
Clifton Dicconson, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by Walter
D. Marks, Esq.

2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Walter
D. Marks, Esq.

1 Yellow-billed Sheath-bill (Chionis alba). Captured at sea,
50 miles 8.E. of Staten Island, Cape St. John. Presented
by Capt. E. England (s. ‘ Thistle’).

2. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by G.
Lindsay Johnson, Esq., M.D., F.Z.S.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), §. Deposited.

17 Guillemots (Zomvia troile). Presented by Thomas A, Cotton,
Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Puffins (Fratercula arctica), Presented by Thomas A. Cotton,
Esq., F.Z.S.

12 Kittiwakes (Rissa tridactyla). Presented by Thomas A.
Cotton, Esq., F.Z.S. Bs

1 Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica chrysopelargus). Presented
by E. 8. Spooner, Esq.

. 1 Yak (Poephagus grunniens), $. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Peregrine Falcons (Fulco peregrinus). From Rathlin Island,
Co. Antrim. Presented by Capt. R. A. Ogilby, F.Z.S.

10 Slowworms (Anguis fragilis). Presented by F. A. Leach,

Esq.
. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Deposited.
1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Presented by Dr.
Best.
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). De-
osited.

1 Black Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by Archd, E. Scott, Esq.,
E.Z8

12 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans). Hatched in the
Gardens.
5. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), ¢. Presented by Mr. T.
Birks.
2 Montagu’s Harriers (Cireus cineraceus). Presented by Lord
Lilford, F.Z.S.
1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by
Lieut. Andrews, R.N.
8. 2 Ruffed Lemurs (Lemur varius), 6 9. Presented by Mrs.
Brightwen.

18.

19.

21,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 775

1 Black-headed Caique (Caica melanocephala). Deposited.
1 Regent-bird (Sericulus melinus), 9. Purchased.

. 3 Long-eared Owls (Aso otus), Presented by Edward Hart,

Ksq., F.Z.8.
1 Tawny Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by Edward Hart,
Esq., F.Z.8.

. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris), Presented by E.

Palmer, Esq.

. 5 Shags (Phalacrocorax graculus). Presented by Maclaine of

Lochbuie.

» 1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona). Presented by the Misses

Price.
. 1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis tenutrostris). Deposited.

1 Short-toed Eagle (Circaétus gallicus). From Spain. Pre-
sented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.
1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Mrs.
H. 8. Wardrop.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by D. J.
Harris, Esq.
1 ta Kite (Milvus govinda). Presented by A. Savory,
sq.
4 Avocets (Recurvirostra avocetta). Purchased.
1 Common Tern (Sterna hirundo). Purchased.
6 Avocets (Reeurvirostra avocetta). Deposited.
1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystax). Deposited.
6 ge Bitterns (Ardetta minuta). Presented by Lord Lilford,
L8.
1 Yellow-margined Terrapin (Cyclemys flavo-marginata). From
Formosa. Presented by P. Aug. Holst, Esq.
5 Bennett’s Terrapins (Qcadia sinensis). From Formosa. Pre-
sented by P. Aug. Holst, Esq.
1 Golden Cat (Felis moormensis). Received in Exchange.
1 Japanese Ape (Macacus speciosus), . Purchased.
1 Spotted Hawk-Hagle (Sprzaétus nipalensis). Purchased.
1 coe es (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by Mrs. H.
eavitt.

1 European Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mr. Hood.

2 Fire-bellied Toads (Bombinator igneus). Presented by Mr.
Hood.

1 Spotted Salamander (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by
My. Hood. -

. 1 Blaubok (Cephalophus pygmeus), 3. Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

. 1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), §. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Deposited.

. 1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin), . From Mombasa,

East Africa. Presented by Thomas HE, C. Remington, Esq.

1 Banded Gymnogene (Polyboroides typicus). From Mombasa,
East Africa, Presented by Thomas E. C, Remington, Esq.

1 White-necked Stork (Diésswra episcopus). From Mombasa,
East Africa, Presented by Thomas E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Presented by
Lady Sudeley.

11 Garden Dormice (Myoxus quercinus). From Spain. Pre-
sented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

12 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis falcinellus), FromSpain. Presented
by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, No. LIT. 52

Sept. 1.

“J

13.

14,

APPENDIX.

4 Marbled Ducks (Anas angustirostris), From Spain. Pre-
sented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

. 2 = aa Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Presented by F. H.

halk, Esq.
1 Feldege’s Falcon (Falco feldeggi). From Morocco. Presented
by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

. 2 White-shafted Francolins (Francolinus Jeucoscepus), 2 2.

Presented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

. 2 Sun-Bitterns (Europyga helias), 6 2. Purchased.

2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. Harry
Goodbun: .

1 Ring-Ouzel (Turdus torquatus), g. Presented by Mr. Samuel
Radcliffe.

5 Chilian Teal (Querguedula creccoides). Purchased.

4 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patachonica),2 6,292. Bred
in France. Purchased.

2 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus), ¢ Q. Purchased.

1 Elliot’s Pheasant (Phastanus ellioti), g¢. Purchased.

2 Sulphury Tyrants (Pitangus sulphuratus). Presented by H.
H. Sharland, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Chukar Partridge (Caccabis chukar). Presented by H. H.
Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Bamboo Partridge (Bambusicola thoracica). Presented by H.
H. Sharland, Hsq., F.Z.S.

1 Malayan Bear (Ursus malayanus), 2. Presented by E. Syd-
ney Woodiwiss, Esq.

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 2. Deposited.

1 American Tapir (Tapirus americanus, jr.), ¢. From Colom-
bia. Deposited.

1 Land-Rail (Crea pratensis). Presented by Mr. W. Stanley.

. 1 Chilian Teal ( Quergquedula creccoides). Purchased.

1 Little Tern (Sterna minuta). Purchased.

. 1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 2. Presented by

Miss J. Grimston.
1 Axis Deer (Cervus avis), ¢. Purchased.

2 Brazilian Cariamas (Carzama cristata). Presented by Lindsay
C. Scott, Esq.

. 1 Melodious Jay-Thrush (Lewcodioptron canorum). Presented

by B. H. Jones, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 St. Thomas’s Conure (Conurus pertinaxv). Purchased.

. 1 Wall-Lizard (Lacerta muralis, vay. tiliguerta). From Trieste.

Presented by Mr. A. W. Arrowsmith.

. 1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), Q. Presented

by Miss Jane Richards.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born in the Menagerie,

. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 3. Presented by

Miss Llewellyn.
2 Egyptian Jerboas (Dipus egyptius). Presented by Miss B.
Dell.

1 Azara’s Capuchin (Cebus azare), 2. Presented by Miss
Hairby.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the
Menagerie,

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), $. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Egyptian Jerboas (Dipus egyptius). Presented by M. W.
Edgley, Esq.

Sept. 14.

15.

16.

Lend

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGHERIB, 1th

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by W. R.
Clark, Esq.

1 African Buzzard (Buteo desertorum). Presented by Mr. Rice.

2 Lions (Felis leo), $2. From Hast Africa. Presented by
H. H. The Sultan of Zanzibar.

1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus). From Scotland. Pre-
sented by Bryan Cookson, Esq.

2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by E.
Lake, Esq.

3 ie (TLinca vulgaris). Presented by Arthur E, Rumsey,

S

. 2 Hamsters (white varieties)(Cricetus frumentarius). Deposited.

1 Black-headed Caique (Caica melanocephala). Deposited.
1 ars Quail (Cotwrnix communis). Presented by Mrs
azelin.

21, 1 Corean Sea-Hagle (Haliaétus branickii). Purchased. See

P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 613.

2 Black-pointed Teguexins (Tupinambis nigro-punctatus). From
Trinidad, W.I. Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Crowned Snake (Scytale coronatum). From Trinidad, W.1.
Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). From Trinidad, W.I. Pre-
sented by Messrs. Mole and Urich,

1 Clouded Snake (Leptognathus nebulatus). From Trinidad,
W.I. Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Black-pointed Teguexin ( Tupinambis nigro-punctatus). From
Trinidad, W.I. Deposited.

1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). From Trinidad, W.I. De-
posited.

1 Boddaert’s Snake (Coluber boddaerti). Fyrom Trinidad, W.I.
Deposited.

. 1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by
Miss Mercy Grogan.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Duncan

Mackintosh, Hsq.

4 Long-tronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). From Tunis.
Presented by Mons. Albert de Lautreppe.

2 Long-tailed Field-Mice (Mus sylvaticus). Presented by Mons.
Albert de Lautreppe.

1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Deposited.

2 White Storks (Ciconia alba). Presented by Walter Winans,
Esq., F.Z.S.

26, 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by H. Rich, Esq.

1 Grey Squirrel (albino) (Sciwrus cinereus). Deposited.
1 Alligator (Alligator mussissippiensis). Presented by Mr. H.
Venn.

. 3 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Purchased.

1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus), g. Purchased.

2 Ypecaha Rails (Aramdes ypecaha). Purchased.

1 Great Grebe (chmophorus major). Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1893, p. 613.

1 Serval (Felis serval). From Beira, H. Africa. Deposited.

1 Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica chrysopelargus). Fyrom Beira,
ii. Africa. Deposited.

1 Black-winged Kite (Elanus ceruleus). Deposited.

28. 4 Indian Wild Swine (Sus cristatus), Born in the Menagerie.

o2*

778

Sept. 28.

Oct.

29.

“1c:

10,

j1,

12.

14,
16,

APPENDIX,

3 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by
Henry Beamish, Esq.

2 Lions (young) (Felis leo),29. From Somaliland. Presented
by The Lord Delamere.

1 Adelaide Parrakeet (Platycercus adelaide). Presented by
Mrs. Waterhouse.

1 Prétre’s Amazon (Chrysotis pretri/). Purchased.

2Common Sheldrakes (Tadorna vulpanser). Presented by
Francis Alexander, Esq.

. 2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Deposited.

1 Yellow-collared Parrakeet (Platycercus semitorquatus). Pre-
sented by Miss A. Fenwick.

. 1 Common Sheldrake (Tadorna vulpanser), 3. Purchased.
. 1 Flocky Lemur (Avahis laniger). Purchased.

1 Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus). Presented by E.
Elliot, Esq.

. 1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), §. Presented by

8. C. Hopkins, Esq.

1 Puffin (Fratercula arctica), Purchased.

1 Goliath Beetle (Goliathus druryi). From Accra, West Africa.
Presented by F. W. Marshall, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1898,
p. 691.

. 1 Sanderling (Calidris arenaria). Purchased.
. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3.

Presented by Mrs. Noakes,

1 Raccoon-like Dog (Canis procynides). Purchased.

1 Serval (Felis serval). From Mombasa, E. Africa. Presented
by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Nilotic Monitor (Varanus niloticus). Presented by T. E. C.
Remington, Esq.

. 2 Sykes’s ‘Monkeys (Cercopithecus albigularis). From Mozam-

bique, Presented by W. H. Barber, Esq.

1 Diamond Snake (Morelia spilotes). Presented by A. W.
Darken, Esq.

1 Ruddy-headed Goose (Bernicla rubidiceps), g. Presented by
Henry Phillips, Esq.

2 Common Squirrels (Seiwrus vulgaris) (albinos). Deposited.

1 Thick-furred Capuchin (Cebus vellerosus), g. Presented by
R. Kettle, Esq.

1 Molucca Deer (Cervus moluccensis), Born in the Menagerie.

2 Blue-winged Teal ( Querguedulacyanoptera), § 2. Purchased.

1 Japanese Teal (Querguedula formosa), 2. Purchased.

1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus), 2. Purchased.

1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by C.
Stonham, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons). Deposited.

1 Senegal Parrot (Pwocephalus senegalus). Presented by Mrs.
Rylands.

1 Turnstone (Strepsilas interpres). Purchased.

1 Curlew (Numenius arquata). Purchased.

3 Tigers (Felis tigris), 2g, 1 9. From Hyderabad. Pre-
sented by H.R.H. Princess Beatrice.

1 Wanderoo Monkey (Macacus silenus), 9. From Cochin,
Presented by Capt. Morgan.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 2, Born in the Mena-
gerie,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 719

Oct. 18. 1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 2. Presented by

19,

20.

bo

ie
23.

Miss Hoare.

1 Kite (Milvus ictinus). From the Canary Islands. Presented
by E. G. Meade-Waldo, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Dunlin (Tringa alpina). Purchased.

2 Manatees (Manatus americanus), 9 et pull. From Manatee
Bay, Jamaica, W.I. Presented by Sir Henry A. Blake,
K.C.M.G. See P.Z.S. 1893, p. 691.

2 Ospreys (Pandion haliaétus). From Hayti, W.1. Pur-
chased.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
Capt. F. Baker.

2 Common Quails (Coturnix communis), Presented by Capt.
F. Baker.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus rufescens). Presented
by Kenneth Crawley, Esq., R.N.

2 Purple Porphyrios (Porphyrio ceruleus). From Sicily. Pre-
sented by Joseph 8. Whitaker, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
John Cook, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Stanley Sinclair, Esq.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Purchased,

1 King Saitinate (Gypagus papa, jr.). Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Turtle-Doye (Turtur communis). Presented by Miss Alice
L. West.

2 Rufous-necked Weaver-birds (Hyphantornis textor). Pur-
chased.

5 Yellowish Weaver-birds (Sitagra luteola). Purchased.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

2 White-handed Gibbons (Hylobates la), 2 g. Deposited.

1 Yellow-crowned Bulbul ( Trachycomus ochrocephalus). Depo-
sited.

1 Chestnut-eared Finch (Amadina castanotis). Presented by
Mrs. Kemp-Welch.

1 De Filippi’s Meadow-Starling (Stwrnella defilippi), 3. Pre-
sented by Mrs. Kemp-Welch.

5 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Deposited.

2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis, var. schreibert). From Spain.
Deposited.

2 Wall-Lizards (Lacerta muralis). Deposited.

2 Slowworms (Anguis fragilis). Deposited.

1 Common Frog (Rana temporaria). Deposited.

1 Edible Frog (Rana esculenta). Deposited.

4 Schlagintweit’s Frogs (Rana cyanophlyctis). From Ceylon,
Deposited.

3 Black-spotted Toads (Bufo melanostictus). From Ceylon,
Deposited.

2 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). Deposited.

3 Fire-bellied Toads (Bombinator igneus). ie san

2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by the
Executors of the late Fred Burgess.

1 Punctured Salamander (Amblystoma punctatum), Presented
by J. H. Thomson, Esq., Ph.D., C.M.Z.S.

26. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Robert Gallon, Esq.

780

APPENDIX.

Oct. 26. 4 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). From Jersey. Presented

28

31.

Noy. 1

10,

15

by J. Stanton, Esq.

. 2 Dunlins (Tringa alpina). Purchased.

1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Zimosa lapponica). Purchased.

1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Deposited.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by Miss
G. A. Gollock.

1 Black-handed Spider-Monkey (Ateles geoffroyi). Presented
by T. E. M. Rymer-Jones, Esq.

7 Common Quails (Coturnix communis). Presented by Mrs.
Rickards.

1 Grey-headed Porphyrio (Porphyrio poliocephala). Presented
by Mrs. Rickards.

2Common Terns (Sterna hirundo). Presented by Mrs.
Rickards.

2 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. Rickards,

2 Bull Frogs (Rana castesbiana). Presented by Mrs. Rickards,

. 1 Philippine Deer (Cervus philippinus), 2. Presented by Capt.

T, C. Saunders.
. 1 Bay Wood-Owl (Phodilus badius). Deposited.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
W. Wylde, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
the Hon. Mrs. EK. Yorke.

. 2 Rose Hill-Parrakeets (Platycercus eximius). From Tasmania.

Purchased.

1 Purple Sandpiper (TZringa striata). Purchased.

1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Mr. A.
Green.

. 1 White-handed Gibbon (Hylobates lar), 2. Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by
Mrs. B. E. F. Stevens.
1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis cyanocephalus), 3. Pre-
sented by Mrs. Osmond Barnes.
2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by B. Tremble,
Ks

q.
. 2 Lapwings (Vanellus vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Common Curlew (Numenius arquata). Purchased.
2 Dingoes (Canis dingo). Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Hairy-nosed Wombat (Phascolomys latifrons), 3. Presented
by E. W. Marshall, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Marabou Storks (Leptoptilus crumeniferus). Presented by
KE. W. Marshall, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Javan Adjutant (Leptoptilus javanicus). Presented by E. W.
Marshall, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 White-necked Stork (Dissuwra episcopus). Presented by E. W.
Marshall, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 3. Purchased.
2 Hedgehogs (Erinaceus europeus). Presented by Mr. W.
Chatterton.
3 ae (Erinaceus europeus). Presented by Mr. A. H.
a

ird.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by James
Kendal, Esq.

» 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), . Pre-
sented by Mr. Bayes,

Nov. 14.

165.

bo
ey)

24,

29,

30.

Coe

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGHRIE, 781

1 Ebest Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mr. C. E.
orres.

1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Charles
Smith, Esq. %

1 Lion (Felis leo), 9. From West Africa. Deposited by H.M.
The Queen.

1 Cunning Bassaris (Bassaris astuta). Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1893, p. 729.

. 1 American Bison (Bison americanus), 9. Deposited.
. 2 Persian Jerboas (Alactaga decumana). Presented by Capt.

R. A. Ogilby, F.Z.S. See P. Z. S. 1893, p. 729.

. 1 Caucasian Wild Goat (Capra caucasica), 9. From the

Central Caucasus. Presented by H. H. P. Deasy, Esq. See
P. Z. S. 1893, p. 729.

. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 3. Deposited.

2 Ce Tarmosets (Hapale jacchus), Presented by Dr. 8,
tegeall.

1 Duyker Bok (Cephalophus mergens), 3. Presented by Miss
Gertrude A. Winby.

6 Meyer’s Parrots (Paocephalus meyert). From the Transvaal.
Deposited.

1 Alario Sparrow (Passer alario). From the Transvaal.
Deposited.

1 Meyer’s Parrot (Peocephalus meyeri), From the Transvaal,
Presented by Mrs. B. Searelle.

. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 6. Presented by

W. P. Cox, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Deposited.

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the
Menagerie.

1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by Major
Boyd Bredon.

3 Palm-Squirrels (Sczwus palmarum). Presented by Mrs. 8S.
W. Maclver.

. 2 Puffins (Fratercula arctica). Presented by E, Hammond,

Esq.
2 Redshanks ( Totanus calidris). Purchased.

. 1 Northern Mocking-bird (Mimus polyglottus). Presented by

Miss Dorothy Williams.

1 Viperine Snake (Tropidonotus viperinus). Presented by Miss
Ffennell.

1 Common Otter (Zutra vulgaris). Presented by C. B.C. de
Vit, Esq.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by J. G. Good-
child, Esq., F.Z.S. :

1 Red Tiger-Cat (Felis chrysothrix). From Accra, West
Africa. Presented by Wm. Adams, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), $. From
Mombasa, East Africa. Presented by T. E. C, Remington,
Esq.

1 Sykes Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), §. From Mom-
basa, East Africa. Presented by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

1 Bell’s Cynixys (Cynivys belliana). From Mombasa, Hast
Africa, Presented by T. E. C. Remington, Esq.

5 Barbary Partridges (Caccabis petrosa). Deposited.
1 Collection of Marine Fishes. Purchased.

782

Dec,

ie

10.

11,

18.
19.

APPENDIX.

13 Rufous Tinamus (Jthynchotus rufescens). Purchased.

2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Austen
E. Harris, Esq.

1 Pale-headed Parrakeet (Platycercus pallidiceps), Presented
by C. B, Lawes, Esq.

. 2 Leopards (Felis pardus). Deposited.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
Mrs. Rowland Tomson.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Common Crossbills (Zoxia curvirostra). Presented by Mr.
H. C. Martin.

1 era irae (Turdus musicus). Presented by Mr. H. C.

artin,

2 Arctic Foxes (Canis lagopus), Presented by the Duke of
Hamilton, K.T., F.Z.S.

1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 2. Deposited.

. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Kenelm

Chandler, Esq.

1 Moloch Lizard (Moloch horridus). Presented by Mr. John
Carter.

2 Short-toed Eagles (Circaétus gallicus). Deposited.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Sir F. D. Dixon-Hartland, Bt., M.P.

2 Adorned Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Presented by
Miss Mildred FitzHugh.

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 2. Presented by Mrs.
Francis Bell.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus). Deposited.

4 Bernicle Geese (Bernicla leucopsis),2 $,2 9. Presented by
Sir Henry Peek, Bt., F.Z.S.

1 Variegated Sheldrake (Zadorna variegata). Presented by
Sir Henry Peek, Bt., F.Z.8,

. 6 Smooth-clawed Frogs (Xenopus levis), Hatched in the

Gardens.

21. 1 Little Auk (Mergulus alle). Presented by J. W. C. Stares,

Esq.

2. 3 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas). Presented by J.

Matcham, Esq.

. | Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus). Presented by Henry

Vine, Esq.

. 1 Diamond Snake (Morelia spilotes). Presented by Commander

A. Burgess, R.N.R.
1 Diamond Snake (Morelia spilotes). Purchased.

. 1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by C. Knox

Shaw, Esq., F.Z.8,

. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus) (black variety), ¢. From Malacca.

Presented by the Duke of Newcastle, F.Z.S.

dl. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr, John

- Stanton,

Abantis
bicolor, 63.
paradisea, 63.
tettensis, ‘7, 16, 44, 63, |
64, 131
Abaratha
ransonneti2, 62.
Ablepsis, gen. noy., 19,

vulpinus, 19, 36.
Abraxas
alpestris, 394.
diaphana, 393.
grossulariata, 393.
irrorata, 393.
metamorpha, 392.
nigrivena, 394.
picaria, 393.
semilugens, 393, 394.
tenebraria, 389.
triseriata, 394, 484.
Acanthocerus
tuberculatus, '705.
Achalarus
bifasciata, 34.
casyapa, 34.
lilianha, 34,
lycidas, 19, 33, 34.
Achatina, sp., 635.
Sulica, 635.
tavaresiana, 635.

Achlyodes
* fredericus, 43, 52.
nyctineme, 5d.
Achrosis
quadraria, 409.
Acleros ri g6
leuc a, 71, 76.
pias er, 669.
plactdus, 669.
Acolastus
amyntas, 25.
lividus, 25.
savignyt, 17, 25,

INDEX.

Acrsea
abadina, 656.
acara, 658.
acrita, 657.
adrasta, 656.
albomaculata, 657.
amphimalla, 657.
anemosa, 658.
arcticincta, 658.
areca, 658.
asema, 656.
bonasia, 555, 655, 657.
bresia, 657.
cabira, 655.
cecilia, 656.
caldarena, 657.
cappadox, 637.
cheribula, 657.
conradti, 657.
doubledayi, 656, 657.
empusa, 656.
eponina, 65d.
excelsior, 655.
Sornax, 657.
guillemei, 658.
horta, 656.
insularis, 555.
johnstoni, 657, 658.
kahra, 658.
kilimandjara, 657.
ligus, 657.
lycia, 656.
marnots, 656.
masaris, 657.
monteironis, 657.
natalica, 658.
nelusca, 657.
newtont, 554.
miobe, 554.
ombria, 657.
oncea, 656.
peneleos, 554.
periphanes, 657.
perrupta, 656,

Acrza
proteina, 657.
pseudolycia, 658.
punctatissima, 656.
rahira, 656.
regalis, 657.
sambave, 657.
serena, 655, 656.
serena-melas, 657.
strattipocles, 657.
terpsichore, 655.
ventura, 655.
vinidia, 655.
viole, 655.
zetes, 554.
(Planema) johnstoni,

658.

Acridium

celestre, 606.
Actenochroma, gen. nov.,

350.

farinosa, 350.

viridaria, 350.
Actias

luna, 279.

mimose, 280.

selene, 278.
Actinor, gen.nov., 92, 108.

radians, 92, 108.
Adapis

magnus, 533.

parisiensis, 533.
Adopza

actgon, 98.

boeta, 98.

hylax, 98, 99.

hyrax, 98.

linea, 98.

lineola, 98.

thawmas, 91, 98, 132.

venula, 98

virgula, 98.

wrightii, 98.
Adoretus, sp., 748.

784

Aichmophorus

major, 613.
J&dia

dulcistriga, 679.
Jigeria

ceraca, 280.
A®gocera

JServida, 674.

meneta, 674.
Aellopus

hirundo, 674.
/®luropus

melanoleucus, 449.
/Epyceros

melampus, 723, '728.
/€pyprymnuus

ch Se a 451, 464,

472.

Aeromachus

indistineta, 80.

ghora, 80.

johnstoni, 673.

kali, 80.

stigmata, 71, 80.
Jatheius

archytas, 130.
AMthilla

coracind, 38.

echina, 38.

eleusinia, 19, 37, 38,

16 ie

epicra, 38.
igas, 37, 38.

Tcohra: 38.
Agalliastes

simplex, 706.
Agrilus

grandis, 748.
Agyrta

chena, 281.

micilia, 282.

pandemia, 282.

phylla, 282, 310.
Ahesetulla

neglecta, 618, 620.
Aides

epitus, 180.
Alactaga

decumana, 729.
Alena

amazoula, 6959.

hautteceuri, 659.

interposita, 659.

major, 659.

nyassa, 609.

—, var. ochracea, 659.
Alastor

angulicollis, 689.
Alcis

granitaria, 421.

nigralbata, 421.

INDEX,

Alcis
subnitida, 421.
subrufaria, 422.
tenera, 422.
Alera
Furcata, 130.
Alestes
imberi, 619.
Allochotes
bicolor, 581.
chrysomelina, 581.
Allolobophora
chloritica, 319.
longa, 319, 320, 321,
324

turgida, 319.
Allomys
nitens, 192.
Alyczus
bi-rugosus, 593,
busbyi, 595.
conicus, 593.
crenatus, 595.
distinctus, 592.
dohertyi, 595.
granum, var. major,
594,

ingramt, 592.

magnus, 594,

multirugosus, 593.

nagaensis, 594.

ochraceus, 594.

otiphorus, 594.

plectocheilus, 595.

rubinus, 594,

subculmen, 593.

vestitis, 593.

(Dioryx) granum, 593.
Alydus

pallescens, 705.
Amathia

nigronotata, 362, 434.

rivularis, 363, 484,

sanguinipunctata, 868,

434.

Amauris
albimaculata, 644.
echeria, 644.
hanningtonit, 644.
jacksoni, 644.
lobengula, 644,
ochlea, 644.
steckeri, 644.
whyter, 644.

Amblyomma
venustum, 177.

Amblyscirtes
comus, 80.
eos, 80.
textor, 80.
vialis, 71, 80,

Amenis, gen. nov,, 11, 12,
pionia, 11, 12
ponina, 12.
Amerila
rubripes, 677.
Amnestus
subferrugineus, 705.
Ameebe
bidentata, 372.
niveopicta, 872, 433.
Amorphozancle, gen.noy.,
408.

discata, 408, 484,
Amphiuma
means, 2'78.
tridactyla, 278.
Ampittia
bernieri, 96.
camertes, 96,
cariate, 96.
dispar, 96.
dioscorides, 96.
inornatus, 96.
maro, 90, 95.
mirza, 96.
pardalina, 96.
rhadama, 96.
Ampullaria
ovata, 685,
Anachalcos
converus, 748,
Anagoge
albipicta, 410.
concinna, 411.
costinotata, 411.
lignicolor, 411.
rufa, 412.
Anaplecta
lateralis, 600, 601.
Anas
andamanensis, 614.
Anasa
bellator, 705.
scorbutica, 705.
Anastrus
obscurus, 43, 54, 55.
petius, 5A,
simplicia, 54.
Anaulacomera
antillarum, 600, 607.
Anchophthalmus
silphoides, 741,
Ancistrocampta
hiarbas, 19, 38,
suthina, 38.
Ancistroides
longicornis, 93, 116.
othonias, 116.
Ancyloxypha
numitor, 91, 97.

puer, 97,

Androcharta
leechi, 2838.
Anisochoria
albiplaga, 59, 181
lemur, 59.
palpalis, 59,
pedaliodina, 59.
polysticta, 44, 59.
sublimbata, 59,
Anisodes
argentispila, 361.
Anisops
elegans, 706.
pallipes, 706.
Anisota
rubicunda, 279.
Anoka, gen. noy., 701.
mitrata, 701.
vernalis, 701, 704.
Anommotes

nigrivenosus, 676, 684.

tenella, 676.
Anomala

sp., 740,
Anomalurus

beecrofti, 214, 215.

Sraseri, 214, 215.
Anonychia, gen. noy.,

412.

grisea, 412.

rostrifera, 412, 484.
Anophia

dulcistriga, 679.
Anoura

geoffroyi, 335.
Antherza

mylitta, 278.
Antheua

simplex, 678.
Anthia

fornasini, 739.
Anthocharis

phleqyas, 664.

theogone, 664,
Anthomaster

leonardus, 91, 99.
Antigonus

erosus, 58.

hippalus, 58.

jamesoni, 669.

nearchus, 44, 57, 58.

ustus, 58.

westermanmi, 58.
Antilope

defassa, 7277.

unctuosa, 728.
Anubis

bohemanni, '744.

clavicornis, 743, 744.

dissitus, 744,

Srontalis, 743, -

INDEX.

Anubis

scalaris, 748, 744.

seamaculatus, 744.
Anura

geoffroyi, 335.
Apatelodes

cirna, 298.

Jirmeana, 298.

pandara, 298.
Apaustus

gracilis, 97.

menes, 90, 96, 97, 182.

placidus, 669.
Aphnzeus

homeyeri, 662.

nyasse, 662.
Aplochlora, gen. noyv.,

viridis, 386, 434.

vivilaca, 386.
Apomecyna

latefasciata, 748.
Apophyga, gen. nov.,

sericea, 418.
Ara

leari, 510, 514.

militaris, 510.
Aramides

ypecaha, 531.
Arctictis

binturong, 495, 592.
Arctogale

leucotis, 495.
Arctomys

himalayanus, 449.

robustus, 449.

Ardaris, gen. nov., 11,13.

eximia, 11, 18, 131.
Argina

amanda, 677.

leonina, 677.

Argopteron, gen. nov., 72,
8

aureipennis, 72, 88, 89.

puelme, 88.
Argynnis

ae 279.
Argyroeides

ortona, 282.
Arichanna

biquadrata, 423.

marginata, 423.

rubrivena, 424, 433.

sub@nescens, 336, 337,

841, 426.
subalbida, 425, 434.
tramesata, 426.
transfasciata, 425.

Arnetta, gen. nov., 72, 81.

atkinsoni,s72, 81, 82.

785

Arnetta
nilgiriana, 82. -
subtestaceus, 82,
vindhiana, 82.
Aroa
discalis, 678.
ochraceata, 677.
Artaxa
ochraceata, 677.
Arteurotia
tractipennis, 42, 45.
Arthroleptis
macrodactyla, 619,
620.
Artibeus
bilobatus, 336.
cinereus, 336.
glaucus, 336.
perspicillatus, 336, 337.
quadrivittatus, 336.
(Dermanura) cinereus,
336.

Arvelius

albopunctatus, '705.
Ascia

striata, 159.
Asterodon

granulosus, 261.

grayi, 261.

pedicellaris, 261, 262.

singularis, 262.
Asthena

flavilinea, 363.

ochracea, 364, 434.

rufigrisea, 364, 434,
Astictopterus

gama, 93, 114, 115.

nubilus, 115.

olivascens, 115.

xanites, 77.
Astraptes

aulestes, 26.
Astrogonium

meridionale, 261.

miliare, 262.

paxillosum, 262.
Astycus

augias, 102.
Astyochia

pallene, 296.

paulina, 296.
Atalopedes

cunaxa, 100.

huron, 91, 100.

mesogramma, 100.
Atechna

clarki, 746.
Ateles

Ca 589, 590,

592

melanochir, 590, 592,

Atella
columbina, 658.
Atrytone
delaware, 111.
hobomok, 111.
iowa, 93, 111.
logan, 111.
pocahontas, 111.
quadaquina, 111.
zabulon, 111,
Attacus
atlas, 278.
cynthia, 278.
pernyi, 278.
roylei, 278.
Attelabus
(Pleurolabus), sp., 742.
Augiades
herculea, 108.
sylvanus, 92, 103, 131.
venata, 103.

Autallacta, gen. nov., 365. |

lineata, 365.

subobliquaria, 365.
Autochloris

oratha, 281.

varipes, 281.

Auzeodes, gen. noyv., 404.

nigroseriata, 405,
Axiocerses

amanga, 662.

harpax, 662.

perion, 662.
Azanus

natalensis, 661.
Azazia -

rubricans, 682.

Baccha
adspersa, 146.
amphithoe, 132, 185,

142, 163.

apicalis, 141.
babista, 159.
basalis, 159.
bicolor, 132, 137, 168.
bigoti, 185, 147, 148.
brevipennis, 147.
cerulea, 134
clavata, 159.
conjuncta, 135, 136.

crocata, 133, 185, 155,
164

erocea,133,135,157,164.
cultrata, 183, 185, 151,
64

164.
dispar, 141, 159.
elongata, 135, 136.
fallax, 132, 142, 163.

fervida, 133, 135, 158,
164,

INDEX,

Baccha
Alaven, 138, 135, 153, |

giloa, 188, 185, 154, |
164.

gratiosa, 143.
incompta, 133, 1385,
147, 163.
levissima, 188, 185,
146, 1638.
lineata, 150.
livida, 135, 150.
luctuosa, 135.
moluccana, 138, 144.
notata, 150.
nubilipennis, 132, 136,
, 164,
pedicellata, 139.
pamela Be 139,
141, 1
pumila, 133, 135, 148,
164,

purpuricola, 138, 159.
refulgens, 132, 138,
163.

rubricosa, 186.

rugosifrons, 147.

sagittifera, 183, 135,
144, 163.

signifera, 133, 135,
145, 163.

silacea, 133, 135, 149,
164.

stenogaster, 147.

sulica, 132, 144, 163.

triangulifera, 132, 138,
163.

tripartita, 159.

varia, 159.

vespeformis, 143.

(Syrphus) flavipennis,
150

ou.

Bacteria

cyphus, 606.

Badamia

exclamationis, 124, 128.

Bagrus

bayad, 626.
meridionalis, 619, 626.

Balxnoptera

sp. ine., 496.

Baoris

amadhu, 672.
assamensis, 106.
austeni, 106.
bevani, 106.
cingalensis, 106.
colaca, 106.
contigua, 106.
cormassa, 106.
eltola, 106.

Baoris
Ffarri, 106.
Fatuellus, 106, 672.
inconspicua, 106, 672.
jansonensis, 106.
kumara, 106.
marsena, 106.
moolata, 106.
narood, 106.
oceia, 91, 106, 182.
pagana, 106.
pellucida, 106.
penicillata, 106.
scopulifera, 106.
seriata, 106.
sikkima, 106.
toona, 106.
uma, 106.
wmbrata, 106.
unicolor, 106.
zellert, 106.
Bapta
griseola, 386.
Baracus
Senestratus, 673.
inornatus, 114.
lepeletiert, 114.
septentrionwm, 114,673,
subditus, 114.
tsita, 114.
vittatus, 93, 114,
Barbus
trimaculatus, 619.
Bassaris
astuta, 614, 729.
Bathydema, gen. noy.,
09

709.

socia, 705, 710.
Bdellostoma

bischoffi, 732.

cirrhatum, 732, 733.

heterotrema, 782.

polytrema, 732.
Belenois

agrippina, 664.

auriginea, 665.

calypso, 663, 665.

crawshayt, 665, 666.

diminuta, 666, 684.

gidica, 665.

zanthe, 662.

lordaca, 665.

mesentina, 664, 665.

sabrata, 663.

severina, 664, 665.

thysa, 663.

welwitschii, 662.

zochalia, 665.
Berardius

arnuxti, 219, 220, 223,

224, 227.

»

Berardius

hectori, 227.
Berta

albiplaga, 357, 434.
Bettongia

lesuewri, 451, 464.
Bibasis

sena, 124, 128.
Bliastes

striolata, 608.

superbus, 607.
Blissus

leucopterus, 705.
Blosyrus

carinatus, 748.
Bombyx

phedonia, 677.
Bos

bonasus, 175.

buffelus, 496.

grunniens, 449,

sondaicus, 496.
Botys

multilinealis, 684.

muscerddalis, 684.
Brachymetra

albinervis, 706.
Brachyopa

rufo-cyaned, 163.
Bradypus

588, 589,

cuculliger,
91

tridactylus, 586.
Branchiura

sowerbit, 486.
Brontiades

procas, 41.
Bubalis

caama, 1, 2.

lewcoprymnus, 504.

lichtensteini, 504, 506,

723.

lunata, 1, 2.

mauritanica, 614.
Bucorax

abyssinicus, 614.
Budorcas

taxicolor, 449.
Bufo

typhonius, 527.
Buliminus

(Rachis) stictus, 634.
Bunea

epithyrena, 678.
Bungalotis, gen. nov., 18,

28

astrapeus, 28.
astylos, 28.
erythus, 28.
gonatus, 28.
heras, 28.

INDEX,

Bungalotis
midas, 18, 28, 131.
nicephorus, 28.
pelignus, 28.
phaselis, 28.
poligius, 28.
ramusis, 28.
sebrus, 28.
Butleria
agathocles, 79.
arsines, 79.
bisseaguttatus, '79.
caicus, '79
caracates, 79.
cenides,'79.
conquenensis, 79.
cypselus, 79.
imidiatus, 79, 131.
diraspes, 79.
eburones, 79.
epiphaneus, 79.
eryonas, 79.
evages, 79.
exornatus, 71, 79.
flavomaculatus, 79.
Sructicolens, 79.
—, var. pulcher, 79.
oe quadrinotatus,
9.

— ee tractipennis,

hesperioides, 79.
hilina, 79.
ibhara, 79.
jelskyi, 79.
oxaites, 79.
paniscoides, 79.
philippii, 79.
polycrates, 79.
polyspilus, 79.
sotot, 79.
valdivianus, 79.
vicina, 79.

Cabirus
julettus, 19, 41.
procas, 4.
Cacatua
cristata, 508, 514.
philippinarum, 508.
triton, 508.
Cadorena
sinuata, 684.
Cecina
calathana, 19, 36.
compusa, 36.
Calamaria
baluensis, 524.
everetti, 525.
sumatrana, 525,

|

787
Oaletes
apterus, 606.
Caligula
eucalypti, 279.
Japonica, 279.
Calliana
pieridoides, 18, 31.
Oalliderma
grayt, 261.
Callimerus
albosparsus, 572.
amabilis, 566, 571.
arcuatus, 574.
bellus, 571, 572.
benedictus, 573.
dohertyanus, 572.
dulcis, 566, 570.
elegans, 566.
fea, 571.
gracilis, 566.
hydnoceroides, 574.
insolatus, 567.
latesignatus, 567,
latifrons, 567.
mirandus, 566.
mysticus, 571.
niveus, 571, 572.
ornatus, 571.
pictus, 572, 573.
rusticus, 567.
suavis, 566.
Callimormus
Juvenatus, 130.
Calliodes
apollina, 679.
glaucescens, 680.
pretiosissima, 680.
rivuligera, 679.
Callosune
anaxz, 664.
Calluga
modesta, 383.
Calpodes
egita, 105.
ares, 105.
brino, 105.
epitus, 105.
ethlius, 91, 104, 105,
evadnes, 105.
lutetia, 105.
nero, 105.
nyctelius, 105.
ochramus, 105.
ocola, 105.
Calyptocephalus
grayt, 271.
Calyptorhynchus
banksi, 508, 509.
Camptopleura
ebenus, 55.
aphicrates, 55.

788

Oamptopleura
theramenes, 43, 50,

131.
thrasybulus, 55,
Canis
sp. inc., 502.
aureus, 493.
lupus, yar. laniger,
49,

Oanopus
rubripes, 677.
Canthocamptus
Jinni, 164, 166.
northumbricus, 165.
trispinosus, 165.
Capila
jayadeva, 18, 30.
Capra
caucasica, 175,

729, 730.
cylindricornis, 730.
severtzowi, 730.
sibirica, 449.

Caprona
canopus, 62.
erosula, 62.
Jamesoni, 669.
pillaana, 44, 62, 131,
669.

UF

potiphera, 62.
ransonnetit, 62,
saraya, 62.
syrichthus, 62.
taylorit, 62.
Carcharodus
alcee, 67, 68.
—, var. australis, 67.
—, var. nostras, 67.
althee, 68.
—, var. beticus, 68.
—, var. marrubii, 68.
dravira, 68.
gemina, 68.
lavatere, 44, 67.
male, 67.
malvarum, 67.
swinhoei, 67, 68.
Carponycteris
minimus, 494.
Carterocephalus
palemon, 89.
Carystus
bursa, 121.
claudianus, 121.
Jolus, 93, 121.
marpesia, 121.
phorcus, 121.
Cassida
sp., 748.
hybrida, 747.
purummaculata, 747.

INDEX.

Cassina

senegalensis, 618.
Castalius

azureus, 661.

hypoleucus, 660.

leucon, 661.
Castnia

endelechia, 280.

eudesmia, 281,
Oastor

Jiber, 180, 612.
Casyapa

caristus, 29.

corvus, 18, 29.

critomedia, 29.

odix, 29
Catamerus

Sairmairei, 742.

intermedius, 742.

revoili, 741, '742.

rugosus, 741, 742.

transvaalensis, 742.
Oatharsius

platycerus, 748.
Catochrysops

asopus, 660.

ella, 556.

osiris, 660.

sancti-thome, 5d6.
Catopsilia

Jlorella, 664.

pyrene, 664,
Oatorhintha

mendica, 705.
Causus

rhombeatus, 618.
Oavia

cutleri, 340.

(Kerodon) doliviensis,

341.

Cecropterus
aunus, 32.
bipunctatus, 32.
cincta, 32.
itylus, 32.
neis, 32,
phrynicus, 32.
zarex, 18, 81, 82.

Celeenorrhinus
ambareesa, 49,
area, 50.
asmara, 49,
astrigera, 49.
aurivittata, 50, 115.
badia, 49.
biseriata, 49.
boadicea, 49.
cacus, 49,
chamunda, 49.
consertus, 49.
cynapes, 49.

Celzenorrhinus
dhanada, 50, 115.
eligius, 43, 49.

Susca, 49.
galenus, 49.
ladana, 115.
lewcocera, 49.
lugens, 49.
maculata, 49.
maculosa, 49.
meditrina, 49.
mokeezi, 50.
munda, 49.
pero, 49.
proxima, 49.
pulomaya, 49.
putra, 49.
pyrrha, 49.
shema, 49.
simula, 49.
sptlothyrus, 49.
sumitra, 49.

Cephalolophus
grimmius, 504.

Cephonodes
hylas, 674.

Ceralces
JSerrugineus, 746.
natalensis, '746.
ornata, 748.

Oeratorhina
princeps, 739, 740.

Ceratrichia
aretina, 117.
argyrosticta, 117.
flava, 117.
nothus, 93, 11'7.
phocion, 117, 132.
stellata, 673.

Cercaria
cystophora, 498.

Cercocebus
albigena, 256.

Cercoleptes
caudivolvulus, 592.

Cercopithecus
albigularis, 250, 251,

256, 257, 441, 442,
441, 506, 691.
ascanius, 244, 245, 246,
aterrimus, 256.
boutourlinit, 256, 441,
442, 443.
brazze, 254, 255, 443.
buettikoferi, 244,
burnetti, 251.
callitrichus, 247, 248,
616.

campbelli, 250, 251.
cephus, 244, 246.
eynosurus, 247,

Cercopithecus
diadematus, 253.
diana, 258, 254, 257,

443.
— ignitus, 255.
— typicus, 255.
eravlebeni, 253, 254.
erythrarchus, 247, 249,
258.
erythrogaster, 250, 252.
erythrotis, 244, 246.
flavidus, 256.
grayt, 256.
grisco-viridis, AT,
248.

griseus, 248.

labiatus, 251, 256.

lalandii, 247, 248, 615,
616.

leucampyx, 250, 258.

ludiv, 244, 245.

martini, 244, 245.

melanogenys, 244, 245,
246, 257.

moloneyt, 250, 252.

mona, 250, 256, 257.

monoides, 256.

neglectus, 250, 253, 443.

mictitans, 244, 246, 257.

nigripes, 253, 254.

achraceus, 257.

opisthostictus, 725.

palatinus, 257.

patas, 249.

petaurista, 244, 245,
257.

picturatus, 257.

pluto, 258.

pogonias, 253, 254.

pygerythrus, 247, 248,
249, 258.

pyrrhonotus, 249, 250,
257.

roloway, 257.

ruber, 249, 250, 257.

pufo-viridis, 249, 256,
258.

sabeus, 247, 248, 258.

samango, 250, 251, 252,
256, 720.

schmidti, 244, 245, 246.

signatus, 257.

stairsi, 250, 252, 443,
612. ae

stampflii, ,

ee 258.

temmincki, 258.

wernert, 258.

wolfi, 258.

Oeroplesis
cai, 744

INDEX.

Cervicapra
iain 728.
Cervulus
muntjac, 496.
reevest, 591.
Cervus
sp. inc., 496.
affinis, 445, 447,
449

canadensis, 446, 447.
cashmirianus, 447.
dybowskii, 444, 448.

elaphus, 444, 445, 446,
44

equinus, 496.

eustephanus, 447.

hippelaphus, 4938,
496

nariyanus, 444, 447,
448.
thoroldi, 444, 445, 448,

449.
yarkandensis, 447.
Cetonia
impressa, 740.
Chzrocampa
elpenor, 279.
osiris, 674.
Chetoneura
nearchus, 57.
Chalyboclydon, gen. nov.,
366

366.
marginata, 366, 434.
Chameleon
dilepis, 618.
melleri, 618.
Chapra
mathias, 105.
Charaxes
achemenes, 648.
alladinis, 648.
bohemani, 649.
citheron, 649.
ethalion, 648, 649.
Fabius, 648.
guderiana, 648.
hollandii, 648.
jocaste, 648.
kirkii, 648.
monteiri, 556.
neanthes, 650.
pithodoris, 649.
saturnus, 647.
talaguge, 649.
tiridates, 649.
whytei, 649, 684.
Charidea_ -
Jync, 283.
orbona, 283, 310.
Charilina
amabilis, 674.

789

Chiasmia
strigata, 412, 484.
Chimarrogale
himalayica, 495.
Chionis
alba, 178.
Chiromeles
torquatus, 495.
Chiromys
madagascariensis, 185.
Chironectes
minimus, 341.
Chiropodomys
major, 495.
pusillus, 495.
Chiruromys
forbesi, 213.
Chlorocebus
cynosurus, 247.
engythithia, 247. °
ruber, 250.
rufo-viridis, 258.
sabeus, 248.
Chlorodontopera, gen.
nov., 351.
eruginata, 352.
chalybeata, 352.
Choaspes
bergamini, 129.
Cheronycteris
peruana, 330.
Cholcepus
didactylus, 588,
591.
Choneziphius
packardi, 224.
planirostrés, 219.
planus, 219.
Choranthus
radians, 130.
Chorisoneura
mysteca, 600, 601.
Choristoneura
apicalis, 130.
Chromis
burtont, 631, 632.
callipterus, 619,
628.

589,

628,

diagramma, 632.
horei, 630, 632.
Johnston, 619, 622,628.
kirki, 619, 624, 628.

lethrinus, 619, 622,
628.

squamipinnis, 619,
621, 630.

subocularis, 619, 621,
628

tanganice, 630.
tetrastigma, 619, 628,
628.

790

Chromis
williamsi, 619, 624,
528.

Chrysoplectrum, gen.
nov., 17, 24.
otriades, 17, 24, 25,
131.

Chrysotis

bodin, 509.

erythrura, 509, 514.

guildingi, 512.

leucocephala, 509, 512.

levaillanti, 509.

versicolor, 509.

viridigenalis, 509.
Chunga
burmeisteri, 614.
Cicindela

clathrata, 747.
Cidaria

dentistrigata, 374, 433.

exquisita, 375, 433.

intertexta, 874, 433.

rostrifera, 412.
Cladiscus

attenuatus, 569.

decoratus, 570.

distortus, 569.

obeliscus, 570.

ruficornis, 570.

sanguinicollis, 567,

569.

strangulatus, 567.
Cladophora

fracta, 262, 267.
Cleopatra

bulimoides, 637.

emini, 638.

johnstoni, 637, 641.

muweruensis, 637, 641.
Olerada

apicicornis, 705.
Clerus

dulcis, 566.

mollisfascia, 579.

rufiventris, 568.

subfasciatus, 577.
Clonistria

linearis, 605.
Clostera

anachoreta, 279.
Clotho

rhinoceros, 618, 620.
Cobalus

physcelia, 120.

virbius, 93, 120.
Cobus

crawshayi, 726, 727.

defassa, 727.

ellipsiprymnus, 504,

505, 506, 726, 727.

INDEX,

Oobus
lechee, '724, 728.
sing-sing, 614, 728.
wnetuosus, 727, '728.
vardont, "23, 724,
728

Cceliades

dubius, 180.
Ccelogenys

paca, 591,
Cogia

calchas, 32.

hassan, 18, 32.

terranea, 32.
Coladenia

dan, 49.

fatih, 49.

indrani, 43, 49.

kehelatha, 49.

tissa, 49.
Colasposoma

sp., 746.

cyaneocupreum, 746.
Colias

edusa, 279, 663.

pyrene, 664.
Colius

capensis, 528.
Collaria

explicata, 705.
Comostola

cerulea, 354, 433.
Connocheetes

gmt, 325.

gorgon, 614.

taurina, 507.
Conocephalus

guttatus, 608.

infuscatus, 608.

maxillosus, 608.

muticus, 608.

punctipes, 608.

surinamensis, 608.
Conoryctes

ditrigonus, 199,
Conurus

aureus, 510.

cruentatus, 510.
Copzeodes

aurantiaca, 98,

nanus, 98.

procris, 91, 97, 98.
Coracopsis

vasa, 435,
Coriscus

capsiformis, 706.

roripes, 706.
Corizus

cide, var. pictipes, 705.
Corone

tsmenotdes, 130,

Ooronella
olivacea, 618.
—, var. dumerilit,
618
Coryna
apicipustulata, 742.
Corynodes
compressicornis, 745.
dejeani, 745.
zombe, "745.
Corythuca
sp. ine., 706.
gossypii, 706, 717.
rax
albini, 614.
Crenis
crawshayi, 654, 684.
natalensis, 556, 654.
rosa, 654,
Cressonia
Juglandis, 279.
Oricetomys
gambianus, 503.
Cricula
trifenestrata, 278.
Crocidura
sp. ine., 501.
aranea, 449.
dorie, 495.
fetida, 495.
Suliginosa, 495.
Orossarchus
Jasciatus, 501, 502.
mungo, 501.
Cry ptoloba,gen.nov.,343.
e@rata, 344,
minor, 344,
subusta, 344,
tréinotata, 344, 434,
Ctenochilus
pilipalpus, 690,
Ctenoptilum
agnt, 44.
multiguitata, 60.
vasava, 44, 60.
Cuculus
affinis, 316.
canoroides, 319,
canorus, 315, 316, 817,
319

himalayanus, 315, 316,
317.

intermedius, 317, 318,
micropterus, 316, 317,
319.

passerinus, 317.

poliocephalus, 315, 316
317, 318.

saturatus, 316, 319,

sonnerati, 316.

striatus, 316, 317.

Cupido
arinia, 549, 550.
celius, 548.
cyanea, 549,

mis, 539.

danis, 541.
hymetus, 547.
lingeus, 556.
philostratus, 543.
piepersit, 548.
pindus, 551.
schaeffera, 545,
sperchius, 551.
taygetus, 546.
wallacet, 543.

Cupitha
purreed, 112.
Lo ae ee MAN

Cyaniris
transpectus, 537.

Cyanorhamphus
aucklandicus, 529.
auriceps, 529, 530.
cooki, 580.
cyanurus, 530,
erythronotus, 530.
erythrotis, 529, 530.
Forbesi, 529, 530.
hochstetteri, 529.
matherbei, 530.
nove zealandie, 529,

530.

rowleyt, 529.
saisseti, 530.
subflavescens, 530.
ulietanus, 530.
unicolor, 530.

Cybele, gen. nov., 698.
obscura, 695, 696, 704,
vincent, 695, 696, 704.

Cycloderma
Frenatum, 618.

Cyclopides
egipan, 90, 670.
argenteostriatus, 90.
cheles, 90.
limpopona, 90.
malgacha, 90, 671.
menine, 90.
metis, 7 2, 90, 131, 670,

671.

midas, 671.
quadrisignatus, 670,
684

subvittatus, 97.
willemi, 90.
Cyclops
africanus, 165, 166.
orientalis, 164, 165,
166.

INDEX,

Cycloszemia

albata, 52.

anastomosis, 52.

earina, 52.

elelea, 52.

Falisca, 52.

Jissimacula, 52,

herennius, 48, 52.

lathea, 52.

lyrcea, 52.
Cyclosomus

sp., 748.
Oydonia, gen. nov., 700.

lunata, 747.

luteola, 700, 704.
Oyligramma

latona, 681.

limacina, 681.

rudilinea, 681.
Cylloceps, gen. noy., 711.
' pellicia, '705, '712.
Cymeenes

tripuncta, 130.
Cymatura

bifasciata, var.

pennis, 744.

Oymothoe

theobene, 653.

mus

virescens, 705.
Cynocephalus

babuin, 592.

maimon, 592.
Oynogale

bennetti, 495."
Cynopterus

ecaudatus, 494.

lucasti, 494.

maculatus, 494.

marginatus, 494,

spadiceus, 494,
Cyon

deccanensis, 449,

rutilans, 495.
Cyphipelta

conifrons, 163.
Cyphonistes

vallatus, '748.
Cyrene, gen. nov., 698.

decorata, 698, 704.
Cyrtocapsus

caligineus, 705.
Cyrtoxiphus

vittatus, 610.
Cythara

lpientheri 491, 492.

ringens, 491, 492,

nigri-

Daimio
bhagava, 47.
celebica, 47.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1893, No. LIII.

791

Daimio
felderi, 47.
moorei, 47,
narada, 47.
permena, 47.
phisara, 47.
sinica, 47.
tithys, 43, 47.
Dalima
intricata, 396.
patnaria, 398.
Danis
albastola, 550.
epicoritus, 550,
sebe, 539.
Danais
chrysippus, 558.
ochlea, 644.
Danis
absyrtus, 545,
ceramica, 547.
cyanea, 549,
danis, 539.
macleayt, 546.
salamandri, 546.
sebe, 539, 540, 546.
serapis, 539.
syrius, 541,
taygetus, 546.
Dapedius
sp., 565.
granulatus, 565.
Daphnella
diluta, 490.
elata, 490, 492,
flammea, 490, 491.
Susco-picta, 490, 492.
lactea, 491.
spencere, 490, 492.
subula, 491.
Darmistidus, gen. nov.,

maculatus, 705, 707.
Darpa

hanria, 44, 58.
Dasypeltis

palmarun, 619.

scabra, 618, 619.
Dasyprocta

variegata, 340.
Dasypus

minutus, 590.
Defrancia

infracincta, 491, 492.

mauritiana, 491, 492,
Deidamia

inscripta, 279.
Deilephila

euphorbie, 279,

galt, 279.

osiris, 674.

53

792

Deinotrichia, gen. nov.,
419.

cervina, 419,

livida, 419.

scotosiaria, 419, 420,
33.

Deiopeia

ensirostris, 229.
Dendrogale
murina, 495.
Dendromys
mesomelas, 503.
pumilio, 503.
Dendryphantes
capitatus, 698.

octo-punctatus,697,704.

Deva
commoda, 682.
Devara

charisia, 289, 290, 310.

chepta, 290, 310.

pallor, 289, 310.

subsericea, 289, 290.
Diacantha

conifera, 739, 746, 747.

distincta, '746.
divisa, 747.
mutica, 747.
Diapherodes
gigas, 606.
Dichogaster
damonis, 485.
Dicranaspis
idas, 24.
Didelphys
marsupialis, 341.
Dindica
erocina, 349.
mélleri, 349.
Diolcus
boscii, 705.
Diomedea
brachyura, 505.
exulans, 756.
immutabilis, 505.
regia, 756.
Dioptis
charila, 292, 310.
charon, 294, 310,
cheledonis, 298, 310.
chloris, 295.
cyma, 293.
egla, 293, 310.
ilerdina, 294.
noctiluces, 294.
onega, 292, 294.
otanes, 294.
pallene, 293, 310.

INDEX,

| Dioptis

pandates, 294.

phelina, 294.

roraima, 292, 310.

trailii, 293.
Diospage

rhebus, 675.

scintillans, 675, 684.

triplax, 675.
Diphthera

orion, 279.
Diplocardia

communis, 486.
Diplodon

densirostris, 229.
Diplognatha

hebrea, 740.

silicea, 740.
Dipriodon

robustus, 211, 212.

is

annulatus, 14, 15.
Discoelius

merula, 685.

spinole, 685.
Distomum

baraldii, 499, 500.

horridwm, 499.

lanceolatum, 498, 499.

migrovenosum, 499.

ovo-caudatum, 498.

simile, 499.

trigonocephalum, 496,

497.

Dolichodon

layardi, 227.

traversit, 227.
Draco

maximus, 522, 528.

microlepis, 528, 528.
Drasteria

Judicans, 681.
Drepanis

Funerea, 690.

pacifica, 670,
Drephalys, gen. noy., 18,

34

heliaus, 18, 34.
Dryiophis
oatesii, 618.
Drymus
silvaticus, 709.
Dryoccetis
nigrescens, 420,
roboraria, 420,
Dynamius
metallicus, 694, 704.
Dyphlebia
trimenii, 677.
Dyscophus
cecutiens, 27.

Dyscophus

crameri, 27.

doriscus, 27.

sebaldus,.18, 27, 131.
Dysdercus

annuliger, 705.
Dysenius

albicilla, 21.
Dysethia, gen. nov., 347.

bicommata, 348, 434.
Dysgonia

algira, 681.

* derogans, 681.

Dyspteris

asiatica, 358, 434.

Eacles
imperialis, 279.
regalis, 279.
Eagris
nottoana, 54.
sabadius, 43, 54.
Eantis
busiris, 44, 57, 181.
mexicana, 57.
mithridates, 57.
ozotes, 57.
pallida, 57.
papinianus, 57.
rossine, 57.
sebaldus, 57.
thraso, 57.
Eecritotarsus
atratus, 705.
Ectadoderus
antillarum, 609.
Edersa
cornuta, 705.
Elephas
africanus, 311.
indicus, 496.
Elettaria
coccinea, 186.
mollis, 186.
speciosa, 186.
Elma
swinhoei, 643.
Eloria
cissusa, 297, 310.
clodia, 297.
ombrea, 297.
Elphos
hymenaria, 433.
preumbrata, 433.
Emballonura
monticola, 495.
semicaudata, 495.

mesa

angulata, 706, 717.
Emesopsis, gen. nov., 718.

nubilus, 706, 718.

Engraulicypris, gen.
noy., 626.

pinguis, 619, 626.

Engytatus
geniculatus, 705.
nea
cyathostoma, 642.
johnstoni, 633, 641.
karongana, 633, 641.
(Edentulina) longula,

642.

(Ptychotrema) bassa-
mensis, 642.

Enosis

dognini, 130.
Entheus

berytus, 41.

gentius, 41.

lemna, 41.

peleus, 19, 40, 41.

talaus, 41, 131.
Entomogramma

nigriceps, 681.

pardus, 681.
Eonycteris

spelea, 494.
Hos

reticulata, 514.
Epargyreus

anteus, 24.

asander, 24.

barisses, 24.

clarus, 24.

enispe, 24.

exadeus, 24.

pseudexadius, 24.

socus, 24,

talus, 24.

tityrus, 17, 23, 24,

131.

zestos, 24.
Ephyriades
nies, 39.
otreus, 18, 32, 33.
pekahia, 33.
zephodes, 33.
Epicauta
sp., 742.
Dlinedie, 742.
celestina, 748.
dichrocera, 742.
nyassensis, 739, 742.
Epilachna
dreget, 'T47.
hirta, 747.
payloulli, 747.
Hpilampra
brevis, 603.
Epiodon
chathamensts, 219, 222,
228.

INDEX.

Epione
brongusaria, 683.
Epipona
chilensis, 685.
dicomboda, 685.
Epirrhoé
biriviata, 375.
latifasciata, 375.
minuta, 376.
subfalcata, 376.
Equus
burchelli, 506.
grevyi, 473.
hemionus, var. kiang,

Eratina
cornelia, 308.
masura, 308.
pisca, 308.
tryphosa, 308.
Erinaceus
albiventer, 435.
europeus, 497.
Hrinnys, gen. noy., 415.
combusta, 415.
Erionota
acroleuca, 86.
hiraco, 86.
lara, 86. ~
thrax, 72, 86.
Eristalis
vesicularis, 163.
Erites
dejelele, 48.
melania, 43, 48.
motozi, 48.
Eronia
cleodora, 666.

—, var. marginata, 666.

dilatata, 666.
lega, 666.
Erycides
pigmalion, 21.
Erycina
danis, 587.
Erynnis
colarado, 99.
comma, 91, 99.
jlorinda, 99.
manitoba, 99.
metea, 99.
Huagra
angelica, 284.
cerymica, 284.
Eubyjodonta, gen. nov.,
461

falcata, 416.
Hucereon

chalcodon, 287, 310.
Euchelia

amanda, 677.

793

Euchloris
ovifera, 358.
Euchontha
ciris, 297, 310.
sublactigera, 297.
Eucyane
chislon, 286.
ortropea, 286.
philomela, 286.
poliana, 285.
Eudamus
albofasciatus, 20.
alceus, 20.
aminias, 20.
amisus, 20.
asine, 20.
auginus, 20.
brachius, 20.
calenus, 20.
carmelita, 20.
catillus, 20.
chaico, 20.
corydon, 20
dorantes, 20.
esmeraldus, 20.
eurycles, 20.
evenus, 20.
ganna, 20.
hirtius, 20.
jethira, 20.
larius, 20.
latipennis, 20.
metophis, 20.
nicasius, 20,
octomaculata, 20.
orton, 20.
proteus, 16, 20, 131.
santiago,
simplicius, 20;
trebia, 20.
undulatus, 20.
virescens, 20.
zilpa, 20.
Eudrilus
eugeme, 737.
Humenes
excipiendus, 686.
tuberculiventris, 687.
Humesia
semiargentea, 72, 88.
Kuophrys
coronigera, 699.
pulchella, 699, 704.
Eupetaurus
cinereus, 449.
Euphyes
metacomet, 92, 107.
Eupithecia
albispumata, 384, 433.
atroviridis, 384, 434.
costipicta, 383, 483.
53*

794

Eupithecia
rubrinotata, 384, 438.
Euplea
dorippus, 644.
Hurypeplodes, gen. nov.,
382.

trambata, 382, 433.
Eurypterus

gigas, 37.
Eurytaphria, gen. nov.,

"undilineata, 410.
Eurytela
dryope, 654.
Euschistus
bifibulus, 705.
Eusemia
superba, 674.
Eustroma
reticulata, 370.
venipicta, 370.
Euthymus
phyleus, 101.
Exometzxca
nycteris, 130.

Fascellina
chromataria, 399.
inornata, 399.
plagiata, 400.
subsignata, 399.
viridis, 400.

Felis
badia, 495.
bengalensis, 495.
caffra, 725.
lynx, 449, 592.
manul, 449..
marmofata, 495.
nebulosa, 495.
planiceps, 495.
serval, "725.
temmincki, 495,
uncia, 826, 449,

Ficulnea
signata, 113,
tola, 113.

Flavinia
choana, 289.

Fulgurodes
cluacina, 303.
panopea, 302.

Fulvius
albomaculatus, 705.

Fundanius

rubens, 705, 714.

Gagitodes, gen. nov., 381.
olivacea, 382, 433.
schistacea, 382.

INDEX.

Galeopithecus

volans, 495.
Galidia

elegans, 614.
Gangara

pandia, 87.

thyrsis, 72, 86, 87.
Garzeus

discolor, 400, 434.
Garga

olena, 45, 130.
Gazella (Mamm.)

euchore, 325.

picticaudata, 449.
Gazella (Ins.)

ewmenoides, 685.
Gegenes

hottentota, 104.

karsana, 104.

lefebrii, 104.

letterstedti, 104, 672.

nostrodamus, 104, 132.

pumilio, 104.

pygmeus, 91, 104.

Gehenna, gen. noy., 92,
108.

abima, 92, 108.

Gehlota
swmitra, 49.

Gelasma, gen. nov., 352.
concolor, 352.
griseoviridis, 353, 434.
thetydaria, 352.

Genetta
tigrina, 726.
Genussa

altaba, 297.
cluaca, 297, 310.
Genyodonta
quadricornis, 740.
Geocoris
lividipennis, 705.
Geophaps
plumifera, 614.
Gerbillus
afer, 502.
Gerrhosaurus
flavigularis, 618.
Glaucopis
iridea, 676.
Glaucopteryx
punctatissima, 368.
stellata, 367.
viridis, 368.
Glossonycteris
geofroyi, 335.
lasiopyga, 335.
Glossophaga
soricina, 335.
Glutophrissa
saba, 666.

Glypholycus, gen. nov.,
629

bicolor, 629,
Gnathaster

dilatatus, 260.

elongatus, 261.

grayt, 261.

meridionalis, 262.

miliaris, 262.

paxillosus, 262.

pilulatus, 262.

singularis, 262.
Gnophodes

diversa, 645.
Goliathus

albosignatus, 739,

740.

druryi, 613, 691.

kirkianus, 740.
Golunda

fallax, 502.
Gomalia

albofasciata, 44, 67.

elma, 67.

litoralis, 67.
Gonatas

divergens, 705.
Goniloba

xanthaphes, 119.
Goniodiscus

singularis, 262.

verrucosus, 262.
Goniurus

aurunce, 20.

celus, 17, 20.
Gonodela

brongusaria, 683.

kilimanjarensis, 683.

maligna, 683.

Sone 683.
Gonodontis

clelia, 398.

vinosa, 398, 434.
Gonora

heliconiata, 297.

paphia, 296, 310.
Gonospiras

modiolus, 633.
Grammodes

geometrica, 681.
Graphipterus

saline, 747,
Grus

pentelict, 517.
Gryllotalpa,

hexadactyla, 609.
Gryllus

assimilis, 609.
Grynopsis, gen. nov., 19,

celeste, 19, 42.

Gymnuura
rafflesi, 495.

Gynanisa
maia, 678.

Habrothrix

hydrobates, 388.

longipilis, 339.
Haliaétus

branichii, 618, 614.
Halicore

australis, 592,

dugong, 496,
Halisidota

larotipa, 288.

pandama, 288, 310.

sesia, 288,
Halpe

astigmata, 109.

beturia, 93, 108, 109.

brunnea, 109.

cerata, 109.

ceylonica, 109.

decorata, 109.

gupta, 109.

homolea, 109.

honorei, 109.

jacchus, 168, 169.

lugens, 673.

malthina, 672.

masoni, 109,

mooret, 109, 110, 131,

nigerrima, 672.

radians, 6.

sikkima, 109.

sitala, 109.

varia, 109.

zema, 109.
Hamanumida

dedalus, 653.
Hantana

infernus, 19, 37.
Hapale

jacchus, 168, 169.
Hapalemur

griseus, 584.

simus, 5d,

585.

Haplochilus

joknstoni, 619, 627

petersi, 628,
Haritalodes

multilinealis, 684.
Harma

theobene, 653.
Harmostes

serratus, 705.
Harpiocephalus

suillus, 495.
Hasarius

paykulli, 698.

534,

INDEX.

| Hasora

alexis, 128.
anura, 127.
atrox, 127, 128.
badra, 124, 127, 128,
131.
bilunata, 127, 128.
celenus, 127, 128.
chromus, 128,
chuza, 128.
coulteri, 128.
discolor, 128.
doleschallia, 128.
gentiana, 128.
hadria, 127.
hurana, 128.
lugubris, 127, 128.
malayana, 128.
myra, 128,
saida, 128.
schenherri, 128.
thridas, 128.
vitta, 128,
Hedone
brettus, 100.
Heliocopris
japetus, 748.
Heliopetes
alama, 64.
arsalte, 44, 64.
domicella, 64.
ericetorum, 64.
Jigara, 64.
laginia, 64.
laviana, 64.
leucola, 64.
locutia, 64.
niveus, 64.
omrina, 64.
petrus, 64.
Helix
tentaculata, 636.
(Pella) whytei, 634,
641,

Hemichromis
afer, 619, 626, 628.
antermedius, 619.
livingstonit, 619, 625,
628.
longiceps, 619.
modestus, 619, 62h,
628.
Hemidactylus
mabouia, 618.
Hemigale
hardwickei, 495.
hoset, 495.
Heumipteris
Sumida, 130.
Hemistola, gen. nov., 353.
rubrimargo, 354, 433.

|

795

Hemiihea

nigropunctata, 353,434,
rubripicta, 353.

Hemitrachys

bizonatus, 568.
Henicocephalus
flavicollis, 706.
Herzeus
insignis, 711.
Hericia
robini, 268,
Herpenia
eriphia, 666.
Herpestes
brachyurus, 495.
galera, 726.
gracilis, 501.
griseus, 502.
ornatus, 501.
semitorquatus, 495.
Hesperia
alveus, 65.
—, var. car ne, 65.
—, var. cirsii, 65,
—, var. onopordi, 65.
americanus, 65.
andromeda, 69.
antonia, 65.
asterodia, 65.
asychis, 65.
bibulus, 659.
boechoris, 65,
cacalie, 65.
carthami, 65.
—, var. meschleri, 65,
cashmirensis, 65.
centauree, 65.
cephaloides, 84.
communis, 65.
cribrellum, 65.
cynare, 65.
diomus, 65.
dromus, 65, 669.
evanidus, 65.
—, var. adenensis, 65,
jlesus, 668.
Sulvovittatus, 65.
galba, 65.
geron, 65, 66, 67.
agas, 65.
Fea 65.
hypoleucos, 65.
inconspicua, 672.
letterstedti, 672.
maculatus, 65.
malve, 44, 64, 65, 131,
—, var. taras, 65.
montivagus, 65.
nomas, 65,
orbifer, 65.
orcus, 65.

796

Hesperia

philippus, 661.

phlomides, 65, 66.

poggei, 65,

proto, 65.

sao, 65.

—, vay. therapne, 65,

sataspes, 65.

serratule, 65.

—, var. c@cus, 65.

side, 65.

sinicus, 65.

spio, 65.

superna, 65.

syrichtus, 65.

tessellata, 65.

tessellum, 65.

transvaalia, 65.

trisignatus, 65.

vindex, 65.

wyandot, 65.

zebra, 65.
Hesperilla

argenteo-ornatus, 115.

croites, 115. 3

cynone, 115.

donnysa, "74.

halyzia, 74.

ornata, 71, ‘74.

picta, 74,
Heteromiza,gen.noy.,405.

castanearia, 405, 406.

cervina, 405, 434.
Heteromorpha

costipuncta, 678.
Heteropia

bryaxis, 23.

imalena, 23.

wmitatrix, 17, 22, 23.
Heteropterus

aracinthus, 89.

Jormosa, 670, 684.

morpheus, 72, 89.

ornatus, 89.

. speculifer, 89.
speculum, 89.
steropus, 89.
unicolor, 115.

Heterorhina
elongata, 740.

Heterostegania, gen. noy.,

415.

lunulosa, 415.

nigrofusa, 415.
Heterusia

chrysopterata, 307.

comand, 305, 806, 311,

comata, 304, 311.

combana, 306.

conna, 305, 311.

conon, 307, 811.

INDEX.

Heterusia

dispilata, 307.

pinara, 307, 311.

pirene, 306, 311.

placida, 305, 306, 311.

placilla, 807, 311.

stoltzmannaria, 305.
Hidari

hypepa, 124.

trava, 94, 123, 124.
Hipposiderus

bicolor, 494.

cervinus, 494.

diadema, 494.

dorie, 494,

galerita, 494,

speoris, 494,
Hippotragus

equinus, 614, '723, 728.

niger, 504, 506,
Holochilus

apicalis, 340.

squamipes, 340.
Hololoma, gen. noy., 395.

lucens, 396.
Hyalomma

venustum, 177.
Hyalothyrus

infernalis, 40.

neleus, 40.

nitocris, 19, 40.

priscus, 40.
Hyalymenus

longispinus, 705.
Hyarotis

adrastus, 72, 82.

phenicis, 82.

praba, 82.
Hyda

micacea, 48.
Hydrznomia

orcinus, 19, 38, 89.
Hydrelia

lilacina, 364, 434.

marginepunctata, 364,

434,

sikkimensis, 365.
Hyla
lichenata, 527,
Hylephila
Fasciolata, 101.
Sulva, 101.
phyleus, 91, 101.
Hylobates
concolor, 493.
hainanus, 435.
leuciscus, 494.
muelleri, 435, 498,
Hylomys
swillus, 495,

Hypanis

yO aba 655.
Hypena

abyssinialis, 683.
Hypochera

io, 279.
Hypocryptothrix,

nov., 17, 22.

teutas, 17, 22.
Hypoleucis

ophiusa, 83.

tripuncta, "72, 82.
Hypolimnas

aleippoides, 645, 650.

dubius, 556.

inaria, 650.

misippus, 556, 650.
Hypolycena

rava, 556.

gen.

Hypopyra

capensis, 681.
Hyposidra

albipunctata, 398.
Hyrax

capensis, 531.
Hyreus

lingeus, 556, 659.

yria

elongata, 641.
Hystrix

crassispinis, 495,

muelleri, 495.

pumila, 495.

Tambrix, gen. nov., 71, 76.
salsala, 71, 76, 132.
sindu, 76.
stellifer, 76.

Ichoria
chalcomedusa, 282.
tricincta, 282.

Ichthyomys,gen.nov.,337.
hydrobates,338,339,340.
stolzmanni, 333, 837,

338, 339, 340, 341.

Ichthyophis

glutinosa, 278.
dea

butyrosa, 362.
faleipennis, 362, 484.

Tolaus
ceculus, 661.

Iramba
spissidentata, 383.

Tschalis
colorata, 401, 434.
incaria, 401.

Ischnoptera
occidentalis, 600, 603.

Ischnorhynchus
championi, 705.

Isma
bononia, 84.
cephala, 84.
obscura, 72, 83, 84.
Ismene
amara, 126.
anadi, 126.
aquilina, 126.
ataphus, 125, 126, 181.
chryseglia, 126.
etelha, 126.
fergusonii, 126.
‘forestan, 557.
gomata, 126.
harisa, 125, 126.
iluska, 126.
juina, 126.
Jankowskii, 126.
mahintha, 125, 126,
13

31.
aedipodea, 124, 125, 126,
131.

striata, 126.
vasutana, 126.
Tsoloba, gen. noy., 345,
bifasciata, 345, 434.
Tsoteinon
atkinsoni, 6.
khasianus, 82.
lamprospilus, 72, 83,
673.
microstictum, 82.
modesta, 82.
nilgiriana, 6.
subtestaceus, 6.
vindhiana, 6.
witred, 83.
Ithomia
corena, 291.
egla, 294.

Txalus
nubilus, 526.

Jemadia, gen. nov., 11,14,
ahira, 14
azeta, 14.
hewitsonit, 14,
hospita 14.
gnetus, 14.
qamina, 14,
paseas, 14.
patrobas, 11, 14.
vulcanus, 14.
zimra, 14.
zonara, 14,
Junonia
actia, 652.
artawia, 650.
aurorina, 651, 684.
bodpis, 652.
calescens, 652,

INDEX,

Junonia
cebrene, 653.
ceryne, 651.
chapunga, 651.
clelia, 653.
cloantha, 652.
cuama, 652.
elgiva, 652.
guami, 651.
micromera, 651, 652.
nachtigalii, 650.
natalica, 651.
octavia, 652.
pelasgis, 651.
serena, 651.
sesamus, 652.
stnuata, 555, 651.
trimenii, 651, 684.
Katreus, gen. noy., 93,
115,
Johnstonii, 93, 115, 116.
pier gen. noy., 90,
9

callicles, 96.
capenas, 96.
chaca, 96.
chersias, 96.
derbice, 96.
lepenula, 90, 96.
macomo, 96.
mohozutza, 96.
tucusa, 96.
Kerana
armatus, 93, 115.
diocles, 115.
gemmifer, 115.
Kerivoula
hardwicket, 495.
papillosa, 495.
picta, 494.
Keyserlingella
minuta, 693.
Koruthaialos, gen. nov.,

butleri, 77.
gemmifer, 77.
hector, 71, 76, 77, 131.
avanites, 7.
Kynotus
Ree 485, 487.

arcuata, 601.

brunnea, 601.
Labus

sichelianus, 685.

Lacera
capella, 682.

797

Lacerta

agilis, 599.
Lachnocnema

bibulus, 659.
Lacipa

bizonoides, 677.

gracilis, 677.
Lagidium

pallipes, 340.
Lagomys

. curzonie, 449,

erythrotis, 449.

ladacensis, 449,

melanostomus, 449,

rutilus, 449,
Lagopus

scoticus, 616.
Lanistes

affinis, 635.

nyassanus, 635.

ovwm, 633, 635.

solidus, 635.
Latindia

castanea, 600, 604.
Lauron

batesi, 291, 310,

chariata, 291, 310.

choma, 290.

osiba, 290, 310.

padua, 291, 310.
Lemidia

insolatus, 567.
Lemur

leucomystax, 178.

macaco, 592.

nigerrimus, 177, 178.

rufipes, 178.
Lentungula,gen. nov.,264.

algivorans, 264, 265,

267.

Lepidiota
lepidota, '748.
Lepidotus
elvensis, 563.
latifrons, 560, 561,
562, 563, 565.
mantelli, 563, 565.
minor, 565.
Lepista
crimenti, 677.
Leptocorisa
liformis, 'T05.
Leptodactylus
pentadactylus, 271.
Leptoglossus
alteatus, 705.
Leptomiza, gen. nov., 406.
anomala, 406.
calcearia, 406.
Suscomarginata, 407.
straminea,{406.

798

Leptosoma
leuconoe, 678.
Leptostichia, gen. nov.,
397

latitans, 397.
Lepus
cuniculus, 591.
hypsibius, 449.
ovostolus, 449.
timidus, 591.
Lerema r
accius, 93, 118, 119.
hianna, 119.
Lerodea
eufala, 91, 106.
Fusca, 1
Leucochitonea
levubu, 44, 63.
Leucophza
surinamensis, 604.
Leucoscirtes
ericetorum, 64.
Libythea
labdaca, 556.
Lignyostola
rea 39.
despecta, 39.
formosus, 39.
lacydus, 39.
pemphigargyra, 19, 39.
Limenitis
disippus, 279,
Limicolaria
martensiana, 634,
Limnza
stagnalis, 636.
Limnas
alcippus, 644, 645,
chrysippus, 644.
dorippus, 644,
klugit, 644.
Limnometra
marginata, 706.
Limochores
acanootus, 107.
arpa, 107.
bimacula, 107.
cernes, 107.
manataagua, 92, 107.
orono, 107.
Linsang
gracilis, 495,
Lintneria
daunus, 33.
Lipomelia, gen, noy., 359.
subusta 359, 360, 434.
Livinhacia
nilotica, 634.
Lixus
sp., 742.
Lobocla
liliana, 33.

INDEX.

Lobogonia, gen. noy.,345. | Lyssomanes

ambusta, 345, 346, 484. |

Lophiodon
parisiense, 209.
Lophoides, gen. noy., 72,
84

tapis, 72, 84.
Lophoptera
asperula, 744,
Lotongus
calathus, 93, 121.
Loxaspilates, gen. noyv.,
413,

dispar, 413, 433.
obliquaria, 418.
Lumbricus
rubellus, 319.
terrestris, 319, 324.
Luteva
gundlachii, 706.
Lutra
cinerea, 495.
sumatrana, 495.
vulgaris, 592.
Lycena
adherbal, 660.
aleuas, 552.
anta, 662.
apollonius, 541.
asopus, 660.
caledonica, 545,
celius, 548.
corydon, 279.
danis, var. supous, 542.
gaika, 660.
hymetus, 547.
natalensis, 661.
osiris, 660.
philostratus, 548.
pindus, 551.
pulchra, 661.
schaeffera, 545.
taygetus, 546,
wallace, 543.
Lyczenesthes
adherbal, 660.
bubastus, 660.
princeps, 660.
Lycastrirhyncha
nitens, 163, 164.
Lychnuchus
celsus, 121.
olenus, 93, 120, 121.
ozias, 121.
Lycus, sp., 741.
Lygosoma
sundevalli, 618.
Lygropia
muscerdalis, 684.
Lygus
obtusus, 705, 713.
prasinus, 705.

|

sp. ine., 704.
Lytta
nyassensis, 742.

Macacus
arctoides, 494.
cynomolgus, 494, 592.
maurus, 493:
nemestrinus, 325, 494.
inuus, 325.
rhesus, 616.
silenus, 592.
sinicus, 616.
Macroglossa
Susiformis, 279.
hirundo, 674.
Macrolophus
separatus, 705.
Macropus
bennetti, 451, 463.
brachyurus, 451, 454,
455, 460, 461.
eugenii, 451, 455, 461,
472.

giganteus, 451, 454,455,
456, 462, 465, 466,
472.

ruficollis, 463.

Mahotis, gen. noyv., 11,15,
erida, 13.
nurscia, 11, 18.
Mala

decolorts, 705.
Manatus

americanus, 592, 691.
Manis

sp. inc., 496.

javanica, 496.
Marptusa

melanognatha, 701.
Mastacembelus

ophidium, 630.

tanganice, 629.
Matapa

aria, 72, 85.

druna, 85.

sasivarna, 85.

shalgrama, 85.

Maxula
capensis, 681.
Mecaspis
whytei, 742.
Medasina
quadrinotata, 417.
strivaria, 418.
Megaccelum
rubriner ve, 705.
Megaderma
spasma, 494,

| Megaladapis

madagascariensis, 532.”

Megalobatrachus
(Cryptobranchus) 7a-
ponicus, 271.
Melanargia
galathea, 279.
Melania
crawshayi, 639, 641.
imitatriz, 639, 641.
mweruensis, 639, 641.
nodicincta, 638.
tuberculata, 638, 639.
turritospira, 638.
woodwardi, 638, 641.
Melanitis
leda, 554, 645.
libya, 645.
solandra, 645.
Melanocorypha
yeltoniensis, 614.
Meles
albogularis, 449.
europeus, 497.
leucura, 449.
Melinna
sp. noy., 705.
elongata, 713.
minuta, 705, 713.
Meniscomys
cavatus, 192.
Mesodiodon
densirostris, 229.
Mesoplodon
angulatus, 223, 225.
angustus, 219.
australis, 218, 219, 225,
229, .230, 232,
234, 235, 236.
bidens, 226.
densirostris, 229.
europeus, 226.
flowert, 218, 227.
gibbus, 219.
grayi, 216, 217,
219, 220, 221, 2
224, 225, 227,
230, 231, 232,
235, 236.
guentheri, 227.
haasti, 216, 218,
225, 230, 282,
6.

236.

hectori, 218, 219, 227,
229, 235.

knoxi, 218, 227, 229.

layardi, 218, 219, 220, |
225, 227, 228, 229, |

234.
longirostris, 227.
medilineatus, 225, 226.
sowerbyi, 220.
(Oulodon) grayt, 216,
217, 218, 234.

INDEX.

Mesovelia
bisignata, 706.
Metabraxas
regularis, 392.
Metastatia
chelidon, 285, 310.
ossa, 285,
pales, 285, 310.
panpa, 284, 285.
saphira, 284.
Metrypus
claudicans, 600, 610,
611

heros, 600, 611.
Micrabraxas

incolorata, 427.

subolivacea, 391, 426.
Microcebus

myoxinus, 614,
Microcentrum

pallidum, 607.

| Microceris, gen. noyv., 11,
15.

varticolor, 11, 15,
131.
Microcheta
benhami, 485.
Microglossa

aterrima, 508, 509.
Microloxia, gen. nov.,
354.
efformata, 354, 433.
erbaria, 354.
Micronidia
subpunctata, 887,
434

unipuncta, 887.
Microtus
strauchi, 449,
(Arvicola) blythi, 449.
(Eremiomys) przeval-
skii, 449.

| Microvelia

capitata, "706.
marginata, 706, 719.
pulchella, 706.
Mimoniades
eupheme, 14.
iphinous, 10, 14.
machaon, 14.
minthe, 14.
muleifer, 14.
ocyalus, 14.
periphema, 14.
pieria, 14.
pityusa, 14.
sela, 14.
versicolor, 14,
Miniopterus
schreibersi, 494,

Miro
albifrons, 612,

799

Molossus

obseurus, 334.

rufus, 334.
Moniligaster

bahamensis, 482.
Monobia

cyanipennis, 685.
Monocreagra

chares, 295, 310.

chorax, 295, 310.

orthyades, 295, 310.

pheloides, 295.
Mormidea

ypsilon, '705.
Mormyrops

zambanenje, 619,
Mormyrus

discorhynchus, 619.
Moschus

moschiferus, 449.
Mousa gen. nov., 71,

dirphia, 71, 73, 182.
quadrimaculata, 73.
trimaculata, 73.
Murgaria, gen. noy., 19,
37

albociliatus, 19, 37.

us
alticola, 495.
decumanus, 495.
dolichurus, 502, 619.
ephippium, 495.
hellwaldi, 495.
infraluteus, 495.
jerdoni, 495.
margarette, 495.
meridionalis, 213.
muelleri, 495.
musculus, 495, 508.
musschenbroecki, 495.
natalensis, 502.
nudipes, 502.
orthodon, 212, 2138.
rattus, 339, 495, 502.
subanus, 495.
sublimis, 449.
(Dasymys) incomtus,
502

(Leggada) minutoides,
503.

Musonia
surinama, 605.
Mustela
Alavigula, 495.
Soina, 449, 497.
putorius, 497.
Mutela
(Spatha) nyassaensis,
641.

Mycalesis
perspicua, 646.

800

Myealesis
(Monotrichtis) eusirus,
645

(—) miriam, 645.
“(—) rhacotis, 645.

Mycetes
auratus, 592.
Mycteris

cerula, 44, 56, 181.

cambyses, 56.
Mydaus

marchei, 495.

meliceps, 495.
Mylabris

bihwmerosa, 742.

dicincta, 742.

tristigma, TA2.
Myliobatis

aquila, 559.

pentoni, 559.
Mylothris

agathina, 662.

agylla, 662

bernice, 557.

riippelli, 663.
Myodocha

unispinosa, 705.
Myoscalops

argenteo-cinereus, 504.
Myostoma, gen. noyv., 346.

straminea, 346, 347.
Myrioblephara, gen. nov.,

428.

olbipeabata, 428.
enormis, 429.
rubrifusa, 428, 429.
Myrmecophaga
Jubata, 615.
Myscelus
amystis, 15.
assaricus, 15.
epimachia, 15.
nobilis, 11, 15.
ethrus, 15.
pardalina, 15.
phoronis, 15.
santhilarius, 15.
Mysoria, gen. nov., 10, 12.
acastus, 10, 12.
barcastus, 12.
thasus, 12.
venezuele, 12.
verbena, 12.
Myxine
glutinosa, 731, 782.

Nadagaria
grisea, 412.

Naja

crawshayi, 620.

INDEX.

Naja
nigricollis, 618, 620.
tripudians, 620.
Nannosciurus
concinnus, 189, 215.
exilis, 189.
melanotis, 189.
minutus, 189, 215.
whiteheadi, 189.
Nanotragus
scoparius, 504.
livingstonianus,
238, 239.
moschatus, 237.
Narga
chiriquensis, 130.
Narvesus
carolinensis, 706.
Nasalis
larvatus, 494.
Nascus, .gen. noy.,

broteas, 28.

euribates, 28.
hesus, 28.
nictas, 28,
pherenice, 28.
phocus, 18, 28.

orthostigialis, 343.
Nebroda

lobengula, 644,
Nectogale

elegans, 449,
Nectris

brevicaudus, 749.
Nelo

philodamea, 290.

toxicrata, 290, 310.
Nemobius

cubensis, 600, 609.
Neoccenyra

duplex, 646.

ypthimoides, 646.
Neohydnus

basalis, 578.

cinerascens, 579.

despectus, 578.

lugubris, 579.

relucens, 578.

sordidus, 579.

Neolaurona,gen.noy.,292.

ovia, 292, 310.
Neon
pompatus, 703, 704.

237,

18,

Neonoma, gen. noy., 42,

44.
platon, 42, 44, 45.
Neozatrephes, gen. nov.,
286.
telesilla, 287, 310.

| Nephele

Sunebris, 674.

| Nepheronia

thalassina, 666.
Nephodia
cissa, 303, 304.
clelia, 304.
colada, 304.
perimede, 303.
philyra, 304.
pieria, 303.

Neptis

agatha, 653.
Neptunides

polychrous, 740.
Nerula

nautes, 180.
Netrocoryne

repanda, 44, 61.
Neurosymploca

procrioides, 676.
Nezara

viridula, 705.
Niconiades

ceydia, 120.

zanthaphes,93,119,120.
Nicoria

spengleri, 237,
Ninus

notabilis, 705.
Nipteria

chthonia, 299.

cissoessa, 300, 310.

cleona, 301.

cletagora, 301.

elytia, 302, 311.

diaphanata, 301.

discoloraria, 300.

impunctata, 300.

pania, 301, 302, 310.

panthea, 301.

perilla, 300.

philomela, 300, 310.

phocusa, 301.

(Genusa)albifascia,302.
Nisoniades

bromius, 48, 51, 52.

| Ni itocris

amabilis, 674.
meneta, 674.
repanda, 682.
Notoerypta
albifascia, 113.

Notocrypta
alysos, 118.
basiflava, 113.
curvifascia, 92, 112,

3.
Feisthamelit, 113.
insulata, 113.
proserpina, 115.
restricta, 113.

Nototrema
oviferum, 527.

Nychitona
alcesta, 663.
mupta, 557.

Nyctemera
leuconoe, 678.

Nycthemerus
argentatus, 692.

Nycticebus
tardigradus, 494.

Nyctinomus
kalinowskii, 334, 541.
norfoleensis, 335.
plicatus, 495.

Nyctipithecus
trivirgatus, 334,

Nyctus
crinitus, 130.

Nym halis
guderiana, 648.
neathes, 650.

Nysius
providus, 705,

Oarisma
poweshiek, 130.
Obeidia
Jumosa, 389.
libellulalis, 389.
millepunctata, 389.
vagipardata, 389.
Ochlodes
agricola, 99.
nemorum, 91, 99.
sonora, 99.
Ochrimnus
collaris, 705,
Ocyptamus
ceruleus, 134.
dimidiatus, 134.
Ffunebris, 134.
Suscipennis, 134.
iris, 188, 163

(Baecha) ceruleus, 133.

(Pipiza) costalis, 134.
(Syrphus) ¢rzgonus.
134.

Ocytes
metea, 99.
Odina
chrysomelena, 48, 50.

INDEX.

Odina

decoratus, 50.
hieroglyphica, 50.

Odontaster

belli, 260.
dilatatus, 260.
elongatus, 261.
granulosus, 261.
grayi, 2601.
hispidus, 261.
meridionalis, 261.
miliaris, 262.
paxillosus, 262.
pedicellaris, 262.
singularis, 260, 262.
Odontoptilum
angulata, 62.
helias, 62.
leptogramma, 62.
pygela, 62.
sura, 44, 61, 62.

| Odynerus

ambiguus, 686.
angulicollis, 689.
antucensis, 688.
antuco, 688, 689.
araucanus, 689.
arcuatus, 686.
bustillosii, 686.
caupolicanus, 687.
chilensis, 688.
chiliotus, 688.
coarctatus, 687.
colocolo, 686, 687.
coquimbensis, 688.
cyanipennis, 685.
excipiendus, 686.
gayt, 689.
hirsutus, 689.
humeralis, 687, 688.
labiatus, 687.
lachesis, 687.
marginicollis, 687.
maypinus, 689.
moline, 687.
molinius, 687.
obscuripennis, 688.
petiolatus, 687.
ruficolhs, 689.
scabriusculus, 686.
sotoz, 689.
subpetiolatus, 687.
tuberculatus, 687.
tuberculiventris, 687.
ane, 688,

vestitus, 688.
vicinus, 686.
villosus, 688.
wrvipaeee gen. noy., 18,
35.

801

Gchydrus
aziris, 85.
chersis, 18, 35.
evelina, 35.

| (istrelata

sp., 751.

affinis, '7538.
arningoniana, 755.
brevirostris, 755.
cervicalis, 'T51.
cookii, 750.
fuliginosa, 755,
gularis, 753.
incerta, 752.
lessonii, 752.
leucophrys, 752, 753.
leucoptera, 751.
mollis, 752, 753, 755.

neglecta, 752, 758, '754,

755, 757.
nigripennis, 750.
et 754, 759,

Sue 755.

trinitatis, aD,
Oides °

collaris, 746.
Oileides

zephodes, 32.
Olapa

adspersa, 678,

Sulvinotata, 678.
Oligodon

everetti, 524,
Oligoria

maculata, 92, 107,

108.

Omadius
nebulosa, 569,
Omiza
muscicolor, 407, 434,
Oncopeltus
eingulifer, 705.
JSasciatus, 705.
varicolor, 705.
Oe gen. noy., 92,
11

2.
meiktila, 92, 112,
131.

Onthophagus
bicallosus, 748.
Ootheca
sp., 747.
Ophiodes
crocetpenmis, 682.
Ophiusa
derogans, 681.
Judicans, 681.
rubricans, 682.
Opilo
sinensis, 577.

802

Opisthograptis
Ls aed 403, 404.
longipennis, 403.
mélleri, 403, 434.
Opisthomum
mucronatum, 496,
Orcella
brevirostris, 496.
Oreas
canna, 504.
Orectochilus
bicostatus, 748.
Ornithorbynchus
anatinus, 505.
Orocharis
gryllodes, 610.
Orphula
punctata, 606.
Orthocabera
brunneiceps, 387, 434.
sericea, 387.
Ortholitha
duplicata, 385.
Orthrius
brachialis, 577.
cylindricus, 577.
tarsalis, 577.
Orycteropus
gaudryi, 239.

ryx

leucoryx, 614.
Osmilia

celestis, 600, 606.

Osmodes, gen. nov., 71,

8.
laronia, 71, 78, 79.

ranoha, 670.

thora, 79.
Otogale

kirki, 501.
Otomys

érroratus, 502.
Oulodon

grayi, 217, 229, 230.
Ovis

hodgsoni, 449.

nahura, 449.

vignei, 449.
Oxynetra

annulatus, 14.

Felderi, 15.
semthyalina, 11, 14.
Oxypalpus, gen. nov., 71,

78.

isgon, 78.
aca 71, 78.
ruso, 669.

Oxythyrea
vitticollis, 741,
Ozophora
sp. ine., 705.

INDEX.

Ozophora
burmeisteri, 705.
pallescens, 705.

Pachygrontha

Dee 705.
Pachyneuria |

obscura, 130.
Pachynolophus

maldani, 209.
Pachyrhamphus

albinucha, 166, 167,

168.

Pachyrhopala

phidias, 11.
Pachytoma

gigantea, 747.
Pachyura

hosei, 495.

indica, 495.
Padraona

angustula, 102.

coroller, 102.

dara, 102.

epictetus, 102.

flava, 102.

gola, 102.

goloides, 102,

lascivia, 102.

marnas, 102.

mesa, 92, 101, 102.

mesoides, 102.

palmarum, 102.

prusias, 102, 103.

pseudomesa, 102.

sunias, 102.

watsoni, 671.
Paduka

glandulosa, 85, 86.

lebadia, 72, 85, 86.

subfasciata, 86.
Palzortyx

sp. ine., 521, 522.

blanchardi, 520.

brevipes, 521.

edwardst, 517, 519, 520,

22.

gallica, 520.

grivensis, 521, 522.

maxima, 520, 522.
Palzeosyops

levidens, 209.

| Palla

varanes, 650.

Paloplotherium

magnum, 209.
Pamera
bilobata, 705. |
serripes, 705.

vincta, 705,

Pamphila
ahrendti, 668.
amadhu, 672,
argyrostigma, 90.
brontes, 90.
Fatuellus, 672.
gisgon, 670.
inconspicua, 672.
lugens, 673.
mandan, 90.
mesapano, YO,
palemon, 72, 89, 90.
paniscus, 90.
philander, 669,
ranohna, 670.
ruso, 669.
sylvicola, 90.
sylvius, 90,

Panchlora
viridis, 604.

Pangeets
Sp., ,

serripes, 705.

Panisala
olivescens, 395.
truncataria, 395.

Panopea
expansa, 650.

Pantholops
hodgsoni, 449.

Pansydia
canaxa, 100.

Paonias
excecatus, 279.

Papilio
agatha, 653.
agathina, 662.
ajax, 279.
alcesta, 663.
alexanor, 279.
anacardii, 653.
asterias, 279.
bromius, 557.
bubastus, 660.
cardui, 658.
chrysippus, 644.
clelia, 658.
cloantha, 652.
columbina, 6538.
constantinus, 668.
corinneus, 667.
cyanea, 549.
dedalus, 653.
damis, 537, 539,
danis, 536, 539.
demoleus, 557, 667.
dryope, 654.
edusa, 663,
eponina, 655, 656.
erinus, 668

florella, 664,

Papilio
harpaz, 662.
tnaria, 650.
leonidas, 667.
lingeus, 659.
lurlinus, 666.
lycia, 656.
machaon, 279,
merope, 668.
miriam, 645.
misippus, 650.
nivinox, 667.
ophidicephalus, 667.
perion, 662.
philenor, 279.
podalirius, 279.
saba, 666.
severina, 664.
solandra, 645.
terpsichore, 655.
tiridates, 649.
varanes, 650.
Paradoxurus
hermaphroditus, 495.
laniger, 449.
leucomystax, 495.
philippinensis, 495.
Paradros, gen. nov., 19, 39,
alemon, 39.
cous, 39.
phenice, 19, 39.
Parzecanthus
sp., 600, 610.
Paragryllus
rex, 600, 609.
Paragus
scutellaris, 159.
Paralophia, gen.noyv.,371,
pustulata, 371, 433.
Paramimus
empoleus, 50.
hemes, 50.
lucaria, 50.
scurra, 43, 50.
stigma, 50.
Parastagmatoptera
lobipes, 605, 611.
Parasynegia, gen. noyv.,
413.

complicata, 414.

pluristriaria, 414.

suffusa, 414.
Parata

chromus, 127.
Pardaleodes

coanza, 117.

edipus, 93, 117.

festus, 117.

sator, 117.
Paricterodes, gen. nov.,

389.

commixta, 390.

INDEX.

| Paricterodes

luciguttata, 390.
tenebraria, 390.
violacea, 391, 433.
Parnara
agna, 105.
bada, 105.
borbonica, 105.
chaya, 105.
flevilis, 105.
guttatus, 91, 105.
mangala, 105.
marchalii, 105.
mathias, 105, 152.
mencia, 105.
mohopaani, 105.
miso, D8.
poutieri, 105.
prominens, 105.
Parnassius
apollo, 279.
Patlasingha, gen. noy.,71,
74.

compacta, 75.

tacchus, 75.

lutea, 75.

maheta, 75.

petalia, 75.

phigalia, 71, 74,75. —

scepticalis, 75.
Pedestes, gen. nov., 71,

81

masuriensis, 71, 81.
pandita, 81.
Pelias
berus, 596.
—, var. ursinti, 596.
chersea vel wrsinii, 596.
renardi, 598, 758, 760.
Pelion
thawmas, 98.
Pella
arnotti, 634.
Pellicia
castolus, 56.
dimidiana, 44, 56.
ithrana, 56.
nyctineme, 56, 57.
Pelmatosilpha
marginalis, 600, 603,
611.

Pelobates
fuscus, 275,
Pelogonus
marginatus, 706.
Pelonium
nigro-eneum, 580.
Pelycodus
helveticus, 209.
Pentagonaster
belli, 260.
dilatatus, 260.

803

Pentagonaster
meridionalis, 261, 262.
paxillosus, 261.
singularis, 262.

Pentilia
amenaida, 659.

Perasphzria
rufipes, 600, 604, 611.

Perecnia
interfusa, 392,
submissa, 391.

Perichares
corydon, 94, 122, 128.
fulvimargo, 123.

Pericopis
hazara, 292.

Periplaneta
australasie, 600, 604.

Periplysia
Johnstont, 647, 684.
leda, 647.
panda, 647.

Periptichus
carinidens, 209.
ditrigonus, 209.
rhabdodon, 199, 209.

Perissolophia, gen. nov.,

350.
subrosea, 350.

Perixera
obscurata, 361, 434.

Perizoma
affinis, 377.
albidivisa, 380.
albulata, 377.
apicistrigata, 378, 433.
bicolor, 379.
conjuncta, 381.
Fasciata, 379, 433.
interrupta, 380, 433.
lacteiquttata, 378, 433.
seriata, 380.
variabilis, 377, 378,

433.

Petrodromus
tetradactylus, 501.
Petrogale
penicillata, 451, 452,
455, 456, 461, 465.
avanthopus, 458, 473.
Petromyzon
fluviatilis, 731.
planert, 731.
Phacochcerus
ethiopicus, 729.
Phalena
sinuata, 684.
(Noctua) algira, 681.
(—) archesia, 682.
(—) geometrica, 681.
(—) Zatona, 681.
(—) Ayppasia,681.

804

Phalena

(Pyralis) sericea, 684.
Phanoptis

cyanomelas, 286.

hanus

marshalli, 40,

momus, 40.

vitreus, 19, 40, 131.

hareus

gentius, 40.

peleus, 40.
Phascolomys

Gigas, 474,
Phasianus

altus, 517, 519, 522,

colchicus, 692.
Phemiades

phineus, 92, 103, 104.

utha, 104,
Pherterus

cubensis, 608.

hiala

costipuncta, 678.
Philematium

nitidipenne, 748.
Philoodus

nostrodamus, 104,
Phlebodes

pertinax, 92, 110,

hoca

vitulina, 719.

hocides

albicilla, 22.

batabano, 22.

charonotis, 22.

cruentus, 22.

lilia, 22.

oreades, 22.

palemon, 17, 21, 22.

pialia, 22.

pigmalion, 22, 131.

socius, 22.

urania, 22,

yokhara, 22.
Pheegoptera

almopia, 289.

chimera, 288.

wmber, 288.
Pheenicops, gen. noy., 18,

30.

beata, 18, 80, 131.

denitza, 30.
Pholisora

catullus, 44, 68.

chlorocephala, 68.

hayhurstii, 68.

velasquez, 68.

Photoscotosia
atromarginata, 369,
433.
Sulguritis, 370, 433.

INDEX, -

Photoscotosia
miniosata, 369.
multilinea, 369, 433.

Phrissoma
giganteum, 748.

issura
phaola, 662.

Phryneta
spinator, 748.

Phthonoloba
olivacea, 368, 434.

Phycanassa
viator, 93, 111.

Phyllodromia
adspersicollis, 601.
delicatula, 602.
notata, 600, 602, 611.

Phyllostoma
hastatum, 335,
pusillum, 337.

Phymata
angulata, 706.

hysa
karongensis, 640. 641.
nyasana, 640,

Phytocoris
eximius, 705.

Picus
geudryi, 517.

Pieris
agrippina, 664, 665.
eriphia, 666,
gidica, 665.
omphale, 664.
rippellii, 663.
thalassina, 666.

Piezodorus
guildingii, 705.

Pionus
violaceus, 514.

Pipiza
costalis, 134,
divisa, 134.
dolosa, 184.
pica, 184.

Pirdana
hyela, 93, 116, 117.
ismene, 117.

Pisola
cerinthus, 31.
zennara, 18, 31.

Pithauria
aitchisoni, 119.
murdava, 93, 119.
straminetpennits, 119.,,

Pithauriopsis
aitchisoni, 119.

Plagodis
reticulata, 408.

Planema

Johnstoni, 658.

Planorbis
(Planorbula) alexan

drina, 640.
Planorbula
tanganikana, 640,
Plastingia

callineura, 118,
Slavescens, 93, 118.
helena, 118.
latoia, 118.
litrunia, 118.
margherita, 118.
naga, 118.
noemt, 118,
tessellata, 118.
vermiculata, 118.
Plea
striola, 706.
Plebeius
cyanea, 549,
damis, 539.
danis, 541.
hymetus, 547.
illustris, 552.
ribbei, 543,
Plecoptera,
sp., 682.
* resistans, 682.
Plecotus
communis, 497,
Plectropterus
niger, 614,
Plesiadapis
gervaisit, 193.
Plesiarctomys
sciuroides, 202, 208.
Plesiocera
’ filipalpis, 180.
Plesioneura
curvifascia, 112.
Plestia
dorus, 21, 131.
staudingert, 17, 21.
Pleurotoma
albicostata,'489,
albovaricosa, 488, 492,
delicata, 490.
edithe, 488, 492.
huberti, 487, 492.
hungerfordi, 489, 492,
tinclinata, 488, 492.
infrafusca, 489, 492,
keent, 489, 492,
obliquata, 489,
walcote, 487, 492.
Pliodon
spekei, 641.
Plinthisus
sp. ine., 705.
Ploetzia
amygdalis, 130,

Plusia

eriosoma, 682.
Plusiodonta

commoda, 682.
Plutodes

costatus, 388.

triangularis, 388.
Poanes

massasoit, 92,110, 111.
Podoscirtus

modestus, 600, 610.
Peecilalcis, gen. nov., 427.

latifasciata, 427.

migridorsaria, 427.
Peeciloscytus

basalis, 715.

obscurus, 706, 715.
Polites

coras, 101.

peckius, 91, 101.

wamsutta, 101,
Polydesma

wmbricola, 679.
Polygonus

amyntas, 25.
Polyommatus

cyanus, 549.

olyphasia

albiangulata, 373.

albiseriata, 373.

russata, 374.

truncata, 373.
Polypcetes

cletor, 296.

colana, 296.

deldon, 296.

erymas, 296.
Polythrix,gen.nov.,16, 19.

metallescens, 16, 19.
Pomasia

denticlathrata, 367.

moniliata, 367, 434.
Pontoscolex

corethrurus, 737.
Popillia

castanoptera, 740.

distinguenda, 740.

serena, 740.
Porphyrogenes, gen. noy.,

, oD.
omphale, 18, 35, 36.
pausias, 36.
Potamanax, gen. noy., 43,
5D

5.
flavofasciata, 43, 55.
latrea, 5b.
thestia, 55.
thoria, 5d.
unifasciata, 5d.

Potamocheerus
africanus, 729.

INDEX.

Potamochcerus

larvatus, 504.
Potanthus

omaha, 130.
Praxis

quadrata, 180.
Precis

actia, 652.

nachtigalii, 6

natalica, 651.

octavia, 652.

sesamus, 652.

sinwata, 55d.
Prenes

panoquin, 130.
Prionia

obliquilineata, 409.
Prionodonta, gen. nov.,

401

amethystina, 402, 434.
Problepsis

conjunctiva, 358.

deliaria, 859.
Procampta

rara, 44, 59.
Procellaria

fuliginosa, 755.

inexpectata, 753.

neglecta, 752.

ohillipti, 755.
Prorhinia, gen. nov., 430.

pingasoides, 430.
Prosimia

rufipes, 178.
Prospoietus

albinuchus, 168.
Prostheclina

pygmea, 702, 704.
Protacanthus, gen. noy.,

707.

decorus, 705, 708.
Proteides

idas, 17, 24.
Protodichobune

owenit, 209.
Protogoniomorpha

aglatonice, 653.

anacardii, 658.

definita, 653.

nebulosa, 659.
Proxys

victor, 705.
Psalis

americana, 600, 601.
Psammodes

dimidiatus, 748.
Psammophis

sibilans, 618.

—,var. intermedia, 618.
Psammophylax

variabilis, 619.

805

Pseudanyerona
separata, 421.
Pseudaphelia
apollinaris, 678.
Pseudoclinteria
infuscata, 741.
Pseudophyllodromia
albinervis, 600, 602.
Psilalcis, gen. nov., 430.
atrifasciata, 431.
dentilinea, 431.
inceptaria, 430,
Psilonaxa, gen. noy., 349.
obliterata, 343, 434.
taicoumaria, 343.
Psiloptera
sp., 741.
amicta, 741.
proxima, 741.
Psittacus
temneh, 514.
Psolos
pulligo, 87.
Pterodroma
atlantica, 755.
macroptera, 755.
Pteromys
leucogenys, 215.
nitidus, 495.
pheomelas, 180, 191,
193, 495.
tephromelas, 180, 191,
193.

Pteropus
edulis, 494.
hypomelanus, 494.
scapulatus, 185.
Pteroteinon, gen. noy.,
94, 124.
laufella, 94, 124.
Pteroxys, gen. nov., 18, 29.
lidderdahi, 29.
phaneus, 18, 29.
Pterygospidea
flesus, 53, 558.
jamesoni, 669.
motozi, 668.
Ptilocercus
lowi, 495.
Ptochiomera
sp. ine., 705.
oblonga, 705.
Ptochiomerus
dohrwii, 705.
Puffinus
alba, '752.
assimilis, '750, 751.
carneipes, 749.
chlororhynchus, 749,
750.
gavia, 750.

806

Puffinus
griseus, 750.
sphenurus, 749.
tenuirostris, 749, 750.
Putorias

alpinus,vay. temon, 449.

canigula, 449.
erminia, 449.
larvatus, 449.
nudipes, 495.
Pycnoderes
quadrimaculatus, 705.
Pyrameis
cardui, 653.
Pyrgus
cea 669.
syrichtus, 64.
Pyrrhopyge
esculapius, 12.
amra, 12.
amyclas, 12.
arethyrea, 11.
araxes, 12.
aziza, 11.
chalybea, 12.
charybdis, 11, 181.
creona, 12.
cydonia, 12.
Sluminis, 12.
galgala, 12.
gazera, 11.
gorata, 11.
gortyna, 12.
hadassa, 12.
hygieia, 12.
hyperict, 10, 11.
jonas, 12.
josepha, 12.
kelita, 12.
latifascia, 12.
maculosa, 12.
menas, 12.
martena, 12.
menecrates, 11.
papius, 11.
passova, 12.
phidias, 12.
phylleia, 12.
scylla, 11.
sergius, 11.
telassa, 12.
variegaticeps, 12.
zeleucus, 12.
zereda, 12.
Pyrrhosidia
mystic, 100.
Python
molurus, 499.
Pythonides
cerialis, 43, 51.
cronion, 51.

INDEX.

Pythonides
Teiviats 51.
JSestivus, 51.
geometrina, 51.
gladiatus, 51.
hadina, 51.
herennius, 51.
Jovianus, 51,
lagia, 51.
lancea, 51.
lerina, 51,
loxus, 51.
lucullea, 51.
orcus, 51.
pluvius, 51.
pseudojovianus, 51.
pyralina, 51.
satyrina, 51.
satyrus, 51.
scintillans, 51.

Rana
afghana, 526.
cateshiana, 270, 271,
272, 273

eavsitympanum, 52 25,526,
527; 528:

esculenta, 268,269 , 270,
271, 272, 273, 498.

guppyi, 271.

gerboa, 26, 527.

johnstoni, 618, 620.

latopalmata, 526, 527
528.

macrodon, 270, 271, 272,
273.

masonit, 526.

natatrix, 526, 527.

temporaria, 498.

whiteheadi, 525, 527,
528.

Ranzania

petersiana, 740.
Rappia

cinctiventris, 619.

citrina, 619.

nasuta, 619, 620.
Remigia

archesia, 682.

mutuaria, 682.

repanda, 682.
Renodes

nigriceps, 681.
Bhabdoides

cellus, 19, 34.
Rhabdotus

aulica, 740.
Rhacophorus

leucomystax, 527.

—, var. guadrilineatus,

; Rhacophorus

otilophus, 527, 528.

reinwardti, 526.
Rhagovelia

elegans, T06

obesa, 706.
Rhampholeo

boetigeri, 619.
Rhampholeon

brachyurus, 619.

platyceps, 619.
Rhanidophora

phedonia, 677.
Rhathymus

melanarius, 748.
Rhea

darwini, 532.

hingia

cerulescens, 162.

levigata, 163.

nasica, 163.

nigra, 163.

semi-cerulea, 132, 162,

164,

Rhinoceros

bicornis, 516.

— holmwoodi, 517.

stmus, 516, 614.

sondaicus, 493.

sumatrensis, 496.
Rhinolophus

affinis, 494,

luctus, 494,

minor, 494.

trifoliatus, 494.
Rhithrodon

pictus, 337.
Rhithrosciurus

macrotis, 189, 214, 495.
Rhodostrophia

subflavida, 360.
Rhopalocampta

anchises, 129,

arbagastes, 129.

benjamini, 129.

bire, 129.

bocagii, 557.

chalybe, 129.

JServida, 129.

Teenie 124, 129, 181,

iphis, 129.

Jonenion, 129.
jucunda, 129.

juno, 129,

Jupiter, 129.

keithloa, 129, 557, 558.
libeon, 129.

margarita, 129.

pansa, 129

Rhopalocampta
pisistratus, 129.
ramanatek, 129.
ratek, 129.

INDEX.

Sarangesa
sati, 48.

Sarbia, gen. noy., 11, 13.
antias, 13.

stella, 129, 557. oneka, 13.
subcaudata, 129. spiai, 13.

taranis, 129. xranthippe, 11, 15.
valmaran, 129. Satarupa

Rb ytidonota
gracilis, 748.

affinis, 46, 47.
dohertyi, 46.
gopala, 42, 46.
sambara, 46, 47.
Saturnia
apollinaris, 678.

carpini, 279.

Saccopteryx
bilineata, 334.
leptura, 334.

Saccostomus

campestris, 503. maida, 678.
Sagra pyri, 279.
bicolor, 745. Scxva
Jestiva, 745. hyalinata, 136.
johnstoni, 745. Scarites
Saica superciliosus, 747.
recurvata, 706. Scelothrix
Salamandra carthami, 64.
maculosa, 276, 277. Schistocerca
Salamis columbina, 606.
ceryne, 651. Sciuropterus
defnita, 653. albanensis, 191, 215.
Salda Jimbriatus, 194, 195.
humilis, 706. genibarbis, 495.
Salpingogaster horsfieldi, 193, 194, 196,
minor, 133, 161, 164. 214, 215, 495.
nigra, 161. hudsonius, 194, 195.

nigripes, 495.

pygophora, 161.
pearson, es fi 194,

virgata, 133, 159, 161,

164. 196, 214, 2
Samanta pulverulentus, "496.
perspicua, 646. setosus, 495.
Samia tephromeias, 192, 215.
cecropia, 279. volans, 192, 193.
Sancus volucella, 194, 195.
celunda, 87. Sciurus
fuscula, 87, 88. aberti, 189.
pulligo, 87, 88, 131. estuans, 189.
subfasciatus, 72, 87. albiceps, 189.
ulunda, 87. annulatus, 181, 188,
Sapena 189.
lector: 63. atrodorsalis, 189, 191.
Sape aubinnii, 181, 186, 188.
lucidella, 48. berdmoret, 180, 181,
motozi, 48. 185.
Sarangesa bicolor, 181, 189, 496.
albicilia, 48. bohmii, 181, 185.

brookei, 189, 191, 496.

astrigera, 669.
caniceps, 189, 191.

dasahara, 48.

grisea, 48. carolinensis, 189.
kobela, 48. cepapi, 180, 181, 185.
micacea, 48. chrysurus, 337.
motozi, 48, 668. concinnus, 181, 187.

motozoides, 668.
phyllophyla, 48.
purendra, 43, 48. iaunee 189.
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1893, No. LIV.

congicus, 180, 181, 184,
185

807

Sciurus
ebiz, 181, 186, 187, 188.
ephippium, 496.
erythreus, 189.
everetti, 183, 189, 214,
215, 496.
exilis, 181, 187, 496.
ferrugineus, 189.
griscoflavus, 189.
griseogenys, 189.
hippurus, 496.
hosei, 185, 186, 496.
indicus, 181, 189.
insignis, 185, 186, 496.
isabella, 181, 185.
Jentinki, 189, 496.
laticaudatus, 496.
lemniscatus, 181, 185.
leucostigma, 184.
lokroides, 181, 182, 189,
214, 215.
lowi, 496.
macrurus, 181, 189.
melanotis, 181, 187.
minutus, 181, 187.
mutabilis, 502.
notatus, 189, 496.
palliatus, 180, 181, 185.
palmarum, 182, 185,
188.
prevosti, 181, 182, 189,
194, 195, 214, 496.
pryeri, 496
punctatus, 181, 188,189.
pyrrhopus, 180, 181,
184, 185.
rosenbergi, 189, 191.
rufobrachiatus, 181,
188, 189.
sansaniensis, 192.
shirensis, 181, 188, 189.
soricinus, 496.
spectabilis, 181, 202.
spermophilinus, 190,
191, 215.
stanger?, 181, 186, 187.
steerei, 189, 496.
syriacus, 181, 189.
tenuis, 189, 496.
tristriatus, 185, 188.
variabilis, 337.
vulgaris, 180, 181, 182,
183, 184, 185, 186,
188, 189, 190, 191,
589, 592.
whiteheadi,
496.
(Eosciurus)
189, 214.
Scopelodes
sericea, 299.
o4

181, 187,

indicus,

808

Scopelodes
. whitelyi, 299.
Scotophilus
kuhli, 495.
Scotopterix
albistellaria, 432.
permuscosa, 432.
Sebastonyma, gen. nov.,
71, 81.
dolopia, 71, 81.
Semiothisa
largificaria, 683.
Semnopithecus
albogularts, 250.
chrysomelas, 3, 494.
cristatus, 615.
cruciger, 3, 494,
everetti, 494.
femoralis, 494.
Frontatus, 494.
hosei, 3, 494.
maurus, 494, 592.
phayrei, 615.
rubicundus, 494.
schistaceus, 592.
Simia
cephus, 246.
cynosuros, 247.
diana, 254.
leucampyx, 253.
mona, 250.
morio, 494.
nictitans, 246.
patas, 249.
pelaunista, rie
ygerythra, 249.
eo Be 250.
sabea, 247.
satyrus, 435, 494.
Simotes
annulifer, 524.
Siphneus
Jfontanieri, 449.
Sipunculus
cumanensis, 326, 329,
333.
indicus, 326, 327, 328,
329, 332,
nudus, 327, 380, 332,
333.
tessellatus, 327, 328,
330, 332, 333.
Siredon
pisciformis, 270, 273.
Sirinopteryx
rufilineata, 385.
undulifera, 385.
Sisyrnophorus
birmanicus, 580.
bowringii, 580.
chrysomelinus, 581.

INDEX.

| Sisyrnophorus

ryt, 581.
maculatus, 580.
Smerinthus
' ocellatus, 279.
populi, 279.
Somatina
lapidata, 359, 454.
Sophista
aristoteles, 42, 45, 46.
calendris, 46.
Spartocera
diffusa, 705.
Fusea, 705.
Spatha
rubens, 641.
Spathilepia
clonius, 17, 23.
Sphadasmus
camelus, 742.

Spheerobius, gen.nov.,710.

gracilis, 705, 711.

Sphagnodela, gen. nov.,
ool.

lucida, 351, 434.

usneata, 351.
Sphinx

auratus, 676.

eremita, 279.

Sunebris, 674.

hylas, 674.

hgustri, 279.
Sphyrocoris

obliquus, 705.

Spilopera, gen. nov., 402.

debilis, 402.

umbrata, 403.
Spilothyrus

alcee, 67.
Spindasis

homeyeri, 662.

natalensis, 662.

nyasse, 662.
Spionades

artemides, 44, 58, 59.
Spongophora

sp. n., 600.
Staphylinochrous, gen.

nov., 676.

whytei, 676, 684.
Staphylinus

procerus, 739.
Steatomys

pratensis, 503.
Stemorrhages

sericea, 684.
Stenopoda

culiciformis, 706.
Stephanostoma

(Phascolosoma) han-

sent, 327.

Sternocera
Ffunebris, '741.
Sternothzrus
sinuatus, 618.
Steropes
tripunctatus, 89.
Stethotrix
heterogyna, 130.
Stigmatium
basipenne, 568.
cicindeloides, 568.
dimidiatum, 568.
humerale, 568.
mutillecolor, 568.
rufiventre, 568.
tapetum, 569.
Stilpnochlora
marginella, 607.
Stomyles
textor, 80.
Stringops
habroptilus, 508, 509,
514,
Strix
flammea, 518.
melitensis, 518.
sancti-albani, 518,
522.
Struthio
molybdophanes, 613.
Struthiolithus
chersonensis, 240.
Stylopyga
antillarum, 603.
Suastus
aditus, 76.
bipunctus, 76.
divodasa, 76.
gremius, 71, 75, 76.
minuta, 76
molleri, 76.
sala, 76.
subgrisea, 76.
swerga, 76
Sus
ahenobarbus, 496.
barbatus, 496.
longirostris, 496.
verrucosus, 496,
vittatus, 496.
Symphylus
deplanatus, 705.
Synemosyna
smithii, 692, 704.
Synodontis
zambesensis, 619.
Syntomis
ceres, 674.
kuhlweinii, 674.
Syntrichura
ceres, 283.

Syrphus
amissas, 184.
antiphates, 134.
tridipennis, 184.
peas, 134.
radaca, 134.
ribesit, 136.
stolo, 184.
subchalybeus, 159.
tarsalis, 134.

Systole
amygdalis, 130,

Tachyris

bernice, 557.
Tagiades

alica, 54.

atticus, 54.

caligana, 54.

clericus, 54.

distans, 54.

flesus, 54, 131, 558, 668.

gana, 54.

insularis, 54.

Japetus, 43, 53, 54.

khasiana, 54.

lavata, 54.

meetana, 54.

menaka, 54.

obscurus, 54.

ophion, 54.

pinwilli, 54.

pralaya, 5A.

presbyter, 54.

ravi, d4.

tabrica, 54.

trichoneura, 54.
Tagora

corax, 298.
Talides

cerymica, 122.

chiomara, 122.

eudega, 122.

sergestus, 94, 122.

sinon, 122.
Tamandua

tetradactyla, 589, 591.
Tamyris

zeleucus, 11.
Tanaotrichia, gen. nov.,

360.

trilineata, 361, 434.
Tapena

agni, 44, 60.

thwaitest, 44, 60.
Taphozous

affinis, 495.

longimanus, 495.

melanopogon, 495.
Tapirus

indicus, 496.

INDEX.

| Taractrocera
ardonia, 94.
celeno, 94.
ceramas, 94, 95.
coras, YD.
danna, 94.
flaccus, 94.
flavovittata, 94.
mevius, 90, 94, 131. .
nicevillei, 94, 95.
nigrolimbatus, 94.
papyria, 94,
sagara, 94.
Tarsius
spectrum, 494.
Tarsoctenus, gen. noyv.,
17, 21.
corytas, 21, 131.
gaudialis, 21.
papias, 21, 131.
plutia, 17, 21.
precia, 21,
pyramus, 21,
Tarucus
pulchra, 556.
Tatura
ceculus, 661.
Taurotragus
oreas livingstonit, 507.
Tefilus
delegorgquei, 748.
violaceus, 748.

Teinorhinus, gen. nov.,
71, 78.
watsont, 71, 78.
Telchinia
perrupta, 656.
Telea

angulifera, 279.

| polyphemus, 279.
promethea, 279.

Telegonus
alardus, 26.
anaphus, 17, 25, 26.
apastus, 26.
centrites, 26.
creteus, 26,
elorus, 26,
habana, 26,
meretrix, 26.
parmenides, 26.

Telemiades
amphion, 27.
avitus, 18, 27.
azines, 27.
penidas, 27.
phasias, 27.

Teleonemia
sacchari, 706.

Telesto
argenteo-ornatus, 74.

809

Telesto
atromacula, 74.
compacta, 74.
doclea, 73.
donnysa, 74.
doubledayti, 74,
ecclipsis, T4.
flammeata, 74.
asmene, 74.
kochii, 73.
perronit, 71, 73, 131,
132,
Telicota
augiades, 108.
augias, 92, 102, 103.
bambuse, 103, 671.
eurotas, 108.
moseleyi, 103.
phineus, 103.
Tephrina
johnstont, 683.
observata, 684.
Teracolus
anax, 664.
catochrysops, 663.
doubledayi, 663.
mutans, 663.
omphale, 664.
hlegyas, 664.
Fe, 663, 684.
subvenosus, 664.
theogone, 664.
vesta, 663.
Terias
butlert, 663.
orientis, 663.
regularis, 663.
senegalensis, 557.
zoe, 663.
Terpna
opalina, 849, 434.
Testudo
grandidieri, 532.
Tetragonopterus
alosa, 338.
Tetrao
tetriz, 616.
Tettix
guadriundulatus, 606.
Thais
polyxena, 279.
Thanaos
brizo, 69.
Suneralis, 69.
icelus, 69.
indistincta, 6.
Juvenalis, 69.
lucilius, 69.
martialis, 69.
montana, 69.
nevius, 69.

810

Thanaos
persius, 69.
propertius, 69.
rusticanus, 69.
stigmata, 6.
tages, 44, 69.
—, var. cervantes, 69.
tristis, 69.
Thanasimus
carbonarius, 577.
Sormicarius, 578.
sellatus, 577.
Thaumalea

Tiemaiibas, 6, 18, 33.
daunus, 33.
pylades, 6, 33.
Thracides
bresia, 122.
cilissa, 122,
cincia, 122.
cloanthus, 122.
nanea, 122.
phidon, 94, 122.
ntl 122.
Thyanta
casta, 705.
perditor, 705.
Thymele
aulestes, 26.
colossus, oe
egregius, 2
ta: 26.
fulgerator, 26.
halesius, 26.
mercatus, 17, 26.
nazxos, 26.
Thymelicus
brettus, 100.
mystic, 100.
vibex, 91, 100.
wingina, 100.
Thyreocoris
pulicarius, 705.
Thysanoprymna
ane 287.
purrhopyga, 288.
Thysonotis
albastola, 550.
apollonius, 538, 539,
540, 541, 542, 548,
544, 545, 553.
Ve:

542, 553.

arinia, 538, 550, 551,

553.
brownii, 538, 547, 553.
caledonica, 538, 544,
545, 553.

cepheis, 538, 544, 545.

supous, 538,

INDEX.

Thysonotis

chromia, 538, 551.

celius, 538, 548.

cyanea, 537, 538, 549,
550, 553.

danis, 588, 539, 540,
541, 542, 54d, 553.

—, var. karpaia, 538,
5389, 540, 553.

epicoritus, 538, 550,
553.

eudocia, 538, 548, 553.

hymetus, 538, 547.

illustris, 538, 552.

korion, 538, 547, 553.

kruera, 538, 546, 549.

macleay?t, 538, 546.

melimnos, 538, 544, 5538.

miraculum, 538, 552,
553.

perpheres, 538, 544, 553.

philostratus, 588, 539,
548, 553.

piepersti, 538, 548, 553.

pindus, 538, 551, 552,
553.

regina, 538, 539, 542.

ribbei, 538, 539, 5438.

schaeffera, 5837, 588,
544, 545, 553.

sebe, 541, 542.

serapts, 538, 539, 553.

smaragdus, 538, 550,
553.

sperchius, 538, 551.

syrius, 588, 539, 541.

taygetus, 537, 538, 546,
547, 553.

i)
wallace 537, 588, 543,
Tillicera

javanica, 567.
mutillecolor, 568.

Tillus

birmanicus, 567.

notatus, 567.

sanguinicollis, 567.
Tinea

pulchella, 677.
Tinerus

chalybeus, 581.

dohertyanus, 581.
Tingra

amenaida, 659.
Tomopelta, gen. noy.,

708

708.
munda, 705, 709.
Totanus
flavipes, 521.
lartetianus, 521, 522.
majori, 521, 522.

Toxidia
thyrrhus, 130.
Trachynotus
sordidus, 741.
Tragelaphus
angasi, 507, 729.
scriptus roualeyni, 504,
507, 728.
— typicus, 504.
spekii, 724, 729.
Tragocephala
variegata, 744.
Tragulus
javanicus, 496.
napu, 496.
nigricans, 496.
Trapezites
eliena, 75.
tacchus, 75.
symmonus, 71, 75.
ieiihosawietn
pulvina, 53.
subolivescens, 43, 53.
Trichys
guentheri, 495.
Tridactylus
minutus, 609.
Trigonodes
hyppasia, 681.
Trigonotylus
pulcher, 705.
Tringa
minutilla, 178.
Tripriodon
caperatus, 212.
celatus, 211, 212.
Triptogon
modesta, 279.
Trochalus
sp., 739.
Trochiodes
ceresia, 308.
coniades, 309, 311.
coras, 310.
cormasa, 309, 310, 311.
creusa, 309, 311.
plagia, 308, 309, 311,
platea, 310.
polymela, 309, 311.
Tropidonotus
natrix, 499.
Trox
melancholicus, 739.
Tupaia
chrysura, 495.
dorsalis, 495.
ferruginea, 495.
javanica, 495.
melanura, 495.
minor, 495.
montana, 495.

Tupaia
picta, 495.
splendidula, 495.
tana, 495.
Turucus
pulcher, 661.
Typhedanus
zephus, 18, 34, 35.
Typonotus, gen. noyv.,
716. :
planaris, 706, 716.

Udaspes
cicero, 114.
Folus, 92, 118, 114.
Ulioenemis, gen. nov.,395.
albimarginata, 355,
albiradiata, 356.
cassidara, 355.
delineata, 556, 434.
signifera, 357, 434.
Unio
delphinus, 641.
nyassaensis, 640, 641.

(Metaptera) johnstoni, —

640, 641,
Unkana
attina, 123.
batara, 94, 123.
cruda, 123.
elia, 123.
semamora, 123.
watsonit, 123.
Urbanus
alcee, 67.
Ursus
malayanus, 495,
ornatus, 614.
pruinosus, 449.

Vanessa
atalanta, 279.
cardui, 279.
galami, 651.
10, 279.
levana, 279.

Vespertilio
adversus, 495.
hasselti, 494.
muricola, 495.

Vesperugo
abramus, 494.
dorie, 495.
imbricatus, 495.
noctula, 494.
pachypus, 494.
stenopterus, 495.
tenuis, 495.
tylopus, 495.

Vesperus
fuscus, 334.

INDEX,

Vilerna
e@neo-oculata, 606.
Vipera
berus, 595, 597, 598,
757, 758, 759, 760.
—, var. prester, 596.
—, var. rakosiensis,
596, 597.
renardi, 598, 75
760.
ursinii, 596, 598, 599,
757, 758, 759.
Virachola
anta, 662.
Viverra
civetta, 726.
ichneumon, 502.
malaccensis, 592.
mungo, d02.
tangalunga, 495.
Viviparus
capillaceus, 637
crawshayi, 637, 641.
fasciata, 636.
mweruensis, 636, 641.
—, var. pagodiformis,
636, 641.
robertsoni, 637.
tanganyicensis, 635.
wnicolor, 637.

7, 758,

| Vulpes

alopex, var. flavescens,
449,
ferrilatus, 449.
Westermannia
sp., 706.

tenerrima, 706.

Xantharpyia
amplexicaudata, 494.

| Xanthorrhoé

montanata, 376.
obfuscata, 376.
Xanthospilopteryx
superba, 674.

| Xenographia, gen. noy.,

404.

lignataria, 404.
Xenopsaris

albinucha, 166, 168.
Xenorthrius

balteatus, 575.

ephippiatus, 575, 576.

geniculatus, 575.

mouhoti, 575.

subfasciatus, 575.

truncatus, 576.

wallacei, 576.
Xenozancela, g. nov., 542.

versicolor, 342, 434.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1893, No. LV.

811

Xerus -
capensis, 189.
erythopus, 189, 214,215.

getulus, 180, 181, 185,
189.

grivensis, 190.

rutilus, 189.

(Atlantoxerus) getulus,
189, 214, 215.

(Eoxerus) berdmorei,
189, 214, 215.

(—) grivensis, 215.

a —) hosei, 189, 214,
215.

(— Bh keg 189, 214,

15.

(— 5) le aticaudatus, 214,
215.

(— E; palmarum, \89.
(—) tristriatus, 189.
(Paraxerus) bochmi,
189.
(—) cepapi, 189, 214,
215. ;
(—) congicus, 189.
(—) tsabella, 189, 214,
215.
(—) lemniscatus, 189.
(—) palliatus, 189.
(—) pyrropus, 189,
214, 215.
(— ) pyrropus bag
thrus, 214, 215
(Protoxer us) aubinnii,
189, 214, 215.
(—) ebii, 189.
(—) stangeri, 189, 214,
215.
(Rhinosciurus) laticau-
datus, 189.
Xipbidium
Jfasciatum, 608.
propinguum, 608.
saltator, 608.
Yanguna, gen. nov., 10,
12.
arinas, 13.
cometes, 13.
hadora, 13.
pedaia, 13.
rubricollis, 13.
spatiosa, 10, 12.
thelersa, 13.
Ypthima
bera, 646.
ttonia, 647.
simplicia, 647.

Zaitha
anura, 706.

5D

812

Zamarada
marginata, 388, 434.
Zamenis

viridiflavus, 499, 500.

Zea

mytheca, 130.
Zeritis

amanga, 662.
Zethus

dicomboda, 685.
Zicea

teniola, 705.

Ziphius

INDEX.

Zizera
cavirostris, 219, 220, | gaika, 660.
222, 223, 224, 226, | knysna, 556,
234, 236. | Zographetus, gen. nov.,
layardi, 227. | 72, 84.
sechellensis, 229. | flavipennis, 85.
(Dolichodon) layardi, | — ogygia, 835.
297 | satwa, 72, 84, 85.
_ Zophosis
agaboides, 748.

(Epiodon) chatham-
ensis, 219.

THE END,

a MAY 1894-

Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tux scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume for
the preceding year.

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 29 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.

The following is a complete list of the publications of
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at
the Society’s Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),
or through any bookseller.

[April, 1894.

2

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 12 vols. and 8 Parts.

Price to

Price to the

Fellows. Public.
Se 32 Sia hae Cs
Vol I., containing 59 Plates.... (1883-85) .... 3138 6. 418 O*
es ine 53 Fi as iat EBON) wins 4. 108 Ol 5 6 G*
ee) SULT = oe. by ov e(lS42=40) ss Oo 78 3. 411 O*
ee Vi. 3 Vil ees we ClSpl=62)) a... 6 2 OF, 8 2 6
ss Vi; is Gio 5) ace LGO2=6b) h.. 6 4°35 2a sOelOmO
: VL, . Oo; v2 (l866-69) 27... 115.0 .2,,. 5 O00
OVE ; Wo! Ho . (1869-72) ...- 10 4 0%... 18 12 0
oy LS a 82), Nee CLOTAE()) ase 0 OO yee Lo
a) LX. As SE a UL87b=10)) 3. 12-1 6). 2. Grae
Xs, 95 ,, (8i7-19y .. 10.018. % 18 4 0
Index, Vols. | Sete e Sra ath seta soi 833-79)! 2... 07° 6...) OOO
Vol. XL, containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0.... 1216 0
z xi. + » +» (1886-90) . Dia un doe
», XIII, Pt. 1 a Gee (dantool)e.,. Odo vo 1 10
rit \opyuai ea ie s Ot cee(Apr. 1891)... Ohler 9b, ; teal ae 0)
pee Pt. 55 Goss ee (Oct 1891) sa OMS" Oi .,, 1440
pie ar pe UAE 5 ee en aleA ph lcoo \ecss.- 0. 4 6e.. 0) (Gao
ioe Raine Fs a3) 5 Oe cen: 1803). fe nem 4)" Pats age 015 0
Pe ss | Et. + Beast Mir et (June Soe ures Org Ole 012 0
ee ete ie 6° 5 .. (Aue: a 090. 012 0
a 3s PRS 45 6. 63h (Apr.894), . O T5;4Os,% eae
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. §8vo. 2 vols.

Part I. 1830-31.

5 lige nl Go% mi
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. and Index.

Part
» 11. 1834. of
» LIL. 1835. Rs
» LV. 1836. 4.
i eR eYE is
» VI. 1838.
» VII. 1839. -
» VIII. 1840. 5

8vo. 13 vols. and Index.
Letterpress only.

I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s

1 vol. 8vo.

Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
TOO OTL AT 4s. 6d. 6s.F
Be ore ieleuehexesbe ote 4s. 6d, 6s.

Price to Price to the

(First Series.)

Price to Price tothe

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
4s. 6d. .. Gsf | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. = +
4s. 6d. .. 68. ris wea ada Eas s. 6d. ..

4s. 6d. .. 6s. 5) XI. 1848. 5 4s. 6d. .. ee
4s, 6d. .. Gs. » IL. 1844. ss 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

4s, 6d. .. 6s. S45, gg Aa, Ga. ee

4s. 6d. .. 6s. , XIV.1846. 5, 4s.6d. .. Gat
4s. 6d. .. 68.+ XV. 1847. 5 4s, 6d. .. 68.
4s. 6d. .. 68.7 Index 1830-1847. 0 4s, Gd. .. 6s.

Price to

Fellows.

Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d.
oo) XVIT. 1849, 4, aa Od
Se NVI. 1860, i ea tae 6d:
y XIX, 1851. » ds. 6d.

5 XX, 1852. * 4s. 6d.
Me KX IGS. a, 6a,
es XXII. 1854. a3 As. 6d.
“6 XXITI. 1855. oF 4s, Gd.
ee RAT. 18GG! ogy). 4a Bd.
eK XV. 1857, 4, --. >, 45. Odi
a XXVI. 1858. 9 4s, 6d.
“3 XXVII. 1859. es 4s. 6d.
XXVIII. 1860. a 4s. 6d.
Index 1848-1860. » 48. Gd.

* No perfect copies in stock.

(Second Series.)
With Plates coloured.

Price to the Price to Price to the
Public. Fellow 8. Public.
s. a. SS 9 ee
ORE) arate wreteie.e yer '§ 1 -7:—6F
OR) nee RR Jose Obes ts) 1 7 (6F
Gea) 4 ietat Sas 18 6 118 20%
GL kee 015 9 1 1 OF
GR ovo ust, = 015 9 l. la0p
Gere Bh 018 0 1 4 OF
er Be, 019 6 1 6 OF
at eh ousik 18 6 118 O+¢
Gaip sehieae fic Lares Le 7 Ge
Taye thes 108 17 6&
Gv meae 111 6 2 2 OF
Pe es 111 6 2 2 OF
oe 1ll 6 2 2 OF
Ss

t Out of print.

3

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public,
Motte Aer OC? svc OSes ka is 9s. Sear dee ats .eoes OG. io. 45a:
Sit, Be Os gneiss OS). deme sie OS) Re 2) 1) ie ae oa Sass hone Ans
MSGS! 64 74s. Gade i eaOme sais 9s, chelate WEBS) y beelen) TOs; HOM, | sakes 45s.
W864. 5) 4s. Ged iens CEFF. 2.698, sje wae doeeh hatraas 33s. Od. .... 46s.
SOO: ts a AAO oe OSenc «sss 9s. Srey oli Destrarcndn ems: On aa tae ASS
SCG 5 43. Gde 055 5 (GBF. oe sos 9s, Puleseh Leathe reo Sos. 90.) 1 ie AOS:
ESOT! 2, ai on Bite pe eareiTe ein tees 6 Qs. eee, UAB Bec reress oe ODS AGO cote POSS
PUGS 2/58 houc atiiteterepmie ete eraveycts.e ace 9s. Nee lee tete lOuae Ode) eA
rete sy Ape ER ian. dechsiaha ie aces 9s. Ser nary aan 30s, 9d. .... 45s.
lok aki eieielth atemietasds BR Meréa 9s. Wate MLDS Maden ats OOS MO ums cea Oss
Intex, USGI=VS7O ie chet ww kis 4s, 6d. .... 6s
Natale ant WlebiayetYeleteta le sifracate.« 9s DORE aig veh SOS AO diab se. AOg
ae Pees N dahl « ch-psesciogase al oe tpevar dE 9s OR cars 306. Od. .... 458.7
UBS Gah (E53 See ae Ser eae 9s Rs. ate O08 OG. .... 408,
ESA Met ataraye a 4S siciernnaysiere srefet cre rec 9s IPE De 363 48s.+
NSRP ere tre aie on siftict =. Shay her dicta 6 9s Lost 36s 48s
LSAT OSS aman AS 9s Oe ace 36s 48s.
WET nice a's's eye.siets diska cveaaeeleee 9s a ae 36s 48s
Seyi ce rarata\ nica yur aie a Mawaradero mien ees 9s Ze 368 48s
arse tare ate Bye nuetabcie, « clemrat ones 9s, Ber feel 1 ease 36s. PAIN tells
LS) SOI Rin CRORE RE eC eS re C 95. Shite, DBL sees cot ORT APR ekety.
Index, 1871=1680 Sin .c st 4s. Gd. .... 63.
PUES Sena to ok owbleto ehatc-evoreave- the 9s. Res WR. ote. 2ae 36s. ie 24a:
SOS tdi slaygiats ich bcehtelc « giekis 9s. ston ad. 5, d hie ues Bas chee
TSB Suc ab nOheA See ata ocr Stet mens Pees Leo antenna ADORS Bnioka teh
SSA ci ataisiaw eserebratanhe lene eiernatais 9s, SRE ICTS ere 36s. swith AOss
WES Swe so cio e. skevarentta Sia.« Woke cietatne 9s. Sac pai ABs ae escgetanen ener Suis (408s
SESS ei s,s ars aisiety eia¥e ie Ricreieciatetens 9s, spotetepy Safa eho teas He ae kor)
LISTEN, mG OR RO OREO cr en ehen.c 9s. Stincie OBS Shee OUR wae) 1488)
SSOaee res. kc white Chee e Ne hia 9s. weet RY Xe ied WoO be ASaE
MSS OMS ia rahate ech ofie 0 tat tenets 9s. ek Mel Peet ty 36s. Aan Giske
SUD 3 Nataiete fe sla brestatets, «rocohedsels 9s. siete Mes Marseaad 86s. toon Zee
Index, 1881-1890 ............ Asi Gi tOss
* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tue GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tuz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.
SOD, ciecesea cites co ce: ckesteliowds ds «secechars cP Get eit creh dyatePiats poe ONCke nee cree Be SOB ache eae 48s,
MSD tea ais) a etctomsne tet e toial srclahel pi icrefeveleachere Pomel eee Ale retried SUSE torcty 48s,
SOB) 2k es Le ay ae etal slaved aah eionptae mera monene te mneseretente SOB chereree 488

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London, (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.

4

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872. Price 2s.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vyo.
1875. Price 1s.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8yo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) Cloth,
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.

Tuer ZootocicaL Recorp.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two
volumes. Price £5 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. Price10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of Loudon. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-sixth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
BepparbD, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-seventh
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1891 ; being Volume the Twenty-eighth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Smarr,
Esq., M.D., F.B.S., F.Z.S. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1892; being Volume the T'wenty-ninth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Suarp,
Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Cloth, 8vo. 1893. Price 30s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London,
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orricr
(3 Hanover Square, W.), ut Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Low,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD

ee object of the Zvonocican Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the date of the Volume; together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain
its value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.
Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all
Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege
of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United
Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-
scription is due on the 1st of July in every year, but the privilege
of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the
1st of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of
the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the
first twenty-two volumes at the price of £5 10s. Volumes of any
single year (exclusive of the last two volumes and vol. vi.) can
likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also
furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the
‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of
the Zoological Society.

P. L. SCLATER,
Secretary.
April \st, 1894.
Zoouocican Society or Lonpon,
3 Hanover Squars, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES

OF THE

‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.
Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Ginter, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S8., &e.
London, 1865. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.
Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.S., &e.
London, 1866. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.
Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Ginruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1867. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.
Edited by Arzrrt C. L. G. GUyrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,
F.Z.8., &e. London, 1868. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth.
Edited by Arserr C. L. G. Giinrurr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.
Edited by Atserr C. L. G. Giyruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Arrrep Newron, M.A.,
F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &c. London, 1871. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Eighth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newton, M.A.,
F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &e. London, 1873. Price 10s.

——

The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A.,
F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &. London,1874. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwELt
Rye, F.Z.S., Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society. London,
1875. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweEL1
Ryg, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1876. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Carpwett Ryg,
F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal Geo-
graphical Society. London, 1877. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpwEt
Ryz, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1878. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CanpweEtt
Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1879. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Carpwrtt
Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1880. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwELL
Ryz, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1880 ; being Volume Seventeenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweEz
Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwet.
Ryz, F.Z.S., M.ES., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1882. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of
_ the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweELt
Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1883. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twentieth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpwELi
Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal
Geographical Society. London, 1884. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-
first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrey
Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and
Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1885. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the ‘l'wenty-
second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrey
Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and
Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1886. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-
third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx
E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1887. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-
fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank
E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1888. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-
fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank
E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-
sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franrx
E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-
seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx
E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1891; being Volume the Twenty-
eighth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin
Suarp, Esq., M.D.; F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1892. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1892; being Volume the Twenty-
ninth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin
Saarp, Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1893, Price 30s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orrice
(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. Gurney anv Jackson (Pater-
noster tow, E.C.), or through any bookseller,

_

Contents (continued).

November 21, 1893.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in October 1893 ....-. Gol

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen of Cercopithecus
albigularis from the Leyden Museum .... 5... ese cece cease ee cents eee eens 691

Mr. J. S. Maekay. Letter from, containing remarks upon a young Snow-Leopard living in
captivity -..-. Wiccan Ree aE Me etek le MeCN ee cate ce Ra Walins SMEC. pes eupe eae 692

‘Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some hybrid Pheasants .. 692

1. On the Spiders of the Family A?tide of the Island of St. Vincent. By G. W. and &. G.
Proxnau.. (Plates DXL& UNIT.) ee ce cc ves te unde vecesheces seumenns 692

2. A List of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera. collected in the Island of St. Vincent by
, Mr. Herbert H. Smith; with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. By P. R
STUUR ha Lotsa eae aie twsel ae Aceon Baty eters ban alga oD acvig hie BOSS « BBE EP ale wins warel oe hin 705

3. Observations on the Refraction and Vision of the Seal’s Eye. By G. Linpsay Jonnson,
PPD) cp PA Ca sence ee eps LN eip oe ial peta Codie wun 8 grea bet Hea N ae Oeice eS ey 719

4, On some’Specimens of Mammals from Lake Mweru, British Central Africa, transmitted
by Vice-Gonsul Alfred Sharpe. By P. L. ScuArer, M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.» oes ..+- 0's riety Su Path > obscene Poa Gone O PONTE twas ete eete ews

J
bo
1s)

December 5, 1893.

The Secretary, Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1893 .... 729

Prof. G. B. Howes. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of abnormal

Marsipobranch Fishes .. +... 0.4. e sce se cet tee eee eee te ence eet et te cnree soersae POU

1, On the Geographical Distribution of Earthworms. By Frank E. Bupparp, M.A., E-R.S.,
Prosector to the Socweby -<'5 <i + oie ocpielate dearvc a oie oS Wig weg ofetagel ping. ie'els aus VR)tie an evelee 733

2, On a Colleetion of Coleoptera sent by Mr. H. H. Sn ee C.B., from British Central

Africa. By C.J. Gamay, MoA....... aie a ae eres pags dita MaRS eras) Soe 739

3: On. a Collection of Peeks from the Kermadee Islands. . By Captain F. W. Peaks,

F.B.S., C.M.Z.S8., Curator of the Canterbury Museum, New Zealand. (Plate LXIIE.) 749

4. On Vipera renardi, Christoph, By G. A. Bouupnarr. (Plate LXIV.) ......000.00 757
Asieutix: List. of pamers to. the Society’s ip ea during the Year 1893 .... 2.40... 761

_ Index Fao es aR NON a he SRSA Mente pt eee eae fy aeRO Oe ie 733.
~Titlepage ners Si Saat cia see Bisel a Aiea fe cette EP Rete Ler eGR pie Ee i
List of Contributors ........ ep Pe Ea ics gre her coeacter pte egduglaneh asks iii
List-of Plates ..0...6-.56.-% PS De abe ee ee ee ere n ence ress tenets nea aS epee RY:
- List of Woodeuts- ........ Bean ge wee eyes SA A BRAS area wa aero atin. xvil

List.of New Generic Terms ...... Pp PO ae nc i ae aes La AGE ie ORE Oe SC Soe Pee oe ER

LIST OF PLATES,

1893.
PART AN:
Plate Page
LIT: Orthoptérs: of, Grenada 3 ose sa cay vee s Re eescd hen eee 599 |
GIT. <Chromig squamipinnis. 3) ss9 6s. se vag hes ak vase cee oe
LIV. Fig. A. Chromis johnstoni ; Fig. B. C. subocularis; Fig. C-
C. tetrastigma.......... WG aaa nin da owe aretae. a Woe ey
LY. Fig. A. Chromis lethrinus; Fig. B. C. callipterus ....., +616
LVL. Fig, A. Chromis kirkii; Fig. B. Hemichromis liyingstonii ;
9 ee Fig. C. Chromis williamsi ...... tect ee tees eect ey
FY 7 _ LVII. Fig. A. Hemichromis modestus; Fig. B. H. afer .....+.+
* LVIM. ‘Fig. A. Chromis horei; Fig. B. C. diagramma; Fig. C.
Gy burton, Seis Sede Sus aye when tease gn cee ie ee weasel 628
LIX, Shells from British Central Africa ....6+...- 0022050008 ++ 632.
LX. New Butterflies from British Central Africa ............45 643
- LX: :
LXII } Spiders of the Family Attide, from St. Vincent ........ -. 692
LXIII, Mstrelata leucophrys .......+. ered aoe Geeg Pace. cea 749
LXIV. Vipera renardi ..... Bie RG on igie odin ck CRIT ES Sores Ue Sysaeedir€
NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows:—
?

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.
II. > Ms 5, March and April, on August Ist.
May and June, on October Ist.
vember and December, on April Ist. ~

Nie
agg
Catt

Ae
ee Hee
ee